Full text of "Proceedings of the general meetings for scientific business of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats

‘ 

20) 
ne 
Wr 
Raga! 
ity 


34 Ye 

ats 

Is} 

> 

4 

ef 

i) 

vy, 
He 


ih 
3 
+ 
af 
‘a 
he 


2} 
ate 


, 


. 


4! 
Oe 
Waa Ne 


ape 


A 
1 
{ 
ni 
ae 4 
ae . A ‘ 
-_~ 1) np 
P ¥ ‘ f 
r 
- 
4 4 | 
Ns 
, 
bas 
— 
: 
; . 
{ 
a iy | 
ii i 
. j 
4% 
= ; 
. Hi Ay 
i 
) re 
mL; 
‘ ce: 
- & 
‘ \ 
: “i 
' 
ih aN 
a Ap 
yi ( 


a bie 
saan 
: 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL shea lhe 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


| 
| 1892. 
| 


PART J. 
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


JANUARY ann FEBRUARY, 


Ps | JUNE 1st, 1892. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 


LONDON: 3 
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND ©0O.; 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings.) 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART I.—1892. 


January 5, 1892. 


Page _ 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November and 
December 1891....2.....0+-- Dedieatas heute sonics ow oes p eis plates ore Be ee 


Dr. E. ©. Stirling. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the new. Australian Marsupial 
(Notoryctes typhlops) .. ices cere ceces sapeeececr sere se ce sesscemebeenes Sect 


Dr, F, A. Jentink. Letter from, referring to additional specimens of the Bush-rat (Pithechir 
GELOMUTUS 4.099 Se vs nis ore vin ¥ oie OOS a pip Be Ps 6 vie FV ae eee wD oe oie Rh 4 HOt one up 6 pa sie oie winiale 


Mr. EB. Hartert. Exhibition of a series of Birds’ Eggs associated with Eggs of Cueulus canorus, 


and remarks upon the mimicry of Cuckoos’ Hggs ...-..-.0eee cess cent ewes sees 


1. On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians from Barbary. By Joun 
Anperson,; M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Plate 1.) ... 0 ee eee et ee eee eee eect reece ewees 


2. On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by Dr. Anderson in Algeria and para By 
RB: TE PORGER Ss os se we sGiien eases SEO OUT eles 6 5 ha pixie W/o 6 total gin ety AM, u waatanate tas 


3. On the Earthworms collected in Algeria, and Tunisia by Dr. Anderson. By Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society....... iw Schoey ew vee Pale eye eae : 


4. On the Milk-Dentition of Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus), 
with Remarks on the Relation of the Milk and Permanent Dentitions of the Mam- 
malia. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, 
London. (Plate ID.)... oe este feces ce cede cece etiotnn cee cdetenesese Grass 


5. On the Species of the Hyracoidea. By Otprizty Tuomas, F.Z.S. (Plate IT.) 


February 2, 1892. 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1892 


Mr. W. Bateson, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Crab’s Limbs bearing super- 
numerary claws ..-.-.c.ceee ee ES Re OG ee thn ile Bee win 3 eeriocice : 


to 


38. 


Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE. 
LONDON: 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


jp Sh ia 5 
OF THE 


COUNCIL AND OFFICERS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


1892. 


COUNCIL. 
(Elected April 29, 1892.) 
Sir Wrtttam Frower, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President. 


Witt1am Barzsoy, Esq., M.A. | E. W. H. Horpsworru, Esq. 
Wittrm T. Buanrorp, Esq., | Cor. Luonarp H. Ippy. 


F.B.S. | Lr.-Gen. Str H. B. Lvumspen, 
Cuartes T. Bucxiann, Esq. [KS 
Henry E. Dressmr, Esq. | Tau Lorp Mepway. 


Cuartes Drummonn, Esq., Trea- 
surer. 


Str Joseph Fayrer, K.C.S.L, 


| Dr. Sr. Gzorcz Mrvarr, F.RS., 
Vice-President. 
| Prorgesson ALFRED Newron, 


F.R.S., Vice-President. M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. 
F. Du Cane Gopman, Esq.,F.R.S., Osperr Satvin, Esq., F.R.S., 
Vice-President. Vice-President. 
Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwix-Ausrey, .Howarp Saunpers, Esq. 
F.RS. Puitie Lurizy Scrarer, Esq., 
Dr. Ansert Ginruer, FRA, M.A.,Ph.D., F.B.S., Secretary. 
Vice-President. Hoeyry Sexzoum, Esq. 


Dz. Epwarp Hamitron. 


PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. 


P. L. Sctarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 
Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. 

Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. 
Mr. F. H. Waternovse, Librarian. 

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. 

Mr. W. J. Witriams, Chief Clerk. 


LIST 


OF THE 


CONTRIBUTORS, 


With References to the several Articles contributed by each. 


AnpeErson, Jonn, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. 
On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batra- 
GhiAs Irom SSAXDALY. CCL UHEE Ly... pan nieces meeve wc). 


Remarks on the occurrence of Spalax typhlus in Africa. . 


Bateson, Wiut1am, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s Col- 
lege, Cambridge. 

Exhibition. of, and remarks upon, some Crab’s Limbs 

bearing supernumerary clawS .....+.. seeseneeeeee ones 


On Numerical Variation in Teeth, with a Discussion of the 
Monmeenriin OL WIOMOLO SY |. 5.) caine cnles ww lors enlwelsiak sen « 


Bateson, Wi1.1AM, M.A.,, F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s Col- 
lege, Cambridge, and Brinpitey, H. H., M.A., St. 
John’s College, Cambridge. 


On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, 
statistically examined 2... 2.026 eee wece es cece eee cee 


76 


102 


iv 
Page 
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A,, F.RB.S., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S8., Pro- 
sector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s 
Hospital. 


On the Earthworms collected in Algeria and Tunisia by 
Dip A Gere oe ee aie ee tae eros are 2 rr ew eres eee 28 


Abstract of a Memoir entitled ‘‘ Contributions to the Ana- 


tomy of the Anthropoid Apes” ......-..+eeee eee e eens 118 
On some Species of the Genus Pericheta (sensu stricto). 

Ch latessOXe Rae area erties. yong side wa ream ey emia 153 
Notes on the Anatomy and Osteology of the Indian 

Darter (Plotus melanogaster) ...065 cove he eens we 291 
On some Aquatic Oligochztous Worms .............. 349 


On the Brain and Muscular Anatomy of Aulacodus .... 520 


On the Convolutions of the Cerebral Hemispheres in 
certain Rodents 


On some new Species of Earthworms from various parts of 
ite World: (Plates MW. & GV) feo. Ssisie eee 666 


Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of 
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. 


A Contribution to the Classification of Ophiuroids, with 
Descriptions of some new and little-known Forms. (Plates 
POD RED), a vis-cxoiacs os oy: aan Oe aM MeUee Gee eae eaRE ee aul re 


Remarks upon the habitat of Bipalium kewense ........ 258 


On the Characters and Variations of Pontaster tenuispinis. 
(Plate XXVI.) 


Remarks upon the occurrence of Bipalium kewense in one 
of the warm houses at Straffan House, Kildare .......... 542 


Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Description of a remarkable 
new Cidaris from Mauritius” .......... cersececvcvess O40 


v 
Page 
Benuam, W. Buaxuanp, D.Sc. (Lond.), Aldrichian Demon- 


strator in Anatomy in the University of Oxford. 


Descriptions of Three new Species of Earthworms. (Plates 
WETS SV ELES i c.\ie)a <r AO Axictsia ys el ea toe ee 2 on wee 


Beruepscu, Hans, Graf von, C.M.Z.S., and SrotzMAnn, 
JEAN. 


Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou 
gee PORT UMAWHEN, occ’ cs oe n Wee sean neces cess, OME 


Buanrorp, W1Lu1AM Tuomas, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &c. 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two heads and a skin 


Of CHG; Sark Atte NORE Series asians os as « depls omey PLL 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Wild Camel 
obtained in Eastern Turkestan .............-ceeesecees 370 


Boxav, Hernrica, Ph.D., Director of the Hamburg Gardens, 
C.M.ZS. 


On Specimens of Haliaetus pelagicus and H. branickii 
now living in the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg ........ 173 


BovuLencGer, GeorGE ALBERT, F.Z.S. 
Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major 
A.S. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia ...... 134 
On Lucioperca marina, C.& V. (Plate XXV.) ...... 4ll1 


An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by 
Mr. C. Hose on Mt. Dulit, Borneo. (Plates XXIX. & XXX.) 505 


Notice of a Memoir describing the remains of an extinct 
gigantic Tortoise from Madagascar ..........--.+eee+0- 581 


Description of a new Blennioid Fish from Kamtschatka.. 583 


Brinp ey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge, and 
Bateson, W., M.A., F.Z.S., &e. 


On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, 


Btatisiically.examined ....... 222% 22% * Sere Cee Pare 585 


vi 
Burne, R. H., B.A., F.Z.S., Anatomical Assistant at the 
Royal College of Surgeons of England. 
On the Presence of a Branchial Basket in Myvine gluti- 


Page 


mosd.. (Plate SLVEES) cols gtr Seer’ 706 
Butter, ARTHUR GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 

On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. 

Boreas Ces Vile) os hc area ok 4 S's a:ppecaerteees etek 120 
Butter, GERARD W., B.A., F.Z.S. 

On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Snakes. (Plate 

2p LU arte Se 0 Ss oy ae RO ee ee SZ 477 
CocKkERELL, T. D. A., F.Z.S. 

Communication from, containing an account of the occur- 
rence of a specimen of the Jacana (Jacana spinosa) in 
Jamaica........ Lea ee 

Coutett, Prof. Ropert, C.M.Z.S8. 

On a new Monkey from North-east Sumatra. (Plate 

5.10, Me eR Se ee NE RN 613 
Cooker, Rev. A. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow and Assistant-Tutor 
of King’s College, Cambridge. 

On the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca 
of the Philippine Islands, and their Relations to the Mollusca 
of the neighbouring Groups .... . 447 


CorpEaux, Joun. See Newron, ALFRED. 


Dawson, Dr. Georce M.,; C.M.G., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


Remarks on the Fur-Seal of Alaska, and Exhibition of a 
Series of Photographs illustrating the attitudes and mode of 
life of these Animals 


Ce ee MM er ew Oly en 


vii 


Drucr, Hamitron H., F.E.S. 


A List of the Lycenide of the South Pacific Islands east 
of the Solomon Group, with Descriptions of several new 
Species. (Plate XXVII.) 


Etwes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga 
and Karen Hills and in Perak.—Part II. (Plates XLIII. & 


Finn, Frank, B.A., F.Z.S. 


Remarks upon his recent zoological excursions to Zanzibar. 


Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Strickland 
Curator and Lecturer on Advanced Morphology of 
Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. 


On the Classification of Birds’. 2’... sccceccescccevs 
On the Systematic Position of Notoryctes typhlops...... 
Abstract of a Memoir on the Remains of some gigantic 


Land-Tortoises, and of Didosaurus, recently discovered in 


NVERIEIUIS © Crier ote ceerareve chanel GAieie deb evsmanrew clits ode He 


Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c., and Newron, 
Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. 


Abstract of a Memoir on some bones of the Dodo and 
other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. 
PED OTEL SANACE event cs le sca's, octet ors ete hate esate. sc-einte 7 


Gauan, C. T., M.A., and Goruam, The Rev. H. S., F.Z.S. 


On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the 
Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa ..........-++- seseee ce 


Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. 
On new Species and Varieties of the Land-Molluscan 
Genus Diplommatina from the Garo, Naga, and Munipur 
Hill-ranges, Agsam .. .. wee cerccnce cocncesscevacens 


Page 


»2. 434 


617 


543 


229 
361 


665 


943 


90 


509 


Viil 
Goruam, The Rev. H. S., F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of Coleoptera collected by Mr. John Whitehead 
on Kina Balu, Borneo.—Families Hispide, Erotylide, Endo- 
mychide, Lycide, Lampyride, &e. (Plate IV.) 


Goruam, The Rev. H.S., F.Z.S., and Gauan, C. T., M.A. 


On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the 
Atuwmnir Valley, Central Afried <7. sr. ..)<.. ss mins aime eine eae 


Grecory, J. W., F.Z.S. 


Notice of a Memoir giving an account of his researches on 
the British Paleorene Bry ozee .< s'. 5. <los'ge oe seme wae ciee 


Grounp, THomas. See Scuater, Poitie LutTiey. 


GinruHer, Ausert C, L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. 


Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians trans- 
mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from Nyassaland. 
gle. @.@.4 RNB). @.0.@ Fy cere eRe er eter : 


Guppy, R. J. Lecumers, C.M.Z.S. 


Note on Bulimus oblongus...... ccc seceeeees pare Sti : 


Hampson, G. F., B.A. Oxon., &c. 


On Stridulation in certain Lepidoptera, and on the Dis- 
tortion of the Hind Wings in the Males of certain Ommato- 
ORIN. Sete fies, sv ks “ah. oe nid « § glone tera alas ierese aie Poi 


Hartert, Ernst. 


Exhibition of a series of Birds’ Eggs associated with Eges 
of Cuculus canorus, and remarks upon the mimicry of Cuckoos’ 
Eges) Sek teuede sea 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two new Mammals from 
Dutch New Guinea, and a stuffed specimen of Apteryex 
BAPUINE Sea Ow aig eae HORN wee PR ate ERR ee Ae ON aE 


Page 


83 


90 


477 


555 


271 


188 


1x 
Page 
Hickson, Sypney J., D.Sc., F.Z.S. 


Abstract of a Memoir, entitled ‘“‘ A Revision of the Genera 
of the Alcyonaria Stolonifera, with Description of one new 
Genus and several new Species” .. .. 2.2... ee eee ce eee 594 


Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, 
Royal College of Science, London. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs, 
received from Prof. Parker, illustrative of Sea-Lions, Penguins, 
and Albatrosses in their native haunts ..........-.. 00 eeee 476 


Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S. 


Descriptions of some new Genera and new Species of 
Phytophagous Coleoptera from Madagascar, (Plate XX XIX.) 564 


JENTINK, Dr. F. A., F.M.Z.S. 


Letter from, referring to additional specimens of the 


Bush-rat (Pithechir melanurus) .......0.0 cece eee eeaee 2 
Kent, W. Savittxe, F.Z.S. &e. 

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of 
Podargus strigoides, showing the strange attitudes of these 
EATS rh ee AVA ACAD sr Pes os rai xe bx win wie! Saminlo’ais sis ee >, Ae 

Kerr, J. GRAHAM. 

Remarks on the late Captain John Page’s Expedition up 

thomipsEmcomayar. eps. s 28. Adee PL eee eas 174 
Litrorp, Lorp, F.Z.S. 

Letter from, on the breeding of Demidoff’s Galago in 

PUPUIVALY ga sect 24 ea ats Ped weet oe a UR Era 542 
LypEKKER, Ricuarp, B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. 

On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, 

and its bearing on the Evolution of the Sirenia .......... Whe 


On Zeuglodont and other Cetacean Remains from the 
Tertiary of the Caucasus. (Plates XXXVI-XXXVIII.).. 558 


Meyer, Dr. A. B., C.M.ZS. 
Letter from, containing remarks upon a Specimen of 
Semnopithecus nemeus from Hainan .......... 2.000005 


NewrTon, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Professor 
of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University 
of Cambridge. 

Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. John Cordeaux, and 
remarks upon the skin of an immature example of Sylvia 
misoria, shot in Yorkshire... .......2-2200+ ceeeeeccan es 


Newton, Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., and 
Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. 


Abstract of a Memoir on some bones of the Dodo and 
other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. 
AMMVAOU OTERO AUZICIN: sire ures la Me, uote Cotte ha oo a ote anete 


Pocock, R. Innes, Assistant Natural History Museum. 
On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by Dr. Anderson 
in Algeria and Tunisia ........ . 


RepreNnBACHER, Prof. J.. and WATTENWYL, C. BRUNNER VY. 


On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West 
Indies, (Plates XV, =X VIM.) 5. scien s)-.s a ee be 6 aeteee 


Romanes, Grorce Joun, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


Remarks on some results recently obtained from the Cross- 
breeding of Ratsand Rabbits. 5 2 ./cwicteat ences meee ee 


Rotuscuitp, The Hon. Water, F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of two new Mammals from New Guinea.... 


Scuaus, Wiuiu1AM, F.Z.S. 
Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera 
from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.u—Part I............... 


Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera 
from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.—Part II, .............. 


Page 


542 


543 


24 


196 


476 


545 


Lavan /2 


xi 
Page 
Scrater, Painie Lutyey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to 
the Society. 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
November and December 1891..........-.....00 ences 1 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
BRO ET ee ee ea a ee ee Pree ety 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg and young 
of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta) .. 76 
On a small Collection of Mammals brought by Mr. A. 
Sharpe from Nyassaland ................... 


On a New Antelope from Somaliland, and on some other 
Specimens of Antelopes from the same Country. (Plate V.) 98 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some “ Spinning” or 
af Aap oA. a Fists eT Dn ve ie Vs cacies dled 117 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of mounted 
heads of Antelopes belonging to Capt. Swayne, including 
Bile Oh Lala RUIN, Salat sey weno 's op ee Ved. ET 117 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
EMR Oe re ota taeda it ssn pasos eet wate se 174 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the Wild Ass 
of Somaliland (Hquus asinus somalicus) ..............4. 195 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
March 1892, and list of Giraffes that have lived in the 


Sonia MES Saha: cig psicisl Oe ivirad a » 14:5) ci oie tle bidahe ole sje’ DOG 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two mounted heads of 
Swayne’s Antelope (Bubalis swaynei) .........2.....05. 257 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
LRN CR a Ar meee ete eee Utne OO 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a nearly perfect egg of 
ESI ASPMMCSTRES V7, oiSS's gen eg nasa 8) oT SE eysie rae ales a t/o sale Wola le 299 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
MORN cto pl cranes + Wow inde encase cacy SAID» «63h» noe . 470 


Remarks on interesting Animals observed during a visit 
to the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, the Hague, 
PTCLGaIN ANC JANICWEED oie nee =o tas a... eislth tel <is's's Wes 471 


xii 
Remarks upon the habits of a South-African Snake 
(Dasypeltis scabra) .. 1... eve cece cen e ence eeeeneeee 


Extracts from a letter from Mr. H. H. Johnston, an- 
nouncing the despatch of specimens from the Shiré 
Highlands: 55%... .satisee. aise’ ta Aeon eh Staee 

On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anguilla, 
Westeindies 9. i320 

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, 
July, August, and September, 1892.......... STs, ae 

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
October 1892, and description of a new Monkey of the 
Genus Cercopithecus. (Plate XL.)...... 0... -0+eeeeeee 

Exhibition of, on behalf of Thomas Ground, and remarks 
upon a specimen of the Siberian Pectoral Sandpiper shot on 
Breydon mudflats, Norfolk ............ 

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
November 1892, <a: Pewee s oo eee sees Pte 


SciaterR, Wiitu1amM Luttey, M.A., F.Z.S., &. 


On some Specimens of Frogs in the Indian Museum, Cal- 
cutta, with Descriptions of several new Species. (Plate 


Srersoum, Henry, F.ZS., F.L.S., &e. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four examples of Picus 
richardsi from the Island of Tsu-sima .............- ++. 


On an apparently undescribed Pheasant from the Province 


of Zarafshan in Central Asia...... 
Saree, R. Bowpuer, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S. : 
Descriptions of some new Species of Timeliine Birds from 
West Africs...f(Plate ka) 4: 3s Sak a ph a ar 


Smiru, Enear A., F.Z.S. 


On the Land-Shells of St. Helena. (Plates XXI. & 
¢.4 1 9 errr remem me haeer ea) > aeee 


Page 


541 


579 


341 


195 


270 


xili 
Page 
SowersBy, Georce BretrincuaM, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of Seven new Species of Land-Shells from the 
U.S. of Colombia. (Plate XXIII.).................... 296 


Sressine, Rev. Tuomas R. R., M.A. 


Abstract of a Memoir entitled “ Descriptions of nine new 
Species of Amphipodous Crustaceans from the Tropical 
PRELIM fy eee aeeee wires iat aide nc ow sew oeehed se + « 665 


Srirtine, Prof. E. C., M.A., M.D. Cartab., C.M.Z.S. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the new Australian 
Marsupial (Notoryctes typhlops) .......... 


no 


Stotzmann, Jean, and Beruerscu, Hans, Graf von, 
C.M.Z.S. 


Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou 
SN Recait Me rasa oi wn no in.sip avin ooh ne nena, OTE 


Swayne, H. G. C., Capt. R.E., C.M.Z.S. 
Field-Notes on the Antelopes of Northern Somaliland .. 300 


Tuomas, OLpFIELp, F.Z.S., Natural-History Museum. 
On the Species of the Hyracoidea. (Plate III.)........ 50 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of an 
apparently new East-African Antelope (Oryx callotis). 


PIES BLN 2 I oe in el Magen 195 
On some Mammals from Mount Dulit, North Borneo. 
Girirce eV NU Ie Yo te, I ey 221 


On the probable Identity of certain Specimens, formerly 
in the Lidth de Jeude Collection, and now in the British 
Museum, with those figured by Albert Seba in his ‘The- 
TOES Till a a aE aie bale ght de Pa 309 


On the Antelopes of the Genus Cephalolophus ........ 413 


On the Insectivorous Genus Echinops, Martin, with Notes 
on the Dentition of the allied Genera .................. 500 


xiv 
On Mammals from Nyassaland,... 1... 05.0.0 ee eee ee 


Description of a new Monkey of the Genus Semnopithecus 


from Northern Borneo. (Plate XLI.).........000+. 000 582 


Tomson, ArTHuR, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie. 


Report on the Insect-house for 1891 .... 


Wartrenwyt, C. Brunner y., and REDTENBACHER, Pro- 


fessor J. 
On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West 
indies. (Plates XV —XVIT). ns > ah acl yale ee teteaele 


Woopwarp, A. Smirn, F.Z.S., of the British Museum 
(Natural History). 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the sup- 
posed jaws and teeth of Bothriolepis...........+2...0005 


Woopwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College 
of Science, London. 

On the Milk-Dentition of Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and 
of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus), with Remarks on the Re- 
lation of the Milk and Permanent Dentitions of the Mam- 
malian. (Plate 2), x5 050.588. 


Description of an Abnormal Earthworm possessing Seven 
Pairs, of, Ovaries... (Plate, KLLL;). <A icaiatst. 4s ateie siiebatels SA 

Woopwarp, R. B., F.G.S., F.R.M.S. 
On the Mode of Growth and the Structure of the Shell in 


Velates conoideus, Lamk., and other Weritide. (Plates: 


©. 0.4 Be. 6. 2 Th errr eo peter gn tet. 


Wrieut, Professor R. Ramsay, F.Z.S. 


Letter from, enclosing photographs of the heaps of skulls 
of the American Bison collected on the Saskatchewan Plains. 


193 


196 


118 


38 - 


184 


528 


76 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1892. 
Plate Page 
I, New. Tunisian: Reptiles ..ccovessscscecrecessrnevses 8 
I. Milk-dentition of Hyrav and Lepus.......ssccseeeves 38 
TH, Skull of Procavia pallida wccccscscccccsvvcccseneees 50 
IV. Coleoptera from Kina Balu ......cceeeee erences 83 
V. Head of Bubalis swaynet wscscccsecsececcececcncees 98 
VI. Lepidoptera from Sandakan ...i...ceceeeeeeeneeeves 120 
Fay New Species of Harthworms .......seseseeeeeeeens .. 136 
IX. Species of Perich@ta ..scsscscescerscvcacsscreses 153 
X. Anatomy of Perichata 22. .cccccsesssovecsscreces 
sir} New Ophiuroids .......s0csseesteeeeeeeseeesenaens 175 
XIII, Earthworm with supernumerary ovaries ......-+.+.+++ 184 
EDV 5 aL OTUT COMER 5 «aco, u/o:a\n 0's 0/4) © oNRie. oye iofnyns oid ale tivisiaip, of6 (vie'e 195 
XV. 
XVI.} Orthoptera of St. Vincent ........esereerenees ony xa 196 
XVIL.J 
KVL. Hemigale hoset..cccrcscrsscceressnccusssocesess 29] 
XIX. Skulls of Bornean Mammals ........-....-seeeees 
XxX. fa iL. Amaurocichla DOCU UTE sia soit ev) oo 1a\\slpra 4j-1>\ 297 
- Fig. 2. Turdinus moloneyanus ssccveevceeecrecvees 
: ae BEES HelieraBEe Clclerak ys, ¢<sccsha scone vine ne ore ek 258 
XXIII. New Shells from U. 8. of Colombia ..........0e0seee- 296 
_ KXIV. Indian Frogs ....ccscceceecceecsccscnrsescreceecs 341 
XXV. Lecioperca marina ciccicesecevccsceeerecesecnences 411 
XXVI. Variations of Pontaster tenwispinis ...+..eereeeeeeres 430 
XXVII. Lycenide from the South Pacific.....-sssesseeeeeees 434 
, XXVIII. Body-cavity of Snakes ....cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Re 7) 
XXIX. Varanus heteropholis ..ccecercveceseccvecreevenes 
XxX a 1. Rhacophorus dulitensts ..seeeercverereeenes 505 
" | Fig. 2. Nectophryne hostt .ssseveveceveves saat ps6 
; et Structure of Neritina, Velates, KC. .ss.eeesees ty ees 


Xvi 


Plate Page 
T. \ Fig. 1. Lygodactylus angularis ss. .sceseeeseeenes ~ 
cae | Fig. 2. Chameleon isabellinus ... 0. se eeeneeeeees | 
-ry, | Fig. 1. Rhampholeon platyceps \ 
XIV. ig yp AY CODES nnd Neier tater 555 
semis Fig. 2. R. brachyurus.....scevccccscvcccccusees ( 
XXXV. Psammophylax variabilis ....... solesie es errr, 
XXXVI. 
XXXVII. Cetacean Remains from the Caucasus ......++++0+++ 508 
XXXVIII. 
XXXIX. New Phytophagous Coleoptera from Madagascar .... 564 
XL. ~ Cercopithecus statrsi wc cecese tees ee neneeeeerenes 580 
XLI. Semnopithecus everetticccccscccccceccneceenceenees 582 
XLII. Semnopithecus thomast ....eceeecevseerenes secenemerees 
XLIL. re ee 
XLIV New Asiatic Butterflies ..........4 Male vise one pated eat 617 


XLV. New Species of Earthworms.—Moniligaster ....1- 
XLVI. | New Species of Earthworms.—Benhamia, Acantho-} 666 
drilus, Microdrilus, Eudriloides ...... ABy sbi Ered 
XLVIL. Structure of Myzine glutinosa .scccccseveseesveees 106 


LIST OF WOODCUTS. 


1892. 

Page 
Brachydesmus insculptus, 8th tergite ......ccecececeecccceceees 27 
rr copulatory foot, external and internal view. 27 
Redeaar segments of Microscoler poultoni ............0ccceecees 33 
Penial seta of MAcrOseler POUNCE Fe Pages oa esc ss sjnect ss cccnd ae 34 
Map showing the distribution of the species of Procavia .......... 58 

The third and fourth left upper milk-molars of a young Prorastoma 
EER ORE CTIBE fo. na, obese fniaierie Se jana aime aie ates ole ove Ve 8 koala als AMS 
The third left upper molar of Merycopotamus dissimilis .......... 79 
SmleaB UN eatyc A212: SAL TILED wa tohela apne Gieictuliuratato ares o! NIRS w eis Seed ee Re 99 
lead Ob Lathocrantws Wallert. ....c.01ebierves ole cae saves Ses teeer te ao LOL 
Reet OL Oniniataphocd TOskH. i. weeds 86s voles eee c¥oes Se ne lO7 
PBUH OL PE ROCR: GT CTIAMALCHN alias «) eres delete sla'ee Cale v Ca he eo Sa’ ec 108 
Bein! CRIMES MAGES DU. Dai. 2 WEL aN A Gs Biss cw bles DOA we ewe was 109 
SE OE FNAME HS GPCUUEIUD soa. n.0:c.0 mss sisine ole ¥:0 ears me'e'd'd vie dled 110 
Reeth OF PLO MLELG JAUANICH <cisic aie Zre\ 5 oe! ayeiels aie 0/0 <0 sis's aivlelee wlere 112 
Teeth of Rhinoptera, sp. iC..........2+00 Ber TCE EMR RCE Foe 112 
Best UO Lie CCLCR MLNUIURRUS' Motels ai6is.0 Siaie tie be sve ele bale vse «casts se 113 
Seal learidahorna Of Markind Stae.es. asisa vie nels en cveesee cease ven 116 
Egocera tripartita, fore leg and fore Wing ............0ceecceees 189 
BET CELESTE CREST AUy SOTO WANE, \o'<!<ig cies 0. 6.0 89's sb eo sie seaeernares 190 
Ageronia arethusa, base of fore wing and part of thorax .......... 191 

Patula and Argiva, hind wing ........ Be Ree nori nn ORCORM IMO R? 
Seti LIISA NTT: . cinsie ciow'y voices saivc ad sun vaveevaises 192 
Arora heroglyphicd, Hind WIDE... ees. cic ccecsesssecescvcece 

Lower mandible of Indian Darter, to illustrate the rudimentary 
RUPEES. ope obdieccm dG on ope OO opine: tay HE CIIOn COC ae ear cac tiene 293 
peinmtieniary viscera of Indian Darter... 2.6 ..2000secsseweceens 294 
Genital segments of Kerria halophila, as seen on a dissection ...... 357 


Ventral surface of Kerria halophila, to show generative apertures .. 360 
Diagrammatic illustrations of the cluacal arrangement of Notoryctes 


and other Mammals .......... erect J edecodinateod odhgnise 364 
Head of Xenospingus concolor ....c cece ee ee reneeee aac on eee 376 
lend! of Mrs haunowslett, |B Die s.'e<0- + a's 0 + 40.0 close dele cies *10 . 379 
Diagram showing the relative proportions of the arms of Pontaster 

LCRVES TUTE e Lap PLDUYTOLOS wi etaig olen dls 0/0 ioieln oo eleleiedee s|s ein = 431 


Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1892. b 


xviii 


Page 
Map illustrating the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca 
of the Philippine Islands ........... atatelalerars’sietaveteheie eeteteKers . 455 
Hypocolius ampelinus, SQ svccecscncvenrereeeeneenenens iene 
Palate of Aulacodus, to illustrate the ss upon the hard palate .. 525 
Brain of Aulacodus, viewed from above .......ee cere cece eee eees 526 
Blenniophidium petropauli  vvcscccccnecevecsseveneeeseeerenes 584 
Forficula auricularia, the Common Earwig. Low male and high 
THA) -6 aatgO. ab ote Gk Eoiataoye «isin ole, oPayece) singe aie olnyete, ctekegeieeeen 587 
Diagram showing frequency of occurrence of forceps of various 
lengths in male Earwigs (F. auricularia) 6... eee eect e ee ees 588 
Diagrams of Xylotrupes gideon, 3, seen from side. High male, 
medium TAALG ALG PO yp ALC) </- cis'a crctelscets chelistayarsueaissetene referents 590 
Diagram showing frequency of various lenethis of the cephalic horns 
In-AylOerupes GULCOM US elute < ie. Fs welnia\s|s she's om welefale vie «ss « sine 591 


Table of frequency of elytra of various lengths in Xylotrupes gideon, § 592 
Table of frequency of various lengths of mandible in Lucanus cervus, 


hive din eis w EMAIL Eas ae, Sratoer feats Hy po ratalecen Melo et helenae ena 593 
Brain) of, Caprami/s prior tdes | Asc .alete afi clei gy2] ie viele elel slsle ol shel ose» O98 
Brain of Lagostomus. trichodactylus voc. eccseseececseenceeeens ~. 599 
Brain, of Dasyprociaxarar@ yeitete nels (cle tate = oho n/n! ofela cle fells Sha she 602 
Brain Of (Ccelo geri s act. xeon ass jeecsupeiet ie eho wae). clock ol cue Toate tae 604 
Brain: of Dolichotzs Papag nied. ater wyeksso.-/-)-) isla oieinir cle ele fal alent 608 
Brain of Aulacodus, Viewed from above .........cececccsvereses 611 


Brain of Rabbit, showing abnormal development of conyolutions .. 612 
Segments bearing atrial and sperm-duct pores in a number of Acan- 

IC TLORWCTITGS i, sve cvnuate-oreiavoter'e) pavotos Neverator ons oe, o tava ates ak eee ees a 669 
Octochetus thomasi, dissected to show the principal organs ....... . 673 


3 MAY 1898 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London 
‘are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo 
form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by 
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured 
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of 
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- 
able species of animals described in them. Amongst such 
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a 
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, 
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and 
April, the part published in April completing the volume for 
the preceding year. 

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per 
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A 
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of 
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of 
five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of 
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at 
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. 
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), 
or through any bookseller. 

[April, 1893.] 


pp 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 12 vols. and 5 Parts. 


Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. 
sred. ss ta: 
Vol. _I., containing 59 Plates .. (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 O* 
Vol. Il. (le ee 83541)" Oe 105. 5 6 6* 
Vol. IIl., - G3io cs te C18 42-49). ec eens 411 0* 
Vol. LVicy ” 77 ” oe 1851-62 ) eeee (Oy Pt 8 2 6 
Vol. v., + 67. 52 nk (S62-66)@..5.008 KOR Eee 619 0O 
Viole Vil Py Ce) toh ee =69) «cc. Ll 5 00 eld OO 
Vol. VIL., i TO Meehan GLS69=72) ie a AOA On: 13 12 0 
Vol. VILI., oe 82 User (1872-74) PoE ONT: dao TN da 1211 0 
Wile TX; Mee 99. ho) oCIBI6-I7) .4... 12? 1 8 aa ae 
Viol? =e; 3 OP loo lye) aria ee Gis 13: v7" 
Index, Vols. I1.-X........+.20005 (1833279) occnnOlon aBm. 010 0 
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 92:0. a LZ GRO) 
Vol. XII., OGD estan LOOU=OU)! celal cO: POmm Oars 7 4 0 
Volxohi Biel 4, Be eran TOOL ineen Onl one 110 
a te pee 2 gS aaa TENT). 2c) “Opa nea 
59 a Pte3? 35 6 Be ers (Oct. 189) 75 Oi LS eOhe 140 
i Patek: 4-Mindied: Gc pic (pS 1892)... 046. 06 0 
5 ahd bas Ouees Os ete 4(Hebi 893) tyr Ole ain 0. 15540 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND 
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. 
Partol. W30-312 avole Sor... cages ere «cae ss As. Gadiy se) 6s 
Py UG aes ye GM ada eaterets cust cial evererctats As: iGdiat es. pe Ose 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.t | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
= II. 1834. 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. os X. 1842. 55 4s. 6d... 6s. 
dle G6ap. ~ 45, 2 4a. Gd, <0 Gs, 3 KE 184820", eh eeeea 
ay | Won Isley 3 4s, 6d... 6s. » XIE. 1844. A 4s. 6d... 6s. 
an OS eeei Le - Cds, GakcusiGs, jy MEIN -1845.j.<,, . ) 4es@daeeae 
Pe Vineet 4g: 6d, cibe: » XIV. 1846. ,, 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t 
» VII. 1839. fr 4s. 6d. .. 6s. >» XV. 1847. 53 4s. 6d... 68. 
», VIII. 1840. 35 4s. 6d. .. 6s.¢ | Index 1830-1847. & 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 


8vo. 18 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress only. With Plates coloured. 
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, 
s. ad, £ s. d. 
Part XVI. 1848. WyoljSvords. Gd... 68. ca.5..0> 10 8 N= 167 
y XVII. 1849. a5 ASA OMA TW eo IOS so ter or cases 1 0 8 L 7 26F 
» X¥VIII. 1850. Pe 4s. 6d. Gs. SSR tnt 1 8 6 118 Of 
” XIX. 1851. Hs AgHOUse at a HOSS. eae 015 9 A 2OF 
” XX. 1852. AH Ass Gas 55 x) iGSegn satay os 015 9 1 1 Of 
” XXI. 1853. Ay AgModeny | ROSS vrratewns 018 0 1 4 Of 
» XXII. 1854. i ASHGG erat. tet OSs, pate hie dais 019 6 1 6 OF 
» AAXIII. 1855. Bp ASG os OR Ws, vane 1 8 6 118 Of 
ye KATY. 1866 “e Rote. ftGg, Eee 10 8 7 St 
eg eee Vs) L8D/. ny 476d. 4.' (Gai Beak jae. 1 D8 Le, Zao 
9 X8XVI. 1858. ee AshGdee ST MGS taterere eles 111 6 222 0F 
» XXVIII. 1859. 9 Ast Gaes 2 1G8i4 tates actors 111 6 2 2 Of 
» XXVIII. 1860. ASyGder o2 cu Ose aera 111 6 2 12> OF 


Index 1848-1860. , 48.6d. .. 68. 
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30vols. and 3 Indices. 


Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured, With Plates coloured. 

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, 
WSGl reds! Gd.5 5.5 68). ...o00 9s, aie aL DSs Seeie si OOS OM aaa 40a" 
18625 246 6d, 3) 168) occas 9s, eer Oat tee © 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
USGS As. Od seis 68a. ays. > 9s. ere) i MOS Heo soled OSS ELS, AS: 
LCT ey 7 Ae 9s. Pata, «UaSabyoinitaes 3as. 9d. .... 45s 
WSGnt.. 4s..6d, 6c > HOS) cree 0% 9s, Mcvelen MoS Riser 1 OOS OU. pa AOS 
NAGGh 4ecOd. 225. 688s. ess « 9s. Aer ietal 0 Roan 308. 9d. ... 45s. 
MERE erates Nace eta bane cote cre lbs bi 9s. Oe PD See Sea SosNOW. loca oss 
IBGBO retest coca as Us cole. 9s, Revie La pean ras. Odie acres 
REGO SPs bie Tesi ha becca se 9s, Bite ADs hah Goan: teh OS! 
WSAORE dee aesis die avlvrtiits wrecker 9s, Ar eT oie es FISH IEs o/aies OSS 
rae ERG L USF Oi Secctatcs mettre. 461 Gd; 4 oe.) . OS: 

Se a A ihe Cee 9s 2S Re cst ecOS Gs woh teas 
18/2 Brassis civ aiaverucke och etme arenacee 9s 12s,*, 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
LS/3). cs ay AIRE ARE c Cae 9s 13a 33s. 9d. .... 45s 
MST Re wee cl ctn 8 ube ain'as eres ees harmaelons 9s 12s.+ 36s 48s.t 
Maer e teiteceiiceieates caters ke bec 9s 12s, 36s 48s 
LOVERS GAMES amc hace Fr 9s BO eps verccs «is 36s 1oae48s 
Be P/es tee ikanels scthceac kane. 9s 12s. 36s 48s 
DS St ac an tists lace SUAS ree 9s, ee eh os: ee i OSs Abs 4855 
ak Bsr RaTS Stee Bae adele veya'e sree hg 9s, Pee ees is «aii: o oe kOORY ae ciety 

eesti cteleinve nus elevate, cleigtaw ead 9s. aie MSs ayatssts we OOSs sie hin, 408s 
Ines, USBZI=VSSO dh cies wae aces 45: Gd ie. sv. Gs. 

USER tec piermdetnm oieter a tite» bier si 9s. OEE ALC OE tA 36s. AB oh tele 
Reis ce sstela severe liate erase ovaries 9s. Ree oe NaS sak hays mee! Rs pease 
PS chic aiats cpini sola Gi'h ec otty a(6 accor 9s. SA od Vee 36s, ynaetose 
Llc lS Pe Br ie ee ae ee ao 9s. At Re ul, 36s. vere 408: 
SSO) i aieissc:015 8 2.6 eae Etter s 9s, Hole Las) otic re Os: Sects? 408 
SS alana wiciaote ee ee ab wvie tats 9s. iid MOSe. dchooks WOR teas 408: 
NES Fees ils Ubiatals claivet deeb oe 9s, A a oy ee 36s. Me ei 4OSs 
SOSH iN wedeaastes sativa 9s. PARADE ann se 36s. soed 485, 
ate Laer ele yale. ieixiaa wile’ s sina tres 9s, OSes Bek Sos Pome stn 
GOD ee atrelsiteisca cle avelreile ts Saxe 95% fate Se rate vielen OURS sce ASS: 
Index, 1g81- TS DO T iatetavtarele aca’ ABO, c's.) G8: 

* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print. 


PROCEEDINGS or tux GENERAL ‘MEETINGS - FOR on SCIENTIFIC 
BUSINESS or raz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. 
Meena net a ee ere lar sion era cloud cigs ay Bichineveerh ane «Sar Sainalaage SOS ee 4 AOS: 
Re ernraeb be ein, Ga Mes) ) i cg akel o)li aden nce overs Osta aloes 
Ns eee eee an UMAL PATI’) 9 | s:o12 syaishare ds -ciemerayece ais hie beletene SSo ree cuallAse 
Mes ioee eee eh (MERU TOG IALIC)  cis:n creyaiate,o ikvsbe.asd Fis 1oysintaV eho lots OSs, empress 
39 mma sa UNO vitec, LIE.) 9! Ses caine sectoaeeys «a scieete OSia rs en LOS: 
. LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London, (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price Is. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 


4 
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 
8vo. 1872. Price 2s. 
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1878, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price 1s. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth. 
8yo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d. 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d, 
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth, 
8vo. 1883, Price 3s. 6d, 


THe ZootocicaL RECORD. 


The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two 
volumes. Price £5 10s. 
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London: Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E, 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Dayis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1890 ; being Volume the Twenty-seventh 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E, 
BepparD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s. 
The Zoological Record for 1891 ; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of 
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp, 
Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Cloth 8vo. 1892. Price 30s. 


Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London, 
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s, 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice 
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
£.C.), or through any bookseller. 


THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir 
Homrnrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent 
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, 
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal 
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. 

During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the 
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of 
species of Mammats, Brrps, and Reprizs has been obtained, detailed 
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the 
Collection. To these were added, in 1852, collections of Fisuxs 
and of the Lower Aquatic Anmats, both marine and freshwater, 
and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and 
other Articulata. 


Patroness. 
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. 


GiceBatron. 
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G. 


COUNCIL. 
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President. 
| Dr. Epwarp Hamttron. 
E. W. H. Hoxtpsworrn, Ese. 
Cot, Leonarp H. Irsy. 
| Lr.-Gey. Str H. B. Lumspen, 
K.C.8.1. 


Dr. St. Georcr Mrvarz, F.R.S., 
Vice-President. 


ProFessor ALFRED Newron, M.A., 
F.R.S., Vice-President. 


OsBERT Satvin, Hsa., F.R.S., 


Witt1aM Bateson, Ese., M.A. 

Wi1uu =T. Branrorp, Esa., 
FE.RBS. | 

Cuar.es T. Buckiann, Esa. 

Henry E. Dresser, Esa. 

Cuartes Drummonp, Esa., 
Treasurer. 

Sir JosrepH Farrer, K.C.S.L, 
F.R.S., Vice-President. 

Tue Hon. J.S. Garnorne-Harpy, 
M.P. 


F, DuCane Gopmay, Esea., F.R.S., 
Vice-President. 

Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwitn-Atvsten, 
E.RB.S. 

Dr. Atsert Gintuer, F.R.S., 
Vice-President. 


Vice-President. 
Howarp SaunpDeErs, Ese. 
Pare Lourtey Sctater, Ese., 
M.A., Pu.D.,F.R.S., Secretary. 
Henry Sersoum, Ese. 


2 


The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and 
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws. 


The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m. 
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.), 
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five, 
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o'clock p.m. 


The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the 
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every 
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m. 


The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice 
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and 
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m. 


The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m. 


TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. - 
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri- 
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance, 
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment, 
including the Admission Fee, being £35. 


Fexrows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for 
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected. 


PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. 


Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two 
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the 
entrance gate. 


Fetiows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of 
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on 
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the 
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frtiow uses his privilege 
of personally introducing two companions on the same day. 


Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday 
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of 
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a 
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only 
one person, whether child or adult. 


3 


Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid 
for the admission of one adult any day of the week including 
Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green 
Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult’s. 
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available 
for following years. 

The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fettows 
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the Ist 
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this 
purpose are supplied on application. 


The Wire of a Fettow can exercise all these privileges in his 


absence. 


Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the 
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of 
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of 
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary 
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxrttows are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of ‘the 
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. 
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases 
ef Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five 
pounds. 


Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual 
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the 
1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the 
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following. 


Fettows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually, 
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme- 
diate family, resident in the same house with them, te the Gardens 
with One Companion daily. 


They may also obtain a TransFeRaBLe Ivory Ticker admitting 
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, 
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket 
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds. 


Any Fettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom 
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the 
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the 


+ 


“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of 
his annual contribution during such absence. 


Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to 
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary. 


Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested 


to communicate with the undersigned. 


PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
Secretary. 


3 Hanover Square, W., 
June st, 1892. 


The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Water- 
HoUsE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to 
2pm. It is closed in the month of September. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


< 


: ; atl S 
al See 
January 5, 1892. 
Professor Newton, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


\" 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
nate Menagerie during the months of November and December 
1891 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of November was 45, of which 20 were by 
presentation, 1 by birth, 15 by purchase, and 9 on deposit. The 
total number of departures during the same period, by death and 
removals, was 91. 

Amongst these attention may be called to the four Spotted-billed 
Pelicans (Pelecanus muanillensis), received from Calcutta. This 
species, which is new to us, is a close ally of the African P. rufescens. 
When the birds come into full plumage we shall. be able to see how 
far they differ from their African relative. 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of December 1891 were 82 in number. Of these 71 were 
acquired by presentation, 8 by purchase, and 3 by exchange. The 
total number of departures during the same period, by death and re- 
movals, was 74. 

Amongst these special attention may be called to the second 
specimen we have received of the Formosan Fruit-Bat (Péeropus 
morsus), of which the original specimen was received in January, 
1873 (see P. Z.S. 1873, p. 192, pl. xxii"). The present example 

oe died Oct. 4, 1879, and was acquired by the British Museum. 

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. I. 1 


2 MR. E. HARTERT ON EGGS OF CUCULUS CANORUs. ([Jan. 9, 


was presented to the Society by Thomas Perkins, Esq., F.Z.S., 
Dec. Ist, 1891. 


Dr. E. C. Stirling, C.M.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of the 
new Australian Marsupial (Notoryctes typhlops), and gave a short 
account of the habits of this remarkable animal, as observed in a 
specimen recently kept in captivity by one of his correspondents. 


The following extract was read from a letter received by the 
Secretary from Dr. F. A. Jentink, F.M.Z.S., dated Leyden, 
4th December, 1891 :— 

“In a paper published September 1890 (Notes from the Leyden 
Museum, p. 222) I called the attention of naturalists to the re- 
markable Bush-rat, Pithechir melanurus, from Java and Sumatra. 
The type of this black-tailed red Rat is a drawing in colours, by 
Duvaucel, reproduced in Cuvier's ‘ Mammiféres.’ No specimen of 
the Pithechir melanurus is in the Paris Museum, nor has it ever 
been observed by a naturalist, except by the late Dr. S. Miiller, who 
procured in 1834 two skins from Padang and Batavia for the Leyden 
Museum, where they are still preserved. I think it will highly 
interest the members of the Zoological Society to know that I have 
just received a postcard from Mr. Pasteur, of Batavia, announcing 
that he has in his possession a whole family (¢, 2 and young) of 
P. melanurus, captured in the neighbourhood of Batavia, which he 
intends to present to our Museum. Within a few weeks, I hope to 
get them, preserved in spirit, and to be able to give a more detailed 
description of the specimens and their skeletons &c.” 


Mr. Ernst Hartert exhibited 31 clutches of eggs of different birds’ 
eggs associated with eggs of Cuculus canorus, mostly collected by 
himself and reliable friends. He made remarks about the mimicry 
of the egg in the Cuculide, and observed that some of the Indian 
species of this family illustrate this fact much better than the 
European Cuckoo. - 

Although attempts had been made to prove the contrary, one 
individual female Cuckoo in his opinion always laid similarly coloured 
eggs. To prove this fact he called attention to several series of eggs 
that had apparently been laid by one female. In every case the 
eggs of the same female were entirely similar to each other in form, 
size, and colour. 

As a very remarkable fact Mr. Hartert mentioned that as regards 
the dark closed nests of the Common Wren uo adaptation of the egg 
of the Cuckoo to the eggs of the owner had ever been noticed. 


The following papers were read :— 


PZ so 1832 bie 


Peter Smit del. et lith. Minterr: Bros. imp. 


NEW TUNISIAN REPTILES. 


1892.] | ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, ETC. FROM BARBARY. 3 


1. On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and 
Batrachians from Barbary. By Jonn AnpeErson, M.D., 


LL.D., F.RB.S. 
[Received November 51, 1891.] 
(Plate I.) 


The Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians enumerated in the 
following notes were obtained either by myself in Algeria and 
Tunisia, or by my collector at Duirat, in the latter region, on the 
confines of Tripoli. But besides these, several species of Reptiles 
from the Sahara, purchased from a collector at Biskra’, are also 
included in the list. The specimens collected by me were acquired 
between December and the beginning of May, and those captured 
by my collector between the middle of May and the end of June.” 

The weather experienced in Algeria, in the winter and spring of 
1889-90, was very unfavourable to collecting natural history speci- 
mens, and more especially reptiles. In Algiers itself, from the end 
of November until the 7th February, there was a succession of 
rainless intervals followed by protracted periods of wet weather 
accompanied with high winds, and so cold that fires were indis- 
pensable while the wet weather lasted. During these storms what 
fell as rain in the lower altitudes of the Tell, came down as snow 
on the Atlas and the high plateaux, a cold wind blowing from off 
their heights. On the 10th February I encountered snow a metre 
in depth on Mount Beni Salah (5379 ft.) above Blidah, at an 
elevation of about 1200 to 1500 ft. below the summit; and M. Lataste 
records that, on the 22nd April 1881, the rain and hail that fell at 
that elevation on this mountain prevented him from passing beyond 
the farm called La Glaciére, where snow is stored for use in summer 
at Algiers, ‘This bad weather was not confined to the neighbourhood 
of Algiers, because, while there, there were constant reports coming 
in of heavy snow in Kabylia, at Setif, Constantine, and Batna, and 
indeed over the high plateaux generally, these storms occasionally 
making themselves felt as far south as Biskra, whence it was reported 


1 The localities in which the specimens had been captured were in every 
instance carefully noted on the bottles. 

2 The following is a list of the localities visited by me, with the altitudes of 
some of them, and the date when I was at each :—Algiers, Noy.-7 Feb. ; Blidah, 
on the southern slope of the plain of the Metidji, 7th-12th Feb.; Hammam 
Rirha, 1800 ft., 12th-27th Feb.; Oran, 27th Feb.6th March; Tlem¢en, 
2500 ft,, 6th-11th March; Oran, 11th-13th March; Milianah, 2400 ft., 13th- 
19th March; Algiers, 19th-3lst March; Tizi Ouzou, 3lst March; Fort 
National, Kabylia, 3153 ft., Ist April; Tizi Ouzou, Ist-2nd April; Bordj 
Bouira, 2nd April ; Bougie, 3rd—5th April; Kharata, Chabet el Akhira, 1280 ft., 
5th-8th April; Setif, 3573 ft., 8th-10th April; Constantine, 2093 ft., 10th— 
15th April; Biskra, 360 ft., 15th-22nd April; Constantine, 22nd-23rd April ; 
Hammam Meskoutine, 23rd-28th April; Souk el Arba, plain of the Medjeida, 


Tunisia, 29th April ; Tunis, 30th April-12th May. 4 
l 


4 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, 


that a heavy fall of rain had caused the collapse of some of the mud- 
houses of that oasis. While at Tlemcen, in the beginning of March, 
after experiencing two delightful days of bright sunshine, during 
which lizards began to show themselves, we were driven from it by 
a storm of rain and sleet, accompanied by a biting wind from the 
south-west, the direction from which these storms generally came, 
that lasted for two days. About this period, the railways that run 
southwards from Oran to the Sahara were blocked with snow. At 
Oran the weather was equally unsettled, clear intervals of sunshine 
alternating with days of heavy rain. At Milianah, on the morning 
of the 18th March, we awoke to find the tops of the houses and 
the ground covered with snow, and, during a previous storm, 
towards the end of February, snow had fallen as low as Hammam 
R’irha. At Algiers we were delayed for thirteen days (19th March 
to 31st), waiting until the snow had disappeared from the 
mountain in Kabylia on which Fort National stands. At Kharata, 
at the head of the gorge Chabet el Akhira, we were storm-stayed for 
three days, as torrential rains, lasting for two days, had carried away 
parts of the road behind and in front of us. When we had arrived 
on the treeless plateau on which Setif stands, the frost was so intense 
on the morning (10th April) on which we left it, that every pool was 
frozen. The evening of the day following our arrival at Biskra, the 
wind rose with violence from the north accompanied by heavy rain 
which continued through the night and part of the next day. The 
Oued Biskra was so flooded by this storm from the Aures mountains, 
that the route to Sidi Okha which lies across it was closed for a 
day. My experience of an Algerian winter I was told was quite 
exceptional ; but, since my return to this country, I have studied 
with interest the reports of the weather experienced in Algeria last 
winter, and I fiad that it has been even more exceptional than the pre- 
vious winter. Snow fell in Algiers itself, and so heavily in Tunisia that 
aative houses broke down under its weight, while some deaths from 
cold were recorded. In the west also it was very severe, as some 
anxiety was felt, during cne of the storms, for an outlying village 
near Tlemgen which had become completely isolated, by reason of 
the snow that surrounded it. In connection with these observations 
on the winter climate of Algeria, I observe M. Lataste mentions the 
spring of 1881 was so little advanced by the middle of May, when 
he was at Bougie, that he was compelled to turn southwards. It 
was only when we had travelled as far west as Hammam Meskoutine, 
removed somewhat from the direct influence of the storms that come 
up from the Atlantic, that we began to experience genial weather and 
bright sunshine, under the influence of which snakes and lizards vegan 
to shake off the torpidity of winter, and by the time we had reached 
Tunis, 30th April, the heat in the sun had become so great that I 
abandoned the intention I had formed of going to Duirat, and sent 
my collector there instead. 

I have given these details regarding the weather encountered in 
Algeria in 1889-90 because the character of the winter climate 
does not appear generally known, and as they serve to explain, to a 


1892. } AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. sf) 


great degree, why the collection of reptiles made by me is so com- 
paratively meagre. 

M. Lataste, the most recent and successful investigator of the 
Vertebrate fauna of Barbary, has recorded his observations on the 
Mammalia inhabiting that region in two works’. He has been able, 
by his collections and extensive researches in the country and by the 
labours of other naturalists, to bring up the number of Mammalian 
species inhabiting Barbary to 84. 

Among the eleven species of small Mammalia found by me the 
only one calling for special remark is Plecotus auritus, obtained by 
my collector in considerable numbers at Duirat. The interest 
attached to these specimens is that, while the species is an addition 
to the fauna of Tunisia, it is only the second time that it 
has been reported from Barbary. M. Loche had observed a specimen 
in the flesh, at Blidah, in the hands of a child who had caught it ; 
but M. Lataste was of the opinion that the species was one of eight 
included by M. Loche in his list of Mammals of Algeria, all of 
which would probably be ultimately erased from the list. This 
however, is included by M. Lataste in his Catalogue along with the 
other seven. . 

Another valuable result of M. Lataste’s labours was read before this 
Society on the 18th November last. I refer to Mr. Boulenger’s 
“ Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachia of Barbary, based chiefly 
upon the notes and collections made by M. Lataste in 1880-84.” 
Long before his Catalogue was finally printed off, Mr. Boulenger 
very kindly gave me the use of a set of proofs to assist me in naming 
my specimens, and by their aid, and by means of the excellent keys 
and concise descriptions embodied in the Catalogue, the identification 
of the specimens was easily accomplished, even in so difficult a genus 
as Acanthodactylus. 

Moreover, as the specimens, after they had been referred to their 
respective species, were compared with the representatives of the 
species in the British Museum, I have every confidence that each 
has been correctly named. 

Mr. Boulenger’s Catalogue enumerates 64 species of Reptiles and 
10 species of Batrachians, whereas my small collection contains only 
33 Reptiles and six ecaudate Batrachians, none of the caudate forms 
having been obtained. Mr. Boulenger has given a most instructive 
list illustrating in tabular form the distribution of the Reptilia and 
Batrachia of Barbary ; and the only addition these specimens make 
to it is the extension of the range of Lacerta ocellata, var. tangitana, 
to the Tell region of Algeria, in the Province of Oran. 

At Duirat, in Tunisia, a locality where apparently forms distinc- 
tive of the Tell and of the fauna of the Sahara meet, and which in 
position seems to bear much the same relation to the Tunisian desert 
that Biskra has to the Algerian Sahara, my collector obtained one 


1 « Btude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie: Catalogue Provisoire des 
Mammiféres Apélagiques Sauvages,” Actes de la Soc. Linnéenne de Bordeaux, 
t. xxxix. pp. 129-289. And as a separate work, 1885. Catalogue Oritique des 
Mammiféres Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887. 


6 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, 


well-marked new species of the genus Chalcides, of which I give a 
description and three figures, accompanied, for the sake of comparison, 
by two views of the head of its nearest ally, C. sepoides, Audouin. 
At the same place my collector also found a Viper distinctly 
referable to V. lebetina, but, at the same time, differing so much 
from the typical form, in some of the details of its structure, that I 
have had no other course left me but to describe it as a variety. 


MAMMALIA. 
Order CHIROPTERA. 


Family I. RHtINOLOPHID. 


Genus Rurno.oruus, Geoffroy. 


1. RuINoLoPHUS EURYALE, Blasius; Lataste, Etude de la 
Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 65. 


1 ¢, caveat Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine. 


Family II. VespertTinionip2. 


Genus Piecotus, Geoffroy. 


2. Precotus auritvus, Linneus ; Lataste, Etude dela Faune des 
Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 66. 

2 3 &14 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. 

Beyond M. Loche’s statement * that he saw a specimen of this Bat 
in the hands of a child at Blidah, I am not aware of any other notice 
of its occurrence in Algeria, and this is the first time it has been 
reported from Tunisia. The foregoing specimens, instead of being 
light brown, are pale ashy on the upper surface, the light colour 
generally distinctive of this Bat in desert regions. 


Genus Vespervuco, Keys. & Blas. 


3. VESPERUGO KUHLI, Natterer; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des 
Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 70; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. 
Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 2. 

1¢ & 1 2%, Duirat, Tunisia. 


1 Cat. des Mammif. et des Oiseaux observés en Algérie, 1858, sp. 43. 

* The wing and interfemoral membranes of one of these Bats are torn and 
shrivelled up in places along the margins to such an extent that the flight of 
the animal must have been materially affected by it, Here and there over the 
surfaces of the membranes, and elsewhere on the body, there are dense colonies 
of a minute white Acarws, and it seems probable that the irritation produced by 
them had set up inflammation resulting in the partial destruction of the mem- 
branes, which also, when held against the light, were seen to be covered with 
small black spots, doubtless old inflamed areas due to the same cause. Mr. A. 
Michael kindly undertook to determine the nature of these Acari. The following 
are his remarks :— 

“The Acari submitted to me belong to two species only, and are all immature. 

“The first is a single specimen of the nymph of one of the Ixodide, and 


1892. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 7 


This widely distributed Bat was recorded from the Tunisian Chotts 
by M. Lataste in 1885, and again, in 1885, from El Hammam 
de Cabes, at the eastern extremity of these salt-water lakes of 
Tunisia. 


Genus Mrnroptervs, Bonaparte. 


4. MrnIopTeRvs SCHREIBERSI, Natterer; Lataste, Etude de la 
Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 75. 


2 56 &2 9, cave at Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Con- 
stantine. 

The most easterly point in the distribution of this Bat recorded by 
M. Lataste was Cape Okas, near Bougie. This new locality brings it 
close to Tunisia, in which province, however, it has not yet been 
observed. 


Order INSECTIVORA. 
Family I. Macrosce.ipip2. 


Genus MAcroscELIDEs. 


1. MacrosceLipEs RozETI, Duvernoy ; Lataste, Etude de la 
Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 77; id. Cat. Crit. des 
Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages, 1887, p. 4. 


2 S$ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia; 19, hills behind Biskra. 


This species has been found at Mount Santa Cruz, Oran (in the 
Tell), whence also probably came the specimen from which Duvernoy 
described the species. It likewise inhabits the high plateaux, and has 
been recorded from (north to south) Ain Oussera, about 3000 ft. 
above the sea, Djelfa, 3792 ft., Ain el Ibel, about 3700 ft., and also 
from the slopes tending to the Sahara, such as Laghouat, 2437 ft., 
and Bou Siiada, 1900 ft. The specimen recorded by me from Biskra, 
360 ft. above the sea-level, was not obtained at this elevation, but 
from the hills behind, at what height I cannot say. M. Lataste 


belongs to the genus Hyalomma (Koch). The species seems to be either the 
Ixodes flavipes of Koch or the £. vespertilionis of the same author; it is not 
possible in the present state of our knowledge to identify it with certainty 
from immature specimens, but it is probable that the two species are not 
really distinct ; both have been recorded as bat-parasites, the former by Kolenati, 
the latter by Koch. According to modern classification this Acarid would 
belong to the genus Hyalomma, not Ixodes. 

“he other Acarid, of which there are numerous examples, was found by 
Dr. Anderson upon the same Bat and upon Plecotus awritus; it is one of the 
creatures described by Kolenati as forming the genus Peplonyssus; the species 
is probably his P. cruciplica. These Peplonyssi are all bat-parasites; but, 
although I am not sure that the fact has been publicly recorded, I think there 
can be no doubt that all the species of the genus are larval forms of Ixodide, 
the adults of which we may or may not be acquainted with, but which cannot 
at present be identified with the larve.” 


8 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, 


has recorded it from Batna, 3350 ft., on the high plateaux imme- 
diately to the north of Biskra, and he has mentioned specimens from 
the region of the Tunisian Chotts, Feriana and Djebel Bou-Hedma, 
Tunisia, but none so far from the east as Duirat. 

The female from Biskra I had alive in my possession from the 17th 
April until the 22nd May. I brought it alive to Switzerland, but, 
after it had been eight days in Europe, it died, possibly from eating 
food unsuited to it. In Algeria, but more especially in Tunis, I 
experienced no difficulty in obtaining house-flies wherewith to feed 
it, and on which it throve, but, on my arrival in Europe, these 
insects were so scarce that I had first to offer it the larvee on which 
bird-fanciers feed small insectivorous birds. These it ate for a day 
or two, but, as it afterwards refused to touch them, I had next to 
try it with small cockroaches. These, however, did not appear to 
agree with it, and in two days more it was dead. 

It was very expert in catching flies, and as it never attempted to 
jump off any great height, I used to place it on a table, covered 
with a white cloth, and to scatter maimed flies over the table. When 
it once caught sight of a fly it made a rapid rush at it, the mobile 
proboscis touched the fly, and it disappeared, the Shrew seldom 
allowing one to escape. The tongue is remarkably long, exceeding 
the length of the snout, on the under surface of which there is a 
well-marked groove along which possibly the tongue is projected, 
assisting in the seizure of the insect prey. In its natural haunts, 
ee proboscis is probably introduced into crevices where insects 
urk. 

It was so tame that it was generally placed on the breakfast table, 
on which it ran perfectly at home, occasionally picking up minute 
hard crumbs from the outsides of “ croissants”’ or fragments of 
biscuits. It used also to lap milk freely from a spoon, returning 
every now and again to doso, and, if it had had its own way, it would 
have gorged itself with butter, but with disastrous effects, as a small 
quantity acted on it as a laxative. 

Its great delight while on the table was to get under a covert of 
some kind, and to run from one shelter to another, now and again 
darting out suddenly when it saw a fly. It never attempted to bite, 
and it seemed to enjoy being held in the hands, the heat and cover 
afforded by them being grateful to it. In this position it would re- 
main for a long time, making no effort to move. 

Its sense of hearing was acute, more especially to sharp sounds, 
any shrill call at once startling it, whereas dull sounds it seemed to 
heed but little. With regard to its vision, I may mention that while 
it had a keen eye for small objects in motion, I could wave my arms 
in front of it, a few feet off, without scaring it. 

__ Its movements were extremely rapid, and in ordinary progression 
it never jumped, but was projected forwards, so to speak, in short 
runs, ever and anon stopping abruptly to look about. 


1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 9 


Measurements of Macroscelides rozeti. 


Mal an'| osha maa 


cae millim. millim. |} millim. 


Tip of snout to vent.................. 104 | 94 108 105 95 
Vent to tip of tail without hairs... 114 | 112 | 110 117 | 100 
Tip of snout to upper incisors........ 14 | 15 3 | 14 14 
Length of hind foot with claws .... 51 | 31 52 32 32 
WMEoIahb Ghar =.2.0)-c2sceee veces Sace | 29 29-9|) -a318 [> 30 28 


SURYCUCEN OF CAE Lc c< asceetdbcnate ese ) 20 20 22 19 


Ket | 


There were two fcetuses in the right horn of the uterus of one of 
these females, a similar number having been recorded by M. Lataste 
in an individual which he examined. In his specimen they were 
still very young on the 10th May, whereas in my specimen, captured 
in June, they were covered with hair and evidently mature. The 
weight of one of the foetuses was 28 grains without the placenta. 


Family II. Sorrcrpz. 
Genus Crocipura, Wagler. 


2. CrocipURA ARANEA, Linneeus; Lataste, Etude de la Faune 
des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 82; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. 
Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 6. 


1 Q, environs of Algiers. 
Snout to vent 55 millim.; vent to tip of tail 35 millim.; hind 
foot and claws 13 millim. 


Order RODENTIA. 


Family I. Murip2. 
Subfamily Gerbilline. 
Genus Gersituivus, Desmarest. 


1. GeRBILLUS CAMPEsSTRIS, Levaillant; Lataste, Etude de la 
Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 142; id. Cat. Crit. des 
Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 24 


1 g, Duirat, Tunisia. 


Measurements of G. campestris. 


3. 

millim 
Tip of snout to vent.. .....-.--- +++. BOS 90 
Vent to tip of tail without hairs............ 114 
Height of ear ....... Mererhabc tite: ie pa AAPL 
Length of hind foot Wiad ee 1 27 
Gecimt torwent” .25< =: Gav eee - <j. + nae =< 32 


This form in its four subarticular and two tarsal tubercles= 
Dipodillus. 


10 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, (Jan. 5, 


2. GERBILLUS SHAWI, Rozet. 


Meriones shawi, Rozet ; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés 
de Barbarie, 1885, p. 114; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques 
Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 27. 


5 9 & 1 6, Duirat, Tunisia. 


Measurements of G. shawi. 


2. g. 2. 2. 9. 3. 
millim.| millim. | millim. | millim. | millim. | millim., 

| Tip of snout to vent...... 135") 128 INC al) ath 73 74 
Vent to tip of tail without | 

NBT) Se: ss ee sa cea te ek 125 117 | 119 | 68 67 69 

Height of ear ............ 15 18 13 11 11 11 

Length of hind foot and 
GENE} oeddrcncantcnnantaae: 33 33 33 26 2e 27 
Occiput to snout ......... 41 39 38 30 29 30 


The largest female was gravid (June), and had four foetuses, well 
advanced, in each horn of the uterus. 


Subfamily Murine. 
Genus Mus, Linneeus. 


3. Mus muscuuus, Linneus; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des 
Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 135; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. 
Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 22. 


1 Q juv., Biskra; 2 ¢, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Con- 
stantine; and 1 ¢, Duirat, Tunisia. 


Family II. OcropontTin&. 
Genus CrenopacTyLus, Gray. 


4. CreNopACTYLUS GuUNDI, Rothman; Lataste, Etude de la 
Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 152; id. Cat. Crit. des 
Mammif. de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 31. 


29 &1 6g, Duiat, Tunisia. 
This species is said to be common on the hills behind Biskra. 


Family III. Dreopipz. 
Genus Dipus, Gmelin. 


5. Dieus uirtipes, Lichtenstein; Lataste, Etude de la Faune 
des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 150; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. 
&c. 1887, p. 30. 

1 9, Biskra. 

This female gave birth to two young ones while in my possession 
(27 April), but made no visible effort to rear them. 


1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 1] 


The animal burrowed in loose earth with great rapidity, completely 
disappearing in a remarkably short time, driving the earth backwards 
with its hind feet, and, as it accumulated behind them, turning and 
pushing it out of the burrow with its broad hairy snout. 


REPTILIA. 
Order CHELONIA. 


Family I. Testup1nipz. 
Genus Trestupo, Linnzus. 


1. Tesrupo 1BERA, Pallas ; Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 
vol. xiii. pt. iii. 1891, p. 104. 
5, neighbourhood of Algiers; 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 


Genus CLemmys, Wagler. 


2. CLEMMYS LEPROSA, Schweigger ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 106. 
3 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 
Talso obtained a specimen of this species at Biskra, but it escaped. 


Order SQQUAMATA. 
Suborder I. LACERTILIA. 
Family I. Geckonipz. 
Genus Hemipacry.us, Gray. 


1, HemipactyLus turcicus, Linneus; Boulenger, Joc. cit. 
p. 115. 


1 2, Hammam P’irha, Province of Algiers. 


Genus TARENTOLA, Gray. 


2. TARENTOLA MAURITANICA, Linneus; Boulenger, Joc. cit. 
p- 115. 

1, Biskra; 3, walls of old tombs outside the Bab Alewa, Tunis ; 
21, Duirat, Tunisia. 

Among these specimens there are examples of the typical form 
and of the variety deserti. The specimen from Biskra is an example 
of the latter, but the Geckos from Tunis belong to the typical form, 
which also occurs at Duirat, along with the variety, the Saharian 
and Tell faunz meeting at that locality. 


Family II. AGamipz. 
Genus AGAma, Daudin. 
3. AGAMA INERMIs, Reuss: Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 117. 


2, from between Biskra and Tuggurt; 1 9, Tuggurt; 2¢ & 
4 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 


12 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, 


The largest female measures from the snout to the vent 94 millim., 
and the tail 125 millim. 

These specimens illustrate the unequal lepidosis of the back men- 
tioned by Mr. Boulenger, as no two are alike in the distribution of 
the enlarged scales. 

The Duirat specimens collected in the months ef May and June 
are gravid. 


Genus Uromastrx, Merrem. 


4. Uromastix ACANTHINURUS, Bell; Boulenger, oc. cit. p. 119. 
2, Biskra ; 2, Duirat. 


Family HI. Varanip#. 
Genus Varanus, Merrem. 

5. VARANUS GRISEUS, Daudin ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 121. 

1 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 

Mr. Boulenger gives the dimensions of this species as follows :— 
snout to vent 56 centim., tail 71; but this female, although it is 
22 centimetres shorter in its body, is gravid, having 7 ova in the 
right, and 8 in the left ovary, the ova on the right side being 
pressed forwards almost as far as the axilla. 


Family 1V. AMPHISBAENID&. 
Genus Troconoruis, Kaup. 
6. TROGONOPHIS WIEGMANNI, Kaup ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 122. 


2, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine, under large 
stones on hill-sides. 


Family V. Lacertip2. 
Genus Lacerta, Linneus. 


7, LACERTA OCELLATA, Daudin ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 123. 
Var. PATER, Lataste, 1880; Boulenger, Joc. ezt. p. 123. 


2 g, under hedges by the road-side, Tlemsen, Province of Oran ; 
1 2, under a large stone, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Con- 
stantine; 2 ¢ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia. 

M. Lataste was the first to point out that the large lizard of 
Algeria and Tunisia was a race or subspecies of J. ocellata, closely 
related to it, but having also some points of affinity with L. viridis. 
Mr. Boulenger adopts this view, with which I fully agree, and in 
his catalogue he clearly indicates wherein it differs from the European 
form. 

In none of these specimens does the number of scales across the 
back exceed 80, nor are the femoral pores more than 16. 


7a. var. TANGITANA, Boulenger, Catalogue of Lizards in the 


1892. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 13 


Brit. Mus. 1887, vol. iii. p. 13, pl. iii. fig. 15 et loc. cit. 
p. 124. 

1 young, Tlemgen, Province of Oran. 

This variety was founded by Mr. Boulenger for the reception of 
some lizards from Tangier, very nearly allied to the previous variety, 
but differing from it and from L. ocellata typica in their much 
smaller dorsal scales, numbering from 77 to 100 across the middle 
of the body, and in their more numerous (17-21) femoral pores, On 
the other hand, in their smaller occipital and in the number (6-8) of 
the longitudinal rows of ventral scales, they manifest, as pointed out 
by Mr. Boulenger, marked affinities to the Spanish-Portuguese form 
of L. viridis, the var. schreiberi, Bedriaga, and so closely do they re- 
semble it in these two respects that they are undistinguishable from 
it. Until the discovery of these specimens from Tangier, L. ocellata 
and ZL. viridis were unknown from Morocco. It is interesting 
therefore to find the Morocco variety occurring at Tlemgen, but not 
surprising, considering the proximity of this locality to Morocco. 
This specimen, however, presents one variation by which it can be 
distinguished from all the examples of var. ¢angitana in the 
British Museum, and that is, that the shields along the collar are 
much more numerous, being 22, whereas in vars. pater and tangitana 
there are only 10 or 11 shields. This is not at all likely to be 
an individual variation, and hence it is interesting to find the out- 
lying members of the variety so modified. 

The specimen in question is unfortunately young, as it measures 
only 47 millim. from the snout to the vent, but in all its other cha- 
racters it resembles var. tangitana. The dorsal scales are very small, 
and number 87 across the middle of the body ; there are 18 femoral 
pores, 8 longitudinal rows of scales on the belly, and the occipital 
shield is decidedly narrower than the interparietal, all distinctive 
features of L. ocellata, var. tangitana. 


8. LaceRTA MURALIS, Laurenti; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 125. 


3 ¢ & 3 Q, Tlemcen, Province of Oran. 

These lizards resemble the specimens of this species from Tangier 
described by Mr. Boulenger as having the scales very small, obtusely 
keeled and in 61 to 73 rows across the middle of the body, but in 
some of them they fall to 56. Their upper caudal scales are also 
strongly keeled as in specimeus from Tangier. The femoral pores 
vary from 17 to 21, whereas in examples from the latter district they 
vary from 13 to 19, 17 being the usual number. 

One of the above males is coloured exactly like the specimens from 
Tangier in the British Museum, but another and two females are 
less spotted with black, and the white spots on the tail, so marked 
in Tangier specimens, are absent, or only feebly indicated. 


9. LAcCERTA PERSPICILLATA, Dum. & Bibr.; Boulenger, loc. cit. 
p- 126. 


2 3, Santa Cruz, Oran. : 
In these specimens there are 56 and 60 scales across the middle 


14 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, (Jan. 5, 


of the body, the highest number mentioned by Boulenger being 56 ; 
and in the smaller of the two specimens there are six upper labials 
before the subocular on one side and seven on the other, the usual 
number of these shields being five. 


Genus Psammopromvs, Fitzinger. 


10. PsamMopromus aueirus, Linneus; Boulenger, Joc. cit. 
p- 128. 


1 2, Tlemcen, Province of Oran. 


Genus ACANTHODACTYLUsS, Wiegmann. 


11. ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS, Daudin; Boulenger, loc. cit. 
p- 129. 


1 g, Biskra; 1 ¢ & 1 9, Tuggurt; 1 ¢ &3 Q, Duirat, 
Tunisia. 

The ventral plates in these specimens do not exceed 10, and the 
highest number of large keeled scales between the hind limbs is 11 ; 
but this occurs only in one specimen, all the others having 10 
longitudinal rows. 

Five of the seven specimens have 23 femoral pores on each side, 
one 19, and the other 24. The longitudinal series of scales round 
the middle of the body vary from 30 to 36, the lowest number 
occurring in a specimen from Duirat. 


12. ACANTHODACTYLUS SCUTELLATUS, Audouin; Boulenger, 
loc. cit. p. 130. 

1g & 4 Q, Tuggurt; 3 ¢ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia. 

These specimens are all distinguished by acute snouts, denticulated 
ears, and by the dorsal and ventral scales merging the one into the 
other, these scales conjointly varying from 60 to 70 (Mr. Boulenger 
gives 61-74); the scales referable to the ventral region vary from 
12 to 14, the latter number being dependent on the degree of 
development of the outermost series of scales, but in Mr. Boulenger’s 
specimens the number rose to 18. The lowest number of femoral 
pores, 18, occurs in a female specimen from Tuggurt, whereas the 
highest number 26, is found in a male from Duirat, the range of 
femoral pores recorded by Mr. Boulenger being from 18 to 25. 

The three males from Duirat are reddish, with numerous black 
spots and indications of white ocelli on the sides, whereas the 
females from the same locality are uniformly reddish, with the white 
ocelli feebly visible, and the black spots only faintly traceable here 
and there. The Tuggurt specimens are olive-grey. In the male 
from this locality the black spots are more distinctly marked than 
in the females. 


13. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS, Lichtenstein; Boulenger, 
loc. cit. p. 131. 


3 6, Aures Mountains, north of Biskra; 7 ¢ & 8 9, route 
between Biskra and Tuggurt; 3 ¢ & 7 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 


1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 15 


The specimens from the first-mentioned locality belong to the variety 
named bedriage by M. Lataste, whilst the others, which are distin- 
guished from them by being more slender and somewhat smaller, 
may be taken as representing the variety deserti (Zootoca deserti, 
Giinther). However, as Mr. Boulenger points out, not only are 
these varieties ill-defined, but the former approaches A. vulgaris in 
its structure and coloration, whilst the latter often closely resembles 
= scutellatus. This species (A. pardalis) is thus a transitional 
orm. 

Among the specimens recorded above, the scales round the middle 
of the body, including the ventrals, vary from 61-74, whereas in 
Mr. Boulenger’s specimens the variation is from 66-82. The 
femoral pores also are variable, as in my specimens the lowest 
number is 15 and the highest 22, whilst the numbers recorded by 
him are 15-25. 


14. ACANTHODACTYLUS VULGARIS, Dum. & Bibr.; Boulenger, 
loc. cit. p. 131. 


4 g¢ & 3 2, Mount Santa Cruz. On old walls at the foot of the 
hill. 

In these specimens the subocular enters the labial border, and in 
five out of the seven it does so more or less broadly. In one of the 
remaining two the sharp lower angle of the shield is wedged in 
between the labials as a fine point, while in the seventh specimen it 
is excluded from the labial border on one side, but preserves the same 
character as the previous specimen on the opposite side. Unlike 
Moroccan examples of this lizard, the tendency of this shield is to 
enter largely into the formation of the lip. 

In none of the specimens does the number of the scales round the 
body, including the ventrals (8), exceed 77, nor fall lower than 73. 
The femoral pores vary from 23 to 26. 

They are marked with six longitudinal whitish lines, separated from 
each other by broad dark brown bands ; but in the largest specimen 
the white lines are more or less broken up into white spots, the 
intervening dark bands being reticulated with brick-red. The limbs 
are white spotted, and the end of the tail is pink. 


Genus Eremras, Wiegmann. 


15. Eremias Gurruxata, Lichtenstein; Boulenger, Joc. cit. 
p- 132. 


1 g, between Biskra and Tuggurt; 1 ¢, Tuggurt, and 1 92, 
Duirat. 

These three specimens have the median disk of the eyelid broken 
up into 4, 5, and 6 scales respectively, with the collar distinct only 
at the sides. In the variations tabulated by Mr. Boulenger, the 
form with the collar distinct at the sides has only two scales in the 
transparent palpebral disk, the highest number, four, recorded by him 
occurring in specimens with the collar free all round. In specimens 
presenting these two kinds of variation in the collar and in the 


16 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, 


palpebral disk, the number of scales round the middle of the body is 
52, the femoral pores being 10-10 in the first variation, and 11-10 
in the second, whereas in my specimens the scales round the body 
(including the yentrals) are 52-53, and the femoral pores are 11-14. 
In Mr. Boulenger’s specimens with six scales in the palpebral disk, 
and with the collar distinct and attached in the middle, the femoral 
pores are 14—13, while in the above-mentioned specimen, with the same 
number of scales in the palpebral disk, there are only 11 femoral 
pores, associated with 53 scales (including the ventrals) round the 
body, whilst his specimens have 59 scales. Mr. Boulenger indi- 
cates another variation with 3 scales in the palpebral disk, 68 scales 
(including ventrals) round the body, and with 17-17 femoral pores. 
These facts attest the correctness of M. Lataste’s opinion, which 
Mr. Boulenger shares, that no division of this species into subspecies 
or varieties can be made on characters derived from the palpebral 
disk and collar. 


Family VI. Scincip2z. 


Genus Masui, Fitzinger. 
16. Masuia virrata, Olivier ; Boulenger, loc. czt. p. 135. 
1, Djebel Ahmer Khaddon, south of Constantine; 1, Biskra; 1, 
between Biskra and Tuggurt. 


The largest specimen is from the first-mentioned locality, and 
measures, from the snout to the vent, 75 millim., the tail 129. 


Genus Eumeces, Wiegmann. 
17. Eumeces scHNEIDERI, Daudin; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 136. 
1 ¢ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia. 


Genus Scincvus, Laurenti. 
18. Scrncus orricrnatis, Laurenti ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 137. 


1 g, Sand-dunes, Debila, Sahara; 1 ¢ & 3 Q, Tuggurt; 
1 go &3 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. 

In one of the specimens from Duirat there are 30 scales round 
the body, in the other 26-28. These specimens present two types 
of coloration, being either uniformly yellowish above or marked in 
addition with dark brown bars more or less continuous across the 
back, strongly or obscurely developed. 


Genus CHaxcipes, Laurenti. 
19. CHALCIDES OcELLATUS, Forskil ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 138. 
11, Biskra; 1, Djebel Ahmar Khaddon, south of Constautine ; 
6, Duirat, Tunisia. 
The largest specimen is 116 millim. from the snout to the vent, 
and, in one measuring 104 millim., the hind limbis25 millim. The 
scales round the body vary from 28-32 in number, whereas those 


1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. , 17 


described by Mr. Boulenger had never more than 30. The speci- 
mens from Duirat are all marked with white ocelli or shafts in black 
spots, the general colour of the upper surface varying from dark 
brown to dark grey, without any trace of the broad dorsal band of 
a darker hue which occurs in all the Biskra specimens, none of which 
are of a grey tint. In some specimens from Biskra the ocelli are 
practically absent or only obscurely indicated. 


. . 
19 a. var. TILIGUGU, Gmelin. 


1, Tlemcen, Province of Oran; 1, Mount Santa Cruz, Oran; 1, 
Hammam R’irha, Province of Algiers; 2, Hammam Meskoutine, 
Province of Constantine; and 3, Duirat, Tunisia. 

These specimens are stouter than the previous form and larger, 
reaching 144 millim. from the snout to the vent. The limbs also 
are longer, as in one individual measuring 105 millim. from the snout 
to the vent the hind limb is 29 millim. The scales round the body 
vary from 30-32. In all of them there is a broad dorsal band with 
a lighter-coloured broad band on either side of it, and all are 


ocellated. The Duirat specimens are much paler than those from 
the Tell. 


20. CHALCIDES BOULENGERI, sp. noy. (Plate I. figs. 1, 
2 3.) 


2 specimens, Duirat, Tunisia. 

Snout wedge-shaped, not so broad as in C. sepoides, Audouin, 
but with a projecting labial edge ; eye small, but slightly larger than 
in C. sepoides ; ear-opening an oblique slit at the commissure of the 
mouth, but with a fringe of three pointed scales. The nostril is not 
in advance of the suture between the rostral and the first labial ; 
supranasals fused into a single shield; frontal as broad or a little 
broader than long ; four supraoculars, with four small scales below 
them ; fifth labial enters the orbit. The limbs are weak, but stronger 
than in C. sepoides; the hinder pair are proportionally more deve- 
loped than the front limbs. The hind limbs are penta- or tetra- 
dactyle, and in length each equals about the distance between the 
fore limb and the nostril; the latter limb equals considerably more 
than half its distance from the centre of the eye, and is pentadactyle *. 
The body is not quite so long as in C. sepoides, and the sides are 
angular as in that species. Twenty-eight rows of scales round the 
body. 

Yellowish above, each scale finely margined with dark brown, their 
centres whitish and presenting, in some instances, the appearance of 
ocelli, recalling the ocellation characteristic of C. ocellatus, and this 
is unmistakably marked especially on the tail, on which the ocelli 
are arranged in more or less transverse rows. A black line through 
the eye, and two fine black lines on either side of the frontal. The 


1 In one specimen the manus is entirely absent on one side, but this is 
probably due to an accident. 


Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1892, No. II. 2 


18 * DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5 


black margins of the scales on the nape tend to form longitudinal 
lines. 


No. 1. Snout to vent 83 millim., tail 60, hind limb 17. 
No. Ze > 9 ” 83 ” ” 45*, 2 2”? 7. 


This species is distinguished from C. sepoides (Plate I. figs. 4, 5) 
by the nostril not being placed inadvance of the suture between the first 
labial and the rostral; by the fifth labial entering the orbit, whereas 
in C. sepoides it is the fourth that does so; and by 28 rows of scales 
round the body, whilst in that species these scales never exceed 24. 

The ear is much the same as in C. sepoides, but it is very different 
from the ear of C. ocellatus and that of C. mionecton, in which it is 
a round well-marked opeuing, further removed from the angle of the 
mouth. 

It is linked by the character of its labial edge and rostral to 
C. sphenopsiformis (Senegambia), which through C. mionecton 
connects it with C. ocellatus. It thus supplies a link that was 
wanting in the chain of these species, so to speak. 

I have much pleasure in connecting Mr. Boulenger’s name with 
this new lizard from Barbary. 


Suborder II. Ro rpTOGLossSa. 
Family I. CoaMZLEONTID. 
Genus CHAM&LEON, Laurenti. 
1. CHAMELEON vuLGARIS, Daudin ; Boulenger, Joc. ct. p. 142. 
1, Tamerna, Sahara; 3, Duirat, Tunisia. 


Suborder III. Opurpra. 
Family I. Cotusrip2. 
Genus ZaMEnts, Wagler. 
1. ZAMENIS ALGrIRuS, Jan; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 147. 


2 specimens, Duirat, Tunisia. 

No. 1. Total length 1000 millim., tail 250. Ventrals 218, sub- 
caudals 104. 

No. 2. Total length 920 millim., tail 200. Ventrals 231, sub- 
caudals 87. 

In the first specimen there are 8 upper labials on one side and 9 
on the other, but in No. 2 there are 9 upper labials on both sides. 
In No. | the fifth labial enters the orbit on the left side, but on the 
right side the labials are excluded from touching the eye; and in 
No. 2 a labial, the fifth, enters the orbit on one side only, being ex- 
cluded on the other by an additional subocular, the labial entering the 
orbit when there are only two suboculars. The preocular in these 
specimens has generally two small scales below it separating it from 


1 Renewed. 


1892. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 19 


the labials. The temporals also are variable, as in No. 2 they are 
3+3 on one side and 2+3 on the other. The number of sub- 
caudals in No. 1 exceeds the maximum given by Mr. Boulenger, and 
its anal is entire, while in No. 2 these plates fall below the minimum 
recorded by him. His figures are 92-100. Their coloration is 
normal, 


2. ZAMENIS HIPPOCREPTS, Linnzeus ; Boulenger, op. cit. p. 147. 


1 specimen, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine ; 
1 specimen, neighbourhood of Algiers. 

In the first specimen there are 10 upper labials on one side, and 
two temporals in contact with the postoculars. 


3. ZAMENIS DIADEMA, Schlegel ; Boulenger, op. cit. p. 148. 


1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia; 1 specimen, between Biskra and 
Tugeurt. 

The snake from Duirat has 25 rows of scales, and the Biskra- 
Tuggurt specimen 32. The head-shields present some of the 
variations usual to this species. 

The Duirat specimen has the pale yellowish sandy coloration of a 
desert form ; the typical dark rhombic markings are distinct, but the 
horn-colour has a faded appearauce. 


Genus 'Tropiponorus, Kuhl. 


4. TrRopiIpONOTUS VIPERINUS, Latr. ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 149. 

1 specimen, Hammam P’irha, Province of Algiers; 1 specimen, 
Biskra ; 6 specimens, between Biskra and Tuggurt; 1 specimen, 
Duirat, Tunisia. 

The first specimen has the rare variation of 23 rows of scales. 


Genus Macrorrotropon, Guichenot. 


5. MAcrRoproropon cucuL.atvus, Geoffroy ; Boulenger, Joc. ect. 
pp- 149, 150. 

1 specimen, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine, 
among stones. 

Total length 539 millim., tail 93. Ventrals 171 ; subcaudals 54. 
It has 19 rows of scales, which is generally the case in Algerian and 
Tunisian specimens, as pointed out by Mr. Boulenger. 


Genus Psammopruis, Boie. 
6. PsAMMOPHIS SIBILANS, Linnzus ; Boulenger, loc. ezt. p. 150. 


1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia. 

Total length 975 millim., tail 341. Ventrals 179 ; subcaudals 
131. A partially divided preeocular on each side; 9 upper labials, 
the 5th and 6th entering the orbit, as in the case of all Algerian and 


Tunisian specimens found by M. Lataste. 
Q* 


20 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, 


Genus Ca:LopPe tis, Wagler. 
7. Ca@LOPELTIS LACERTINA, Wagler; Boulenger, loc. eit. p. 151. 
1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia. 
Total length 1275 millim., tail 347. Ventrals 170, subcaudals 
105; 19 rows of scales. 


8. Ca@LopeLtis propucta, Gervais ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 151. 

2 specimens, Duirat, Tunisia. 

No. 1. Total length 663 millim., tail 121. Ventrals 161, sub- 

caudals 62. 
No. 2. Total length 671 millim., tail 115. Ventrals 159, sub- 
caudals 48. 

The first has 9 upper labials on the right side, and the normal 
number 8 on the left, the 5th and 6th entering the right andthe 4th and 
5th the left orbit. The grooving of the scales of these specimens is 
very feebly indicated and in marked contrast to this character in 
C. lacertina. 

This appears to be the second record of this snake from Tunisia, 
the first specimen having been obtained by M. Valéry-Mayet at 
Bou-Hedma near Gafsa. The species was originally based on a 
specimen fom the Sahara. 


Family II. Virerip2. 
Genus Vipera, Laurenti. 


9. VIPERA LEBETINA, Linneus; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 154. 
Var. nov. DESERTI. (Plate I. figs. 6 and 7). 

1 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. 

I have no hesitation in referring this specimen to V. ledetina, but, 
as it is devoid of a canthus rostralis and has the scales on the head 
from the parietal region forwards to the rostral perfectly smooth, I 
regard it as a variety which I propose to call deseréi. ; 

All authors who have hitherto had occasion to describe V. lebetina 
from Algeria have either directly or indirectly referred to the keeled 
character of the head-scales. Through the kind assistance of Mr. 
Boulenger, who examined fcr me the type (No. 4017) of V. mauri- 
tunica, Guichenot, in the Paris Museum, I have his authority for 
stating that the canthus rostralis of that snake is well marked, and 
that the interorbital scales are feebly but distinctly keeled. It has 
no large supraoculars, and the rostral is a little higher than broad. 
It isa female with 163-ventrals and 50 caudals. Another and 
young specimen, No. 4016 of Guichenot’s Collection, is the same as 
the preceding, but with the canthus rostralis less distinctly marked. 
It has 166 ventrals and 39 cauJals. 

I have examined all the specimens of V. /ebetina in the British 
Museum, and I give the leading details regarding them in the 
following table, and for comparison I have added in the last column 
those yielded by this variety. 


21 


AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 


1392.] 


~ Characters of Vipera lehetina and var. deserti. 


Total length (millimetres) 


FARO e en eee ee enn wee weeee 


” ” OL tan woe.te. 


eee eee eee ee eee eres 


IVCDULBIBye.sroavte¥rcem ete 
Oaudals ..... 
Seales round body....... 


OOO Peer eer ene ese sereesaseseeeeseseeseseses 


Canthus rostralis, absent (A) or present (P)... 


Scales on upper surface of head keeled (K) 
or smooth (S)....... 


Number of upper labials ......... Sree Seaees 


Rostral broader than high (B), higher than 
DYOROQEIyy cp... ceesava steers aNRu yes cD aaeecaue’ 


Supraorbitals variable, some enlarged (V), } 


istinctly enlarged and their number 


Scales between eyes, including supraorbitals ... 


10. 
\| 3B 


1h. 


12 


18 


11 


Lake of Galilee. 


11 


Persia, Teheran. 


1E 
11 


of EE 
Balas 
Fe ee a esas ge 
a7] a oo sss 
S|) Bo | a= 425 
qo Ay iv) nm 
1250 | 955 ee 
135 | 115| 88 | &3 
173 | 180 as 3% 
4g) 47| RR | Re 
25|. 25| 93] 925 
P P P P 
K K K K 
104| "S10 Oto 10 
B B B B 
1H | te era Se 
A 1 ie ith 


| Duirat, Tunisia. 


=I 
re 
a 


22 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, (Jan. 5, 


I have also given two drawings of its head (Plate I. figs. 6, 7). 
If these are compared with Guichenot’s figure of V. mauritanica’, 
which Mr. Boulenger informs me is a good representation of the 
above-mentioned specimen No. 4017, the differences between this 
variety and the typical form will be seen to be considerable. 

To summarize the features of this variety, the most striking is 
certainly the entire absence of any approach to keeling on the scales 
on the upper surface of the head from the parietal region forward to 
the rostral. As already stated, in all the hitherto recorded speci- 
mens of V. lebetina, the scales of the head over the foregoing area 
and over the upper surface of the head generally are keeled in various 
degrees of intensity, while at the same time they preserve to a great 
extent the general form and character of the scales on the body. In 
this variety, on the other hand, the head-scales, besides being 
perfectly smooth in the region specified, are somewhat unlike those 
of the body in that they are rounded at their margins and are very 
flat. The entire absence of the canthus rostralis is another feature 
by which this variety is distinguished from the typical form, in which 
it is always defined although less marked in some individuals than 
in others. 

The rostral shield is higher than broad, but in an example of this 
species from the Lake of Galilee it is as high as broad, a modifica- 
tion which connects this variety with the other specimens mentioned 
in the foregoing table in which the rostral is decidedly broader than 
high. The supraoculars in the first six specimens enumerated in the 
table (p. 21) are not markedly differentiated from the ordinary head- 
scales as regards their size: occasionally one or more scales may be 
larger than the others, either on both sides of the head or on one only, 
but in none of them are two scales so developed as in this variety. 
On the other hand, the specimens from Persia and Afghanistan can be 
distinguished at once by the presence of a large supraocular occupying 
nearly the entire upper border of the eye. It will be observed that, 
in the labials and the scales between the eyes, the variations among 
these specimens are very insignificant. It is worthy of attention 
that the four specimens from the mainland of South-western Asia 
present a marked increase in the number of their ventrals as com- 
pared with the typical form from Algeria and Cyprus, and that the 
two groups are connected with each other by var. deserti from Eastern 
Tunisia. 

In VJ. lebetina, var. deserti, the colour is pale yellowish brown 
above, with very faint indications of the dorsal and lateral dark spots 
distinctive of Algerian and Cyprian examples of the typical form ; 
and the under surface is pale yellow, almost immaculate anteriorly, 
the finely powdered aspect of the species being only feebly indicated 
posteriorly. The specimen from the, Lake of Galilee very much 
resembles the var. deserti in colour and general appearance, but it 
has keeled scales on the head and a canthus rostralis. 

I have selected the term desertz to designate this variety, because 
reptiles received from Duirat, the locality from which this Viper 

1 Explor. Se. Alg., Rept. pl. ii. 


1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 23 


was obtained, establish the fact that the Saharian fauna extends to 
as district, and moreover the Snake has all the features of a desert 
orm. 

The majority of the specimens of V. lebetina hitherto recorded 
have come from the Tell region of Western Algeria, but examples of 
this species have also been mentioned from Batna on the high plateau 
ard likewise from Bona on the coast, in the Tell region. As our 
knowledge of the northern portion of the Sahara intervening between 
Duirat and Egypt becomes more extended, it is probable that this 
variety of V. lebetina will be found to occur throughout that district, 
and, possibly, in Egypt itself. 


Genus Cerastes, Wagler. 
10. Cerastes virera, Linneus; Boulenger, op. cit. p. 155. 


1 ¢ &1 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. 
3. Total length 252 millim., tail 32. Ventrals 107, subcaudals 
32; rows of scales 23. 
Q. Total length 248 millim., tail 22. Ventrals 117, subcaudals 
22; rows of scales 23. 
Mr. Boulenger mentions that although M. Lataste did not come 
across this Viper in Tunisia, several specimens from the southern 
part of that province are in the possession of Marquis Doria. 


BATRACHIA. 
Order ECAUDATA. 


Family I. Ranipz. 
Genus Rana, Linneus. 
1. RANA ESCULENTA, Linnzus ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 157. 


5, Algiers ; 4, Hammam P’irha, Province of Algiers; 3, Biskra. 

These specimens belong to the var. ridibunda, Pallas, the most 
widely distributed race, and the only one found in Barbary. Mr. 
Boulenger has recently given ‘ the measurements of the largest of 
my specimens from the last two of the localities recorded above. 


Family II. Buronip2. 
Genus Buro, Laurenti. 
2. Buro virinis, Laurenti; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 158. 
1 young specimen, Laurier-Rose Station on the railway to 
Tlemcen; 2 specimens, Duirat. 
3. Buro mavritanicus, Schlegel ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 158. 


1 specimen, Tlemcen, Province Oran ; 2 specimens, Hammam 
R’irha, Province Algiers; 2 specimens, Algiers; 2 specimens, 


Biskra. 
1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 379. 


24 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON MYRIOPODA AND [Jan. 5, 


A pair taken in copuld at Biskra had the foliowing measure- 
ments :— ¢, snout to vent 124 millim.; 9, 96. 

4. Buro vutearis, Laurenti; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 159. 

1 specimen, Algiers. 


Family III. Hyrip2. 


Genus Hyua, Laurenti. 
5. Hyza arsorea, Linneeus; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 159. 
Var. MERIDIONALIS, Boettger. 
1 9, Tlemgen; 1 ¢ & 1 9, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of 
Constantine. f 


Family IV. DiscoGLossip&. 


Genus Discoeuossus, Otth. 

6. Discociossus pictus, Otth; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 160. 

2 3, Tlemgen, Province of Oran; 6, Hammam Rirha, Province 
of Algiers; 2, Algiers. 

The condition of the tympanum in these specimens varies con- 
siderably, being distinct in some and wholly invisible in others. It 
thus supports M. Lataste’s opinion, with which Mr. Boulenger 
agrees, that there is only one species of Discoglossus. 


DESCRIPTION OF PLATETI. 


Fig. 1. Chalcides boulengeri, nat. size. 

Fig. 2. View of the upper surface of the head, twice nat. size. 

Fig. 3. Side view of the head, twice nat. size. 

Fig. 4. View of the upper surface of the head of C. sepotdes, Audouin, twice 
nat. size. 

Fig. 5. Side view of the head of the same species, twice nat. size. 

Fig. 6. Upper surface of the head of Vipera lebetina, Linnseus, var. desert, 
nat. size. 

Fig. 7. Side view of the head of the same, nat. size. 


2. On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by 
Dr. Anderson in Algeria and Tunisia. By R. I. Pocock. 


{Received January 11, 1892.] 


The Myriopoda collected by Dr. Anderson during his stay in 
Algeria and Tunisia in the winter of 1890 and 1891 are refer- 
able to 21 species, one of which appears to be new. ‘This, which 
I call Brachydesmus insculptus, seems to be very nearly related to 
a species that was described two years ago by Dr. Latzel from the 
Azores. This fact is of interest, inasmuch as it affords another link to 
the chain of affinity between the fauna of these islands and that of 
the Mediterranean district of the Palzearctic region. 

The rest of the species are principally remarkable for the light 


1892.] ARACHNIDA FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 25 


that they throw upon the synonymy of old-established but little- 
known species. 

The only circumstance to be noticed here with respect to the 
Arachnida is the vast amount of variation shown by the sexes and 
young of the Scorpion, Prionurus australis. 


ARACHNIDA. 


The only species of this group obtained by Dr. Anderson are the 
following :—Galeodes olivieri, Simon, Prionurus australis (Jinn.), 
Buthus europeus (Linn.), and Buthus leptochelys (Ehrb.). All of 
them are well-known N.-African forms, but I am not aware that 
B. leptochelys has been ere this recorded go far to the West. 

The species were obtained at the following localities :—Galeodes 
oliviert between Biskra and Tuggurt ; Prionurus australis, Duirat, 
Biskra, Tuggurt ; Buthus europeus, Algiers, Hammam Meskoutine, 
Hammam R’irha; Buthus leptochelys, Biskra. 


CHILOPODA. 


Fam. ScuTiGerID&. 
-ScuTIGERA COLEopTRATA (Linn.). 
Hammam P’irha and Algiers. 
Common in Madeira and in the southern parts of Europe. 


Fam. Lirnosip2. 
LirHosius rmpressvus, C. Koch. 


Kherrata, Constantine, Tunis, Hammam P’irha, Algiers. 
Originally described from Algeria, but abundant in many parts of 
Italy. 


Lirnostus casraneus, Newport. 

Algiers, Hammam Meskoutine, Hammam R’irha, Kherrata, Con- 
stantine. 

This species was redescribed as eximius by Meinert; see Pocock, 
Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) ix. p. 63, 1890. It occurs also in 8. Europe. 


Fam. SCOLOPENDRIDE. 
ScoLOPENDRA MoRSITANS, Linn. 
The North-African form of the cosmopolitan S. morsitans was 
described by Koch as S. scopoliana and by Newport as S. algerina. 


For the synonymy of S, scopoliana see Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vii. pp. 51, 52. 


SCOLOPENDRA ORANIENSIS, Lucas. 

S. oraniensis, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 287; id. Expl. Sci. de 
PAlg., Anim. Art. p. 344. 

S. dalmatica, C. Koch, 1847, and other authors. 

Hammam BP’irha, Tunis. 

At these localities Dr. Anderson obtained three examples of 


26 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON MYRIOPODA AND [Jan. 5, 


a species of Scolopendra, which agree closely with Lucas’s figure 
and description of S. oraniensis, and at the same time are not specific- 
ally distinguishable from the S.-European S. dalmatica; Lucas’s name 
must consequently supersede that of Koch. 

The two specimens captured at Hammam B’irha are smaller and 
very dark-coloured, being an exceedingly deep green. The Tunisian 
example, on the contrary, is very much paler and considerably 
larger. 


CupPIPES GERVAISIANUS (Koch). 


Hammam Meskoutine. 

It is needless to repeat here the involved synonymy of this species, 
It may be found at length in my paper in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vii. pp. 51-53. 

This species also occurs in S. Europe. 


OTosTIGMA SPINICAUDA (Newport). 

Branchiostoma spinicauda, Newp. Tr. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 412. 

Otostigma deserti, Meinert, Vid. Medd. Nat. Forening, 1886, 
p: 121. 

Biskra. 

The above-given synonymy was published by me before it had been 
my good fortune to examine a specimen of this species from the locality 
where the types of O. deserti were obtained. Dr. Anderson, how- 
ever, has supplied the missing link in the chain of evidence by 
procuring a specimen from Biskra. This example is undoubtedly 
co-specific with Newport’s types of B. spinicauda and also with those 
that Meinert described as O. deserti. 

This species is not known to occur in Europe. 


CrypTors ANoMOLANS, Newp. 


Constantine. 

This species is the punctatus of Koch and all authors ; see my 
paper on the Chilopoda of Liguria, in the Ann. Mus. Genoyv. (2) 
ix. p. 68 (1890). It is probably also the same as the species Lucas 
described as C. numidicus; but to this last were assigned only 12 
antennal segments. 

Fam. GEOPHILIDE. 


ORYA BARBARICA, Gervais. 

Constantine, Kherrata, Hammam Meskoutine. 
HIMANTARIUM RUGULOSsUM, Koch. 

Algiers. 

HIMANTARIUM MEDITERRANEUM, Mein. 


Constantine. 


GEOPHILUS PUSILLUs, Mein. 
Algiers. 


1892.] ARACHNIDA FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA, 27 


GEOPHILUS FERRUGINEUS, Koch. 
Hammam Meskoutine. 


DIPLOPODA. 


Fam. GLOMERID. 
GLOMERIS FUSCO-MARMORATA, Lucas. 
Algiers, Hammam R’irha. 
This species appears at most to be but a variety of the S.-European 
G, conspersa. 
GLOMERIS FLAVO-MACULATA, Luc. 
Hammam Pirha. 
This species also is most probably but a variety of the European 
G. connexa. 
Fam. PotypresMID&. 
BRACHYDESMUS INSCULPTUS, Sp. n. 


Colour pale brown or ochraceous. Moderately robust. Antennze 
much longer than the width of the body. The first tergite sub- 


a. Brachydesmus insculptus, sp. n.; 8th tergite from above. 
b. 


5 e 3 copulatory foot, external view. 


c. ” ” ” ” ” internal view. 


carinate, marked with two transverse depressions, between which 
run two or three longitudinal grooves with an anterior row of 6 small 
tubercles, the posterior large tubercles very distinct; the rest of the 
tergites with the sculpturing very strongly marked, the grooves 
sharply defining the tubercles; the anterior angle of the keels 
obtuse but subdentate at the apex, the posterior angle acute and 
produced ; the side margin of the pore-bearing keels tridentate, of 
the others bidentate (not including the anterior and posterior angles). 
Legs short and robust. Copulatory feet strong and falciform, nar- 
rower before the apex, which is curved; below the apex on the 
inside and on the outside there is a single process, and there are 


28 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, 


three other processes and a membranous expansion on the posterior 
aspect of the appendage. Length up to 13 millim., width 1°6. 

Closely allied to, if not identical with, B. provimus of Latzel from 
the Azores. 

Hammam R’irha. 

This is probably the species that Lucas records as Polydesmus 


complunatus. 


STRONGYLOSOMA GUERINII, Gerv. 

Strongylosoma guerinit, Gerv. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr, iv. p. 686. 

Hammam B’irha. 

This species was originally described from Madeira, whence the 
British Museum has examples. It is widely distributed in the 
Atlantic Islands, occurring both in Teneriffe and the Bermudas. 

I suspect that this is the species which Lucas identified as S. 
pallipes (Oliv.). 

Fam. IuLip&. 


IuLus FUSCO-UNILINEATUS, Lucas. 
Kherrata, Hammam R’irha, Constantine. 


IuLus pistinctus, Lucas. 

Constantine. 

The synonymy of these two species of Iulus requires reinvesti- 
gation. 


Fam. Potyzonip&, 


DouisTENvs SAvit, Fanz. 


Hammam P’irha. 

This interesting Millipede is a great rarity. It has been found in 
Italy, but is new to the African shore of the Mediterranean. ‘The 
repugnatorial pores begin on the fifth somite. 


3. On the Earthworms collected in Algeria and Tunisia by 
Dr. Anderson. By Franx E, Bepparp, M.A., Pro- 
sector to the Society. 


[Received January 5, 1892.] 


As nothing appears to be known of the Earthworms of the 
northern part of the African Continent, excepting Egypt, I am very 
glad to have had the opportunity, afforded me by Dr. Anderson’s 
kindness, of examining a small collection made by him during the 
spring of last year in Algeria and Tunisia. 

Earthworms show in so yery plain a manner the effect of barriers 
to dispersal in their distribution, that I had expected to find the 
Algerian forms identical with or closely allied to those of Europe. 
The Earthworm-fauna of Central‘and South Africa is evidently very 


1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 29 


rich, though at present but little known ; but the Sahara has proved 
here, as it has in the case of other animals, to be a barrier preventing 
the northward range of these forms. Only in Egypt are there any 
genera found also in Tropical Africa; the very remarkable genus 
Siphonogaster occurs in Egypt and in the neighbourhood of Lagos, 
W. Africa. But the banks of the Nile, or even the river itself (for 
many species of Earthworms can withstand a prolonged immersion in 
fresh water), have furnished, no doubt, the opportunity of migration. 

Mr. Alvan Millson, Colonial Secretary at Lagos, kindly collected 
for me a number of Earthworms in Egypt; all these species were 
members of the genera Lumbricus and Allolobophora. 

Besides Levinsen’s paper upon Siphonogaster and Digitibranchus 
(=Alma) we do not possess, I believe, any further information upon 
the Oligochzta of Egypt than that which has been given in the 
preceding sentence. 

Dr. Anderson’s collection contains examples of two recognizable 
species, Adlolobophoracomplanata and Microscolex modestus. Besides 
these, there are two or three immature forms of the genus ddlolo- 
bophora which are not old enough for identification. 


ALLOLOBOPHORA COMPLANATA (Dugts). 


Iumbricus complanatus, Dugés, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. vill. pp. 17, 22. 

This species is a well-known South-European form, having been 
met with in S. France, Italy, Portugal, and the Balearic Islands. 
I now add Algeria to the list of localities whence it has been ob- 
tained. The principal information as to the structure of this species 
is to be found in Dugés’s memoir upon the Earthworm, in Rosa’s 
account of the Lumbricids of Piedmont *, and in a paper by myself 
devoted to this species *. In neither of two specimens belonging to 
Dr. Anderson which I dissected was there any trace of the peculiar 
diverticula of the spermathecee which I described in the paper last 
referred to. 

As neither Dugés nor Rosa observed anything of the kind, it is 
possible that the individual I described should be regarded as a 
variety of the more typical form, the occurrence of which in Algeria 
I here record. 


MicroscoLex ALGERIENSIS, 0. Sp. 


There is only a single specimen of this species, which I investi- 
gated by means of longitudinal sections of the head end. The 
structure of the posterior segments was examined by mounting 
portions of the body in glycerine after having been cut open. 

It is a small worm, measuring only an inch or so in length and 
composed of 80-90 segments. Being curled into a circle in the 
preservation, [ am not able to give exact measurements, which are, 
however, not of very great importance. ' 


1 ¢J Tumbricidi del Piémonte,’ Turin, 1885. 
2 “Observations on the Structure of Lumbricus complanatus, Dug.,” Proce. 
Roy. Soe. Edinb. xiii. p. 451. 


30 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, 


The prostomium is large, being larger than the diameter of the 
first segment. 

The sete are disposed precisely as in Microscolex modestus : that 
is to say, the setae are not in closely approximated pairs, and the 
distance between seta | and seta 2 is less than that between sete 3 
and 4. The diagram given by Rosa of the setee of M. modestus 
would express, so far as I can make out, the relations of the set in 
M. algeriensis exactly. There is nothing noteworthy in the form of 
the sete. As in other Earthworms, the four sete of each side of the 
body in each segment are connected by muscular strands which 
favours, it may be supposed, their simultaneous movement. This 
muscle in Microscolez is easily overlooked, owing to its great thin- 
ness; it is not more than two fibres thick. 

The clitellum is complete (forming, that is, a ring) and occupies 
segments xiv.—xvii. with a part of xiii. Its structure is like that of 
other Earthworms. 

I could find no dorsal pores. 

The alimentary tract is peculiar from the absence of a gizzard, of 
which traces appear to exist in other species of Microscolex ; for in 
M. dubius Rosa speaks of “un ventriglio rudimentale, piatto, in 
forma di coppa;”’ as to the only other known form, Microscolexr 
modestus, Rosa found that “il ventriglio esiste, ma cosi rudimentale 
da non potersene veder le traccie che nelle sezioni.” It is not always 
possible to detect the presence or absence of a gizzard without 
having recourse to section cutting. Pontodrilus, for example, is 
stated by Perrier to be without this special region of the ceso- 
phagus ; but it is obviously present, though certainly much reduced, 
when the anterior region of the worm’s body is examined by means 
of sections. 

The pharynx ends in the third or fourth segment, and, as in other 
Earthworms, there are masses of glands upon the dorsal surface. 
These glands, which seem to represent a part of the system of septal 
glands in the lower Oligocheeta, are not confined, in Microscolex 
algeriensis, to the pharyngeal region of the alimentary tract ; they 
extend back as far as the ninth segment, and therefore suggest 
more clearly the septal glands, with which they must surely be 
homologous. It is interesting to recall the fact that these glands 
occur also in Ocnerodrilus, which is another form near to the border 
line between the terricolous and limicolous Oligochzeta, though 
nearer to the latter than is Mieroscolex. 

The esophagus of Microscolex algeriensis is divided into two 
regions; up to the end of segment vii. it is not markedly vascular, 
and the living epithelium is composed of more densely packed cells, 
which gives it a more deeply stained appearance under the micro- 
scope. The rest of the cesophagus has a richly-developed vascular 
network, and the epithelium, appears to have a looser texture, the 
cells being less tightly packed; from this circumstance the posterior 
region of the cesophagus looks paler in sections. In the xvth 
segment the cesophagus becomes much narrower and then suddenly 
widens into the intestine which commences in the xvith segment. 


1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 31 


The intestine has no typhlosole. The intersegmental septa are first 
visible after segment v. Those separating segments vii./vill., vili./ix., 
ix./x., x./Xi., xi./xii., xii./xili. are thicker than the following ones. 
Their insertion ventrally does not correspond with the interseg- 
mental furrows, and this absence of correspondence is found also 
further back. It is by no means unknown in other Earthworms, 
and is, as a rule, limited tothe anterior segments. Microscolex alge- 
riensis has nephridia in all segments of the body commencing with 
the second. They are paired and open in front of and a little to 
the outside of the third seta. In dissection the nephridia are seen 
to lie between the second and third setze on each side. There is a 
long muscular end-sac, which in section was invariably much crumpled 
owing to the thinness of its walls. 

' The series of nephridia in this species is more complete than in 
either of the cther two species of the genus. It is important to 
notice that after the xviith segment the nephridia have a thickish 
coating of peritoneal cells. A difference of this kind often exsist 
between the anterior and posterior nephridia in Earthworms, though 
nothing of the kind has been mentioned by Rosa in this particular 
genus. 

With regard to the vascular system the most noteworthy point 
is the presence of three pairs of ‘ hearts’’ in segments x., xi., and 
xii. There are pericesophageal vessels in some of the segments 
anterior to the xth, but these are not so well developed as those of 
the three segments mentioned. The hearts of segment xii. are by 
far the stoutest ; their diameter is at least twice that of the preceding 
vessels, which are themselves of rather greater calibre than those of 
segment x. There is no sub-nervian vessel. 

The drain is situated in the second segment, near to its posterior 
boundary; the forward position of the brain is of interest. 

The generative system conforms to the general type met with 
among the Cryptodrilide. The testes are two pairs in segments x. 
and xi. Opposite to them are the not remarkably large funnels 
of the vasa deferentia ; the testes of segment xi. are partly attached 
to the vas deferens just where it perforates the segment. The 
sperm-sacs are in segments xi. and xii.; they involve neither the 
testes nor the funnels. The two vasa deferentia of each side of the 
body remain perfectly distinct from each other up to their point of 
opening on to the exterior. The two tubes run side by side in a 
rather sinuous course, just below the peritoneum. In the xviith 
segment are a pair of ‘‘ prostates,” or, as I prefer to call them, atria. 
They are of the tubular form, and, as usual, are separated into a 
glandular and a muscular portion. The minute structure of this 
tube is precisely as in Acanthodrilus, Pontodrilus, &c. The atria 
are not long, and are entirely contained within the xviith segment, 
instead of being, as is frequently the case, prolonged into adjoining 
segments. The exact mode in which the vasa deferentia open, I 
have not been able to ascertain. In any case the two tubes, still 
retaining their individuality, bore their way into the body-wall a 
little in front of the point where the atrium opens; they then pass 


32 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, 


beyond the atrium, and, I imagine, open just at the atriopore, as 
in Ocnerodrilas ; but I am not certain about this. The atriopore 
is situated just to the outside of the ventralmost seta, which is not 
modified in any way; there are, in fact, no penial setee, such as 
occur in the other two species of the genus. 

The ovaries are in segment xiii. ‘The oviducts open by funnels 
into this segment opposite to the ovaries, and open to the exterior on 
segment xiv. Receptacula ovorum are present, and are of consi- 
derable size relatively to the sperm-sacs. 

There is a single pair of spermatothece present in segment ix. ; 
each opens on to the exterior just behind the septum which separates 
this segment from the one in front and in a line with the ventral 
seta. Each spermatotheca consists of an oval pouch and a single 
narrow diverticulum opening into it in front. 


MICROSCOLEX POULTONI, n. sp. 


It may be permissible to append to this paper the description of a 
fourth species of Microscolex, of which a number of examples were 
kindly collected for me in Madeira by Mr. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. 
They measure, when preserved, about an inch in length; they are 
of a brown colour, the clitellum being orange. 

The clitellum is variable in extent, always, however, including 
segments Xiv.—xvi.; in some specimens a part or the whole of seg- 
ments xiii. and xvii. belonged also to the clitellum. Segments xiv.— 
xvi. were much broader than those immediately adjoining. 

The se¢@ are disposed as in other species of the genus; but upon 
the clitellum the ventral pair of sets of each side get very much 
closer together. 

On segments xiv., xv., Xvi., and xviii. the ventral sets (see draw- 
ing, fig. 1, p. 33) are separated from each other by a distance 
which is less than half that which separates the corresponding sete 
of segment x. From segment xix. backwards, and from segment 
xiii. forwards, the distance between the two ventral setze of each 
side gradually increases. 

The male pores are upon segment xvii.; each is situated upon an 
oval elevation, and through the aperture itself protrudes a single 
penial seta, which corresponds in position to the innermost seta of 
the ventral pair. The penial setz of this Microscolev are (see 
fig. 2, p. 34) long, slightly curved, and not ornamented at the 
free extremity ; when examived under a high power they show a 
faint transverse striation which marks the successive deposits of 
chitinous matter in the formation of the seta. There is a slight 
notch some little way in front of the distal extremity. 

The pharynx occupies the first 5 segments or so; there is not a 
great development of glands upon its upper surface, and there is no 
continuation of these septal glands into the cesophageal segments, 
such as occurs in Microscolex algeriensis. The esophagus imme- 
diately following the pharynx has, perhaps, slightly thicker walls 
than the hinder part ; but there is nothing that can be fairly termed 
a gizzard. 


1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 33 


The epithelial lining of the wsophagus is folded; this folding is 
perhaps more marked in segments xi., xii., and xiii. In segment 
xv. the cesophagus forms a globular dilatation, the walls of which 
are perfectly smooth without any folding; a very narrow aperture 
puts this into communication with the intestine which commences 
in the xvith segment. 

In the terminal dilatation of the cesophagus, the epithelium 


2 ey 


Anterior segments of Microscolex poultoni from the ventral surface. 


The segments are numbered consecutively, those of the clitellum in Roman 
numerals, the others in Arabic numerals. On the anterior thirteen 
segments the nephridiopores are shown in front of the dorsal set. The 
oviducal pores are on segment xiv., the male pores on segment xvii. 


gradually gets higher until its cells are identical in appearance with 
the tall narrow columnar cells which form the lining membrane of 
the intestine. Just at the opening of the cesophagus into the in- 
testine, the cilia are very long and conspicuous ; but the cesophageal 
epithelium is also ciliated throughout the xvth segment ; in front of 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. III. 3 


34 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, 


this point I could not be certain of the presence of cilia. The 
intestine has no typhlosole. 

The brain is situated further back in the body than in the last 
species ; it lies towards the posterior boundary of segment iii. 

The first intersegmental septum separates segments v./vi.; the 
septa separating segments vi./vii., vii./viii., vili./ix., ix./x., x./x1., 
xi./xil., Xil./xiil., xiii./xiv., xiv./xv. are shorter than those which 
follow, but there is not a very great increase of thickness in their 


Penial seta of Microscolex poultoni. 


muscular layers—not so much, for instance, as in the last species. 
The ventral insertion of the anterior septa does not coincide with the 
intersegmental furrows. 

The nephridia commence in segment iii. Their structure appears 
to be identical with that of the last described species. The first 


1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 35 


pair, although they lie chiefly in segment iii. in front of the nerve- 
cord, open on to the exterior between segments i. andii. On account 
of the large terminal end sac, which is prolonged on both sides of 
the aperture, and may be thus said to have a cecum, it is always 
easy to make out the external aperture. I ara therefore able to be 
confident about this point, which distinguishes the present species 
from both Microscolea dubius and Microscolex modestus, and allies 
it with Microscolex algeriensis. The external pore is to the inside, 
and slightly in front, of seta 3’. 

The three strongly developed hearts of segments x., xi., xii. are 
present in Microscolex poultoni. 

The generative organs show no great differences from those of 
other species. Asin MV, algeriensis, the true vasa deferentia retain their 
independence until close to the external aperture; they pass a 
short way beyond the muscular duct of the atrium, and unite to 
form one tube, which is surrounded with a thick layer of muscular 
fibres chiefly circular; this tube is quite indistinguishable in its 
structural characters from the muscular duct of the atrium; in a 
section the two tubes cannot be distinguished except by their 
position. In the thickness of the body-wall, and near to the 
external pore, they unite. The penial set have already been 
referred to. 

The sperm-sacs are racemose, and occupy the same position as in 
Microscolex algeriensis and all the other species of the genus. 

The funnels of the sperm-ducts are larger and more folded than in 
that species. 

I could find neither spermatothecz nor egg-sacs. 

This latter character connects Microscolex poultoni with M. dubius, 
but it is quite clear from the above description that the species 
described here is perfectly distinet from WM. dudius. 

The principal differences are :— 

(1) The fusion of vasa deferentia in MW. dubius to form one 
tube, which opens into the muscular tube of its prostate. 

(2) The commencement of the nephridia in the vth segment in 
M. dubius. 

(3) The absence of any alteration in the position of the seta 
on the clitellum in MZ. dubius. 


It shows much the same resemblances to M. dudius that WM. al- 
geriensis shows to M. modestus. If Dr. Rosa were not so careful a 
worker as he has proved himself, I should be almost inclined to 
suspect an identity. 


The genus WMicroscolea has been investigated by Rosa and 
Fletcher. It was first met with in Italy by Dr. Rosa’, who, in a later 


1 The ventralmost seta on each side is seta 1, the next seta 2, &c. ; 
2 « Microscolex modestus, n. gen., 0. sp.,’ Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, vol. ii. 


no. 19 (3 cuts). ue 


36 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, 


paper ', surmised that Fletcher’s* Zudrilus dubius would prove to be 
a Microscolex. This suggestion was later® shown to be correct by 
the description of a species of Microscolex evidently identical with 
Eudrilus dubius from the Argentine. I received myself, some time 
since, a number of examples of a Microscolex from Madeira, through 
the kindness of Mr. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., which are described 
above. The existing knowledge of the distribution of the genus is 
as follows :— 


1. Microscolex modestus. Italy, Argentina. 
2. Microscolex dubius. Australia, Argentina. 
3. Dicroscolex algeriensis. Algiers. 

4. Microscolex poultoni. Madeira. 


The characters of MW. algeriensis evidently necessitate a revision 
of Rosa’s generic definition given on p. 511 (3 of sep. copy) of his 
memoir on the Argentine Earthworms. 

The following points are, I think, sufficient to distinguish this 
genus from any other genera among the Cryptodrilide. 


Genus Microsco.ex, Rosa. 


Microscolex, Rosa, Boll. Mus. Zooi. Torino, vol. ii. no. 19. 


Sete 8 per segment, distant. Clitellum on segments xiil., xiv., 
XV., XVi., Xxvil., complete. SG pores on xvii. No dorsal pores. 
Subnervian vessel absent. Nephridia paired, present in genital 
segments. Hearts, 3 pairs in segments x., xi., xii. Giszard absent 
or rudimentary. Intestine without typhlosole. Atria tubular, with 
or without penial sete. Spermatotheca (if present) one pair in ix., 
with diverticulum. 

The affinities of the genus have been discussed by Rosa, who com- 
pares Microscolex with Photodrilus and Pontodrilus. I may point 
out that the absence of penial sete in Microscolex algeriensis 
lessens the distance between the genus and Pontodrilus. 

The species which I describe here is quite clearly distinct from 
the two others. The table (on p. 37) indicates the principal re- 
semblances and differences between the four species Microscolex 
dubius, M. modestus, M. alyeriensis, and M. poultoni. 


1 “Sui generi Pontodrilus, Microscolex, e Photodrilus,” 1. c. vol. ili. no. 39. 
? “Notes on Australian Earthworms,” pt. iii., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. 
li. ser. 2. 

° “T terricoli Argentini raccolti dal Dott. Carlo Spegazzini,” Ann. Mus. Civ. 
Genova, vol. ix. ser. 2. 


37 


FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 


1892.] 


CHHAUNTE temucetsvardiosvaihere 


NOP IAULU Ew cr euaedevnders d¥y ve 


GREZOr. eeciotte Weis acceso 


Spermatothecd ....cccccerree 


Vasa deferentia........csceee 


Penial sete 


eee eee reer 


Receptacula ovorum ......... 


M. dubius. 


On segments 13-17. 
Commence in 5, 
Rudimentary. 
Absent. 


Unite to form one tube on 


each side, which opens) 
into muscular tube of, 


atrium. 


Present, 


Absent ? 


| 
| 


| 


M. modestus. 


13-17. 
Commence in 4. 
Rudimentary, 


One pair. 


Present. 


Present. 


M., algeriensis. 


13-17. 

Commence in 2. 

Absent. 

One pair. 

Remain separate, and open 


into atrial duct just 
before (?) external pore. 


Absent, 


Present. 


M, poultoni. 


13-16 ! (17). 


Commence in 2. 
Absent. 
Absent. 


Remain separate up to 
atria, when they fuse 
and become invested in 
a muscular sheath ; the 
tube thus formed unites 
with atrial tube just 
before external aperture. 


Absent. 
Absent. 


a eee SS ee eee Ee eS eae 


" The line above or below the number indicates that a part only of the segment in question is included 


in the clitellum. 


38 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE (Jan. 5, 


4, On the Milk-Dentition of Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and 
of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus), with Remarks on the 
Relation of the Milk and Permanent Dentitions of the 
Mammalia. _ By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of 
Zoology, Royal College of Science, London’, 


[Received January 5, 1892.] 
(Plate II.) } 
I. Historical. 


The dentition of such an interesting Mammal as Hyraz, as may 
readily be supposed, has been carefully studied by many zoologists, 
who, probably owing to the fact that many of them based their 
descriptions upon one or two dried skulls only, have given the most 
varied interpretations of the teeth. As a result we find a great 
discrepancy in the dental formule given in their various monographs 
and in the text-books compiled from them. 

Most of the earlier authorities agreed as to the absence of canines, 
but disagreed as to the total number of teeth present (viz. 34 or 
36) and as to the number of true molars and incisors, the most 
commonly accepted formula being i. > c. 4 pm. ee m. a= 34, Many 
observers, however, state that there are present at one time 8 cheek- 


teeth above, and as they regard the extra tooth as a molar, they 
formulate the molars as 3-4 above and 3 below. More rarely we find 


the incisors described as being : ; and lastly, two observers” have 


described a pair of canines as being present in the upper jaw. 

All are agreed as to the number of teeth present in the Jower jaw 
of the adult, viz. 9; but there is much disagreement as to the total 
number of teeth present in the upper jaw (viz. 8-9), and also as to 
the homologies of the individual teeth and sets of teeth. 

Most state emphatically that there are no canines present in either 
jaw. Cuvier, however, asserted (4) that there was a pair of small 
canines present in the upper jaw of the young animal, and he re- 
garded them as the accessory teeth of Pallas (25), but this opinion 
he afterwards retracted (5). 

It remained for Lataste (19) to be the first to show definitely 
that there is present in the upper jaw of all young specimens a pair 
of small canines; he has shown that these are shed early in life 
and that they rarely persist till the completion of the second den- 
tition. He bases his conclusions on the shape and position of these 
teeth together with the characters of the 2nd maxillary tooth 
(ist premolar) as exemplified in a very large series of skulls of all 
ages, and finally on a comparison with the teeth of the near allies 


1 Communicated by Prof. Howes. 
* Cuvier (4) and Lataste (19). 


“F 


MF. Woodward del. 
MP. Parker lith 


PZ Slbee. cleans Ie, 


West, Newman imp. 


Milk-dentition of Hyrax and Lepus. 


1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 39 


of Hyrazx (viz., the Rhinoceros, Tapir, and Horse), which never 
possess more than seven cheek-teeth (molars and premolars), while 
showing all stages in the development of the canine. He has 
succeeded in showing that many of the earlier observers figured and 
described these canines, mistaking them for the lst premolars, on 
account of the resemblance between the latter in the second dentition 
and the milk-canines. But although the lst premolar in the second 
dentition is much reduced and has sometimes only one fang, it is 
situated some distance from the premaxillo-maxillary suture, and in 
the first dentition has a large crushing crown and is two-fanged. He 
considers that the canines, together with the 1st premolar, are under- 
going suppression, and that as a consequence of this the former teeth 
have lost their more typical characters. 

With the exception of Giebel (12, 13) and Brandt (2), all observers 
state that there is only a single pair of incisors in the upper jaw. 
These two authorities, however, bave described in the young animal 
a second small and posterior incisor, which is early shed and is 
situated in the premaxilla behind the large first milk-incisor. This 
tooth is not to be confounded with the milk-incisor No. 1, which is 
a large tooth situated between the two permanent ones, as figured by 
Cuvier (5)and Blainville (1); it undoubtedly represents a 2nd upper 
incisor, although in all probability it is only a milk-tooth, always 
present in the fcetus, but seldom, I believe, persistent after birth. 
Giebel and Brandt were of opinion that Cuvier mistook these small 
incisors for canines ; but as the former are situated in the gum which 
covers the premaxilla, while the latter lie well within the maxilla, 
their position implies that he did not understand what is generally 
supposed to be the fundamental distinction of the canine, viz., that 
it is typically a single-fanged pointed tooth implanted in the maxilla 
just behind the premaxillo-maxillary suture. 

It has been already noted that no observer has seen more than 9 
teeth in the upper jaw; none of those who describe the presence of 
a canine make the slightest allusion to the presence of 2 upper 
incisors, and further perusal of the descriptions alluded to shows 
that those who described the 2nd incisor almost certainly were 
dealing with Cuvier’s canine. This is probably due to the fact that 
the earlier observers do not seem to have had access to some of the 
monographs of their predecessors, but it does not excuse a modern 
European writer like Lataste having apparently failed to consult a 
classical work like Brandt’s Monograph on Hyraa, or a standard 
one such as Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich.’ 


Il. Results of the present Investigation. 


The material which I have examined was kindly placed at my 
disposal by Prof. Howes, and consisted of 5 foetal examples of Hyraz 
capensis preserved in spirit, being the specimens the placenta of which 
was described by Prof. Huxley before this Society in 1863". The 


1 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 655. 


AU MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, 


specimens measure about 12°5 centim. long and only show a few of 
the larger hairs. 

The method adopted for the examination of the teeth is, I believe, 
the only reliable one (if employed in connexion with serial sections) 
by which the true relations of developing teeth in a young animal 
can be made out. 

The skin was carefully removed from the sides of the jaw, and 
the whole jaw, with gum covering it intact, was placed in absolute 
alcohol and thoroughly dehydrated ; it was then clarified in clove-oil, 
and either examined in that medium or mounted in Canada balsam. 
By this treatment the teeth are seen through the bones in their 
natural position in relation to one another and to the surrounding 
parts, whereas by dissection they are apt to be displaced. Further, 
some teeth when undergoing suppression are so minute as to be 
practically invisible to the unaided eye, so that under manipulation 
by ordinary dissection they would be entirely overlooked. On the 
other hand, if exclusively examined in serial sections it is doubtful 
if their exact position and relationships could be determined with 
absolute accuracy. This is notably the case with the anterior milk- 
incisors of the Rabbit (the upper of which measures only *13 millim. 
in length) described by Huxley (16) (figs. 4 & 5, di’), and which 
were discovered by this method, Huxley being, I believe, the first to 
apply it to the examination of tooth relationships. 

It is worthy of note that the method does not prevent one after- 
wards sectionizing the jaw; in fact, it is best to examine the jaw 
first in this way in order to see exactly what teeth are present and 
what are their positions, as it then becomes much easier to interpret 
the appearances presented by serial sections. 

A microscopic examination of the clarified jaw (Plate II. fig. 1) 
shows that there are present at this age 8 teeth in the upper jaw and 
7 in the lower one. 

Those of the upper jaw may be divided into premaxillary and 
inaxillary teeth, there being 3 of the former (fig. 1, dz’, di’, di’) 
and 5 of the latier (fig. 1, ¢, 1., u1., 111, Iv.). The first pre- 
maxillary tooth is very large and roughly conical ; it lies completely 
buried in the bone and, from a comparison of a series of skulls, it 
becomes evident that it is the milk predecessor of the large permanent 
incisor ; it attains a considerable size and persists for a long period after 
birth. As the foetus was very young, the permanent incisor had 
not yet been differentiated. 

The two posterior premaxillary teeth (fig. 1, di’, di*) are very 
small, and variable ; both were present in three out of six preparations, 
one only was present in two, and both were wanting in the other. 

In two cases they were very fully developed (fig. 2, di”, di), although 
small, and the anterior one was in all cases the largest. In the speci- 
men figured the measurement of the anterior one (di’) is ‘62 millim. 
long X ‘35 millim., that of the posterior one (dz’) being *31 millim. 
long x °19 millim. 

The anterior one presents a small conical crown composed of a 
distinct layer of enamel and dentine (fig. 2, di*, c, and d), a well- 


1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAYVIA CAPENSIS. 41 


marked cervix, and a simple single fang, slightly constricted at its 
base. The smaller posterior one (fig. 2, di”) is much simpler and 
not so much calcified, and although it had no distinct fang yet the 
pulp-cavity was already partially constricted. 

In position the two teeth lie close to the surface of the gum, and 
though they overlap the premaxilla they are really external to it, 
alveoli being undeveloped *. The anterior one lies just in front of 
the premaxillo-maxillary suture (fig. 1, ms.), while the smaller pos- 
terior one lies just between the two bones, but under cover of the 
premaxilla and quite in front of the maxilla. 

In the two cases where only one of these teeth was developed, it was 
obvionsly the anterior one from its position ; it was larger and rounder 
than the one figured (figs. 1 & 2, di”), and was evidently younger and 
still undergoing development. 

The maxillary series of teeth are 5 in number: the first (fig. 1, ¢), 
a small unealcified tooth-germ, which lies close to the anterior border 
of the maxilla, is obviously the canine ; while the four remaining ones 
(fig. 1, 1., 11.,111., 1v.) represent the deciduous premolars and have 
not yet developed their fangs. They are simple calcified cappings 
of the pulp, the only points of interest about them being their 
proximity to the premaxillo-maxillary suture and the manner in 
which the first one is displaced so as to partially overlie the second. 

Examining the teeth of the upper jaw as an entire series, we see 
at once that the most fully formed ones are the two small posterior 
premaxillary teeth (di*, di®). Unlike the remaining teeth, all of 
which lie deep down in the bone, these small ones are situated close 
to the surface of the gum, so that they must evidently cut the gum 
first if not absorbed. 

A tooth whose crown is once calcified does not, as a rule, increase 
in transverse diameter, because the dentine composing the greater 
part of it is deposited from within outwardly ; so that when dealing 
with a tooth possessing well-marked layers of dentine and enamel, 
one is fairly safe in saying that the crown will not enlarge much 
transversely. When the fang is formed and partially constricted at 
its base, one is justified in regarding that tooth as being fully formed, 
as the constriction of the pulp-cavity only takes place after the 
completion of the tooth. 

The small teeth (fig. 2, di’, di*), in possessing the above characters, 
may be safely regarded as having attained their full size and being 
ready to cut the gum. 

We have now to determine the homologies of these teeth. As 
we have seen, they are situated in the premaxilla behind the large 
incisor and immediately in front of the canine. The only teeth they 
can represent are the 2nd and 3rd incisors ; so that the large incisor 
is thus proved from its position to be the first or anterior one. 
From the earlier development and small size of the 2nd and 3rd 


1 Jaeger (JB. nat. Ver. Wiirzb. 1860, xvi.) regards Cuvier’s “ ¢rous incisifs” as 
the remainder of a deciduous 2nd incisor ; but as the 2nd incisor very rarely 
persists and is generally external to the premaxilla, it is improbable that this 
depression, which is fairly constant, can represent its alveolus. 


42 MR. M. F WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, 


incisors it is highly improbable that they could persist after birth, 
whence we may reasonably look upon them as destined to be in all 
probability either absorbed or shed in utero. 

Giebel and Brandt, as already mentioned, have described two 
Mcigors on either side of the upper jaw of young animals, and it 
seems, therefore, probable that the 2nd incisor may persist occasion- 
ally, especially as in two of my preparations, where only one of these 
teeth was present, the second incisor had undergone an increase in 
size, although it had not yet developed a fang ; in fact, it was much 
more in the condition of the other milk-teeth, being more normally 
developed. It will be observed from this that there is nothing which 
will justify the unqualified assertion of Giebel and others before 
alluded to, that two upper incisors normally exist in the permanent 
dentition; for these small teeth never, I believe, persist till the 
permanent teeth appear; although they are only represented in one 
dentition, I incline to the belief that they should be regarded as 
milk-teeth. ; 

In the lower jaw (Plate II. fig. 1),in addition to the 2 typical in- 
cisors and 4 premolars, we find on either side a small well-developed 
tooth (fig. 1, ¢) situated between the incisors and the first premolar. 
It lies close to the surface of the gum and is intermediate in size between 
the two vestigial upper incisors, measuring ‘4 millim. long x °3 
millim. wide, and is correspondingly well developed (fig. 2,c). It 
possesses well-marked enamel and dentine layers to the crown and a 
small simple fang. Like the small teeth in the upper jaw, its parts 
are all fully developed ; but it is so small that, as in the case of the 
3rd upper incisor, it has never before been observed. It certainly 
never persists after birth, even if it ever cuts the gum at all. 

When the jaws are closed, this tooth is situated just between the 
upper canine and the third upper incisor, a position which suggests 
that it is the lower canine; but it is so close to the lower incisor 
that it might very well be the missing tooth of that series. 

When, however, we note the order of suppression going on in 
the upper jaw, we find that while the two posterior incisors rarely 
persist, the canine is occasionally present even in the second dentition ; 
this suggests that the latter is not so fully reduced as the incisor, 
wherefore we might, by analogy, fairly expect to see the canine more 
pronounced in the lower jaw. Further, recent observers’ find in the 
Rhinoceros, one of the immediate allies of Hyraz, where only one of 
the anterior series of mandibular non-cheek teeth remains, that that 
is in all probability the canine and not an incisor. 

From argument by analogy, I am therefore inclined to regard 
this small disappearing tooth as the lower canine, the 3rd and pos- 
terior incisor having apparently completely disappeared. 

From the foregoing it may safely be concluded not only that the 
canines have, in Hyraz, ceased to have avy functional importance, 
but that the incisors are being reduced in number by the suppression 
of the posterior ones. 

In the permanent dentition the first premolars, both above and 

1 Lydekker, in Flower & Lydekker (9). 


1892. | MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 43 


below, are much reduced (though well developed as milk-teeth), 
often bearing but a single fang, and are early shed. 

It appears to be generally the rule amongst herbivorous animals 
that there is a suppression of the anterior teeth of the maxillary 
series, often accompanied by a reduction in number of the incisors 
and an increase in size of the remaining teeth. From this it would 
seem probable that Hyraz, in which the food and habits are very 
similar to those of the Rodentia and herbivorous mammals, would 
find it more serviceable to possess one or two pairs of large cutting 
incisors than three smaller ones ; and the very early development and 
large size of the anterior incisors and of the large grinding premolars 
becomes readily intelligible upon this hypothesis. 

If the jaws of the foetus be examined in relation to the entire 
milk-dentition and to the rest of the skull, they will be seen to be 
relatively very small. Comparison of a series of skulls shows that 
the elongation of the jaws is attained very late, and that above it 
mainly involves the premaxillary and anterior maxillary regions. 
The conditions are such that in the young animal the jaws are 
uncomfortably crowded with teeth; this is especially noticeable in 
regard to the position of the first premolars (fig. 1, 1.) and in the ves- 
tigial condition of the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors and of both canines. 

The clue to the ultimate suppression of the hinder incisors and 
the lower canine, and to the vestigial nature of the upper canine and 
both first premolars in the second dentition, appears to me to lie 
in the consideration of the above facts. 

The large size and early development of some of the teeth render 
it obvious that these would take up more than their proper share cf 
space and nourishment in the already overcrowded jaw, and we 
accordingly find that some of the teeth, which were of least 
functional importance, become either stunted or entirely crowded 
out of the jaw before it elongates. 

The premolars of the foetus (fig. 1) extend forwards to the pre- 
maxillo-maxillary suture ; and comparison with the adult shows that 
the diastemata possessed by the animal are more nearly the result 
of a secondary elongation of the jaws themselves than of the mere 
suppression of certain teeth. 


III. General Considerations. 


It will be seen from the foregoing description that Hyrax possesses 
several teeth which are only represented in one dentition. The 
question then arises whether these are to be considered as belonging 
to the lst or to the 2nd series, and the answer to it involves a brief 
consideration of the relations existing between the two dentitions in 
the class Mammalia. 

Prof. Flower (6, 7, 8, 9), in his various contributions to the study 
of Mammalian odontology, has all along sought to show that mam- 
mals were primitively monophyodont, and that the original single set 
of teeth is represented in the permanent (successional) teeth of the 
Diphyodonts, the possession of a milk or first dentition being a 


44 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, 


secondarily acquired character, developed comparatively late in the 
evolution of the class. 

Detailed perusal of his writings shows these conclusions to be 
drawn to a large extent from the study of the Marsupialia and 
especially of Thylacinus ; the solitary tooth shed by that animal he 
regards as the sole representative of the milk or first dentition of its 
higher allies (Eutheria), believing the rest of its teeth to represent 
the permanent or successional second dentition of the latter. At the 
same time (7. p. 2) he has pointed out (and laid great stress on the 
fact) that the milk-teeth of the Eutheria invariably show a more 
primitive pattern and shape than those of the permanent or second 
series which replace them. The latter are often highly specialized : 
while the former often (as is especially the case with the Ungulates) 
agree more or less closely with the permanent teeth of the extinct 
ancestors of the order. 

He concludes that when one set of teeth only are present, as in 
the Cetacea, it is invariably the permanent or 2nd one, the milk or 
Ist set being either not developed or suppressed. 

Arguing along the same lines, he considers that when a tooth 
such as the Ist premolar in many diphyodont mammals is only present 
in one dentition (even though in many cases it is very early lost), 
it must belong to the 2nd or permanent series. 

Thomas (26, 27) has lately accepted Flower’s views as to the 
relation of the two dentitions, and has added largely to our know- 
ledge of the dentition of Marsupials, Edentates, and Monotremes. 
He shows conclusively that it is invariably the 4th premolar (not 
the 3rd as Flower thought) which is replaced by a vertical successor 
in the Marsupials, thus bringing the dentition of Marsupials and 
Placentals into more complete harmony ; while among the Edentates 
he has proved the existence of a milk-dentition in Orycteropus (26). 

More recently Kiikenthal (18), in a preliminary account of some 
researches on the development of the Cetacean teeth, has sought to 
show that, exclusive of the Monotremes, there is no such thing as a 
monophyodont mammal. In all Cetacea (the typical monophyodonts) 
he finds that rudimentary successional teeth appear in connexion 
either with the more fully developed functional ones of the toothed- 
whales or with the functionless tooth-points of the Mysticeti. He 
argues from this that these supposed typical Monophyodonts are 
really modified Diphyodonts, and further that their functional or most 
fully developed teeth belong to the Ist or milk-dentition, and not, 
as Flower supposed, to the 2ud set. He also advances some reasons 
for believing that the homodont condition may be arrived at by a 
splitting up of the primitive complex teeth of an original heterodont 
type. 

In the Marsupials’, from a careful examination of the developing 


1 Since the above was written Kikenthal has published (Anat. Anz. 1891, 
p- 658) the details of his work on Didelphys, giving figures of the rudimentary 
successional teeth in connexion with the incisors, premolars, and even molars, 
the last being thus shown in the Marsupials to belong to the Ist dentition. 
These observations I can confirm so far as the incisors and molars of Didelphys 
are concerned, but in Tvichosurus I can find no trace of the teeth successional 
to the molars. This may be owing to the embryo being too young. 


1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 45 


teeth of Didelphys, he claims to have found that, besides the succes- 
sional tooth to the 4th premolar, there are present indications of the 
enamel organs of the successional teeth in connexion with all those 
which remain; showing that the adult dentition of the Marsupials, 
with the exception of the 4th premolar, corresponds with the Ist or 
milk-dentition of the Placentalia, and not, as Flower and Thomas 
have held, with the 2nd or permanent one. 

From these and other considerations he argues that the two 
dentitions among mammals are much more constant than has gene- 
rally been supposed, and that they are probably of equal value— 
being developed side by side in the jaw from a common enamel 
ridge ; and he furtber points out that while the 1st dentition attains 
its maximum development in the Marsupials and Cetacea, as we 
ascend in the mammalian series it diminishes in importance, so much 
so that in many animals (e. g. the Seals) it becomes quite rudimentary, 
while in others (. e. Rodents) it possibly disappears altogether. 

Should further enquiry substantiate Kiikenthal’s deductions that 
all mammals develop representatives of both sets of teeth, the 
advisability of retaining the terms Monophyodont and Diphyodont 
will have to be considered. 

The facts to which I have herein drawn attention (above, pp. 40-42), 
taken in conjunction with Kiikenthal’s assertions just alluded to, 
show that with regard to teeth present in one dentition only, it is 
impossible to say for certain, upon mere examination of the dried 
skull, to which set they belong, and even comparative anatomy does 
not help us much (as in the case of the Ist premolar of Ungulates). 
We must rely entirely upon the study of development, and must base 
our determination upon the examination of a series of foetal jaws. 

In view of this I am of opinion that we shall sooner or later find 
in the rest of the Edentates, the Sirenia, and probably in some 
Marsupials, that vestigial milk or rudimentary successional teeth, 
which probably never cut the gum, are almost certain to be present 
in some form or other—either as calcified structures or simply as 
enamel organs. 

Should there be found teeth in the foetus showing no signs either 
of duplication or replacement by vertical successors, there will be 
good reasons for regarding them as belonging to the milk or first 
dentition, as this is invariably developed first in time. 

From these considerations I should conclude that the vestigial 
teeth which I have described in Hyraw (viz., the two posterior upper 
_ incisors and the lower canine), together with the upper canine 

described by Lataste, which has not been seen to be replaced by 
a successional tooth although sometimes persisting with the per- 
manent teeth, belong exclusively to the Ist or milk series, which 
would then read as follows, viz. :— 


1. 3, C. ? pm. a0 
while the adult dentition would be 


wid (1) 4 sill 
1. ye Cc. OP? pm. P ml. 334 (2 36). 


46 MR. M, F. WOODWARD ON THE [ Jan. 5, 


IV. The Milk-Dentition of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus). 


Although the Rabbit is so universally studied in our own labora- 
tories and its anatomy is described in detail in so many of our 
practical hand-books, not one of the latter rightly deseribes its milk- 
dentition, in spite of the fact that all the details concerning it have 
been long ago recorded. 

If one examines the jaws of a Rabbit from 2-3 weeks old (Plate IT. 
fig. 3), one finds on each side of the upper jaw 6 incisors arranged in 
two linear series, 3 on each side of the middle line ; the anterior tooth 
of each set is known to be the great permaneut front incisor, while the 
others have been variously interpreted. 

F. Cuvier (3), in the first place, described them as representing 
the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors ; his statement has been copied b 
several authors (9, 15, 29), who have thus ascribed to the Rabbit at 
birth 3 incisors, stating that the outer one is soon lost. 

This determination of Cuvier’s was refuted by Owen (23) as long 
ago as 1868 and later by Krause (17). These two observers show 
that the middle tooth of each series (fig. 3, di”) is in reality the 
2nd milk-incisor ; it is a functional tooth for the first three weeks 
of the animal’s life, after which time it is shed, being pushed out 
by its successor (fig. 3, pz”). The deciduous tooth in the specimen 
figured is small and wedge-shaped, its crown being much worn, while 
its successor presents a conical unworn extremity, having only just 
cut the gum. This latter tooth is the one described by Cuvier as 
being the 3rd incisor and by others as being early lost (9, 15, 29). 

The probable reason that the 2nd milk-incisor and its successor 
are present for some time side by side, after the latter has cut the 
gum, may be implied in the fact that the deciduous tooth is as it 
were wedged in between the great anterior inciscr and its own 
successor and is rather worn away by attrition than shed. 

The study of the development of these teeth shows at once that 
these two (fig. 3, di”, pi”) are formed from a common enamel organ, 
and that they possess the relatiens of a typical tooth of the Ist to 
its successor in the 2nd dentition. The fact that the permanent 
tooth cuts the gum posteriorly to the milk-tooth, instead of develop- 
ing underneath the latter and gradually pushing it out, goes for 
nothing, when we consider that the permanent tooth is typically 
developed on the inner side of its milk predecessor and not below it. 

We see from the above that there are only 2 incisors on each side 
of the adult upper jaw, and no examination of even the youngest 
foetus in which the teeth are appearing shows us any trace of a 
3rd one. 

The deciduous premolars of the upper series are 3 in number, 
and, as may be seen, they persist until the animal is between 3 and 4 
weeks old (not, as stated by Marshall and Hurst (22), being shed 
before birth). These teeth have been long known and are figured by 
Owen (23); the principal point of interest about them is their 
possession of true fangs and their replacement by more specialized 
teeth which grow from persistent pulps. 


1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAYIA CAPENSIS. 47 


Completing the cheek-teeth above we find at the same age 2 molars 
in use, and a 3rd developing one buried up in the maxilla. 

The lower teeth at this age call for no special comment ; there are 
the characteristic inferior incisors (1 on each side), 2 deciduous 
premolars, having the same characters as those of the upper set. 
Behind these are 2 molars, the 3rd not having yet cut the gum. 

In a footnote to a paper printed in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this 
Society, Prof. Huxley (16) in 1880 mentioned that he had discovered 
in the foetal Rabbit vestigial milk predecessors to the large upper 
and lower incisors, thus making the full milk or 1st dentition to be 


i. a pm. This discovery has been generally overlooked by the 


writers of works dealing with the Mammalia and the Lagomorpha. 

Having examined his preparations and subsequently worked out 
this point in a number of feetal Rabbits from the time when the 
teeth first appear until birth, I can entirely confirm Huxley’s 
statement. 

Fig. 4 is a drawing of the clarified jaws of a foetal Rabbit. 

At this period there are present 7 teeth in the upper and 5 in the 
lower jaw. Of those in the upper jaw the first 3 are incisors, the 
large tooth (pi') being the permanent anterior one and the smallest 
tooth (di*) being the milk 2nd incisor, the permanent one not being 
yet differentiated. The cheek-teeth are 4 in number and represent 
the 3 deciduous premolars (d.pm.) and the 1st molar (m’). 

In the lower jaw the large incisor (pi,) is well developed, but there 
are only 3 cheek-teeth, viz. the two milk premolars (d.pm.) and 
the anterior molar (m,). In front of each of the large incisors 
(pi', pi,), above and below, is a small tooth (di’, di,}, rather irregular 
in appearance, but with its crown composed of typical layers of enamel 
and dentine (fig. 5, di’, di,), and possessing all the essential structures 
of atooth. In size these teeth are the smallest in the jaws and 
measure as follows:—the upper one (di) ‘13 millim. long x -09 
wide ; the lower one (di,), which is much larger and varies somewhat, 
being 19-34 millim. long and *12-"16 wide. 

Examination of young jaws shows that these minute teeth are 
among the first to develop, and when they appear they attain with 
their enamel organs a relatively large size in proportion to the jaw. 
Their growth is early arrested and they remain in a dwarfed con- 
dition ; if carefully examined they are seen to present an irregular 
contour, and this I regard as expressive of their partial absorption. 
They are eventually forced out of the gum, about birth, by the 
growing permanent teeth. 

These small teeth develop in common enamel organs with the 
permanent cutting-incisors, of which they are, as Huxley pointed out, 
the milk predecessors. As has been shown, they are uever functional, 
and, like the milk-premolar of the Guinea-pig (Cuvier), they are 
shed in utero. 

The Rabbit, so far as we know, is the only Rodent possessing 
milk predecessors to both incisors; while it and the Common Hare 
are the only Rodents known to possess deciduous incisors. 


48 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE (Jan. 5, 


There can be very little doubt that the Duplicidentata, as concerns 
their teeth, are the most primitive living Rodents; and as the 
deciduous front incisors have almost disappeared in them, we could 
hardly expect to find them present in the more modified forms, 
where the teeth are reduced in number. It is, however, highly 
probable that we might find them in the Hare and possibly in 
Lagomys. 

‘Krause (17), in describing the deciduous teeth of the Rabbit, 
gives the formula i. pm. > which, as I have shown, is the correct 


one; but although he gives the correct formula, he cannot have 
seen the small deciduous first incisors ; in fact, he says (op. cit. p. 199) 
“the four large incisors persist from the beginning” ; so that he 
counts the large cutting-incisors twice over, first in the deciduous 
and afterwards in the permanent dentition, solely on the grounds 
that they happen to be formed very early, when none but milk- 
teeth are present in the jaw. 

The discovery of these teeth is entirely due to Huxley, but as he 
only mentioned it in a passing footnote appended to a paper dealing 
with much wider questions, and as he never figured them, I append 
ficures, in illustration of my more detailed account of them. 

In concluding, I should like to express my thanks to Mr. Oldfield 
Thomas for his kind assistance in allowing me access to a fine series 
of Hyraa skulls in the British Museum, and to Prof. Howes for his 
valuable advice and suggestions during the progress of this work. 


V. List of References. 


. Buarnvitte. Ostéographie, t. vi. p. 38. 
. Branpr, J.F. “Ueber d. Gattung d. Klippschliefer (Hyrax).” 
Mém. Ac. Pétersb. (7) xiv. 1869. 

Cuvier, F. Dents d. Mammif. 1825. 

Cuvier, G. Ann. d. Mus. Paris, t. iii. 1804, p. 177. 

. Recherches s. 1. oss. Fossil. 4th ed., t. iil. 1834, p. 253. 

. Frower, W. H. ‘On the Homologies of the Teeth of the 

Mammalia.” J. Anat. Phys. vol. iil. 1869, p. 262. 

. © Onthe Milk Deutition of Mammalia.” Trans. Odount. 

Soc. 1871. 

. “On the Succession of the Teeth in the Marsupialia.” 

Phil. Trans. vol. 157, 1867, p. 631. 

. Frowrer, W. H., & Lypexxer. ‘“ Mammalia.” Lond., 
1891. 

. Grorce. “Monogr. Anat. d. Daman.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) 
t. i. 1874, Art. 9, pp. 83-86. 

. Gervais. Hist. Nat. d. Mammif. 1855. 

. GreBeL. Odontographie, p. 75, 1855. 

Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Abth. v. p. 118, 1875. 

. Gray, J. E. Cat. of Carniv. and Pachyderm. Mammalia 

Brit. Mus. 1869. 


© Ost SUR “por 


rey 
i=) 


ecegee 
0d eS 


1892. ] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 49 


15. 


16. 
17. 


18. 


19. 


20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24, 
25. 
26. 


27. 


28. 


29. 


Huxtey, T. H. Manual Vert. Anat. 1871. 

——. ‘*Eyolution and the Arrangement of the Vertebrata.” 
P. Z. S. 1880, p. 655. 

Krause. Anat. d. Kaninchens. Leipzig, 1884, p. 198. 

Ktxentuat, W. “Bemerkungen ii. d. Siugetier-Bezahnung.”’ 
Anat. Anz. 1891, pp. 364, 658. 

Larastr, F. “S.1. Syst8me Dentaire d. Daman.” Ann. Mus. 
Genov. (2) t. iv. (xxiv.) 1886, p. 5. 

Mitne-Epwaros. Mammif. 1868. 

. Legons s. 1. Physiol. t. 6 (1860). 

Marsuatu & Hurst. Practical Zoology, 2nd ed. 1888. 

Owen, R. Comp. Anat. Vert. vol. iii. p. 356 (1868). 

Odontography. 

Patuas. Miscell. Zool. 1776, p. 34. 

Tuomas, O. “ Milk-Dentition of Orycteropus.” Proc. Roy. 
Soe. vol. xlvii. 1889-90, p. 246. 

. Homologies and succession of Teeth in Dasyuride.” 
Phil. Trans. vol. 178. B. 1887, p. 443. 

Waener, A. Schreber’s Die Siugethiere, 1844, Bd. 4, p. 307. 

Warernouse. Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. i1., 1848. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II, 


Milk-dentition of Hyrax capensis and Lepus cuniculus. 


n=nasal, 

pmx=premaxilla, 

mx=maxilla. 

mdad=mandible, 

ms=premaxillo-maxillary suture. 

di‘, di*, di‘=upper deciduous incisors. 

di,, di,, di,=lower deciduous incisors. 

pi', pi*=upper permanent incisors, 
pi,=lower permanent incisor. 

c=upper canine; ¢,=Jower canine. 

I, I, 11, 1V=the 4 deciduous premolars. 
d.pm=deciduous premolars. 

m'=I\st upper molar; m,=I1st lower molar. 
d=dentine ; e=enamel; f=fang; p.c=pulp-cavity. 


Fig. 1. Clarified jaws of a foetal Hyrax, showing the teeth 7 situ, x 4. 


2. Enlarged drawings of the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors (di, di?) and 
the lower canine (c,) of the above, X 50. 

3. Clarified vertical longitudinal section through the premaxilla of a 
Rabbit, showing the relation of the permanent front incisor (pi') 
and the deciduous (di*) and permanent (pz*) second incisor. 

4. Clarified jaws of a foetal Rabbit, shortly before birth, to show the 
vestigial milk anterior incisors (d7’ and di,). 

5. Enlarged drawing of the vestigial anterior milk-incisors of the 
Rabbit, x 100. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. IV. 4 


50 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, 


5. On the Species of the Hyracoidea. 
By Ouprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S. 


[Received December 1, 1891.] 
(Plate III.) 


The present paper is an attempt to work out the species con- 
tained in the group Hyracoidea, a group which has of late years 
attracted the attention of several prominent systematic workers, but 
which, owing partly to its inherent difficulties and partly to want of 
material, has remained in a terrible state of chaos. The difficulties 
of the subject are indeed so great, owing mainly to the slight differ- 
ences and great variability of the species, that in spite of my 
material being many-fold greater than that available for any of my 
predecessors, I can only feel that my results are quite provisional, 
and will need further revision when larger and better series from 
more localities are obtained. 

The material before me consists of about 120 skins and spirit 
specimens, and 122 skulls and skeletons, a number far in excess of 
what any previous worker has had. ‘This number is made up, 
firstly, of the Museum series (71 skins &c., 67 skulls), which contains 
the types of the species described by Gray* in his many papers on 
the subject, and the large series of Abyssinian specimens collected 
by Mr. W. T. Blanford and used as the basis of his work on the 

roup. 

Benandlys the fine series (47 skins &c., 48 skulls) belonging 
to the Genoa Museum, containing large numbers of the Abyssinian 
and Shoan forms and also the only good specimens that I have 
seen of the Senegal Hyrax (Procavia latastei). This collection 
formed the basis of M. Lataste’s work on the group’*—work only 
just begun, and of which only a few preliminary remarks had been 
published, but work nevertheless of the highest and most thoughtful 
character, so that it has been a great misfortune in this respect 
that M. Lataste has had to throw up the Hyracoidea on quitting 
Europe for S. America. All his drawings and notes, however, have 
been transmitted to me by the Marquis G. Doria, to whom I also 
owe the loan of the collection itself, and to whom therefore my 
most sincere thanks are due. 

Thirdly, four skulls of the Angolan species, including the type 
skulls of both P. welwitschii and P. grayi, kindly lent me by Prof. 
Barboza du Bocage of the Lisbon Museum, these being the skulls 
described and figured by him in his excellent paper on the genus 
published in 1889. 

Fourthly, two skulls ef P. syriaca lent me by Dr. P. Matschie of 
the Berlin Museum, with the permission of Prof. Mobius. I am 
also indebted to the former for much assistance in reference to the 


1 Except that of P. welwitschii. 
® Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 6 (1886). 


Big. aoa! 


M. Horman-Fisher del.et lth. Mintern Bros. imp. 
SKULL OF PROCAVIA PALLIDA. 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 51 


type specimens of Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s species preserved in 
Berlin. 

Fifthly, a skin of the same species lent me by Canon H. B. Tris- 
tram of Durham. 

It will be seen therefore that not only is the present series unpre- 
cedently large in point of numbers, but that it contains the actual 
specimens referred to by all the chief writers on the subject of recent 
years, viz. Gray, Blanford, Lataste, and Bocage. 

Of their papers I would call special attention to that by M. Lataste, 
already briefly referred to, on the skulls and dentitions of the different 
*‘ subgenera,”’ and especially to his theory that the minute anterior 
maxillary tooth of the milk-dentition is a milk-canine which does 
not have a successor. This theory I believe to be perfectly correct, 
and am most glad to be able independently to confirm Lataste’s 
observation. This tooth appears most certainly to be homologous 
with the milk-canine of other mammals, even though it is ordinarily 
situated some way behind the maxillo-premaxillary suture. 

M. Lataste’s other work on the group, being in the form of draw- 
ings and rough notes, I have found it very difficult to utilize, espe- 
cially as our opinions are naturally very frequently divergent. If, 
however, I have published any observation which he has previously 
discovered and recorded, I must ask his pardon and plead as an 
excuse the very rough character of the notes which he has made: 

The excellent paper by Prof. Barboza du Bocage' should also be 
referred to, as he has given in it not only full and detailed descrip- 
tions of the three Angolan species, in some ways the most interesting, 
because the most annectant, of the genus, but he has also given a 
complete list of all the known species, with notes on their characters 
and localities. This paper has therefore naturally been of much 
service to me while going over the same ground. 

To pass now to the subject-matter of this paper. In the first 
place, it must be admitted that, as pointed out by Lataste, the time- 
honoured name of Hyrax? should be superseded by that of Procavia’, 
earlier by three years than Hyrax. The family name will therefore 
be Procaviide, but the ordinal or subordinal name will remain 
Hyracoidea as before, a name of this rank not necessarily being 
based on that of a constituent genus, “ Hyrax” might, however, 
be adopted as an English vernacular name, the species of Procavia 
not having as yet one generally and correctly applicable to them. _ 

Secondly, there arises the important question as to whether all th 
Hyraces should be placed in one genus, or whether “ Heterohyras’ 
and “Dendrohyraz,’”’ both proposed by Gray and admitted by 
Lataste and others, should be recognized as distinct genera or sub- 
genera. 

Now on this point I find it very difficult to come to a definite 
conclusion. Within the group there are two extremes, typified, for 
example, by P. abyssinica and P. dorsalis—the former with their 

1 J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. pp. 186-196 (1889). 

2 Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 115 (1783). 

3 Storr, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 39 (1780). n 
4 


§2 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, 


molar teeth very large, hypsodont, and like those of a Rhinoceros in 
character, while the latter have small, brachyodont, Palzeotherium-like 
teeth ; and these two extremes have been commonly looked upon as 
the types of distinct genera, respectively Procavia (= Hyrax) and 
Dendrohyrax. But unfortunately there is really almost a perfect 
graduation in characters from the one extreme to the other, the chief 
link being formed by P. brucei, a species which has been made the 
type of a third genus or subgenus, Heterohyraz. Now this Hetero- 
hyrax has the essential dental characters of Dendrohyrax combined 
with the skull of Procavia ; while the one cranial peculiarity supposed 
to be characteristic of it, the early closure of the interparietal 
sutures, is not present in P. latastei, a species otherwise in every 
respect identical with P. drucei. On the other hand, the perfect 
orbits characteristic of Dendrohyraz occur in a form called “D. grayi,” 
which, except for this one character, does not differ either cranially 
or externally from P. bocagei, and will perhaps prove to be only a 
variety of that animal. One single external character, however, dis- 
tinguishes the three most typical Dendrohyraces, P. dorsalis, arborea, 
and valida, from all the other species in which the point has been 
noticed, namely the number of the mamme. These three species 
have a mammary formula of 0—1=2, while certainly in P. syriaca, 
ruficeps, abyssinica, shoana, welwitschii, and brucei, and therefore, 
judging from analogy, probably in P. capensis, pallida, bocagei, and 
latastei, there are 1—2=6. The mammary formule of “ Dendro- 
hyrax grayi”” and P.emini cannot be forecasted, and therefore par- 
ticularly need observation. In any case, however, this character 
cannot be used as of generic value, for it separates “ Dendrohyrax’’ 
equally from both “ Heterohyrax’’ and “ Procavia,” although the 
teeth prove that, if anywhere, the division should come between 
Heterohyrax aud Procavia. But even then one would not know 
into which group to place such an annectant form as P. welwitschii. 
Balancing, therefore, these considerations for and against the retention 
of Dendrohyrax and Heterohyrax, I have come to the conclusion 
that it is better on the whole to recognize only a single genus for the 
whole of the Hyraces, which will of course bear the name of Procavia. 

Before passing to the actual descriptions of the different species, a 
few words are necessary as to the cranial, dental, and external 
characters found in the group, as a proper understanding of these is 
essential to anyone trying to work out the species of this most 
difficult group. 

Firstly, it may be noted that, thanks to the work of Lataste already 
quoted, and still more to the important paper by Mr. Woodward 
just read to the Society (supra, p. 38), the homologies of the 
teeth are fortunately quite clear throughout. Especially noteworthy 
is the discovery of rudimentary outer milk-incisors, a discovery 
which proves the persistent incisors to be really homologous with 
the first incisors of normal mammals. Liataste’s determination of 
the anterior upper cheek-tooth of the milk-series as me is fully con- 
firmed by Woodward, whose discovery of a corresponding lower 
milk-canine is of much interest. 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 53 


Owing to the comparative lateness in life at which apparently the 
Hyraces become fully adult, and the consequent frequency with which 
more or less immature specimens have to be dealt with, special 
attention has to be paid to the age of every specimen described. 
For purposes of comparison therefore the period of tooth-develop- 
ment has been divided into eight stages, mostly determinable by the 
relative development of a single tooth, and thus by the comparison 
of specimens of similar ages the true inherent differences in size 
between different forms become easily definable. A single tooth only 
is taken as the main determinant of each of the stages, no account 
of the general state of the dentition at any given stage being practi- 
cable for all species, owing to the fact, observed by Lataste, that the 
time of the fall of the milk-premolars as compared with the develop- 
ment of the permanent molars varies in different species. 

The following are the stages which I have found divide the 
specimens most conveniently into groups of individuals of similar 
age. The actual age, in time, at which in the different species 
these stages are attained may perhaps be found out later at a more 
advanced period of knowledge :-— 


Stage I. Before the milk-dentition is fully in place. 
II. Milk-dentition all up and in use. m’ not visible. 
III. m* up; ™®* below level of bone. 
IV. m* just appearing or partly up. 
V. m* nearly or quite up ; m° below level of bone. 
VI. Tip of m* appearing. 
VII. m°® partly or nearly up, but still unworn. 
VIII. ™* up and in use. 


No doubt Hyraces are practically adult, and are probably breeding, 
some time before Stage VIII. is attained, just as in the Kangaroos 
and other animals in which there is a horizontal succession of the 
teeth owing to the movement forward of the tooth-row, and the 
consequent replacement of the crushed and worn-down anterior 
teeth by the newly formed posterior ones. Of course the process is 
not nearly so highly developed as it is in the Kangaroos, Manatees, and 
others; but there is evidently a commencement of this remarkable 
provision for the replacement of the worn-out teeth in the Hyracoidea, 
especially in the hypsodont species, such as P. capensis, abyssinica, and 
their allies. 

Thanks to this process, the actual size of the teeth, however 
valuable for the discrimination of the species, cannot be defined 
satisfactorily by a simple antero-posterior measurement of the tooth- 
row or any part of it, for the larger posterior teeth as they push 
forwards gradually crush together the whole of the teeth and make 
their combined length less and less as time goes on. 

To gain an idea of the actual size of the teeth, it has therefore 
been found best to take the exact horizontal! breadth of m* at its 
broadest point, this tooth being present and available in specimens 
at all ages from Stage III. upwards, 


54 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


As to the height of the teeth, by which their hypsodontism or 
brachyodontism can be gauged, the height of the crown of m* has 
been taken as the basis. It is measured, in a tooth as unworn as 
possible, from the top of the main anterior cusp* to the bottom of 
the valley on the outer side of the cusp ; when there is any trace of 
a cingulum it is placed at this point, but when there is not, the 
point at which the valley merges into the smooth basal outer surface 
of the tooth may always be clearly made out. 

The upper incisors of the Hyraces are of two forms, the one sharply 
ridged and angular in front, and the other more or less rounded 
or even flat anteriorly. This difference, though often incidentally 
noticed, never seems to have been referred to sex, of which, however, 
I believe it affords a constant index. The study of so large a series 
of specimens as the present proves conclusively that all the 
specimens with ridged incisors are males, and those with them 
rounded are females. It is of the greatest value to have this ready 
index to the sex of skulls, as so large a number are either without 
skins, or if these exist they are unsexable. It should be noticed, 
however, that in certain species, notably P. dorsalis, arborea, and 
brucei, the female incisors are also to a certain extent ridged, but to 
a degree very slight in comparison with those of the male sex. 

Other differences due to sex seem to be few and unimportant. 
Even as to size, although male skulls on the whole are rather larger 
than female ones, yet individual female skulls often exceed the 
great mass of the males. To take an instance, in P. shoana 
5 male skulls give the following lengths—89, 90, 91, 92, 93, and 6 
females the following—82, 84, 84, 85, 87, 88; but one of the types 
of the species, unquestionably a female, has alength of 96 mm., thus 
exceeding any of the males as yet recorded. Almost precisely the 
same thing occurs in the series of P. capensis, where our largest 
specimen is a female. No general rule therefore can be laid down as 
to the relative sizes of the two sexes. 

Throughout the history of the systematic arrangement of the 
Hyraces the interparietal bone has had a large share in causing con- 
fusion owing to the alterations that take place in its shape during 
life not being allowed for or understood. It was early seen that 
different specimens had very differently shaped interparietals, and in 
the absence of good series at different ages these differences were 
naturally supposed to be of specific value. Thus Hemprich and 
Ehrenberg in 1828 laid primary stress on the shape and form of this 
bone in separating the four species they recognized; while much 
later Gray referred a great deal to it, and the retention of “ Hetero- 
hyrax”’ as a subgenus by Lataste practically depended on the age at 
which it is united to the other bones of the skull. On the examin- 
ation of a large series of specimens, however, it appears that this bone 
is by no means really so important as has been supposed for diag- 
nostic purposes, and that its differences in shape are really due to 


* Not the extreme antero-external cusp, which has no valley on its outer side; 
the cusp measured from is nearly always the highest one of the tooth. 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 55 


age, while its fusion or non-fusion with the other bones of the skull, 
although generally constant, is a character rather more variable than 
has been supposed. 

In a young specimen of one of the species in which it is generally 
distinct through life, the bone is clearly marked, ordinarily broadly 
trigonal in shape, its broad posterior end generally embraced by two 
little processes of the supraoccipital, but these vary very much in their 
development. At this stage its edges are vertical to the plane of its 
surface, or if there is any slanting, it is in such a direction that the 
inner cerebral aspect is rather smaller than the outer. This condi- 
tion of things remains constant up till somewhere about Stage V., 
when the ever extending temporal muscles begin to encroach in its 
vicinity. These muscles seem to induce the development as part of 
the parietals of a roughened surface-layer of bone, which, with the 
muscles, gradually creeps onwards over the brain-case, and by de- 
grees encroaches on and covers up the interparietal bone. The two 
parieto-interparietal sutures therefore constantly get closer together, 
the interparietal bone naturally appearing narrower and narrower, 
and at last the two temporal ridges, which have already met some 
time before anteriorly, gradually coalesce further and further back, 
and finally block out all trace of the interparietal bone on the upper 
surface. Even then, bowever, for along period the bone may remain 
uncoalesced, its sutures, in section, describing a curved line following 
the increase of the parietal bone over it. This gradual narrowing 
upwards of the interparietal may be seen well in the British Museum 
skull, No. 69. 10. 24.41, of P. abyssinica, in which, although the 
bone itself is broken away, the sutural edge of the parietal clearly 
exemplifies the steady extension of their upper layers at the expense 
of the smaller bone between them. 

Now as to the closing of the parieto-interparietal sutures, the 
early obliteration of which is the main character on which the group 
“‘ Heterohyrax”’ rests, some words are necessary, as although 
really useful in many cases for specific determination, yet the cha- 
racter is not one that can be used for breaking the family up into 
smaller groups. In the great majority of the species these sutures 
are ordinarily persistent and visible, except in so far as they are 
covered up in the manner above described. On the other hand, in 
P. brucei they close up so soon that in two specimens as young as 
Stage III. they have quite disappeared, and in one of Stage II. 
they are only faintly visible. But two closely allied species, here 
provisionally admitted as such, but really only doubtfully distinguish- 
able from P. brucei, have either persistent sutures (P. latastei), 
or temporary ones, closing up as the animal gets fully adult 
(P. bocagei), thus proving that the character is at most only of 
specific importance. 

A second character on which much stress has been laid, and one 
which has been supposed to be above all suspicion of variability, is 
the completion or non-completion of the orbit behind by bone. 
This is always accepted as the essential character of the group ‘‘Den- 
drohyrax,” and certainly, in the most typical species, P. dorsalis, 


56 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


the orbit is closed, even in the youngest specimens available, down to 
Stage I. In P. arborea, however, the South-African form, one 
of our four specimens, already fully adult (Stage VIII.), has the 
postorbital processes of the frontal and malar separated by at least 
2 mm.', the other three having closed orbits. On the other hand, 
the type of Dendrohyrax grayi has them completely closed, as has 
also a second specimen from the same region ; but I am nevertheless 
most strongly inclined to consider these two specimens as only re- 
presenting an individual variation of P. bocagei”. 

As it appears therefore from both these characters that the Angolan 
Hyrax is the one which presents the greatest difficulty, I would 
strongly impress on collectors having the opportunity the great 
desirability of obtaining more specimens from that country. In 
this connection I must again thank Prof. Barboza du Bocage for the 
loan of the valuable Angolan specimens preserved in the Lisbon 
Museum, a loan which has been of the very greatest service to me. 

The development of the anterior lower premolar (p') is worthy of 
some notice. In the large-tceothed, hypsodont species, such as P. 
capensis, abyssinica, &c., it is a simple slender tooth, with only one 
root, and is pushed out by the teeth behind it at a very early age, so 
that it is quite unusual to find it present in fully adult animals. On 
the other hand, in the small-toothed brachyodont species it is elon- 
gated, has two distinct roots, and is practically persistent throughout 
life. These differences are.clearly correlated with the amount of the 
wear and tear of the teeth and their movement forwards in the jaw, 
characters at their maximum in the hypsodont and their minimum 
in the brachyodont species. 

The predecessor of this tooth (mp') is always long and double- 
rooted, showing clearly which of the two adult forms is the primitive 
one of the group. 

The number of the ribs has also been used as a distinguishing 
character of the genera and subgenera, but, so far as I have seen, 
all the species examined (including such widely separated species as 
P. dorsalis, brucei, and abyssinica) have 21 (rarely 20), while 
P. capensis alone has 22. I have, however, thought it worth while 
to record the numbers in the specific descriptions wherever I have 
direct knowledge of them. 

Of the external characters by which the different species may be 
determined, the most important are the coloration, shape, and size 
of the dorsal spot, a patch of hairs growing on and around the 
dorsal gland, and almost invariably of a colour markedly contrasting 
with that of the body in general. 

The following are the chief variations in the dorsal spot met with 
in the different species :— 


1 On one side; the other is broken. 
? See below p. 72. 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 57 


AS) Dorsal spot wholly DICK): .2:.scesa0sccsedevsssesncesessess P. capensis, shoana. 
B. Dorsal spot whitish, yellowish, or orange, 
a, Spot comparatively small, roughly oval in shape. 
@., Hairs of spot, or at least the central ones, wholly yellow. 
P. syriaca, pallida. 
. Hairs of spot with dark bases and generally black tips. 
P. ruficeps, abyssinica. 
6. Spot elongate, linear. 
c’, Hairs pale coloured to their bases. 
ae POW OLANNG OMCMVNAMON \.....-s26.+-0eccassgacresachans sess: P. valida. 
*, Spot pale yellow or whitish. 
P. brucei, bocaget, latastei, welwitschii, and arborea. 
d', Hairs black at base, white terminally ..................:.00e P. dorsalis, 


os 


The central part of the dorsal gland is very commonly quite 
naked, notably in P. dorsalis, where the naked part is two or three 
inches long, and about half an inch broad. Owing, however, to the 
way in which the hairs round the naked part converge towards each 
other, this fact is very seldom observable without separating the 
hairs, but occasionally in old specimens the naked skin is clearly 
visible from above. The distinctions given above between the 
different sorts of spots are by no means to be taken aw pied de la 
lettre for every specimen examined, many of the groups passing 
quite imperceptibly into each other, while in some species the spot 
itself varies so much as to be not easily definable. 

As to the geographical distribution of the different species the 
accompanying sketch-map (see p. 58) will show more clearly than any 
amount of description where the different forms are found, and will be 
a guide to anyone wishing to know what species may be expected to 
occur in any given locality, It may, however, be just noted that while 
many places have only one species known from them, most have two, 
and that these are almost invariably one of the hypsodont (Procavia) 
and one of the brachyodont (Dendrohyraz and Heterohyrax) groups. 
Thus in N. Abyssinia we have P. brucei and abyssinica, in Shoa 
P. brucei and shoana, in Angola P. bocagei and welwitschii, and in 
S. Africa P. arborea and capensis. 

The two tables exhibited (see pp. 59, 60) show respectively (1) the 
basal lengths’ of considerable series of specimens of each species taken 
at as many age-stages as possible, and (2) (a) the breadth of m', 
(6) the height of m*, measured as already described, and (c) the hori- 
zoutal length of p*. It is to be hoped that, without a more formal 
synopsis, which at present I hardly feel capable of drawing up, these 
measurements, combined with the rough synopsis of the dorsal 
spots just given, will enable anyone to determine specimens without 
much difficulty. 


1 Basion to gnathion. 


58 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


Map showing the Distribution of the Species of Procavia. 


wa WILY 
waReaes 


1. Procavia capensis. 8. Procavia latastei. 
2. shoana. 9. bocagei. 
3. —— syriaca. 10. brucei. 

3a. —— jayakari. 10 a, —— somalica. 
4. —— ruficeps. 11. —— emini. 
5. —— abyssinica. 12, —— valida. 

5 a, —— —— minor, 13. —— arborea. 
6, —— pallida, 14. —— dorsalis. 


7. —— welwitschii. 


59 


SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 


1892.] 


LU. CApPeNsis'.,.....+0.-s0e» 
PAPBUOMNE. Sscsvanuve vets ee 


OMBYIILOR) Gees spice nse 
3a. ,, jayakari...... 
A, Tuliceps ....-.+s 
5. abyssinica ............ 


DOP es minor 
(oy ye WMS Oa pctoniaacce 
7. welwitschii............ 
8. latastei 
9. bocagei ............ 
10. brucei......... Sees 
10a. ,, somalica 
(BTAYVIS vedavsesscses 
11. emini ...... 
D2, ~Validaiscccssecssees 
13. arborea ... 
14. dorsalis .......... 


Stage I 


Tasie I.—Basal Lengths (in millim.). 


Stage IT. 


57, 58, 62. 


teeeee 


weeeee 


Stage ITI. 


64, 


Lue 


Stage TV. 


66, 67, 70*. 
dons 


* Types or co-types. 


Stage V. 


69. 
74, 74, 75, 
71, 79, 79. 


Stage VI. 


69. 
83. 


Stage VII. 


Stage VIII. 


82, 87, 93. 

84, 85, 87, 88, 
90, 92, 93, 96%, 

7. 

73%, 

78, 86. 

75, 78, 80, 82, 
83, 84, 87. 


(c) '72*, 
18%. 


79. 
79, 80, 81, 82. 
65, 74*. 


82, 86, 87, 92. 
93, 100, 113. 


60 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


Tasie II.—Sizes of Teeth (in millim.). 


| (a) Breadth of |(6) Height ofl 
mi}, 


crown of m, 
i, CAPONGIS cecgessocssseanaece 7:0, 7-5, 8:0. Gl, +7D 2:5, 2-7. 
D> BHOANA. costae. ssvtuecseds (falar Sh Voom owe ESE 26, 2:8 
SP BYTIACA eric t as tassccccetess (RUSE YRS 7:0. 2-2 
Sa: 3),  HAYARAYI.s:-c sects 6:2, 6-4. (EVD, Le Wiehe hee 
A> ruficeps'vesss:<+ = 52: soseseee- TON os ot 6°9. 2:5, 2°6. 
5. abyssinica .......--cscceens- | 6°7, ie 7-4, '7-8,| 6-9, 7-0. 2:0, 2:2 / 
79. 
5a. 3 ININON Pence. 6c RMP a a Bilary Aas A BAL 
G: “pallidamt. tte. stress seed 69. DAL Ee at ey eeaee 
We Welwitsch sestetere stereo oe 65, 6°7. 5:2. 41. 
Sidlatashens ticcassocscst ance once COCO S a> ees a Oe 
Qs HOCAP CIs. stese< dads. sco oe 5-4, 5:6, 6°4 45, 37, 39. 
MO. DEUCED SA ces tes see enicso-tec8 5-4, 57, 6:0 45. 2°8, 3°0, 3-4. 
1O@: |, somalica 22.....3..3 5:0, 5-2. 45. 3:0, 31. 
Pirrayl (sieeeseeeae ees Sanco te OMG SY lee Pee ares “40.] 
PS OMINT (cs55h5.5 woes oet ose ae 
Ue; ValidttiecvewesecetevedevtsTeee 
US arboresic.::).sc-.<fe.coes 6:0. 3:5. 3'5, 3°8. 
WA FAOPSAL Btwn. Secess cincnc vere esl 6:6, 6:8. 41, 43 47, 48. 


1. PROcAVIA CAPENSIS. 


Cavia capensis, Pall. Misc. Zool. p. 30 (1766). 

(2) Hyrax semicircularis', Gray, Cat. Carn. Pachyd. p. 285 (1869); 
Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 44, pl. xi. fig. 2 (1873) (skull). 

Fur of medium length, soft and fine ; neither so long nor so fine 
as in P. shoana. Ears short, rounded. General colour dark sepia- 
brown, finely speckled with white or pale yellow. Straight upper- 
fur hairs dark brown, with a small pale yellow subterminal band ; 
underfur along the centre of the back dark smoky grey throughout, 
but along the sides, grey basally, and shining silvery yellow distally. 
Belly dirty yellow or brownish. 

Dorsal spots entirely black, irregularly oval in shape, not so large 
as in P. shoana. 

Skull? broad, stout and strong; muzzle short; interparietal 
sutures always persistent. Diastema short, 8 to 10 mm. Teeth 
large and hypsodont, but very variable in size; of the few specimens 
with exact localities the eastern ones, from Natal &c., seem to have 
smaller teeth than those from the Cape itself. Diameter of m’ 8-0 
in a Cape specimen, 7°0 in a Natal one, those being the extremes 
observed. Height of crown of m* 7:1 to 7*5. P! minute, single- 


1 The young skull on which this species was founded has not got completed 
orbits as stated by Gray, the connections being only ligamentous. ‘There 
appears to be nothing to distinguish it from skulls of P. capensis of the same 
age, but the skeleton shows only 21 pairs of ribs. It is also just possible that 
Hyrax nigricans, Peters, SB. Ges. Fr. 1879, p. 10, belongs here, in which 
case the species extends very much further north-west than has been supposed. 
The type specimen, however, is too young for certain determination. 

2 Good figure: De Blainville, Atl. iii, Hyrax, pl. ii. 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 61 


rooted, early deciduous, rarely or never present in adult specimens. 
Ribs 22. 
Hab, Cape Colony, from the Cape’ to Natal *. 


2. PROCAVIA SHOANA *. 


Euhyrax abyssinicus, Gray, Ann. Mag.N. H. (4) i. p. 47 (1868) 
(nec Hyrax habessinicus, Hempr. & Ehr.). 

Hyrax scioanus, Gig]. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 21 (1888). 

Size very large, form stout and heavy. Mamme 1—2=6. Fur 
very long, soft, and fine. General colour grizzled olivaceous grey, 
the straight lines of the back brown basally, with a broad dull 
yellow subterminal ring and black tip. The greater breadth of the 
yellow ring and the larger number of the straight hairs as compared 
to the woolly underfur quite take away the appearance of fine 
speckling characteristic of P. capensis, and produce a much coarser 
mottled appearance. Underfur coloured as in P. capensis, but the 
yellow band on both of the sides is broader, and its colour is duller 
and more tinged with olivaceous. Belly dirty yellow or brownish. 

Dorsal spot very large and diffuse, wholly black, very prominent 
in well-marked examples. 

Skull large and heavy, but very variable in its proportions, especi- 
ally in the length of the muzzle, and consequently in the length of 
the diastema. In the female co-type* the latter is fully 14 mm. 
long, while in another specimen it is only about 5 mm., but in the 
large Genoa Museum series nearly all the intermediate links are 
represented. On the whole the skull cannot be definitely distin- 
guished from that of P. capensis, although ordinary specimens run 
rather larger of the northern than of the southern form. Teeth also 
very variable in size: m' from 771 to 8°1 in breadth; crown of m° 
about 7°2 or 7°3 high; P* small, single-rooted, about 2°6 or 2:8 in 
horizontal length. 22 ribs (in one specimen). 

Hab. 8. Abyssinia and Shoa. 

Co-types (3 & 9) from Ankober, collected by Major W. C. 
Harris. Other specimens from the Dalanta and Wadela Plateaux, 
S. Abyssinia (Blanford), Lit Marafia, Denz, Askalena, Monte 
Mabrat, and other neighbouring localities in Shoa (Antinori, Ra- 
gazzi, and Beccari). 

This fine Hyrax, almost if not quite the largest of the genus, has 
been the cause of great trouble and uncertainty among writers on 
the group ever since Gray first described the specimens obtained by 
Capt. Harris at Ankober, these specimens being therefore the co- 
types of the species as renamed by Giglioli. Gray’s reference of this 

? T have myself seen these animals in numbers on the rocks near Fishhoek, 
a small yillage on the eastern side of False Bay. Further west than this I 
know of no exact record of their occurrence. 

? The Museum owes to the Rev. W. D. Newnham a beautiful pair of skulls 
obtained by him in Natal. Lieut. H. Trevelyan has also presented several speci- 
mens from Kingwilliamstown. 

* This alteration in the spelling of the name is necessary to bring its 
pronunciation into conformity with that of the country on which it is based. 


* 7056 of Gray’s Hand-list Edent. &. p. 42; not that figured pl. x. fig. 1, 
which is probably P, capensis. 


62 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


form to Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s H. habessinicus has been 
frequently questioned, and, as will be seen below in the remarks to 
that species (p. 66), I have come to the conclusion that it cannot 
be supported. The species therefore requires the new name given 
it by Giglioli, if it is considered to be distinct from P. capensis, to 
which it is most certainly allied. However, although its skull cannot 
be with certainty distinguished from that of the Cape animal, yet its 
longer softer fur, its more olivaceous colour, its much larger dorsal 
spot, and its great difference in locality induce me to consider it as 
requiring specific distinction. 

The Genoa Museum possesses a large series of this handsome 
animal, obtained at many different localities in Shoa by Messrs. An- 
tinori, Beccari, and Ragazzi, while there are in the British Museum 
the two typical specimens, besides several skulls, collected by Capt. 
Harris at Ankober. In addition I refer to this species the two 
specimens from the Dalanta plateau spoken of as “ Hyraz sp. nov.” 
by Mr. Blanford*, this locality being the most northern recorded 
for the present species, and yet considerably south of any place at 
which he obtained H. abyssinica (his H. brucei)’. 


3. PROCAVIA SYRIACA. 


Hyrax syriacus, Schreb. Siug. iv. pl. cexl. B (1784), p. 923 
(1792). 

Hyraz sinaiticus*®, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 45 (1868). 

Size medium or rather small. Mamme 1-2=6. Fur long, 
rather soft and shaggy, not so smooth as in the other species. 
General colour a sort of dull orange-yellow or fawn, not so sandy as 
P. ruficeps. Belly yellow or brownish yellow, but very variable in 
tone. 

Dorsal spot large and clearly marked, yellow, the hairs yellow 
throughout, to their extreme tips and bases ; the yellow paler basally 
and darker terminally. 

Skull* broad and strongly made, rather narrower, however, in the 
S. Arabian subspecies. Interparietal sutures persistent. Diastema 
about 9 mm., very slightly longer in the southern specimens. Molar 
teeth variable in size. 

Ribs 20 (in one young specimen and also in that figured by 
De Blainville). 

Hab. Syria, Palestine, the Sinaitic Peninsula, and the whole of 
Arabia. 

This species was first described by Bruce in 1790°, but as he 
confounded the Abyssinian and Palestine Hyraces, the name syrzaca, 
based on his description, has been rejected by some authors on the 
ground that his ‘‘ Ashkoko ” is the Abyssinian species and not the 
Palestine one. It is, however, quite clear that his main description 


1 Zool. Abyss. p. 257. 

2 Lc. p. 252. 

3 See footnote 1 to P. ruficeps, p. 64. 
* Good figures: De Blainville, Ostéogr. iii, Hyrax, pls. i. & ii. 

5 Bruce, Travels, y. p. 139. 


1892.) SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 63 


was based on a specimen obtained by him on Mount Libanus, and the 
name syriaca given by Schreber is evidence as to what country he 
considered the home of the species. I am therefore glad to he able 
to retain the name by which the species has so long been known. 

Thanks to the energy of Dr. A. S. G. Jayakar, of Muscat, I am 
enabled to announce a very considerable extension of the known 
range of this species, and at the same time of the genus, for he 
obtained an adult female with its young at Dofar, on the southern 
coast of Arabia, about halfway between Muscat and Aden, no 
Hyracoidea having been previously known in Southern Arabia at all. 

Aithough agreeing in most of its characters with the typical 
P. syriaca of N. Arabia, this Dofar specimen differs so markedly in 
the size of its teeth, as also does a Central Arabian one kindly lent 
me by the authorities of the Berlin Museum *, that I feel compelled 
to consider the southern form as subspecifically distinct from the 
northern. I propose to name it in honour of its discoverer 
Dr. Jayakar, to whom the British Museum is indebted for examples 
of so many members of the Arabian Fauna. 


Subspecific diagnoses :-— 


A. P. syriaca typica. 


Size rather larger; skull broader; teeth markedly larger and 
heavier, very hypsodont ; breadth of m' about 7:1 or 7:2 mm., 
height of crown of m* about 7:0. Horizontal length of p' about 
2°2 mm. 

Hab. The northern half of the whole range of the species. 


B. P. syriaca jayakari, subsp. n. 

Size rather smaller, and skull narrow ; teeth smaller; breadth of 
m’ 6°27 mm. 

Hab. South-eastern half of Arabia.—Dofar, S. Arabia (Brit. Mus., 
Dr. Jayakar). Melhan, Central Nejd (Berlin Mus., Coll. Schwein- 
Surth). 

Judging only from the type-specimen, this southern subspecies 
seems to have a rather darker coloration, and less ragged, shaggy 
hair, than the typical form, but of course one can lay no stress on 
these characters without further specimens for comparison. 


4, PROCAVIA RUFICEPS. 


Hyrax ruficeps, Hempr. & Ebr. Symb. Phys. decas i, pl. ii. 
(upper figure) (1828). 


1 J must thank Prof. Mobius and Dr. Matschie for the loan of this skull, and 
also for one of the typical variety from Sinai. In spite of the time that it has 
been known, specimens of P. syriaca are by no means common, and the British 
Museum possesses only one stuffed specimen without a skull. However, 
besides the two Berlin skulls just mentioned, Canon H. B. Tristram has kindly 
lent me a skin and skull from Palestine, and there are two Syrian examples in 
the Genoa Museum collection, originally obtained by Dr. Lortet. 

2 6-4 in the specimen from Me 


64 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, 


Hyrazx burtoni, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 43 (1868) ; Cat. 
p- 285 (1869). 

Hyrax dongolanus*, Blanf. P. Z. S. 1869, p.642 ; Bocage, J. Sci. 
Lisb. (2) iii. p. 192 (1889). 

Size rather large ; form elongated. Ears apparently more sharply 
pointed at the tip than in the other species) Mamme 1-2=6. 
Fur long, but harsh and thin. General colour sandy fawn, grizzled 
with black, not so pale as in P. pallida, but paler than in P. syriaca. 

Dorsal spot small and very little prominent amid the general sandy 
colour. Its hairs coloured very much as in well-marked specimens 
of P. abyssinica—i. e. brown at the bases, bright orange-yellow 
subterminally or terminally, with or without black tips. 

Skull and teeth large and strong, not definitely distinguish- 
able from those of P. abyssinica. Interparietal sutures persistent. 
Breadth of m' 7:0 to 7°77 mm.; height of crown of m* 6-9 mm.; 
horizontal length of p! 2°5 or 2°6. 

Type in the Berlin Museum. 

Hab. Dongola (Hemprich 5 Ehrenberg); Egypt (Burton). 

This species, to which I follow Mr. Blanford in assigning Hyrax 
burtoni of. Gray, appears to be essentially a northern desert form of 
P. abyssinica, and leads on towards P. syriaca of the other side 
of the Red Sea. All these species are very closely allied to one 
another, their skulls being practically indistinguishable, and their 
distinctions resting mainly on colour. P. ruficeps, however, has 
decidedly more pointed ears than the others, at least so far as the 
three typical specimens of “ H. burtoni”’ are concerned, but I do 
not know how far this is likely to be a constant character. It is 
unfortunate that the name ruficeps should stand for this species, 
as the rufous on the vertex is far less strongly marked than it is in 
many specimens both of P. abyssinica and P. shoana: 


5. PROCAVIA ABYSSINICA. 


Hyrazx habessinicus, Hempr. & Ehr. Symb, Phys. decas i. pl. ii. 
(the dark-coloured specimen) (1828). 

Hyraz abyssinicus *, auctorum plurimorum ; Blanf. P. Z. 8. 1869, 
p- 642; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) ili. p. 122 (1889). 

Hyraz alpini, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 45 (1868); Cat. 
p- 287 (1869). 

Hyrax ferrugineus, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) ; 
Cat. p. 288 (1869). 


1 The use of this name is due to a mistakenideaof Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s 
meaning in first founding the species. Their work being written throughout in 
Latin, the simple statement of the locality of the animal “ Hyrax ruficeps 
(dongalanus)”’ was taken for an alternative name, and then preferred to ruficeps 
as more appropriate. No doubt Gray’s misquotation of “ Ayrax ruficeps vel 
dongolanus” was the first cause of the mistake. The same remarks, mutatis 
mutandis, apply to the use of the word “‘sinaiticus” for H. syriacus by Gray. 

2 Now that “Abyssinia” and not ‘“ Habesh” is the form of the name in- 
variably used, it seems better to adopt the amended spelling“ abyssinica” 
rather than “ habessinica.” Mr. Blanford also comes to the same conclusion ; 
vide his footnote, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 639. 


4 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 65 


Hyrax irroratus, var. luteogaster’, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) 
iii. p. 242 (1869) (excl. description of dorsal spot)? ; Cat. p- 288 
(1869). 

Hyraz brucei, Blanf. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 642 ; Zool. Abyss. p. 252 
(1870) ; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 193 (1889) (nee Gray). 

Size medium, smaller in var. minor. Mamma 1—2=6. Fur 
ordinarily fairly long, at least in the highland specimens, but always 
rather coarse and harsh, never long, soft, and fine, as in P. shoana ; 
quite short and crisp in the subspecies from the Assab region. 
Colour a coarsely-mottled grey-brown, varying towards either olive 
or ferruginous ; some specimens marked by rufous over the greater 
part of the back. The hairs dark brown at their bases, and black 
at their tips, with a broad subterminal band of dirty yellow. 

Dorsal spot very small, oval, more inconspicuous than in any other 
species, often only to be found after the most minute search, below and 
between the ordinary hairs, and sometimes not at all. It consists 
simply of a broadening and brightening of the ordinary subterminal 
yellow band of the hairs, and when well developed is of a bright 
orange-yellow colour. In the great majority of specimens the black 
tips to its hairs so hide the yellow that the spot is not visible at all 
unless specially searched for. 

Skull* stout and strongly built. Muzzle short. Coronal and 
parieto-interparietal sutures persistent *. ‘Temporal fossze extending 
backwards to within 3 or 4 mm. of the hinder edge of the skull. 
Diastema rather constant in its length, generally about 9 mm., but 
considerably less in var. minor. Teeth ordinarily very large and heavy 
in proportion to the size of the animal, the breadth of m! com- 
monly being about 7°4 to 7:9, but in some specimens, which I cannot 
otherwise distinguish, they are much smaller and lighter, all the 
intermediate links being, however, present. he least breadth 
of m' among those before me is 6°7 in the type of “ H. irroratus, 
var. luteogaster,” but here the two teeth are considerably worn 
down, and probably the true breadth would have been some- 
what greater. Height of crown of m> 6-9 or 7 mm. P! very 
small, styliform, single-rooted, early deciduous; the horizontal 
length ofits crown only about 2 or 2°2mm.__ Ribs ordinarily 21 (but 
20 in one specimen and 22 in another). 

Type in the Berlin Museum. 

Hab. Abyssinia from Bogos and Massowa in the north, through 
the highlands, as far south as Adigrat. Represented in the lowlands 
more to the east by the variety minor. 

' Misprinted ‘‘ Zeucogaster,” Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 42 (1878). 

* See footnote, p. 70. ; 

° Good figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. x. fig. 2 (“ brucei”), pl. xi. fig. 1 
(“ ferrugineus”), pl. xii. fig. 3 (“ irrorata”), 1873. : 

* In one specimen (B.M. 69. 10. 24. 37), an old male, the parieto-interparietal 
sutures are closed, but the suture down the centre of the interparietal bone 
itself still persists. The latter condition also obtains in 6 out of 18 very young 
skulls (stages I. and I.) of different species, but in no other specimen of adult 


age. Among the 12 very young skulls with the central suture closed is at least 
one taken from a feetus. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. V. 5 


66 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


Subspecific diagnoses :— 
A. P. abyssinica typica. 
Size larger. Fur longer. Colour as above described. 


B. P. abyssinica minor, subsp. n. 


Size smaller (see skull measurements in table). Fur short and 
crisp. Colour much as in the typical subspecies, but, owing to the 
shortness of the fur, there is an appearance of a greater general 
uniformity on the back. 

Dorsal spot not more prominent than in var. ¢ypica, its hairs 
being equally tipped with black. 

Skull small, with a comparatively very short diastema, almost 
rivalling that of P. pallida, 6-2 aud 6*5 mm. in the two co-types. 
In neither specimen is p! present, so that the tooth is evidently 
dropped very early in the present form. 

Hab. Alali, between Beilul and Assab, on the west shore of the 
Red Sea, about 13° N. 

Two specimens of this peculiar little form were obtained from the 
above-mentioned locality by Dr. V. Ragazzi for the Genoa Museum. 
Both are somewhat immature, being at stage VI. 

P. abyssinica minor is interesting, as leading on from the true P. 
a. typica towards P. pallida, found still further east in Somali. Both 
in size and in its shortened diastema it approaches that species, 
although in colour it shows no tendency to the greater paleness of 
the back and conspicuousness of the dorsal spot characteristic of 
P. pallida. 

P. abyssinica, with its variations in colour and size, has always 
been and still is the most difficult form to work out of all the family, 
and I cannot at all hope to have satisfactorily settled the many 
problems which arise in the contemplation of any considerable series 
of specimens apparently belonging to it. In the first place, the 
original description was founded mainly on a specimen with a black 
dorsal spot, a character found in the Shoan species, but not ordi- 
narily in the Abyssinian one, but with this specimen there was a 
second showing the typical black and yellow spot of the ordinary 
Abyssinian form. Now, as Mr. Blanford * states so directly that 
“the species identified by Gray with Ehrenberg’s H. abyssinicus* 
is a very distinct form,” and geographical considerations point so 
strongly in the same direction, I am induced to look upon Ehrenberg’s 
black-backed specimen trom Massowa as one of those troublesome 
individuals of the present species in which the yellow dorsal spot is 
practically absent, and the black tips to the hairs are so developed as 
to form a small dorsal black spot*. In any case I feel I cannot 
allocate this Massowa specimen *to the Shoan black-backed form 

1 Zool. Abyss. p. 251. 

2 I. e. the Shoan Coney. 

See, for instance, Mr. Blanford’s specimen No. 886 (B.M. 69. 10. 24. 28). 
4 Dr. Matschie, of the Berlin Museum, however, is inclined to hold the op- 


pa opinion, believing at the same time that the Massowa form is a small 
ocal race of the black-backed Shoan one. Should this view be correct, and I am 


3 


1892. | SPECIES O¥ THE HYRACOIDEA. 67 


in the face of the fact that Mr. Blanford thoroughly hunted all the 
country between, specially looking out for Hyraces, without finding 
any trace of P. shoana until he penetrated as far south as the 
Wadela plateau, while the yellow-backed form was exceedingly 
common throughout the country from Massowa southwards. The 
skulls of the two forms unfortunately give no help in the matter, as 
they differ only in size; and although P. shoana ordinarily is far 
larger than what I consider as P. abyssinica, yet dwarfed individuals 
seem occasionally to occur, in which the skull is scarcely larger than 
in the latter species. Still, as a fact, the sizes of the skull and teeth 
of Ehrenberg’s type specimens agree closely with those found in the 
ordinary Abyssinian form to which I refer them. 


6. Procavia PALLipA. (Plate IIT.) 
Procavia pallida, Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) x. p. 908 (1891). 


Size small, form stout and squat. Fur very short, close, and 
crisp. Colour pale sandy grey, the hairs chocolate-brown basally, 
with a broad eream-coloured subterminal ring and a black tip. 
Rump rather more rufescent. 

Dorsal spot small, oval, pale creamy yellow, the peripheral hairs 
with a broader and the central ones with a narrower brown basal 
part, but none of them with darker tips. . 

Skull (Plate III.) short, broad, and stout, in general appearance 
a miniature of the large-toothed Abyssinian forms P. abyssinica and 
ruficeps ; coronal and interparietal sutures persistent. Molars very 
large in proportion to the size of the animal, and in consequence of 
this the diastema is shorter than in any other known species, being 
only 5°6 mm. between the alveoli, and 5 between the teeth above, 
while in the lower jaw it is practically non-existent, p? almost 
touching the outer incisor basally and only distant from it 
about 1 mm. terminally. It therefore leaves no room for p', oc- 
casionally present in other species, M' 6-9 mm. broad in the type ; 
m* with a high crown, but, as it is somewhat worn, I can only say 
that it is more than 5°4 mm. high, that being its present height. 
P' gone in the type; no doubt small and early deciduous. 

Hab. N. Somali-land. 

Type in British Museum (85. 11. 16. 4). 

This peculiar little species bears, within the typical Procavia 
with open interparietal sutures and large teeth, very much the same 
relation to P. abyssinica that P. brucei somalica does in the ‘‘ Hetero- 
hyrax” group to P. 6. typica, the geographical relations of each pair 


by no means positive about the opinion advocated in the text, the name of the 
Massowa Hyrax would be P. adyssinica typica, of the Shoan one P. abyssinica 
shoana, and of the ordinary N. Abyssinian one with yellow dorsal spot P. alpini, 
Gray. In this connection I must again express my sincere thanks to Dr. 
Matschie for the patience and kindness with which he has borne the brunt of 
question after question about this unfortunate type of Hemprich and Ehren- 
berg’s, a specimen which, in spite of all, must still remain a stumbling-block for 
naturalists until it is supplemented by a proper series of fresh examples col- 
lected exactly at the same place. ie 


68 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


being just the same. Its differentiation has, however, proceeded so 
much further that I have had little hesitation in erecting it into a 
distinct species, even though P. abyssinica minor approaches it in 
some respects. The type is a fully adult female obtained on the 
25th of December, 1884, by the well-known collector Herr J. 
Menges, on the Hekebo plateau, N. Somali-Jand. 

It is much to be hoped that further specimens of this little species 
will be soon obtained, so that we may gain an idea of its variation 
and geographical distribution. 


7. PROCAVIA WELWITSCHII. 


Hyraz arboreus, Peters, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 401 (nec Smith). 

Hyrax welwitschii, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 43 (1868) ; 
Cat. p. 286 (1869); Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 186 (1889). 

Size medium. Mamme 1—2=6. Fur short, very coarse and 
hispid, quite unlike that of any other species. General colour of 
back coarsely grizzled sandy brown, the hairs dark blackish brown 
for five-sixths of their length, dull yellow terminally or subtermin- 
ally, the tips, however, more rufous on the face and along the centre 
of the back; the brown bases of the hairs showing through and 
materially darkening the general colour. 

Dorsal spot, in the single specimen available, rather elongate, al- 
though not so much so as in P. brucei and its allies. Its hairs dull 
pale yellow throughout. 

Skull* stout and strong; muzzle short ; frontal region unusually 
broad, the ledges overhanging the orbits, more developed than in 
other species; interparietal sutures persistent; diastema short, 
about 8 mm. in each of the two specimens before me; temporal 
fossee extending backwards quite to the occipital ridges. Teeth 
rather small, breadth of m* 6°4 and 6°5 in two skulls; height of 
crown of m® 5:2; pl elongated, two-rooted, more as in the Hetero- 
hyrax and Dendrohyrax groups, its crown 41 mm. long horizontally. 

Hab. Angola, coast-region (Bocage). 

The only specimens of this rare species that I have been able to 
examine are the skull of Dr. Welwitsch’s original type, most kindly 
lent me by Prof. B. du Bocage, and a skin with its skull received in 
1888 by the British Museum from the Lisbon Museum. Both 
these specimens have been examined and the typical skull figured 
by Prof. Bocage, so that I have no material by which to supplement 
the excellent description he has there given to the species. 

The true position of P. welwitschii in the genus is somewhat 
doubtful, as its skull agrees best with those of P. syriaca, abyssinica, 
&c., its elongated dorsal spot and rather small teeth but long pt 
approach those of P. brucei and bocagei, while the peculiar quality 
of its fur separates it from any other species. 

Dealing only with the Angolan species, Prof. Bocage has taken it 
as a type of the Procavia group ; but I consider that if anything it is 
further from P. capensis and abyssinica than it is from P. brucei and 


1 Good figure: Bocage, ¢. c. pl. i. fig. 1. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 69 


bocaget. _ More specimens, however, to show its variability and 
geographical distribution will be needed before its true relationship 
can be cleared up. 


8. PRocCAVIA LATASTEI, sp. 0. 


Fur close, soft and fine. General colour soft fawn-grey, more 
pallid than in P. brucei. A large patch on the side of the neck 
pale yellowish white, the hairs pale at their bases; this patch is 
not, however, conspicuous amid the general pallor. 

Dorsal spot narrow, elongate, clear pale yellow to the bases of the 
hairs ; in fact, just as in P. brucei and bocagei. 

Skull in general form much as in P. brucei, except that it appears 
to be rather broader and more stoutly made. Muzzle short and 
conical. Interparietal and coronal sutures persistent. Diastema 
long, 10 to 12mm. Teeth small, but proportionally rather larger 
than in P. érucei. Breadth of m 6 to 65 mm. Pp! small, but 
two-rooted, 3 or 3:1 long. 

Co-types nos. 55-3238 (skin) and 2684 (skull) of the Genoa 
Museum (coll. Lataste). 

Hab. Senegal. 

M. Lataste obtained several specimens at Félou and Medine, 
Upper Senegal, and there is a young one in the British Museum 
received in 1844 from the dealer Parzudaki, and referred to “ H. 
burtoni” by Gray (Cat. Carn. &c. p. 285). 

From M. Lataste’s notes and drawings I gather that he referred 
his Senegal specimens to P. bocagei, a reference by no means very 
wrong, as they are unquestionably closely allied to that form. 
I am, however, induced to separate them, at least for the present, 
by the fact that the whole of his specimens, 7 in number, besides an 
eighth, fully adult, of which he gives a drawing, have their inter- 
parietal sutures persistent, thus differing from P. docagei, in which 
the sutures are all closed by about stage IV. or V. 

The close alliance of this species to “ Heterohyrax”’ brucei in 
general characters, while it has the open sutures of Procavia s.s., is 
a striking proof of the necessity for abolishing Heterohyram as a 
separate genus. 

It is with great pleasure that I attach to this species the name of 
the distinguished author of the paper ‘‘ Sur le systéme dentaire du 
genre Daman”', who collected the specimens himself, and after 
whom it is particularly suitable that a member of this interesting 
genus should be named. 


9. PROCAVIA BOCAGEI. 

Hyrax bocagei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) ii. p. 242 (1869) ; 
Cat. p. 289 (1869). 

Heterohyrax bocagei, Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iil. p. 188 (1889) 
(general description, habits, &c.). 

Size rather small. Fur soft and close. General colour soft 


1 Ann, Mus. Genoy. (2) iv. p. 5 (1886). 


~ 


70 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


grizzled grey, very much as in P. drucet. Posterior back not tinged 
with rufous. Belly white or yellowish. , 

Dorsal spot inconspicuous, nearly hidden by the surrourding hairs, 
but on separating these it is seen to be well-developed, elongate, its 
hairs white or pale yellow to their bases. 

Skull* light and slender, with a narrow elongated muzzle and 
flattened frontal region. Parietal, interparietal, and coronal sutures 
closing at about stage V., always closed in adult animals. Diastema 
long, about 13 mm. in adults. 

Teeth small and delicate, markedly brachyodont ; breadth of m* 
5°6 to 6°4; height of crown of ™* about 4°5. Pp! elongate, two- 
rooted, long, persistent, its crown about 3°7 or 3°9 mm. long. 

Type in British Museum (68. 12. 19. 3). 

Hab. Angola (‘région moyenne, et les hauts plateaux,” Bocage). 

The retention of this species as distinct from P. brucei rests on 
very much the same, rather slender, foundation that the separation 
from it of P. latastei does, namely the age at which the interparietal 
sutures ordinarily close. This seems to take place in P. brucei at - 
about stage I1., in P. bocagei at stage V., and in P. latastei never, or 
at least not until fully adult life is reached. The longer and slen- 
derer muzzle of P. bocaget and its more developed p' may also serve 
to distinguish it from both, which then, the intermediate link being 
gone, seem more than ever distinct by their interparietal characters. 


10. PROCAVIA BRUCEI. 


Hyrax brucei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 44 (1868) ; Cat. 
p- 287 (1869) (excl. syn.—not of later authors *). 

Dendrohyrax blainvillei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 50 
(1868); Cat. p. 293 (1869). 

Hyrax irroratus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) 
(excl. description of dorsal spot *); Cat. p. 288 (1869). 

Hyrax mossambicus, Peters, SB. nat. Fr., 1869, p. 25. 

Dendrohyrax bakeri, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xiv. p. 132 
(1874). 

Size small; forms lender. Mammz 1—2 = 6. Fur short and 
close, but fine and generally soft. Colour clear grey, finely grizzled 
with white; underfur pale silvery fawn, rather darker basally. 
Posterior back generally quite similar to the rest, very rarely more 
rufous, and then only just above the anal region. 

Dorsal spot narrow, elongated, white or yellow, the hairs often 
white at base and becoming more fulvous terminally, but never with 
any admixture of brown. 


Pra figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xi. fig. 2 (1873); Bocage, ¢. c. 
pli. 
* Nor of the same author’s Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 40 (1873), where the great 
majority of the specimens snentioned, and the figured skull, belong to P. abyssi- 
nicd. 

* By some curious error the descriptions of the dorsal spots of “ H, irroratus” 
and “H. ferrugineus” were interchanged in Gray’s original paper, but the 
error was corrected in the “ Catalogue ” published shortly afterwards. 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 71 


Skull* as described in the so-called subgenus “ Heterohyrax ”*, 
of which this is the typical species. Interparietal early united to 
the parietals, and the latter to each other; the coronal suture seldom 
visible in adult animals. Temporal fossze only extending backwards 
to within about 8 or 10 millimetres of the lambdoid crest. Diastema 
long, generally about 10 or 12 mm. in adult specimens. 

Molars very small and light ; m' rarely or never exceeding 6 mm. 
in breadth ; generally from about 5°6 to 5°9; rather less in the 
Somali subspecies. Height of crown of m* 4-5 mm.; p! small but 
double-rooted, its horizontal length 2°8 to 3-4 mm. 

Ribs 21 (in the type of var. somalica). 


Subspecific diagnoses :— 


A. P. brucei typica. 

Synonymy as above. 

Size comparatively large, basal length about 80 mm. 

Hab, Abyssinia [Senafé and Adigrat, Tigre (Blanford); Shoa 
(Antinori)]. Central Africa [Latiko, near Wadelai (Baker); 
Usambiro, Victoria Nyanza* (Zmin)]; Taita (Wray). Mozambique 
(Peters). 


B. P. brucei somalica, subsp. n. 

Size markedly smaller than in the typical form, the skull of an 
old female having a basal length of only 74 mm.; colour rather 

aler. 
2 Hab. Somali-land. 

Two specimens, male and female, sent in spirit by E. Lort Phillips, 
Esq., from Berbera (the female the type of the subspecies); and a 
skin (9) from Gerbatir, N. Somali-land, by J. Menges. 

This species has been peculiarly unfortunate in the large number 
of names that have been applied to it, and still more in the frequency 
with which its proper name has been applied to other species. The 
chief cause of the confusion has been the fact that the skull of the 
type has never been extracted until now, and that on this account 
the common large-toothed N. Abyssinian species (P. abyssinica) was, 
without much close examination, dubbed with its name. 

On extracting, however, the skull of the specimen in the Museum 
collected by Dr. Riippell, and specially mentioned as the type by 
Gray, it is found to belong without question to the small-toothed 
species, which must therefore bear the name of P. brucei. To this 
species also belongs the ‘‘ aberrant specimen of H. brucei” (No. 
786) referred to by Blanford (Zool. Abyss. p. 254, 1870), aberrant 
really only in so far as it differs from the large-toothed form, to 
which, naturally following the founder of the name, he wrongly 
applied the designation P. brucei. The fact of the skull of this 


1 Figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edentata, &c. pl. xi. fig. 3 (1875). 

2 See Gray and Lataste, //. cc. 

3 This specimen was marked by Dr. Emin: —“Iride fusco-umbrina.—Native 
name ‘ Pembe’”. 


72 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, 


specimen being crushed, as mentioned by him, sufficiently accounts 
for his not realizing that the animal belonged to quite a different 
species from the rest of his specimens. 

P. brucei is the most widely distributed of all the Hyraces, 
extending from Senaté, N. Tigre, its most northern recorded locality in 
Abyssinia, straight southwards as far as Mozambique, while its 
subspecies extends eastwards into Somali-land. 

The typical race of P. brucei seems to be a highland form, as Mr. 
Blanford’s specimens were taken at 7500 feet and 8000 feet in 
Abyssinia; the inland examples come from the great lake plateau, 
and Mr. Wray’s Taita one was taken in the mountains at an altitude 
of 4500 feet. On the other hand, Mr. Lort Phillips tells me that 
var. somalica occurs at an altitude of three or four hundred feet 
only, about 20 or 30 miles inland of Berbera. 

In Abyssinia P. brucei seems to be far rarer than the two large- 
toothed species occurring with it, P. abyssinica in the north and 
P. shoana in South Abyssinia and Shoa; as both Mr. Blanford 
from the former and the Italian collectors from the latter each 
obtained only two or three specimens of this species as compared with 
some twenty or more of its rivals. This is of course only what one 
might expect, judging from the lesser specialization of its teeth, 
which presumably put it at a disadvantage compared with its hypso- 
dont competitors. 


[PROCAVIA GRAYI. 

Dendrohyrax grayi, Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 190 (1889). 

External characters as in P. bocaget. Mammary formula unknown. 
Skull and teeth also as in that species, except that the orbits are 
completed behind by bone. 

Type in the Lisbon Museum, 

Hab. Angola; Quissange, Capangombe (Anchieta). 

Basing his allocation on the presumably important character of 
the completed orbits, Prof. du Bocage assigned the only specimen 
of this form of which he had seen the skull to Dendrohyraz, and 
then naturally distinguished it from “ D.” arborea and dorsalis; but 
I am much more disposed to consider it as an abnormal variation of 
P. bocagei for the reasons set forth below. In fact I give it a 
separate heading chiefly to stimulate inquiry, so that the point may 
be later settled with certainty. Its position, if a good species, 
would be here between the brucei group and the more typical 
Dendrohyraces. 

To begin with, I am a disbeliever in species only distinguishable 
by a single character of nearly or quite generic rank, and believe that 
if P. grayi really were a distinct species of a different group there 
would be some other characters besides the completed orbits that 
would betray the fact to an eye so trained as that of the describer 
himself. As a matter of fact, however, the British Museum received 
from Prof. du Bocage in 1888, under the name of “ H. bocagei,” 
a skin (88. 12. 6. 1) which, when its skull was extracted, proved to 
have completed orbits, and therefore to be a “ P. grayi.’ No 


1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 73 


better proof could be needed of the close external resemblance which 
P. grayi bears to P. bocagei. But this specimen is of further interest, 
for while it has the completed orbits of P. grayi, it has the closed 
coronal sutures ordinarily characteristic of adult P. bocagei; while 
the type of P. grayi, most kindly lent me for comparison by Prof. du 
Bocage, has at stage V. the coronal and the parieto-interparietal 
suture of the right side still open, the left one was closed. This 
closure at stage V. is very characteristic of P. bocagei; but, had it 
not been for the second specimen, one might have been doubtful 
whether the coronal suture was destined to close in P. grayi. 

While leaving the question still open, however, I may point out 
that one external character, when observed, will really settle it. If 
a P. grayi is found with only 0—1=2 mamme, it will be a Dendro- 
hyrax and a distinct species ; but if, as I expect, it has |—2=6, as in 
P. brucei, &e., there will be no longer any reason for keeping it sepa- 
rate from P. bocagei*. Both the examples before me are males, 
and therefore the discovery of its mammary formula must wait until 
more specimens are collected. | 


11. Procavia EMINI. 


Dendrohyrax emini, Thos., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xx. p. 440 (1887), 
P. Z.S. 1888, p. 15, pl. ii. (animal). 

Not having received any further examples of this remarkable 
species, I can only reproduce the salient points of my original dia- 
gnosis, which is based on a young specimen still only at stage I. 

Fur very long, soft, and fluffy. General colour pale yellowish 
white, not unlike the belly colour of P. arborea. Hairs above brown 
for their basal, and pale yellow for their terminal halves. Belly hairs 
white to their roots. 

Dorsal spot white, the hairs white throughout. 

Skull about the same size and shape as that of a P. dorsalis of 
the same age, markedly narrower and more elongated than that of 
similarly aged specimens of P. shoana. Orbit not closed posteriorly. 
Interparietal sutures open. 

Teeth not distinguishable at this early age from those of P. dorsalis, 
except that mp’ is decidedly narrower. Breadth of mp* 5-6 mm.; 
height of its crown 4°1 2. 

Hab. Monbuttu, Central Africa (Dr. Emin Pasha). 

I am unable to give further particulars about this animal, owing 
to the want of adult specimens, but an increased knowledge of the 
group in general only convinces me more of its distinctness from any 
other species. In one respect it is especially interesting as showing 
a general relationship to Dendrohyraz, while it has not the one par- 
ticular cranial character supposed to be distinctive of that group, 
the completed orbit. 


1 The mammary formula of P. bocagei itself is not as yet absolutely known, 
but I have little doubt that it is the same as that of its close ally P. brucet. 

? By mistake the dimensions of this tooth were given in 1888 as those of 
m!; but the specimen is younger than I then realized, and m! has not yet been 
developed. 


74 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 


12. PRocAVIA VALIDA. 


Dendrohyrax validus, True, P. U. S. Nat. Mus. xii. p. 227 
(1890). 

Fur thick and close, but rather coarse. Ears short and rounded. 
Mamme 0—1=2. General colour dark grizzled brown, with a 
strong suffusion ofdark fulvous. Hairs of back dark slaty grey, with 
a subterminal ring of orange and a black tip. Belly bright deep 
fulvous, quite different to anything found elsewhere in the genus. 
Upper surfaces of hands and feet dark brown or black, darker than 
the general body colour. 

Dorsal spot prominent, narrow, elongate, bright cinnamon or 
fulvous, the hairs rather darker basally. 

. Skull depressed, muzzle elongate, nasal bones rectangular, slightly 
expanded posteriorly. Orbit completed behind.” (Z’rwe.) 

Type in the United States National Museum. 

Hab. Mt. Kilima-njaro, E. Africa (H. H. Johnston, Dr. W. 
L. Abbott). 

This species is of course that referred to by me with much doubt 
as “ Hyrax brucei, Gray (?),” when working out the collections of 
Mr. H. H. Johnston from Kilima-njaro. As the skins had no 
skulls with them, and I did not then know how much reliance might 
be placed on the peculiarities of the coloration, I naturally referred 
them to a previously known species, rather than run the risk of 
describing them unnecessarily. 


15. PROCAVIA ARBOREA. 


Hyrax arboreus, A. Smith, Trans. Linn. Soe. xv. p. 468 (1827). 

Dendrohyrax arboreus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 49 (1868). 

Size medium ; form thick and squat; head not disproportionaliy 
large. Fur very long and soft ; muzzle always hairy ; ears fringed. 
Mamme 0—1=2. General colour coarsely mottled fawn or yel- 
lowish grey with a certain infusion of rufous; the hairs black for 
their basal seven-eighths, then with a subterminal band of dirty fawn- 
colour, becoming darker distally, and with a decided black tip. 
Belly pale yellowish white, sharply defined. 

Dorsal spot elongate, very prominent, wholly white, the hairs 
white to their bases, their tips with a yellowish tinge. 

Skull? flattened, but not in so exaggerated a manner as in 
P. dorsalis. Muzzle not so markedly elongated; distance from be- 
tween the postorbital processes to occiput equal to that to the tip of the 
nasals. Orbits ordinarily, but not always, quite complete behind. 
Temporal crests as in P. dorsalis. Diastema about 16 or 17 mm. 
in adult specimens. 

Molar teeth very small, rounded, brachyodont. Breadth of m’ 
about 6 mm.; height of the crown of ™* 3:5; p' elongate, two- 
rooted, 3°5 to 3°8 mm. in horizontal length. 


1 Good figures: De Blainv. Ostéogr. iii. Hyrax, pl. ii. (this clearly is 
P. arborea, and not P. dorsalis as stated by Gray); Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. 
pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1873). 


1892. ] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 73 


Hab. Fasternand South-Eastern Africa. Taita Mountains inland 
of Mombasa, 4500 ft. (Brit. Mus., J. Wray). Mozambique (Peters). 
Kingwilliamstown (Lieut. H. Trevelyan) and Elands Post (7. C. 
Atmore), Eastern Cape Colony. 


14. PRocAVIA DORSALIS. 


Hyrazv dorsalis, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 99, pl. xxxiii. (animal). 

Hyrax sylvestris, Temm. Esq. Guin. p. 182 (1853). 

Dendrohyrax dorsalis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 48 (1868) ; 
Bocage, ¢. c. p. 194. 

Hyrax stampflii, Jent. N. L. M. viii. p. 209 (1886). 

Size large, but, owing to the great proportionate length of the 
head, the general size is not nearly so large as measurements of the 
skull wouldimply ; bulk of the body apparently never equal to that 
found in fine specimens of P. shoana. Fur very long, coarse and 
shaggy. Muzzle in adult specimens nearly or quite naked in front 
of the eyes. Mammee ()—1=2. General colour dark purplish brown 
or black, the hairs black for about four-fifths of their length, with 
reddish or purplish-grey tips. Hairs of belly similar but paler. 

Dorsal spot elongate, very prominent, its hairs very long, their 
basal halves black and their terminal white or pale yellow; the 
dorsal glandular region quite naked in adults. 

Skull* very large, much flattened ; muzzle elongate, distance from 
a point between the postorbital processes to the occiput much less than 
that to the tip of the nasals. Frontal region markedly concave. 
Temporal ridges thick, much developed, but not extending back 
nearly to the occipital edge, more closely approaching each other in 
the centre lines of the skull. Interparietal sutures quite obliterated 
in adults *; clearly visible in a skull at stage III. Orbit completely 
closed behind in all the specimens examined, however young. 
Diastema very long, from 17 to 20 mm. in adults. 

T'eceth.—Incisors becoming exceedingly large and strong in old 
males, further apart than in the true large-toothed species, such as 
P. abyssinica &e. Incisors of female more ridged than usual. 
Molars and premolars small, rounded, brachyodont, their series more 
parallel than in most species. Breadth of m’ 6-6 or 6°8; height 
of crown of m* about 4:1 to 4-3 mm. Pp! very large, larger than in 
any other species, double-rooted, its horizontal length about 4-7 or 
4-3 mm. 

Ribs 21. 

Hab. W. Africa from Liberia to the Cameroons and Fernando Po, 
probably extending further both north-west and south-east, but as 
yet no trustworthy record has been given beyond the above limits. 

1 Good figures : Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1873); Jentink, 
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. pl. iv. (1887). 

2 The suture at the anterior edge of the interparietal seems to close first in 
this species as in P. bruce?, while in P. arborea the reverse appears to be the case. 
Gray's distinction of the skulls of the two species by the positions of the sutures 
is based on a misconception, the sutures compared by him with each other not 


being homologous ones. That shown in the figure of D. dorsalis is the pos- 
terior, while that in the figure of D. arboreus is the anterior suture, 


76 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON GEOPHAPS ScRIPTA. _ [Feb. 2, 


P. dorsalis is one of the few species of the group that is quite 
distinct from all its neighbours, and presents therefore but little 
difficulty as to its determination. Its long shaggy fur, peculiar 
coloration, and proportionately large head and small body distinguish 
it at once from allitsallies. Dr. Jentink’s Hyraw stampflii presented 
a remarkable degree of variation in the shape of its lower jaw, and 
in other characters—variations so great that without a very large 
sereis of specimens he naturally considered them to be of specific 
value. Other specimens, however, since obtained both in Liberia and 
elsewhere prove the essential identity of H. stampflit with dorsalis. 


February 2, 1892. 
W. T. Blanford, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1892 :-— 

The tctal number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of January 1892 was 56, of which 29 were 
acquired by presentation, 7 by birth, 6 by purchase, 8 were received 
in exchange, and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 71. 


Mr. W. Bateson, F.Z.S., exhibited some Crab’s limbs bearing 
supernumerary claws. It was shown that these extra parts are 
really a complementary (right and left) pair of indices or pollices, 
according to their position of origin, and not repetitions of the two 
pincers of the claw, as was commonly stated. 


A letter was read from Prof. R. Ramsay Wright, F.Z.S., of 
the University of Toronto, enclosing and calling attention to some 
phctographs of the heaps of skulls of the American Bison (Bison 
americanus), which are commonly collected on the plains of the 
Saskatchewan, and are piled up on the sidings of the Canadian 
Pacific Railway awaiting transport, and which testify to the enormous 
number of these animals recently exterminated in this district. 


Mr. Sclater laid on the table two specimens, in spirit, of chicks 
of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta) which had 
been hatched in the Society’s Gardens on the 7th of June last ; also 
an egg of the same species of bird, laid in the Gardens, and made 
the following remarks :— 

I cannot at all agree with Dr. Bowdler Sharpe in his recent 
proposal to divide the very natural order “Columbz” into two 
portions, and to associate the Geophabes or Ground-Pigeons with 
the Gallinaceous birds *. 

According to the observations we have made from time to time in 


1 See ‘Review of Recent Attempts to Classify Birds,’ pp. 69, 70.—N.B. The 
correct plural of Geophaps is Geophates, from oa, gen. papds. 


= 


1892.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW. 77 


the Society’s Gardens, where several species of the Ground-Pigeons * 
have bred repeatedly, the young of the Ground-Pigeons when 
hatched are nearly naked and quite helpless, and differ in no respect 
from the young of the typical Columbz. In proof of this I exhibit 
two specimens of the young of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon 
(Geophaps scripta), hatched in the Gardens on June 7th last, and 
about 14 days old when they died. It will be observed that at this 
date they were barely covered with feathers and hardly fledged. 
In fact one of them was actually killed by falling from a slight 
elevation in the Aviary, having been hatched in the nest of a Barbary 
Turtledove (Turtur risorius), to which the egg had been removed 
in consequence of the bird that laid it refusing to sit upon it. It 
cannot therefore be said that these birds are ‘‘able to run soon 
after birth.” Nor, in the reference given by Dr. Sharpe, does 
Mr. Gilbert, so far as I can gather from his remarks, say so; he 
merely states that ‘‘the young bird on emerging from the egg is 
clothed with down like the young of the Quail” (Gould’s ‘ Hand- 
book to the Birds of Australia,’ vol. ii. p. 134). I cannot therefore 
allow that on this ground there is any justification for the important 
step that Dr. Sharpe proposes to take. 

As regards the other point put forward by Dr. Sharpe in justi- 
fication of his proposal, it is no doubt the fact that the sternum of 
the Australian Ground-Pigeons is longer and narrower than the 
corresponding organ in the typical Columba. But the general 
characters of the sternum in Geophaps and its allies remain the same 
as in the typical Columbz, so that on this point also I see no 
sufficient ground for the alteration proposed. 

I prefer to keep all the Columbz together, as heretofore, in one 
group of ordinal value, as constituting a very well-defined and very 
natural division of the class of Birds, and I even doubt whether more 
than one family can be properly made of them. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, 
and its bearing on the Evolution of the Sirenia. By 
R. Lypexcxer, B.A., F.G.S. 
[Received December 9, 1891.] 


Among a series of Tertiary Vertebrate fossils recently acquired by 
the British Museum my attention was specially directed to one 
labelled by the dealer from whom it was received, ‘* Sirene, Oligo- 
caen, Monte Grumi, Vicenza.” At the first glance I felt convinced 
that the assignation of the specimen to the Sirenia was correct ; but, 
at the same time, one of the two teeth contained in the specimen 
struck me as presenting a peculiarity of form such as I had never 
seen in any other Sirenian. Further examination led me to the 
conclusion that the specimen had an important bearing on the 

. 


1 Viz.: Ocyphaps lophotes, Phaps chalcoptera, Leucosarcia picata, Phlogenas 
crinigera, Calenas nicobarica, and others. See List of Vertebrate Animals (1883), 
pp. 459 ef segg. 


lod 


78 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW [Feb. 2, 


unsolved problem of the evolution of the Sirenian order, and that it 
was accordingly worthy of being brought under the notice of this 
Society. 

Before proceeding to the description of the specimen a few words 
are necessary as to the Sirenian remains hitherto recorded from the 
Venetian Tertiaries. Some years ago the late Baron Zigno' described 
and figured a certain number of Sirenian remains from the Miocene cf 
Belluno, in the north of Venice, which were referred to four species, 
under the names of Halitherium bellunense, H. angustifrons, H. 
curvidens, and H. veronense. At a later period these four species 
were reduced by Professor Lepsius*, of Darmstadt, to two; H. 
bellunense being transferred to Metaxytherium, while H. angusti- 
rons and H. curvidens were merged in H. veronense. Since to my 
mind the distinction between Metaxytherium and Halitherium is not 
of sufficient importance to be regarded as a generic one, we may, 
so far as this information goes, reckon the Venetian Sirenians as 
indicating two species of Halitherium, under the names of H. bellu- 
nense and HH. veronense. 

Vicenza, where the specimen under consideration was obtained, 
is situated, I need hardly say, in the south-western half of the 
Province of Venice, a little north of the parallel connecting Verona 
and the city of Venice. In spite, however, of its distance from 
Belluno, it is most probable that the mammaliferous beds of both 
localities are of the same horizon; in which case those of Belluno 
should be reckoned as Upper Oligocene. 

Of the Sirenians from Venetia the types of Halitheriwm bellunense 
and H. veronense exhibit the cheek-teeth in a good state of pre- 
servation. In the latter species * the upper premolars are very small 
teeth, with nearly cylindrical crowns. On the other hand, the upper 
molars are relatively large teeth, with oblong crowns, carrying two 
transverse ridges, with fore-and-aft talons. The anterior talon in 
these teeth is very large and prominent, while the posterior one is 
considerably smaller. Their first transverse ridge is more nearly 
continuous than the second. When somewhat worn, as is the case 
with those of the type specimen, these transverse ridges show nearly 
straight bands of denitine, and not the distinct trefoils observable in 
the molars of Halitherium schinzi from the Oligocene of Hessen- 
Darmstadt. A distinct tubercle occurs in the inner half of the 
median transverse valley of these teeth. In Baron Zigno’s figures 
there is no indication of what I shall allude to as a masked sele- 
nodont structure in these molars. : 

Coming now to the consideration of the specimen forming the 
subject of this communication, of which a representation of the teeth 
is given herewith (see fig. 1, p. 79), it nay be observed, in the first 
place, that it is a fragment of the left maxilla of a very young mammal 
of comparatively large size. It shows part of the palatal surface, the 


1 Mem. R. Ist. Veneto, vol. xviii. pp. 438-449, pls. xiv.-xviii. (1875); see 
also Zigno, op. cit. vol. xxi, pp. 291-298, pl. iv. (1880). 

* Abhandl. mittelrhein. geol. Vereins, vol. i. pp. 1-179, pls. i-x. (1881-82) ; 
see also Capellini, Mem, R. Accad. Ist. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. vii. pp. 39-53: (1886), 

3 Zigno, op. cit, vol. xviii. pl. xviii. 


. 


1892.] FROM THE OLIGOCENE OF ITALY. 79 


external wall, the anterior root of the zygomatic arch, a portion of 
the floor of the orbit, and the aperture of the canal for the fifth 
nerve. At the hinder extremity of the palatal surface are preserved 
two molariform teeth, which are almost or quite untouched by wear, 
and are, fortunately, uninjured. By filing away the alveolar parapet 
in front of the anterior one of these teeth, there have been revealed 
the two roots of a third tooth. Behind the last remaining tooth 
there is a portion of the alveolus of a fourth tooth which had 
evidently not been protruded from the gum. 

Now the unworn condition of the two remaining teeth and their 


Figs. 1, 1a, 14.—The third and fourth left wpper milk-molars of a young 
individual of Prorastoma veronense, viewed from the oral and outer 
aspects; la is }, the others +. pr., protocone; pa., paracone ; 
me., metacone; hy., hypocone, ‘The letters a, b, ¢, d, indicate the 
parts of the hinder tooth which correspond with those similarly 
lettered in fig. 2. 

Fig. 2.—The third left upper molar of Merycopotamus dissimilis, Letters 
as in preceding figure. 3. 


position with regard to the anterior root of the zygomatic arch, 
coupled with the alveolus of the unprotruded fourth tooth, clearly 
indicate that the jaw belonged to an exceedingly young animal. 
And, apart from their structure, we should further be justified in 
regarding the two entire teeth as belonging to the deciduous series if 
their owner were a diphyodont mammal, or to the premolar series if 
the animal were monophyodont. ‘I'here are, however, considerations 
which enable us to determine the serial homelogy of the teeth more 
definitely. 

Each of the two teeth carries on its crown well-marked but dis- 
continuous transverse ridges, separated by deep valleys. In the 
hinder tooth the crown is oblong and nearly symmetrical, and carries 


80 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW [Feb. 2, 


two such ridges ; while in front it has a long and prominent talon, 
and behind a shorter one, which runs upwards to join the inner 
extremity of the second transverse ridge. In the inner half of the 
transverse median valley there is a small double tubercle. I shall 
have more to say on the structure of the ridges of this tooth by- 
and-by. 

The anterior one of the two teeth differs from the other in being 
much more elongated, and in narrowing gradually from back to front, 
where it terminates in a blunt point. It has, moreover, three, 
instead of two, transverse ridges; the second and third ridges 
corresponding closely in structure with the two ridges of the hinder 
tooth, while the first ridge is more irregular in shape, and has on its 
anterior surface a rudiment of the anterior talon of the hinder tooth. 

Reverting to the latter, an examination shows that the transverse 
ridges are not simple continuous ones, but are formed by an inner 
and outer column, closely pressed together ; the whole four columns 
corresponding to those of an ordinary bunodont molar, like that ofa 
Pig, and representing the proto-, para-, meta-, and hypocone of Pro- 
fessor Osborn’s system of notation of these dental elements. A 
further examination will, moreover, show that these four columns are 
not of a bunodont type, but are modelled on a peculiar modification 
of the selenodont structure. 

In order to illustrate this I have had figured a left upper molar 
(fig. 2, p. 79) of the extinct Siwalik genus Merycopotamus, which 
is a specialized representative of the Artiodactyle Ungulate family 
Anthracotheriide. It will be apparent from that figure that the 
external surfaces of the outer columns (paracone and metacone), 
instead of being nearly upright, are inclined very much towards the 
centre of the tooth, so that the summits of these columns are squeezed 
into the crescents formed by the inner columns (protocone and 
hypocone). It will further be observed that the external surfaces 
of the paracone and metacone of the Merycopotamus-molar carry a 
median ridge (c) flanked by two lateral ridges (a, 4). 

Now if the metacone of the hinder tooth in our specimen be com- 
pared with that of the Merycopotamus-molar, there cannot be any 
hesitation in recognizing their close similarity in structure—the 
external surfaces of the outer columns showing the same inclination 
towards the centre of the crown and having the same general contour. 
In the present specimen, however, the metacone has assumed a more 
oblique position to the axis of the crown, and has been squeezed 
right into the heart of the crescent of the hypocone. In consequence 
of this the postero-external ridge of the metacone has been lost, and 
its central and anterior points have come into line with the central 
cusp of the hypocone to form the imperfect transverse ridge of the 
molar. A precisely analogous condition obtains with regard to the 
paracone and protocone’. 

It appears, therefore, to be quite evident that the hinder tooth of 
the specimen under consideration is constructed on an extreme and 


1 Although these points are apparent enough when the actual specimens are 
compared, it seems to be impossible to indicate them clearly in a figure. 


1892. | FROM THE OLIGOCENE OF ITALY. 81 


apparently degenerate modification of the brachydont selenodont 
molars of certain extinct Artiodactyle Ungulates. 

We may, however, go a step further than this. It is, I believe, 
an attribute of all Artiodactyle Ungulates, whether their cheek-teeth 
be of the bunodont or of the selenodont type, that while the last 
upper deciduous or milk-molar resembles the permanent molars in 
form, the penultimate milk-molar is an elongated tooth of a more 
complex type than either the last milk-molar or the two succeeding 
permanent molars. In the adult dentition, on the other hand, the 
last upper premolar of Artiodactyles is nearly always simpler than 
the first molar, and in none is it more complex or longer. 

Now the two teeth of the specimen under consideration present 
precisely the same structural relationship to one another as is pre- 
sented by the penultimate and last (third and fourth) upper milk- 
molars of Artiodactyles. I take it, therefore, not only that these 
teeth are third and fourth upper milk-molars, but likewise that they 
belonged to an animal showing decided indications of Artiodactyle 
affinities—these affinities being with an Artiodactyle that had 
assumed selenodont molars more or less closely approaching the 
Merycopotamus type. 

This being so, the question arises whether the specimen under 
consideration may not have belonged to an actual Artiodactyle. To 
this it may be replied that, so far as I am aware, no Artiodactyle has 
hitherto been described possessing molar teeth of the type under 
consideration ; so that if the specimen were really Artiodactylate, it 
would indicate an entirely new form. 

Apart, however, from this, the structure of the second tooth in 
the specimen presents such a marked Sirenian facies that, as I have 
said, one is prompted to at once refer the specimen to that group of 
mammals. If, moreover, it be compared with Baron Zigno’s figure 
of the upper molars of Halitherium veronense, it will be seen that 
the last milk-molar of the present specimen accords in almost all 
respects with these teeth. Both have two interrupted transverse 
ridges, with a large anterior and a small posterior talon; and in 
both there is a tubercle a little to the inner side of the middle of the 
transverse valley. Moreover, both teeth agree in the shape of the 
crown; while the excess in the size of the teeth of Baron Zigno’s 
specimen over those of the one under consideration is precisely such 
as we should expect to find between the milk and permanent molars 
of one and the same animal. It is true, indeed, that in Zigno’s 
figure what I may call the masked selenodontism of the teeth under 
consideration is not apparent. This may, however, be due to the 
circumstance that the teeth of the type of H. veronense are con- 
siderably worn ; while it may also be in part owing to the difficulty 
-of expressing such features in a lithograph. Moreover, there is the 
possibility that the masked selenodontism of the milk-molars may 
not have been retained in the permanent dentition. 

In regard to the existence of a deciduous dentition in the Sirenia, 
it is already known that milk-molars and premolars were developed 
in Halitherium schinzi. It is, however, probable that in that species 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. VI. 6 


82 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW. [Feb. 2, 


the milk-molars were not like those of the present specimen, since 
the permanent molars were of a more Hippopotamus-like structure 
than are those of H. veronense, and show no indications whatever of 
selenodontism. 

Conclusive evidence of the Sirenian nature of our fossil is, however, 
afforded by the orbital region, which is almost exactly the same as 
in the Sirenian from Jamaica described by Sir R. Owen’ as Pro- 
rastomus sirenoides. In both we have the same peculiar eversion 
and projection of the lower border of the orbit which is absolutely 
characteristic of the Sirenia. In both, again, we notice the extra- 
ordinary size of the foramen for the exit of the fifth nerve, and its 
immediate proximity to the anterior border of the orbit, these 
being also distinctive Sirenian features. 

Then, again, a comparison of the last milk-molar with the upper 
molars of Halitherium schinzi (e.g. B.M. No. 40859) clearly shows 
the ordinal identity of the two forms. 

I take it, therefore, that the Sirenian nature of the Vicenza 
Specimen is certain; and since its milk-molars agree in general 
structure and relative size with the permanent molars of Halitherium 
veronense, Which occurs in the same country and probably on the 
same geological horizon, the evidence appears to be very strongly in 
favour of the reference of the specimen in question to that animal. 

Apart, however, from any question of specific reference, the 
specimen before us undoubtedly throws a flood of light on the origin 
of the Sirenia, and points clearly to their derivation from an ancestor 
belonging to an Artiodactyle Ungulate with short-crowned and 
selenodont molar teeth. It is, indeed, no new idea that the Sirenians 
show Ungulate affinities, this presumed origin having been very 
strongly urged by many zoologists; although Professor Flower, 
writing in the article “Manatee’’ in the ‘ Encylopedia Britan- 
nica,’ expresses his opinion that the few facts at present known 
relating to the ancestry of the Sirenians “lend no countenance to 
their association with the Cetacea, and on the other hand their 
supposed affinity with the Ungulata, so much favoured by modern 
zoologists, receives no very material support from them.” If, 
however, my interpretation of the affinities of the present specimen - 
be accepted, it will go a very long way towards solving the problem 
of the Sirenian genealogy. 

So far as I am aware, the component elements of the molar teeth 
of the Sirenians have not hitherto been homologized with those of 
mere typical teeth. The molars of the present specimen clearly show 
us, however, the homology of the elements of the simple and con- 
tinuous transverse ridges found in Manatus and Halitherium schinzi, 
such ridges being clearly only one step more in the degeneration from 
a selenodont type exhibited in the molars of the specimen before us. 

I may add that although the upper permanent molars of H. ver- 
onense differ considerably from those of more typical species of 
Halitherium, while there is no evidence that the latter had milk- 
molars of the type of the present specimen, yet I should not on 

> Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxi. p. 559, pls, xxxviii., xxxix. (1875). 


PZS1892.Plate IV. 


West, Newman ad nat. itn 


Fat are 


; 2 aA oe 
Coleovtera trom fina-Dbaiu 


1892.] REV. H.S. GORHAM ON COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU. 83 


e 
these grounds be disposed to.regard the former as the representative 
of a distinct genus. 

I find, however, by a comparison of Baron Zigno’s figures with 
skulls of Halitherium schinzi and Prorastomus sirenoides, that the 
skull of Halitherium veronense differs altogether from the former 
and agrees with the latter. This is shown in its long and narrow 
contour, narrow and elliptical narial aperture, slight deflection of 
the rostrum, and the form of the inferior border of the orbit ; all 
of which are in marked contrast to those of Halitherium schinzi. 
Further, although the molars of Prorastomus sirenvides are much 
worn and are only imperfectly shown, yet one of them clearly 
exhibits the large anterior talon characteristic of the so-called 
Halitherium veronense, such talon being represented in H. schinzi 
by a much smaller one. The extremities of the jaws of the Venetian 
species being unknown, I can of course say nothing as to the incisors, 
which are present in P. sirenoides. From the other evidence 
H. veronense may, bowever, be «pretty confidently transferred to 
the genus Prorastomus, or, as it should be, Prorastoma, under the 
name of P. veronense. 


2. Descriptions of Coleoptera collected by Mr. John White- 
head on Kina Balu, Borneo.—Families Hispide, Eroty- 
lide, Endomychide, Lycide, Lampyride, &c. By the 
Rev. H. S. Goruam, F.Z.S. 

[Received December 23, 1891.] 
(Plate IV.) 


The Coleoptera of which it is the purpose of this paper to give 
an account were collected by Mr. J. Whitehead during his residence 
from 1886 to the middle of 1887 in the neighbourhood of Kina 
Balu, and for the most part in the early months of those years. 

This mountain is a plutonic mass rising abruptly on one side to an 
altitude of about 13,000 feet, clothed at its base and to about 4000 
feet with forest and low trees. . Owing to its summit being bare, a 
denuded granitic surface, few insects were obtained by Mr. White- 
head above that height. 

The best collecting grounds were found to be the river-beds, and 
at the altitudes mentioned the usual tropical conditions obtain. 
Representing as Kina Balu does the primitive upheaved portions of 
this part of the world, which have been in all probability above the 
sea during geologic ages, it was to be expected that both its fauna 
and flora would prove of the most interesting type, and judging from 
the few species of insects now under review this certainly appears 
to be the case. 

Several species were unfortunately only represented by single speci- 
mens, and some of these I am unableat present to determine. ‘The 
collection is now in Mr. Alexander Fry’s possession, who has kindly 
placed a portion of it at my disposal for description. = 


84 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [Feb. 2, 


HisPiD&. 
Prionispa, Chapuis. 

PRIONISPA PULCHRA, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 2.) 

Rufa, supra metallico-viridis, prothorace elytrisque subopacis, 
rufo-marginatis, grosse punctatis, his tuberculis tribus conicis 5 
humeris costatis, et angulo posteriore spiniformi. Long. 6 
millim. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

Body beneath and legs red ; head red except the crown ; antenne 
blackish, their basal joint sometimes wholly red ; the front produced 
aud with a carina between the bases of the antenne ; thorax sub- 
quadrate, coarsely punctured at the sides, obsoletely so in the middle, 
green above and opaque, red beneath. Elytra with the shoulders 
elevated, with a double costate elevation in addition to the costate 
submarginal interstice, and three conical elevations, of which the 
middle is the larger and which ow its exterior side is excavated, and 
metallic and not green in that part ; the spine-like production of the 
hind angle is large and sharp and compressed horizontally, it is 
green in the middle but fiery copper at its apex ; the sutural angle is 
yellow, and the margins of the elytra external to the humeral callus 
are brownish with a coppery or purple reflexion. The apical margin 
is not toothed, but there are one or two minute serrations at the 
base of the spine. 

Six specimens of this beetle were obtained by Mr. Whitehead 
at about 1000 feet altitude on Kina Balu. 


Hisporria, Baly. 
HisPoPRIA GRANDIS. 
Hispopria grandis, Baly, Cat. of Hisp. in Coll. Brit. Mus. 1858, 


p- 95 
Kina Balu (Whitehead), 2 specimens. 


AN1IsopERA (Chevr.), Baly. 
ANISODERA, Sp. n. (a). 


Kina Balu. A dull red species apparently belonging to Sect. A. 6 
of Baly’s Catalogue. The species of Anisodera are so difficult to 
distinguish, that I do not feel disposed to describe this till I have 
further acquaintance with them. 


ANISODERA, Sp. 0. (6). 
Kina Balu ( Whitehead). 
A single specimen of a smaller species with black legs and antenne, 
and much rougher elytra and coarsely punctured thorax. 
EROTYLIDE. 
TETRALANGURIA SPLENDENS, Wied. 
Kina Balu, many examples. 


1892. ] COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU, 85 


TRIPLATOMA ATTENUATA. 


Triplatoma attenuata, Crotch, Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 405. 

Nesites attenuata, Bedel, Rev. Triplatoma, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 
1882; p.10; t: x.°f. 5. 

Kina Balu. Has occurred also at Sarawak and in Sumatra. Bedel’s 
figure does not give a correct idea of the narrowness of the thorax 
in proportion to the width of the elytra. 


TRIPLATOMA ‘GESTROI. 


Triplatoma gestroi, Bedel, 7. c. p. 440, t. x. f.4; Gorham, P. Z.S, 
1883, p. 80, t. 18. f. 1. 

Labuan, Sarawak. 

Also occurs in Sumatra. 


ENCAUSTES MARGINALIS. 
Encaustes marginalis, Crotch, Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 477. 
Kina Balu. 


ASMONAX, genus novum. 


Characteres plerumque sicut in Encauste; differt antennarum 
articulo tertio vir longiore quam seeundus, prothoracis lateribus 
compressis, sinuatis, angulis anticis depressis, disco inequali, 
bicostato, elytris interstitiis alternis costato-elevatis. 

This new genus is nearly allied to Hncaustes, but has a very 
different facies owing to the form of the thorax, and the costz on it 
and on the elytra. The front of the prosternum is plain as in 
Encaustes, that is to say, not elevated nor brought into a point in 
front as in Micrencaustes. 


ASMONAX WHITEHEADI, nu. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 5.) 


Anthracinus, niger, nitidus ; antennis articulis octo globuliformibus, 
tertio vix elongato, tribus ultimis transverso-compressis, pube- 
scentibus ; capite opaculo, fere levi, inter antennas transverse 
impresso ; prothorace transverso-subquadrato, ad angulos posti- 
cos parum angustato, levi, in medio nitidulo, obsolete haud acute 
bicostulato, ad margines subopaco, antice posticeque obsolete 

_fossulato, punctis nonnullis hic illie dispersis, margine laterali 
tenuiter elevato ; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, costis tribus 
elevatis, quarta etiam externa cum suturali ad apicem conjuncta, 
seriebus duobus inter costas singulas. Abdomen fortiter sparse 
punctatum. Long. 18-19 millim. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu and North Borneo (Whitehead). 

Wholly black and shining, subopaque in places, as the sides and 

lateral reflexed underside of the thorax. Owing to the form of the 
thorax, which has the sides sinuate, turned in and downward at the 
front angles, and the strong double ridge on the centre of the thorax, 
this species has a remarkable and Endomychid appearance; the costate 
elytra are an exaggeration of what takes place in such species as 


86 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [Feb. 2, 


E. opaca, Crotch. The shortening of the third joint of the antennze 
and their bead-shaped appearance show this to bea strongly modified 
form. The femora are compressed and sinuous just as in Encaustes ; 
the middle tibize have a tooth-like projection externally, just above 
the insertion of the tarsi, and are pubescent internally at their 
apices. The elytral epipleura are pitchy brown, but not noticeably 
so, and have obsolete transverse wrinkles. 

I have only seen four examples of this species, viz. those obtained 
by Mr. Whitehead. I cannot distinguish the sexes. 


ENDOMYCHID£. 
AMPHISTERNUS ARMATUS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 3.) 


Niger, opacus, obsolete varioloso-punctatus ; thorace subquadrato, 
angulis anticis acutis, valde productis ; elytris spinis duabus 
acutis c@neo-micantibus, una subhumerali, altera conoidea in 
medio, apice acute mucronato, tuberculisque duobus nigris nitidis, 
uno basali uno apicali ; femoribus clavatis, apicibus piceis. Long. 
8 millim. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

Rather larger than A. spinicollis ; and at once distinguished from 
both the described species of spinous Amphisterni by the two 
black tubercles, the produced front angles of the thorax, which are 
like those of 4. auriculatus but not reflexed, and by the fiery coppery 
or eeneous colour which is seen on the shining parts. The head is 
thickly punctured, rather shining, and the antennze have all the 
joints from the third to the eighth elongate, the third longer than 
the two following united ; the sides of the thorax are slightly angu- 
late in the middle and narrow a little to the base; the disk is quite 
opaque, with coarse confluent large punctures. Of the elytra the 
anterior tubercle has a pitchy tint, the humeral angle is reflexed and 
smooth, as is the basal margin; the first lateral spine is a little 
below the shoulder, very long and acute, wide at its base, but com- 
pressed if viewed from behind, brassy black ; the middle spine more 
upright but still divaricating, conoidal at its base; both spines 
punctured at their base, as the elytra are. The posterior tubercle is 
bluish black and smooth; the apical production of the. elytra is 
external to and independent of the sutural angle, which is itself quite 
distinct—it is in fact part of the margin itself, the epipleural fold 
being continued along it as a groove. The legs are brassy black, the 
club of the femora distinctly pitchy. 

Several specimens of this-interesting new species were obtained by 
Mr. Whitehead. 


EUMORPHUS TUMESCENS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 4.) 


E. marginati statura et similitudine ; niger, elytris nigro-ceruleis, 
late (humeris minus) marginatis, apicibus subacutis, maculis 
quatuor magnis aurantiacis. Long. 17, lat. 13 millim. 3. 

Mas, elytris in medio conjunctim alte et acute elevatis, pro- 
thoracis angulis posticis acutis, haud longe productis; tibiis 


1892. } COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU. 87 


anticis infra medium dente acuto valde distante armatis; haud 
compresso-sinuatis. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

Antenne longer than in #. marginatus, all the joints from the third, 
and the club, being longer. The thorax is not so broad, especially 
at the base, the hind angles in the male not being nearly so much 
produced, but still they are acute; its disk is more uneven, there 
being in the single male before me an impressed pit on each side 
of the centre ; the elytra have the expanded margin more gradually 
widened, so that it is narrower at the shoulders than in Z. mar- 
ginatus. The four spots are larger in proportion, and placed nearer 
together than in that species, and they are more acuminate at the 
apex, and the middle of their disk is much more acutely raised, the 
summit of this raised part being conical and nearer the two anterior 
spots than the corresponding part in H. marginatus. The front 
tibize in the male are nearly straight, not strongly smuous nor dis- 
torted as in H. marginatus, but a little compressed laterally with a 
short external groove at their apices (for the reception of the tarsi), 
but not grooved along their whole length. 

This insect has-also some analogy with Z. turritus; but the larger 
yellow spots and the dark blue colour of the elytra, as well as the 
structure of the tibize, will at once distinguish it. 

One specimen, a male, obtained by Mr. Whitehead. 


EUMORPHUS COSTATUS. 

Eumorphus costatus, Gorham, Endom. Ree. p. 34. 

Mas, tibiis anticis dente acuto valde distante in medio armatis ; 
tibiis intermediis et posticis mediocriter curvatis, his intus 
ciliatis. 

I believe a single male and female from Kina Balu to be identical 
with the species described by myself from two female specimens 
from Celebes. The male has the elytra shining, and with an indis- 
tinct violet tint, while the female is subopaque and is distinguished 
by ashort keel on the elytra at their base near the scutellum. The 
yellow spots are large, and cause the species to recall H. quadrinotatus. 
The male has the hind angles of the thorax acutely produced, by 
which it is at once separated from #. quadrinotatus. 


EuUMORPHUS GUERINI. 

Eumorphus guerini, Gorham, Endom. Ree. p. 33. 

Many specimens of this were obtained by Mr. Whitehead ; all 
1 have yet seen are males. Hitherto only seen from the Malay 
peninsula. 


EuMORPHUS LUCIDUS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 1.) 

Nigro-subviolaceus, nitidus ; elytris ovatis, apice acuminatis, maculis 
duobus rotundatis aurantiacts nitidis, anteriore parum tumida ; 
thorace (femine) subopaco. Long. 9 millim. 9. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

It is difficult to compare this species with any other of the genus ; 


88 ' ‘REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [Feb. 2, 


the elytra are very slightly margined, but are acuminate at their 
apex, and not very strongly convex. It is entirely black, with the 
exception that the elytra have a faintly violet tinge and are very 
smooth and shining, the four spots are moderate in size, and round, 
very smooth, but not raised; the thorax (of the female) is opaque, 
with two rather obsolete basal impressions and a central channel, 
its sides are a little angular in the middle, contracted to the front 
angles. The antenne are of moderate length, the fourth to the 
eighth joints a little longer than wide, the three club-joints subequal, 
transverse, not much compressed. 

Four specimens were found by Mr. Whitehead. This species 
may be placed after EZ. guerini, Gorh. 


Lycipz. 

METRIORRHYNCHUS, Sp. ine. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

A single example ( 2 ) of a Metriorrhynchus allied to M.geometricus, 
but larger, and precisely similar in colour to Xylobanus reticulatus, 
Gorh., of which there is an example from the same region. It is 
also very close to DW. infuscatus, Gorh., Notes from Leyd. Mus. 
iv. 1882, p. 96. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS, Sp. inc. 


Kina Balu (Whitehead). 
A single specimen of a species allied to WM. sericeus, but with much 
brighter red elytra, apical half black. 


METRIORRHYNCHUS, Sp. inc. 


Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

Unfortunately also a single specimen only of a species with the 
double rows of cells distinct and wide, black with red elytra, of which 
the apical quarter is black, and black marks at their base. Allied 
to WV. cinnabarinus, Gorh. 


XYLOBANUS RETICULATUS. (Plate IV. fig. 6.) 


Xylobanus reticulatus, Gorh., Notes from Leyd. Mus. 1882, p. 96. 
Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 
A single specimen, apparently of this species. 


TELEPHORUS VIRIDANUS. 


Telephorus viridanus, Gorh., Notes from Leyd. Mus. vol. iv. 1882, 
p. 105. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu ( Whitehead). 

A single specimen. 


LyROPZUS, n. sp. 
Kina Balu (Whitehead). 
A single specimen of a new species of this remarkable genus. 


1892.] COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU. 89 


LAMPYRIDZ. 
VESTA AURANTIACA. (Plate IV. fig. 9.) 


Vesta aurantiaca, Ern. Oliv., Notes from Leyd. Mus. vol. viii. 
1886, p. 192. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

M. Ernest Olivier has separated under this name specimens of 
a Vesta referred by me to Vesta urens, described by myself from 
Borneo (cf. Notes from Leyd. Mus. vol. v. 1883, p. 3). Three speci- 
mens collected by Mr. Whitehead on Kina Balu agree precisely with 
one of these specimens from Sumatra in my possession. As the 
specimen which M. E. Olivier redescribes as the type of my V. urens 
is now at Leyden, I have no means of forming an opinion on the 
specific distinction of V. aurantiaca, but it certainly occurs in Borneo, 
as these specimens prove. 


Pyroce1ia, Gorham. 
PyROC@LIA COLLARIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 7.) 


Oblonga, subparallela, opace nigro-fumosa; prothorace brevi, 
transverso, flavo, distincte at tenuiter carinato, margine antico 
late et alte reflexo, basi recte truncato, angulis posticis subrectis, 
nullo modo productis ; pygidio flavo. Long. 20 millim. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

Head black, eyes moderate ; antenne long and thin for this genus, 
nearly asin P. fumigata, the joints much longer than wide and not 
serrate ; thorax almost semicircular, with the margins much reflexed, 
the diaphanous !unules not very translucent. Elytra entirely smoky 
black, two costules moderately distinct for about two thirds of the 
length of the elytra, the intermediate one very obsolete; scutellum, 
head, legs, and body entirely dull black, with the exception of the 
apical ventral segment and pygidium and of the two luminous 
patches. 

This insect is apparently allied to P. opaca, Bourg., described and 
figured in the ‘ Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di 
Genova, vol. ii. 1885, p. 349, t. v. f. 2, from which, however, it differs 
by the scutellum being black, by the entirely black legs and body, 
and by the absence of the pubescence, and (judging by the figure) 
by the thinner and not serrate antenne. 

One specimen. 


Diaruanes, Motschulsky. 
DIAPHANES APICALIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 8.) 


Breviter oblongus, subopacus, ochraceus ; prothorace brevi, margine 
antico elevato, lunulis duabus translucidis; disco antice 
tenuissime carinato; elytrorum apicibus, antennis, palpis, pedibus, 
abdomineque (apice excepto) nigris. Long. 14 millim. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

This species resembles rather closely Pyrocelia terminata, Gorh., 

but from the thin antenne and the size of the eyes and the clear 


90 REV. H. S. GORHAM AND MK.C.T.GAHAN ON [Feb. 2, 


translucent spaces of the thorax it ought rather to be placed in the 
genus Diaphanes. The thorax is shorter and has the hind angles 
less produced than is usual in this genus; the apical ventral plate 
and the pygidium are yellow; the head, breast, and the extreme 
base of the legs are yellow, but clouded in parts with fuscous. 

One specimen. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


Fig. 1. Eumorphus lucidus, 9, p. 87. 

. Prionispa pulchella, p. 84. 

. Amphisternus armatus, p. 86. 
ELumorphus tumescens, 3, p. 86. 
. Asmonax whiteheadi, p. 85. 

. Aylobanus reticulatus, p. 88. 
Pyrocelia collaris, p. 89. 
Diaphanes apicalis, p. 89. 

. Vesta aurantiaca, p. 89: 


$9.00 STO? OUR wo bo 


3. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the 
Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa. By the Rev. H.S. 
Goruam, F.Z.S., and C. T. Ganan, M.A. 

[Received December 23, 1891.] 

In the following paper the Coleoptera of the families Cleride, 
Bostrychide, Chrysomelide, Galerucide, Casside, Hispide, 
Erotylidz, and Ceccinellidze collected by Mr. W. Bonny during the 
Emin Relief Expedition are noticed and the presumed new species are 
described, in continuation of the accounts already furnished by 
Mr. Bates (P. Z. S. 1890, pp. 479-492, and Mr. Champion, pp. 637- 
646). The species of which examples were represented were not 
numerous, but the same remarkable coincidence specifically with the 
Coleoptera of the West Coast, especially of Old Calabar, will be 
noticed. 

The Phytophaga, with the exception of the Casside and Hispide, 
have been kindly worked out by Mr. Gahan of the British Museum. 


Family CLERIDz. 
1. Cyxiprus Frascratus, Laporte. 
Cylidrus fasciatus, Laporte, Cast. Silb. Rev. iv. p. 35. 


Var. B. sPINOLZ. 


While the type of this species is from Senegal, the var. B is 
recorded from Madagascar. It is also in my collection from Natal. 


_ Family Bostrycuip2. 
2. APATE TEREBRANS, Pallas. 
Apate terebans, Pallas, Spicil. Zool., Ins. p. 7. 


3. APATE sp. ine. 
Probably 4. productus, Imhoff. 


1892. ] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 91 


Family Curysometip%. (By C. J. Gahan, M.A.) 


MEGALOPODINZ 
4. PaciLomorPHA MURRAYI, Baly. 
This species was founded upon specimens from Old Calabar. 


EuMOLPIN2. 
5. CORYNODES BONNYI, 0. sp. 


C. cyaneo simillimus, sed differt elytris crebre punctatis vir 
nitidis, et articulis antennarum quinque ultimis plus dilatatis. 
Long. 104 millim. 

Resembling very much in colour and general appearance C. 
cyaneus, Fabr. The last five joints of the antennz are strongly dilated, 
the seventh joint triangular, the eighth to eleventh subquadrate, 
transverse, the ninth and tenth each almost as broad as long. Pro- 
thorax shining, sparingly and not very distinctly punctured. Elytra 
rather dull, thickly punctured. Claws of tarsi cleft, with the inner 
division acute, shorter than the outer. 

The species may be distinguished from C. compressicornis (which 
it resembles in the punctuation of the elytra) by the greater dilatation 
of the apical joints of its antennze and by the sparser punctuation of 
its pronotum. 


6.. COLASPOSOMA ARUWIMIENSE, 0. sp. 


Cyaneum, nitidum ; pedibus viridescentibus; prothorace quam latior 
viz duplo longiore, dense punctulato ; elytris crebre et sat for- 
titer punctatis, lateribus utrisque obtuse iy obsolete uni- 
costatis. Long. 8-10 millim. 

Dark blue, with the legs metallic green ; wie prothorax, and 
scutellum varying to metallic green. Head rather thickly and not 
very strongly punctured. Prothorax with its median length rather 
more than half the width measured across the base; thickly and 
not strongly punctured above; lateral margins rather feebly convex. 
Scutellum sparsely punctured. Elytra very thickly and rather 
strongly punctured, with the punctures running together to form a 
feeble rugosity on the sides just below and behind the shoulders. 
Beginning a little behind the shoulder there is a single obtuse and 
slightly elevated costa, along the side of each elytron ; this costa is 
‘sometimes obsolete. The shoulders of the elytra are slightly 
prominent. 

The present species may perhaps be only a local variety of a 
species (C. fairmairei, Lefév.) occurring in Old Calabar. The latter 
has the prothorax much more distinctly punctured, the punctures 
being larger and less closely placed together. The colour is very 
variable—dark blue, metallic green, and bronze-purple. 


7. CoLAsPosoMA, sp. 
A single specimen, differing from the preceding in its eclour—a 


92 REV. H. S. GORHAM AND MR.C.7T.GAHAN ON [Feb. 2, 


bright metallic green—and in having a slight depression on the 
outer disk of each elytron a little below the base. There is no trace 
of a costa on the sides of the elytra. Possibly only a variety of 
the preceding. 


CHRYSOMELINE. 


8. CHRYSOMELA OPULENTA, Reiche. 


Chrysomela opulenta, Reiche, Voy. Galin. Abyss. p. 405, t. 25. 
fig. 7. 


GALERUCINA. 


9. OipEs TYPOGRAPHICA, Ritsema. 


Oides typographica, Ritsema, Tijdschr. Ent. xviii. p. 21. 
One example. 


10. CeEROCHROA MACULICOLLIS, Baly. 
Cerochroa maculicollis, Baly. 


11. HypErRACANTHA HYPOMELENA, Thoms., var. 


In this variety, which occurs also at Old Calabar, the abdomen 
is entirely fulvous. In other respects it agrees with the typical 
form. 

(Specimens of this insect stand in Murray’s collection as 
Diacantha beninensis, H.S.G.) 


12. HypeRACANTHA FLAVONIGRA, Thoms., var. 


Elytra black, with a submedian transverse yellowish band, which 
does not reach the outer margins, and each with a sinall testaceous 
spot at the extreme apex. ‘This variety is represented by a single 
female specimen, which I refer to H. flavonigra, Thoms., on account 
of the similarity in the contour of the last abdominal segments. The 
ventral segment is rather deeply incised on each side at the apex, 
while the median lobe thus cut off bears a shorter incision or notch 
placed a little to the right of the middle line. The dorsal segment 
is emarginate in the middle at the apex. 


13. BonrESIA SERRICORNIS, Thoms., var. 


Elytra black ; each with two testaceous patches—one behind the 
shoulder and extending inwards on to the disk, the other just behind 
the middle. In the typical forms of B. serricornis the elytra are 
black with a varying proportion at the apex testaceous. 

Mr. Jacoby has referred B. serricornis, Thoms. (Ootheca), to the 
genus Aithonea, Baly ; but I can find no sufficient difference by 
which to distinguish the latter from Bonesia, Baly. The one genus 
was founded upon a male, the other upon a female specimen, each 
belonging to a different species. The anterior cotyloid cavities are 
usually only very slightly open behind, and may in certain cases 
(some specimens of B. murrayi, Baly) be completely closed in, 


1892. ] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 93 


14. PACHYTOMA OBSCURA, N. sp. 

Obscure ferrugineo-testacea ; scutello, corpore subtus, pedibus 
antennisque (his basi testaceis exceptis) nigris; prothoracis 
lateribus a basi usque ad tertiam partem anticam divergentibus, 
deinde convergentibus ; elytris crebre punctulatis. 

Resembles P. gigantea, Illig., but differs from this and the other 
species known to me by the shape of the pronotum, which, narrowest 
at the base, gradually widens up to about the anterior third or fourth, 
thence narrowing again to the apex. The last ventral segment 
of the abdomen in the female has a rather deep longitudinal pit or 
groove along the middle of the apical half of the segment. 


15. ORNITHOGNATHUS GENEROSUS, Thoms. 


Family Hispripx. (By H. 8. Gorham, F.Z.S.) 
16. CrypTonycHus MURRAYI, Baly. 


Cryptonychus murrayi, Baly, Cat. Hisp. p. 76, t. 6. f. 5. 


One example and one var. 

The variety has the thorax narrower, more thickly punctured all 
over the surface, with confluent elongate sculpture ; the elytra have 
a large dorsal black patch, widest in the middle and extending to 
the sides, and the apex more narrowly black than in the type ; and 
the whole upper surface is more opaque. It possibly represents a 
different species. 

All the species of Cryptonychus hitherto described have been from 
the West Coast of Africa ; the specimens of the late Mr. Murray 
are now in my collection. 


Family Casstpz. (By H. S. Gorham, F.Z.S.) 
17. ASPIDOMORPHA SPECTABILIS, Bohem. 


Aspidomorpha spectabilis, Bohem. Mon. ii. p. 245. 
A single specimen. 


18. ASPIDOMORPHA TIGRINA, Oliv. 
Aspidomorpha tigrina, Oliv. Ent. vi. no. 97, p. 957, t. 5. f. 8. 


19, ASPIDOMORPHA WESTERMANNI, Bohem. 


Aspidomorpha westermanni, Bohem. Mon. ii. 262. 

This is the female of A. quadrimaculata, Oliv., sec. Gemm. and 
Harold, Cat. 

A single specimen. 


20. ASPIDOMORPHA STOLATA, Bohem. 
Aspidomorpha stolata, Bohem. Mon. ii. p. 274. 
Several specimens referable to this or a closely allied species. 


94 REV. H. S. GORHAM AND MR. C.T.GAHAN ON [Feb. 2, 


21. AsPrpoMoRPHA TOGATA, Thoms. 


Aspidomorpha togata, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii, 1858, p. 227. 
One example. 


22. AsPIDOMORPHA, sp. ? 
A single example. The disk of the elytra is wholly black. 


23. ASPIDOMORPHA ARUWIMIENSIS, 0. Sp. 


Ovata, nigra; prothorace elytrisque pallide testaceis, hisirregulariter 
(dorso subseriatim) punctatis ; cllo basi quam elytra angustiore, 
maculis duabus rotundis nigris, margine antico subreflexo. 
Long. 12, lat. 9 millim. 

The body, head, legs, and antennz of this species are wholly 
black, the latter about as long as to reach to the hind angles of the 
thorax, their third joint half as long again as the fourth. The 
thorax has the extreme edge of the margin blackish ; there are a few 
obsolete punctures on each black spot and on the lobe just before 
the scutellum. The scutellum is black, but has a yellow mark at 
its apex, it is indistinctly impressed. The humerus is prominent ; 
the elytra are destitute of marks above or beneath, the extreme edge 
is very faintly brownish ; the punctuation is distinct but irregular, 
here and there, as near the suture and in one row starting from 
the callus, forming series. 

Two specimens of this insect were obtained by Mr. Bonny in the 
Aruwimi Valley. It has not very much the appearance of an Aspido- 
morpha; the claws are, however, pectinate at their base; and in 
general structure it seems to me to agree better with that genus . 
than with any other known to me. 


24. Laccoprera intricatTa, Klug. 
Laccoptera intricata, Klug, Bohem. Monogr. iti. p. 59. 


One example. This species is extremely common at Old Calabar 
and at other places in Guinea. 


25. CASs{DA SIGNATIPENNIS, Bohem. 
Cassida signatipennis, Bohem. Monogr. ii. p. 345. 


One specimen. This species is also common at Sierra Leone and 
in Senegal. 


26. CAssIDA BONNYANA, 0, Sp. 


Cassidee hepaticve statura et summa similitudine; nigra, prothorace 
elytrisque brunneis, his vix nitidis, creberrime minute punctatis, 
illo punctis duobus discoidalibus nigris, margine antico elevate. 
Long. 13, lat. 9 millim. 

The inner side of the first four joints of the antenne, the 
epistoma, and’a dot on the crown of the head are rufous ; the thorax 
and elytra reddish brown, on each side of the middle of the disk of 
the former is a black dot of medium size, and this together with the 
rather dull surface will at once distinguish this species from C. hepatica 


1892.] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 95 


or any other of its near allies. The prosternum is black and has 
the process deeply impressed (as in the allied species); the meta- 
sternum is black and shining ; and the abdomen is black, with the 
fifth and apical segments rufous, and the three segments preceding 
these with a yellow spot at the side of each. 

One specimen obtained by Mr. Bonny. 


27. CASSIDA STRIGOSA, 0. sp. 


Elliptico-ovata, nitida ; elytris marginibus subexplanatis, subviri- 
dibus, irregulariter punctatis, disco concinne punctato-striatis ; 
corpore nigro; capite, antennis (articulis duobus ultimis pre- 
termissis), femorum apicibus, tibiis, tarsis, margineque toto 
flavis. Long. 9, lat. 7 millim. 

Not very nearly allied to any species known to me. The outline 
is very evenly elliptical, with the whole (both thoracic and elytral) 
margin rather widely but evenly flattened. The green colour has 
apparently extended over the whole but faded to brown; the suture 
is narrowly reddish, and is hardly more distinctly marked beneath 
than above. The striz are rather deep, with closely packed 
punctures and convex interstices ; a row of larger punctures entirely 
surrounds the disk, separating it from the expanded margin. 

Two examples. 


28. CAssIDA FUSCOPUNCTATA, 0. sp. 


Breviter ovata, lutea, nitida; antennarum articulo ultimo toto, penul- 
timo partim nigro ; elytris nitidis, disco seriatim fusco-punctatis, 
marginibus subreticulatis, prothoracis angulis externis rotundatis. 
Long. 6-7, lat. 5-6 millim. 

Hab. Aruwimi valley (Bonny), W. Africa (coll. Gorham), Old 

Calabar (coll. Murray). 

I propose this name for a very plain-looking Cassida, which I 
obtained from the collection of the late Mr. A. Murray, standing 
as “C. pallidula, Bohem.,”’ but the species so named by that author 
is referred to Mexico. The same insect as Murray’s is in my 
collection from other sources named ‘‘ C. pallidula.”’ It therefore 
appears that Boheman had suggested this name for the African 
insect when he examined Mr. Murray’s collection, but that he sub- 
sequently described another species under that name, 

C. fuscopunctata is very shining and even, nearly as broad as 
long ; in life it would seem to be greenish, from the tint on the disk 
and on the thorax in the fresher examples. The reticulation of 
the thorax and of the sides in the elytra is very distinct, and there 
is a submarginal row of larger cell-like punctures at the edge of the 
disk. The disk of both elytra and thorax is evenly and moderately 
convex; the underside and antennz except the apex are wholly 
luteous. 

One example from Central Africa (Bonny); many in Murray’s 
collection from Old Calabar, now in my own collection. 


96 ON COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. [Feb. 2, 


Family Eroryiip2. 

29. LinoDESMUS C&CUS. 

Elater cecus, Fabr. Gen. Ins. Mant. p. 234 (1777). 

Episcapha ceca, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 62. 

TLriplatoma ceca, Crotch, Rev. Erotyl. p. 406. 

The specimens of this species, about twelve in number, from 
Central Africa present a slight difference from those of Old Calabar 
in that the posterior fascia returns towards the apex along the 
suture for a little way. It is the species which Mr. Champion 
remarks as mimicking or mimicked by Tarasides pictus. The 
resemblance is, however, rather general than very close. 

30. Mrcatopacne Furcata, Gorham. 

Megalodacne furcata, Gorham, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 79. 

Described from W. Africa. 


31. EpiscapHULA oBLiquata, Lacord. 

Episcaphula obliquata, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 60. 

Var., three specimens. 

The basal fascia has not the outer denticulation in the middle so 
much produced, nor is it obliquely recurved towards the suture as 
in Old Calabar specimens, and two of the specimens (which are 
males) have the elytra more acuminate than is the case in any of 
the West Coast specimens I have seen. 

32. EPIscAPHULA INTERRUPTA, Lacord. 

Episcaphula interrupta, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 57. 

One example. 


33. PaALZOLYBAS DORSALIS, Gorham. 

Paleolybas dorsalis, Gorham, Notes from Leyd. Mus. x. p. 144 
(1888). 

Described from Liberia and Niam-Niam . 


Family CoccineLuip@. 
34, CHILOMENES LUNATA, Fabr. 
One example. 


35. EPILACHNA RETICULATA, Muls. 
Epilachna reticulata, Muls. Spec. Trim. p. 794. 


36. Erinacuna 14-signara, Muls. 
Epilachna 14-signata, Muls. Spec. Trim. p. 741. 
One example. 


37. EprLacHna uirtA, Thunb. 

Epilachna hirta, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Spec. i. p. 23; Muls. Spec. 
Trim. p. 756. 

Var. 


Widely distributed ‘ over the whole of Africa ” (Crotch). 
One example. 


1892.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. 97 


4. On a small Collection of Mammals brought by Mr. A. 
Sharpe from Nyassaland. By Parire Lurcey Scrater, 
_M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 


[Received January 13, 1892.] 


Mr. Alfred Sharpe, H.B.M. Vice-Consul for Nyassaland, has 
kindly shown to me a collection of hunters’ skins and horns of 
Mammals formed during his recent stay in the Shiré Highlands and 
in other parts of that territory. 

A selection of these I have the pleasure of exhibiting this evening, 
and I have written a few notes upon them. 


1. CoLoBus ANGOLENSIS, Scl. 


Colobus angolensis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 246, 1880, p. 68; 
Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. ser. 2, i. p. 9. 

Colobus palliatus, Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ak. 1868, p. 637, 1879, 
p- 830, t. iv. a. i 

A flat skin of a fine adult example of this species with the elon- 
gated white hairs on the shoulders well developed, as shown in 
Peters’s excellent figure of this well-marked species (op. cié. 1879, 

lev.) 

4 Mr. Sharpe informs me that this skin was obtained at the north 
end of Nyassa in the Kondé country. 


2. CercoptrHecus pLuTO, Gray, P. Z.S. 1848, p. 56, Mamm. 
pl. 3. 

A flat skin of this species, which, like Colodus angolensis, was 
originally described from Angola. It is from the interior, on the 
west side of Lake Nyassa. 


3. Vi1VERRA CIVETTA, Schreb. 


4, GENETTA TIGRINA (Schreb.) ; Bocage, op. cit. p. 177. 


Flat skins of both these species, which appear to be abundant in 
the Shiré Highlands and all along the coast of Nyassa. 


5. Herpestes aLBicaupa, G. Cuv.; Thomas, P. Z.S. 1882, 
p- 75; Bocage, op. cit. p. 180. 

Mr. O. Thomas has kindly named this skin for me. This Her- 
pestes is a wide-ranging species in Eastern Africa, extending from 
Upper Nubia to Natal. The present specimen was obtained on the 
route between Lake Tanganyika and Lake Mocro. 


6. ScruRUS MUTABILIS, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. i. 
p. I3l. 

The single flat skin of this Squirrel has likewise passed under 
Mr. Thomas’s supervision. 

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. VII. 7 


98 MR. P. L., SCLATER ON [Feb. 2, 


7. CoBUS VARDONI. 


Antilope vardoni, Livingstone, Miss. Trav. p. 256 (Barotsi Valley), 
and pl. p. 71. 

Heleotragus vardoni, Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 657 (Zambesia). 

Onotragus vardonii, Gray, Cat. Rum. (1872), p. 17. 

Cobus vardoni, Selous, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 759; id. Wand. pp. ML, 
147, 219, pl. v. 

Vardon’s Antelope was found occasionally by Mr. Sharpe about 
the south end of Lake Tanganyika, and in vast numbers on the route 
between Tanganyika and Lake Moecro. It goes in large herds *. 

I exhibit a fine pair of horns of this species procured by 
Mr. Sharpe. ; 


8. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Gray. 

Tragelaphus angasi, Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 487. 

Mr. Sharpe brings a flat skin of what is apparently a male of this 
Antelope, hitherto not known to occur so far north. He gives me 
the following notes on it :— 

“This Antelope is found in a piece of thick scrubby country 
bordering the Moanza, which enters the Shiré on the right bank 
near the Murchison cataracts. I have never seen it alive myself, 
but have heard of it frequently from the natives, by whom it is 
called ‘ Bo’—the o being pronounced very long. 

“Tt frequents the thick scrub, and only occasionally comes out to 
the edges of the grass-flats. 

“T have never heard of it in any other part of Nyassaland.” 


5. On a New Antelope from Somaliland, and on some other 
Specimens of Antelopes from the same Country. By 
P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the 


Society. 
[Received January 28, 1892.] 


(Plate V.) 


I have now the pleasure of exhibiting the skull and scalp of an 
apparently new Antelope of the genus Budalis, which I propose to 
name B. swaynei, after Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E., who has 
kindly furnished me with the specimen. 

The existence of an Antelope of this form in Northern Somali- 
land has long been known to me (ef. P. Z.S. 1885, p. 932), but it 
is only within the last few days that I have succeeded in obtaining 
specimens of it. 

In a series of Mammals from Somaliland lately received from 
Capt. Swayne are a good adult skull and head-skin of what he terms 
the ‘‘ Hartebeest”’ or “Sig” of the Somalis. One glance at this 


1 Gf. Sharpe, Pr. R. Geogr. Soc. 1892, p. 39. 


ReZ 5 ee de Lai 


J. Smit del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp. 
HEAD OF BUBALIS SWAYNEI. 


1892.] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALILAND. 99 


head is sufficient to show that the “Sig’’ is not the same as the 
Hartebeest of the Cape (B. caama), but more nearly allied to the 
Tora (B. tora) of Upper Nubia and to Coke's Hartebeest (B. cokii) 
of British and German East-Africa, being in some respects inter- 
mediate between these two species. 


Fig. 1. 


Skull of Bubalis swaynei. 


The horns of Budalis swaynei expand widely, after rising from 
the base, nearly in the plane of the forehead. They then turn 
upwards and slightly inwards. ‘The whole horns are strongly ringed 
anteriorly, as in the allied species. 

In B. cokii the horns are shorter and not so widely expanded. 

In B. tora the horns are quite as long as in B. swaynei, but rise 
much more rapidly from the basal portion, then come further forward 
and project much further backwards. 

The face-skin of B. swaynei is of a dark chestnut, much darker 
between the eyes, and with a large black patch on the nose. The 
ears are brown exteriorly and light rufous interiorly. 

7% 


100 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON [Feb. 2, 


In B. tora the whole face is of a uniform pale isabelline like the 
body. 

In B. cokii, of which there are fine examples in Mr. Holmwood’s 
collections, which I now exhibit, the whole frout of the head is dark 
rufous and the sides of the head pale fulvous. 

Thus B. swaynei differs from its two allies both in the structure 
of its horns and in the colour of its face. 

It may be characterized as follows :— 


1. BusBatis SwAYNEI, sp. nov. (Plate V.) 

Capite fuscescenti-castaneo, facie nigra ; labiis et naso isabellinis ; 
cervice brunned nigro irrorald; mento nigricante; auribus brun- 
neis, intus pilis rufescenti-albis limbatis ; cornubus in plano 
faciali late divergentibus, inde antrorsim leniter exsurgentibus, 
apicibus ipsis retroversis ; magnitudine B. caamee. 

Hab, In terra Somalica. 


Besides the new Budalis, Capt. Swayne’s last ccllection contains 
- specimens of the following Antelopes :— 


2. NEOTRAGUS SALTIANUS (De Blainv.) ; Thomas, P. Z.S. 1891, 
p- 211. 


A skull and two skins ‘ we male of this species, which is locally 
known as the “ Dik-dik ” or ‘‘ Sakaroo.” 


3. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR (Bodd.); Thomas, /. s. ec. 


A flat skin of a female, and a skull and head-skin of a male of 
this species, locally known as “ Alikhud.” 


4, Gazeua poizeint, Kobl; Thomay, /. ¢. 

A flat skin and a head-skin of this species, which Capt. Swayne 
terms the “ Low-country Gazelle” or ‘‘ Dero” of the natives. 

I fear it was I that led Mr. Lort Phillips into the error of calling 
this Gazelle “ spekei ”—a name which, as Mr. Thomas has shown, 
belongs to the next species of the ‘‘ High-country.” 

There is now a fine mounted specimen of this Gazelle in the 
British Museum and several skins. The present flat skin is 
decidedly rather paler in colour than the mounted specimen in 
the British Museum, but not otherwise different. 


5. GAZELLA SPEKEI, Blyth ; Thomas, op. cit. p. 210. 

Capt. Swayne sends a skull and head-skin of a female of this 
Gazelle, which he calls the “ Big-nosed Gazelle.” The horns of 
this example are particularly long and straight. 

There is now also a good mounted specimen of this Gazelle in 
the British Museum, obtained from Herr Menges. Besides the 
points of difference pointed out by Mr. Thomas, it may be noted 
that the lateral stripe is much darker, nearly black in the present 
species. 


6. GAZELLA S&MMERRINGI (Cretschm.) ; Thomas, J. c. 
Three good skulls of males and five head-skins are in the collection. 


1892. ] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALILAND. 101 


This Gazelle seems to be abundant (cf. Lort Phillips, P. Z. S. 1885, 
p- 932), and is locally known as ‘* Awal ” or ‘ Aiwal.”’ 

7. AMMODORCAS CLARKEI, Thomas, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 207. 

Of this Gazelle Capt. Swayne sent me two heads in a former 
collection. See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 197. 


8. LirfocraANius WALLERI (Brooke); Thomas, J. c. 
Of this very peculiar form of Gazelle (the ‘‘Gerenook” of the 


Head of Lithocranius walleri. 


natives) there are four flat skins of males, four head-skins, and one 


skull in the series. , 
The British Museum have now fine mounted specimens ot both 


102 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, 


sexes of this Gazelle, received from Herr Menges, which show well 
the extraordinary long neck of this animal, as represented in the 
accompanying drawing (see p. 101). No other Antelope has a 
similar structure, which at once reminds one of a Giraffe. 


9. Oryx BEISA (Riipp.) ; Thomas, J. ¢. 


A skull and two flat skins of a female O. beisa, which is locally 
known as “ Baet.”” 


10. STREPSICEROS KUDU, Gray. 
A flat skin of this Antelope, locally called “‘ Arrah Géder.” 


11. Srrepsiceros imBeRBis, Blyth. 


A flat skin of this Antelope, which is said to be known as “ Goriali 
Goder.” 


This makes 11 species of Antelopes of which Capt. Swayne has 
forwarded specimens from Berbera. 1 much regret that he has not 
sent me accompanying notes on their habits and exact localities, but 
he promises to do so. 

At least two other Antelopes are found in Somaliland, namely, 
a Water-buck (Codus sp. ine.), as mentioned by Mr. Lort Phillips 
(P. Z.S. 1885, p. 932); and a ‘small red Antelope of the Klip- 
springer kind; horns about 2 inches long; female bornless; same 
size as Alikhud: called ‘ Beira’ by the natives”: as described by 
Capt. Swayne in his letters. Capt. Swayne’s brother, Lieut. E. J. 
Swayne, Bengal Staff Corps, met with this species in the Gadaburri 
country, but was not able to shoot a specimen. It may possibly 
be a Cephalophus. 


6. On Numerical Variation in Teeth, with a Discussion of 
the Conception of Homology. By W. Barrson, M.A., 
Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. 


[Received February 2, 1892.] 


The following paper is an abstract of facts regarding the Nu- 
merical Variation of Teeth and of certain conclusions as to the 
nature of the conception of Homology asapplied to Teeth which those 
facts have suggested. The observations concerning teeth form part 
of an investigation of the Variation of Multiple Parts in general, and 
I hope that before long the results of this work will be published in 
a complete form by Messrs. Macmillan, to whom I am much 
indebted for leave to use the blocks with which this paper is illus- 
trated. 

In an abstract it is clearly impossible to set forth the precise 
value and significance of the Study of Variation as a clue to the 
problems of Descent; but since by most this subject is wholly 
neglected, it may be well to state in the fewest words why it is that 


1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 103 


this method of investigation is not merely a good one, but perhaps 
the best open to us. 

The reason, then, is this. We assume that the transition from 
one form to another takes place by Variation. If, therefore, we 
ean see the variations, we shall see the precise mode by which 
Descent is effected. Now the problem of Descent includes the 
problem of Homology, and, therefore, in any case of supposed 
Homology between organs the ideally best proof or disproof of such 
a supposition is to be had by appeal to the facts of Variation. For 
the statement that an organ of one form is homologous with the 
organ of another form means that there is between the two some 
connexion of Descent, and that the one organ has been formed by 
modification of the other or both by modification of a third. The 
precise way in which this connexion exists is not defined, and, 
indeed, has scarcely ever been considered, and though such a con- 
sideration must be hereafter attempted, the matter cannot be 
discussed here. We must be content for the present with the 
belief that in some undefined way there is a relationship between 
homologous parts, and that this is what we mean when we affirm 
that they are homologous. In the case of the homologies of Teeth, 
we are concerned with the application of this belief or principle to 
the case, not of a single organ, but to Multiple Parts arranged in 
Series. If, then, the whole series of teeth in one form is homolog- 
ous with the whole series in another, we have now to consider how 
far we can extend the principle to the case of individual members of 
the two series. This is the question which is again and again 
arising with regard to Multiple Parts, but there are still no general 
principles by which it may be decided. 

But though no one has told us the steps by which the Numerical 
Variation of teeth proceeds, there is nevertheless a received view by 
which it is sought to interpret the phenomena, and though there 
are several schemes upon which the homologies of teeth are defined, 
all are alike based upon one principle, which may be stated as 
follows. 

It is believed that in the case of mammals, perhaps excluding 
the Cetacea, the series of teeth consisted originally of some maxi- 
mum number from which the formule now characteristic of the © 
several forms have been derived by successive diminution. On this 
view the series is believed to be always composed of definite and 
individual members, which in any given form are either present or 
absent ; and the business of the homologist is then to determine 
which in each case is present and which absent. This hypothesis, 
of course, involves a definite conception of the mode in which 
Variation works, and it is most important to realize this clearly. 
For if it is true that each member of the Series of Teeth has in every 
form an individual and proper history, it follows that if we had 
before us the whole series of ancestors from which the form has 
sprung, we should then be able to see the history of each tooth 
distinctly and severally in the jaws of each of these progenitors. In 
such a series the rise of one individual tooth and the decline of 


104 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2 


another would then be manifest. Each would then have its 
individual history, just as a Fellowship of a College or a Canonry of 
a Cathedral has an individual history, being handed on from one 
holder to his successors, some being suppressed and others being 
founded, but none being merged into a common fund. In other 
words, the received view of the nature of homologies in teeth 
assumes that in Variation the individuality of each member of the 
series is respected. 

The difficulty in applying this principle is notorious, not only in 
the case of teeth but in all cases of Multiple Parts, such as digits, 
phalanges, &c. ; and when the actual evidence of Variation is before 
us, the cause of this difficulty will become apparent enough, for it 
will be found that though Variation may sometimes respect the 
individual homologies, yet this is by no means a universal rule ; 
and, as a matter of fact, in all cases of Multiple Parts, as to the 
Variation of which any considerable body of evidence has been 
collected, there are numerous instances of new forms arising in 
which what may be called the stereotyped or traditional individuality 
of the members has been superseded. 

The present paper concerns the case of Teeth only, and even of 
this part of the evidence only a fragment can be given in this 
abstract, but perhaps it may suffice at least to indicate some of the 
possibilities which are opened up by the Study of Variation. 

The material examined has consisted chiefly of specimens in the 
British Museum and the Museums of the College of Surgeons, 
Leyden, Oxford, and Cambridge, the Paris Museum of Natural 
History, and several smaller collections. I have to thank the 
authorities of these several museums for the great kindness I have 
received from them in the course of my work ; and in particular I 
must express my indebtedness to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the 
British Museum, for the constant help and advice which he has 
given me, both as regards the subject of teeth generally, and 
especially in examining the specimens in the British Museum. 

For various reasons I have for the most part limited myself to 
the following groups :—Primates (excepting Lemuroidea), Carnivora 
(Canide, Felidee, Viverridee, Mustelidee, and Phocide), Marsupialia 
(Phalangeridz, Dasyuride, Didelphyide, part of Macropodide, &c.). 

Except in the case of teeth which are the terminal members of 
series, such as the first premolar or the last molar, very few facts of 
importance concerning the process of reduction in number were 
seen. From the fact that such cases are generally more or less 
ambiguous, they must be reserved for fuller treatment. For the 
present it must suffice to give a brief account of some of the more 
remarkable phenomena relating to increase in number of teeth. 

The statistics relate to about 2500 skulls belonging to various 
orders, and the comparative frequency of supernumerary teeth in 
some of the different groups is interesting if only from its para- 
doxical character. 


Primates.—Of the three larger Anthropoids—Orang, Chim- 


1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 105 


panzee, and Gorilla—141 normal skulls were seen, and 11 cases 
of supernumerary teeth, or nearly 8 per cent. (in addition 
to 7 recorded cases known to me). On the other hand, no 
case was seen in 51 skulls of Hylobates, which were all normal. 
And of Old World Monkeys other than these, I found only 
two cases in 423 skulls, or less than °5 per cent. 

In the species of Cebidz and in Afeles supernumerary 
teeth are common, five cases being found in 131 skulls, or 
nearly 4 per cent. (in addition to 4 recorded cases); while in 
92 skulls of other New World Monkeys there was not one case. 

Puocip2.—139 normals, 11 cases of supernumerary teeth, or 
7°5 per cent. 

Orariip#.—121 normals, 5 cases of supernumerary teeth, or 
4 per cent. 

Canip2.—Of wild Canidz, 289 normals were seen, and 9 cases of 
supernumerary teeth, or 3 per cent. (in addition to numerous 
recorded cases). 

Of Domestic Dogs, including Pariahs, &c., 200 skulls were 
normal and 16 had supernumerary teeth, or 8 per cent. 
(besides many recorded cases). 

Fetipz.—Of wild Felidz, 278 normals and 6 cases of super- 
numerary teeth, or more than 2 per cent. 

Of Domestic Cats, 35 normal and 3 cases of supernu- 
merary teeth, or 9 per cent. 

Viverrip#.—94 normals (not regarding variations affecting the 
first premolar only) and 4 cases of supernumerary teeth. 


Owing to the great variability of the dentition of some groups of 
Marsupials and the difficulty of deciding on the normal formula, it 
would not be profitable to give summary statistics which should be 
satisfactory. 

It will be seen that, so far as the statistics go, supernumerary 
teeth were more common in domestic Dogs than in wild Canide, 
and though the number of Cats seen was small, the same is true in 
their case also as compared with wild Felide. But though it is 
received by many almost as an axiom that domestic animals are, as 
such, more variable than wild ones, and though the figures some- 
what support this view, it is necessary to point out that such a 
deduction should be made with great caution. For while it is trne 
that the domestic Dog is more variable in its dentition than wild 
Dogs, it is not true that it is much more variable than many other 
wild animals, as, for example, the Anthropoid Apes, some of the 
Phocide, several genera of Marsupials, and others. The doctrine 
that domestication induces or causes Variation is one which will not, 
I think, be maintained in the light of fuller evidence as to the 
Variation of wild animals. It has been suggested by the circumstance 
that so many of our domesticated animals are variable forms, and that 
so little heed has been paid to the variation of wildforms. To obtain 
any just view of the matter, the case of variable domestic species 
should be compared with a species which is variable though wild. 


106 MR. W.'BATESON ON [Feb. 2, 


The case of the great variability of the teeth of the large An- 
thropoids, which is shown not merely in numerical changes, 
but in frequent abnormalities of position and arrangement, is most 
striking, both when it is compared with the great rarity of variations 
in the teeth of the Old World Monkeys and the comparative 
rarity of great variations even in Man. If the Seals or the 
Anthropoids had happened to be domesticated animals, I do 
not doubt that many persons would have seen in this variability 
a consequence of domestication. When the whole evidence is 
examined, it will be found that we can make no generalizations of 
this kind, and that the variability of a form is, so far as can be seen, 
as much a part of its specific characters as any other feature of its 
organization. A few curious cases may be given in illustration. 
Of Canis cancrivorus, a S. American Fox, I know the following 
specimens only (in the British Museum)—normals (numerically) : 
one whole skull with lower jaw, one skull without lower jaw, and 
one lower jaw without a skull, and in one of these right m® is much 
larger than the corresponding left tooth; abnormals: two skulls 
have m! on both sides, and a third has a large “ odontome” formed 
as 4 small molars growing from right m’. Of Felis fontanieri, an 
aberrant Leopard, two skulls only are known (British Museum), and 
both of these show dental abnormalities, one having supernumerary 
left m2, and the other having aa additional talon to right p*, making 
it almost a “ bigeminous”’ tooth. In the Seals only three cases of 
reduplication of the first premolar were seen, and two of these were 
in Cystophora cristata (Leyden and Cambridge). Evidence of this 
kind might be multiplied indefinitely. 

The following cases are chosen as representative examples or 
‘Prerogative Instances” of different classes of phenomena which 
occur in connexion with increase in number of teeth. It will be 
understood that the cases are selected as illustrations, and that in 
order to have a full appreciation of their significance, the whole 
body of evidence must be taken together, for scarcely any two cases 
are exactly alike. 


Division of individual Teeth. 


Ommatophoca rossii-—Of this form two skulls only are known, 
namely, those in the British Museum. One of them has the 


arrangement usually found in Phocide, viz., five teeth behind the 


‘ Ake - % - 2-2 any 5 
canines, giving the formula:—i. =, ec. =: p-+m.=-. By the 


55 


analogy of other Seals, these five teeth are p. > m. i. The other 


specimen is exceedingly remarkable (fig. 1). In it the incisors 
and the canines are the same as in the first specimen, but the first 
tooth behind the canine on both sides in the lower jaw and on the 
right side in the upper jaw has a very peculiar form, having a deep 
groove passing over the whole length of the tooth on both its outer 
and inner sides. These grooves extend from the tip of the root 
along both sides of the crown, and thus imperfectly divide each 
tooth into an anterior and a posterior half. The cusp of each tooth 


1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 107 


is also divided by the grooves so as to form two small cusps. Each 
of these teeth is therefore an imperfectly double structure, and may 
be described as being just halfway between a single tooth and two 
teeth. 

On the left side in the upper series, as the vis-a-vis to one of 
these double teeth, there are two complete teeth, standing near 


Ommatophoca rossii, having the first upper premolar on the right side bigemi- 
nous, and ou the left side represented by two complete and similar 
teeth. In the lower series the first premolar was bigeminous on both 
sides. From a specimen in the British Museum, 


together, but having separate sockets divided from each other by a 


bridge of bone. The dental formula for this skull taken as it stands 
ise—1- a c. — p- +m. —, for since the bigeminous teeth are 


not completely divided into two, they must be reckoned as single 
teeth. 

Phoca grenlandica.—A specimen is preserved in the Leyden Mu- 
seum having the arrangement shown in the figure (fig. 2’, p. 108). 
The dentition of the lower jaw is the same on both sides. In the 
upper jaw there are on the left side sx teeth behind the canine, 
while on the right side there are five, the normal number. But 
upon examination, one of these teeth, namely p‘ of the usual nomen- 
clature, is an abnormally large tooth, being especially thick in a 
transverse direction, and has besides a deep cleft in the crown, 


1 This figure was kindly drawn for me by Mr. J.J. Lister. 


108 MR. W. BATESON ON [ Feb. 2, 


which is thus partially divided into two. Upon comparing this with 
the series on the left side, it appears that two of the six teeth stand 
level with this bigeminous tooth, and both bite between p‘ and m' 
of the lower series, though there is no crowding in the jaw owing 
to the large spaces which exist between the normal teeth of this 
species. There is, therefore, no doubt that the fourth premolar is 
on the left side bodily represented by two distinct teeth, each of 


Phoca grenlandica, having the fourth upper premolar on the right side bigemi- 
nous, and on the left side represented by two complete teeth (shaded). 
Right and left profiles; from a specimen in the Leyden Museum. 


which is perfect and complete, while on the right side the process of 
division is incomplete. 

In the Paris Museum (A 2897) there is a specimen of P. gren- 
landica in which the second upper right premolar is represented by 
two teeth, each of which has two roots; but these two teeth stand 
at the same level in the arcade, one being external and the other 
internal. On the left side the second upper premolar is incompletely 
double, the crown being partially divided by an oblique constriction 
into an anterior and internal portion and a larger posterior and ex- 
ternal part. The former has one root and the latter has two. 

It is thus seen that reduplication of teeth may occur in such a 
way that a tooth which is normally single may be represented by 
two teeth, and that the two teeth thus formed may either (1) both 
take places in the ordinary series, or (2) may stand externally and 
internally respectively. 

Substitution of two teeth for one, both being in series, was seen 
in Ommatophoca rossii (p'), Phoca grenlandica (p*), Otaria ursina 
(p’), Brachyteles hemidactylus (p'), Phalanger orientalis (p"), ditto 
(p’), Myrmecobius fasciatus (i), ditto (i#). Probably also cases of 
the presence of two similar small teeth in place of the first premolar 
in the Canidee and Felidze should be looked on as belonging to this 


1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 109 


class, though the materials which support this view cannot easily be 
given in brief. 

Partial or complete reduplication of teeth occurring in the second 
way was seen in P. greenlandica (p*), Otaria cinerea (m"), Canis me- 
somelas (p*), Vison horsfieldii (p*), Herpestes orientalis (p*), Herpestes 
gracilis (p), Felis domestica (p'), ditto (p*), Phalanger orientalis (#*), 
&e. 

The power of a single organ to reproduce itself is of course not 
confined to teeth, but will be shown to be present in many different 
kinds of organs, and especially in those which are ‘arranged as a 
Series of Multiple Parts. 


Variation in Terminal Teeth when a new member is added to the 
series. 


This is a phenomenon which is most instructive as a guide to the 


Fig. 3. 


Canis azare, from specimens in the Leyden Museum. 


I. Right upper molars of a specimen having a supernumerary third molar on 
each side. II. The right lower jaw of the same. III. and IV. The 
right upper and lower jaws of a normal skull of rather larger absolute 
size, to show the increased size of the teeth in the abnormal specimen. 
C. The carnassial tooth. 


nature of the process by which Multiple Parts are formed. It may 
be stated generally that if the tooth which is the last of a normal 


110 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, 


series is relativelya small tooth, as, for example, m? or m* in the Dog, 
then in cases of an addition to the series by which this terminal 
tooth becomes the penultimate it will be found that this penultimate 
tooth is larger and better developed than the corresponding ultimate 
tooth of a normal animal of the same size. Of this phenomenon 
two examples must here suffice. 

The first is a skull of Canis azare in the Leyden Museum (fig. 31, 
p- 109). In this figure, I and II represent the back-teeth of this 
abnormal specimen, I being the upper, and II the lower jaw. By 
the side of thése are shown the upper and lower jaws of a normal 
specimen of rather larger absolute size. In the upper jaw thereis a 
supernumerary m* on both sides and the great enlargement in m’ and 
especially in m?* is very striking. In the lower jaw there is no extra 
tooth, but the molars are considerably larger than the normal size. 

The next case is that of Dasyurus maculatus, having an extra 


Fig. 4. 


Dasyurus maculatus. 


A. Right upper jaw of a normal specimen. B and C. Upper and lower jaws of 
an abnormal specimen having an extra molar in each lower jaw and in 
the left upper jaw. In correlation with this change the sixth upper 
back-tooth (m*) has been increased in size. (The abnormal specimen 
was of less than normal size.) From specimens in the British Museum. 


molar in the left upper and both lower jaws. In this case, owing to 
the great difference which normally exists both in shape and size 
between the last tooth and the last but one, some obscurity is intro- 
duced by the changes associated with the presence of an extra tooth, 
and it would be difficult to determine the nature of the upper teeth 
if this phenomenon of Variation were unrecognized. The structures 
are shown in fig. 4, A being the right upper jaw of a normal 
specimen, while B and C are the jaws of the abnormal form (Brit. 
Mus. 983 6). The normal specimen is unfortunately much larger 


1 This drawing was kindly made for me by Mr. J. J. Lister. 


1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 111 


than the other, which Mr. Thomas tells me is abnormally small for 
the species. In the upper jaw of a normal skull there are two small 
premolars (p' and p* of Thomas) and behind these four molars. 
The molars increase in size from the first to the third, which is by 
far the largest. Behind the third is the fourth molar, which is 
much thinner than the others. On comparing the abnormal skull 
with the normal one it is seen, firstly, that on the left side there are 
seven teeth behind the canine, while on the right side there are 
‘only six such teeth, as usual. On the right side, however, the last 
molar has not the thin flattened form of the last molar of a normal 
skull, but is a fair-sized thick tooth. In each lower jaw there are 
seven back-teeth instead of six. In making a more detailed com- 
parison, the first five teeth on each side are clearly alike, while from 
its form the seventh on the left side might be thought to represent 
the normal sixth, and this is the view originally proposed by Mr. 
Thomas in his ‘Catalogue of Marsupialia,’ p. 265, note. The 
difficulty in this view is that it offers no suggestion as to the nature 
of the sixth tooth on the right side. In the light, however, of what 
has been observed in other cases of extra molars, it seems likely that 
ou the right side m* has been raised from a small tooth to one of 
fair size, while on the left side the process has gone further, m4 
being still larger and another tooth having been formed behind it. 
Mr. Thomas, to whom I am greatly indebted for having first shown 
me this specimen, allows me to say that he is prepared to accept the 
view here suggested. 

This phenomenon, of the enlargement of the terminal member of 
a series when it becomes the penultimate, is not by any means con- 
fined to teeth, for the same is true in the case of ribs, digits, &c., 
and it is possibly a regular property of the Variation of Series of 
Multiple Parts which are so graduated that the terminal member is 
the smallest. This fact will be found of great importance in any 
attempt to conceive the physical process of the formation of Mul- 
tiple Parts, and, pending a full discussion of this and kindred pro- 
cesses, it may be remarked that such a fact strikingly brings out the 
truth that the whole Series of Multiple Parts is bound together into 
one common whole, and that the addition of a member to the series 
may be correlated with a change in the series itself, and may occur 
in such a way that the general configuration of the whole series is 
preserved. In this case the new member of the series seems, as it 
were, to have been reckoned for before the division of the series into 
parts. This is, of course, only one way in which numerical Variation 
may take place; for, as was described in the previous section, ad- 
ditions to the series may be formed by the division of single members 
of the series, and in this case the configuration and proportions of 
the rest of the series remain normal. Examples of these two distinct 
methods of numerical Variation occur among Series of Multiple 
Parts of many kinds (digits, vertebree, &c.). 


Re-constitution of Parts of the Series. 
Some curious instances of what is almost a remodelling of parts 


112 MR. W. BATESON ON [ Feb. 2, 


Upper Diagram. 

Teeth of Rhinoptera javanica, specimen having asymmetrical dentition (after 
Smith Woodward). The arrangement on the right side of the figure is 
normal, The lettering shows Mr. Woodward’s suggestion as to the cor- 
respondence of the parts. 

Middle Diagram. 

Rhinoptera sp.inc. From a Hunterian specimen in the Museum of the College 
of Surgeons. On the left side there are three rows of small lateral teeth, 
while on the right side two of these rows are represented by one row, 
which in places shows an indication of division. 

Lower Diagram. 

Rhinoptera javanica, in which the row of teeth marked I. is on the other side 
represented by two rows. (After Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. xxv. fig. 2. 
From a specimen in Coll. Surg. Mus.) 


Norz.—That in these two cases, though the general proportionsare maintained, 
the lines of division between ,the lateral plates on the abnormal side are 
not in their normal morphological positions relatively to the median 
Lies the interspaces on the one side corresponding to the teeth on the 
other. 


1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 113 


of the series have been met with. Cases of this kind are known in the 
tessellated teeth of Rhinoptera (an Eagle-Ray), the most remarkable 
being that described and figured in R. jussieut by Smith Woodward 
in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. i. 1888, p. 281. In this specimen 
(fig. 5, upper diagram) the number and arrangement of the teeth were 
quite different on the two sides, those on the one side being normal, 
while those on the other were unlike any known form. This new kind 
of tessellation was, nevertheless, so regular and definite that had it 
been existing on both sides the specimen would undoubtedly have 


Fig. 6. 
IG 
goo, 
TOM We 


? 


Nave DAP Sons 


ae 


i 


oe 


Ateles marginatus, having four premolars on each side in the upper jaw instead 
of three. The lower jaw is normal, and the lower canine consequently 
bites behind the upper. (Brit. Mus. 1214 0.) 


been made the type of a newspecies. There is, indeed, in the British 
Museum a unique pair of jaws in both of which a very similar tes- 
sellation occurs in a nearly symmetrical manner, and though this 
specimen has been described as R. polyodon, it is by no means unlikely 
that it is actually a ‘“‘sport” of this kind derived from the usual 
formula of Rhinoptera. 

One case in Mammals may be mentioned. This is a specimen 
of Ateles marginatus (Brit. Mus. 1214 6) having four premolars 
in each upper jaw instead of three (fig. 6). The lower 
jaw is normal. ‘There is nothing in this specimen to indicate 


Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1892, No. VIII. 8 


114 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, 


that any one of these teeth should be considered supernumerary 
more than any other; and in the absence of such evidence it 
would, as I think, be best to regard the four premolars in this 
specimen as collectively representing the three premolars of the 
normal. For just as a stick may be broken into three pieces or into 
four, so would it seem to be with Multiple Parts. The epithelium 
which normally gives off three enamel-germs has here given off four 
such germs, and I believe that it is as impossible to analyze the four 
teeth and apportion them out among the three teeth as it would be 
to homologize the sides of an equilateral triangle with the sides of a 
square of the same peripheral measurement, or to homologize the seg- 
ments of a 4-rayed Sarsia* with segments of its 6-rayed “sport.” 
To make such an attempt would be to disregard the plain and ob- 
vious indications of the true nature of the phenomenon, and any 
theory of Homology which recognizes this class of problem as profit- 
able or legitimate is, I believe, founded upon a wrong conception 
of the physical process of Division. . 


For, after all, it is with a process of physiological Division 
that we have here to do, and the Division which results in the 
formation of a series of Multiple Parts is probably a manifesta- 
tion of the same physical process as the Division of a cell or the 
segmentation of an ovum. Whoever will discover by what physical 
process an ovum segments will give us the key to the problem of the 
segmentation of tissues into Series of Multiple Parts; and though 
we are far enough from having any such knowledge, we should at 
least recognize that this is the problem to be dealt with, and any 
working hypothesis of the nature of Homology should be, at 
all events, in harmony with what is known of the processes of 
Division and should be founded upon them. Now the ordinary 
conception of the relationship of Homology as defined above, though 
it has been a useful instrument as a basis of nomenclature and so 
forth, is nevertheless inconsistent with the facts of Division and is 
founded on assumptions which are not justified, suggesting a view of 
the physics of Division which is wrong. 

In order to appreciate this, let the reader consider, for example, 
the case of Ommatophoca rossii given above. Judged by the ordi- 
nary rules of morphological criticism, this specimen shows one or 
both of two things :— 


(1) The first premolar of Ommatophoca may in itself represent 
two premolars of an ancestor. 

Or (2) In the descendants of Ommatophoca the single first pre- 
molar may be represented by two distinct and several pre- 
molars. 


1 Sarsia is the Medusa of a Gymnoblastic Hydroid (Syncoryne). The 
normal] form has 4 radial canals, 4 ocelli, and 4 tentacles. ‘Three specimens 
having six of each of these parts are recorded, two (American) by L. Agassiz, 
Mem. Amer. Acad. Sci. iv. 248, pl. v. fig. 5, and one (British) by Romanes, 
Journ. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 527. All of these were radially symmetrical. 


1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 115 


One or both of these propositions may be true. If the division of 
the other three first premolars were as complete as that of the 
left P' there would be no indication of their origin. But if it is 
possible for a premolar to represent or to be represented by two 
premolars, without any visible indication of its double nature, may 
not the same be true of the premolars of other forms? May it not 
be true of teeth generally? And if it is true, how are the homologies 
of teeth to be determined? Nevertheless teeth are almost preemi- 
nently amenable to this kind of treatment. ‘They have been studied 
with immense care. The facts which they present, and on which 
their homologies are to be determined, are remarkably compact, and 
of all Series of Multiple Parts they offer the best chance. But ex- 
amined in the light of a knowledge of the facts of Variation, that 
process is found to be capable of occurring in a way which precludes 
the possibility of carrying out an analysis of the relation between 
the parts and suggests that such relationship need not necessarily 
exist at all. This subject cannot now be discussed further; but if 
any one wishes to realize the difficulties suggested by the Variations 
of which instances have been given, let him read some good dis- 
cussion of dental homologies, as, for example, Thomas’s excellent 
paper ', with these cases in his mind, and as he reads let him ask 
himself what margin is left for the oceurrence of phenomena like 
this. Such schemes as that alluded to, though they have done a 
most useful work, and though they are ingenious, logical, and orderly, 
are orderly because they are made without regard to the ways of 
Variation, which is arbitrary and capricious and follows no order 
that we have yet devised. 

An illustration will perhaps help to make clear the point at issue. 
The received view of homology supposes that a varying form is 
derived from the normal much as a man might make a wax model 
of the variety from a wax model of the type, by small ad- 
ditions to, and subtractions from, the several parts. This may, 
to our imaginations, seem, perhaps, the readiest way by which 
to make the varying form if we were asked to do it; but 
the natural process differs in one great essential from this. For 
in nature the body of the varying form has never been the body 
of its parent and is not formed by a plastic operation from it; 
but in each case the body of the offspring is made again from the 
beginning, just as if the wax model had gone back into the melting- 
pot before the new model was begun. 

The present system of Homology must probably be retained as a 
basis of notation, imperfect though it is and though it is founded on 
a misconception of essential facts. It is likely that many will be 
disposed to doubt the reality of this misconception. and I can only 
ask that they should suspend judgment until the whole evidence can 
be produced. In the meantime this summary of facts and conclusions 
is put forward, together with a few “ Prerogative Instances,” in the 
hope that some one may be thereby attracted to a most powerful 
and fascinating method of zoological research. 

1 Phil. Trans. 1887, vol. elxxviii. B, p. 4438. ep 


116 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE YARKAND STAG. [Feb. 16, 


February 16, 1892. 
Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited two heads (one mounted) and a skin 
of the Yarkand Stag. The specimens had been lent for exhibition 
by Major C. S. Cumberland, who shot the animals in the woods on 


Skull and horns of Yarkand Stag (from specimen in Nat. Hist. Mus.) 1. 


the Yarkand or Tarim river in 1890, as described by him in ‘ Land 
and Water’ (vol. li. p. 318, March 14th, and p. 446, April 11th, 
1891). 

Mr. Blanford made the following remarks :— 

The Stag of Eastern Turkestan was first brought to notice by 


1 The head here figured is in the British Natural History Museum, and was 
presented by Mr. A.O. Hume. The skull measures in basal length 14 inches, 
in breadth across the orbits 6°75; the two horns are 35 and 34 inches long 
respectively, measured along the beam and round curves, and the girth of the 
right horn, just above the burr, is 6°75 inches. 


1892. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON HEADS OF ANTELOPES. 117 


some of the officers who accompanied the Mission under Sir D. 
Forsyth sent by the Government of India to Yarkand and Kashgar 
in 1873; and by Colonel Prejvalski, who found this Deer common 
around the Lower Tarim and Lobnor in 1876, and noticed it (Pet. 
Mitth., Erg. Heft, No. 53, p. 9) as Cervus maral. In the ‘Mam- 
malia’ of the Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission, 
p- 92, this animal is mentioned, and a photograph of its horns 
obtained by Mr. R. Shaw noticed. From the photograph it was 
surmised that the horns resembled those of C. affinis. 

Several fine heads have since been obtained by Mr. A. O. Hume 
from Yarkand; of these three are now in the British Museum. All 
are very similar: they have 5 tines on each horn, as is generally the 
case in C. cashmirianus and C. offinis, but differ greatly from the last 
named in the curve of the beam, and somewhat from C. cashmirianus, 
to which, however, they appear very closely allied. At the same time 
the horns of the Tarim Stag appear always distinguishable as 
spreading less and by the terminal tine never being curved inwards to 
anything like the extent that it is in C. cashmirianus. There is 
very little resemblance to C. maral, in which the crown appears to 
consist of more than two tines. 

C. maral, C. cashmirianus, and some other Deer may be ultimately 
classed as subspecies of C. elaphus. The Yarkand Stag is apparently 
another subspecies, distinguished by its unusually straight horns. As 
a distinctive name is useful for these races, each of which appears to 
occupy a small isolated area, the name C. yarkandensis may be 
applied to the Yarkand and Tarim Deer as a subspecific name, it 
being understood that the form is not regarded as specifically distinct 
from C. cashmirianus. 

The skin of the body is unusually pale in colour, with a well 
marked caudal disk. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on some “ Spinning or 
Japanese Mice,” as a particoloured breed of Mus musculus or one of 
its allies, now commonly kept in captivity, is usually called. The 
curious habit of spinning round and round after their tails like a 
kitten was highly developed in this breed and continually exercised. 
It was very difficult to imagine a reason how this habit originated, 
and why it was so readily inherited. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited a series of mounted heads of Antelopes 
belonging to Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E., and made the following 
remarks :— 

My communication upon Capt. Swayne’s Antelopes to the last 
meeting having been rather hurried owing to stress of time, I thought 
it might interest the Society to examine Capt. Swayne’s private col- 
lection of heads, which have been beautifully mounted for him by 
Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. of Piccadilly, and kindly sent here for 
exhibition. 


118 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANTHROPOID APES. | Feb. 16, 


They belong, as-will be seen, to the eight following species :— 


(1) Bubalis swaynei. (5) Lithocranius walleri. 
(2) Neotragus saltianus. (6) Oryx beisa. 

(3) Gazella semmerringi. (7) Strepsiceros kudu. 
(4) Gazella spekii. (8) Strepsiceros imberbis. 


Amongst these, I am specially pleased to be able to draw atten- 
tion to a beautifully prepared head of Swayne’s Hartebeest (Bubalis 
swaynet), the new Antelope of which I pointed out the characters at 
the last meeting. It will be observed that this mounted head fully 
confirms the points of difference between Swayne’s Antelope and 
the allied species (B. tora) on the North, and Coke’s Hartebeest 
(B. cokii) on the South. From both these species, without reference 
to the form of the horns, of which I spoke on the former occasion, 
the new species is at once distinguished by the dark chestnut colour of 
the whole head and neck, which is relieved by the black face below 
the eyes and the light isabelline of the nose and lips. The ears also 
are of an isabelline tint, with the hairs edging the interior rim nearly 
white. 

This, I may remark, is the fourth new species of Antelope that we 
have lately received from Somaliland, and it is even possible that 
the Water-buck (Cobus) met with, but not obtained, by Mr. James’s 
party in the interior, as well as the small Antelope called “ Beira”’ 
spoken of by Capt. Swayne, may turn out to be novelties also. 

Mr. Sclater gave the following list of the known Antelopes of 
Northern Somali-land and their native names :— 


List of the Somaliland Antelopes. 


1. Swayne’s Hartebeest. Bubalis swaynei. “ Sig.” 

2. Salt’s Antelope. Neotragus saltianus. “ Sagaro.” 

3. Klipspringer. Oreotragus saltator. “ Alikhud.” 

4. Water-buck. Cobus sp. inc. 

5. Seemmerring’s Gazelle. Gazella semmerringi. * Aiwal.” 

6. Pelzeln’s Gazelle. pelzelni. ** Dehro.” 

7. Speke’s Gazelle. spekii. do ? 

8. Clarke’s Gazelle. Ammodorcas clarkii. “ Debo Tag.” 

9. Waller’s Gazelle. Lithocranius walleri. “« Gerenook.” 
10. Beisa Antelope. Oryx beisa, “ Bact.” 
11. Greater Koodoo. Strepsiceros kudu. “ Goriali Gédir.” 
12. Lesser Koodoo. —— imberbis. “ Arreh Gédir.” 


Mr. A. Smith Woodward exhibited and made remarks on speci- 
mens of the supposed jaws and teeth of Bothriolepis from the Upper 
Devonian Formation of Canada. 


Mr. F. E. Beddard read a paper entitled “Contributions to the 
Anatomy of the Anthropoid Apes.” 

This contained a description of the external characters, brain, and 
muscles of the Bald-headed Chimpanzee “Sally,” and the reputed 
Lesser Orang “ George,” lately living in the Society’s gardens. 

The. Bald-headed Chimpanzee, Troglodytes calvus, was established 
as a second species of Chimpanzee by M. Du Chaillu. The Natural 


1892. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANTHROPOID APES. 119 


History Museum possessed skins and skeletons of this Anthropoid 
which were obtained from M. Du Chaillu ; a comparison of these 
with the skin and skeleton of “ Sally” showed that the Chimpanzee 
which lived for so many years (from 1883 to 1891) in the Society’s 
Gardens was undoubtedly referable to Du Chaillu’s Troglodytes 
calvus. The late Dr. Gray had refused to admit the validity of 
this species; but the present paper afforded additional reasons for 
accepting T'roglodytes calvus as a distinct form of Chimpanzee, not 
synonymous with the 7. ¢schego of Duvernoy. 

The animal was unfortunately so diseased that the viscera could 
not be satisfactorily studied ; the bones, too, exhibited pathological 
appearances, so that the supposed differences in the skulls of 
T. calvus and T. niger must probably be liberally discounted. The 
animal had acquired the permanent incisors and bicuspids of the 
upper jaw; the first molar being the only one of the molar series 
which wasin place. The canines were along way from their defini- 
tive position, and protruded through the bone. In the lower jaw 
the only representatives of the milk-dentition which had not been 
replaced were the canines. The condition of the teeth, were their 
possessor a human being, would suggest the age to have been 
between ten and eleven years: this was in all probability the age of 
the Chimpanzee. 

The muscular anatomy did not, as might be expected, show 
many differences from the common Chimpanzee, 7’. niger. 

At present it was impossible to state how far even these slight 
differences might be individual. Although so many anatomists— 
Brith], Bischoff, Humphrey, Macalister, Sutton, Chapman, Vrolik, 
Gratiolet, and Alix, &e.—had recorded their dissections of 7’. niger, 
the normal muscular structure of even that species was not yet 
beyond dispute. And as the present paper contained the only 
account yet published of the myology of 7’. calvus, the facts stated 
must be taken for what they were worth. 

In the following table the principal differences between T’roglo- 
dytes calyus and Troglodytes niger were shown (according to Sutton’s 
account of the myology of the latter) :— 


T. calvus. T. niger. 
Pect. Minor .......0+.-- Insertion : coracoid. Insertion: capsule of 
shoulder-joint. 
Biceps cruris ....00005 Ischial head present. Ischial head absent. 
|SITE" Beppe BAe eee from head of fibula only. from upper third of pos- 
terior surface of fibula 
only. 
Flex. prof. digit....... attached by a vinculum No such vinculum (?)1. 
to flex. long. digit. mera 
Flex. long. digit. ...... supplies digits m., 1v.,v. supplies digits 1, v. 
Lumbricales ..........+. three. four. 
Flex. long. poll. ...... well developed, supplies absent or feebly deve- 
index and pollex. ped supplies only pol- 
ex. 
Ext. min. digit. ...... absent. present. 


This vinculum, however, is stated by Macalister to occur. Sutton does not 
say it is absent ; he does not refer to it, 


120 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, 


In the brain the chief differences from 7’. niger were: the greater 
depth in proportion to the length ; the Sylvian fissure was much more 
upright than in the common Chimpanzee, and therefore approached 
the Gorilla and the other Anthropoids; the common Chimpanzee 
came nearest to man in the direction of this fissure. The middle lobe 
of the cerebellum was overlapped posteriorly, and nearly concealed, 
by the two lateral lobes. 

The Orang “ George”’ was believed on its arrival to be an adult 
example of the Lesser Orang, Simia morio, originally described by 
Sir R. Owen. It proved to be a much younger specimen than had 
been supposed. All the milk-teeth were present ; and, although 
they were unusually worn, none had been replaced by the permanent 
teeth. The shape of the head was, however, rather different from 
that of the typical Simia satyrus, being distinctly longer and not so 
markedly brachycephalic. 

The external characters, particularly the hands and feet, were 
described and illustrated, and a full account was given of the muscular 
anatomy of the limbs. 

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s * Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. 
Borneo. By Artuur G. Burinr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 


[Received January 8, 1892.] 
(Plate VI.) 


The Lepidoptera here enumerated were obtained by Mr. W. B. 
Pryer and presented by him to the National Collection; many of 
them have suffered considerably from damp, but, fortunately, the 
examples of the finest of the new species are in excellent condition. 


RHOPALOCERA. 


This part of the collection is of little value, and the specimens 
are much damaged ; it, however, contains examples of an interesting 
Elymnias. The following is a list of the species :—Calliplea ma- 
zares, Moore, Salpinx kadu, Eschscholtz, Elymnias (probably the 
male of #. penanga, Westw., black above, with the interno-basal half 
and a belt across the apical area of the primaries slaty Jilacine), 
Lurytela castelnaui 9, Felder, Neptis thamala, Moore, Rahinda 
sandaka, n. sp.', Athyma nefte, Cram., Euthalia dunya, Hew., 
Lebadea padaka, Moore, Amathusia phidippus, Linn., Hypolimnas 


1 Exactly like R. peraka, excepting that the submarginal band of the 
primaries is single instead of treble—a distinction which is believed to be 
constant. 


P ZS .1892 Plate VI. 


West, Newman ump. 


WPurkiss hthadnat. 


Lepidoptera from Sandakan. 


P5922) > |” LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 121 


wallaceana 3, Butl., Narathura pryeri, n. sp.', N. achelous Q var., 
Hew., Papilio prexaspes, Feld., P. evemon, Bdv., P. telephus, Feld., 
P. bathycles, Ginck., P. arycles, Boisd., P. agamemnon, Linn., 
Astictopterus sindu, Feld. 


HETEROCERA. 


Amongst these are several beautiful new insects, as well as others 
which are by no means abundant in collections. No Sphingide are 
represented, but there is a lovely new Zygenoid Arctiid. 


CHALCOSIID. 
MIcxeria FICTA. 


Cyclosia ficta, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 97 (1862). 

Milleria pontioides, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. vii. p. 35 (1881). 

Walker’s description of this species is so bad that without exam- 
ining the type it would be quite impossible to guess at its identity 
with M. pontioides. 


CALLAMESIA STRIATA. 


Amesia striata, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. 
p. 142 (1891). 

This species appears to be allied to OC. submaculans of Walker 
(Journ. Linn. Soe. iii. p. 185, 1860). I have to thank Mr. Druce 
for identifying it for me as his species. 


CHALCOSIA INDISTINCTA. 


Chalcosia indistincta, Swinhoe, in litt. 
One imperfect female. 


ARCTIIDE. 
MypDRoTHAUMA, N, gen. 


Nearest to Zupyra, the primaries a little narrower, the subcostal 
branches emitted regularly from the cell instead of branching off 
from the main nervure; the second and third median brauches 
wider apart at their origins; the secondaries with strongly arched 
costal margins; three instead of two median branches; palpi 
extremely short and porrected, instead of very long and almost 
erect; tibial spurs also very short; abdomen much _ broader, 
flattened and tufted at the sides. From Mydrodowa, to which it is 
also allied, it differs in its considerably narrower primaries with 
sinuous instead of arched inner margin ; in the important point of 


* Differs from N. amphimuta, to which it is allied and which it nearly re- 
sembles on the under surface, in its much inferior size and in the deep glistening 
ultramarine (rather than violet) blue colouring of the upper surface ; the 
female, which is in the B.M. from Sarawak, has a much more restricted 
blue area, especially on the pecoud amie expanse of wings, ¢ 43 millim., 
© 40 millim. 


122 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, 


the absence of an accessory cell, in the non-furcate subcostal 
branches, in the very important point of the absence of a costal 
vein to the secondaries, the simple instead of forked subcostal vein, 
the presence of a radial vein, which in Mydrodoza is absent, and 
the more slender legs with better defined tibial spurs. Altogether, 
in spite of a similarity in the palpi of Mydrodoxa and Mydro- 
thauma, the latter is decidedly more nearly allied to Hupyra. 
Type IZ. ada. 


MyprorHauMa Apa, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.) 


do. Nearest to M. semperi (Mydrodowa semperi, Druce, P. Z. 8. 
1885, p. 519, pl. xxxii. fig. 1), which is a true Mydrothauma, but 
far more beautiful; primaries above velvety greenish black, with 
three metallic violet spots forming an arched stripe across the base ; 
a narrow band of gold with diffused greenish edges across the basal 
third, its inferior extremity not quite reaching the inner margin ; 
the disk almost wholly occupied by two large unequal golden spots 
or patches with diffused greenish edges: secondaries intense seri- 
ceous black ; the costal area greyish; a minute steel-blue spot at 
the end of the cell ; a trifid subeuneiform hyaline patch divided by 
the second and third median branches: head and collar vivid 
carmine; thorax velvety black, the meso- and metathorax clothed 
at the sides with deep smoky brown hair: abdomen blackish 
brown, almost black, with velvety black lateral tufts; each 
segment marked with lateral metallic violet-blue dashes: wings 
below very like the under surface of M. semperi, excepting that 
they are blacker, the discocellular veinlets are defined by metallic 
blue instead of green spots, and the gold and green on the external 
area is much more extended ; body below black, the legs and sides 
of venter spotted with metallic blue spots. Expanse of wings 48 
millim. 

A single example only of this charming novelty was captured by 
Mrs. Pryer, to whom (at her husband’s request) [I have dedicated 
it. 

PHISSAMA VACILLANS. 

Amphissa vacillans, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 685. n. 1 (1855). 


LiTHosiuDz. 


CABARDA BIZONOIDES. 

Lyclene bizonoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 111 (1862). 

C. molliculana=C. sequens is perhaps only a variety of this 
species. 


Karua, sp. inc. 

The single example is not perfect and therefore I hink it better 
not to describe it; it is like a small example of K. intermizta, 
Walk., from Southern India, but the face is greyer. 


1892.] | LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 123 


NyYCTEMERID. 
LLEPTOSOMA INTEGRUM. 
Nyctemera integra, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. v. p. 1879 (1866). 
Originally described from a Philippine example. 


LEPTOSOMA REGULARE. 

Leptosoma regularis, Suellen, Veth’s Midden-Sumatra, Lep. 
p. 34 (1880). 

The specimen in the present collection differs from the typical 
form in the abbreviation of the outer marginal border of the 
secondaries on the upper surface. 


LipaRiD&. 
ADLULLIA GUTTULATA. 


Euproctis guttulata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxix. p. 36. n. 3, 
pl. 1. fig. 3 (1886). 

One female. 

Described from a Sumatran example. 


ADLULLIA, n. sp., Swinhoe, za litt. 


A slightly damaged female. 

The generic term Adlullia of Walker takes precedence of Chero- 
tricha, Felder, as in general use. Mr. Kirby, however, holds that 
the type of Chwrotricha is synonymous with Gogane. 


LIMACODID. 

ScorpELODES VENOSA. 

Scopelodes venosa, Walker, Lep. Het. v. p. 1105. n. 3 (1855). 

A male example. 

The female only was previously known to us from Silhet and 
“FE. India” ; the male now sent is very like that sex of S. auro- 
grisea, but the abdomen is more decidedly banded with black ; the 
abdominal half only of the secondaries is ochreous and the primaries 
below are more distinctly veined with whitish. 

The following appears to me to be a new genus of Nycteolide; 
the male, from Borneo, has been for some years in the Museum 
collecticn. 

NYCTEOLID2. 


SIGLOPHORA, n. gen. 

Allied to Chandica, primaries with nearly straight costa, slightly 
arched external margin and more strongly arched inner margin; a deep 
longitudinal groove behind the costal vein on the under surface ; 
subcostal with four ordinary branches, the two last emitted from a 
long footstalk; the fifth branch emitted from the end of the cell 
close to the upper radial, the lower radial emitted near the third 
median and therefore looking like a fourth median branch: secondaries 
rather short, deeply excised in the male on the radial interspaces, 
merely angulated in the female; costal vein united to the subcostal 


124 MK. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Feb. 16, 


close to the base, separating from it at about the middle of the 
discoidal cell and running thence to apex ; subcostal emitting two 
branches from the anterior angle of the cell; discocellular weak, in- 
arched; radial emitted at the inferior angle of the cell; second and 
third median branches emitted from a long footstalk near to the radial: 
body robust, similar to that of Chandica; palpi long, thick, and 
compressed ; antennz, long, thick, simple; legs rather thick, the 
middle tibize armed with two unequal spurs, the inner ones very 
long ; posterior tibiee with four spurs. Type S. della. 


SIGLOPHORA BELLA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) 

Basal three-sevenths of primaries bright lemon-yellow, ornamented 
by little irregular undulated lines and rings of blackish brown and 
bounded externally by a dark imperfect line; a costal patch 
beyond this area of the same colour and crossed by dark brown 
irregular lines; remainder of wing vinous brown in the male, rust- 
red in the female, varied by a few inconspicuous darker spots; a 
deeply dentated submarginal line of yellow—indistinct in the male, 
but sharply defined and partly bounded internally by black spots 
in the female; fringe vinous, sericeous, spotted with grey: 
secondaries with the basal half ( ¢ ) to third ( Q ) sericeous semitrans- 
parent white, tinted externally with yellow and bounded by a badly 
defined reddish band ; remainder of wing vinous grey; fringe with 
a pale basal line: thorax bright yellow, varied with rust-red 
markings: abdomen bright rust-red, with a yellow spot in the 
centre of the basal segment, in the male specimen before me the 
sides and margins of the segments are pearly whitish (possibly 
owing to abrasion) and the anal tuft is blackish; on the under 
surface the defined markings have all disappeared; the yellow 
portions of the wings are softened down and the remaining area is 
grey, a reddish band separating the yellow from the grey areas: 
body below pearly white; palpi and fore tibize yellowish, banded 
with vinous grey. Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, 2 23 millim. 

3, Borneo, 1879 (coll. B.M.). 2, Sandakan. 


NoroponTIp&. 

CELEIA, sp. inc. 

A much broken example of a fine and apparently new species of 
this genus. 

CaREIDE. 

CaREA, 0. sp. 

Fragments of an unnamed species, shortly to be described by 
Col. Swinhoe, were in the collection. 


DREPANULIDE. 
DrareETODES NUMMULARIA. 
Drapetodes nummularia, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxxii. n. 11, pl. 1. 
figs. 4, 4 a (1889). 
A single female example. 


1892. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 125 


AGNIDRA CARNFA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 3.) 


3. Sericeous pale brownish flesh-colour, sparsely irrorated with 
blackish atoms, which are most abundant on the outer half of the 
secondaries: primaries crossed by two very indistinct oblique 
darker lines—the first before the middle, irregular, almost }-shaped, 
the second regular, discal, more oblique, elbowed below apex; a 
submarginal series of rosy spots on the veins: secondaries with two 
whitish stigmata on the discocellulars; under surface rosy flesh- 
coloured, veins ochraceous; wings sprinkled with black atoms; 
primaries crossed by an oblique grey discal stripe, which is vaguely 
continued by the black atoms across the secondaries ; fore tibice 
scarlet. Expanse of wings 35 millim. 

Although the apices of the primaries are broken the specimen of 
this very distinct species in the collection is sufficiently perfect for 
description. 


BomMBYCID. 
ERNOLATIA SIGNATA. 


Ernolatia signata, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 131. 

One female. 

A discoloured male in the Museum from Java igs named 
*‘ QOcinara lida,’? Moore. 


CARADRINIDZ. 
PRODENIA LITTORALIS. 


Hadena littoralis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 91. n. 2, 
pl. 13. fig. 8. 


CALLOPISTRIID. 


I have waded laboriously through Walker’s long paper on the 
Lepidoptera of Sarawak in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society’ 
without being able to identify the three following species with 
certainty ; the first, however, is probably his Hutelia? consentanea, 
and therefore I so name it, although it is not a Hutelia but belongs 
to a new genus allied to Hyperdasys. 


PacHYDASYS, n. gen. 


Primaries with straight costa, rectangular apex, and obtusely 
angulated outer margin; palpi broad, obliquely ascending, com- 
pressed, terminal joint short; antenne of male subserrate, fasci- 
culated: all the femora and tibize and the tarsi of the hind legs 
very broadly fringed and clothed with coarse hair-scales. 


PacHYDASYS CONSENTANEA. (Plate VI. fig. 5.) 


Q. Eutelia? consentanea, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 68. 
n. 313 (1864). 


One male example. 


126 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, 


PLATYDASYS, n. gen. 


Allied to the preceding genus and to Cotanda ; the wings of the 
same form as in Dissolophus; the antenne most like those of 
Cotanda but thicker, the femora and tibiz of all the legs and the 
tarsi of the middle and hind pairs very densely clothed with coarse 
hair-scales. Type P. pryeri. 


PLATYDASYS PRYERI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6.) 


Sepia-brown with faint roseate reflections; the primaries with 
black and white lines and spots almost exactly as in the European 
Methorasa latreillei; but the reniform spot is larger and more 
indented in front, and the pink hastate spot immediately beyond the 
sinuous black-edged white discal line and situated upon the upper 
radial vein is much less prominent, so that it is scarcely distinguishable 
from the remaining portion of the pale stripe bounding the external 
edge of the disca! line. Expanse of wings 34 millim. 

do, Sarawak; 2, Labuan. In coll. B.M. 

A fragment of the female was obtained by Mr. Pryer in Sanda- 
kan. This species should be among the insects described by 
Walker ; but, if so, the description is not good enough to render its 
identification possible. 


Pa@ciLoGRAMMA, 0. gen. 


Nearest to Gnamptocera, but in the pied character of its markings 
very dissimilar, superficially, from any of the allied genera; antennze 
normal in character, with short sparse ciliations ; palpi broad, 
compressed, curved obliquely upwards, with short terminal joint ; 
collar and tegule ample ; metathorax with prominent central crest ; 
basal segment of abdomen probably tufted; legs long, the front 
tibiz broad, the external edge being densely fringed with coarse 
scales; femora of middle pair of legs flattened and grooved, the 
tibiz densely clothed with hair and with two long terminal spurs ; 
posterior legs almost naked, the tibize with the usual spurs. Type 
P. picata. 


Pa@cILOGRAMMA PICATUM, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 4.) 


Primaries above sepia-brown, spotted and streaked with black, 
the internal area whity brown ; base white, marked with two black 
spots, an oblique bisinuated white stripe from the base of the costa 
to an oblique white band across the basal two-fifths of the wing, 
the latter band is traversed by a black line and is angulated at its 
costal extremity ; an oblique white streak from the apex, interrupted 
by the reniform spot, which is white, oval, and encloses two unequal 
black spots, and the postmedian stripe, which is white, internally 
edged with black, zigzag and very irregular, a slightly sinuous 
white submarginal stripe, connected on the second median interspace 
by a white spot, with a marginal series of internally white-edged 
black dashes ; fringe whitish, spotted with grey ;: secondaries grey, 
with diffused darker external border : head and collar blackish, partly 


1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 127 


white-edged ; mesothorax buff, speckled with black; tegule 
and metathorax white, spotted and speckled with black ; abdomen 
whitish with grey dorsal spots: primaries below smoky grev, with 
dull white inner margin; costa partly whitish ; an indistinct trans- 
verse dark postmedian stripe and a subapical pure white spot : 
secondaries whitish irrorated with grey scales; a black crescent at 
end of cell followed by an arched discal grey stripe and a diffused 
grey external belt which tapers towards anal angle; body below 
whitish, palpi brownish, fore and middle tibiz white barred with 
blackish. Expanse of wings 33 millim. 

A single male example, with slightly damaged abdomen, but 
otherwise in good condition. 


HomMopreriDz&. 
HoMopreRA CRUEGERI. 


Homoptera cruegeri, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 411. n. 51. 
Evidently a very wide-ranging species. 


CaTEPHIIDE. 

MELIPOTIS CYLLARIA. 

Phalena (Noctua) cyliaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 251. 
figs. C, D (1779). 

This species, which varies greatly in the coloration of the 
primaries (like the other species of Melipotis), is identical with 
MM. cyllota aud M. signivitta. Achea purpureilinea, Walk., is 
probably the same species. 


OPHIDERID&. 
OPHIDERES FULLONICA. 
Phalena-Noctua fullonica, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 812. n. 16. 


OPHIDERES AURANTIA. 
Ophideres aurantia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 607. 


PHYLLODIDZ. 
PoTAMOPHORA MANLIA. 


Phalena-Noctua manlia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 144, pl. 92. 
fig. A (1779). 

The variability of this species is well known ; one of Mr. Pryer’s 
specimens is very pretty, the reniform spot and a stripe connecting 
it with the inner margin being bright ochreous: we have one similar 
example from Darjiling. 


LYGNIODES MAURUS, Staud. 


An imperfect example of a fine species allied to L. endoleuca, but 
with the fringes and the abdominal area of the secondaries bright 
ochreous. Mr. Druce has received examples of this species from 
Dr. Staudinger with a name above given, but I am not certain that 
it has been published. 


128 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, 


DysGoniip&. 
LAGOPTERA HONESTA. 
Thyas honesta, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii., Lep. iv., 
Noct. iii. figs. 1, 2. 
LAGOPTERA MAGICA. 


Corycia magica, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 535, 
536. 


OPHIODES DISJUNGENS. 
Othiodes (sic) disjungens, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1360 (1857). 


PINDARA ILLIBATA. 
Noctua illibata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 592. n. 8 (1775). 


OPpHISMA INVERSA. 
Ophisma inversa, Walker, Lep, Het. xiv. p. 1384. n. 34 (1857). 


ACHZA FASCICULIPES. 
Achea fasciculipes, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1400. n. 20 (1857). 


SERRODES CAMPANA. 


Serrodes campana, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 252. n. 1673 (1852). 
An unusually lilacine example. 


DysGoNIA FULVOTENIA. 
Ophiusa fulvotenia, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 272. n. 1710 (1852). 


AMPHIGONIIDE. 


AMPHIGONIA COMPRIMENS. 
Amphigonia comprimens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1540. n. 5 
(1858). 
THERMESIID. 
PLATYJA UMMINEA. 


@. Phalena-Noctua umminea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 267. 
fig. F (1782). 
Ginea removens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1638. n. 1 (1858). 
3. Sympis subunita, Guenée, Noct. ili. p. 344. n. 1810 (1852). 
Cotuza drepanoides, Walker, 1. c. p. 1552. n. 1 (1858). 
Both varieties of this species were obtained by Mr. Pryer. 


CAPNODES MACULICOSTA. 


Capnodes’? maculicosta, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1608. n. 19 
(1858). 


1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 129 


HERMINIIDA. 
AMBLYGOES OILEUSALIS. 


Herminia oileusalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 116. n. 38. 
Madopa ? quadristrigata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1877, p. 73, 
pl. 5. fig. 7. 


PYRALES. 
STERICTA DIVITALIS. 
Glossina divitalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 124. n. 20. 


ARTHROSCHISTA HILARALIS. 
Margaronia hilaralis, Walker, Lep. Het. xviii. p. 532. n. 33 (1859). 


SYLEPTA IOPASALIS. 
Botys iopasalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvili. p. 652. n. 182 (1859). 


MerSANCHYLA ILLECTALIS. 
Desmia ° illectalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xix. p. 931 (1859). 


TALANGA SEXPUNCTALIS. 


Oligostigma sexpunctalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 616, 
pl. 60. fig. 12. 


DicHocrocis PANDAMALIS. 
Botys pandamalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xix. p. 999 (1859). 


SICULODIDE, 
DurpDARA OVIFERA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 7.) 


Nearest to D. fenestrina, but differing from all the named forms 
of the genus in its grey coloration above and in having an oblique 
oval hyaline spot near the base of the first median interspace of the 
primaries ; the outer half of the fringe of the secondaries is white ; 
the primaries below are almost wholly glaucous grey, with white 
internal border, and in the secondaries the costa and veins are 
greyish ; the palpi are even longer than in D. plagifera, and are 
whitish internally and along their inferior margins. Expanse of 
wings 28 millim. 

Mr. Meyrick says (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 185) that “ Microsca 
plagifera is a variety of Striglina myrtea, Drury (=fenestrina, Feld., 
and fenestrata, Gn.), with the spot (which varies very much and is 
sometimes absent) unusually large. With every wish not to admit 
too many species, I cannot conceive that Mr. Meyrick is correct in 
this assertion ; for, however much a spot on the wing may vary in 
size and shape, it appears highly improbable that the palpi would 
follow suit, aud assuredly there is little resemblance between the 
palpi of D. fenestrina and D. plagifera (which I described as a 
Microsca). Our example of D. fenestrina is a female, and so far as 
can be judged from the type of D. plagifera, in which the frenulum 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. IX. 9 


130 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, 


on one side is concealed and on the other broken, the latter is of the 
same sex ; it has the last joint of the palpi much more slender and 
of nearly twice the length of that of D. fenestrina. 

When it is proved beyond question, by carefnl breeding, that 
dissimilar forms are varieties of one and the same species, the sooner 
they are put together the better; but this guesswork, especially 
when concealed under the guise of an authoritative declaration, is a 
positive hindrance to the acquirement of accurate knowledge. In 
many cases where Mr. Meyrick has stated his conviction that a long 
series of described forms belong to one variable species, he has been 
subsequently obliged to alter his opinion; surely he cannot claim 
that his first action advanced science, since he must know of a truth 
that it only retarded it. 


DuRDARA ROBUSTA. 
Durdara robusta, Warren, in ltt. 


The type of Mr. Warren’s unpublished description is from Sarawak ; 
it is just possible that Walker may have described it as an Anisodes 
or a Capnodes in his Supplement, or in one of the papers published 
in the Linnean Journal; but I cannot venture to attempt its identi- 
fication. 


PHARAMBARA VINOSA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 8.) 


Pale vinous-brown; wings reticulated with darker brown: pri- 
maries crossed by six imperfect darker bands, the outer edges of 
which, and the inner edge of tlie third one, are defined by blackish 
lines; the fourth and fifth lines are inarched towards the costa; the 
sixth, which is submarginal, is abbreviated and cuts off the apical 
half of the external border ; on the secondaries there are about three 
black-edged, ill-defined, abbreviated bands from the costa, the central 
one is acutely elbowed and bounded on each side near the centre of 
the wing by a hyaline, subquadrate, white spot ; on the under surface 
all the markings are more sharply defined, and on the primaries is a 
subcostal, basal, shining, pearly tuft covering the base of the frenulum. 
Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

A single male example. 

The species does not appear to be very closely allied to any 
named form. 


URAPTERYGID. 
SYNGONORTHUS, n. gen. 


Allied to Gonorthus : of the same form and with similar neuration ; 
but the male antennz much shorter and with very short fine ciliations 
instead of being strongly pectinated. 


SYNGONORTHUS SUBPUNCTATUS, nu. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9.) 


Pale creamy stramineous, slightly sericeous; the wings irrorated 
with greyish argillaceous; the primaries crossed by two nearly 
parallel, straight, transverse stripes of the same colour; outer margin 
and fringe forming a third stripe rather more ferruginous in tint ; 


1892. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 131 


costal margiu narrowly ochraceous, speckled with blackish : second- 
aries with only a discocellular spot to represent the inner stripe of 
the primaries, but with a well-defined subangulated outer stripe from 
outer fourth of costa to inner margin, close to anal angle ; marginal 
stripe blacker than onthe primaries: head and collar rufous-brownish : 
wings below without irrorations, but crossed by a straight discal 
series of blackish spots on the veins; primaries tinted with pink, 
with a transverse blackish dash on the discocellulars ;_pectus whitish. 
Expanse of wings 38 millim. 

This very distinct species is unfortuuately only represented by one 
imperfect specimen ; it is, however, so unlike anything else that I 
have seen or of which I can find a description, that I have no 
hesitation in naming it. 


BoaRMIID&. 
ELPHOS HYMENARIA, Var. 


Elphos hymenaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 285. n. 446, pl. 16. fig. 4 
(1857). 


The single female obtained by Mr. Pryer has lost the white patch 
upon the secondaries. 
TERPNIDIA NELEARIA. 


Hypochroma nelearia, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 279. n. 444 (1857). 


HyrocHROMA NETUNARIA ? 

Hypochroma netunaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 279. u. 445 (1857). 

The two examples, both females, seem to agree fairly well with 
the description of this species. 

HyPocHROMA VITTICOSTA. 


Hypochroma vitticosta, Walker, Lep. Het. xxi. p. 438. n. 25 
(1860). 


A male example in good condition. 

I have to thank Col. Swinhoe for the identification of this species ; 
he tells me that the type from Sarawak is somewhat faded. 

ASCOTIS SELENARIA. 


Geometra selenaria, Schiffermiiller, Wien. Verz. p. 101 ; Hiibner, 
Geom. pl. 31. fig. 163. 


A damaged female only was obtained. 


ZERENIDZ. 
PANZTHIA GEORGIATA. 
Panethia georgiata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 196. n. 1243. 


NAXA TEXTILIs. 
Naxa textilis, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1743 (1856). i 
9 


132 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, 


EvuscHEMID. 


EvUscHEMA DOUBLEDAYI. 
Hazis doubledayi, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxvii. pp. Ixxxii and 
96-98 (1884). 


IDzIDz. 


CHRYSOCRASPEDA VINOSA. 


Chrysocraspeda vinosa, Warren, in litt. 

A beautiful little bright yellow species, maculated and banded with 
plum-colour ; it is to be hoped that a description of it will soon be 
published. 

A much-worn example, apparently of a true Idea, new to the 
Museum collection, was also obtained by Mr. Pryer. 


MESOSTROPHE OVISIGNATA. 

Anisodes ovisignata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. p. 444 (1884-7). 

The specimen from Sandakan agrees perfectly well with the 
Ceylonese type. 


CABERID. 


MarestA ? UNDIFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10.) 


Basal area of wings white, speckled with black and transversely 
striated with pearl-grey ; remainder of wings pearl-grey, striated 
with white and crossed to near costa by white-edged, zigzag, dark 
brown stripes, three on the primaries and two on the secondaries, 
also by a submarginal stripe, slightly waved on the primaries, but 
distinctly zigzag on the secondaries, the third and sixth angles filled 
in so as to form blackish, more or less triangular spots ; a slender, 
slightly zigzag, black marginal line; fringe, excepting along the 
abdominal margin of the secondaries, very short: head and collar 
blackish ; thorax white, speckled with black; abdomen wanting: 
under surface pale pearl-grey ; the disk of the wings crossed by two 
subparallel darker grey bands, enclosing a white belt; the outer 
band angulated on the primaries ; legs silvery whitish. Expanse of 
wings 33 millim. 

I have been unable to find any description or figure of this lovely 
little moth ; judging by the descriptions alone, it would seem to be 
allied to Acidalia destituta and Maresia binotata, described by Walker 
from specimens coming from Sula and in Mr. Saunders’s collection. 


Macariip&. 
PLUTODES CYCLABIA. 
Plutodes cyclaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 118, n. 1111, pl. 20. fig. 3. 


TRYGODES DIVISARIA. 
Macaria divisaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 107 (1861). 


1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 133 


MIcrRontiipD&. 
ACROPTERIS LEPTALIATA, 
Micronia leptaliata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 28. n. 935. 


PsEUDOMICRONIA C@LATA. 
Pseudomicronia cclata, Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk. p. 257 (1887). 


EuUMELEIDZ. 
EuMELEA LUDOVICATA. 


Eumelea ludovicata, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 393. n. 629 (1857). 


GEOMETRIDZ. 
ORNITHOSPILA SUBMONSTRANS. 


Geometra submonstrans, Walker, Lep. Het. xxii. p. 526. n. 36 
(1861). 


ORNITHOSPILA CINCTA. 


Geometra cincta, Walker, Lep. Het. xxii. p. 527. n. 38 (1861). 
This species is of the same size and general colour as the preceding, 
but differs in the nearly straight instead of distinctly dentate-sinuate 


dark green lines across the wings and in the uniformly vinous-coloured 
fringes. 


CoMIBEZNA MEGASPILARIA. 
Phorodesma megaspilaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 371. n. 593. 


ZAMARADA, 0. sp. 


One much shattered example of an apparently new species ; its 
condition unfits it for description. 


HyYsu2Ipz&. 


The position of this family is somewhat doubtful; the aspect of 
the species forcibly reminds one of the Tortrices, but the neuration 
does not altogether correspond with that of the Tortricide ; at the 
same time the Hybleide do not appear to be true Noctuites. 


HyBLZA CONSTELLATA. 
Hyblea constellata, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 391. n. 1251. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


Fig. 1. Mydrothauma ada, p. 122. 

. Siglophora bella, 2, p. 124. 

. Agnidra carnea, p. 125. 

. Pecilogramma picata, p. 126. 
Pachydasys consentanea, p. 125. 

. Platydasys pryeri, p. 126. 

Durdara ovifera, p. 129. 
Pharambara vinosa, p. 180. 

. Syngonorthus subpunctatus, p. 130. 
. Maresia? undifasciata, p. 132. 


SO OMI Sp 9 dO 


134 . MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Feb. 16, 


2. Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major 
A. S. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia’. 
By G. A. BouLunesr. 


[Received January. 19, 1892.] 


Two further collections received from Mr. Jayakar in 1891 
enable me to supplement the list of Muscat Fishes with the names 
of seventeen species, of which one (His¢iopterus typus) belongs to a 
genus previously unknown from the Indian Ocean. 


TELEOSTEI. 
ACANTHOPTERYGIIL. 
PERCIDA. 
1. SERRANUS HOEVENHI, Blkr. 


2. Hisrioprerus typus, Schleg. 


This fish is on record from Japan only; but a fine specimen from 
Duke-of-York Island is preserved in the British Museum. The 
genus Histiopterus is an important addition to the fauna of the 
Indian Ocean, and it seems surprising that so striking a form should 
have hitherto escaped notice on the coasts of India and Ceylon, 
where it will no doubt be eventually found. 


SPARIDZ. 
3. Box LINEATUS, sp.n. 


13 3 5 
DD ck We ech lacks Oe gba 


Length of head a little more than one fourth of the total (with- 
out caudal) ; diameter of the eye a little greater than the length of 
the snout, two sevenths the length of the head. Pectoral three 
fourths the length of the head. Depth of the body thrice and one 
third in the total length (without caudal). Caudal deeply forked. 
Upper half of body greyish olive, lower half yellow; four rather 
indistinct dark lines along each side of the body, the uppermost 
running along the lateral line; a black spot in the upper axillar 
portion of the pectoral. 

Total length 250 millim. 

A single specimen. 

This species is very nearly related to the Atlantic and Mediter- 
ranean Box vulgaris, from which it differs in the deeper body, the 
somewhat larger scales, and the slightly different number of rays. 
The fin-formula and the axillar spot differentiate it from Cuvier 
and Valenciennes’s 2. salpoides, stated to be from the Indian Ocean. 


4. PIMELEPTERUs Fuscus, C. & V. 
1 Cf, P.Z. 8. 1889, pp. 236-246. 


1892.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 135 


SCLENIDA. 
5. Scrana sina, C. & V. 


ScoMBRID&. 
6. THYNNUS ALBACORA, Lowe. 
Thynnus macropterus, Schleg. 


Several large Tunnies sent by Mr. Jayakar belong to this species, 
being undistinguishable from Atlantic specimens. In my first 
report I recorded the true Tunny, 7. thynnus, from Muscat. And 
if I am right in not separating the Pacific 7. macropterus from the 
Albacore, it must be admitted that both the true Tunny and the 
Albacore roam over the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans. 

In the Indian Ocean T. thynnus must be by far the rarer of the 
two species, since it was not on record until discovered at Muscat by 


Mr. Jayakar. 
CARANGID&. 
7. CARANX ROTTLERI, Bl. 


8. CARANX LiIoGLossus, Gthr. 


A specimen 29 inches long. It differs from the much smaller 
specimens described by Bleeker as Lioglossus carangoides in the 
total absence of teeth, the still greater projection of the lower jaw, 
and the very small extent of the scaleless portion of the breast. 
The differences are, however, ascribable to age; and I have not the 
slightest hesitation in referring this large example to the species 
described by Bleeker, of which a type specimen is now in the 
British Museum. 


9. Lacrarius DELICATULUS, C. & V. 


PuysoOsToMt. 


CyPRINID&. 
10. Discocgnatuus LAmTa, Ham. Buch. 


This well-known Indian freshwater fish has been previously re- 
corded from Aden, in Arabia. It is also found in Abyssinia. 


Mur2NIDz&. 


11. Murana arra, Bl. 


CHONDROPTERYGII. 


CaRCHARIIDE. 
12. Carcuarias acutus, Riipp. 
13. CarcHaatas ELLIOTI, Day. 
This Shark is very closely allied to C. murrayi, Gthr.; but differs 


136 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


in having the upper teeth narrower and more oblique, and the snout 
longer, the distance between the mouth and the end of the snout 
being equal to the width of the mouth. Fig. 2 on pl. 189 of Day’s 
‘Fishes of India’ refers to C. acutidens, whilst fig. 1 represents 
C. ellioti. 


14. CaRCHARIAS LAMIA, Risso. 


RHINOBATIDZ. 
15. Ra yYNCHOBATUS ANCYLOsTOMUs, Bl. Schn. 


TRYGONIDZ. 


16. TRYGON SEPHEN, Forsk. 
17. THNIURA MELANOSPILA, Blkr. 


3. Descriptions of Three new Species of Earthworms. By 
W. Braxtanp Bennam, D.Sc. (Lond.),- Aldrichian 
Demonstrator in Anatomy in the University of 


Oxford’. 
[Received February 1, 1892.] 


(Plates VII. & VIII.) 


In July of last year (1891) I received from Professor Jeffrey Bell 
three bottles containing Earthworms which had been presented to 
the National Collection. With the permission of Dr. Giinther, I 
was allowed to make an examination of these specimens, and to 
treat them in any way necessary for their identification. 

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Giinther for this privilege, and 
to record my appreciation of Prof. Bell’s kindness in allowing me to 
examine many Earthworms which from time to time have come into 
his hands for identification. 

The contents of the bottles were as follows :— 

A. Three small worms [Plutellus perrieri, n. sp.| collected at 
Masset, Queen Charlotte’s Island, British Columbia. Pre- 
sented by the Rev. T. H. Keen. 

B. A single specimen [Microcheta papillata, nu. sp.| from Port 
Natal. Collected and presented by H. A. Spencer, Esq. 

C. A single specimen [Microcheta belli, n. sp.| from East 
London, Cape Colony. Collected and presented by H. A. 
Spencer, Esq. 


A. In the bottle from Queen Charlotte’s Island were three 
worms, two mature and one apparently immature; the latter I cut 
into a series of transverse sections after the examination of one of 
the mature forms, under the impression that it belonged to the same 


‘ Communicated by Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A. Oxon., Pro: ector to the Society. 


iT D 
LTT, ny 


—== 
SS 


<> —— 
> > 


ber 


= By 


PITT Pps CET Uren ‘ 


A 


WWD. neph iar 


--V.mid, 


Ai 


a 
Raa 


‘I 


CY 


MADRS 
<r STS 
POS 

I 
= 


SAA ATS 
SAE 
5 


SS ARE 


SS 


Benham del. J. Smit ith. Mintern Bros. imp. 
NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 


« 
ae a) 
wv. Hy 
var 


> a 


mes 


Benham. del. J, Smit hith_ ‘ Mintern Bros. mp. 
NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 


1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 137 


species as the other two, but I find that it is an Enchytreid, the 
anatomy of which, however, I have not yet worked over. 

Of the two other specimens one remains entire, and was returned 
to the British Museum, the drawing of the external surface (Plate 
VII. fig. 1) being taken from it; the second was partially cut into 
sections—after being opened and examined—the anterior twenty 
somites being cut sagittally, the posterior portion transversely. 

The chief characters of the worm may be summed up as follows :-— 


(1) The eight chete are isolated, though they are not all 
equidistant. 

(2) The clitellum is complete, and occupies somites xiil. to xviii. 

(3) The male pores are on somite xviii. 

(4) The nephridiopores alternate in position, one series being in 
line with the cheetze ‘‘3,” the other with the chete “4.” 

There are (5) one pair of testes in somite x.; (6) one pair of 
sperm-sacs in somite xi.; and (7) four pairs of spermathece, 
without diverticula, in somites vi., vii., viil., and ix. 

(8) The cylindrical prostate lies in somite xviii. 

(9) The gizzard occupies somite v.; there are no definite 
cesophageal diverticula. 


The Earthworm which appears to agree most clearly with this 
diagnosis is Plutellus heteroporus * from Pennsylvania; but this worm, 
according to Perrier’s description, presents two very striking anom- 
alies, which do not occur in the present instance: (a) the nephridia 
are entirely confined to one somite, z. e. the funnel does not perforate 
the septum ; (4) the “ ovary ” is placed anteriorly to the testes. 

But these two peculiarities are anomalous, not amongst Earthworms 
only but amongst all the Oligocheta ; the post-septal position of the 
nephridiostome is indeed totally at variance with the arrangement met 
with throughout the whole group of Chetopoda ; hence, we must look 
with very great suspicion on these supposed characters, and indeed 
Perrier himself, in writing of the presumed “ovary” in the tenth 
somite, recognizes its abnormal position and expresses himself, not 
only with great caution, but also with a good deal of doubt—* Mais 
nous devons dire qu’a cet égard notre conviction est loin d’étre aussi 
complete qu’en ce qui concerne les testicules.” 

Most zoologists working on this group have thrown doubts on the 
accuracy of these supposed facts, and this without impugning the 
carefulness of M. Perrier, for he had two specimens only, and these, 
having lain in spirit for 50 years and more, were in a very bad 
condition of preservation; moreover, his statements were drawn from 
observations on the dissected specimens, which are not so likely to 
be correct as those obtained from examination of serial sections. 

We must then remove these two characteristics from the diagnosis 
of the genus Plutellus, and thereby we bring the worm into accord 
with what has become regarded as the normal condition of things. 

I believe the worm which forms the subject of this communication 


1 Hd. Perrier, Arch. de Zool. Expér. ii. 1873. 


138 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


belongs to Perrier’s genus, and name it after that zoologist. I shall 
reserve certain histological points for later consideration. 


PLUTELLUS PERRIERI, ll. Sp. 


It has a length of 2 inches (50 mm.) and a comparatively great 
diameter—namely a little more than 1 inch (4 mm.); the length of 
the clitellum is 4 mm., and the distance from its anterior margin to 
the tip of the prostomium is 7 mm.’ There are 126 somites in the 
specimen which remains uninjured ; they are all well marked and 
are only obscurely annulated. The two extremities of the worm are 
rounded, obtuse, and not noticeably attenuated, and at the posterior 
extremity the body is slightly dilated. 

The prostomium is distinct and completely dovetailed into the 
buccal somite, as it is in P. heteroporus. 

The clitellum, when the worm is fully developed, extends all round 
the somites xiii. to xviii., with the exception of the median ventral 
region of the last somite and a short portion of the first somite. 

The intersegmental grooves are entirely obliterated and the anterior 
and posterior boundaries are very sharply defined. In the specimen 
dissected, where the clitellum was not so fully developed, the 
ventral surface of the somites was less glandular and the grooves less 
obliterated than in the entire specimen, and a pair of papille exist on 
somite xvill. between the cheetee “1” and ‘*2.”’ In the fully matured 
form, the glandular modification of this somite extends ventrally so as 
to become continuous with these papillze, which are then no longer 
evident. 

[In P. heteroporus the clitellum is also complete, occupying 
somites xiv. to xvil., but overlapping the anterior part of somite xviii. | 

The chete, eight in number, are isolated ; the ventralmost—con- 
stituting the series of chatz “1’’—on each side is close to the 
middle line ; if the space between “ 1” and “2” be taken as the unit, 
represented by S, the space between the ventral cheete of the two 
sides is 2S, that between the second and third is 13S, that between 
«3” and “4”’ is 2S, and the dorsal area, between the dorsalmost 
chete of the two sides, is 5S; the chete “4” lie dorsally 
(Plate VII. figs. 2and 4). Posteriorly the space “ 1-2” is slightly 
greater than it is anteriorly ; and anteriorly to the clitellum, space 
1-1 is less than it is posteriorly. 

[In P. heteroporus the cheetz are equidistant, but posteriorly the 
dorsal and ventral spaces are a little greater than the lateral spaces, 
and spaces 1—2 and 3-4 are a little less than anteriorly. | 

The cheetze themselves are of the usual lumbricid form, without 
ornamentations ; there are no modified, copulatory chzetz of any sort. 

The nephridiopores are not visible externally in my specimens, 
which are very well preserved, and the segments probably a good 
deal closer together than in life; but I find from my longitudinal 
sections that they have the following arrangement (Plate VII. figs. 2 
& 4) :—The first pore lies on the anterior margin of somite iii., and, 


1 These figures for P. heteroporus are 15 cm. as length of body, 6 mm. as 
length of clitellum, and 4 mm. as its distance from the extremity of the body. 


1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 139 


like the pore of the next somite, is in line with the cheetz “4”; the 
pores in somites v., vii., ix., xi., xiii., xv., &c. are in line with cheetz 
**3”; those of the even-numbered somites are in line with cheetee “4”; 
but in the case of somites vi., viii., x., xii., I did not actually see the 
pores, as the dorsal body-wall in this region of the body had been 
injured in dissecting the worm, but there is no pore in either of 
these somites in line with either of the other cheete. 

[In P. heteroporus, the nephridiopores of somites iil., iv., v., vi. are 
in line with the third chzetze, those of vil., ix., xi., &c. with the fourth 
cheetze, and those of vili., x., xii., &c. with the second cheetee, with 
some divergence from regularity in certain somites. | 

The male pores are on somite xviil., just between the first and 
second cheete ; but in the immature specimen, as I have mentioned, 
there is a pair of papille in this position, which carry the pores ; 
the papille in the fully developed individual being continuous with 
the rest of the glandular modification of the clitellum. 

With regard to P. heteroporus, Perrier states (p. 255) “il nous 
semble que les orifices males étaient accompagnés chacun d’une 
papille en avant et en arriére,”’ but owing to the state of preservation 
of the worm he was uncertain on the point. The figure (Plate VII. 
fig. 1) which accompanies the present paper might suggest these 
papillee, but the slight pit represented between somites xvii. and xviii. 
is not the male pore, which lies on the slight papilla on somite xviii. 

I was unable to see the pores in somite x. which Perrier regarded 
as those of his “‘ oviducts ”; they, in fact, do not exist in the present 
worm. With regard to these pores, his figures are not in agreement 
with one another. 

The spermathecal pores (which are in line with chete “‘ 2,” at the 
anterior margin of somites vi. to ix.) and oviducal pores (on somite 
xiv.) are not visible in surface view. 

There appear to be no dorsal pores; this is one of the few points 
in which my specimen differs from P. heteroporus. 


Internal Anatomy. 


The septa bounding posteriorly each of the somites v. to xi. are 
considerably pouched centrally, so that the organs in these somites 
are carried backwards in such a way that they appear to occupy a 
more posterior position than they actually have ; the septa behind the 
somites viii. to xii. are slightly stronger than the others (Plate VII. 
fig. 3). 

The nephridia conform to the usual type; the coiled tube pre- 
senting the three regions which I have described’ in those of 
Lumbricus and which appear to he pretty generally present in 
“ meganephric ” Earthworms. 

The muscular region or “ bladder” is very large, and differs in 
size in the two series of nephridia. The funnel has the normal 
structure and position—. e. it is preeseptal. 

The genital organs have the following arrangement, as determined 


’ 


1 “The Nephridium of Lwmbricus,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxii. p. 294. 


140 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


by dissection, controlled by examination of a series of longitudinal 
sections. 

A single pair of testes lies in somite x. enclosed with the ciliated 
rosettes in a special sac, continuous below the gut from side to side, 
and with the sperm-sacs in the following somite; of the latter 
there is but one pair in the specimen examined—which, it must be 
remembered, may not have been guite mature ; they do not extend 
into either of the neighbouring somites, but are entirely contained 
in somite xi. (Plate VII. fig. 3, sp. sac). 

[In P. heteroporus, Perrier places the “‘ testicules,” 7. e. sperm- 
sacs, in somite x1i.] 

The sperm-ducts were traceable to somite xviii., in which lies a 
pair of prostates (Prost., fig. 3). Each prostate is cylindrical, and 
curved upwards, so that the free end, which is slightly recurved, lies 
above the gut, the ventral end is continued as a narrow muscular 
duct (gen, d.) along the body-wall to the external pore; this 
“ venital”’ or penial duct receives the sperm-duct immediately after 
its origin from the glandular portion of the organ. 

The prostates are entirely confined to their somite, and their 
histological structure agrees with that of Pericheta and other worms. 

[In P. heteroporus the gland is several times bent, as in 
Acanthodrilus, and is wider ventrally, where the penial duct 
originates. | 

A pair of ovaries lies in somite xiii. (Plate VII. fig. 3, ov.), and the 
oviducts have the usual position. The gonad is fairly large, and in 
section is seen to occupy the greater part of the cavity of the 
somite, extending upwards and outwards on each side. 

I may again remark that I find no structures in somite x. which 
would answer to Perrier’s “ ovaries’’; indeed, he himself felt uncer- 
tain as to the correctness of his interpretation of these grape-like 
glands, and suggested that they might be an anterior pair of 
“ testicules ’’ (sperm-sacs)} He remarks, however, that their 
structure differs from that of the sperm-sacs in somite xii. and 
states (on p. 259): ‘‘Ce sont des grosses granulations réfringentes, 
groupées de maniére a constituer des sphéres, au centre desquelles 
nous avons vu souvent une apparence de vésicule transparente et des 
taches germinatives,” but adds his doubt on the matter of interpre- 
tation which I have quoted above; there is, indeed, nothing in his 
description which leads me to believe that these structures are 
ovaries, and when he mentions that a large funnel, like that of the 
sperm-duct, lies below this organ—. e. in the position in which I 
find the ciliated rosettes—I think we may conclude that these organs, 
whatever they may be, are o¢ ovaries. 

It is possible, indeed, that they are masses of young stages in the 
development of spermatozoa, which have become free in this somite, 
or a portion of the sperm-sac, which after rupture of the septa 
might come to lie here, or again cysts of AZonocystis. 

As to the organs which he described as ‘‘testicules’’ in somite 
xii., there is little doubt but that he was dealing with the sperm- 
sacs, for he found “spermatiques filaments” attached to central 


1892. | NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 141 


spheres, and younger stages in the development of spermatozoa, 
though their position in this somite is rather diffcult to explain, except 
on the idea that the septa, here delicate, may have become ruptured 
or displaced in dissection. But Perrier was a very careful dissector, 
and he had had great experience in the dissection of Harthworms, 
so that it is scarcely justifiable to suggest a mistake in the matter. 

In P. perrieri there are four pairs of spermathecze lying in somites 
vi. to ix.; each is an ovoid sac, without any distinct neck or duct and 
without a diverticulum (Plate VII. fig. 3, spth.). Each sac opens 
at the anterior margin of its somite—practically intersegmentally— 
in a line with the second chete. 

[In P. heteroporus there are five pairs, the additional pair being 
in somite v.; each sac has a diverticulum. ] 

I may add that in the genus Pericheta we find species with and 
species without diverticula to the spermathece. 

In the alimentary tract the position of the gizzard is to be noted ; 
it lies, as seen in sections, entirely in somite v., though its hinder 
extremity is carried back to the level of somite ix. (Plate VII. 
fig. 3, giz.). 

The following region of the gut, as far back as somite xvi., has 
very vascular walls, which are considerably folded (Plate VII. fig. 3). 
But there are no definite ‘pouches’ or diverticula, though the 
general structure recalls that of calciferous glands ; and I find in the 
hinder somites crystalline bodies, resembling those of carbonate of 
lime present in the glands of Zumbricus, but there is no effervescence 
on the application of acetic acid. This vascular region of the gut is 
not so extensive as it appears on paper, for the cavities of somites 
vi., vil., vill. are exceedingly short, the septa being almost in contact 
centrally. 

The thin-walled intestine commences in somite xvii. or xviii. and 
is very wide, occupying a considerable extent of the body-cavity ; 
there is no typhlosole (Plate VII. fig. 4). 

[In P. heteroporus the gizzard is in somite vii. ; there are three 
pairs of reniform diverticula, with short ducts, in somites x., xi., xii. ] 


B. MicrocH2TA PAPILLATA, 0. sp. 


We are acquainted with only two species’ of this genus, which 
was instituted by Beddard’* for a worm originally described by Rapp 
under the name of ‘ Lumbricus microcheta,’ collected in Cape 
Colony. Mr. Beddard named the species M. rappi, and it received 
a description at my hands*® almost simultaneously with that 
published by him. I described the second species, from Natal, 
under the name of M. beddardi*. In a recent paper’ I have pointed 


1 After the MS. of this paper had left my hands, I received from Dr. D. 
Rosa a copy of his memoir, “Die exotischen Terricolen des k. k. Naturhis- 
torischen Hofmuseums,” published in the ‘Annalen d. k,-k. Nat. Hofmuseums,’ 
Wien, 1891, Bd. vi. Heft. 3 & 4. Herein he describes a third species, 
M. benhami. 

2 Trans. Zool. Soc. xii. 1886, p. 63. 

3 Q. J. M. Sc. vol. xxvi. p. 267. 

* Ibid. xxvii. p. 77. 

5 «An Attempt to Classify Earthworms,” zd7d. xxxi. p. 215. 


142 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


out that the numbering of the somites, as it stands in my description, 
requires some alteration, and Beddard*_has likewise made certain 
corrections in regard to the interpretation of certain organs, which 
have become necessary from the advance in our knowledge of the 
anatomy of the group’. I here give a figure (Plate VIII. fig. 8) of 
the anterior end of M. beddardi, in illustration of my remarks on 
the alteration of numbering of this somite. 

Microcheta papillata has a length of 10 inches and a breadth 
of half an inch; it is thus smaller than either of the two previously 
known species. As to its colour, I am unable to speak, for, as is 
so generally the case, it has evidently been considerably changed by 
the spirit. 

The prostemium (Plate VII. fig. 5) is, as in M. beddardi, broad and 
marked by longitudinal grooves, which extend into the first somite 
(cf. Plate VII. fig. 6, representing M. belli); this somite is similarly 
grooved on the ventral surface. The following somites are bi- or 
tri-annulated, but the grooves between the annuli are in some cases 
almost as marked as those between the somites, so much so, indeed, 
that in fixing the position of the various external characters I at first 
reckoned the annuli as somites. The first three somites are not 
annulated ; the fourth to the ninth inclusive are bi-annulated 
(a, 6), the grooves between the annuli being very deep; posteriorly 
the somites are not so noticeably annulated. This same well-marked 
annulation of the somites exists, as I have pointed out and figured, 
in M. rappi. 

The chete, however, serve to define the somites, and, as in the 
other two species, are in four couples per somite, the individuals of a 
couple being close together; the outer couple is quite lateral in 
position, being about midway between the dorsal and ventral median 
lines ; whilst the inner couples are latero-ventral. The interspace 
between the outer and inner couples is about equal to the space 
between the two inner couples. The chzetz themselves are very 
small, and in the anterior somites, indeed, I had to make use of 
Zeiss’s B, as a hand-lens, in order to see them; they commence in 
somite iii. It might be suggested that the first somite is biannulate, 
but in M. delli (Plate VII. fig. 6) the cheetze occur in the second 
somite, which is in other respects similar to the second ring of the 
present species. The four species exhibit an interesting series of 
stages in “cephalization.” In IV. belli the first and second somites 
are distinct, the cheetee being present on the latter. In M. beddardi 
these somites are not distinctly marked off from one another (Plate 
VIII. fig. 8), and the apparent first somite carries chzete in its 
hinder part; in MW. papillata, though the somites are distinct, the 
cheetze are absent on the second: in IZ. rappi the two somites are 
with difficulty distinguishable from one another; the first annulus 


* “ The Classification and Distribution of Earthworms,” Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. 
Edinb. x. pp. 242, 245. 

? Rosa points out this necessary correction in the paper just referred to, on 
p. 384 


1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 143 


probably is somite i., and the next two annuli belong to somite ii. 
(see pl. xv. fig. 1 of my paper, loc. czé.). 

The cheetz of both the new species differ from those of the 
previous species in the presence of an “ ornamentation,” similar to 
that of the chete# in Rhinodrilus', and consisting of longitudinal 
rows of obliquely transverse ridges’. 

The clitellum is evidently not fully developed, but the interseg- 
mental grooves on the dorsal surface of somites xix. to Xxxvill. 
are partially obliterated (this area includes the 26th to 35th annuli). 
Along each side of the vody there is a very pronounced latero-ventral 
ridge extending across somites xvi. to xx., the body being here 
flattened, though probably the appearance, as represented in the 
figure (Plate VII. fig. 5, é.p.), is less marked during life. This 
ridge is glandular and appears to correspond with the structures 
known as the ‘‘tubercula pubertatis ” in Lumbricus, Allolobophora, 
Rhinodrilus, &c. 

By teasing up the body-wall, and by the examination of sections, I 
find the clitellar cells to occur over a much wider area than that 
represented by the above numbers, viz. as far forwards as somite x., 
so that we may, I think, conclude that the clitellum, when fully 
developed, covers the somites x. to xxx. This agrees closely with 
the extent of the same organ in IZ. rappi as described by Beddard ; 
in the specimen examined by myself it occupied somites xiv. to 
xxvi2 In M. beddardi the clitellum is less extensive, covering 
somites xi. to xxiii.; but in neither of these species did I find the 
limits well defined. 

Although I did not observe, when I was engaged upon the previous 
species, anything like tubercula pubertatis, yet I figured for M. 
rappi * the ventral edges of the clitellum as being well marked and 
thickened ; a re-examination, too, of specimens of M. beddardi re- 
veals, though in a very indistinct manner, owing to their very poor 
condition, a band along each side of the clitellum, which is no doubt 
of the same nature. 

The nephridiopores are, as in the other two species, very distinct 
even along the clitellum; they are placed in front of the outer 
cheetz, i. e. along the sides of the body, the first nephridiopore 
occurring in somite iii. There are no dorsal pores, nor could I detect 
any of the generative apertures. But on either side of each of the 
somites x. and xxili., that is on the somites which carry the 8th and 
21st nephridiopores respectively, occupying the position of the inner 
cheetze, is a rounded papilla (Plate VII. fig. 5, cp., ep’.), slightly pitted 


1 Perrier, “ Lomb. terr.,’ Nouv. Arch. d, Muséum, 1872, pl. i. fig. 11; Horst, 
Notes from Leyden Museum, 1887, pl. i. fig. 7. 

* Mr. Beddard has recently described, in the ‘Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ Feb. 
1892, ornamented chetz in Anteus, Geoscolex, and Pontoscolex, Schmarda 
( Urocheta, Perrier). 

3 As I have remarked in my “Attempt to Classify Earthworms,” we must 
increase the numbers given in my description of M. rappi by one, as the 
apparent first somite is in all probability somite i. and ii., the cheete of somite 
ii, having disappeared. 

+ Loc. cit. pl. xv. fig. 1. 


144 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


at the tip; and projecting from this pit is a smaller whitish papilla 
provided at its apex with a minute pore (Plate VII. fig. 7). 

I expected, at first sight, that the hinder pair of the papille 
would be in connection with the sperm-ducts, but no such relation 
exists. Each of the four papille is represented internally by a 
rounded or kidney-shaped swelling (Plate VIII. fig. 9), from the 
centre of which (or from the hilum as the case may be) there passes 
to the body-wall a bundle of fibres (m). These are muscle-fibres 
and surround a “ cheetophore” or sac containing the chet, which 
replace the ordinary ventral cheetz, from which they differ only in 
their greater length. 

The papilla itself has the following structure (which is closely 
similar to that of the next species, of which a figure is appended 
(Plate VIII. figs. 10, 11): the pore at the apex of the inner papilla 
(pap.) leads into a sec lined by columnar cells (ep.) forming a definite 
epithelium ; the lumen of the sac extends in an irregular way for 
some distance all round the aperture, and its epithelium is, at places,” 
considerably folded. Outside the epithelium are numerous bundles 
of muscle-fibres (mus.), some radially arranged, some circularly, and 
some longitudinally (as seen in a transverse section of the body-wall 
passing through the papilla). These fibres can be traced into the 
muscular layers of the body-wall, from which they are evidently 
derived by its invagination. Outside the muscular coat—though 
not separated from it by any marked line such as the figure 
suggests—is a thick coat of clitellar cells arranged in groups (fig. 
11, gl.). Blood-vessels ramify between the groups and amongst the 
muscle-bundles. Surrounding the whole is a layer of flattened 
coelomic epithelial cells (co.ep.), which dips down between the 
groups of clitellar cells. The muscle-fibres are found only near the 
aperture in that part of the organ which forms the external papilla ; 
in the remainder of the gland the clitellar cells abut immediately 
upon the epithelial cells. 

There is a remarkable resemblance in structure between this organ 
—which is evidently copulatory in function and capable of slight 
eversion—and the prostates (or atria) of Pericheta, Acanthodrilus, 
Trigaster, &c.; the epithelium, however, is more definitely marked 
off from the gland-cells than in these, and recalls, rather, the pros- 
tates of Pontodrilus; or if we compare the structure of the organ 
near its pore with the atrium of Moniligaster we shall see a still 
greater resemblance, except that in the latter genus there is, ac- 
cording to Beddard’s description’, no membranous ccelomic epi- 
thelium, for the “ clitellar cells” represent this layer. 

Amongst the families Rhinodrilide, Geoscolecide, and Lumbri- 
cide, a “ prostate ” is not usually recognized as being present, but 
in several genera there is a more or less conspicuous swelling of 
the body-wall, which is perforated by the sperm-duct in its passage 
to the exterior. In Geoscolex, Brachydrilus, Criodrilus, and Calli- 
drilus such structures exist; of the histology of these, however, 


1 Q. J. M. Se. xxix. pp. 119 &e. pl. xii. fig, 11. 


1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 145 


records are scanty. In Criodrilus I mention’, briefly, the ‘‘ hemi- 
spherical gland, which may be called a prostate,” and which ‘‘ con- 
sists of cells similar to those forming the epidermis of the clitellum 
and quite continuous with them; the gland appears to be formed 
only by a hemispherical thickening of the epidermis over this area.” 
Rosa * refers to this organ as “atrium.” In the case of Callidrilus, 
Michaelsen* states that this “doubtful prostate” consists of small 
granular cells, with indistinct boundaries, the nuclei sometimes being 
scarcely recognizable ; in the same place he describes—though very 
briefly—structures of the same nature as those in Mier. papillata 
as occurring in Kynotus madagascariensis; to which I shall refer 
later on in this paper. 

The nature of the organ in Geoscoler is unknown. But Micro- 
cheta (and probably Kynotus) differs from the rest in that this 
gland is entirely independent of the sperm-duct ; whereas in pros- 
tatiferous worms (that is, those of the families Cryptodrilide, 
- Perichetide, Acanthodrilide, Eudrilide, &c.) this gland is always 
in connection with the sperm-duct, or in its immediate neighbourhood ; 
moreover, it is tubular in general character and is apparently a more 
efficient organ of copulation than in these other cases. 

We are in ignorance of the real function of the prostate or of the 
‘genital duct’ in these prostatiferous worms; but there is, pro- 
bably, a protrusion of the muscular duct during copulation, and an 
insertion thereof into the spermatheca, as there is undoubtedly 
in such forms as the Tubificide: but in the case of Microcheta 
such a penial function is impossible, for there is no sac into 
which such a papilla could be inserted; it probably, however, 
serves as a sucker. The small papilla in the terminal pit of the 
larger one, the muscular arrangements, and the folded cavity suggest 
such a sucking-organ ; and, no doubt, the copulating cheetz serve to 
aid this apparatus in holding on to another worm *. 

It is not necessary to think that this sucking-apparatus in Micro- 
cheta is the forerunner of the prostates with their protrusible duct, 
though it is quite possible that this latter organ may have arisen 
from some such apparatus as is present in Brachydrilus, Geoscolex, 
&e., where the “sucker” is perforated by the sperm-duct. During 
copulation in Lumbricus, &c., the ventral surface of the clitellum 
itself, bounded by the tubercula pubertatis, very probably acts as 
a sucker; here in Microcheta a more specialized apparatus, on 


1 « Studies in Earthworms, III.,” Q. J. M. Se. xxvii. p. 568. 

2 “Sul Criodrilus lacuum,” Mem. d. R. Accad. d. Sci. d. Torino, ser. 2, 
tom. xXxviil. 

3 « Terricolen d. Berliner Zool. Samml.,” Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1891. 

+ Rosa describes (Ann. d. k. k. Natur. Hofmus. 1891) certain glandular 
bodies in M. benhami (in somites xi. to xxviii.) which appear to have a some- 
what similar structure; but he mentions no external papillz: he compares 
them with the “ pyriform glands” of Urobenus and Urocheta, and suggests, as 
I have done, their possible connection with the prostates of other wornis; and 
his species forms an interesting link between the arrangement in Urobenus and 
M. papillata, though the structures in J. benhami do not appear to have any 
copulatory functions. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. X. 10 


146 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


definite spots, has taken the place of, or is developed in addition to, 
this clitellar sucking arrangement. 

It is very generally believed that in Lwmbricus herculeus, Savigny 
(L. terrestris, auct.), a mucous band is developed around the bodies 
of the two worms during the process of copulation: but, from my 
own repeated observations of the act in Lumbricus, 1 can state, as 
some of the older authors have stated, that such a band does not 
exist. There is such a band in Allolobophora fetida and no doubt 
in other species, but in Lumbricus the two worms are joined 
together, and that pretty firmly, by the action of the tubercula 
pubertatis, and no doubt by a certain amount of sucking-action, 
exerted by the ventral region, not only of the clitellum, but also of 
all that part of the body lying between that and the fifteenth somite, 
which is converted into a groove by the action of a band of muscles 
passing from one side to the other—the arched muscles '. 

In worms, such as Pericheta and Acanthodrilus, &c., where the 
clitellum is ‘“‘complete”? or nearly so, and where no tubercula 
pubertatis exist, there is no evidence of any power of converting the 
ventral surface of the body into an adhesive apparatus: and it is in 
these forms that a (probably) protrusible penis—or muscular duct of 
the prostate—exists. This organ has either (1) actually replaced the 
adhesive arrangement such as exists in Lwméricus, in which case the 
sucking-papillee, independent of the sperm-duct in Microcheta and 
the (probably) similar apparatus around the male pore in Geoseolex, 
Brachydrilus, Criodrilus, may represent stages in the process ; or 
(2) the two modes of copulation may have arisen independently. 


The Internal Anatomy. 


In the arrangement of its internal organs M. papillata agrees 
closely with that of the previous species. 

The nephridia, though smaller, present the characteristic tuft 
of coiled tubules at the end of a fairly large bladder; the “ fine 
tube” ” presents the same peculiar branching and anastomoses that 
I have described for M. rappi’. 

The dorsal blood-vessel is doubled in the somites v., vi., Vil., Vill., 
and ix., and in the last somite is dilated to form a double heart-like 
organ; in each case the two vessels unite at each end of the 
somite to form a single tube perforating the septa; in M. rappi 
this doubling occurs in the same somites, but in M. beddardi it is 
limited to somites Vii., vill., and ix. 

Large moniliform “ lateral hearts ”’ exist in the present species in 
somites 1xX., X., Xi., and smaller ones in somites vil. and viil., as in 
M. rappi. 

With regard to the alimentary tract, the chief features to be noted 
are (a) the gizzard, which appears to occupy somite vi., and (0) the 
cesophageal diverticula or calciferous glands ; of these there is but 


 Oerfontaine, ‘Rech. sur le Syst. cutané et sur le Syst. musculaire du Lomb, 
terr.,” Arch. de Biologie, x. 1890, pl. xii. fig. 26, p. 407. 

2 «The Nephridium of Zwmbricus,’ Q. J. M. Se. xxxii. 

3 Q. J.M. Se. xxvi. pl. xvi. fig. 21, and pl. xvi. dis fig. 31. 


1892. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 147 


one pair in somite ix.—one somite anterior to that of M. rappt. In 
M. beddardi, however, the gland is partly in somite ix. and partly 
in somite x., occupying, as it were, an intermediate position between 
that of the other two species. 

The genital organs.—There are apparently three pairs of sperm- 
sacs, but in reality only two pairs are present, each sac being con- 
stricted into a larger anterior portion, and a small posterior and more 
ventrally situated lobe. The two larger sacs (Plate VIII. fig. 13, 
A, B) lie in somites x. and xi.; the posterior lobes, constricted by 
the septa, lie in somites xi. aud xii. (C, D). There are no median 
sacs. 

The two pairs of ¢estes and of ciliated rosettes, which lie in somites 
x. and xi., are enclosed in the larger portions of the sacs. 

In M. rappi there is the same kind of subdivision of the sperm- 
sacs, the anterior lobe, however, of each being the smaller and 
containing the testes; they occupy (according to the amended 
‘numbering of the somites) the same position as in the present 
species. 

The two sperm-ducts of one side unite in somite xii., but I was 
unable to trace them onwards; they have no connection with either 
of the copulatory apparatus mentioned above. 

The spermathece have the same arrangement as in the other 
species ; that is, a row of ten or twelve very small oval sacs on the 
anterior margin of each side of somites xiii. and xiv. 

In M. rappi there are fewer in each row, but four rows on each 
side, and some of them are curved. Similar spermathecew exist in 
Brachydrilus* and in Kynotus. 


C. MicRocHATA BELLI, 0. sp. 


This species agrees in its anatomy very closely with M. beddardi, 
I name it after my friend Prof. Jeffrey Bell, who has enabled me to 
examine and study a large number of Earthworms presented to the 
National Collection *. 

Its length is § inches and its diameter is ? inch. 

It had apparently been allowed to become dry at some period 
before it reached me, as the worm is much shrivelled, and a dark 
brown, hardened, plate-like structure occupies the dorsal surface of 
somites xilil, to xxi. and part of the next somite; this ‘“ saddle” 
extends laterally as far as the nephridiopores, or line of the outer 
chete. This brown area appears to represent the clitellum. Along 
the lateral boundary of part of the clitellum is a broadish band, having 
a glandular appearance, crossing the somites xv., XVl., Xvil., XVill., 
and part of xix. This recalls the twbercula pubertatis of the Lum- 
bricide, and a similar structure is already known in Rhinodrilus 
and Hormogaster, and Horst speaks of something of the sort in 
Glyphidrilus®. On the ventral surface these segments, though dis- 


1 Benham, “An Attempt to Classify Harthworms,” Q. J. M.. Sc. xxxi. p. 256, 
fig. 28. 
* The specimens of M. papillata and M. belli are now in the collection of the 
British Museum. 
3 In M. benhami, Rosa, loc. cit. also describes tubercula pubertatis. 


10* 


148 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


tinctly marked off from the clitellum, are more sharply separated 
from one another than is the case elsewhere in the body. The 
histological structure of the tubercula is represented in Plate VIII. 
fig. 14. 

ena each side of somite xiii., between the outer and inner couples 
of cheete, aud rather nearer to the former, is a copulatory papilla, 
similar to those I have described above for M. papillata. 

The nephridiopores and the oviducal pores have the usual positions ; 
I could not detect any other apertures. 

The cheete have the same arrangement and markings as in M. 
papillata : they are longer than in that species and commence on the 
second somite. 

The annuli of the anterior somites are extremely well marked by 
deep grooves (Plate VII. fig. 6). The first somite is simple; the 
second is triannulated ; the third is biannulated ; somites iv. to ix. 
(inclusive) are triannulated, the third annulus in each case being 
very distinctly marked off; the tenth is biannulated ; the following 
ones are bi- or triannulated, though the annuli are not so distinctly 
separated. 

Of the internal organs, one or two features are worthy of note. 
Three septa are stronger than the others ; the first lies between somites 
iv. and v., the second strong one lies in the middle of the somite 
viii., the third in the middle of somite ix. 

The csophageal glands are nipped by the septum between 
somites ix. and x., as in Mf. beddardi. There is only one pair of 
ciliated rosettes (and probably, therefore, of testes) in somite x. and 
one pair of sperm-sacs in the same somite. 

In M. beddardi, also, there is but a single pair of each of these 
organs—the testes in somite x., the sperm-sacs in somite xi. 

I traced the sperm-duct as far as somite xvi., where it enters the 
muscles of the body-wall. But I have been unable to determine the 
position of the external aperture ; for I did not wish to injure the 
single specimen. 

In M. rappi the spermducal pore lies in somite xx.; but I was 
unable to find the pore in WM. beddardi, where, however, it has 
probably the same position’. 

The spermathece are eight in number, arranged in couples on 
the anterior margin of each side of somites xii. and xili.; they are 
larger than in M. papillata, though of the same shape. In number 
and position they agree with the condition in M. beddardi. 

The four species of Microcheta can thus be arranged in two 
groups :— 

I. M. rappi and MW. papillata have two pairs of testes, and 
very numerous spermathece arranged in rows of several in a 
row; the cesophageal glands lie wholly in one somite; the dorsal 
vessel is doubled in each of the somites v. to ix. 

Il, M. beddardi and IW. belli have but oue pair of testes; have 
eight spermathece arranged in couples ; the wsophageal glands are 


1 In M. benhami this pore is between somites xx. and xxi. 


1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 149 


indented by a septum, so as to lie partially in two somites; the 
dorsal vessel is doubled in three somites only. 


Remarks on the genus Kynotus, Michaelsen. 


Dr. Michaelsen has recently described two species of this new 
genus which present certain anatomical features that are so unusual 
as to deserve a reconsideration. 

Kynotus madagascariensis’ and K. longus* both come from 
Madagascar. 

The description of them is very incomplete, both as regards ex- 
ternal and internal anatomy, owing to the bad condition of the 
specimens. These were not mature, and no clitellum was present. 

The chete are absent in the anterior part of the body in the 
first twenty-six “ segments” (Mich.), so that the correct interpre- 
tation of these external markings is a matter of considerable un- 
certainty ; nor does the position of the nephridiopores aid us in 
determining the value of these surface-markings, as the author does 
not state where these pores commence ; they are in line with the inner 
(ventral) couples of cheetz in those segments where these are present ; 
in the anterior twenty-six ‘‘ segments,’ however, they are on alternate 
rings. The grooves separating the rings are stated to be well 
marked, and in K. longus each ‘‘ segment” is biannulated. 

Thus, from external characters, there is nothing to guide us to a 
correct enumeration of the true somites. 

Internally, the septa are,in most worms, of use, to some extent at 
least, for the determination of somites, and the position of the sperm- 
sacs and ovaries is so generally constant that these organs are 
frequently of considerable help in confirming any otherwise doubtful 
determination of somites. 

But according to Michaelsen’s view of the anatomy of these two 
worms, the first septum lies between “segments”’ 7 and 8; and the 
ninth septum between “segments”? 23 and 24; so that two “ seg- 
ments”? (instead of a single one as is usually the case) occur between 
every two successive septa. Behind the ninth septum, however, the 
condition of things usual in Oligocheta obtains. But although there 
are two ‘“‘segments,” yet there is only one pair of nephridia. 

Michaelsen gives no information as to the condition of the vascular 
or nervous system, which might have aided us in solving the difficulty 
as to the value of his “ segments.” 

When J read his description of these worms I was reminded of 
my own difficulty in determining the value of the external rings and 
the limits of the somites in Wicrocheta rappi, and this difficulty 
still further impressed itself on me when I examined the specimens 
of the two new species of the genus described in the present paper ; 
at first I reckoned as somites the markings which I have above 


termed “ annuli.” 
Now, when we consider the very abnormal condition of things 


2 Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1891. 
2 Michaelsen, Jahrb. d. Hamburg. wiss. Anstalt, ix. 1891. 


150 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, 


presented by the position and arrangement of the internal organs, 
which I have just mentioned, in Kynotus, and, still further, the posi- 
tion of the few genital organs described by Michaelsen, I am inclined 
to put a different interpretation on his ‘* serments,” and hence a 
different enumeration of ‘ somites.” 

In K. madagascariensis the only genital organs observed are the 
spermathece ; these are in a condition similar to that of Microcheta ; 
they are in rows of 22, 26, and 25 small sacs along the anterior 
margins of the “segments”? 23, 24, and 25 respectively; the rows 
extending nearly all round the body. 

In K. longus there are four rows of eight spermathecee—one row 
on each side of the anterior margin of the “segments” 25 and 26. 
In this species he observed the sperm-sacs, of which there appears 
to be a pair in front of each of the septa vi. and vii. [‘* Ein Paar 
umfangreicher Sacke, vor den Dissepimenten vi. und vii., deutete 
ich als Samensiicke ” ]. 

Now, if it be borne in mind that between the septa v. and vi. there 
are, according to Michaelsen’s mode of reckoning, two ‘* segments,” 
namely the 16th and 17th, and between the septa vi. and vii. like- 
wise two “segments,” the 18th and 19th, we get the sperm-sacs 
occupying a very abnormal condition indeed ; for in what Earthworm, 
of all the many genera, do we find the sperm-sacs originating as far 
backwards as the 16th “somite’’?* They usually occur in any somite 
from the eighth to the twelfth, and where there are two pairs they 
nearly always originate in somites x. and xi., or in somites xi. and xi. 

I believe this apparently abnormally posterior position of the 
genital organs and the other peculiarities of Kynotus can be ex- 
plained by interpreting the external rings, not as ‘‘ segments” but as 
annuli ; then between every two consecutive septa in the anterior 
part of the body we shall have not two ‘‘segments”’ but two annuli, 
that is one somite, and we shall find that matters work out more in 
accordance with what we find in other Earthworms. 

Granting that the gizzard lies in somite vi., which is a very usual 
position for the organ in the family RAinodrilide (amongst which 
Michaelsen places the worm), as well as in other families, the first 
septum lies, not between “segments” 7 and 8, but behind somite vi., 
the second behind somite vii., and so on; this brings the sperm-sacs 
into somites xi. and xii. (where they do occur in Mier. rappi, in 
Rhinodrilus, Hormogaster, and perhaps in Brachydrilus), and the 
spermathece are then in somites xv. and xvi. in K. longus, and in 
somites Xiv., xv., and xvi. in K. madagascariensis ; and this position 
agrees with that of the sacs in Mic. rappz. 

Again, the nephridia will be one to each somite. Michaelsen 
remarks on the variation in the position of the pores in the anterior 
region of the worm, where they lie in some ‘‘ segments ” just behind 
the septa, in others in the middle of the ‘‘ segments”; he sees only 
one explanation of this, that the nephridia were originally one 

The condition of the sacs in Geoscolex, Urocheta, and Diacheta is quite 


different ; they may extend into these somites, but originate in a more normal 
position. 


1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 151 


pair to each “segment” and that has disappeared. It seems to me 
that we can just as readily explain the apparent anomaly of the 
nephridiopores being in the middle of the space between two septa 
by a reference to other genera in which the areas of attachment of 
septa have shifted from their original position, as I have mentioned 
in M. belli. Rosa notes it in Hormogaster* and Beddard has re- 
ferred to a similar partial shift of the septa in Libyodrilus °. 

With regard to the papillee which exist on the 25th annulus (“seg- 
ment’’ of Michaelsen) in K. madagascariensis and on the 26th in 
K. longus, the suggested modification of enumeration brings each to 
somite xvi. Michaelsen refers to them as carrying the apertures of 
the sperm-ducts ; but as he saw no sperm-duct it is quite as probable 
that they are independent copulatory structures, similar to those I 
have described in the two species of Microcheta. The interpretation 
which he gave to them, however, is quite natural, and I myself, till I 
cut sections through them, presumed that they were the indications 
of the spermducal pores, and we, as I have mentioned, know of no 
other instance (except certain papillze in Pericheta, sp., whose struc- 
ture is unknown) of such organs independent of the sperm-ducts. 

According to my view, then, the genus Kynotus is not so aberrant 
as Michaelsen believes. The genus is a near ally of Microcheta, if, 
indeed, it be not identical with it, the link between it and M. rappi 
(the “ type” of the genus) being provided by the new species described 
in the present paper; and were it not for the very close agreement 
between these species and the two earlier known species of Micro- 
cheta (especially in regard to calciferous gland, “ hearts,’ doubling 
of dorsal vessel, extent of clitellum, position of nephridiopore), I 
should have referred them to Michaelsen’s genus. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. & VIII. 
Figures 1 to 4 illustrate the anatomy of Plutellus perriert. 


Fig. 1. View of the ventral surface of the anterior end of the worm, showing the 
arrangement of the chet (the dorsalmost on each side not being 
visible), the male pores (¢'), the extent of the clitellum. Sc., pro- 
truded buccal cavity. 

2. Diagrammatic view of a portion of the body-wall, extending from the 
mid-yentral line (M. By to mid-dorsal line (AZD.). The chet 
(1, 2,3, 4) have the true relative spacing; “eph.o., nephridiopores ; 
spth.p., spermathecal pores. 

3. Semidiagrammatice view of a sagittal section through the first twenty 
segments: parts represented as cut through are drawn from the actual 
section; organs lying beyond these cut surfaces are put in from 
other sections. The dotted lines on the dorsal surface indicate the 
boundaries of somites—in the actual sections they are not present. The 
septa are represented black, in order that their course may be the 
more readily followed. 

Bue., buceal eavity ; cer., brain ; ci.ro., ciliated rosette ; cére., circular 
muscles of the body-wall; Comm., the peripharyngeal nerve com- 
missure; gang’., the subpharyngeal or first ventral ganglion ; gen.d., 
the “genital duct”; giz., gizzard; lg., longitudinal muscles of the 


1 “Sulla strutt. d. Hormogaster redii,’ Mem. d. R. Accad. d. Sci. d. Torino, 
ser. 2, vol. xxxix. 

2 “On the Structure of an Harthworm allied to Nemertodrilus,” Q. J. M. Se. 
xxxii, p. 546. 


152 


Fig. 4. 


10. 


ll. 


12. 
13. 


14, 


ON NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. [Feb. 16, 


body-wall ; Zg'., their distribution to the wall of the buccal cavity ; 
ne.o., the aperture of the first nephridium ; neph'., the first nephri- 
dium; ov., ovary; ov.f., oviducal funnel; ov.p., oviducal pore; 
@s., esophagus; Phar., pharynx; pro., prostomium ; prost., prostate ; 
sal.g., salivary glands; sp.d., sperm-duct; sp.p., male pore; sp.sae, 
sperm-sac; spth., spermatheca; spth.p., spermathecal pore; T., 
testis; vés.2., visceral nerve, from brain to wall of buccal cavity and 
pharynx ; 2, ciliated cells on roof of pharynx. 

Transverse section through Plutellus. 1, 2, 3, 4, the positions 
occupied by the four chsetze on each side; ep., epidermis, represented 
as a black line; cer., circular muscles of body-wall; Jg., longitudinal 
muscles, which form a thinner layer dorsally than ventrally; D.v., 
dorsal vessel lying partially surrounded by a “ perihzmal cavity ” 
(p.h.sp.); N.C., nerve-cord; n'., ventral nerve; 2"., ventro-lateral nerve ; 
neph., portions of the loops of a nephridium ; neph.d., nephridial duct, 
opening at xe.0.; perit.g/., a‘ peritoneal gland”; sept., septum ; v.v., 
ventral vessel. 


. Ventral surface of Microcheta papillata (nat. size). c¢.p., ¢.p’., the 


copulatory papille (suckers) on somites x. and xxili.; m., mouth ; 
Pro., prostomium ; ¢.p., ridge at each side of clitellar region, probably 
representing tubercula pubertatis. The roman numerals indicate 
the somites, some of which are biannulated (a, 0). 


. Side view of M. belli, in oder to show the deeply marked annulation of 


the somites. a, 0, c, the three annuli into which the surface of the 
somite is divided. The roman numerals indicate the somites. Buc., 
the protruded buccal cavity ; ve.o., nephridiopore; /.ch., the outer 
couple of chet ; v.ch., the inner couple of chete. 


. The copulatory papilla of somite x. of M. papiliata. Pap., the papilla; 


pap'., the small papilla in the apical cup, showing the pore of the 
internal organ as a small dot; V.ch., the ventral cheetze of somite xi. ; 
v.mid., the ventral midline. 


. Side view of anterior end of M. beddardi, in order to show the fusion of 


somites i. and ii., referred to in the text. prost., prostomium ; neo’., 
first nephridiopore. 


. The “sucker” or internal organ, corresponding to the external papilla 


of somite xxiii. of M. papillata. s.s'., the septa of the segment; 
m., the muscle of the chzetophore. 

A somewhat diagrammatic view of a transverse section of the “ sucking- 
organ” (combined from a series of sections). 

Ch., the cheetze surrounded by the apparatus ; circ., circular muscles 
of the body-wall, continued over the “sucker”; ¢/., clitellum; co.ep., 
ccelomic epithelium covering the organ ; ep., the epithelium lining the 
“sucker”; gl. the gland-cells of the organ ; /g., longitudinal muscles of 
the body-wall ; m.ch., the muscles of the cheetophore ; mus., the muscles 
surrounding the “ sucker”; pap., the external papilla ; pap'., the smaller 
papilla contained in the apical cup of the larger ; pore, the pore of the 
apparatus. 

A portion of the wall of the sucker of MZ. papillata ; only a small portion 
is filled in in detail. co.ep., the celomic epithelium, dipping down 
between the groups of gland-cells (g/.) ; b.v., blood-vessels ; ep., epithe 
lium of the organ ; mws., muscles in various directions in the wall ; xer., 
nerves cut across. 

The tip of an ordinary cheta of M. belli. 

The sperm-sacs of MM. papiliata. A, B, the chief sacs; C, D, the 
smaller posterior lobes of these. A,B have been opened on the right 
side, showing the contained ciliated rosettes (¢.7.) and testes (¢.): cal., 
calciferous gland ; giz., gizzard ; sep., the strong septa. 

A transverse section of the tuberculum pubertatis of MW. dedii (only a 
portion is filled in with detail). ep., epidermis of clitellum ; cérc., cir- 
cular muscles of the body-wall, between the fibres of which the gland- 
cells of the tuberculum pass inwards ;./g., longitudinal muscles; 0.v., 
biood-yvessels. 


PZ: 5. 1eoe See 


F.E-B.del. J. Smit lith. 


ANATOMY OF PERICHASTA . 


PZ. 3S 189222 


1892.] ON THE GENUS PERICHETA. 1538 


4. On some Species of the Genus Pericheta (sensu stricto). 
By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society. 


{Received February 5, 1892.] 
(Plates IX. & X.) 


I have already communicated to this Society * some observations 
upon the family Perichzetidee and upon the generic types which may 
be recognized init. In the present paper I propose to describe some 
species of Pericheta(s. s.). I regard those Perichetide as referable 
to the genus Pericheta in the strict sense in which the sete are 
disposed in a perfectly continuous circle round each segment, being 
generally (? always) disposed along a distinct ridge in the middle of 
the segment ; this gives to the species of the genus a very different 
feel from either Megascolex or Perionyx, since the setze necessarily 
project more and thus produce a roughening of the skin, very per- 
ceptible when the worms are handled. 

My experience of living Earthworms of the genus Megascolex is 
limited to the examination of a specimen (as yet unidentified) from the 
Seychelles. These worms are far more lethargic in demeanour than 
the extremely active Perichete, and it is quite possible that this 
difference may be general. 

Another distinguishing character of the genus is the presence of a 
pair of czca* projecting forwards from the intestine in the xxvith 
segment. The gizzard, moreover, lies in segments viii.~x. and 
the septa are wanting which should divide those segments. No true 
Pericheta is known in which the spermatheca have more than a 
single diverticulum apiece*. The clitellum never consists (with one 
exception, P. fee) of more than three segments (xiv.-xvi.), and the 
oviducal pore is generally, if not always, single and median +. 

Most naturalists who have described species of Pericheta have 
mentioned the number of setze on the segments ; but a segment has 
generally been selected at random, and frequently no mention has 
been made of the particular segment chosen. Prof. Bourne points 
out that it is desirable to count the setee upon more than one seg- 
ment, and he selects segments v., ix., & xxv.; he finds ‘‘ that the - 


* “ Observations upon an American Species of Pericheta, and upon some other 
Members of the Genus,” P. Z. S. 1890, p. 52. 

> I refer later on in this paper (p. 165) to one exception to this rule. 

* The second “diverticulum,” in the form of a pear-shaped pouch, which 
occurs in Pericheta houlleti does not belong to the same category as the true 
appendix of the spermatheca; this I have pointed out elsewhere [Q. J. Micr. 
Sci. vol. xxx. p. 462]. 

+ Fletcher has described and figured an Earthworm (“Notes on Australian 
Earthworms: Part II.”; Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ser. 2, vol. i. pl. 13. fig. 6 
©, and p. 962), Pericheta queenslandica, which has the internal organization of 
a true Pericheta, but “ interrupted” setze and paired oviducal pores; Pericheta 
darnletensis, described on p. 966 of the same memoir, appears to be in every 
respect a true Pericheta, but has also paired oviducal pores. This matter, 
however, requires looking into again, as Mr. Fletcher suggests a slight doubt as 
to whether the said apertures are really separate. 


154 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


relation of these numbers to one another varies with other important 
characters rather than the actual numbers themselves.” 

Prof. A. G. Bourne’ considers that in all true Perichete there 
are sete between the male pores. So far as my own experience 
goes I agree with Prof. Bourne. The only possible exception that 
occurs to me is Pericheta taprobane described in the present 
paper (on p. 163), That species has setze between the male pores, 
but differs from Pericheta ina few other points to which I direct 
attention. Another point which appears to me to be of importance 
is the size of the sete upon the anterior as contrasted with the 
posterior segments ; in all the species of Pericheta described in the 
present paper the sete of the eight anterior segments are very 
much larger than those upon the segments which follow ; there is 
an abrupt break at the end of segment viii.; up to this point the 
setee get gradually larger upon successive segments. In Pericheta 
taprobane, which may perhaps be a distinct genus, there is no such 
marked difference between the segments in front of and those behind 
the eighth. Although there is a sudden diminution in size of the 
setze there is not always a corresponding increase in their numbers, 
but there generally is an increase. 

So much, then, for the generic distinctions of Pericheta. 

As to the species there exists already some little confusion, and I 
am not prepared to guarantee absolutely the novelty of the species 
described in the present paper. When there were only a very few 
species of the genus known, their discrimination was a much easier 
matter than it is now; at the time that Perrier wrote his first 
descriptions of Perichete it was a nearly sufficient definition to state 
merely the number and position of the spermathece. There are 
therefore a good many points, now known to be of systematic 
importance, which are omitted or not clearly set forth in some of the 
papers which record new species of Perichete. So far as we know 
at present, the following are the principal external features which are 
of systematic importance :— 

(1) Whether the ventral setee are larger than the rest. 

(2) The number of setze upon the segments. 

(3) Whether the clitellum includes the whole of segments xiv.— 

xvi.” 

(4) Whether the sete are present or absent from some or all of 
the clitellar segments; and if present whether they are 
modified (as, for instance, in Pericheta houlleti). 

(5) The number and arrangement of the anterior and posterior 
genital papille. 

(6) The position of the atrial pores upon the xvilith segment, 7. e. 

whether they are more lateral or ventral. 
7) Colour and size (including number of segments). 

T should like to take this opportunity of calling attention to the 
importance of illustrating these and other Earthworms by accurate 

1 “On Megascolex ceruleus, Templeton, &e.,” Q. J. Mier. Sci. vol. xxxii. 


2 My attention was directed to the impor tance of this point by Prof. Bourne’s 
paper upon Megascolex ceruleus (Q. J. Mier. Sci. vol. xxxii. p. 49). 


1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 155 


coloured figures. The species of Pericheta generally (so far as my 
experience goes, always) show characteristic differences of colour 
which it is difficult to express in words so as to convey a sufficiently 
accurate idea. The characters, moreover, which separate the species 
of Pericheta are not always available ; some species are separable by 
very well-marked characters, but others again hardly differ, except in 
the number and position of the genital papille with which are 
associated peculiar glands, and in their colour; immature specimens 
often want the papille, and, in the absence of coloured figures for 
reference, new species may be described which have no existence or 
important facts in distribution may be ignored. At present there 
are only two coloured figures of Perichetide extant on which any 
reliance can be placed: these are Bourne’s figure of Megascolex 
ceruleus and my own of Pericheta indica’. Several coloured 
figures accompany Schmarda’s descriptions of Perichete in his 
‘ Neue wirbellose Thiere,’ but these are not so useful as they would 
be if the descriptions were sufficiently full to render identification of 
the species possible *. 

The chief internal characters which show variations are the 
spermathecee and the atria. The number and position of the 
spermathecze, and perhaps the relative size of the spermatheca and 
its diverticulum, offer useful characters ; but they are rather difficult 
to make use of, as the quantity of sperm in the diverticulum is 
responsible for considerable variations in its form, as I point out in 
the case of Pericheta sinensis (see p. 159). The atrium is sometimes 
furnished at its point of opening with a dilated sac, the presence or 
absence of which is very characteristic of a given species. The 
extent of the glandular part of the atrium is perhaps often a valid 
specific distinction, especially in such forms as Pericheta taprobane, 
where it is extraordinarily small. The intestinal czeca are also 
subject to some variation, which is, however, not common ; in two 
species only are they absent, and in two others there are six pairs 
instead of the normal one pair. There seems also to be some 
variety in the position of the specially thickened intersegmental 
septa; but this character is one which is best appreciated in large 
species such as Pericheta forbesi, and is not always so clearly 
marked in the smaller forms. 

Whether the receptacula ovorum really vary from one to two pairs 
is a matter which requires further investigation. At present I am 
almost inclined to think that the existence of the two pairs of these 
structures placed in segments xiii. and xiv. will prove to be charac- 
teristic, not of particular species, but of the genus itself. 


? PERICHETA SUMATRANA, Horst. 

Megascolex sumatrana, Horst, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. v. p. 189. 
Pericheta sumatrana, Horst, Midden-Sumatra, Vermes, p. 5. 

I have examined five or six specimens of this species, which has a 
1 Vaillant’s figure of “ Megascolex diffringens” may be Pericheta indica. 


2 Since the above was written I have received, through the great kindness of 
Prof. Claus, these worms for identification. 


156 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


very conspicuous coloration, illustrated in Plate IX. (fig. 4). The 
specimens were all received alive from Kew Gardens; they were 
brought to Kew in Wardian cases from Barbados and from Hong 
Kong; it may be that the specimens from the two localities were 
accidentally mixed, but the fact that each box contained another and 
a distinct species in each case is against the supposition that there 
had been an accidental transference of specimens from one box to 
another. The occurrence of the same species of Pericheta in two 
such widely-separated regions of the World is interesting, but it is not 
the only instance seen in this genus; both Pericheta indica and 
Pericheta houlleti have been recorded from the tropics of both the 
New and the Old World. 

The accompanying drawing (Plate IX. fig. 4) illustrates the colora- 
tion of the species, which varies somewhat in individuals, preserving, 
however, the same general plan. The body is markedly ringed as 
in our own Allobophora fetida; there are alternate bandsof olive-brown 
and pale brownish yellow ; in the individual figured the darker bands 
are of a more distinctly green colour than in other specimens. 

When treated with Perenyi’s solution the green, both of the 
greener and browner individual, became very much brighter and 
more distinctly green, and was finally dissolved out when the worms 
were transferred to alcohol. This change of colour appears to be 
due to the acid in the Perenyi’s fluid, as it was not produced by 
alcohol alone. 

This species is extremely strong and active and it is most difficult 
to catch ; the buccal cavity is protruded when the animal is moving, 
as in all other species of the genus that have been examined in the 
living condition. The length is 70 mm. by 4 mm. in breadth’. 

Number of segments 86. 

The clitellum occupies the usual three segments, beginning and 
ending sharply. There are no sete upon it. 

The oviducal pore is single and median upon the xivth segment. 

The atrial pores are not prominent; they are transversely elon- 
gated slits upon the xvitith segment. 

There are no genital papille. 

The intestine commences in segment xiv. ; it has the usual pair of 
ceca. 

There are, as in most species of Pericheta, especially thick tufts 
of nephridia on the septa in front of segment vii. 

The ventral blood-vessel is not enclosed by the sperm-sacs. 

The spermathece lie in segments vil. and viii. ; each has a diver- 
ticulum bent upon itself three times. 

The atrium has a large terminal sac. 

I am not quite certain whether to identify this species with 
Pericheta sumatrana or whether to regard it as new. The diver- 
ticulum appears to be somewhat different in form, but this may 
perhaps be accounted for by the distribution of the spermatozoa in 
the pouch. 


1 Another specimen measured 3 inches and consisted of 93 segments, 


ba | 


1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHZATA. 15 


PERICHATA DYERI, 0. Sp. 


I obtained a single specimen of this Pericheta from Kew Gardens 
in August of last year ; Mr. Crisp, one of the employés at the Royal 
Gardens, brought me the worm, which had been remarked for some 
days on account of its active habits ; it had obviously come from some 
foreign country, but at that season so many plants in Wardian cases 
arrive from abroad that I found it impossible to ascertain its exact 
locality. 

The colour of this species when alive (Plate IX. fig. 2) is a rich 
brown, darker posteriorly ; the cuticle is markedly iridescent, the 
iridescence being probably more strongly marked on account of the 
dark background of pigment. During life it protruded, as other 
Perichete do, the whole of the buccal cavity during its movements ; 
the clitellar region was also continually contracted: in preserved 
specimens this region of the body is, it should be observed, frequently 
much narrower than the rest; the older term of cingulum is thus 
particularly applicable, as the impression given is that of a belt 
tightly drawn round the middle of the worm. When placed in weak 
spirit, the worm threw out a quantity of turbid yellowish fluid. 

After preservation the specimen measured 117 mm. and was com- 
posed of 72 segments. ‘The circumference of the body in the region 
of the spermathece is 13 mm. 

The clitellum occupies the three usual segments, but does not 
exactly coincide with the boundaries of those segments ; it commences 
a little after the beginning of the xivth segment and terminates a 
little before the end of the xvith. There are no sete upon the 
clitellum. The seta formula is 


Segment I. Wi XII. XXY.! 
27 27 39 45 


The oviducal pore is single and occupies the usual position. 

The male pores lie upon the xviiith segment within the line of 
sete, which are, however, interrupted for a short distance on either 
side of each pore. On the same segment are two pairs of large 
sucker-like papilla, which seem to have a concave surface. The 
anterior pair (Plate LX. fig. 8) lie in front, and to the inside, of the 
male pores ; the other pair occupy a corresponding position behind 
the circle of setee of the segment, and touch the border-line between 
the xviiith and xixth segments. 

The spermathecal pores were not evident. 

As to the internal anatomy. The alimentary tract is furnished 
with a gizzard occupying the usual position and number of segments. 
The paired ceca of the intestine arise between the xxvith and xxviith 
segments and reach forward as far as the xxvth. 

From segment xxviii. backward are paired series of “septal glands”’ 


‘ The segments selected for enumeration are not quite the same as those 
chosen by Prof. Bourne (Q. J. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxii. p. 53, footnote); but I 
find that the proportions and numbers are not altered by the segments which 
I give. 


158 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


such as I have described in other species of Pericheta’. They 
appear, however (Plate X. fig. 1), to arise rather from the dorsal vessel 
than from the septum; each gland is somewhat pear-shaped, with a 
narrow stalk which approaches that of its fellow. 

The sperm-sacs are in segments Xi., Xli. 

The atria are very extensive ; the glandular part occupies segments 
Xvi.—xxi. inclusive; the muscular duct opens directly on to the 
exterior and is unprovided with a thin-walled sac. 

The segments xvii., xviii., and xix. are masses of white glands 
which are no doubt connected with the papillz already spoken of. 

The ovaries (which are, as usual, attached to the front wall of 
segment xiii.) are very large and bunchy. 

The spermathece are present to the number ot four pairs, and lie 
in segments Vi., Vil., viil., and ix. ; they open at the anterior boundary 
of these segments and are very dorsal in position, the external 
apertures being about 6 mm. from the nerve-cord. The pouch has 
the usual shape; the diverticulum is half again as long as the 
pouch. 

The characters of the papille appear to distinguish this species 
from all other Perichete with four pairs of spermathece. It comes 
nearest to P. modiglianii. 

The above description refers to a single specimen which I shall 
keep as the type of the species. Since the description was written 
I have received a large number of other examples, all living, from 
Trinidad and Jamaica, and from Lagos on the W. African coast ; 
the specimens from Trinidad I owe to the kindness of Mr. Hart, 
Superintendent of the Botanical Gardens ; the other specimens came 
from Kew. I kept a number of them alive for some weeks in the 
hope that they might possibly produce cocoons ; unfortunately they 
died without producing any. One of these specimens (which I 
have also kept) is illustrated in the accompanying coloured drawing 
(Plate IX. fig. 2). The examination of a large number of individuals 
has shown that the characters of the genital papille as described 
above are not quite distinctive of the species. In a good many 
individuals the papillz were precisely as I have described them, 
but in others there were only a single pair present, that pair lying 
behind the male pores. These individuals therefore bear a very 
clese resemblance to Pericheta sinensis. If one had only alcoholic 
specimens to examine and were not allowed to dissect them, it 
would indeed be impossible to distinguish the species by any at all 
marked characters. The colour, however (cf. figs. 2 & 3, Plate IX.), 
is here quite distinctive of the species. 


PERICHZATA SINENSIS, 0. Sp. 


Of this species of Pericheta | received a number of living speci- 
mens from Kew Gardens; they came from Foochow in China. A 
coloured drawing which I exhibit (Plate IX. fig. 3) was made by Mr. 
Smit from the living worm. I ought to mention, however, that that 


1 P. Z. 8. loc. cit. 


1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHZTA. 159 


sketch does not show the prismatic colours, which were very evident. 
The hinder part of the body is extremely transparent and of a pale 
brown colour ; the blood-vessels and the paired septal glands were 
quite clearly visible through the thin integument. The last dozen 
segments or so are yellow-coloured; beyond the clitellum, which is 
grey, is a patch of yellow due to the prostate. 

The activity of this species is quite on a par with that of other 
Perichzetes, and it possesses the same power of everting the buccal 
cavity that I have referred to in the case of Pericheta indica’ and 
the other species described in the present paper. M. Vaillant has 
also figured the same protrusion of the buccal cavity in Pericheta 
posthuma. In Pericheta sinensis the length of the fully everted 
buccal cavity was quite equal to that of the first three segments of 
the body. 

The length of the species is 126 mm., the circumference at the 
vilith segment 10 mm. 

The individual with the above measurements had 104 segments. 

The elitellwm, as is occasionally the case, does not coincide exactly 
with the limits of the three segments (xiv.—xvi.) of which it is com- 
posed ; it begins after the furrow separating segments xiii./xiv., and 
ends before the intersegmental groove xvi./xvii. I could discover no 
setz upon it. 

The oviducal pore is single and median upon segment xiv. 

The atrial pores lie upon segment xviii. 

Genital papille.—There are two large sucker-like papille of 
circular outline lying between segments xviii./xix. ; each is placed a 
little to the inside of (and of course below) the atrial pore of its own 
side. 

The spermathecal orifices were not visible. 

As to the interual anatomy, this species shows the usual characters 
peculiar to the genus Pericheta. 

There are a pair of ceca in the usual position. 

There are four pairs of spermathece lying in segments Vi., vii., 
vil., and ix. In several individuals which [ dissected the proportions 
between the pouch and its single diverticulum, as well as the shape 
of the diverticulum, varied. The normal condition appears to be for 
the diverticulum to be quite as long as the pouch ; like the pouch it 
consists of a distal sac where the spermatozoa are retained and a 
narrowed duct. The pouch itself contained no spermatozoa, only a 
quantity of material presenting the appearance shown in the accom- 
panying drawing (Plate X. fig. 3); it is of a fluid consistency 
and contains minute granules as well as spherical bodies; the 
drawing, I should say, represents the contents of the pouch of a 
living worm. The diverticulum frequently shows a beaded appearance 
represented in fig. 4; in one case the upper end of the diverticulum 
was divided by constrictions into seven spherical chambers full of 
sperm ; quite as often the diverticulum was tubular and of equal 
calibre throughout, except of course the proximal end, which is always 
narrower. My investigations upon the living worm, which I had 

1 P. Z. 8. loc. cit. 


160 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


hoped would be more thorough, were cut short by the drying up of 
the specimens ; I had proposed to study the vascular system in detail, 
but my failure to do so is the less to be regretted since Prof. A. G. 
Bourne has recently published * an excellent account of the circu- 
latory organs of the large Megascolex ceruleus, which would 
probably in any case have rendered a similar account of the circula- 
tory organs of Pericheta unnecessary. 

I may, however, call attention to figs. 7 & 8, which represent a 
portion of the capillary network upon the spermathecal diverticulum 
drawn from the living organ. It will be noticed that this network 
is of some vertical thickness ; its branches lie in two planes, both of 
which are contained in the superficial layers of the pouch and do not 
penetrate between the cells of its lining epithelium. 

The atrium is not furnished with a terminal sac. 

A crowd of closely pressed white egg-shaped glands corresponds 
to each of the genital papille (Plate X. fig. 2). 

The sete of segments Vi., vii., viii., ix. are longer and stouter than 
those upon the anterior and posterior segments ; this is especially 
the case with the more laterally placed. 

The seta formula is as follows :— 


Segment I. V. XII. XXyV. 
28 26 42 48 


PERICHETA BERMUDENSIS, 0. Sp. 


I received thirty or forty examples of this Pericheta preserved in 
spirit from the Bermudas; I am indebted for them to Surgeon- 
Major Windle. 

The specimens were all of about the same size; the length of one 
specimen chosen at random is 120 mm., breadth 4 mm., number of 
segments 93. The colcur (in alcohol) is a reddish brown dorsally, 
passing into a yellowish colour ventrally. 

The prostomium extends back over about half of the peristomial 
segment. 

The sete are small on the first setigerous segment ; they gradually 
increase in size on the next three, and then get small again; they 
are quite small on segment ix. They form complete circles. 

The clitellum shows the unusual, though not unique (see de- 
scription of Pericheta dyeri, yp. 157), character of not completely 
occupying three segments. Instead of being developed over the 
entire circumference of segments xiv.—xvi., it only commences to 
be visible 1 mm. after the boundary-line of segments xiii./xiv. 
and terminates at about the same distance in front of the boundary- 
line between segments xvi./xvii. This gives the clitellum a 
peculiar and very characteristic appearance. As it occurred in all 
the specimens which I examined, I regard this reduction of the 
clitellum as a valid specific character. 

The clitellum is not entirely unprovided with sete; there is a 


1 «On Megascolex ceruleus, Templeton, from Ceylon, &c.,” Q. J. Micr. Sci. 
vol, xxxli. p. 49. 


1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHAETA. 161 


single row present at the posterior boundary of the clitellar region, 
which belong therefore to segment xvi. ; it is at this point that the 
thick clitellar epithelium ceases. The sete do not forma continuous 
ring round that segment (the xvith); they are visible only upon 
the ventral surface and are developed for an equal distance on either 
side of the ventral median line ; they extend for a distance of about 
one quarter of the entire circumference of the segment. The 
clitellar setze are quite obvious without having recourse to a micro- 
scopical investigation of the integument, since the thick clitellar 
epithelium is much broken along the line of their emergence. The 
sete themselves do not appear to present any differences in shape 
from those which are found in other parts of the body; they may 
perhaps be a trifle smaller, but there is no such differentiation as 
occurs, for example, in Pericheta houlleti. The most careful search 
failed to show any sete on either of the two remaining segments of 
the clitellum : in one specimen I counted 20 setze on segment xvi.; 
in another there seemed to be rather fewer, but there was no per- 
ceptible variation in the length of the line occupied by the sete in 
different individuals. 

I have been particular in calling attention to the characteristics of 
the clitellum, not only because the points to which I have directed 
attention are of specific importance, but also for the special reason 
that they serve to discriminate Pericheta bermudensis from Pericheta 
aspergillum. I was at first inclined to regard the species de- 
scribed in this paper under the name of Pericheta bermudensis as 
being identical with Pericheta aspergillum. The latter was first 
described by Perrier * as being “sans désignation d’origine.’ As I 
received a few years ago some Earthworms collected by Mr. Shipley 
in the Bermudas which seemed to be P. aspergillum, I considered 
that the present species was the same, as the individuals agreed, ona 
superficial inspection, with Pericheta aspergillum. However, in 
Perrier’s description of P. aspergillum there are characters mentioned 
which appear to show that I am right in regarding Pericheta ber- 
mudensis as a distinct though closely allied form; in the figure” 
illustrating Pericheta aspergillum sete are figured upon all the 
segments of the clitellum ; but in the text the matter is left a little 
obscure. M. Perrier says (p. 120), “Je n’ai vu sur la ceinture que de 
faibles traces. . . . des ceintures de soies.” 

The great difference in size may possibly also be a valid specific 
difference ; no doubt this character is one which has to be used with 
special caution in the case of Earthworms. ‘There are other points, 
too, which I shall call attention to in referring to the characters 
offered by the male generative pores and the spermathecal pores. 

The dorsal pores commence, as in Pericheta aspergillum, between 
segments x./Xxi. 

The ovidueal pore lies upon the middle ventral line of segment xiv. 


* “Recherches pour servir a l’histoire des Lombriciens terrestres,” Nouv. 
Arch, Mus. t. viii. p. 5. 
? Loc, cit. pl. iv. fig. 71. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XI. 11 


162 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


The male pores are upon segment xviii., comparatively near to 
the ventral median line ; they are not, as is, for example, the case 
with Pericheta affinis, at the sides of their segment. ‘The sete of 
segment xviii. are present between the two pores, but they cease to be 
visible some little way from the pores on each side. ‘The pores them- 
selves lie in the direct line of the circle of setee. Close to each of the 
apertures of the atria is a group of rounded orifices, which in one 
specimen showed the following arrangement :—There were four on 
one side and five upon the other, each group of pores lying in a circle 
below, and to the inside of, the atrial pores. The arrangement there- 
fore, as well as the number of these pores, shows some differences from 
Pericheta aspergillum ; 1 occasionally observed fewer than four pores, 
but never anything like so many as eleven, which Perrier states to be 
the number found in Pericheta aspergillum. When the cuticle is 
stripped off, these pores become very obvious and can be easily counted 
with a lens. Examined under the microscope they do not present 
the appearance of pores, but of solid papillze covered by a reticulation ; 
they are in fact, as I have already pointed out * for Pertcheta asper- 
gillum and other species of the genus, the openings of masses of 
unicellular glands. 

I could not see the spermathecal pores, and there was no develop- 
ment of accessory papillz corresponding to those which have just 
been described as occurring near the atrial pores. This is another 
point in which Pericheta bermudensis differs from Pericheta asper- 
gillum, where such papillle have been described and figured by 
Perrier. 

The gizzard occupies segments viii.—x., the septa of those segments 
being absent ; the remains of the septa are to be recognized in a series 
of ligamentous bands which attach the gizzard to the parietes; of 
these there are three pairs: two on each side are attached, close to 
each other, not to the gizzard itself, but to the septum which lies 
just in front of it; they pass obliquely backwards and outwards ; 
behind these and nearly at the posterior extremity of the gizzard is 
another band on each side. ‘The walls of the esophagus behind the 
gizzard are much folded (internally) and very vascular in segments 
Xii.—xiv., particularly in segment xii. ; this region no doubt represents 
the calciferous glands of other Karthworms, which do not here form 
distinct diverticula. 

In segments v. and vi. are “‘ lood-glands”’ which present aracemose 
appearance. 

The intestine is provided with the usual pair of ceca. 

The sperm-sacs are in segments xi. and xil. 

The curved duct of the atrium opens directly on to the exterior, 
and not through a dilated terminal portion; it is surrounded by 
innumerable small white glands, which correspond to the pores 
which surround the external orifice of the atrium. 

The ovaries are in segment xiii. 


1 “Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms, with Descriptions of some 
New Species,’ Q. J. Micr. Sci. vol. xxx. p. 461 e¢ seg. pl. xxix. figs. 3, 4, 5. 


1892. ] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 163 


There are two pairs of receptacula ovorum in segments xiii.‘ and 
xiv. respectively. Those of segment xiii. lie above the ovaries. 

The three pairs of spermathece lie in segments vi., vii., and viii. 
The oval pouch of the spermatheca has a long narrow duct: the 
diverticulum has the same form but is much smaller ; it is hardly as 
long as the duct of the main pouch. 


PERICHATA TAPROBANA, 0. sp. 


The following description is based upon the examination of some 
half-dozen examples of a Pericheta from Ceylon. The specimens 
were collected a good many years ago by Prof. Moseley and were 
deposited by him in the Oxford University Museum. Mr. W. 
Hatchett Jackson was so good as to place them in my hands for 
identification and description. The worms were labelled “ Pericheta 
cingulata,”’ and I presume therefore that they agreed with 
Schmarda’s coloured figure of that species”. As, however, Schmarda’s 
description of the species is not by any means sufficient for 
identification, 1 do not think it safe, in the present state of our 
knowledge of this genus of Earthworms, to define any species by 
colour only. 

M. Vaillant *, to whom we are indebted for the first anatomical 
account of Pericheta, identified six Earthworms in the Paris Museum 
with P. cingulata, apparently basing this identification upon the 
shape of the sete. The futility of such a character is shown by the 
fact that Perrier’ was rightly able to distinguish several distinct 
species among the individuals which were all called ‘ Pericheta 
cingulata” by Vaillant. The name ‘‘ cingulata”’ was applied by 
Schmarda in the belief that the species was characterized by pos- 
sessing a clitellum. It is not, however, on this ground that I think 
it desirable to drop the name Pericheta cingulata altogether. 
Vaillant’s Pericheta cingulata according to Perrier’ is practically 
indistinguishable from the Pericheta posthuma of the same author ; 
and it is impossible to be certain that they are different from Perrier’s 
Pericheta affinis—so at least Prof. Perrier thinks, and Dr. Horst ° 
agrees with him. But I do not follow Perrier in retaining the name 
Pericheta cingulata for Pericheta posthuma, since there are really 


1 Pletcher (“ Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part III.,” Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N. 8. W. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 394) describes in Pericheta canaliculata ‘a pair of 
smooth white sacs” lying above the ovaries in segment xiii., which are doubtless the 
same structures. Zo pairs of these bodies occur in several species of Pericheta. 

2 «Neue wirbellose Thiere,’ Bd. ii. p. 16, pl. xviii. fig. 162. 

3 “ Note sur l’Anatomie de deux Hspéces du Genre Pericheta, &e.,” Ann. Sci. 
Nat. 5¢ sér. t. x. p. 225. 

+ Loe, cit. 

5 Loe. cit. p. 114. 

® “Descriptions of Earthworms, V.,” Notes Leyden Mus. vol. xii. p. 232. It 
should be remarked, however, that Vaillant neither figures nor describes sete 
upon the clitellum; he remarks, indeed, “la ceinture seule en [des soies] est 
privée.” They are present in Pericheta affinis, so that probably Dr. Horst’s 
earlier (Midden-Sumatra, Vermes, p. 4) identification of P. eingulata (of 
Vaillant) with Pericheta indica was more correct. 


164 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


no reasons either for believing or disbelieving that Vaillant’s Peri- 
cheta cingulata is the same species as Schmarda’s Pericheta 
cingulata. 

In the specimens which I examined there is no trace of the 
natural colour left; the worms are a pale brownish grey—the 
clitellum a darker brown. As they do not agree with any Pericheta 
of which there is an adequate description, I give them the new name 
Pericheta taprobane. 

There are only four species of Pericheta which agree with the 
present in possessing only a single pair of spermathecee, so that it is 
more easily to be discriminated than species which possess the more 
typical number of three or four pairs. The species in question are 
Pericheta sangirensis, Mich.', Pericheta ceylonica, F. E. B.’, 
Pericheta quadragenaria, E. P., and Pericheta elongata, E. P. 
Pericheta taprobane differs from the last two species in a number of 
points ; it will be sufficient here to mention one point of difference only 
for each species. Pericheta taprobane differs from Pericheta quadra- 
genaria in the size and form of the spermathecal appendix ; from 
Pericheta elongata in the characters of the ‘‘ prostate” ; from Peri- 
cheta sangirensis in the absence of a dilated sac at the distal 
extremity of the atrium. Pericheta ceylonica is distinguished by 
having two pairs of atria. 

Pericheta taprobane is a stout worm, measuring about 80- 
100 mm. ; the largest specimen was 105 mm. in length; an in- 
dividual measuring 84 millims. in length had a breadth of 6°5 mm. 
and was composed of about 114 segments. 

The worm undoubtedly belongs to the restricted genus Pericheta, 
although, as will be seen presently, one of the distinctive characters 
of the genus is absent: the sefe form continuous rows and are 
numerous ; on the first setigerous segment of one specimen I counted 
52 setee, on the fifth 81, on the twelfth segment of the same indi- 
vidual there were 74, on the twenty-fifth 67. The seta formula 
is therefore as follows :— 


Segment I. y XIL. XXyV. 
52 81 74 67 


The setz are present on a// the clitellar segments and form complete 
circles. Their form is not different from that of the setze elsewhere. 
Those upon the hinder segment of the body are nearly twice as long 
as those upon the anterior. 

The clitellum is composed of the usual three segments, but is a 
little indistinct at both ends. 

The oviducal pore is single and median; it lies in front of the 
circle of sete of segment xiv. 

The atrial pores are upon the xviiith segment and are sometimes 
very prominent—forming conical elevations—owing to a protrusion 


1 “ Oligochaeten des naturhistorischen Museums in Hamburg, IV.,” Jahrb. 
Hamburg. wiss. Anst. viii. p. 35 

2 « Notes on some Earthworms from Ceylon and the Philippine Islands, &e.,” 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1886. 


1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 165 


of a part of the atrium ; the setz are interrupted for a short space 
on either side of each pore, which, however, lie directly in the line 
of the setze. I counted seventeen sete between the male pores. 

I could find zo genital or copulatory papille of any kind. 

The spermathecal pores were very evident in all the specimens; 
they lie between segments vii./viii. 

The dorsal pores commence between segments xii./xiii. 

The anterior segments of the body are bi- or tri-annulate. 

With regard to the internal anatomy of the species, I only 
direct attention to those points which are known to be of importance 
in the discrimination of species. The position of the gizzard is 
perfectly normal ; it lies in segments viii.—x., and the septa between 
these segments have nearly entirely disappeared, being represented 
only by a few ligaments binding the gizzard to the parietes. The 
intestine is very remarkable on account of the fact that there are no 
ceca. I looked for these structures very carefully, and entirely 
failed to discover them; they are always (according to my ex- 
perience) quite easy to find when present. I must therefore 
conclude that the present species is unique in the absence of ceca. 
Although there appears to be no Earthworm known on other grounds 
referable to the genus Pericheta (s. s.) which possesses no intestinal 
ezca, Mr. Fletcher* has described a Megascoler in which ceca are 
present. In Pericheta queenslandica, a worm with “ interrupted 
circles of sete,” there are a pair of lateral ceca arising from the 
intestine in segment xxv. and directed anteriorly, as in all true 
Perichete with the exception of Pericheta taprobane*; these two 
species evidently render it impossible to define strictly the genera 
Pericheta and Megascoler, though as a matter of convenience those 
names may he, for the present at least, retained until more exceptions 
are made known. In other particulars the alimentary tract of this 
Earthworm does not diverge from the normal. 

The intersegmental septa commence to be distinct after the fourth 
segment ; the first four septa, viz. those bounding segments v.—vii., are 
rather thickened ; as are also the first two septa which lie behind the 
gizzard, that is to say those which separate segments x./xi. and xi./xii. 
The thick septa in front of the gizzard are covered with very con- 
spicuous nephridial tufts. 

The sperm-sacs lie in segments x., xi., and xii. 

The afria consist as usual of a thick muscular duct bent upon 
itself and of a glandular portion consisting of ramifying ceca; the 
latter is fairly compact except where it is cleft at its junction with 
the non-glandular part. The glandular part is much smaller than 
is usual in this genus, and is entirely limited to the xviiith segment. 
The muscular duct is unprovided with a dilated sac at its extremity. 

There is only a single pair of spermathece, which lie in segment viil. 
They also are small; and, as the facts contained in this account are 
based upon the dissection of several examples, I may emphasize the 

* “Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part II.,” P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ser. 2, 


vol. i. p. 964. 
* Tam not certain as to Pericheta ceylonica. 


166 MR. F. FE. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


smallness of the atria and the spermathece as a characteristic of the 
species. Each spermatheca consists of a globular portion communi- 
cating with the exterior by a narrow duct, to which is appended a 
small diverticulum consisting also of a swollen terminal portion and 
of a narrow duct. 


PERICHETA MORRISI, 0. sp. 


I name this species, of which I obtained several living examples 
from Kew, after Mr. Morris, Assistant Director of the Royal Gardens. 
Three or four specimens were forwarded to me, of which only one 
was sexually mature; the following description is based upon that 
specimen. 

The species comes from Penang. 

The accompanying coloured sketch by Mr. Smit (Plate IX. fig. 1) 
represents the natural colours of the worm and shows its distinctness 
from Pericheta sinensis, with which species, however, it cannot be 
confounded, as will be seen in the course of the following description. 

The worms during life protruded the buccal cavity, as apparently 
all species of Pericheta do. 

The length of the specimen (after preservation in weak, followed 
strong, alcohol) is 52 mm.; the number of segments in the body 
is 93. 

The sete, as in other species, form continuous rows. 

The clitellum begins abruptly with the commencement of segment 
xiv., but does not terminate exactly at the posterior boundary of 
segment xvi.; the glandular substance ends at the level of the setz 
which are present on the last segment of the clitellum, as in Peri- 
cheta bermudensis (see p. 160); the setze of this segment, as in the 
species with which I have compared Pericheta morrisi in this 
particular, are only present upon the ventral surface. 

The oviducal pore occupies the usual position. 

The atrial pores open on to the xviiith segment, and are not 
separated by a very wide interval; they are in the line of sete, but 
the setze cease for a short space on either side of each pore. 

The spermathecal pores lie between segments y./vi. and vi./vii. 

There are no papille in the neighbourhood of the male pores, 
although on a subsequent dissection of the worm I noticed some 
minute white glands in the xvilith segment. Papille, however, are 
present upon certain of the anterior Bi in the neighbourhood 
of the spermathecal apertures. 

Upon each of segments vii. and viii. is a single circular disk occu- 
pying the median ventral line of the segment and lying just in front 
of the circle of setee belonging to the segment. 

The gizzard lies in segments viii.—x., the mesenteries which should 
divide those segments being absent. 

The usual pair of ceca are present. 

The esophagus in segments x.-xiv. is much thickened and of 
a whitish appearance. This region doubtless corresponds to the 
calciterous glands of other Earthworms, which do not appear to be 
developed as distinct pouches in the genus Pericheta. 


1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 167 


The atrium is not furnished with a distal sac. 

There are two pairs of spermathece, which lie in segments vi. and 
vii.; the appendix is a tube of uniform calibre and is very nearly as 
long as the pouch. In the case of one spermatheca, the appendix 
is twisted at its commencement round the stalk of the spermatheca. 


PERICHETA BARBADENSIS, Ni. Sp. 


In June of the present year I received from Kew Gardens five 
living worms of the genus Pericheta, which were all of a reddish- 
brown colour with a grey clitellum ; the iridescence of the cuticle 
was very marked, on account of the dark pigment in the body-wall ; 
when the worms were killed in weak alcohol, a quantity of yellowish 
fluid was expelled from the dorsal pores. 

In spite of the close similarity in colour between all five specimens, 
I believe that they are to be referred to two distinct species, of which 
one—that which I call Pericheta barbadensis—is somewhat protean, 
showing considerable variations, which I do not, however, regard, 
for reasons which will be stated presently, as being of specific value. 
I describe the second species subsequently (see p. 169). 

Two of the specimens were of about the same size, measuring 
4 inches in length (when preserved in strong alcohol, after having 
been killed in weak alcohol); the diameter in front of the clitellum 
is 4 mm. The length of the preclitellar somites is 18 mm.; 
the clitellum itself measures 4 mm. The number of segments 
is 78. 

In this individual—which I call a—setze were present upon the 
last segment of the clitellum (Plate IX. fig. 6); the clitellum itself in 
all three specimens is fully developed upon all the segments xiv.—xvi. 
and bears anteriorly the single median oviducal pore; the number 
of sete upon the last segment of the clitellum is small, about half 
a dozen. 

In the second individual (4) the number of sete upon the last 
segment of the clitellum is greater than in a. 

In the third individual (c) the number of setee upon the last seg- 
ment of the clitellum is about as great as in 4, but in addition the first 
segment of the clitellum (7. e. no. xiv.) bears three, or possibly four, 
setze on each side of the oviducal pore (Plate IX. fig. 7), which there 
lies within the circle of sete of its segment, and not, as is usually 
the case in the genus Pericheta, in front of the setee. It might be 
supposed that these three individuals represented merely three stages 
in the disappearance of the setee belonging to the clitellar segments. 
In immature worms sete are always present upon the clitellar seg- 
ments. Iam not aware that any exact observations have been made 
as to the time and manner of their disappearance in those species 
which have, when adult, a clitellum devoid of sete. But in the 
present species the differences in the clitellar setze coincide with 
differences in the genital papille and also with differences in the 
number of spermathecee. But, as will be seen presently, it does not 
happen that the worm with the fewest setze upon the clitellum has 
the most marked development of the genital papille. Hence I 


168 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, 


should conclude that this species is one whose characters are not 
yet definitely fixed ; it is evidently on the way to entirely losing the 
setze upon the clitelluw. 

The genital papille, as has been already remarked, differ in the 
three individuals. 

In a there is, in the first place, a median sucker-like papilla upon 
segment vii., just in front of the circle of setee; and in the second 
place, a single median papilla occupying an exactly corresponding 
position upon segment xviii. 

In 4 there is no anterior papilla or papille ; on segment xviii. are 
two papillz placed on the inner side of each atrial pore and lying 
below the circle of sete; the innermost papilla on each side is below 
as well as to the inside of the outermost, which occupies a corre- 
sponding position with regard to the male pore. 

In ¢ the arrangement is by far the most complicated, and yet 
this individual is the one which has the most sete upon the clitellum. 

There are no anterior papill ; on the eighteenth segment a small 
circular papilla lies above each atrial pore and another lies exactly 
below it, on the boundary-line between segments xviii./xix. In the 
middle of segment xviil. are two papillz lying side by side and above 
the sete of that segment. On the right-hand side of the body is 
another papilla, which lies just above one of these two. There are 
thus seven papillz in all. 

In all three individuals the atrial pores are lateral in position, 
being separated by the entire diameter of the body, which is here a 
trifle wider than either anteriorly or posteriorly. 

With regard to the internal anatomy, all three specimens showed 
the following characters in common :— 

The gizzard occupies the usual position, and there are a pair of 
intestinal ceca. 

The intestine has a small typhlosole. 

The aéria have an extensively developed glandular portion, which 
extends from segments xvil.—xxi. in 6 and from xviii—xxii. in a; itis 
rather smaller in ec, but then the worm itself is smaller *. 

I found two pairs of egg-sacs attached to the posterior face of the 
septa dividing segments xii./xiil. and xiii./xiv. ; they are pear-shaped 
with a long stalk, and not very wide at the widest end. 

The position and number of the spermathece differ in the three 
individuals: in @ there were two pairs somewhat unsymmetrically 
disposed ; they open, however, in the intersegmental grooves v-/vi. 
and vi./vii. In segment vi. lie a pair, of which one was very small 
and immature; the fully developed spermatheca consists of an oval 
pouch terminating in a narrow duct, from which arises a long 
cylindrical appendix. In segment vii. the spermatheca of the right 
side of the body had the same characters ; on the left side the duct 
of the spermatheca, although opening in the normal position, is 
greatly elongated, traversing septum vii./viili. and expanding in the 
vilith segment into the large oval pouch. The diverticulum of this 
spermatheca lies in segment vi. 

It measures 84 mm. and consists of 64 segments. 


1892. ] OF THE GENUS PERICH ETA. 169 


In 4 there are three pairs of spermathecze in segments vi., vii., and 
viii., which are in every respect perfectly normal. 

In ¢ there are two pairs lying in vi. and vil., but quite normal in 
structure. 

It may be that Iam wrong in associating all these individuals 
together under one specific name. 


PERICHZTA HESPERIDUM, 0D. Sp. 


Two individuals out of the five specimens just referred to, of which 
I have described three under the name,of Pericheta barbadensis, 
presented certain differences; these differences would, if the speci- 
mens had come from a different locality, be undoubtedly considered 
of specific value. As it is, I am uncertain, considering their ex- 
ceedingly close similarity in coloration, whether to regard all five 
individuals as belonging to one protean species, or whether to regard 
the two specimens described here as a distinct species. Since the 
differences which they show to the three described as Pericheta 
barbadensis are more marked than either of the three exhibit among 
themselves, I give them at least a provisional name. 

The external characters are those of Pericheta barbadensis, ex- 
cepting that there are no sete upon the clitellum and that there are no 
genital papille. In describing the last species, I pointed out that 
there is a gradual reduction in the three specimens of the sete upon 
the clitellum, which is accompanied by a reduction in the genital 
papillae. In the two specimens which I describe here as Pericheta 
hesperidum this reduction in number has culminated in the total 
disappearance of both the clitellar setae and the genital papille. 
Tf it were not for certain differences in the internal anatomy, to which 
T shall call attention later, these facts would rather show that there 
is no necessity for separating the forms specifically. 

In the internal anatomy there are, however, differences. I should 
say, however, that I have only dissected one of the two individuals 
associated together here under the name of Pericheta hesperidum. 

In that worm the ceca are remarkably small as compared with 
those of other species. The intestine is provided with a fairly 
well-marked typhlosole ; it commences in the xvth segment. 

There are two pairs of spermathece, which lie in segments vii. 
and viii. and open on the border-line between segments vil./vili. and 
viii./ix. ; in the case of the anterior pair, the displacement of mesentery 
makes the apertures, when viewed from the inside of the body, look 
as if they were placed in the middle of segment vii. 

The diverticulum is contorted. 

I only found a single pair of receptacula ovorum in place of the 
two pairs of the last species; they are attached to the front wall of 
segment xiii. and lie above the ovaries; they are elongate and lie 
obliquely on the septum. 

The atrium shows a difference of importance from the last species ; 
this is the presence of a terminal sac. This sac is, however, so 
extremely small in the present species that it needs careful looking 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1892, No. XII. 12 


170 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [ Feb. 16, 


for and might very easily escape attention; the muscular duct of the 
atrium becomes very narrow just before it opens into this sac. 


PERICHATA MAURITIANA, 0. Sp. 


In August of last year I received from Kew a number of living 
Earthworms which had been accidentally imported from Mauritius; 
they proved on examination to belong to two distinct species: one 
is a Urochata, indistinguishable, so far as I can see, from Urocheta 
corethrura ; the other is a Pericheta belonging appateutly to a new 
species. 

At present one species of Pericheta is known to occur in Mauritius; 
and a second, although described {rom Australia, is believed to be 
indigenous to Mauritius. The first is Pericheta mauritii of Kinberg, 
which cannot be satisfactorily identified ; the second—Pericheta 
peregrina—has been lately described by Mr. Fletcher’, and so can- 
not be confounded with Pericheta mauritiana, which comes much 
nearer to Pericheta rubusta from the neighbouring Ile de France. 

The colour of the living worms was reddish brown, with a pale 
greyish-brown clitellum, Their habits are those of other species of 
Pericheta. 

The length of the largest specimen, after preservation with corrosive 
sublimate and alcohcl, is 80 nm. 

The number of segments is 85. 

The clitellum occupies the usual segments ; the last segment of 
which it is composed has a short row of sete in the middle ventral 
line, as in Pericheta bermudensis. 

The oviducal pore is single and median upon segment xiv. 

The atrial pores are in the line of sete of segment xviii. ; the sete 
are interrupted for a short distance on each side of both apertures. 

The genital papille are restricted to the neighbourhcod of the 
atrial pores. There are three on each side, lying below and to the 
inside of the atrial pores. 

The gizzard lies in segments viii. and ix.; it apparently does not 
extend, as this organ so often does in other species of Pericheta, 
into segment x. 

The usual pair of ceca are present, which originate from the 
intestine in segment xxvi. and extend forwards to the anterior 
boundary of segment xxv. 

There are two pairs of spermathece in segments vil. and viii. The 
diverticulum is as long as, cr perhaps rather longer thar, the sperma- 
theca itself. It consists of a slightly sinuous tube with a globular 
extremity. 

There are two pairs of receptacula ovorum (Plate X. fig. 5), both 
of which have the form which seems to be so generally met with in 
this genus of Earthworms.. The organ is oval, with a long tail 
directed towards the median ventral line. The receptacula ovorum 
are attached to the front wall of segments xiii. and xiv. The anterior 
pair lie above the ovaries. 


* “Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part II.,” Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 
ser, 2, vol. i. p. 969. 


1892. ] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 171 


The atrium is not provided with a terminal sac ; the glandular 
part of each atrium is very extensive, and reaches from segment xvii. 
to segment xxii. 

Between the opening of the atrium and the nerve-cord on each 
side of the body are three small white oval glands (p.g., fig. 6, 
Plate X.), which correspond to the papillze visible ou the exterior of 
the xvilith segment. 


Note on a Perichzeta from Singapore. 


I received a single specimen of this Pericheta in a living condition 
from Kew Gardens; it had reached there in a Wardian case from 
Singapore. 

Unfortunately I omitted to make any notes upon the worm 
while alive; a quantity of other material which came about the 
same time obliged me to preserve it at once for future study; the 
specimen was killed in Perenyi’s solution and investigated by 
means of transverse sections. It is very possibly the same species 
as that which I have called Pericheta morrisi, and described in the 
present paper; but my notes upon its diagnostic characters are so 
tar from being complete, that I do not venture to express an opinion 
as to the name which should be applied to it. 

It measured 23 inches when preserved. 

The clitellum occupied the usual three segments, but I am not 
certain as to whether setze were, or were not, present. 

On the xviiith segment was a single median papilla placed between 
the two atrial pores. 

I observed the gizzard to occupy the usual position and that 
ceca were present. There are two pairs of spermathece in segments 
v1. and vii. ; these agree very closely with those of Pericheta morrisi 
in the proportions of the appendix to the spermatheca, but the 
extremity cf the former was swollen, forming an oval sac. 
This is possibly merely due to the presence of more sperm in one 
case than in the other. 

I desire to call special attention to the structure of the atria. 

These organs have the usual form characteristic of the genus 
Pericheta. 

Their minute structure, however, presents one character of some 
little interest, which has not yet been recorded in the genus. 
Transverse sections through the stout muscular duct by which the 
secretions of the glandular part of the atrium reach the exterior 
show that the muscular sheath encloses three separate ducts instead 
of only one, as is the case in all other species which have been as yet 
investigated micrescopically. One of these tubes is large and is the 
main conduit of the secretion of the gland ; the two other tubes are 
equal in size to each other, but very much smaller than the main 
tube. 

The smaller tubes retain their distinctness from the larger 
tube until near the external orifice, though still remaining enclosed 
within the same muscular sheath. Just before the external aperture 


172 ON WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICH ATA. [Feb. 16, 


they fuse with the larger tube, and all these open by a common 
orifice. 

Traced in the reverse direction, one of the two smaller tubes was 
found to communicate with a separate lobe of the branched atrium. 
Whether this was or was not the case with the second of the two 
smaller tubes, I am not able to say. 

These facts are of interest in relation to the structure of the 
terminal portion of the male efferent apparatus in Pericheta 
ceylonensis, a species which I described some years ago. 

Pericheta ceylonensis differs from all other species of the genus 
in possessing ¢wo glandular bodies on each side in the xviiith seg- 
ment. One of these is a lobed atrium like that of Pericheta in 
general, but with a straight instead of a curved muscular duct; the 
other is a tubular gland like the atria of Acanthodrilus. Unfortu- 
nately I have not been able to ascertain with which of these two 
glandular appendages the vasa deferentia communicate. 

It seems to me that in this Pericheta there is a commencing 
separation of each atrium into two halves which culminates in 
Pericheta ceylonensis. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puare IX. 


Fig. 1. Pericheta morrisi. Nat. size. 

2. Pericheta dyeri. Nat. size. 

3. Pericheta sinensis. Nat. size. 

4. Pericheta sumatrana (2). Nat. size. 

5. Genital segments of Pericheta sinensis. 9, oviducal pore; , atrial 
pore; p, genital papilla. The segments are numbered, those of clitel- 
lum in roman numerals. 

7. Genital segments of Pericheta barbadensis, two varieties ; letters 
as above. 
8. Genital sezments of Pericheta dyeri; letters as above. 


SF 


Puate X. 


. Pericheta dyeri, a portion of intestine and dorsal vessel showing 
septal glands. D.V., dorsal vessel; Jnz., intestine; Sp?., inter- 
segmental septum ; g/., septal glands. 

. Pericheta sinensis, mulberry-shaped glands (p.g.) corresponding to 
papille. 

. Pariah sinensis, a portion of contents of spermatheca in fresh 
condition. 

. Pericheta sinensis, a spermatheca drawn in the fresh condition. 
sp., spermatheca ; d., diverticulum, 

. Pericheta mauritiana. Spt., septum between segments xii./xiii. ; Spz.', 
septum between segments xiii./xiv.; 7.0., receptacula ovorum ; ov., 
ovary; f., funnel of od., oviduct. 

Pericheta mauritiana. N., nerve-cord; v.d., vas deferens; az., mus- 
cular part of atrium; p.g., glands corresponding to papille. 

7, 8. Pericheta sinensis, vascular plexus from spermathecal appendix. 


Fig. 


— 


ao - WwW WD 


Ce 


ConTENTs (continued), 


February 2, 1892 (continued). 


g Page 
Prof. R. Ramsay Wright, F.Z.8. Letter from, enclosing photographs of the heaps of skulls 
of the American Bison collected on the Saskatchewan Plains ........e0....ece00. 76 


Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg and young of the Partridge Bronze- 


2 WANE NEI COD «( GeOPNOPS. SOTUPUL) a's Cadicate n Sars a wine oles aw wt Cg Se vung P oipaie koclbinns 76 
‘1. On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the 
Evolution of the Sirenia. By R. Lyppxner, B.A., F.G.S... 0.0.0.0 eee cee ce ee ees 77 
2 Descriptions of Coleoptera collected by Mr. John Whitehead on Kina Balu, Borneo.— 
<x Families Hispide, Erotylide, Endomychide, Lycide, Lampyride, &e. By the Rev. 
4 AAC rg GHOBRHAM SE i 2 (PN ALOE Vic) yivrniareh Woe Piet oie oiasteIlate esne'd cinke eco eis uke Bo ek 83 
3. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa. 
By the Rey. H. 8. Gornax, F.Z.S., and O. T. Ganan, M.A. .......... SER ee is ee 90 
4, On a small Collection of Mammals brought by Mr. A. Sharpe from Nyassaland. ‘By 
: Pariir Luriny Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society ............ 97 
5. Ona New Antelope from Somaliland, and on some other Specimens of Antelopes from 
the same Country. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., E.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 
RMU POUMN BY Pa Sa aot te stot he tae Sena aA ates deat eas ots ASOD’ 0k WSs ep wale SHA Oa Ente ad ove. PUY 98 
6. On Numerical Variation in Teeth, with a Discussion of the Conception of Homology. 
By W. Bateson, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge «..... 22... .008 102 
February 16, 1892. : 
Mr. W. T. Blanford. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two heads and a skin of the Yarkand 
Bia AiE es eae. wotbisiatety balges's) siya We sleke pata vies a's sau rqetvelioNg tenes etocae Raree areal the aie yeee 116 


Mr. Selater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some “Spinning” or “ Japanese ” Mice.... 117 


“Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of mounted heads of Antelopes belong- 
ing to Capt. Swayne, including one of Bubalis swaynei ...ceescveeeccessvecceces 117 


_ Mr. A. Smith Woodward. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the supposed 


meqaws and teeth of Bophriolepis 20d. te so edn didlele vetels ve gh d's ¥atelocaes aengree ceaip ie 118 

“Mr, F. E. Beddard. Abstract of a Memoir on the Anatomy of the Anthropoid Apes ....<. 118 
1. Ona Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. Borneo. By Artuur G. Burzum, 

oe FLS., BZS., &c.. (Plate VI). ..3 cee ce te ee eae Pate ahaa hes nve Ba AS keanr 120 
2, Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A. 8. G. Jayakar at Muscat, Hast 

: Coast of Arabia., By G. A. BouLANGER +. .... 6+ 1s esse eee cet t etter eee ee tees es 134 
- 3. Descriptions of Three new Species of Harthworms. By W. Braxuanp Bunuam, D.Sc. 
(Lond.), Aldrichian Demonstrator in Anatomy in the University of Oxford. (Plates 

WET GWEES oor. 3 0) oie a alsciveciesin s apie eM icp otek we hat era teeters ks ep raare se ue Daiens 136 


4. On some Species of the Genus Pericheta (sensu stricto). By Krank H. Brepparp, M.A., 
2 Prosector to the Society. (Plates IX. & X.) .. 0... cee seen ee, cq ah aw atote sie 153 


PROCEEDINGS _ 


OF THE 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


1892. 


PART II. 


CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN * 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
~ SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON : 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings. | 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART II.—1892. 


February 16, 1892 (continued). : 
Page 
5. On Specimens of Haliactus pelagicus and H. branickti now living in the Zoological Gardens 


of Hamburg. By Huiyricn Borav, Dr. phil., Director of the Hamburg Gardens, 
OMEZ Bo seos lank eee ° 


March 1, 1892. 


The Secretary.» Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1892 .... 174 


Mr. J. Graham Kerr. Remarks on the late teres John Page's Expedition up the Rio 
Pilcomayo..ssec..+eee.es Seah wis See nies coat laa AN SBM 1d HSA GaIeS taepe ouaeet ne xe UTES 174. 


1. A Contribution to the Classification of Ophiuroids, with Descriptions of some new and 
little-known Forms. By F. Jurrrny Bait, M.A., Sec.R.M.S. . (Plates XI; & XIT.).. 175 


2. Description of an Abnormal Earthworm possessing Seven Pairs of Ovaries, By M. F, 
Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London. (Plate 


XTIL) .....- Prats od may eA SE Roe aE Rh lag enone Oe Cae Eng eater owe siete gee 184 
8. On Stridulation in certain Lepidoptera, and on the Distortion of the Hind biden in the 
Males of certain Ommatophoring. By G. F. Hampson, BA, Oxon. &e, . Rest kieran 
March 15, 1892. 
Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1891 ......... Weis Gita lee tio yo eat ++ 193 
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and Renate upon, a skin of the Wild Ass of Somaliland : 
(Hquus asinus somalicus) .. Sg Pater teppei de Rae pares #4 Cee SRE +» 195 


Mr. Henry Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four examples of Picus richards 
from the Island of Tsu-sima ...+....+. +. nts yews UPR pe riees Pg tes 195 


Mr. Oldfield Thomas. - Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of an apparently - 
new Hast-African Antelope (Oryx callotis). (Plate XIV.) +.......... Breer tree Ae 


1. On the Orthoptera ofthe Island. of St. Vincent, West Indies. By a Gg Cees 
Wartenwyu and Professor J. Rupranpacuur. (Plates XV.-XVIT.) .........% eees 196 © 


Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. : 


1892.] ON HALIAETUS PELAGICUS AND H. BRANICKII. 173 


5. On Specimens of Haliaetus pelagicus and H. branickii now 
living in the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg. By 
Heinricu Borav, Ph. D., Director of the Hamburg 
Gardens, C.M.Z.S. 


[Received February 6, 1892.] 


On Dec. 12th, 1882, we received as a present from Capt. Haveker 
a very fine specimen of Haliaetus pelagicus, the Giant Sea-Kagle, 
which he had brought from the Amur River in Eastern Asia. This 
bird is still in our possession, and is, I believe, the first of the species 
that has ever been received alive in Europe. On Feb. 6th, 1887, a 
second specimen of a giant Haliaetus from Eastern Asia was presented 
by Capt. B. Dethlefsen, who had brought it from Corea. This bird 
was so much like the first one—except especially in the want of the 
white patch on the shoulders—that I long thought it a young of 
Haliaetus pelagicus. 1 expected it would get the white shoulder- 
patches after some time and turn out to be a true H. pelagicus; but 
year after year elapsed and no change took place. 

Last summer, when Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe visited our Gardens, I 
told him about our birds and communicated to that excellent 
ornithologist my observatious about our Corean bird. A short time 
after, Dr. P. L. Sclater asked me about our two Haliaeti and 
directed my attention to the new species Haliaetus branickii of 
Taczanowski, described in his “ Liste supplémentaire des Oiseaux 
recueillis en Corée par M. Jean Kalinowski” (P. Z.S. 1888, p. 451). 

I compared my bird with the description given by Taczanowski, 
and was at once convinced that our Corean bird belongs to the new 
species. 

I now send for exhibition exact figures of our two birds, carefully 
taken from life, and the following short descriptions of them. 

The Corean Sea-Eagle (Haliaetus branickhii) is of a deep dull slaty- 
black colour, which inclines to brown only in certain reflexions of 
light ; the streaks of the feather-shafts on the neck are somewhat 
lighter. The upper and under tail-coverts, the shoulders, and the 
thighs are black, and only the tail is white. The bill is not very 
different from that of Haliaetus pelagicus except in colour. The 
bill and feet of H. ranickii are less yellow than those of the other 
species. 

The Giant Sea-Eagle (H. pelagicus) is decidedly brown-black ; 
besides it is at once to be distinguished from HY. branickii by its 
shoulder-patches, thighs, and upper and under tail-coverts being 
white, so much so that the whole hinder part of our beautiful bird 
is of a white colour. 

The iris of H. pelagicus is pale yellow, that of H. branickit of the 
same colour, but many delicate streaks make it somewhat darker. 
In both species the margin of the upper eyelid is bare and yellow 
like the bill; but in H. dranichii the bald streak is more distinct 
than that of H. pelagicus. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XIII. 13 

ROK MigE 


174 ON THE EXPEDITION UP THE RIO PILCOMAYO.  [ Mar. l, 


In the plumage of the lores our birds are not quite so different 
as would appear from Taczanowski’s description above referred 
to; probably these differences vary according to age or sex. Both 
our birds have the lores delicately feathered, but the bristle-feathers 
of H. branickii are lighter than those of H. pelagicus. 

H. pelagicus and H. branickii are the largest of all the Eagles. 
Both our birds live, together with many other Eagles and birds of 
prey, in a large cage of our Hagle-house. When at rest they are 
generally to be seen sitting close together; their cry is in corre- 
spondence with their giant size, much louder and more penetrating 
than that of all the other Eagles. 


March 1, 1892. 
Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1892 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of February was 84, of which 37 were 
by presentation, 7 by birth, 30 by purchase, 4 were received in 
exchange, and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 75. 

Amongst these special attention is called to the following :— 

1. Two Short-winged Tyrants (Machetornis rixosa), purchased 
Feb. 15. These are the first examples of this bird that have 
reached us. 

2. A female Beatrix Antelope (Ory beatriz) from Arabia, 
presented by Lt.-Col. Talbot, Feb. 18. The pair of this Antelope 
presented by Col. Ross in 1890 being still alive, the receipt of 
another female makes a very acceptable addition to our series. 


Mr. J. Graham Kerr gave a short account of the late Captain 
John Page’s expedition up the Rio Pileomayo, which he had 
accompanied as Naturalist upon the recommendation of the Council 
of this Society. Leaving England in the summer of 1889, Mr. Kerr 
spent some months studying the Zoology of the Pampas. In 
January of 1890 he left Buenos Aires in the steamship ‘ Bolivia,’ 
which had been specially constructed for the expedition, and after 
several weeks spent on the Parana, and a short preliminary trip u 
the Bermejo River, entered the Pilcomayo in March of 1890. Rapid 
progress was made for the first few days—the river being, although 
intensely tortuous, comparatively broad and unobstructed. The 
banks were here covered with thick and almost impenetrable forests, 
chiefly of small scrubby trees, and characterized by a great paucity 
of animal life. The most conspicuous mammals were :—the Carayd 
Monkey (Mycetes caraya), troops of which were to be seen in the 
trees by the river-side ; the Mirikina (Nyctipithecus trivirgatus), of 
which some half a dozen specimens were killed ; the Tapir (Z'apirus 
americanus), the tracks of which were to be seen in all directions ; 


POA Soe 7 Elen 


Berean & Highley del. et hith NEW OPH lUROLD Se Hanhart imp 


P.Z.S (1892 PE. 


hal 
pos 


Benjeauk Highly del.et hth Hanharb imp. 


NEW OPHIUROIDS. 


1892. ] ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 175 


two species of Deer—Cariacus paludosus, frequenting the open 
inarshy spots, and Cariacus simplicicornis, inhabiting the woods; and 
two Peccaries (Dicotyles torquatus and D. labiatus). Of Carnivora, 
the Jaguar was the most frequently seen; the Puma being equally 
abundant but less conspicuous, owing to its inhabiting the open 
campo. In the waters of the river near the mouth an Otter 
(Lutra paranensis) was abundant. 

As the expedition proceeded farther up the Pilecomayo, the 
channel became narrower, and a great fall in the level of the water 
taking place, progress became much obstructed. Still, however, the 
‘ Bolivia’ struggled to get onward, but eventually came to a full 
stop about 300 miles from the mouth of the river, in the midst of a 
parched and salt-saturated country, consisting almost entirely of 
open campo, in which animal and vegetable life of all kinds was 
marked by extreme poverty and lack of variety. The greater part of 
the men here deserted, the leader and the doctor both died; and the 
remainder, numbering nine in all, after a detention of over four 
months, were ultimately rescued by a military search-party sent out 
by the Argentine Government. Mr. Kerr was compelled to leave 
the steamer ‘ Bolivia’ in the Pileomayo, and with it the greater 
part of his collections. The more portable portions—the bird-skins 
and the plants—were brought off on mule-back. The birds have 
been worked out, and an account of them has been published in the 
‘Ibis’ for January 1892; while the Botanical collections are being 
investigated at Kew. 

In illustration of his remarks, Mr. Kerr exhibited a series of 
14 views taken from his own negatives, representing the progress 
of the expedition, and the life of the district traversed by it. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. A Contribution to the Classification of Ophiuroids, with 
Descriptions of some new and little-known Forms. By 
F, Jerrrey Brix, M.A., Sec. R.M.S. 


[Received February 15, 1892.] 
(Plates XI. & XII.) 


The Calycinal Plates of a young Ophiuroid, p. 175. 
The Olassification of Ophiuroids, p. 176. é 

. Account of Ophioteresis elegans, g. et sp. n., p. 178. 
The Subdivisions of Ophiuroids, p. 179. 

The Relation of Ophioteresis to Fossil Forms, p. 182 
The Radial Shields of Ophiomaza obscura, p. 182. 
Ophiobyrsa hystricis, p. 183. 


STS Sum CO bo 


1. Tar CatycinaL PLATES OF A YOUNG OPHIURID. 


Among the valuable collections recently made by Messrs. J. J. 
Walker, R.N., and P. W. Bassett-Smith, R.N., of H.M.S.‘ Penguin’’, 


1 Forwarded to the British Museum through the a ygroerapaer: 
13 


176 PROF, F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [ Mar. 1, 


on the north-west coast of Australia, are a number of young 
Echinoderms; in many cases it is not possible to assign them a 
definite specific place, but to the morphologist they will offer charms 
less patent to the systematist. 

Among them there is an Ophiurid which is remarkable for the 
large size of what are now generally regarded as the plates of the 
calycinal area, and which my lamented friend P. Herbert Carpenter 
in his valuable essay * called respectively centro-dorsal, under-basals, 
and radials. These plates are so well marked that it is quite im- 
possible for the most sceptical to regard them as anything else than 
the components of a vestigial calyx, and I think their relations to 
the rest of the organism are perhaps better shown in the drawing 
given herewith than in any previously published figure of an Ophiurid 
(Plate XI. figs. 6, 7). 

It is certain that the specimen is the young of a species of Pectinura 
or of some form closely allied to that genus. 


2. CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 


Since the year 1867, when Dr. Ljungman® published his still 
valuable classification, no serious attempt has been made to classify 
the Ophiuroidea, and it is possible that some doubts remain as to the 
relations of the genera that compose that class ; the question whether 
the simple-armed Ophioderma or the much-branched Astrophyton 
has the more archaic characters is one which systematists have 
neither asked nor answered. The majority of naturalists would 
probably confess that their impression was that the many-branched 
forms had succeeded those with simple arms. 

At any rate all are agreed that there are two equivalent orders or 
groups—the Ophiure and the Euryale of Johannes Miiller, the 
Ophiuride and Astrophytide of Theodore Lyman; if these two 
groups are really sharply separated from one another, it will follow 
that we must look upon one as derived from the other and now 
separated from it by the disappearance of the connecting-links, or 
we must suppose that they had long ago a common ancestor and 
have since been evolved along distinct lines; the latter is the view 
adopted by Prof. Haeckel in his ‘Generelle Morphologie.’ 

Mr. Lyman, though retaining the bifid division of the class, 
recognizes the resemblance of some of the Ophiuride to the Astro- 
phytide, for his “group 11.” is called ‘ Astrophyton-like Ophi- 
urans.”” Qne striking point in which Sigsbeia and Hemieuryale, for 
example, two members of the group, resemble Astrophyton is the 
power of rolling their arms. And the function has a corresponding 
similarity of structure. In most brittle-stars the “ several ossicles 
of the arm have a certain power of movement on one another, but 
this is limited by the development of processes and pits analogous 
to the zygosphenes and zygantra of the Ophidian vertebrze. In such 


* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxiv. (1884) pp. 1-23. 
2 Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xxiii. (1867) p. 303. 


1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDs. 177 


Ophiuroids, however, as are, like Astroschema, capable of twisting 
or twining their arms round a straight Gorgonian, the saddle-shaped 
faces are well developed, but the limiting pits and processes are 
absent” *. The former plan of structure may be spoken of as 
zygospondyline and the latter as streptospondyline; there can be no 
doubt that the latter is the simpler, and there is much evidence 
to support the view that this simplicity is archaic and not second- 
arily acquired. For example, no Astrophytid, all of which exhibit 
the streptospondyline type, has the investiture of the central arm- 
ossicles differentiated into upper, lower, and side arm-plates; the 
madreporites are inconstant in number and position, and pedicellariz, 
never known among Ophiurida, may be present. 

If the possession of streptospondyline ossicles is an archaic 
character in the Astrophytida, it is so also in the Ophiuride. Have 
any of them other archaic characters? Ophioscolex has no upper 
arm-piates ; Neoplav has a single, incomplete, upper arm-plate ; 
species of Ophiomyxa have or have not arm-plates, which, when 
present, may be in two pieces; the tentacle-scales, which are so 
characteristic of most Ophiurids, are wanting from Ophiomycu 
and Ophiobyrsa, are small and single in Neop/az, small and narrow 
in Ophiochondrus ; the teeth and *teeth-papille of Ophiobyrsa are 
spiniform ; and the teeth-papille are wanting in Ophiomyxa, Ophio- 
chondrus, Sigsheia, and Hemieuryale. 

Such a combination of characters points to the forms just men- 
tioned as the simpler of the class; they might have led to the 
vegetatively multiplying Gorgon’s-head or to the more highly 
differentiated Ophiothriz. 

Before coming to any definite opinion, let us consider the value 
of the evidence of the calycinal plates. But little is known of the 
development of any streptospondyline Ophiurid ; indeed, all that 
we do know is, I think, contained in one passage in Mr. Lyman’s 
‘Challenger’ Report. There we read of the young Gorgonocephalus 
(p. 252): “ Above there is in the centre a group of six or seven 
primary plates, each encircled by a superimposed line of grains.” 
Later on, the ‘‘disk-plates” become obliterated. Mr. Lyman’s 
observations show that there is no regularity of the plates, which, 
as he calls them primary, we may suppose to be the representatives 
of the calycinal plates of recent Echinoderm Morphology. 

But, after all, this is what may well be expected; now that we 
are, as I hope, delivered from the theory of the pelmatozoic”* origin 
of the Echinoderms, we may go a step further and recognize, as the 
Cystidea teach us to do, that the calyx did not appear at once with 
all the diagrammatic regularity that it has retained during the 
manifold changes in name that its parts have suffered. 

It is, then, among those Cystid-like forms in which a definite 
pentamerous arrangement was not permanently established * that we 
must seek for the ancestor of the Ophiurid. At present, paleeonto- 

1 Bell, Comp. Anat, & Physiology, p. 316. 


2 See Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. (1891) pp. 206 et seg. 
2 Of, Bather, Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc, 1889, p. 166. 


178 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [ Mar. 1, 


logists have no form known to them which gives any certain 
indication of Ophiurid affinities. 

The considerations which I have urged will perhaps induce the 
student to regard the streptospondyline type as earlier than the 
zygospondyline. I have now to show how that type is modified. 

Mr. Lyman has shown how the “ Astrophyton-like Ophiurans ” 
make an attempt to acquire the saddle-shaped ossicle of the Astro- 
phytidz ; we have among the several genera various modifications of 
the type which is seen at its simplest in Ophzoteresis. 


3. ACCOUNT OF OPHIOTERESIS ELEGANS. 


Among the specimens collected by Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. 
‘ Alert,’ while in the waters of the Western Indian Ocean, were 
some examples of a remarkable Ophiurid, the explanation of the 
structure of which was quite unattainable at the time when I was 
engaged in preparing a portion of the Report published by order 
of the Trustees of the British Museum, under the editorship of 
Dr. Giinther, F.R.S. 


Description of the General, Appearance of a Specimen. 


This form is particularly elegant in appearance, owing to the green 
colour of the upper surface of the arms and the margins of the disk, 
and the ornamentation by light, wavy, meandering lines of the 
central portion of the disk with its dark background. Below, the 
colour is pale yellow, except in the interradial portions of the disk, 
which are dark, and marked by white wavy lines. The contour of 
the disk, which is of moderate size in proportion to the arms, is more 
or less distinctly pentagonal ; the regularity of the disk is, no doubt, 
due to the large size of the radial shields. These, however, are not 
apparent from the outer surface, for, like all the rest of the animal, 
they are enclosed in a thick softish skin. The oval slits are pro- 
vided with teeth and tooth-papille, but there are no mouth-papille. 
The arms twist and coil on themselves; at their sides the spines 
form mere papilliform projections, owing to the fact that their bases 
are encased in the thick investing skin; on the middle line of their 
lower surface there is a distinct groove. 


Anatomical Details. 


Since the publication of Mr. Lyman’s ‘ Challenger’ Report, in 
which so many valuable figures were given of the characters of the 
ossicles of which the arms of various species of Ophiuroids are made 
up, every student of the group turns first to an examination of these 
parts of the skeleton. 

Those of Ophioteresis are particularly interesting from the ex- 
tremely generalized condition which they present. As will be seen 
from the drawings (figs. 4 and 5, Plate XI.), the recesses on the adoral 
side of the ossicle are excessively shallow, and, in correspondence 
with that, the articulating elevations on the aboral side are very slight 
and inconspicuous. But, at the same time, it is to be noted that 


1892.) CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 179 


the saddle-shaped face of the Astrophytid ossicle is not seen here ; 
we have merely a generalized Ophiurid ossicle, without knobs or pits. 

The most remarkable character of this Ophiurid (see Plate XI. 
figs. 3 and 4) is the complete absence of a ventral plate; no other 
existing brittle-star is known to want this plate. The upper plates 
are definitely double, and the side-plates, instead of lying flat against 
the side of the central ossicles, are wider than long and stand out 
from the sides of the arm. The radial shields are very large and 
extend almost to the centre of the disk ; they have the form of right- 
angled triangles, the hypothenuses of which face, but do not touch, 
one another ; there are no other plates on the surface of the disk. 

It is necessary to form a new genus for this form, which may be 
called Ophioteresis *. 


Definition of the Genus and Species. 


Ophioteresis is a streptospondyline Ophiurid in which the cover- 
ing-plates of the arms are double above, wanting below, and wedge- 
shaped at the sides; the radial shields are well developed, and there 
are ordinary teeth and teeth-papille. 

Ophioteresis elegans has the disk more or less distinctly pentagonal, 
of moderate size; arm-spines five. Elegantly coloured, the upper 
surface of the arms and the margins of the disk green, the central 
portion of the disk dark, with an irregular pattern of meandering 
white lines; interradial portions of lower surface of disk dark, with 
white lines ; the rest of the lower surface yellow. 

Hab. Seychelles, 4-12 fms. In coll. B. M. 

From this simple form differentiation would seem to have preceded 
along two lines ; there has been an increase in complexity of articu- 
lation, associated with the fixation of certain ossicles and spines, or 
there has been vegetative repetition and branching with a more 
primitive inconstancy and irregularity of anatomical characters. 

Around the primitive stock some forms—those which Mr. Lyman 
calls the ‘‘ Astrophyton-like Ophiurans”—have remained, such as 
Ophioscoler, Ophiobyrsa, Neoplax, and Ophioteresis. 


4. Tur Susprvisions oF OPHIUROIDS. 


It will perhaps be found convenient to give distinctive names to 
the three groups; for brevity’s sake I add here the definition of 
Ophiuroids which I ventured to publish last September *. 

The Ophiuroidea are caliculate, actinogonidial, eleutherozoic, 
azygopodous Echinoderms, in which there is no distinct ambulacral 
groove. The “arms” are sharply marked off from the disk, are 
very rarely more than five in number, and are sometimes elaborately 
branched. The digestive system, which is aproctous, and the gene- 
rative are confined to the area of the disk, as is also the specialized 
respiratory apparatus, which takes the form of deep clefts. 

The Streptophiure are Ophiurids in which the ambulacral 


1 Thpnois, alertness. 2 Tic, p. 214 


180 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [Mar. 1, 


ossicles articulate with one another by means of a more or less 
simple ball-and-socket joint ; the covering plates are more or less 
regularly developed as superior, inferior, and two lateral, the last of 
which bear spines. 

The Astrophiurz (s. Cladophiure) are Ophiurids in which the 
ambulacral ossicles articulate with one another by means of hour- 
glass-shaped surfaces, and are covered by granular deposits in the 
thick integument ; the arms may be simple or branched repeatedly. 

The Zygophiure are Ophiurids in which the movement of the 
ossicles on one another is limited by the development of lateral 
processes and pits ; superior, inferior, and lateral spine-bearing plates 
are always developed as a covering for the arms, which are always 
simple, and incapable of coiling round straight rods. 


The Streptophiure. 


The following facts justify the vagueness of the definition offered. 


a. Upper arm-plates: absent in Ophiomyxa vivipara, double in 
O. pentagona, of several pieces in O. flaccida; double in 
Ophioteresis ; in Hemieuryale a mosaic of small plates; single 
but incomplete in Neoplaz. 

. Under arm-plate: absent from Ophioteresis, alone among existing 
Ophiuree. 

y- Tentacle-scales: absent from Ophiomyxa, Neoplar, and 

Ophiobyrsa. 

Tooth-papille: absent from Sigsbeia, Hemieuryale, Ophiochon- 

drus, and Ophiomy«a. 

e. Radial shields are small and short in Ophiobyrsa, small and 
irregular in Ophiomyxa, rather large in Ophicteresis, large in 
Hemieuryale, and very large in Sigsbeia ; on the other hand, 
they are absent from Neoplaz. 


c=) 


ww 


The order in which the genera just mentioned should stand to one 
another is a question which cannot be discussed now, nor can that 
of the relation, clearly enough marked in many points, between the 
Streptophiure and the lowest of the Zygophiure: the ‘‘articulating 
peg” in Ophioscolex is described as minute; it, Ophiambix, Ophio- 
sciasma*, Ophiogeron*, Ophiohelus*, and Ophiotholia have no upper 
arm-plates, while in Ophiomyces they are, if present, minute ; in the 
three genera marked with an asterisk the arm-ossicles retain the 
embryonic character of being nearly divided into two. 

In addition to the genera placed under the ‘‘ Astrophyton-like 
Ophiurans” of Mr. Lyman—Ophiobyrsa, Ophiomyxa, Ophiochon- 
drus, Hemieuryale, and Sigsbeia—to which, of course, must be added 
Neoplax, I would place in the Streptophiure the genera Ophio- 
myces, Ophiotholia, Ophiohelus, Ophiosciasma, Ophiambix, and 
Ophioscolex. 

Mr. Lyman says of Ophioblenna, which he places next to Ophio- 
scolex, ‘‘ Of its skeleton I am quite ignorant.” I applied, therefore, to 
Dr. Liitken, who has charge of the only known specimens, and he 


1892. | CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 181 


most kindly informs me the arm-ossicles remind him most of those 
of Ophiothrix and Ophiacantha. 
The Streptophiurz may be thus arranged :— 


A. No under arm-plates ...... 1. Ophioteresis. 
B. Under arm-plates imperfect.. 2. Ophiosciasma. 
C. Under arm-plates moderate or well developed. 
a. No upper arm-plates. 
I. No radial shield .. 3. Neoplax. 
4. Ophiohelus. 
5. Ophiotholia (?). 
If. Radial shields present. 
6. Ophioscolea. 
7. Ophiambia. 
8. Ophiogeron. 
9. Ophiobyrsa. 
10. Ophiomywa (pars). 
>. Upper arm-plates minute or formed of scattered plates. 
11. Ophiomywa (pars). 
12. Ophiomyces. 
13. Ophiochondrus. 
14. Hemieuryale. 
15. Sigsbeia. 


It will be gathered that I regard the simple-armed Astrophiuree 
as the more archaic, and I propose, therefore, an arrangement of the 
genera which is altogether different from that of Mr. Lyman :— 


A. Arms simple. 
LDisk latee isc epiesks xi 1. Astrotoma. 
2. Astronyx. 
3. Astrochele. 
ii. Disk moderate (about one-tenth of the length of the 
v7) Ae eee ee 4. Astrogomphus. 
5. Astroporpa. 
ili. Disk small, even very small. 
6. Ophicreas. 
7. Astroschema. 
8. Astroceras. 
B. Arms branch a few times near their free ends. 
9. TLrichaster. 
10. Astroclon. 
11. Astrocnida. 
C. Arms branch much and from near their base. 
12. Huryale. 
13. Gorgonocephalus. 
14. Astrophyton. 


These three groups (A, B, and C) correspond to the subfamilies 
of Ljungman—Astronycine, Trichasterinz, and Gorgonocephaline ; 
and the fact that it should be so, notwithstanding the multiplication 
almost by three of the genera of Astrophiurz since 1866, is another 


1§2 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL UN THE [Mar. 1, 


proof, if more were needed, of the acumen of the distinguished 
naturalist who proposed them. 

For the Zygophiurans assistance in classification will be gained 
from Ljungman’s well-known work *, and the families may be dis- 
posed thus :— 

I. Arm-incisures on the disk. 
- 1. Ophiodermatide. 
a. No dental papillae < 2. Ophiolepedide. 
| Il. Arms inserted on ventral surface of disk. 
| 3. Amphiuride. 
I. Oral papille present. 
4. Ophiocomide. 
II. No oral papille. 
5. Ophiothricide. 


B. Dental papille. 


5. Tur RELATION oF OrHIOTERESIS TO FosstL Forms. 


Zittel places in the suborder Euryalez (= Cladophiure) the genera 
Onychaster and Eucladia, of which he says (Handb. d. Pal. 
p. 444) that they are “die einzigen fossilen Formen, welche mit 
einiger Sicherheit zu den Euryaliden gestellt werden kénnen.” But 
Eucladia, as described by Dr. Woodward (Geol. Mag. 1869, 
p. 241), has the madreporite on the abactinal surface, whereas all 
Ophiuroids have that plate actinal in position. As I purpose to 
confine myself for the present to the Ophiuroids, I need not discuss 
what is the exact systematic position of Hucladia, beyond urging 
that it should be recognized as a form which cannot be placed in 
the group Ophiuroidea, as now recognized. 

Onychaster has the granular investment which is now found only 
in Astrophiuroids, but the articular surface of the arm-ossicles appears 
to be rather on the Streptospondyline than the Astrophiuroid (hour- 
glass-shaped) type. 

Teniaster (Billings, Geol. Surv. Canada, Canadian Organic Re- 
mains, dec. iii. p. 80) and Protaster (Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. 
U. K., dec. i. pl. iv.) are examples of a group of which the most 
salient known fact is the absence of ventral arm-plates. I have no 
information as to the character of the faces of their arm-ossicles ; 
but, as the arms of both are flexible, I have no doubt that their 
proper place is with the Streptophiuree. 


6. Tue Raprau SHIELDS OF OPHIOMAZA OBSCURA. 


In his description of this species Herr Ljungman (op. cit. 
p- 333) says, “in dorso scutis radialibus maximis gibboso-carinatis.”’ 
So far as I can discover, this species has not been seen by any subse- 
quent student of the group, and no figure of this very interesting 
species has been published. 

Its discovery by Mr. Bassett-Smith off the N.W. coast of Australia 
(Bassett-Smith Bank, 9 fathoms) extends its geographical range, as 
the type was taken off Singapore. The figure which is now given 


1 Op. cit. 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 183 


(Plate XII. fig. 1) shows very well the definite carination of the radial 
shields ; the term carination has been and is applied to keels varying 
so much in depth that it is difficult to gauge how slight or how great 
it may be in any particular case. Herr Ljungman says ‘‘ Brachia 
longitudine diametrum disci ter haud zequantia,” but in the specimen 
before me the proportions are nearly 5 to 1 ; I cannot suppose that 
this difference is of specific value. 


7. OPHIOBYRSA HYSTRICIS. 


The largest Streptophiurid found within the British area is the 
species so named by Mr. Lyman. Readers of Sir Wyville Thomson’s 
‘Depths of the Sea’ will remember that (on p. 123) there is a brief 
account of “a very large Ophiurid with thick arms, upwards of 
three decimetres long, and a large soft disk resembling that of 
Ophiomyxa, to which genus it seems to be allied. The specimens 
which have been hitherto procured are scarcely sufficiently perfect 
to allow of its being thoroughly worked out.’’ There is not complete 
concordance between these measurements and that of Mr. Lyman, 
who gives the length of the arm as 187 mm. ; as the diameter of the 
dise is 20 mm., the total spread would be very nearly four deci- 
metres. 

Among the specimens collected by the Rev. W. Spotswood 
Green during the dredging-expedition of the ‘ Flying Fox’ off the 
S.W. coast of Ireland was one example of this species ; it is a good 
deal broken and was, most unfortunately, dried. The figure, 
however, now given of it (Plate XII. fig. 2) will give a good idea of its 
general appearance. The diameter of the disk is 35 mm., and the 
arms must have been at least 310mm. long. As Thomson states that 
the specimens he obtained were in a bad condition, it is not improb- 
able that he did not preserve his largest but merely noticed its size. 

Mr. Green dredged this example in 315 fathoms ; the ‘ Porcupine’ 
found specimensin 345 fathoms. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prats XI. 


Fig. 1. Ophioteresis elegans, nat. size. 

2. Disk and arms from above, to show the large radial shields, x 8. 

3. The same from below, xX 8. 

4. Aboral surface of arm-ossicle, to show the double dorsal plates, the 
simplicity of the articular cavities (~), the absence of a covering plate 
to the ventral surface of the ossicle, the form and position of the side 
arm-plates (J), and the position of the spines. x 24. 

5. Adoral surface of arm-ossicle, to show the double dorsal plates (7) and 
the simple articulating convexities. ’ 

6. General view of a young Pectinwra, to show the preponderating size of 
the calycinal plates, x 2. 

7. Disk of the same xX 8, to show the form and character of the caleyinal 
plates. 

Prats XII. 


Fig. 1. Ophiomaza obsewra, upper surface of disk, to show the carinated radial 
shields, x 2. 
2. Ophiobyrsa hystricis, from below, nat. size. 
3. The same from above, nat. size. 


184 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [Mar. 1, 


2. Description of an Abnormal Earthworm possessing 
Seven Pairs of Ovaries. By M. F. Woopwarp, 
Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, 
London’. 


[Received February 29, 1892.] 
(Plate XIII.) 


Abnormalities affecting the genitalia of the Earthworm are of un- 
frequent occurrence, and, when such variations occur, they, as a rule, 
only affect accessory structures like the spermathece and seminal 
vesicles, not essential ones such as the genital glands. 

One or two cases have, however, been put upon record in which 
the genital glands were themselves affected, although these variations 
were but slight ones. One case is described by Benham’, in which 
the ovary of the right side was situated on the 12th somite; this 
might at first sight appear to be a simple shifting forward of the 
ovary, especially as the oviduct and the posterior termination of the 
vas deferens of that side are also displaced on to the segment in front 
of that on which they are normally situated. But when compared 
with the specimen which [ now propose to describe it would appear 
more probable that the right ovary of Benham’s specimen does 
not correspond with the normal one, but is rather a fresh structure 
altogether. Bergh* has also described three abnormal specimens, 
viz. two ZL. turgidus and one L. purpureus, which are of great interest 
in having undergone an actual reduplication of the ovaries, being 
possessed of an additional pair on segment 14, the normal ovaries 
being present as usual on segment 13. 

The above-cited cases are, as far as I can ascertain, the only re- 
corded cases of variations in the position and number of the ovaries 
in Lumbricus. 

The specimen which forms the subject of the present communi- 
cation was a large, well-developed common Earthworm (Allolobo- 
phora, sp. inc.), possessing a well-marked clitellum; it was killed 
early in November, in which month the genitalia are generally but 
poorly developed. With the exception of the ovaries the genital 
organs were quite normal. 

On the removal of the alimentary canal one immediately noticed a 
number of small pear-shaped bodies (Plate XIII. fig. 1, ov.!~7) project- 
ing backwards from the mesenteries of the segments 11-17. These 
paired bodies are situated one on either side of the longitudinal nerve- 
cord, and attached to the posterior face of the mesenteries by their 
expanded bases, while their apices project back freely into the cavities 


1 Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howzs. 

2 «Note on a couple of Abnormalities,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6th series, 
vol. vii. (1891) p. 256. 

°“Ueb. d. Bau u. d. Entwicklg. d. Geschlechtsorg. d. Regenwurmer,” 
Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. 1886, vol. xliy. p. 303. 


P.Z.S.1892. Plate XIIL. 


ME Woodward del. 
MPParker hth. West, Newman,imp. 


Earthworm with supernumerary ovaries. 
S 


URAL Wl 


LSE. ot 


mE 


1892. | AN ABNORMAL EARTHWORM. 185 


of the somites. The anterior pair (fig. 1, ov.) was borne upon the 
mesentery separating the 11th and 12th somites, and immediately 
dorsal to the coiled portion of the vas deferens which emerges from 
the latter segment. This pair is slightly the largest. 

The 2nd pair (ov.”) is situated on the 13th somite, and has all the 
typical relations of the ovaries as found in the normal worm; facing 
them, and piercing the mesentery 13/14, we find a small pair of ovi- 
ducts (ovd.) with well developed receptacula ovorum (r.0.). Side by 
side with the latter structures, on the 14th somite, is a 3rd pair (ov.*) 
of these conical white bodies, slightly smaller than those in front, but 
resembling them in position and structure. On the 15th somite is 
situated the 4th pair (ov.*), the members being smaller, of unequal size, 
and no longer exhibiting the free tapering apex so characteristic of 
the anterior ones. The 5th, 6th, and 7th pairs of these bodies (ov.’, 
ov.*, and ov.") lie respectively on the 16th, 17th, and 18th somites, and 
show a marked decrease in size; they are relatively rounder and less 
regularly developed, the members of each pair being often unequal 
in size; further, those on the 17th somite are slightly larger than the 
corresponding ones on the 16th. 

A rough examination with a hand-lens while the worm was still 
fresh showed that the free ends of these structures were composed of 
a number of large rounded cells, which at once suggested ova, 
especially as the pair of these bodies on the 13th somite possessed all 
the relations of the typical ovaries of the normal worm. 

The specimen was subsequently clarified in glycerine, and subjected 
to a microscopic examination, which entirely confirmed the last ob- 
servation. Each of these bodies consisted of a number of rounded 
cells, smaller at the broad end, and becoming larger and rounder at 
the free end, the tapering apex being composed of a single row of 
these large cells (Plate XIII., ov.’~ov.*, 0.), in each of which can be 
seen a large round nucleus and one or two nucleoli. 

A comparison with the ovaries of a typical worm shows that the 
anterior pairs of these structures can in no way be distinguished from 
them, either in structure, position on their segments, or in shape. 
The four posterior pairs (fig. 2, ov.’-ov.'), however, rather resemble 
the ovaries of a very young or immature worm, being rounder and 
smaller, composed of smaller cells, and only showing one or two 
large round cells so characteristic of the adult ovary, while they are 
entirely destitute of that very characteristic free filamentous termi- 
nation composed of ripe ova. 

From the consideration of the above description, together with a 
comparison of the figures given, there can be no doubt that each 
pair of these 7 cell-masses is the serial homologue of the single 
pair of ovaries of the normal Earthworm; so that this interesting 
specimen, instead of possessing only a single pair situated on the 
13th somite, is rich in the possession of seven pairs of ovaries, 
situated respectively on segments 12 to 18 inclusive. 

The condition and shape of the three anterior pairs suggests that 
they have already been functional in the discharge of ova into the 
body-cavity ; while the four posterior pairs are in a more rudimentary 


186 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [Mar. l, 


condition, and possibly have not thus far been functional, although 
the large size of the cells in some of them does not preclude the 
possibility of their future maturity. 

With regard to the oviducts, although the specimen was most 
carefully dissected and thoroughly examined, only one pair of these 
ducts was to be seen, and that in the position of the typical single 
pair of the normal worm: that is, related to the mesentery between 
the 13th and 14th somites, opening into the body-cavity of the 
former and on to the exterior on the latter. And neither externally 
nor internally could any trace of accessory oviducts be discovered. 

It is interesting to note in Bergh’s’ description of the presence of 
additional ovaries that he, being unable to discover additional 
oviducts, concluded that the ova from the supernumerary ovaries 
must necessarily be lost. 

This might probably be the case with some of the ova, but if many 
were shed into the body-cavity (as would happen supposing all these 
ovaries to be functional), it seems possible that some would find their 
way through the cireum-neural arcade, which puts the various sub- 
divisions of the body-cavity into communication with one another, 
and through which the perivisceral'fluid circulates ; and, if so, there 
would seem to be no difficulty in their finding their way into the 
13th somite, and then out through the oviducts. 

Beddard * has recently shown reason to believe that “‘ in Acantho- 
drilus the genital funnels and a portion at least of the ducts are 
formed out of nephridia,”’ and though not definitely proved for Zum- 
bricus, it is probable that they are there formed by a modification of 
the same process. In view of this it seems strange that an animal so 
rich in ovaries, and with so much material in the way of segmental 
organs out of which to fashion oviducts, should have only developed 
a single pair. 

Passing from Lumbricus to the allied genera, it is not so rare to 
find the animal normally possessing two pairs of these glands. 
Beddard has described a number of such forms. Thus, Perionyx * 
has normally two pairs of ovaries, and is further interesting from 
the fact that these structures vary in position from the 9th to the 
16th segment. Phreoryctes+** and Urocheta® possess two pairs of 
ovaries, situated respectively on segments 12 and 13. Also in 
Eudrilus’, Acanthodrilus*, and Phreodrilus® Beddard finds strong evi- 
dence for the belief that they also possess an additional pair of ovaries. 


' Loe. cit. p. 308, footnote. 

* “On the Homology between the Genital Ducts and Nephridia in the 
Oligocheta,” P, R. 8. Lond. 1890, p. 452. 

% *€On a new and little-known Harthworm, with an account of the variations 
of Perionyx excavatus,” P. Z. 8.1886, p. 308. 

+ “ Affinities of Phreoryctes,” T. R. 8. Ed. yol. xxxv. p. 629. 

° “Reproductive Organs of Phreoryctes,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, i. 
p. 389 (1888). 

® “Certain Points in the Structure of Urocheta,’ Q. J. M.S. n. s. vol. xxix. 

. 235. 

Poe On the Anatomy of Harthworms,” Q. J. M.S. n. s. vol, xxx. p. 421. 

> “On Phreodrilus,’ T. R. 8, Ed. vol. xxxvi. (1890) p- 287. 


1892. ] AN ABNORMAL EARTHWORM. 187 


Eisen’ in Eclipidrilus has described three pairs of ovaries situated 
on segments 9, 10, and 11; this statement is challenged by 
Vejdovky *, who maintains that the Oligochzeta possess only a 
single pair of ovaries which are never found on the segments behind 
the oviducts (see fig. 1, ov.*-ov.”). In like manner the last-named 
authority would throw doubt on Lankester’s* description of the two 
pairs of ovaries present in Chetogaster. 

Among the other genera of the Oligochzta, so far as I am aware, 
only one pair of ovaries is developed ; this in the Lumbricomorpha is 
usually situated on the 13th somite. But, as has been just pointed 
out, at least eight genera may possess more than one pair, and, 
further, in many forms the ovaries are developed on segments other 
than the 13th. 

The following table shows the variation in the position of the ovaries 
in those forms that possess two or more pairs of ovaries :— 


Somites............ 9. | 10./ 11.] 12.] 13. } 14. | 15.} 16. | 17. | 18. | 


Acanthodrilus ...c..0...0- sco | ees Wael |r ledecen,| Bsa} | 
Helipidritus: .2....1.....000 a te aa ec | | 
Hudrilusiseteee 8 ee | x Sa 


Lumbricusterrestris (?her- 


culeus) (normal) ...... Seema (Mec (feidec: ifimeeee [OX 
LL. hereuleus(Benham)...| ... |... ... | * | x | | 
L. purpureus and L. tumi- | | 

dus (Bergh) ...........: en teeny, nae) | Wey | pcesprisce| | 
Allolobophora, sp.? (ab- | | | | 

MOVIL) tess ccesass eee finerer i figece ln, || OOS NPS Sau ERS mC SS UGX 


Perionya (two pairs} |__ | | 
varying from 9-16). | 


ERYEOUTUUUS "...<sccucscrere Bee lle WS aeal bess 
Blreorycues © he eile. x | x | 
OPOCK EGG i e8- ee ee fe KIDS 


From this table it will be seen that within the limits of the 
Lumbricomorpha the ovaries are found to vary in position from the 
9th to the 18th somite, the maximum number thus far known to be 
developed being seven pairs. 

In front of these we find in my specimen the two typical pairs of 
testes developed on segments 10 and 11. As these are without 
doubt the serial homologues of the ovaries, the genital glands in this 
worm extend from the 10th to the 18th somites. 

The genital glands are developed from and under cover of the 
peritoneal epithelium, on the posterior face of the mesenteries of the 
genital somites. And when we consider that the mesenteries, from 
which the germinal epithelium arises, are present for each segment of 
the body, and, further, that in most of its organs the worm exhibits 
a marked metamerism, it at once suggests itself that in those forms 


1 « Helipidrilide and their Anatomy,” Noy. Act. BR, Soc. Sci. Upsala, vol. xi. 
1881 


2 Syst. d. Oligochaeten, p. 144: Prague, 1884. 
3 «The Sexual Form of Chefogaster,” Q. J. M.S. un. s. vol. ix. (1869) p. 272. 


188 MR, G. F. HAMPSON ON STRIDULATION [ Mar. 1, 


or individuals possessed of more than one pair of ovaries we have 
indications of a metameric reduplication of those organs similar to 
that of the testes in the Hirudinea. 

A metamerically repetitional disposition of the ovaries is very rare 
among worms generally ; in fact, itis only met with in the Platyhel- 
minthes, the Cestoda and the Nemerteans both exhibiting it. Setting 
aside the Cestoda as highly specialized, we find that the only worms 
exhibiting the metameric reduplication of the ovaries are certain of 
the Planarians. 

Beddard has shown in Eudrilus * that the condition of the oviducts 
and their accessory structures, to quote bis words, ‘‘suggests a 
comparison with the corresponding organs in the Planarians, from 
which group I am disposed (following Lang) to derive the Annelids.”’ 

The facts which I have herein described and tabulated appear to 
me to justify a belief in the potentially reproductive nature of the 
individual somites of the Cheetopod body, and to support Beddard’s 
suggestion above alluded to. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


Fig. |. Abnormal Earthworm (Allolobophora, sp. inc.), dissected to show the 
genitalia, x 3. The segmental organs and two posterior seminal 
vesicles removed from the right side. 

1-18, the somites; sy.o, the segmental organs; m, the mesenteries ; 
n.c, the nerve commissures ; s.7, the seminal vesicles; sp, the sper- 
mathec ; 7, the testes: f£, seminal funnels; v.d, the vas deferens ; 
ov.'—ov.", the ovaries ; ovd, the oviducts ; 7.0, the receptacula ovorum. 

2. Enlarged drawings of the ovaries from the right side, x 10; drawn 
with a camera lucida. 

o., nearly ripe ova ; ov.'—-ov.", the seven ovaries. 


3. On Stridulation im certain Lepidoptera, and on the Dis- 
tortion of the Hind Wings in the Males of certain 
Ommatophorine. By G. F. Hampson, B.A. Oxon. &c. 


[Received February 1, 1892. | 


When working at the Indian Moths of the family Agaristede, 
my attention was drawn by Mr. E. Y. Watson, of the Madras 
Staff Corps, to the powers of stridulation possessed by the males of 
Aigocera tripartita, Kirby, of which he had brought home a long 
series from Burma. This Moth flies at dusk, and the males produce 
a loud clicking sound audible at some distance off—click-click-click 
at intervals of about a second. This led me to investigate the 
subject in this species and in the only other Lepidoptera known to 
produce the same sound—certain Butterflies of the genus Ageronia 
and other allied genera from Brazil. 

The males of . tripartita (fig. 1, p. 189) obviously differ from 
those of all the other species of the genus in the possession of a large 
patch of hyaline membrane denuded of scales beneath the costa of 
the fore wing, and this at once suggests itself as being connected 


1 «<The Anatomy of Earthworms,” Q. J. M. 8. n. s. vol. xxx. p. 455. 


1892.1 IN CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA. 189 


with the sound produced. When examined with a lens, it is seen that 
the wing-membrane is dilated so as to produce a large concavity on 
the underside, the membrane being thrown into deep transverse 
ridges, strongest immediately below the costa; and when the wing is 
cleared of scales it is seen that the costal and subcostal nervures have 
all been distorted and curved downward, so as to give increased space 
to the dilated and ridged membrane. ‘T'he question then arose as to 
the organ that could be used in combination with this structure to 
produce the sound. I found that the fore tarsi, instead of being 


Aigocera tripartita, Kirby. 6. 
Fore leg and fore wing. 


simply clothed with scales, or with the paired series of spines along 
the under surface that are present in many Lepidoptera to give 
greater power of attachment when settled, had these spines 
immensely developed all over the upper surface of the tarsi, and 
that if held extended, instead of folded against the under surface of 
the body, the usual method of carrying the legs in Lepidoptera 
during flight, the spined upper surface of the tarsi would be exactly » 
coincident with the ridged under surface of the wing-membrane, so 
that each stroke of the wings in flight would cause the ridges 
to pass sharply over the spines and be quite adequate, I think, to 
produce the clicking sound. The hind tarsi have the ordinary paired 
spines on the under surface, and I suggest that the fore tarsi can be 
used to produce the sound, the dilated wing-membrane between the 
ridges acting as a sounding-board, for which reason it is denuded of 
scales on both surfaces. The use of the stridulation would be for 
sexual attraction. 

In the closely allied genus Hecatesia, from Australia (fig. 2, p. 190), 
the males have a similar but slightly modified structure ; the costal 
edge of the fore wing is slightly folded over on the under surface of 
the wing, and beneath this, and further from the base of the wing 
than in Agocera, is a still broader and more dilated area of hyaline 
wing-membrane; this is longitudinally grooved and thrown into very 
strong waved ridges on each side of the groove, and in correlation 
with the different position of the ridged wing-membrane we find that 
it is the mid tarsi that have the spines strongly developed over the 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XIV. 14 


190 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON STRIDULATION [ Mar. 1, 


upper surface, and I suggest that the longitudinal fold acts as a 
channel for the tarsus, the ridges on each side striking against the 
spines. Mr. E. Meyrick informs me that this insect inakes a loud 
buzzing sound during flight, and the first time he heard it he thought 
a “ humble-bee’’ was buzzing round his hat ; he tells me that the 
insect during flight swings rapidly up and down in the air, and he 
thought the vibration of the air on the membrane might account for 
the sound. 


The only other Lepidoptera known to make a similar clicking 


Hecatesia fenestrata, Boisd. <. 
Fore wing. 


sound are some of the species of Ageronia, e. g. A. feronia, fornax, 
amphinome, and arethusa, as was first discovered by Darwin during 
the voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ and confirmed by Wallace, and again by 
Fritz Miiller, who says that he also observed it in Hunica margarita 
and a small brown butterfly which he could not capture. 

Darwin says that when a pair of Ageronia feronia were chasing 
each other they produced a clicking sound similar to that produced 
by a toothed wheel passing under a spring catch, and that the noise 
was produced at short intervals and was audible at twenty yards’ 
distance. Wallace says the noise was never produced by a single 
specimen, but only when a pair were chasing each other, and he 
imagined it was in some way produced by the contact of the two 
insects; but Bigg-Wither noted that the butterfly settled head down- 
wards with its wings outspread, and that if approached it raised its 
wings sharply once or twice, producing a whip-like sound, and that 
it also made the same sound while on the wing. 

Ed. Doubleday examined the butterfly, and found a small mem- 
branous sac between the costal and subcostal nervures of the fore 
wing, with a structure along the subcostal nervure like an Archi- 
medean screw; he very properly disclaimed this structure being 
necessarily connected with the sound, and, as Scudder pointed out, 
these are merely the swollen base of the subcostal nervure found in 
so many Nymphaline and the tracheal vessel in the nervure. 

Swinton says that the sound is produced by the costal nervure 
of the hind wing, which is ridged like a file, being received into and 
rubbing against a small depression of the fore wing ; but, as Scudder 


1892. | IN CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA. 191 


again pointed out, this was a structure common to all nervures, and 
the ribbing of the nervures is always strongest near the base of the 
wings. ' 

Scudder himself suggests that the sound is produced by the small 
erect scales on the superficies of the two wings that overlap rubbing 
against each other; but this is obviously inadequate to produce a 
clicking sound audible twenty yards off, and it is of universal 
occurrence that in the parts of wings that overlap the scales are 
short and differently formed, so as to decrease the friction ; though 
the rubbing of the wings one against another might be sufficient to 
account for the slight rustling or hissing sound made by many of 
the Vanesside when held close to the ear. 


Ageronia arethusa, Cram. <6. 
Base of fore wing and part of thorax. 


a, pyriform membranous sac attached to fore wing ; }, chitinous hooks of sac; 
ce, chitinous hooks of thorax. 


On detaching and clearing a fore wing of Ageronia arethusa (fig. 3), 
I found there was a small pyriform membranous sac attached to the 
base of the inner margin of the fore wing, open anteriorly, and with 
a pair of curved chitinous hooks with spatulate extremities lying 
freely in front of it. It was obvious that this could not come into 
contact with any of the nervures of the hind wing, and that no 
structure attached to the hind wing could act on it; and as there 
seemed to be a projection on the thorax in the immediate neighbour- 
hood, I cleared and denuded of scales a half insect with the wings 
still attached to the thorax, and could then see under a low power 
of the microscope that there was a pair of strong chitinous hooks 
attached to the thorax, and that when the fore wing was moved up 
and down the spatulate ends of the chitinous hooks attached to the 
wing played against these, being released when the wing reached a 
certain angle, and I suggest that this is the cause of the clicking 
sound, the hooks acting as a tuning-fork and the membranous sac 
as a sounding-board. 

In this case thestructure exists in both sexes, and we must conclude 
that there is a mutual wish to attract, and that perhaps it is also 
used as a means of inspiring fear, in accordance with Bige-Wither's 

14 


192 


ON STRIDULATION IN CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA. 


Fig. 4. 


ie. 
Patula and Argiva. Q. 
Hind wing. 


Patula macrops. 6. 
Hind wing. 


Fig. 6. 


Argiva hieroglyphica. <3. 
Hind wing. 


(Mar. 


1892.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 193 


experience. I found the structure to be present in Ageronia 
Feronia and arethusa. 


The other structure to which I wish to draw attention is the dis- 
tortion of the hind wing found in the males of certain Noctuina of 
the subfamily Ommatophorine, e.g. Patula macrops and the various 
species of the genus Argiva, large Moths very common all through the 
East. In the females of both Patula and Argiva (fig. 4) the neuration 
is of the ordinary Noctuid character. In the males of Patula (fig. 5) 
there is a _very large glandular fold covered with long, silky, closely 
matted hairs, and with a tuft of long hairs projecting from it, attached 
to the costa and folded over ou the upper surface of the wing, and 
one notices that instead of the usual nine emarginations of the outer 
margin there are only five. But it is not till the wing is denuded of 
scales that we see the nature of the change that has taken place ; 
when this is done, we see that instead of vein 8 going to the apex 
of the wing it is vein 4 that does so, that the functional apex 
is really the middle of the outer margin, and that the whole costal 
half of the wing has been transformed into the glandular fold, 
carrying the nervures with it, perhaps for purposes of nutrition. 

In the males of Argiva (fig. 6) we find that this has gone one step 
further ; the fold and glandular patch are very small, but it is vein 3 
that goes to the apex and there are only four emarginations of the 
outer margin, the other veins being represented by small aborted 
detached fragments near the base. 

The glandular fold is almost certainly a scent-organ, and I suggest 
that Argiva once possessed an even larger one than Patula, and 
that this fold, becoming detrimental or useless to it, either from 
hindering flight or some other cause, has been aborted, carrying the 
neuration with it. 


March 15, 1892. 
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a 
series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens 
during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :— 


Report on the Insect-house for 1891. 


Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited 
in the Insect-house during the past season :— 


Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies. 


Indian. 
Attacus atlas. Antherea mylitta. 
cynthia. Actias selene. 
pernyi. Cricula trifenestra. 


194 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [ Mar. 15, 


American. 
Samia cecropia. Hypochera io. 
Telea polyphemus. Actias luna. 
promethea. 


Diurnal Lepidoptera. 


European. 

Papilio podalirius. Lycena iolas. 
machaon. corydon. 
alexanor. Vanessa levana. 

7 maackit. polychlorus. 

*Sericinus telamon. urtice. 
Thais polyxena. io. 

* cerisyi, var. deyrollet. Argynnis aglaia. 

* Doritis apollinus. Melitea cinxia. 
Farnassius apollo. Melanargia galathea. 
Anthocharis cardamines. 

Me eupheno. 

American. 

Papilio ajax. Papilio cresphontes. 

asterias. Limenitis disippus. 
Nocturnal Lepidoptera. 

Smerinthus ocellatus. Saturnia pyri. 
tilie. —— carpini. 
populi. Gonomita postica. 

Sphine ligustri. Eacles regalis. 

Deilephila euphorbie. imperialis. 
galii. * Anisota stigma. 

* niced. * Tricena maxima. 

‘s alecto. 


Of the insects which I have the honour to place before the 
Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for the first time, 
viz. :—Papilio maackii and Sericinus telamon from Eastern Siberia ; 
Thais cerisyi, var. deyrollei, and Doritis apollinus from Syria; Antho- 
charis eupheno and Deilephila nicea from the South of France ; 
Deilephila alecto from Syria; Anisotu stigma from N. America ; 
and Tricena maxima from India. 

The specimens of Deilephila nicea and Deilephila alecto were 
reared from pup deposited in the Insect-house by the Hon. Walter 
Rothschild, F.Z.S. The specimen of Tricena maxima is the only 
one that emerged from several pupz kindly sent by Mr. J. G. 
Gammie, of Monghoo, Kurseong, near Darjeeling, through Mr. W. L. 
Sclater, F.Z.8. With these pupee many other pupz and cocoons 
were sent, but I am sorry to say nearly all emerged en route. 
Amongst those that arrived in good condition were some cocoons of 
Cricula trifenestrata, from which moths emerged in due course. 


* Exhibited for the first time. 


P:Z: 5 1892 Pia. 


Mintern Bros . mp. 


J. Smit del.et ith. 


, ORYX CALLOTIS: 


1892. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW ANTELOPE. 193 


Pairings took place, and for the first time I succeeded in rearing the 
larvee and obtaining a second brood of this species. The larvee were 
very handsome and were reared upon whitethorn. I also succeeded 
in rearing the larvee of Hacles imperialis, and the pupz (3) in the 
Insect-house are alive and healthy. I had also the larvee of Kacles 
regalis, but these I did not succeed in rearing. 

Owing to the cold and wet summer of last year collecting was 
very difficult, and many species which I have generally easily ob- 
tained are absent from this list in consequence. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited a flat skin of the Wild Ass of Somali-land 
(Equus asinus somalicus), taken from a specimen shot by Mr. J. D. 
Inverarity, about fifty miles from Berbera, about eighteen months 
ago, and made the following remarks :— 

** Mr. Inverarity has kindly sent me the skin of the Wild Ass of 
Somali-land (Zguus asinus somalicus), which I now exhibit. It will 
be observed that the present specimen differs from that previously 
described and figured (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 542, pl. 50) in having slight 
shoulder-stripes, as well as a dorsal stripe. The shoulder-stripe on 
the off side is the more distinct of the two. The general colour of 
the skin is also not of so deep a grey tint. All the four feet are 
banded as in the former specimen.” 


Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited four examples (two males and two 
females) of Picus richardsi from the island of Tsu-sima in the Straits 
of Corea, and pointed out that one of them had more white at the 
tips of the primaries than has yet been found in examples from 
Corea. As this is the only alleged difference between P. richardsi 
and P. kalinowskii, the latter name, being the most recent, must be 
henceforth regarded as a synonym of the former. 


Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a mounted head of the Kast- 
African Antelope hitherto referred to Oryx beisa, Riipp., but which 
he considered to represent a new species. 

The specimen described was from the neighbourhood of Mount 
Kilimanjaro, and had been generously presented to the National 
Museum by Messrs. Rowland Ward and Co., of Piccadilly. 

The species was proposed to be called 


Oryx CALLOTIS, sp.n. (Plate XIV.) 


Size of O. beisa; horns as in that species, but very slightly curved 
backwards. Ears long, their tips sharply pointed, and ornamented 
with a prominent black tuft, the hairs of which are from two to 
three inches in length. Ground-colour of face between the black 
markings rich fawn, as dark as the sides of the neck, except just 
round the muzzle, where the colour is white. Arrangement of mark- 
ings much as in O. besa, except that the black line passing through 
the eye runs further down under the throat and in some specimens, 


196 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON  [Mar. 15, 


as for example in the type, unites below the ramus of the mandible 
into that running down from the ear, those of both sides uniting 
again on the throat. Throat apparently without a tuft. 

Oryx beisa and O. gazella, the only two species at all allied to O. 
callotis, both have their ears broadly rounded and quite short-haired 
at the tips, and both have the ground-colour of the face white, cha- 
racters which readily separate both of these from the species now 
described. On the whole O. callotis is more nearly allied to O. beisa, 
O. gacella being distinguished from both of them by its throat-tuft, 
its larger and more widely expanded horns, and the different cha- 
racters of its face-markings. 

The type specimen has horns 233 and 22 inches in length, but 
the horns are frequently much larger. Sir John Willoughby * says, 
“The horns of a female measure from thirty to thirty-two inches ; 
those of the male are thicker, but a few inches shorter.” 

Mr. Thomas expressed the hope that complete specimens of this 
handsome inhabitant of the Imperial British East African Company’s 
territory would soon be obtained for the National Collection. 


The following papers were read :-— 


1. On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West 
Indies. By C. Brunner v. Warrenwyt and Professor 
J. RepTENnBACHER ’. 


[Received February 17, 1892.] 
(Plates XV.-XVII.) 


At the request of the joint Committee appointed by the British 
Association and by the Royal Society to investigate the Fauna and 
Flora of the West Indian Islands, Herr Hofrath Carl Brunner von 
Wattenwyl has been so good as to undertake the examination of the 
Orthoptera obtained in the Island of St. Vincent by Mr. H. H. 
Smith, the naturalist sent thither by Mr. F. D. Godman, F.R.S., to 
assist the operations of the Committee. 

Herr Brunner obtained the help of Prof. J. Redtenbacher, and 
the present memoir gives the result of their study of the material 
submitted to them. 

Herr Brunner, when sending to me the MS. of this paper, re- 
quested me to write an introductory notice in our own language ; 
I have complied with his wish with the greater pleasure as giving 
me an opportunity on behalf of the Committee of publicly thanking 
him, as well as Prof. Redtenbacher, for the careful study they 
have made of these insects. I have also been able to supplement 


* ‘Hast Africa and its Big Game,’ p. 288 (1889). 
® (Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Com- 
mittee for investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West Indian Islands.] 


/ 


aN 


\ 
\ 
Y 
li 


Y 


—— 


¢ 


J 


Th. Banwarth hth.et mp. Vienna 


r Rederbasher del. 


ORTHOPTERA or ST. VINGENT. 


o 


=< 
A, 


2S 
veel 


43 w 


RA oF ST. VINCENT. 


PTE 


ORTHO 


14 w 


Redcenbachar fel. Th Banwarth hith.et oop. Vienna. 


ORTHOPTERA or ST. VINCENT. 


4 « . 7 in j 
ii eh tv ae! 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 197 


the information given in Latin by Herr Brunner, as to localities at 
which the species have been observed, by some memoranda communi- 
cated to me by the collector, Mr. H. H. Smith, to which his initials 
are appended. 

The collection numbers in all 62 species, of which 19 appear to 
be peculiar to the island, 17 of these being here for the first time 
named and described. 

All the great divisions of the Orthoptera are represented, and in 
what may roughly be called the usual proportions, except in one 
respect, viz. the paucity of Acridiodea. 

The island appears to be favourable for the existence of Orthoptera, 
and, as it contains a variety of conditions, the number of species must 
be looked on as small compared with what would be found in a 
similarly varied area of equal extent in Central or Tropical America. 
What the true difference in this respect may be—whether the com- 
parative poverty of St. Vincent is great or small—I cannot say, as 
I am not aware that the Orthoptera of any one district of Equatorial 
or of Central America have been anything like completely 
worked up. 

Except in the two points I have just alluded to I do not perceive 
any points of peculiarity in the Orthopterous fauna of St. Vincent. 
The proportion of apterous to winged species seems to be about as 
usual, and the number of cosmopolitan or very widely distributed 
species is. but small. 

I have drawn up a table in order to display the distribution of 
the species outside of the island. From this it will be gathered that 
29 of the 62 occur in other of the W. Indian Islands, 34 have been 
found also in South or Central America, 6 exist in N. America, and 
3 have a wide distribution. Of the 26 species found in other W. 
Indian Islands (not including the cosmopolitan forms) the majority 
occur in Cuba, no less than 20 of the 26 being already known to 
be found there. 

There is nothing to indicate that these Orthoptera have been 
distributed by other means than those that occur in the case ot 
continental regions; and Messrs. Brunner and Redtenbacher make 
no remarks that would lead us to suppose that they are modified or 
varietal forms: the species that are known from elsewhere are not 
alluded to as varieties, and the forms that are described as peculiar 
are apparently distinguished by characters of normal specific value. 

In reference to the comparative poverty of the island in species, 
it might be suggested (by those who take it for granted that the 
fauna of the island is an entirely derived one) that this poverty is 
due to the fact that not all the species that could find subsistence in 
the island have been able to make their way thither. But it appears 
at least equally probable that the poverty may be due to the re- 
stricted range that the small area of the island affords to its 
inhabitants. 

The paucity of <Acridiodea I see no way of comprehending with 
any certainty; but as this division is not only the most numerous 
in species elsewhere, but is also the one in which activity is as a 


198 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON __ [ Mar. 15, 


rule greatest, it may be that the restricted range is in their case 
specially unfavourable. The genus Schistocerca includes two of the 
six species of St.-Vincent Acridiodea ; and this genus is remarkable 
as comprising one of the few migratory locusts that at times devastate 
regions of the Old World; the genus is, however, specially an 
American one and it is supposed that the S. peregrina, Ol.—the 
migratory locust I am speaking of—is an American insect that 
made its way to Africa. It is worthy of note that it is not this 
Schistocerca with great powers of flight and self-distribution that 
is found in St. Vincent, but two other species, one of which has a 
wide distribution in the Antilles and in the continental lands 
adjacent, while the other has been hitherto only found in Cuba, 
Haiti, and Jamaica, so that both are endemic species of the region 
in which St. Vincent is situated. 

The Orthopterous fauna of St. Vincent appears to point out that 
it is not powers of locomotion that have established certain species 
in the island and excluded others, for the earwigs, which are 
remarkable from their very feeble powers of flight, are proportionally 
better represented in the fauna than the Acridiodea, whose powers 
of locomotion are notoriously great. Of the nineteen species 
appearing at present peculiar to the island eleven are apterous, and 
only eight winged species. It must not, however, be taken for 
granted that these nineteen species will ultimately prove to be abso- 
lutely limited to the island of St. Vincent. We may indeed feel pretty 
sure that some of them will be found in the neighbouring islands, 
and until these have been explored it would be premature to attach 
much importance to the fact’that the majority of the species peculiar 
to the island are incapable of flight. It should also be remarked 
in reference to these nineteen species that most of them appear to 
be extremely rare, indeed in the case of seven of them only a single 
specimen of each has been obtained. 

The most remarkable of these Orthoptera is Diapherodes gigas, 
the female of which is a gigantic apterous insect, 7 or 8 inches in 
length. Another of the most interesting of the Orthoptera of the 
island is the Cyrtophyllus crepitans; this is one of the singing 
Locustide, allied to the N. American “ Katydids,”’ and is provided 
with a powerful musical apparatus. The most abundant Orthopteron 
appears to be Orphula punctata; this is a comparatively small 
insect, extremely similar to the Stenobothri that are so numerous in 
our European fields and commons ; it has, however, no stridulating 
organ. ‘The common earwig of the island appears to be Anisolabis 
janeirensis. 


(D. S.) 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 199 


List of the Orthoptera of St. Vincent, with Indications of their 
Distribution outside the Island. 


. Labia arcuata, Scud. ............++- 


. Anisolabis janeirensis, Doin 


@ OU G0 bop 


. Anaptycta (n. gen.) bipunctulata 
(n. sp.). Lies 

. Phyllodromia adspersicollis, Sz. 

. Pseudophyllodromia semivitrea 


(n. sp.). 5 
. Epilampra brevis (n. sp.) ......--- 
. Homalopteryx laminata (n. sp.). . 
. Stilopyga antillarum (n. sp.). .... 


. Panchlora viridis, Burm. (?)...... 
. Leucophza surinamensis, Z....... 


. Holocompsa collaris, Burm. ...... 
. Paraspheria nigra (n. sp.) ....-. 


. Phanocles curvipes, n. sp.......... 
. Bacteria cyphus, Westw............. 


. Diapherodes gigas, Drury......... 


. Orphula punctata, de Geer ...... 
. Tettix quadriundulatus, n. sp. ... 
. Vilerna zeneo-oculata, de Geer ... 
. Caletes (n. g.) apterus, n. sp. ... 
. Schistocerca pallens, Thwnb....... 


DErRMAPTERA. 


rotundata, Scud. ............ 
brunnea, Seud. ............++- 
pulchella, Serv. ..........--+++ 


maritima, Bon. ...........+++ 


BLATTODEA. 


delicatula, Guér. .......0.... 


madere, Fabr. ..........+.. : 


ManropEa. 


PuAsSMODEA. 


linearis, Drury ..........00++ 


ACRIDIODEA. 


columbina, Thunb...........++ 


| Other wntifles: 


+oo+oo 


++toooo 


8. America & — 


| Centr. America. 


coco ot+ 


+oopo+ 


| N. America. 


Se oo++ eco Soo “So +o+oco 
H 


oooco 


oooocoo 


+ooo0o0e 


oooo 


oooooo 


| More general. 


Remarks. 
Niagara. 
Apterous. 
Apterous ;_ intro- 

duced by com- 
merce ? 


Three specimens 
obtained. 


Cuba. 
One example only. 


Cayenne. 

Apterous ; rare. 

Apterous ; one 
example only. 


Cosmopolitan. 
Cosmopolitan. 


Apterous ; rare. 


One example. 
One example. 


Apterous ; rare. 
Apterous ; rare. 
Antigua. 
Guadeloupe. 


Very common. 
almost apterous, 


Apterous ; scarce. 
One example. 


200 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [Mar. 15, 


TABLE (continued). 


| 


a \3.8 
—I ak : 
a 183! 8 
a te 4] -2 
aq |e] ¢ 
a |S al 4 
| 8 <4/< 
> +f © . 
oO |@0| & 


LocusTopBa. | 
31. Anaulacomera laticauda, Brun... 0 | + | O 
32. Microcentrum pallidum, Brun..... + | + | 0 
33. Stilpnochlora marginella, Serv.... + | + | 0 
34. Bliastes superbus, n.sp............- P OFA RO | 30 
35. striolatus, N. sp..........0..--- PO isl 20 
36. Cyrtophyllus crepitans,n.sp....| 0 | O | 0 
37. Copiophora brevicornis, Fedi..... UO | + | 0 
38. Conocephalus guttatus, Serv....... + | + | 0 
BO. MU CUss (LEME: (kee eeece tos. ue i+ !]0!0 
40. maxillosus, Fabr. ............ + | + | 0 
4]. ——— infuseatus, Seud. ............ |+}/+]0 
429, —— frater, Redt. ..... 5 eae ORES ite +;+) 0 
43. —— heteropus, Bol. ............... | 0 | +.|.0 
44, —— macropterus, Pedi. ... ..... se |eoe |) 
45, ---— punctipes, Redt................ 1 OM OMe 
AG. surinamensis, Redt. ......... |} O}+]0 
47, Xiphidium saltator, Savss.......... ita) O 
48 propinguum, Red?. ......... | O | + | 0 
49, Pherterus cubensis, de Huan...... ) ge ah 
GRYLLODEA. | 
50. Gryllotalpa hexadactyla, Perty.... 0 | + | 0 
51. Scapteriscus didactylus, Zatr. ... + | + | 0 
52. Tridactylus minutus, Scud. ...... 0 | 0 | + 
53. Anurogryllus muticus, de Geer...) + eee Py 
54. Gryllus assimilis, Yad. ............ +] +) + 
55. Gryllodes rufipes, n. sp............. (Oat sO slg 
56. Hctatoderus antillarum, n.sp....| 0 | 0 | 0 
57. Larandus marmoratus, n. sp. .... 0 | 0 | O 
58. Endacustes dispar, n. sp. ......... 020-120 
59. Cyrtoxiphus vittatus, Bo/.......... =f SO 
60. gundlachi, Sauss. ............ +/+ {0 
61. Orocharis gryllodes, Pall. ......... +i+i t+ 
62. Metrypus luridus, Sauss, ......... |+)0)]0 


More general. 


oooococeo ooceo 


Remarks. 


| Winged. 
Winged. 
Winged. 


Cuba. 


‘Maritime. 


|Apterous ; unique. 
|Apterous. 

Apterous ; unique. 
Apterous ; unique. 
Cuba. | 


‘Cuba. 


| | 


I. Ordo DERMAPTERA. 
(Auctore A. pe BorMaANs.) 


Genus Lasra, Leach. 
1. L. arcuata, Scudder. 


Labia arcuata, Seudd. 1879, A Century of Orthoptera, p. 36 ; 
Proceed. of the Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. vols. xii.—xx. 

Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side——Specimina compluria, collecta 
sub ligno putrido, stercore, etc. mensibus Januar. et April. in Rich- 


= 4 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 201 


mond Valley, 1200'.—Occurrit etiam in Brasilia (Scudd.), Columbia 
et Peru (coll. Brunner). 

Also at Chateaubelais, Lot 14 Estate. Kingstown old Botanic 
garden.— ZZ. H. 8. 


2. L. rorunpata, Scudder. 


Labia rotundata, Scudd. ibidem, p. 42. 

Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side, prope Kingstown et Richmond 
Valley 1200'.—Specimina compluria, collecta sub lignis, mensibus 
Januario et Octobri—Occurrit etiam in Mexico (Scudd., coll. 
Brunner). 

Also at Baronallie ; found on several occasions near the sea.— 
ERI EING 


3. L. BRUNNEA, Scudder. 

Labia brunnea, Scudd. ibidem, p. 43. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria.— 
Occurrit etiam in Cuba (Scudd., coll. Brunner). 

Found in the forest on the W. slope of the Soufricre at an 
elevation of 1500 ft., also on Lot 14 Estate-—H. H. S. 


4. L. PuLCHELLA, Serville. 


Forficula pulchella, Serv. 1839, Hist. nat. des Ins. Orthoptéres, 
p- 42. 

Patria: St. Vincent, prope Richmond Valley (1100') et Bow-wood 
Valley (800’).—Specimina compluria, collecta sub lignis, mensibus 
Decembri, Januario, et Octobri—Occurrit etiam in America septen- 
trionali, Niagara (Serv.). 


Genus AntsoLaBis, Fieber. 
1. A. JANEIRENSIS, Dohrn. 


Forcinella janeirensis, Dohrn, 1864, Monogr. d. Dermapteren, 
Stettin. ent. Zeit. p. 285. 

Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side, prope Richmond Valley (1200'), 
Bow-wood, prope Kingstown.—Specimina numerosa, collecta sub 
lignis et frondibus, in fruticibus, mensibus Januario et Octobri.— 
Occurrit etiam in Brasilia, Rio de Janeiro (Dohrn ; coll. Brunner), St. 
Catharina (coll. Brunner). 

This is the most abundant earwig in the islands, and was very 
frequently met with.—H. H. 8. 


2. A. MARITIMA, Bonelli. 

Forficula maritima, Bon., Gené, 1862, Monograph. Forfic. p. 9. 

Patria: St. Vincent, prope Bow-wood Valley (800').—Specimina 
duo juvenilia, collecta in silvis sub lignis putridis mense Octobri.— 
Species cosmopolitica, indigena in confinibus Mediterraneis ; occurrit 
etiam in Japan, Haiti, Cayenne, Columbia, Buenos Aires, New 
Orleans (coll. Brunner). 


202 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON __ [Mar. 15, 


II. Ordo ORTHOPTERA GENUINA. 


1. Familia BLATTODEA. 
(Auctore C. BRUNNER v. WaTTENWYL.) 


Tribus Ecrosripz. 


Genus Anaptycta, Brunner (gen. nov.). 
(ava=retro; mruxrés=plicatus.) 

Caput magnum. Oculi remoti. Pronotum suborbiculare, postice 
subtruncatum, latere deflecum. Elytra abdomen via superantia, 
venis distinctis, vena radiali ramos parallelos in marginem 
anticum, vena ulnari ramos parallelos in marginem posticum 
elytri, emittentibus. Ale in modum generis Anaplecte plicate. 
Femora subtus inermia. 

Differt a genere Anaplecta, Burm.: elytrorum vena ulnari ramos 

pectinatos in marginem posticum emittente, femoribus subtus 
inermibus. 


1, A. BrpuNcTuLaTa, Brunner (n.sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 1.) 


Parva, colore pallide testaceo. Pronotum disco punctis duobus 
Serrugineis, via perspicuis, ornatum. Pedes pallidi. Seaus? 


EMngCeOrps. ... ~~ -- 7 millim. 
Cale Cee ee 6 % 
557 A PEUNOUs sions a cies 2 SS 
Lat. ce’ gears RIG al 


Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side.—Specimina tria. 

Two specimens were beaten from branches, at.an elevation of 
1000 ft., in the forest above Chateaubelais in September. The 
third has no locality —H. H. S. 


Tribus PHyYLLODROMIIDZ. 
Genus PHyLLopRomia, Serv. 
1. P. ADSPERSICOLLIS, Stl. 
Phyllodromia adspersicollis, Stal, 1861, Freg. Eugenies Resa, Zool. 
v. p. 308. 
Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina presentia com- 
pluria differunt colore nitido-ferrugineo.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba, 


Guantanamo (Bolivar), Brasilia (Stal), Mexico (coll. Brunner). 
Lot 14 Estate: Chateaubelais.—H. H. S. 


2. P. pexicatua, Guérin. 

Phyllodromia delicatula, Guérin, Sagra, Hist. de Cuba, 1856, 
p. 346. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward et leeward side.—Specimina com- 
pluria.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba (G@uérin). 

Lot 14 Estate: Chateanbelais.—H. H. S. 


1892.]| THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 203 


Genus PsrUDOPHYLLODROMIA, Brunner. 


Hoc genus in unam speciem Philippinicam instructum, multas 
species Americanas comprehendit, quarum singulas de Saussure 
descripsit (Miss. scientif. au Mexique, p. 42). 


1. P. semivirreA, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 2.) 


Caput testaceum, vitta fusca inter oculos signatum. Antenne 
nigre. Pronotum valde transversum, marginibus lateralibus late 
hyalino-testaceis, disco flavo, vittis duabus longitudinalibus nigris, 
lyrato-curvatis, necnon vitia breviore media. Elytra hyalino- 
testacea, venis fuscis, pone medium macula obliqua fusca 
ornata. Ale hyaline, levissime infumate, venis fuscis, vena 
ulnari ramos duos in apicem ale emittente. Pedes pallide 
testacet, fusco-marginati. Abdomen fuscum. Cerei fusci. 
Lamina supra-analis 2 transversa, leviter rotundata. Lamina 
subgenitalis 2 rotundato-emarginata. 9°. 


HON: €OPNs.e2.s< saree 7%, MEUM. 


sy CLV ERE: ae ciety is 2 
Rat eM PLOWO Gs 5 eis -kenclcis UeOi.g 3 
Lat. Seen oes, 3 oooh os haat: 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimen unicum. 
Found near Lot 14 Estate in April.—H. H. 8S. 


Tribus Ep1LAMPRID. 


Genus Erinampra, Burm. 
1. E. Brevis, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 3.) 


Statura minore, colore testaceo. Caput magnum. Antenne 
testacee. Oculi valde remoti. Vertex infuscatus. Frons 
pallida. Pronotum caput liberans, totum love, minutissime 
fusco-conspersum, latere deflexo. Elytra in § apicem abdo- 
minis parum superantia, in 2 hoc equantia, minute fusco- 
conspersa, punctis impressis wullis. Ale hyaline, venis pallide 
testaceis, margine antico testaceo-afflato.  Pedes testacer, levis- 
sime fusco-marginati. Abdomen fuscum. Lamina supra-analis 
3 levissime rotundato-emarginata. Lanna supra-analis 2 
plicata, sed vix emarginata. Lamina subgenitalis 8 utrinque 
stylo mstructa. § Q. 


3 
Long. corp..........-.- 20 millim. 23°5 millim. 
agen PEOMDLeT sia. via «ocho Pe 7 oy 


Lat. Sigh ee OR eae Sah b. 
Wmeselyitrn . seen. AT re 19 o 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria.— 
Occurrit etiam in Cayenne (coll. Brunner). 
Lot 14 Estate in April.—dH. H. S. 


204 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [ Mar. 15, 


Genus Homatopreryx, Brunner. 
1. H. tamrnata, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 4.) 


Fusco-testacea. Aptera, plana. Pronotum oblongo-semiorbiculare, 
caput valde superans, supra caput leviter cucullatum, rugulis et 
granulis rugosum, margine postico, cum segmentis cateris 
omnibus, rugulis reqularibus obsito, meso- et metasternum latere 
in dentem productum. Pedes breves. Segmenta abdominis 
dorsalia latere in dentem producta. Cerci minimi, pallidi, 
apice ipso nigri. Lamina supra-analis 2 triangulariter pro- 
ducta, apice triangulariter emarginata. Lamina subgenitalis 
9 rotundato-producta. Q. 

Larva 3 non differt a feminis, ewceptis meso- et metanoto lobatis, 
qua de causa certe imagines alate sunt. 


Long. corp.? ........ 26  millim. 
a MEFOMUGt- OTs Ns Ke 


SPA RRGIT “5, 
Lat. Brat Reese. ss 12°8 


9 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina nonnulla, 
feminze adultz, mares imperfecti—Heee species Homalopterygi 
capucine, Br. (Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires, p. 196), affinis est. 
Femine hujus speciei ignote. 

Lot 14 Estate; Chateaubelais; also in the Forest at an elevation 
of 2000 ft. in decaying leaves.—H. H. S. 


Tribus PERIPLANETID. 
Genus StyLopyGs, Fischer de W. 
1. S. aNTILLARUM, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 5.) 


Parva, oblongo-rectangularis (abdomine haud dilatato) picea, 
nitida. Caput globosum, excepto labro, atrum. Oculi magis 
inter se remoti quam scrobes antennarum. Pronotum parabolicum, 
levissimum. Elytra lobiformia, lateralia, mesonotum haud 
superantia. Metanotum cum segmentis abdominis marginibus 
lateralibus levissime reflevis. Pedes graciles. Metatarsus pos- 
ticus ceteris articulis unitis longior. Pulvilli minutissimi. Cerei 
nigri. Lamina supra-analis 2 transversa, angustissima, rotun- 


data. @. 


Long. corp. .......... 16° millim. 
got A RFE ee eee ee as 
Se>. PEOUOES: 2.5. conten PEEOO Gy 

Lat. = Get hoe ORD re 


Patria: St. Vincent, W. I.—Specimen unicum.—Differt a 
St. orientali, L., statura oblongo-rectangulari, elytris mesonotum 
haud superantibus, lamina supra-anali 2 transversa. 

Leeward, in the Forest under rotting leaves on the banks of a 
stream at an elevation of 500 ft.—H. H. S. 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 205 


Tribus PANCHLORID2. 


Genus PaAncutora, Burm. 

Species tote virides hujus generis difficillime distinguuntur. 
Diagnoses in opere ‘Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires’ non sufficiunt : 
precipue species ewoleta, Klug, viridis, Burm., et nivea, L., con- 
funduntur. 


1. P. viripis, Burm. (?). 

Panchlora viridis, Burm. 1839, Handbuch, ii. p. 506 ; Brunner, 
I. c. p. 273. 

Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side (300').—Specimina compluria, 
collecta vespere mense Januario.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba et America 


meridionali (coll. Brunner). 
Golden grove, flew to light on Jan. 29th; also at Baronallie and 


Chateaubelais.— H. H. S.- 


Genus Leucoruza, Brunner. 


1. L. suRINAMENsIs, L. 

Blatia surinamensis, L. 1766, Syst. Nat. p. 687. 

Panchlora surinamensis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. d. Blatt. p. 278. 
Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina duo.—Species 


cosmopolitana. 
Lot 14 Estate.—H. H. S. 


2. L. MADER, Fabr. 

Blatta madera, Fabricius, 1792, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 6. 

Panchlora madere, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. d. Blatt. p. 282. 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Species cosmopolitana, cognita ex Cuba, 
Brasilia, insulis Canariensibus, insula Madera, Senegal, Java et 
insulis Philippinicis.—Specimen unicum. 

Lot 14 Estate in May.—ZH. H. 8. 


Tribus Coryp1IpDz. 
Genus Hotocompsa, Burm. 


1. H. cotzaris, Burm. (Plate XV. fig. 6.’) 

Corydia collaris, Burmeister, 1839, Handb. ii. p. 492. 

Holocompsa collaris, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. d. Blatt. p. 347. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimen unicum.— 
Occurrit etiam in Cuba (Guérin), Brasilia (coll. Brunner). 

Lot 14 Estate in April—H. H. 8. 


1 Tmago, quoad alas, in opere ‘Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires,’ tab. x. fig. 50, falsa 
est. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XV. 15 


206 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON’ [Mar. 15, 


Tribus PrrisPHHRIIDZ. 
Genus ParaspHaris, Brunner. 
1. P. nigra, Brunner (n. sp.) (Plate XV. fig. 7.) 


Picea, raro punctatu. Uterque sexus elytris lobiformabus, later- 
alibus, corpori concoloribus, margine externo limbato.  Pedes 
rufo-fusci. Tarsi breves.  Metatarsus ceteris articulis unitis 
triplo brevior. Pulvilli articulorum omniwm per totam longi- 
tudinem extenst.  Q. 

Larve marginem versus pallidiores, pedibus fusco-testacets. 


3 2 
Bene) Corrie. ese. ... 22 millim. 33  millim. 
Bs) TONOE ee sistem toe 7a Ei An Sages, 
Lat. STE ey: Pe ote 10 r 12 FF 
Dong elyin. Wo P72 oa ee: Sibu SG Aris ws 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side.—Specimina 
nonnulla.— Heee species differt ab omnibus congenericis utroque sexu 
subaptero necnon tarsis brevioribus. 

Lot 14 Estate; also on the W. slope of the Soufriére volcano at 
an elevation of 1500 ft. under rotting fruit in September.—Z. H. S. 


2. Familia MANTODEA. 
(Auctore J. REDTENBACHER.) 


Tribus ManTip2. 
Genus Musonia, Stil. 
1. M. surinama, Saussure (?). 


Thespis surinama, Sauss. 1871, Mém. Mex. 2, 1, p. 129. 

Musonia surinama, Stal, 1877, Syst. Mautod. p. 66. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side——Specimen unicum, imper- 
fectum, propterea difficiliter determinandum.—Heec species occurrit 
in Surinam et Venezuela (Séa/). 

Lot 14 Estate in September.—H. H. SW. 


Tribus Varrpa&, Stal. 


Genus PARASTAGMATOPTERA, Sauss. 
1. P. roprpss, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 8.) 


Viridi-flavescens. Oculi rotundati. Prothorax gracilis, supra 
covas anticas valde ampliatus, margine laterali nigro-denticulato. 
Elytra hyalina, elongata, reticulo beryllino, campo antico bast 
dilatato, viridi, opaco, coriaceo, Ale vitree, margine antico 
virescente. Antenne g valde serrate. Coxw antice validiores, 
apice superne valde dilatato intusque macula lata migra ornate. 
Femora antica valida, intus spinis alternatim nigris et pallidis 
(apice tantum fuscis) instructa. Femora quatuor postica upice 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 207 


cum bast tibiarum mfuscata, ante apicem subtus lobo distincto 
infuscato instructa. 6. 


OME: CONDOR. 1 « aoe). .3,« 38 millim. 
Se GOTO ois ag 143. 55 
ee ee 7 
a LETH SAN Goma ne a HUET hoy Ue 
Bib LER POKE B/? . 2/28 MOF OR: 3 


Patria: St. Vincent, south end.—Specimen unicum, collectum 
in fruticibus mense Septembri. 

Hee species maxime affinis Parastaymatoptere flavoguttate 
(Serv. Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Orth. p. 183, et Saussure, Mém. Mex. iv. 
p- 84), que occurrit in Brasilia, Republica Argentina (Sauss.) et 
Venezuela (Serv.). Differt : prothorace supra coxas valde ampliato, 
femoribus 4 posticis ad apices infuscatis, singulo subtus lobo dis- 
tincto instructo. 


3. Familia PHASMODEA. 


Genus PHanoctes, Stal. 

1. P. curvirss, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 9.) 

Fusco-griseus vel griseo-cinereus. Antenne longe, interdum dilute 
et remote fusco-annulate. Articulus primus antennarum haud 
ampliatus, marginibus parallelis, oculis sesquilongior. Dorsum 
capitis bicornutum, cornu apice compresso, inequaliter bidentato. 
Corpus totum albido-granulosum, granulis, presertim in 3, 
minutis. Elytra aleque nulla. Segmentum medianum meta- 
noto longius. Mesonotum leviter carinatum. Abdominis seg- 
menta 3 et 4 postice in medio tuberculo depresso, in g obsoleto, 
instructa. Segmentum dorsale 6 in utroque sexu duobus 
sequentibus, simul sumptis, longius. Segmentum ultimum 3 
gracile. Femora 4 postica cum tibiis distincte curvata, sepe 
dilute et late fusco-fasciata. Femora et tibie carinis omnibus 
subtiliter et confertim spinulosis. Femora 4 postica subtus prope 
basin in S$ valde lobiformiter, in Q multo minus laminato-dila- 

_ tata.  Metatarsus superne compressus, haud lobatus, articulis 
reliquis simul sumptis subequalis. Cerci 3 breves, acuminati, 
teretes. GQ. 


3 . 
OMS COLD cosa. 22 §3-84 millim. 160 millim. 
a OL Ae ail Beep DEO as 
Fe IHEROUOts, «5/10 18 5 34 Pe 
a ALO GATIOL.A) + 6. 'sve Ss 10 t34 
a Seerameds: Tian m5 WAG 
Sumienisianital-... <": DOT ah as 39 ii 
Gp HERA ORES 2! PET aces SOLS; 


Patria : St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side prope Cumber- 
land (500').—Specimina nonnulla, collecta in silvis aridis mense 
Septembri. 

Hee species valde similis est Bacteria bicorni, Stoll (peer. ete. 

15 


208 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [Mar. 15, 


pl. xv. fig. 57); ab ea autem differt metatarso superne haud lobato, 
cornubus capitis ad apices compressis et inzequaliter bidentatis. 
The male was met with on Lot 14 Estate in September.—H. H.S. 


Genus Bacteria, Latreille. 


1. B. cypuus, Westw. 
Bacteria cyphus, Westwood, Cat. of Orth. Ins. in the Collect. 
of the Brit. Mus. i. Phasmide, p. 24, 1859, pl. vii. fig. 7. 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina duo. 
Lot 14 Estate and Chateaubelais.—Z. H. S. 


2. B. uinearis, Drury (°). 

Mantis linearis, Drury, Exot. Ent. i. pl. 50. 

Bacteria linearis, Burmeister, Handb. ii. 567; Westwood, 1. c. 
p. 24. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina numerosiora. 

Diagnoses in operibus citatis (Burmeister, Westwood, etc.), valde 
breves, non sufficiunt ad determinandam speciem. Fortasse speci- 
mina presentia ad Bacteriam gracilem, Barm. (Handb. ii. p. 567), 
referenda sunt. 

Genus DiapHeropes, Gray. 

1. D. Gieas, Drury. 

Diapherodes gigas, Drury, Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 50; Westwood, 
Catal. of Orth. Ins. i. Phasmide, p. 84. 

Mantis angulata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 13. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side (1200').— 
Specimina compluria, collecta in arboribus altis mensibus Januario, 
Maio, Octobri, et Novembri.—Occurrit etiam in insula Guadeloupe. 


4. Familia ACRIDIODEA. 
Tribus TRyYxXALID&. 


Genus OrpPHuLa, Stil. 

1. O. puncraTa, de Geer. 

Orphula punctata, Stal, 1873, Recens. Orthopt. i. p. 106. 

Acrydium punctatum, de Geer, 1773, Mem. iii. p. 503, pl. 42. 
fig. 12. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina numerosa.— 
Occurrit etiam in Mexico, Costarica, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Colum- 
bia, Venezuela, Surinam, Brasilia et Peru (coll. Brunner). 

Abundant about Lot 14 Estate and Chateaubelais—H. H. S. 


Tribus Terricip&. 


Genus Tettrx, Charpentier. 
1. T. quapriunpDuLaTus, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVI. fig. 10.) 
Fuscus vel fusco-griseus, interdum pallido-conspersus, ubique minu- 
tissime granulatus. Vertew oculo latior, in medio carinatus, ante 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 209 


oculos parum productus, apice breviter tridentatus. Costa 
frontalis ante oculos valde (a latere visa) rotundato-producta, 
carinis approximatis, subparallelis. Pronotum antice truncatum, — 
postice haud subulatum sed acuminatum, apicem femorum 
posticorum haud attingens, superne in medio interdum ulrinque 
macula nigra transversa ornatum. Carina media pronoti com- 
pressa, retrorsum sensim humilior, imprimis in Q valde quadri- 
undulata. Anguli humerales carinati, obtusi. Elytra ovata. 
Ale in 2 valde abbreviate, in 3 nonnihil longiores. Femora 
antica carinis haud undulata, intermedia superne subtusque 
undulata, postica haud undulata. Tibice omnes fusco-annulate. 
Tarsi basi et apice fusci ; metatarsus posticus articulis reliquis 
unitis nonnihil longior, pulvillo tertio quam pulvillis 1 et 2 
simul sumptis brevior. 3. 


3 
Long. corpor. ...... 4-5 millim. 6:4 millim. 
39) PLONOG, 2). = 4-5 a 6 a 
sich Tea: POSE: 52 2s DG ane 4 5 


Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimina numerosa. 

Valde affinis Tettigi femorato, Scudder (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 
1869, p. 305; Bolivar, Essai sur les Acrid. d. la trib. d. Tettigid, 1887, 
p- 90); ab eo differt preecipue carina media pronoti quadri-undulata. 

Found at Chateaubelais, also at the south end of the island on 
rocky ground near the sea, under decaying leaves.—H. H. S. 


Tribus AcripIIpz&. 


Genus ViLERNA, Stil. 
1. V. ZNEC-oOCULATA, de Geer. 
Acrydium e@neo-oculatum, de Geer, Mém. iii- p. 502, pl. 42. 
fig. 11 (1773). 
Acrydium sanguinipes, Serville, Hist. nat. Ins. Orthopt. p. 670 
(1839). 
Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina numerosa.— 
Occurrit etiam in Surinam (S¢a/, coll. Brunner). 
Apparently common on Lot 14 Estate and at Chateaubelais.— 
A. AS. 
Genus Caxerss, Redt. (nov. gen.). 
(kadjrns =strumosus.) 


Costa frontalis supra ocellum valde producta, carinis subparallelis, 
infra ocellum medium sensim evanescentibus. Fastigium verticis 
cum occipite fere in eodem plano jacens, antice sulco transverso 
nullo. Ocellus medius a scrobibus antennarum distincte remotus. 
Carine laterales frontis subparallele, distincte, complete. 
Pronotum totum cum capite rugosum, margine antico et spostico 
truncato, tuberculis elevatis obsito, in medio valde carinatum, 
sulas transversis tribus completis, carinam mediam insecanti- 
bus; carina media prope marginem posticum compresso-elevata. 
Carine laterales subdistincte, irregulares, inter sulcos duos 


210 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [Mar. 15, 


posticos extrorsum curvate ; angulus anticus loborum lateraliwm 
in tuberculum productus, margine inferiore subrecto obliquo. 
Meso- et metanotum cum abdominis segmentis omnibus rugosa, 
pilosa, superne carina media longitudinali, margine postico 
granulis vel tuberculis elevatis instructa, Elytra et ale mulla. 
Prosternum protuberantia conica, erectu, longa.  Lobi meso- 
sternales parum (Q) vel haud (6) transversi, intervallo vis 
parum angustiore. Lobi metasternales distincte distantes, inter- 
vallo quam in mesosterno angustiore (precipue in 3). Peles 
pilosi. Femora postica superne remote serrulata, lobis apica- 
kibus rotundatis. Tibiee postice superne teretes, utringue spinis 
6, intervallis equalibus, apice superne spinis apicalibus nullis. 
Cerci 3 breves, acuminati, recti. Valvule superiores ovipositoris 
extus crenulate. 3, Q. 

Hoe genus, valde affine Vilerne, Stil (Rec. Orth. i. 1873, 


pp- 38 et 71), differt pronoto in medio strumoso, elytris alisque 
nullis. 


1. C. aprerus, Redt. (un. sp.). (Plate XVI. fig. 11, a, 0.) 

Olivaceus, dilute obscure marmoratus, lateribus plerumqne obscuri- 
oribus, Venter cum pectore viridi- vel ferrugineo-testaceus. 
Tuberculi elevati thoracis et abdominis fusci. Femora postica 
extus dilute, intus distincte fusco-bifasciata, carinis omnibus 
remote nigro-serrulatis. Tibiw postice sordide flavescentes, 
annulo subbasali sulfureo, spinis flavis vel sulfureis, apice fusco- 
nigris. Tarsi ferrugineg. SQ. 


3 
Long. corpor. ...... 27° ~millim. 37-88 millim. 
be TPEONOG.) erie". t~ O22 ees 6°5 : 
33), tem. past. 7025. 15"5 ©, 19°8 a 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, Bow-wood prope Kingstown 
(1000').—Specimina nonnulla, partim imperfecta, collecta prope 
marginem silvarum. 


Found ‘on Lot 14 Estate on three occasions in April and May.— 
i, Ss 


Genus Scuistocerca, Stil. 
1. 8. patLens, Thunberg. 
Gryllus pallens, Thunbg. Mém. Ac. Peétersb. v. p. 237 (1815) ; 
Mém. Ac. Pétersb. ix. p. 422 (1824). 
Schistocerca pallens, Stil, Rec. Orthopt. i. p. 66 (1873). 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimen unicu m.—Oceurrit 
etiam in Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica (coll. Brunner). 
Lot 14 Estate in April— AH. H. S. 


2. S. conumBina, Thunberg. 


Gryllus columbinus, Thunberg, Mém. Ac. Pétersb. ix. p. 425 
(1824). 


Schistocerca columbina, Stil, Ree. Orthopt. i. p. 67 (1873). 
Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria.— 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 211 


Occurrit etiam in Mexico, Costarica, Nicaragua, Panama, Guatemala, 
Venezuela, Columbia, Surinam, Trinidad, Martinique, Brasilia, 
Peru (coll. Brunner), insula St. Bartholomei (Stal). 

Lot 14 Estate in April.—H. H. 8. 


5. Familia LocUSTODEA. 
Tribus PHANEROPTERIDZ. 
Genus ANAULACOMERA, Stil. 


1. A. LATICAUDA, Brunner. 


Anaulacomera laticauda, Br. Monogr. d. Phaneropt. 1878, p. 292. 
Patria: St. Vincent, windward side—Specimina compluria.— 


Occurrit etiam in Mexico et Columbia (Brunner). 
Lot 14 Estate and Chateaubelais.—H. H. S. 


Genus Microcentrum, Scudder. 
1. M. patuipum, Brunner. 


Microcentrum pallidum, Br. Monogr. d: Phaneropt. 1878, p. 337. 

Locusta laurifolia, Stoll, Représ. des Spectres, ete. pl, vi. a. fig. 21 
et pl. xvii. 6. fig. 62. 

Phylloptera laurifolia, Serville, Rev. méthod. p. 142; Orth. 
p- 404; Burmeister, Handb. ii. p. 693. 

Patria; St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side.—Specimina 
compluria, collecta mense Julio.—Occurrit etiam in insulis Cuba et 
Martinique, necnon in Columbia (Brunner). 

Lot 14 Estate in April and May.—H. H. S. 


Genus StinPpNocHLorRa, Stal. 
1. S. MARGINELLA, Serville. 


Phylloptera marginella, Serv., 1839, Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Orthopt. 
p- 405. 

Phylloptera thoracica, Burmeister, 1839, Handb. ii. p. 693. 

Stilpnochlora marginella, Brunner, 1878, Monogr. d. Phaneropt. 
p. 358. 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimina duo.—Occurrit etiam in Mexico, 
Panama, Columbia, Venezuela, Surinam, Brasilia, Peru, in insula 
Cuba (coll, Brunner). 


Tribus PsruDOPHYLLIDZ. 
Genus Butastes, Stal. 
1. B. supersus, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVI. fig. 12.) 


Ferrugineo-castaneus. Antenne longissimee, articulis binis primis 
nigris.  Frons dense rugosa, nigra vel fusco—ferruginea, 
utrinque carina laterali elevata istructa, superne utrinque 
ruga infraoculari, cum ila parallela. Occiput cum vertice 
sepe fusco-nigrum. Clypeus cum labro flavo-ferrugineus ; 


212 


MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON’ [Mar. 15, 


mandibule apice fusco-castaneo.  Pronotum dense rugoso- 
granulosum, in latere ruguloso-punctatum, dorso scepe obscu- 
rioré, margine postico nonnihil producto, rotundato-truncato. 
Elytra femora postica valde superantia, apice rotundato, fusco- 
nigra, nitida, reticulo in area antica pallide testaceo, minus 
conferto, in area postica densiore flavo-ferrugineo, area anali 
plus minusve infuscata. Ale late, fusco-grisee. Pedes 
ferrugineo-castanei vel rufi; femora antica intus spinis 4, 
intermedia extus spinis 4-5 instructa ; femora postica valida, 
extus spinis 9, omnibus apicibus nigris armata.  Lobi geni- 
culares femorwm 4 anteriorwm intus tantum  brevi-spinosi, 
femorum posticorum inermes, rotundati. Tibia antice superne 
plane, carinis lateralibus haud dentatis. Venter flavo- 
ferrugineus. Cerci 3 crassi, incurvi, granulosi et pilosi, 
apice obtusi et mucrone imstructt. Lamina subgenitalis 3 
elongata, apice triangulariter eacisa, stylis longis imstructa. 
Lamina subgenitalis 2 triangularis, apice incisa. Ovipositor 
basi latus, apicem versus sensim angustatus, nonnihil imeurvus 
et infuscatus. ¢ Q. 


ro) 
Long. corpor......... 53 millim. 54 millim. 
sae SPATOUGks tans) on ate, LO. cin 1 biggles 
$a SUIOE Se oi wos he 33 Di ouss 
Boy HEM: OSti.'s, crm Lopate 9s SU» Vso 
abr SOVIDEE Sicilia ses) oe 207d 05. 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina nonnulla. 
Hee species ab omnibus congenericis differt colore capitis et pronoti. 
Lot 14 Estate in April.—H. H. S. 


2. B. srrioxatus, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVI. fig. 13, a, , ¢.) 
Testaceus, pilosus. Antennarum articulus primus utringue fusco- 


vel nigro-punciatus. Fastigium vertiis superne infuscatum. 
Frons utrinque carina laterali obtusa, in medio maculis duabus 
nigris necnon in margine scrobum antennarum utrinque punctis 
2 nigris ornata, superne supra basin mandibularum macula 


‘nigra parva necnon striga majore infraoculari utrinque sig- 


nata. Labium parte inferiore fusco-mgra. Mandibule apice 
infuscato. Pronotum postice parum productum, rotundato- 
truncatum, dense rugoso-granulosum, margine antico et postico 
in medio nigro-maculatis, dorso vittis et lituris compluribus 
nigris ornato. LElytra femora postica valde swperantia, apice 
rotundato, fusco-grisea, reticulo pallido, denso ; tympano in 3 
infuscato. Ale grisee. Femora omnia extus, antica etiam 
utrinque, transverse nigro-striolata, 4 antica antue spinis A, 
postica extus spinis 8, apicibus nigris, armata. Lobi geniculares 
femorum 4 anticorum intus, femorum posticorum utrinque 
spina apicali brevi, adpressa instructi. Segmentum anale g 
valde convecum, subglobosum, postice longitudinaliter carinatum, 
carina subtus fissa, in lobos duos parallelos, rotundatos divisa. 


1892.] | THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 213 


Cerci 3 fere toti absconditi, apice obtuso. Lanina subgenitalis 
3 elongata, apice emarginata, stylis longis instructa. Lamina 
subgenitalis 2 trigonalis, apice triangulariter excisa.  Ovi- 
positor latus, marge superiore subrecto, inferiore incurvo, 
dimidia parte apical superne subtusque castanea. $2. 


3 2 
Long. corpor..... 42 millim. 42 millim. 
ig) PEOHOte acs tO ee 3, LE6o5s 
»  elytrorso 32 TEER af AQ "Ss 
ya, EMAAR. oy AOS: cig 25°6: ;, 
», OVIpOs..... — 23 a 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, usque ad 1500'—Speci- 
mina numerosiora.—Frequenter occurrit in silvis et locis umbrosis, 
die in foliis latis crispis. 

Hee species valde distincta est femoribus omnibus extus transverse 
nigro-striolatis. 

Near the sea-level to 1500 feet. The species is pretty common 
in forest and shady places, secreting itself during the day in large 
curled leaves. Colours do not change much in drying.—JZ. H. 8. 


Genus CyrtopHyxiuvs, Burm. 


1. C. creprrans, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVII. fig. 14, a, b,c.) 

Statura robusta. Flavo-viridis. Pronotum in parte posteriore 
carinis lateralibus distinetis. LElytra latissima, valde convexa, 
marge antico albido, basi interdum purpureo-maculato, 
margine postico valde rotundato, semicirculum formante ; 
vena radials fere tota cum vena subcostali unita, valde flexuosa, 
postice ramos 4 obliquos, parallelos emittens. Campus anticus 
elytrorum latus, vers parallelis regularibus numerosis; campus 
posticus venis transversis regulariter dispositis. Speculum 
3 ovoideum, campus analis in 3 brevis, parum longior quam 
latior, in 2 duplo longior quam lator, Ale hyaline. 
Femora antica intus spinis 6, extus 1 instructa, femora inter- 
media extus spinis 6, postica extus circiter 11 armata. Lobi 
geniculares omnes breviter spinosi. Segmentum anale 38 apice 
m lobum productum, apice ipso dilatatum et truncato-emargi- 
natum. Cerci 3 simplices, cylindrici, obtusi, et apice hamo 
mstruch. Lamina subgenitalis 3 longitudinaliter cristata, 
apice profunde excisa, stylis longis et supra corum basin dente 
parvo apicali mstructa. Lamina subgenitalis Q apice pro- 
funde rotundato-excisa. Ovipositor longus, sensim acuminatus 
et ncurvus, apice ferrugineo vel olivaceo. 3 Q. 


Ss} g. 
Long. corpor..... 40-42 millim. 40-42 millim. 
eDEOHOL. <2: O70 a 9°3 Pe 


ye elytror. 2. 43, oe 46°8 a 
pe tei. post... | 27 3 32°5 3 
OVipos..... 93 24 cf 


emt elyttar.......-- 26°59 a5 24 5 


214 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [Mar. 19, 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria. 

Hee species differt ab congenericis (Cyrt. perspicillatus, Burm., 
et C. concavus, Harr.) elytris latissimis, valde convexis, forma 
genitalium, etc.; habitu similis est generi Coryco, Sauss. (cf. 
Krauss, “Beitrag z. Kenntniss westafrikanischer Orthopt.,” Spengel’s 
Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 344). 

Lot 14 Estate in April.—JH. H. 8. 


Tribus CoNoCEPHALID. 
Genus CorropHora, Serville. 
1. C. BREvicorRNIs, Redt. 
Copiophora brevicornis, Redtenbacher, Monogr. d. Conoceph., 
Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1891, p. 343 (29). 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side—Specimen unicum, haud 
adultum. Occurrit etiam in Peru (Redt.). 
Lot 14 Estate in April—H. H. 8. 


Genus Conocrepuatus, Thunberg. 

1. C. eurratus, Serv. 

Conocephalus guttatus, Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. p. 518 
(1839) ; Redtenbacher, Monogr. d. Conoceph. p. 392 (78). 

Patria: St. Vincent, Golden Grove estate, leeward side (300’).— 
Specimina nonnulla, collecta mense Decembri.—Occurrit etiam 
in Mexico, America centrali, Columbia, Venezuela, et in insulis 
Cuba et Jamaica (Redt.). 

Lot 14 Estate in April; also at Golden Grove.—H. H. S. 


2. C. muticus, Redt. 

Conocephalus muticus, Redtenbacher, 1891, Monogr. d. Cono- 
ceph. p. 393 (79). 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimen unicum.—Occurrit etiam in 
insula Cuba (Redt.). 


3. C. max1LLosus, Fabr. 

Locusta mavillosa, Fabricius, 1794, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 37. 

Conocephalus mazillosus, Serville, 1839, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. 
p- 520; Redtenbacher, Monogr. Conoceph. p. 396 (82). 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side; Union Island.—Specimina 
compluria.—Occurrit etiam in insulis Cuba et Domingo, in Guyana, 
Brasilia, Bolivia (Redt.). 

Lot 14 Estate in April; Chateaubelais in September.—H. H. S. 


4. C. rnruscatus, Scudder. 


Conocephalus infuscatus, Scudder, 1875, Entom. Notes v. p. 19 ; 
Redtenbacher, Monogr. Conoc. p. 398 (84). 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria.— 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 215 


Occurrit etiam in Cuba, Panama, Venezuela, Guyana, Brasilia 
et Peru (Redt.). 
Lot 14 Estate in April; Chateaubelais in September.—dZ. H. S. 


5. C. rrater, Redt. 

Conocephalus frater, Redtenbacher, Monogr. Conoc. 1891, p. 399 
(85). 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimen unicum.—Occurrit etiam in 
Cuba, Trinidad, Brasilia (Redt.). 


6. C. nreTEROPvsS, Bolivar. 


Conocephalus heteropus, Boliv. 1881, Notas entomol. y. p. 50; 
1884, Artr. Viaje al Pacif. p. 94; Redtenbacher, Monogr. Conoc. 
p- 400 (86). 

Patria: St. Vincent——Specimen unicum.—Occurrit etiam in 
Brasilia, Peru, Chili (Zed¢.). 

Chateaubelais in July.—H. H. S. 


7. C. MACROPTERUS, Redt. 

Conocephalus macropterus, Redtenbacher, 1891, Monogr. Conoc. 
p. 402 (88). 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimen wnicum.—Occurrit etiam in 
Mexico, Martinique, Cuba, Brasilia, Peru, Republica Argentina 
( Redt.). 

Chateaubelais in July —H. H. 8. 


8. C. punctipses, Redt. 
Conocephalus punctipes, Redtenbacher, 1891, Monogr. Conoc. 
p-. 422 (108). 


Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side (500').—Specimina nonnulla, 
collecta mense Augusto. 
Chateaubelais in September ; Lot 14 Estate.—H. H. S. 


9. C. SURINAMENSIS, Redt. 


Conocephalus surinamensis, Redtenbacher, Monogr. Conoce. p. 423 
(109). ; 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimina duo.—Occurrit in India occi- 
dentali, Guyana (Redt.). 

Chateaubelais in September; Lot 14 Estate.—ZH, H. S. 


Genus XipHipivuM, Serville. 


1. X. SALTATOR, Sauss. 

Xiphidium saltator, Saussure, Orth. nova Amer. i. p. 12 (1859) ; 
Redtenbacher, 1891, Monogr. Conoe. p. 507 (193). 

Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side (500').—Specimina duo, 
collecta mense Augusto.— Occurrit etiam in Cuba, Panama, 
Columbia, Venezuela, Guyana, Brasilia, Uruguay (Red¢.). 


216 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON _ [ Mar. 15, 


2. X. pRoPINQqUUM, Redt. 

Xiphidium propinquum, Redtenbacher, 1891, Monogr. d. Conoc. 
p- 523 (209). 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina nonnulla.— 
Occurrit etiam in Guatemala, Venezuela (fed¢.). 


Tribus STENOPELMATID&. 
Genus PHERTERUS, Brunner. 
1. P. cuspensis, de Haan. 


Rhaphidophorus cubensis, de Haan, 1842, Bijdragen tot de kennis 


der Orthoptera, p. 218. 
- Pherterus cubensis, Brunner, Monogr. d. Stenopelm. et Gryllacr. 
p. 282 (38). 

Patria: St. Vincent, Richmond valley (1200-1800').—Specimina 
duo, collecta in silvis densis et humidis sub lignis et fruticibus, 
mensibus Decembri et Januario.—Occurrit etiam in insulis Cuba, 
Haiti, et in Brasilia (Brunner). 


6. Familia GRYLLODEA. 
Tribus GRYLLOTALPID. 
Genus GryYLLOTALPA, Latr. 
1. G. HEXADACTYLA, Perty. 
Gryllotalpa hexadactyla, Perty, 1830, Delect. Anim. Art. p. 119, 
pl. xxiii. fig. 9; Saussure, Miss. scient. au Mexique, p. 344. 
Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side (500').—Specimen unicum, 


collectum vespere mense Augusto.—Occurrit etiam in Mexico, 
Brasilia (Sauss.). 


Genus ScaprEeRiscus, Scudder. 

1. S. pipactyLus, Latreille. 

Gryllotalpa didactyla, Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. xii. p. 122 (1802). 

Scapteriscus didactylus, Sauss. Miss. scient. au Mexique, p. 338. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side, Golden Grove 
estate (300').—Specimina compluria, collecta vespere mense 
Januario.—Occurrit etiam in Haiti, Portorico, Panama, Costarica, 
Surinam, Brasilia, Peru, Uruguay, et Republica Argentina (coll. 
Brunner). 

Genus Tripactyuus, Oliv. 

1. T. minutus, Scudder. 

Tridactylus minutus, Scudd., Bost. Journ of Nat. Hist. vii. p. 425 
(1862); Sauss. Miss. scient. au Mexique, p. 353. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria, 
collecta in litore maritimo.—Occurrit etiam in Texas (coll. Brunner), 
Ilhnois (Sauss.). 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 217 


Tribus GRYLLIDZ. 
Genus ANUROGRYLLUS, Sauss. 
1. A. muticus, de Geer. 


q Gryllus muticus, de Geer, 1773, Mém. Ins. iii. p. 520, pl. 43. 
ees 

Anurogryllus muticus, Sauss. Mélang. Orthopt. v. p. 452. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side (500'-1000'). 
—Specimina nonnulla, collecta vespere in silvis mensibus Januario 
et Augusto.—Occurrit etiam in Haiti, Mexico, Panama, Venezuela, 
Surinam, Brasilia (coll. Brunner, Sauss.). 


Genus Gryxuvs, Linn. 


1. G. assimruis, Fabr. (var. cUBENSIS, Sauss.). 

Gryllus assimilis, Fabr. S. E. 280, 3 (1775); E. S. ii. p. 29, 4; 
Saussure, Miss. Scient. au Mexique, p. 396; id. Mélang. Orth. v. 
p- 318. 

Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimen unicum.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba, 
Martinique, Brasilia, Columbia, Mexico, et in provinciis meridio- 
ualibus Civitatum Unitarum (coll. Brunner, Sauss.). 


Genus GRYLLODES, Sauss. 


1, G. ruFipes, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVII. fig. 15.) 

Statura majore. Fusco-niger. Caput nigro-nitidum, glabrum, 
unicolor, exceptis ocellis flavis (fascia supra-antennali testacea 
nulla). Pronotum teres, fusco-nigrum, pilosum ; lobi laterales 
margine wmferiore rotundato, retrorsum nonnihil ascendente ; 
dorsum pronoti margine antico et macula discoidali cruciformi 
obscure rubris. Hlytra 2 lobiformia, metanotum parum 
superantia, dorso distincte (1 mm.) remota, castanea, basi palli- 
diora, ovata, fere circularia, venis longitudinalibus parallelis 
instructa. Abdomen fusco-nigrum, pilosum, subtus pallidius. 
Femora omnia cum tibus tarsisque rufo-ferruginea. Femora 
postica extus indistincte et oblique obscure striata. Tibi antice 
mtus tympano nullo, extus tympano angusto, elliptico. Tibice 
postice superne utringue 5-spinose.  Metatarsus sposticus 
articulis duobus sequentibus unitis longior. Ovipositor femoribus 
posticis subaequilongus, apice utrinque bispinosus. @. 


TUG HCOED OTe, io las os sess 22°5 millim. 
25 (URCTGis “Sedans seas bc Achy tae 
ete s\ (1. are speed: aie. 
Mpa ghee POSL.. © 3 sein «5-5 ls'3 "S, 
er ROOVEIONIE. <0: ppt tage tei) 7/1 3 


Patria: St. Vincent, Richmond valley (1200').—Specimen unicum, 
collectum sub virgultis in silvis humidis mense Januario.—Heec 
species, valde affinis Gr. guyannensi et la-plate, Sauss. (Mél. 
Orthopt. v. pp. 383 et 384), faciliter distinguenda est capite uni- 
colore, statura majore, pedibus ferrugineis. 


218 


IE 


MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON _ | Mar. 15, 


Tribus MyrmMEcorHiLiD&. 


Genus Ectatopervs, Guérin. 
E. ANTILLARUM, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVII. fig. 16, a, 5.) 


Corpus totum albido-squamosum. Caput cum pectore superne fer- 


rugineum, subtus testaceum. Protuberantia facialis per suleum 
longitudinalem minutissimum, subobsoletum divisa. Articulus 
ultimus palporum mawxillarium brevis, conicus, apice oblique 
truncatus. Pronotum in § valde productum, basin abdominis 
necnon elytra tota obtegens, postice rotundatum, in Q breve, 
parum longius quam latius, margine postico truncato. Pedes 
omnes testacer.  Femora postica tibiis cum metatarso unitis 
equilonga. Tibie posticw fusco-serrulate ; metatarsus posticus 
elongatus, superne serrulatus. Abdomen totum fusco-nigrum, 
segmentis omnibus apice plus minusve pallide ferrugineo-mar- 
ginatis. Lamina subgenitalis 3 lata, rotundata. Cerci 9 
ovipositorem distincte superantes ; hic rectus, femoribus posticis 
subequilongus, castaneus, apice incrassato, acuminato. of @. 


3 2 
Long. corpor......... 9 millim. 9°5 millim. 
Sue BLONG tert St ee Pi ee oe 
ioe ClYIROr Ate Ss ene ? = 
5 fem: posts. 2163) 5 bag 6 u 
ogf/ MOWIPORI beh... jot sed == 55 5: 9g. 


Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina tria (unum im- 
perfectum). 

Valde affinis Het. varicolori (Sauss. Mél. Orth. v. p. 475), 
distinguitur colore capitis; pronoto breviore. 


1 


Tribus @icanTHipZ&, 
Genus Laranpus, Walker. 


. L. Marmoratus, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVII. fig. 17.) 


Testaceus, ubique fusco-marmoratus, nigro-pilosus. Antenne lon- 


gissime, fusce, leviter pallide annulate. Frons angusta ; fas- 
tigium frontis articulo primo antennarum angustius. Ocelli 
in triangulum elongatum, acutwm dispositi ; ocellus medius in 
fossula leviter impressa situs. Pronotwm superne impressione 
cruciformi, parum profunda; lobi laterales subtus rotundati, 
margine inferrore valde obliquo. Elytrum sinistrum squami- 
forme, minimum, ovatum, dextrum (an fortuiter?) nullum. 
Pedes omnes fusco-annulati.  Femora postica valida, haud 
inflata, tibuis longwra. Femora antica gracilia. Tibie antice 
tympano utringue nullo. Tibie postice superne 4:4 spinose, 
inter spinas (exceptis duabus ultimis) distincte serrulate. Calearia 
extus 3, intermedius longus, inferior et supernus breves. Meta- 
tarsus posticus articulo tertio multo longior, subtus haud cari- 
natus, superne utringue 5-spiulosus. ¢. 


1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 219 


Long. corpor. ............ 12°5 millim. 
sy SBEOUGG: Sons hb at oe AS 
Suh IQA EE te feta tis oe oF 3 ORO |< x5 


Wil) NEE MIeS POBbia? » dine ons Goh NTO OO he 


Patria: St. Vincent.—Specimen unicum. 
Valde affinis videtur LZ. rogenhoferi, Sauss. (Mél. Orthopt. vi. 


p- 550), differt colore pallidiore, fusco-marmorato, tibiis posticis 4:4 
spinosis, statura minore, etc. 


Genus Enpacustes, Brunner. 
1. E. pispar, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVII. fig. 18.) 


Fulvo-testaceus, fusco-marmoratus et irroratus. Antenne pallide 
et remote annulate. Frons nigra, fascia intermedia longitudinal, 
deorsum latiore, usque ad labrum extensa, necnon utrinque fascia 
infraoculart angusta flavis. Frontis rostrum articulo primo 
antennarum angustius. Ocelli flavi, in triangulum acutum 
dispositi. Pronotum sulco subtili longitudinali instructum, im 
medio nonnihil excavatum. LElytrum sinistrum (an fortuiter ?) 
nullum ; elytrum dextrum fere circulare, campo antico (lateralt) 
ante apicem nonnihil emarginato, venis tribus percurrentibus, 
necnon inter venum primam et secundam vena abbreviata in- 
structo ; campo postico (dorsali) venis parallelis 6 subaque 
distantibus. Ale nulla. Corpus totum nigro-pilosum. Pedes 
minus elongati, fusco-annulati. Tibice postice femorrbus posticis 
nonnihil breviores, superne serrulate, dimidia parte apicali 
utrinque spinis 4 equalibus fuscis, apice pallidis. Calearia extus 
tria, intermedio longiore, intus duo longa, equalia. Tarsi 4 
antici testacei, articulo primo basi flavo, dehine fusco, posticr 
unicolores, ferruginel ; metatarsus posticus superne extus spinulis 
4, intus 3 instructus. Ovipositor femoribus posticis equilongus, 
gracilis, valuulis apice lanceolato, in spinam producto. Cerci? 


oO. 


DORGUEGEPOF.— 2. Aas sa. 2OFO 
a Mproneby “E> 2 os nee es | 
ft) velyIIOES..2 222 eigaye st 8t2 
wp) dems Pest. wise. aa lS 
ta eB ULY cian chen <3, 2/alpuind Tosa ee 
Sy MOVIPOSIES > «ij. aarwanwrawho 


millim. 
2” 


22 


Patria: St. Vincent, Richmond valley, 1200'.—Specimen unicum, 
collectum in silvis humidis sub virgultis mense Januario. 

Hee species valde affinis videtur End. irrorato, Sauss. (Mél. 
Orthopt. p. 576), multo magis autem speciei in collectione Brunner 
v. Wattenwyl (in Madagascar collect), que etiam dextro tantum 
elytro instructa est; ab ambabus tamen speciebus differt calcaribus 
duobus tantum in latere interno tibiarum posticarum insertis. 


220 | ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. [Mar. 15, 


Tribus TRIGONIDIIDZ. 
Genus CyrtoxipHus, Brunner. 


1. C. virratus, Bolivar. 

Cyrtoxyphus vittatus, Bol. Orth. de Ile de Cuba, p. 44 (1888). 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, 1500'.—Specimina compluria. 
—Occurrit etiam in insula Cuba (Boliv.). 


2. C. GUNDLACHI, Saussure. 


Cyrtoxypha gundlachi, Sauss. Miss. scient. au Mexique, p. 373, 
pl. vii. fig. 2. 

Cyrtoryphus gundlachi, Sauss. Mélang. Orthopt. vi. p. 620. 

Patria: St. Vincent, 1500'.—Specimen unicum, collectum in 
silva mense Augusto.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba, Brasilia (Sawss.). 


Tribus ENEOPTERID. 
Genus Orocuaris, Uhl. 


1. O. GRyYLLODEs, Pallas. 


Gryllus gryllodes, Pall. Spicileg. Zoolog. 1772, p. 16, pl. iii. 

fig. 10. 
ares gryllodes, Saussure, Miss. scient. au Mexique, p. 495; 
Mél. Orthopt. vi. p. 755. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, prope Richmond River, 800’. 
—Specimina nonnulla, capta in silvis sub lapidibus mense Novembri. 
—Occurrit etiam in Texas, Mexico, insula San Domingo, etc. (coll. 
Brunner, Saussure). 


Genus Merrypus, Brunner. 


1. M. turipus, Saussure. 


Metrypa lurida, Sauss. Miss. scient. au Mexique, p. 513. 

Metrypus luridus, Sauss. Mélang. Orthopt. vi. p. 813. 

Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina duo (unum im- 
perfectum).—Occurrit etiam in Cuba (Sauss.). 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Puate XV. 


Fig. 1a. Anaptycta bipunctulata, p. 202. 
5 ; elytrum sinistrum (magnitudine aucta). 

2a. Pseudophyllodromia semivitrea, p. 203. Q (magnitudine aucta). 

; elytrum dextrum (magnitudine aucta). 

3. Epilampra brevis, p. 203. ¢. 

4, Homalopteryx laminata, p. 204. 9. 

5. Stylopyga antillarum, p. 204. : 

6. Holocompsa collaris, p. 205; elytrum et ala sinistra (magnitudine 
aucta). 

7. Paraspheria nigra, p. 206. Q. 

8a. Parastagmatoptera lobipes, p.206. ¢. 

b. ; caput cum pronoto necnon pedibus anticis a latere visum. 
9a. Phanocles curvipes, p. 207. ¢&. 
3 caput cum pronoto 9 a latere visum. 


6, —— 


6, — 


Pi. 5 18oo) EL vie 


J. Smit del. et lith Mintern Bros. imp. 
HEMIGALE HOSEL. 


Po ZS 51@9 4 Sees 


M.H.¥ssher delet hth Mintern Bros. imp. 


SKULLS OF BORNEAN MAMMALS. 


1892.] ON MAMMALS FROM NORTH BORNEO. 221 


Puate XVI. 


_ Fig. 10. Tettia quadriundulatus, p. 208. 2 (magnitudine aucta). 
lla. Caletes apterus, p. 210. @Q. 

——; a supero visus. 

12. Bliastes superbus, p. 211. @. 

striolatus, p. 212. = 

; abdomen ¢ a latere visum. 

; abdomen ¢ a supero visum. 


6, —— 


Le 


Prats XVII, 
Fig. 14a. Cyrtophyllus crepitans, p. 213. ¢. 
; segmentum anale ¢ a supero yisum. 
3 cercus sinister ¢. 
; lamina subgenitalis ¢ ab infero visa. 
15.  Gryllodes rufipes, p. 217. : 
16a. Ectatoderus antillarum, p. 218. . 


¢—- 


17. Larandus marmoratus, p- 218. ¢ (magnitudine aucta). 
18. LEndacustes dispar, p. 219. Q. 


2. On some Mammals from Mount Dulit, North Borneo. 
By Oxprrexp Tuomas. 
[Received February 20, 1892. ] 
(Plates XVIII. & XIX,). 


In 1889 I had the honour of presenting to the Society a paper on 
the Mammals of Mount Kina Balu, the highest mountain in Northern 
Borneo, and one previously quite unexplored zoologically. Thanks 
to the energy of Mr. Charles Hose, a gentleman who has already 
distinguished himself by his discoveries in the district of Baram, 
N.E. Sarawak, I am enabled now to give an account of some Mammals 
collected on Mount Dulit, a mountain about 9000 feet in altitude, 
standing at the head of the Baram River. 

In the autumn of last year Mr. Hose made a successful expedition 
up Mount Dulit, collecting a large number of specimens at altitudes 
of from 2000 to 5000 feet, and thereby affording usa very good idea 
of the fauna of the mountain. 

On the whole, judging from the present collection, it may be said 
that the Mammal-fauna of Dulit is very much the same as that of 
Kina Balu, there being no instance of a representative but different 
species *, while two of the peculiar Kina Balu species reappear here 
on Dulit. In all probability, therefore, we may look upon Mr. Hose’s 
valuable collection as supplementary to that of Mr. Whitehead, and 
may expect that in time most of the members of both the collections 
will be found to occur on both the mountains. This is the more 
likely as the collections were made at very different seasons of the 
year, when different forms of animal life would he en évidence. Thus 
Mr. Hose’s collection is especially rich in Tupaie, of which two are 
new, while Mr. Whitehead’s was equally rich in Rats, Mice, and 

1 Tn the case of the birds, however, Calyptomena hosei, Sharpe, represents C. 


whiteheadi, Sharpe, and Harpactes dulitensis, Grant, represents 78 oreskios, the 
latter oceurring in Malacca, Sumatra, and Java as well as on Mt. Kina Balu, 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XVI. 16 


222 MR. O. THOMAS ON [ Mar. 15, 


Shrews, and this difference between the two collections, while 
increasing the number of species, decreases the value of any com-- 
parisons of the two mountain-faunas. 

The Dulit Mammals amount to 14, of which four are new, the 
Kina Balu to 21, and, 5 being common to both, the two mountains 
together contain, so far as is yet known, a total of 30 species. Of 
these the large proportion of 9 are peculiar to these mountains, but 
this proportion will probably be reduced as our knowledge of the 
mammals inhabiting the low countries near the mountains is extended. 
As a contribution towards this knowledge, a nominal list of the 
mammals collected by Messrs. Hose and A. H. Everett near the 
mouth of the Baram River is appended below. By this it will be 
seen that there is a far greater essential difference between the Dulit . 
and Baram faunas than there is between those of Dulit and Kina Balu. 

Mr. Hose is to be congratulated on the interest and value attaching 
to this mountain-collection, and especially on his discovery of the 
new Hemigale, a species very distinct from its only ally, and 
belonging to an Order, the Carnivora, in which novelties are now 
excessively rare. 


1. Hemica.e nose!, Thos.’ (Plate XVIII.) 


a. 3. 4000 feet. 50/9/91. Type. 

Size and proportions very much those of H. hardwickei, although 
the skull seems to be rather more lightly built. General colour above 
uniform dark smoky brown or black, the bases of the body-hairs 
whitish. Sides of muzzle at the roots of the whiskers white, the 
corresponding place in H. hardwickei being black ; cheek below eye 
and a patch above and behind it grizzled brownish white. Lars 
thinly haired, pure white on their inner aspect; edges in marked 
contrast to the black crown. Chin white; chest, belly, and inner 
sides of limbs proximally smoky yellowish grey. Rest of limbs and 
whole of tail black. 

Skull (Plate XIX. figs. 1-3) rather sleuderer and lighter than 
that of specimens of H. hardwickei of similar age and sex. Muzzle 
rather more parallel-sided, not tapering so much anteriorly. Infra- 
orbital foramina comparatively large. 

Teeth very much more delicate than those of the allied species. 
Canines long and slender. P' long antero-posteriorly, double-rooted, 
with accessory cusps, like p*, and like the p* of H. hardwickei, in 
which p' is simple and single-rooted. Other teeth above similar in 
shape to those of H. hardwickei, although markedly smaller, and 
with their inner lobes especially reduced. M*, however, is as large 
as in H. hardwickei, ©’ and m* being approximately equal. Similarly 
below the teeth are smaller and narrower, but p!' and m? are less so 
in proportion. 

Dimensions (approximate, from skin) :— 

Head and body 540 millim.; tail 320; hind foot 78. 

Skull: basal length 89; greatest breadth 45:3; interorbital 


1 Preliminary diagnoses of the new species have been given, Ann. Mag. N. 
H, (6) ix. pp. 250-253. 


1892.] MAMMALS FROM NORTH BORNEO. 223 


breadth 18°8; tip to tip of postorbital processes 22°5; inter- 
temporal breadth 14:3; palate, length 54, breadth at posterior 
corner of p* 25; length of palatine foramina 5:2; greatest diameter 
of infraorbital foramina 5:9. 

Teeth: combined breadth of upper incisors 11-2 ; antero-posterior 
length of p’ 4°6, p* 4-9, p® 5°7, Pp‘ 6:1, m' 4:8, m* 4:3; greatest 
transverse diameter of p* 6°6, of m* 5:5. 

This striking species is certainly the chief prize of the collection, 
as new Carnivores are very rare, and so distinct a new species has 
not been described for many years. 

That H. hosei is not simply a melanism of H. hardwickei is proved 
by the white patches on the muzzle, the white ears, whitish under- 
side, and also by the differences in the size of the teeth. 

Some animal similar to this, and possibly of the same species, was 
seen by Mr. Whitehead on Mount Kina Balu, and it is certainly 
very unlikely that an animal of this sort should be confined to one 
mountain. We may therefore expect that other specimens of it will 
turn up as the mountain-systems of N. Borneo are more thoroughly 
explored. 


2. HerpEsTes SEMITORQUATUS, Gray. 

a. 2000 feet. 23/9/91. 

The Museum possesses a specimen of this rare Mungoose from 
Baram, besides the type, of which the exact locality in Borneo was 
not recorded. 


3. RarinoLopaus Luctus, Temm. 

a. 9. 4000 feet. 29/9/91. 

As remarked by Dr. Dobson, this Bat is a regular highland species, 
and seems to occur on all the higher mountains of the Oriental 
region. 


4. Tupara TANA, Raff. 
a. 4000 feet. 10/91. 


5. TupatA MONTANA, Thos.’ 
a. 


3. 5000 feet. 14/10/91. Type. 

b. &. 3000 feet. 25/9/91. 

c. Immature ¢. 4000 feet. 10/91. 

Size much as in Malaccan specimens of 7. ferruginea (Bornean 
ones are rather larger), but the tail shorter in proportion. General 
colour above dusky olive, with a strong rufous suffusion; head clearer 
olive. Back, in fully adult specimeus, with a deep black median 
line running from the withers to the rump, but broadening out and 
becoming less sharply defined in its posterior half. Under surface 
greyish orange, the hairs grey at their bases, broadly washed 
terminally with rich olive-yellow. Tail concolorous with the body, 
not greyer, as it is so markedly in 7’. ferruginea ; grizzled black and 
shining ferrugineous above ; below the central short-haired part is 


1 Zc. p. 252. 
16* 


224 MR. O. THOMAS ON [Mar. 15, 


grey, then laterally there is a broad band on each side of rich olive- 
yellow, and the tips are grizzled yellow and black. 

Skull and teeth apparently not definitely distinguishable from 
those of 7. ferruginea. Zygomatic vacuity large, widely open, about 
5 x 2 millim. in the type. 

Dimensions :—Head and body (c.) 200 millim.; tail (c.) 140 (the 
extreme tip of the tail in the type is apparently wanting ; the tail- 
length in 0 and ¢ is 127 and 153 respectively); hind foot 41. 

Skull: basal length (c.) 45°5; greatest breadth 27 ; anterior rim 
of orbit to nasal tip 22°5; interorbital breadth 15; palate, length 
27°8, breadth outside m* 16:4, inside m* 9-7; diastema between i 
and ¢ 4-5, between ¢ and p* 1*1; front of i to back of m* 27. 

T. montana is most nearly allied to T. ferruginea, Raff., and T. 
picta, Thos.’ It is distinguished from both by the colour of its tail, 
the former having this member dull annulated grey, and the latter 
brilliant rufous; it has alsoa shorter tail than either. From the 
former again it is separated by developing in old age a median dorsal 
black line, and from the latter, in which the line is present at all 
ages, by its less sharp definition, and also the greater uniformity of 
the general dorsal coloration. 


6. Tupata MINOR, Giinth. 


a. &. 4500 feet. 9/10/91. 

b. 2. 4000 feet. 10/10/91. 

These specimens precisely agree with Dr. Giinther’s types, and 
equally differ from the typical 7’. javanica in their smaller size and 
pure white bellies. 


7. TUPAIA MELANURA, Thos.” 


a. 2. 5000 feet. 10/91. Type. 

Size very small, less than in J. minor. Fur very soft, close, and 
velvety. General colour dark olivaceous grey, finely sprinkled with 
yellow, a slight suffusion of dark rufous on the rump and base of 
tail. Face rather clearer olive ; a short orange-coloured stripe above 
and below the eye, but not passing backwards towards the ear. No 
pale shoulder-stripe present. Belly-hairs grey basally, washed termi- 
nally, from chin to anus, with bright orange. Outer sides of limbs like 
back, inner sides like belly ; upper surfaces of hands and feet nearly 
black. Tail furred and coloured like body for about its basal inch 
and a half above and half inch below, but beyond that it differs from 
that of all other species by being quite cylindrical and short-haired, 
the hairs being closely adpressed and not forming a terminal pencil; 
in colour the short-haired part is deep jet-black throughout. 

Skull (Plate XIX. figs. 4 and 5) delicate, smooth, and evenly 
rounded. Zygomatic foramen reduced to a minute oval opening, 
which will scarcely admit the point of a needle. Palate without 
vacuities. 

Teeth. 1 nearly as long as i’ ; double-rooted. Canine and Pp” also 


' Described Ann. Mag, N. H. (6) ix. p. 251, 
2 Lye. p. 252, 


1892. ] MAMMALS FROM NORTH BORNEO. 225 


both double-rooted. Lower teeth as in 7. minor except that ¢ is 
smaller and j3 and p? larger in proportion, so that the tooth-row 
appears as a whole to be more uniform. 

Dimensions (approximate, from skin) :— 

Head and body 125 millim. ; tail 136; hind foot 29-7. 

Skull: basal length 30; greatest length 36, greatest breadth 17:7 ; 
nasal length 13 ; interorbital breadth 10 ; intertemporal breadth 14 ; 
palate, length 18°2, breadth outside m* 9-6, inside m* 5-4; diastema 
between i? and ¢ 2-0, between ¢ and p* 0:4. Vertical length of i' 2:1, 
of i? 1-7, of ¢ 1°5. Front of i' to back of m* 17-7. 

This beautiful little species is the most interesting of the Tupaie 
obtained, as it forms a connecting-link with the two species belonging 
to the genus Dendrogale. That genus was founded by Dr. Gray and 
recognized by Dr. Anderson in his recent review of the Tupaiide 
mainly on account of its cylindrical tail, black-and-white banded 
cheeks, and the absence of the usual shoulder-stripe. Now 7. mela- 
mura on the one hand has a tail even slenderer and more cylin- 
drical than D. murina and D. frenata, and has no shoulder-stripe, 
while on the other its face-markings are quite as in Tupaia. One 
character, however, distinguishes Dendrogale, or at least D. frenata, 
from all the Tupaie, namely the extremely small size of the claws, 
both fore and hind; and so far as this character is concerned 
T. melanura is a true Tupaia, as it has claws quite as large in 
proportion as the other species. For the present therefore I consider 
it to be a T'upaia, and leave the validity of “ Dendrogale” as an open 
question to be settled when further, and especially spirit-, specimens 
are obtained. 


8. ScruRUS BICOLOR EPHIPPIUM, Temm. 
a. 9. 4000 feet. 10/91. 


9. Sciurus prevosti1, Desm. 

a,b. gS Q. 5000 feet. 10/91. 

Both these specimens are of the grey-backed form of this species, 
like specimens a—c of the Kina Balu collection. 


10. Sciurus noratus, Bodd. 

a. 3. 3500 feet. 20/9/91. 

This specimen, like the Kina Balu examples of the species, is of 
the blue-bellied type, and Mr. Hose remarks that he obtained 13 
skins, all like this one, during the same month. 


11. Scrurus BRooKEI, Thos.’ 


a. 3. 3800 feet. 25/9/91. 

b. 2. 5000 feet. 10/91. Type. 

About the size of Sciurus lokriah, Hodgs., or rather smaller ; 
decidedly larger than S. tenwis, Horsf. General colour above plain 
olive-grey, grizzled with yellow, but not so finely asin S. ¢enuis. 
Sides of body and outer and upper surfaces of limbs like the back, 


1 Lc. p. 253. 


226 ON MAMMALS FROM NORTH BORNEO. [Mar. 15, 


without the rufous suffusion characteristic of S. tenuis. Cheeks, 
anal region, and basal inch of tail below brilliant rufous. Chest and 
belly greyish white, the hairs grey basally, and dirty white termi- 
nally. Tail-hairs broadly annulated with black and pale yellow. 
Skull (Plate XIX. fig. 6) with an elongated tapering muzzle, dis- 
propertionately large for the size of the animal, although not nearly so 


‘ ; ; 2 
long as in S. rufigenis, everetti, &e. Premolars j. 


Dimensions of the type, an adult female in skin :— 

Head and body 205 millim.; tail, without hairs, 144; hind 
foot 37. 

Skull: basal length (c.) 37; bregma to nasal tip 32; greatest 
breadth 25°6 ; nasals, length 132, combined breadth 7 ; interorbital 
breadth 15; diastema 10°6; palate, length 22, breadth outside m' 
10:2, inside m! 6 ; front of p* to back of m® 7:4, 

This Squirrel belongs to a group of Oriental species characterized 
by their dull grizzled olive-grey colour, unstriped sides, and annu- 
lated black and yellowish tails. For ornamentation some of the 
species have rufous patches on the head, shoulders, hips, or tail, but 
some are quite without them, and in all they vary very much in their 
development. To this group belong S. chinensis, Gr., S. lokriah, 
Hodgs., S. lokrioides, Hodgs., S. tenuis, Horsf., 8S. lowii, Thos., 
S. philippinensiz, Waterh., and others. From all of these 8. brooket 
is readily distinguished by its bright rufous cheeks and base of tail, 
and by its size, in which respect it considerably exceeds S. tenuis and 
S. lowii, and falls short of all the rest. S. modestus, Miill. & Schl., 
I agree with Dr. Jentink * in considering synonymous with S. tenuis, 
as not only is Malacca the first-mentioned locality for it, but the 
figures both of animal and skull are identical with typical Malaccan 
and Singapore specimens. 

Of other Bornean species S. jentinki, Thos., is smaller and much 
more yellow above, while S. everetti, Thos., has a much more 
elongated muzzle, and neither of them has the rufous markings of 
S. brookei. 

I have taken the liberty of naming this species in konour of His 
Highness the Rajah of Sarawak, in whose service Mr, Hose is, and 
by whose active encouragement he has been enabled to do so much 
valuable zoological work in that interesting territory. 

This species must be very common on Mt. Dulit, as Mr. Hose 
states that he obtained 20 specimens of it while he was there. 


12. Scrurus mextanotis, Miill. & Schl. 
a. 6. 2000 feet. 10/91. 


13. ScituRUS WHITEHEADI, Thos. 


a. 3. 4000 feet. 10/91. 

This beautiful little species, described and figured in my paper on 
the Kina Balu mammals, has only been previously recorded from 
that mountain. 


1 Notes Leyd. Mus. y. p. 125 (1883). 


“SONVAANOTIOW SONIGHAL @ “WOVO Od YVInROIDIOSNVINY 1 


‘dur song ware qwuiyy TH Ise simwulemay ‘5 “2 


As 


1892.] ON NEW SPECIES OF TIMELIINE BIRDS, 227 


14. Cervutus mMuNTSIAC, Zimm. 
a. 2. 4000 feet. 10/91. 


The following is a list (inserted for comparison) of the mammals 
obtained during the past few years by Messrs. Hose and Everett 
at Baram, N.E. Sarawak, that district forming the lowland country 
between Mt. Dulit and the sea :— 


Hylobates leuciscus, Schr, Cynopterus spadiceus, Thos. 

—- miilleri, Mart. Rhinolophus luctus, Temm. 

Semnopithecus cristatus, Raff. Hipposiderus cervinus, Gould. 
chrysomelas, Mill. § Schl. 

— hosei, Thos. Sciuropterus pulverulentus, Giinth. 


horsfieldi, Waterh.} 
lepidus, Horsf. 
Felis bengalensis, Kerr (F. minuta, | Rheithrosciurus macrotis, Gray. 


rubicundus, Miill. § Schl. 


Temm.). Sciurus prevostii, Desm. 
planiceps, Vig. § Horsf. tenuis, Horsf. 
badia, Gray. —- lowii, Thos.” 
Hemigale hardwickei, Gray. Mus, sp. ine. (allied to M, coxingi, 
Herpestes brachyurus, Waterh, Swinh.). 
semitorquatus, Gray. Trichys guentheri, Thos, 
Tupaia ferruginea, Raff. Sus barbatus, Miill. § Schl. 
picta, Thos. Tragulus napu, 7. Cuv. 
dorsalis, Schi, Cervulus muntjac, Zimm. 
74-8 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prate XVIII. 
Hemigale hosei. 


Puate XIX. 


Figs. 1-3. Skull of Hemigale hosez, 
4, 5. Skull of Tupaia melanura, 
6. Skull of Sciurus brookei. 


3. Descriptions of some new Species of Timeliine Birds 
from West Africa. By R. Bowpier Suarrz, LL.D., 


FLS., &. 
[Received February 27, 1892.] 


(Plate XX.) 


My old friend Prof. Barboza du Bocage has recently sent me for 
comparison a very interesting bird, which he has received from his 
correspondent Senhor Francisco Newton, who is well known to Orni- 
thologists as the discoverer of several new and remarkable forms of 


1 T much regret to have to state that the Sciwropterus described by me 
(P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 74) as S. davisoni proves on re-examination, with larger series, 
to be referable to S. horsfieldi, whether that in its turn is or 1s not the same as 
S, sagitta, Linn. 

2 Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) ix. p. 253 (1892). 


228 ON NEW SPECIES OF TIMELIINE BIRDS. [Mar. 15, 


birds in the island of St. Thomas. This new species has a brown 
style of coloration which is characteristic of many Timeliine birds, 
but it seems to find its nearest ally ina Malayan genus Crateroscelis 
of Malacca and Borneo. It differs, however, from that genus in 
certain evident characters, which may be diagnosed as follows :— 


AMAUROCICHLA, gen. nov. 


Similar to Crateroscelis, but distinguished by the shape of the 
wing, the first primary being nearly as long as the second. Addi- 
tional characters are:—The bill is as long as the head, and rictal 
bristles are absent, while the tail-feathers are somewhat acuminate. 
The type is :— 


AMAUROCICHLA BOCAGII, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 1.) 


Adult. General colour above uniform chocolate-brown, the 
wings and tail a little darker than the back; lores and sides of 
face dark brown like back, the ear-coverts slightly rufescent, like 
the sides of the neck ; cheeks and throat whitish, with a slightly 
indicated malar line of rufous; lower throat and rest of under 
surface of the body rufous; the abdomen isabelline; under wing- 
coverts isabelline; quills sepia-brown below. Total length 5 
inches, culmen 0°8, wing 2°55, tail 1°55, tarsus 0°95. 

Hab. San Miguel, west coast of St. Thomas, West Africa. 


While describing this interesting species I may add the diagnosis 
of another Timeliine bird recently acquired by the British Museum, 
which also seems to be undescribed, and for which I propose the 
following name :— 


TURDINUS MOLONEYANUS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 2.) 


Adult. General colour rufous brown, inclining to chestnut on the 
lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts, as well as on the wings; 
primaries dusky, externally light rufous; tail-feathers light rufous 
brown, externally shaded with chestnut; crown of head slightly 
more dusky than the back; an indistinct line of ashy grey above 
the eye, and the feathers below the latter ashy; ear-coverts brown ; 
throat and under surface of body tawny rufous, more rufous on the 
fore neck, chest, and sides of body, the latter inclining somewhat to 
reddish brown ; thighs like the abdomen ; under tail-coverts light 
chestnut ; axillaries and under wing-coverts tawny rufous; quills 
dusky below, rufescent along the inner web. Total length 6-6 inches, 
culmen 0°85, wing 2°7, tail 2°5, tarsus 1-0. 

Hab. Gold Coast. 

The typical specimen was presented to the British Museum by 
Sir Alfred Moloney, who procured it during the time that he was 
Governor of the Colony. 


1892.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 229 


4, On the Classification of Birds. By Hans Gapow, M.A., 
Ph.D., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on 
Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University 
of Cambridge. 


[Received March 12, 1892.] 


By undertaking, in 1884, the continuation of the part ‘ Aves’ of 
Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs,’ I became 
pledged not only to a descriptive account of the anatomical structure 
of birds, but also to a systematic treatment of this Class with its 
Orders. 

The anatomical portion has been written with the view of ab- 
stracting therefrom aclassification. In the meantime (after Huxley, 
Garrod, Forbes, Sclater, and Reichenow’s systems) have appeared 
several other classifications: one each by Prof. Newton, Dr. Elliott 
Coues, Dr. Stejneger, Prof. Fuerbringer, Dr. R. B. Sharpe, and two 
or three by Mr. Seebohm. Some of these systems or classifications 
give no reasoning, and seem to be based upon either experience in 
ornithological matters or upon inclination—in other words, upon 
personal convictions. Fuerbringer’s volumes of ponderous size have 
ushered in a new epoch of scientific ornithology. No praise can be 
high enough for this work, and no blame can be greater than that it is 
too long and far too cautiously expressed. For instance, the introduc- 
tion of “ intermediate ” groups (be they suborders or gentes) cannot 
be accepted in a system which, if it is to be a working one, must 
appear in a fixed form. In several important points I do not agree 
with my friend ; moreover, I was naturally anxious to see what my 
own resources would enable me to find out. This is my apology for 
the new classification which I propose in the following pages. 

The author of a new classification ought to state the reasons which 
have led him to the separation and grouping together of the birds 
known to him. This means not simply to enumerate the characters 
which he has employed, but also to say why and howhe has used them. 
Of course there are characters and characters. Some are probably 
of little value, and others are equivalent to half a dozen of them. 
Some are sure to break down unexpectedly somewhere, others run 
through many families and even orders; but the former characters 
are not necessarily bad and the latter are not necessarily good. The 
objection has frequently been made that we have no criterion to 
determine the value of characters in any given group, and that 
therefore any classification based upon any number of characters 
however large (but always arbitrary, since composed of non-equivalent 
units) must necessarily be artificial and therefore be probably a 
failure. This is quite true if we take all these characters, treat them 
as all alike, and by a simple process of plus or minus, i. e. present 
or absent, large or small, 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., produce a “ Key,” but 
certainly not a natural classification. 

To ayoid this evil, we have to sift or weigh the same characters 
every time anew and in different ways, whenever we inquire into the 


230 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


degree of affinity between two or more species, genera, families, or 
larger groups of creatures. ; 

This I have tried to do in a manner hitherto not applied to birds ; 
it may have been done by others, but they have not published any 
account of this process. Certainly it has not been applied throughout 
the whole Class of Birds. 

I have selected about forty characters from various organic systems 
(see Appendix, p. 254), preferring such characters which either can 
be expressed by a formula or by some other short symbol, or which, 
during the working out of the anatomical portion of Bronn’s ‘ Aves,’ 
have revealed themselves as of taxonomic value, and of which I have 
learnt to understand the correlation, determining causes, and range of 
modification. Other characters, perhaps too complicated, too variable, 
or last, but not least, too imperfectly known in many birds, are left 
out or reserved for occasional employmeut. 

Of my 40 characters about half occur also in Fuerbringer’s table, 
which contains 51 characters. A number of skeletal characters I have 
adopted from Mr. Lydekker’s ‘ Catalogue of Fossil Birds,’ after having 
convinced myself, from a study of that excellent book, of their 
taxonomic value. Certain others referring to the formation of 
the rhamphotheca, the structure and distribution of the down in 
the young and in the adult, the syringeal muscles, the intestinal 
convolutions, and the nares, have not hitherto been employed in 
the Class of Birds. 

Groups of birds, arranged in bona fide families, sometimes only 
genera of doubtful affinity, were compared with each other— 
each family with every other family or group—and the number of 
characters in which they agree was noted down in a tabular form. 
Presumably families which agree in all the 40 characters would be 
identical, but this has never happened. There are none which differ 
in less than about 6, and none which agree in less than 10 points. 
The latter may be due to their all being birds. It is not easy to 
imagine two birds which would differ in all the 40 characters. 

In another table all the families were arranged in lines accord- 
ing to their numerical coincidences, aud attempts were made to 
arrange and to combine these lines of supposed affinities in tree-like 
branches !. These attempts are often successful’, often disappointing *. 


1 Many calculations are obviously unnecessary: for instance, the comparison 
of Geese with Parrots or Passeres ; Steganopodes with Swifts, Rollers, Trogons, 
&e. 

2 For instance, Pteroclide agree with Limicole and with Columbz in about 
29 points, with Alex and with Gallidz in 24, with Ralli in 21, with Lari only 
in 18.—Again, Lari agree with Alcx and with Limicol in 33 or 34; Limicolz 
agree with Alex, Lari, and Ralli each in 33, with Pterocles and Columb in 30 
or 31, with Gallidz in 26. Combination of these lines shows that Lari and 
Pterocles are widely divergent from each other, while they each separately agree 
closely with the Limicolx; in other words, Lariand Pterocles are specialized in 
two different directions as terminal divergent branches of one common 
Limicoline stock. 

3 The more generalized, or rather the less specialized, two given groups are, 
the more characters they will probably have in common, and similar false 
affinities will appear the more likely the greater the diversity of organic modifi- 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS, 231 


Of course this merely mathematical principle is scientifically faulty, 
because the characters are decidedly not all equivalent. ~ It may 
happen that a great numerical agreement between two families rests 
upon unimportant characters only, and a small number of coincidences 
may be due to fundamentally valuable structures, and in either case 
the true affinities would be obscured. This it was necessary to 
inquire into. But at any rate I obtained many hints from this 
simple mode of calculation, indicating the direction which further 
inquiry should take. 

The Psittaci may serve as an example of my mode of sifting 
characters. 

According to the numerical agreement of the 40 characters 
employed generally, we have the following table :— 

Psittaci agree with Coccyges in 31 points, with Pici in about 29, 
with Coraciide 25, Falconidee 25, Striges 22, Bucerotidee 22, 
Gallidz 21, against 19 points of difference. 

A previous line of investigation had revealed the fact that the 
Coccyges and Gallidz are intimately connected with each other 
through Opisthocomus. This knowledge obviated further inquiry as 
to the affinity between Psittaci and Gallide. 


I. Comparison of Psittaci with Falconide. 


Psitiacit and Falconide agree, Psittaci and Falconide differ. 
Nidicolous = Cuculi. Toes = Cuculi (not Pandion). 
Woolly nestlings. 10 remiges = Cuculide. 
Distribution of nestling downs. No vomer = Musophagide, 
Distribution of adult downs, Mandible = Musoph. 

Cervical apteria = Cuculi. + Ectepicondylar process = Cue. 
Dorsal apteria = Coccyges. +Tibial intercondylar tubercle=Cuce. 
Ventral apteria = Musophagide. Hypotarsus complex = Cue. 
Aftershaft = Musoph. Flexor tendons = Cue, 

Tufted oil-gland = Musoph. Garrod’s formula = Cuc. 
Aquinto-cubital. Large procoracoid process = Cue. 
Desmognathous = Cuculi. Thoracal haemapophyses = Cue. 

No basipteryg. proc. = Cuculi. Food = Musoph. 

Holorhinal = Cuculi. Cxca none = Musoph, 

Nares impervie = Cuculi. Syrinx specialized, 


Shallow temporal fossa. 

Number of cervical vertebree=Cuculi. y ; 
No spina interna = Cuculi. 14 negative points, 
Spina externa = Cuculi. 

Posterior sternal margin = Cuculi. 

Coracoids = Cuculi. 

Furcula = Cuculi. 

Humero-coracoid groove = Cuculi. 

Cervical hamapophyses = Cuculi. 

2 earotids = Cuculi. 

Tongue, 

Intestinal convolutions. 


26 positive points. 


cations within the various members of such groups, as, e. g., Tubinares and 
Accipitres, Limicola and Passeres. These are traps which it is not always 
easy to avoid, 


232 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


Of the 26 positive points not less than 19 are common to 
Falconide, Psittaci, and Coccyges. In the remaining 7 points 
Psittaci and Falconide agree together against Coccyges, namely 
nestlings, downs of young and adult, fifth cubital, temporal fossa, 
fleshy tongue, convolutions of intestines. Most of these characters 
seem important, especially the woolly nestlings, considering that 
Psittaci breed in holes, and agree in the convolutions in spite of the 
totally different food. 

On the other hand, the sifting of the 14 negative characters shows 
that in 13 of them the Parrots agree with Cuculide or with Muso- 
phagide, or with both, and differ along with the Coccyges from the 
Falconidz. The syrinx is an absolute specialization. Fuerbringer 
remarks that powder-downs, ceroma, and beak speak for Falconidz 
against Coccyges. Again, Psittaci and Falconide differ greatly in 
the formation of the furcula, in nearly the whole of the muscular 
system, and in the bones of the wings and legs. 

Conclusion.—The Psittaci are much more nearly allied to the 
Coccyges than to the Falconide, and of the Coccyges the Muso- 
phagide are nearer than the Cuculide because of the vegetable 
food, ventral pterylosis, presence of aftershaft, tufted oil-gland, 
absence of vomer, truncated mandible, and absence of ceca. 


II. Comparison of Psittaci, Coraciide, and Coccyges, based by 
Fuerbringer chiefly upon the pterylosis, anterior lateral pro- 
cess of the sternum, procoracoid process, clavicular connexion, 
hypotarsus, shortness of metatarsus, many muscles of the 
shoulder and thigh. He observes, however, that the greater 
number of characters is against this relationship. The com- 
parison made by me is given in the Table now before us (see 
p- 233). 


III. Comparison of Psittaci and Striges. 22 characters agree, 
18 differ ; the latter are :— 


Toes. . . Striges more primitive, although ectamphibolic. 
Downs of adult in Striges only upon apteria. 
Ventral pteryle. 

10 primaries. Striges with 11, 7. e. more primitive. 
Aftershaft large. 

Tufted oil-gland. 

Desmognathous. Striges more primitive. 

Vomer. Striges more primitive. 

Basipterygoid processes. Striges more primitive. 
Temporal fossa. 

Coracoids overlapping in Striges. 


233 


CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 


TABLE. 


Comparison of Psittaci, Coraciide, and Coccyges. 


Psittact = Coractide = Coccyges. 


Nidicolous. 

Cervical apteria. 

Primaries. 

Desmognathous. 

No basypteryg. proc. 

Holorhinal. 

Nares impervious. 

Mandible truncated. 

14 cervical vertebre. Cervical he- 
mapophyses. Thoracal hxema- 
pophyses. 

Spina externa. 

Spina interna. 

Posterior sternal margin. 

Coracoids. Procoracoid process. 

Furcula. 

Humero-coracoidal groove. 

Tibial intercondylar tubercle. 

Hypotarsus. 

2 carotids. 

Food. 


22 


Psittaci = Coraciide 
and differing from Coccyges. 


Dorsal-spinal apterium. 
Frequent absence of bony tibial 
bridge. 


2 


Psittact = Coceyges 
and differing from Coraciide. 


Toes. 

Ventral apteria. 

Aftershaft large (Musoph.). 
Oil-gland (Musoph.). 
Vomer. 

Ectepicondylar process. 
Toe flexors. 

Czeca absent (Musoph.), 


8 


Psittacit differing from 
Coractide and Coccyges. 


Downy nestlings. 

Downs of adult. 
Aquinto-cubital. 

Shallow temporal fossa. 
Tongue. 

Cxeca. 

Intestinal conyclutions!. 


7 


fe) eS 


1 The convolutions of the Psittaci are peculiar ; the telogyrous tendency of the loops resembles that of F. 
several Cuculidx, while on the whole the convolutions of the Psittaci combine a mixture of Coraciine and Cuculine characters. 


Aves, p. 708. 


alconidx, but this is also indicated in 
Cf. Broun, 


234 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


Intercondylar tubercle. 

Hypotarsus. Striges raptorial type. 
Thigh-muscles. Striges very specialized. 
Syrinx. Striges more primitive, Cuculiform. 
Intestinal convolutions. 

aor } Parrots specialized. 

These differences are important enough, not only on account of 
their number but also on account of their value, to remove Psittaci 
and Striges far from each other. Striges are perhaps on the whole 
more primitive, but both groups have been specialized in two different 
directions. Some of the agreements (e. g. absence of a bony tibial 
bridge, the sternal configuration) are most likely referable to the 
numerous organic links which connect the Coraciiformes and Cuculi- 
formes with each other. 


IV. Comparison of Psittaci with Pici. Curiously enongh these 
two groups have many characters in common, namely 29 
against 11. The differences are :— 


1. Woolly nestlings, although both breed in holes. 
2. Presence of downs in adult. 

3. Dorsal pterylosis. 

4. Large aftershaft (intermediate are, however, Capito and 

Indicator). 

5. Aquinto-cubital. 

6. No vomer. 

7. Flexor tendons of toes. 

8. Procoracoid process. 

9. Cervical heemapophyses. 
10. Syrinx. 

11. Intestinal convolutions. 

Of these differences Nos. 1, 2, 6, 7, 8, 10, and 11 are of great 
importance. 

Of the 29 positive characters or resemblances the form of the 
spina externa sterni alone is remarkable, otherwise nothing which 
cannot be explained equally well by the affinity of the Psittaci to 
the Coccyges or to the Coraciiformes, of which latter order, 
moreover, the Pici are an offshoot. The resemblances between the 
Pici and Psittaci have therefore chiefly to be looked upon as con- 
vergent analogies. 

Final Conclusion.—The sifting of all these characters shows an un- 
doubtedly close affinity between the Psittaci and Coraciide, but less 
intimate than with the Coceyges. The latter are, however, closely 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 235 


related to the Coraciidz, and are (as indicated by the Opisthocomus- 
Gallidz connexion) the lowest of the three groups of Psittaci, Cora- 
ciide,and Coccyges. Cuculidz, as well as Coraciid, are zoophagous, 
chiefly insectivorous. The Striges, as a lateral branch of the lower 
Coraciine stock, explain the considerable number of characters which 
connect the Striges with the Coccyges, 28 against 12, and with the 
Psittaci, 22 against 18. In our hypothetical tree the Psittaci would 
combine with the Coccyges into one bigger branch—Cuculiformes ; 
the Psittacine twig to stand between that of the Musophagide and 
looking towards the branch of the Striges, which again come out of 
the bigger branch of the Coraciiformes. This big branch and that 
of the Cuculiformes would ultimately combine into a still bigger 
branch ; below this bifurcation would come off Opisthocomus and 
lower still that of the Gallide. Thus the Psittaci permit us a glimpse 
at a large part of the Avine tree, namely at that big branch which 
downwards points towards the Galliformes and towards the Gallo- 
Ralline and Rallo-Limicoline region of the tree, while the same 
branch upwards ends not only in all the so-called Picarize but also 
in the Pico-Passeres. 

The laborious process exemplified in these comparisons was 
applied to all the families and was not without results, because certain 
families were gradually found to assume a central position 
towards which a number of others gravitated. Thus, for instance, 
the Coraciide had to be compared with not less than 10 other 
families ; the Gallide with 8, &c. Notoriously difficult forms, as, 
for instance, Trogons and Colies, naturally caused more trouble 
than others, since the number of comparisons had to be increased. 

The result of all this is the following classification. In the mode 
of denomination of the various smaller and larger combinations I 
have followed Fuerbringer’s plan. I am sorry that my classification 
does not bear greater resemblance to his, but nobody who has really 
studied Fuerbringer’s work will fail to perceive that I stand on my 
friend’s shoulders, or rather on his two fundamental volumes in 
addition to my own work. 

The subfamilies, which have been mentioned whenever desirable, 
end in ine. The families end in ide. 

The Families are combined into Suborders, indicated by substantival 
names. The Suborders are combined into OrpErs, ending in formes, 
with a Latin substantive stem. The Orders could, if necessary, be 
combined into Paya, ending in morphe, with a Greek substantive 
stem; these would correspond with Fuerbringer’s Orders, while 
my Orders are equivalent to his Suborders. 

The whole of the Class Aves has been divided into 2 Subclasses, 
to which the names of Archornithes and Neornithes have been given, 
the equivalent names of Saururz and Ornithure being objectionable, 
because there is no difference in the skeletal part of the tail of 
Archeopteryx and that of the Ratite, Crypturi, and Hesperornithide. 
The Neornithes are separated into the two Divisions of Ratite and 


236 - DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


Carinate. These names are likewise open to objection, but they have 
become household terms and they serve a practical purpose. 

Many attempts have been made to brigade together two and two 
of my orders into combinations intermediate in value between Orders 
and Phyla—for instance, Tubinariformes and Ardeiformes, Charadri- 
formes and Columbiformes—but ultimately these attempts have been 
abandoned as of little practical value. They are, however, conducive 
to the construction of the much searched for phylogenetic tree, but 
the very existence of such a single Avine tree is a problematic 
idea. 

Under the heading of each group, be it subfamily, order, or sub- 
class, is mentioned a variable number of characters. The sum total 
of these constitutes more than a diagnosis. The single characters 
themselves are not necessarily all those which have led to the 
establishment of the group in question, but the sum total of the 
characters mentioned has been thus arranged, first that it applies to 
all the members of the group, secondly that it does not occur again 
in those of any other group. 


Class AVES. 


Oviparous, warm-blooded, amniotic Vertebrates which have their 
anterior extremities transformed into wings. Metacarpus and fingers 
carrying feathers or quills. With an intertarsal joint. Not more 
than four toes, of which the first is the hallux. 


I. Subclass ARCHORNITHES, 


First, second, and third metacarpals and fingers separate. First 
finger with 2, second and third each with 3 phalanges. Lach finger 
with a claw. 

Upper jaw with conical teeth. 

Skeleton of posterior extremities typically avine. Feet four-toed. 
Hallux posterior. 

Vertebree amphiceelous. Caudal vertebra numerous, about 21, 
not terminating in a pygostyle. 

About 24 rectrices, attached in pairs to abovt 12 caudal ver- 
tebree. 

Ribs without uncinate processes. 

Wings with 6 or 7 well-developed primaries, attached to meta- 
carpal III. and digits III. and II.; 10 cubital quills. 

Extinct. Jurassic. Terrestrial—aerial. 


1, ARCHZOPTERYGIFORMES. 
I, ArcHmopreRYGES. 1. Archeopterygide. 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS, 237 


II. Subclass NEORNITHES. 


Metacarpals fused with each other. Second finger the longest, 
third finger reduced. Caudal vertebre apparently not more than 
13 in number. 


[st Division. NEORNITHES RATITA. 


Nidifugous. Omnivorous. Terrestrial. 

Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. Holorhinal. 

Vertebree heteroccelous. 

Basipterygoid processes functional. Proximal articulating head of 
quadrate single. 

Sternum without keel and without spina interna. Spina externa 
small or absent. Coracoid fused with scapula; both bones forming 
a very obtuse angle. 

With incisura ischiadica ; only in adult Rhea and Dromeus the 
distal end of the ischium fusing with the ilium and forming a fora- 
men ischiadicum. 

Wings reduced; flightless. Terminal caudal vertebre not coa- 
lesced into a pygostyle. 

Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type II. or IV. 

Adult without pteryle. Oil-gland absent. 

Czeca functional. 


1. STRUTHIONES. 

Ethiopian. 

Maxillo-palatines articulating with the vomer, which touches 
neither palatines nor pterygoids. 

Third and fourth toes only developed, terminal phalanges 
shortened, with stunted nails. 

Procoracoid large. No clavicles. Tibia without bony 
bridge. 

Aftershaft absent. 

Czeca and rectum enormous. (Unique.) 


2. RHEZ. 

Neotropical. 

Maxillo-palatines large, fenestrated, not touching the vomer. 

Palatines short, articulating with the vomer. 

Hallux absent. Front toes with claws, middle phalanges 
shortened. 

Procoracoid process large. No clavicles. Tibia without 
bony bridge. 

Aftershaft absent. 

Ceca large. 

Syrinx tracheo-bronchial, with oue pair of syringeal muscles. 
(Unique among Ratite.) 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XVII. 17 


238 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


3. CASUARII. 


Australasian. 

Maxillo-palatines large, fused with vomer and premaxilla. 

Vomer long, articulating with palatines and pterygoids. 

Hallux absent. Front toes with claws, middle phalanges 
shortened. 

Procoracoid process small. Clavicles rudimentary. Tibia 
without bony bridge. 

Aftershaft very large. Czeca small, functional. 


4. APTERYGES. 


New Zealand. 

Maxillo-palatines as in Caswarii, but vomer fused with 
palatines and pterygoids. 

All the four toes well developed, with claws. 

Procoracvid process rudimentary. No clavicles. Tibia with 
bony bridge over extensor tendons. 

Aftershaft absent. Czeca large. 


5. DINORNITHES. 


New Zealand. 

Palate as in Casuarii. Hallux variable. 

Whole shoulder-girdle and wing fragmentary. 

Procoracoid process rudimentary. Tibia with bony extensor 
. _ bridge. 

Aftershaft very large. 


6. HPYORNITHES. 


Madagascar. 
Hallux present. Tibia without bony extensor bridge. 


2nd Division. NEQRNITHES CARINATZ. 


This division comprises all those Neornithes to which the sum cf 
characters descriptive of the Ratitee does not apply. 

As a rule the Carinatz are described as birds possessed of a carina 
sterni; an acrocoracoid process; separate scapulz and coracoids, 
which form an acute or a right angle; complete furcula ; ischiadic 
foramen ; single-headed quadrate; a vomer which is not fused with 
the neighbouring bones of the palate. 

The existence of such forms as Crypturi, Didus, Ocydromus, 
Stringops, Hesperornis, &c., does not perinit the employment of these 
characters to differentiate the Carinate from the Ratite. These 
are reasons sufficient to contest the validity of these two divisions, 
which are, however, retained more for the sake of convenience than 
on the ground of demonstrable facts. 


7. COLYMBIFORMES. 
Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Nidifugous. Zoophagous. 


Schizognathous. No basipterygoid process. Nares per- 
vious. 


1892.] - CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 239 


Rhamphotheca simple. Supraorbital glands present. 

Neck without apteria. Aftershaft present. Oil-gland 
tufted. 

No ectepicondylar process. Aquinto-cubital. 

Legs short. Hallux small, front toes webbed er lobated. 

High patellar+epicnemial process. (Unique.) 

Intestinal convolutions orthoccelous, type II. 

Czeca functional. 


1. Cotymsr. 


14 or 15 cervical vertebrze. 

11 primaries. 

Hypotarsus enclosing one triangular space. 
Front toes webbed. 


II. Popictrepss. 


17 to 21 cervical vertebra. 
12 primaries. 

Hypotarsus complex. 
Front toes lobated. 


8. SPHENISCIFORMES. 


Antaretic. Marine. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. 
Schizognathous. No basipterygoid processes. 
Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. 
Large supraorbital glands. Oil-gland tufted. 
Pterylosis without apteria. Aftershaft present. 
Remiges and rectrices rudimentary, numerous. 
Wings transformed into paddles. ( Unique.) 
Metatarsals short, incompletely fused. (Unique.) 
Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type II. 
Coraco-humeral groove shallow. 

No ectepicondylar process. 

Procoracoid process rudimentary. 

Ceca functional. 


I. SpHENIscrI. 


9. PROCELLARIIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Marine. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. 

Nestlings downy. Downs complex. 

Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. 

Neck with lateral apteria. 

Schizognathous. 

Rhamphotheca compound. Large supraorbital glands. 

Nares impervious, tubular. 

Hallux small or rudimentary. Front toes webbed. 

Hypotarsus complex, or with several grooves. 

ae groove shallow. Ectepicondylar process 
arge. 


17* 


240 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


Tracheo-bronchial muscles attached to 7th or 5th bronchial 
rings. 
Tongue mostly rudimentary. 


I. TusInaReEs. 


10. ARDEIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. 

Young passing through a downy stage. : 

Oil-gland tufted. Agquinto-cubital. Humero-coracoid 
deep. No ectepicondylar process. 

Desmognathous. No basipterygoid process. 


J. SrEGANOPODES. 
Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Nidicolous. Piscivorous. 
Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. 
No supraorbital glands. Angulare truncated. 
Neck without apteria. 
Legs short; all the four toes webbed together. 
( Unique.) 
Hypotarsus complex. Flexors type of II. 
Orthoccelous, type II. Tongue rudimentary. 


1. Phaetontide. 


15 cervical vertebree. 
Procoracoid process large. 
Garrod’s symbol AXY+. 


2. Phalacrocoracide. (including Suline, Plotine, Pha- 
lacrocoracine.) 


18-20 cervical vertebree. 
Garrod’s symbol AX+. 


3. Pelecanide. 


17 cervical vertebree. 
Procoracoid process small 
Garrod’s symbol A —. 


4, Fregatide. 


15 cervical vertebree. 
Procoracoid process small. 


Garrod’s symbol A+. 


II. Heropit. 


Cosmopolitan. Waders. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. 

Bill long, pointed, laterally compressed, with simple 
rhamphotheca. Nares pervious. 

No supraorbital glands. 

Neck long, with long apteria. Downs of adults 
only upon the apteria. (Unique among Ardei- 
formes.) 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 241 


Legs long; four toes, not webbed. 

Hypotarsus complex. Flexors of type I. or VII. 

Orthoccelous, type II. Czeca rudimentary. 

Tracheo-bronchial muscles attached to second bron- 
chial rings. 


l. Ardeide. 


19 or 20 cervical vertebre. 
Several pairs of powder-down patches. 
11 primaries.—Cosmopolitan. 


2. Scopide. 


16 cervical vertebre. 
No powder-down patches. 
10 primaries.—Ethiopian. 


III. Pevarer. 


Cosmopolitan. Waders. 

Neck long, without apteria. Nares pervious. 
Rhamphotheca simple. 

Legs long. Hypotarsus simple. 

Intestinal type LV., telogyrous. 


1. Ciconiide. 


Zoophagous. Nidicolous. 

17 cervical vertebree. 

Hallux long, toes not webbed. Flexors of type I. 
Tongue rudimentary. 

Czeca rudimentary. 

Syrinx without tracheo-bronchial muscles. 


2. Phenicopteride. 


Tropical. Nidifugous. 

18 or 19 cervical vertebrz. 

Hallux small, front toes webbed. Flexors of type 
UV? 

Tongue large and thick. 

Czeea functional. 

Syrinx with tracheo-bronchial muscles. 


11. FALCONIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. 

Desmognathous. 

Bill raptorial. Rhamphotheca simple, with ceroma. 

Aquinto-cubital. 

Feet raptorial. Hypotarsus simple. 

Intestinal convolutions of type IV., telogyrous. Czca 
rudimentary. 

Coraco-humeral groove indistinct. 


242 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


I, CaTHARTS. 
Neotropical. 
Oil-gland nude. Neck without apteria. 
Nares pervious. 
Aftershaft absent. 
Basipterygoid processes articulating with middle of 
pterygoids. 
Procoracoid rudimentary. 
Sternum with two pairs of notches. 
Hypotarsus with two shallow grooves. 
Flexors of type V. 
Syrinx without muscles. 


YI. Accirirres. 


Cosmopolitan. 

Oil-gland tufted. Nares impervious. 

Neck with lateral apteria. 

Procoracoid process large. 

Sternum with one pair of notches or fenestra. 
Flexors of type ILI. 

Syrinx with tracheo-bronchial muscles. 


1. Vulturide. 
15 cervical vertebra. 
No basipterygoid processes. 
Aftershaft present. 
Coracoids present. 


2. Gypogeranide. 

' 15 cervical vertebree. 
Basipterygoid processes present. 
Aftershaft present. 

Coracoids separate. 


3. Pandionide. 
14 or 15 cervical vertebree. 
Basipterygoid processes absent. 
Aftershaft absent. 
Coracoids overlapping. 


4. Falconide. 
14 cervical vertebre. 
Basipterygoid processes absent. 
Aftershaft present. 
Coracoids separate. 


12. ANSERIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Nidifugous. 
Young downy. 
Neck long, without apteria. 


1892.] 


CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 243 


Aftershaft rudimentary. 

Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. 

Rhamphotheca with ceroma; bill with lamelle. Nares 
pervious. 

Desmognathous. With basipterygoid processes. 

Angulare of mandible long and recurved. 

Coraco-humeral groove indistinct. 

No ectepicondylar process. 

Two pairs of pectoro-tracheal muscles. (Unique.) 

Intestinal conyolutions of type III. 

Czeca functional. 

Penis large, spiral. (Unique among Carinate.) 


I. PALAMEDE. 


Neotropical. 

Basipterygoid articulation on middle of pterygoids. 
Hypotarsus simple. 

Ribs without uncinate processes. (Unique.) 


II. ANSEREs. 


Basipterygoid processes articulating with the palatine 
end of the pterygoids. 

Hypotarsus complex. 

Ribs with uncinate processes. 


13. CRYPTURIFORMES. 


Neotropical. Nidifugous. Phytophagous. 

Schizognathous. Vomer fused with bones of palate. 
( Unique.) 

Basipterygoid processes present. 

Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. Holo- 
rhinal. 

Sternum with very slender and long mesosternum and 
simple posterior lateral processes. Procoracoid process 
rudimentary. 

With incisura ischiadica. 

Hypotarsus simple. 

Flexors of type II. 

Neck with lateral apteria. 

Aftershaft rudimentary. 

Oil-gland tufted. Quinto-cubital. 

10 primaries. 

Plagioceelous, type V. Czca large. Crop globular. 


I. Crypturi. 


14. GALLIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Phytophagous. 
Schizognathous. Nares impervious. Rhamphotheca sim- 


ple. 


244 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, 


Furcula with hypocleidium. 
Plagioccelous, type V. Czca large. Crop globular. 
10 primaries. 


I. TuRnivces. 


14 or 15 cervical vertebree. 

Schizorhinal. 

Sternum with long and simple posterior lateral pro- 
cesses. 

Procoracoid process large. 

No spina externa sterni. 

Coracoids separate. 

Hypotarsus complex. Hallux very small or absent. 

Flexors of type IV. 

Neck with lateral apteria. 

Oil-gland tufted. 

Quinto-cubital. 


II. Gaui. 


16 or more cervical vertebre. 
Holorhinal. 

Coracoids touching each other. 
Flexors of type 1. Hallux large. 
Neck without lateral apteria. 


1. Gallide. 


16 cervical vertebree. Nidifugous. 

Spina communis sterni. 

Sternum with long posterior lateral processes and 
with oblique processes. 

Hypotarsus complex. 


2. Opisthocomide. 


18 or 19 cervical vertebree. Nidicolous. 

Spina externa only present. 

Sternum with small notches or fenestra ouly ; 
no oblique process. 

Oil-gland tufted. 


15. GRUIFORMES'. 


Cosmopolitan. Aquatic or paludic. 
Angulare mandibulz truncated. Rhamphotheca simple. 


1 Owing to the existence of such peculiarly specialized forms as Hurypyga, 
Rhinochetus, Podica, Dicholophus, and Otis (all of which are most. intimately 
related to the bulk of the Grues and Ralli), it is not possible to admit some 
important characters into the diagnosis of the Gruiformes. They all are abso- 
lutely nidifugous with the exception of Hurypyga and Heliornis (the young of 
Rhinochetus are unknown). They are typically schizognathous, except Rhino- 
chetus and Dicholophus. They have a tufted oil-gland except Rhinochetus, 
Eurypyga, Dicholophus, and Otis. They have lateral cervical apteria except 
Eurypyga, Dicholophus, and Otis. Their feet are those of Waders, except the 
tridactyle cursorial Otis. Rhinochetus alone has impervious ares, 


1892.] 


CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 245 


No basipterygoid processes. 
No ectepicondylar process. 
Flexors of type I. or IV. 
Peri-orthoccelous, type I. 


I, Evrypyez. 


Neotropical. 

With powder-down patches. (Unique among Grui- 
formes.) 

Oil-gland nude. Schizorhinal. 


1, Eurypygide. 


Aquinto-cubital. No lateral cervical apteria. 
Schizognathous. Nares pervious. 

18 cervical vertebree. 

Sternum with one pair of notches. 
Nidicolous. 


2. Rhinochetide. 


New Caledonia. 

Quinto-cubital. Lateral cervical apteria. 
Desmognathous. Nares impervious. 

16 cervical vertebre. 

Sternum solid. 

Hypotarsus with high ridges. 


3. Mesitide. 


Madagascar, 

Cubital. Lateral cervical apteria. 

Schizognathous. Nares pervious. 

Sternum with long simple posterior lateral pro- 
cesses. Clavicles rudimentary. 

17 cervical vertebre. 

Spina interna alone developed. (Unique among 
Gruiforines.) 


Il. Raut. 


Aquinto-cubital. With lateral cervical apteria. 
Oil-gland tufted. 

Schizognathous. Holorhinal. 

14 or 15 cervical vertebre. 

Sternum with long simple posterior lateral processes, 
Hypotarsus without canals but with high ridges, 


III. Gruss. 


With lateral cervical apteria. 
Oil-gland nude. 
Schizognathous. 

17 to 20 cervical vertebree. 
Sternum solid. 

Hypotarsus complex. 


246 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


IV. DicHo.orst. 


Neotropical. 

No cervical apteria. 

Oil-gland nude. 

Schizognathous. Holorhinal. 

14 or 15 cervical vertebre. 
Sternum with two posterior notches. 
Hypotarsus simple. 


V. OripEs. 


No cervical apteria. Downs of adults only on apteria. 
(Unique among Gruiformes.) 

Schizognathous. Holorhinal. 

Sternum with four posterior notches. 

Hypotarsus complex. Hallux absent ; feet cursorial. 


16. CHARADRIIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Nidifugous. 

Downs of adult on pteryle and on apteria. 

With lateral cervical apteria. Aftershaft present. 11 
primaries. 

Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. 

Schizognathous. Nares pervious. 

Rhamphotheca simple. 

15 cervical vertebrz (except Cidicnemus and Parride). 

Coraco-humeral groove distinct. 

Furcula with hypocleidium. 

Peri-orthoccelous, with mesogyrous tendency ; type I. 

Flexors of type I. or IV. 


I. Limicouz. 


Downs of young very simple, brush-like. 
Hypotarsus with canals. 

Front toes webbed. 

Supraorbital glands variable. 


1. Chionidide. 


Antarctic. 

Schizorhinal. No basipterygoid processes. 

Vomer broad. Rhamphotheca complex. (Unique 
among Charadriiformes.) 


2. Charadriide. 


Cosmopolitan. 
Schizorhinal. With basipterygoid proeesses. 


a. Charadriine. 
b. Scolopacine. 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 247 


3. Glareolide. 
Afro-Indo-Australian. 
Schizorhinal (except Pluvianus). No basiptery- 
goid processes... 
(Glareola, Pluvianus, Cursorius, Dromas.) 


4. Thinocoride (incl. Attagis). 
Neotropical. 
Schizo- inclining to bolorhinal. 
No basipterygoid processes. 
With a globular crop. (Unique among Chara- 
driiformes.) 
Phytophagous. 


5. Gdicnemide. 
Cosmopolitan. 
Holorhinal. No basipterygoid processes. 


16 cervical vertebrz. 
No hallux. 


6. Parride. 
Tropical. 
Schizorhinal. With basipterygoid processes. 
Hallux long. 
16 cervical vertebre. 


II. Gaviz. 


Downs of young more complex, approaching typical 
downs. 

Front toes webbed. Aquatic. Zoophagous. 

Supraorbital glands always large. Schizorhinal. 

Hypotarsus with two grooves. 


l. Alcide. 


Sternum with two notches. Cuvracoids separate. 

No ectepicondylar process. Procoracoid process 
small. 

Periarctic. 


2. Laride. 
Sternum with four notches. Coracoids touching 
each other. With ectepicondylar process. 
Procoracoid process large. 
Cosmopolitan. 


17. COLUMBIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Phytophagous. 

Adult downs scarce and restricted to the apteria. 
No lateral cervical apteria. 11 remiges. 
Aftershaft rudimentary or absent. 

Oil-gland nude or absent. Aquinto-cubital. 


248 


DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, 


Schizognathous. Schizorhinal. Nares impervious. 
Rhamphotheca simple. 

Hypotarsus with one canal. Procoracoid process large. 
Flexors of type I. or IV. Crop globular. 


I. Prerocues. 


African and Asiatic. Nidifugous. 
Flexors of type IV. Hallux rudimentary. 
Syringeal muscles broncho-tracheal. 
Sterno-tracheal muscles separate. 

Ceca large. 

15 or 16 cervical vertebrz. 


II. CotumBz. 


Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. 
No downs in adults. 
Flexors of type I. Hallux functional. 
Syringeal muscles tracheal only. 
Both sterno-tracheal muscles united asymmetrically. 
Ceca not functional. 
14 or 15 cervical vertebree. 
1. Didide. 
Wings and furcula reduced. 
Flightless. 


2. Columbide. 
Wings and furcula fully developed. 


18. CUCULIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. 

Neck with lateral apteria. 10 primaries. 

Desmognathous. No basipterygoid processes. 

Holorhinal. Nares impervious. Rhamphotheca simple. 

Steroum with small notches or fenestre. 

Procoracoid process large. 

13, 14, or 15 cervical vertebre. 

Humerus with ectepicondylar process. 

Feet zygodactylous, scansorial. 

Flexors of type I. Hypotarsus complex. 

Intestinal convolutions of type 1V. or V., with telogyrous 
tendencies. 


I. CoccyGes. 


Nestlings naked. 

Downs of adults restricted to the apteria. 

Quinto-cubital. 

Procoracoid approaching, or fusing with, acrocoracoid, 
forming a foramen. 

Syrinx bronchial. 

Intestinal convolutions of type V. 


1892.1] 


1. Cuculde. 


Insectivorous. 


CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 


Ceca large. 


Oil-gland nude. 
Vomer present. 
Coracoids separate. 
14 cervical vertebra. 


2. Musophagide. 
Ethiopian. 


Frugivorous. 


Ceeca absent. 


Oil-gland tufted. 
Vomer absent. 
Coracoids overlapping. 
15 cervical vertebrz. 


Il. Psrrract. 
Tropical. 


Nestlings downy. Phytophagous. 


249 


Downs of adults very complex, on apteria and 


pterylee. 
Aquinto-cubital. 


Bill globular, hooked. 


Rhamphotheca with basal, soft ceroma surrounding 


the nostrils. 


13 or 14 cervical vertebre. 
Syrinx with 3 pairs of muscles, and of unique structure. 
Intestinal convolutions of type LV.; telogyrous. 


Ceca absent. 
1. Pstttacide. 


19. CORACIIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. 


Nidicolous. 


Feet four-toed, not zygodactylous, not webbed. 


Metatarsus short. 
Holorhinal. 


Sternum solid, or with small notches or fenestrz. 
13, 14, or 15 cervical vertebree. 
Intestinal conyolutions of type VI. or VII. 


I. Srrices. 
Cosmopolitan. 


Zoophagous. 
Downs of adults restricted to apteria. 


Feet raptorial, fourth toe reversible. 


Flexors of type I. 


Hypotarsus simple. 


Tibia without bony bridge for extensor .tendons. 


No spina interna. 


14 cervical vertebre. 


Bill raptorial, without ceroma. 

Schizognathous, with desmognathous tendency. 
Basipterygoid processes complete. 

Intestinal convolutions of type VI. 


Ceca functional. 
1. Strigide. 


Nestlings downy. 
Plumage soft. 


Flexors of type I., V., VII., or VIII. 
Nares impervious. 


250 DR. H. GADOW ON THE (Mar. 15, 


II. Macrocuires. 


Cosmopolitan. 
10 remiges, terminal quill long. 
Oil-gland nude. 
Spina externa and interna very small or absent. 
Coracoids separate. 
13 or 14 cervical vertebre. 
Intestinal convolutions of type VI. 
1. Caprimulgide. 
Cosmopolitan. 
Nestlings downy. Adult downs restricted to the 
apteria. 
Bill broad, wide, short. 
13 or 14 cervical vertebree. 
Hypotarsus complex. 
Flexors of type V. 
Syrinx bronchial. 
Ceca functional. 


2. Cypselide. 

Cosmopolitan. 

Nestlings naked. Adult downs restricted to the 
apteria. Insectivorous. 

Bill broad, wide, short. 

13 or 14 cervical vertebra. 

Hypotarsus simple. 

Flexors of type V. 

Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. 

Czca absent. 


3. Trochilide. 
American. 
Nestlings naked. No downs in adults. 
Bill long, slender. Tongue bi-tubular. 
14 cervical vertebrze. 
Hypotarsus simple. 
Flexors of type I. 
Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. 
Ceca absent. Crop present (unique among 
Macrochires). 
III. Cour. 
Ethiopian. Phytopbagous. 
10 remiges. Oul-gland tufted. No downs in adults. 
Desmognathous. No basipterygoid processes. 
Spina externa well developed. 
13 cervical vertebre. 
Left carotid only. 
Hypotarsus complex. Flexors of type V. 
Intestinal convolutions of type VI. Czca absent. 


1, Coliide. 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS, 251 


IV. Trocones. 


Tropical. Frugivorous. 

10 primaries. Oil-gland nude. No downs in adults. 

Schizognathous. _— Basipterygoid processes rudi- 
mentary. 

15 cervical vertebree. 

Spina externa long, forked. Coracoids touching each 
other. 

Hypotarsus complex. 

Flexors of type VIII. ( Unique.) 

Intestinal convolutions of type VI. 

Czeca functional, 


1. Trogonide. 


V. Coracia. 


Cosmopolitan. 

Desmognathous. Basipterygoid processes absent, or 
(Coraciide) sometimes rudimentary. 

14 or 15 cervical vertebre. 

Hypotarsus complex. 

Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. 


l. Coraciide. 


Paleeogzean. Zoophagous. 

Dorsal pterylosis with apterium. 

10 primaries. Oil-gland nude. 

No downs in adults. 

14 cervical vertebree. 

No spina interna. 

Procoracoid process large, but not fusing with 
the acrocoracoid. 

Right and left carotids present. 

Czeca functional. 


2. Momotide. 


Neotropical. 

Without dorsal apterium. 

10 primaries, 

No downs in adults. 

Spina interna absent. 
Coracoids separate. 
Procoracoid process very small. 
15 cervical vertebree. 

Right and left carotids present. 


3. Alcedinide. 


Zoophagous. Cosmopolitan. 
Without dorsal apterium. 
1] primaries. Oil-gland tufted. 


252 


DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, 


Downs present in adults, on pteryle and on 
apteria. (Unique among Coraciz.) 

15 cervical vertebree. 

Spina interna absent. 

Procoracoid process as in Upupide. 

Ceca not functional. Tongue rudimentary. 


4. Meropide. 
Paleeogean. Insectivorous. 
With dorsal apterium. 
Oil-gland nude. No downs in adults. 
15 cervical vertebree. 
Left carotid only. 
Spina communis. 
Procoracoids as in Upupide. 
Ceeca functional. 
5. Upupide. 
Paleogzan. 
Oil-gland tufted. No aftershaft. 
Spina communis. 
Procoracoid process fused with acrocoracoid, 
forming a foramen. 
14 or 15 cervical vertebrae. 
Intestinal convolutions of type VII. 
No ceca. ‘Tongue rudimentary. 
a. Upupine. Insectivorous. 
With lateral cervical apteria. 
10 primaries. 
14 cervical vertebre. 
Flexors of type VII. 
b. Bucerotine. Insectivorous and frugivorous. 
Without lateral apteria. 
11 primaries. 
14 or 15 cervical vertebra. 
Flexors of type V. 


ce. Irrisorine. (Anatomy unknown to me.) 


20. PASSERIFORMES. 


Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. 

Neck with lateral apteria. Quinto-cubital. 
No basipterygoid processes. Holorhinal. 

14 or 15 cervical vertebre. 

Spina externa long ; spina interna absent. 
Sternum with small notches or foramina. 
Second and third toes always turned forwards. 
Flexors of type I., VI., or VII. 

Hypotarsus complex. 

Intestinal convolutions of type VII. or VIII. 
Ceca not functional, 


1892.] 
I. Picr. 


CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 253 


Zygodactylous, or hallux absent. 

Nestling and adult downs absent. Nesting in holes. 

14 cervical vertebree. 

Flexors of type VI. (Unique.) 

Intestinal convolutions of type VII. (Galbula and 
Bucco unknown.) 

Ceca absent, except in Galbulida. 


1. Galbulide (Galbuline + Bucconine). 


Lo) 


wo 


a 


Desmognathous. 

Spina externa forked. Right and left carotids. 

Oil-gland nude in Galbuling and in most Buc- 
conine. 


. Picide (Picine, Yungine). 


Schizo-egithognathous. 
Spina externa forked. 
Oil-gland tufted. Left carotid only. 


. Capitonide (Capitonine + Indicatorine). 


A£zitho-desmognathous. 
Spina externa unpaired. 
Oil-gland tufted. Left carotid only. 


. Rhamphastide. 


Frugivorous. 

Desmognathous. 

Spina externa unpaired. 

Oil-gland tufted. Left carotid only 


II. PAssereEs. 


Agithognathous. 

Hallux present ; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th toes always turned 
forwards. 

Nestlings with downs of complex structure. 

Oil-gland nude. Left carotid only. 

Ceca not functional. 

Intestinal convolutions of type VII. or VIII. 


1. Eurylemide. 


Indian. Austro-Malayan. 

Hallux weak ; front toes syndactyle. 
15 cervical vertebree. 

Spina externa long, single. 
Intestinal convolutions of type VIII. 
Flexors of type I. 
Oligo-mesomyodous. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XVIII. 18 


254 DR, H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, 


2. Menuride. 
Australian. 
Hallux the strongest toe. Front toes eleuthero- 

dactyle. 
Flexors of type VII. 
14 cervical vertebre. 
Spina externa forked. 
Intestinal convolutions of type VII. 
Di-acro-myodous. 
a. Menurine. Furcula complete. 
Three pairs of syringeal muscles. 
b. Atrichiing. Clavicles rudimentary. 
Two pairs of syringeal muscles, 


3. Passeride. 
Front toes eleutherodactyle. 
Hallux the strongest toe. 
14 cervical vertebrze, 
Spina externa forked. 
Flexors of type VII. 
Intestinal convolutions of type VIII. 
a. P. oligomyode. American. 
Mostly mesomyodous, never di-acro-myodous. 
b. P. tracheophone. Neotropical. 
Syrinx tracheal. 
c. P. polymyode. Cosmopolitan. 
Di-acro-myodous. 


APPENDIX. 


List of the Characters employed in determination of the Affinities of 
the various Groups of Birds. 
A. Development. 
Condition of young when hatched: whether nidifugous or nidi- 
colous; whether naked or downy, or whether passing through a 
downy stage. 


B. Integument. 

Structure and distribution of the first downs, and where dis- 
tributed. 

Structure and distribution of the downs in the adult: whether 
absent, or present on pterylz or on apteria or on both. 

Lateral cervical pterylosis : whether solid or with apteria. 

Dorso-spinal pterylosis: whether solid or with apterium, and 
whether forked or not. 

Ventral pterylosis: extent of the median apterium. 

Aftershaft : whether present, rudimentary, or absent. 

Number of primary remiges. 

Cubital or secondary remiges : whether quinto- or aquinto-cubital. 

Oil-gland: present or absent, nude or tufted. 


1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 255 


Rhamphotheca: whether simple or compound, i. e. consisting of 
more than two pieces on the upper bill. 


C. Skeleton. 


Palate: Schizo-desmognathous. Nares, whether pervious or imper= 
vious, 7. e. with or without a complete solid naso-ethmoidal septum. 

Basipterygoid processes: whether present, rudimentary, or absent ; 
and their position. 

Temporal fossa, whether deep or shallow. 

Mandible: os angulare, whether truncated or produced ; long and 
straight or recurved. 

Number of cervical vertebra. 

Heemapophyses of cervical and of thoracic vertebra : occurrence 
and shape. 

Spina externa and spina interna sterni: occurrence, size, and shape. 

Posterior margin of the sternum, shape of. 

Position of the basal ends of the coracoids: whether separate, 
touching, or overlapping. 

Procoracoid process : its size and the mode of its combination with 
acrocoracoid. 


Furcula: shape; presence or absence of hypocleidium and of 
interclavicular process. 

Groove on the humerus for the humero-coracoidal ligament : 
its occurrence and depth. 

Humerus, with or without ectepicondylar process. 

Tibia: with bony or only with ligamentous bridge, near its distal 
tibio-tarsal end, for the long extensor tendons of the toes: occurrence 
and position of an intercondylar tubercle, in vicinity of the bridge. 

Hypotarsus: formation with reference to the tendons of the long 
toe-muscles :—(1) simple, if having only one broad groove; (2) 
complex, if grooved and perforated; (3) deeply grooved and to 
what extent, although not perforated. 

Toes : number and position, and connexions. 

D. Muscles. 

Garrod’s symbols of thigh-muscles A B X Y,—used, however, in 
the negative sense. 

Formation of the tendons of the m. flexor perforans digitorum : 
the number of modifications of which is 8 (I.-VIII.) according to 
the numbering in Bronn’s Vogel, p- 195, and Fuerbringer, p. 1587. 

E. Syrinw. 
Tracheal, broncho-tracheal, or bronchial. 
Number and mode of insertion of syringeal muscles. 


F. Carotids. 
If both right and left present, typical: or whether only left 
present, and the range of the modifications. 
G. Digestive Organs. 


Convolutions of the intestinal canal. Eight types, numbered 
I.-VIIL., according to Bronn’s Vogel, p. 708, and P.Z.S. 1889, 
pp- 303-316. 


18* 


256 ON GIRAFFES THAT HAVE LIVED IN THE GARDENS. [Apr. 5, 


Ceca: whether functional or not. 

Tongue: its shape. 

Food.—Two principal divisions, i. e. Phytophagous or Zoo- 
phagous, with occasional subdivisions such as Herbivorous, Frugi- 
yorous, Piscivorous, Insectivorous, ete. 


List of Characters employed occasionally. 

Shape of bill. 

Pattern of colour. Number of rectrices; and mode of overlapping 
of wing-coverts, according to Goodchild (P.Z.S. 1886, pp. 184-203). 

Vomer. Pneumatic foramen of humerus. 

Supraorbital glands. 

Crop. 

Penis. 

Certain wing-muscles according to Fuerbringer. 

Mode of life: Aquatic, Terrestrial, Aerial, Diurnal, Nocturnal, 
Rapacious, ete. 

Mode of nesting: breeding in holes. 

Structure of eggs. 

Geographical distribution. 


April 5, 1892. 
W. T. Blanford, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1892 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of March was 107, of which 57 were by 
presentation, 17 by birth, 23 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and 6 
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 96. 

Among the deaths, I regret to have to announce that of the last of 
the Society’s stock of Giraffes—a male, purchased Jan. 27th, 1879. 
We are now, therefore, for the first time since the arrival of the four 
original Giraffes on the 24th of May, 1836, without any representa- 
tive of this Mammal in our series. Nor does there seem to be at 
present much chance of our being able to supply the deficiency. 
Owing to the closure of the Soudan by the Mahdists, the supplies of 
this and other large African Mammals, which were formerly ob- 
tained vid Cassala and Suakim, have ceased, and, so far as [ can 
make out, with the exception of a single old female (for which an - 
exorbitant price is demanded), there are now no living Giraffes in 
the market. 

From the table which I now exhibit, it will be seen that there 
have been 30 individuals of the Giraffe in the Society’s Gardens since 
1836, of which 17 have been born there, and 13 have been acquired by 
purchase. Of these 30, one was presented to the Royal Zoological 
Society of Ireland in 1844; five have been sold at prices varying from 
£450 to £150, and the remainder have died in the Gardens. 


1892.] MR. P, L. SCLATER ON BUBALIS SWAYNEI. 257 


List of Giraffes that have lived in the Socicty’s Gardens. 


No. | Sex. How obtained. How disposed of. 
1.| Q | Imported, May 24, 1836. Died, Oct. 15, 1852. 
2. 3 Do. do. ” ” 29, 1846, 
3.| o Do. do. » dan. 14, 1849, | 
4.1 ¢ Do. do. WL dan OnlSap. 
5.| ¢ | Born in the Menagerie, June 19, | ,, June 28, 1839, 
1839. 
| 6.| g | Born in the Menagerie, May 24, | Presented to the Dublin Zoological | 
| 1841. | Soeiety, June 14, 1844, 
(ate irc vat Do. do. Feb. 25, 1844. | Died, Dec. ea 1853. 
| 8/ o Do. do. April 22, 1846.|_,, Jan. 2 2, 1867. 
| 9.) 6 Do. do. Feb. 12, 1849. | Sold, Apr 12 27, 1850. 
POs 2 Imported, June 29, 1849. Died, Noy. 3, 1856. 
11.| 9 do. | Sold, Oct. 29, 1853. 
12.| ¢ fan in the Menagerie, March 30, » March 29, 1853. 
1852. 
13.| 2 Do. do. April 25, 1853. | Died, May 21, 1872. 
14.| 9 Do. do. May 7, 185d. » Nov. 6, 1866. 
15. Do do, July 16, 1859. » Dec. 2, 1859. 
16. é Do. do. May 26,1861. | Sold, May i 1863. 
17.| 3 Do. do. Oct. 7, 1861. Died, Dec. 18, 1861. 
18.| ¢ Do. do. May 8, 1863. » Nov. 18, 1863. 
USBI eres Do. do. Sept. 24, 1863. » April 21, 1864. 
20.| ¢ Do. do. March 31,1865.) ,, April 3, 1865. 
21.| 2 Do. do. April 20, 1865. | Sold, May 31, 1866. 
| 22.1 ae do. Sept. 14, 1866. | Died, Nov. 6, 1866. 
| 23.1 ¢ Do. do. March 17, 1867.; ,, June 20, 1881. 
24.| Q | Purchased, July 23, 1867. | 5, Sept. 12, 1869. 
25.| fo Do. Jan. 5, 1871. | 4, April 27, 1874. 
26.| 9 Do. Oct. 11, 1871. » May 21, 1878. 
27.| 3 Do. July 25, 1874. » dan. 8, 1879. 
28.| 2 Do. do. » duly 9, 1886. 
29.| 2 Do. do. | ,, Nov. 24, 1891. 
30.| ¢ Do. Jan. 27, 1879. | 4, March 22, 1892. 


Mr. Sclater called attention to two mounted heads of Swayne’s 
Antelope’ (Bubalis swaynei), which had been kindly lent to him by 
Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. . These were the specimens obtained 
by Mr. T. W. H. Clarke and Colonel Paget, and other members of 
the same party, which were alluded to in the ‘ Field’ of March 26, 
1892 (vol. Ixxvi. p. 432), and one of which was there figured. 

Mr. Sclater remarked that the heads now exhibited were evi- 
dently those of a male and female, the male in this, as in other 
species of the genus Bubalis, differing in the stouter and thicker 
horns. 

Mr. Sclater stated that Prof. Giglioli, of Florence, had kindly 
sent him a coloured drawing of the ‘head of an Antelope obtained 
by Count August Boutourline and Dr. Traversi in Shoa in 1882, 
which had been referred by Dr. Giglioli (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 


1 See above, p. 98. 


258 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE (Apr. 5, 


ser. 2, vi. p. 19) to the Hartebeest of South Africa (Bubalis caama), 
but that it was evident, from the shape of the horns and colour of 
the hairs, that this specimen also belonged to B. swaynei. 

In reference to some remarks that had been made upon his usage 
of ‘‘ Bubalis”’ instead of “* Alcelaphus” for this group of Antelopes, 
Mr. Sclater pointed out that ‘ Budalis” of Lichtenstein was pro- 
posed in 1814 (Mag. d. Gesellsch. nat. Fr. vi. p. 152), two years 
before ‘* Aleelaphus’’ of Blainville, and had been constantly used 
by Sundevall, Peters, and other writers, so that it had undoubtedly 
good claims to priority. 


A note was read from Professor Jeffrey Bell regarding the habitat 
of Bipalium kewense. ‘This interesting Planarian, first found in Kew 
Gardens, had been observed in very various parts of the world. In 
only one case, however, did the circumstances of its discovery make 
it possible that the worm was indigenous to the place where it was 
met with. ‘That one place was Samoa, where Mr. J. J. Lister found it 
under stones in the bush. Mr. Fletcher, in communicating this 
fact to the Linnean Society of New South Wales (sce Zool. Anzeig. 
1891, p. 139), had expressed the opinion that there was little ground 
for supposing that the species was indigenous in Samoa. Further 
reason, however, for supposing that Samoa may be one of the 
places in which the worm is indigenous was to be found in the fact 
that Mr. R. B. Leefe had recently collected the same worm in 
Tongatabu. Prof. Bell had learnt from the Director of the Royal 
Gardens, Kew, that though no plants had, to the Director’s know- 
ledge, been received directly from Tongatabu, exchanges had been 
made with Fiji. It might be urged that the probability of the group 
of islands just named _ being the original home of the species was, on 
the whole, increased by the facts now stated. 


The following papers were read :— 


1, On the Land-Shells of St. Helena. By Encar A, Suiru. 
(Plates XXI. & XXII.) 
[Received March 2, 1892.] 


Last year I had the honour of presenting to the Society an account 
of the marine Mollusca of St. Helena. I now propose to introduce 
to its notice-some remarks upon the terrestrial fauna of that island. 
Like the former, the present report is based chiefly upon collections 
made by Capt. W. H. Turton, R.E., and presented to the British 
Museum. The collection is the most complete that has ever been 
made, and contains examples not only of most of the known species, 
but also of as many as eleven undescribed forms, a proportion of 
more than one third of the entire fauna. Our best thanks are due 
to Capt. Turton for the labour of getting together such an interesting 


iste Arncreilishe lan lell.2.G.0l, 


BR. Mintern kth Mintern Bros .imp. 


GAND SHE Tins ORAS Sie iNvAS, 


R. Mintern. kth . Mintern Bros imp. 


LAND SHELLS .OF S? HELENA: 


ae 


or 
‘hom 


ak 


<¥ 


1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 259 


collection, and for the careful notes regarding localities which accora- 
pany the specimens. 

The most complete account of the terrestrial fauna’ of St. Helena 
hitherto published is that given by Mr. Wollaston in his work 
‘Testacea Atlantica,’ published in 1878. He there enumerates 29 
species of Land-Shells, of which 9 at least must be regarded as 
introductions since the discovery of the island 390 years ago. Some 
of these species—for example, Limax gagates, Vitrea cellaria, V. 
alliaria, Helix pulchella, H. aspersa, and Pupa umbilicata (=helen- 
ensis, Pfr.)—were doubtless introduced along with European shrubs 
and plants. Patula pusilla probably was imported from Madeira, 
the Canary Islands, or the Azores, where it is very abundant ; and 
the two remaining species, Stenogyra compressilabris and Acicula 
veru, upon which some remarks will be made at the end of this 
paper, are evidently West-Indian forms. With regard to the twenty 
indigenous species mentioned by Mr. Wollaston, some, in my 
opinion, are merely varieties and not specifically distinct. After a 
careful study of all the forms, including the eleven new species 
now described, the total number of indigenous species may be 
estimated at twenty-seven. Of these, seven are living on the island 
at the present time, eighteen have become extinct since the destruc- 
tion of the primeeval forests, and two are found both recent and semi- 
fossil. 

A great deal has been written upon the relationship of the fauna 
of St. Helena with regard to other parts of the globe, and an 
interesting résumé of this subject is given by Mr. Wallace in his 
work ‘ Island Life,’ pp. 28)-297. 

Professor Forbes many years ago, from a study of the Mollusca, 
hazarded the theory of a possible ancient connection of St. Helena 
with South America, This view, however, was vigorously rejected 
by Wollaston, Jeffreys, and others, and, considering the present 
isolated position of the island, the actual enormous depth of the 
surrounding ocean, and other cogent reasons”, this theory certainly 
does appear unsupportable. There is, however, a greater resem- 
blance between the shell-fauna of the two localities than was recog- 
nized either by Forbes or Wollaston ; and the occurrence of a species, 
discovered since they investigated this subject, and more resembling 
a group (Zomigerus) which is exclusively Brazilian in distribution 
than avy other, together with the reasons which influenced Forbes, 
would seem to indicate that country as the probable source whence 
some of the indigenous but now extinct species, or their ancestors, 
originated. How they were transmitted is a hopeless problem to 
solve, and although drift-wood, carried by oceanic currents, is 
doubtless answerable for a good deal in the way of distribution, the 
subject must apparently ever remain one of mere speculation. It 
has been stated by Mr. Wollaston that the large Bulimus auris- 
vulpina is represented in the Solomon Islands and New Zealand by 

1 No freshwater forms have as yet been discovered. 


» Neither the flora of St. Helena nor the insect-fauna suggests particularly a 
South-American relationship or origin, 


260 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, 


species which have much the same type of form ; but this supposed 
resemblance, in reality, proves to be less, on a careful comparison of 
the two types, than one at first would imagine. Perhaps the most 
striking similarity to Pacific forms occurs among the Patule. Such 
species as P. radiella, Pfr., P. multilamellata, Garret, P. acuticostata, 
Mousson, and others from the Polynesian Archipelago are exact 
representatives of the Endodonte, or toothed group of Patule, from 
St. Helena. Still, although these Pacific forms are certainly of the 
same type, we must also remember that the same form of Patula 
occurs in the island of Fernando Noronha, namely, P. quinguelirata, 
Smith, and possibly also on the adjacent mainland of Brazil itself, 
although its presence there has yet to be discovered. 

In the following complete list of the indigenous species references 
are not given, as they are obtainable by consulting Mr. Wollaston’s 
work. In conclusion I propose to discuss one or two of the intro- 
duced species. 


A. Indigenous Species. 


1. VirrEA MELLIss11 (Wollaston). 


This minute species, which is known to me only by description, is 
possibly an introduction. : 


Patuxa (without teeth). 


2. Paruta spurca (Sowerby). (Plate XXI. figs. 1, | a.) 


This species was unknown to Mr. Wollaston, and consequently 
being misled by the somewhat poor figure given by Forbes, he has 
placed it in the genus Hyalina (=Vitrea). The examination, 
however, of a number of specimens, some received from Mr. 
Alexander, who furnished Forbes with his examples, others from 
Capt. Turton, proves that it should be located in the group 
Patula. Sowerby’s description heing so brief, I think it advisable 
to recharacterize it, thus :— 


Testa anguste umbilicata, suborbicularis, tenuis, albida, rufo- 
variegata, haudnitida ; spira parum elevata,ad apicem obtusa ; 
anfractus 5, convexiusculi, regulariter et lente accrescentes, 
lineis incrementi tenuibus confertis fleruosis obliquis striati, 
ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, antice haud descendens ; 
apertura late lunata, simplex, haud dentata vel lirata ; peri- 
stoma tenue, margine columellari leviter expanso et reflexo. 

Diam. maj. 5 millim., min. 44, alt. 33 ; apertura 2} longa, 13 lata. 

Hab. Sugarloat Hill and Quarry (Z'urton). Extinct (? living). 

In some specimens the spire is more elevated than in others, and 

occasionally the apex is scarcely raised ahove the last whorl. The 
majority of the examples examined have to a great extent lost their 
original colour and are now of a uniform whitish tint; but a few 
from Sugarloaf Ridge, which have the appearance of live shells, look 
of a pale reddish colour to the naked eye, but when viewed under a 


1892.) _ LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 261 


lens it is seen that they are variegated with irregular radiating 
blotches of red and white intermingled. The lines of growth are 
distinct, finely hair-like, arcnate and oblique on the upper surface, 
and gently undulating on the body-whorl. The umbilicus is deep 
but narrow, equalling about one fifth the diameter of the base. 


3. Patruxa pianz (Pfeiffer). (Plate X XI. figs. 2-2 4.) 


This species does not belong to the group Hyalina (= Vitrea), as 
supposed by Wollaston, but falls naturally into Patula together 
with the preceding species, which it very closely resembles. 

Hab. Diana’s Peak. Living (P/r.). 


4, PaTULA PERSOLUTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 3-3 6.) 


Testa minuta, late et aperte umbilicata, discoidalis, planorbi- 
Sormis, pallide rufescens (?) ; anfractus 33, perconvext, sutura 
profundissime discreti, subceleriter accrescentes, lineis incre- 
menti obliquis striati, ultimus tubiformis, rotundatus, antice 
solutus et descendens ; apertura subcircularis, margine colu- 
mellari leviter planato. 

Diam. maj. 33 millim., min. 23, alt. 2. 

Hab. Side Path (Turton). Extinct. 

This is a very remarkable little species, at once recognizable by its 
Planorbiform appearance, and the detached anterior portion of the 
body-whorl. The upper whorls do not rise above the last, and the 
suture is remarkably deep. The umbilicus is very wide and open, 
permitting the convolution of the whorls to be observed to the apex. 
Both of the specimens examined exhibited traces of red towards 
the apex, and there is every probability of the living shell having 
exhibited more or less of that tint. 


5. PATULA L&TISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 4—4 6.) 


Testa minuta, anguste wmbilicata, depresse subconoidea, alba, 
maculis radiantibus rufis supra et infra picta; anfractus 53, 
lente accrescentes, superne convexiusculi, sutura subprofunda 
sejuncti, lineis incrementi fortibus striati, ultimus ad peri- 
pheriam rotundatus, antice haud descendens ; apertura semi- 
lunata, edentula ; peristoma tenue, simplex, margine columel- 
lari dilatato ; umbilicus profundus, angustus, diam. totius 4 
adequans. 

Diam. maj. 4 millim., min. 34, alt. 23. 

Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, near the top (Turton). Extinct. 

This little species is remarkable for its small deep umbilicus, 
the toothless aperture, rather well-marked lines of growth, the 
rounded periphery to the body-whorl, and the red colour-markings. 
These consist of radiating blotches on the upper surface of the 
whorls, which become rather angular and wavy on the middle and 
lower part of the body-whorl. 


262 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, 


PatuLa (with teeth, Endodonta). 


6. PatuLa BipLtcata (Sowerby). 


Hab. North of the island. Extinct. 
A small species with two palatal folds. Unknown to me. 


7. PATULA BILAMELLATA (Sowerby). (Plate XXI. fig. 5.) 

Var. UNILAMELLATA. Aperture with the lower parietal lamella 
wanting. ‘ 

Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, rare (Zurton). Extinct. 

This name was also applied by Pfeiffer to a small species of 
‘“* Helix” in 1845, or one year after the publication of Sowerby’s 
description. As it cannot be regarded as generically distinct, 


although very different in form, I propose to substitute the name 
Patula pagodiformis. 


8. PATULA VERNONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 6-6 6.) 


Testa anguste perforata, depresse discoidea, superne planata, ad 
peripheriam acute carinata, alba, superne et infra rufo 
radiata; anfractus 6, lente accrescentes, vix convexiusculi, 
lineis incrementi tenuibus striati, ultimus acute carinatus, 
supra et infra carinam leviter compressus, antice haud 
descendens, lineis radiantibus rufis undulatis infra pictus, 
radiatim tenuiter striatus ; apertura parva, subrhomboidalis, 
lira parietali tenui intrante munita; peristoma simplex, 
tenue, wmbilicum versus leviter incrassatum. 

Diam. maj. 12 millim., min. 11, alt. 4. 

Hab. Side Path (Turton). Extinet. 

This species is at once recognized by its very flat spire, the com- 
pressed very acute keel, the minute umbilicus, the single fine lira- 
tion upon the upper part of the body-whorl, running within the 
aperture, and the style of colouring. The red rays upon both the 
upper and lower surfaces are more or less wavy and interrupted. 
There is no other sculpture excepting the fine lines of growth which 
cross the upper surface of the whorls obliquely and are a little flexuous 
beneath. The body-whorl has a more distinct impression below the 
keel than above it. I have much pleasure in naming this very 
distinct species after my late friend T. Vernon Wollaston, whose 
work ‘ Testacea Atlantica’ is one of the most accurate and complete 
hitherto published upon any Molluscan fauna. 


9. ParuLA PsEUSTES, sp. noy.’ (Plate XXI. figs. 7—7 6.) 


Testa conoidea, pyramidalis, anguste umbilicata, albida, superne 
maculis quadratis, inferne flammulis rufis picta; anfractus 
63, convexi, sutura profunda discreti, radiatim tenuiter 
costulati, ultimus ad peripheriam votundatus, inferne striis 
tenuissimis flexuosis sculptus ; apertura lunata, obliqua, intus 
denticulis inequalibus sex (duobus lamelliformibus parie- 
talibus prominentibus, tribus minimis supra columellam, una 


1 Lévorns, a deceiver. 


1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 263 


tenus prominenti in medio palati)instructa ; peristoma tenue, 
marginibus remotis, columellari leviter dilatato. 

Longit. 23 millim., diam. 33 3 apertura 13 longa, 4 lata. 

Hab. Fiagstaff Hill (2. W. Alewander). Extinct. 

This species has the spire more elevated and conical than the 
other species of Patula from the island. PP. cutteri, Pfr., may 
approach it somewhat, but that species is said to have only two 
parietal lamellze, and two basal denticles near the columella. The 
present species has an additional basal denticle, and a prominent thin 
palatal lamella, which falls as it were between the two on the inner 
or parietal side of the aperture. 


10. Paruta cuTrert (Pfeiffer). 


Hab. Diana’s Peak. Living (Pfr.). 

A small species, unknown to me, apparently similar in general 
features to the preceding, but with only four teeth within the 
aperture, two parietal and two basal near the columella, more 
narrowly umbilcated and probably more strongly sculptured. 


11. Paruta poLyopon (Sowerby). (Plate XXI. figs. 8-8 c.) 


This is the most widely umbilicated of all the species of Patula from 
St. Helena, and this feature alone is sufficient to distinguish it from 
the rest. The whorls also, in adult shells eight to nine in number, 
enlarge very slowly. The striz are fine, regular, arcuately oblique 
above, and slightly wavy on the last whorl. There are three parietal 
lire extending far within the aperture, of which the upper and 
lower are nearly always double. The plice within the outer lip 
are almost invariably (in adult shells) seven in number, subequi- 
distant, but not of equal thickness, two or three towards the 
columella being stouter than the rest, which are slender and extend 
some distance within. 

Diam. maj. 5; mill., min. 5, alt. 23. 

Hab. Side Path, Sugarloaf Quarry, Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). 
Extinct. 

The species to which the foregoing remarks apply is certainly the 
Helix alexandri of Forbes, for in the British Museum there are 
specimens of it presented by Mr. Alexander, who also furnished 
Forbes with the shells he described. Moreover the description is 
fairly applicable, especially that portion of it referring to the 
umbilicus, which is described as “maximus.” It is much less 
certain that this is the H. polyodon of Sowerby, but as Mr. Wollaston 
has united these species as well as H. helenensis (Forbes), Pfeiffer, it 
will probably be advisable to acquiesce in this decision. There are, 
however, certain differences in the descriptions, which seem to indicate 
that more than one species was described by these authors, for 
instance :-—AH. polyodon is said to consist of six striated whorls, with 
three parietal and five palatal lire, and a moderate-sized umbilicus, 
whereas H. alexandri is described as having seven strongly striated 
whorls, three parietal and eight palatal lire, and a very large 
umbilicus. H. helenensis is characterized as possessing eight very 


264 -MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, 


narrow closely costate whorls, and only two parietal lire and the 
same number within the outer lip. Pfeiffer states that H. helenensis 
was described by Forbes in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1851, and this 
statement is copied both by Reeve and Wollaston. This appears to 
be an error, for after a careful search I have been unable to discover 
in any publication the description by Forbes of any species of Helix 
under that name. 


12. ParuLa MINUTISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 9-9 c.) 


Testa conoidea-depressa, mediocriter late umbilicata, albo et rufo 
maculata et variegata ; spira leviter elevata, superne obtusa ; 
anfractus 7, primi duo leves, pallide rufescentes, ceteri 
convexiusculi, lirulis tenuibus arcuatis obliquis, in anfr. ult. 
flexuosis, ornati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute rotundatus, 
vel interdum obsolete subangulatus, antice haud descendens ; 
apertura oblique semilunata ; lamelle parietales tenuissime, 
in cochleis adultis sex, in exemplis juvenilioribus quatuor vel 
quinque; plice palatales 8-10; peristoma tenue, margine 
columellari expanso. 

Diam. maj. 42 millim., min. 43, alt. 24. 

Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). Extinct. 

This species is smaller than P. polyodon, more narrowly umbili- 
cated, has fewer whorls, coarser and more remote striz, and a 
different armature within the aperture. In full-grown shells there 
are aS many as six parietal lirze, as it were, in two groups of three. 
They are very fine and extend a long way within. The plicee within 
the outer lip vary apparently from seven or eight to ten or eleven, and 
some of them are more prominent than others. The red markings 
take the form of radiating blotches on the upper surface, and more 
undulating or zigzag streaks beneath. 


13. ParuLa LEPTALEA, sp. nov.’ (Plate XXI. figs. 10-10.) 


Testa orbicularis, depressa, late wmbilicata, albida rufo variegata; 
spira via elevata ; anfractus 5, primi 12 leves, cetert convex- 
iusculi, tenuissime arcuatim striati, lente accrescentes, ultimus 
ad peripheriam acute rotundatus, antice haud descendens ; 
apertura oblique semi-lunata; lamelle parietales tres 
(quarum suprema et mediana duplices sunt) tenues, longe 
intrantes ; plice palatales circa sex. 

Diam. maj. 33 millim., min. 3, alt. 13. 

Hab. Sugarloaf Quarry (Turton). Extinct. 

This species is much smaller than P. polyodon and not quite so 
large as P. minutissima ; it is flatter than either, mach more finely 
striated than the latter, and has a different oral armature from both. 
The parietal lirae are unequal in size, that nearest the collumella 
being the smallest. The two others are about equal and double, 
and between occasionally a very small and slender intermediate lira 
is observable. 


1 \emraXéos, delicate. 


1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 265 


Buuimus (Pacuyortvs). 

14. Bunimus auRis-vuLPrna (Chemnitz). (Plate XXII. 
figs. 11-11 d.) 

Hab. All along Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). Extinct. 

With regard to this, the largest extinct snail of St. Helena, 
Mr. Wollaston admits the resemblance “to a certain extent” to 
certain Brazilian species, at the same time observing “that much the 
same type of form exists equally in the Solomon Islands and New 
Zealand.” Whilst agreeing with those remarks, I would point out 
that although in the Pacific shells referred to the apertures are 
somewhat similar, the general form, especially of the body-whorl, is 
much more elongate. On the contrary, B. melanostoma and B. 
bilabiatus from Brazil, cited by Forbes in comparison, exhibit not 
only like proportions, but also similar oral characters. 

Captain Turton in his notes remarks: ‘‘ The shape appears to me 
to vary immensely, and therefore I have sent as many as 30 speci- 
mens, so as to show all the intermediate forms. The very slender 
ones are, I suppose, B. darwinianus, but I can scarcely draw any 
line between them. I noticed that the different varieties of this 
shell generally (always, I think) came from different parts of the 
ridge; and you will observe that the more recent shells which 
retain their colour do not grow to the same size as the more fossilized 
ones. 

I fully concur in the opinion arrived at by Captain Turton 
respecting B. darwinianus (Plate XXII. fig. 11 d) being merely an 
elongate form of the B. auris-vulpina. 

His other observation, with regard to the smaller size of the more 
recent specimens, is also very interesting. This diminution might 
be accounted for by the vegetation being less luxuriant and other 
conditions being less favourable to finer growth than in former 
times, before the partial destruction of the primeval forests which 
then clothed the island. 

The freshest examples are of a light reddish colour and generally 
of a somewhat darker tint towards the apex. The top of the 
plications at the suture are whitish, and there is more or less of this 
colour variously distributed over the surface in the form of irregular 
streaks and blotches. A few subfossil snails’ eggs obtained at 
Sugarloaf Ridge along with this species evidently from their size 
belong to it. They are roundly ovate, being 63 millim. in length 
and 6 broad. Some other much smaller eggs were also found by 
Captain Turton at the same place, but in this instance it would be 
mere guesswork to suggest to which species they belong. 


(BuLIMULUS. ) 

15. ButimuLus BLOFELDI, Forbes. (Plate XXII. fig. 12.) 

Hab. Side Path ; very common (Turton). 

This species is very like the following in form, but has not the 
same strong spiral sculpture. However in the best preserved 
example indications of transverse strize and some oblique faint red- 
dish markings are observable. 


266 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, 


16. BuLimuLUS HELENA, Quoy and Gaimard. (Plate XXII. 
figs. 13, 13 a.) 

With this species I unite B. fossilis, of Sowerby, and B. seale- 
tanus of Forbes (Pl. XXII. fig. 13 a). Typical specimens are of the 
same general form as the S.-American B. proteus, Broderip, and 
have somewhat similar granular sculpture. 

Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge and Quarry, and the Barn (Turton). 
Extinct (? living). 


(Section 2) 
17. BuLiMULUS SUBTRUNCATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 14.) 


Testa subfossilis, elongato-ovata, superne acuminata, inperforata, 
lineis incrementi obliquis tenuibus striata; anfractus 7, 
convexiusculi, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, ultimus oblique 
declivis, sed prope labrum leviter ascendens, apertura inverse 
auriformis, longit. totius 4 haud equans; labrum tenue, 
antice leviter patulum vel expansum; columella obliqua, recti- 
uscula, callo tenui superne labro juncto induta, antice plus 
minus subtruncata. 

Longit. 315 millim., diam. 123 ; apertura 14 longa, 7 lata. 

Hab. Side Path, common (Zurton). Extinct. 

Although not particularly like B. virgulatus, Fér., it is perhaps 

more allied to that species than any other. The subtruncation of 
the columella, however, is more pronounced. 


(Peron Zzus ) 
18. BuLimuLUs suBpLicaTus (Sowerby). (Plate XXII. fig. 15.) 


Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, common (Turton). Extinct. 

Quite distinct from any other known species and of elongate form 
like the section Peroneus. The Cochlicopa terebeilum of Sowerby, 
a slightly more slender form, is evidently merely a slight variety 
in which the plications at the suture, probably through the 
worn condition of the specimens, appear to be less developed. 


(Section ?) 
19. BuximuLus Exunatus (Benson). (Plate XXII. fig. 16.) 


Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, common (Turton). Extinct. 
Remarkable for the distinct truncation of the collumella like 
Leptachatina. 


(Section 9) 
20. BuLimuLus TuRTONI, sp.nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 17,17 a.) 


Testa anguste perforata, ovato-conica, tenuissima, nitida, fusco- 
cornea, strigis irregularibus opaco-lacteis, longitudinaliter 
picta ; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis 
striati, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, in exemplis 
Juvenilibus obsolete angulatus ; apex subpapillaris ; aper- 
tura ovata, swperne acuminata, longit. totiuss haud equans; 


1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST, HELENA. 267 


peristoma tenuissimum, margine exteriore simplice, haud 
expanso, colwmellari supra umbilicum anguste reflexo, 
tenuiter calloso, in medio plica parva vel denticulo 
munito. 

Longit. 17 millim., diam. 7% ; apertura 7? longa, 4 lata. 

Var. Testa fusco-cornea, lineis opaco-lacteis tenuibus confertis 
plus minus trregularibus et interruptis picta, circa medium 
anfractus ultimi zona pallida cineta. 

‘Hab. High Peak, among native vegetation (Zurton). Living. 

This perhaps is the prettiest land-shell occurring in the island, 
and it is remarkable that it has escaped the notice of most of the 
explorers and naturalists who have visited and collected at St. 
Helena. ‘Two specimens, however, have been in the collection at the 
British Museum for many years. They were received from the 
Museum of Economic Geology in January 1860, but it is uncertain 
by whom they were collected. 

The substance of the shell is extremely thin and fragile and the 
surface exhibits no other sculpture excepting lines of growth. The 
colour-ornamentation is variable. In what may be regarded as the 
typical form the opaque creamy longitudinal markings take the form 
of broadish irregular wavy stripes, which frequently run into one 
another, so that they exhibit a more or less zigzag appearance. 
In other specimens these broadish stripes are replaced by very 
numerous and slender lines, which are more or less wavy and some- 
times considerably interrupted and broken up. 

The plait or denticle upon the columella is peculiar, giving to it 
a subtruncate appearance. B. neglectus, Pfr., B. costatus, Pfr., 
and some other forms of Peronzus have a somewhat similar plication 
on the columella, but rather higher up. I have much pleasure in 
associating this beautiful species with the name of Capt. W. H. Turton. 


(Section 9) 


21. ButimuLus MELANIoIDES (Wollaston). (Plate XXII. 
fig. 18.) 


Hab, Diana's Peak, at an elevation of over 2000 feet (Z'urton). 
Living. 

This is very distinct and quite unlike any other known species. 
It was located by Mr. Wollaston in the genus Sudulina on account 
of the truncation or fold at the base of the columella. This feature, 
although rather higher up on the columella, is also met with in 
certain Bulimi from Brazil, as I have already pointed out in 
connection with the preceding B. turtoni. I therefore am inclined 
to assign this species rather to Bulimulus than to Subulina, as more- 
over it bears very little resemblance to any species of that group. 


22. TomIGERUS (?) PEREXILIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 19- 
19 6.) 


Lesta dextrorsa vel sinistrorsa, minuta, obtuse pyramidalis, 
imperforata, albida vel dilute rufescens ; anfractus 5, conver- 


268 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE (Apr. 5, 


iusculi, lente accrescentes, lineis incrementi tenuibus obliquis 
striati, ultimus antice valde ascendens, pone labrum constrictus, 
scrobiculatus et distortus, inferne quoque scrobiculatus, ad 
anfractum penultimum appressus; spira ad apicem valde obtusa; 
apertura transversim ovata, superne sinu fere circulart im- 
structa, intus angustata; perist. continuum plus minus 
expansum. 

Longit. 13 millim., diam. maj. 13, min. 1; apertura 3 longa, 

3 lata. 

Hab. Side Path, and the sinistral form from Sugarloaf Ridge 
(Turton). Extinct. 

This is a very remarkable little species and quite unlike any 
other from the island. 

The manner in which the last whorl ascends in front upon the 
penultimate recalls certain species of Tomigerus and Boysia. The 
emargination at the upper part of the peristome is most remarkable. 
It has the appearance of being the termination of a tube, the edge of 
which is notched at one place. The shallow depression on the 
lower part of the body-whorl towards the aperture and the more 
distinct groove behind the peristome give the last volution a 
decidedly distorted appearance. It is difficult to decide whether 
this species should be classed as a Zomigerus or a Pupa. In size 
it more resembles the latter genus, but in outline the former; it 
has not, however, the same armature to the mouth. 


23. Pupa TURTON], sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 20, 20 a.) 


Testa minuta, cylindracea, superne obtuse conoidea, albida, sub- 
vimata; anfractus 5-6, convexi, lente crescentes, sutura via 
obliqua sejuncti, lineis perobliquis tenuissime striati, ultimus 
haud descendens, pone labrum in medio uni-scrobiculatus ; 
apertura parva, irregulariter subquadrata, longit. totius 3 
haud equans, intus dentibus sex (tribus parietalibus, uno 
columellari, duobus palatalibus) munita; peristoma niveum, 
leviler expansum et reflexum, continuum, superne indentatum. 

Longit. 3 millim., diam. 1; apertura 3 longa et lata. 

Hab. Sugarloat Quarry, common (Turton). Extinct. 

This species might be found anywhere. It is not unlike P. soli- 
taria, Smith, from Fernando Noronha, but rather more cylindrical, 
less conical towards the apex, and has different armature to the 
mouth. 


24. Pupa OBLIQUICOSTULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 21.) 


Testa minuta, cylindracea, pallide fuscescens, rimata ; anfractus 
sex, convexiusculi, sutura profunda sejuncti, costulis arcuatis 
tenuibus perobliquis ornati, ultimus antice leviter contractus, 
paulo ascendens, pone labrum haud profunde impressus ; 
apertura rotunda, subquadrata, longit. totius 3 adequans, 
intus haud dentata ; peristoma tenue, undique anguste expan- 
sum, marginibus superne conniventibus. 

Longit. 2 millim., diam. 3 ; apertura § longa, 3 lata. 


1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 269 


Hab. Sugarloaf Quarry (Zurton). Extinct. 
This is a very minute species, with very oblique, slender, and 
somewhat remote costule and no teeth within the aperture. 


25. SuccINEA SANCTZ-HELEN (Lesson). 
Hab. High ground among native vegetation (Turton). Living. 


26. Succrnea picTA, Pfeiffer. 
Hab. All over Sugarloaf Ridge, common (Turton). Living. 


27. SUCCINEA BENSONIANA, Forbes. 


Hab. Long Range, Sugarloaf Ridge, common, both living and 
extinct (Turton). 

Little can be suggested with regard to the origin or relationship 
of the above three species, for, as is well known, Succineas all the 
world over have a remarkably strong family likeness. That they 
are not importations of modern times, however, is proved by the fact 
that one of them occurs in a semifossil condition along with other 
extinct forms of land-shells. 


B. Introduced Species. 


Through the kindness of Mr. E. L. Layard I have had the 
opportunity of examining the types of two of Benson’s species, 
namely :—Achatina veru and Bulimus compressilabris. The 
former I regard as identical with the West-Indian Cecilioides 
gundlachi (Pfeiffer), which is synoymous with Macrospira aperta 
of Guilding from St. Vincent's, specimens of which, from Guilding’s 
collection, are now in the British Museum. As it was found in 
the Public Gardens at Jamestown there is every probability of its 
being a comparatively recent introduction along with West-Indian 
plants. 

The Bulimus compressilabris aiso appears to be an introduction 
from the West Indies, for it is identical with the Stenogyra ascendens 
of Poey from Cuba, which I believe to be merely a slender form of 
St. goodallii, Miller. The remaining introduced species have 
been enumerated in the early part of this paper. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats XXI. 

Figs. 1,la. Patula spurca, p. 260. 
2-26. diane, p. 261. 
3-3 b, persoluta, sp. n., p. 261. 
446, —— letissima, sp. n., p. 261. 
5. —— bilamellata, p. 262. 
6-6 5. vernoni, sp. n., p. 262. 
7-76. —— pscustes, sp. u., p. 262. 
8-8 ¢ polyodon, p. 263. 
9-9¢, —— minutissima, sp. n., p. 264. 

10-10 ¢.° leptalea, sp. n., p. 264. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892 No. XIX. 19 


270 MR. H.SEEBOHM ON AN UNDESCRIBED PHEASANT. [Apr. 5, 


Prate XXII. 
Figs. 11-11 d. Bulimus awris-vulpina, p. 265. 
12. Bulimulus blofeldi, p. 265. 
13. —— helena, p. 266. 
13 a. — , Var., p. 266. 
14. — subtruncatus, sp. n., p. 266. 
15. subplicatus, p. 266. 
16. — exulatus, p. 266. 
ised a turtont, sp. 0., p. 266. 
18 melanioides, p. 267. 


19-19b. 7. omigerus perexilis, sp. n., p. 267. 
20, 20 a. Pupa turtoni, sp. n., p. 268. 
21. obliquicostulata, sp. n., p. 268. 


2. On an apparently undescribed Pheasant from the Province 
of Zarafshan in Central Asia. By Henry Srxsoum, F.Z.S. 


[Received April 5, 1892.] 


Through the kindness of Mr. Tegetmeier I have been able to add 
to my collection an example of a Pheasant from Central Asia which 
appears to be undescribed. It is closely allied to Phasianus princi- 
palis, but differs from that species in having a very conspicuous 
white collar round the back of the neck but not quite meeting in 
front. It further differs from that species (and resembles P. per- 
sicus) in having no dark margins to the scapulars, and in having 
the dark tips to the feathers of the flanks and of the sides of the 
breast much narrower. 

From Phasianus mongolicus, which is also a ring-necked Pheasant, 
it differs in having the upper parts below the white ring brick-red, 
without any trace of the green reflexions so conspicuous in that 
bird. It further differs from that species (and resembles P. princi- 
palis) in having the feathers of the breast broadly margined with 
golden red, instead of being narrowly margined with black bronzed 
with green. It is also a smaller bird, with a smaller spur. 

It can scarcely be a cross between P. mongolicus and P. princi- 
palis, because the white ring is an absolutely perfect one in the 
most typical example of the former, whilst it is as absolutely free 
from the green reflexions which characterize P. mongolicus as the 
most typical example of P. principalis. 

The example of this apparently new species of Pheasant was 
sent to Mr. Tegetmeier by Lieutenant G. Tarnovski of Samarkand 
as a specimen of the Pheasant of the Zarafshan, described by that 
Russian sportsman in the ‘Field’ newspaper of the 21st of March 
1891 (vol. Ixxvii. p.409), under the name of Phasianus zerafshanicus 
sive Alossovskii; but in the detailed description of that species it is 
stated that “on specimens shot last autumn I found on nape and sides 
of neck from six to eight white small feathers invisible from without. 
On the birds which are the subject of this description I have been 
unable to find any of these neck-feathers.” From this statement it 


1892. ] MR. R. J. L. GUPPY ON BULIMUS OBLONGUS. 271 


is quite obvious that neither of the names proposed by Lieutenant 
Tarnovski can be applied to the birdin question. I therefore propose 
to call it Phasianus tarnovskii, after its discoverer. 

It is quite possible that Phasianus zerafshanicus is distinct from 
P. principalis, but its distinctness can scarcely be fully admitted 
without a comparison of specimens. According to Lieutenant Tar- 
novski, P. zerafshanicus has only recently made its appearance iu 
the upper valley of the Zarafshan. He writes:—‘‘ Mr. Klossovski, who 
had resided in Katta-Koorgan for thirteen years, informed me that 
Pheasants had made their appearance in the district of Katta-Koor- 
gan (where we were shooting) about 1883, and that they had 
immigrated from the Bokharian dominions, probably from the Kara- 
Kool lakes and reeds (the Zarafshan does not reach the Amoo-Daria, 
but is lost in the sands near Kara-Kool), whence they were driven 
forth by the invasion of the Kisil Koom sands, which gradually 
bury the western part of Bokhara under their hills.” 

Lieutenant Tarnovski further adds that ‘‘the Pheasant of the 
Zarafshan has a mode of life totally differing from its other Asiatic 
brethren, owing to the high state of cultivation of the Zarafshan 
valley ; it breeds and nests in the reedy swamps and marshes bordering 
on this stream, and takes its food from the neighbouring fields and 
gardens.” 


3. Note on Bulimus oblongus. 
By R. J. Lecumere Guppy, C.M.Z8. 


[Received March 19, 1892. | 


The specimens of the anatomy of Bulimus oblongus which I ex- 
hibit may have some interest for Fellows of this Society. 

In my paper on the Mollusca of Trinidad published in the ‘ Annals 
and Magazine of Natural History’ for January 1866 (ser. 3, 
vol. xvii. p. 48), I mentioned some peculiarities of the structure of 
this mollusk, which had been figured by d’Orbigny in his ‘ Voyage 
dans l’Amérique Méridionale.’ The tentacular appendages of the 
head call to mind the Cephalopoda, and the jaw in two horny portions 
strengthens the analogy. The specimens now shown are :—(1) the 
jaw preserved in glycerine, (2) the anterior portion of the animal in 
spirit, (3) the dental membrane in Canada balsam, (4) the shell and 
egg. These are all probably well known. 1 have had the pleasure 
on more than one occasion of presenting living examples of this fine 
species to the Gardens of the Society ; but, owing to its habit of 
burrowing, I fear few of the visitors have had the opportunity of 
seeing the creature in motion. 

I take the opportunity of mentioning another fact concerning this 
mollusk which may possibly be new. ‘The family Helicide, to which 
Bulimus oblongus belongs, is generally considered to have the sexes 
united, nevertheless requiring the congress of two individuals for 
reproduction. I am not able to assert that Bulimus oblongus is. 

19 


272 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


anatomically unisexual, yet functionally I believe it to be so. 
Having observed numerous individuals and pairs, I am able to say 
that the female is constantly larger than the male. 

I may add a word as to the best method of killing these mollusks. 
If placed in a sort of vapour-bath or in a vessel of water, and heated 
very slowly and gradually, they die painlessly and in a condition 
with the tissues relaxed much more suitable for the purposes of the 
anatomist than if killed by immersion in hot water or in any acrid 
fluid. When it is desired to preserve the shell in a perfectly clean 
condition, the whole should, after the animals are dead, be boiled so 
that the soft parts may readily come away from the shell. 


4. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera 


from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.—Part I. By W. Scuaus, 
F.ZS. 


| Received March 16, 1892. | 


The following descriptions are all taken from specimens iu my 
own collection, and those of the Brazilian and Mexican species were 
chiefly collected by myself. 


Fam. AGARISTIDA. 
OTHRIA MERIDIONALIS, Sp. Nov. 


Velvety black ; the primaries with a narrow transverse band of a 
creamy white, extending from the middle of the subcostal vein to 
close to the inner angle. Underneath the transverse band is slightly 
wider than on the upper surface. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


Fam. ZYGHNIDA. 
HARRISINA JANEIRA, Sp. NOv. 
Dull greenish black ; the second and third abdominal segments 
bright red. 
Expanse 26 mm. 
Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


HARRISINA DANTASI, Sp. nov. 


Dull black ; a bright orange spot on either side of the collar. 
Expanse 21 mm. 
Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 


HARRISINA EMINENS, Sp. nov. 


Bluish black ; the base of the wings yellow and on the primaries 
a yellow mark crossing the wing from the subcostal vein at about 
two thirds from the base and extending to the outer margin just 
above the inner angle; this mark is somewhat in the shape of a T, 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 273 


having the upper portion along the subcostal vein. At the base of 
the abdomen a short lateral yellow streak. 

Expanse 28 mm. 

Hab. Tijuca, Brazil. 

This species bears a very strong resemblance to Dycladia 
correbioides, Felder. 


Eupyra PSITTACUS, Sp. Noy. 


Primaries above dull metallic green, with the outer margin broadly 
black ; underneath bright metallic green, except the apical third 
which is black. Secondaries above black, the costal margin bright 
metallic green, and the inner margin shot with bluish green ; 
underneath bright metallic green, with a very narrow black outer 
margin. Head and thorax black ; a white spot behind the eyes, and 
six white spots on the thorax. Abdomen above black, with a sub- 
dorsal row of white spots, the one on the first segment bemg much 
larger than the others; laterally metallic green; underneath 
brownish black, with two rows of large white spots. Coxze white. 
Antenne black. 

Expanse 41 mm. Four males. 

Hab. Peru. 


EvpyrA CONSORS, sp. Nov. 


Primaries above dark green with a golden tinge, the outer margin 
broadly black ; near the end of the cell a small hyaline spot ; 
underneath the same as above but of a brighter metallic green, and 
there is a second small spot denuded of scales just beyond the cell, 
and in some specimens a third similar spot below the middle of the 
median vein. Secondaries above black, the costal margin bright 
green, at the base of the inner margin a small white spot and a 
small semihyaline streak in the cell; underneath bright green, with 
the spots as above and a narrow black outer margin. Thorax black, 
with white spots as in #. psittacus. Abdomen above black, golden 
between the segments, and a subdorsal row of small white spots; 
laterally golden; underneath brown, with an outer row of white spots. 

Expanse 44 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


EvupyRA AURATA, Sp. Nov. 


Wings above dull golden green. The inner margin of the 
secondaries black. Underneath the same as above, with the apex 
and the outer margin of the primaries dark brown. Head black, 
two small white spots on the frons and a similar spot behind each 
antenna. Thorax black with white spots. Body golden, with a 
black subdorsal band and a narrow black transverse line separating 
each segment ; laterally a broad brown band with a row of large 
silver spots; dorsally there are two small white spots on the first 
segment. 

Expanse 42 mm. Two females. 

Hab. Peru, 


274 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


EUpyRA BACCHANS, Sp. nov. 

Primaries above dark green, with a broad black outer margin and 
a white spot at the base of the costa; underneath the wings are 
more of a dull golden green, the outer margins blackish brown. 
Secondaries above black, a few dark green scales between the second 
and third median nervules; underneath golden green. Antenne 
black with white tips. Thorax black, two white spots mingled 
with bluish scales on the collar and similar spots on the thorax. 
Abdomen black, a subdorsal and two lateral rows of small white 
spots, each spot having anteriorly a cluster of bright blue scales. 

Expanse, ¢ 45 mm., 2? 48 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


ISANTHRENE GAZA, Sp. Nov. 

Primaries yellowish hyaline, darker along the costal and inner 
margins; the outer and inner margins with a very narrow black 
border, the apices broadly black ; at the base of the wings a few 
blue scales. Secondaries above yellowish hyaline, the outer margin 
very narrowly bordered with black, the inner margin very narrowly 
orange; underneath the same as above, with the costal margins of a 
much deeper yellow. Frons orange. Metallic blue spots at the base 
of the antenne. Collar orange, with two black spots having bright 
blue centres. Tegule orange inwardly, black outwardly. Thorax 
black, with two patches of metallic blue scales. Abdomen above with 
the first segment yellow, the following segments orange with two rows 
of transversely elongated metallic blue spots bordered with black, the 
black meeting subdorsally ; these spots are placed on the posterior 
portion of each segment; laterally are similar blue and black 
markings ; underneath abdomen pale yellow. 

Expanse 37 mm. ©. 

Hab. Peru. 


GYMNELIA SERRA, sp. nov. 

Primaries yellowish hyaline, the margins broadly bordered with 
black. A black mark at the end of the cell. Secondaries whitish 
hyaline, the outer margin broadly black. Antenne, head, and 
thorax black ; two small dark metallic blue spots on the collar. 
Abdomen velvety black, with a lateral row of dull red spots separated 
by clusters of dark metallic blue scales. 

Expanse 40 mm. Q. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


PsEUDOMYA PELLUCIDA, Sp. Nov. 

Male. Primaries with the basal half semihyaline, black, the 
apical half hyaline. Secondaries hyaline, a few dark scales along 
the costal margin. Body black, subdorsally velvety black. 

Expanse 20-24 mm. 

Female. Primaries entirely semihyaline black. Secondaries 
slightly more transparent. Body as in the male. 

Expanse 29 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 275 


PsEUDOMYA TIJUCA, sp. nov. 


Female. Primaries semihyaline black. Secondaries hyaline, 
darker towards the outer margin. Head black ; thorax orange ; 
abdomen black above, whitish underneath. 

Expanse 30 mm. 

Hab. Tijuca, Brazil. 


PsEUDOMYA MUSCA, Sp. nov. 


Wings black, semihyaline and iridescent. Head, thorax, and 
first abdominal segment black ; abdomen otherwise bright yellow. 
The sexes are similar. 

Expanse 23 mm. 

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 


CosMOSOMA HARPALYCE, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries hyaline, the inner and outer margins very narrowly 
black, the apex broadly black, a black spot at the end of the cell. 
en ee hyaline, the outer margin narrowly black, more widely 
so at the apex and along the inner margin. ‘Antenne, head, and 
thorax black, the latter reddish outwardly. Abdomen above dull 
black, with two reddish spots at the base; underneath yellowish, 
except the last two segments, which are black. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


DycLADIA CATHERINA, Sp. NOV. 


Wings hyaline, the apices black, the margins very narrowly 
black. Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen black. A _ large 
crimson spot on each side of the thorax, and a round crimson spot 
on each side of the fourth segment of the abdomen. 

Expanse 26 mm. ¢. 

Hab. Santa Catharina, Brazil. 


DycLaDIA ROGENHOFERI, sp. nov. 


Wings hyaline. Primaries with the apices and fringe black ; 
little yellow at the base of the wing. Frons white. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen bright yellow, with a subdorsal black line. 

Expanse 19 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis. Brazil. 

This species is most closely allied to Dycladia feldert, Druce, but 
differs in the subdorsal markings andthe smaller extent of black at 
the apices of the primaries. 


Dycuapia EPIMETHEUS, Sp. nov. 


Wings hyaline, with the margins rather broadly black, especially 
the apices ; base of the primaries red; a small black mark at the 
end of the cell of the same wing. Head black. Thorax and base 
of the abdomen, laterally, red ; abdomen otherwise black. 

Expanse 25 mm. 9. 

Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 


276 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


DyYCLADIA BROTEAS, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries hyaline, the outer margin broadly black, the inner 
margin narrowly so, a small black spot at the end of the cell ; the 
hyaline portion of the primaries is white crossed by \black veins, 
until the end of the cell, beyond which and up to the marginal 
border the hyaline portion is yellowish with orange veins. Second- 
aries hyaline, the outer margin broadly black. Head and thorax 
black, collar and tegule crimson. Abdomen black, laterally crimson, 
dorsally on the first segment are two conspicuous silyery-white 
spots. 

Oe patios 22 mm. 
Hab. Santa Catharina, Brazil. 


ARGYROEIDES MAGON, Sp. NOVe 


Wings yellowish hyaline, fringe black. Body black. 
Expanse 29 mm. 
Hab. Santa Catharina, Brazil. 


TRICHURA CYANEA, Sp. Nov. 


Wings hyaline, yellowish along the costal margins, and narrowly 
bordered with black on the outer and inner margins. A minute 
blue spot at the base of the primaries. Antennz black. Frons 
metallic blue. Thorax black; two metallic blue spots on the 
collar. Abdomen black; subdorsal blue spots on the first 
three and the last segment. Underneath, at the base of the abdo- 
men, two silvery-white streaks. Legs black outwardly, dark 
metallic blue inwardly. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


SYNTRICHURA DOERI, Sp. nov. 


Wings hyaline. Primaries narrowly margined with black. 
Secondaries having only the costa and apex black. Head and thorax 
black, with a yellow lateral streak. Abdomen black, with a lateral 
row of yellow spots. Abdomen below whitish. 

Expanse 21mm. <G. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


Fam, ARCTIIDZ. 
ACLYTIA PETRA, Sp. NOV. 


Primaries brownish black, with all the veins clearly defined. 
Secondaries hyaline, with a broad black margin. Head and thorax 
black ; a metallic blue spot between the antenne. Abdomen dor- 
sally black, laterally metallic blue, underneath white. Legs black ; 
joints and coxz white. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 277 


ACLYTIA HECALE, Sp. nov. 


Primaries dull black, faintly hyaline in the disk and darkest on 
the margins and at the end of the cell. Secondaries hyaline, with a 
broad black margin. Antenne, head, and thorax black; two 
crimson spots behind the antenne. Abdomen black, with a lateral 
band of metallic blue. Base of all the legs bright crimson. 

Expanse 39 mm. 2. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


CHARIDEA INACHIA, 8p. Nov. 


Female. Primaries above velvety black, with a large orange 
space extending in its anterior portion from the base along the 
subcostal vein to beyond the cell, and posteriorly along the sub- 
median vein to close upon the inner angle, and divided by two black 
lines, one just below the median vein, the other just above the 
submedian ; a small black transverse mark at the end of the cell. 
Secondaries velvety black. Underneath black, with a large trian- 
gular orange spot on the primaries. Head and thorax black. 
Abdomen above steel-blue, with two black dorsal lines; underneath 
black. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


METRIOPHYLA LENA, Sp» Nov. 


Primaries above velvety black, fringe white; the basal third of 
the costal margin narrowly white. Secondaries above black, glossed 
with dark blue ; the outer margin narrowly, the apex broadly, white. 
Underneath : wings black, glossed with dark blue; the apices and 
outer margins white. Antenne black. Head crimson. Frons 
white. Thorax black, with a white spot on either side. Abdomen 
black above, tinged with dark blue ; underneath black, with a white 
ventral line. Anus crimson. Legs black exteriorly, white inwardly. 

Expanse 36 mm. 

Hab. Pern. 


AUTOMOLIS ELISSA, sp. nov. 


Wings pale yellow, secondaries slightly hyaline. Head orange. 
Collar and thorax yellow. Abdomen dorsally black, except fourth 
and fifth segments, which are orange with two black subdorsal spots ; 
abdomen laterally and underneath orange, with three lateral black 
spots on the third, fourth, and fifth segments. 

Expanse 54mm. Q. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


GALETHALEA PERUVIANA, Sp. nov. 

Male. Primaries above white, shaded with greenish grey ; along 
the costal margin five large irregular black spots, also three similar 
spots on the inner margin and three small black spots on the outer 
margin; underneath the spots are suffused and occupy nearly the 
entire wing, forming a broad submarginal band. Secondaries above 


278 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW (Apr. 5, 


white, slightly hyaline, the apex broadly, the outer margin faintly, 
clowded with black ; underneath the same, with a long black spot 
on the costal margin. Antenne black, with a broad white space 
near the base and also near the tip. Head white. Thorax white, 
spotted with black. Abdomen above brown, the last three segments 
yellow with subdorsal black spots ; underneath white. Anus black. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


CrENUCHA AZTECA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries brownish green. Secondaries bluish black. Fringes 
on all the wings white. Head and thorax black, collar crimson. 
Abdomen dark metallic blue. Anus crimson. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. City of Mexico. 

Very closely allied to Apistosia terminalis, Walker. 


THEAGES VESTALIS, sp. nov. 

White ; wings semihyaline, slightly iridescent. 
Expanse 22 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


EUCEREON LADAS, Sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries grey; the veins, a median and a marginal 
angulated band, some streaks between ‘the veins on the extreme 
margin, and a few shades at the base of the wings dark brown; 
there is a minute spot in the middle of the cell connected with a 
similar spot at the end of the cell by a fine black line. Secondaries 
dark brown. Head and thorax grey, with brown spots on the collar. 
Abdomen brown dorsally, the last three segments yellow ; under- 
neath two white streaks. 

The female is paler on the primaries, and the secondaries are 
greyish with darker margins. 

Expanse 28 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


AMAXIA HEBE, Sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries above pale yellow, a large purplish-brown spot 
broadly bordered with roseate occupying the base of the wings for 
one third from the base along the subcostal vein, and the entire 
inner margin, except a small yellow spot about the middle of the 
inner margin. At the apices two small brownish spots surrounded 
by roseate. The intermediate yellow space with widely separated 
and very small indistinct pinkish spots. Secondaries above slightly 
hyaline, rose colour, whitish along the costal margin. Underneath 
whitish, the base of the primaries roseate, the apical spots smaller 
than on the upperside. Head yellow above, crimson underneath. 
Collar yellow, thorax and abdomen dorsally crimson ; underneath 
whitish. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


1892.) SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 279 


AMAXIA PYGA, Sp. nov. 


Female. Primaries above pale yellow; the entire basal portion 
to the inner angle, except the costa, purplish brown, faintly mottled 
with red, especially on the veins and the margins of this dark space ; 
four elongated brown spots, exteriorly shaded with red, at the apex ; 
a marginal row of small brown spots, and a few other similar minute 
spots scattered over the yellow portion; underneath pale yellow, 
with the entire inner margin and base, except the costa, dull brown ; 
four brown spots at the apex. Secondaries above brown, the costal 
margin and apex yellow; underneath yellow. Head and collar 
yellow. Thorax and abdomen dorsally brown. Abdomen under- 
neath white. Legs yellow. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


SCAPTIUS JUNO, Sp. nov. 


Female. Primaries pale purplish brown, a white spot at the base 
near the inner margin, beyond this a transverse yellow band from 
the subcostal to the submedian vein, and on this band is a wavy 
reddish line ; close beyond it and just above the inner margin are 
three small yellowish spots ; a submarginal row of four hyaline spots 
and a marginal row of small irregular yellow spots. Fringe alter- 
nately yellow and brown. Secondaries roseate, fringe yellow. Head 
yellow. Thorax brownish. Abdomen fawn-colour. 

Expanse 39 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


IDALUS ORTUS, Sp. nov. 


Female. White, the disk of the primaries slightly iridescent, a 
few black specks at the base of the primaries, and some short black 
marks just beyond the cell, a conspicuous black dot near the outer 
margin below the apex. Head and thorax white, pinkish between 
the antennze. Abdomen white, dorsally shaded with pink, 

Expanse 37 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


AMELES BYBLIS, sp. nov. 


Primaries above dark brown, a space at the base, and a large 
subapical space on the outer margin, testaceous, with two rows of 
paler spots. About the middle of the costal margin are two nearly 
contiguous testaceous spots, and likewise two about the middle of 
the inner margin. Secondaries above blackish, a yellow basal spot 
on the costa. Underneath dull brown, orange at the base of the 
four wings, and orange shades along the basal half of the costal and 
inner margins of the primaries. ‘The subapical patch on the outer 
margin as on the upperside. Head and thorax yellow, with two 
broad brown bands. Abdomen dorsally dark brown, laterally yellow, 
with two rows of black spots ; underneath whitish. 

Expanse 37 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


280 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


AMMALO THRAILKILLI, Sp. NOVe 


Primaries dark brown, indistinctly mottled with paler scales. 
Secondaries reddish yellow. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen 
dorsally red, with transverse black bands; underneath brownish. 

Expanse 55 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Vera Cruz, Mexico. 


HALISIDOTA ORUBA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries above pale fawn-colour, mottled with brown, a brown 
line extending through the middle of the wing, from the base to the 
apex, a brown discal Spot, a marginal and a submarginal row of brown 
spots. Secondaries whitish, a row of small spots on the apical half 
of the outer margin. Head and thorax fawn-colour, with a central 
brown line. Abdomen fawn-colour dorsally, white laterally and 
underneath. 

Expanse 58 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


SYCHESIA HARTMANNI, Sp. nov. 


Primaries dark brown, an indistinct wavy submarginal shade. 
Secondaries black-brown, faintly hyaline in the disk. Head and 
thorax above brown, an orange spot at the base of the antenne ; 
thorax underneath orange. Abdomen dorsally black, laterally orange, 
underneath brown. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Hab, Petropolis. 


SYCHESIA JANEIRA, Sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries above light brown, with numerous transverse 
pale streaks, all the veins orange-brown; secondaries yellowish 
white, black on the margins. Head and thorax brown, the collar 
edged with dull orange. Abdomen dorsally orange, the first seg- 
ment unspotted, the following three with large transverse black 
spots, the other segments with subdorsal black spots ; abdomen 
underneath brown, wavy along the sides where confluent with the 
orange. The anus dark brown. 

The female differs in having the secondaries entirely dull brownish 
black. 

Expanse 52 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


PHAGOPTERA SCHAFFERI, sp. Nov. 


Primaries white, mottled with brown, chiefly across the centre of 
the wing. Two orange basal spots, beyond which is a broken curved 
row of orange spots, and orange spots at the end of the cell; two 
rows of orange spots beyond the cell, and an orange spot at the 
extremity of each vein. Secondaries whitish, with black margins. 
Head and thorax brown, spotted with orange. Abdomen dorsally 


1892.] | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 281 


with the basal half brown, otherwise orange; underneath brown, 
a lateral row of orange spots. 

Expanse 53 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


PH2ZGOPTERA PROBA, Sp. nov. 


Primaries fawn-colour, minutely speckled with darker scales. 
Secondaries yellow, slightly hyaline at the base and in the disk. 
Head and thorax brown, two black dots on the collar. Abdomen 
yellow dorsally, pale brown underneath. 

Expanse 80 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Vera Cruz. 


PHZGOPTERA NOTATA, Sp. NOV. 


Primaries brown, with three large yellowish-white spots on the 
costal margin. Secondaries whitish, with the veins and margins 
brown, and a yellow spot at the base on the costal margin. Head 
and thorax brown; two yellow dots on the collar, and a large 
yellow spot on either side of the thorax. Abdomen black dorsally, 
with narrow crimson transverse bands; underneath brown, with two 
rows of white spots. 

Expanse 51 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


PH2GOPTERA GRANIFERA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries dark brown, crossed by six rows of yellowish-brown 
spots; a small white space at the base, another on the middle of 
the costal margin, and a third subapical. Secondaries uniform 
blackish brown. Head and thorax brown, spotted with yellow and 
white. Abdomen dorsally brown on the first four segments, subse- 
quently orange; underneath whitish, laterally orange with some 
minute whitish spots. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


PH#GOPTERA URSINA, Sp. nov. 


Primaries rich brown ; a large irregular whitish spot at the base 
of the wings; a whitish spot on the costa at a third from the base, 
and a large whitish spot extending from the costa just beyond the 
middle of the wing, and inwardly contiguous to a small pinkish 
crescent at the end of the cell; an irregular and sometimes broken 
band of white along the outer margin, extending from just below the 
apex to the inner angle. Secondaries above duller brown, the costa 
mottled with white. Underneath pale brown, the spots on the 
primaries less distinct, and on the secondaries there are two large 
whitish spots on the costal margin. Head and thorax pale brown, 
with a broad whitish band on either side. Abdomen above pink, 
with a subdorsal row of black spots; underneath white ; laterally a 
row of black spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 42 mm., 2 53 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


282 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


EcpaNTHERIA PELLUCIDA, Sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries hyaline, exeept the base and the costal and inner 
margins, which are white spotted with grey edged with black. 
Secondaries hyaline, except along the costal and inner margins, which 
are white, the costal margin being spotted with black. In some 
specimens there is a black spot at the anal angle. Head and thorax 
light grey, with darker spots edged with black. Abdomen dorsally 
bluish black ; ventrally white. 

Expanse 55 mm. 

The female has the body as in the male. The primaries are 
white crossed by six rows of large grey spots edged with black. 
The secondaries are black, with the costal and outer margins white 
spotted with grey, and there is a white band starting from the 
costal margin beyond the middle and extending halfway across the 
wing. 

Expanse 62 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


CARALES CELER, Sp. HOV. 


Primaries above light brown ; a black dot at the end of the cell ; 
a basal and a median irregular trausverse row of small and widely 
separated blackish streaks; a minute blackish streak at the apex 
and also one at theinner angle. Secondaries above smoky. Under- 
neath: primaries brown; a large dark patch at the end of the cell ; 
the secondaries paler, with a median transverse smoky band. Head 
and thorax light brown. Abdomen brown dorsally, yellow late- 
rally, light brown underneath. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


OPHARUS LUGUBRIS, Sp. NOV. 


Dark grey, the abdomen laterally shaded with pale grey. 
Expanse 56 mm. 
Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


OPHARUS MOROSUS, Sp. HOV. 


Primaries grey, a darker shade crossing the cell near its extremity, 
and a similar undefined shade just beyond the cell. Secondaries 
white with grey margins. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen very 
light grey, darker subdorsally. 

Expanse 42 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


SERMYLA MORTA, §p. Nov. 


Primaries above brownish black, yellow along the costal margin for 
two thirds from the base, which yellow is joined at its extremity by an 
oblique yellow band crossing the wing from the costal margin to 
the outer margin just above the inner angle ; underneath black, with 
a yellow space at the base, and the yellow oblique band as. on the 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 283 


upperside. Secondaries brownish black. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen black ; yellow spots on the collar, and two on the thorax. 
Expanse 60 mm. Q. 
Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


PERICOPIS MONTEZUMA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries above brown, paler between the median and submedian 
veins ; on the costal margin a red streak at the base, a yellow spot 
about the middle, and a little beyond this a second yellow spot ; 
below the first-mentioned yellow spot two vitreous spots; below 
the second yellow spot also two vitreous spots, and below these 
again two, but closer to the outer margin : underneath black ; the 
costal margin, apex, and outer margin red ; the vitreous spots as on 
the upper surface, and two whitish spots below the median vein. 
Secondaries above yellowish white, with a broad black outer margin 
spotted with yellowish ; the costal margin black ; underneath as on 
the upper surface, the black replaced by red except at the anal 
angle ; the marginal spots are larger than on the upper surface and 
are edged with black. Head and thorax black spotted with yellow. 
Abdomen dorsally black, with two broad grey stripes; laterally 
black, with a single grey stripe; underneath yellow. Anus crimson. 

Expanse 85 mm. 2. 

Hab. Las Vigas, Mexico. 

Probably a variety of Pericopis humeralis, Walker, only differing 
in the secondaries and in being slightly larger than the typical 
females of P. humeralis captured in the same locality. 


Fam. LirHosip2. 
TRICHOMELIA CELENNA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries above white, all the veins grey ; the costal margin very 
broadly grey for two thirds from the base; a large grey space on 
the inner margin near the angle. Secondaries above grey. Under- 
neath all the wings grey. Head and thorax whitish. Abdomen 
dark grey. 

Expanse 23 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


CisTHENE PETROVNA, Sp. nov. 


Primaries above grey, slightly paler at the base, with the veins 
darker ; a broad white median band, and a white spot at the apex. 
Secondaries grey ; towards the base and along the inner margin 
yellowish. Underneath: primaries grey ; secondaries whitish, with 
the apex broadly grey. Head grey, collar yellow. Thorax grey. 
Abdomen yellow. 

Expanse 24 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


BRYCEA PERUVIANA, Sp. Nov. 
Wings black ; a broad orange longitudinal streak from the base 


284 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


to nearly the outer margin on both the primaries and secondaries, 
the former having also a transverse subapical orange spot. Head 
and thorax black. Tegule orange. Abdomen black, orange laterally. 
Expanse 35 mm. 
Hab. Peru. 


ARDONEA METALLICA, Sp. NOV. 


Primaries above greenish black. Secondaries metallic blue. 
Underneath all the wings metallic bluish green. Head and thorax 
black. Abdomen dark green. 

Expanse 30 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


EUDULE VENATA, Sp. nov. 


Wings orange-red ; the primaries with the apex and outer margin 
black; the subcostal and median veins black ; a black streak in the 
cell, and along black streak below the median vein ; a transverse 
subapical black line from the costa to the middle of the outer margin. 
Secondaries with the apex broadly black ; the outer margin narrowly 
black. Body orange. 

Expanse 20 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


EUDULE AURATA, Sp. nov. 


Primaries above golden yellow; the subcostal vein and base of 
median vein black ; a large dusky circle on the outer half of the 
wing connected by a dusky line with the inner angle. Secondaries 
above golden yellow; an irregular dusky line starting from the 
base and following the contour of the wing to the anal angle. Under- 
neath the wings are yellow, the costal margin of the primaries 
black. Body yellow. 

Expanse 25 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 

Very similar to Hudule citrosa, Hibner, which differs in having 
all the veins along the outer margins black. 


Fam. MELAMERID. 
VIRBIA VARIANS, Sp. nov. 


Primaries above brown; at the base a broad but short longitudinal 
streak, and beyond this a white spot. Sometimes the spot is absent 
and at other times absorbed by the longitudinal streak. Secondaries 
above orange, with broad black costal and outer margins. Under- 
neath the wings are orange, with the costal and outer margins 
broadly brown. Head and thorax brown. Body orange, black sub- 
dorsally and below. 

Expanse 31 mm. 

Hab, Peru. 

Allied to Virbia brevilinea, Walker. 


1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 285° 


VIRBIA PARVA, Sp. NOV. 

Primaries above brown ; underneath orange, with brown margins, 
the outer being the broadest. Secondaries above black ; a broad 
orange band from the base to nearly the outer margin, just below 
the apex ; the inner margin and anal angle narrowly orange ; under- 
neath the same as above. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen 
black dorsally, orange laterally, white underneath. 

Expanse 25 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 

Allied to Virbia minuta, Felder. 


LYCES MAERA, sp. Noy. 

Primaries above black ; a transverse orange band from the middle 
of the costal margin to the inner angle ; underneath black, the trans- 
verse band much broader, and two greyish streaks at the base of the 
wing. Secondaries above orange ; the costal margin narrowly, the 
outer and inner margins very broadly black ; underneath the same, 
except that the inner margin is also orange, and there is a white 
streak on the costal margin at its base. Head and thorax black. 
Abdomen black dorsally ; laterally a narrow yellow streak ; under- 
neath white. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


SCEA SOLARIS, sp. nov. 

Primaries black ; a large yellow space extending from the base to 
close to the centre of the outer margin, this space follows anteriorly 
along the costa to beyond the cell, and then crosses the wing 
obliquely ; the veins and a conspicuous streak in the cell are also 
black. Secondaries black ; a yellow streak beginning towards the 
end of the cell and extending beyondit. Underside the same as the 
upper. Body dull black. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


GANGAMELA AYMARA, Sp. nov. 

Male. Primaries above bright yellow: the base black; the 
costal and subcostal veins finely black ; the apex and outer margin 
broadly black ; the inner margin narrowly black and glossed with 
dark blue; underneath similar, except that a portion of the base and 
inner margin are pearl-white instead of black and there is no blue 
gloss. Secondaries above black, glossed with blue at the base; 
yellow towards the apex, which is itself black; underneath pearl- 
white; the costal margin yellow ; the apex narrowly black. Head 
black, frons white. Thorax dark blue. Abdomen above blue, with 
a subdorsal yellow line ; underneath white. 

Expanse 24 mm. 

The female has the primaries above asin the male. The secon- 
daries above are entirely dull black, glossed with blue at the base 
and along the inner margin; underneath the pearly white is replaced 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1892, No. XX. 20 


286 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5 


by black and the yellow margin of the secondaries is very indistinct. 
The abdomen is also black underneath. 

Expanse 29 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


DaRNA INCA, Sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries above velvety black, shaded with metallic blue 
at the base and along the inner margin; a broad orange band crosses 
the wing from the middle of the costal margin to nearly the inner 
angle ; ‘underneath as on the upper surface, thei inner margin, how- 
ever, denuded of scales. Secondaries above having the anterior half 
denuded, greyish, with the male sexual gland ; posterior half black ; 
along the inner margin bluish ; underneath pale metallic green, the 
outer margin black. ” Body metallic blue. 

The female differs in having the secondaries black, and the 
metallic colour of the inner margins more extended. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


FLAVINIA DUBIA, sp. nov. 


Primaries black, a large yellow space at the base confined within 
the subcostal and submedian veins; a large subapical elongated 
yellow sput. Secondaries yellow, with all the margins black. 


Underside the same. Body black; thorax and abdomen laterally 
yellow. 


Expanse 34 mm. 
Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


FLAVINIA DARNA, Sp. nov. 


Very similar to Flavinia dubia, Schaus ; the subapical spot smaller 
in proportion, and it is easily recognized from that species by its 
smailer size and white abdomen underneath. 

Expanse 22 mm. 

Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 


FLAVINIA JANEIRA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries above black, a long yellow spot at the base confined 
within the-median and subiedian veins ; a subapical roundish yellow 
spot; the“extreme apex white. Secondaries yellow with black 
margins, except the base of the inner and costal margins; under- 
neath the same. Body black; collar yellow. Abdomen with a 
lateral yellow stripe and underneath white. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 

Most nearly allied to Flavinta approwimans, Walker, but differs in 
the white apices of the primaries, and the costal margins of the 


secondaries, which in F. approximans are broadly black, with a 
short yellow basal streak.. 


FLAVINIA QUICHA, Sp. nov. 
Primaries black; a basal oblong spot confined within the median 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 287 


and submedian veins, and an oblong subapical yellow spot; apices 
faintly tipped with white. Secondaries yellow; the outer margin 
broadly black ; the costal margin yellow; a subcostal ill-defined 
black band from the base to the apex. Body black; abdomen 
laterally yellow, underneath white. 

Expanse 31 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 

Closely allied to Flavinia isis, Hiibner, but has broader margins 
to the secondaries and is a smaller insect. 


FLAVINIA CHIBCHA, sp. nov. 


Primaries above black ; an oblong yellow spot at the base confined 
within the median and submedian veins; an elongated subapical 
yellow spot. Secondaries yellow ; the outer margin broadly black, 
but abruptly narrowing near the anal angle; the costal margin 
yellow, in most specimens with a black line from the base to the 
apex ; underneath the same, but the black marginal border of the 
secondaries ceases abruptly before reaching the anal angle. Thorax 
black ; tegule orange. Abdomen black dorsally; a yellow stripe 
laterally ; white underneath. 

Expanse 25 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


MENNIS SCEATA, 8p. Nov. 


Primaries orange; the costa finely, the inner margin narrowly, 
the apex broadly, and the outer margin black, all the veins finely 
black. Secondaries black, slightly greyish along the inner margin. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen black. 

Expanse 25 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


MENNIS CYTHEREA, Sp. nov. 


Wings above orange-red ; all the veins black ; the apex and outer 
margins of the primaries narrowly black; the costal margin of the 
secondaries broadly black. Fringe black. Body black. 

Expanse 23 mm. 

Hab, Peru. 


MENNIS UNA, sp. nov. 


Red; the costal and outer margins narrowly black on the pri- 
maries ; also a few black specks on the veins near the apex. 
Secondaries with only the outer margins black. 

Expanse 22 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis. 


NELO LIPPa, sp. nov. 


Primaries above brownish black; a broad orange-red median 
band from the costa to the submedian vein; underneath dark grey ; 
alarge orange spot at the disk. Secondaries above brownish black, 

20* 


288 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


a few clusters of reddish scales about the centre of the wing ; under- 
neath dark grey, the veins black; a small orange spot on the costa 
at its base. Head black, a white streak behind the eyes. Thorax 
dark brown, a red spot on either side. Abdomen brown, a lateral 
reddish streak. 

Expanse 30 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


NELO CAULLAMA, Sp. Nov. 


Primaries red ; the costal and inner margins narrowly, the apex 
and outer margin broadly black. Secondaries black. Body black. 

Expanse 30 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


MELANCHROIA BRAGANZA, Sp. NOV. 


Primaries velvety black, the veins clearly defined, especially towards 
the base; a transverse subapical white band. Secondaries black, 
glossed with dark blue; fringe white. Underneath black, glossed 
with dark blue; veins on secondaries whitish; transverse white 
band on the primaries as on the upper surface. Head black above, 
orange underneath. Thorax blue-black, with a few faint whitish 
streaks. Abdomen blue-black; white underneath in the male. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 

Very closely allied to M. circe, Cramer. 


MELANCHROIA PALMEIRA, Sp. nov. 


Primaries black ; a white subapical elongated spot. Secondaries 
bluish black ; the apex white. Underneath the same. Body black ; 
the abdomen slightly glossed with blue. 

Expanse 35 mm. Q. 

Hab. Palmeiras, Rio Janeiro. 


Fam. Liparip. 
AGAREA MINUTA, Sp. nov. 


Primaries light brownish grey, somewhat hyaline, with all the 
veins somewhat darker. Secondaries paler and semihyaline. Head 
and thorax grey. Abdomen yellow, with a row of black subdorsal 
spots. 

Expanse 20 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


ARCHYLUS MEXICANA, Sp. Novy. 


Pure white, the primaries with the costal margin finely black; a 
black spot at the end of the cell, and a smaller black spot on the 
inner margin near the angle. Antenne orange. 

Expanse 25 mm. 

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 289 


ARCHYLUS VESTA, Sp. Nov. 


Silvery white; the costal margin of the primaries indistinctly 
brown. 

Expanse 18 mm. 

Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 


Fam. CERATOCAMPID. 
SYSSPHINX BASIREI, sp. nov. 


Primaries above fawn-colour at the base and along the outer 
margin, the median space darker, and separated from the paler 
portions by a basal and marginal dark brown line ; almost the entire 
median spaces from the subcostal to the submedian vein vitreous, 
here and there flecked with opaque clusters of scales. Secondaries 
fawn-colour, with a dark marginal line, beyond which the wing is 
slightly darker than at the base; the disk of the wings occupied 
by large vitreous patches as on the primaries. Body fawn-colour, 
slightly darker on the first two segments of the abdomen dorsally. 

Expanse 104 mm. 2. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 

When the male is known, this species will require a new genus. 


OTHORENE ARPI, sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries deep yellow ; the veins, inner and outer margins 
greyish, also a large triangular space extending along nearly the 
entire costal margin and defined by a darker line starting from the 
costal margin at one third from the base, and extending obliquely to 
the middle of the wing, from which point it returns to the costal 
margin near the apex ; this greyish space becomes paler towards its 
extremity and includes a large yellow discal spot; a white spot at 
the base of the wings. Secondaries reddish. Body deep yellow; 
a grey and white spot on the first segment of the abdomen. 

Expanse 70 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


OTHORENE JANEIRA, Sp. Nov. 


Male. Primaries deep yellow, tinged with purplish along the 
costal margin ; fringe and veins dark grey; a dark grey line from 
the apex to the inner margin near the base, before reaching which 
it is formed by a basal grey line; at the base of the wings a large 
white spot. Secondaries deep yellow, red along the inner margin, 
and with a narrow dark transverse band. Body orange; reddish 
dorsally ; a large white spot on the first segment. 

Expanse 85 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


ADELOCEPHALA INVALIDA, Sp. Noy. 


Primaries above dark brown, tinged with purple; paler along the 
outer margin; a dark line, outwardly shaded with a slightly paler 
tint, from the apex to the middle of the inner margin ; discal point 


290 ON NEW SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. [Apr. 5, 


white. Secondaries above dark red; fringe yellow. Underneath : 
primaries reddish ; beyond the transverse line, which is purplish, 
the wing is yellow. Secondaries underneath yellow, speckled with 
reddish ; a transverse reddish streak ; reddish along the inner mar- 
gin. Thorax and first segment of abdomen dorsally orange-red ; 
abdomen otherwise dorsally purplish red, underneath yellowish 
white. 

Expanse 42 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


Fam. SATURNIID. 


AUTOMERIS MACAREIS, sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries brown, tinged with pinkish ; darker beyond the 
outer transverse line, which extends from the middle of the inner 
margin to the apex; on this darker portion a marginal, wavy, lighter 
shade; a narrow basal transverse line; the discal spot finely out- 
lined with dark brown. Secondaries pinkish brown; a little yellow 
between the ocellus and a transverse black line; the outer margin 
paler. ‘The ocellus small, black, with a brownish centre containing 
a few white scales. Thorax brown. Abdomen reddish. 

Expanse 76 mm. 

The female is more of a pinkish grey; the space between the 
ocellus and transverse black line pink. Abdomen reddish brown, 
with broad black transverse bands. 

Expanse 85 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


AUTOMERIS NOPALTZIN, Sp. nov. 


Female. Primaries violaceous brown, a basal transverse shade, 
and an outer dark transverse line, inwardly shaded with yellow. The 
discal spot dark, ill defined, containing a minute white spot. 
Secondaries reddish, paler along the outer margin ; a large black 
ocellus with a light brown centre, containing three black spots 
speckled with white, the central spot, which is the largest, being also 
crossed by a white line; the ocellus is externally bordered “with 
yellow, and beyond this there is a fine, indistinct black line. Thorax 
violaceous brown. Abdomen red. 

Expanse 80 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Vera Cruz. 

Allied to Automeris rubrescens, Walker. 


AUTOMERIS RUBICUNDA, Sp. nov. 


Male. Primaries above brown; the base fawn-colour and limited 
by a very narrow, transverse, dark line; a lunular transverse line 
beyond the cell ; ‘the discal spot dark brown, oblong; a dark trian- 
gular spot on the costal margin near the apex. Secondaries above 
bright red; the ocellus small, black, with a brownish centre con- 
taining a few white scales: beyond this a black transverse line; a 
submarginal brownish band, and a marginal brownish shade on a 


1892. ] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 291 


paler ground. Underneath the primaries are yellowish, with a large 
black discal spot containing a white point; a submarginal dark 
lunular line. Secondaries underneath reddish brown, thickly 
speckled with black ; a white discal point, and a transverse, lunular 
brown line. Thorax brown, with posteriorly a number of white 
hairs. Abdomen reddish. 

Expanse 54 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


AUTOMERIS TAMPHILUS, sp. nov. 


Primaries above fawn-colour, tinged with reddish; the outer 
margin yellowish ; the basal and outer transverse lines a little paler 
than the ground-colour; the outer line extending from near the 
apex on the costal margin to the inner margin at three fourths from 
its base. Secondaries yellowish red, the outer margin paler; the 
ocellus not very large, brown, circled with black and then with 
yellow ; in its centre a minute greyish spot with a white streak; a 
submarginal black line inwardly edged with yellow. Head and 
thorax dark brown. Abdomen reddish. 

Expanse male 90 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


5. Notes on the Anatomy and Osteology of the Indian 
Darter (Plotus melanogaster). By Franx E. Bepparp 
M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society. 


{Received March 15, 1892.] 


2 


The structure of the soft parts of both Plotus anhinga and’ 
P. melanogaster has been fairly completely described by my two 
predecessors, Prof. Garrod’ and Mr. Forbes?. Prof. Garrod has also 
given a brief account of some of the peculiarities of the third species, 
P. levaillanti, in a later paper *. So far as I am aware, the only 
existing account of the visceral anatomy of P. melanogaster is to be 
found in Mr. Forbes’s notes upon this bird. More recently Prof. 
Fiirbringer, of Jena, has contributed * to our knowledge of this 
genus in his great work upon the shoulder-girdle of birds. Having 
recently had the opportunity—afforded me by the death, on December 
31st of the present year, of a female P. melanogaster, which arrived at 
the Gardens on May 1883—of dissecting an example of that species, 
I have been able to make some slight additions to what is already 
on record about the bird. As will be easily imagined, I have only 
to confirm the careful work of Mr. Forbes, so far as that goes ; 

1 “Notes on the Anatomy of Plotus anhinga,” P. Z. S. 1876, p. 335. 

* “On soine Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogas- 
ter), and on the Mechanism of the Neck in the Darters (Plotus), in connexion 
with their Habits,” P. Z.S. 1882, p. 208. 

* “Note on Points in the Anatomy of Levaillant’s Darter (Plotus levaillanti),” 
P. Z.8. 1878, p. 679. 

“ Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Végel, &c., 1888. 


* 


292 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. [ Apr. 5 


there are a few points, however, to which Mr. Forbes does not refer. 
To these I have naturally paid particular attention. As regards the 
musculature, Mr. Forbes only refers to some of the muscles of the 
neck ; but, Fiirbringer having dissected the shoulder-muscles, I have 
confined my attention to the muscles of the hind limb. 


Myology. 


As I have already said, the muscles of the anterior limb have 
been described by Fiirbringer. In the hind limb I find no note- 
worthy differences from P. anhinga. The “ muscle formula” is the 
same, z7.e. AX-+. 

The Semitendinosus is a comparatively slight muscle; Garrod 
speaks of it in P. anhinga as being very large. It arises entirely 
from the pubis, and is inserted in common with the Semimembra- 
nosus. 

The Semimembranosus is a very large and stout a ae at its 
origin it is nearly as wide as the Biceps ; ; it is inserted by a strong 
flat tendon, on to which tendon, just at its commencement, is 
inserted the Semitendinosus. 

There are two Adductors, of which the inner is much the largest ; 
this muscle is tendinous at its origin, and it has also a tendinous in- 
sertion of some length on to the underside of the femur. 

The Gastrocnemius has the usual three heads of origin; the 
middle head arises partly from the innermost adductor, and also by 
a very slender tendon from the Semimembranosus. 

The Tibialis anticus has a single and undivided tendon; in many 
birds the tendon of this muscle splits into two at its insertion. 

There are two Peroneals present; the Peroneus longus is, as is 
invariably the case with this muscle when present, attached to the 
tendon of one of the deep flexors. 

As to the deep flexors, the Flexor hallucis is bound by a strong 
vinculum to the Flexor profundus just at its trifurcation. 


Viscera. 


The accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 293) illustrates the very 
rudimentary tongue. Mr. Forbes does not mention the tongue, 
though it might be inferred from his silence on the point that “the 
organ resembles that of Plotus anhinga. I have thought it worth 
while to have a drawing prepared, as this structure has not been, to the 
best of my knowledge, figured. Professor Garrod’s remark that “ the 
tongue, as an independent organ, does not exist”’ applies to Plotus 
melanogaster no less than to Plotus anhinga; there is in the former 
species, as apparently in the latter, a minute process, shown in the 
drawing, which is all that is left of the tongue. 

I may remark that the right lobe of the liver, as in P. anhinga, is 
larger than the left; and that there is a well-developed gall-bladder 
(see fig. 2, p. 294), the duct of which opens as shown in the 
drawing. 


1892.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 293 


The same drawing also illustrates the arrangement of the pan- 
creatic ducts, to which neither Garrod nor Forbes make any allusion 
in either species. There were two minute ceca in my specimen. 

The stomach agrees perfectly well with Mr. Forbes’s description of 
that organ. Some of the membranes surrounding the stomach have 


A. Lower mandible of Indian Darter, to illustrate rudimentary tongue (¢) ; 
B. Rudimentary tongue in profile. 


rather a peculiar arrangement. The liver lies near to the posterior 
end of the thoracic cavity, and a considerable space is thus left 
hetween its anterior border and the apex of the heart. This is a 
very unusual state of affairs. As a general rule the front end of the 
liver is nearly in contact with the heart. Unfortunately I have not 
had the opportunity of observing how matters stand with Phalacro- 
coraxz, Pelecanus, and Sula. This space which divides the liver from 
the heart is of course bounded laterally by the oblique septa, and 
behind by a membrane shutting off this space from the liver. It 


io ote. © eee F-—mt F 


[Apr. 5, 


MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 


Ml 


Mi 


Darter. 


ian 
G.B., Gall-bladder ; ’.d., ¢.d., Bile-ducts ; P, Pancreas. 


y 


Alimentary viscera of Ind 


1892.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 295 


probably has, though I have not definitely made out the fact, a con- 
nection with the air-sacs. 


Osteology, and Comparison with Plotus anhinga. 


The osteclogy of the Darters has received attention from Brandt’, 
Eyton’, Donitz , Garrod *, and Milne-Edwards §, 

The only one of these authors to describe and figure the species 
which is the subject of this communication is M. Milne-Edwards. 
The entire skeleton, as well as the separate bones, are figured in the 
magnificent work upon the Natural History of Madagascar, now in 
course of publication. 

Milne-Edwards, however, does not do much more than describe 
the osteology of Plotus melanogaster ; there is but little in the way 
of a comparison between this and other species. My object in the 
present paper is to point out the principal differences between Plotus 
melanogaster and P. anhinga. I must first of all refer to an inter- 
esting matter concerning the skull, which has already been dealt 
with by Garrod for P. anhinga. 

In the figure illustrating the skull ®, Garrod has indicated a small 
rod (lettered ‘“‘a”) attached to the occipital bone. Of this he 
writes as follows :—“ In speaking of Phalacrocorax cristatus, 
Mr. Eyton remarks, the tubercle on the upper edge of the occipital 
bone has a pointed, movable, triangular process attached to it, which 
I suspect has also been the case with my specimen of Plotus, but 
has been lost.’” 

In the Society’s female specimen there is a fibro-cartilaginous, 
similarly situated process, not more than one sixth of an inch long, 
which is ossified in the evidently older male. In his notes on the 
anatomy of the Cormorant, Hunter tells us that “a small bone, 
about an inch long, passes back from the os occipitis and gives 
origin to the temporal muscle, which is very strong.” The same 
bone in the Darter, although comparatively not so long, performs 
the same function, the superficial temporal muscles meeting behind 
the skull along the median raphe, which becomes ossified to torm the 
above-mentioned bony style in the adult bird.” 

This is not figured by Milne-Edwards, but I found the bone in 
Plotus melanogaster attached precisely as is figured by Garrod for 
P.anhinga. ‘The bone was of a triangular form, thus resembling 
more closely the corresponding bone of the Cormorant. It was en- 
tirely ossified. In comparing the two skulls of P. anhinga and P. me- 
lanogaster, the process of the occipital bone to which the ossicle in 
question is attached is seen to have a truncated form in P. meluno- 
gaster, whereas in P. anhinga it has, as Garrod has correctly figured, 
a more conical form, terminating in a point. 

? Mém. de l'Acad. Imp. de St. Pétersb. t. v. (1839). 
? Osteologia Avium, p. 218. 

3 Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys, 1873, p. 357. 

* Loe. cit. 


° Histoire nat. de Madagascar, t. xii. p. 690. 
® Loe. cit. pl, xxviii, fig. 1. 


296 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW [Apr. 5, 


The chief difference between the skulls of P. melanogaster and 
P. anhinga, apart from the form of the occipital style, is in the 
form of the palatine bones; in P. anhinga these bones are rounded 
off posteriorly, the lateral margins curving inwards gradually. In 
P. melanogaster, on the other hand, the thin lateral wings of the 
palatines form a right angle behind ; they are cut perfectly square. 

There are no other very salient points of difference in the skulls 
of these two species ; in Plotus melanogaster the ridges which bound 
the temporal fossze above are more pronounced than in P. anhinga ; 
but possibly this is rather a difference of age than of species. 
However, in Garrod’s figure of the skull of P. anhinga, which 
represents that of an adult bird, and has been drawn, no doubt, from 
one of the two skulls now in my custody, the same difference is 
apparent ; the stronger development of the occipital style in P. mela- 
nogaster perhaps needs a stronger development of these ridges, for 
the two together form the line of origin of the temporal muscle. 

The postorbital processes are better developed in P. anhinga than 
in P. melanogaster ; this cannot be a question of age, for the skull of 
P. melanogaster is that of a younger bird than that of P. anhinga. 

With regard to other parts of the skeleton, the only differences 
that I could detect concerned the ribs and the vertebral column. 

The skeleton of Plotus anhinga has a very rudimentary rib, con- 
sisting of a small bit of bone, not more than half an inch in length, 
attached to about the middle of the last complete rib. This is 
absent from the skeleton of P. melanogaster, and has certainly not 
been lost, for that skeleton was prepared with the greatest care. 

The ossification of ‘‘ Donitz’s”’ Bridge has been mentioned by 
Mr. Forbes. 


6. Descriptions of Seven new Species of Land-Shells from the 
U.S. of Colombia. By G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


[Received March 1, 1892.] 
(Plate XXIII.) 


BuLIMUS GUENTHER], n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 7, 8.) 

Testa anguste perforata, ovata, solida, levis, fusca, flommis 
albidis irregulariter angulatis et undulatis picta ; spira conica, 
breviuscula, apice obtusiusculo ; anfractus 43, convexi, ultimus 
3 longitudinis equans, inflatus, basi rotundatus ; columella 
Jere verticalis, plica obliqua crassiuscula munita; apertura 
ovulis, leviter obliqua, intus griseo-fusca ; peristoma crassum, 
reflecum, marginibus callo crassiusculo junctis. 

Long. 41, diam. maj. 26 millim. ; apertura 12 lata, 22 longa. 

Hab. U.S. of Colombia. 

This species is remarkable for the smoothness cf its surface, 

having neither granules nor strie. In form it somewhat resembles 
B. cardinalis (Pfeiffer), while its markings are like those of a 


77 


78 
GBI owerby ‘ith. Hanhart TAP - 


NEW SHELLS FROM U.S.0F COLOMBIA ., 


1892. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM COLOMBIA. 297 


variety of B. succinoides (Petit). The only specimen I have seen 
belongs to the National Collection at South Kensington. 


BULIMULUS KOPPELI, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 9-12.) 


Testa imperforata, ovato-conica, tenuis, nitens, carneo-albida vel 
luteo-straminea, plerumque maculis parvis nigro-fuscis pro- 
miscue conspersis picta, ad apicem carnea ; spira acute conica ; 
anfractus 6, convexiusculi, longitudinaliter levissime irregu- 
lariter striati; sutura leviter impressa; anfractus ultimus 
subventricosus, 4 longitudinis fere cequans, basi rotundatus ; 
apertura subovalis, leviter obliqua, latiuseula, intus albida, 
maculis anfractus ultimi transmeantibus; peristoma tenue, 
roseo marginatum ; marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis. 

Long. 25, diam. maj. 15 millim. 

Hab. Bogota. 

A pretty little shell, varying considerably in form and colour, but 
the lip appears to be always thin and prettily edged with red. Of 
the two specimens lent me for description by Mr. Da Costa, one is 
nearly white, profusely sprinkled with small brown spots, while 
the other is of a yellowish straw-colour (more decided yellow 
towards the apex), with only a few pale spots. I have as yet only 
seen very few specimens, but these exhibit considerable variations in 
their proportions. One apparently abnormally inflated specimen 
measures nearly 15 millimetres in width and only about 20 in 
ength; while the narrowest specimen measures scarcely more than 
11 millimetres in width to 21 in height. 


BuLtimu.us pA-cost#, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 15, 16.) 


Testa anguste sed profunde umbilicata, elongata, nitida, irregu- 
lariter striata, pallide fulvo-carnea, longitudinaliter fusco 
undulutim strigata, maculis parvis nigro-fuscis bifasciatim 
picta ; spira convexo-conica, apice acuto; sutura leviter im- 
pressa ; anfractus 6, conveviusculi, ultimus spiram subequans, 
basi attenuatus ; columella obliqua, reflexa ; apertura subver- 
ticalis, intus rosea, maculis perlucentibus ; peristoma simplex, 
leviter reflexum. 

Long. 26, diam. maj. 11 millim. 

Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). 

I have as yet only seen a single specimen of this species, which 

may be found to vary as much as the last. It seems, however, to be 
distinct from any hitherto known. 


BULIMULUS GLANDINIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 13, 14.) 


Testa anguste perforata, oblonga, tenuissima, nitida, pellucida, 
stramineo-albida, longitudinaliter ruguloso-striata ;  spira 
turrita, apice obtuso ; anfractus 7, convewiuscult, sutura anguste 
canaliculata sejuncti; anfractus ultimus 3, longitudinis viz 
equans, basi leviter attenuatus ; apertura subovalis, fere ver- 
ticalis ; columella rectiuscula, refleca, perforationem fere 
tegente ; peristoma simplex, acutum. 


? 


, 


298 ON NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM COLOMBIA. [Apr. 5, 


Long. 21, diam. maj. 7 millim. 

Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). 

A transparent, fragile shell, with very much the appearance of 
a Glandina. 


HYALINIA GOMEZI’, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 5, 6.) 


Testa perforata, depresso-rotundata, tenuis, pellucida,- nitida, 
fusca, viv striatula; spira parum elevata, regularis, apice 
obtusiusculo ; sutura appresso-marginata; anfractus 5, con- 
vexiusculi, ultimus non descendens, votundatus, subtus convexus; 
apertura transverse lunato-ovalis ; peristoma acutum, marginibus 
distantibus ; columella subverticalis, dente minuto instructa. 

Diam. maj. 11, min. 93, alt. 8 millim. 

Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). 

A small hyaline shell, the only remarkable character of which is 
the presence of a minute tooth or tubercle on the columella. In 
this and other respects it bears a strong resemblance to some of 
the Polynesian species of Microcystis, though from its habitat it 
is probably rightly placed in the genus Hyalinia. 


CLAUSILIA MAGISTRA, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 1-4.) 


Testa magna, anguste fusiformis, solidiuscula, sinistrorsa, nigro- 
Susca; spira elongata; anfractus superstites 7, convexiusculi ; 
costulis obliquis irregulariter undulatis ornati, sutura impressa 
sejuncti; anfractus ultimus leviter attenuatus, ad basin ro- 
tundatus, breviter solulus 3, longitudinis subequans ; apertura 
late auriformis, majuscula ; peristoma continuum, expansum, 
non refceum; lamella superior arcuatim subverticalis, parvi- 
uscula, subcompressa; lamella inferior obliqua, latiuscula ; 
clausi/ium tenue, leviter arcuatum ; plicis nullis ; lunella nulla. 

Long. 38, diam. maj. 7 milli. 

Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa), 

A fine large species, elegantly sculptured with irregularly undu- 
lating oblique costule. In form it closely resembles the smaller 
species, C. epistomium (Pfeiffer), which is found in the same 
locality. The internal structure presents the somewhat unusual 
character of being destitute of plice. 


CycLoTus FILO-LIRATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 17-19.) 


Testa late umbilicata, depressiuscula, olivacea, saturate olivaceo~ 
Susco zonata, liris numerosis concentricis filiformibus insiructa ; 
spira levissime elevata ; sutura profunda ; anfractus 5, convezi, 


? Since this paper was read Mr. Da Costa has called my attention to the 
proximity of this shell to a species named by Bland Proserpina swifti, from 
which it differs in being more convex and in having a much less pronounced 
tooth on the colu nella, There is no doubt that the two species belong to the 
same genus; but the animals being unknown it is imposs.ble to speak with 
certainty as to their position. Judging from the shells, however, I think it 

- very unlikely that they belong to the Proserpinide. ‘he little Microcystis 
exerescens (Mousson), from Viti Levu (Feejee Islands), has a similar dentiform 
callus on the columella.—G. B. 8. 


1892.] MR. SCLATER ON THE EGG OF ZPYORNIS MEDIUS. 299 


ultimus non descendens, prope suturam concavo-depressus, ad 
peripheriam carinatus, aliter rotunde convecus; apertura sub- 
circularis ; peristoma continuum, simplex, leviter incrassatum. 

Diam. maj. 36, min. 30, alt. 20 millim. 

Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). 

The thread-like ridges on the body-whorl of this shell are much 
more distant and prominent thau in C. dlanchetianus (Moricand) 
and in other allied species. JI have at present only seen a single 
specimen. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. 


Figs. 1-4. Clausilia magisira, p. 298. 
5,6. Hyalinia gomezi, p. 298. 
7,8. Bulimus guentheri, p. 296. 
9-12. Bulimulus koppeli, p. 297. 
13, 14. —— glandiniformis, p. 297. 
15, 16. da-coste, p. 297. 
17-19. Cyclotus filo-liratus, p. 298. 


May 3, 1892. 
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1892 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of April was 83, of which 31 were by 
presentation, 2 by exchange, 27 by purchase, 10 by birth, and 13 
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 84. 

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to :— 

A Finely-marked Owl (Pseudoscops grammicus), from Jamaica, 
presented by the Jamaica Institute, April 8th, being the first 
living example of this Owl that has reached us. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks upon a nearly perfect 
egs of one of the extinct gigantic birds of Madagascar of the genus 
Aspyornis (probably 4. medius), obtained from the sands near Cape 
S. Marie in the South of Madagascar, by a correspondent, resident 
at Fort Dauphin, of Mr. W. Clayton Pickersgill, H.B.M. Vice- 
Consul at Antananarivo, and lately brought to England by that 
gentleman. 

The egg measured 113 by 83 inches. Its larger circumference 
was 312 inches, and its smaller 262 inches. . It was therefore not 
quite so large as the specimen figured by Rowley (Orn. Mise. iii. 
pl exii.), and came nearer in dimensions to the specimen ia the 
British Museum (41,484) referred by Mr. Lydekker (Cat. Fossil 
Birds, p. 214) to _@. medius. 


The following papers were read :— 


300 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [ May 3, 


1. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of Northern Somaliland. 
By H. G. C. Swayne, Capt. R.E., C.M.Z.S." 


[Received April 5, 1892.] 


1. Toe Oryx (Oryzx beisa). 


Baet (pronounced Bey#). 

The Oryx inhabits open stony ground, or barren hills, or open 
grass plains. 

It is very widely distributed over the Somali Country and not at 
all uncommon, and it may be found in all kinds of country except 
in the thick jungles with aloe undergrowth so much liked by the 
Lesser Kudu, and in the cedar forests on the higher ranges. 

The Oryx feeds chiefly on grass, and is often found very far from 
water. It has keen sight, and protects itself more by this than by 
its sense of hearing or smell. 

Oryx are found in herds of moderate size, chiefly composed of 
cows. The herds number from half a dozen to thirty or forty. 

The only Antelopes which go in very large herds in Northern 
Somaliland are the Hartebeeste and Scemmerring’s Gazelle. 

Numbers of bull Oryxes are found scattered singly all about the 
country, and possibly these make up in number for the prepon- 
derance of cows in the herds. 

Single Oryxes are almost always bulls. Often two or three cows 
with growing calves will be found together, making up a small herd 
of half a dozen. 

It is nearly impossible to distinguish which are the bulls in a herd, 
and they are so few in proportion to the cows that it is best not to 
fire at a herd at all. The bull is slightly higher in the withers 
than the cow, and the horns, though an inch or two shorter in the 
bull, are more massive, especially about the burr at the base, and 
they are more symmetrical. The cows’ horns are often bent or 
of unequal length. 

The Oryx is often revengeful when wounded and brought to bay. 
Twice I have seen a wounded Oryx make a determined charge into 
a mob of Somalis armed with spears. 

The Midgans, who are the outcast race, and are armed with bows 
and poisoned arrows, hunt the Oryx with packs of savage yellow 
pariah dogs; the thick skin round the withers of a bull Oryx is 
made by them into a white “ gdshan” or shield 18 inches in diameter. 

The hunting as carried out by the Midgans in the Bulhar Plain is 
as follows:—Three or four Midgans with about fifteen dogs go out 
just before dawn, and walk along silently through the scattered thorn- 


1 (Capt. Swayne has now kindly sent me the promised field-notes on the 
Antelopes of Somaliland of which I have lately given an account to the 
Society, mainly based upon his valuable specimens (see P. Z. 8. 1892, pp. 98, 
117). The first set of all the specimens sent to me by Capt. Swayne has been 
presented in his name to the British Museum, and the duplicates to the U.S. 
National Museum at Washington. I have added, at Captain Swayne’s request, 
the scientific names and some references to these Notes.—P. L. 8. ] 


1892.] ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 301 


jungle till fresh tracks are found. These are followed till the game 
is sighted. By throwing stones towards the Oryxes, whistling, and 
other signs, which the dogs thoroughly understand, they are shown 
the game, and settle down to their work methodically. The dogs 
run mute, the men following at a crouching trot, which in a Somali 
is untiring, and this lasts for a mile or two, when the dogs run into 
their game and open in chorus round the herd of Oryxes as it stands 
at bay. The Oryxes make repeated charges at the dogs, which are 
often badly wounded. The dogs generally try to pull down a calf, 
avoiding the mother’s sharp horns. Sometimes the whole herd will 
charge the dogs together to rescue a calf. The Midgans come 
crouching up amongst the bushes and let off a flight of poisoned 
arrows into the mass of Oryx. On seeing the men, the herd breaks 
up like a bursting shell. An animal wounded by one of these arrows 
takes a line of its own, and is carefully followed till found dead, or 
it is easily pulled down by the dogs in its weak state. 

I have often joined the Bulhar Midgans in their trips. They 
sleep out night after night under the trees, guarded by the half- 
tamed dogs. Their camping arrangements are primitive. They 
slightly roast the Oryx-meat in the fire and eat it nearly raw. If 
one has no matches, one may have the pleasure of helping them light 
a fire by rubbing two sticks together. It takes twenty minutes ; 
special wood has te be selected. It would take Europeans a very 
long time to get a light. 

The pariah dogs have no affection for their masters, and growl 
and snap when approached ; but, curiously, when hunting they are 
very obedient and obey every sign or call. 

The skin on the withers of a bull Oryx is about #inch thick. The 
average length of horns in a good bull is 32 inches, in a cow 34 
inches. 

Young Oryxes when caught and confined in a cage will sometimes 
show their stubborn, wild nature by charging the bars, head down, 
and killing themselves. A case of this occurred in Berbera. 

Oryxes are by no means fast Autelopes, and when wounded are 
easily ridden down. 

The young calves are very like those of English cattle, but smaller, 
with stumpy black horns a few inches long. ‘They give out a peculiar 
half-bleat, half-bellow, when attacked by dogs or wounded. 

Oryxes sometimes strike sideways with their horns as we use a stick. 
When angry an Oryx suddenly lowers his horns till they are nearly 
parallel with the ground, and makes a dash forward with surprising 
swiftness. 

Lions are very fond of Oryx-meat. I have often seen Oryxes in 
company with Hartebeestes and Gazelles. Once I saw a small herd 
with some of the Flabby-nosed Gazelles, and amongst them were two 
Ostriches. 


2. Tue Kupv (Strepsiceros kudu). 

Gédir or Gorialeh-Gédir (male); Adér-yu (female); Adér-yu 
(collective name for herd-animals of both sexes and all ages), 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXI. 21 


302 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [May 3, 


Kudus are found in mountainous or very broken ground where 
there is plenty of bush and good grass and water. 

Sometimes a solitary old bull Kudu will make his mid-day lair 
close to water, in some quiet part of the hills. They are very retiring, 
and live in smail families, two bulls and seven cows being the largest 
number I have noticed together. They prefer the steepest mountains, 
but wander about at night in search of grass in broken ground in 
the neighbouring plains. 

An old male with a heavy pair of horns avoids thick jungle, where 
they may catch in the branches, and likes to spend the heat of the 
day under the shadow of some great rock on the mountain-side, 
where he can get a good view around. His eyes, nose, and ears 
appear to be equally on the alert, and he is often very cunning. 

Although such a heavy animal he is a good climber. He is hard 
to stalk, but, once successfully approached, the steep nature of the 
ground generally yields him up an easy victim to the rifle. 

The alarm-note of the female Kudu is a loud startling bark, which 
echoes far into the hills around, and is similar to that of the Indian 
Sambar hind. The bark is accompanied by an impatient pawing of 
the ground with the hoofs. 

The habits of the Greater and Lesser Kudu of Somaliland exactly 
correspond respectively to those of the Indian Sambar and Spotted 
Deer. Great Kudus live in the mountains; Lesser Kudus live on 
the bush-covered slopes at their base. 

Kudus are generally timid, but care must be taken when coming 
suddenly on them, as I once saw an unwounded bull Kudu make a 
very determined charge from some thirty yards’ distance at a solitary 
man, who had been sent to stop the mouth of a gorge. The man 
jumped to one side and threw his spear, grazing the beast’s flank. 
The Kudu galloped out into the plain and escaped. I had a good 
view of this, and there could be no doubt as to the intention of the 
beast. 

The Kudu is the largest of all the Somali Antelopes, a large bull 
standing about 13 hands 1 inch. A good pair of horns in Somali- 
land will measure nearly 3 feet from base to tip, and 48 inches 
round the spiral of each horn. The largest Somali Kudu head I 
have ever seen measured 56 inches round the spiral. 

The Kudu is rare except in the highest mountains. It is found 
on the highest ground of Northern Somaliland, inhabiting the top 
of Wagar Mountain and Golis Range, which rise respectively to six 
thousand eight hundred and six thousand feet. 

Kudus have Jately become very shy and scarce in these mountains. 
A Kudu head is a great prize, and a good pair of horns should be 
ample reward for a fortnight’s climbing in the hills. 

Kudus, although active climbers, are not fast on level ground, 


3. Tue Lesser Kupv (Strepsiceros imberbis). 


Gédir or Arreh-Gédir (male); Adér-yu (female) ; Adér-yu (col- 
lective). 


1892. ] ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 303 


This is quite the most beautiful of all the Somali Antelopes, and 
the skin is more brilliantly marked and the body more graceful than 
in the Great Kudu. 

The Lesser Kudu is found in thick jungles of the larger kind of 
thorn tree, especially where there is an undergrowth of the “‘ Hig” 
or pointed aloe, which is of a light green colour and grows four 
feet high. This Antelope may also be found hiding in dense 
thickets of tamarisk in the river-beds. It is never found in the 
open grass plains, and I have never seen one in the cedar-forests on 
the top of Golis. 

The favourite haunt of the Lesser Kudu used to be along the foot 
of this range, but they are seldom seen there now. ‘The Lesser 
Kudu likes to be near water if possible, and living, as it does, in 
thick bush, its ears are wonderfully well developed. It has strong 
hindquarters, and is a great jumper, the white bushy tail flashing 
over the aloe clumps as it goes away in great bounds. 

Lesser Kudus are very cunning and will stand quite still on the 
farther side of a thicket, listening to the advancing trackers; then a 
slight rustle is heard as they gallop away on the farther side. 

The best way to get a specimen is to follow the new tracks of a 
buck, the shooter advancing parallel with the tracker, but some 50 
yards to one flank and in advance ; a snap shot may then be obtained 
as the Kudu bounds out of the farther side of the thicket, first giving 
the warning rustle. One may be months in the country before 
getting a really good specimen. 

Lesser Kudus go in small herds of about the same number as the 
Great Kudus. Old bucks are nearly black, and the horns become 
smooth by rubbing against trees. 

The average length of a good buck Lesser Kudu’s horns is about 
25 inches from base to tip. The longest I have shot or seen was 
between 27 and 28 inches in a straight line. The horns are very 
sharp. I have never seen a Lesser Kudu charge anybody. 


4. Tae Somaui Harreseeste (Bubalis swaynei)*. 

Sig. 

South of the highest ranges, and at a distance of about 100 miles 
from the coast, are open plains some four or five thousand feet above 
sea-level, alternating with broken ground covered with thorn-jungle, 
with an undergrowth of aloes growing sometimes to a height of six 
feet. 

This elevated country, called the “ Haud,” is waterless for three 
months, from January to March ; it was crossed by Mr. James’s party 
in 1884, when their camels were thirteen days without water. 

Much of the Haud is bush-covered wilderness or open semi- 
desert, but some of the higher plains are, at the proper season, in 
early summer, covered, far as the eye can reach, with a beautiful 
carpet of green grass, like English pasture-land. At this time of 
the year pools of water inay be found, as the rainfall is abundant. 

This kind of open grass country is called the “ Ban.” Not abush 

1 Sclater, above, p. 98, pl. v. 


304 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [May 3, 


is to be seen, and some of these plains are thirty or forty miles each 
way. 

There is not always much game to be got in the Haud; but a 
year ago, coming on to ground which had not yet been visited by 
Europeans, I found one of these plains covered with herds of 
Hartebeestes, there being perhaps a dozen herds in sight at one 
time, each herd containing three or four hundred individuals. 

Hundreds of bulls were scattered singly on the outskirts and in 
spaces between the herds, grazing, fighting, or lying down. 

The scene I describe was at a distance of over a hundred miles 
from Berbera; and the game has probably been driven far beyond 
that point by now. 

The Hartebeeste bulls are very pugnacious, and two or three 
couples may be fighting round the same herd at one time. Often 
one of the bulls will be sent rolling head over heels. 

The easiest way to get a specimen is to send a couple of Midgans 
round above the wind to drive the Hartebeeste towards you, at the 
same time lying down in the grass. A shot may be got within fifty 
yards, but no one would care to shoot many Hartebeestes, as the 
trophy is poor. 

Often Oryxes and Scemmerring’s Gazelles are seen in company with 
these great troops of Hartebeestes, but the Oryxes are much wilder. 
The Hartebeestes are rather tame, and they and the Scemmerring’s 
Gazelles are always the last to move away. 

Hartebeestes have great curiosity, and rush round a caravan, 
halting now and then within two hundred yards to gaze. This sight 
is an extraordinary one, all the Antelopes having heavy and powerful 
forequarters, head, and chest, of a different shade of chestnut to 
the hindquarters, which are poor and fall away. In the midday 
haze on the plains they look like troops of Lions. 

The pace of the Hartebeeste is an ungraceful lumbering canter ; 
but this is really the fleetest and most enduring of the Somali 
Antelopes. The largest herd T have ever seen must have contained 
a thousand individuals, packed closely together, and looking like a 
regiment of cavalry, the whole plain round being dotted with single 
bulls. 

The coat is glossy like that of a well-groomed horse. 

From their living so much in the open grass plains the Harte- 
beeste must live entirely on grass, for there is nothing else to eat ; 
and it must be able to exist for several days without water. 

Hartebeestes are the favourite food of Lions, and once, when out 
with my brother, I found a troop of three Lions sitting out on the 
open plains, ten miles from the nearest bush. They had evidently 
been out all night among the herds, and on their becoming gorged, 
the rising sun had found them disinclined to move. 

Hartebeeste horns vary greatly in shape and size. There are the 
short massive horns and the long pointed ones, and all the gradations 
between. Some curve forward, with the points thrown back ; others 
curve outwards in the same planeas the forehead, the points turning 
onward. 


1892.] ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 305 


5. Watier’s GazeLe (Lithocranius walleri). 


Gerenouk. 

The Gerenouk is the commonest and most widely distributed of 
the Somali Antelopes except the little Salt’s Antelope, which springs 
like a hare from every thicket. 

The long neck of the Gerenouk, large giraffe-like eyes, and long 
mobile muzzle are peculiar, the only other Antelope at all like it 
being the Dibatag (Ammodorcas clarkei). 

The Gerenouk is more of a browser of bushes than a grass-feeder, 
and I have twice shot them in the act of standing on the hind legs, 
neck extended, and fore feet against the trunk of a tree, reaching 
down the tender shoots, which could not be got in any other way. 
Thus not only the appearance, but the habits of a Gerenouk are 
giraffe-like. 

The skull goes far back behind the ears like that of a camel. 

The Gerenouk is found all over the Somali Country in small 
families, never in large herds, and generally in scattered bush, 
ravines, and rocky ground. 

I have never seen the Gerenouk in the cedar forests which crown 
Golis, nor in the treeless plains which occur in the Haud. 

Gerenouk are not necessarily found near water, in fact generally 
in stony ground with a sprinkling of thorn-jungle. 

The gait of this Antelope is peculiar. When first seen, a buck 
Gerenouk will generally be standing motionless, head well up, looking 
at the intruder and trusting to its invisibility. Then the head dives 
under the busbes, and the animal goes off at a long crouching trot, 
stopping now and again behind some bush to gaze. 

The trot is awkward-looking and very like the trot of a camel. 
The Gerenouk seldom gallops, and its pace is never very fast. 

In the whole shape of the head and neck and in the slender lower 
jaw there is a marked resemblance between the Gerenouk and the 
newly-discovered Dibatag. The texture of the coat is much alike 
in both. The horns of young buck Gerenouk are almost exactly 
the same shape as those of the Dibatag. 

The average length of a Gerenouk’s horns is about 13 inches. I 
have never seen a female with horns. 

Female Gerenouks sometimes lose or desert their young ones, as I 
have now and then come on quite young Gerenouk living alone in 
the jungle. 


6. S@MMERRING’S GAZELLE (Gazella semmerringi). 
My] 


Aoul. 

Five years ago, when staying in quarters at Bulhar, I remember 
that the Aoul could be seen from the bungalow, grazing out on the 
plain. The Bulhar Maritime Plain used to be full of them, but they 
have been so persecuted by sportsmen that they have retired to a 
great distance, and are seldom shot near Bulhar now. 

The Aoul weighs about the same as the Gerenouk, but has a 
shorter neck and a clumsy-looking head. It is altogether a cuarse 


306 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [May 3, 


animal. It is a grass-feeder, and lives in the open plains or in 
scattered bush, but never in thick jungle, and it prefers flat ground. 

The white hindquarters can be seen from a great distance, making 
a herd of Aoul look like a flock of sheep in the haze of the plains. 

I have never seen Aoul on the Golis Range, but in the Hartebeeste 
ground beyond they are common, and may often be seen in large 
herds along with the herds of Hartebeestes. 

The Aoul are the most stupid and easy to shoot of all the Somali 
Antelopes, and their habits are identical with those of the Indian 
Blackbuck ; but the Aoul is not to be compared with the Blackbuck 
for beauty or grace of movement. 

Aoul often make long jumps when going away, and are apparently 
a near relative of the Cape Springbuck. I have never seen them 
spring vertically to anything like the height to which the Indian 
Blackbuck will spring. Presumably it is done to get a better view 
of the plain. 

Aoul are inquisitive and will follow a caravan. If fired at they 
make off across the front at racing speed, drawing up in a troop now 
and then to gaze. 

If much meat is required, it is easy in scattered bush to run into 
a large herd and shoot several. A large herd becomes confused, as 
the leaders cannot be seen in bush. 

The bucks with a herd will often be seen fighting or chasing each 
other about at speed as Blackbuck do. Solitary bucks are sometimes 
found far from any herd. 

Aoul can live a long way from water. Near the coast they often 
come down close to the shore, possibly to obtain salt. 

A wounded Aoul buck does not hide, but will lie down in the 
most open spot he can find, and will generally have a circle of jackals 
waiting round him. Aoul can easily be shot at dusk, when they 
are apt to blunder close to a caravan. 

The horns vary in shape, generally being lyrated, sometimes 
pointing forward like the Gerenouk horns. They are often mal- 
formed, and seldom have much symmetry. The largest pair I have 
seen measured 17 inches; the average is about 14 inches, following 
the curve. 

I once saw a herd of about fifteen young fawns of this Antelope 
gathered together a mile away from the rest of the herd. 


7&8. Tur GAazewes. 


Tue Coast Gazewe (Gazella pelzelni). 
Tue Big-NosepD GAZELLE (G. spekiz). 


The ordinary Coast Gazelle almost exactly resembles the Arabian 
and the Indian Gazelle (G. bennetti). The other, the Big- or 
Flabby-nosed Gazelle, inhabits the elevated country, commencing 
about 35 miles from the coast. 

I have shot numbers of Gazelles for food at various times, and 
have always noticed that the Flabby-nosed Gazelle has a much 
thicker and longer coat than the Coast Gazelle. This is evidently 


} Both Déro. 


1892. ] ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 307 


the result of natural selection, as the high plains of Ogo and Haud, 
where it lives, are subject to sweeping cold winds, and the nights 
are very cold indeed. I have noticed the Oryx in the elevated 
country also have slightly thicker coats. The altitude of these 
plains inhabited by the Flabby-nosed Gazelle is from three thousand 
to nearly six thousand feet, but doubtless they go much lower 
towards Ogaden. 

The great upheaval of Golis, and its prolongations east and west, 
which rise some forty miles inland and separate Guban, the low 
coast country, from Ogo, the high interior country, form the natural 
line of demarcation between these two Gazelles. 

The short-coated, brightly-coloured Coast Gazelle is found below 
in Guban, to the north of Golis. The long-coated, dull-coloured, 
Flabby-nosed Gazelle is found south of Golis, in Ogo and in the 
Haud. 

In Ogo-Gudan, the country near Hargeisa where Guban rises 
gradually into Ogo, I have found the Flabby-nosed Gazelle to 
prevail. I have found that the Gazelles of the low country carried 
longer horns, those of the Big-nosed Gazelle being shorter, thicker, 
more curved, and better annulated. 

The habits of both are alike. They go in moderate herds from 
half a dozen up to about fifteen, and are fond of stony or sandy 
undulating ground and ravines, thinly dotted over with mimosas. 

They are fond of salt, and do not want water, and it is hard to 
understand what they can pick up to eat in the wretched ground 
they frequent. ‘They avoid thick bush. They have curiosity which 
amounts to impudence, but are wonderfully bright and on the alert, 
and are hard to shoot, knowing perfectly well the range of a rifle 
and presenting a sinall target. 


9. Satt’s ANTELOPE (Neotragus saltianus). 

Sakdro. 

The Sakaro certainly weighs less than an English hare, and is the 
smallest of the Somali Antelopes. The horns are well-ringed at 
the base and sharply pointed, and about 1 inch long. 

There are two kinds of Sakdro, the larger and the smaller. They 
are alike in every other respect, but one is half as large again as the 
other. The smaller is found in Guban and Ogo. I shot the larger 
in the Gadabursi country, 150 miles inland. Mr. Clarke, who weat 
to Mauhan, first noticed a difference in size and pointed it out to me. 
The skull is nearly twice as large in the larger kind. 

The eyes of the Sakaro are larger in proportion to the head than 
any other of the Antelopes here. 

Sakdro live in broken ground where there is good cover of low 
mimosa scrub. They are never seen in absolutely open grass plains. 
They are specially partial to the aloe undergrowth found in Lesser 
Kudn ground. 

Sakaro go in pairs, hiding under the low bush. The female 
exposes herself to view most, and is consequently most often shot. 


308 ON THE ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. [May 3, 


They lie very close, and when disturbed they dart off at speed 
with two or three sharp whistling alarm-notes uttered in quick 
succession. his often gives the alarm to larger game. 

Three or four Sakdro may be seen together, seldom or never more. 

Young Sakdro are soon able to take care of themselves, and only 
when very young can they be run down on foot by the Somalis, who 
often catch them to eat. The Somalis, who are sensible in most 
ways, are peculiar in that they do not eat birds, and know little 
about them, calling them contemptuously “Sbimbir,” the Arabic 
for bird, but generally having no names for the different kinds. 
They say birds are ‘‘ Haram,” or forbidden food. 

I have seen probably eighty Sakdro in the course of aday. Their 
habits are those of the hare, and they live in similar ground. 

They nibble the young shoots of the mimosa. They like to be 
near water, and go to drink at midday and just after nightfall. They 
are especially lively in the afternoon and evening. 


10. Tue Kuipsprincer (Oreotragus saltator). 


Alakud. 

These Antelopes live in the most rugged mountains, poising them- 
selves on large boulders, and leaping from rock to rock. They are 
neither shy nor hard to shoot. 

Alakud go in twos and threes like Sakaro. The longest horns I 
saw in Somaliland were about three inches. The females have no 
horns. 


11. CuarKe’s GazELLE (Ammodorcas clarkei). 


Dibatag. 

Clarke’s Gazelle is very local in its distribution, and is not found 
nearer than Burao and the edge of the Haud. ‘They are common 
in parts of the Dolbahanta country. I have never had time to 
shoot when in the country they inhabit, which has only lately been 
opened up. Its likeness to the Gerenouk is remarkable. 


12. Berra. 


My brother, while with me in the Gadabursi country last year, 
saw three specimens of an Antelope which the natives called 
“Beira,” but he was not fortunate in obtaining a shot. He de- 
scribed it as a small reddish Antelope of the Klipspringer kind, the 
same size, with little black horns, much laid back. The natives 
said no Europeans had shot them. 


ConTENTs (continued). 


March 15, 1892 (continued). 


: Page 
2. On some Mammals from Mount Dulit, North Borneo. By Ouprimup Tuomas. ee : 
VETERE ENS pndigi oe ois sian « wreeien ta Ret beet ea vee nies sess SSS eee Bet eee 221 


a 


8. Descriptions of some new Species of Timeliine Birds from West Africa. By R. Bowpinr 
SHAR EH MEn Dsl lS. eee (Plate: Kok.) ess ceed a nse ahs bowie Ces Sede te pee en ee 227 


4, On the Classification of Birds. By Hans Gavow, M.A., Ph.D., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator 
and Lecturer on Advanced Morpholosy of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. 229 


April 5, 1892. 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1892, and list 


of Giraffes that have lived in the Society’s Gardens ..-........e sees ee eters eee 4 206 
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two mounted heads of Swayne’s Antelope 
CBUGTES SOY ole scn's SIMs ane oy Onole sien koh ME sige ae Wied ee EE Ass Ow V gle ate 257 
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell. Remarks upon the habitat of Bipalium hewense 1.0 +1 .eee cece eens 258 
__-1. On the Land-Shells of St. Helena, By Enaar A. Sxitn: (Plates XXI. & XXITI.)....... 258 
2. On an apparently undescribed Pheasant from the Province of Zarafshan in Central Asia. 
By Hunry Smepounm, F.Z.8....- 0. cc se cee ce eees ot satiate Makin Pmt esd eet SRE OG eee Vat 270 
3, Notes on Bulimus oblongus. . By R. J. Lecumern Gupry, O.MLZ.S... 600. 6p ec ee eee eee 271 
4. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru. 


—Part I. By W: ScHAus, F.Z.8. 02.008 be ise cies cen en eens Glee eee aici dinewigin'n wai 272 


5. Notes on the Anatomy and Osteology of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster). By 
Frank EB. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.8.E., Prosector to the Society ...+..-0+.0..0055 pa oa 


6. Mecripona of Seven new Species of Land-Shells from the U.8. of Colombia. By G. B. 
Sowrrsy, F.L.8., F.Z.8. (Plate XXTIT.) .. ses. cee eee ees Ree Eee Tk 296 


: May 3, 1892. 

a “The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1892....... «+ 299 
x “Mr. Sclater, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a nearly perfect egg of Apyornis medius .. 299 
oe ee OMZS. on the e Agri of Northern Somaliland. By H. G. C. Swayyn, Capt. R.E., 


Pe ee ee Sortie 88 naw bw O90 -6- we ise, Bole t gro le-w' 6 iw @Bibhe ob cle. sleievelp-eeVie/Uie ck 


LIST OF PLATES, 


1892. 
PART Ak; 
ad x 
Plate =o Page 
Mit |New Opbinrolde 01.4 ..000..te ee eee eta ati 
XII. Earthworm with supernumerary ovaries .........0-.00-0e4ee 184 
KEV 2: ON Gx: CHG i598 US AoE a rh a eae or gia wee CO Se aa AR: to 195 
XY. 
XVI. } Orthoptera of St. Vincent .. 2.0.0. .8e ees ee (gitnigs etme ans 196 
XVI. 
WV a poemipls Hasel so. i ateaigare sae S as es es vee deepens hs 291 
XIX. Skulls of Bornean Mammals «. +. -....+++00-sseseeess ice " 
XX. Fig. 1. Amaurocichla bocagii ; Fig. 2. Turdinus nioloneyanus.. 227 
XIE, | Pand-Shells of St, Helena ........ cs ccbcareee sees ee BBS 
XXIII. New Shells from U.S. of Colombia «2.2... 060.00 dees se neers 296. 
NOTICE. 


The ‘ Proceedings’ areissued in four parts, as follows:— 


_ Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. 


Ii. es 5 » March and April, on August Ist. 
Til. si’ - », May and June, on October Ist. ca 3 
IV. a x ,», . November and December, on April Ist. a 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


-Z00LOGICAL SOCIETY 
| OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


1892. 


PART IIT, 


CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON: 


‘MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CQ., 
; PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings.) 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART IiI.—1892. 


May 3, 1892. 
Page 
2. On the probable Identity of certain Specimens, formerly in the Lidth de Jeude Collection, 


and now in the British Museum, with those figured by Albert Seba in his ‘Thesaurus’ 
of 1734,- By Ouprietp THOMAS........+-+. ‘ 


Cr ee ee ee ee ee 


8. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.— 
Part Il. By W. Scuaus, F.Z.8. -.....-5 Sn eS a eR PET Cee Prep 318 


4, On some Specimens of Frogs in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with Descriptions of several 
new Species. - By W. L, Scravzr, M.A., F.Z.8. (Plate XXIV.) .. 02... see eee 341 


_ 5. -Onsome Aquatic Oligocheztous Worms, By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., E.B.S.B., &e, .. 349 


6. On the Systematic Position of Notoryctes typhlops. By Hans Gapow, Ph.D., M.A, 


Lecturer on Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata, and Strickland Curator, University 
of Cambridge 


Bee we ee ee He OH ee ew ee eM ee ee OHHH OES Geese reser eeeetes sae eee 


May 17, 1892. 


Mr. W. T.-Blanford: Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Wild Camel obtained 
in Eastern Turkestan 


eR EA ee eI PEROT te ere es naar seeves sees BO 
1, Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou par M, Jean Kalinowski. — Par Soa 

Hans von Beruerscu et JEAN STOLZMANN. «+... 00s oe eet erie Peaks ea ateis Pate oes Ost 
2. On Lucioperca marina, C.& V. By G. A. Bounencer, (Plate XXY,) are a oe Te pees: aad 
8. On the Antelopes of the Genus Cephalolophus. By Orprimip Tromas, FZS bya lates we abene . 413 


4. On the Characters and-Variations of. Pontaster tenuispinis,. By F. Jurrrny Buin, M.A, 


Sec: R.M.S. (Plate XXVI.) . 6 cece ee ee ee cen ee ee cee ee ee eget 430° 


5. A List of the Lyeenide of the South Pacific Islands east of the Solomon Group, with 
Descriptions of several new Species. By Hamiton H. Drucu, F.E.8. (Plate XXVIT,) 434 


6, 


3. On the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusea of the Philippine Islands, and 
; their Relations to the Mollusca of the neighbouring Groups. By the Rev. A: H. | 
Cooks, M.A., F.Z.8., Fellow and Assistant-Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge .:.. 447 _ 


Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 


1892.] SPECIMENS FORMERLY IN THE JEUDE COLLECTION. 309 


2. On the probable Identity of certain Specimens, formerly 
in the Lidth de Jeude Collection, and now in the 
British Museum, with those figured by Albert Seba in 
his ‘ Thesaurus’ of 1734. By Oxprietp Tuomas. 


Received April 5, 1892. 
I 


In 1867 the British Museum purchased, through the late Mr. R. 
Damon, a large quantity of zoological specimens of all sorts out of 
the collection of Prof. Th. van Lidth de Jeude of Utrecht. Of the 
mammals, about 280 are preserved entire in old-fashioned glass 
jars with red wax tops, and 330 are skulls. 

In the well-known folio work by Albert Seba, ‘ Locupletissimus 
rerum naturalium Thesaurus,’ vol. i., there is a frontispiece with the 
author’s portrait, and behind him are specimens in bottles so 
exactly like those of the Lidth de Jeude collection as to have 
attracted my attention to the circumstance ; and although it has 
since proved that such bottles were used by Lidth de Jeude himself 
and others, yet as the suspicion thus aroused was confirmed by my 
finding some of the specimens to be similar to the animals figured 
by Seba in this work, a thorough examination has been made, with 
the startling and unhoped for result of showing that many of these 
Lidth de Jeude specimens are actually the very individual examples 
figured by Seba. Of course, one or two, or even five or six cases 
of resemblance might have been put down to accidental coinci- 
dences, but so large a number prove to correspond in every way 
to Seba’s figures and descriptions, that I no longer have a doubt 
as to their being really Seba’s specimens, carefully preserved by 
their successive possessors in the original hermetically sealed jars 
in which he placed them. Naturally, in the course of time, many 
have been lost, others have deteriorated and been destroyed, and 
others again have been alienated in ignorance of their special value 
and interest. But in spite of all, enough remain to raise their 
resemblance to Seba’s figures far beyond the region of accidental 
coincidence, and, as each specimen identified increases the proba- 
bilities for the identification of the rest, in the aggregate to amount 
practically to a proof of the opinion now advocated. In fact the 
whole British Museum collection from other sources could not 
produce so many close resemblances to Seba’s figures as occur in 
this one collection of Lidth de Jeude. It mav be noted that, 
judging by the old tickets on the bottles, there appear to be two 
sets of specimens in the collection—the bottles of the one labelled 
with large printed numbers, and of the other with manuscript 
numbers, evidently of an earlier date; all the cases of asserted 
identity occur in the latter part of the collection, an evidence in 
itself that these have some common bond of origin. At the same 
time the importance of this piece of evidence is unfortunately much 
weakened by the fact that many of the identified specimens have 

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1892, No. XXII. 22 
5S, Mises 
we 


310 MR. 0. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY [May 3, 


been rebottled, so that one cannot tell with certainty * to which part 
of the collection they belonged. 

Owing in part probably to some of the intermediate possessors 
not having been interested in anything but Mammalia, and in part 
to the comparative absence of individuality in specimens of the 
lower classes, scarcely any identification has been made in other 
groups than the Mammalia. But as the Lidth de Jeude collection 
acquired by the Museum contains specimens of all classes, both of 
Vertebrates and Invertebrates, as did also the Seba cabinet, there is 
little doubt that some of Seba’s specimens are contained in it, if 
only they could be identified. At the same time no members of 
other groups have upon them the old MS. labels to which I attach 
so much importance. Moreover, the Seba collection of Reptiles 
was wholly, or in part, purchased by the Emperor Peter the Great, 
and taken to St. Petersburg, where many of the specimens are still 
preserved”. Unfortunately they were all rebottled some years ago, 
so that none are left in the original bottles ; Dr. Strauch, however, as 
Iam kindly informed by Dr. Buchner, well remembers that the bottles 
were exactly like those figured by Seba, and therefore like those of 
the Lidth de Jeude collection. As to the labels, several sorts seem 
to have been on the bottles, but none quite like those now on 
our bottles. 

Among the Reptiles and Fishes, in the examination of which I 
have had the assistance of my colleague Mr. Boulenger, one snake 
(Eunectes murinus, 66.8.14.308) and one fish (Chetostomus cir- 
rhosus, 66.8.14.154) agree so well with Seba’s Vol. ii. pl. xxix. 
fig. 1 and Vol. iii. pl. xxix. fig. 12 respectively, that, viewed in 
conjunction with the Mammal identifications, it appears very pro- 
bable that these specimens are Seba’s originals, and that they 
escaped Peter the Great, and passed with the Mammals into the 
hands of Prof. Lidth de Jeude. 

It is an unfortunate thing that none of the many eccentricities 
figured by Seba, such as the Cat with two bodies, &c., are identi- 
fiable, as they would have been better evidence of identity than any 
I am able to produce; but the fact is easily explicable, as the British 
Museum never has purchased or collected any such specimens, and 
therefore even if, as no doubt was the case, any of Seba’s monstro- 
sities were included in the ‘collection trés remarquable de foetus 
monstrueux”’ of the Lidth de Jeude collection, they would not 


1 Tn an interesting leaflet which I owe to the kindness of Mr. R. F, Damon 
of Weymouth, there is a rough classification of the Lidth de Jeude Museum, 
and among the chief headings is one of “ Une série de foetus des races humaines 
et des Mammiféres.” Now, on examining the Museum specimens bearing the 
printed Lidth de Jeude labels, I find that without exception they are either 
young specimens or else mothers containing foetuses, so that we may presume 
that of the rebottled specimens those at least which are adult would not have 
had the printed numbers, and would therefore in all probability have had the 
old MS. labels upon them. 

2 See Strauch, Zool. Mus, St. Petersb. in seinem fiinfzigjahr. Best. p. 192 (1889). 
Dr. Biichner informs me that a large part of this collection was destroyed by 
fire in St. Petersburg in 1747. 


1892.] IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. 311 


have been acquired by our own Museum; nor am I able to trace 
where they have gone. 

Before proceeding toa detailed account of my identifications, I 
propose to give such scraps of historical evidence about the Seba 
and Lidth de Jeude collections as I have been able to get together, 
and I hope that these in course of time will be supplemented by 
other similar items of information. 

Firstly, from the preface to the fourth volume of the ‘ Thesaurus’ 
we learn that, although Seba himself died in 1736, the collection 
was not dispersed until 1752, when it was sold by public auction 
in Amsterdam. 

It next, probably not very long afterwards’, passed into the 
possession of the Stadtholder, William V. of Holland, or at least of 
his guardians, he being a boy of four at the time of the sale. But 
when the French occupied Holland and the Stadtholder fled in 
1795, the invaders, as was their habit in regard to objects of art 
and science, brought back with them to Paris certain of the spe- 
cimens of the Stadtholder’s collection. Of these, or at least of the 
Mammals, a list has most fortunately been preserved in the 
Archives of the Paris Museum, a copy of which I owe to the 
kindness of Prof. A. Milne-Edwards. This list, however (see below 
p- 317), shows that no such specimens as are now attempted to be 
identified went to Paris at that time. Indeed, such specimens as 
these animals in spirit would not have been very attractive to the 
French military and unscientific collectors, and they therefore, no 
doubt, remained in Holland, but in whose hands I cannot trace. 

The next reference is one which, so far as it goes, is antagonistic 
to the idea of any of Seba’s spirit-specimens having been preserved 
until now, and it deserves, therefore, careful consideration. In 
1853 Temminck, the famous head of the Leyden Museum, made 
the two following statements ? :— 

“ Seba rassemblait, sans choix ni ordre systématique, toutes sortes 
d’objets curieux ; parmi les mammiféres, les monstres et les foetus 
étaient les plus nombreux ; toute sa collection, conservée a l’esprit 
de vin dans des bocaux de verre, était, apres sa mort, en grande 
partie détériorée.” And :— 

“Il y a plusieurs années (cinquante ans 4 peu-prés) que je fis 
Pacquisition de quelques bocaux, provenant des débris des collections 
de Seba; dans ce nombre se trouvait un trés-jeune individu de 
notre Spiniger ; il était totalement décoloré et & peine reconnaissable. 
Ce sujet, qu’on a monté, se trouve dans nos galeries. C’est peut- 
étre Yindividu type du Cervus perpusillus ou bien de Cervus per- 
gracilis de Seba.” 

} Perhaps Pallas visited Amsterdam in the interval, for in 1797 (Nov. 
Glires, p. 314) he says of Mus longipes (Seba, vol. ii. plate xxix. fig. 2): “ vidi 
quondam Amstelodamie Museo Sebz reliquum specimen in collectione DN. 
Chr. Paul Meier, mercatoris.” Later on he speaks of this specimen as having 
been a skin, so that it could not be one of our specimens, but might have been 
one of the “Deux Gerboises de la petite espéce” that went to Paris (see 


below, p. 317). 
? Esq. Z. Guin. pp. 202, 203 (1853). 


312 MR. 0. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY ___[ May 3, 


Now in reference to these serious statements, it may be observed 
that Seba’s great collection consisted of mammals, birds, reptiles, 
scorpions, shells, echinoderms, and many other invertebrates, and 
might, therefore, easily be “en grande partie détériorée,”’ especially 
as regards the softer and more destructible invertebrates, and yet 
leave the majority of the mammals unhurt; while, as regards the 
Royal Antelope (“notre Spiniger”’), of course the accidental open- 
ing or leakage of a single bottle would imply the destruction of its 
contents. But except for Temminck’s bare statement, and it is by 
no means certain that he really knew much about the condition of 
‘toute la collection,” he only having obtained “ quelques bocaux,” 
there seems to be no reason whatever that specimens preserved as 
these are in hermetically sealed bottles and in good preserving 
fluid should be really seriously deteriorated merely by the lapse of 
time. Certainly, judging by the present condition of the Lidth de 
Jeude collection, there seems to be no reason against their having 
been in the bottles they now are for the past 160 years, or, if 
untouched, for their remaining very much in their present con- 
dition for centuries more. 

Of other references to this collection, at this time or later, I 
can find no trace. Probably it got into the hands of one or several 
successive private and scientifically unknown collectors of curiosities 
before coming into the possession of Prof. Lidth de Jeude. 

Of the latter’s museum, we only know what is stated in the 
preface to his sale-catalogue of 1858. In this he utters a pathetic 
lament at being forced to part with his collection, the result of 
half a century’s labour. This period would carry back the com- 
mencement of his collecting to 1808, a date very near that when 
some of the Seba specimens were certainly still in existence, as we 
know from Temminck. Among the collections and even ‘* Musées 
entiers ’ which he acquired during the half-century were those of 
«Mr. le Baron van der Capellen, ancien Gouverneur des Indes 
Orientales, Mr. van Klinkenberg, amateur zélé 4 Utrecht, Messrs. 
Muller, Draak, ete.” 

Of these gentlemen the first would not have been likely to possess 
a general collection, of the last two I know nothing; but of the 
second, the most likely sounding of all, thanks to the kind researches 
of Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum, we know that his 
full name was Gysbert Johannes van Klinkenberg, that he set up 
as an apothecary in Utrecht in 1802, that he had large Natural 
History collections, and that these were sold by auction on Nov. 8, 
1841. The majority of the specimens were bought by Prof. Lidth 
de Jeude, but as this was done privately no sale-catalogue of them 
was printed. It may be noted, however, that among the books 
sold* at that sale there were two copies of Seba’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ 
rather a cumbrous work for an ordinary collector to have in duplicate, 
if he had not had some special reason for possessing them. 


1 I must sincerely thank Dr. Jentink for the care and trouble that he has 
taken in helping me to trace out the history of this collection, and, among other 
things, for having lent me a copy of this rare sale-catalogue, as well as a marked 
copy of Lidth de Jeude’s own catalogue. 


1892.] IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. 313 


This being all the historical evidence that I have been able to 
gather about the Seba and Lidth de Jeude collections, I need 
scarcely say that I shall be most grateful to anyone who may 
happen to find any pertinent references to either of them and who 
would give me information thereof. 

To pass now to the evidence derived from the specimens them- 
selves and their agreements with the Seba’s descriptions and 
figures. 

In the first volume of Seba’s work about 90 Mammalia are 
figured and described, and 7 in the second. Of these we must 
eliminate those that were probably among the Paris set (see below), 
besides a considerable number more which, owing to their size, 
could not have been preserved in spirit, and such again as Seba 
states were not in his own collection. This would leave some 70 or 
80 for which originals may be sought. Many of these are of 
animals so rare, even to the present day, that their independent 
possession both by Seba and Lidth de Jeude would itself be unlikely ; 
and still more unlikely that the specimens belonging to the latter 
should have been able so closely to match the figures given by the 
former, in age, size, and above all in sex, a point on which Seba was 
fortunately very careful to give particulars. 

Of the cases put forward in the following list, some few depend 
of course merely on an ordinary specific resemblance, and one can 
only say that there is no disqualifying point, such as wrong sex or 
age; but in others, and indeed in the majority, there is a strong 
imdividual resemblance between the figure and the specimen, often 
confirmed by some collateral evidence extracted from Seba’s de- 
scriptions. Such cases as those of the Opossums with their varying 
numbers of mamme visible or in use, of the Lutra brasiliensis 
with its wrinkled sides, and of the pair of Zamias with the right 
sexes and number of stripes respectively, are far beyond anything 
that one could possibly suppose might be due merely to accidental 
coincidence. 

In the table now exhibited (pp. 314-15) the first column gives the 
number of the plate and figure in Seba, the second the name of the 
species, and the third the British Museum register-number of the 
specimen I assign to the figure. These specimens will of course 
always be open to the inspection and comparison of anyone interested 
in the subject. 

It is unfortunate that, before the history of the collection was 
suspected, many of the specimens were taken out for examination 
and rebottled in modern bottles, but in all cases the fact of their 
having actually come from the Lidth de Jeude collection is beyond 
question. Without such taking out, however, exact specific deter- 
mination is occasionally very difficult, and some animals are 
therefore inserted in the table merely under their generic names, as 
without very special reason it would not be right to unseal the ancient 
and interesting bottles which contain them. 


[May 3, 


MR. O. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY 


314 


“UIVULING UTOIJ OAITe poatooayy LPF 
“RIULGAL A WOT F6F 
‘ping Sutarosoad ur pooryd pur pauaoap 
‘pouorjueut Ayye1oeds su ‘uayy pure jt, MOI, UMA 
Wqnop ou fearye ydoy usmoodg “(-uopfeap WOAT GCP 
ig 
«¢ SOPULTOF FUOWO}IO.IYY 40S sesinog soy130d soy yuOp ae 
‘sojjemey soyjed sanaisnyd issnv qioa £ uO, ‘e 
‘TAXXX Jo ssaadiayq0q 0413 07 Surpuodsesaz0o Ayavey 
Auas suounoeds Sunof [Bteaes suTeyUOD Ose 973}0q 


oules oT, "1 f0 waqunu yf ay7 f0 yno padojanap 


b SPY wauoodgy ‘UMvAp wBUUvO quomIWosd «no,T FIP 
61g 

‘soroads oaeyy F9G 

“HO1}09T]00 94} Ur [erodes ‘ AJoINeA OUIGTe UOMLOOD gag 
OFS 


“paynys pue /8gy ur 
no Voye} [12 o10M AON] ATOyRUNgA0JUN yng ‘1aq49804 
911300 epner op YIprT ouo ur qe eaom Sunok 
pue JoqjopT “ut yod prnoo oy sv cuem gv pejuas 
-aadaa svy ysyae oy} ynq ‘Sunok 4 WM uauwedg 9FG 
“TT toquinu yng ‘eyqista ATisva 
1 Ajuo ynq ‘osn ur g YyTM uoumedg ‘aquyd ut y 
sv umoys Tuo 4nq ‘4x0} UI g dO J oq 0} ples wBuoreyy CEG 
I+¢ 
GU F LO 


a a eee ee —— 


‘uatmtoeds opnop 
*SyIVUIOYy ep YypPrT jo ou 
-1948Idaa WINOSNI, 


‘cau ‘n/n DNSDAT 
*P ‘vpjaonjoa snsapdoumag 


‘snas1wh sagsadsazy 
‘anl ‘sntonrsouva wohoong 


*S ‘wopunpryd shydpopryt 
‘wabyynano sndhipoag 

"DIAND S1.L0YyIOShLy) 
*nado.ina ndpv.], 

*& ‘vyopnoonaa.g shydjoput 


*yorq uo 
Sunok 9 pure ‘& ‘vuunu shydjapryg 


*S ‘nurunu shydjapy 
*P ‘vurunw shydpapuy 


LA a pa scenes mssdioe 


‘ome Ny 


a ‘TETX 

‘Tl TTX 

6 “IX 

‘Y ‘IAXXX 

G ‘IIIXxx 

‘Gg “cc 

‘T ‘IIXXXx 

"9 se 

‘Cc “ 

4 “cc 

‘T ‘IXXX 
‘I “104 


‘OINdLy pure yey 
“Bqeg 


“IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. 315 


1892.] 


‘snupbyne “gy Aquoredde uawtadg 


(‘osed yxou 09s aMmyepoUeMIOU 107) ‘purest 
quy} JO catjeu eB ,‘synpa,, yq se uosqog Aq pautut 
-Jejop uewmwedg ‘eyeudey, Wloay eq 0} eqag Aq pivg 

*UOTJIAT[OO OYY UI OXY 
Ayuo oy} cae So[emmey pur oyeur ‘sueutoads Om} osaty, 
‘oyeuay, WO 

‘asojo AA SI JUMIGAISe 
ey} ynq ‘uettoeds oyy ulOLJ O8IN0D JO pauTMse}O(T 


*qysu97 ur eyquiaea ATouIAL4x0 OAR 

YO ‘sysnj Suoy, anoz oy} Jo yuomdozoaop oarqepod 
ey} Ul ons oY YIM sooase Ajosiwooad ][Nys sty, 
ec ODS OC» 
«sted sou eq ,, 


“eqog Aq poansy syunuidiqg 0M oT} 0} seatepuods 
-91109 Jo aved opqueotou ios & OYVUL JSUT OY} PUL SIT, 
‘uomtoads sty yqrM [joa ATQv 
-YAvUIEd geadR uoTdisosap pur eansy oy} syoedsor 
JoyjO UT =, oayenb ue npuey,, SV JPAs}T [Le] OY} 9BI} 
Bopl eq} 07 Osta ueATS oavy Kem pinbit oy Ur TIE} 
oy} JO salvy SUO] 94} JO se]puNq ut Jno Suryeog oy 
qng 9 ‘uouttoads soqyo Luv a0 siq} «oj AjPIqQissodut 
UB gsINOD JO ST GANS oy JO 18} AreuTptoRsyzxe OUT, 
,cduenbiy oun suep garasuog,, *Aqa.tey3 
SOPIS S}I SUOTL poulaoy soPYULIM OSTOASUBAY PayacvUL 
jo doquinu @ pey sey pux ‘e]}j30q B [Tes 00} OFUT 
pessoidmoa useq sey uouttods oy, ‘syurp oy} uO 
sodiajs of19asuvay aerjnoad jo sates B SMOYS BNSF ONT, 


69¢ 
OLG 


CGS 
GFE 
StS 


L6¢ 
6&8¢ 


€66 
Lag 
ggg 
OSPF 


16? 


6LF 


GPP 


‘ds ‘vanpro0.19 
‘ds ‘wawogy 


*P ‘snuhdiuma sndowaag 


*P ‘njrd nnoarmwayy 
“8 ‘nord wpnoaway 


‘dh ‘wngopnnnnasg vusopruazy 


"P ‘smuguoday 0172700\ 


‘TAS ‘sninfpn vsnugog 
LOOM +P “ds ‘snaonuewy 
“arta ‘snadouna snoomurig 
puihry sya 


*& ‘sngnruys svowny, 


*P ‘snovpisn sonUuny, 


‘ant ‘seswayesnig DLT 


‘G ‘IIIXT 
‘6 ‘IITA 


‘TIT “TOA 


ae a 


TIAT 


TAT 
‘T ‘AT 
'S 1a 

‘'G x F “ 


GV XITX 
% TMAIX 


°e ii 


G IIATX 


316. MR. 0. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY [May 3, 


Besides these cases there are a large number of instances, such as 
the young Opossum figured on Plates xxx1. & xxxvi., where 
although it is impossible to fix on individual specimens as their 
originals, yet practically the Lidth de Jeude collection does contain 
specimens fairly corresponding with them. Further research again 
will, I hope, reveal some few more cases of close identities, as I 
cannot feel that I have by any means exhausted the possibilities in 
this direction. 

It would appear certain, then, that so large a number of resem- 
blances as the above cannot be merely an accident, especially when 
some of the more remarkable cases are taken into account, and I 
can, therefore, only reiterate my belief that these are the actual 
specimens from which Seba took his figures. 

But besides its extreme interest, this fact has a special scientific 
importance, for in many cases systematic names have been given, 
primarily or solely, to Seba’s figures, and therefore, where the 
originals of these figures can be identified, the specimens are clearly 
the types of the species. 

The tracing of such names, however, can only be properly done 
in connection with the systematic working out of the different 
groups, and the following cases are therefore only those of which 
I now have clear evidence and are perhaps but a small proportion 
of those which really exist. 


Names of Species founded on Seba’s figures, for which typical 
specimens have been identified. 


Chrysechloris aurea, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch, ii. p. 391 (1780). 
Founded on Seba, XXXII, 4&5. 
Specimen 67,.4.12.564. 
“ Vespertilio” vampyrus?, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) p. 31 (1758). 
Founded on LVII. 1&2. 
Specimen 67.4.12.325, P¢eropus edulis, spec. g, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 5 
Kerivoula picta, Pall. Spic. Zool. iii. p. 7. Founded on LVI. 2&3. 
Specimens 67.4.12.342-3. 1° of Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 334. 
Noctilio leporinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 32 ok. ae on LV. 1. 
Specimen 67.4.12.339. f of Cat. Chir. B. M. p.3 


Didelphys philander, Linn. t. ¢. p. 54. Founded on ne 4, 
Specimen 67.4.12.414. g of Cat. Mars. p. 338. 

Didelphys murina, Linn. ¢. ¢. p. 55. Founded on XXXI. 1 & 2. 
Specimens 67.4 12.541 & 2. wx and 2 of Cat. Mars. p. 347. 

Didelphys dorsigera, Linn. J. c. Founded on XXXI. 5. 
Specimen 67.4.12.546. ' (of D. murina) Cat. Mars. p. 347. 

Didelphys brevicaudata, Erxl. Syst. R. A. p. 80. Founded on XXXI. 6. 
Specimen 67.4.12.540. b of Cat. Mars. p. 358. 


= 


ee eee Sn Us i See > SO 


1 Linneeus’s name “ asiatica” is equally founded on this specimen, but, being 
erroneous, is not admissible. 

? This will affect the name of the species, which will have to stand as 
Pteropus vampyrus, L. Even if the identification of the specimen is wrong, 
however, Seba’s LVII. 1 & 2 clearly represent what has been known as Pé. 
edulis, Geoff., so that the change would have to take place in any case. 

° The male specimen accidentally omitted from the list in the Catalogue. 


1892.] IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. 317 


Finally, in order to focus as far as possible all the existing infor- 
mation about the Seba cabinet, I have thought it well to reproduce 
just as it stands the list, obligingly hunted out for me by Prof. 
Milne-Edwards, of the specimens taken to Paris. The numbers 
placed in brackets are those of the Seba plates and figures which 
may be those of the specimens mentioned. How many of these 
interesting specimens still remain in the Paris Museum after the 
lapse of nearly a century, I will leave my confréres of that great 
institution to determine ; but I am afraid there cannot be many, as 
the specimens seem to have been for the most part perishable skins 
or stuffed specimens. 


Liste des animaux envoyés de la Haye Van III." de la 
République Francaise. 


(Cabinet du Stathouder.) 


Un Hippopotame adulte. 

Un Hippopotame jeune. 

Une téte de Narwal avec la corne, 

Un Fourmilier de Cayenne [XXXVIII. 2, XL. 1, or Vol. II. XLVII. 2]. 
Un Pangolin [LIY. 1]. 

Un Singe nasique. 

Un Tatou ? [XXXVII. 2]. 

Portion de crane et cornes de Coudou. 

Deux peaux de Coudou, J 2. 

Deux peaux du Bufile bleu du Cap. 

Trois peaux de Chat-tigre. 

Une peau de Rhinocéros bicorne (jeune). 

Deux peaux de Bubale, ¢ 9 [XLII. 4]. 

Un Tapir. 

Un Gerboise de la grande espéce. 

Un Cochon sanglier sauvage de Surinam [? L. 2]. 
Un petit Singe d’une espéce particuliére [? XLVII. 1]. 
Une Loutre blanche. 

Un Renard blanc. 

Deux Gerboises de la moyenne espéce. 

Deux Gerboises de la petite espéce [? II., XXIX. 2]. 
Un Faisan perlé de la Chine. 

Des peaux d’Antilopes. 

Un Eléphant avec son poil follet. 

Un Sanglier du Cap qui a vécu 4 la Haye. 

Un Daim du Cap. 

Une sorte de Renard [? XXX. 1]. 

Un Cerf du Cap. 

Un Castor de Westphalie. 

Deux tétes de Babouines a dents dorées. 

Un Paresseux de haute taille (XXXIV. 1]. 

Une jolie Chévre de Surinam |? XLII. 3]. 

Des Hcureuils volants. 

Un Bouquetin. 

Une téte de Rhinocéros 4 doubles cornes. 


Some Reptiles were also taken, as several of Seba’s specimens are 
known to be in the Paris Museum. 


1 Sept. 1794 to Sept. 1795. 
® See I. Geoff. C. R. xxiv. p. 572 (1847). 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXIII. 23 


318 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


Adding to this list the Royal Antelope (Nunotragus pygmaeus), 
said by Temminck to he possibly the original of xx111.2, and the 
specimens asserted by Sundevall to be perhaps those of xu1u1. 
1 & 21, we are able to account, with the Lidth de Jeude specimens 
now in the British Museum, for a very large proportion of Albert 
Seba’s historical collection of Mammalia. 


3. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera 
from Brazil, Mexico,and Peru.—Part II.* By W.Scuavs, 


F.Z.S8. 
[Received April 29, 1892. ] 


The following descriptions are all taken from specimens in my 
own collection, and, with the exception of those from Peru, they 
were collected by myself. 


Fam. LASIOCAMPID. 
ORMISCODES OPIS. 


Primaries above reddish brown; a basal straight, and an outer 
oblique, transverse grey band; a marginal wavy whitish shade; a 
long white streak at the end of the cell. Secondaries reddish brown; 
a median transverse greyish band and a submarginal dark brown 
shade. Underneath brown, the outer portion of the wings crossed 
by four bands of whitish scales. Head and thorax reddish brown. 
Abdomen black dorsally, whitish between the segments; anal seg- 
ment red; underneath reddish brown. 

Expanse 100mm. @. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


LONOMIA CARNICA. 


Male. Above red, the wings crossed from the apex of the pri- 
maries to the middle of the inner margin on tbe secondaries by a 
broad black line, divided by a greyish shade ; on the primaries two 
discal spots, the anterior one blackish, the posterior one white. 
Underneath pale brownish red, with broad, marginal, paler shades ; 
the transverse line very narrow and indistinct, inwardly shaded with 
white ; on the primaries two white discal spots ; on the secondaries 
a black discal spot circled with white ; a large black spot at the 
apex. 

Expanse 80 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


PREPTOS, nov. gen 
Antenne minutely pectinated, and with ong tufts of hairs at 


‘ Pecora, p. 303 (1847). I have to thank Prof. W. Leche, of Stockholm, for 


information about the present condition of these specimens. See also Brooke, 
P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 637. 
* For Part I. see above, p. 272. 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 319 


their base. Palpi very short, woolly, descending. Abdomen stout, 
not extending beyond the secondaries. Primaries broad, straight 
along the costal margin to near the apex, then convex ; outer margin 
straight, the inner angle very convex. Secondaries with the costal 
margin very slightly convex; the outer margin convex. The discal 
cells very short, not extending beyond a third from the base. 


PREPTOS OROPUS. 


Fawn-colour, the outer margins broadly brown and separated 
from the ground-colour by a straight dark line, extending from the 
apices to the inner margins near the angles on both the primaries 
and secondaries; a median and on the primaries also an outer trans- 
verse dark wavy shade; a blackish spot on the subcostal vein of 
the primaries near the base. Underneath yellowish fawn-colour ; 
a median and a submarginal dark brown, lunular, transverse band, 
and between these three similar but less distinct bands. Head 


and thorax pale fawn-colour. Collar dark brown. Abdomen dark 
fawn-colour. 


Expanse 95mm. 9. 
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 


LEBEDA DOERI. 


Male. Dark brown, reddish grey about the inner angle of the 
primaries, with three small black spots ; the primaries also crossed 
by four pale lines, the inner two straight, the outer two slightly 
oblique ; a small white point in the cell. Underneath brown flecked 
with greyish scales; two transverse pale lines from the costal margin 


of the primaries near the apex to the inner margin of the secondaries. 
Expanse 75 mm. 


Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


ARTACE ANULA. 


Female. Primaries above whitish with transverse greyish streaks, 
and a circular grey spot on the inner margin. Secondaries above 
greyish white, with a broad submarginal dusky band. Underneath 
grey, with a white marginal line. Body greyish. 

Expanse 43 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


ARTACE MERIDIONALIS. 


Female. Primaries above white, with a basal, a median, and an 
outer row of dark grey spots on the veins, and two grey spots at 
the end of the cell; a marginal and a submarginal dusky grey 
transverse band, and a row of black spots on the extreme margin 
between the veins. Secondaries above grey, darker along the inner 
margin. Underneath: primaries grey, with the apex white and a 
row of dark spots on the extreme margin; secondaries grey, with 
the fringe white. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen dorsally dark 
grey, underneath white. 


23* 


320 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


Expanse 44 mm. 
Hab. Tijuca, Rio Janeiro. 
Most nearly allied to 4. albicans, Walker. 


HypRIAS THERESA. 


Primaries above grey, the veins black towards the outer margin 
and some black scales at the base ; two black points in the cell, and 
beyond the cell two transverse blackish lines, the inner one resem- 
bling a line of fish-scales, the outer one forming prolonged angles. 
Secondaries brown, the costal margin broadly grey, mottled with 
black ; a marginal wavy, dusky grey line and a faint trace of a 
median transverse line. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen brown, 
grey subdorsally. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


HypriAs BOCHICA. 


Primaries light grey, the base brown with two contiguous wavy, 
brown, transverse lines ; a black discal spot ; beyond the cell another 
double transverse streak, and a submarginal row of brown spots; a_ 
brown spot on the costa near the apex; the outer margin brownish 
except at the apex and the inner angle. Secondaries with the costal 
and outer margins greyish ; the inner margin and disk brown ; two 
transverse wavy brown lines. Body brownish grey. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


HypriAS BRAGANZA. 


Male. Primaries above white; brown along the inner margin and 
posterior half of the outer margin, also a brown spot on the costal 
margin close to the apex, and asmaller spot near the base. Second- 
aries above brown, the costal margin broadly white. Underneath 
brown ; a marginal wavy white line at the apex of the primaries, 
and a short broad white band at the apex of the secondaries. Head 
brownish. Thorax brown in the centre, on either side white. 
Abdomen brown. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


HypriAS LACRIMOSA. 


Male. Primaries above brown ; a greyish basal transverse streak, 
also a similar outer wavy transverse streak, beyond which on the 
anterior half of the wing is a submarginal whitish band; a marginal 
broken white line from the apex to the inner angle. Secondaries 
light brown, darker along the costal margin and mottled with buff ; 
a median and a marginal indistinct transverse line. Underneath 
light brown ; beyond the cell the wings are crossed by three darker 
transverse lines. Body brown. 

Expanse 26 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 321 


HyprIASs SORDIDA. 


Male. Primaries above brown, slightly mottled with greyish 
scales; a transverse outer lunular line and a submarginal deeply 
angular black line. Secondaries rich brown; the costal margin 
mottled with greyish, and an indistinct wavy marginal line. Body 
brown ; a few greyish hairs on the thorax. 

Expanse 30 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


TALIMA CARMEN. 


Male. Primaries above grey, brownish along the inner margin, 
whitish at the apex ; beyond the middle of the wing a semicircular 
row of small black spots; an upright white streak on the inner 
margin near the angle. Secondaries above bright red; apex and 
fringe greyish brown. Wings underneath red; the costal margins 
and apices grey. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen red dorsally, 
grey underneath. 

Expanse 23 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


Fam. Limacoptivz. 


ECHEDORUS ARGENTINA. 


Male. Wings grey, slightly hyaline and iridescent, the outer third 
slightly paler in colour. The primaries crossed at a third from the 
base by two outwardly curved, narrow, whitish lines ; beyond the 
cell two wavy whitish lines and a wavy marginal whitish band; a 
small black spot at the end of the cell. Underneath, the primaries 
are almost denuded of scales, and show the markings of the upper 
‘surface. The secondaries above have the dark and light portions 
separated by a faint whitish shade, the darker portion occupying 
the entire inner margin; underneath, a broad median, transverse, 
black band, shaded with white on either side. Thorax and abdomen 
dark grey, with tufts of brownish hairs at the base of the wings ; also 
similar tufts on the last segments underneath. 

‘ Expanse 43 mm. 

The female is altogether more woolly, the primaries are hardly 
iridescent, the markings a little less distinct, and the black Spot at 
the end of the cell more conspicuous. The secondaries are uniform 
dull grey. 

Expanse 60 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil ; Buenos Ayres. 


Tirya FUMIDA. 


Male. Wings smoky brown; a black spot at the end of the cell 
on the primaries, and a submarginal greyish band, more distinct on 
the primaries than on the secondaries. Body brown. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


322 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


TITYA ARGENTATA. 


Female. Primaries above silvery white, the margins and fringe 
finely brown ; a broad brown band from the middle of the inner 
margin to the costal margin near the apex. Secondaries brown. 
Underneath, all the wings brown. Body brown, reddish brown 
towards the anal segment. 

Expanse 52 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


MEGALOPYGE RADIATA. 


Brown, the basal half of the primaries below the median vein 
much darker and outwardly bordered with white, whence white lines 
extend towards the outer margin; at the end of the cell a large 
velvety brown spot; beyond the cell white lines radiate towards the 
apex and outer margin. Secondaries brown. Body brown. Head 
behind the antenne white. 

Expanse 54mm. Q. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


MEGALOPYGE ACCA. 


Primaries above pinkish brown; a blackish median transverse 
line. Secondaries roseate. Underneath roseate, the apices of the 
primaries brownish. Head and thorax brownish. Abdomen red. 

Expanse 30 mm. <G. 

Haé. Rio Janeiro. 


DALCERA TIJUCANA. 


Primaries yellowish white, faintly reddish along the outer and 
inner margins and through the centre of the wing; fringe yellow; 
a black oblique line at the end of the cell, and a black shade along 
the median vein. Secondaries bright yellow. Head orange, collar 
yellow, thorax pinkish, and abdomen dorsally yellow ; underneath 
orange. The wings underneath are yellow, with a small black mark 
at the end of the cell on the primaries. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Tijuca, Rio Janeiro. 


PINCONIA COA. 


Orange, all the veins on the primaries outlined with yellow, more 
distinctly so in the male than in the female. 

Expanse, ¢ 33 mm., 2 44 mm. 

Hab. Coatepec, Jalapa, Mexico. 


PaRASA MINIMA. 


Primaries light brown ; a transverse median green band, widening 
on the inner margin to the base of the wing; a submarginal wavy, 
darker brown shade ; the veins on the outer margin finely outlined 
with darker brown. Secondaries very light brown, somewhat darker 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 323 


-along the outer margin. Head and thorax light green. Abdomen 
brown. 


Expanse 19 mm. 
Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. 


TRABALA CICUR. 


Male. Primaries reddish yellow, the veins slightly darker; a 
darker basal streak along the median vein, and below this an 
irregular darker shade curving round it towards the apex; a 
marginal darker shade. Secondaries and abdomen reddish yellow. 
All the fringes very long. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


TRABALA DRUCEI. 


Wings and body bright brownish yellow. On the primaries a 
brown, slightly curved streak from about the middle of the inner 
margin to the costal margin, very close to the apex; a dark 
marginal line. 

Expanse, ¢ 30 mm., 9 36 mm. 

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 

This species was described and figured in the ‘ Biologia Centrali- 
Americana’ as the female of Vipsania anticlea, Druce. 


TRABALA CEBRENIS. 


Primaries light green, a large brown space occupying the basal 
half of the wing above the median vein ; the outer margin and part 
of the inner margin light brown, with a greyish marginal streak. 
Secondaries brown, slightly blackish along the outer margins. Head 
and thorax light green. Abdomen brown. 

Expanse 28 mm. 2°. 

Hab. Coatepec, Mexico, 


TRABALA BRUMALIS. 

Primaries above brown, darkest along the costal margin; the 
basal half of the median vein blackish; below this an indistinct 
whitish line curving upwards to the apex; beyond this a sub- 
marginal greyish shade, and then a marginal whitish shade from the 
apex to the middle of the inner margin; the extreme margin and 
fringe brownish. Secondaries light brown, thickly speckled with 
darker scales. Body brown; two light streaks on the head and 
thorax. 

Expanse 42 mm. @. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


VIPSANIA FRIGIDA. 

Primaries light brown, faintly tinged with pinkish ; a pale olive- 
green patch at the base of the costal margin, including a minute 
brown spot ; from the base of the wings, following parallel with the 
inner margin for a short distance and then extending to the costal 
margin close to the apex, an olive-green irregular line, partly shaded 


324 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


with yellowish green. Secondaries brown, slightly reddish along the 
inner margin. Head and thorax light greenish yellow. Abdomen 
dull reddish. 

Expanse 29 mm. 

Hab. Las Vigas, Mexico. 


NYssIA SULLA. 


Primaries light reddish brown, faintly tinged with violaceous 
along the outer margin; a submarginal row of black points on the 
veins, connected by a faint black line. Secondaries yellowish white, 
brown at the anal angle and partly along the inner margin. Body 
brown ; abdomen yellowish laterally and underneath. 

Expanse 21 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis. 


NEOMIRESA COPAC. 


Primaries dark cinereous brown; a basal, a median, and a sub- 
marginal transverse, wavy, darker shade ; a small black point in the 
cell ; a small olive-green spot above the submedian vein; the fringe 
brown with darker spots. Secondaries paler, except along the inner 
margin. Body dark cinereous brown. 

Expanse 24 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


AMYDONA SERICEA. 


Primaries light brown, having a silky and wavy appearance, and 
shaded with darker brown, especially at the base, at the end of the 
cell, and submarginally. Secondaries brownish yellow. Thorax 
shaded with dark brown. Abdomen light brown, somewhat reddish 
brown dorsally. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


SEMYRA STRAMINEA. 


Female. Primaries reddish brown, the veins finely brownish ; the 
inner margin and part of the outer margin purplish ; two indistinct 
dark wavy lines from the base of the wing to the costal margin near 
the apex. Secondaries purplish brown, yellowish along the costal 
margin. Body purplish brown. 

Expanse 27 mm. 

Hab. Rinconada, Vera Cruz, Mexico. 


EULIMACODES MOSCHLERI. 


Wings brown, the primaries with a quadrate darker space occupying 
the basal half of the wing below the median vein and including a 
small reddish and two minute white spots; a darker streak in the 
cell, and a subapical darker shade, beneath which are two or three 
small dark streaks. Body brown. 

Expanse 23 mm. 

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico, 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 325 


Very similar in its markings to Hulimacodes distincta, Moschler, 
but a much smaller insect. 


TARCHON MINOIS. 


Primaries above dark reddish brown, the costal margin narrowly 
luteous ; a black point in the cell ; an outer transverse dark shade and 
a submarginal dark wavy line: underneath with the disk dark brown, 
the margins broadly light reddish brown. Secondaries above dark 
brown, the fringes golden brown: underneath light reddish brown; 
a black point in the cell, and two dark wavy transverse lines. 
Body dark brown above, underneath light reddish brown. 

Expanse 28 mm. 

Hab, Petropolis, Brazil. 


Fam. BomBycip&. 


HyGRocHROA LIMOSA. 


Primaries above silvery grey, light reddish brown along the 
inner margin, and finely so on the costa; an outer and a sub- 
marginal transverse wavy black line; a dark shade along the 
anterior half of the outer margin. Secondaries bronze-grey, darker 
along the outer margin ; on the inner margin some dark brown and 
whitish spots. Body grey. 

Expanse 26mm. 6. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


TAMPHANA, nov. gen. 


Antenne deeply pectinated, as long as the thorax. Abdomen 
extending beyond the wings and laterally tufted. All the legs with 
tufts. Primaries long, not very broad, straight along the costa, 
slightly convex at the apex, outer margin slightly convex. Second- 
aries with the anal angle slightly prolonged, and the outer margin 
somewhat excavated close to the anal angle. 


TAMPHANA MARMOREA. 


Primaries above light brown, finely striated with dark brown; the 
costal margin paler; a broad basal transverse greyish band; a 
minute greyish spot in the cell; an outer transverse, double, wavy 
brown line; a large apical space on the costal margin whitish 
crossed by a greyish shade; a dark spot on the inner angle: 
underneath light brown, whitish at the apex. Secondaries above 
brown, with a dark spot about the middle of the inner margin: 
underneath light brown, with two dark transverse streaks. 

Expanse 27 mm. 6. 

Hab. Palmeiras, Rio Janeiro. 


AROTROS, nov. gen. 


Female. Antenne longer than the thorax, pectinated. Palpi 
short, tufted. Abdomen stout, the anal segment with long stiff 


326 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


hairs. All the legs tufted. Primaries broad, the apex rounded, the 
outer margin very convex. 


AROTROS STRIATA. 


Wings buff, all the veins and lines between the veins brown. The 
primaries with the base and half of the costal margin dark grey. 
Head dark grey. Collar brown, with dark margins. Thorax and 
abdomen buff, the latter with numerous longitudinal dark streaks. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 


OLCECLOSTERIA MAYA. 


Primaries above very light grey, an indistinct basal and outer 
transverse shade, beyond the latter a row of minute spots on the 
veins ; a subapical, small, quadrate vitreous spot ; the fringe on the 
middle of the outer margin dark brown; a minute black spot in the 
cell. Secondaries pale brownish grey. Underneath brownish grey, 
somewhat darker on the outer margin of the primaries below the 
apex ; a submarginal brown line and a median brownish shade on all 
the wings; a fine transverse streak in the cell on the primaries. 
Body above grey; underneath light brownish grey. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 


OLCECLOSTERIA MUTUSCA. 


Male. Primaries above light grey, speckled with blackish scales, 
the apices darker; a basal and a median transverse dark wavy line; 
an outer row of minute black points on the veins, and a very small 
subapical round vitreous spot. Secondaries brownish, with two dark 
transverse lines. Underneath greyish brown, the apices of the 
primaries darker: the outer line on the secondaries forming 
numerous acute angles, also a small black point in the cell. 

Expanse, ¢ 32 mm., 2 44 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 

Very similar to Olceclosteria microps, Walker, but differs in its 
colour, the vitreous spot and the outer line on the secondaries 
underneath. 


Fam. DREPANULIDZ. 
PEROPHORA CORCOVADA. 


Apices of primaries not prolonged. Primaries above grey, tinged 
with reddish at the base, and with brown on the. costal margin near 
the apex; a blackish submarginal line outwardly shaded with 
reddish brown ; a vitreous spot at the end of the cell. Secondaries 
above with the base grey ; a transverse median black line, beyond 
which the wing is reddish brown, except the extreme outer margin, 
which is grey ; a small vitreous spot as on the primaries. Under- 
neath grey speckled with black ; the disk of the primaries reddish, 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 327 


also a large red space on the outer margin of the primaries. Body 
brownish grey. 

Expanse 44 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


PEROPHORA ACUTA. 

Primaries with the apices very much prolonged. Wings light 
grey, speckled with black ; a black spot in the cell on the primaries ; 
on the costal margin of the same wings, at about three fourths from 
the base, a faint brown oblique line, which forms a sharp angle and 
extends to the middle of the inner margin on the secondaries. Body 
grey, speckled with black. 

Expanse 42 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


Fam. Cossipz. 

Cossus PARILIS. 

Primaries above black, covered with a network of velvety black 
lines and strie, the most conspicuous forming an extra-basal and 
a marginal transverse line; all these velvety black lines are finely 
bordered with brownish scales: underneath blackish, the costa and 
the outer margin greyish, with darker spots and striz. Secondaries 
above whitish, with numerous transverse indistinct striz ; the inner 
margin broadly black: underneath almost the same, but without 
the dark inner margin. Thorax and abdomen black, with a few 
brown and grey scales. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


CossuUS HORRIFER. 

Black, the primaries above with a few velvety black lines, chiefly 
along the costal margin ; a broad basal line, posteriorly bifurcated, 
and a submarginal irregular line not reaching the inner margin ; 
the outer margin with numerous deep black strize. The secondaries 
above brownish black, with a few indistinct darker lines. Under- 
neath, the wings are dark grey, covered with blackish strie; the 
disk of the primaries with long black scales. Antenne more deeply 
pectinated than in Cossus parilis, Schaus. 

Expanse 70 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


CosTRIA ABNOBA. 

Primaries above dark silvery grey, the outer margin broadly 
brown, with darker brown spots; a basal small brownish shade ; 
a large, round, whitish discal spot. Secondaries above brown. 
Underneath greyish brown, the extreme margins spotted with dark 
brown; the apices with a small yellowish space. Head and thorax 
in front dark velvety brown, thorax otherwise silvery grey. Abdomen 
brownish above, light grey underneath. 

Expanse 66 mm. 

Hab. Palmeiras, Rio Janeiro. 


328 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


DoLEcTA JUTURNA. 


Primaries above grey, with large black spots edged narrowly with 
luteous, three between the median and submedian veins, one in the 
cell, another beyond the cell, three near the outer margin and three 
subapical, also some smaller spots along the costal margin. Second- 
aries greyish white, blackish at the base ; a marginal row of blackish 
spots and a submarginal dark irregular band. 

Expanse 63 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


DoLeECTA MACROCHIR. 


Primaries light brown, covered with a network of yellowish-white 
lines, dividing the ground-colour into a mass of small spots; a few 
of the spots are dark velvety brown, chiefly on the margin, and the 
largest spot of all is submarginal, about the middle of the wing. 
Secondaries paler, and consisting of indistinct brownish spots and 
strie ; underneath, the markings ou the secondaries are more 
distinct. Body brown. 

Expanse 46mm. 6. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


Do.LecTA INVENUSTA. 


Primaries light grey ; a few dark spots on the costal margin; a 
short dark streak below the median vein at the base ; a dark oblique 
shade beyond the cell; a broad, subapical oblique spot; wavy, 
longitudinal, dark lines along the outer margin between the veins ; 
the fringe with large black spots. Secondaries dark grey ; the fringe 
paler, with dark spots as on the primaries. Underneath dark grey, 
consisting of numerous striz; the fringe spotted as on the upper 
side. 

Expanse 45 mm. 9. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


CossuLA NOTODONTOIDES. 


Primaries above with almost the entire basal half yellowish white, 
shading beyond from light brown to very dark violet-brown ; along 
the outer margin are a few paler spots and a few very dark longi- 
tudinal streaks. Secondaries above brownish. Head and thorax 
whitish. Abdomen brownish. 

Expanse 50 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


CossULA PRECLARA. 


Primaries above whitish, the costa finely dark brown; a basal, a 
median, and an outer transverse steel-grey band, the median band 
being the widest ; along the inner margin numerous shorter grey 
streaks ; on the outer margin two large, round, deep red spots. 
Secondaries brown. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen brown. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 329 


LANGSDORFIA POLYBIA. 


Light greyish brown, the primaries with a large whitish space 
occupying the outer portion of the wing; apex and outer margin, 
however, greyish brown ; a quadrate whitish space below the median 
vein; here and there a few dark strie. Underneath, the second- 
aries almost entirely whitish, and on all the wings widely separated 
dark strie. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 

Allied to Langsdorfia forreri, Druce. 


GiIVIRA TECMESSA. 


Primaries above violaceous brown, with interrupted transverse 
rows of small darker spots; the basal half of the inner margin 
broadly velvety brown. Secondaries whitish, the outer margins 
broadly blackish. Length of body 14 mm. 

Expanse 42 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


GiviIRA PHILOMELA. 


Primaries whitish grey, darker along the inner margin and at the 
apex, and crossed by numerous short dark lines; a black spot at 
the end of the cell. Secondaries dark grey. Body light grey, the 
base of the abdomen somewhat darker. Length of body 13 mm. 

Expanse 37 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


ZEUZERA RAMOSA. 


Male. Primaries above with the costal margin dark brown from 
near the base to the apex; a light brownish space occupying the 
cell and extending somewhat beyond it; from the middle of the 
median vein to the centre of the outer margin an irregular black 
line; the base, inner margin, and outer margin otherwise white 
with transverse black strize. Secondaries above white, with a few 
blackish strize along the outer margin. Body whitish, speckled 
with black. 

Expanse 41 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 

Closely allied to Eudoxyla strigillatu, Felder. 


Fam. HEPIALIDZ. 
DALACA PRYTANES. 


Primaries greyish brown, with some white streaks along the costa; 
a short, oblique, dark brown basal streak edged with whitish; a 
dark brown shade, enclosing some small silvery marks, from the end 
of the cell to near the inner angle; a submarginal, transverse, 
brownish band, darker where contiguous to the above mentioned 
dark shade; the primaries otherwise crossed by indistinct transverse 


330 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


lines. Secondaries and body brown. Underneath brownish, the 
costal margins luteous with dark grey spots. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


DALACA MUMMIA. 


Very light grey, with an outer and a submarginal paler transverse 
band; the submarginal band is formed of contiguous quadrate spots. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Haé. Petropolis, Brazil. 


DALACA OREAS. 


Primaries dark brown, indistinctly mottled with slightly paler 
lines; a small dark shade and two minute silver spots beyond the 
cell; an outer transverse dark line and three silver spots on the 
outer margin below the apex. Secondaries and abdomen brown. 
Head and thorax velvety brown. Underneath dull brown. 

Expanse 43 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


DALACA TEREA. 


Primaries pale fawn-colour with a reddish tinge; a small dark 
streak at the end of the cell, beyond which is an interrupted trans- 
verse dark line; otherwise with numerous short, transverse, pale 
streaks outwardly bordered with brownish. Secondaries and body 
very light reddish. 

Expanse 42 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. 


PHASSUS ABSYRTUS. 


Male. Light reddish brown, the primaries crossed beyond the 
middle by four darker bands from the costal margin to the median 
vein; darker shades and light wavy streaks about the inner angle 
and along the inner margin. The female has the bands less distinct 
and crossing the entire wing. 

Expanse, ¢ 63 mm., 2? 85 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


Fam. NoToDontTipz. 
CaLODASYS TONAC. 


Female. Primaries light grey ; a short oblique black line at the 
base ; some dark greyish lines on the costa, and long grey lines 
between the veins on the outer margin, a large dark spot at the end 
of the cell, from beneath which a large oblong dark space extends 
towards the outer margin just above the inner angle. Secondaries 
whitish, with the outer margin broadly shaded with dark grey. 
Underneath whitish, the primaries with the costal margin and apex 
broadly grey. Body greyish. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 331 


Ca@LODASYS PEGASIS. 


Primaries above with the costa broadly buff, the inner margin 
violaceous brown, and the intermediate portion brown shaded with 
buff and violaceous ; the base of the wing narrowly buff, limited by 
a transverse blackish line; at the end of the cell a short transverse 
brown streak, followed by several longitudinal brown streaks; the 
basal and outer transverse lines angular and indistinct; a submar- 
ginal series of small dark spots, and a marginal row of black points; 
the fringe alternately brown and buff. Secondaries brown, the 
fringe yellowish. Underneath brown, the fringe buff. Body brown, 
the collar edged with black. 

‘Expanse 40 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


CADEMASIA TERRENA. 


Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with dark brown, darkest along 
the inner margin ; a cluster of black scales below the middle of the 
median vein; halfway between this spot and the outer margin 
another similar spot resting on the posterior portion of a very in- 
distinct, outwardly curved, and wavy pale line, which reaches from 
the costal to the inner margin; the outer margin with the veins 
dark, finely edged with buff; a series of oblique pale lines between 
the veins ; a large pale space at the base of the primaries. Second- 
aries dark brownish grey. Centre of thorax and abdomen very 
dark cinereous. Thorax laterally and head light fawn-colour. 

Expanse 50 mm. 

Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. 


CEDEMASIA MAXTLA. 


Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with brown along the inner and 
outer margin; longitudinal brown lines on the outer half of the 
wing and a few pale oblique lines on the outer margin between the 
veins ; at two thirds from the base an indistinct, pale, outwardly 
curved, transverse line, angular near the inner margin. Secondaries 
brownish, whitish towards the base. Head and thorax fawn-colour. 
Abdomen brownish dorsally. 

Expanse 38-42 mm. 

Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. 

This species is very similar to @demasia terrena, Schaus, but 
may be distinguished by its paler colour and by the thorax, which 
has no dark markings. 


(EDEMASIA GUARANA. 


Primaries fawn-colour; a large basal space without markings ; 
the median space shaded with brown, beyond which is a transverse, 
slightly curved, narrow, white band, divided by a blackish line; the 
outer third of the wing dark cinereous, except a small fawn-coloured 
Space on the outer margin below the apex, a submarginal row of 
blackish marks, and a marginal row of similar but smaller spots ; 


332 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


the inner angle whitish. Secondaries brownish grey; the fringe 
luteous. Head and thorax fawn-colour. Abdomen dorsally brown. 
Expanse 44 mm. 
Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


CEDEMASIA INCA. 


Primaries dark brown, slightly paler on the middle of the costal 
margin and at the inner angle; the median space crossed by several 
indistinet wavy lines from the costal to the inner margin ; a marginal 
row of velvety brown dashes, inwardly shaded with fawn-colour. 
Secondaries whitish, with the veins brown and the outer margin 
broadly shaded with brown; an indistinct transverse row of brownish 
points on the veins. Body brownish above; underneath paler. 
The antenne for half their length are twice as deeply pectinated as 
in any other species of @demasia known to me. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


EDEMA MATHEIS. 


Dark cinereous brown, except the apical third of the costal margin 
on the primaries, which is creamy white streaked with light brown ; 
at a third from the base two parallel wavy dark lines from the costal 
to the inner margin, and beyond the cell two similar lines ; a mar- 
ginal wavy line. Underneath brownish grey ; the apices of the 
primaries yellowish. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


EDEMA TLOTZIN. 


Female. Primaries above light grey, with two median and an 
outer, nearly straight, transverse black lines; a submarginal black 
line, concave on its anterior half, angular posteriorly ; the wings 
otherwise crossed by several angular greyish shades. Secondaries 
above white, with the costal margin and apical half of the outer 
margin broadly shaded with brown; the inner margin and outer 
margin towards the anal angle only narrowly shaded with brownish 
scales. Body brownish grey. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. 


BLERA CAUSIA. 


Primaries above with the basal half and a space extending towards 
the outer margin white with a few black scales; the outer portion 
of the wing otherwise light brown, here and there shaded with 
greyish scales, and separated from the white portion by a black line; 
there are two short, parallel, black streaks beyond the cell, starting 
from the subcostal vein ; a submarginal, very angular black line; the 
terminal portion of the veins are blackish. Underneath white, 
broadly shaded with brown and grey towards the apex. Secondaries 
pure white, with a small brown streak at the anal angle on the 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERAs 333 


upper surface. Head and thorax light grey. Collar and abdomen 
brownish grey above. Underneath, abdomen white. 

Expanse 48 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Brazil. 


BLERA BIANCA. 


Primaries above white, thinly speckled with brownish scales, 
broadly shaded with light brown at the apex, and there is a cluster 
of brownish scales at the inner angle ; a very indistinct median and 
outer transverse brown line; two fine dark lines at the end of the 
cell; from the base of the costa to the inner margin, at one fourth 
from the base, two parallel black lines ; a marginal, nearly straight 
heavy black line, having outwardly a black dash in the spaces 
between the veins; a submarginal wavy black line. Underneath 
white, shaded with black along the costal and outer margins. 
Secondaries above white, with the veins slightly blackish ; under- 
neath white. Head and thorax brownish grey. Abdomen light 
grey above, white below. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


BLERA APELLA. 


Primaries above shining greyish brown, variegated with paler 
seales ; an indistinct basal and median black transverse line, between 
which is a large cluster of white scales, confined between the median 
and submedian veins ; a wavy, outer, transverse black line, within 
which is a large irregular, triangular, white space, situate on the 
costa and extending halfway across the wing, and enclosing at the 
end of the cell a black ring-shaped spot; a distinct submarginal 
wavy black line. Secondaries above brownish white at the base, 
dark brown along the outer margin. Underneath, the primaries are 
brown, shaded with grey; the secondaries yellowish white, with the 
costal and outer margins brownish. Body brownish grey. 

Expanse 43 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


BLERA SIDA. 


Primaries above light brown, darker towards the base, with the 
basal and outer lines dark brown and very indistinct, the inner 
margin shaded with grey; a small oblong white spot near the base, 
below the median vein; a large white space on the posterior portion 
of the outer margin. . Secondaries above light brown, the outer 
margin narrowly dark brown, the fringe whitish. Underneath, the 
primaries brownish, the secondaries white. Body grey above, 
whitish underneath. 

Expanse 4] mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


HETEROCAMPA LECA. 


Male. Primaries above rich brown, mottled with greyish white ; 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXIV. 24 


334 : MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


the entire inner margin broadly greyish white; the outer margin 
also greyish white, with two clusters of brown scales ; some grey 
shades along the costal margin and a large greyish space at the end 
of the cell; fringe grey, spotted with brown. Secondaries above 
dull brownish black, with a transverse pale shade from the middle 
of the costal margin to the anal angle; the outer margin outlined 
with dull brown; fringe yellowish grey. Underneath, the wings 
are dull brown, with paler shades chiefly along the outer margins. 
Head and collar reddish brown ; thorax and extremity of abdomen 
grey ; abdomen otherwise brown dorsally, grey underneath. 

Expanse 48 mm. 

Hab. Tijuca, Rio Janeiro. 


HETEROCAMPA HERTHA. 


Female. Primaries above light brown, with the base, the costal 
and inner margins mottled with grey ; an indistinct, darker, trans- 
verse median line, and an outer triple transverse lunular line, beyond 
which and up to a submarginal black, wavy line the wing is leaden 
grey, with a dark streak in each space between the veins, and these 
streaks are outwardly surmounted by a cluster of brownish scales ; 
the outer margin light brown. Secondaries above brown. Under- 
neath yellowish white, thickly covered with brownish scales. Body 
grey-brown. 

Expanse 50 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


HeETEROCAMPA LIMOSA. 


Female. Primaries above blackish, mottled with grey along the 
costal margin and towards the apex; all the transverse lines almost 
lost in the ground-colour ; a submarginal wavy line fairly distinct ; a 
short longitudinal black streak beyond the cell. Secondaries above 
whitish, the margins clouded with black, and a small black spot at 
the anal angle. Underneath, the secondaries are about the same ; 
the primaries are dull black, with the costal and outer margins 
greyish. Body greyish. 

Expanse 48 mm. 

Hab. Coreovado, Rio Janeiro. 


HETEROCAMPA VIRGEA. 


Male. Primaries above dark olive-green, with the transverse lines 
dark brown shaded with lighter brown; at the end of the cell a small 
brown streak surrounded by a paler shade, and there are some paler 
spots along the submarginal line near the apex. Secondaries above 
light grey, with yellowish scales along the inner margin; the outer 
margin thickly clouded with black scales. Underneath, the wings 
are dirty white, the costal margin of the primaries being slightly 
spotted with grey. Head and thorax olive-green. Abdomen 
brownish, with darker clusters of scales subdorsally. Underneath, 
body dirty white. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 335 


HETEROCAMPA EPONA. 


Primaries above dull greyish green, with a large grey space on 
the costal margin, from the middle of the wing to the marginal 
transverse line, which is wavy, brownish green; the basal and 
median lines rather indistinct ; the outer line fine, lunular, dark 
grey ; the extremities of all the veins brownish. Secondaries above 
light grey, with a brown transverse lunular line starting from the 
costal margin near the apex, but not extending far. Head and 
thorax dull greenish. Abdomen light brown, with somewhat darker 
subdorsal tufts. 

Expanse 37 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


HeETEROCAMPA ATRAX. 


Male. Primaries above blackish grey, light grey at the base ; 
some submarginal light grey shades; the fringe light grey spotted 
with black: the transverse lines black, very indistinct, being 
absorbed by the general ground-colour. Secondaries white, the 
inner margin with long dark hairs, the outer margin narrowly dark 
grey; the fringe whitish ; the costal margin with some transverse 
dark grey shades. Head and thorax dark grey. Abdomen dorsally 
reddish brown at the base and extremity, otherwise dark grey. 
Underneath, body and primaries light grey. Secondaries white. 

Expanse 52 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


HETEROCAMPA PE RILLEUS. 


Primaries above light brownish grey ; a median wavy black line, 
preceded by a large blackish space, on the costal margin ; the median 
space is crossed by an angular, dark grey line, and there are two 
small pale shades in the cell; the outer line is black, irregular, and 
followed by some broad dark brown shades; there is a marginal 
white shade, with inwardly a series of irregular black spots ; a sub- 
marginal fine, lunular line; the fringe light grey, spotted with 
brownish grey: underneath blackish. Secondaries white, with the 
outer margin broadly dark grey; the extreme margin whitish, with 
the end of the veins dark grey and the fringe white; just above 
the anal angle a dark streak. Head and collar dark brown. Thorax 
grey. Abdomen grey, darker dorsally, and with a black transverse 
line on the anal segment. 

Expanse 46 mm. 

Hab. Novo Friburgo. 


SYMMERISTA DENTATA. 


Primaries cinereous brown, the costal margin very broadly darker, 
the basal half being violaceous brown, the apical half paler brown ; 
this space is limited by an irregular velvety brown line, which starts 
a short distance from the base, follows through the cel], at the end 
of which-it has a posteriorly prolonged tooth, and continues to the 
outer margin. Secondaries cinereous brown. Palpi dark brown. 

24 


336 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


Head light grey. Thorax greyish, with the anterior portion velvety 
brown. Abdomen brownish. 
Expanse 44 mm. 


Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


SYMMERISTA TETHYS. 


Primaries dark cinereous with transverse brownish shades ; two 
inner and an outer blackish line; a marginal row of black spots, 
inwardly edged with yellow; a yellowish spot circled with black at 
the end of the cell; a whitish crescent-shaped spot on the costa 
near the apex; the fringe with a yellow spot at the end of each 
vein. Secondaries brown, very dark on the outer half; the fringe 
and base yellowish. Underneath, the secondaries are yellow, with 
the costal margin narrowly, and the outer margin broadly, brown ; 
the fringe, however, yellow. Body brown above, yellow under- 
neath. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


SYMMERISTA PROCNE. 


Primaries above light grey, irrorated with darker grey and reddish 
scales ; a large space at the inner angle white; a marginal inter- 
rupted black line; a submarginal reddish transverse shade; the 
apex reddish brown; the fringe on the apical half of the outer 
margin reddish with black spots, containing each a white dot; the 
fringe near the inner angle white. Secondaries above brown ; fringe 
whitish. Underneath brown; the outer margins luteous, the 
primaries having also a black band on the extreme margin; fringe 
on the primaries reddish, on the secondaries white. Head and 
anterior portion of thorax, also anal segment, reddish brown ; body 
otherwise cinereous, with an indistinct greyish subdorsal line on the 
abdomen. 

Expanse 63 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


SYMMERISTA MYCONOs. 


Primaries above light grey ; three basal irregular dark lines ; in 
the cell a V-shaped black line; two outer, parallel, Junular lines, 
followed by a series of blackish spots, largest towards the costal 
margin; a submarginal, angular black line, preceded at the apex 
by a heavy blackish shade. Secondaries with the basal half whitish, 
the outer half dark grey, and the fringe white. Primaries under- 
neath dull grey, with a little white towards the base and on the 
outer margin between the veins. Body light grey. Collar edged 
with black. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


Harpyia (?) TENvIS. 
Primaries above dull silvery white, thinly speckled with blackish 


1892.] | ——S- SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 337 


scales ; a transverse, fine, black median line, preceded on the costa 
by a cluster of blackish scales; the costa beyond this with some 
small brownish spots; the outer line very fine, indistinct, followed 
by a broken series of large pale brown spots, not reaching the inner 
angle, and each outwardly enclosing a small cluster of blackish 
scales ; the submarginal line fine, but distinct, wavy, black. Second- 
aries white, with a narrow brown outer margin, and the ends of the 
veins shaded with brownish. _Underneath, the wings are whitish, 
the primaries with the veins and costa brownish. Head and collar 
light brown; thorax and extremity of abdomen grey; abdomen 
otherwise dorsally light brown, below white. 

Expanse 36 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


RosEMA EXCAVATA. 


Primaries above green, a slight excavation on the outer margin 
just below the apex, in this excavation the fringe is white, otherwise 
it is brown; the costal margin is very narrowly edged with yellowish 
brown, and there is an indistinct whitish discal point. The second- 
aries above are yellowish brown in the male, yellow in the female. 
Underneath the wings are yellowish brown in the male, yellow in 
the female, with a brownish shade on the excavation of the pri- 
maries, and a row of marginal black points on the secondaries. 
Head and thorax green. Abdomen yellow, darker in the male. 

Expanse 36 mm. 

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 


RosEMA LUNA. 


Male. Primaries above green, with the costal margin narrowly 
edged with white, and a small white spot in the cell; underneath 
whitish, with the fringe green and the costal margin reddish. 
Secondaries whitish. Head and thorax green. Abdomen roseate 
above, white underneath. 

Expanse 30 mm. 

The female differs in having the costal margin underneath white, 
and the abdomen is dorsally white, merely shaded with red towards 
its base. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Peru, Brazil, Novo Friburgo. 


RoseMA LAPPA. 


Male. Primaries with the costal margin straight for two-thirds, 
and then slightly convex to the apex. Above green, the costal 
margin very narrowly edged with yellowish ; the inner margin with 
an irregular brown mark from the base to the inner angle, which is 
itself prolonged in a slight tooth ; in the cell a black point. Second- 
aries above whitish, with the inner margin roseate. Underneath, all 
the wings are whitish. Head green. Collar and thorax greyish 


338 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, 


brown, the latter green laterally. Abdomen red above, white 
laterally, brown underneath. 

Expanse 41 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


RoOsEMA INCITA. 


Male. The costal margin as in Rosema lappa, Schaus. Primaries 
above green ; a small black point in the cell, and a long black mark 
on the middle of the inner margin. Underneath whitish, with the 
costal margin slightly roseate. Secondaries clear white. Head 
green. Collar brown. Thorax brown, green laterally. Abdomen 
above with the base brownish, otherwise reddish ; underneath white. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Hab. Peru. 


RosEMA LANGUIDA. 


Male. Primaries with the costal margin straight ; above green, 
the costal margin narrowly bordered with yellowish ; a small black 
point in the cell ; the inner margin with the fringe along the basal 
half greyish, and a small grey spot about the middle of the margin, 
containing a cluster of green scales. Secondaries above pale 
roseate. Underneath the wings are whitish, with the costal margin 
of the primaries reddish. Head green. Collar grey. Thorax 

greyish, laterally green. Abdomen roseate dorsally. 
'  _Expanse 37 mm. 
Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


RosEMA UNDA. 


Primaries above green, with the costal margin very narrowly 
yellowish ; in the cell a black spot circled with yellowish ; near the 
base of the inner margin a small cluster of brownish scales. 
Secondaries above yellowish roseate. Underneath yellowish white, 
with both costal margins distinctly reddish. Head green. Collar 
brownish. Thorax brown, laterally green, Abdomen red above, 
yellowish underneath. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Peru; Brazil, Novo Friburgo. 


RiIFARGIA CLOELIA. 


Primaries above cinereous, faintly mottled with greenish and 
roseate ; at the base of the inner margin a streak of black scales, 
also a few at the base of the median vein; at the end of the cell a 
large crescent-shaped black line, from the interior of which to the 
apex the ground-colour is much lighter ; there is a marginal row of 
velvety-brown streaks and three similar subapical streaks. Second- 
aries smoky grey, somewhat paler at the base. Underneath the 
wings are greyish, the secondaries paler than the primaries. Body 
greyish brown, 

Expanse 37 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 339 


RIFARGIA GELDUBA. 


Female. Primaries above dull cinereous, with a few greenish 
scales along the inner and outer margins; a few black scal-. 
forming a streak at the base of the inner margin, and some 
similar scales at the base below the median vein ; a curved brownish 
shade from the middle of the subcostal vein to the middle of the 
outer margin, enclosing a pale space; a pale space along the sub- 
costal vein near the apex; four subapical brown streaks between 
these two pale spaces; a submarginal wavy brown line. Second- 
aries above dark grey, paler at the base. Underneath all the wings 
greyish. Body brownish. \ 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 


ETOBESA TIZOC. 


Primaries above violaceous grey, darker at the base ; on the outer 
half of the wing, longitudinal streaks of dark velvety brown, light 
brown, and creamy white, the latter streaks occurring only near the 
middle of the outer margin; the base of the submedian vein 
whitish. Secondaries above white, with the anal angle dark brown ; 
the fringe spotted with brown. Body greyish brown ; the posterior 
portion of the thorax darker. 

Expanse 35 mm. 

Hab. Peru. - 


PHYA PSAMATHE. 


Male. Primaries light brown, a dark space at the base of the 
costa ; a black spot in the cell, from which extends a broad brown 
shade to the outer margin, and beneath this on the outer margin a 
large brown space; the fringe spotted with dark brown. Secondaries 
whitish hyaline ; a few brownish scales at the anal angle and along 
the inner margin. Body brown. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


HaApicgiA XOLOTL. 


Primaries with the basal half of the inner margin slightly 
excavated; apex acute; outer margin very convex. Above dull 
brownish grey ; the basal transverse line wavy, very indistinct ; the 
outer line straight for two-thirds from the costa, then slightly 
curving towards the inner angle, brown, inwardly shaded with buff; 
a submarginal angular black line, shaded with silver scales, close to 
the apex; at the end of the cell a large irregular and a small round 
golden spot, the larger one having its centre reddish bronze. 
Secondaries above brownish grey, yellowish white towards the base. 
Underneath dull grey. Body grey. 

Expanse 60 mm. 

Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. 


340 NEW SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. [May 3, 


HAPIGIA ACCIPITER. 

Primaries with the costa straight; the apex acute; the outer 
margin straight just below the apex, then oblique to the inner angle, 
which is prolonged in a long, broad tooth. Above brown, shaded 
with olivaceous at the base ; on the inner margin some pale reddish- 
brown marks; a median, transverse, wavy, blackish-brown line, 
further from the base on the inner margin than on the costal margin ; 
in the cell a conspicuous black point, beyond which two indistinct, 
irregular, paler spots, faintly outlined with black; the outer line 
straight, dark, inwardly shaded with lighter brown ; the submarginal 
line very irregular, black, preceded by a broad wavy shade, especially 
noticeable towards the apex. Secondaries above blackish brown, 
dull white along the costal margin; a yellow spot on the fringe at 
the end of each vein. Underneath all the wings yellowish, with 
long blackish scales on the primaries below the subcostal vein. 
Body dark olivaceous brown above, reddish brown underneath. 

Expanse 70 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


HaPigia PHOCUS. 

Shape of wings and markings very similar to Hapigia apulus, 
Cramer. Primaries above much darker than in H. apulus, being of 
a rich velvety brown, with the inner and outer margins paler; the 
outer transverse line is not so wavy as in H. apulus, and the two 
silver spots in the cell are closer together. Secondaries above white ; 
the inner margin and fringe greyish brown; the veins brownish. 
In H. apulus the apex of the secondaries is broadly shaded with 
brown. Underneath the wings are whitish, with the costa and 
apex of the primaries powdered with brown. Head and thorax 
brown. Abdomen above black. Underneath brown. Anal hairs 
testaceous. 

Expanse 70 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 


RHUDA ENDYMION. 

Primaries above with the anterior portion of the wing shading 
from light brown at the base to pale buff towards the outer margin, 
and with a few longitudinal dark streaks; a heavy velvety-brown 
line, extending from the base of the costa to the middle of the outer 
margin, separates the brownish portion of the wing from the 
posterior portion which is light grey ; on this grey space a trace of 
the outer line is visible; the costal margin towards the apex is also 
greyish ; on the extreme outer margin a row of V-shaped brown 
marks. Secondaries white; the inner margin broadly covered with 
long brown scales, and the outer margin spotted with brown. Under- 
neath the wings are whitish, with the costal margin of the primaries 
broadly smoky brown. Head brown. Collar velvety brown. 
Thorax grey. Abdomen above brownish grey, below whitish. 

Expanse 58 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


Peter Smit del.et lith. 


Mintern Bros. imp. 
INDIAN FROGS. 


1892. ] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 341 


IcHTHYOSOMA CASSIOPE. 


Primaries very pale fawn-colour, crossed by four narrow, double, 
zigzag lines of a darker shade—one at the base, one through the end 
of the cell, the third beyond the cell, and the fourth marginal, the 
latter shaded inwardly with smoky brown; on the middle of the 
inner margin a reddish-brown spot. Secondaries white, the inner 
margin covered with long reddish-brown scales. | Underneath 
white, slightly reddish on the costal margins. Thorax and abdomen 
above pale reddish brown ; underneath white. 

Expanse 49 mm. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro. 


MARTHULA NORA. 


Primaries above brown, broadly lilacine on the inner margin, and 
some reddish-brown shades along the costal margin and about the 
middle of the outer margin; the basal, median, outer, and sub- 
marginal lines pale, the first three absorbed by the ground-colour 
on the costal margin, where crossing the reddish-brown shades. 
Underneath brownish, with a broad whitish marginal shade. 
Secondaries above white, with the veins and outer margin shaded 
with brown. Underneath white. Head reddish brown. Collar and 
abdomen brown. Thorax lilacine. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


MARTHULA PLEIONE. 


Primaries above brown, the inner margin broadly grey ; the basal, 
median, and outer lines only visible on the inner margin; the sub- 
marginal line distinct throughout ; a marginal row of black points ; 
on the costa near the base a small yellowish-white patch, and a 
much larger one about the middle of the costa, these are both 
crossed by irregular reddish-brown lines. Underneath brown. 
Secondaries above brown, slightly hyaline towards the base. Under- 
neath yellowish white. Body greyish brown. 

Expanse 36 mm. 

Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 


4. On some Specimens of Frogs in the Indian Museum, 
Calcutta, with Descriptions of several new Species. By 
W. L. Sctarer, M.A., F.Z.S. 


[Received May 2, 1892.] 
(Plate XXIV.) 


Before leaving Calcutta at the end of last year I had been engaged 
in examining the collection of Batrachians contained in the Indian 
Museum. 

The collection comprises examples of 180 species, of which 103 


42 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SPECIMENS OF [May 3, 


are Indian and Malayan, and 77 are exotic. The number of speci- 
mens is 2045, of which again the bulk (1698) are Indian, and 347 
are exotic. 

The number of species of Batrachians described in Mr. Boulenger’s 
recent book (‘Reptilia and Batrachia of British India’) is 130, of 
which 5 are referred to the Batrachia Apoda, and | to the Batrachia 
Caudata; leaving 124 belonging to the Batrachia Salientia ; so that 
it will be seen that a considerable number of the Indian species 
are still unrepresented in the Indian Museum. A list of these de- 
siderata is given below. 

The collection contains a considerable number of types described 
by Stoliczka, Anderson, Blyth, and others. Of these also I have 
thought it worth while to give a list. 

A complete list of the specimens of Batrachians in the Indian 
Museum which I have drawn up will shortly be printed and 
published by order of the Trustees. In the meanwhile I offer 
to the Society these notes upon some of the more noteworthy 
specimens. 

My best thanks are due to Mr. G. A. Boulenger of the British 
Museum, who has most kindly assisted me both in naming obscure 
specimens and in drawing up the descriptions of the new species. 
The types of the latter will all be returned to the Indian Museum. 


1. Rana vicina. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1, 1 a.) 


This Frog was described by Stoliczka (Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 
p- 130), and was with doubt referred by Boulenger (Ind. Rept. 
p- 445) to Rana liebigii. 

An examination of the type at once shows that this Frog has 
nothing to do with R. liebigit, but that it must remain separate as 
a distinct species. 

The following is a redescription of the type :—Vomerine teeth, two 
small oblique groups commencing at the middle of the choane and 
extending somewhat behind them; no tooth-like prominence on 
the lower jaw in the two specimens available for examination ; head 
moderate; snout somewhat oval; canthus rostralis slightly marked ; 
nostril halfway between the eye and the tip of the snout; upper 
eyelid two-thirds the width of the interorbital space ; no trace of 
the tympanum ; fingers blunt, first slightly shorter than the second ; 
toes webbed to the extreme tips ; subarticular tubercles well marked 
and a long narrow not very large inner metatarsal tubercle, about 
half the length of the inner toes; no outer metatarsal tubercle ; 
tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to in front of the eye; skin of back 
and belly smooth, a few tubercles on the flanks. Brown above; 
hind limbs mottled darker; upper lip dark brown and a dark 
irregular line from the nostril to the eye and from the eye to the 
commencement of the arm; below lighter brown, rather darker 
under the chin. 

This Frog seems on the whole most nearly allied to R. corrugata, 
Peters, from Ceylon, from which, however, it differs in the absence 
of the tooth-like prominences of the lower jaw, the much broader 


1892. ] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 343 


upper eyelid, and the longer legs; its aspect, too, is different, owing 
to the eyes being normally placed, instead of being prominently 
turned upwards. 

Besides the original type, which was procured by Stoliczka at 
Murree, in the Himalayas, at an elevation of 6000 ft., there is a 
second specimen in the Indian Museum presented by Lieut. Newn- 
ham, and procured near Simla. The figure is taken from the 
former specimen, the type of the species. 


2. Rana tresrert, Giinth.; Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 445. 


This species has not been known to occur west of Nepal, whence 
came the type. There is, however, an example in the Indian Museum 
from Tavoy in Southern Burma, which extends its geographical 
range considerably beyond what has hitherto been known. 


3. Rana rex, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887, p. 418, 
pl. iii. ; id. Ind. Rept. p. 446. 

Among the Frogs of the Indian Museum I have found a second 
specimen of this species. This was procured at Hotha in Yunan 
by Dr. J. Anderson, but was apparently not described by him in 
his ‘ Scientific Results of the Yunan Expedition.’ 


4. RANA ASSAMENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 2, 2 a.) 


Vomerine teeth in two strong, slightly oblique, series between the 
choanz, commencing at the inner anterior corner; lower jaw not 
provided with bony prominences in the single specimen available 
for examination; head moderate, somewhat blunt and narrow; 
nostril equidistant from the eye and the tip of the snout; inter- 
orbital space very slightly broader than the upper eyelid ; canthus 
rostralis marked, loreal region concave ; tympanum very distinct, 
somewhat oval, barely half the diameter of the eye; fingers rather 
slender, the first and second nearly equal in length ; toes webbed to 
the tips, with the tips slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles well 
developed, inner metatarsal tubercle elongate, and about two-thirds 
the length of the inner toe; no outer tubercle; a tarsal fold present ; 
the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches well beyond the tip of the snout; 
skin smooth above and below. 

Colour in spirit : above brown, the canthus rostralis and a patch 
behind the eye embracing the tympanum darker ; a dark line with 
white edges running from the eye on either side backwards to the 
sacrum, corresponding in position to the glandular lateral folds, but 
no trace of a glandular lateral thickening can be distinguished ; legs 
transversely barred ; below lighter, with darker spots on the lower 
jaw. 

Length from snout to vent 70 millim. 

Allied to Rana andersonii, but the vomerine teeth commence at the 
anterior inner edge of the choanz, and the legs are considerably 
longer, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching some way beyond the 
tip of the snout. 


344 MR. W. L, SCLATER ON SPECIMENS OF [May 3, 


Described from a single specimen in the Indian Museum, procured 
by the late Dr. Jerdon in the Khasia hills in Assam. 


5. RANA HASCHEANA, Stoliczka, Jourr. As. Soc. Beng. xxxix. 
1870, p. 147, pl. ix. fig. 3. 


An examination of the type of this species preserved in the 
Indian Museum shows that it is nearly allied to R. dorie, Boulg. 
The general shape is the same, the legs are about the same length, 
and the vomerine teeth commence on a level with the hinder edge 
of the choanz. The only real distinction is in the toes, which in 
R. dorie are webbed to the tips, but in R. hascheana for only about 
one-third of their length. 


6. RANA LimBorGI, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs, 3, 3a.) 


Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups, commencing on a level 
with the choanz and extending well behind them; slight traces of 
the bony prominences of the lower jaw; head moderate ; snout 
short, hardly longer than the diameter of the orbit; canthus ros- 
tralis very rounded, hardly marked; loreal region almost flat ; 
nostril about equidistant from the tip of the snout and the front of 
the orbit ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym- 
panum distinct, nearly as large as the eye, with a very thick fold 
above it; first finger extending slightly beyond the second; toes 
moderate, slender, only about a third webbed, the web extending 
only about halfway up the first joint of the digits; a slight cuta- 
neous ridge along the fifth toe; tips of fingers and toes but very 
slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles fairly well developed; no 
outer metatarsal tubercle ; a large, compressed, fairly sharp-ridged 
inner metatarsal tubercle, very nearly as large as the inner toe; 
traces of a tarsal fold present; the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches 
the nostril; skin above granular, with slight traces of a granular 
lateral fold running back on either side from behind the eye and a 
transverse fold between its posterior borders ; below smooth. 

Colour above a faded olive-brown, below lighter. 

Length from snout to vent 24 millim. 

This species is somewhat intermediate between RK. dorie and 
R. rufescens; from tbe former it differs in having only very slightly 
webbed toes and a compressed flattened metatarsal tubercle, and 
from the latter in its vomerine teeth, which commence only on a 
level with the posterior corners of the choanz, and from both in 
the presence of its rudimentary glandular lateral fold. 

This description is taken from a single specimen procured in 
Tenasserim by Mr. Limborg, to whom I have dedicated the species. 


7. Rana tier1nA, Daud.; Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 449. 


A small Frog from Penang, described by Stoliczka (Journ. As. Soe. 
Beng. xxxix. 1870, p. 142) as R. gracilis, var. pulla, seems to be 
merely the young of RR. tigrina; that the type has only just lost 
the larval tail is shown by the persistence of the tail-scar. 


1892. ] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 345 


8. RANA TENASSERIMENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 4, 4 a.) 


Vomerine teeth not well developed, in one specimen absent alto- 
gether, in another in two oval groups between the choanz ; no 
papillee on the tongue; head short and rounded, with indistinct 
canthus rostralis and slightly concave loreal region; nostril a good 
deal nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space 
somewhat wider than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, about 
two-thirds the size of the eye; fingers and toes moderate, the tips 
dilated into quite large disks, about one-third the size of the tym- 
panum ; first finger much shorter than the second ; toes rather less 
than one-third webbed, webs extending to about a level with the first 
joint of the phalanges ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small oval, 
flat, inner metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold; a fringe along the 
fifth toe ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching to a level with the front of 
the eye; skin of the back wrinkled into short longitudinal glandular 
folds; a fold from the eye to the shoulder above the tympanum. 

Above brown, with darker spots and scattered white blotches ; 
limbs both fore and hind cross-barred; beneath lighter brown, 
minutely speckled with darker. 

Length, snout to vent 22 millim. 

This Frog seems to be most nearly allied to R. leptodactyla, from 
which, however, it differs in wanting the free pointed papille of the 
tongue and having shorter legs. It is altogether a very distinct 
species. 

It is perhaps somewhat near to R. hascheana, Stol. (above, p. 344), 
from which, however, it differs in its rough granular skin, its indis- 
tinct vomerine teeth, and lastly, and chiefly, in its very much larger 
fingers and toe-disks. 

There are five examples of this species in the Indian Museum, all 
collected by Mr. Limborg in Tenasserim. 


9. Rana Graciuis, Gravenh.; Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 456. 


The type of Lymnodytes macularius, Blyth, which species has 
been identified by Boulenger with R. gracilis, Gravenh., agrees very 
well with the description given of this Frog by Boulenger (Joc. cit.), 
except for the fact that the skin above is very distinctly granulate, 
as in R. malabarica. 


10. RaNA NIGROVITTATA (=TYTLERI) and R. ERYTHR#A. 


The distinction drawn by Boulenger, namely, the presence of an 
outer metatarsal tubercle in 2. ¢yéleri and its absence in R. erythrea, 
does not seem to be very constant; in fact the only difference of 
specific value between the two forms seems to be that in R. erythrea 
the dorsal glandular lateral fold is very much thicker and more 
prominent than in R. tyéleri. 

The type of Hylorana tytleri of Theobald, which is in the Indian 
Museum, has a very thick glandular lateral fold, and must therefore 
be referred to R. erythrea; the other species, the form described 
by Boulenger under the name R. ¢ytleri, will therefore require 


346 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SPECIMENS OF [May 3, 


another name. Hylorana leptoglossa, Cope, the second name in 
Boulenger’s list of synonyms, also refers to a species with a thick 
and heavy glandular lateral fold, and must therefore be referred to 
R. erythrea too; of Hylorana pipiens, Jerdon, the specific name 
‘* pipiens”? is already engaged; Hylorana granulosa, Anderson, 
refers to a different species altogether (see below). 

The type of Limnodytes nigrovittatus (Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. 
Beng. xxiv. 1855, p. 718) is still in the Indian Museum, and an 
examination of it shows that it must clearly be referred to Bou- 
lenger’s Rana tytleri. |The species will therefore stand under the 
name Rana nigrovittata (Blyth). 

There are examples of this species in the Museum from all parts 
of Assam, Cachar, Pegu, and Tenasserim, and of R. erythrea from 
Lower Bengal (Calcutta and Dacca), Assam, and Burma. 


11. Rana GRANULOSA, Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. 1871, 
p- 23. 


This species has been provisionally identified by Boulenger (Ind, 
Rept. p. 458) with Rana nigrovittata (= ana tytleri, Boul.), but it 
differs markedly from it in many ways. The vomerine teeth are 
longer, and usually reach to well behind the choane; the first 
finger éxtends well beyond the second; the toes are two-thirds 
webbed, the web being deeply incised and barely reaching to the tips 
of the third and fifth digits; the subarticular and the inner and outer 
metatarsal tubercles are all very strongly developed; the skin of the 
back is markedly granulate, with broad prominent glandular lateral 
folds; there is a second glandular fold along the upper lips from 
below the eye to the shoulder, ending in a large rounded granule ; 
the colour is reddish brown above, irregularly spotted, darker below, 
speckled throughout. 


12. RHAcoPHORUS LATERALIS, Boulenger, Aun. Mag. N. H. (5) 
xii. 1883, p. 162; id. Ind. Rept. p. 473. 


There is a second specimen of this hitherto unique species in the 
Indian Museum ; it was obtained by Mr. W. M. Daly at Koppa in 
Mysore, and by him presented to the Museum. 


13. RuacorpHorus CAvirostRis (Giinth.); Boulenger, Ind. Rept. 
p- 481. 


There is a Frog in the Indian Museum resembling the type of 
R. cavirostris in every respect, except that the hind limbs are a little 
longer, since the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout, 
whereas in the typical form the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches only 
to between the eye and the snout. 

The Indian Museum specimen was procured by Limborg in 
Tenasserim, and, if correctly referred to R. cavirostris, considerably 
extends the distribution of this species, which has hitherto been 
known only from Ceylon. 


1892.] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 347 


14. [xaLus CINERASCENS, Stoliczka, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 
p- 275. : 


This species has been referred by Boulenger (Ind. Rept. p. 510) 
to Leptobrachium monticola; but an examination of the type shows 
that it is a true /valus, and that it is most nearly allied to Ivalus 
hypomelas, Giinth., from which it differs in its shorter snout and its 
shorter legs, the tibio-tarsal articulation only reaching as far as the 
eye; the legs also are cross-banded. 


15. Ixatus GLanpuLosus (Jerdon); Boulenger, Ind. Rept. 
p- 488. 


Ixalus punctatus (Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. 1871, 
p- 27), identified with doubt by Boulenger with Ivalus leucorhinus, 
is really, as shown by comparison of the type in the Indian Museum, 
identical with Ivalus glandulosus. 


16. Ixatus asper, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1886, p.415. 


The Indian Museum possesses an example of this species procured 
by one of the Museum Collectors in the Burma-Siam hills. It had 
previously been got only by Mr. Wray in Perak, so that it is an 
addition to the Indian fauna. The Indian Museum specimen agrees 
in every way with the type, with which it has been compared. 


17. MicroHyLA acHATINA (Boie); Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. 
p- 166. 


The Indian Museum possesses an example of this little Frog from 
Ahsoon in Tenasserim. As this species has been hitherto recorded 
only from Java and the Moluccas, it is an addition to the fauna of 
British India. 


18. Buro sromaticus, Liitken ; Boulenger, Ann. Mag. N. H. 
(6) vii. 1891, p. 463. 

The Indian Museum possesses examples of this Toad from Calcutta 
and Burma, which agree very well with the type in the British 
Museum. This species is probably not uncommon in Lower Bengal, 
but has hitherto been confounded with Bufo andersonii. 


19. Buro parieraLis, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 312. 


A Frog in the Indian Museum from Hongkong, received from the 
Hongkong Museum in exchange, seems reterable to this species, 
which has hitherto been got only in Malabar. It is just possible 
that a mistake has been made in the labelling ; but if this is not the 
case, the distributional area of this species is considerably extended. 


20. LEproBRACHIUM CARINENSE, Goulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, 
(2) vii. 1889, p. 748; id. Rept. Ind. p. 511. 

An example of this species, procured very many years ago by 
Major Berdmore in Burma, and named Megalophrys montana by 
Blyth, is very interesting, in that it possesses vomerine teeth in 
two very nearly parallel lmes between the choane, and separated 


348 FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. [May 3, 


from one another by a considerable interval. In the types of L. cari- 
nense described by Boulenger the vomerine teeth are entirely absent, 
but they are to be found in the nearly allied Z. fee. This shows the 
uselessness of vomerine teeth alone as a generic or even as a specific 
distinction. Further, in this specimen the interorbital space is very 
wide, three times as broad as the upper eyelid ; and there are two 
palpebral appendages on either side to the eyelids. 


List of the Types of Species of Batrachia contained in the 
Indian Museum. 


Rana vicina, S¢ol. Rhacophorus tuberculatus, Anders. 
assamensis, Sc/. 7. cruciger (Bly.). 
hascheana, Stol. Ixalus cinerascens, Sfo/. 
limborgi, Scl. f Microhyla berdmorii (L/y.). 

—— plicatella, Szo/. | Callula variegata, Szo/. 

—— tenasserimensis, Sc/. f. | Bufo olivaceus, Blanford. 

—— nigrovittata (Bly.). penangensis (Sfo/.). 
granulosa, Anders. Cophophryne sikkimensis (L/y.). 
nivobariensis (Sfo/.). Hyla annectens (Jerdon). 
monticola (Anders.). Tylototriton verrucosus, Anders. 


Rhacophorus maculatus, Anders." 


List of Species of Indian Batrachia unrepresented in the 
Indian Museum. 


Rana corrugata, Pezers. | Rhacophorus jerdonii (Giinth.). 
khasiana (Anders.). fergusonii, Bowl. 

. —sternosignata, Murray. Ixalus schmardanus (Kelaar?). 
andersonii, Bowl. hypomelas, Giinth. 
dobsonii, Boul. vittatus, Boul. 
strachani (Murray). femoralis, Giinth. 
leithii, Bowl. beddomii, Giinth. 

— diplosticta (Giinih.). adspersus, Giinth. 

— phrynoderma (Bouwl.). Callula macrodactyla, Bowd. 

—— lateralis, Bou/. Glyphoglossus molossus, Giinth. 

—— margariana (dnders.). Calluella guttulata (B/y.). 

—— humeralis, Boul. Nectophryne tuberculosa (Ginth.). 
formosa (Giinth.). Bufo pulcher, Bou. 

Micrixalus sarasinorum (F. Mii/l.). hololius ( Giinth.). 
opisthorhodus (Giinth.). —— macrotis, Boul. 

Nyctibatrachus pygmeus (Giinth.). —— beddomii, Giinth. 

Nannophrys ceylonensis, Giinth. Leptobrachium fez (Bou/.). 
guentheri, Bowl. 

Rhacophorus nasutus (Giinth.). Uretyphlus malabaricus (Bedd.). 
reticulatus (Giinth.). Gegenophis carnosus (Bedd.). 

—— dubius, Boul. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. 


Fig. 1. Rana vicina, Stol., p. 342. 
2. assamensis, Sp. 0., p. 340. 
3. —— limborgi, sp. n., p. 344. 
4. —— tenasserimensis, sp. n., p. 345. 


1 This name has been changed by Boulenger (Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 90) to 
bimaculatus. 


1892.] ON AQUATIC OLIGOCH ZTOUS WORMS. 349 


5. On some Aquatic Oligochetous Worms. By 
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., &c. 


[Received May 3, 1892.] 


In the following remarks I propose to bring together a few notes 
upon certain aquatic Oligochzeta which I have had the opportunity 
of examining during the last year. 


i. On a Species of Dero. 


, Our principal knowledge of this genus is due to Perrier‘ and to 
Stole*. A recent paper by Bousfield* is mainly devoted to discrim- 
inating the species, though it contains a brief résumé of the structure 
of the genus Dero. 

I have recently been studying a species which I cannot identify 
certainly with any known form; my failure to identify it is largely 
due to the fact that the differences in the vascular system of dif- 
ferent species have not been worked out. Only in two, viz. D. per- 
rieri and D. digitata, has the vascular system been described; and 
as these two show dissimilarities, it is at least possible that the 
remaining species do also. In any case, the Dero at which I have . 
worked differs from both these species. According to Perrier, 
Dero perrieri has three pairs of contractile perivisceral trunks in 
segments vi., vii., and viii. Behind the viiith segment the dorsal 
vessel is not directly ,united with the ventral. 

Of Dero digitata, Stole says, in the French abstract with which 
his paper concludes, “ Il y a toujours deux vaisseaux latéraux dans 
chaque anneau suivant jusqu’au treiziéme anneau (si l’animal est 
complétement développé). Dans les anneaux postérieurs les anses 
vasculaires remplacent les vaisseaux latéraux.” I cannot, I confess, 
quite understand the distinction which is here drawn between the 
two kinds of perivisceral trunks; unless, indeed, it is meant that 
the anterior series are contractile. As Dr. Stole’s paper is in Bohe- 
mian I am unable to say whether this is stated. 

The Dero examined by myself is a small species about a quarter 
of an inch in length. Like other Deros it fabricates a tube, which 
was always in the interior of half-decayed stems of plants; the 
stems had to be carefully torn up with needles to liberate the worms’. 
The number of segments varied from 16 to 52. The characters of 
the setze call for no comment ; the branchial processes most resemble 
those of D. limosa. 

The vascular system is remarkable for the fact that there are six 
pairs of contractile lateral vessels in segments vi.—xi. Those of 


1 “ Histoire naturelle du Dero obtusa,’ Arch. Zool. Exp. t. i. p.65, Bousfield 
points out that the species investigated by Perrier is not Dero obtusa, but a new 
form for which the name D. perrieri is suggested. 

2 “ Dero digitata, O. F. Miiller &e.,” SB. béhm. Ges. 1885, p- 65. 

8 “The Natural History of the Genus Dero,” J. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 91. 

* Bousfield mentions this habit in D. furcata. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1892, No. XXV. 25 


350 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON [May 3, 


segments viii. and ix. are wider than the others; the pair of seg- 
ment vii. are hardly of less calibre; the other contractile lateral 
vessels are decidedly thinner. The non-contractile perivisceral vessels 
were obvious in the posterior segments of the body. The first pair 
of ‘‘ hearts ” each give off a slender branch, which runs forward in 
the direction of the pharynx. I did not find a corresponding 
branch to arise from the following “ hearts.” 

The “stomach” is in segments x. and xi.; the wider part of the 
intestine commences in segment xiv., but there was some variability 
in this point. In some individuals I could recognize no narrow 
cesophagus following the “stomach.” The lattice-work of blood- 
vessels upon the alimentary tract was in many specimens very clear. 
On the “stomach ” this was particularly so, and I found a longi- 
tudinal trunk, such as Stole has figured in Nats, on one side; the 
nephridia vary much as to the segment where they begin. Perrier 
mentions the sixth segment, so too does Bousfield. In the first 
individual which I examined they were apparent from the viiith 
segment ; in another they did not begin until the xiith segment ; 
in a third the ninth segment contained the first pair. 


ii. Note upon Pristina longiseta. 


In a valuable paper upon the Naidomorpha, published in a recent 
number of ‘ The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’ Prof. 
A.G. Bourne ' remarks of Pristina longiseta, “This species has been 
recently re-described by Vejdovsky. I have not seen it, nor has it, 
so far as I know, ever been recorded from England.” 

Having lately had the opportunity of examining a specimen, I 
offer the following remarks upon it. Firstly, its occurrence in 
England is of interest. There is no doubt, however, that the small 
number of aquatic Oligocheta hitherto recorded from Great Britain 
is simply due to the fact that they have not been looked for. The 
worm has been figured by Leidy*, d’?Udekem’*, and Vejdovsky *. 
Neither d’Udekem nor Tauber® appear to have known of Leidy’s 
paper. Vejdovsky does not refer to it in the list of synonyms of 
Pristina longiseta, but does mention both the paper and the species, 
without comment, under the description of the family Naidomorpha ; 
in the table of known species of Naids and their distribution 
Vejdovsky does not cite N. America as a locality for Pristina longi- 
seta. The double omission therefore leads me to the opinion that 
Vejdovsky was not certain as to the identity of the species termed 
by himself and Leidy Pristina longiseta. Vaillant, moreover, con- 
siders that the identity of the two is not fully established ; the only 
difference, however, to which he calls attention is a difference of 


* “On the Naidiform Oligochexta, &e.,” Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxii. p. 352. 

“Descriptions of some American Annelida Abranchia,” J. Ac. Nat. Sci. 
Philad. vol. ii. p. 44. 

° “Nouvelle Classification des Annélides Sétigéres Abranches,” Bull. Ac. 
Roy. Belg. t. xxii. p. 552. 

* System und Morphologie der Oligochacten; Prag, 1884, p. 31, 

5 Annulata Danica, 1879, p. 73, 


1892.] AQUATIC OLIGOCHETOUS WORMS. 351 


size. Leidy’s specimen measured 1 line (=2 mm.), Vejdovsky’s 
8mm. My own specimen being somewhat intermediate in size 
perhaps removes this difference. But a more important difference 
remains, which is not alluded to by Vaillant *. In Vejdovsky’s figure * 
of Pristina longiseta no sharp line of demarcation is indicated be- 
tween the prostomium and the first segment of the body, and in the 
description cf the species’ he remarks :—‘‘ Der Kopflappen verjiingt 
sich allmialig zu einem konischen fadenforinigen Riissel.”” On the 
other hand, Leidy’s figure indicates a sharp demarcation ; the “ pro- 
boscis ” commences quite abruptly. So too, though perhaps to a less 
extent, does d’Udekem’s figure. The specimen examined by myself 
resembles Leidy’s figure much more than that of Vejdovsky. The 
location of the ‘‘ stomach ”’ by Leidy in the viith segment may be 
perhaps an error. I found, as Leidy has figured, tactile hairs to be 
very abundant upon the anal segment as well as upon the prosto- 
mium and first segment of the body. It appeared to me that the 
prostomiym was deeply grooved upon the under surface, the groove 
becoming continuous behind with the mouth. In view of the slight 
difference recorded above, I am not assured that Leidy’s and Vej- 
dovsky’s worms belong to the same species; the specimen seen by 
myself evidently is identical with the worms described by Leidy and 
d’Udekem. Prof. Bourne’s paper, to which I have referred, seems 
to me to destroy the generic distinctions between Pristina and 
Naidium. Previous to the appearance of that paper they could be 
distinguished as follows :— 


Pristina : 
1. Dorsal setze of segment iii. long. 
2. Prostomium elongate. 
3. Shorter dorsal setze not bifid. 
Naidium : 
1. These setz not longer than others. 
2. Prostomium short with lateral processes. 
3. These setz bifid. 


But in Bourne’s Pristina equiseta the first character is that of 
Naidium, and in P. breviseta there are bifid sete in the dorsal 
bundles much like those of Naidium. The only differential character 
which remains is therefore the prostomial tentacle; but in Naidium 
luteum the prostomium is said by Vejdovsky to be “lang ausge- 
zogen,” and in P. longiseta, as figured by the same author, the pro- 
stomial tentacle is not so distinct as in other species. I do not 
think, therefore, that these two genera can be any longer distin- 
guished. 
ili, On Aolosoma niveum. 

The only description of this species was published nearly thirty 
years ago by Leydig*; it has since been met with by Timm’, who 

1 « Annelés’ in ‘ Suites 4 Buffon,’ vol. iii. p. 360. 

2 Loe. cit. pl. ii. fig. 13. 5 Loc. cit. p. 31. ; 

+ “ Ueber die Annelidengattung Molosoma,” Arch. f. Anat. 1865, p. 360, 


5 “ Beobachtungen an Phreoryctes, &e.,” Arb, z.-z. Inst. Wiirzb. 1883, p. 155, 
25* 


352 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, 


called it—evidently by a slip of the pen—‘‘ Holosoma lacteum.” 
I have lately examined a single specimen of an olosoma which I 
refer to this species. Unfortunately I am not able to fix its locality 
with accuracy, as I found it in a bottle containing water and weeds 
from various sources. 

Leydig himself was of opinion that the species might turn out on 
further study to be an immature stage of 4. hemprichii, or of 
some species with coloured oil-drops in the integument; but he 
quoted, as against this possibility, Ehrenberg’s observation that the 
red colour is visible in embryos still within the egg, and was there- 
fore, on the whole, inclined to regard the worm as an adult form of 
a species with a colourless integument. 

I have, however, recently pointed out that ' the supposed cocoons 
are in all probability merely cysts into which the worms can tem- 
porarily withdraw themselves ; so that Leydig’s opinion as to the 
possibility of his Holosoma niveum being an immature form is not 
necessarily rendered untenable by Ehrenberg’s observations. 

Vejdovsky * in describing briefly the characters of his new species, 
AZolosoma variegatum, remarked that it was ‘‘ hochst wahrscheinlich 
von Leydig beobachtet und als olosoma niveum beschrieben.” 
In a fuller account*® of 4. variegatum Vejdovsky establishes its 
distinctness from olosoma niveum ; it agrees, however, with that 
form in possessing some colourless oil-globules in the epidermis, the 
rest being green. In Molosoma niveum all the integumental oil- 
globules are colourless. 

The most recent remarks upon Leydig’s 4olosoma niveum known 
to me are to be found in Vaillant’s account of the Oligocheeta in the 
‘Suites 4 Buffon.’ In that work Vaillant considers it to be not yet 
established that the supposed species is not the young form of some 
other olosoma. I am therefore particularly glad to be able, 
I think, to definitely settle this question. 

I had on the same slide and under examination at the same time 
no less than three species of 4%0/osoma—an experience which is not, 
I imagine, very common. ‘These species were, 4?. quaternarium, 
4G. niveum, and a species of whose identity I am not quite certain ; 
it was as large as my olosoma headleyi*, but may be Holosoma 
variegatum; I lost sight of it before I completed the examination. 
The worm which I believe to be Holosoma niveum is at any rate 
a perfectly distinct species from any knowa to me. It comes nearest 
to Holosoma niveum as described by Leydig. Nevertheless, it does 
not altogether agree with his description. It may therefore con- 
ceivably be anew form. It was fully as large as 4. quaternarium, 
and there are other reasons for believing that it cannot be the young 
of that, or indeed of any other known species. 

Ake “Note upon the Encystment of Molosoma,” Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 

2. 

2 System und Morph. d. Oligochaeten: Prag, 1884, p. 113 footnote. 
3 « Molosoma variegatum, Vejd., Prispevek ku poznani nejnizsich Annulatuv,” 
SB. bohm. Ges. 1885. 


4 “Observations upon an Annelid of the Genus Aolosoma,” P. Z. 8. 1886, 
p- 213. 


1892.] AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 353 


The worm consisted of eight segments, after which came a bud 
that had been in part detached ; but I succeeded in finding the rest 
of it upon the slide ; the number of segments, therefore, is approxi- 
mately the same as Leydig gives for olosoma niveum, and the 
same number also that Vejdovsky gives for Holosoma variegatum. 
The prostomium, however, was large, squarish in front, and dis- 
tinctly wider than the rest of the body. Leydig figures a very 
inconspicuous prostomium, which, in front at least, is actually nar- 
rower than the succeeding segments. With regard to the colourless 
oil-drops in the integument, I could see no structures that were at 
all obvious. There was no appearance such as is represented in 
Leydig’s figures. Nor were there any clearly defined droplets such 
as Vejdovsky figures in his olosoma variegatum. I should be 
inclined to say that there were no oil-drops present at all. The 
epidermis was much more like that of a Naid or a Chetogaster than 
an 4olosoma ; and even when the worm was treated with potash, 
which produces such recognizable effects’ upon the oil-globules of 
other species, no alterations were observable, except that the worm 
was stained a faint yellowish. And yet there is no doubt whatever 
that I am right in referring the Annelid to the genus Zolosoma. 
Tn all other particulars it agreed with that genus. The prostomium 
was ciliated on the under surface, and the lateral ciliated pits are 
present. The mouth appeared to he situated rather further back 
than it has been usually figured for this genus; the constriction 
which marks eff the prostomium posteriorly was situated some little 
way in front of the actual mouth-opening. 

The most important difference, however, from Leydig’s description 
concerns the setee. In all the species of Holosoma at present known, 
with the exception of Vejdovsky’s olosoma tenebrarum and (if it 
be really distinet from this) Holosoma leidyi*, there are only 
capillary setze present in both dorsal and ventral bundles. In the 
two species above mentioned cleft sigmoid setz are also to be found ®. 
In the specimen of olosoma niveum described here I have also 
found these sigmoid setz, and it is principally the fact of the occur- 
rence of these setze which leads me to doubt the identity of this 
worm with Leydig’s dolosoma niveum. Had they been present 
Leydig would hardly have overlooked them. The existence of these 
sigmoid sete also, I may point out, precludes the possibility of this 
worm being the young of Molosoma quaternarium, and 1 do not 
think that it has anything to do with olosoma tenebrarum. 

In the first seta-bearing segment there were not any sigmoid 
sete, but four capilliform setz in each of the dorsal, and three in 


* “ Note upon the Green Cells in the Integument of Holosoma tenebrarum,” 
P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 51. 

“Notes upon certain Species of Holosoma,’Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1889. 

? BF. W. Cragin, “ First Contribution to the Invertebrate Fauna of Kansas,” 
Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. 1887, no. 8, p. 31. 

3 T am not quite certain that the species described by me as Molosoma tene- 
brarum (P. Z. 8, 1889, p. 51) is really identical with Vejdovsky’s species; I 
could not detect the cleft at the end of the sete, and the colour of the oil-drops 
appears to be rather different, 


354 MR. F. £. BEDDARD ON [May 3, 


each of the ventral bundles. The number of sete per bundle dimin- 
ishes in the posterior segments, and they become mingled with 
sigmoid sete. In the seventh segment both sete in one of the 
ventral bundles were sigmoid, as was one of the two sete of the 
dorsal bundle. The sigmoid setz occur, therefore, in both dorsal 
and ventral bundles; I was, however, quite unable to detect any 
bifurcation at the free extremity of these setee, and I examined them 
with the highest power at my disposal (Zeiss’s F lens with eyepiece). 
I could not detect the nephridia. 

In the colourless integument and in the presence of two kinds of 
setz this species evidently offers a transition to the Naidomorpha. 


iv. On Clitellio and Limnodrilus. 


These two genera, usually regarded as distinct, have been united 
by M. Vaillant in the recently published third volume of the 
‘Annelés’ in the ‘Suites 4 Buffon.’ | 

M. Vaillant considers that the alleged absence of a prostate in 
Clitellio is not a sufficient difference. 

As a matter of fact, my own paper’ upon Clitellio showed other 
points of difference besides the absence of the prostate; the main 
distinction between the two genera, in addition to the want of a 
prostate, is the existence of two pairs of perivisceral trunks, which 
are specially enlarged and are contractile: I did not refer very defi- 
nitely to their contractility in the paper cited, but I have since re- 
examined the species Clitellio arenarius and find that these dilated 
trucks are contractile, one pair contracting before the other. Now 
the fact of the existence of contractile trunks does not distinguish 
Clitellio from Limnodrilus. Limnodrilus has also two pairs of con- 
tractile periviscerals, but only one pair of these are dilated ; whereas 
in Clitellio both pairs are wide tubes. This difference, at any rate, 
applies to the species of Limnodrilus known up to the present. 

I take this opportunity of mentioning that Clitellio arenarius 
has, like Limnodrilus, a supra-intestinal blood-vessel. But I could 
find no integumental blood-capillaries such as are found in Limno- 
drilus. I looked for them very carefully, of course in living worms. 

So far, therefore, my observations have rather tended to accentuate 
than remove the differences between Clitellio and Limnodrilus. 

I have, however, found in a species of Limnodrilus an intermediate 
form between Clitellio and the typical Limnodrilus. This species 
is from New Zealand ; I have already * recorded its occurrence in 
the South Island, though I was in error in stating that it presented 
no differences from the European species. 

As a matter of fact, this New Zealand Limnodrilus has, like Cli- 
tellio, two pairs of greatly dilated hearts in segments viii. and ix. ; 
there are no reasons for disbelieving that these wide trunks are 


1 “Qn certain Points in the Structure of Clitellio (Olaparéde),” P. Z.S. 1888, 
p. 485. 
2 “On the Oligochztous Fauna of New Zealand, &c.,” P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 381. 


1892.] AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 355 


contractile. This species is, of course, freshwater in habitat. It 
was found in a forest-pool along with Phreoryctes smithit. 

None of the specimens were mature, so I am unable to say how 
far they may agree with Cliteliio in other particulars; but, in any 
case, they have the two pairs of dilated vessels in viii. and ix. that 
have hitherto served to distinguish Clitellio from Limnodrilus. 


v. Ona new Genus (Kerria) intermediate between Acauthodrilus 
and Ocnerodrilus. 


Mr. J. Graham Kerr, who accompanied the ‘‘ Pileomayo Expe- 
dition ’’ in 1890, has kindly given me a number of small Oligocheta 
which he collected in the upper reaches of that river. They were 
preserved with corrosive sublimate, and are in consequence in an 
excellent condition for microscopical examination. There are alto- 
gether about a dozen specimens, some fortunately being sexually 
mature. «The water where they were met with was exceedingly salt 
and bitter, but contained a number of other animals, notably a few 
decapod Crustaceans. But animal life was not, Mr. Kerr informs 
me, very abundant in the stream. So far as I am aware, no Oligo- 
cheete of any kind has ever been described from a locality like the 
present, except a species of Pachydrilus referred to by Semper as 
occurring in the brine-springs of Kissingen in Germany. Salt water 
is not, however, entirely inimical to the existence of Oligocheta, 
for there are a few species known from the sea-shore ; for example, 
Clitellio, referred to in the present paper, Pontoscolex, Pontodrilus, 
&c. I expected, therefore, that these worms would prove to be 
interesting, and my expectations were realized. 

The worms are all very small, an inch to an inch and a half in 
length by 1 mm. in diameter. They are about the size of, and re- 
semble in general appearance, Ocnerodrilus eisent, and I at first was 
disposed to refer them to the same genus at least. Although a 
more careful examination of the worms showed that they could not 
be referred to the genus Ocnerodrilus, it became very soon evident 
that they were nearly related to that genus; they serve, in fact, to 
indicate the probable relations of Ocnerodrilus, concerning which I 
was formerly in doubt’. Eisen, the original describer * of the genus 
Ocnerodrilus, placed it in the family Lumbriculide. This conclusion 
was subsequently abandoned by Eisen himself *, and I have myself * 
endeavoured to combat it ; the genus is clearly to be referred to that 
very large and imperfectly known group of worms which I have 
called Cryptodrilide. I do not propose to give a detailed systematic 
account of the anatomy of this new worm, but merely to dwell 


2 “On the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus (Hisen),” Tr. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xxxvi. 
Ne “On the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus,’ Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Upsal. ser. 3, 
bi “On the Anatomy of Sutroa rostrata, &.,” Mem. Calif. Ac. Sci, vol. ii, 
of Loc. cit. p- 580. 


356 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, 


upon its salient characters, particularly those which bear upon its 
affinities. 

The setze are strictly paired and show no noteworthy peculiarities ; 
they are not in any way modified upon any segments of the body. 
The clitellum occupies segments xiv. to xix. 

The alimentary canal is chiefly remarkable for two points: there 
is a gizzard present, not a very usual occurrence with aquatic 
Oligochzta. The gizzard, moreover, is well developed ; it lies in 
segment vii. 

In segment ix. are a pair of calciferous pouches ; these are com- 
plicated in structure, being composed of a much-folded cellular 
membrane. Although the segment which they occupy is the same 
as that which in Ocnerodrilus contains a pair of cesophageal diver- 
ticula, the organs are simpler in their minute structure in the latter 
genus. 

Some of the anterior mesenteries, as is usually the case in Oligo- 
cheeta, are thickened ; this statement applies to those which separate 
segments v./vi., vi./vii., Vii./vill., viii./ix. 

The nephridia are present in the genital segments ; the posterior 
set are invested by a thick layer of peritoneal cells. 

The genital organs conform in almost every particular to the plan 
met with in the genus Acanthodrilus, and are illustrated in the 
accompanying drawing (woodcut, fig. 1). 

On segments xvii. and xix. are the openings of the atria; the 
actual pores are placed upon the summits of elevations near to the 
median ventral line of the body. The atria, like those of other 
Acanthodrilide, are divisible into two regions: with the actual orifice 
is connected a narrow muscular tube ; this widens out distally into a 
glandular tube, but this glandular tube is lined by a single layer 
only of cells. In no species of Acanthodrilus, so far as I am aware, 
is this the case. Even in smaller species than the one described 
here the glandular part of the atrium has two layers of cells, resem- 
bling, as I have pointed out, the structure of the clitellum. On 
the other hand, Ocnerodrilus has an atrium which is exactly like the 
present species in having a lining of a single row of cells. These 
cells are tall and very granular in appearance. ‘The atrial pores are 
close to the ventral pairs of sete ; there are no penial sete. Penial 
setz are only rarely absent from Acanthodrilus ; A. multiporus and 
an allied species are the only forms which I can recollect that are 
thus deficient. 

On the xviiith segment open the vasa deferentia: there is only a 
single vas deferens on either side ; it runs in close contact with the 
body-wall, not embedded init. In the xth segment the vas deferens 
widens out to form a funnel ; this funnel is not only very large but 
very much folded, and occupies the greater part of the segment in 
which it lies. It struck me as being unusually large ; there is only 
one funnel on each side. 

The same segment, i. e. the xth, contained the single pair of 
testes. Asa general rule, when there is a single pair of testes 
these gonads occupy the xith and not the xth segment. In the 


1892. ] AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 357 


Fie. fk 


Genital segments of Kerria halophila, as seen on a dissection. 
G, Gizzard ; Ca, calciferous glands; Sp, spermatotheca ; 7, testis; Sp.d, sperm- 
ducts; O, ovary; Od, oviduct; Aé, atrium. 
Segments of clitellum indicated in Roman numerals. 


358 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, 


present species, however, there is no doubt of their lying in the xth 
segment. 

The sperm-sacs are in segments x. and xi. They partially involve 
the testes and vas deferens funnels. The ovaries are, it is almost 
unnecessary to state, placed in segment xiii. The oviducal funnels 
open opposite to them ; the ovaries are so large that but little room 
is left between the end of the ovary and the funnel; I saw an ovum 
within the mouth of the oviduct. There are no egg-sacs. The 
oviducal pores are upon the xivth segment. 

In the viiith and ixth segments are the spermatothece. These 
organs are large sacs, communicating with the exterior by means of 
a comparatively long duct; they were densely packed with sperma- 
tozoa, but had no diverticula. 

It is evident from the above short and, in some respects, incom- 
plete account of the Pileomayo worm that it is most nearly allied to 
the genus Acanthodrilus. That genus, it should be remarked, is 
one which is less uniformly terricolous than any other genus of 
‘*earthworms.” There are already several species known to occur 
in water. Among them are Acanthodrilus stagnalis, A. dalei, 
A. schmarde. This is, however, the first species which has been 
met with in saline waters. 

The other aquatic Acanthodrilide show no particular affinities to 
aquatic genera; but the present species does; and it distinctly 
approaches Ocnerodrilus. The resemblance is not only in the sim- 
plification of the structure of the atria; that of itself would not 
perhaps be a very important fact, since it might be put down merely 
to degeneration. A more important point of likeness is the existence 
of the single pair of cesophageal diverticula in segment ix. ; this par- 
ticular segment is not a usual one in which to find these calciferous 
glands. Besides, in other Acanthodrilids there are nearly always 
two or three pairs of these glands situated further back. 

Very little is wanting to convert the species here described into 
an Ocnerodrilus ; to refer it definitely to the genus Acanthodrilus 
would be to ignore the characteristic differences which it shows from 
that genus, with which, however, it undoubtedly agrees in all those 
points which are made use of to define the genus Acanthodrilus. 
On the other hand, it can hardly be put in the genus Ocnerodrilus. 
The principal difficulty in the way of this is the two pairs of atria 
and their position. The fact of there being two pairs of atria 
instead of one only would not deter me from this step ; I think, for 
instance, that the genus Neodrilus must be merged in Acanthodrilus. 
The important difference appears to be the separation of the atrial 
and vas deferens pores by a septum in Acanthodrilus. If it were not 
for the position of the calciferous glands all the resemblances between 
this worm and Ocnerodrilus might fairly be set down to a con- 
vergence due simply to degeneration. As it is I am inclined to 
think that it will be necessary to institute a separate genus for this 
Acanthodriloid worm from the Pileomayo; and I propose to call 
it Kerria, after Mr. Graham Kerr, with the specific term halophila. 
It may be useful to compare, by means of the following table, the 


359 


AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 


1892.] 


TABLE. 


Comparison of Kerria with allied genera. 


Atrial pores. 


GPT... cup neta 


Acanthodrilus ...... 


Gordiodrilus ......... 


Ocnerodrilus ......... 


Pygmeodrilus ... 


XVII. and XTX, 


XVII. and XIX. 


XVII. and XVIII. 
or XVIII. and XIX.! 


XVIT. 


XVII. 


Vas. def. 
pores. 


XVIII. 


XVIII. 


XVIII. 


XVII. 


XVII. 


——— ee OE 


Atria. Penial setie. 


Lined by single | None. 
row of cells, 


Calciferous 


glands. 


One pair in IX, 


Lined by double | Nearly always | 1-3 pairs in XTV. 


row of cells. present. 


Lined by single | None. 
row of cells. 


Lined by single | None. 
row of cells, 


Lined by single | None. 
row of cells, 


‘ Further back in Gordiodrilus tenuis, n. sp. 


or XV.-XVII. 


Single pouch in 
IX. 


One pair in IX, 


One pair in IX. 


Gizzard. 


Present. 


Rarely 
absent. 


Present or 
absent. 


Absent. 


Present or 
absent. 


Spermatothecs. 


‘wo pairsin VITI. and 
IX.; no diverticu- 
lum. 


Two pairs in VIII. and 
IX.; always diver- 
ticula. 


Two pairs in VII. and 
VIII.; no diverti- 
culum, 


One pair in VIII. ; 
no diverticulum. 


One pair in IX., with 
or without diver- 
ticula, 


360 ON AQUATIC OLIGOCHETOUS WORMS. [May 3, 


present species with some allied forms. The table (p. 359) gives 
some additional facts not referred to in the above description. Also, 
I introduce a few worms not yet fully described, which I have 
recently been studying. 

The position of the external apertures of the male reproductive 
apparatus is, however, rather different from what is found in the 
genus Acanthodrilus. The accompanying figure (fig. 2) illustrates 


Fig. 2. 


Sp, Spermatothecal pores ; od, oviducal pores; At, atrial pores; Sp.d, spermi- 
ducal pores. 


The segments of clitellum are indicated by Roman numerals. 


the arrangement in an individual which was studied by means of 
longitudinal sections ; I found it impracticable to examine the ven- 
tral surface of the entire worm mounted in glycerine, for the reason 
that in the course of preservation a good deal of the corrosive sub- 
limate used as a fixing reagent had crystallized upon the integument, 
rendering it therefore very opaque. In the sections the setee were 
seen to be quite unaltered upon the genital segments, they were not 
even larger than those upon the neighbouring segments. The atrial 
pores, as well as those of the vas deferens, are in close relation to 


1892. ] ON NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 361 


the ventral pair of setee: the anterior atrial pore of one side of the 
body lies a little in front of, and to the outside of, the pair of setze : 
the posterior atrial pore, on the other hand, has a slightly different 
relation to the pair of setz of its segment; it is placed a little behind 
the set. The pore of the single vas deferens again differs in posi- 
tion from both of these apertures ; it lies on the same level as, but to 
the outside of, the ventral setze of its segment, which is of course 
the xviiith, I am disposed to believe that Rosa’s ‘‘ Acanthodilus ”’ 
spegazzinii will prove to be congeneric with this species. 


6. On the Systematic Position of Notoryctes typhlops. By 
Hans Gapow, Ph.D., M.A., Lecturer on Advanced 
Morphology of Vertebrata, and Strickland Curator, 
University of Cambridge. 


[Received April 9, 1892.] 


Professor Stirling had kindly entrusted me with his most valuable 
material of Notoryctes before this was distributed to various 
museums. He asked me to fix the systematic position of this new 
mammal more precisely than he had been able to do, because of 
want of time and opportunity. He also modestly wanted me to 
verify and to supplement his own work *. This was both an easy and 
a difficult task. His two papers on Notoryctes contain a most 
carefully worked out description of the creature, and, with the ex- 
ception of some important characters concerning the teeth and the 
cloacal region, leave nothing that could be of general interest and 
bear upon the question of the position of Notoryctes in the system. 
There are still some points which have not been worked out fully, 
e.g. the vascular, muscular, and nervous systems, but these will 
undoubtedly be investigated in due time. 

Professor Stirling has discussed the whole matter with me 
thoroughly during his several visits to Cambridge ; several parts of 
Notoryctes we redissected together and many questions were studied, 
so that the following pages might well form a paper of conjoint 
authorship; but, unfortunately for me, his time in Cambridge was 
limited, and thus I have become the only responsible author. 

The advance copy of the ‘ Handlist of Australian Mammals,’ by 
Mr. J. Douglas Ogilby, contains many important remarks on the 
systematic position of Notoryctes, with which we are unable to agree. 
This has necessitated, unfortunately, more argumentative reasoning in 
the following pages than would have been the case had Notoryctes 
been left in a less ambitious position than that of a link between 
the Proto- and Metatheria. The creature is interesting enough as a 
Marsupial. 


’ E. O. Stirling, “Description of a new Genus and Species of Marsupialia 
(Notoryctes typhlops),” Trans. R. 8. South Australia, 1891, pp- 154-187, pls. ii.- 
ix.; “ Further Notes on the Habits and Anatomy of Notoryctes typhlops,” ibid. 
1891, pp. 283-291, pl. xii. 


362 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, 


With regard to the investigation of the affinities of Notoryctes, I 
trust that a word of warning will not be taken amiss. It concerns 
the danger which may result from the frequent habit of selecting the 
taxonomic characters from the skeleton only, to the exclusion of 
other organic systems. In case of fossils this cannot be helped, and 
we have then no further means of testing the validity of our con- 
clusions. Now, supposing only the skeleton of Notoryctes were 
known, while the teeth and soft parts and the land where it was 
found were unknown ; or let us suppose, for argument’s sake, that it 
“came from America,” neither an im possible nor an even improbable 
assumption. In this case many a zoologist, provided he knew his 
osteology well, would conclude that the skeleton in question 
belonged to a small, burrowing mammal, which was closely allied to 
the Dasypodide, especially to Tatusia, in fact that it was an 
Edentate. This conclusion would be based upon the following 
striking characters :— 


1. Anchylosis of the second to sixth cervical vertebre. In Ta- 
tusia peba anchylosis of vertebree 2, 3, and 4. 

2. The extraordinary strength of the first thoracic rib. 

3. The acromial process of the scapula is very long and curved, 
and has a facet on its inner surface for the upper eud of 
the humerus. 

4. There is a second spine on the postscapular fossa ; both spines 
enclosing a deep groove. 

5. The clavicles are complete and are attached to the manubrium 
sterni by the intervention of a ligament of some length. Cf. 
Cholepus, &c. 

6. The fibula has a large foramen near the proximal portion of 
its shaft (cf. Stirling, p. 179, and fig. 7, pl. viii.). Such a 
foramen is also present in the Cambridge specimen of 
Tatusia peba. 

7. There is a large sesamoid bone on the plantar side of the foot. 

8. As many as six vertebree are anchylosed with the pelvis. 

9. The caudal vertebrae possess movable chevron bones. 

10. The type of the fore and hind limbs is decidedly fossorial. 


We might go even further and insist upon some characters in 
which No¢oryetes differs from all or from most Marsupials :— 


1. The well-developed patella. Cf. Perameles. 

2. The anchylosis of cervical vertebra. 

3. The great strength of first thoracic rib. 

4. The possession of six sacral vertebrze, instead of 2, 3, 4, or 5, 
as Phascolomys platyrhinus. 

. The fusion of the cuboid with the ectocuneiform bone. Unique. 

. The decidedly fossorial type of the limbs. 

. The apparent absence of marsupial bones; for these, while 
scarcely visible without a lens, and not overlooked by the 
careful describer of the first entire specimen, would certainly 
be lost in a naturally bleached skeleton. 


“NI & 


1892. ] POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 363 


However, let us return to facts. Notoryctes occurs in the very 
middle of Australia, and every important part of its anatomy is 
known. Its teeth are not like those of any known Edentate, 
although they are aberrant enough in number and position even for 
Marsupials. It possesses a marsupium and an inverted inner 
angular process of the under-jaw—two characters which are 
together sufficient to prove that Notoryctes is a member of the 
Marsupialia or Metatheria in the sense hitherto defined and accepted. 

Mr. Douglas Ogilby* has naturally and correctly placed Noto- 
ryctes as a separate family among the Polyprotodontia of the 
Marsupialia, but he hopes that “ we have now obtained a definite link 
between the Proto- and Metatheria subclasses, a link which will 
perhaps eventually bridge over the gulf which at present separates 
the Monotremes from the Marsupials.” A definite link would 
certainly, not perhaps eventually, bridge over that gulf, but unfor- 
tunately that much hoped-for link is still missing ; certainly it is not 
represented by Notoryctes. 

The Monotremes are characterized by the possession of :—(1) a 
typical cloaca; (2) a Saurian shoulder-girdle, 7. e. an episternum 
or interclavicle, clavicles, complete coracoids, and considerable 
remnants of the ventral halves of precoracoids (epicoracoids of some 
authors). Additional characters are :—(1) absence of functional 
teeth in the adult; (2) a temporary marsupium without nipples. 

Notoryctes differs in every one of these four points from the 
Monotremes and agrees with the Marsupials. 

I. The cloacal arrangement appears at first sight strikingly like 
that of the Monotremes. The accompanying drawings (see p. 364) 
will explain the points better than a lengthy description. It must 
be borne in mind that there are Metatheria without a functional 
marsupium, while in the Prototheria this organ is functional ; like- 
wise there are monotrematous mammals besides the Prototheria. 
Marsupium and cloaca, taken alone, are therefore not sufficiently 
diagnostic for the separation of Proto- and Metatheria: they are 
differences of degree only, the intermediate links being furnished 
by the various Marsupialia themselves. I have shown elsewhere * 
that in the Marsupialia the urogenital and rectal openings are not 
completely divided off by a partition, there being still one common 
external opening which leads into a common, although mostly 
shallow chamber, viz. into the proctodeum or vestibulum cloace. 
In both male and female Marsupials (figs. 4 and 6, p. 364) the 
urogenital sinus is still of considerable length, and is completely 
shut off from the rectum, while in the male Monotremes (fig. 1) the 
urine passes into a urodzum, or middle chamber of the cloaca above 
the penis. In Notoryctes and in all other Marsupials, this separate 
exit of the urine and of the genital products is made impossible by the 
completion of the fold #. Urine and sperm pass through the penis 
in the male, and in the female the ovarial products (eggs or foetus) 
have the same channel as the urine. This channel is the same in 

1 Advance copy of portion of ‘Handlist of Australian Mammals,’ issued 
July 31st, 1891: Sydney. 

* “ Remarks on the Oloaca and on the Copulatory Organs of the Amniota,” 
Phil. Trans. 1887, pp. 5-87, pls. 2-5. 


364 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, 


Fig. 2 


— 


Notoryctes& 
Ventral. View 


Monodelphia.g. 
Marsupial.& Fig5 gy 


Marsupialg 
Diagrammatic illustrations of the cloacal arrangement of Notoryctes 
and other Mammals. 
Ves, Urinary bladder; Ur, ureter; V.d, vas deferens; Ov, oviduct; FR, rectum ; 
A,G, anal glands; Sy.P, pubic symphysis, 


1892.] POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 365 


the Marsupials, Notoryctes, and the Monotremes, and is morpho- 
logically the same through which runs the urine in the male Mono- 
tremes. 

II. The shoulder-girdle of Notoryctes is built after the Marsupial 
type ; it shows the complete absence of an interclavicle, of coracoids, 
and of “ epicoracoids.” As confirmatory evidence of the affinities 
of Notoryctes with the Monotremes, Mr. Ogilby mentions “the 
considerable development of the clavicle, which is connected by 
ligament to the sternal apparatus, along with the rudimentary 
character of the epipubic bones being also Monotrematous.” The 
clavicles of Notoryctes are weak, their sleuderness of function is 
obviously indicated by their long ligamentous connexion with the 
manubrium sterni. In the Dasyures and in the Bandicoots the 
clavicles are very rudimentary or even absent, while in the Mono- 
tremes they are, by means of a large interclavicle, fastened to the 
sternum as firmly as possible. ‘‘It may be sought to explain away 
this difference in the strength of the shoulder-girdle on the grounds 
that Wotoryctes, Echidna, and Ornithorhynchus have the fore limbs 
strengthened in order to enable them to burrow with the greater 
ease ; but the superficiality of such a view is demonstrable at a 
glance, if we take into consideration the fact that the Peramelide, 
which are also of fossorial habits, though not in so marked a degree 
as the genera mentioned above, are absolutely without rudiments of 
these bones.”” This may be, but the composition of the shoulder- 
girdle and sternal apparatus of Notoryctes is one of the strongest 
proofs against its Monotreme affinities. Its ancestors had lost the 
very strength of the sterno-scapular and humeral support which is 
so essential to an intensely fossorial animal, and its organism has 
resorted to a new device of giving strength to the chest by an extra- 
ordinary development of the first pair of ribs. The latter firmly 
fix the anterior portion of the sternum and secure the development 
and working of strong pectoral and humeral muscles. A similar 
case is afforded by the Dasypodide. Is it more likely that a 
burrowing, digging creature like an Echidna would give up its 
strongly secured chest, or that a Marsupial (which as such had lost 
coracoids and interclavicle, and obeys the general law that parts 
once lost by reduction cannot be redeveloped) which assumes 
strongly fossorial habits would resort to strengthening some of those 
parts which it does possess, namely ribs, in order to attain a similar 
result ? 

How the rudimentary character of the epipubic or marsupial 
bones of Notoryctes can be used as evidence of its affinity to Mono- 
tremes is not obvious, considering that in both Hehidna and 
Ornithorhynchus these bones are much stronger and larger than in 
any Marsupial. : 

III. The marsupium seems to be a permanent organ in the female 
Notoryctes, and a pair of minute mammary prominences, devoid of 
hair and ending in nipple-like projections, have been discovered by 
Professor Stirling. This is likewise a Marsupial, not a Monotrema- 
tous character. The pouch in Notoryctes opens backwards towards 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXVI. 26 


366 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, 


the anus: this is probably a character adapted to the fossorial 
habits of the creature, a parallel case being afforded by Perameles. 
It would be rash to infer from this similarity any special affinity 
between these two genera. 

IV. The teeth are built after the zoophagous marsupial plan; it 
is, however, significant that the crowns of the teeth of the Dasyuride, 
and especially those of Myrmecobius, show the same type of struc- 
ture as those of Ornithorhynchus (cf. Poulton and Leche’). The 
teeth are present in considerable numbers, and, with the exception 
of a few, remain functional throughout life. There is no indication 
whatever of their becoming superseded by a horny covering of the 
jaws, the naso-frontal horny shield of Notoryctes being a special 
feature which has no resemblance to, or connexion with, the covering 
of the jaws of the Monotremata. 

The determination of the full number of teeth was wisely left in 
abeyance by Prof. Stirling, although he suggested the following 


i= Af The material placed in my hands 
before the specimens were distributed to their ultimate places of 
destination has enabled me to arrive at some interesting results. 
For future reference and possibility of identification I append the 
following list, the numbers being those which Prof. Stirling had en- 
closed in the various bottles :— 


258 1 2 
formula: i. =) C. 7, P- 5 Mm. 


Specimen A.—Refers to the specimen figured by Stirling on 
plate vi. of his monograph. Preparation of skull, in 
spirit. Cambridge Museum. 

Specimen B.—Dry skull and skeleton. Cambridge Museum. 

Specimen C.—A partly dissected specimen. Roy. Coll. Surg., 


London. 
Male I.—Spirit specimen. Nat. Hist. Mus., S. Kensington. 
Male II. 5 s Roy. Coll. Surg., London. 
Male oV. en hes5 4 Cambridge. 
Female [.—Spirit specimen. N. H. Mus., S. Kensington. 
Female III. __,, e Stockholm Zootom. Inst. 
Female IV. ___,, x Cambridge. 


chiseeiiol 2 410 
The full number of teeth seems to be: i. 3 C- 7 PM. 5, Mm. j= 


Probably the two upper and the two lower premolars represent the 
original pm. 1 and pm. 3, it being supposed that, as in Dasyuride 
and some other Marsupials, the original pm. 2 and 4 have been lost. 

Pm. 3 is fully developed and bicuspid in both mandibles of speci- 
mens A and B, and in the right mandible of female I. 

Pm. 3 is reduced toa very small, short, and pointed tooth on 
both sides in male IL., left side of female IV., and right side of 
specimen C, 

Pm. 3 is absent on both sides in male I., male V., female III. ; 
right side of female IV.; left side of specimen C. 

1 Poulton, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. 1888. W. Leche, ‘ Biologiska Fore- 


ningens Férhandlingar,’ Stockholm, 1891, iii. no. 17, pp. 186-154: “ Beitrage 
zur Anatomie des Myrmecobius fasciatus.” 


1892.] POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 367 


Pm. 1 is canine-shaped, projecting above the incisors and the 
canine ; it is present in both sides in males I., II., V., females III., 
IV., and specimen C. 

Pm. 1 is very much reduced to a short pointed weak tooth in the 
right side of specimen B and female I., in both sides of specimen A. 

Pm. 1 is absent in the left mandible of specimen B. 

The canine tooth, i.e. the fourth in the series, fitting upon the 
fourth upper tooth, which latter is implanted immediately behind 
the premaxillary suture, is generally weaker than the incisors, never 
projects above the series, and shows occasionally a slightly uneven 
crown. The lower canine is thus fully developed in the right side 
in males I. and II., female I., and in specimens A, B, and C. 

The canine is reduced to a very small pointed tooth on the left 
side in males [., II., V., and in female I. 

The canine is reduced on both sides in female IIT. 

The canine is absent on the left side in female IV., in specimens 
A, B, and probably in C. 

Concerning the incisors, they diminish in size from the first to the 
third. In most specimens three incisors are present in both man- 
dibles, but in the left of female IV. and of specimen C there are 
only two incisors, which in female IV. are followed by a gap in front 
of the first premolar, and in specimen C by a smaller gap in front 
of the reduced canine. 

Comparison of these nine apparently adult specimens shows the 
tendency of reduction of the left lower canine and of either pm. 1 or 
pm 3. The reduction, resulting ‘often in ultimate loss, seems quite 
irregular, there being apparently no compensation effected by the 
size of the neighbouring persisting teeth. 

The most remarkable feature is, however, that the reduction 
either in numbers alone, or in size, or in both is undoubtedly greater 
in the left mandible than in the right. This fact seems well 
established, considering that out of the nine specimens examined 
the left-sided reduction is greater in not less than eight specimens ; 
reduction in size alone in three, in numbers in five specimens. 

The total number of teeth in the nine right mandibles is 86, in the 
corresponding left mandibles only 79. The number of reduced and 
of absent teeth on the right side is 11, on the left side 19. Sucha 
decided asymmetry is practically unique; I have failed to perceive 
any corresponding asymmetry in the size of the two mandibles. 

The teeth in the upper jaw are much more regular. Three 
incisors are followed by an equally small canine. The first of the 
premolars is small, the second large. The four molars are always 
present and do not vary in size. 

In specimen C the right and left upper sides possess each only 9 
teeth, the third right incisor has been lost and has left a gap, while 
on the left side the canine seems to be absent without a distinct gap. 

In female IV. left side, and in female I. right side, there are like- 
wise only 9 teeth; the four molars are complete and so are the two 
premolars, while the canines seem to be absent, with perhaps a 


slight gap. ee 


368 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, 


The tooth formula of Notoryctes differs consequently from that of 
all other known Polyprotodonta in the smaller number of incisors, 


namely 5 against ; in Didelphide, 3 in Peramelide, and ; in Dasyu- 
ride; while the number of premolars, , agrees with that of Dasyu- 


rus against Didelphide, Thylacinus, Thylacoleo, Phascologale, some 
Perameles, and Myrmecobius, in all of which the original fourth 
premolar is still present. 


Variation of the Number and Size of Teeth in the Lower Jaws of Notoryctes. 


| al Ria as 6 |7/8)9{10 
a fe SEES | Bera ea 
| Incisors. ||O. | Premolars, || Molars. 
Twn Desi ae 
: 1) 2]3]| |pm.1jpm.3.)1\2]3)4 
a — —| ya [Eta —r ati 
(ae fie a | fea oe | + | + +/+/+| Pm. 1 small. 
| Specimen A .....-... LiF} +L + ol « | 4+ |j4t)+i/4/4| Pm. 1 small; canine absent. 
oe | ae +4] « | + V4]+]+/+] Pm. 1 small. 
| Specimen B ......... 1 nf +/+ 0] 0 | + |+/4/+/+] C. and pm. 1 absent. 
Ae ' alae | ue x» |+/+/+/+]| C. and pm.3 absent. 
Specimen C ......... | a ae ee b + | 0 |4i+14+/+| Pm. 3 small. 
if | | 
Sop ice] | AEA pated || a 0 +)+|+|+| Pm. 3 absent. 
Male I. ...........-+ LI+\) +] +i« Hypa O ||+)+)+|/+] Pm. 3 absent ; canine small. 
TEN PaL |e +|| ats «x |+/+)/+/+| Pm. 3 small. 
Male Gh: ccncasmaces sna Valiskslectsl elles x |4[+i4|+ C. and pm. 3 small. 
fice ++) + O |+/+/+\+| Pm. 3 absent. 
Male. Vi eecsepaewscns.- aha - + lel] + 0 | +|+|+ C. small, pm. 3 absent. 
\ F +\| x | + |/+/+/+)+] Pm. 1 small. 
Memale hs fr ..ercteas | ou i rT hae 0 |+/+/+!+| C. small, pm. 3 absent. 
| 
bs SAE HEH] ) de O || +}+/+/+] C. small, pm. 3 absent. 
| Female III. ......... { (PE re hake | 0 |4)+\+)4| ©. small, pm. 3 absent. 
| | ) | 
+i+)til*e| + | O |+\4+/+)+] C. small, pm. 35 absent. 
| Female LV. civl0: { (a+ | ool + ~ |+/+/+]+| 1.3 and ec. absent, pm. 3 small. 
| i | 


While it was easy enough to disprove the existence of any Mono- 
trematous affinities in Notoryctes and to refer it to the Marsupials, 
the question to which of the families of existing Marsupials 
Notoryctes is nearest related is rather difficult. Mr. Ogilby prefers 
to look upon it as an aberrant Polyprotodont, and he has based this 
opinion on the character of the teeth alone, with this reserve that, 
if canine teeth be absent (as he himself has suggested) it is not a 
typical Polyprotodont, but a true link between the Monotremata 
and Polyprotodonts. This reasoning is not quite obvious. If 


1892.] POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 369 


his own suggestion as to the incisor nature of the so-called canines 
were correct, the creature would of course be an aberrant Polypro- 
todont ; but this absence of true canines would not affect. its 
Marsupial affinities, and would not in any way bring it nearer to the 
Monotremata, because we know several genera of true Marsupials 
which have no canine teeth. I have shown that Notoryctes is 
aberrantly polyprotodont in spite of the presence of canine teeth. 

The enumeration of the following characters of Notoryctes will 
perhaps help to settle its affinities :— 


A. Characters which prove Notoryctes to be a member of the 
Metatheria. 

1. Possession of an apparently permanent marsupium, with two 
localized mammee and nipples. 

2. Well-developed inner angular process of the mandible. 

B. Characters of Notoryctes which occur also in some Metatheria. 
1. Large movable chevron-bones in the caudal vertebree: Ma- 

cropus, Dasyurus, &e. 

2. Acromion much elongated and curved over the humerus: 
Dasyurus. 

3. Large osseous bulla auris: Peragalea (Macrotis) lagotis, 
Perameles, Dasyurus ursinus, Phascologale. 

4. Very rudimentary marsupial bones: Thylacinus. 

5. Opening of marsupinm directed backwards: Perameles. 

6. Presence of a prehallux, i.e. the “ sesamoid ” bone attached 
by ligament to the entocuneiform, described by Stirling, 
p. 180, pl. viii. fig. 8s. Occurs also in Didelphys. 

7. Presence of an osseous patella: Perameles. 

8. Clavicles not directly attached to sternum, but by inter- 
vention of ligaments. A precoracoid unossified segment is 
usually present in Metatheria. 

9. Presence of a “ meso-scapular segment.” Usual in 
Metatheria. 

C. Characters of Notoryctes, not found in recent Marsupials: see 
numbers 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8 of Edentate resemblances (p. 362) ; 
further, in opposition to Monotremata, the prepenial, extrapelvic, 
not abdominal position of the testicles combined with the absence 


Snake 5 
of ascrotum. Lastly, = incisors. 


D. Character unique in Notoryctes: fusion of the cuboid with the 
ectocuneiform of the foot. 


It so happens that the characters enumerated above do not permit 
any decided conclusion, except that Notoryctes might be looked 
upon as a ‘* very old and generalized form” which has some charac- 
ters in common with almost every other existing Marsupial family. 
But this not unfrequent mode of cutting the knot of the difficulty 
of settling the systematic position of a peculiar nature will hardly 
be advisable in the face of the highly specialized structure of Voto- 
ryctes. 

We have to make further inquiries. Notoryctes is fossorial to an 


370 ON A WILD CAMEL FROM EASTERN TURKESTAN. [May 17, 


exaggerated extent and it is insectivorous. Consequently the feet 
and the cecum might give some hidden clue as to its affinities. 

The toes of the hinder extremities have to be considered as free. 
There is at the utmost a very slight indication of syndactylism of 
the second and third toes, far less obvious than it is even in Phasco- 
lomys. In its free toes Notoryctes agrees with Didelphide, 
Dasyurus, Thylacinus, Phascologale, Myrmecobius, Phascolomys. 

The hallux is complete and functional, as in Didelphide, Phasco- 
logale, Phascolomys ; this character excludes Dasyurus, Thylacinus, 
Myrmecobius, Antechinomys. 

The pronounced syndactylism and the well-developed cecum of 
the Phalangistine, Phascolarctos, Perameles, Cheropus, and the 
Macropodide exclude these families from comparison. 

The structure of the foot invites, therefore, comparison of 
Notoryctes with Didelphide, Phascologale, and Phascolomys; the 
latter is excluded by its herbivorous life and by its Diprotodont 
teeth. The comparison is now restricted to the Didelphide and to 
certain Dasyuride, especially Phascologale. 

The geographical distribution of the Didelphide would remove 
them from Notoryctes, but it is to be remembered that the Didel- 
phide seem to be the lowest and most “generalized” of existing 
Marsupials, and that in bygone times they had a much wider 
distribution. Chironectes shows that the Didelphide are capable ot 
a great amplitude of adaptation, namely to arboreal and to aquatic 
life. However, it is unnecessary to go so far afield in the search of 
the nearest kin of Notoryctes. Through the possession of an 
element of a prehallux, Notoryctes, like the Didelphide, stands below 
the Dasyuride ; in the reduction of its teeth it is further advanced 
than the latter. Although its numerous Edentate resemblances are 
clearly all acquired owing to its mode of life, they are important 
enough to give Notoryctes the rank of a family of the Polyproto- 
dont Marsupials, as has been done on other grounds by Mr. Ogilby, 
this family being nearer allied to the Dasyuride than to the 
Peramelide. 


May 17, 1892. 
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited for Major C. 8. Cumberland the 
skin of a Wild Camel obtained by the latter in Eastern Turkestan, as 
described in ‘ Land and Water’ for April 4th, 1891, p. 412, and ex- 
pressed his belief that this was the first wild Camel’s skin that had 
ever been brought to this country. Major Cumberland had hoped 
to be present, but was unfortunately prevented by illness. He had, 
however, sent the following notes to be read to the meeting :-— 

“ The habitat of the Wild Camel is the Gobisteppe from Khotan 
to Lob Nor. Except when snow lies on the ground these animals 
may be met with here and there along the old bed of the Yarkand 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 371 


and Tarim rivers, which they frequent for the pools of brackish water 
that are to be found here and there. But as soon as the snow falls 
they move off into the desert, as if then independent of the water- 
supply. They prefer the snow, I imagine, as being less salt than the 
water, although it also is impregnated to a certain extent soon after 
it falls. The Camel is very shy in its habits, and, so far as I could 
ascertain, has never been caught and domesticated. The natives told 
me that no horse in the country could catch the Camels in the deep 
sand of the region they frequent. They appear to me to be distinct 
from the Bactrian Camel; they are less stumpy in build, the hair is 
finer, closer, and shorter. They vary in colour, like the domestic 
species, from dark brown to lightish dun. Their origin has yet to be 
traced. I take it that they have sprung from Camels which escaped 
when the district known as Takla Makan was buried in a great sand- 
storm some centuries ago. Tradition relates that no human beings 
survived, but it is likely enough that some of the Camels and Horses 
did so, and that this was the origin of the Wild Camels and Ponies 
which are found in this district.” 

Mr. Blanford added that he had compared the skull of Major 
Cumberland’s specimen with one of a Bactrian Camel in the British 
Museum. There was some difference, but without a much larger 
series it was impossible to say whether the difference was sufficient 
to indicate a distinction of race. In the rather small details in which 
C. bactrianus differs from C. dromedarius the Wild Camel skull 
agreed with the former, as it should do, for the skin was that of a 
two-humped Camel, although, as Major Cumberland had noticed, 
the humps were very small and represented by tufts of long hair. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou 
par M. Jean Kalinowski. Par Hans von Beruepscu et 


JEAN STOLZMANN. 

[Received April 27, 1892.] 
TABLE DES MATIERES. Page 

i. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Jean Kalinowski dans les environs 
de Lima et d’Ica (Cote Péruvienne) ...........00002.--ceeeserneeceasees 371 

ii. Apercu des ouvrages relatifs 4 la Faune Ornithologique de la cote du 
SEG MER ap ostnee dete en's gadvas ve tev extnngebintes heate<doaate-- onemsne-nte nts dee OO 

iii. Liste des Espéces d’Oiseaux mentionnées des environs de Lima, qui ne 
sont pas trouvées la par M. Kalinowski...............2ccseeeeeeereeeees 398 


iv. Considérations générales sur la Faune Ornithologique des environs de Si 
IEA oe ates abel wa vase senha ea sobeteades seetee areas tho erate hacen eas 402 


i, Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Jean Kalinowski dans les 
environs de Lima et d’Ica (Cote Péruvienne). 


M. Jean Kalinowski, explorateur intrépide du Kamtschatka et de 
la Corée, est parti en 1889 pour le Pérou en qualité de correspon- 


372 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


dant du Musée des Comtes Branicki & Varsovie. I] a commencé 
ses recherches ornithologiques par l’exploration des environs de 
Lima et d’Ica. Voici la liste des localités ot il a fait des collec- 
tions :— 

Lima—capitale de la république. Callao—port principal du 
Pérou. -Ancon—petit port au nord de Lima. Magdalena Vieja et 
Chorillos—petites villes au sud de la capitale. 

Tea—capitale du département de ce nom, située 4 la céte (14° 4’ 
33" lat. S.). Dans le voisinage se trouvent les haciendas Huamani, 
Trapiche et Ocucaje. 

La faune ornithologique des environs d’Ica parait presque identi- 
que avec celle de Lima, c’est pourquoi nous n’avons pas separé dans 
la liste les oiseaux recueillis dans ces deux localités. Cependant il 
y a une espéce d’oiseau trouvée a Ica par Kalinowski qui n’est pas 
encore connue comme habitante des environs de Lima et peut-étre 
ne se répandra pas si loin au nord, tandis qu’elle est connue des 
parties plus méridionales de la céte: c’est le Xenospingus concolor. 

Des $0 espéces d’oiseaux trouvées par M. Kalinowski dans les 
environs de Lima et d’Ica il parait que 10 espéces n’étaient pas 
encore mentionnées comme habitantes de ces localitées, savoir :— 


Progne purpurea. Asio clamator. 
Pyranga testacea tschudi. Ardea egretta. 
Xenospingus concolor. Ardetta ewilis. 
Dolichonyx oryzworus. Tringoides macularius. 
Tyrannus tyrannus. Numenius hudsonicus. 


Tous ces oiseaux étaient déja connus comme provenants du Pérou, 
sauf |’ Ardetta evilis, qui n’est pas mentionnée dans ‘Ornithologie 
du Pérou’ par le Dr. Taczanowski. 

Il y a aussi un Theristicus (Th. melanopis) déja connu de Lima, 
qui n’est pas décrit dans Pouvrage de Taczanowski, qui l’avait con- 
fondu avec une autre espéce du Haut Pérou nommée par lui Th. 
caudatus (Bodd.), mais qui en différe également et devrait peut-étre 
recevoir un nouveau nom. C'est le méme cas avec le Chrysoptilus 
atricollis de YOrn. du Pérou, iii. p. 86. 

Il nous a paru nécessaire de décrire comme espéces nouvelles ou 
sous-espéces nouvelles quelques oiseaux déji mentionnés de ces loca- 
lités, mais confondus avee d’autres espéces et cités sous des dénomi- 
nations fausses. Les voici :— 


Pyranga testacea tschudii, subsp. nov. 
Saltator immaculatus, sp. nov. 

Dives kalinowskii, sp. nov. 

Pyrocephalus rubineus heterurus, subsp. nov. 
Cinclodes taczanowskii, sp. nov. 


Nous avons aussi donné un nouveau nom au Molothrus autrement 
nommé M. purpurascens (Hahn), mais qui n’est pas le M. purpu- 
rascens de cet auteur. Nous lui avons imposé le nom de M. oeci- 
dentalis. 

Toutes les peaux recueillies par M. Kalinowski sont d’une qualité 


1892.]} ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 373 


excellente et sont pourvues d’étiquettes contenant les indications de 
Phabitat, du sexe, des mesures, du couleur d’iris etc. Les mesures 
relatives 4 la longueur totale et l’envergure des ailes sont prises par 
M. Kalinowski des exemplaires frais avant de les dépouiller, de 
méme que les couleurs des yeux, du bec et des pattes. 


Fam. Turpipz. 
1. Turpus caiGuanco, Lafr. et D’Orb. 
Merula chiguanco, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 494. 


Ica: une femelle; décembre 1889. “Iris brune claire, bec et 
pattes d’un jaune orangé.”’ 


2. Mimus Ltoneicaupatus, Tsch. 


Lima et Ica: nombreux individus; octobre, novembre et décembre 
1889. “Iris olive-jaunatre.”’ 

Note.—Il faudra probablement séparer les oiseaux de Guayaquil 
comme espéce distincte ou comme race locale, Les oiseaux de 
l’Ecuadeur sont plus petits, ayant le bec, les ailes et la queue sensible- 
ment plus courts. La poitrine parait plus squamulé parce que les 
plumes sont d’un brun plus obscur vers la base, et bordées d’un 
blanc plus pur 4 la pointe. Le blanca la pointe des rectrices ex- 
ternes est plus étendu. Le spéculum blanc formé par les pointes 
des tectrices des remiges primaires également plus étendu. La strie 
sourciliére blanche ne s’étend pas au-dessus des freins, ce quest le 
eas chez le M. longicaudatus typique du Pérou. Il faudra bien 
examiner les types du Mimus leucospilos, Pelzeln, et du M. nigri- 
loris, Lawr., qui sont décrits par méprise comme provenants du 
Chile et du Mexique, s’ils appartiennent peut-étre 4 la forme qui 
habite I’ Ecuadeur. 


Fam. TroGLopytip&. 

3. TROGLODYTES MuSCULUs, Naum. 

Troglodytes audax, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p- 525 part. 

Lima: cing individus; aoit, octobre, novembre 1889. “Iris 
brune foncée.” 

Les oiseaux de Lima ressemblent beaucoup aux oiseaux typiques 
de Bahia. En général ils sont un peu plus pales et un peu plus 
petits, ce que se manifeste le plus dans la longueur de la queue. 
Ces points de différence ne paraissent pas é@tre constants. Dans 
tous les autres détails ils s’accordent trés bien avec les oiseaux de 
Bahia. 

I] parait que cette forme du T. musculus a été nommé par Lesson 
T. murinus (Less. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 434, “du Pérou’’). 

Les trois ceufs recueillis par M. Kalinowski 4 Lima sont d’un 
blanc légérement teint de rosé, couverts de petites taches d’un roux 
rouillé. Ces taches forment une couronne dense autour du gros 
bout et sont assez rares sur le reste de la surface. A la gamme 
inférieure les taches sont d’un cendré-violatre péle. Dimensions 
18x13; 18x13; 18°25x13 mm. 


374 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN [May 17, 


Fam. MoraciLuip2. 
4. ANTHUS PERUVIANUS, Nichols. 
Anthus rufus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 460. 
Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre et octobre 1889; mars 
1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.” 


Les différences du 4. rufus typique expliquées par M. Nicholson 
paraissent tout-a-fait constantes. 


Fam. MNIoTILTID&. 
5. GEOTHLYPIS AURICULARIS, Salv. 


Lima: cing individus; septembre et octobre 1889. “Tris brune 
claire.” 

Un oiseau de Callacate, Pérou du nord (coll. Stolzmann, Mus. 
Berlepsch), différe un peu. I] a les ailes, la queue et les tarses sen- 
siblemeut plus longues, le bec plus court, le gris du pileum un peu 
plus clair, et le vert du dos plus clair. 


Fam. HirRuNDINIDZ. 
6. PROGNE PURPUREA (L.)’. 


Ica: deux individus: novembre et décembre 1889. ‘Iris pres- 
que noire.” 


7. HiguNDO ERYTHROGASTRA, Bodd.? 


Lima: cing jeunes oiseaux; octobre 1889. 

Ica: décembre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.” 

Le plus adulte de ces oiseaux ressemble tellement 4 la H. guttu- 
ralis, Scop., de la Sibérie, qu’on serait tenté de croire qu’il appartien- 
drait A cette espéce. II a le devant du cou et la gorge d’un roux 
cannelle assez intense, la bande pectorale bien prononcée et le ventre 
presque blanc, légérement lavé de roussatre. Néanmoins Jaile est 
un peu plus longue, ce que distingue la H. erythrogastra de lV’ espéce 
asiatique. 


8. PETROCHELIDON RUFICOLLARIS (Peale). 


Petrochelidon ruficollaris, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ili. p. 503. 
Lima: quatre individus; octobre 1889. “Iris presque noire.” 


9. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA MONTANA, Baird. 


Atticora cyanoleuca, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 244 part. 
Lima: septembre, octobre. 


, N ires. 
Teas ddtetee } ombreux exemplaires 


Fam. C@reBiDz. 
10. ConrIROSTRUM CINEREUM, Lafr. et D’Orb. 


Lima: nombreux exemplaires; septembre, octobre, novembre 
1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.”’ 


| Pas examiné par moi. Peut-étre =P. furcata, Baird.—Brrunpscn. 


1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 375 


Note.—Un oiseau d’Arequipa (coll. Whitely), Mus. H. v. B., a 
les ailes et la queue plus longues et les parties inférieures plus 
grisatres que les oiseaux de Lima. 


Fam. TANAGRIDZ. 
11. TanaGRa DARWINI, Bp. 


Lima: nombreux exemplaires; septembre, octobre, novembre 
1889. “Iris brune-rougeatre.” 

Ces oiseaux ont le bee plus large et le jaune des parties inféri- 
eures un peu plus pale que les oiseaux de Callacate (Pérou du nord) 
et de l’Ecuadeur. 

Le T. darwini était décrit par Bonaparte comme provenant du 
“Chili.” Si on voudrait faire une séparation ce serait probablement 
Poiseau de l’Ecuadeur qui devrait recevoir un nouveau nom. 


12. PyRANGA TESTACEA TSCHUDII’, subsp. nov. 

Pyranga azare, Tacz. (nec D’Orb.) Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 495. 

Lima: deux oiseaux ; septembre et octobre 1889. ‘Iris brune 
foncée.” 

Les oiseaux du Pérou présentent la couleur rouge de sang plus 
intense et plus vive que les oiseaux typiques de Veragua. C’est pour- 
quoi nous proposons de les séparer comme sous-espéce nouvelle. 


13. SALTATOR IMMACULATUS’, sp. nov. 


Saltator similis, Tsch. (nec Lafr. et D’Orb.) Faun. Peruan., Orn. 
p- 209 (Kiistenregion). 

Saltator albicollis, Tacz. (nec Vieill.) P. Z.S. 1874, p. 517 
(Lima), et 1880, p. 198, pt. (Chepen). 

Saltator superciliaris, Tacz. (nec Spix) Ornith. du Pérou, ii. p. 541. 

S. capite supra collique lateribus cinerascentibus minime olivaceo 

lavatis ; dorso tectricibusque alarum plus minusve olivaceo per- 
fusis ; uropygio cinerascente ; superciliis ad angulum oculi pos- 
tertorem ductis, pure albis: subtus albus, striis mystacalibus 
pectorisque lateribus griseis ; hypochondriis pallide griseo longi- 
tudinaliter striatis ; crisso subalaribusque pallide isabellinis : 
remigibus nigricantibus olivaceo marginatis ; campterio pallide 
flavo: rectricibus nigricantibus grisescente late limbatis: iride 
clare brunnea : rostro pedibusque nigris. 

Juv. Adulto similis, sed pectore superiore toto grisescente (minime 

striato), iride olwaceo-brunneo. 

Obs. Species S. albzcolli, Vieill., similis, sed capite supra cineraceo, 
dorso potius griseo-olivaceo, et striis pectoralibus fere evanescentibus 
distinguenda. 

Cette espéce parait la plus proche au S. albdicollis, mais elle n’a 
que des indications faibles de stries sur la poitrine, et tout le dessus 


1 Peut-étre Pitylus puteus, Less. Institut, 1834, p. 316, sera la femelle de cette 
espéce. Dans ce cas elle devrait porter le nom de P. testacea putea (Less.),— 
Burt. et Stouzs. 

? Pitylus olivaceus, Less. Institut, 1834, p. 316, pourrait étre le jeune de cette 
espéce. II faudra examiner l’exemplaire typique.—Benr.. et Stouz. 


+0 WO, 


376 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


de la téte et du cou est d’un cendré presque pur 4 peine lavé 
d’olivatre. Les dimensions sont plus grandes. 


. Long. tot. 235, enverg. “345,” aile 105, queue 99, bec 20, tarse 28 mm. 


pi. BO GAs SAO. eA OR ii cesk Ds ox3 DEIN sane ees 
” 233, 39 35 325,” 3) 98, 3) 100, 29 20, ” 25 39 


Lima: huit oiseaux; septembre et octobre 1889. 


Fam. FRINGILLIDZ. 

14, SpoROPHILA SIMPLEX (Tacz.). 

Spermophila simplex, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 16. 

Lima: sept individus ; janvier, février et mars 1890. “ Iris brune 
foneée.” 

15. SPOROPHILA TELASCO (Less.). 

Spermophila telasco, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 14. 

Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre, octobre 1889, janvier 
1890. ‘Iris brune.” 

Un mile adulte du 31 octobre a le bec tout-a-fait noir, tandis 
qu’un autre male, peut-étre plus jeune (mais en plumage parfait), du 
21 septembre, I’a d’un brun rougeatre. Les oiseaux de Guayaquil 
paraissent tout-a-fait identiques avec les oiseaux typiques de Lima. 


16. NEoRHYNCHUS NASESUs (Bp.)’. 
Tea: trois oiseaux; novembre et décembre 1889. “Iris brune 
foncée.”’ 


17. CATAMENIA ANALOIDEs (Lafr.). 

Lima: huit oiseaux ; octobre et novembre 1889. “Iris brune 
foncée.”’ 

Les oiseaux du Pérou meéridional sont plus grands. S’ils ne 
seront pas identiques avec la C. analis, Lafr. et D’Orb., ils appartien- 
dront 4 une troisitme forme qui devrait recevoir un nouveau nom. 


18. VouaTINIA JACARINA (L.). 


Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; aout a4 novembre 1889, janvier 
1890. “Iris brune foncée.” 
Tous les males envoyés se trouvent en plumage imparfait. 


19. XENOSPINGUS CONCOLOR (Lafr. et D’Orb.). 


Xenospingus concolor. 
Ica: six individus; novembre 1889. ‘Iris brune-rougeatre.” 
La femelle adulte ne se distingue du male adulte que par des 
couleurs un peu plus ternes et parait plus blanchatre en dessous. 
Le type de d’Orbigny venait d’Arica. 
1 Le nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce sera probablement NV. peruvianus 


(Less.): cf. Callyrhynchus peruvianus, Less. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 209 (de Callao). 
—Berr.. et SrouzM. 


1892. | ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 377 


20. PoosPizA BONAPARTET, Scl.' 


Lima et Ica: nombreux exemplaires; septembre, novembre et 
décembre 1889, février 1890. ‘Iris brune.’’ 


21. PuryGiLus ALAUDINUs (Kittl.). 


Lima et Ica: six oiseaux; novembre et décembre 1889. ‘Iris 
brune foncée.”’ 


22. ZoNoTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.) *. 


Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre et novembre. 
Ica: novembre et décembre 1889. ‘Iris brune-rougeatre.” 


23. CHRYSOMITRIS CAPITALIS, Cab. 


Lima et Ica: sept oiseaux recueillis depuis septembre 1889 
jusqu’a février 1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.” 

Ces oiseaux ressemblent aux oiseaux typiques de |’ Ecuadeur 
oriental, mais le croupion est d’un jaune plus pur, le jaune a la base 
des rectrices plus étendu, et le miroir alaire plus grand. Quant a 
ces détails ils paraissent un peu intermédiaires entre la Ch. capitalis 
de |’Ecuadeur et la Ch. icterica du Brésil. 


24. SYCALIS ARVENSIS LUTEIVENTRIS (Meyen). 


Sycalis luteiventris et S. arvensis, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. 
pp. 59, 61. 

Lima: six individus; aoit et septembre 1889, février 1890. 
‘Tris brune.”’ 

Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-a-fait avec des individus de |’ Eeua- 
deur oriental. Les oiseaux de Chile (arvensis, Kittl.) sont un peu 
plus grands. La marque blanche sur les rectrices externes n’est pas 
constante. 

Une ponte de trois ceufs a été trouvé par M. Kalinowski 4 Lima 
le 9 novembre. Les ceufs sont ovoides, légérement amiucis vers 
le petit bout, qui est assez fortement retroussé. Le fond est bleu- 
verdatre pale, comme dans les ceufs des autres espéces de Sycalis. 
Le fond est couvert de taches d’un roux-brunatre, ramassées princi- 
palement au gros bout, ot elles forment une couronne plus ou moins 
dense. Le reste de la surface est couvert de taches plus rares et 
plus petites ; le petit bout reste quelquefois immaculé. La gran- 
deur des taches varie beaucoup, depuis petits points a peine visibles 
jusqu’a macules de quelques millimétres en diamétre. En général 
les grosses taches sont rassemblées sur le gros bout, ow elles couvrent 
parfois le fond. Celles de la gamme inférieure sont d’une couleur 


' Le nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce sera peut-étre Poospiza hispanio- 
lensis, Bp., mais on pourrait le rejeter comme fondé sur une erreur géographique 
—consensu omniwm !|—Brru, et STOLZM. 

2 Le nom le plus ancien pour cette espéece sera Zonotrichia capensis (Miull.), 
mais comme Poospiza hispaniolensis il pourrait étre écarté consensu omniwm. 
—Brr.. et Stouz. 


378 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN ON [May 17, 


rousse pale, qui tire quelquefois au cendré. Dimensions 19°25 x 14; 
20x14; 19°25x13°50 mm. 


Fam. IcTeRrIpz. 
25. DoticHonyx oryzivorus (L.). 


Ica: cing jeunes oiseaux ; novembre et décembre 1889. ‘Iris 
brune.” 


26. MoLoTHRUS OCCIDENTALIS, Sp. nov. 


Molothrus purpurascens, Cassin (nec Hahn), Proc. Ac. N. Sc. 
Phil. 1866, p. 20; Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 422. 

g mari M. bonariensis simillimus, differt pectore lateribusque 
nitore cupreo resplendentibus, necnon rostro longiore. 

2 femine M. bonariensis similis, differt corpore subtus clariore, 
fere albescenti, et stria superciliari pallida magis conspicua, 
corpore supra etiam pallidiore, plumarum marginibus pallidis. 

Hab. in Peru occ. (Lima etc.). 

Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; octobre et novembre 1889, janvier 

1890. Iris brune chez l’adulte, “ brune foncée”’ chez le jeune. 


27. TRUPIALIS BELLICOSA (De Filippi). 

Lima et Ica: nombreux exemplaires recueillis depuis septembre 
jusqu’au décembre 1889. “ Iris brune.” 

Deux ceufs ont été fournis par M. Kalinowski, qui les a trouvé 
dans les environs de Lima. Ils sont presque elliptiques, courts, et 
bombés aux deux bouts presque également retroussés. La coque 
est lisse, avec un éclat assez fort. Le fond est blanc, légérement 
bleudtre, parsemé sur toute la surface de petits points brun-olivatres, 
un peu plus denses sur le gros bout que sur le reste de la surface. 
Dimensions 24°25 x 19; 22°25 x 18°25 mm. 

Les oiseaux de Lima ont le bec un peu plus long, mais les ailes 
plus courtes que les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur occidental. L’espéce a 
été décrite comme provenante de “]’Am. mérid. occ.” 


28. Dives KALINOWSKII, sp. nov. 

Dives warszewiczi, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 433 part. 

Totus niger nitore chalybeo-cyaneo ; rostro pedibusque nigris ; wide 

sordide rubra. ‘ 

2 mari similis, sed minor. 

Obs. D. warszewiczi similis, sed multo major, nitore cyaneo nec 
viridescente. Rostro multo longiore et robustiore. 

Hab. Peru oce. circum Ica. 

Cet oiseau est d’un noir uniforme, avec un lustre bleu d’acier 
viride, qui est plus faible et plus verdatre sur les remiges et les 
rectrices. Le bec et les pattes sont noirs, l’iris d’un rouge sale. 

C’est une forme proche au D. warszewiczi, Cab., du Pérou sep- 
tentrional et de l’Ecuadeur, qui s’en distingue au premier coup d’ceil 
par une taille beaucoup plus forte, par le lustre du plumage plus 
fort et d’un bleu d’acier au lieu de verdatre, et par la grandeur et la 
forme du bec, dont le culmen est un peu courbé, tandis qu'il est droit 


1892.] BIRDS FROM PERU. 379 


chez la forme septentrionale. Voila la table des mesures des deux 


espéces :— 

Long. tot. Enverg. Aile. Queue. Bec. —Tarse. 
mm, mm. mm. mm, mn, mm, 

D. kalinowskii, § (Ica)...... 324,323 “470” 146 134,130 35,334 38 
a (leas... 309, 305 “430, 445” 139, 137 126,125 31,32 374 

D. warszewiczi,  (Yaguachi). — — 106 92 24 31 

ad 3d (Tumbez).. — a 113 107 27°5 36 

A Q (Tumbez).. — — 98 87 24 30 


Dives kalinowskit: a, 3; b, 2. 


Quatre oiseaux des deux sexes ont été fournis par M. Kalinowski, 
tués 4 Vhacienda de Huamani (prés d’Ica) en décembre 1889. 
Une paire se trouve au Musée Branicki 4 Varsovie, une autre au 
Musée Berlepsch 4 Muenden. 


Fam. TyRANNIDZ. 
29. MuscIGRALLA BREVICAUDA, Lafr. et D’Orb. 


Lima et Ica: six individus; septembre 4 décembre 1889, janvier 
et février 1890. ‘Iris brune claire.” 

Un oiseau de Tumbez différe un peu. [I] a les parties supérieures 
plus claires et l’abdomen fort lavé de jaune pale, ce qui n’est pas 
le cas chez les oiseaux de Lima et d’Ica. L’oiseau de Tumbez a 
aussi les ailes plus courtes et le bec un peu plus long. Cependant 


cet oiseau parait étre plus jeune que ceux de Lima et d’Ica. L’espéce 
a été décrite de Tacna. 


30. SERPHOPHAGA CINEREA, Strickl. 


Lima : six oiseaux du septembre et novembre 1889 et du mars 
1890. “Tris brune.” 


380 MM. H.VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN ON [May 17, 


Ces oiseaux sont presque identiques avec d’autres de |’ Ecuadeur 
et du Vénézuela. En général il parait qu’ils ont les ailes et la queue 
un peu plus longues. 


31. ANHRETES REGULOIDES (Lafr. et D’Orb.). 

Culicivora reguloides, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. (1837) p. 57 
(typ. ex Tacna). 

” Tyrannulus albocristatus, Vig. Zool. Journ. v. (1829) p. 273 
(typ. ex “ Brazil’’). 

Aneretes albocristatus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 241. 

Lima, Callao, Ica: cing individus; octobre et novembre 1889. 
«Tris brune foncée.” 

T. albocristatus, Vig., décrit comme ayant l’abdomen jaune et 
comme provenant du Brésil, ne nous parait pas appartenir a cette 
espéce. II faudra done accepter le nom plus récent de reguloides, 
Lafr. et D’Orb. 


32. ORNITHION IMBERBE SCLATERI (Berl. et Tacz.). 

Ornithion sclateri, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 254. 

Lima: cing individus de septembre et octobre 1889, et du janvier 
et fevrier 1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.” 

Ces oiseaux se trouvent en plumage trés usé et ne présentent 
pas le blanc-jaunatre a la pointe des rectrices externes et au croupion, 
ce que sont les caractéres distinctifs de l’O. sclateri de |’Ecuadeur occ. 

Deux pontes (de deux ceufs chacune) ont été fourni par M. Kali- 
nowski, trouvées 4 Lima le 1 novembre 1889. Les ceufs sont 
blancs pur, avec une couronne disséminée au gros bout composée de 
quelques petites taches et points minimes d’un brun foncé presque 
noir. Le reste de la surface est immaculé; cependant un ceuf 
posséde quelques petits points disseminés ¢a et 14. Dimensions par 
pontes :-— 

3 { 16°25 x 12°25 mm. 9° { 16°75 x 12°25 mm. 
* | 17-25 x 12°75 mm. : (cassé). 


33. ELAINEA ALBICEPS MODESTA (T’sch.). 

Elainea albiceps, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 263. 

Lima: nombreux exemplaires d’octobre, de novembre, et de 
décembre 1889, et de janvier 1890. “Iris brune claire.” 

Ces oiseaux ressemblent le plus aux oiseaux du Chile. Ils ne 
différent que par les ailes et la queue un peu plus longues. Les 
bandes formées par les points claires des tectrices sus-alaires sont 
moins prononcées, plus verdatres au lieu de grisatres. La gorge et 
la poitrine d’un gris un peu plus clair. 


34. My1oBIus RUFESCENS, Salvad. 

Lima: quatre oiseaux de septembre et novembre 1889. “ Iris 
brune foncée.”’ 

Les deux ceufs trouvés par M. Kalinowski a Phacienda Ocucaje 
le 10 décembre 1889 ont le fond d’un ocreux-roussatre pale, varié 
d'une couronne disséminée, composée de petits points d’un roux- 
rouille foncé. Le reste de la surface est uniforme. La grandeur de 
ces points ne dépasse pas celle de la fiente de la mouche ordinaire,. 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 381 


Chaque point est entouré d’une nuance roussatre plus foncée que le 
fond. Les poiuts de la gamme inférieure tirent au cendré. Dimen- 
sions 18°25 x 13°25; 17°75 x 13°25 mm. 

Le Mytobius rufescens, Salvad., a été décrit comme provenant du 
Brésil. Il serait peut-étre 4 recommander «’e réexaminer le type qui 
se trouve au Musée de Turin. En cas qu’il appartiendrait 4 une 
autre espéce, l’oiseau du Pérou occidental devrait porter le nom de 
M. nationi, Sel. 


35. PYROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS HETERURUS, Berl. et Stolzm., 
subsp. nov. 

Pyrocephalus rubineus coronatus, Tacz. (nec D’Orb. ex Gmel.) 
Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 310. 

Cette forme occidentale différe de celui de Vorient (rubineus 
typique) en ayant la barbe externe des rectrices externes bordée de 
blanchatre, ce qui n’est pas du tout le cas chez l’oiseau typique. 
Les oiseaux de Lima nous regardons comme types de cette sous- 
espéce nouvelle. Les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur occidental ne s’en 
distinguent que par les ailes et la queue un peu plus longues. 

Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre, octobre, novembre. 

Ica: décembre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.’’ 


36. PyRocEPHALUS OBSCURUS, Gould. 

Pyrocephalus rubineus obscurus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 311. 

Limaet Ica: dix exemplaires de septembre, novembre et décembre 
1889. ‘Iris brune foncée.”’ 

37. TyYRANNUS TYRANNUs (Linn.). 

Tyrannus pipiri, Vieill. ; Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 329. 

Lima: un oiseau trés-jeune du 6 novembre 1889. “Iris bruue.” 


38. TyYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS (Vieill.). 


Lima: cing exemplaires de septembre, octobre, et novembre 1889. 
“Tris brune claire.” 
Il n’y a pas de différence entre ces oiseaux et des individus de 


Bahia. 
Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIDZ. 
39. GEOSITTA PERUVIANA, Lafr. 


Lima, Chorillos, et Ica: six exemplaires, septembre a décembre 
1889. “Iris brune.” 

Une femelle en plumage usé a le bec un peu plus long et plus 
fort que les autres. Elle ne présente pas une trace de taches 
noiratres sur la poitrine qui se manifestent chez tous les autres 
exemplaires. I] parait qu’un oiseau semblable a servi pour type & 
la description de Lafresnaye. 


40. CINCLODES TACZANOWSKII, Sp. nov. 
Cillurus nigrofumosus, Tsch. (nec Lafr. et D’Orb.) Faun. Peruan., 
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. XXVII. 27 


382 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN [May 17, 


Aves, p. 235 (“Ganze Waldregion von Peru”); Tacz. P.Z.S. 
1874, p. 526 (Chorillos). 

Cinclodes nigrifumosus, Scl. et Salv. (nec Lafr. et D’Orb.) P. Z.S. 
1867, p. 985 (Islay)?; Salv. P. Z.S. 1883, p. 424 (S. Lorenzo 
Island). 

Cinclodes nigrofumosus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 110, pt. 
(descr. jun. ew Chorillos). 

C. corpore supra sordide brunneo-fumoso, pileo obsewriore nigro- 
Fumoso, fronte rufescenti-griseo lavato ; wropygio cum tectricibus 
supracaudalibus pallidioribus sordide fulvescente lavatis: stria 
superciliari e¢ striis sordide albo-brunneis composita a naribus 
supra oculum ad nucham ducta vix conspicua: capitis late- 
ribus fumoso-brunneis sordide brunneo-albo striatis: gula cum 
jugulo collique lateribus inferioribus sordide fulvescenti-albis, 
plumis apice fusco marginatis: pectore cum abdomine sordide 
griseo-terreno-brunneis, plumis pectoralibus siria mediana non 
satis definita sordide alba, abdominis plumis fere immaculatis, 
medio solummodo pallidioribus: tectricibus alarum supervoribus 
omnibus basi nigro-fumosis, apice sordide rufescenti-albo-brunneo 
late terminatis: remigibus nigro-brunneis, nisi duabus primis, 
basi plus minusve (sicut in C. nigrofumoso) late albo-rufescenti 
fasciatis: tectricibus primariorum similiter rufescenti-albo extus 
marginatis: tectricibus alarum inferioribus pallide rufescenti- 
brunneis: tectricibus subcaudalibus terreno-brunneis unicoloribus: 
rectricibus brunneo-nigris, quatuor externis apicibus rufescenti- 
albis, duabus sequentibus apice anguste rufescenti-albo margi- 
natis: rostro pedibusque brunneo-nigris, plus minusve flavo- 
brunneo variegatis. 

Obs. Sp. forma C. nigrofumoso, Lafr. et D’Orb., affinis differt 
coloribus pallidioribus et sordidioribus, gula juguloque in fundo sor- 
didius fulvescenti-albis (nec pure albis), pectore abdomineque pallide 
griseo-terreno-brunneis (nec intense brunneis), striis in pectore vix 
conspicuis, in abdomine evanescentibus (in C. nigrofumoso plumis 
pectoris et abdominis distincte albo striatis): tectricibus ale supe- 
rioribus omnibus rufescenti-albo-brunneo terminatis (nec obscure 
brunneis unicoloribus): stria superciliari sordidiore vix conspicua : 
fascia alari pallidiore rufescenti-alba ete. 

Hab. Chorillos prope Lima, Peruv. oce. 

Cette espéce nouvelle, que nous avons nommée en mémoire 4 feu 
notre ami le Dr. L. Taczanowski’, dans toutes ses formes s’accorde bien 
avec le C. nigrofumosus (Lafr. et D’Orb.), dont le type venait de 
Cobija, Bolivie. Cependant elle en différe bien par sa coloration. 
Toutes ses couleurs paraissent plus pales et pius sombres, les dessins 
blanchatres plus sales et moins tranchées. La différence principale 
consiste dans la couleur de la poitrine et de abdomen, qui est d’un 
gris-brun trés pale presque uniforme, au lieu d’étre d’un brun foncé 
moucheté de stries blanches au milieu de chaque plume. Ce ne 


 Taczanowski autrefois avait communiqué 4 Berlepsch son opinion sur cet 
oiseau, qu'il croyait déja espéce nouvelle —Brrt. et Stouzm, 


1892. | ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 383 


sont que les plumes de la poitrine qui présentent des stries d’un 
blanc-roussatre terne pas bien définies. Le blanc de la gorge et du 
cou inférieur et latéral est plus sale, présentant une légére nuance 
roussatre. Les plumes de ces parties sont bordées moins largement 
d’un brun grisatre 4 leur pointe, tandis qu’elles sont plutot des 
macules d’un brun intense qui terminent les plumes chez le C. niyro- 
Jumosus. Toutes les tectrices sus-alaires présentent des points d’un 
brun-blanc roussitre, tandis qu’elles sont d’un brun obscur uniforme 
comme le dos chez |l’autre espéce. La bande rousse 4 la base des 
remiges et les bordures rousses des petites tectrices des primaires 
sont plus pales ou plus blanchatres. La strie sourcili¢re, composée 
de stries d’un brun pale ou roussatre, est 4 peine visible, tandis 
qu’il y a des taches presque blanches chez le C. nigrofumosus. Le 
front est plus lavé d’un gris brunatre, le pileum plus noiratre. 
Le dos d’un brun plus pale et plusenfumé. Le croupion beaucoup 
plus pale et lavé un peu de roussatre. Les rectrices externes ter- 
minées d’un roux plus pale et plus blanch4tre. Les tectrices sous- 
caudales d’un brun terreux uniforme (pas stri¢ées d’un blanc rous- 
sitre). Enfin, les tectrices sous-alaires d’un brun plus pale et plus 
roussatre. 

Malheureusement M. Kalinowski n’a fourni que trois femelles 
adultes qui ont servi 4 la description précédente. Mais il est 
improbable que le male différe beaucoup de la femelle. La com- 
paraison a été faite avec un oiseau adulte du Chile du musée Ber- 
lepsch. Aussi bien qu’on peut juger d’aprés la description de 
MM. Lafresnaye et D’Orbigny du C. nigrofumosus, V oiseau typique 
de Cobija, Bolivie, est identique avec celui du Chile. 

Les oiseaux d’Islay, Pérou méridional, dont Sclater parle dans son 
catalogue des Dendrocolaptide’, appartiendront peut-étre au C. tac- 
zanowskii. 11 faudra les comparer. 

Trois 2 2. Long. tot. 240, 235, 244, enverg. 380, 380, 372, aile 
1143, 113, 112, caud. 87, 833, 853, culm. 25, 242, 247, tarse 303, 
292, 303 mm. 

Chorillos: trois femelles du 26 octobre 1889. ‘Iris brune.” 
Deux exemplaires se trouvent au musée Branicki, un autre au 
musée Berlepsch. 


41, Pata@ocrypres MELANOPS (Vieill.). 


Callao: cing exemplaires du 10 novembre 1889. “ Iris brune.” 

Ces oiseaux ne different d’un individu provenant de Rio Grande do 
Sul (Mus. H. v. B.) que par le blanc du milieu du ventre plus pur 
et plus étendu, et par la queue, qui est plus longue. Un oiseau du 
Chile a le méme blanc du ventre que l’oiseau de Callao, mais il a 
la queue beaucoup plus longue. Ces différences seront peut-étre 
individuelles. L’oiseau typique habite le Paraguay. 


1 “The specimens from Southern Peru show less white on the throat, and 
are generally darker in colour” (Scl. Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. xy. p. 22). 


27* 


384 MM, H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN [May 17, 


Fam. TROCHILID. 

42 Myrris FANNY# (Less.). 

Myrtis fanny, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 312. 

Lima et Ica: cing exemplaires, septembre 4 décembre 1889. 

La seule différence que nous avons pu trouver entre un male 
adulte de Lima et un mile adulte de l’Ecuadeur occidental c’est que 
le premier a la queue plus longue de 33 mm. La M. fannye@ a été 
décrite par erreur comme provenant du Mexique. 


43, THAUMASTURA CORA (Less.). 


Lima: septembre. 


, Six exemplaires. 
Ica: novembre et décembre. } P 


44, RHODOPIS VESPER (Less.). 
Rhodopis vesper, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 316. 


Chorillos et Ica: quatre exemplaires de novembre et décembre 
1889. 


45, AMAZILIA AMAZILIA (Less.). 

Amazilia pristina, Gould ; Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 406. 
Lima: aotit et septembre. 
Ica: novembre. 

Le type venait de Callao. 


Neuf exemplaires. 


Fam. Micropopip&. 

46. Micropus ANDECOLA (Lafr. et D’Orb.)’. 

Cypselus andecolus, Tacz. Orn, du Pérou, i. p. 232. 

Ica: deux oiseaux de novembre et décembre 1889. ‘‘ Iris noire.” 

Nous n’avons pas eu l’opportunité de comparer ces oiseaux avec 
Yoiseau typique qui venait de la Paz en Bolivie (hauteur 3000 
metres). Il parait que nos oiseaux sont plus petits, ayant l’aile de 
135 mm., tandis que D’Orbigny la donne de 150 mm. 


Fam. CAPRIMULGID. 
47. CHORDEILES ACUTIPENNIS PRUINOSUS (Tsch.). 


Caprimulgus pruinosus, Licht. MS.; Tsch. Consp. Av., Wiegm. 
Arch. 1844, p. 8. 

Chordeiles peruvianus, Peale, Unit. St. Explor. Exped., Birds 
(1848), p. 272, tab. 48. f.2; Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 210. 


Lima: cing exemplaires de septembre 1889 et février 1890. 
* Tris noire.” 


1 Aprés la détermination de cet article Stolzmann a eu l’opportunité 
examiner dans le Musée de Paris l’individu typique du Cypselus andecola 
(Lafr. et D’Orb.) provenant de Yuracares (Bolivie orientale). Oet oiseau lui a 
paru bien distinct de nos exemplaires du Pérou occidental, qui sont beaucoup 
plus petits que l’oiseau de la Bolivie. La différence dans la longueur de Vaile 
est de 20 mm. et celle de la queue de 15 mm. II parait aussi que le noir chez 
les oiseaux d’Ica sera plus intense, mais l’oiseau typique est en mauvyaise con- 
dition. En eas que cette différence sera constante nous réserverons 4 la forme 
Ica le nom de M. andecola parvulus,—Buru. et Srouz. 


1892.) ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 385 


48. Stenopsis pecussata (Tsch.). 


Caprimulgus decussatus, Tsch. Consp. Av., Wiegm. Arch. 1844, 
aie 
a Caprimulgus equicaudatus, Peale, Unit. St. Explor. Exped., Birds 
(1848), p. 168. 

Stenopsis bifasciata, Tacz. (nec Gould) Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 221. 

Stenopsis equicaudata, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 222, pt.? (3). 

Lima: trois exemplaires de septembre et octobre 1889. “Tris 
noire.” 

Tl n’y a pas de doute que le nom de Tschudi “ decussata” serait 
plus ancien que celui de Peale ‘‘ equicaudata” adopté pour cette 
espéce par Mr. Sclater et d’autres. En outre Ja description de 
Tschudi est trés bonne et ne peut pas étre appliquée 4 une autre 
espéce. Tous les deux noms sont fondés sur des individus prove- 
nants de Lima. 

Il parait que dans son ‘Ornithologie du Pérou’ feu le Dr. 
Taczanowski a confondu la St. decussata avec la St. bifasciata, 
Gould, espéce plus grande qui habite le Chile et la Bolivie. Les 
oiseaux décrits par lui comme St. bifasciata appartiendront sans 
doute & la Sé. decussata. Quant a sa St. equicaudata il parait que 
la description du male appartiendra aussi A la St. decussata, tandis 
que la description de la femelle s’appliquera peut-étre A la femelle de 
la vraie St. bifasciata, Gould (faite probablement d’aprés une femelle 
de la Bolivie du musée Berlepsch). Les mesures du mile doivent 
aussi avoir de rapport a la S¢. bifasciata, comme elles sont trop 
grandes pour la S¢. decussata’. I] faut ajouter que dans la diagnose 
de la St. e@quicaudata, Taczanowski dit “rectricibus lateralibus 
ternis albo terminatis,” tandis qu’il dit dans les tables: ‘ Deux 
rectrices latérales terminées de blanc.” 


Fam. Picip 2. 
49. CHRYSOPTILUS ATRICOLLIS (Malh.). 


Nec Ch. atricollis, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 86. 

Ica: sept exemplaires de novembre et décembre 1889. “Iris 
brune-rongeatre.” 

Ces oiseaux s’accordent dans tous les details avec la description de 
Malherbe (Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1850, p. 156), et quoique l’auteur 
remarque seulement que le male unique qui lui a servi de type 
venait du Pérou, il est presque certain que l’exemplaire en question 
venait de la céte du Pérou, comme il était rapporté par l’expéddition 
de “la Bonite.’” M. Taczanowski, dans son ‘Ornithologie du 
Pérou,’ sous le nom de CA. atricollis, a décrit une espéce différente 
qui vient des vallées chaudes de la sierra du Pérou septentrional et 
qui parait étre nommé par Reichenbach (Handb. sp. Orn. Scans. 
p- 419) Ch. peruvianus. Le type du Ch. peruvianus, Reichb., 


‘ Tl faudra bien examiner la “ St, equicaudata” recueilliée par Jelski i Puma- 
marca (Pérou central oriental) pour déterminer s'il appartiendrait 4 la ‘Sy. 
decussata ou a la St. bifasciata.—Burv. et SroizM. 


386 MM.H VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


venait du Pérou par Warszewicz, qui a fait des collections dans les 
montagnes du Pérou du nord. 

L’espéce du nord différe surtout par la couleur du dos, qui est 
d’un jaune pale (quelquefois méme jaune-orangé) traversé de bandes 
noires aussi larges que les intervalles jaunes, au lieu d’étre olive 
traversé de bandes noires de moitié plus étroites que les intervalles 
olives, comme chez le Ch. atricollis, etc. On ne peut pas juger 
d’aprés la description et figure mauvaise de Reichenbach, mais il 
faudra examiner le type qui se trouve dans le Musée de Dresde. 

En cas que l’espéce de Callacate et de Chachapoyas, du Pérou 
septentrional, manquerait de nom, nous lui réserverons celui de 
Ch. chrysonotus. 


Fam. ALCEDINID. 
50. CERYLE AMERICANA CABANIsI (Tsch.). 


Ceryle cabanisi, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 104. 

La Gloria et La Merced: deux miles d’aotit et de septembre 
1890. ‘Iris brune foncée, bec jaune.” 

Ces exemplaires ont les ailes et la queue un peu plus lengues et 
le bec un peu plus court que des oiseaux de Veragua et de Costarica. 
Le vert des parties supérieures plus obscur et plus bleuatre, le front 
d’un vert plus pur, moins brunatre et plus tacheté de blanc. La 
bande brune de la poitrine parait un peu plus large. 


Fam. CucuLip&. 
51. CRoTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Swains. 


Lima: cinq exemplaires de septembre 4 novembre 1889 et de 
janvier 1890. “Iris brune.” 

Ces oiseaux ont le bec plus petit, les ailes et la queue un peu plus 
courtes, et le plumage plus uniforme (les bordures des pennes moins 
métalliques et les ailes plus d’un éclat verdatre au lieu de violatre) 
que les oiseaux typiques du Mexique. Peut-étre les oiseaux de 
Lima ne seraient pas parfaitement adultes. 

Une douzaine d’ceufs a été fourni par M. Kalinowski (voir la 
description dans Orn. du Pérou par Taczanowski, iii. p. 182). 
Les dimensions varient entre 30°50-35 x 24, 25-26, c’est 4 dire 
qu’en géuéral elles sont plus fortes que celles des ceufs recueillis au 
Pérou septeutrional (Tumbez). 


52. Coccyzus MELANocoRYPHUS (Vieill.). 


Lima: deux exemplaires d’octobre 1889 et de mars 1890. ‘Iris 
chez l’adulte brune claire, chez le jeune brune foncée.” 

Un exemplaire comparé par Berlepsch avec un oiseau typique de 
Paraguay différe un peu, ayant le bec plus long, les ailes et la queue 
un peu plus courtes, et les parties inférieures d’une couleur ocreuse 
plus intense, surtout sur les cotés du ventre. Les parties supé- 
rieures sout aussi d’une couleur un peu plus intense ou plus 
brunatre. Comme c’est un oiseau en plumage trés-usé, les différences 
pourraient étre individuelles. 


1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 387 


Fam. Psirracip#. 
53. BoLBORHYNCHUS AURIFRONS (Less.). 


Lima: septembre 4 novembre. | , : 
Toe! décaithte 1890 Nombreux exemplaires. 
** Iris brune claire.” 


Fam. Busonip2. 
04. Asio CLAMATOR (Vieill.)’. 


Otus mexicanus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 192. 

Ica: trois exemplaires de décembre 1889. “ Iris jaune-orangée.” 

Ces oiseaux, comparés avec des exemplaires du Brésil méridional 
(Sta. Catharina), présentent des différences bien marquées, surtout 
dans la taille, qui est beaucoup plus petite (I’aile 236 4 260 au lieu 
de 285 mm., queue 128 4 143 au lieu de 163). Ils s’en distinguent 
aussi par le plumage beaucoup plus ocreux. La face postérieure est 
blanche et ne présente pas des taches de brun-roussatre. Les 
aigrettes sont plus courtes. 

Deux ¢ d. Long. tot. 350, 340, “ enverg. 900,” 845, aile 250, 
236, queue 145, 128, bee 28, 214, tarse 50, doigt médian (sans 
ongle) 31, ongle 19, pouce (sans ongle) 14, ongle 15 mm. 

2. Long. tot. 370, ‘ enverg. 930,” aile 260, queue 140, bec 28, 
tarse 47, doigt médian (sans ongle) 33, ongle 20, pouce (sans ongle) 
16, ongle 16°5 mm. 

Un exemplaire de Tarapoto, Pérou septentrional-oriental, parait un 
peu intermédiaire. En tout cas il faudra examiner plusieurs oiseaux 
avant de déclarer qu’il s’agissait d’une forme constamment plus 
petite de l’occident. 


55. SPEOTYTO CUNICULARIA (Molina). 

Pholeoptynz cunicularia, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 174. 

Lima: quatre exemplaires de septembre et octobre 1889. ‘‘ Iris 
jaune.” 

Ce serait peut-étre la forme de |’Amérique du nord S. hypogea, 
Bp., 4 laquelle il faudra rapprocher les oiseaux de Lima et de la 
valleé du Rio Tambo’. Ils sont plus petits que les oiseaux du Chile 
et ont le plumage plus noiratre, moins mélangé de roussatre, et le 
visage plus blanchatre. En outre le style de coloration est plus 
d’accord avec la forme du Chile (cunicularia typique) qu’avec celui 
de Vorient (grallaria, Spix). Les bandes de l’abdomen sont trés- 
bien marquées (pas déliées en taches), les bandes noiratres sur les 
barbes internes des remiges et sur les rectrices externes également 


1 Strix mexicana, Gul. (ex Briss., ex Hernandez), est fondé sur une descrip- 
tion tellement insuffisante qu’il parait impossible ce dire avec certitude a quelle 
espéce elle se rapporte. Mais c’est plus probablement le Bubo virginianus que 
M. Hernandez a indiqué sous le nom de Tecolotl. Par conséquence il faudra 
changer le nom de l'espéce d’ Asio nommée généralement “mexicana,” dont la 
dénomination la plus ancienne parait étre Bubo clamator, Vieill. Ois. de ?Am. 
Sept. (1807), p. 52, pl. 20, qui est évidemment fondé sur des oiseaux de 
Cayenne.—Brrt. et Stouzm. 

? Voir Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. pp. 144, 147. 


388 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


bien marquées et presque aussi larges que les intervalles blanches. 
Tl y a cing bandes étroites blanchatres sur les rectrices médianes. 
Malheureusement nous n’avons pas des oiseaux des Ktats Unis 
pour comparer. En cas que les oiseaux de Lima seront différents 
on pourrait les séparer comme S. cunicularia nanodes, subsp. nov. 


6. Aile 168, queue 80, bec 23, tarse 41 mm. 
y S. Be 553 169-164, ” 83-77, ” 21-163, ” 40 ” 
56. GLAUCTDIUM PHALA&NOIDEs (Daud.). 
Glaucidium ferox, Tacz. Orn, du Pérou, i. p. 178. 


Lima: septembre & novembre 1889. Ica: novembre et décembre 
1889. Six exemplaires. “Iris jaune-crangée.” 

Nous n’avons pas encore décidé & quelle race locale il faudra 
rapprocher les oiseaux de Lima. 


Fam. FALcONIDs. 
57. ANTENOR UNICINCTUs (Temm. ). 


Urubitinga unicincta, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 106. 


Lima (octobre) et Ica (décembre) 1889: deux exemplaires. 
«< Tris chez le male adulte brune claire, chez la femelle jeune brun- 
rougeatre claire.” 


58. GERANOATUS MELANOLEUCUS (Vieill.). 
Lima: trois exemplaires d’octobre et novembre 1889 et de janvier 
1890. ‘Iris brune claire.” 


59. Fauco casstnt, Sharpe. 
Lima: un male du 4 mars 1890. “ Iris brune foncée.”’ 


60. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS CINNAMOMINUS (Sws.). 
Cerchneis cinnamomina, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 154. 


Lima et Ica: cing exemplaires d’octobre 4 décembre 1889. “Iris 
brune foncée.” 


Un mile adulte examiné par Berlepsch s’accorde tout-a-fait avec 
un male adulte de Chota, Pérou du nord; il a néanmoins les ailes, 
la queue et le bee plus courtes. Nous n’avons pas pu comparer 
des oiseaux typiques du Chile. 


Fam. VuLTuRID. 
61. CATHARTES ATRATUS (Bartr.). 
Catharistes atratus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 84. 
Ica: deux exemplaires de décembre 1859. ‘Iris brune.” 


62. CaTHARTES AURA PERNIGER (Sharpe). 


Ginops pernigra, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 89. 
Lima: novembre 1889 et janvier 1890. Bis g 
Ica; décembre 1889. ; Quatre exemplaires, 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 389 


Un exemplaire examiné par Berlepsch est évidemment plus petit 
que les oiseaux d’Angostura (Vénézuela), qui appartiendront pro- 
bablement au vrai C. perniger. 


63. SARCORHAMPHUS GRYPHUS (Linn.). 


Lima: deux exemplaires de février 1890. ‘Iris chez le mile 
adulte orangée, chez le male jeune brune claire.” 


Fam. ARDEID. 
64. ARDEA EGRETTA, Gml. 


Lima: deux exemplaires de janvier. ‘Iris jaune, bee jaune- 
orangé, pattes noires.”’ 


65. ARDETTA ExILIs (Gmel.). 


Espéce pas mentionnée par M. Taczanowski. 
Lima; une paire 10 et 16 octobre 1889. “ Iris jaune-orangée ; 
pattes d’un vert-jaunatre.” 


3. Long. al. 127, caud. 48, culm. 503, tars. 45 mm. 
Dv. +) 1233, ” 43, ” 504, ” 45 ” 


Malheureusement nous ne possédons pas des oiseaux de l’Amé- 
rique septentrionale pour comparer. Les exemplaires de Lima en 
général s’accordent bien avec les descriptions données par les auteurs 
des Etats Unis, mais ils paraissent avoir le bec plus long. On ne 
sait pas encore si cette espéce niche aussi dans l’Amérique du Sud 
ou si elle ne se trouve la qu’en passage. 


66. THERISTICUS MELANOPs (Gmel.). 

_ Nee Th. caudatus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 417! 

Ica: une femelle adulte du 31 décembre 1890. “Iris rouge, bec 
noir avec le bout vert-bleuatre, pattes d’un rouge vif.” Envergure 
1285, long. tot. 695, al. 368, caud. 175, culm. 138, tars. 70 mm. 

Ayant comparé l’oiseau d’Ica avec un exemplaire du Brésil 
(Minas Geraes) et deux individus de Colombie (Bogota et Antioquia), 
nous avons trouvé des différences tres marquées. L/oiseau d’Ica 
posséde une sorte de poche ou un sac tout-d-fait nu au milieu de la 
gorge. Ce n’est que la partie supérieure de la gorge (ou le menton) 
qui présente une ligne emplumée le long du milieu. Cette ligne 
emplumée est séparée des plumes du cou inférieur par la poche nue 
dont nous venons de parler. La poitrine inférieure est d’un roux 
blanchdtre, formant une bande trés large (large de 60 mm. a peu 
prés), séparée du cou inférieur, qui présente une couleur roussatre, 
par une bande plus étroite (large de 25 mm.) d’un gris d’ardoise 
couvrant la poitrine supérieure. 

Les oiseaux du Brésil et de la Colombie n’ont pas une trace de la 
poche (ou sac) gutturale. Ils possédent une large bande emplumée 
le long du milieu de la gorge, qui se joigne en bas avec les plumes 
du cou inférieur (sans interruption). Ce ne sont que les cdtés de la 


390 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


gorge le long de la bande emplumée, le menton supérieur, et les 
cétés de la téte autour de 1’ceil qui sont nus. 

Le cou inférieur sur la poitrine est d’un roux plus intense, tirant 
au chatain. Les autres parties inférieures (poitrine et ventre) sont 
d’un gris d’ardoise uniforme, et il n’y a aucune trace d’une bande 
roussatre sur la poitrine inférieure. 

Chez l’oiseau d’Ica les cdtés de la téte et le cou entier sont forte- 
ment lavés de roux (parties qui sont d’un blanc-roussatre chez les 
oiseaux du Brésil et dela Colombie), mais on ne voit pas cette plaque 
bien dessinée d’un roux chatain que les autres oiseaux présentent 
sur le cou inférieur au commencement de la poitrine. L’oiseau d’Ica 
présente des bordures plus roussatres aux plumes du dos et des 
tectrices sus-alaires médianes. Les petites tectrices sus-alaires en 
devant sont d’un gris d’ardoise (au lieu d’un noir d’acier) et bordées 
d’un brun-roussatre 4 la pointe. En outre l’oiseau d’Ica a les ailes 
et la queue plus courtes et les tibias plus dénudés. 

Une étude attentive de la littérature nous a démontré que notre 
oiseau d’Ica s’accorde parfaitement avec la déscription et figure du 
“ Black-faced Ibis” de Latham (Synops. iii. 1. p. 108, pl. Ixxix.), 
sur lequel Gmelin a fondé son Tantalus melanopis. L/’individu 
décrit et figuré par Latham a été recueilli par le Dr. Forster dans 
“ile “du Nouvel An,” prés de la Terre de Feu. Dans la planche de 
Latham il se manifeste bien le sac nu jugulaire et le roux de la 
poitrine inférieure séparé du cou par une bande noiratre. De méme 
Gmelin disait dans sa diagnose ‘‘ saccus jugularis rugosus.” 

De l'autre coté “le Grand Courlis de Cayenne” ou “Courlis & 
cou blanc,” décrit et figuré par Buffon (Hist. Nat. Ois. viii. p. 47, 
Pl. Enl. 976), qui forme la base pour le Scolopar caudatus, Bodd., 
s’accorde dans tous les détails avec nos oiseaux du Brésil et de la 
Colombie. La planche de Buffon ne présente ni une poche ou sac 
nu sur la gorge, ni une bande rousse sur la poitrine inférieure. 
Aussi toutes les descriptions faites d’aprés des oiseaux du Brésil et 
du Paraguay (du Prince Wied, Burmeister, Azara, etc.) s’accordent 
avec la description et figure de Buffon et avec les individus du 
Brésil et de la Colombie, dont nous venons de parler. Enfin Stolz- 
mann a examiné des exemplaires provenants du Chile semblables 4 
Voiseau d’Ica, et Berlepsch a vu dans le Musée de Vienne des 
exemplaires du Brésil recueillis par Natterer qui s’accordent avec 
Poiseau de Buffon. 

Il est done évident qui’l y a deux espéces de Theristicus semblables 
lune & l’autre, mais bien distinctes et habitantes de différentes 
régions. L’une parait habiter le nord et l’orient de |’Amérique du 
sud, par exemple Cayenne, Vénézuela, la Colombie, le Brésil et le 
Paraguay, c’est le Th. albicollis (Gml.); l’autre habitera le sud et 
Poccident & l’ouest des Andes, par ex. Magellania, Patagonia, Chile, 
et la edte Péruvienne. C’est le Th. melanopis (Gml.). Il nous 
parait qui] y a une troisiéme espéce habitante le Haut Pérou, 
mentionnée par Tschudi et recueillie par Jelski dans les environs de 
Junin, que nous avons l’intention de décrire dans un autre article. 

Voici la synonymie des deux espéces de Theristicus, distinguées 


1892. } ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 391 


déj& par les auteurs anciens et quelques auteurs modernes comme 
Gray, Bonaparte, Reichenow, et Burmeister (‘ La Plata-Reise’ ), 
mais confondues par la plupart des auteurs de notre temps :— 


(1) THeErtsticus MELANOPIs (Gmel.). 


Black-faced Ibis, Latham, Gen. Synops. ili. 1 (1785) p. 108, 
pl. Ixxix. (typ. ew “ New Year’s Island, near Staten Island;” ¢/. 
Forst. Voy. il. p. 521). 

Tantalus melanopis, Gml. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. 1 (1788) p. 653 
(ex Latham); Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. (1790) p. 704 (ex preeced.). 

Ibis melanopis, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xvi. (1817) p. 20, descr. opt. 
(ex Lath.); id. Enc. méth. iii. (1820) p. 1148, pl. 65. f. 2 (ew 
Lath.); Reichb. Vollst. Natg. Grall. (1848) tab. 140. fig. 531; 
Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. (1861) p. 511, sub Jd. albicollis ; Schleg. 
Mus. d. Pays-Bas, gen. Ibis (1863), p. 7, pt. “adulte ” (individ. de 
Chile); Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 339 (Chile); id. ibid. 1870, p. 665 
(Chile); Huds. & Sel. P. Z.S. 1872, p. 549 (Patagonia) ; Reichenow, 
J. f.O. 1877, p. 154, descr. vitios., et p. 275. 

Theristicus melanops, Gould & Darw. Zool. Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ Birds 
(1841), p. 128 (Patagonia; ova); Fras. P. Z. S. 1843, p. 117 (Chile) ; 
Cunningh. Ibis, 1868, pp. 126, 488 (Magellania). 

Tantalus melanops, Forst. Deser. Anim. ed. Lichtenst. (1844) 
p- 332 (New Year’s Island). 

Theristicus melunopis, Bonap. Consp. Av. ii. (1855) p. 155 [ex 
Parag. (errore! Berl.), Chile, Ins. Nov. Anni]; Pelzeln, Novara- 
Exped. Vogel (1865), p. 127 (Chile); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, 
p- 189 (Magellania) ; Cunningh. Ibis, 1869, p. 233 (Magellania) ; 
Durnf. Ibis, 1878, p. 400 (Patagonia); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, 
p- 436 (Magellania); iid. Ibis, 1870, p. 499 (Magellania) ; A. New- 
ton, Ibis, 1870, p. 502 (Magell.; ova); id. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 56, 
pl. iv. fig. 8 (Magell.; ova); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. 
(1873) p. 127, part. 

Ibis melanopis, Reichb. J. f. O. 1855, p. 56 (Chile septentr.). 

Geronticus (Theristicus) melanopis, Gray, Hand-list Birds iii. 
(1871) p. 40, no. 10233 (Str. of Magellan, Chile). 

? Geronticus melanopis, Huds. & Scl. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 261 
( South of Buenos Aires ”). } 

Ibis caudata, Hartert, Kat. Vogels. Mus. Senckenb. (1891) 
p- 205 (Chile). 

Ibis (Theristicus) caudatus, Oust. Miss. Sc. Cap Horn, vi. Ois. 
(1891) p. 140 (Magellania). 


Diag.—Th. gula superiore stria mediana plumosa predita, gula 
reliqua facieque nudis, sacco rugoso nudo in gule parte inferiore 
sito’: capite colloque toto pallide rufescentibus, pileo auche- 


1 Cet article était déja terminé quand Berlepsch a eu l’opportunité d’exa- 
miuer dans le Musée de Berlin quelques individus du Th. melanopis provenants 
du Chile. L’un de ces oiseaux n’a pas une trace d’un sac sous la gorge, mais il 
posséde la ligne emplumée au milieu de cette région comme le Zh. caudatus. 
Néanmoins cet individu dans les couleurs s’accorde tout-i-fait avec les autres 
oiseaux du Chile qui sont pourvus d’un sae gulaire et portent la livrée typique 


392 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


nioque ad initium dorsi obscurioribus, fere rufo-castaneis : 
pectore inferiore late pallide rufo, fascia pectoris superioris 
corporeque inferiore reliquo fusco-nigris. Dorso cum tectricibus 
alarum superioribus minoribus mediisque posterioribus, necnon 
tertiariis ultimis, fusco-nigris griseo variegatis, plumarum 
apicibus rufescenti marginatis : tectricibus alarum superioribus 
majoribus mediisque posterioribus, necnon tertiariis nonnullis 
(extus) albis: vremigibus rectricibusque @neo-nigris, nitore 
chalybeo: «alis caudaque (quam in Th. caudato) brevioribus. 
Hab. Magellania (Forster, Cunningh.); °% Patagonia (Huds.) ; 
? Argentina’ (Huds. etc.); Chile (Mus. d. Pays-Bas, Vars., etc.) ; 
Pérou oce.: Ica (Kalin.), Lima (Less.), Chorillos (Jelski). 


(2) TuERisticus caupatus (Bodd.). 


Curicaca, Maregr. Hist. Av. Brasil (1648), p. 191 (Bras. or.) *. 

Le Grand Courlis de Cayenne, Buff. Hist. Nat. Ois. viii. (1781) 
p- 47 (Cayenne). 

Courlis a cou blanc, Buff. & Daubent. Pl. Enl. 976 (Cayenne). 

Scolopax caudatus, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. (1783) p. 57 (ex Pl. Enl. 
976). 

White-necked Ibis, Lath. Gen. Syn. iii. 1 (1785), p. 109 (ex 
Buff.). 

Tantalus albicollis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. 1 (1788), p. 653 
(ex Buff. & Lath.) ; Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. (1790) p. 704 (ex Buff., 
Gmel.). 

Mandurria 6 Curucdu, Azara, Apunt. iii. (1805) p. 189, no. 362 
(Paraguay). 

La Mandurria ou Curucau proprement dit, Sonnini, trad. d’Azara, 
iil. (1809) p. 217. 

Ibis albicollis, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xvi. (1817) p. 17 (Cayenne); 
id. Enc. méth. ii. (1820) p. 1146 ; Wied, Beitr. iv. (1833) p. 693 
(descr. specim. ex R. Grande do Sul); Cab. Schomb. Reise Brit. 


du Th. melanopis. Il reste done douteux s'il y aura deux formes de Theristicus 
au Chile ou si le Th. melanopis dans quelque age (ou sexe?) manquera du sac 
sous la gorge. En tout cas les différences dans les couleurs des deux espéces 
paraissent tout-a-fait constantes, et parmi tous les individus de l’orient que nous 
ayons examiné (dont plusieurs tout-a-fait adultes) il n’y a pas un seul qui posséde 
un sac sous la gorge ou qui manque de la strie emplumée au milieu de cette 
partie.—Brrt. et SroizM. 

1 En Argentina peut-étre les deux espéces de Theristicus se rencontreront, l'une 
venant du sud, l’autre du nord. M. Hudson dit que le Theristicus apparait 
en mai et devient plus rare au nord de Buenos Aires. I] faudra done bien 
examiner les Theristicus d’Argentina ayant de pouvoir fixer la distribution 
géographique des deux espéces. 

* Numenius americanus minor, Briss, v. p. 338 (unde Tantalus griseus, Gmel.), 
n’est pas fondé sur le Curicaca de Maregraye, mais sur le “matuitui” de Mare- 
graye (dont Marcgrave ne dit que: “ Alia species reperitur huic (Curicace) 
similis, sed multo minor, magnitudine fere galling, que vocatur matutui”). I 
est done éyident que cette espece de Marcgrave restera toujours douteuse. Peut- 
étre que loiseau en question était un vrai Numenius. 


1892. | ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 393 


Guian. iii. (1848) p. 757 (Br. Guiana); Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. 
(1861) p. 510 (Parana, Mendoza, Tucuman), descr. 

Ibis melanopis, Wag). Syst. Nat. (1827), gen. Ibis, no. 17, descr. 
huj. spec. excl. synon. nonnull.; Burm. Syst. Uebers. Thier. Bras. 
ili. 2 (1856), p. 421; Schleg. Mus. d. Pays-Bas, gen. Ibis (1863), 
p. 7, part., “ plumage imparfait’’ (Brazil and Cayenne); Burm. 
J. f. O. 1860, p. 265 (Mendoza, Parand, Tucuman); Reiuh. Bidr. 
Kundsk. Fuglef. Brasil. Camp. Vid. Meddel. 1870, p. 22 (Minas 
Geraes) ; Ernst, Cat. Aves Mus. Caracas (1887), p. 42 (Zulia et 
Orinoco). 

Ibis alba (errore), Less. Trait. d’Orn. (1831) p. 567, no. 7. 

Theristicus melanopis, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1232; Scl. & Salv. 
Nomencl. Av. Neotr. (1873) p. 127, part.; Allen, Bullet. Essex 
Institute, viii. (1876) p. $2 (Santarem); ? Durnf. Ibis, 1877, p. 190 
(Buenos Aires); Barrows, Auk, 1884, p. 272 (Uruguay); Berlp. 
J. f. O. 1877, p. 124 (Paraguay). 

Theristicus albicollis, Bonap. Consp. Av. ii. (1855) p. 155 (Bra- 
zil, Cayenne). 

Geronticus albicollis, Pelz. Orn. Brasil, iii. (1869), p. 307 (S. 
Paulo, Parana, Mato Grosso). 

Geronticus (Theristicus) caudatus, Gray, Hand-list Birds, iii. 
(1871) p. 40, no. 10234 (S. America). 

Theristicus caudatus, Elliot, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 498, deser. opt. 
(excl. mult. syn.); Salv. Ibis, 1886, p. 171 (ex Schomb.); Durnf. 
Ibis, 1880, p. 424 (Tucuman); Graham Kerr, Ibis, 1891, p. 270 
(Pilcomayo). 

Ibis caudata, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1877, p. 154, descr. opt., et 

. 275. 
i Ibis caudatus, Frenzel, J. f. O. 1891, p. 124 (Cordova). 


Diag.—Th. gula tota medio lengitudinaliter plumosa, gule late- 
ribus (fascium instar) cum mento facieque nudis: capite col- 
loque rufescenti-albis, pileo auchenioque necnon collo infimo ad 
initium pectoris circumscripte rufo-castaneis : corpore inferiore 
reliquo fusco-nigro : dorso cum tectricibus alarum superioribus 
minoribus mediisque posterioribus, necnon tertiariis ultimis, 
Susco-nigris, griseo variegatis, plumarum apicibus pallidius 
griseo-brunneo marginatis: tectricibus alarum superioribus 
majoribus mediisque posterioribus, necnon tertiartis nonnullis, 
(eatus) albis: vremigibus rectricibusque cum tectricibus cubita- 
libus eneo-nigris, nitore chalybeo: alis caudaque (quam in 
Th. melanopi) longioribus. 


Hab. Cayenne (Buff.); Brit. Guiana (Schomb.); Vénézuela, 
(Orinoco et Zulia, fide Ernst); Colombia (Bogota et Antioquia, 
mus. Berlp.); Brasil: Santarem (Allen), Pernambuco (Maregr.), 
Bahia ( Wied), Minas Geraes (Reinh. et Lund), Mato Grosso (Natt.), 
S. Paulo et Parana (uit.), Rio Grande do Sul (Wied); Bolivia 
(Valle Grande, coll. Garlepp; mus. Berl.); Paraguay (Azara et 
Kerr); Uruguay (Barrows); Argentina: Tucuman, Parana, Men- 
doza (Burm.), Curdova (Frenzel), ? Buenos Aires (Durnf.). 


394 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ~~ [May 17, 


Fam. CoLuMBID. 


67. ZenAIDA MACULATA (Vieill.). 
Lima et Ica: cing exemplaires de novembre et décembre 1589 et 
de janvier 1890. ‘‘ Iris brune.” 


68. MEeTrRIoPELIA MELANOPTERA (Gmel.). 
? Chamepelia anais (Bp.); Scl. P.Z.S. 1866, p. 100. 
Lima: un exemplaire du 13 février 1890. 


69. MreLopeLia MELODA (T’sch.). 


Lima: octobre 1889. | 
Ica: décembre 1889. f 
tour de l’ceil bleu intense, pattes rouges.” 


Trois exemplaires. ‘Iris brune claire, 


70. COLUMBIGALLINA GRISEOLA (Spix). 

Chamepelia griseola, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 244. 

Lima: quatre exemplaires ; aotit et octobre 1889, mars 1890. 
‘« Tris rouge pale.” 

Trois pontes de Lima nous ont été envoyé par M. Kalinowski. 
Voici les dimensions par ponte :— 


ea ty | 2U75 x 155 | 22°50 x 15:25 mm. 
I. 21°50 15505 IL. | 99.95 15-75 3 tT 15°50 mm. 


71. CoLUMBIGALLINA CRUZIANA (Knip et Prév.). 

Chamepelia cruziana, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 248. 

Lima et Ica: nombreux exemplaires de septembre 1889 & février 
1890. ‘Iris composée de deux anneaux, dont |’extérieur est jaune- 
rougeatre et l’intérieur blanc.” 


Fam. RALLIDz. 


72. RALLUS RYTHIRHYNCHUS, Vieill. 


Rallus cesius, Tsch.; Tacz. Orn. du Péron, iii. p. 316. 

Lima: nombreux exemplaires de septembre et octobre 1889. 
“ Tris rouge, bec vert sale, sur la partie supérieure de la base d’un 
bleu de ciel, sur la partie basale une tache d’un rouge sale ; pattes 
d’un rouge carné.” 

Un individu examiné par Berlepsch ne se distingue des oiseaux 
de Rio Grande do Sul (Brésil mérid.) que par une nuance un peu 
plus claire en dessous. Un oiseau de Cutervo (Pérou du nord) res- 
semble tout-a-fait aux oiseaux de Rio Grande do Sul. 


73. PoRZANA JAMAICENSIS (Gmel.). 

Lima: nombreux exemplaires de septembre et octobre 1889 et de 
janvier 1890. “Iris rouge, pattes d’un carné-brunatre.” 

La diagnose de MM. Sclater et Salvin (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 456), 


1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 395 


répétée par Taczanowski (Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 321), n’est pas 
correcte. On y lit: “ capite, dorso toto, et alis extus albo stellatis,”” 
tandis que la téte est d’un gris d’ardoise uniforme et sans taches 
chez les oiseaux de Lima, de méme que chez les oiseaux des Etats 
Unis, aussi bien qu’on pourrait juger d’aprés les descriptions données 


par les auteurs de ce pays. 
74. PorzANA ERYTHROPS, Scl. 


Lima: six exemplaires de septembre et octobre 1889 et janvier 
1890. “Tris rouge-jaunatre, pattes d’un rouge sale.” 


Fam. CpIcNEMID2. 


75. CEDICNEMUS SUPERCILIARIS, Tsch. 


Ica: décembre 1889. : : iia aes 3 
Lima: février 1890. } Six exemplaires. ‘Iris jaune pile, pattes 


jaunes encore plus pales, bec jaune 4 la base, noir dans la partie 
supérieure et dans la troisiéme partie terminale, tour de l’eil 
couleur d’orange sale.” 


Fam. CHARADRIID#. 
76. ARGIALITIS SEMIPALMATA (Bonap.). 


Ancon: trois exemplaires du 29 janvier 1890. “(Iris brune 
foncée, pattes d’un jaune sale.” 


Fam. APHRIZID. 
77. ARENARIA INTERPRES (L.). 


Strepsilas interpres, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p- 349. 


Ancon: une femelle du 29 janvier 1890. “Iris brune foncée, 
pattes d’un jaune orange-rougeatre.” 


Fam. ScoLopacip2. 
78. ACTITIS MACULARIA (L.). 


Lima: six exemplaires de septembre et novembre 1889. “ Iris 
brune foncée.” 


79. BaRTRAMIA LoNGIcAUDA (Bechst.). 
Actiturus bartramius, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 371. 


Magdalena Vieja et Lima: cing exemplaires de mars 1890. 
“ Iris brun foncé, bec noir-corné avec la mandibule inférieure d’un 
jaune-orange & bout noir ; pattes d’un jaune-olivatre.” 


80. Numrenius nupsonicvus, Lath. 
Lima: un inale du 6 octobre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.” 


396 MM.H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN ~~ [May 17, 


ii. Apercu des ouvrages relatifs a la Faune Ornithologique de la 
céte du Pérou. 


(1) Duperrey. Voyage autour du monde sur la corvette “La 
Coquille” pendant les années 1822-25. Zoologie, par MM. 
GarnotT et Lesson. 1829. 


Descriptions de quelques espéces d’oiseaux rapportés des environs 
de Lima :—Pelecanus gaimardi, Procellaria urinatrix, Sterna inca, 
Cathartes urubu, C. aura, Crotophaga casasii, Pyrrhula telasco, 
Orthorhynchus cora, O. amazilia, Muscicapa coronata, Tanagra 
rubra. L’expédition y avait recueilli 45 oiseaux appartenants a 31 
especes. Voyez pp. 586 et 587 de cet ouvrage. 


(2) L’Institut, 1834, p. 316°. 
Descriptions de deux espéces du Pérou par R. P. Lesson. 


(3) BovGarnvit_te (Baron de). Journal de la Navigation autour 
du Globe de la Frégate ‘ La Thétis’ et de la Corvette ‘ L’Es- 
pérance en 1824-26. 2 vols. Paris, 1837 *. 


(4) Note sur les Oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus rapportés de la 
Mer du Sud. Par M. Apotrene Lesson. Rev. Zool. 1842, 
pp- 135, 209. 


Psittacus aurifrons, Less., de Callao, et Callyrhynchus peruvianus, 
n. sp.’, de Callao. 


(5) The Zoology of the Voyage cf H.M.S. ‘Beagle.’ Edited by 
YaaRLES Darwin. Birds by Joun Gouin. 1838-41. 
Pyrocephalus obscurus, Gould, de Lima, et ‘‘ Puffinus cinereus,” 
de “Callao Bay,”’ et quelques autres especes mentionnées de la céte 
du Pérou. 


(6) Tscuup1 (von). Fauna Peruana. Ornithologie. 1845-46. 


Tschudi mentionne beaucoup d’ especes trouvées par lui dans la 
région de la céte du Pérou, surtout des environs de Lima. 


(7) Quelques oiseaux nouveaux ou rares rapportés par M. Delattre 
de Bolivia (etc.). Par M.de Larresnaye. Rev. Zool. 1847, 
p- 67 ff. 
Linaria analoides, n. sp., Spermophila telasco, et Geositta peruvi- 
and, 0. sp., tous de Lima. 


1 Nous n’avons pas vu cet article. Selon les diagnoses des deux espéces dé- 
crites par R. P. Lesson, Pitylus olivaceus et P. puteus, qui sont reproduites dans 
Youvrage de Taczanowski, il parait que le premier sera un jeune oiseau de notre 
Saltator immaculatus, et le dernier peut-étre la femelle de la Pyranga testacea 
ischudii, Berl. et Stolam. Il] faudra examiner les types qui se trouveront pro- 
bablement dans le Musée de Paris.—Buru, et Stouz. 

2 Nous n’ayons pas vu cet ouvrage. 

3 O’est presque stirement la femelle du Neorhynchus nasesus, Bp. Il faudra 
done probablement changer le nom de N. nasesus en N. peruvianus (Less.).— 
Ber, et Stoxzm. 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 397 


(8) Pearse, Titian R. Mammalia and Ornithology of the United 
States Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, 1848. 
16 espéces mentionnées des environs de Lima’. 


(9) Animaux nouveaux ou rares, Expéd. Castelnau. Oiseaux, par 
Des Murs. Paris, 1855. 
Note sur la Thaumastura cora de Lima. 


(10) On the Birds of the vicinityof Lima, Peru. By P. L. ScuatTer, 
With Notes on their Habits by Professor W. Nation, of Lima. 
Part I. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, pp. 96-100, pl. xi. 


(11) Meme titre. Part II. Op. cit. 1867, pp. 340-344. 
(12) Méme titre. Part III. Op. cit. 1869, pp. 146-148. 
(13) Méme titre. Part IV. Op. cit. 1871, pp. 496-498. 


(14) Description des Oiseaux nouveaux du Pérou central. Par L. 
Taczanowsk1. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, pp. 129-140. 
Spermophila simplex, Jelski, u. sp., et Sycalis raimondi, n. sp., de 
Lima. 
(15) On the Habits of Spermophila simpler. By W. Nation. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, pp. 329, 330. 


(16) Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Constantin Jelski dans la 
partie centrale du Pérou occidental. Par L. TaczaNnowskt. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, pp. 501-565. 


(17) Descriptions of six new Species of South-American Birds. By 
P. L. ScuarEer and Osprrr Satvin. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, 
pp- 521-523, pl. lii, 
Fuligula nationi, n. sp., de Lima. 


(18) Further Remarks on Fuligula nationi. By P. L. ScuaTer. 
Proc. Zool. Sec. 1878, pp. 477-479. 


(19) On the Birds of the vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L. Scrarer. 
With Notes on their Habits by Prof. W. Narion, of Lima. 
Part V. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1881, pp. 484-488, pl. xlvi. 


(20) Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 348. 

Mr. Sclater exhibited two birds obtained near Lima, Peru, and 
transmitted to him by Prof. William Nation:—Buteo abbreviatus 
(des environs de Lima) et Polyonymus caroli (des Cordilléres). 


(21) A List of the Birds collected by Captain A. H. Markham on 
the West Coast of America. By Osserr Satvin. Proc. 
Zool. Soc. 1883, pp. 419-432. 

Plusieurs espéces mentionnées des environs de Lima et d’autres 
localités de la céte du Pérou. 

* Nous n’ayons pas pu nous procurer cet ouvrage. I] faudra bien examiner 
la description et la figure du Camarhynchus leucopterus, sp. n., de Peale, pour 


déterminer si cet oiseau sera peut-ctre le méme que Sporophila simplex, Tacz., 
ou = Neorhynchus nasesus |—Beru. et SToLa. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXVIII. 28 


398 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN __ [May 17, 


(22) Ornithologie du Pérou. Par Lapisias Taczanowski. Trois 
volumes. Rennes, 1884-86. 


(23) Notes on Peruvian Birds. By Prof.W. Nation. Proce. Zool. 
Soc. 1885, pp. 277-279. 


[(24) Description of a new Ground-Finch from Western Peru. By 
P. L. Scrater. Ibis, 1886, pp. 258, 259, pl. viii. 


Hemophila pulchra, n. sp., des Cordilléres au-dessus de Lima. | 


ili. Liste des Espéces d’ Oiseaux mentionnées des environs de Lima, 
qui ne sont pas trouvées la par M. Kautnowsxt. 


81. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS, Bd. Lima (Nation), 
Callao (Markham). 


82. DENDROICA AUREOLA PERUVIANA (Sundev.). Callao 
(Sundev.) *. 


83. Hirunpbo TyTLeErI, Jerd. Callao (Markham). 
84. Irrpornis ANALIS (Tsch.). Lima (Tsch.)!? 


85. TANAGRA CYANOCEPHALA (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Lima (Jelskz 
et Tsch.)! — 


86. PHEUCTICUS CHRYSOGASTER (Less.). Lima (Nation). 


87. CHRYSOMITRIS UROPYGIALIs (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Lima, San 
Mateo (coll. Raimondi). 


88. PseupocHLoris LUTEA (Lafr. et D’Orb.) (Sycalis chloris, 
Cab.). Lima (Nation, Jelski, et Raimondi). 


89. PuryGiLus pLeBEsus, Tsch. Lima (Nation) °. 
90. MuscisaxicoLa MENTALIS, Lafr. et D’Orb. Lima (Nation). 
91. Hapatocerus FuLviceps (Scl.). Lima (Nation). 


92. CyANOTIS RUBRIGASTRA (Vieill.) (=azare, Naum.). Lima 
(Nation). 


93. Grositra cRAsstrostrts, Scl. Lima (Vation)’. 
94. Geositra MaRitiMA (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Lima (Jelsk7). 


95. “CrncLopes Fuscus, Vieill.”” (an =C. rivularis, Cab. ?). 
Lima (Nation) *. 


96. HemIpROcNE zonarts (Shaw). Lima (Raimondi). 


! Cf. Sundey. Ofvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. 1869, p. 609. 
> Cf. Sharpe, Cat. Birds B. M. xii. p. 796. 
L’exemplaire trouvé par Prof. Nation parait unique encore. 


4 Of. Scl. Cat. Birds B. M. xv. p. 24. 


1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 399 


97. Micropus montivaGus (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Lima (Jelski). 


98. CeRYLE TorQuaTA (Linn.). Lima (Tsch.), Rio Rimac 
(Markh.). 


99. Conurus FRONTATUS, Cab. ‘“ Lima (Nation)” ( fide Tacz.). 
100. Srrrx FLAMMEA PERLATA (Licht.). Lima (Jelsk7). 

101. TAcHYTRIORCHIS ABBREVIATUS (Cab.). Lima (Nation). 
102. PaHatrHon #ruereus (L.). Tle S. Lorenzo (7'sch.). 


103. PELECANUS MOLIN&#, Gray. Callao (Stiibel)', Pt. Ancon 
(Oustalet). 


104. Sutra varrecata (Tsch.) Callao Bay et Ile 8. Lorenzo 
(Markham). 


105. PHaLacrocorax BRASILIANUS(Gmel.). Chorillos (Jelski). 


106. PHALACROCORAX BOUGAINVILLEI (Less.). Chorillos (Je/- 
ski). 


107. PHALACROCORAX GAIMARDI (Jess.). Ile S. Lorenzo, 
commun (Tsch. et Markh.). 


108. DenprocyGna vinuata (L.). Entre Lurin et Chorillos 
(Tsch.). 


109. Carrtna moscnata (L.). Entre Lurin et Chorillos (7'sch.). 
110. QueRQuEDULA CyANoPTERA (Vieill.). Chorillos (Je/skz). 
111. Funieura nationt, Sel. et Salv. Lima (Nation). 


112. GyMNOPELIA ERYTHROTHORAX (Meyen). Lima (coll. 
Raimondi). 


113. Raxuus virernianus, L. Lima (Nation). 


114. ArRamipEs RUFICOLLIS (Gmel.). Lima (Mus. Brit., fide 
Sclat. et Salv.”). 


115. Ganirnuta GaLeata (Licht.). Lima (Jelski), Callao 
(Markham). 


116. Fuxrca arpesiaca, Tsch. Chorillos (.Jelskz). 


117. Coaraprivs pominicus, Miill. (vivginicus, Borkh.). Cho- 
rillos (Jelski). 


118. ASgraLitis Nivosa, Baird. Chorillos (Jelshz). 
119. Toranus MELANOLEUCUS (Gmel.). Callao (Je/ski). 
1 Of. A. B. Meyer, J. f. O. 1890, p. 165. 


* Gf. Scl. & Saly. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 448, 
28* 


400 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


120. Toranus FLAviPEs (Gmel.). Chorillos (Je/sk?). 

121. Toranus souitrarius (Wils.). Chorillos (Je/ski). 

122. CatipRis ARENARIA (L.). Chorillos (Jelskz). 

123. MicropaLaMa HIMANTOPUS (Bp.). Chorillos (Jelshi). 
124. Trinega macuaTa, Vieill. Lima (Jelski). 

125. Trinea Fuscicottis, Vieill. Chorillos (Jels/z). 

126. TrinGa BArRDI, Coues. Chorillos (Jelski). 

127. TrinGa minutILua, Vieill. Chorillos (Je/sh7). 

128. Paataropus tosatus (L.). Chorillos (Jelski). 

129. Hamaropus ater, Scl. Ile S. Lorenzo (Markh.). 


130. Tainocorus RumiciIvorus, Eschsch. Lima (Nation et 
Jelski). 


131. SrerNna HIRUNDINACEA, Less. Callao (Markh.). 

132. SreRNA ELEGANS, Gamb. Callao (Markh.). 

133. Sterna exiuis, Tsch. Lima (Nation). 

134. Namnra 1ncA (Less.). Chorillos (Je/skt), Callao (Markh.). 
135. Rayncnors MELANURA, Boie. Callao Bay (Markh.). 


136. Larus pomrinicanus, Licht. Chorillos (Jelski), Callao 
(Markh.). 


137. Larus petcuHert, Vig. Chorillos et Callao (Jelski). 


138. Larus mopestus, Tsch. Callao (fide Saunders’), Lurin 
(Tsch.). 


139. Larus FRANKLINI, Swains. et Rich. Chorillos et Callao 
(T'sch.). 


140. Larus seRRANUS, Tsch. Callao (Markh.). 


141. Larus crrruocepHa.us, Vieill. Chorillos (fide Saun- 
ders”), les de Chinchas (Gree *). 


142. Xuma sAptner (Sabine). Callao (Markh.). 
143. SreRCORARIUS CHILENSIS, Saunders. Callao (Markh.). 
144. Srexcorarius PoMaRINus (Temm.). Callao (Markh.). 


2145. Srercorarius CrePIpAtTus (Banks). Callao (Gervase 
Mathew, fide Saunders”). 


Cf. Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 183. * Id. ibid. 1876, p. 330. 
> Id. ibid. p. 204. 


1892.]} ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 401 


146. DiomepEa rrroraTa, Salv. Callao (Markh.). 


147. Purrinus Griseus (Gmel.) (Nectris amaurosoma, Coues). 
Chorillos (Jelski), Callao Bay (Markh.). 


148. Purrinus “cinereus, Steph.” Callao (Darwin, Gould). 
149. THaLassa@ca GLACIALOIDEs (Smith). Callao (Raimondi). 
150. Daprion capensis (L.). Callao (Raimondi). 


151. GistRELATA DEFILIPPIANA, Gigl. et Salvad. Callao 


(Gigl.’). 
152. HaLtoproma Garnotti (Less.). Callao (Nation). 


153. HALODROMA BERARDI, Quoy. Callao (Tsch.). 


I] parait que deux espéces de Trochilidées mentionnées par M. le 
Dr. L. Taczanowski comme provenantes des environs de Lima, ot 
elles seraient recueillies par M. Constantin Jelski*, ne sont pas des 
habitants de cette contrée, savoir :— 


Phaéthornis malaris (Licht.) et 
Campylopterus largipennis (Bodd.). 


Grace 4 la bonté de feu Dr. Taczanowski, Berlepsch a eu l’occasion 
d’examiner les deux oiseaux en question appartenants au Musée de 
Varsovie. Ce sont des individues montées qui ne portent plus 
d’étiquettes originales du collecteur, et Berlepsch ne doute pas qu’en 
vérité elles sont provenues des collections faites par Jelski a Cay- 
enne, et non de Lima! Dans une lettre de M. Taczanowski a 
Berlepsch le premier a concédé que indication d’habitat, “ Lima,” 
pour ces deux espéces était donnée par méprise, mais il persistait 
que les individues en question seraient venues du Pérou, probable- 
inent du Pérou central. Berlepsch insiste sur son opinion qu’elles 
seraient venues de Cayenne, car autrement nous aurions l’espéce 
amazonine Campylopterus obscurus, Gould, tandis que l’oiseau en 
question du Musée de Varsovie s’accorde tout-a-fait avec le C. largi- 
pennis typique de Cayenne *. 

1 Cf. Gigl. et Salvad. Ibis, 1869, pp. 63, 64. 

2 Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 541. 

’ Stolzmann esi de l’avis qu'il serait presque absolument impossible que le 
Phaéthornis superciliosus envoyé par M. Jelski provenait des environs de Lima. 
Tous les Colibris appartenant au genre Phaéthornis sont propres aux foréts 
humides. Ilya uneseule exception de cette régle, formée par le Ph. griseigularis, 
Gould. Mais méme cette espéce se tient dans les vallées chaudes de la Sierra, ou 
la végétation est assez riche et ot il ya ga et la des fourrés trés épais. Aux 
environs de Lima cependant la végétation est extrémement pauvre, et par con- 
séquent ne présente pas des conditions fayorables pour les espéces du genre 
Phaéthornis. On peut supposer que M. Jelski, en partant de Cayenne pour le 
Pérou, a pris avec soi quelques peaux de ce pays qu'il a ajouté 4 son premier 
envoi péruvien qui proyenait des environs de Lima. Peut-étre il a oublié de les 
pourvoir des étiquettes, ce qui a induit enerreur le Dr. Taczanowski. La méme 
remarque s'appliquerait au Campylopterus largipennis (Bodd.). 


402 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN- [May !7, 


Quoiqu’il serait trés probable que notre connaissance de la faune 
ornithologique des environs de Lima ne sera pas encore tout-i-fait 
parfaite, on voit bien que cette contrée n'est pas riche en espcces 
d’oiseaux. 

On ne devrait pas y ajouter les espéces trouvées dans les vallées 
de la pente occidentale des Andes au-dessus de Lima. La faune de 
cette contrée sera probablement plus riche, mais jusqu’a présent elle 
est trés peu connue. Autant que nous savons, elle est tout-a-fait 
différente de celle de la cote. M. le Prof. Nation 4 Lima a recu 
une petite collection faite dans les vallées élevées 4 la source du 
fleave Rimac (hauteur 8000 414,000 pieds), qui contenait les espéces 
suivantes, qui ne se trouvent pas dans la région de la edte, comme :— 


1. Buarremon nationi, Scl. 

(= Pipilo mystacalis, Tacz.). 
Catamenia inornata ( Latr.). 
Pseudochloris lutea (Lafr. et D’Orb.). 
Hemophila pulchra, Scl. 

Phrygilus gayi punensis, Ridgw. 
Phrygilus fruticeti (Kittl.). 

Diucea speculifera (Latr. et D’Orb.). 
Ochthoéca leucometopa, Scl. et Salv. 
Leptasthenura pileata, Scl. 

10. Chalcostigma olivaceum (Lawr.). 

11. Metallura opaca (‘Tsch.). 

12. Polyonymus caroli (Bonap.). 

13. Colaptes puna, Cab. 

14. Bolborhynchus andicola (Finsch) *. 


BGO $1 Sa Sr eee BS 


Peut-étre on y pourrait ajouter d’autres mentionnées par Tschudi 
de la pente occidentale des Andes péruviennes. 


iv. Considérations générales sur la Faune ornithologique des 
environs de Lima. 


Des 153 espéces mentionnées de cette coutrée il y a du moins 31 
qui ne s’y trouvent que de passage en hiver, venant de l’Amérique 
du nord, ot elles nichent. Les autres 122 espéces probablement 
nichent daus la région de la céte du Pérou, mais on ne peut pas 
étre sir dans tous les cas, surtout en regard des viseaux maritimes, 
qui quelquefois vaguent trés loin de leur pays natal. Néanmoins, de 
ces 122 espéces il y aad peu prés 95 espéces terrestres, dont nous 
proposons d’expliquer les relations géographiques. 

1. Il y a9 de ces 95 espéces terrestres (ou plus de 9 pour-cent) 


1 Tl faudra encore ajouter a cette liste une espéce recueillie par Jelski 4 Obra- 
jillo, qui est une vallée voisine de la vallée du Rimac (pente occidentale), 4 
savoir: Synallaxis pudibunda, Scl. En outre M. le docteur Sclater nous a 
autorisé d’annoncer qu’il vient de recevoir par le Prof. Nation un exemplaire 
de |’ Attagis gayi, Geoffr. et Less., tué dans les Andes au-dessus de Lima.—Brrt. 
et Srouem, 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 403 


qui paraissent exclusivement propres 4 la région de la céte des 
environs de Lima et d’Ica :— 


Mimus longicaudatus’. Amazilia amazilia. 
Petrochelidon ruficollaris. Chrysoptilus atricollis. 
Dives kalinowskii. Porzana erythrops. 
?Cinclodes taczanowskii*. Fuligula nationi. 


Geositta crassirostris. 


A la céte péruvienne plus au nord, dans le voisinage de Tumbez et 
de Chepen, quelques de ces espéces sont représentées par des espéces 
voisines :— 

Mimus longicaudatus par Mimus espéce inédite ; 
Amazilia amazilia par A. leucophea, Reichb.' ; 
Dives kalinowskii par D. warszewiczi, Cab. ; 
aussi Chrysomitris capitalis par Ch. siemiradzkii. 


I] n’y a que deux espéces (des buit nommées plus haut) qui parais- 
sent d’étre représentées dans la partie méridionale de la céte par des 
formes voisines, savoir :— 

Cinelodes taczanowskii par C. nigrofumosus, Lafr. et D’Orb. ? 

Catamenia analoides par une forme plus grande (C. analis, Lafr. 
et D’Orb.?). 

Dans la vallée du Rio Chota, systéme du Marajfion, aux environs de 
Callacate (et Cutervo), le Chrysoptilus atricollis est représenté par 
une forme voisine: Ch. peruvianus, Reichb., qui habite aussi les 
environs de Chachapayas. ; 

2. Il y a4 espéces qui sont conjointement propres 3 la faune de 
Lima (et d’Ica) et celle de Tumbez (et Chepen) :-— 


Geothlypis auricularis. 

Saltator immaculatus. Lima et Chepen. 
Poospiza bonapartei. 

Geositta peruviana. Lima et Pacasmayo. 


Néanmoins la faune de Tumbez présente beaucoup de différences, 
possédant a peu prés 7 espéces qui lui sont propres, et A peu prés 


 Stolzmann pense que le Mimus de Tumbez sera identique avec celui de 
Guayaquil, mais nous n’ayons pas encore eu l’opportunité de comparer des 
oiseaux de cette localité.—Brrt. et Srouz. 

* Cette espéce se trouvera peut-étre aussi dans les environs d’Islay, dans la 
partie méridionale de la cote du Pérou. En méme temps il est probable 
qu'elle habitera aussi les régions au nord de Lima, car dans la baie de Chimbote 
Stolzmann a yu plusieurs fois un Cinclodes qui lui a paru identique avec le 
C. taczanowskii.—Beru. et SrouzM. 

® Le type de 1’4. leucophza, Reichb., est dit d’étre recueilli au volcan 
d’Arequipa par Warszewicz, mais ce serait probablement une erreur, ou l’espéce 
de Tumbez (aussi de Pacasmayo et de Callacate) sera distincte. Selon l’expé- 
rience de Stolzmann il est peu probable que le type d’ Amazilia leucophea yenait 
d’Arequipa, car les espéces du genre Amazilia alliées 4 VA. amazilia dans leur 
distribution verticale ne dépassent pas la hauteur de 5000 pieds (acette hauteur 
VA. leucophea a été trouvée par Stolzmann 4 Callacate), tandis que la ville 
d’ Arequipa est située 4 7845' au-dessus du niveau de la mer, et le volcan Misti 
est encore plus éleyé.—-Burt. et Svouzu. 


404 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, 


35 espéces qui sont conjointement propres 4 cette faune et celle de 
Guayaquil (de |’ Ecuadeur occidental)’. 
3. Il y aura 5 espéces qui sont conjointement propres a la faune 
de Lima, de Tumbez, et de Guayaquil :— 
Campylorhynchus balteatus. ?Ornithion imberbe sclateri. 
Dendroica aureola peruviana. Hapalocercus fulviceps. 
Neorhynchus nasesus”. 


Les deux dernitres espéces se trouvent aussi dans les environs de 
Callacate (vallée du Rio Chota), tandis que le C. balteatus y est repré- 
senté par l’espéce voisine C. fasciatus, Sws. 

4. Stolzmann a déji démontré® que la faune des environs de 
Callacate et de Cutervo, dans la vallée du Rio Chota (syst¢me du 
Marafion) entre les deux chaines occidentales des Andes, poss¢de 
quelques espéces qui autrement paraissent tout-a-fait propres ala 
faune de la céte. C’est une chose remarquable parce que la hauteur 
de ces localités est d’& peu prés 5000 pieds. Outre les deux espéces 
que nous venons de nommer (Ornithion imberbe sclateri et Hapa- 
locercus fulviceps) cette particularité est illustrée par trois espéces 
qui habitent les environs de Lima :— 

Sporophila simplex ; 
Molothrus occidentalis ; 
Bolborhynchus aurifrons : 


dont la premiére n’est trouvée qu’a Lima, Nancho, et Callacate, 
la deuxiéme qu’A Lima, Tumbez, et Callacate (et Cutervo), et 
la troisiéme qu’ Lima et a Callacate. La derniére espéce est 
aussi mentionnée de Titicaca (‘I'acz. Orn. du Pérou, p. 211), mais 
cette indication de M. Raimondi manque encore de confirmation. 

5. Quant 4 la partie méridionale de la cote, il y a 8 espéces qui 
sont conjointement propres 2 la faune de Lima (et d’Ica) et celle 
d’Islay (Pérou du sud) jusqu’a Tacna et Tarapacd (Chile du nord, 
ancien territoire péruvien et bolivien) :— 


Jusqu’a 
Anthus peruvianus...........-++- Islay. 
Conirostrum cinereum*.......... Tarapaca. 
Xenospingus concolor............ Tarapaca. 
Aneretes reguloides .......-.... Tacna. 
Pyrocephalus obscurus .......... Islay. 
Geositta maritima .............. Cobia. 
Rhodopis vespera ..........- o, 2 0 Mi denn. 
Chordeiles acutipennis pruinosus .. Tambo. 


Autant que nous savons, il n’y a aucune espéce propre a cette 
faune de la céte méridionale qui ne se trouve également dans les 
environs de Lima, sauf quelques formes purement chiliennes qui ne 
se répandent pas si loin au nord, comme Agriornis maritima, 

1 Of. Berl. P. Z.S8. 1885, p. 122. 

2 Le Neorhynchus de Tumbez est beaucoup plus petit que celui de Lima, et 
appartiendra probablement 4 une sous-espéce distincte. 

3 Voyez Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 42 ff. 

+ D'Orbigny dit qu'il a trouvé cette espéce aussi & Inquisivi, Prov, Sicasica 
(Bolivie orientale), mais ce sera peut-étre une erreur. —Buru. et STOLZM. 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 405 


Ageleus thilius, Geositta cunicularia, Leptasthenura egithaloides, 
Synallaxis modesta, et d’autres dont plusieurs seront peut-étre 
limitées aux régions élevées de la pente occidentale des Andes. 
6. Deux espéces paraissent conjointement propres & la faune de 
Chepen (Pacasmayo), de Lima et d’Islay (vallée de Tambo) :— 
Myjiobius rufescens ; 
Thaumastura cora. 
7. Une espéce se répand sur toute la céte péruvienne de Tumbez 
jusqu’a la vallée du Rio Tambo :— 


CEdicnemus superciliaris. 


8. Les espéces suivantes se répandent de la céte de l’Ecuadeur 
(Guayaquil) jusqu’’ la cote du Pérou méridional ou du Chile sep- 
tentrional (Tacna, ete.) :— 

Sporophila telasco. Jusqu’d la vallée de Tambo. 
Muscigralla brevicauda. Jusqu’d Tacna. 
Pyrocephalus rubineus heterurus. Jusqu’d Tacna et Arica, 


9. Une espéce se répand de Lima jusqu’au Chile central 
(Santiago) :— 
Chrysomitris uropygialis. 
10. Une autre espéce se trouve dans toute la région de la céte 
du Pérou de Tum bez jusqu’au Chile central :-— 


Melopelia meloda. 


11. Les suivantes habitent la région de la cote péruvienne de 
Lima au nord jusqu’au Chile et la Patagonie. | Quelques-unes 
habitent méme une partie de l’Argentina, et d'autres se trouvent 
encore dans l’étroit Magellan :— 

Muscisaxicola mentalis. Jusqu’d la Patagonie. 

Elainea albiceps modesta. Jusqu’d la Patagonie et l Argen- 
tina oce. 

Thinocorus rumicivorus. De Pacasmayo A la Patagonie et 
YArgentina. 

Theristicus melanopis. Jusqu’d l’étroit Magellan. 

Falco cassini. Jusqu’d Vétroit Magellan. 


12. Les espéces qui suivent sont connues de toute la céte péru- 
vienne, commengant de la vallée du Rio Tambo au sud, et en méme 
temps se répandent le long de la céte de ’Ecuadeur et de la Colombie 
occidentale jusqu’’a l Amérique central et le Mexique :— 

Ceryle americana cabanisi. 
Crotophaga sulcirostris. 


13. En tout il y aura 4 peu prés 44 espéces terrestres (des 
95 nommeés plus haut), ou plus de 41 pour-cent, qui sont limitées & 
la région de la cdte’ et ne se trouvent pas sur la pente orientale des 


1 Probablement quelques-unes de ces espéces s’éleveront aussi dans les mon- 
tagnes de la pente occidentale des Andes jusqu’a une certaine hauteur. Mal- 
heureusement la faune de ces contrées est encore trés-peu connue. Néanmoins 
nous savons que 5 espéces qu’on doit regarder comme des formes caractéris- 
tiques de la cote se trouyent 4 Callacate et Cutervo 4 une hauteur de 5000! 
etc.—Burt, et Stouzm. 


406 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN [May 17, 


Andes. Nous y avons compris les cing espéces qui sont constatées 
@habiter aussi la région de Chota (a Vorient de la chaine la plus 
occidentale des Andes de Ja latitude de Pacasmayo) parce que la 
faune de cette contrée a une certaine ressemblance avec celle de la 
cote. 

De ces 44 espéces il n’y a qu’a peu prés 10 qui peut-étre seraient 
représentées dans l’orient ou au plateau des Andes par des formes 
voisines :— 


Geothlypis auricularis par G. velata? 

Molothrus occidentalis par ? 

Cyanotis rubrigastra par C. sp. nov.‘ (de Junin). 

Ornithion imberbe sclateri par O. imberbe? 

Pyrocephalus rubineus heterurus par P. rubineus. 

Geositta peruviana par G. frobenr? 

Chrysoptilus atricollis par Ch. peruvianus. De Chota et 
Chachapoyas. 

Ceryle americana cabanisi par C. americana. 

Crotophaga sulcirostris par C. ani. 

Chordeiles acutipennis pruinosus par Ch. acutipennis. 


Les autres 34 espéces terrestres de la région de la céte ne sont 
pas représentées par des espéces ou formes voisines dans la région 
de lorient du Pérou. 

A ces 44 espéces terrestres nommées plus haut on pourrait ajouter 
a peu prés 25 espéces maritimes qui certainement ne se trouveront 
pas dans la région orientale. Ce fera 69 de 122 espéces qui pro- 
bablement nichent dans la région de la céte et qui manquent & 
Yorient—ou plus de 56 pour-cent. Peut-étre quelques-unes des 
espéces de passage aussi ne se trouveront pas dans l’orient du Pérou, 
comme Hirundo tytleri, Dolichonyx oryzivorus, Ardetta ewilis, Are- 
naria interpres, Aigialitis semipalmata, 42. nivosa, Calidris arenaria, 
Tringa minutilla, Phalaropus lobatus, Porzana jamaicensis, Sterna 
elegans, Larus franklini, Xema sabinei. Alors il y aura 82 espéces 
de 153 mentionnées des environs de Lima et d’Ica qui ne se trouve- 
raient pas dans Vorient du Pérou, ou 4 peu prés 54 pour-cent. 

14. Quant 4 les espéces qui se trouvent en méme temps dans les 
environs de Lima (et d’Ica) et dans lorient du Pérou, il y a 4 peu 
prés 4 espéces qui paraissent conjointement propres & l’occident et 
a Porient du Pérou, mais il y a de doute sur quelques-unes de ces 
espéces qui ne sont mentionnées de Lima que par le voyageur 
Tschudi :— 

Tridornis analis. Lima (Tschudi) *. 
Pyranga testacea tschudii. 


’ Ty a une forme distincte de Cyanotis 4 Junin que nous avons intention 
de décrire prochainement.—Burt. et Sronzm. 

* Selon l’expérience de Stolzmann les espéces du genre Jridornis sont pro- 
pres aux foréts humides élevées et ne descendent pas au-dessous de 5000’. 
Aussi ce genre parait absent complétement sur la pente occidentale des Cordil- 
léres, car Jelski ne ’a pas trouvé 4 Paucal, ni Jelski et Stolazmann 4 Tambillo 
ou Cutervo. 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 407 


Stenopsis decussata. 
Conurus frontatus. Lima (Tschudi). 


15. Quelques espéces de la faune de Lima ne se trouvent pas dans 
la région orientale du Pérou de la méme latitude, mais dans 
des contrées de l’orient plus septentrionales, 4 Chachapoyas, ete. :— 


Pheucticus chrysogaster. 
Trupialis bellicosa. 
Myrtis fannye. 


Ces espéces traversent aussi les Andes en Ecuadeur, ot elles sont 
trouvées & Riobamba, etc. 

16. Les suivantes ne sont pas encore trouvées dans [orient du 
Pérou, mais elles traversent les Andes en Ecuadeur, en Colombie ou 
en Bolivie :— 


Catamenia analoides. Cuenca (Ecuador or.), Bogota 
(Colombie or.). 

Phrygilus alaudinus. Riobamba (Ecuador or.). 

Micropus andecolus. Bolivia alta or. 

Columbigallina cruziana. Bolivia or. 

Pseudochloris lutea. Bolivia alta et Argentina occ. 


17. Les espéces suivantes se trouvent en méme temps dans 
Voccident et orient de  Ecuadeur, du Pérou, et de la Bolivie :— 


Turdus chiguanco. 
Tanagra darwini. 
cyanocephala. 
Metriopelia melanoptera’. 


18. Une forme habite les deux régions de la Colombie, de 
lEcuadeur, et du Pérou :-— 


Sycalis arvensis luteiventris. 
19. Dans lonest et ’ orient del’ Ecuadeur et du Pérou se trouve :— 
Chrysomitris capitalis. 


20. Trois espéces se trouvent dans Vouest et dans Vorient du 
Pérou et de la Bolivie :— 


Phrygilus plebejus. 
Micropus montivagus. 
Gymnopelia erythrothorac. 


21. Une espéce se répand sur toutes les régions andines de 
Costarica, de la Colombie, du Vénézuela, de ? Ecnadeur et du Pérou 
jusqu’en Bolivie ; c’est la 


Serphophaga cinerea, 


22. Les autres 32 espéces terrestres qui habitent les environs de 


' Dans l’Ecuadeur elle parait limitée 4 l’occident, 


408 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN 


[May 17, 


Lima (et d’Ica), et en méme temps lorient du Pérou, sont trés 
répandues dans YAmérique du sud, savoir :— 


Troglodytes musculus. 
Volatinia jacarina. 
Zonotrichia pileata, 
Cyanotis rubrigastra. 
Tyrannus melancholicus. 
Cinclodes fuscus. 
Phleocryptes melanops. 
Ceryle torquata. 
Hemiprocne zonaris. 
Coceyzus melanocoryphus. 
Strix flammea perlata. 
Glaucidium phalenoides. 
Asio clamator (siibsp. 2). 
Speotyto cunicularia (subsp. ?). 
Sarcorhamphus gryphus. 
Cathartes atratus. 

aura permger ? 


Geranoaétus melanoleucus. 

Tinnunculus sparverius cinna- 
mominus. 

Antenor unicinctus. 

Tachytriorchis abbreviatus. 

Zenaida maculata. 

Columbigallina griseola. 

Aramides ruficollis. 

Rallus rythirhynchus. 

Ardea egretta. 

Phalacrocorax brasilianus. 

Dendrocygna viduata. 

Catrina moschata. 

Gallinula galeata. 

Fulica ardesiaca. 

Larus serranus. 


23. Les 31 espéces suivantes nous regardons comme oiseaux de 
passage dans ces contrées, ou oiseaux qui ne s’y trouvent que pen- 


dant le temps de leur migration :-— 
Progne purpurea? 
Hirundo erythrogastra. 
tytlerc. 
Dolichonyx oryzworus. 
Tyrannus tyrannus. 
Querquedula cyanoptera. 
Ardetta exilis. 
Arenaria interpres. 
Aigialitis semipalmata. 
niwvosa. 
Charadrius dominicus. 
Numenius hudsonicus. 
Actitis macularia. 
Bariramia longicauda. 
Totanus melanoleucus. 


—— flavipes. 


Totanus solitarius. 
Calidris arenaria. 
Tringa maculata. 

—— fuscicollis. 

bairdi. 

minutilla. 
Micropalama himantopus. 
Phalaropus lobatus. 
Rallus virgimanus. 
Porzana jamaicensis. 
Sterna elegans. 

Larus franklini. 

Xema sabiner. 
Stercorarius pomarinus. 
creprdatus. 


24. Vingt-trois espéces qui habitent des contrées plus septen- 
trionales paraissent atteindre 4 Lima la limite la plus méridionale de 


leur propagation :— 
Campylorhynchus balteatus. 
Dendroica aureola peruviana. 
Geothlypis auricularis. 
* 2 Pyranga testacea tschudi. 
Saltator immaculatus. 


Sporophila simplex. 


Neorhynchus nasesus. 


* 2 Catamenia analoides. 


Poospiza bonapartei. 

Molothrus occidentalis. 

Hapalocercus fulviceps. 
*Serphophaga cinerea. 


1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 409 


Ornithion imberbe sclatert. | * 2? Bolborhynchus aurifrons. 
*Tyrannus melancholicus. * Asio clamator. 
Geositta peruviana. | *Tachytriorchis abbreviatus. 
Myrtis fanny. *Columbigallina qriseola. 
* Hemiprocne zonaris. | Aramides ruficollis. 
* Coccyzus melanocoryphus. 


Les espéces qui sont marquées d’un astérisque se répandent plus 
au sud dans l’orient des Andes (jusqu’en Bolivie ete.). 

A ces 23 espéces ou pourrait ajouter les 9 espéces qui paraissent 
propres 4 la faune de Lima et les 3 espéces qui ne sont men- 
tionnées de la céte occidentale que par Tschudi (Jridornis analis, 
Tanagra cyanocephala, Conurus frontatus), ce que fera un total de 
35 espéces qui ne se trouveraient pas dans les régions de la cdte 
plus méridionales que Lima et Ica. 

25. Au contraire, il y a4 peu prés 21 espéces qui habitent des 
contrées plus méridionales et paraissent d’atteindre 4 Lima ou Ica 
la limite la plus septentrionale de leur propagation :— 


Anthus peruvianus. Cinclodes taczanowskii. 
Chrysonutris uropygialis. Phleocryptes melanops. 
Pseudochloris lutea. ? Rhodopis vesper. 
Phrygilus plebejus. Chordeiles acutipennis prui- 
Xenospingus concolor *. nosus. 

Muscisaxicola mentalis. Stenopsis decussata. 
Aneretes requloides. Falco cassini. 

Cyanotis rubrigastra. Phalacrocorax gaimardi. 
Elainea albiceps modesta. bougainvillei. 
Pyrocephalus obscurus. Theristicus melanops. 
Geositta maritima. Gymnopelia erythrothorax. 


A cette liste on pourrait également ajouter les 9 espéces qui jusqu’ 
présent ne sont connues que des environs de Lima et d’Ica. I 
aura done 30 espéces de cette catégorie. 

26. Il y a 15 genres d’oiseaux qui dans les environs de Lima et 
d’Ica atteindront la limite méridionale, et 8 qui y atteindront la 
limite septentrionale de leur propagation :— 


a 
y 


I. Genres qu’on ne rencontre pas dans la région de la céte au sud 
de Lima et d’Ica :— 


Campylorhynchus. Ornithion. 
Dendrovea. Tyrannus. 
Geothlypis. ? Myrtis. 
Pyranga. Coccyzus. 
Saltator. Tachytriorchis. 
Neorhynchus. Columbigallina. 
Poospiza. Aramides. 
Molothrus. 


1 Peut-étre limité dans la propagation septentrionale dans le département 
d’Ica.—Ber.. et Stonzm. 


410 ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [May 17, 


II. Genres qu’on ne rencontre pas dans la région de la cote au 
nord de Lima et d’Ica :— 


Pseudochloris. Phleocryptes. 
Xenospingus. Cinclodes. 
Muscisaxicola. ? Stenopsis. 
Cyanotis. Gymnopelia. 


Il doit étre réservé 4 des recherches futures de trouver les limites 
géographiques exactes de toutes ces espéces et genres entre Lima et 
Pacasmayo de l'une, et entre Lima et Islay de Vautre cété. 
Stolzmann a déja donné quelques renseignements en ce regard con- 
cernant la flore de la cote du nord, qui se change subitement en 
dépassant le 7#®me degré de latitude sud (voyez Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 
i. p. 19). 


v. Postscriptum de Jean Stolzmann. 


En étudiant l’avifaune de la céte du Pérou nous pouvons dis- 
tinguer deux districts bien caractérisés au point de vue ornitho- 
logique, 4 savoir un septentrional et un méridional. La limite entre 
ces deux régions coincide plus ou moins avec la vallée Chicama 
(Trujillo, 8° 6’ 9” lat. sud). 

Le district septentrional s’étend vers le nord jusqu’au Rio Tumbez, 
et méme il comprend aussi plusieurs parties de |’Equadeur méri- 
dional, les environs de Santa-Rosa, de Guayaquil et de Babahoyo, 
qui lui ressemblent sous le point de vue physiographique. En 
revanche il faudra exclure l’embouchure du Rio Tumbez, qui est 
couverte de rhizophores, et en conséquence présente un caractére 
tout-a-fait différent, et la vallée du Zarumilla, formant une transition 
aux foréts humides de |’ Equadeur occidental. 

Le district septentrional posséde trois genres qui ne se trouvent 
pas autre-part, 4 savoir :— 


Piezorhina, Gnathospiza, Myrmia. 


En outre nous trouvons ici 19 genres qui manquent complétement 
au district méridional*. Les voici :— 

Thryothorus, Parula, Polioptila, Cyclorhis, Euphonia, Cory- 
phospingus, Icterus, Cyanocorax, Furnarius, Picolaptes, Thamno- 
philus, Todirostrum, Phyllomyias, Myiodynastes, Myrmia, Chloro- 
nerpes, Psittacula, Floricola, et Penelope. 

Parmi ces genres il y a 12 qui sont caractéristiques pour la 
sous-région Amazonine (foréts), a savoir :— 

Thryothorus, Parula, Cyclorhis, Euphonia, Picolaptes, Thamno- 
philus, Todirostrum, Phyllomyias, Chloronerpes, Psittacula, Floricola, 
et Penelope. 

C’est le voisinage des foréts de |’Equadeur occidental qui donne 
ce caractére a la céte septentrionale du Pérou, quoique elle est 


' Dans notre statistique nous n’ayons pas fait compte des oiseaux a ’aire, 
qui sont trés as de méme nous avons omis toutes les espéces caracté- 
ristiques pour Tumbez et pour la vallée du Rio Zarumilla. 


Viegas benilselichay seal 2,0,0V ie 


Mintern Bros. imp. 


Peter Smit. del. et lith. 


LUCIOPERCA MARINA. 


(E nat. size) 


1892.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LUCIOPERCA MARINA. All 


dépourvue de vraies foréts et présente en général une végétation trés 
pauvre. 

Quant 4 la statistique des espéces, en négligeant toutes les espéces 
trés répandues et celles qui ne se trouvent qu’A Tumbez et & 
Zarumilla, nous trouvons 52 espéces d’oiseaux terrestres, parmi les- 
quels 35 espéces qui ne se recontrent pas dans le district méridional, 
ce qui fait 67 pour-cent. 

Le district méridional, par ses caractéres urnithologiques, appartient 
plutét 4 la sous-région Chilio-Argentine’. I] posséde un genre 
(Xenospingus) qui ne se trouve pas autre-part. | Parmi les genres 
doiseaux nous y trouvons 13 qui ne se rencontrent pas dans le 
district septentrional, 4 savoir :— 

Anthus, Petrochelidon (?), Conirostrum, Catamenia, Serphophaga, 
Aneretes, Phicocryptes, Myrtis, Rhodopis*, Chrysoptilus, Bolbo- 
rhynchus, Metriopelia, Thinocorus. 

Les genres Anthus, Catamenia, Aneretes, Phicocryptes, Metrio- 
pelia, et Thinocorus sont propres A la sous-région Chilio-Argentine. 
Parmi les oiseaux terrestres caractéristiques pour le district, sur 81 
espéces nous trouvons 36 qui ne se rencontrent pas dans le district 
septentrional, ce qui fait 44 pour-cent. 


2. On Lucioperca marina, C. & V. 
By G. A. Boutencer. 
[Received April 30, 1892.] 

(Plate XXV.) 


Thanks to the kindness of Drs. Strauch and Herzenstein, I have 
been favoured with the loan of a specimen of the rare perch Lucio- 
perca marina, C. & V. (Perea labraz, Pall. nec L.), of which very 
few examples have been examined since its first description by 
Pallas in 1811. The only recent author who has contributed 
original notes on the subject is Kessler’, who showed that this fish 
is distinguished from the Zander (Z. sandra) by fewer branched 
dorsal rays, and that therefore Pallas’s statement “ 12 rays’’ was 
not a misprint for 22, as suggested by Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
The specimens examined by him have 16 or 17 rays; the St. 
Petersburg specimen 17. Whether any have as few as 12 rays 
remains to be ascertained by the inspection of a greater namber of 
examples than have hitherto been available for study. The point to 
which I now wish to draw special attention is the close affinity 
which the Black-Sea and Caspian species bears to the North- 
American, and especially to L. canadensis. Leaving aside the 

* Cette sous-région comprend non seulement les parties méridionales de 
Amérique du Sud, mais elle s’étend aussi le long des Cordilléres en occupant 
les parties trés élevées et déboisées de ces montagnes (“ puna” et “haute sierra ” 
des habitants). Ainsi elle s’étend jusqu’a la Colombie et au Vénézuela. 

* Ce genre peut étre considéré, avec le genre Xenospingus, comme caractéris- 
tique pour ce district. 

a a Soc. Nat. Mose. 1859, p. 187, and Fish. Aralo-Casp. Exped. p. 4 


412 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LUCIOPERCA MARINA. [May 17, 


hitherto little-understood LZ. marina, it will be found that the 
Europzo-Asiatic and American species form two well-marked 
groups: the former (L. sandra and L. volgensis), characterized by the 
lesser space between the ventrals and the greater development of 
the ventral and anal spines, is nearer related to Perca, with which 
it is connected by L. volgensis, a fish almost as much a true Perch 
as a Pike-Perch; the latter (L. canadensis and L. vitrea) charac- 
terized by the wider separation of the ventrals and weaker ventral 
and anal spines. 

These two groups are so well marked that one might feel tempted 
to treat them as distinct genera, were it uot for the information now 
afforded by L. marina, which although agreeing in most respects 
with the American L. canadensis, yet differs from it in the more 
approximate ventrals, in this point resembling its European con- 
geners, and thus forming a very interesting connecting group, as 
may be seen from the following synopsis of the five species which 
constitute the genus Lucioperca’. 

I. The distance between the ventrals about two- 
thirds the width of their base; ventral and 
anal spines free. 

Canine teeth weak, or altogether absent in old 

specimens; D. apn lt Se 21-22; 


A. II 9-10; Sq. 110-117 ace L. 1. 71- 
BOF ek csaneen ovat os endear Ce ecb eee ade = aes 1. volgensis, Pall. 
Canine teeth very strong; D. XITI-XV, I-II 
pate in BHC. 
19-23; A. IT 11-12; Sq. 132-150 55:3 
Ty, Le BOAO5 cs ee sbecseavtwes tat Ae cewa cee eeeaedes 2. sandra, L. 


II. The distance between the ventrals about two- 
thirds the width of their base; ventral and 
anal spines very feeble and closely attached 
to the soft rays. 

D. XII-XIiI, I-II (12?) 16-17; A. IT 11- 
12; Sq. 115 5 Dok FBO4. wcesacvsecntec 3. marina, O. & V. 
III. The distance between the ventrals equals 

the width of their base; veutral and anal 
spines very feeble and closely attached to 
the soft rays. 
Top of head and cheeks closely scaled; back 
flattened; D. XII-XV, I-II 17-19; A. 
II 11-12; Sq. 110-125 2; 1. 1. 80- 
D-28 
CL Rene dACOC CARO CUEE LE Ch cic Rge nse Ces OIRO Lace 4, canadensis, C. H. Smith. 

Top of head and cheeks entirely or partly 

naked; D. XII-XIV, I-II 19-21; A. 
II 12-14; Sq. 110-132 2°; L. 1. 86- 
OFA .; SPURL ISA. . cosaras teeter ses teaaeene nes 5. vitrea, Mitch, 


' Lucioperca should date from the first edition of the ‘Régne Animal,’ 1817, 
where Cuvier (p. 295) does use the Latin name (‘ce qui leur a fait donner le 
nom de Jucioperca”), although indirectly and without a capital. 

2 The transverse series of scales are counted along the back, a little above 
the lateral line; the longitudinal series are counted at the highest point 
between the spinous dorsal and the lateral line and between the latter and the 
mid-ventral line; under L, 1. the number of perforated scales is given. 


1892.| ON ANTELOPES OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 413 


Lucioperca marina thus agrees in its scale- and fin-formula with 
LL. canadensis, whilst in its compressed back and almost naked head 
it agrees with LZ. vitrea. The following description is taken from 
the specimen in the St. Petersburg Museum (No. 6205, Alexan- 
drowsk, Caspian Sea). 

Depth of body 43 times in total length, length of head 32 times ; 
diameter of eye about } length of snout and 1 length of head, and 
nearly equal to interorbital width; strongly enlarged, canine-like 
teeth in jaws and palate; lateral preemaxillary teeth forming a single 
series; maxillary reaching to below posterior fourth of eye, the 
width of its distal extremity rather more than 3 diameter of eye; 
head naked, except a few scales on the operculum ; opercular spine 
feeble. Dorsal XIII, I 17; originating above axilla, the two por- 
tions nearly equally deep, the spinous } longer than the soft, from 
which it is separated by an interspace equal to } the diameter of 
eye; first spine # length of second, 3 length of longest. Anal II 
12; a little deeper than dorsals; spines very feeble and closely 
attached to the soft rays. Pectorals 3 length of head. Ventrals 
separated by an interspace equal to } the width of their base; spine 
very feeble and closely attached to the soft rays. Middle caudal 


rays # length of outer. Scales 115 3 L. 1. 79. Pyloric appen- 
dages 5, the longest as long as the stomach, the shortest only half 
as long. Brown above (in spirit), whitish beneath; ten dark 
vertical bars on the sides ; first dorsal blackish, second with a blackish 
bar along the middle. 


Total length 280 millim. * 


3. On the Antelopes of the Genus Cephalolophus. 
By Oxprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S. 


[Received April 30, 1892.] 


The genus Cephalolophus has long stood in need of a general 
revision, and I am enabled to undertake such a work owing to 
the fact thet the types of a very large number of the described 
species, valid and invalid, are in the collection of the British Museum. 
These types have all been carefully examined and compared, and, 
whatever its other shortcomings may be, it is hoped that the present 
paper will at least be of service to zoologists by clearing up some of 
the many doubtful questions of which the solution depends on these 
typical specimens. 

It has not been thought necessary to give full synonymies of the 
species, these being fully given in Gray’s numerous papers on the 


1 The total length of a Percoid fish should be given to the extremity of the 
middle caudal rays. In describing the proportions, it is of course necessary to 
exclude the caudal fin altogether, as we exclude the vertical fins in measuring the 
depth of the body. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXIX. 29 


414 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


subject. In the same author’s ‘ Knowsley Menagerie’ figures of 
the majority of the species will also be found. 

The genus Cephalolophus is a remarkably uniform one, the 
species, while widely differing in size, colour, and other superficial 
characters, agreeing exceedingly closely with one another iu all the 
more essential features. I have therefore no hesitation in placing 
them all under one single generic heading, with the synonymy as 
follows :— 


CEPHALOLOPHUS '. 

Type. 

Cephalophus, Ham.-Sm. Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. 
p- 344 (1827) 


Da guvaekese Shite Cp eybpienigare 
Cephalolophus (emend.), Wagner, Giebel, and 


other German authors ...............24. C. sylvicultor. 
Sylvicapra, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 138...... C. grimmii. 
Cephalophorus, Gray, List Mamm., B. M. p. 162 

(ISAS oes seat oo... acerctog SG. geri 
Grimmia, Gray, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 589........  C. grimmit. 


Terpone, Gray, P.Z.S. 1871, p. 592 ........ 
Potamotragus, Gray, Cat. Rum. B. M. p. 24 
(1872) BO ores ie aie en eee gee 


C. sylvicultor. 
C. sylvicultor. 


Of this genus 18 species appear to deserve recognition, and of 
these the following is a synopsis :— 


A. Horns, when present, pointed directly backwards, in a 
line with, or below the line of, the nasal profile. Horns 
generally present in female. Hars moderate or short, 
rounded, their length much less than the distance from 
the eye to the nose. General colour fulvous, red, 
grey, or black, generally marked or striped. 

a. Size large: hind foot (without hoof) more than 280 
mm.; basal length of skull more than 240. 


1 See also the two following species, the position of which I have not been 
able to determine with certainty :— 


(1) Antilope quadriscopa, Ham. Sm. Griff. Cuv. An. K, iv. p. 261, pl. (animal) 
(1827). 
Hab. Senegal. 
The general appearance of this animal is more that of a Gazelle than a 
' Cephalolophus, but the “ narrow dark streak, not open but naked, between 
the eye and the nose” would seem to show that it is a member of the 
present genus. Its remarkable character of tufts on all the four limbs is 
rendered less improbable by the recent discovery of the heel-tufts in C. dorie 
(infra, p. 424). 
(2) Cephalolophus ruficrista, Bocage, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 744. 
Hai. W. Africa; probably Angola. 
Only known from the head, which is like in general appearance to that of 
C, niger, but is decidedly larger. 
Horns rounded, but little roughened at base, placed in the line of the face. 
Dimensions.—Occiput to tip of muzzle 260 mm. ; eye to muzzle 140; length 
of horns 100. 


1892.] 


a’. General colour blackish, with a yellowish lumbar 


Shree | We-A fnipasscsousesasatca cewek d \coeecs ae 
b'. General colour of body grey, of head and neck 
lack WW, cA trae h. . 4.0 Gt.c08. 04 Seach feaccs ae 


4. Size medium or small: hind foot less than 260 mm.; 
basal length of skull less than 220. 


a', General ground-colour fulyous, rufous or chestnut. 


a*. Back not transversely striped. No heel-tufts. 
a’, Colour quite uniform, no mesial dark mark- 
ings on face or elsewhere. 

a‘, Size larger; hind foot (? hoof included) 

241mm. Kilima-njaro 

6*. Size smaller; hind foot without hoof 193 

mm. EH. &S.E. Afr. 
6°, Mesial dark markings present either on face 
or back or both. All W. Afr. 

a’, Darker markings shining black or brown. 
a. Back uniform rufous, no dorsal stripe... 
8°. Back with a black dorsal stripe continued 

on the tail. 
a, Tail black and white; back of hams 
red or white. 
a’, Centre line of face decidedly darker 


than flanks. Dorsal line from nape. 


a>, Sternal region and back of hams 
white. Tail tufted at tip......... 
6°. Sternal region and back of hams 
as dark as or darker than the 


body. ‘Tail evenly haired, not 

tnibed ao s299 sce is25,Sised. nes ake 

7, Face uniformly rufous yellow, like 

the flanks. Dorsal line from 

WIGHOES' scbeccessé-sesectonecesteunectecs 

6°. Tail nearly wholly black; back of 

hamp also black), :0i2..4-Ubadd.s-<ee8. : 

b+. Darker markings bluish grey .................. 

6*, Back transversely banded: Heels with tufts. 
Nee AED tosh etssacaesst eerie. See osceaas | eee 


4", General colour smoky brown or blackish. 
a’, Size larger; hind foot 210 mm. Face more 


rufous than body. W. Afr. .........0..00..0000 
6°, Size smaller; bind foot less than190mm. Face 
like back. 


a’, Legs greyish brown, like body. 
a‘. Rump not particoloured. Sierra Leone ... 
6*. Rump particoloured. Cameroons to Zan- 
LENA cote cbs skins A retaior <n Ww Seae aha oh Maen. 19 
6°. Legs rufous; rump not particoloured. S.B. 
PAD IL CMe rs caasacnetentao rs pace te cee eden 
B. Horns, when present, slanting upwards at a sharp angle 
above the nasal profile; female normally hornless, 
Ears long, pointed, their length equal to or exceeding 
the distance from eye to rhinarium. General colour 
yellow or greyish ; no darker markings on body, but 
a brown nasal patch present. 
a. Size smaller: hind foot less than 230 mm.; basal 
length of skull than 140. 
a', Colour bright yellow. W. Afr. 
6’. Colour grizzled greyish brown. Abyssinia 
b. Size larger: hind foot more than 240 min. ; basal 
length of skull than 145, Southern Afr, ............ 


OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 


or 


6. 


16, 
17. 


18. 


415 


. C. sylvicultor, 


[Afz. 


. C, gentinkt, 


[Thos. 


C. spadix,True. 


. C. natalensis, 


[A. Sm. 


. C. nigrifrons, 


(Gr. 


C. leucogaster, 
[Gr. 


. C. dorsalis, Gr. 


[Pet. 


. C. callipygus, 
. C. rufilatus,Gr. 
. C. dorie, Oz. 


. C. niger, Gr. 


. €. maxwelli, 


[H. Sm. 


. C.melanorheus, 


[Gr. 


. C. monticola, 


['‘Thunb. 


[Gr. 
C. coronatus, 
C. abyssinicus, 
[Thos. 
C. grimmii, L. 
29* 


416 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


1. CEPHALOLOPHUS SYLVICULTOR, Afz. 


Antilope sylvicultrix, Afz. N. Act. Ups. vii. p. 265 (1811). 

Cephalophus longiceps, Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 204 (woodcut of 
skull). 

Cephalophus melanoprymnus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 594 
(woodcut of skull), pl. xliv. (animal). Juv. 

Size large; form stout and heavy. Ears short, broad and rounded, 
their length much less than the distance from eye to muzzle. Fur 
very short on the fore-quarters, longer on the hind back, but in 
adults worn off and showing the whitish underfur or naked skin 
round the base of the tail. General colour all over, of face, body 
above and below, and of limbs, dark blackish brown. Muzzle, cheeks 
and chin, and extreme tips of ears whitish. Lumbar region with a 
broad pale yellowish mesial stripe running from the middle of the 
back on to the loins. 

In extreme youth the hairs of the posterior half of the body are 
ajl tipped with white, except just along what is afterwards the pale 
lumbar stripe, where they have long blackish tips, entirely hiding 
the whiite; and the caudal region, afterwards whitish and partly 
naked, is clothed with long black hairs. (See Gray’s figure and 
description of ‘*C, melanoprymnus.’’) 

Horns long and tapering, lying back in or below the line of the 
nasal profile, but rather bowed downwards terminally. Divergent, 
slender, evenly tapering, but little roughened at base :— 

3 and @ almost precisely alike, except that the latter are 
slightly smaller. Length (¢) 163 mm.; basal diameter going 
about 5 or 53 times in the length. 

Skull, in proportion to the size of the animal, delicate, slender, 
and elongate. Muzzle slender, tapering, not laterally swollen 
between the premolars and the anteorbital fossa. Anteorbital 
fossee of medium depth, their bottoms from 22 to 24 mm. apart’. 
Mesial notch of palate surpassing anteriorly the lateral ones by some 
10 or 12 mm., these latter comparatively deep and V-shaped. 
Bullze without any secondary inflation behind the point where the 
stylohyal articulates. 

Dimensions.— 9. Height at shoulder 880; ear 105; hind foot 
345. 

Skull (g)—basal length 262; greatest breadth 125; anterior 
rim of orbit to gnathion 166; nasals, length 123, breadth 46; 
muzzle* 99; length of upper molar series 89. 

Hab. West Africa. Sierra Leone (Afzelius) [Whitfield (Brit. 
Mus.)]; Liberia [Schweitzer (Berl. Mus.)|; Fantee [Awbinn (Brit. 
ae Lagos [Moloney (Brit. Mus.)|; Gaboon [Du Chaillu (Brit. 

us.) |. 

This, the largest species of the genus, is remarkable for the great 
change of colour which takes place as the young grows up, achange 
which, although brought about by very simple means, is so great as 


' Measured with calipers across the muzzle. 
* Front of the anterior premolar to gnathion. 


1892. ] OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 417 


very much to excuse Dr. Gray in his supposition that the young 
*< melanoprymnus’”’ represented a different species. 

The occurrence of C. sylvicultor on the Gaboon, as evidenced by 
the identification of C. melanoprymnus with it, is here of importance 
as confirming my allocation of ‘“ C. longiceps,’”’ also from the Gaboon, 
to its synonymy. ‘The typical skull of the latter agrees in every 
respect with a Fantee skull of C. sylvicultor, although it is, as Gray 
said, somewhat slenderer in the nasal region than the only skull 
which he then had for comparison with it. 


2. CEPHALOLOPHUS JENTINKI, Sp. n. 


Size large, though smaller than C. sylvicultor ; form stout. Ears 
short, broad and rounded. Colour of head, ears, neck all round 
as far back as the withers, throat, and a narrow sternal line deep 
uniform black ; of body above and below coarsely grizzled grey, the 
hairs ringed with black and white. Lips and chin, a line all round 
the fore-quarters separating the black from the grey, axillew, groins, 
fore and hind legs whitish; a rather darker mark running across 
the outer side of the forearm. 

Horns long, tapering, placed in the line of the nasal profile, 
divergent as in C. sylvicultor :— 

@. 155 mm. long, base not specially thickened, basal diameter 
going about 54 times in the length. 

Skull much longer in proportion to the size of the animal than in 
C. sylvicultor, agreeing, in fact, precisely in size with that of the 
larger species. In other respects also it agrees so closely with that 
of C. sylvicultor, that had the external characters not been known 
the two species would have been hardly supposed to be different. 
Such as they are, however, the following are the differences that I 
am able to find between the two skulls. The frontal outline is 
flatter, and the horn-cores are perfectly straight, not bowed down- 
wards terminally ; the facial region above the tooth-row and below 
the anteorbital fossa is markedly swollen out laterally, so that the 
teeth and their alveoli for a vertical height of nearly an inch are quite 
hidden in an upper view of the skull; the outer edges of the infra- 
orbital foramen are rounded instead of being sharp; the three 
posterior notches in the palate, approximately equal in breadth in 
sylvicultor are very unequal in jentinki, as the lateral ones are 
broad, shallow, and open, while the mesial one, and with it the 
whole posterior nares, is markedly narrower; the bulle have, just 
behind the articulation of the stylohyal, a very marked secondary 
inflation, projecting outwards and forwards and cutting off the ex- 
tension backwards of the bony lamina external to the articulation ; 
this extra swelling is quite absent in C. sylvicultor. In all these 
characters, slight as they seem to be, the five skulls of C. sylvicultor, 
including the type of C. longiceps, agree absolutely with each other, 
and differ from the single skull before me of C. jentinki. 

Dimensions.— 2. Height at withers 770; ear 105; hind foot 
310. 

Skull—basal length 267; greatest breadth 126; outer rim of 


418 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


orbit to gnathion 166; nasals, length 122, breadth 45 ; muzzle 91 ; 
length of upper molar series 90. 

Hab. Liberia (Ff. X. Stamp/fii). 

This fine species, discovered in Liberia by Dr. F. X. Stampfli, 
from whom, through Dr. Biittikofer, the Museum obtained the 
specimen above described, was referred’ by Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the 
Leyden Museum, to Gray’s C. longiceps. This reference, in my 
opinion, was most wise and prudent under the circumstances, not 
only on account of the extraordinarily close resemblance of its skull 
to that of C. longiceps, the only part of the latter form known, but 
also because there was at that time no evidence that C. sylvicultor, 
to which I refer C. longiceps, inhabited the Gaboon, whence came 
the latter animal. Now, however, that the reference of C. melano- 
prymnus to C. sylvicultor shows that the latter form does inhabit 
that district, the true owner of the typical skull of C. longiceps, 
practically identical as it is with that of C. sylvicultor, becomes at 
once evident. It is therefore clear that the Liberian species, so 
different from C. sylvicultor externally, but so like cranially, requires 
a new name, and I think no better name can be given it than that 
of my friend Dr. Jentink himself, whose valuable papers on the 
Liberian mammals are characterized by a carefulness above all 
praise, and whose very carefulness, led astray by Dr. Gray’s more 
serious mistakes, caused him to make the venial error in the determi- 
nation above referred to. In fact, it could scarcely be called an 
error at all, for at that time it would have been quite unjustifiable 
for him to have described the Liberian form as new, in face of the 
extraordinary resemblance of its skull to that figured by Dr. Gray 
as C. longiceps. 


3. CEPHALOLOPHUS SPADIX, True. 

Cephalophus spadiz, True, P.U.S. Nat. Mus. xiii. p. 227 (1890). 

Size comparatively large. General colour “dusky chestnut- 
brown without spots or bands, and not lighter on the belly. Face, 
chin, and throat pale greyish brown. Hairs of crest bright chestnut 
at the base, and tipped with black. Tail dusky, except at the tip, 
where the hairs are nearly pure white throughout.” 

Horns “ directed backwards, and lying below the plane of the 
upper surface of the skull ” :— 

3. “43 inches (114 mm.) long; slender, straight, not thickened 
at the base in front.” 

Dimensions.— 3. “ Head and body 965 mm., ear 107, hind foot 
(hoof to hock) 241.” 

Skull—basal length, from occipital condyle, 216; greatest breadth 
104; nasals, length 95; length of molar series 67. 

Hab. Mount Kilima-njaro, at high elevations [Abdot¢t (U.S. Nat. 
Mus.)]. 

The above is extracted from the original description of the species, 


1 N. LM. vii. p. 272, pl. x. (animal) (1885); op. ctt. x. p. 19, pl. i. (horns) 
(1887). 


1892. | OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 419 


of which I have as yet seen no specimen. It is evidently allied 
to C. natalensis, but may readily be distinguished by its much 
greater size. 


4. CEPHALOLOPHUS NATALENSIS, Sm. 


Cephalophus natalensis, A. Smith, 8. Afr. Q. J. i. p. 113 (1834). 

Size rather small. Form slender. Colour bright rufous chestnut 
all over, without marks or stripes of any kind, except that there is 
a faintly marked red superciliary line. Back of neck greyish brown. 
Chin and throat whitish. Tail slender, rufous at base; brown, 
tipped with white, at its extremity. 

Horns set parallel to nasal profile :— 

6. Short, conical, much thickened at their bases ; their greatest 
basal diameter going about 23 times into their length; length about 
70 mm. in an old specimen. 

Q@. Similar to male, but smaller, slenderer, and more sharply 
pointed. 37 mm. in length. 

Skull: frontal region markedly roughened and convex: ante- 
orbital fossz of medium depth, their bottoms 14 mm. in a male, 12 
in a female, distinct from one another; edge of median posterior 
palatal notch but little anterior (3 or 4 mm.) to the lateral notches. 

Dimensions.— 2. Height at withers 450; length of ear 63; hind 
foot 193. : 

Skull (¢)—basal length 150; greatest breadth 77; orbit to 
gnathior 85; nasals, length 64, greatest breadth 36; muzzle 56; 
upper molar series 50. 


Range. Eastern and South-eastern Africa, from Zanzibar to 
Natal. 


5. CEPHALOLOPHUS NIGRIFRONS, Gray. 


Cephalophus niygrifrons, Gray, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 598, pl. xlvi. 

Cephalophus aureus, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4) xii. p. 42 
(1873). 

Size medium. Colour of body rich chestnut, scarcely or not at 
all paler below. Centre of face and crest deep black, contrasting 
markedly with the rufous superciliary streaks. Nape browner. 
Feet and tip of tail blackish, a few white hairs in the terminal tuft 
of the latter. Hoofs apparently longer in proportion than usual ; 
lower edge of the posterior outer one 40 mm. in length. 

Horns, judging enly from the cores, decidedly short, and but 
little expanded at their base ; the cores in an adult male about 48 
mm. long. Their set parallel to, and a little below, the level of the 
nasal profile. 

Skull with the frontal region decidedly convex. Muzzle rather 
narrow and elongated. Anteorbital fosse of medium depth, their 
bottoms about 16 mm. from each other. Median posterior palatine 
notch some distance (7 mm. in type) in front of the level of the 
lateral notches. 

Dimensions.— 3. Approximate height at withers 500 ; ear 60 ; 
hind foot 235. 


420 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


Skull—basal length 160; greatest breadth 80 ; orbit to gnathion 
91°5; nasals, length 69, greatest breadth 34; muzzle 61; upper 
molar series 50. 

Hab. Cameroons [ Buchholz, fide Peters]. Gaboon [Du Chaillu 
(Brit. Mus.)]. 

The type of Gray’s C. awreus, which I refer with some doubt to 
this species, is a young animal, and the differences in coloration 
are probably due to this cause. Its body is far brighter and more 
fulvous than that of the adult, the withers and shoulders are browner, 
and the caudal tuft is more abundantly mixed with white. 


6. CEPHALOLOPHUS LEUCOGASTER, Gray. 


Cephalophus leucogaster, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xii. 
p. 43 (1873). 

Size medium. General colour dull chestnut-rufous, with a black 
dorsal band. Face rufous, darker down the centre; crest mixed 
rufous and black. Nape browner. Dorsal stripe commencing in 
front of the withers, not pure black, but grizzled with rufous, and 
not at all sharply defined laterally. Posteriorly, however, on the 
tail it becomes abruptly very narrow and sharply defined, not 
covering the whole breadth of the tail, but bordered on each side 
with rufous or white. End of tail with a large mixed black and 
white tuft. Under surface of body from chin to anus, inner sides 
of forearms and hips, and also a line passing down the anterior side 
of the metatarsi, whitish or pure white; no trace of a darker 
sternal patch. Posterior faces of buttocks also pure white, very 
different from the deep chestnut of this part in C. dorsalis. 

Horns of type (apparently Q) conical, sharply pointed. 

Skull, so far as can be gathered from a young and very imperfect 
example, with a slender narrow muzzle like that of C. dorsalis 
castaneus, quite unlike the short conical one of C. d. typicus. 

Dimensions of the type, an immature specimen with the milk- 
premolars still in position, and m* still below the bone :—Height 
at withers 400; ear 65; hind foot 203. 

Skull, breadth of m’ at cingulum 10:1. 

Hab. Gaboon [Du Chaillu (Brit. Mus.) ]. 


7. CEPHALOLOPHUS DORSALIS, Gray. 
a. Subsp. TYPIcus. 


Cephalophus dorsalis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) xviii. 
p. 165 (1846). 

Cephalophus badius, Gray, Cat. Ung. 1852, p. 85. 

Cephalophus breviceps, Gray, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 202. 

Size medium. Ears extremely short and broad. General colour 
bright chestnut-rufous, with a dark mesial stripe running from the 
nose to the tail, only interrupted at the crest, which is sometimes 
rufous. Centre line of face brown; superciliary streaks bright 
rufous. Crest variable, either black, mixed black and rufous, or 
wholly rufous. Dorsal stripe becoming absolutely black on the 


1892.] OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 421 


back, sometimes sharply defined throughout, sometimes broadening 
out on the withers into an ill-defined band passing down the 
shoulders towards the fore legs. Under surface, inner sides of 
limbs, and back of hams rufous like the sides; a black or blackish 
longitudinal patch present in the sternal region. Fore limbs brown, 
from the shoulder downwards, hind limbs from just above the heel. 
Tail black above throughout, the black covering nearly the whole 
breadth of the tail ; white below terminally. 

Horns placed about in the same straight line as the nasal profile :— 

gd. About 70 mm. long, slender, tapering, not thickened or 
roughened basally, the basal diameter going nearly five times in 
the length. 

Skull with a remarkably short conical muzzle, the distance from 
the anterior rim of the orbit to the gnathion less than the zygomatic 
breadth. Anteorbital fossee of medium depth, their bottoms 19 mm. 
distant from one another in a not fully mature female. Mesial 
notch of palate about 4 or 5 mm. in advance of the lateral ones. 
Bulle. with a small supplementary inflation, something like that dis- 
tinguishing C. jentinki from C. sylvicultor. 

Dimensions.— 2 (not fully adult). Height at withers 370; ear 
47x44; hind foot 170. 

Skull—basal length (c.) 143; greatest breadth 81; orbit to 
gnathion 77 ; nasals, length 55, greatest breadth 32; muzzle 46; 
upper molar series (milk-teeth in place) 52. 

Hab. W. Africa from Sierra Leone to the Gold Coast. Replaced 
in the Cameroons by subsp. castaneus. Sierra Leone [Whitfield 
(Brit. Mus.)]; Liberia [Biittikofer and Stampfli (Leyd. Mus.) ]; 
Fantee [ Audinn (Brit. Mus.)]. 


6. CEPHALOLOPHUS DORSALIS CASTANEUS, subsp. n. 


Rather larger than var. typicus, and ears apparently rather larger. 
Colour deep chestnut all over, the dorsal line deep black, the meta- 
carpals and metatarsals brown. Superciliary stripe chestnut, 
indistinct, far less bright than in var. typicus, and the general 
colour of the head darker and duller. 

Skull with the muzzle of the ordinary slender elongate shape, the 
distance from the anterior edge of the orbit to the gnathion ex- 
ceeding the zygomatic breadth. Bulle with scarcely a trace of the 
extra inflation behind the base of the stylohyal. 

Teeth decidedly larger than in the typical form, the combined 
lengths of the three milk-premolars 30°3 as against 25°5 in a 
similarly aged example of C. d. typicus. 

Dimensions of the type, an immature female.—Height at withers 
485 ; ear 60; hind foot 205 ; tip of muzzle to eye 106. 

Skull—basal length (c.) 159; greatest breadth 83; orbit to 
gnathion 90; nasals, length 70, breadth 35; upper molar series 
(milk-teeth still in place) 60. 

Hab. Cameroons [ Crossley (Brit. Mus.)]. 

This subspecies is based on the female specimen called by Gray? 


* Hand-l, Rum. p. 94 (1873). 


422 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


“‘Cephalophus badius, 418 ¢”; and its skull was figured by him 
under that name’. As, fortunately, the types of his C. badius and 
breviceps are both still in the Museum, I am able to state that it 
belongs certainly to neither of them, but its proper determination has 
caused me much perplexity. On the one hand, its skull, so far as 
one may judge from a single immature specimen, is so different from 
similarly aged specimens of C. dorsalis as apparently to demand full 
specific distinction ; while, on the other hand, it is externally almost 
precisely identical. For the present, therefore, I take a middle course, 
and make it into a subspecies, trusting that further specimens from 
different localities will clear up the precise relationship it bears to the 
true C. dorsalis, and also to its close ally C. leucogaster. 


8. CEPHALOLOPHUS OGILByI, Waterh. 

Antilope ogilbyi, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 60. 

Size medium. General colour bright orange, becoming rather 
more rufous on the hind-quarters. Nose brown, but otherwise the 
face is of the same colour as the body. Nape and sides of neck 
brown or blackish, but the hairs here so thin and short that the 
skin shows through and the general colour is but little affected. 
Hinder back with a marked black central dorsal streak, commencing 
vaguely at the withers, becoming narrower and more sharply defined 
posteriorly, and running on to the tail. Limbs dull yellowish, 
except on the phalanges, where they are brown or black. 

Horns in the direct line of the nasal profile :— 

3. About four inches long (109 mm.), conical, slightly incurved, 
much broadened basally, their greatest basal diameter going 25 or 
3 times in their length. ; 

@. About a inch and a half in length, conical, smooth, broad at 
base, pointed terminally, their length not twice their basal diameter. 

Skull with a very considerable convexity in the frontal region. 
Anteorbital fossze shallow, their bottoms 23 mm. distant from one 
another in a male, 19 in a female. Posterior palate with the three 
notches, median and two lateral, all at about the same level. 

Dimensions— 3. Height at withers 560 mm.; ear 76; hind 
foot 240. 

Skull (¢, not fully adult)—basal length 185; greatest breadth 
96; orbit to gnathion 112; nasals, length 88, greatest breadth 37 ; 
muzzle 69; upper molar series (c.) 60. 

Hab. West Africa. Liberia | Bittikofer and Stampjli (Leyd. Mus.), 
fide Jentink]; Cameroons [Preuss (Berl. Mus.), fide Matschie] ; 
Fernando Po [G. Knapp, 7. Thomson, R.N, (Brit. Mus.)}. 


9. CEPHALOLOPHUS CALLIPYGUS. 
Cephalophus callipygus, Peters, MB. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 483, 
pls. iil. & iv. (animal and skull). . 
Size about as in C. dorsalis. General colour of body yellowish 
brown, becoming more rufous posteriorly. Forehead and crest 
1 T. c, pl. xxx. fig, 1. 


1892. ] OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPAUS. 423 


rich rufous. Chin and throat white, rest of under surface yellowish 
grey. Back with a broad black dorsal band commencing behind 
the withers, broadening posteriorly, and involving the whole of the 
hams and backs of the hind legs down to the heels, and also the 
tail, with the exception of the extreme tip below, where the hairs are 
white-tipped. On the sides of the thighs, edging the black, the 
general body-colour becomes rich rufous. 

Horns short, directed backwards, lying below the level of the 
nasal profile. : 

Dimensions.— 2 . *“‘ Total length to tip of tail 1170 mm.’’; “tail 
210;” “ear 70.” 

Skull (taken from figure, and therefore only approximate) :— 
Basal length 164; anterior edge of orbit to gnathion (more or less 
decreased by perspective) 98; nasals, length 74; length of molar 
series (milk-teeth stillin place) 60. ‘‘ Length of skull’ ( fide Peters) 
180 (the greatest length of the drawing is 184 mm.). 

Hab. Gaboon [ Buchholz (Berl. Mus.).]. 

The description is compiled from Dr. Peters’s description and figure 
of this striking species, of which I have never seen a specimen. 


]0. CEPHALOLOPHUS RUFILATUS, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) 
xviii. p. 166 (1846). 

Size small; form slender. General colour partly bright yellowish 
rufous, and partly a peculiar bluish grey, the former colour covering 
the sides of the face, the whole of the neck, the shoulders, flanks, 
rump, and belly, while the latter prevails on the middle line of the 
nose, on the forehead, occiput, back of ears, centre of back from 
withers to rump, and all four limbs, from the elbows and middles 
of lower legs downwards. Crest long, blackish. Tail rufous above 
basally, black terminally. 

Horns placed in the same line as the nasal profile :— 

3. Short, conical, pointed (but no adult wild specimen available 
for description). 

. Rudimentary, mere low rounded knobs, hardly projecting 
above the skin of the head. 

Skull with a long and slender muzzle. Anteorbital fossz re- 
markably deep, more so than in any other species, their bottoms 
within from 5 to 10 millim. of each other. Mesial palatal notch 
some distance (5 to 7 mm.) anterior to the lateral ones. 

Dimensions — 3. Height at withers 360; ear 58; hind foot 
179. 

Skull (Q)—basal length 132; greatest breadth 66; orbit to 
gnathion 73; nasals, length 53, breadth 25; muzzle 45; upper 
molar series 49. 

Hab. W. Africa. Gambia [Whitfield (Brit. Mus.)|. A young 
skull from the Niger [Buikie (Brit. Mus.)] has also, and probably 
correctly, been referred to this species. 

It is difficult to say to which of the other species this peculiar 
little animal is most allied, especially as the absence of wild-killed 
male specimens renders me unable to describe the fully developed 


424 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


horns. It is perhaps a dwarf form of the dorsalis-group, with the 
black replaced by grey, and the chestnut much lightened in tone. 
Were there not, however, so many specimens known, all alike, one 
might be forgiven for supposing it to be a hybrid between C. coro- 
natus and C. marwelli, the former being responsible for the rufous, 
and the latter for the grey in its generally piebald appearance. 


11. CepHALOLoPHus DORIA, Ogilb. 


Antelope (2), Benn. P. Z.S. 1832, p. 122. 

Antilope doria, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1836, p. 121 (ew Benn.). 

Antilope (Cephalophus) doria, Jent. N. L. M. vii. p. 270, pl. ix. 
(skull) (1885). 

Cephalophus doria, Jent. N. L. M. x. p. 21, pls. ii. & iii. (animal 
and skull) (1887). 

Antilope zebra, Gray, Aun. N. H. 1. p. 27 (1838). 

Size small. General colour pale rufous, broadly banded with 
black. Face, ears, neck, and shoulders rufous or chestnut, except 
the nasal region, which is blackish, Back from withers to rump 
pale rufous, conspicuously banded transversely with deep shining 
black. Under surface from chin to anus pale rufous, slightly paler 
than the ground-colour between the bands. Limbs rufous, but 
with broad black patches on the outer surfaces of the forearms and 
lower legs, and with the phalanges black all round. Heels with 
large glandular tufts of black hair on their postero-inferior surfaces. 
Tail rufous, more or less mixed with black above, white below. 

Horns in the same line as the nasal profile :— 

¢. Short (barely two inches long), conical, tapering, sharply 
pointed, their greatest basal diameter going about 24 times in their 
length. 

6. Short (less than one inch in an adult), smoother than in the 
male, but otherwise similar in character. 

Skull stoutly built. Nasal region broad, flat, parallel-sided. 
Anteorbital fossee very shallow and little prominent, their bottoms 
28 to 31 mm. distant from one another. Frontal region not spe- 
cially swollen. Horn-cores so pressed downwards and backwards as 
to cause marked depressions behind and below them on the parietals. 
Palate with its three posterior notches about level. 

Dimensions.— 3. Height at withers 405; ear 75; hind foot 175 
(in a female, rather older, 185). 

Skull—basal length 148; greatest breadth 72; orbit to gnathion 
87; nasals, length 63, greatest breadth 36°7; muzzle 55; length of 
upper molar series 48. 

Hab. Liberia. 

Long only known from pieces of flat skin, this remarkable animal 
has now been made thoroughly familiar to mammalogists through 
the exertions of Dr. J. Biittikofer, who collected many specimens 
of it, and of Dr. F. A. Jentink, who described them (Ul. ce.). 
Although its plan of coloration, possession of heel-tufts, peculiar 
parallel-sided skull, depressed horn-cores, and shallow anteorbital 


1892. ] OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 425 


fossee separate it from all other known species, yet it is, I think, a 
much modified offshoot of the group of which C. dorsalis is typical. 


12. CEPHALOLOPHUS NIGER, Gray. 

Cephalophus niger, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) xviii. p. 165 
(1846). 

Cephalophus pluto, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p, 214 (1853). 

Size medium. Colour of body uniform dark smoky brown or 
black, becoming darker on the rump and limbs; paler on the throat 
and chest. Face fulvous, darkening into rich rufous on the crest ; 
the centre of the forehead sometimes brown or black. Ears black 
haired externally, rufous internally. Tail black above, but with a 
whitish terminal tuft. 

Skull long and narrow. Forehead swollen; anteorbital fossze 
rather shallow, their bottoms 19 mm. apart ; mesial notch of palate 
about 6 mm. in advance of lateral ones. 

Horns, ¢, “straight, rough at their base, smooth and pointed 
at their extremity, 3-3 inches (=80-95 mm.) in length ” 
(Temminck, J. c.). 

2. Short, barely an inch in length, blunt and rounded, not ex- 
panded basally. 

Dimensions.— 2. Approximate height at withers 450 mm. ; 
length of hind foot 210; of ear 71. 

Skull ( 2 )—basal length (c.) 174; greatest breadth 85; anterior 
edge of orbit to gnathion 106; nasals, length 72, breadth 34; 
muzzle 66; upper molar series 60. 

Hab. Fantee [Aubinn (Brit. Mus.)]; Gold Coast [| Pel (Leyd. 
Mus., Brit. Mus.), Burton and Cameron (Brit. Mus.)|; Liberia 
(Stampfli (Leyd. Mus.) |. 


13. CEPHALOLOPHUS MAXWELLI, H. Sm. 

Antilope (Cephalophus) maxwelli, Ham. Smith, Griff. Cuv. An. 
K. iv. p. 267 (1827). 

Cephalophus punctulatus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) xviii. 
p. 167 (1846). 

Antilope frederici, Laurill. Dict. Univ. d’H. N. i. p. 623 (1849). 

Cephalophus whitfieldi, Gray, Knowsley Men. p. 12, pl. xi. fig. 2 
(1850). 

Size considerably smaller than in the previous species. Colour 
uniform slaty brown, becoming paler below and on the inner sides 
of the limbs. Superciliary streaks whitish. Ears small, rounded, 
behind dark brown. Rump and backs of the hams uniform with 
body, except that just at the base of the tail on each side, and on 
the top of the proximal half of the tail itself, the colour is rather 
darker. Rest of tail above brown, beneath whitish ; limbs externally 
like body. 

Horns set up at a slight angle above the nasal profile, but not 
nearly so much as in C. grimmii:— 

3. Short (about 50 mm. long), thick at base; their greatest 
basal diameter going about 23 times in their length. 


426 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


Q. Entirely absent in the only specimen available (not fully 
adult). No traces of horn-cores are to be seen on the skull, and 
probably the female is always without them. 

Skull broad and strong. Muzzle rather narrow. Anteorbital 
fossze rather shallow, their bottoms about 14 mm. apart in an adult 
male. Mesial notch of palate only about 4 or 5 mm. in advance of 
the lateral ones. 

Dimensions.— 3. Height at withers 350; ear 50; hind foot 170. 

Skull (¢)—basal length 120; greatest breadth 63; anterior 
edge of orbit to gnathion 69; nasals, length 47, breadth 24°5; 
muzzle 40°5; upper molar series 41°5. 

Hab. W. Africa, Gambia [Whitfield (Brit. Mus.)|; Sierra 
Leone [ Sabine (Brit. Mus.)]; Liberia [Biittikofer (Leyd. Mus.)]; 
Fantee [ Aubinn (Brit. Mus.)]; Dabocrom, Gold Coast [Pel (Leyd. 
Mus.) ]. 

Ti species shows a certain tendency to the peculiar coloration 
of the rump characteristic of C. melanorheus ; the colour contrasts 
of black and white of the latter, however, are only in its case dark 
brown and light brown respectively. 

The entire absence of the horns in the female is a very important 
character, but merely on the evidence of a single specimen, and 
that one not fully adult, I hesitate to give it definitely as one of the 
characteristics of the species. 


14. CePHALOLOPHUS MELANORHEUS, Gray. 

Cephalophus melanorheus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) xviii. 
p. 167 (1846). 

Cephalophus anchiete, Bocage, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 743. 

Similar in all respects to O. maawelli, except that it is rather 
smaller, and that the brown colour of the back darkens to black on 
and at each side of the base of the tail, below which there is an 
abrupt change to white on the backs of the hams. Female with 
horns. 

Horns short, but almost as long in the female as in the male, placed 
in the same straight line as the nasal profile, slightly incurved :— 

3 about 40 mm. long, basal diameter going about 23 times in 
the length. 

@ about 30 or 35 mm. long, basal diameter going about 3 times 
in the length. 

Dimensions.—Height much as in next species. Ear 40; hind foot 
155. 

Skull ( ¢ )—basal length (c.) 116; greatest breadth 60; anterior 
edge of orbit to gnathion 63; nasals, length 44, breadth 23; muzzle 
40; upper molar series 37. 

Hab. Southern half of West-African Forest-region from the 
Cameroons [ Burton, Crossley (Brit. Mus.) ; Preuss & Morgan (Berl. 
Mus. fide Matschie)| and Fernando Po [7 Thomson (Brit. Mus.)] 
to Angola [Anchieta (Lisb. Mus. fide Bocage)]. (No doubt also 
extending across the continent in the Equatorial Forest-region.) 
Island of Zanzibar [Kirk (Brit. Mus.) ]. 


1892.] OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 427 


15. CEPHALOLOPHUS MONTICOLA, Thunb. 

Antilope monticola, Thunb. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xxxii. p. 93 
(1811). 

Antilope (Cephalophus) cerula, Ham. Smith, Griff. Cuv. An. K. 
iv. p. 268 (1827). 

Cephalophus bicolor, Gray, P.Z.S. 1862, p. 263, pl. xxiv. (animal). 

“Size and characters of horns as in C. melanorheus. Colour as in 
C. mavwelli, except that the legs from the elbows and knees down- 
wards are bright rufous. 

Dimensions— 2. Height at withers 320, ear 40, hind foot 154. 

Skull—basal length 109; greatest breadth 57; anterior edge of 
orbit to gnathion 61 ; nasals, length 40', breadth 24:3; muzzle 38 ; 
upper molar series 34°5. 

Hab. South-east Africa. Umegozy Forest, Zululand [ Dunn (Brit. 
Mus.)]; Eland’s Post [ Atmore (Brit. Mus.) ]; Galgebosch*, Uitenhage 
| Dr. Burchell (Brit. Mus.) ]. 

This and the last species, and, if the female is not always hornless, 
C. maxwelli also, might be considered to be merely geographical 
races of one single species. To settle the question, however, we must 
wait until the opening up of the interior of Africa shows what are 
the characters of any representative forms that may be found there. 


16. CEPHALOLOPHUS CoRONATUS, Gray. 

C. coronatus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) x. p. 266 (1842). 

Size probably, in adult animals, about equal to that of C. abyssin- 
icus ; form slender. Colour uniformly light yellow all over, except 
a small streak on the nasal region, the tip of the tail, and the meta- 
carpus and metatarsus, all of which are black. The yellow hairs of 
the body finely grizzled with black. 

Horns, skull, and teeth of adult not yet known. In the type 
skull, that of a half-grown animal, the anteorbital fossze are of 
moderate depth, and the mesial notch on the palate is about 10mm. 
in advance of the lateral ones. 

Dimensions of type, immature ¢ .—Height at withers 410; ear 
75; hind foot 206. 

Hab. W. Africa. Gambia | Whitfield (Brit. Mus.) |. 

Of this pretty species there are only in the Museum immature 
and young specimens, and from this material I am unable to come 
to a definite conclusion as to its relationship. In its general ap- 
pearance, however, it has a certain amount of resemblance to the 
Duiker group, of which it may be the West-African representative, 
and | have therefore in the synopsis included it provisionally in the 
same section as C’. grimmii and abyssinicus. I should, however, feel 
no surprise if the examination of adult skulls and horns proves this 
conclusion to be wrong. 


17. CEPHALOLOPHUS ABYSSINICUS, sp. 0. 
Size about one-third smaller than that of C. grimmii. Ears elongate, 


1 From another specimen. 
2 Collected in February, 1814. ‘Type of A. cerulea. 


428 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE ANTELOPES [May 17, 


about equal to the distance between the anterior canthus and the 
rhinarium. Colour grizzled yellowish grey, with rufous face, brown 
nasal mark, and brown feet, just as in the grizzled varieties of 
C. grimmii, of which it is obviously the Abyssinian representative. 

Horns (¢ ) set up at an angle above the line of the nasal profile, 
but not so markedly as in C. grimmii. 74 mm. long, evenly tapering, 
their basal diameter going nearly 5 times in their length. 

Skull, besides being actually smaller, shorter and broader in pro- 
portion than in C. grimmii. Distance between orbit and gnathion 
only just about equal to the zygomatic breadth. Anteorbital fosse 
of medium depth, defined above by a well-marked ridge, their bottoms 
about 14 mm. apart. Mesial notch of palate about 9 mm. in 
advance of the lateral ones. 

Dimensions.— ¢. Height at withers 455; ear 90; hind foot 220. 

Skull—basa] length 131; greatest breadth 73:5; anterior rim of 
orbit to gnathion 74; nasals, length 51, breadth 30; muzzle 45; 
upper molar series 46°5. 

Hab. Abyssinia (Brit. Mus.). 

This species is no doubt the Antilope madoqua of Riippell’, but 
not the earlier described A. madoka of Hamilton Smith?, which is 
Salt’s Antelope (Nanotragus saltianus, Blainv.). Both names are 
_ founded on the native name Madoqua or Madoka assigned by 
different authors to one or other of the two species, and probably 
used indiscriminately for either. 

Hamilton Smith’s name being happily antedated by De Blainville’s 
“ A, saltiana,’ and Rippell’s incapable of adoption, as having been 
used before, we are fortunately able to rescue both these beautiful 
little species from the clutches of this barbarous and doubtful 
native name. 


18. CEPHALOLOPHUS GRIMMII, L. 


Capra sylvestris africana, Grimm, Misc. Cur. Ac. Nat. Cur. 
Decas ii., Aun. iv. 1685, p. 131 (1686). 

Capra grimmia, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 70 (1758), 
ex Grimm. 

Antilope nictitans, Thunb. Mém. Ac. Pétersh. iii. p. 312 (1811). 

Antilope (Cervicapra) mergens, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. ii. p. 193 

1816). 
yee (Cephalophus) platous, burchellii, and ptoor, Ham. Sm., 
Griff. Cuv. An. K. iv. pp. 260-265 (1827). 

Cephalophus campbellie, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) xviii. 
p. 164 (1846). 

Antilope ocularis and albifrons, Peters, Siug. Mossamb. pp. 184 
& 186, pls. xxxvil.—xxxix., pl. xli. fig. 1, pl. xlii. fig. 1 (animal and 
skull) (1852). 

Grimmia splendidula and irrorata, Gray, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 590. 

Size medium ; form much more delicate and slender than in any 

| N. Wirb. Abyss. Sang. p. 22, pl. vii. fig. 2 (animal) (1835). 
2 Griff. Cuy. An. K. iv. p. 271 (1827). 


1892.] OF THE GENUS CEPHALOLOPHUS. 429 


of the species hitherto considered. Ears long, longer than the 
distance from the anterior canthus to the tip of the nose, their tip 
narrow and pointed. General colour of body pale greyish brown, 
sometimes with a yellowish tinge, but very variable in tone ; more 
or less grizzled, owing to the hairs being annulated with yellowish 
and brown. Face rufous or yellowish, with a deep brown longitu- 
dinal patch on the nasal region, rarely extending upwards to the 
bases of the horns. Throat and belly like back. Chin, inner sides of 
fore arms and of thighs, and underside of tail whitish or pure 
white. Front of fore legs with a brownish line running down them 
to the hoofs. Metapodials brown. Tail black above and white 
below, but the base above is commonly coloured like the back. 

Horns present only in g*. These set up at a considerable angle 
to the line of the nasal profile; slender, tapering, their bases 
roughened but not markedly thickened, their greatest basal diameter 
going about 6 or 7 times in their length. 

Skull long and narrow. Anteorbital fossee of medium depth, 
their border above generally rounded, not sharply ridged; their 
bottoms about 20 mm. apart in a fine male. Muzzle long, the 
distance from the anterior edge of the orbit to the gnathion much 
exceeding the greatest zygomatic breadth. Mesial notch of palate 
extending some way in front of the lateral ones. 

Dimensions.— 3. Height at withers 575; ear 110; hind foot 263. 

Skull—basal length 183; greatest breadth 85; anterior rim of 
orbit to gnathion 112; nasals, length 71, breadth 35; muzzle 64 ; 
length of molar series 61. 

Hab. Southern Africa, from the Cape northwards on the west to 
Angola [Gabriel (Brit. Mus.) ; Anchieta (Lisb. Mus.)|, and on the 
east to Taita [Wray (Brit. Mus.)] and Mount Kilima-njaro { Hunter 
(Brit. Mus.) ]. 

This common and widely spread species has been made the basis 
of a large number of untenable species, mostly without any really 
valid excuse. Certainly the species is rather variable in coloration, 
especially as to the tone of the general body-colour and the extent 
of the dark patch on the face ; but the differences are all obviously 
of little essential importance, and I have no hesitation in assigning 
all the names above given to one single species. 

C. grimmii and C. abyssinicus together form a little group some- 
what apart from the other species, but I do not think this group, 
to which Gray gave the name of Grimmia,is worthy of generic or 
even of subgeneric rank. The character of the female being hornless, 
on which some stress has been laid, is neither constant in C’. grimmii 
nor non-existent in other species*, and the other characters are all 
rather of degree than of kind, and all very difficult of definition. 
Other species seem also to lead up towards the group, as for 
example C. coronatus, which, when adult specimens are obtained, 
may prove to be quite closely allied to C. abyssinicus. 

1 Mr. Selous, however, says (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 763) “although the females are 


almost always hornless, I have met with three examples bearing horns.” 
2 See C. maxwelli, supra p. 426. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—189Z, No. XXX. 30 


430 PROF. F. J. BELL ON PONTASTER TENUISPINIS. [ May 17, 


The Duikers appear to be inhabitants of open or merely brush- 
covered regions, while the other Cephalolophi are for the most part 
inhabitants of dense forest, as may be judged from their extreme 
abundance in the West-African forest-region. 


4. On the Characters and Variations of Pontaster tenuispinis. 
By F. Jerrrey Bewt, M.A., Sec.R.M.S. 


[Received May 2, 1892.] 
(Plate XXVI.) 


In the year 1846 Diiben and Koren published their invaluable 
catalogue of the Echinoderms of Scandinavia, and since that time 
the species which they called Astropecten tenuispinus has been 
mentioned and more or less fully described by succeeding writers, 
such as Sars, Liitken, Koren and Danielssen. 

We know now that the specimens seen by the famous zoologists 
who first described this species were all small examples ; two were 
quite small, having R equal only to 12 or 18 millim., while the 
third, with R equal to 45 millim., is much smaller than many speci- 
mens now known to us. 

The ratio of R to ris given by them as 4=1 ; but as r=9 millim., - 
when R=45, it is clear that the proportion varies from 4 or 5 to 1. 
The specimens described by Koren and Danielssen in 1884 were as 
much as 260 millim. in spread, and R=130 and +=23; or the 
proportion was as 57 (nearly) to 1. 

With the variations in these proportions there must be some 
variation in the relative size of the disc and the general appearance 
of the specimen. Notwithstanding these differences, there has been 
a consensus of opinion among Scandinavian naturalists as to what 
should be called, as most of them call it, Archaster tenuispinus. 
Thanks to the obliging kindness of Prof. Lovén and Dr. Danielssen, 
I have been able to receive (and in most cases to keep for the 
British Museum) various specimens from various localities. Prof. 
Quennerstedt, of Lund, has been so kind as to compare specimens 
which I sent him for examination with the example on which Diben 
and Koren founded their species, not daring, rightly enough, to let 
the valuable specimen under his charge run any risk through the 

ost. 
Having thus a considerable series of specimens before me, I find 
that the range of variation of z® greater than we have yet sup- 
posed, for + may be only 10 millim., and R=74 millim., or the 
proportion instead of being 4 or 5 to 1 comes to be 72 to 1. 

Mr. Sladen does not inform us what his ideas are as to Pontaster 
tenuispinis ; but he obviously looks on it as a small species, for he 


PAS. 1892. Pl NL: 


Hanhart imp. 


‘Berjeau & Highley delet lith . 


VARIATIONS OF PONTASTER TENUISPINIS . 


1892.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON PONTASTER TENUISPINIS. 431 


says of a variety that its “‘ habit” is much larger than that of “ any 
examples which I have seen of the type-form.” The largest of his 
varieties appear to have R=66, but Koren and Danielssen had 
examples of P. tenuispinis in which R=130. However, it is 
useless for anyone who has not, like myself, access to the collection 
which Mr. Sladen describes, to hope to discuss with him any 
question which is based on measurements, for of these no writer is 
so chary. 

The proportions of R to 7 in this variety of Mr. Sladen’s vary 
from 37%, through 319 and 4 to 44, and 44; as the variability is so 
great, [ consider the relation of R tov should be put aside as a 
reason for distinguishing a variety of a form which itself shows a 
variation between 4 and 72. 

The original diagnosis of the species begins with the words “ radiis 
attenuatis ”; but in this point I observe some differences among the 
specimens, some of which have arms a good deal stouter than others. 
But on this point it is necessary to be precise, for Mr. Sladen’s 
variety, which he calls “ platynota’’' (a misprint, I presume, for 


ani 


Diagram showing the relative proportions of the arms of (A) P, tenwispinis 
and (B) P. platynotos. 


platynotos), is said to be marked by a “rapid attenuation?’ of the 
rays at a short distance above their base. If figures can be made 
to prove anything, words may he taken to mean anything; and a 
“rapid attenuation ” may mean anything between the loss of weight 
which follows a few days’ hard exercise or the result of a ten-weeks’ 
bout of fever. When we bring this vague expression to the test of 
measurement, we find that one example of the variety has an arm 


1 Qhall. Rep. Asteroidea (1889), p. 29. E 
30 


432 PROF. F. J. BELL ON PONTASTER TENUISPINIS. [May 17, 


15 millim. wide at its base, and 7 millim. wide midway between the 
base and the tip, while an example of “ A. tenuispinus,” named by 
the authorities of the Bergen Museum, gives with a base of 15 millim., 
a width at the middle of the arm of 5°5 millim., or °35 millim. more 
than would keep the proportions of width of base to width at middle 
equal in the two specimens. 

A reference to the diagrams A and B (p. 431), in which the 
proportions above given are plotted out, will show that in A the 
‘€ attenuation ”’ is more marked than in B, but the difference is so 
slight that I submit it is not of the least importance. 

The original diagnosis goes on “‘margine alto’’; these words at 
first presented some difficulty, as several of the specimens before me 
are remarkable for their flatness; but the matter was quite cleared up 
when I sent two specimens to Prof. Quennerstedt, in order to have 
them compared with the type in the University of Lund. 

These specimens, which I marked A and B, had respectively 
R=76 and 51, while the depth of the body at the angles was 3°3 
and 4°3 millim. each. In A the supero-marginals merely formed a 
fringe to the upper surface of the arm, while in B they formed 
a distinct line on the upper surface. 

In Prof. Quennerstedt’s opinion A cannot be A. ¢enuzspinis, while 
B is certainly very close to it. In other words, 4. tenuispinis, as 
represented by its type, by the figure given by its describers, and by 
the sketch sent me by the learned Professor of Lund, has the supero- 
marginals “‘ forming a well-defined border on the abactinal surface.” 
But this is the chief character by which P. limbatus, Sladen, is 
distinguished from P. éenuispinus, Sladen (D. & K., sp.). As 
a matter of fact, however, this is a point in which specimens brought 
from the same locality vary very greatly, and every stage may be 
found between that in which the supero-marginal is a mere line on 
the upper surface, and that in which it forms a distinct band. 

If, however, there are to be specific distinctions made, it is clear 
that P. limbatus of Sladen must be regarded as the equivalent of 
P. tenuispinis, D. & K.; and P. tenuispinus, Sladen, must receive 
anew name. For this, however, I see no real need. 

Recent observers have been struck by the presence at the base of 
the arm, on the upper surface, of a perforated area, which it has 
been proposed to call a ‘‘ papularium,” as the tubes which project 
through the holes are “ papular” or respiratory tubes. At times 
these “‘ papularia ”’ are so distinct that one wonders how it is that 
they can have escaped the notice of earlier observers ; but the truth 
is that sometimes the papularia are very indistinct, and at times they 
cannot be seen at all. This is another very remarkable instance of 
variation. 

If the views which I hold are justly derived from the facts 
which I have cited—facts, I may point out, which any worker 
during the last ten years might have acquired for himself without 
any overdue call upon his time—the synonymy of this species may 
briefly be cited thus :— 


1892.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON PONTASTER TENUISPINIS. 433 


PoNTASTER TENUISPINIS. (Plate XXVI.) 

Astropecten tenuispinus, Diiben & Koren, Wet. Akad. Hdlgr. 
1844 (1846), p. 251, pl. viii. figs. 20-22. 

Archaster tenuispinus, Sars, Norges Echin. (1861), p. 38, pl. 3. 


figs. 5-7. 

Pontaster tenuispinus, Sladen, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. Ast. (1889), 
p- 25. 

Pontaster tenuispinis, Bell, Ann. & Mag. N. H. iv. (1889), 
p- 433. 


Pontaster tenuispinus, var. platynota, Sladen, op. cit. p. 29. 

Pontaster hebitus, id. op. cit. p. 33. 

Pontaster limbatus, id. op. cit. p. 35. 

Distribution. Both sides of North Atlantic, Arctic Ocean, Kara 
Sea. Largest within the Arctic circle; the Irish forms often very 
stout. 85-600 fathoms. 

The following diagnosis of this very variable form may be 
offered :— 

The proportion of R (greater diameter) to r (diameter of disc) 
varies between 34 and 72. A very variable species in many 
characters. 

Dise and arms flat, but the depth of the side at the angles of the 
dise varying somewhat; the arms taper regularly, and end in rather 
fine points as arule. The bases of the arms on the dorsal surface 
sometimes, but not always, marked by a perforated area (the papu- 
larium) of an elongate lens-like form containing from ten to twenty 
holes. The sides of the arms above bounded by a pretty stout 
supero-marginal, which may, however, be so thin as to be merely 
a line on the upper surface. There may be as many as 40 
supero-marginals, and they pretty constantly each carry a well- 
developed spine, the base of which is surrounded by a number of 
spinelets. A similar, or sometimes rather stouter, spite is borne by 
each inferomarginal, and one or more of the surrounding spinelets may 
be prominent on account of their length. The intermediate plates 
on the lower surface are, as a rule, thickly covered with spines, but 
in these there are, at times, reductions. The spines on the ambu- 
lacral plates vary considerably in number and disposition, but the 
most usual arrangement appears to be a row of about six small 
spines along the groove with one, two, or three larger spines set 
transversely. Pedicellarize present or absent. Delicate spines may 
sometimes be seen rising from the dorsal paxilliform plates. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. 


Figures illustrative of the variations exhibited in the size of (I.) the supero- 
marginal plates, (II.) the characters of the papularia, and (III.) the 
disposition of spines on the actinal surface and along the ambulacral 


groove. 


434 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON [May 17, 


5. A List of the Lycenide of the South Pacific Islands east 
of the Solomon Group, with Descriptions of several 
new Species. By Hamitron H. Drucez, F.E.S. 


[Received May 3, 1892. ] 
(Plate XXVII.) 


In 1891 I published a list of the Lyczenidz of the Solomon 
Islands in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society. The present paper is an 
attempt to bring together the species of this family which have 
been described as inhabiting the South Sea Islands to the east of the 
Solomon Group. Our knowledge of the whole is, at present, very 
small, as large numbers of important islands remain to be explored. 
Mr. Butler published lists in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 
1874 and 1875, and has since described a number of species, princi- 
pally from the New Hebrides Islands. Out of 31 species here 
enumerated, I have described 7 as new. 

Several important genera, such as Catochrysops, Arhopala, and 
Deudorix, seem to end their range quite on the western extremity of 
the group. 

Thanks to the kindness of Messrs. Godman and Salvin, I have 
been able to examine their collection, which contains good series of 
most of the species, which were obtained principally by Messrs. C. 
M. Woodford and G. F. Mathew. 

The types of the species described as new are in their collection. 

The following table is intended to show at a glance the several 
localities from which each species has been recorded :— 


! 4, | / 


Pa r= | N. Hebrides Is 
N. Caledonia. 
Cook Is 
| Society Is. 


| Loyalty Is. 
Ook ok | Australia. 


Zizera 


eo | Fiji Is. 
xix | Samoa Is. 


Talicada ; 

ExOellensrcs. ctisciave cicoreee es 

Nacaduba } 
Vitiensis ........... oa merce | ex2; letacey Whee allem 

CY OPBi sewesaseuseeaes | Beeeesa Motel itsats Nias aii 

BAMOCNBIS: ....2..decsssreedee. Wee sure Mami eee | ttt | Oh 

novee-hebridensis ............ | % | | | | 

| 

| 

| 


Rovira; $e BAA IGRI (ache) |G MNF ee bens 2M Sen|! eee Secu leee 


P Z.5S. 1892. Plate XXVIL1. 


Lyceenidee from South Pacific. 


-Purkiss,ad nat. ith. West, Newman, imp. 


1892.] THE LYCZNIDZ& OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 435 


TABLE (continued). 


| a | 

a | 4 | 

} 2 |S . 
5 Si es 4 = = a a p= 
Dies fate], cari t e ay) RS Ale Sees 
SliOl|elil|ela|si3ls 

Val al | Blalialoiald 

my) at e| (peewee Dearie a see 

Nacaduba (continued) 

ME PLONANS))< secca sa. .d27-<.aadas Sha, \areate 438 | | 
CHtNCBIOUIS eccs-> cass asBoenm oes ee 2 Sagh etee'd i Seach fee eae hee Hera 

Thysonotis 7 
CHIOMONICH 6... elie. cessecscees 5am, | Vie: | 

Jamides | 
CANOR ON cS.023 bake vee teed ear Whee | re, Mle: 
pulcherrima ...............+6 ee 
MOT PHOWMOS,. sorondancasanetates Sir te Peas 
POOUCNO YIN 2. +c... seng=scondenes x 
WOUCIORGL? 9.2.0. see ccutecssteee * * * 

Peta 6.050.265. 2 see neesecees * 
AVS 2s sctswcassheseesapeerae coder * * 

CALIGRUIND --c28.casondves setae oa TON tesa, Neca Cae * | * 
PVBIKONE see hen sce seentes davdeses ep (La RAN] | ate (aoe aN Led [ee |e 

Lampides 
E@VANESCEDS ........cseceecesencs * 

Catochrysops | 
CUOTUS case scs ste gneonrnsmase nrc Fal pete (ate Finer nee ecco Meroe beaaes lee ae 
[eile gh MeoreP A ebcenr hacrie * | * Fh Worsted ins | sale | 

Tarucus | 
PMP ena. -cospyee beaheaee +} ea lPeetalpiiay' i= Naess Ma. : | 4 % 

Polyommatus | 
behiCuismeeeccne eee tn eee Ca (eh | al eA | hse ll ait 

Deudorix | 
ANA PHOWiieas soske ees oa seen eats * | 

| | | 


ZizeERA, Moore. 


Three species of this genus occur in these islands: Z. /abradus 
and Z. lulu, which are generally distributed, and Z. gaika, which I 
have seen only from the New Hebrides. 


ZIZERA LABRADUS. (Plate XXVII. fig. 1.) 


Polyommatus labradus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 680 (1819). 

Iycena alsulus, Herr.-Schiaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 75; 
Butl. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 285°. 

Lycena communis, Herr.-Schiff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 72 
(undescribed). 

Lycena phoebe, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 107 (1873); 
-Butl. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 285; id. 1875, p. 616. 

Zizera phoebe, H. H. Druce, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 358. 

Lycena mangoensis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. 
p- 347 (1884)’. 

Lycena caduca, Butl. P. Z.S. 1875, p. 616°. 

New Hebrides (Mathew). Espiritu Santo I., Mallicollo I., 


436 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON [May 17, 


and Pentecost I., New Hebrides (Woodford). Sandwich I. and 
Erromango I., New Hebrides’. Fiji Is. (Mathew). Suva, Viti 
Levu, Fiji Is. (Woodford). Mango, Fiji Is. Tonga Is. and Samoa 
Is. (Mathew). Upolu I., Samoa Is. (Herr.-Schaf.). Tutuila L., 
Samoa Is. (Butler). New Caledonia*. Australia. 

I have carefully examined two specimens in the British Museum 
which were received from the Godeffroy Museum—one of which, a 
male, is labelled L. communis, the other, a female, L. alsudus—and I 
am quite satisfied that, as pointed out by Mr. Butler (P. Z.S. 1875, 
p. 616), they represent the same species, as does also L. phebe, 
Murray. Lycena mangoensis, Butl., is nothing but a rather more 
strongly marked form, and we have in our collection specimens from 
Fiji Islands quite as typical L. a/sulus. Lycena caduca, Butl., again 
is, in my opinion, a variety, as although I have, in the large series 
before me, no specimen agreeing exactly with the type, there are 
several very close to it. 

Mr. Miskin has lately pointed out that /abradus is the oldest 
name for this species (Ann. Queensland Museum, no. 1, p. 62, 
1891), and is doubtless quite correct in so identifying it. 


ZIZERA GAIKA. 


Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 403. 

Lycena pygmea, Snell. Tijds. Ent. xix. t. 7. f. 3 (1876). 

Pentecost I., Mallicollo I., New Hebrides (Woodford). New 
Hebrides (Mathew). 

So far as I am able to ascertain, this insect does not occur east- 
wards from the New Hebrides. 


ZIZERA LULU. (Plate XXVII. fig. 2.) 


Lycena lulu, Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 312 (1889). 

Iycena conjungens, Lucas, T. P., P. R.S. Queensl. p. 160, ff. 11 
& 12 (1889), vide Miskin. 

New Hebrides (Mathew). Tonga Is. (Mathew) (types, Ton- 
gatabu I.). Fiji Is. (AZathew). Samoa Is. (Mathew). 

If I had not seen the specimen in the British Museum before 
referred to, I should have considered Herrich-Schaffer’s description 
of ZL. alsulus to have referred to this species, as he speaks of the 
underside being without markings, save a few angular marks. 

In the large series before me, I can detect no variation but the 
absence or presence of the black anal-angular spot on the underside 
of secondaries. 

Mr. Mathew’s types are now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s 
collection. 


Taxicapa, Moore. 


T. cleotas and T. excellens are distinguished at once from their 
congeners 7’. nyseus, T. mindora, and 7’. arruana by having a dis- 
tinct spot in the centre of the cell of the fore wing below, also by the 
darker ground-colour of both wings. The genus has not yet been 


1892. | THE LYCZNID& OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 437 


recorded as occurring east of the New Hebrides Islands, and no 
representative of it is found in Australia. 


TALICADA EXCELLENS. 

Scolitantides excellens, Butl. P. Z.S. 1875, p. 616, t. 67. f. 12’. 

Mallicollo I., Pentecost I., New Hebrides (C. MZ. Woodford). 
New Hebrides (Mathew). Erromango I., New Hebrides’. 

Mr. Butler was evidently mistaken in describing his species as 
differing from 7’. cleotas, Guér., by the male having the purple 
colour spread over the primaries and the centre of the secondaries. 
As a matter of fact 7. cleotas 3 has the purple of a lighter and 
more brilliant hue, and much more extensively spread over both 
wings, leaving the margins only narrowly black. Mr. Butler has 
doubtless taken Guérin’s figure for a male, whereas it is a female with 
somewhat more blue than usual. All females I have seen from 
New Ireland have this blue to a greater or lesser extent, but I note 
that females of 7. cleotas from the Solomon Islands are without it, 
also all females of T. excellens. 

I think 7. excellens can be distinguished by having the veins black, 
and by the outer margin of primaries having a considerably broader 
black border. 


Nacapusa, Moore. 


NacapDuBA viTiensis. (Plate XXVII. figs. 3, 4.) 


Catochrysops vitiensis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xii. 
p- 389 (1883). 

Nacaduba gemmata, H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxiii. 
p- 204 (1887). 

Fiji Is. (Mus. D.). Suva, Viti Levu (C. M. Woodford). Fiji Is. 
(Mathew) (Mus. G. & S.). Viti I. (Butler). J 

A common insect in these islands, and showing a good deal of 
variation in the size of the ocelli below and also in the expanse of 
wings, varying from 14~14 inch. 

When I described this insect in 1887, examples stood in the 
British Museum collection unnamed, as, although Mr. Butler 
described it in 1883, the types were not incorporated and he had 
forgotten that he had named it. 


NACADUBA DYOPA. 

Lycena dyopa, Herr.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 75 (1869). 

Lampides dyopa, Butl. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 285. 

Ovalau L., Fiji Is. (Herr.-Schaf.). 

This species probably equals JV. vitiensis, as it is described as 
having on the hind wing large verdigris-coloured bordered round 
spots of equal size, which at once distinguish it from Jamides can- 
drena and its allies. 


NACADUBA SAMOENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. figs. 5, 6.) 


Allied to WV. vitiensis, Butl.; rather larger. 
dg. Upperside more slaty blue and somewhat darker. Underside 


438 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON [May 17, 


(with the markings much the same) of a decided grey, not greyish 
brown as in N. vitiensis, and with two large black spots on the hind 
wing, placed as in that species and encircled with light metallic 
ceerulean blue (greenish in N. vitiensis), but without the yellow 
outer rings. A few blue scales at the anal angle. 

Q. Upperside : allied to NV. vitiensis, but the blue on the disk 
darker and much restricted, not appearing on the hind wing, and 
the large anal spots not showing through as they do in that species. 

Underside as male. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Legs 
greyish ; antennze brown, spotted with white. 

Expanse, ¢ 1,3,in., 9 14m. 

Samoa Is. (Mathew) (Mus. G. & 8.). 

A pair of this insect in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection are 
the only specimens I have seen. Although allied to N. vitiensis, it 
has several points of distinction. 


NaCADUBA NOVE-HEBRIDENSIS, sp.u. (Plate XXVII. figs. 7, 8.) 

Allied to JV. vitiensis, Butl. 

d+ Upperside a somewhat lighter and more silvery shade of 
violaceous blue. Underside pale ashen grey, with the markings, 
which are arranged much as in J. vitiensis, less distinctly prominent, 
and having on the margin of the hind wing one large black spot 
only, which is placed between the two lower median nervules, and 
which has its outer edge only bordered with metallic blue, and is 
not encircled with bright yellow as in JV. vitiensis. A few blue 
scales at the anal angle. 

Q. Upperside much like that sex of NV. vitiensis, but the blue 
area rather more extensive and considerably lighter in colour, and 
having on the hind wing a marginal row of pale grey crescent- 
shaped lunules. Underside as male. 

A very short black tail on the lower median nervule, which is 
occasionally tipped with white. There is very little trace of the 
greenish scales at the base of the wings below. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Legs 
greyish ; antennz brown, spotted with white. 

Expanse as JV. vitiensis. 

Pentecost I., Mallicollo I., New Hebrides (Woodford). Vaté L., 
New Hebrides (Mathew) (Mus. G. § S.). New Hebrides (B. M.). 

A male from Vaté Island, obtained by Mr. Mathew, has the 
black spot on the hind wing quite small; otherwise I notice no 
variation in the good series before me. 

This insect is distinguished at once from WV. vitiensis and also 
from IV. samoensis by having a short linear tail. 


NACADUBA FLORINDA. (Plate XXVII. fig. 12.) 


Lampides florinda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 354. 

Lifu I., Loyalty Is. (B. M.). N. Australia (Mus. D.). 

The type in the British Museum and a single specimen in our 
own collection, which agrees exactly with it, are the only two I have 


1892. ] THE LYCEZNID& OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 439 


seen. Mr, Miskin does not refer to it, so that probably it is known 
under another name in Australia. 


NACADUBA MALLICOLLO, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 18.) 

Lampides argentina, Butl. (nec Pritt.), P.Z.S. 1875, p. 616. 

3S. Upperside. Fore wing light violaceous blue, whitish in the 
cell and towards the outer margin, which, together with the costa, 
is rather broadly uniform blackish brown, the border extending 
into the middle of the cell. Hind wing greyish brown, darker 
towards the costal margin, and violaceous towards the base. A 
marginal row of distinct black spots extending from the apex to the 
anal angle, bordered inwardly with a row of indistinct grey crescent- 
shaped lunules, and outwardly with a clear white line interrupted by 
the nervules; beyond this a blackish marginal line. Cilia greyish, 
darker at each nervule. 

Underside pale ashen grey, with the white-bordered markings 
distinct and slightly darker than the ground-colour. Having much 
the appearance of WV. euretes, 2 (P.Z.S. 1891, pl. xxxi. f. 7), but 
with the submarginal row of lunules on both wings less distinct, 
smaller, and more triangular. Head, thorax, and abdomen con- 
colorous with wings. Antenne black with white spots. 

A short black tail tipped with white on the lower median nervule. 

Expanse !+ inch. 

Mallicollo I., New Hebrides (Woodford) (Mus. G. & S.). Tanna 
I., New Hebrides (8. M.). 

The male of this insect in the British Museum is a uniform 
violaceous blue, with very narrow linear brown borders. 

This species does not appear to me very closely allied to any 
other, but is perhaps nearest to NV. dion on the upperside of male 
and female. 

Mr. Butler has identified this insect with <Acrop.? argentina, 
Prittwitz, from the Samoa Islands, but I feel confident that that 
species is a Jamides, which is also Mr, Miskin’s opinion, as he 
places it as a variety of L. (= J.) astraptes, Feld. 


NACADUBA DION. 


Polyommatus dion, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 679. n. 191 (1823). 

Lampides perasia, Butl. P. Z. S. 1875, p. 616. 

New Hebrides (G. F. Mathew) (Mus. G. § S.). Tanna I., New 
Hebrides (B. 1). 

Both sexes of this insect agreeing well with Australian specimens ; 
two females, however, have slightly narrower black borders and con- 
sequently a larger area of white, whilst another is quite normal. 

Lycena perasia, auct. (nec Felder), from Australia, in my opinion 
equals NV. dion. I have not seen a specimen from Amboina, whence 
Felder’s type was obtained, but his figure seems to point to a form 
which has the brown borders on the underside much broader than 
any Australian specimens I have seen, and consequently a less extent 
of white. 


440 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON [May 17, 


NACADUBA NEBULOSA, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. figs. 10, 11.) 

Allied to N. ketria, mibi, but without the tails. 

3. Upperside: colour the same; hind wing without the black 
spots at the anal angle. Underside greyish creamy white, with 
markings and spots arranged as in NV. keiria, but very faint and 
indistinct. 

Q. Uppersideas WN. keiria, 2 ; underside as male. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen concolorous with wings. Antenne and legs brown, 
spotted with white. 

Expanse as JV. heiria. 

Espiritu Santo I., Mallicollo I., New Hebrides (Woodford). New 
Hebrides (Mathew) (Mus. G. & S.). 

A form distinct from anything I have seen. 


NACADUBA BIOCELLATA. 

Lycena biocellata, Feld. Reise, Nov., Lep. ii. p. 280. n. 352, t. 35. 
f. 14 (1865). 

Lampides armillata, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 614. n. 22. 

New Hebrides (Mathew). 

I have before mea male and two females of this pretty little species, 
which agree exactly with two in the Hewitson collection from Swan 
River; also with Felder’s figure. 

Mr. Butler, in describing his species, evidently overlooked Felder’s 
insect, at least he makes no mention of it. 

The male is much like the female, but has the violaceous extending 
almost to the margins of both wings. 

I am unable to state positively whether this species should be 
placed in Nacaduba or in Prosotas, as 1 have no specimen for dissec- 
tion. 


NACADUBA DEPLORANS. 

Lampides deplorans, Butl. P. Z. S. 1875, p. 614. n. 23. 

Maré I., Loyalty Is. (B. M.). 

The type in the British Museum is the only example I have 
seen. It certainly is not the female of N. dbiocellata, as both sexes of 
that insect are in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection. 


NacapuBa?! CATOCHLORIS. 

Lycena? catochloris, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lep. p. 78 (1832); Butl. 
P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 286. 

Taiti, Society Is. ( Boisd.). 

I have not been able to identify this species. Mr. Butler in 1874 
suspected it to be a Danis, but as that genus is not known to occur 
amongst these islands I think it will probably turn out to bea 
Nacaduba. 

Tuysonotis, Hiibn. 


One species only of this genus has been discovered in these islands, 
examples of which are contained in the British Museum and also in 
our own collection. 


1892.] THE LYCEZNIDZ OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 44] 


THYSONOTIS CALEDONICA. 


Lycena caledonica, Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 267, t. 33. f. 7 
(1865). 

New Caledonia (Feld.) (Mus. D.). 

Mr. Kirby, in his catalogue (p. 346), places 7’. caledonica as a 
synonym of 7’. schaeffera, but the whole upperside of the male, with 
the exception of the anal angle of hind wings, is of a rich dark blue, 
in that respect resembling 7’. cepheis from the Solomon Islands, but 
darker. The underside of hind wing isa most brilliant rich dark gold. 

The uppersides of the females of 7’. schaeffera, T. cepheis, and 
T. caledonica are practically all the same. 


JAMIDES, Hiibn. 


The species of this genus from the South Sea Islands have been 
supposed to occur only in their typical localities, but the numbers 
obtained by Mr. Mathew and Mr. Woodford prove that this is not 
the case—J. woodfordi having been received from Fiji, the New 
Hebrides, and Tonga Islands. 

All the species are very nearly alike on the undersides, but 
although I have before me a good series of most of the species I am 
unable to say that the colours merge one into another. 


JAMIDES CANDRENA. 


Lycena candrena, Herr.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 74. 

Lampides candrena, Butl. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 285. 

Viti Levu I., Ovalau I., Vanua Valava I., Fiji Is. (Herr.-Schiiff.). 

The only specimen I have seen is one in the British Museum 
which Mr. Butler informs me was sent by Herrich-Schaffer under 
his name. The wings appear to be exactly the same shade of blue 
asin J. pulcherrima, but the spots on the hind margin of secondaries 
seem to be absent, and the blue extends to the apex of the wing, 

Judging from Herrich-Schiaffer’s description I should have identi- 
fied the insect which stands under the name J. woodfordi as his 
species, because, first, he states thatit is near L. kankena, Feld., which, 
according to Dr. Felder, is similar to his Z. nemea in the-coloration 
of the upperside, and, secondly, no black borders are mentioned in 
the male ; now in the series of J. woodfordi before me several speci- 
mens have the borders so narrow as to be almost imperceptible, and 
until some one is able to compare the museum example with the 
actual type it is impossible to be certain what J. candrena really is. 

Mr. Miskin, Ann. Queensland Museum, no. 1, p. 51 (1891), states 
that L. candrenais a synonym of L. (=Jamides) astraptes, Feld., and 
on p. 54 gives N. Hebrides as a locality for L. dochus, Cr. There are 
specimens in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection of J. astraptes 
from Amboina, Ceram, and Philippine Islands; all these have the costal 
portion of the hind wings of a lighter and more shining blue than the 
rest of the wings, in that respect differing from all the island forms 
noted in this paper and resembling the Indian LZ. bochus, from which 
they principally differ in having narrower black apical borders. 


442 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON [May 17, 


JAMIDES PULCHERRIMA. (Plate XXVII. fig. 16.) 

Jamides pulcherrima, Butl. Anv. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xiii. p. 347 (1884) *. 

Tanna I." Mallicollo I., New Hebrides (Woodford). New 
Hebrides (Mathew). 

Two specimens in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, 
agreeing exactly with the type in the British Museum. 


JAMIDES MORPHOIDES. 

Jamides morphoides, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xiii. p. 347 (1884)’. 

Lampides candrena, Butl. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 252°. 

Espiritu Santo I., Pentecost I., Mallicollo I., New Hebrides 
(Woodford). Montagu I., New Hebrides **. "Tonga Is. (Ma- 
thew). : 

The single male from Tonga Is. in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s 
collection has the blue on the hind wing extending almost to the 
margin. 


JAMIDES GOODENOVII. 

Lampides goodenovii, Butl. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 252 ; Waterh. Aid, 
pl. 165. f. 6 (1886). 

Espiritu Santo I., New Hebrides ( Woodford). 

Four specimens of this insect in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s 
collection are all from Espiritu Santo Island. Mr. Butler describes 
the type as a female; it is a male, and a female before me is without 
the metallic gloss and has the borders considerably browner and 
also broader, especially in the hind wing. 


JAMIDES WOODFORDI. 

Jamides woodfordii, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xiii. p. 346 (1884). 

Jamides campanulata, Butl. ibid. p. 346 (1884). 

Jamides lobelia, Butl. ibid. p. 347 (1884). 

New Hebrides (Mathew). Tonga Is. (Mathew). Viti Levu L., 
Mango I., Fiji Is. (Woodford). Vanua Levu L., Fiji Is. (B. I). 
Fiji Is. (Mathew). 

There are before me a large number of this insect from the Fiji 
Islands, which varies a good deal in the width of the black borders 
and also in the colour of the underside. 

I have before noted (P. Z. S. 1891, p. 367) that J. campanulata 
cannot be separated from J. woodfordi, and after carefully examining 
the type of J. lobelia I cannot admit it as anything but a dwarf 
specimen of J. woodfordi. 


JAMIDES PETUNIA. 

Jamides petunia, H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxiii. p. 203 
(1887). 

Fiji Is. (Mus. Druce). 

It has been suggested to me that the specimens which I described 


1892.] THE LYCZNIDZ OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 443 


are only J. woodfordi subjected to the action of damp. They are 
dark bluish bronze and have a very distinct appearance, and for the 
present I think it better to keep them separate. There are no speci- 
mens in any other collection that I have seen which are anything 
like them. 


JAMIDES KAVA, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 15.) 


3. Brilliant morpho blue; general appearance of typical 
J. woodfordi, but hind wing without bluish-white borders to black 
spots on outer margin ; colour of J. morphoides. Underside as in 
J. morphoides. 

Expanse 1), inch. 

New Hebrides (Mathew). Fiji Is. (Mathew). 

The type in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and a speci- 
men in our own from Fiji Islands are identical. This may prove to be 
a variety of J. morphoides, but a good series of that species from the 
New Hebrides does not show any variation. 


JAMIDES CARISSIMA. (Plate XXVII. fig. 17.) 


Lampides carissima, Butl. P. Z. S. 1875, p. 615, pl. Ixvii. ff. 3, 4; 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p. 417 (1883). 

? Acrop.? argentina, Pritt. Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 274. no. 32 (1867). 

Erromango I., New Hebrides (Buél.). Espiritu Santo I., Pentecost 
I., New Hebrides ( Woodford). New Hebrides (Mathew). Tonga Is., 
Fiji Is. (Mathew). Samoa Is. (B. M.). Tongatabu (‘ Challenger’ 
Exped.). 

A good series of specimens not varying to any appreciable extent, 
and distinguished at once from J. woodfordi by their much darker 
and richer blue. Lampides (=Jamides) phaseli, Mathew (the types 
of which are now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection), from 
the Claremont Islands, and which we have also from N. Australia, is 
allied to this species, but is much more plumbeous on the upperside 
and on the underside the white lines appear much more distinct. Mr. 
Miskin, in the Annals of the Queensland Museum, no. 1, p. 59 (1891), 
places this species in the genus Lyccenesthes, which is certainly an 
error, as its hind wing possessing one tail only immediately shows. It 
will be observed that in the same paper Mr. Miskin places 17 species 
in Lampides, referred to ‘‘ Hiibn., Moore, Dist., and De Nicéville,” 
but none of these authors use this name for any of the species he 
places under it. 

It is, I think, possible that the insect described by von Prittwitz 
may prove to be the same as Mr. Butler’s J. carissima, but without 
examining the type I fear it is impossible to be certain. 


JAMIDES WALKERI, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. figs. 13, 14.) 


¢. Allied to J. carissima, but slightly darker blue and with the 
borders blacker, more distinct, even, and not widening out at the 
apex as in that species. Underside rather greyer and the white lines 
less distinct. 

. Close to J. carissima, 2, but less blue on the disks and the 


444 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON [May 17, 


borders dull black, not brownish black as in that species. Underside 
as male. 

Hind wings without linear tails. 

Expanse, ¢ 1-I1, 9 1,5-14 inch. 

Aitutaki [. (J. hs Walker). Rarotonga I. (Walker & Mathew). 
Cook Is. 

Although a species of Nacaduba (ardates) is known to have 
tailed and tailless forms, I think it is impossible to consider this 
insect the same as J. carissima, as they do not occur together. The 
other distinctions, though slight, seem constant. There are two pairs, 
including the types, in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, and 
one in our own. This is the only species in the genus without the 
usual tail. The species is also in the British Museum. 


Lampipes, Hiibn. 
LAMPIDES EVANESCENS. 
Lampides evanescens, Butl. P. Z. S. 1875, p. 615. 
Mallicollo I., Pentecost I., New Hebrides ( Woodford). 
This is a common insect in the New Hebrides, :and also in the 


Solomon Islands, but I have not seen it or any representative of the 
genus from any of the islands further eastward. 


Catocurysoprs, Boisd. 
CaTOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS. 


Hesperia cnejus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Supp. p. 430 (1798). 

Lycena samoa, Herr.-Schiiff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 73. n. 30 

Catochrysops patala, Butl. (nec Kollar) Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 5, vol. xiil. p. 346 (1884)". 

New Hebrides (Mathew). Erromango I., New Hebrides*. Suva, 
Viti Levu I., and Mango L., Fiji Is. ( Woodford). Levuka, Ovalau I., 
Fiji Is. (Mus. D.). 

Two females in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection from New 
Hebrides have the hind wings on the upperside greyish white, 
excepting the costal margin, which is light brown. 


CATOCHRYSOPS PLATISSA. 


Lycena platissa, Herr.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. vol. xxx. p. 74, 
pl. iv. f. 20, 2 (1869). 

Lycena kandarpa, var. caledonica, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xii. 
p- 495 (1862). 

Mallicollo 1., New Hebrides (Woodford § Mathew). N. Cale- 
donia. Rotumah I. (Mathew). Levuka, Ovalau I., Fiji Is. (us. D.). 
Samoa Is. (Mathew) (Mus. G. § S.). 

I am still of the opinion that the species inhabiting these islands 
should be separated from C. strabo, Fabr., but not having seen 
Herrich-Schiffer’s type it is impossible to say whether the insects 
before me represent his species. Felder’s Lyc. kandarpa, var. cale- 
donica, from New Caledonia is an older name for the same insect, 


1892.] THE LYCEZNID# OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 445 


but as it is well known under the name C. platissa I do not care to 
suggest another alteration in its synonymy. 

The specimens I have examined show considerable variation in 
size (some specimens from Samoa Islands being little more than half 
that of others from the New Hebrides) and also in coloration, 
some which I consider typical having a greyish-black outer marginal 
line only, whilst others have the apex and outer margin broadly 
greyish. The undersides also show considerable differences—some 
having the spots and bands brownish and distinct, in others, again, 
they are almost concolorous with the ground-colour of the wings. 
These variations cannot be traced to any particular locality, as a 
series from each shows all intermediates and extremes. 


Tarvucus, Moore. 

TARUCUS PLINIUS. 

Hesperia plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. 1, p. 284 (1793). 

Vaté I., New Hebrides (Mathew) (Mus. G. § S.). 

Mr. Miskin considers that the Australian insect should stand 
under the name pseudocassius, Murray. Such being the case, he 
must admit that 7. plinius and T. pseudocassius occur together, as 
we possess specimens from India and Africa agreeing exactly with 
others from Australia. Mr. Mathew obtained a number of this 
insect in the New Hebrides, but I have seen it from none of the 
islands eastwards. 

There is in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection a single female, 
formerly in Mr. Mathew’s collection, labelled New Britain. 


Potyommatus, Latr. 

POLYOMMATUS BZTICUS. 

Papilio beticus, Lion. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p- 789 (1767). 

Lycena taitensis, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 77 (1832). 

Lampides taitensis, Butl. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 252. 

Espiritu Santo I., New Hebrides ( Woodford). New Hebrides 
(Mathew). Tahiti, Society Is. (Boisduval). 

The specimens before me agree exactly with some in our collection 
from W. and S. Africa, but are smaller and less densely covered with 
coarse scales than is usual in European examples. There can, I 
think, be no doubt that Boisduval’s name is a synonym. 


ARHOPALA, Boisd. 


This genus apparently ends its range in the Solomon Islands, as no 
Species of it has been recorded to the eastward. 


Devporix, Hew. 
This genus, although well known to inhabit N. Australia and New 
Guinea with its adjacent islands, is, so far as I am aware, recorded 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXXI. 31 


446 ON THE LYCEZNID# OF THE sourH paciric. [May 17, 


here for the first time from these islands. The species must either 
be very rare or very local, or we should have seen specimens before 
this. 


Dr vpDORIX MATHEWI, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 9.) 


Q. Upperside. Fore wing rich dark brown, darker in the cell, 
with a confined disk of brownish orange; hind wing a uniform cupreous 
olivaceous brown, lobe with a black centre bordered inwardly with 
orange-red, outwardly with a few metallic-blue scales. 

Underside pale ashen grey, with rather darker white-bordered bands 
arranged much as in D. epyarbas, Moore, but that on the fore wing 
extending nearer to the inner margin, and those on the hind wing being 
more compact and placed altogether nearer to the base. The black 
spot between the lower median nervules broadly bordered inwardly 
with light metallic blue ; a large metallic-blue patch between this 
spot and the lobe and a metallic-blue line along the anal margin as 
in D. epijarbas. 

Head whitish; thorax above greenish ; below, together with legs, 
concolorous with wings. Abdomen pale buff below, greyish brown 
above. Cilia of fore wing above and below yellowish brown; of 
hind wing paler white towards anal angle. Antennee black, spotted 
with white and tipped with red. Palpi whitish, tipped with black. 
Tail black, lower edge and tip white ; half as long asin D. epijarbas, 
or any other true Deudorix, and considerably broader. 

Expanse 1,4 inch. 

New Hebrides (G. F. Mathew) (Mus. G. & S.). 

Mr. Mathew only obtained one specimen of this interesting species, 
a female, and, judging from its bright coloration, the male should turn 
out to be an insect of exceptional brillianey. It is quite distinct from 
every other species of the group. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. 
Fig. 1. Zizera labradus, Godt., 3, p. 435. 
2. ,, lulu, Mathew, Gd, p. 436. 
Nacaduba vitiensis, Butl., 3, p. 487. 
” ” ” 2. p. 437. 
5 sumoensis, sp.n., d, p. 407. 


” ” ? p- ° 
E. ieeicl am sp. n., ¢, p. 438. 


9. Deudorix mathewi, sp. n., 9, p- 446. 
10. Nacaduba nebulosd, sp.n., ¢, p. 440. 


iN Regie ©, p. 440. 
12. florinda, Butl,, 2, p. 438. 
138. Jamides walker, sp. n., oo p. 448. 
lAyen.: A ©, p. 443. 
Wy ett kava, sp.n., d, p. 443. 

Ue Mee pulcherrima, Butl., eS p- 442. 
ibe carissima, Butl., . 4438. 


18. Nacaduba mallicollo, sp. n., 9, p. 439. 


1892.] ON THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 447 


6. On the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca 
of the Philippine Islands, and their Relations to the 
Mollusca of the neighbouring Groups. By the Rev. A. 
H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow and Assistant-Tutor of 
King’s College, Cambridge. 


[Received April 20, 1892.] 


The Land-Mollusca of the Philippines may be regarded as con- 
sisting of two classes, those belonging to peculiar genera or subgenera 
developed after the final separation of the group, and those belonging 
to genera or subgenera common to the neighbouring islands. These 
latter may again be subdivided into (1) Indo-Malay and (2) Moluccan 
and Polynesian genera, according as the metropolis of their deve- 
lopment lies to the S.W. or the S.E. of the Philippine group. 

The object of the first part of this paper is to examine the distri- 
bution of the genus Cochlostyla amongst the different islands of the 
Philippine group. The Philippines are distinguished from every 
other group throughout the Pacific, except the Sandwich Islands, by 
the possession of an almost wholly peculiar and very conspicuous genus 
of Land-Mollusca, of striking beauty in form and ornamentation, and 
exceedingly rich in species’. The genus falls into 15 subgenera, the 
majority of which are on the whole fairly well marked, although the 
distinction between several of them is somewhat arbitrary. Nota 
single island is without its representative of the genus, and the 
species and even the subgenera are frequently much restricted in the 
area of their distribution. The whole genus thus forms an interesting 
clue by which to examine the problem of the ancient relationship of 
the different islands to one another. 


Preliminary Remarks on the Subgenera of Cochlostyla. 


I have followed Semper’ in regarding Avina and Corasia as true 
Oochlostyle, and von Méllendorff in adding * Ch/lor@a and* Ptycho- 
styla and excluding’ Phenicobius. Semper admits that the only 
distinction between Cochlostyla and Chlorea is that the latter exhibits 
some small anatomical difference in the genital apparatus, and this, 
as von Mollendorff justly remarks, is hardly sufficient reason for 
keeping it separate. The division of subgenera adopted by Semper 


? About 240 are enumerated by Hidalgo, ‘Journ. de Conch.’ 3° sér. xxvii. 
1887, pp.,111-192 ; but the list might be considerably narrowed by the reduction 
of many “ species” to the rank of varieties, and the exclusion of several which 
are not true Cochlostyle. 

* ‘Reisen,’ IT. iii. pp. 190, 166. 

® Nachr, mal. Gesell. xx. 1888, p. 99. 

+ Ibid. p. 65. 

5 Ibid, xxiii. 1891, p. 200. 

31* 


448 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


in the ‘Reisen’ is admitted, even by its author, to be hardly 
satisfactory. But there is practically a general agreement between 
Semper and Pfeiffer *, since both agree in the limitations represented 
by about 10 of the subgenera, the chief points of difference arising 
with regard to the respective limits of Calocochlea and Helicostyla, 
of Helicobulimus and Orthostylus, of Orthostylus and Canistrum, 
and the restriction of Canistrwm proper. The distinction, if any, 
between some of these groups is, unless and until some definite 
anatomical difference is established, at best arbitrary. After careful 
consideration I have decided to abolish Helicobulimus altogether, 
merging it in Orthostylus. The species are in any case few (Pfeiffer 
enumerates only 5, and one of these, grandis, Pfr., is better classified 
as Calocochlea), and different authorities are much at issue with 
regard to referring specific forms to one group or the other. This 
seems sufficient reason for refusing to draw a line between them. 
With regard to Orthostylus and Canistrum (Pfr.), there is a very 
long series of forms ultimately connecting such typical Orthostyli as, 
e. g., daphnis, Brod., and rufogaster, Fér., with elongated shells like 
camelopardalis, Brod., and nympha, Pfr. But the extremes are so 
wide apart that it may be worth while to try to separate them, and 
I do so by regarding pictor, Brod., as a sort of border-line form, 
removing it from Orthostylus, and considering it and all the more 
elongated forms as belonging to a separate group (Hypselostyla, 
Mts.). This group is practically identical with Semper’s ‘ Klongate,’ 
for there is strong ground for restricting, with Semper, the group 
Canistrum to a peculiar section of shells*, the type of which is 
ovoidea, Lam. (=Zluzonica, Moérch, = euryzona, Ptr.). 

The localities given in each case have been most carefully con- 
sidered, and no species has been taken into account whose locality 
is not regarded as authoritative. Thus the locality ‘ Philippines,’ so 
often given by the older writers, is useless for the present purpose, 
and species not further localized (a considerable number) have been 
neglected altogether. Recent investigation has been more exact in 
its record of localities, aud in the present paper 180 species in all are 
brought to account. Further, it has been found necessary to neglect 
Cuming’s authority as establishing any locality whatsoever. Those 
familiar with his method of preserving localities will understand this, 
and it need only be added that Semper and von Méllendorff are 
continually at issue with him. He may be taken as confirming, but 


1 (1) Corasia, (2) Callicochlias, (3) Globose, (4) Hypomelane, (5) Cineree, 
(6) Avina, (7) Helicostyla, (8) Orustia, (9) Spherice, (10) Cochlodryas, (11) Or- 
thostylus, (12) Elongate, (13) Phengus, (14) Eudoxus, (15) Canistrum, (16) Pro- 
chilus, (17) Chrysallis, (18) Phenicobius. 

° Nomencel. Hel. Viv. pp. 202-212, Von Mollendorff’s paper on the sub- 
generic classification of Cochlostyle (Jahrb. deutsch. mal. Gesell. xii. p. 72) 
places the divergence at its maximum. 

° Semper, ‘ Reisen,’ II. iii. p. 219, places in this section the following species :— 
stabilis, Sby., ewryzona, Sby., ovoidea, Lam., belcheri, Pfr., balanoides, Jon., 
breviculus, Pfr., cinerosa, Pfr., dilatata, Pfr. I should agree with him with 
regard to the first five; cinerosa is probably a var. of satyrus, Brod., which is 
a Hypselostyla; the remaining two appear doubtful. 


1892. ] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 449 


never as establishing, a locality. The main authorities are the two 
authors just mentioned, Hidalgo, von Martens, and Dohrn. 
Hidalgo’s work requires special watchfulness, but on the whole his 
localities are trustworthy. No locality from Pfeiffer has been accepted 
unconfirmed. 

No especial care has been taken to weed out synonymous species. 
This would involve another heavy piece of work, and would not 
materially affect the results arrived at. 


Distribution of the Subgenera of Cochlostyla’. 
1. CuLorza. 


Luzon, 6: benguetensis, Semp., geotrochus, Mollf., hanleyi, 
Pfr., gmeliniana, Pfr., antonii, Semp., hiigeli, Pfr. (all N. 
Luzon except hiigeli, which occurs also in Central Luzon). 

Marinduque, 2: amcena, Pfr., * fibula, Brod. 

Mindoro, 2: thersites, Brod., constricta, Pfr. 

Cebu, 2: fibula, Brod., sirena, Brod. 

Mindanao, 1: sirena, Brod. 

Tablas, 1 ; dryope, Brod. 

Sibuyan, 1: dryope, Brod. 

Luban, 1: fibula, Brod. 

This subgenus is widely distributed without being specially cha- 
racteristic of any island. It is not recorded from the large islands of 
Leyte and Samar, nor from S. Luzon, which is closely related to 
them. The true position of the so-called Chlorea pelewana, Mouss., 
from the Pelew Islands, cannot be said to be ascertained as yet. 


2. AXINA. 


Iuzon, 3: garibaldiana, D. & S., kobelti, Mollf., schaden- 
bergi, Mollf. 
Cebu, 6: magistra, Pfr., zebuensis, Brod., cumingi, Pfr., 
moreleti, Pfr., carbonaria, Sby., phloiodes, Pfr. 
Siquijor, 1: siquijorensis, Brod. 
The distribution of this subgenus is remarkably broken. It 
appears to replace Calocochlea in Cebu, and to be replaced by it in 
all the other islands except Luzon. 


3. Corasia,. 
* Babuyanes, 3: ‘elisabethe, O. Semp., *albaiensis, Sby., 
*halichlora, O. Semp. 
Luzon, 8: ‘albaiensis, Sby., psittacina, Desh., erubescens, 
Semp., pudibunda, Semp., livido-cincta, Semp., aurata, 
Sby., irosinensis, Hid., czerulea, Mollf. 

1 A very small island, lying quite close to a large one, with but little depth of 
water between, is regarded, for the present purpose, as forming part of the 
larger island. 

2 Species italicized are found on more than one island. 

3 Klisabethe and halichlora from Calayan I., albaiensts from Camiguin de 


Luzon. 
+ These species may possibly be classified as Calocochlea, 


450 


REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


Mindoro, 2: papyracea, Brod., egrota, Rve. 

Catanduanes, 2: reginee, Brod., papyracea, Brod. 

Marinduque, 1: filaris, Val. 

Tablas, 2: intorta, Sby., egrota, Rve. 

Negros, 2: virgo, Brod., intorta, Sby. 

Cebu, 5: egrota, Rve., virgo, Brod., papyracea, Brod., intorta, 
Sby., magtanensis, Semp. 

Limansana, |: limansanensis, Semp. 

Bohol, 3: valenciensii, Eyd., seruginosa, Pfr., intorta, Sby. 

Panay, 1: intorta, Sby. 

Siquijor, 3; broderipii, Pfr., papyracea, Brod., intorta, Sby. 

Mindanao, §: puella, Brod., cromyodes, Pfr., filaris, Val., 
virgo, Brod., dais, Pfr., zamboange, H. & J., intorta, 
Sby., saranganica, Mollf. 

Basilan, 1: zamboange, H. & J. 

Soo-loo, 1: dais, Pfr. 


This appears to be the only subgenus of Cochlostyla not peculiar 
to the Philippines, if the species referred to it be correctly assigned. 
It occurs also in Tukan Bessi (off S.E. Celebes), perhaps in the 
Tular Islands (between Gilolo and the southerh point of Mindanao), 
in Amboyna, in New Guinea, and in the Solomon Islands. It may 
be doubted whether any of these extra-Philippine species are really 
Cochlostyla*. 


4. CALOCOCHLEA. 


Babuyanes, 3 : * pulcherrima, Sby., damahoyi, Pfr., chrysochila, 
Sb 


Luzon, 8: festiva, Don., dataensis, O. Semp., zonifera, Sby., 
caillaudi, Desh., dubiosa, Pfr. (also in Alabat), pulcher- 
rima, Sby., ponderosa, Pfr., erythrospira, MOllf. 

Catanduanes, 2: coronadoi, Hid., norrisii, Sby. 

Mindoro, 4: melanochila, Val., roissyana, Fér., dimera, Jon. 

Tablas, 1: cocomelos, Sby. 

Sibuyan, 2: cocomelos, Sby., samarensis, Semp. 

Samar, 5: zonifera, Sby., norrisii, Sby., speciosa, Jay, samar- 
ensis, Semp., cryptica, Brod. 

Leyte, 6: zonifera, Sby., norrisii, Sby., coronadoi, Hid., 
spherion, Sby., cretata, Brod., fragilis, Sby. 

Surigao, 1: latitans, Brod. 

Panaon, 1: panaensis, Semp. 

Bohol, 3: spherion, Sby., latitans, Brod., pan, Brod. 

Mindanao, 11: *chlorochroa, Sby., * mindanaensis, Sby., 
zonifera, Sby., eryptica, Brod., spherion, Sby., circe, Pfr., 
depressa, Semp., cineracea, Semp., lignicolor, Mllf., 
retusa, Pfr. 


* Fischer and Crosse (Miss. Scient. Mex. p. 296) actually describe as Corasia 
a shell from Mexico. 

~ All three species from Calayan I., pulcherrima also from Babuyan I, 

5 Camiguin only. 


1892. ] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 451 


Evenly distributed over almost all the group, except where re- 
placed by Awina (Cebu, Siquijor). One species (sonifera) is common 
to Luzon, Leyte, Samar, and Mindanao. A group within this group 
(Semper’s cineree), consisting of erypéiica, latitans, cretata, panaensis, 
and cineracea, occurs in the contiguous islands of Samar, Leyte, 
Surigao, Panaon, Bohol, and Mindanao, but not in Luzon. 


5. Hewicosrya. 


Luzon, 14: curta, Sby., monticula, Sby., annulata, Sby., libata, 
Rve., mirabilis, Fér. (also in Alabat), montana, Semp., 
fenestrata, Sby., fumigata, Mts., balteata, Sby., spherica, 
Sby., boettgeriana, MOllf., metaformis, Fér. (also in Alabat), 
‘iloconensis, Sby., hindsi, Pfr. 

Marinduque, 1: mirabilis, Feér. 

Mindoro, 4: orbitula, Sby., tenera, Sby., fulgens, Sby., hydro- 
phana, Sby. 

Cuyos, 1: ignobilis, Sby. 

Tablos, 3: crossei, Hid., bruguieriana, Pfr., turbo, Pfr. 

Romblon, 2: effusa, Pfr., bembicodes, Pfr. 

Sibuyan, 1: effusa, Pfr. 

Cebu, 1: * collodes, Pfr. 

[ Bohol, 1: ° metaformis, Fér.]. 

One of the few subgenera well represented in Mindoro in common 
with other islands. It occurs on the Tablas-Romblon-Sibuyan 
group, but is net recorded from any other of the central islands 
except Cebu (and collodes is a remarkably aberrant form), or from 
Leyte and Samar. The species are remarkably peculiar to the 
separate islands. 


6. CocHLopRyas. 
Mindoro, 1: florida, Sby. 
Burias, 1: polychroa, Sby. 
A subgenus of very restricted and apparently broken distribution. 
Possibly ‘ Burias’ may turn out to be incorrect. 


7. Evpoxvs. 


Luzon, 1°: * chloroleuca, Mts. 

Catanduanes, 37: *' chloroleuca, Mts., leopardus, Pfr., bustoi, 
Hid. 

Mindanao, 6: smaragdina, Rve., straminea, Semp., gle, Brod., 
cumingi, Pfr., paradoxa, Semp., oviformis, Semp. 


1 Given in error by Hidalgo from Mindanao: Semper especially records it 
as peculiar to Ylocos, a couple of provinces in N, Luzon. 

2 Wrongly given by Hidalgo from Zamboanga, 8S. Mindanao. 

3 The locality is due to Hidalgo, but he does not state his authority, and there 
can be little doubt that it is incorrect. Von Mollendorff, who collected in 
Bohol, does not mention it. 

The classification of this species, and its assignment to Luzon, are matters 
of doubt. 


452 REY. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


8. OrtTHosTYLvs. 


Luzon, 20: leucophza, Sby., woodiana, Lea (also Alabat), 
porteri, Pfr. (also Polillo), lignaria, Pfr., rufogaster, Less., 
macrostoma, Pfr., vidali, Hid., 6zcolorata, Lea (also 
Alabat), polillensis, Pfr. (Polillo only), supra-badia, Semp., 
juglans, Pfr., nux, Semp., monozona, Pfr., concinna, Sby., 
flammula, Semp., turris, Semp., grandis, Pfr., turbinoides, 
Brod., amaliz, Millf., pithogaster, Fér. (also Alabat). 

Catanduanes, 3: imperator, Pfr., codonensis, Hid., turbinoides, 
Brod. 

Marinduque, 4: marinduquensis, Hid., bicolorata, Lea, philip- 
pinensis, Rve., villari, Hid. 

Samar, 2: philippinensis, Rve., pithogaster, Fer. 

Leyte, 1: turbinoides, Brod. 

Panay, 3: turgens, Desh., dicolorata, Lea, sarcinosa, Feér. 

Cebu, 4: pithogaster, Fér., faunus, Brod., sarcinosa, Fér., 
daphnis, Brod. 

Bohol, 2: gilva, Sby., daphnis, Brod. 

Masbate, 3: pithogaster, Fér., faunus, Brod., ticaonica, Brod. 

Siquijor, 1: daphnis, Brod. 


This subgenus is largely developed in Luzon and the central 
islands, but entirely absent from Mindoro and Mindanao. Several 
species are of wide distribution, e. g., pithogaster (Luzon, Samar, 
Cebu, Masbate), daphnis (Cebu, Bohol, Siquijor), turbinoides (Luzon, 
Catanduanes, Leyte). Cochl. rustica, Mouss., from Java, must be 
an Amphidromus: C. viridis, Desh., from Madagascar, is a Helix. 


9. PHENGUS. 


Luzon, 2: romblonensis, Pfr. (Calaguas only), opalina, Sby. 
Marinduque, 7: romblonensis, Pfr., quadrasi, Hid., cossman- 
niana, Cr., simplex, Jon., eburnea, Rve., mollendorffi, Hid., 
subcarinata, Pfr. 
Romblon, 1: simplex, Jon. 
? Burias, 1: concinna, Sby. 


This subgenus has its headquarters in Marinduque, and appears 
to have spread only to the islands in the immediate vicinity. 


10. CaNISTRUM. 


Burias, 2: ovoidea, Lam., stabilis, Sby. 
* Masbate, 1: ovoidea, Lam. 


A small but well-marked subgenus of correspondingly well-marked 
distribution. Its true limitations have been indicated above. 


1 To these should perhaps be added cincinniformis, Sby., Luban, on the 
authority of a private collector, but I do not feel justified in placing it in the 
text, Pfeiffer strangely classifies the species in Cochlodryas. 

2 Tlocos Sur (N. Luzon) is given asa habitat for balanotdes, Sby., by a private 
collector, but the authority is hardly sufficient, 


1892.] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 453 


11. HypsELOsTYyLa. 


Luzon, 2: dactylus, Brod., nympha, Brod. 

Catanduanes, 1: dactylus, Brod. 

Marinduque, 1: nympha, Brod. 

Leyte, 1: camelopardalis, Brod. 

Panay, 3: ' fulgetrum, Brod., nobilis, Rve., pictor, Brod. 
Cebu, 1: camelopardalis, Brod. 

Bohol, 2: boholensis, Brod., camelopardalis, Brod. 
Busuanga, Palawan, and Balabac, 1: satyrus, Brod. 


Characteristic of the central group, this subgenus just reaches 
Luzon and its southern attendant islands, but is entirely absent from 
Mindoro and Mindanao. Its appearance in Palawan and the 
Calamianes Islands is remarkable, no other subgenus being repre- 
sented there. 


12. CurysALis. 


Mindoro, 5: aspersa, Grat., mindoroensis, Brod., chrysalidi- 
formis, Sby., electrica, Rve., antonii, Semp. 


Entirely peculiar to Mindoro. 


13. Procui.us. 


Mindoro, 7 : fictilis, Brod., virgata, Jay, porracea, Jay, calobapta, 
Jon., dryas, Brod., larvata, Brod., sylvanoides, Semp. 
* Cuyos, 1: cuyoensis. 


Not found out of Mindoro and (possibly) the Cuyos Is. 


14, PrycHostyLa. 
Luban, 1: * cepoides, Lea. 
Peculiar to Luban ; one species only known. 


15. PFEIFFERIA. 
Luzon, 1: micans, Pfr. 


Characteristics of the separate Islands. 


Babuyanes.—This group, which may at a remote time have been 
connected with Luzon, but now is separated from it by a deep 


1 These three species from Panay, together with satyrus, form almost a group 
within a group, which is confined to Panay, the Calamianes, Palawan, and 
Balabac, in none of which islands do the more elongated Hypselostyle occur. 

2 There is no authority but Cuming’s for assigning this sp. to the Ouyos Is. ; 
but as it does not appear to have been discovered anywhere else, there is con- 
siderable probability that the locality may be correct. 

3 Mollendorff, Nachr. mal. Gesell. xx. 1888, p. 65. A tablet in the Brit. 
Mus. has on the back, in Cuming’s hand, “Island of Luban, leaves of trees.” 
This locality had never been confirmed until one of yon Mollendorft’s collectors 
found the species living on Luban. Pfeiffer classified it as Stylodonta, Tryon as 
Nanina! Semper (Reisen, IT. iii. p. 181) was the first to regard the species as 
Cochlostyla. He placed it in Calocochlea, suggesting, however, that a special 
group should be formed for so remarkable a shell. 


454 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


channel, contains representatives of no subgenera which do not occur 
in Luzon. Only two subgenera (Corasia and Calocochlea) appear 
to be found there. 

Luzon.—The great size of this island, exceeding as it does in area 
all the other islands, excepting Mindanao, taken together, and its 
wide extension to the S. and E., cause it, besides developing a rich 
fauna of its own, to receive immigrants from subgenera not indigenous 
to it. Thus there is no group which is not represented on Luzon, 
with the exception of those peculiar to Mindoro and Luban, but, on 
the cther hand, there is no group (except Pfeiferia) peculiar to it. 
It is characterized by a rich development of the four subgenera 
Corasia, Calocochlea, Helicostyla, and Orthostylus ; its neighbour- 
hood to Marinduque gives it its 2 species of Phengus, to the central 
group its 2 species of Hypselostyla. Catanduanes, Polillo, and 
Alabat, the three islands on its eastern side, the fauna of which is 
well known, present no peculiar features; the channels separating 
them from Luzon are shallow, and they are practically a part of the 
main island. 

Marinduque.—This island, although in other respects closely 
related to Luzon, stands out distinct from it in several respects, and 
is by no means so closely related to it as the islands just mentioned. 
The channel separating it from Luzon is deep, and apparently only 
just fails to exceed 100 fathoms in depth throughout its length. 
It is the metropolis of the subg. Phengus, 7 out of the 9 known 
species being found there. No species of Calocochlea, so abundant 
in Luzon, appears to occur. Orthostylus is abundant, and Hypselo- 
styla is represented by one species. 

Leyte and Samar.—These two islands, which are separated from 
one another by a very narrow and shallow channel, are closely related. 
The San Bernardino channel, which separates Samar from Luzon, is 
not of great depth, and accordingly no subgenus occurs on these two 
islands which does not also occur on Luzon. On the other hand, 
the Surigao passage, which separates Leyte from Mindanao, is, at 
least in part, of considerable depth, and we find accordingly that 
two out of the three subgenera hitherto recorded from Leyte do 
not occur in Mindanao. Neither of the islands can be said to be 
well explored. Only Calocochlea and Orthostylus are recorded from 
Samar, and the same two, together with Hypselostyla, from Leyte. 

Burias and Masbate.—The subgenus Canistrum, so far as our in- 
formation goes, appears to be peculiar to these two islands. This is 
the more strange, because the channel separating them from Luzon 
and from Samar is of no great depth, and the stretch of sea between 
Masbate and the N. coasts of Negros and Cebu is the largest piece 
of shallow water in the Philippines, scarcely exceeding 30 fathoms 
at any point. Hastward of Burias and Masbate the depths are con- 
siderable, and completely separate these islands from the Tablas- 
Romblon-Sibuyan group. ‘Ticao does not appear to have been 
explored. Orthostylus is abundant on Masbate. 

Tablas, Romblon, Sibuyan.—These three islands, which are 
separated by very deep water from all their neighbours, are closely 


1892. ] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 455 


illustrating 
‘ the Geographical Distribution 
0. anet ee oF 
2 BATAN It THE, LAND-MIOLLUSCA. 
Or 


THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 


“oO 
oy CBABUYANES |? 


ay Water under 100 fathoms =| 
== Depths in fathoms 


ae =37g Ch 
= SIQuIJOR 


=SRRANGANI I$ 
= 
3200 
“QTULAR 
3 
$2, sls 9 


raLauTsE 


456 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


related to one another. They have no subgenus peculiar, but their 
general relations are rather with Luzon than with the central islands. 
One species of Phengus indicates relations with Marinduque, while 
the complete absence of Hypselostyla, so common in Panay, separates 
them from the central group. 

Cebu and Bohol.—These islands, with Panay, are the metropolis 
of Hypselostyla, which has spread northward to Luzon. Both are 
sharply separated from Mindanao, since neither Orthostylus, which 
is abundant in Cebu and Bohol, nor Hypselostyla is represented in 
that island, while on the other hand Hudowus, which is abundant in 
Mindanao, is entirely absent from Cebu and Bohol. Corasia is 
abundant in both islands; Aaina is not recorded from Bohol, while 
it is abundant in Cebu, which indeed contains 6 out of the 10 existing 
species. Calocochlea, on the contrary, which is entirely absent from 
Cebu, occurs freely in Bohol *. 

Panay.—This island appears, on a consideration of its fauna, to 
be rather isolated ; but perhaps this may be accounted for by the 
fact that its nearest neighbour, Negros, has been scarcely explored. 
Its relations are with the central group, Hypselostyla being abundant 
and all its species peculiar to Panay. Orthostylus is the only other 
subgenus known to occur. Thus no connection is indicated with 
the Tablas-Romblon-Sibuyan group or with Mindoro. 

Mindanao (including Surigao and Camiquin).—This great island 
presents some remarkable features. Amina is entirely absent, while 
Calocochlea is exceedingly abundant. Corasia appears to be con- 
fined to the extreme S., where itisabundant. Phengus, Helicostyla, 
and Cochlodryas are absent, and, what is more remarkable, Ortho- 
stylus and Hypselostyla, so abundant on Cebu and Bohol, do not 
occur, thus indicating a very considerable severance between 
Mindanao and the central islands. The channel immediately north 
of Mindanao is not well surveyed, but appears undoubtedly to be of 
very considerable depth, 185 fathoms having been recorded by the 
‘Challenger’ close under the N. coast of Camiguin. The Surigao 
strait appears to be rather shallow on its eastern side, but as it opens 
out towards the west the depth appears rapidly to increase. <A 
special feature of Mindanao is the development of Hudoxus, found 
elsewhere only in Luzon (?) and Catanduanes*. So far as we can at 
present make out the relations of Mindanao are rather with Luzon 
than with the islands immediately contiguous. 

There seems every probability that the western part of Mindanao 
was once for a considerable time a separate island, completely dis- 
connected from the central and eastern portions. The low and 
narrow neck of land, scarcely 20 miles across, lying between Iligan 


1 Hidalgo (Journ. de Conch. 3° sér. xxvii. p. 175) gives Cebu as a habitat for 
calobapta, Jon. ‘This must be a mistake, as the species is a Prochilus, which is 
confined to Mindoro and, perhaps, the Cuyos. 

* Hidalgo (Journ. de Conch. wt sup. p. 146) gives C. roissyana from ‘Surigao, 
dans ’ile de Mindanao.” I do not know any other authority for believing that 
roissyana is not peculiar to Mindoro. There is probably a misidentification of 
C. spherion, Sowb. 


1892. ] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 457 


Bay in the N. and Illana Bay in the S., appears to me to represent the 
original channel of separation’. Corasia occurs all over the island ; 
its appearance and development must therefore have preceded the 
separating of the western portion. But Calocochlea and Eudoxus, 
the latter of which is almost peculiar to Mindanao, occur only in 
the N. and E. (e. g. smaragdina is found from Mainit in the extreme 
N. to Davao on the S.E. coast), and are not recorded from any 
point west of the narrow isthmus. Again, the section of Chloritis 
of which H. spinosissima, Semp., quieta, Reeve, and sanziana, H. 
& J., are well known examples, is almost peculiar to Mindanao, but 
is only found in the district to the W. of this peninsula, and does not 
appear to have penetrated the main portion of the island. 

One species of Corasia (zamboange, H. & J.) is recorded from 
the island of Basilan (S. of Mindanao) ; the species is not peculiar, 
and occurs also on Mindanao. 

Mindoro.—The general relations of this island are very remarkable, 
and cause it to stand out as by far the most isolated of the whole 
Philippine group. A glance at the map might incline us to regard 
it as a link between Luzon and Panay, with close relations to the 
former island, and with no cause for especial individuality. Mindoro, 
however, is incomparably the most isolated of all the Philippines. It 
contains one, possibly two, absolutely peculiar subgenera, which are 
very well marked, and of which the nearest relations appear to be with 
Hypselostyla. In other words, the relations of Mindoro, are, so far, 
but only very remotely, with Panay. At the same time, however, 
no existing subgenus appears to be common to the two islands. 
Probably further exploration may detect Chlorea, Corasia, and 
Calocochlea on Panay ; but that would not bring its relationship to 
Mindoro at all closer, since these subgenera are known from almost 
every island. With Luzon Mindoro has, excluding the three sub- 
genera universally prevalent, only one subgenus (Helicostyla) in 
common. All the species, however, are peculiar to Mindoro. 
Through this subgenus Mindoro appears also related to the Tablas- 
Romblon-Sibuyan group, and also to the Cuyos Is., but not to Panay. 
Axina, Eudoxus, Orthostylus, Phengus, Canistrum, and Hypselostyla 
are completely absent. Cochlodryas, however, is common to Min- 
doro and Burias only. 

Cuyos Is.—These islands are very imperfectly known, but what 
little information we have tends to relate them with Mindoro, and 
not with Panay or Palawan. If Cuming’s authority is to be trusted, 
the only two subgenera which occur in the Cuyos (Helicostyla and 
Prochilus) are common to Mindoro, but do not occur either on Panay 
or Palawan. 

Iuban.—This little island, lying almost between Luzon and 
Mindoro, must have been, in all probability, isolated for a long time. 
It contains one well-marked subgenus, Ptychostyla, which is quite 
peculiar. Deep water surrounds the island on every side. 


1 Most atlases, even the most recent, erroneously represent this isthmus as 
traversed by a lofty range of mountains. 


458 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


Conclusions with regard to the Development of Cochlostyla. 


It is probable that the distribution of Oochlostyla, above indicated, 
is due primarily to the union and separation of the various islands, 
perhaps more than once repeated. It can hardly be an accident 
which excludes Orthostylus, Hypselostyla, and Helicostyla from 
Mindanao, while Corasia and Calocochlea are not excluded, or which 
so sharply separates Mindoro from its near neighbour Luzon. The 
accompanying map (p. 455) shows that an elevation of the sea-bottom, 
of not more than 100 fathoms, would be sufficient to unite together 
all the great islands of Luzon, Leyte, Samar, Burias, Masbate, Bohol, 
Cebu, Negros, and Panay, not one of which is specially characterized by 
any one particular group, but all of which have a great many groups 
in common. The islands which would still remain isolated would 
be Luban, Mindoro, the Tablas-Romblon-Sibuyan group, Siquijor, 
and, possibly, Mindanao, all of which are characterized by the 
prominent absence or presence of marked subgenera’. When we 
know that the whole of the adjacent island of Borneo has been sub- 
merged for a depth of probably twice this amount, the probability 
that similar oscillations of level have occurred in the Philippines is 
largely increased, and, as a matter of fact, comparatively fresh 
coralline limestone occurs in many places in the islands at a height 
of at least 2000 feet above the sea”. There is no need to assume 
that the elevation and submergence affected all the islands simul- 
taneously, or that it has not been several times repeated. 

The conclusions that we arrive at by a study of the genus Cochlo- 
styla are not illustrated, to any very considerable extent, by the 
distribution of other genera of Land-Molluseca occurring in the 
Philippines*. The natural inference is, that the genus Cochlostyla, 
as a whole, is of comparatively recent development, dating, in all 
probability, from a time much posterior to the introduction of the 
bulk of the Indo-Malay genera, and subsequent to the final separation 
of the group from Borneo and possibly from Celebes. The oldest of 
the subgenera appear to be Chlorea, Corasia, and Calocochlea, 
which are universally distributed, being common alike to Luzon, 
Mindoro, Mindanao, and the central group. Orthostylus and 
Hypselostyla were probably developed in the central group after the 
final separation of Mindanao. Mindoro and Luban (the only 
possessors of peculiar subgenera) must have been isolated very early, 
although perhaps the union of Mindoro with the Cuyos Is. continued 
after the separation of the former from Luzon and from Panay. 


1 The soundings in the Surigao Strait are, even in the most recent charts , 
yery infrequent, and the extent of shallow water between Mindanao, Leyte, and 
Samar is probably exaggerated on the accompanying map. 

2 Mr. Everett writes to me as follows:—‘ Oebu, Siquijor, part of Bohol, 
almost all Leyte, N.E. Mindanao, Tablas, Romblon, and parts of Samar and 
Luzon are covered with thick caps of recent coral-limestone. There is a good 
deal of limestone in Palawan and the Calamianes. Theisland of Mindorois... 
not overlaid (at least as seen from the sea) by recent coral-limestone, as so many 
of the Piatra group are,” 

3 E.g. Euplecta, Hemitrichia, Obbina, which are almost peculiar to the 
group. 


1892.] THE LAND=MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 459 


Relations of the Philippines to the neighbouring Islands. 

The Philippines are connected with Borneo, and through Borneo 
with Java, Sumatra, and the mainland of S.E. Asia, by two dis- 
tinct ridges or banks of elevation, which enclose between them the 
Soo-loo or Mindoro Sea. The first, or westernmost, of these, which 
stretches from a point S.W. of Mindoro to the northern Cape of 
Borneo, consists of the islands of Busuanga, Calamian, and Limi- 
capan, of the great island Palawan or Paragua, and the smaller 
islands Balabac, Balambangan, and Banguey. The entire length of 
this ridge is somewhat over 400 miles, not including the channel 
(about 50 miles wide at its narrowest point) between Busuanga and 
Mindoro. Of this, about 350 miles is land, and about 50 miles water 
of less than 50 fathoms in depth. The easternmost bridge, which 
stretches from Zamboanga, the extreme western point of Mindanao, 
to the N.E. corner of Borneo, consists of a continuous chain of 
small islands, the Basilan group, and the Soo-loo Archipelago. 
This ridge is only about 225 miles in length, but the largest island 
of the chain is scarcely 40 miles long, as compared with Palawan, 
which is over 250. 

On either side of both ridges the depth of the seais profound. A 
deep submarine valley’, with soundings of 670 fathoms to 1200 
fathoms (the so-called ‘ Palawan passage ’), runs in a N.E. and S.W. 
direction immediately west of and parallel to Palawan. The Soo- 
loo Sea is still deeper, soundings of 2225 fathoms and 2550 
fathoms having been obtained off the S.W. coast of Mindanao, 
while profounder depths still have been fathomed in the Celebes Sea. 
A curious point about these ridges is, that a chasm occurs in each 
of them, and in each of them at one end, but not at the same end 
in both. The Palawan ridge is interrupted at its extreme northern 
end, between Busuanga and Mindoro, by a channel 50 miles broad 
and about 600 fathoms in depth (the Mindoro Strait). The Soo- 
loo ridge is interrupted at its extreme southern end by a channel 
only about 20 miles in width, but in parts over 500 fathoms in depth 
(the Silutu passage). Were it not for these channels, a rise of 
100 fathoms in elevation of the sea-bottom would make a double 
direct communication by land between the Philippines and Borneo. 

There can be no doubt that Indo-Malay species of Mollusca have 
penetrated into the Philippines, in very early times, by both these 
ridges. Thus we find abundant in the Philippines the great Nanine 
and Cyclophori so characteristic of the larger Sunda Islands. Four? 

* Tt is important to notice this, since the ‘ Palawan passage’ might be ex- 
pected to mean the strait between Palawan and Borneo, whereas it means the 
fairway between Palawan and the dangerous ground to the west. Occasionally 
we find ‘Palawan passage’ given by inexact writers as a locality for Land- 
Mollusca, which is much as if ‘ Mozambique Channel’ were given as a locality 
for a Madagascar Cyclostoma, or ‘ Bass’ Strait’ fora Tasmanian Helix, Pfeiffer 
(Mon. Hel. iv. 362) gives ‘ Palawan passage’ for his Bulimus trailli, and Tenison- 
Woods (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ser. 2, iii. p. 1003) gives the same locality 
for Camena trailli and palawanica. 

* Amphidromus jayanus, Lea, is probably not Philippine, and certainly not 
a Cochlostyla. Godwin-Austen records it (as a Gini from Borneo 
(P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 45). 


460 , REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


species of Amphidromus are known from the Philippines (Sumatra 5, 
Java 15, Borneo 6); of these two get no farther north than Balabac, 
another occurs on Palawan, while two others are met with in Min- 
danao, and one of these has penetrated as far as Bohol and S. Leyte’. 
A detailed survey of some of the principal genera common to the 
Philippines and the neighbouring islands will be given below. 

It would seem as if the connection which probably at one time 
existed between Palawan, Busuanga, and Mindoro was not directly 
across the present Mindoro Strait, where the depth is extreme. The 
Cuyos Is. appear to have shallow water to the W., and decidedly 
deeper water to the E.; thus their connection is with Palawan now. 
Again, the water shallows rapidly towards the S.E. end of Mindoro 
Strait, and is broken by islets and submarine banks, which extend 
from the S. point of Mindoro towards Panay and also towards 
Busuanga ; the water, however, between these banks and islets is deep, 
being generally over 100 fathoms, and often more. The water off 
the N. and W. sides of Panay has not been very accurately surveyed, 
but isin all probability extremely deep. It would thus seem probable 
that any connection which may have existed between Mindoro and 
Busuanga (and a consideration of the very remarkable Helicide of 
both islands makes such a connection extremely probable) followed 
the line of shallower water at the E. end of the Mindoro Strait, and 
possibly extended some distance eastward towards Panay. 

It will now be interesting to examine the Land-Mollusca of these 
two ridges, with a view of discovering whether or not they belong to 
the Philippine fauna. 

Unfortunately, our knowledge of the Land-Mollusca of the Soo-loo 
ridge is meagre inthe extreme. We know that Basilan, Lampinigan, 
and Malanipa are, by their Cochlostyle, closely related to Mindanao. 
We know also that one species of Cochlostyla (lais, Pfr.) occurs on 
Soo-loo Is. Tawi-tawi” is quite unexplored. The Mollusca of 
Bongao, the last island at the Borneo end of the chain, are known. 
Eleven species in all are enumerated, five of which show distinct 
relations with Borneo. 

The following species are known to occur on Basilan:— 


Cochlostyla zamboange, H.& J. Also occurs in Mindanao. 


Xesta mindanaensis, Semp. 3 Mindanao. 

Chloritis sanziana, H. & J. Mindanao. 

Obbina rota, Brod. ms Bohol, Siquijor, &c. 

Rhysota semiglobosa, Pfr. “ Philippines generally. 

Macrochlamys crebristriata,Semp. Also occurs in Mindanao. 

Microcystis myops, Semp. & Dhrn. = Philippines 
[generally. 

Trochomorpha metcalfei, Pfr. Also occurs in Philippines generally. 

Stenogyra panayensis, Ptr. “ Philippines generally. 

Pupina ottonis, Dohrn. ft. Mindanao. 


1 Amph. maculiferus, Sowb. ; see Semper, Reisen, IT. iii. p. 148. 
2 The ‘Samarang’ anchored off the island, but did not make a landing. 


1892.] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 461 


Thus Basilan is, as might be expected, thoroughly Philippine, 
not possessing even one peculiar species. 
The Mollusca known from Malanipa are :— 


Xesta mindanaensis,Semp. Also occurs in Mindanao. 


Chloritis sanziana, H. & J. ss Mindanao. 
Obbina bigonia, Fér. - Mindanao, Leyte, Samar. 
Leptopome vitreum, Less. * Philippines generally. 


The only Mollusea which appear to be known from Soo-loo are:— 


Trochomorpha metcalfei, Pfr. 
Cochlostyla lais, Pfr. 
Melania soolooensis, Brot. , 
* Cyclotus suluanus, Mallf., MS. + Cy. Orn fd pa 


According to Hidalgo*, Cochl. dais occurs in N. Mindanao. The 
species is probably only a variety of puella, Brod. Pfeiffer originally 
described it from the Philippines generally ; in the ‘ Novitates,’ iv. 
tab. 126. ff. 6, 7, p. 114, he figures a var. said to be from Tukan 
Bessi, a locality which I greatly doubt. 

In the absence of any information as to Tawi-tawi, it is impossible 
to say how far Philippine influence extends along this ridge. 

The Mollusca known ® from Bongao are :— 


Plectotropis squamulifera, MOllf. Peculiar. 
Macrochlamys angulata, MOllf. Peculiar. 
Trochonanina conicoides, Metc. Peeuliar, o'r» ‘Ler ie - 
Opeas, two species not identified. 

Opisthoporus, sp. (possibly a Cyclotus). 

Leptopoma, sp. 

Lagochilus quinqueliratus, Mollf. Peculiar. 

Alyceus excisus, MOllf. Peculiar. 

Diplommatina roebelini, Mollf. Peculiar. 

Pupina ottonis, Dohrn. Also occurs in Philippines. 
Helicina martensi, Issel. 3 Borneo. 


Thus six out of the eight known species are peculiar, while of 
the remaining two, one occurs in the Philippines and one in Borneo. 
As to genera, no exclusively Philippine genus occurs, while Plecto- 
tropis, Macrochlamys, Trochonanina, Opisthoporus, Lagochilus, and 
Alyceus are Indo-Malay. In spite, then, of the deep intervening 
channel, Bongao is distinctly Bornean, and, in spite of the chain of 
islands with shallow water between them, distinctly non-Philippine. 

Coming to the western ridge, the Mollusca known from Balabac 4 
are as follows :— 


Amphidromus ° ? entobaptus, Dohrn. Also occurs in Palawan. 


| In the Brit. Mus., from the Hungerford collection. 

2 Journ. de Conch. 3¢ sér. xxxyv. p. 113. 

> Von Mollendorff, Jahrb. deutsch. malak. Gesell. xiv. p. 28h. 

* From the island of Balambangan, on the Bornean side of Balabac Strait, 
are recorded Ariophanta regalis, Bens., and Cyclophorus tenebricosus, Ad. and 
Rve., and from an islet between Banguey and Balambangan, Amphidromus 
adamsii, Reeve. pice yf pratae Len 

° This is the species called by Hidalgo contrarius; Mitt, which occurs in 
Timor. 


Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1892, No. XXXII. 32 


\ : 
A pew . 


e 
462 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


Amphidromus quadrasi, Hid. Peculiar. 
Lamprocystis goniogyra, Mollf. Also occurs in Philippines generally. 


myops, Semp. & Dhrn. a Philippines generally. 
succinea, Pfr. "7 Philippines generally. 
Trochonanina labuanensis, Pfe. x Borneo. 
Hadra* monochroa, Sby. Also occurs in Palawan and Busuanga. 
Cochlostyla? satyrus, Brod. xs Palawan and Busuanga. 
Cyclophorus triliratus, Pfr. ft Borneo. 


Opisthoporus quadrasi, Cr. Peculiar. 
Leptopoma insigne, Sby. Also occurs in Mindoro. 
maculatum, Lea. = aes Luzon. 
vitreum, Less, Also occurs in Java, Philippines, Moluccas. 
Quadrasia hidalgoi, Cr. Peculiar. 


Thus we find, even at the extreme Bornean end of this ridge, 
Philippine influence of considerable importance. The Bornean 
Amphidromi are counterbalanced by the Hadra, which belongs to 
the remarkable group of which the metropolis is Palawan, and by 
the single Cochlostyla. Opisthoporus, again, is Indo-Malay, while 
in the genus Leptopoma the preponderance, in species at any rate, 
is towards the Philippines. Quadrasia is a remarkable freshwater 
form, apparently allied to Planazis, and quite peculiar to Balabac. 

The Mollusca known from Palawan are as follows :— 


Hemiplecta schumacheriana, Pfr. Also occurs in Borneo. 
Hemitrichia (?) plateni, Dohrn. Peculiar. 


Euplecta cebuensis, Mollf. Also occurs in Philippines. 
Lamprocystis goniogyra, Mollf. )£& ¥ ,, Philippines. 
succinea, Pfr. A Philippines. 
Trochonanina conicoides, Metc. is Borneo, Bongao. 
Trochomorpha loocensis, Hid. a Philippines. 
metcalfei, Pfr. a Philippines, Borneo. 


splendens, Semp. = Philippines. 
Amphidromus entobaptus, Dohrn. Peculiar, with Balabac. 
Hadra trailli, Pfr. Peculiar. 

3 monochroa, Sby. Peculiar to Palawan, Balabac, and 
Busuanga. 
Eulotella (?) inquieta, Dohrn. Peculiar. 
fodiens, Ptr. Also occurs in Philippines. 
Cochlostyla * satyrus, Brod. Peculiar. 
Cyclotus euzonus, Dohrn. Peculiar. 
sordidus, Pfr. Said to occur in China and Cochin China. 
Opisthoporus quadrasi, Hid. Peculiar. 


* As lagune, Hid. This variable species appears to be confined to Balabac, 
Palawan, and Busuanga; Hidalgo (Journ. de Conch. sér. 3, xxvii. p. 109) cites 
it also from Luzon, but I think this must be a mistake. 

* As the var. graellsi, Hid. : 

° Including the varieties palawanica, Pfr., dagune, Hid., doriz, Dohrn, and 
palumba, Souy. Cuming gives monochroa from Tablas, which I think is a 
mistake. Dohrn considers the occurrence of dorie in Borneo very doubtful. 

* Including the varieties graelisi, Hid., palavanensis, Pfr., and librosa, Pfr. 


a 


1892. ] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES, 463 


Cyclophorus acutimarginatus, Sby. (?). Also occurs in Philippines. 
plateni, Dohrn. Peculiar. 
quadrasi, Hid. Peculiar. 


woodianus, Lea. Also occurs in Philippines. 
Leptopoma acuminatum, Sby. a Philippines. 

atricapillum, Sby. 33 Philippines. 

distinguendum, Dohrn. as Philippines. 

insigne, Sby. ° ps Philippines. 

luteostoma, Sby. oe Philippines. 

superbum, Dohrn. Peculiar. 

vitreum, Less. Also occurs in Java, Philippines, Moluccas. 
Helicina martensi, Issel. oe Borneo. 


Of the 30 species above enumerated, 11 are peculiar to Palawan 
and the adjacent islands, while, of the remaining 19, 13 occur also 
in the Philippines only, 3 in Borneo, 2 are common to the Philip- 
pines and Sunda Islands, while one is assigned, perhaps wrongly, to 
China. If, however, we take the genera concerned, we find that 3 
(Cochlostyla, Hemitrichia, Euplecta) are Philippine ; 6 (Hemiplecta, 
Trochonanina, Amphidromus, Eulotella, Opisthoporus, Cyclophorus) 
are Indo-Malay ; while the remainder are Moluccan and Polynesian 
genera which have spread into the Philippines and Sunda Islands. 
Palawan, therefore, affords a link between the Philippines and the 
Indo-Malay islands, without being very markedly allied with either 
group. Of Indo-Malay genera which do not appear to reach to the 
Philippines proper, it has Opisthoporus, while Amphidromus and 
Eulotella are but scantily represented there. Again, of genera 
peculiarly Philippine, it has the three above mentioned, so that 
the balance is fairly even. It is in its operculates, Leptopoma and 
Cyclophorus, that Palawan shows its closest relation to the Philip- 

ines. 
The Mollusca known from Busuanga are as follows :— 


Ennea (Diaphora) méllendorfi, Hid. Peculiar. 
( ) morleti, Hid. Peculiar. 


Kaliella doliolum, Pfr. Also oceurs in Philippines. 
Macrochlamys gemma, Pfr. AF Philippines. 
Lamprocystisglaberrima,Semp. ,, Philippines. 

globulus, Molif. * Philippines. 

goniogyra, Mollf. 5 Philippines. 

myops, Semp. & Dhrn. cc Philippines. 
Patula aperta (?). < Philippines. 
Trochomorpha metcalfei, Pfr. x Philippines and Borneo. 


bintuanensis, Hid. Peculiar. 
crossei, Hid. Peculiar. 
Trochomorphoides (?) fernandezi, Hid. Peculiar. 
planasi, Hid. Peculiar. 
Aulacospira azpeitie, Hid. Peculiar. 
Trachia malbatensis, Hid. Peculiar. 
Hadra' polychroa, Sby. Palawan and Balabac. 


1 As the var. palumba, Souv. 


32* 


464 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


Phenicobius bintuanensis, Hid. Peculiar. 

campanula, Pfr. Peculiar. 

Eulotella (?) fodiens, Pfr. Also occurs in Philippines. 
Cochlostyla * satyrus, Brod. Palawan and Balabac. 
Cyclophorus smithi, Hid. Peculiar. 

Coptochilus quadrasi, Hid. Peculiar. 


It is evident from this list that, as would be expected, Philippine 
influence is preponderant in Busuanga. Of the 23 species known, 12 
are peculiar, and, of the remaining 11, 2 are also peculiar to Palawan 
and Balabac, 8 are common to the Philippines, and only 1 appears to 
occur in Borneo. Amphidromus, which occurred in Palawan, is not 
represented, but relationship with Palawan is sufficiently attested by 
the one Cochlostyla and by Hadra polychroa. The Indo-Malay Opis- 
thoporus which reached Palawan appears to reach no farther. The 
occurrence of the Diaphora section of Ennea, which is only found 
elsewhere in Luzon, is a markedly Philippine element. Kaliella is a 
thoroughly Indo-Malay genus, which occurs sparingly in Java, 
Borneo, and the Philippines. The two species classified as Zrocho- 
morphoides are of doubtfui generic position. Originally described 
as T'rochomorpha, they were afterwards placed by their author in 
Geotrochus. In seems better to assign them to the genus in which 
Von Martens has placed several other Geotrochoid species (e. g. 
bantamensis, Smith, from Bantam I., off Java, and niahensis, Godw.- 
Aust., from N. Borneo), until their anatomy has become definitely 
known. 

By far the most interesting part of the molluscan fauna of 
Busuanga are its Helices. Only three are known, viz. campanula, 
Pfr., bintuanensis, Hid., polychroa, Sby. These three species 
belong to two groups closely related to one another. One of these 
groups is represented in Palawan, the other in Mindoro, Busuanga 
uniting the two by possessing both. There can be little doubt of the 
very close relationship of campanula and bintuanensis (together 
with ceres, Pfr., probably from this same locality) with the species 
so long regarded as a group of Cochlostyla (Phenicobius), but 
now separated off by von Mollendorff as a group of Helices of the 
Cameena family. The curiously stumpy form, thick and roughly 
toothed lip, and often wrinkled sculpture are marked points of 
similarity throughout. The other group, that of polychroa, is more of 
the normal helicoid type, but is linked with Phenicobius by the form 
trailli, Pfr., which presents points of analogy with both groups. 

This occurrence of a number of large Helices of very restricted 
distribution (Phenicobius being peculiar to Busuanga and Mindoro, 
and the polychroa group to Busuanga, Palawan, Balabac, and perhaps 
N.E. Borneo) is exceedingly remarkable. The evidence that the 
polychroa group extends to Borneo is not strong. WH. ¢railli and H. 
palawanica are given from Borneo in the Brit. Mus. on the authority 
of Mr. Ussher, Consul at Labuan about 15 years ago. Issel, however, 
in his monograph of Bornean Mollusca, gives these same species, not 
from Borneo, but from ‘ Stretto di Palawan,’ which probably means 


1 As the var. fischer?, Hid. 


1892. | THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 465 


Balabac. The mistake about “ Palawan passage,” alluded to above, 
has perhaps induced collectors to assign to both sides of the supposed 
‘* passage ”’ species that really came from one side only. The only 
form that appears to have any real authority as coming from Borneo 
is H. dorie, Dohrn, and I do not feel absolutely certain even about it, 
while Dohrn himself is very doubtful. But, whether the group be 
represented in Borneo or not, it is interesting to consider the relation- 
ship of these two very isolated groups of Helices, which, it may be 
remarked, afford very strong evidence for a land connection at 
some point between Mindoro and the Calamianes. It appears to 
me that both of these groups find their nearest relations in an 
easterly and not in a westerly direction—the Phenicobius group 
being nearly akin to the well-known forms mamiilla and papilla, from 
N. Celebes, and these to concisa, Fér., from Waigiou, and quoy?, 
Desh., from Celebes ; the polychroa group to shells of the type of 
rehsei, Mart., from N. Guinea, and dupuyana, Cpr., from N.E. Aus- 
tralia. It is certain that, as far as these regions are concerned, it is 
only in N. Guinea and N. Australia that Helices are found of the 
size and general texture of those under consideration. And it is 
perhaps worth while pointing out other affinities of the same kind. 
The remarkable H. antigua, Ad. & Rve., from N. Borneo, appears 
closely allied to no other shell but Jeonardi, Tapp.-Can., from 
N. Guinea. The unique H. plurizonata, Ad. & Rve., found during 
the ‘Samarang’ voyage in Mindanao, is very nearly related to 
lacteolota, Sm., and agnocheilus, Sm., both from N. Guinea*. The 
Corasie of the Philippines are closely related to a group of shells 
which attain their maximum development in the Solomon Islands. 
The section of Chloritis which includes such Helices as guieta, Rve., 
brevidens, Sby., spinosissima, Semp., saulie, Pfr., sanziana, H. & J., 
caliginosa, Ad. & Rve., and philippinensis, Semp., has its nearest 
relations in N. Guinea, Torres Str., and N. Australia. And it is 
perhaps worth noticing that the Philippine Chlorites just mentioned 
appear to be restricted to the two islands of Mindanao and 
Mindoro, i. e. just where the two ridges of connection impinge upon 
the Philippine group. 

These facts seem to point to a land connection, no doubt of 
extreme antiquity, which admitted of Land-Shells of a Papuan and 
N. Australian type finding their way in a westerly direction. I am 
therefore inclined to regard Phenicobius and the polychroa group, 
as now occurring in Palawan, Mindoro, and the adjacent islands, 
as a sort of survival of a fauna which perhaps had once a much more 
extended range. It is a significant fact that almost the only other 
Helix from the E. Indies generally which in shape at all approaches 
the smaller forms of the Phenicobius group is H. codonodes, Pfr., 
from the Nicobars. It is possible that eventually fossil or subfossil 
forms may be discovered in Sumatra and Java which will place 
this at present isolated form in continuous geographical connection 
with the apparently related fauna of Busuanga and Mindoro. 

’ Had the ‘Samarang’ been anywhere near N. Guinea, one might have 


been disposed to believe that the locality for plurizonata was erroneous; its 
facies is so strongly Papuan. : 


466 REV. A. H. COOKE ON [May 17, 


A word may be added with regard to three groups of islands 
which link the Philippines with other points of geographical 
interest. These are the Tular Islands, the Talautse Islands, and the 
Bashee or Batan Islands. 

The Tular Islands are situated between Mindanao and Gilolo, in 
Lat. 4° N., Long. 127° E. The only Mollusca which appear to be 
known from them are ' Helix physalis, Pfr., and Partula newcom- 
biana, Hartm. Ancey * doubts the correctness of the locality for the 
latter (Salisbaboe Island, one of the group). Itis certainly, if correct, 
the most westerly Partula known, the few species from the Pelew 
Islands coming next. The Tular Islands are known to be volcanic, and 
a more thorough knowledge of their fauna, as illustrating the relations 
between Mindanao and Gilolo, would be most interesting. The 
depth of water, both to the north and south of the group, is 
extreme. 

From Sanghir, the Jargest of the Talautse Islands (situated in 
Lat. 3°N., Long. 125° E.), the only Mollusca known are Cyclophorus 
sericatus, Rents, ., and Obba linneana, Pfr. The latter is a very 
interesting shell, and approximates closely to the Celebesian forms 
mamilla, Feér., ond quoyi, Desh. In the Brit. Mus. there is a 
tablet of Corasia leucophthalma, Pifr., from Sanghir Island, but I do 
not feel confident of the authority. 

The Bashee or Batan Islands, lying midway between Luzon and 
Formosa in Lat. 21° N., Long. 122° E., appear not to have been 
visited by a naturalist since the voyage of the ‘Samarang.’ They are 
a continuation of the volcanic chain which runs through the 
Philippines, Formosa, and the Loo-Choo Islands to Japan and 
Kamtschatka. The depth of water all round them is profound, 1000 
fathoms being recorded immediately off the S. point of Formosa, 
while the Ballintang Channel, which separates the Bashee Islands 
from the Babuyanes, is certainly of great depth. The only Mollusca 
known from these islands are Helix batanica, Ad. & Rve., Cochlo- 
styla ? speciosa, Jay, and Bulimus kochii, all from the island of 
Ibugos (‘Samarang,’ Zoology Preface, Narrative, vol. i. p. 72). 
Helix batanica, a sinistral species, appears to be of a thoroughly 
Chinese or Formosan type, belonging to the same section as 
peliomphala, Pfr., formosensis, Pfr., and bacca, Pfr. The Cochlostyla, 
on the other hand, is of course Philippine, and it is very remark- 
able that the species should occur on an island separated by such 
great depths from the Philippines proper. What the exact species 
may be is uncertain. Adams originally considered it to be C. speciosa. 
Reeve afterwards described it (Conch. Ic., Helix, pl. ix. f. 2) as 
batanica, afterwards altered to volubilis. Pfeiffer regarded it as 
either his dubiosa or as decipiens, Sowb. Uidalgo thinks it a variet 
of damahoyi, Pfr. (Journ. de Conch. 1887, p. 129). What 
‘ Bulimus kochii’ may be (Adams says it occurred in three varieties, 


* Described in Mal. Blatt. xviii. 1871, p. 123, from Mr. J. H. Thomson's 
collection. In the Nomenclator Hel. Viv. if. is classified as a Cochlostyla, An 
examination of specimens in Mr. J. H. Ponsonby’s collection, received from 
Mr. Thomson, makes me yery doubtful on this point, 

? Le Nat. 1889, p. 266. 


1892.] THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 467 


but he does not figure any) I am quite unable to suggest. If an 
Amphidromus, the balance of connection would be, on the whole, 
with Formosa. The further investigation of the Mollusca of this 
interesting group is very desirable. 

In the following table (pp. 468, 469) are examples of Indo-Ma- 
layan genera which reach the Philippines. 

The following Indo-Malayan genera occur in the Philippines, but 
have not yet been detected in Sumatra, Java, or Borneo, viz. :— 
Hypselostoma (philippinicum), Plectopylis (polyptychia, trocho- 
spira), Ditropis (mira, cebuana, quadrasi), Cyathopoma (cornu, 
meridionale, aries). 

Of Moluccan and Polynesian genera occurring in the Philippines, 
and gradually diminishing through the Sunda Islands west- 
ward, the following may be mentioned :—Trochomorpha: Philip- 
pines 9, Borneo 8, Java 8, Sumatra 4; Helicina: Philippines 16, 
Borneo’ 3, Java 1, Sumatra 0; Leptopoma: Philippines 31, 
Borneo 11, Java 2, Sumatra 1 ; Cyclotus: Philippines 18, Borneo 6, 
Java 2, Sumatra 1; Pupina: Philippines 5, Borneo 3, Java 5, 
Sumatra 3. Two species of Tornatellina (manillensis, ringens) occur 
in the Philippines, but not farther westward, one of Endodonta 
(philippinensis), and one of the Leucochilus section of Pupa (the 
pan-Polynesian pediculus). 

There seems to be a good deal of misunderstanding with regard 
to the island Tukan Bessi (variously spelled Toekang Besi, Toukang 
basi, Tukang Bessie, Toekun Bessi). It originally came into notice 
as the habitat of three supposed Cochlostyle (thomsoni, Pir., 
indusiata, Pfr., tukanensis, Pir.), described (as Helices) by Pfeiffer 
in Malak. Blatt. xviii. 1871, p. 120, f., from the collection of 
Mr. J. H. Thomson; the same locality is repeated in each case in 
the ‘ Novitates,’ vol. iv. pp. 71-73. Kobelt, in his papers on geo- 
graphical distribution, quotes Issel (Monogr. Bornean Mollusca) as 
referring one of these species to ‘‘the small islands north of Borneo,” 
and in his list gives Cochlostyla lais, tukanensis, and physalis all 
from “ Toekun Bessi.”” Von Mollendorff (Jahrb. deutsch. malak. 
Gesell. xiv. p. 285) remarks that this island, as well as Tular and New 
Beland, lies between the 8. point of Mindanao and the Moluccas. ‘The 
only Tukan Bessi with which I am acquainted is off the S.E. point 
of Celebes, in Lat. 4° 8., Long. 124° E., and therefore well away 
from the Sulu Sea or the Celebes Sea proper. No island of such a 
name, or of a name anything approaching it, appears on the chart of 
the seas north of Borneo. Either, therefore, the original locality of 
Mr. Thomson’s shells was incorrect, which there seems no reason to 
believe, or the island has been wrongly located by succeeding writers. 
What the island of “‘ New Beland’’ is, to which Mollendorff refers, and 
from whicli Von Martens describes * his Cyclotus angulatus, ¥ am 
quite unable to conjecture. 


1 Lieut.-Ool. Godwin-Austen (P. Z. §. 1889, p. 3852) adds crossez, Semp., to 
the Bornean fauna, on the authority of the Brit. Mus., which has specimens 
from “ Palawan.” I suspect this is an error. Semper’s original locality was 
Palauan in Luzon. 


? Jahrb. deutsch. malak, Gesell, i, 1874, p. 56. 


“tan orfop 
"BOTTOZNT 
*stano]doue4s 
“erpisnd 
“ereyisopnosd 


[May 17, 


“euBIsuttNd 


REV. A. H. COOKE ON 


‘(oequyeq) Isvapenb 
‘(weave q) snydeqoyue 
“encesTTnowUr 

‘SOTTO 


“"2yRTOOULT 
‘umaeurddrypiryd 


468 


*SUNTAd TINT 


Sete ee reer ee ree 


“sisue00n[oO UL 


‘wuue 
“TLBw000q, 
*snUeyqns 
‘sngdnaroqut 
*sngtoAaod 
*SI[RAYSTUIS 


Sennen eter ea ee et eaeee 


‘Su awTa() 


*manqnostaynd 


“1Aqa0 op 
*T1OUB MATOS 
*SISUIULOG 


“ISUIVpB 
“SntostpNOVT 
BS) Ao) 100) 

*(2) snsaeaaod 
*snqdnstoy Ut 
*RULTMOUR TOU 


*SIO.l0 
“BUREN, 
"SIIVTNGUIS 
“1g30.10A0 
“Byepns ue 


*guearl 


*BUBOB]RS 
*S1[BJUOLIO 
“T2q1LOUL 
sraqgnggunt 
“Boutoo 
“BUIOIg.100 
“"trpye 
*BUBABL 


*gn}eTIOZOT 
“snqeyproamy 
*110} UTA 
‘snoouped 
‘snsaeAaod 
*sny}UBxOONET 
‘snuerjeorod 
‘snqelovule 
‘sngdna10}Ut 
‘snue}Ns 
*SN}VOLLOT 
“BIATYLY 
‘UINNOLeTVs 
‘snand 
‘snssardde 


‘sists Uopueq 


“OUNUOT 


“VAVE? 


Pe eeeteenerene 


“Bloorq]e 
“egaqjo 
‘guoanoxo 
*eUBI}eUINS 


‘snueyjoor0d 
“IstaBpe 
‘snuvivl 
*SsnUuvsyeuIns 
*SNSIOATI 


‘VULVNOG 


‘SHNIddITIHG DHL HOVAUN HOLHM VOSATTIO!\-GNv'T IO VUUNAY) NVAVIV]N-OGNT 10 SHTANV XO 


seaegsedseeee os siigioasmpr 


eee eeneeeeeeees DyIsSND}) 


seeseeeee  ommmoupryduup 


Snaesaweces sem aUne © 22/207 28K 


469 


THE LAND-MOLLUSCA OF THE PHILIPPINES. 


1892.] 


*mIngye 


*BULITJOTIO} 
*Tpouwa 


‘(UVAT]eT UR 
LOgIABy yOu) Isvapunb 


‘snyeyduioueys 
‘isepend 


‘stdoaqoyeyduro 


‘umnaard 
‘gpuvas 
“TINGBOAONU 
TAN NULLS Ty 
‘uM yeULvoqns 
"141059}00Q 


"BUBASIA 


‘stsuourtddryryd 


teen eeeeeeeeee 


*sIsueqoya0 
rose 


“un [oq 
“HAN JOULOOTTIO 


weet e new eeeenee 


“xIIOp 


*VULOJSOUR | 


‘snoeds 
“1qJet0.40 
“1980 
‘snueqies 
“Org 
“unqpaoeards 
*snsoqo[s 
*110}}0}8 OY 


‘susngiad | 


‘saplopoAoo.royd 
*S11}S0.11q 
*SN}BTTO}SO.L 
*SNSLAYST}R] 
‘snpeqduoAdane 
“BNZRTTTOG 


CANBY 
‘canued punt 
‘tpaddoy 
“Opp 


Oe eee eee enee 


*1OOV[TBAL 


‘Losal’ 
"110}3998 10 


‘snuvact | 
SHYaTOLG 
“TUNTMOU.L0d 


“wanjouLd017 10 
*snpnyoo.ay 
*uIMsLaJTTIO 

uanpidipavad 


“esornimenbs 
“BURIVVUINS 
"BUVITOPUTA 


“eoruearl 
“Baul00 


mietedenaleaneaats 
“uA epTJOes 


“VGNJLSUOT 


‘snuvael 
*sngey[a}soa 
*snueajeuns 


‘TTotes 


se neeeerenee snpryo02doy 


Atte eee ewww e eee snoopy 


tereesereees sn codoy sed 


Sener meee renees snpryooboT 


“euBryeurns [rts s2dou202007 qT 


*euBayeus jor stetttstts* onssapsy 


470 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 14, 


June 14, 1892. 
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1892 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of May was 136, of which 80 were 
by presentation. 20 by birth, 22 by purchase, and 14 on deposit. The 
total number of departures during the same period, by death and 
removals, was 75, 


‘ Hypocolius ampelinus, 8 et 2. 


Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to a pair of the 
rare and beautiful Passerine bird the Grey Coly-Shrike (Zypocolius 


1892.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES., 471 


ampelinus) from Fao, Persian Gulf, presented by W. D. Cumming, 
Esq., and received May 6th. We had previously received from the 
same donor a male of this bird,which is still alive and in splendid condi- 
tion. The drawing by Mr. Keulemans which I exhibit (see p. 470) 
shows the attitude taken by the male of this species when courting. 


Mr. Sclater made some remarks on the Zoological Gardens at 
Rotterdam, the Hague, Amsterdam, and Antwerp, which he had 
visited since the last meeting, and on the principal animals he had 
noticed in each of them. 

At Rotterdam was an example of an Antelope lately received 
from the Congo, a male of Cephalolophus sylvicultor or of a nearly 
allied species, believed to be the first example of this fine animal 
brought to Europe. Besides this, the specimens of Tragelaphus 
gratus and Cephalolophus badius (ef. P: Z. 8. 1891, p. 327) were still 
living. In the Monkey-house were examples of Macacus ocreatus, 
M. speciosus of Japan, and Semnopithecus pruinosus of Java. The 
Zebras were represented by a pair of Hquus burchelli chapmanni. 
Amongst the birds, Mr. Sclater had noticed examples of Gyps 
rueppelli, Ketupa javanensis, a fine series of six Snowy Owls 
(Nyctea nivea), Squatarola helvetica in full summer plumage, T'richo- 
glossus forsteni of Sumbawa, Ardetta sinensis from Java, Plotus 
anhinga (a fine adult -bird), and Gallinula orientalis from Java. 

The Heronry in the Rotterdam Gardens (of wild herons, see 
P. Z.S. 1891, p. 327) was in full vigour, there being 28 nests this 
year, and a pair of Black Storks (Ciconia nigra) were nesting inside 
the adjacent Night-Herons’ Aviary. 

At the Hague Zoological Gardens the greatest attraction was the 
large series of caged European Passeres, many Sylviide (e. g. Ruti- 
cilla phenicurus, R. titys, Sylvia cinerea and S. curruca) being 
amongst the number. 

At Amsterdam the principal Antelopes noted were a pair of 
Hippotragus equinus and a female of H. niger; a pair of Cobus 
ellipsiprymnus and 3 males and a female of CO. defassa‘; also examples 
of Gazella dama, of both species of Gnu, and of Bubalis albifrons. 
The herd of Tragelaphus gratus was still flourishing, and consisted 
of two males, two females, anda young male lately born. A Cephalo- 
phus lately received from Western Africa appeared to be C. nigri- 
frons. The Giraffes had become reduced in number to a single 
female, but there were a fine pair of Mountain Zebras (Hquus zebra) 
and a young one. 

From the Zoological Gardens at Antwerp a number of desirable 
acquisitions had been obtained for the Society’s Collection, 
amongst which were examples of Casuarius uniappendiculatus, a 
male Ostrich, and a pair of Victoria Crown- Pigeons (Goura victoria). 
A young male Hippopotamus, born on the 6th September, 1891, the 
fourth of the offspring of the adult pair now for several years in these 
Gardens, seemed to be in splendid health and condition. It was 
hoped that this animal might be acquired later on for the Society’s 
Collection. 


1 Cobus sing-sing (Bennett), Cat. Vert. 1883, p. 144. 
g- sing Pp 


472 DR. J. ANDERSON ON SPALAX TYPHLUS. {June 14, 


Mr. Sclater had also visited the private Menagerie of the Society’s 
Corresponding Member, Mr. F. E. Blaauw, of Westerveld, s’Grave- 
land, Hilversum, and admired the beautiful herd of White-tailed 
Gnus, and the flocks of Rheas of both species (Rhea americana 
and R. darwini) and the fine series of Water-fowl to be seen there. 
A pair of Mantchurian Cranes (Grus viridirostris) were found engaged 
on the duties of incubation, and both Bernicla poliocephala and 
B. rubidiceps with young birds lately hatched *. 


A communication was read from Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S., 
of the Institute of Jamaica, containing an account of the occur- 
rence of a specimen of the Jacana (Jacana spinosa, Cory, B. W. I. 
p- 252)in Jamaica. 

On April 20, 1892, Dr. Alex. G. McCatty, of Montego Bay, 
Jamaica, had sent a specimen of this bird to Mr. F. Cundall, Secretary 
of the Jamaica Institute, stating that it was quite new to him and had 
been shot by his friend Mr. Dillon at Savanna-la-Mar, where it is 
known to the people as the “ Bananaor Plantain Coot.” This was, 
so far as Mr. Cockerell knew, the first certain record of the Jacana 
in Jamaica. There was, however, in the Museum of the Institute 
of Jamaica, a skin of a Jacana presented by Mr. H. O. Vickers in 
1886, which was said to have been shot by that gentleman in West- 
moreland Parish, Jamaica. 

Ina subsequent letter (dated May 14th) Mr. Cockerell had written 
as follows :— ; 

“Since writing on this subject I have learned, from Mr. R. A. 
Walcott, Resident Magistrate for Westmoreland, that the Jacana is 
eertainly resident in Jamaica. It was first observed by a party of 
gentlemen, of whom Mr. Walcott was one, in 1874, on the Cabaritta 
River. Since then it has occurred regularly, being observed in the 
Meylersfield Morasses, between Savanna-la-Mar and Little London, 
along the banks of the Cabaritta, and at the ponds at Hodges, near 
Black River, in St. Elizabeth. Although there is no history of its 
importation, it seems probable that it must have been brought to 
Jamaica from the mainland about 1873, as the rather numerous 
sportsmen of Westmoreland and St. Elizabeth would surely have 
observed it, had it existed there earlier. Its arrival by natural means 
seems out of the question, as Mr. Walcott informs me that it cannot 
fly long distances.” 


Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read the following notes on the 
occurrence of Spalax typhlus in Africa :— 

“ Towards the end of last April, while in Lower Egypt, I found in 
the district of Mariut, to the west of the great lake of the same name, 
and about eight miles from Alexandria, the rodent exhibited to-night. 

“TI may mention, in order to convey to you some idea of the cha- 
racter of the Egyptian habitat of this animal, that unlike the delta 

1 For a report on Heer Blaauw’s collection, see “ Hducations d’ Animaux faites 
a s’Graveland (Hollande) en 1891,” Rey. Sc. Nat. Appl. 1892, p. 449. 

* Melius Parra gymnostoma, Wag). 


1892. ] DR. J. ANDERSON ON SPALAX TYPHLUS. 473 


proper the Mariut district consists of low rounded hills, that form a 
barrier between the lake and the sea. They are, however, ‘of no 
great height, as the highest eminence does not rise probably more 
than 80 feet above the sea-level. On the gentle slopes rising from 
the lake, on the small plains, and in the hollows in the undulations, 
the Bedouins who form the greater part of the sparse population 
sow their crops, chiefly barley, trusting to the very meagre and 
uncertain rainfall of winter and spring for the irrigation of the land. 
If there is a moderate rainfall, the entire area, I am informed, 
presents in spring a beautifully green and comparatively luxuriant 
appearance, being covered with various flowering plants, among 
which Asphodels and Hyacinths abound, and by the crops of the 
Bedouins, which afford these people a fair return under such con- 
ditions. However, I was not favoured with such a pleasing scene 
during my visits, as everything was dried up, the rainfall of the past 
winter and of this spring being remarkedly deficient. 

‘**Qn my excursion we met an Arab working in his stunted barley- 
field, and on questioning him about the different kinds of animals 
found in the district, he mentioned one which he said was completely 
blind and that burrowed on the higher ground and threw up mounds 
of earth, the character of which he illustrated by taking a handful 
of soil and dropping it into little heaps resembling mole-hills. I 
was at first incredulous and told him that in order to convince me 
of its presence it would be necessary for him to show me one, and 
I promised him 10 francs for the first he should bring alive to 
Alexandria. Two days afterwards he appeared at Abbatts Hotel 
with one in a strong canvas bag, which when opened was found to 
contain an animal certainly blind, as no external trace of eyes could 
be detected, the area which the eye should have occupied being en- 
tirely covered with skin and fur. 

“ T appointed a day on which to return to Mariut, and arranged with 
him that he should meet me near his village, and that we should dig 
out the animal together, he having previously sought out a place in 
which he had satisfied himself the animal was to be found. 

“Qn meeting him on the day appointed, he led me to a little level 
flat, on the upper margin of a barley-field, and approaching it care- 
fully he stopped short and pointed out a small hole he had dug and 
in which fresh earth had recently been thrown up, as if by a mole. 
In making the hole he had cut through two of the passages of the 
burrower, and he knew that in leaving them exposed the animal, if 
it were in either of them, would close the one in which it happened 
to be by throwing out earth, that would be more moist than the 
surrounding soil and thus indicate its presence. Having thus 
satisfied me that an animal was in this spot, he led me higher up to 
another and still larger level expanse covered with little mounds 
and with the dried stalks of Asphodels. Here, again, he had 
taken the same precaution to find out the whereabouts of the 
burrower. Selecting one passage we commenced to dig, but we 
had not proceeded far when we found that it gave off secondary 
tunnels, which had to be dug up to their blind extremities. As some 
of these passages were nearly 30 to 40 yards long, the work of 


474 DR. J. ANDERSON ON SPALAX TYPHLUS. [June 14, 


opening them up occupied some time; but as the soil was not hard 
and the tunnels not more than 18 inches, as a rule, below the sur- 
face, the work was accomplished more quickly than it would have 
been had the conditions been less favourable to digging. When a 
secondary tunnel was encountered its opening was closed while the 
main run was traced to its end, and then the secondary one was 
taken up, and so on until at last all the runs were searched from the 
points at which they had been cut across, and then the other sections 
in the opposite directions were taken in hand. We followed some 
of these to a depth of four feet, and there the passages were 
numerous and some of them very short and running above others 
below them. In one place, three runs were observed side by side, 
but all ultimately diverged from each other. In following one of 
these to the depth just mentioned we came upon a domical chamber 
packed full of bulbs, some of which are exhibited. My wife counted 
them as they were handed out and they reached the number of 68. 
Adjoining this chamber was another, quite empty, and which the 
Arabs said was the sleeping apartment. A passage leading off 
from these chambers was followed up for a short distance, when 
we came upon the animal moving backwards in it, retreating as we 
gradually shortened its burrow, which proving to be a cul-de-sac 
rendered the capture of the rodent an easy matter. All the passages 
dug up seemed to radiate outwards from these chambers ; but. we did 
not see any other store chambers, as the two other animals we captured 
were found in runs near the surface. However, in following up one 
animal we came upon a chamber the floor of which was covered with 
a nest of leaves. The digging out of these three animals occupied 
us four hours, 

‘“* The tunnels are perfectly smooth and cylindrical, and in digging 
through the soil above them numerous bulbs of the same kind as 
those found in the store-house were observed. The runs are there- 
fore tunnels made by the animal in search of its food. 

“‘ I kept the three animals beside me for some time before sending 
them off by steamer for London, placing each in a large tin box 
half filled with earth and sand. I observed that when a number of 
bulbs were given to them they manifested their hoarding instinct by 
carrying them between their powerful teeth to one spot, where they 
deposited them—a very striking performance in an animal devoid 
of sight. The probability is that, in actions of this kind, it is 
guided by the sense of smell, the other sense which is most developed 
being that of hearing, even although there is no external ear, this 
part of the acoustic organ being reduced to a tube beginning on a 
level with the external skin, but of considerable capacity. The 
animal is endowed with wonderful activity and is very restless at 
night, thus still retaining a habit of life which, although probably 
of no use to it now, is generally characteristic of its close allies. It 
would be very interesting to know whether it ever comes above ground, 
as the Arabs assert that males and females are never found in the same 
burrows. The area, however, which I examined was so cut up by 
runs from various centres that it is easy to conceive that the burrows of 
different sexes occasionally intersect and communicate with one another. 


1892.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON SPALAX TYPHLUS. 475 


As an illustration of the energy of this animal and of the strength 
resident in its neck-muscles and head, I may mention that one of 
them forced open, during the night, one end of the overlapping lid 
of the tin box in which it was confined, and escaped, even although 
the lid was firmly tied down in the middle and was weighted above. 
It achieved this feat by standing on its hind legs and by inserting 
its broad spatulate head between the lid and the box. In the 
morning it was found concealed between the folds of the cover of a 
dressing-bag. 

“The chief object of this note, however, is not to record the habits of 
this remarkable animal, but to place on record its occurrence in Egypt. 
It was known to Aristotle, and during the last two centuries it has 
been described and figured by many naturalists. It is the only 
representative of the genus Spalax, if these Egyptian individuals 
prove to be the same as the European animal, which is found in 
Poland, Southern Hungary, and Hastern Russia,indeed over nearly the 
whole of South-eastern Europe, extending, as pointed out by Olivier 
in the beginning of the present century, to Syria, Mesopotamia, and 
Persia, and of late years found by Canon Tristram in Palestine as far 
south as the neighbourhood of Jerusalem, and by Mr. H. C. Hart 
at Gaza. If I have not overlooked any of the literature of this sub- 
ject, it is now recorded for the first time from the African Continent. 

“The Arabs know it as the dbu-amma. Abu means father, and 
amma blind ; and I am informed that the two may be translated as 
meaning the truly or essentially blind. In the specimens sent round, 
the one in alcohol has the head intact, while in the other semi-dried 
specimen the skin has been reflected to exhibit the small eye, a mere 
black speck among the muscles, which Olivier states is perfectly 
organized, but I have not as yet examined it myself. It will be 
observed that the under surface of the reflected skin exhibits no trace 
of the remains of an eye-opening, and that the eye is separated from the 
skin proper by a thick layer of the skin-muscle, which I have partially 
dissected out. The presence of this muscular layer must exclude 
even the faintest sensation of light, so that, in time, all trace of an 
eye will probably be lost if the animal retains its present habit of 
using its head in burrowing, which is doubtless the cause of the 
disappearance externally of the delicate organ of sight. Of course 
its seemingly thoroughly underground habit of life also contributed 
its influence in dwarfing the eye. The first instinct of the animal 
when it is taken from its burrow and is let loose on the surface soil 
is to dig its head into the earth, the transverse ridge on the bare 
hard nose and the vibrissal ridge on the side of the head being special 
modifications of structure depending on this habit of life. This 
action of the large broad head is of course materially aided by the 
fore feet ; but these structures are scarcely more developed than 
those of a common rat of the dimensions of itself, and the claws 
are only of moderate size. 

** Spalax moves backwards in its burrows with remarkable ease, 
as I observed in one of the specimens captured ; the reversible cha- 
racter of the fur and the reduction of the tail to a mere rudiment 
facilitate this movement. 


476 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON DASYPELTIS SCABRA. [June 14, 


“‘T had hoped to have shown to-night the animals I sent off alive 
from Egypt, but they all died on the way home, the last off the Isle 
of Wight. The person who was in charge of them informs me that 
they would probably all have reached this country alive had not the 
sandy earth that had been sent with them been impregnated with salt, 
which began to deliquesce as soon as the ship got into the moist 
atmosphere of the Mediterranean.” 


Prof. Romanes gave an account of some results recently obtained 
from the cross-breeding of Rats and Rabbits, and showed that 
according to these experiments it did not follow that a blending of 
the characters of the parents was always the result of crossing two 
different varieties. 


Prof. Howes exhibited and made remarks on some photographs 
received from Prof. Parker, of Otago, New Zealand, illustrative of 
Sea-Lions, Penguins, and Albatrosses in their native haunts. 


Dr. Dawson made some remarks on the Fur-Seal of Alaska, and 
exhibited a series of photographs illustrating the attitudes and 
mode of life of these animals. 


Mr. Sclater called attention to the habits of a South-African 
Snake (Dasypeltis seabra), as exhibited by an example of this snake 
presented to the Society’s Menagerie by Messrs. Herbert M. and 
Claude Beddington, of Port Elizabeth, and received September 15, 
1891, which was placed on the table. 

As was well known, this snake fed exclusively on eggs ; and since 
it had been in the Society’s Gardens it had occasionally eaten 
pigeons’ eggs. These were, no doubt, pierced by the gular teeth 
which this peculiar snake possesses, and their contents emptied 
into the stomach. 

A short time after the egg had been swallowed, the shell of the 
egg was rejected from the mouth in the form of a pellet. 

Specimens of these pellets were exhibited’. 


1 Dr. Andrew Smith writes as follows :— 

“The paucity and smallness of the teeth in the mouth are favourable to the 
passage of the egg, and permit it to progress without injury, whereas were 
they otherwise, many eggs, which have very thin shells, would be broken before 
they entered the gullet, and the animal in consequence would be deprived of 
its natural food when within its reach. Having observed that living specimens 
which I kept in confinement always retained the egg stationary about two 
inches behind the head, and while in that position used great efforts to crush it, 
I killed one, and found the gular teeth at about the place where the egg ceases 
to descend. Those teeth, I am satisfied from many observations, assist in 
fixing the egg, and also in breaking the shell when the former reaches them, and 
is subjected to compression by the muscular action of the parts surrounding it. 
The instant the egg is broken by the exertions of the animal, the shell is 
ejected from the mouth, and the fluid contents are conveyed onwards to the 
stomach.” (‘Illustrations of Zoology of S. Africa,’ text to plate 73.) 


P.Z.S.1892 Plate XXVIII 


ey JME _Vivp. 


------(-Viep. 


GW Butlerad natdelt 
MP Parker chr hth 


Body-cavity of Snakes 


1892. ] ON THE BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 477 


Mr. Sclater read some extracts from a letter addressed to him by 
Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., F.Z.S., dated the Residency, Zomba, 
British Central Africa, March 27th, 1892, announcing the despatch 
of a large consignment of Natural History specimens illustrative of the 
Fauna and Flora of the Shiré Highlands, a good proportion of which 
were from altitudes of from 4000 to 8000 feet on Mount Zomba and 
Mount Milanji. Mr. Johnston requested Mr. Sclater to place these 
specimens in the hands of competent naturalists for examination. 

Mr. Sclater stated that one box containing 150 bird-skins and 
6 mammal-skins had already arrived, and that he proposed to ask 
Mr. Oldfield Thomas to undertake the examination of the latter and 
Captain Shelley to determine the birds. The first complete set 
of everything was to be deposited in the British Museum. 


Mr. W. Saville Kent, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on 
some photographs of a species of the genus Podargus (P. strigoides), 
showing the strange attitudes of these birds in a living state. 


Mr. J. W. Gregory, F.Z.S., gave an account of his researches on 
the British Paleogene Bryozoa, of which he recognized 30 species, 
represented in the National Collection by about 750 specimens. 

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s * Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1, On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Snakes. 
By Gerarp W. Butter, B.A., F.Z.S. 


[Received May 14, 1892.] 
(Plate XXVIII.) 


ConTENTS. Page 

ES MeO LOR Va aM attast 2u58 << 3* contd vein since docs dos etell-nockiat heeds dot 478 
If. Bibliography .......... SEE eC Oe ee SR OEE ne nme CNRS UNI Rat 478 
MPU NAL OL MUAKCNIOXAIHINIED -.<.25,02-52:c2-cosstaces. ccrscesere caste 48] 


RBHEOUS (lecse erst eosessteheesiea. divadicdthsnca, eur canine oe 482 
(i.) The single posterior peritoneal space ........... 00+ .0.e 483 
(ii.) The unpaired gastric peritoneal space of the left side ... 486 
(ili.) The paired peritoneal Jiver-sacs  .........c0ccccseccaneceseeeee 487 
(iv.) The unpaired “ omental” or “lesser peritoneal” space of 
tiie te bite ed eae Paes. 2423 2. dee LS. sass deca dares 487 
V. Explanation of the List of Snakes in § TIT........0....0cc.cccsesseseeees 489 
VI. The Developmental History of the Pleuroperitoneal Cavity of 
ROS Sepgreetas. sacs saae va teem tmatt secrets ness sraccotine:s iceoee 490 
(i.) Early embryos of Tropidonotus, &C. .......cccccescceseeaeee 490 
Gi.) Embryos of Elaphis 11 em. long ..............ccccceeceeeeneee 491 
(iii.) Embryo of Elaphis 15 em. long ............c0eccseeeceeceeees 492 
VII. The Subdivisions of the Body-cavity of Snakes compared with 
UHOSOVOLObNEr SAUTOPRIGA |;\0.4.<culsercdss<c4sssss0desdedeeveecdentes 494 
AVA CONCMISTONST. cate a se « 6! aye «sdk aM «3s din dea BEE AB 496 
ikeerExplansion ofPlate XX VIM... tceter ccclsteccctascebeeeeesvieee. 497 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXXIII. 33 


478 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


§ I. Introductory. 


This paper is a continuation of my previous one “ On the Sub- 
division of the Body-cavity in Lizards, Crocodiles, and Birds” 
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 452). Probably most persons will admit 
that the comparative study of any structure is more or less useful, 
since any such study may at any time suggest or confirm relationships 
between different types, or may throw light on physiology. But 
whether there be much or little interest in the relations (in the 
different groups of the Amniota) of the pleuroperitoneal cavity, with 
its more or less complete subdivision into different spaces, by 
longitudinal, trausverse, or oblique membranes or ‘‘ diaphragms,” 
the fact remains, that any departure from that which embryology 
shows to be the simplest arrangement (viz. that seen in Lizards) at 
once arrests the attention of the anatomist ; and, accordingly, much 
is from time to time written on the subject. 

Therefore, as the matter is one which cannot be satisfactorily 
discussed except after somewhat laborious work in embryology and 
comparative anatomy, I have thought it well, having once gone some 
length in the matter, to continue my investigations. 

I have to thank the “ British Association,” the occupation of 
whose “ table’ at the Zoological Station at Naples in 1890 gave me 
facilities for the collection of various Reptilian material, embryological 
and otherwise, and also my former teacher Prof. G. B. Howes, of 
the Royal College of Science, South Kensington, who generously 
placed at my disposal a large variety of Snakes, with permission to 
work at them in his laboratory. I am also indebted to Mr. G. A. 
Boulenger, who has kindly identified many of my specimens. 


§ I]. Bibliography. 


The writer in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen u. Ordnungen des Thierreichs’ 
(Band vi. Abth. 3, p. 1544) says :—“ The peritoneum of the Python, 
and apparently of many exotic Snakes, exhibits peculiarities not 
known in any other vertebrates. These peculiarities have been often 
described, and always as something quite ‘new’ ”’; and he goes on to 
give references. It would appear, however, from the way he speaks, 
and the references he gives, that the ‘ peculiarities ” of which he is 
thinking consist simply in the relation of the peritoneum to the 
stomach and intestine, the individual coils of which latter it does 
not follow. And, such being the case, he is quite right in saying 
that they have often been described (at any rate from Meckel* 
downwards). But this is only one point about the peritoneum of 
Snakes, and not the most interesting one. While one of the authors 
to whom he refers us [namely Retzius,(1) & (2)] has noted all 
the other peculiarities, Duvernoy confines himself to the one point 
above mentioned, and Herring, who is quoted without adverse 


‘ Deutsches Archiv fiir die Physiologie (Halle), Band iii. 1817, p. 219. 


1892.] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 479 


criticism, is absolutely incorrect and misleading when he says of the 
Boa constrictor, “ es ist kein Cavum thoracis oder abdominis vorhan- 
den. ...”’; for the peritoneal cavity (‘‘ cavum abdominis ”) with its 
various subdivisions, judging by a young specimen in the British 
Museum, which, by the courtesy of Mr. Boulenger, I was permitted to 
examine, is better seen in Boa constrictor than in most Snakes. It 
is, however, hardly surprising that anyone, not forewarned by allied 
studies, should err as to the peritoneum of these animals. 

I shall notice the paper by Lataste and Blanchard presently. 

We are also referred to F. Leydig [‘‘ Ueber die einheimischen 
Schlangen,” Senckenberg. naturf. Gesellschaft, Band xii. 1883-4]. 
Leydig, however, like the writer in the ‘Thierreichs,’ who is 
perhaps following him, quotes indiscriminately Herring, who is 
wrong, and Retzius who is right ; and the conclusion which (oc. cit. 
p- 214) he says we may draw from the various descriptions (as to 
the coexistence of a peritoneal cavity and a subdivided lymph-space) 
is, as might be expected, vague, and does not convey a correct idea 
of the actual facts. 

To one who has elsewhere found nothing but incomplete and 
usually very meagre and general, if not incorrect, accounts of the 
Ophidian peritoneum, it is a pleasure to turn to the account of 
Retzius (1) & (2). 

This author in 1830 described the state of things in the Python, 
overlooking no division of the peritoneal cavity ; though in the case 
of two of the smaller spaces he simply calls them “ serous canals.” 
His description of the peritoneum appears to be as complete as it is 
possible for such a description of the anatomical features of any one 
animal to be, without the light thrown by comparative anatomy and 
development. One small division of the peritoneal cavity, which 
embryology shows to be a remnant of the ‘‘omental” space, I did 
not myself discover in any adult Snake until after reading Retzius’ 
account of the Python. But although this careful “old master ” 
seems to have seen more than any one else since, I nevertheless hope 
that there will be something “ new”’ in the following paper, in so far 
as a study of their mode of origin furnishes material for the discussion 
of the true nature and the homologies of the various peritoneal 
spaces, and in so far as a comparative study of examples of nearly 
all the families of Snakes enables me to state it as probable 
that most, if not all Snakes, while differing considerably in other 
respects, are essentially alike in their peritoneal cavities ’. 

We come now to the papers by Lataste and Blanchard (3) and 
Blanchard (4). The statement on p. 95 of (3), to the effect that 
the peritoneum does not extend anteriorly to the gall-bladder, is 
qualified by one on p. 106, to the effect that there are two serous 


1 For instance, Zupinambis (Tejus) differs strikingly from other Lizards in 
the possession of a most distinct transverse septum behind the liver (see Proc. 
Zool. Soc. 1889, piate xlviii. and text). I have recently discovered a previous 
mention of this structure by Meckel [Deutsches Archiv fiir die Physiologie 
(Halle), Band iii. 1817, p. 218]. However, Meckel gave no figure or detailed 
description of this septum. 

33* 


480 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


sacs in the region of the liver. These authors are chiefly concerned 
with details as to the most posterior of the spaces described in this 
paper, especially as to its tapering forward and backward extensions. 
Some of their statements were in 1880 questioned by S. Jourdain’ ; 
and in 1882 Blanchard, in the light of new material, published a 
second paper (4) in which he modifies the account given in the 
former (3) *. 

These authors refer us to Cuvier (1835), Duméril and Bibron 
(1844), Siebold and Stannius (1848), and Milne-Edwards. I have 
of course carefully consulted these and also Owen, Hunter (‘ Essays 
and Observations,’ edited by Owen), and various modern text- 
books ; but I have not found anything on this subject to which it is 
worth while to refer the reader. Anatomists have as a rule kept clear 
of it; and one feels that it would be often mere impertinence to 
criticise in detail the little that has been said. So far as my search 
has gone, while here and there we find details of truth often mixed 
with more or less error, it may be said, speaking generally, that 
those authors who are not betrayed into including Snakes under 
their description of other reptiles, keep safe, by confining themselves 
to the most meagre details or to the most vague and general 
statements. For instance, Cuvier (Lecons d’ Anat. Comp. 2nd ed. 
1835, tom. iv. 2° part. pp. 670, 671) describes the relations of 
the pleuro-peritoneum in the Slowworm (Anguis fragilis), where we 
have the typical Lacertilian condition, and adds that in the true 
Snakes things are similar, but more complicated. In the paper 
above referred to (3) Lataste and Blanchard do an injustice to 
Cuvier by quoting this passage without the last ‘ saving clause.” 


List of Titles. 
(Snakes. | 

(1) Rerzius.—‘“ Anatomisk untersockning ofver nagra delar af 
Python bivittatus.’ Kon. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Stockholm, 
1830, pp. 81-116. 

(2) Rerzrus.—[German version of the above]. “ Isis,” Leipzig, 
1832, pp. 511-531. 

(3) F. Larasre et R. Bhancnarp.— Le Péritoine du Python 
de Seba.” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1879, pp. 95-112. 

(4) R. Bhancnuarp.— Nouvelles recherches sur le Péritoine du 
Python de Seba.” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1882. 


1 Revue Internationale des Sciences, 1880, p. 267. 

2 What chiefly interests these writers is a macroscopic connection which they 
find between the hinder division of the peritoneal cavity and the connective 
tissue in that region, and so possibly with the “cisterna magna” (grande 
cisterne rétro-péritonale), and they add suggestive remarks as to the relations 
of ceelom, lymph-spaces, and connective tissue in general, and the inter- 
changeability of the two latter. There is, as they say, nothing essentially new 
involved, but it would be interesting, if their account be correct (but this is 
disputed), to see with the naked eye what is in other animals only to be seen 
with the microscope. 


1892.] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 481 


[ Lizards, Crocodiles, and Birds. | 
(5) ‘* On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Lizards, Crocodiles, 
and Birds." Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1889, pp. 452-474, 
plates xlvi.—xlix. 
I quote this paper here because, as explained, the present 
one is really a continuation of it, and I shall have occasion to 
refer back to it. Some other references will be found in it. 


S$ III. List of Snakes examined *. 


Suborder I. OPOTERODONTA. 
Batian CAC LOL ON Ay © eee reeme Cann MARES eee hgh 
Fam. EPANODONTA. Typhlops lumbricalis ...| a 

Suborder II. COLUBRIFORMIA. | 
Fam, UROPELTID Ai. Rhinophis blythii ...... € 
Fam. TORTRICID. Cylindrophis rufa ..... ¢ 
Fam. XENOPELTID#. Aenopeltis unicolor...... @ | 
Fam. PYTHONID/. Erycina, Hry@ JohMt ......0...045.- a 

Bornz. Enygrus carinatus ...... a 
Boa constrictor ......... a 
PYTHONINE. Python molurus ......... a 
Fam. CALAMARID. Aspidura trachyprocta .. b | 
Fam, COLUBRID, CoroneLuine. Liophis meremiti ......... a 
Natricinez. Tropidonotus natrix ...) 6 
Heterodon @orbignii ...| b 
CoxnuBRINe. Elaphis quadrilineatus .| b 
Composoma melanurum.| a 
Zamenis gemonensis ...| b 
Pituophis catenifer b 


1 T take this opportunity to make the following corrections and additions :— 

P. 464, 1. 14, for “ Vitelline” read Allantoic. 

P, 473, 1. 14, for “mesentery and ligaments” read mesentery and median 
ligaments, 

Fig. 7, erase v.0m, v.om'. 

Fig. 33, for 4 read 3. 

Fig. 46, the space on the right side of the figure into which the spleen and 
cesophagus project should be marked 2' and similarly 

Fig. 47, for 2 and 3 read 2' and 3 (on the left side of the figure). 

With regard to figs. 42 and 43 see below, § VII. (iii.) note. 

Further, since the description of the Crocodile was written, I have, thanks 
to the generosity of Mr. 8. F. Clark, of Williams College, Mass., been able to 
cut sections of a considerably younger stage (viz. a 35-days Alligator). This, 
while confirming the other opinions expressed in the previous paper, makes it 
clear that there is originally a ‘‘ Foramen of Winslow ” in the normal position, 
so that from the 7th to the 18th lines inclusive on page 470 of (5) should he 
struck out. 

Lastly, since p. 465 of that paper was written, I have found that certain 
Scincoid Lizards are as to the relations of their right lungs and liver intermediate 
between the Teiidz and other Lizards; while Acontias meleagris agrees with most: 
Lizards, Anguis fragilis, Chalcides mionecton, and apparently Acontias mono- 
dactyla have their “ pulmohepatic recess” not extending into the region of the 
lungs. So that a section through the lungs resembles fig. B on that page, and 
one behind the lungs shows the right lobe of the liver attached as in fig. A. 

* For explanation see § V. 


se 


2K OK 


482 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


Suborder COLUBRIFORMIA (continued). | 
DRYAD INA, BOTT Tas stecewess eke ve. 
Fam. DENDROPHID/. Dendrophis picta ...... a |} 
Fam. DRYOPHID ZA. Dryophis prasinad ..+... c 
Fam. PSAMMOPHID. Celopeltis lacertina ...| b 
Fam. DIPSADID A. Dipsas ceylonensis ...... @ 
Leptodeira rufescens ...| ¢ 
Fam. SOYTALIDAM, net esteeeteeereee re 
Fam. LYCODONTID/. Lamprophis rufescens...| 6 
Fam. AOROCHORDIDA. ——eeeneeeneterte tees as 
Suborder III. PROTEROGLY PHA. 
Fam. BLAPIDAS. Flaps fulvius ...00.+..+05 b 
Fam. HYDROPHID®. Hydrophis fasciata ...... oun 
Pelamis bicolor ......... As 
Suborder IV. SOLENOGLYPHA. 
Fam. VIPERIDA. Vipera berus .........+0+ b 
Fe MGSPIS Lee we tene b 
57 QRULONS: . Ses sc0s b 
» » MASICOTMIS *...002 6. | 
Fam. CROTALID AL. Crotalus dwrissus......++- b | 


SIV. On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in the Adult Snake. 


(0). Preliminary, and as to certain Extra-peritoneal 
Lymph-spaces. 

Once one kuows what to look for and where to find it, it is not 
difficult to make out the relations of the peritoneum,in Snakes of 
ordinary size, such as the Common Grass-Snake (T'ropidonotus natria) 
or the Common Viper (Vipera berus). But without such knowledge 
it is, judging by my own experience, not so easy. 

I may perhaps be excused then if, in describing what is seen, I 
explain how to find it. I have spoken simply of the peritoneum, 
because, as may with advantage be stated here, the pleural cavity 
or cavities appear to be obliterated in all the Snakes I have examined 
[this will be discussed later, § VI.]. All my specimens have been 
more or less hardened in spirits, and it would seem that sometimes 
specimens which on the outside appear unduly soft are well adapted 
to our present purpose. 

To dissect a Snake, insert scissors between the skin and the ribs, 
and cut all along the body from the region of the heart to the 
cloaca, keeping rather to one side of the mid-ventral line, with the 
scissor-points close under the skin. Having then turned back the 
skin from the ventral side of the animal, nothing is simpler than to 
ease away outwards on each side the ribs and the muscles of the 
body-wall, so far as they close in the ventral side. We then see, 
stretching from about the hinder end of the liver to not far from 
the cloaca, the well-known fat-bodies, sheathed ventrally by mem- 
branous tissue, which laterally wraps round outside all the viscera 
including the kidneys. 

Now, first, as to these fat-bodies. If the Snake under examination 
be a Python or a Cylindrophis rufa (and I think I might add the 


1892. ] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 483 


water-snakes Hydrophis and Pelamis), one possible source of error 
is eliminated, for in these there is no space round the fat, such as is 
present in the great majority of Snakes. In Python the fat occurs 
as a number of small separate lobules, quilted between membranous 
tissue, and the condition is somewhat similar in Cylindrophis, though 
anteriorly the fat-lobules tend to run together. 

On the other hand, in most Snakes the fat occurs as a continuous, 
but often much folded band on either side, each of which hangs in 
a well-marked lymph-cavity ' which might perhaps be taken, as it 
has been taken in certain other Reptiles, for a part of the coelom 
proper. Development, however, shows that this is not the case. The 
fat and the space round it become differentiated at a comparatively 
late embryonic stage, and the space probably arises in the same way 
as, and should be placed in the same category with, the “ cisterna 
magna,” in which runs the aorta*. This latter is, like the cireum- 
adiposal lymph-spaces, well developed in Snakes. Besides these 
there may be a more or less distinct lymph-space round the kidneys. 

Tt would have been impossible, in discussing the body-cavity 
proper of Snakes, to omit a reference to these extra-peritoneal lymph- 
spaces, for they are certain to strike the observer, and may be in 
some cases more conspicuous than the peritoneal cavity itself; and 
he might possibly take them for part of this and wonder why no 
reference had been made to them. For further remarks on these 
spaces, and figures showing their relations in adult T'ropidonotus and 
Vipera aud advanced embryo of Zropidonotus, see paper “ On the 
Relations of the Fat-bodies of the Sauropsida.” * 

After opening the ventral body-wall of the Snake as described 
above, it will be best, before further dissecting, to ascertain the 
position of the right and most anteriorly situated kidney. If, 
then, we cut through the membrane ventrad of the fat a little 
to the right side of the animal, we, as explained above, in nearly all 
Snakes cut into the right circumadiposal space; this can be 
followed forwards and backwards, as a continuous space from one 
end of the fat to the other. If we next, turning up the fat, cut 
through the inner membranous wall of this space at a point just 
anterior to the right kidney * we shall have cut into :— 


SIV. (i.). The Single Posterior Peritoneal Space. 
This is described by Retzius, (1) p. 91, (2) p. 517, and Lataste 


1 Tn certain other Snakes we see a condition of things intermediate between 
this and what obtains in Pythons—in fact, we have an interesting and possibly 
suggestive series, which need not, however, be discussed here, 

2 Thus in advanced Hlaphis embryos (Plate XXVIII. figs. A, B) the allantoic 
arteries run forwards from the aorta to the umbilical stalk in the posterior part 
of these cireumadiposal lymph-spaces, as the aorta runs in the cisterna magna, 
but there does not appear to be any communication between these spaces. 

3 Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1889, plate lix. figs. 8, 9,10. [N.B. g in fig. 9 
and re in figs. 5 and 6 should be ¢.w.] 

4 Tf we cut at random we shall possibly miss the peritoneal cavity alto- 
gether, and may perhaps cut either into the ‘cisterna magna,” or a lymph- 
space that may surround the kidney. 


484 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE {June 14, 


and Blanchard (3). If we carefully, with the aid of a seeker and 
pair of scissors, open up the ventral wall of this space, we shall find 
that it tapers off posteriorly on the ventral side of the rectum and 
appears to end at a small distance in front of the cloaca (varying in 
different species). On the other hand, we find that it ends anteriorly 
in front of the reproductive glands. It is in fact, like the corre- 
sponding space in Birds, Crocodiles, and Tupinambis, an intestino- 
genital cavity. 

As the right reproductive gland lies, in Snakes, in advance of the 
left, this posterior peritoneal space extends forwards farther on the 
right side than on the other. 

In the male we shall probably have no difficulty in making out 
the anterior limits of this space, just in front of the anteriorly 
rounded testes. 

But in the female it may not be always easy to say exactly where 
this space does end anteriorly. If we follow the oviduct of either 
side forwards, we find the anterior end of its funnel continued as a 
thread into a narrow, forwardly directed, funnel of peritoneum. On 
the right side [¢f. (3) pp. 100, 101] this narrow peritoneal funnel or 
tube runs forwards just externally to the portal and postcaval veins, 
and is the remnant, as will be explained later, of the right half of the 
peritoneal cavity in this region, which, down to a comparatively late 
embryonic stage, persists as a narrow tube (fig. 3°, P®) placing the 
posterior peritoneal space now described in communication with 
that in which the right lobe of the liver lies. Similarly with the 
small funnel on the left side. We can frequently tell approximately 
where these peritoneal tubes or funnels end, and this was especially 
clear in a specimen of Heterodon dorbignii. While sometimes it 
is hard to say this, it is not very important to know the exact 
point at which such tapering tubes end, especially as it is, in nearly 
all cases, perfectly clear that the anterior peritoneal spaces into 
which they might be expected to lead are closed behind’. ‘The 
wonder is not that where, as in the females, these forwardly directed 
peritoneal funnels occur they should vary as to their extension 
forwards, but that the original embryonic continuity of the peritoneal 
cavity on either side is, so far as I can ascertain, never maintained in 
the adult. 

Before leaving this hindmost division of the peritoneal cavity, 
which, as stated, extends in the male (and except for insignificant 
tubular processes in the female also) from the anterior border of the 
reproductive organs to a point on the rectum usually not far from 
the cloaca, it may be well to say a few words as to the viscera which 
project into it. 

As stated in § IL, the relations of the peritoneum to the alimen- 
tary canal have been repeatedly noticed by writers on Suakes, from 
Meckel (loc. cit.) to the present day (cf. for instance Rolleston, 


1 It is only rarely that the right half of the liver tapers off backwards 
along the course of the posterior vena cava. When this is so, it may be some- 
times difficult to say exactly where the tapering liver-sac ends,  [Liophis 
meremtt, Vipera arietans, V, nasicornis, Crotalus durissus, | 


1892. ] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 485 


‘Forms of Animal Life,’ 2nd ed. p. 69). From my tabulated 
notes I find that the straight terminal portion of the intestine seldom 
projects at all into the body-cavity, and that the less folded portion, 
immediately preceding this, seldom (as in Cclopeltis lacertina, 
Crotalus durissus, Compsosoma melanurum, and Python) has any- 
thing that can be called a mesentery. As to the zigzag part of the 
intestine that follows the stomach, the peritoneum (as so often 
noticed) does not follow the individual bends, but merely covers the 
zigzag as a whole. In fact the intestine of Snakes, as a rule, 
intrudes upon the peritoneal cavity less than in any other Vertebrates. 

Secondly, as to the kidneys*. With rare exceptions, the permanent 
kidneys in Sauropsida (unlike the Wolffian bodies of the embryo, 
and the kidneys of certain Mammalia) do not project freely into the 
body-cavity, but are in great part, if not entirely, situated out- 
side it*. Snakes are no exception to this rule. In Boa constrictor, 
it is true, I have found the kidneys hanging freely in the body- cavity, 
as in certain Amphisbeenidz, but this is the only case I have 
found among Snakes. The only other Snakes in which I have found 
any part of the kidneys projecting into the body-cavity are Typhlops, 
Celopeltis, and the Pythonide, and in these cases the intrusion is 
but slight. In all the other forms examined (see list § III.)* the 
kidneys lie entirely outside the peritoneal cavity, and do not project 
at all into it. It is interesting to note that this exclusion of the 
kidneys from the body-cavity in Snakes is, like the absence of this 
cavity round parts of the alimentary canal, not primary. That is to 
say, when, at a comparatively late embryonic stage, the permanent 
kidneys first begin to develop, they in part project into the 
peritoneal cavity, as is the case in the adults of some (and perhaps 
most) Lizards. 

Thirdly, the only other organs whose relations to this hinder 
peritoneal space we have to consider are the reproductive ones; 
and these in both sexes (and as I believe to be the case in all Verte- 
brates) project freely into the body-cavity. 

Bearing, then, in mind that the kidneys of Snakes are with rare 
exceptions wholly outside the peritoneal cavity*, and that the 
intestine commonly has no mesentery and bulges but little into the 
body-cavity, so as in individuals of some species (Liophis meremii) 
to appear to have almost entirely receded from it, it will be readily 
understood that this hinder peritoneal space may occasionally 
be reduced in Snakes to little more than a tube containing the 


' I add these remarks as to the kidneys because those organs are usually 
referred to in discussing the relations of the peritoneum, and the impression is 
sometimes conveyed that there is something unusual in the exclusion of the 
kidneys from the body-cavity. 

2 The Amphisbenide [e. g. 4. darwinii, Lepidosternon scutigerwm, and to a 
rather less extent 4. alba and Pachycalamus brevis] are the only marked 
exceptions I know of besides the Boa constrictor. 

$ I could not ascertain the relations in Lamprophys, Hydrophis, and Crotalus, 
but have no reason to suspect them to be exceptional. 

+ The lymph-space mentioned above which may occur round them must not 
be mistaken for part of the peritoneal cavity. 


486 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


reproductive glands and their ducts. From this it is not surprising 
to find that it terminates anteriorly in front of the reproductive 


organs, the body-cavity of either side being obliterated over a longer 
or shorter area. 


§ IV. Gi). The Unpaired “ Gastric”? Peritoneal 
Space of the Left Side. 


Between the hinder end of the right liver-lobe and the anterior 
end of the right reproductive gland the main’ right half of the 
peritoneal cavity is unrepresented in the male ; and in the female itis 
only represented (as described above) by a narrow peritoneal funnel 
or tube which sometimes extends but little in advance of the ovary. 

On the other hand, on the /ef¢ side there is, with few exceptions, a 
distinct peritoneal space to be made out in the pyloric region. 
Retzius [(1) p. 89, and (2) p. 515], describing Python bivittatus, 
notices both this and the space which will be later referred to 
[§ LV. (iv.)] as the omental one. 

To find this gastric space in any Snake, we, after the preliminary 
easing away of the body-wall described above (§ IV. (0)), mark the 
point at the end of the stomach where, about opposite the hind end 
of the gall-bladder, it is often slightly bent (just where its thick- 
walled part ends). Then, carefully lifting up and cutting through 
the membranous tissue that wraps round the left and ventral sides 
of the posterior end of the stomach, we shall in nearly all cases 
(see § III. and § V.) find a distinct serous space, which, in the region 
described, wraps round the stomach on its ventral and left sides 
(the “blind sac” of Retzius); when, as sometimes happens, this 
is continued forwards by a narrow canal (‘left serous canal” of 
Retzius), this latter, as a rule, lies more ventrally than laterally 
to the stomach itself. 

This gastric sac was, among the forms I examined, best developed 
in a specimen of Celopeltis lacertina, where it extended from a 
point 14 inches behind the gall-bladder forwards, so as to slightly. 
overlap the left liver-lobe. It is, however, here, as apparently in all 
Snakes, divided off from the peritoneal sac that surrounds that liver- 
lobe. It is also well developed in some specimens of Zamenis 
gemonensis (a common Italian Snake) and in the various types of 
Pythonide examined (viz. Hryw, Enygrus, Python). It was also 
distinct in Compsosoma and Lamprophis; and in fact I ascertained its 
presence in all the species examined, with the exception of a few 
marked (c) on the list in § ITI., and it not improbably occurs in some 
of these also. 

However, it is developed to a very different degree in different 
species and in different individuals of the same species. Thus it 
will very likely not be found in many specimens of Tropidonotus 
natrix, while it would appear (Elaphis, Zamenis) that it may be larger 
in the male than in the female. 


1 There is, however, in many cases, a more or less marked “omental” space 
traceable (cf. $IV.). 


1892.] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 487 


As might be expected, when this “ gastric’’ sae is reduced in 
extent, what remains of it will be found at the point where it is most 
expanded in other cases: that is, at that point approximate to the 
posterior end of the stomach, where I have suggested above that 
search for it should be made. 


§ IV. (iii.). The Paired Peritoneal Liver-sacs. 


Some writers make a point of the liver of Snakes being unilobular. 
This is in a sense true, in so far as, with the exception of the oft- 
quoted liver of Typhlops [in which animal there are some three 
principal, besides minor, lobulations of the liver on each side], and the 
trifling lobulation that may be seen in some other cases (Vipera 
berus and arietans), the liver of Snakes presents at first sight the 
appearance of one elongated body. 

However, morphologically, no animal has a more obviously 
bilobed liver. And it is most certainly incorrect to say, in the 
language of one of our text-books, that the liver of Snakes cor- 
responds only to the right liver-lobe of other Reptiles. 

As Retzius remarks of the Python [(1) p. 96, (2) p. 520], the diver 
is divided “into a right and left half... each lateral half of the 
liver is enclosed in a serous capsule of its own.” 

It need perhaps hardly be added that the dorsal and ventral lines 
of demarcation between the two halves of the liver really represent the 
lines along which that organ meets the median longitudinal septum, 
which in its dorsal part supports the cesophagus and which, in all 
air-breathers, divides the pulmohepatic part of the pleuroperitoneal 
cavity into right and left halves’. We shall return later, § VIL., to 
these liver-sacs, so that little need be said of themhere. They fit the 
liver-lobes pretty closely, and therefore cannot possibly be missed 
even in the smallest Snakes. 

In the rare cases in which the right liver-lobe tapers off along 
the course of the posterior vena cava (Liophis meremii, Vipera 
arietans and nasicornis, and Crotalus durissus), the liver-sac of that 
side necessarily does so too, wherefore it is hard to ascertain exactly 
where it ends. 


§ IV. (iv.). The Unpaired “ Omental”’ or “ Lesser Peritoneal” 
Space of the Right Side”. 


This space is practically the most difficult of any of the peritoneal 
spaces to find. Moreover, I do not think that it is present in the 


1 Owing to the marked tilting of the liver over to the right side in Snakes, 
while the right, and usualiy only, lung often takes upa position in the mid- 
dorsal line, what is morphologically the median sagittal plane of the Snake, 
so far as the celom and viscera are concerned, usually, in the region of the 
liver, makes an angle (varying from 45° [¢f. Plate XXVIII. fig. 2*] to 90°) with 
the plane joining the vertebral column with the middle of the ventral scales. 

? The space referred to occurs apparently in all the Amniota, and it is, I 


485 MR. G, W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


adults of all Snakes; and this, not merely because I have not in a 
number of cases been able to satisfy myself as to its presence by 
dissection, but also because in Elaphis quadrilineatus, of which I 
obtained some advanced embryos, I find, by serial sections, that it 
is almost totally obliterated while still within the egg. 

If this space is present, one may expect to find it as a small one 
immediately on the right side of the stomach, and especially of the 
hinder part thereof—in fact, lying between the gall-bladder and the 
stomach and bounded behind by the pancreas. It will not in any 
case extend caudad of the pancreas, and it may not reach quite so 
far back as the anterior end of that organ in the adult. Anteriorly 
it may, when specially well developed, extend forwards as a narrow 
space on the right side of the stomach to a point a little anterior to 
the posterior end of the right liver-lobe (Typhlops lumbricalis). 
This omental space, in the Snakes which I have examined, is best 
seen in Z'yphlops, Xenopeltis, and the Pythonide; it is also well 
marked, though in a less degree conspicuous, in Compsosoma, Den- 
drophis, and others. I could not distinctly make it out in the forms 
marked (4) and (ce) in the list (p. 489). 

This ‘‘ omental” space must not be confused with the “ gastric ” 
space above described, which runs close to it but more to the left 
side; that, in its hinder region, usually distinctly wraps round the 
left side of the pyloric part of the stomach, while this omental space 
is on its right side. 


believe, disguised, by the fenestration of the mesogastric and gastrohepatic 
ligaments, in the Amphibia also. 

The word “ omental” is somewhat ambiguous, and “ /esser peritoneal cavity,” 
though excellent for the Mammalia, is unsatisfactory in the case of Birds, 
Crocodiles, and Snakes, where there is more than one such cavity present. 

Tt may be explained, then, that the term “ omental space” is here used to 
include the whole space that corresponds to (a) the “Saccus omenti” of 
Mammals (the sac enclosed by the recurved stomach and its attached membranes), 
and (6) the “Recessus superior sacci omenti” of His, which in embryos of 
Mammals extends forwards into the pulmonary region, and is the right 
“ pulmohepatic recess” of my previous paper (5). In Lizards, Crocodiles, and 
Birds this “ recess” may be more important than the “ saccus ” itself. 

In the adults of most Lizards, of certain Chelonians (Zhalassochelys), and 
at any rate of certain Mammals, and in the embryonic stages of Crocodiles, 
Snakes, and Birds, we find that this “ omental space” communicates with the 
right side of the peritoneal cavity by an aperture (very wide in many Lizards) 
which is the “ Foramen of Winslow.” This “ Foramen of Winslow ” is bounded 
postero-ventrally by the pancreas and the hepatic duets, which run in the hinder 
margin of the gastro-hepatic ligament, and antero-dorsally by the posterior vena 
cava, which, in its course from the kidneys (or in an embryo from the Wolffian 
bodies) to the liver, runs in what either is, or once was, the posterior margin of 
a ligament attaching the right half of the liver to the dorsal body-wall. 

This ‘“ Foramen of Winslow” may persist as described, as in most Lizards 
and some Chelonians (Thalassochelys) and Mammals ; or it may become oblite- 
rated, as in Amphisbznians, certain Chelonians (Zestudo and Emys), Snakes, 
Crocodiles, and Birds (Gallus). 

‘In the latter case we have, as a result, an entirely closed peritoneal sac. 


1892. | BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 489 


§ V. Explanation of the List of Snakes given in § III. 


a—signifies a Snake in which I have clearly found the full com- 
plement of peritoneal spaces as described above, § IV., viz. :— 
a. The posterior peritoneal space. 
§. The paired liver-sacs. 
y. The gastric sac of left side. 
6. The “ omental” space. 


b—signifies a Snake in which I have not clearly made out the 
‘‘ omental ” space, though all the others occur ; 


but * indicates that this probably is present. 
” t ” ” possibly ” 


e—signifies a Snake in which I have not clearly made out either of 
the smaller peritoneal spaces, 7. e. either the “ gastric” or the 
‘* omental,” though the principal sacs, viz. the two liver-sacs and 
the posterior peritoneal space, occur. 


T indicates that a Snake probably has a “ gastric” sac. 
tt ” ” ” possibly ” ” 

1— Typhlops.—In this the anterior and posterior boundaries of the gastric 
sac were not clearly made out. 

2—Dryophis (one of the long “ Whip Snakes ”’).—I cannot pretend to have 
seen the posterior boundary of the liver-sacs, but have no reason to 
believe that they are not closed as in all other cases. 

3—Lamprophis.—tit is possible that the right testis is enclosed in a separate 
peritoneal sac apart from the posterior peritoneal space. If so, this 
would be a peculiarity of this Snake. 

4—Vipera nasicornis—I am not sure that the gastric sac does not com- 
municate with the posterior peritoneal space. If it does, we merely 
have a persistence of acondition of things which (sce § VI.) certainly 
does persist to a comparatively late embryonic stage. 


” 


The list in § III. in part speaks for itself. I may point out, 
however, that Snakes marked b and c are essentially similar as to the 
relations of their peritoneum to those marked a. The “gastric” 
and still more the “ omental” space is as a rule small, and anyone 
who did not know exactly where to look for either would in most 
cases not find them. Where there was no clear indication of one or 
both, I have marked the Snakes 4 or ¢ as explained ; and it is quite 
possible that one or both of them may be found in Snakes so marked. 
Moreover, even if they are absent this does not indicate any hard- 
and-fast dissimilarity between the Snakes marked } and ¢ and those 
marked a, for development (§ VI.) shows that both the “ gastric” 
and the “ omental” spaces are, with rare exceptions, but reduced 
remnants of original more extensive ones; and a comparative 
study of the Snakes on the list shows that when these spaces are 
present, the amount of reduction of either varies very greatly, not 
only in different species but in different individuals of the same 
species. It is not then surprising, but, rather, just what we 
should expect, that in some cases one or both of these spaces should 
have become obliterated altogether. 


490 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE {June 14, 


§ VI. The Developmental History of the Pleuroperitoneal Cavity 
of Snakes. 


At first sight the aspect of a Snake embryo is perhaps forbidding 
to the embryologist*. During much of its early existence great 
part of such a Snake is coiled round its allantoic stalk in such a way 
that it cannot be uncoiled, and one may have to do with the same 
embryo cut through nine times in one section. On the other hand, 
in later stages, when the embryo can be straightened out, it is apt to 
be desperately long. However, the part of the animal which chiefly 
concerns us in the earlier stages is not affected by the coiling, and 
though the modifications which produce the characteristic relations 
of the peritoneum of the adult Snake only arise at a comparatively 
late embryonic stage, one comes to the end of even a six-inch Snake 
sooner than might be expected, especially when, as in the present 
case, it is not necessary that the sections should be very thin. 


§ VI. (i.). Barly Embryos of Tropidonotus, Zamenis, and Vipera 
(with gill-slits). 

For the earlier stages (about period II. of Rathke’), I obtained a 
series of embryos of Vropidonotus natriz, and a less complete one of 
Zamenis gemonensis and Vipera aspis. These stages extend from (i) 
a time, soon after the first appearance of the allantois, when there 
were traces of but one or two postoral clefts and the spiral coiling 
had not begun, to (ii) a time when there were 4 complete coils in 
the abdomino-caudal region, and when, though the gills were hardly 
so apparent as in a stage with only 3 coils, sections showed that 
there were here, as in that stage, 4 pairs of postoral gill-pouches, the 
first two of which communicated with the exterior. 

In the most advanced of these earlier stages the plewroperitoneal 
cavity presents a condition of things similar to that which we find 
in Inzards. That is to say, besides the main pleuroperitoneal cavity 
continuous throughout its whole extent, we have to the right of the 
stomach a “lesser peritoneal” or “ omental ” cavity, communicating 
with the right half of the main pleuroperitoneal one by a “ Foramen 
of Winslow.” 

The omental sac proper is, however, very small. Its anterior 
recess [‘‘ Recessus superior sacci omenti”” of His—my “ pulmo- 
hepatic recess ” (5)], which, in Birds, Crocodiles, Cheionia, and most 
Lizards, runs forwards between, and is bounded by, the cesophagus 
and the lung and liver-lobe of the right side, and their connecting 
ligaments), in these Snake embryos, as in certain Scincoid Lizards *, 


’ On the supposition that he desires to obtain a complete series of sections. 
Doubtless much can be done without this, but in dealing with a subject like that 
before us, when microscopic spaces have to be traced and it is often desirable 
to be able to prove a negative—to prove, for instance, that two small spaces do 
not communicate—no other method is equally satisfactory. 

2 Rathke, ‘ Entwick. d. Natter,’ Konigsberg, 1839. 

° Anguis fragilis, Chalcides mionecton, and apparently Acontias monodactyla. 
However, Acontias meleagris presents the condition of things that is usual in 


1892. | BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES, 491 


does not extend forwards into the region of the lung’; it is confined 
to the hepatic region—the pancreas, which forms the posterior wall of 
the space, being, together with the gall-bladder, at this stage and for 
some time longer in contact with the liver. But as development 
proceeds, and as the lung extends back to and beyond the hinder 
end of the liver, and as the pancreas and gall-bladder come to lie, as 
they almost invariably do in Snakes, a considerable distance behind 
the liver’, this space (if not obliterated) comes to be, with rare 
exceptions, entirely posthepatic in position. 


§ VI. (ii.). Lméryos of Elaphis quadrilineatus, 11 cm. long. 


The next stage that I have, an Hlaphis embryo 11 em. long 
(Plate XXVIII. fig. A), (all allowance being made for Elaphis beg 
a larger Snake than Tropidonotus or Zamenis, with larger eggs), is 
considerably more advanced than the stage just described, and yet for 
our present purpose there is no important gap between them. ‘There 
is in fact, as far as the pleuroperitoneal cavity is concerned, at first 
sight as yet nothing to suggest the characteristic Ophidian condition. 
The liver-lobe of either side and the lung for the greater part of its 
length project freely into the common pleuroperitoneal cavity. 

The only definite change that we have to note is the closing of the 
“*Foramen of Winslow”; this, however, not only occurs in Birds 
(Gallus), Crocodiles, and many Chelonians, but also in the snake-like 
but truly lacertilian Amphisbenidee. In fact an Elaphis embryo of 
ll em. long is still lacertilian as to its pleuroperitoneal cavity ; but, 
nevertheless, the changes that are shortly to supervene are fore- 
shadowed. 


Lizards, and perhaps little importance is to be attached to the difference. 
Whichever is the more primitive state of things, the one may easily be derived 
from the other. The condition in Snakes and the Scincoids first mentioned is 
probably associated with the elongation of form, and with the origin of the 
liver at some distance behind the point of origin of the lungs. In fact, in these 
Lizards, as in all the Snakes I have examined (with the exception of the species 
of Vipera, Hydrophis, Pelamis, and less markedly of Typhlops), there is even in 
the adult a distinct gap between the anterior end of the liver and the heart. 

1 Some of the Snakes examined (sce list, p. 481), viz. the Pythonide (Ery2, 
Enygrus, Python) and Xenopeltis, have two well-developed lungs, the right, 
however, being the larger. Others, viz. Rhinophis, Cylindrophis, Aspidura, 
Elaps, have a more or less distinct rudiment of a left lung. Others again— 
Tropidonotus, Elaphis, Dipsas—have the merest trace of this, only to be found 
by careful search near the posterior corner of the heart. In some, again, 
Vipera (berus and aspis), Crotalus, Lamprophis, and others, I did not find any 
trace of a left lung. In Vipera aspis I find no trace of a left lung even in early 
embryos. Though I have no embryonic stages of the Pythonidz or Xenopeltide, 
a comparison of their anatomy with that of the more usual one-lunged forms 
seems to assure us that, for our present purpose, there is no noteworthy difference 
between them. The left lung, when present, lies between the dorso-lateral wall 
of the left liver-sac and the cesophagus, in a position, in fact, corresponding to 
that of the right lung of the other side, and has not, any more than its fellow, 
any trace of pleural cavity round it. 

* However, in Rhinophis and certain specimens of Aspidura the gall-bladder 
is close to the liver, and it is not far removed in the Common Viper (Vipera 
berus). 


492 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


Thus, considering the relations of the lung to the body-cavity, 
we find that in the region anterior to the liver the cavity is reduced ; 
and, tracing our sections backwards, we find that the anterior part 
of the lung is surrounded on all sides by connective tissue. Then 
(still in the region of the heart) a small cavity appears on the outer 
side of the lung, which (P? in fig. 1“), as we approach the apex of 
the heart and the anterior border of the liver, extends round dorsad 
of that organ. In sections that pass through the anterior apex 
of the liver, the lung is bounded ventrally by a sort of incipient 
fibrous-tissue ‘‘ diaphragm,” referable in part to a latero-anterior 
ligament of the liver, and in part toa proliferation of connective 
tissue that occurs on the ventral side of the lung, which we can 
trace extending backwards over the ventral surface of its at present 
free portion (* in fig. 2“). 

As remarked above, transverse sections taken anywhere else through 
the liver show the lung projecting freely into the common pleuro- 
peritoneal cavity, which wraps round it dorsally and ventrally, in 
fact all round it, except on its left or mesial side where it is attached 
(fig. 2"). When, however, we follow the sections still farther back, 
behind the liver, we find that the posterior part of the lung burrows 
as it were into the connective tissue dorsad of the body-cavity, a 
little to the right of the aorta (fig. 34). 

We see, then, that at both ends there is a tendency to exclude the 
lung from the general body-cavity, and at the same time to obliterate 
the pleural cavity. Similarly, if, leaving the lung, we turn to the 
left side of this embryo and follow the sections backwards, we find 
that it is not till we reach about the middle of the liver that we see 
the cesophagus projecting into the peritoneal cavity. For the 
anterior part of its course it is for the most part surrounded by 
connective tissue (figs. 1“ and 2*). 

Again ; on the same left side of the body, just posterior to the left 
lobe of the liver, we find a foreshadowing of the “ posthepatic 
septum,” which later closes the liver-sacs posteriorly. This fore- 
shadowing consists in a broadening and leftward extension over the 
stomach of the median ventral ligament. We note also that behind 
the liver the body-cavity of either side is somewhat circumscribed 
(fig. 3*). 


§ VI. (ii.). Embryo of Elaphis quadrilineatus, 15 em. long. 


My next stage is an Elaphis embryo 15 em. long (Plate XXVIII. 
fig. B). LIregret not having a stage intermediate between this and the 
preceding, or any embryo of another species of equivalent age. Still, 
I think that a careful comparison of the 11 cm. and 15 cm. stages 
leaves but little uncertainty as to how we ought to regard these peri- 
toneal spaces of Snakes. 

Comparing the general features of the two embryos, we see that 
the head has now a less embryonic appearance, the lower jaw, for 
instance, being better developed. The umbilicus is further removed 
from the cloaca, and sections show us that the gall-bladder and 


1892.] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 493 


pancreas have become separated from the liver, and that the lung has 
grown a considerable distance backwards. In fact, an embryo of this 
stage, but for its comparative stoutness and the persistence of the 
Wolffian bodies in front of the kidneys, is very similar to the adult 
in the proportion of its parts and the position of the viscera. It is 
curious that the liver does not seem to have grown in length pro- 
portionate to the rest of the body. 

Turning now to the condition of the body-cavity, we find that in 
the Hlaphis embryo, 15 cm. long, the lung has become entirely 
excluded from that cavity, or, rather, that part of the body-cavity 
which in the 11 em. stage extended round the outer and dorsal 
walls of the lung has been entirely obliterated (figs. 28, 3°). 
Remembering, however, that in the 11 cm. stage it was only the 
part of the lung in the region of the liver (at that time the greater 
part of the lung) which projected freely into the body-cavity, it will 
not surprise us so much as it might otherwise do to find that no 
part of the lung is now surrounded by that space. 

It will be remembered that, anterior to the liver, the pleural 
portion of the ccelom was in the preceding stage already in great 
part obliterated (fig. 1); and, judging by the relations of the poste- 
rior end of the lung at that time (fig. 3*), it is but natural to conclude 
that the great length of lung which now extends behind the liver 
(cf. figs. B and 3%) has developed where we find it, by burrowing 
backwards as it were in the fibrous tissue dorsad of the peritoneal 
cavity. We have, then, only to account for the exclusion from the 
body-cavity of that part of the lung which lies in the hepatic region 
(compare figs. 2“ and 2%). 

Now, in the 11 em. stage there was as described a considerable 
development of fibrous connective tissue, both on the ventral and 
dorsal free surfaces of the lung (fig. 2*, **’) ; and the idea naturally 
suggests itself that, as far as that part of the lung which lies in the 
region of the liver is concerned, the fibrous tissue ventral to the 
lung [working backwards and forwards from the points opposite the 
anterior and posterior ends of the liver (cf. figs. 1* and 3“), where we 
saw the lung in the 11 em. stage excluded from the peritoneal 
cavity | has formed a “ diaphragm,” similar in its relation to the lung, 
though perhaps not otherwise homologous, to the “ diaphragm” of 
Birds ; and that almost synchronously the fibrous tissue dorsad of 
the lung (fig. 2*,*’) has obliterated the pleural cavity, thus 
produced, as the pleural cavity 7s obliterated in Birds. 

But of course, in the absence of an intermediate stage, one cannot 
be absolutely certain of what happens ; and it is possible that the 
changes which have taken place may be in part comparable to those 
which lead to the formation of the “diaphragm” in Mammals. With 
regard to the other divisions of the body-cavity, the left half of the liver 
now lies in a closed sac (the /eft liver-sac) (fig. 2°, P./-liver-sac). 
The closing of this sac has resulted, firstly from an extension back- 
wards of that obliteration of the peritoneal space on the left of the 
cesophagus which was seen taking place in the previous stage, and 
secondly from the connection with the lateral body-wall of the fibrous 


Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1892, No. XXXIV. 34 


494 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE [June 14, 


posthepatic septum, which was also seen forming out of the ventral 
ligament of the stomach. 

The liver-sac of the right side (fig. 28, P') is still continuous, by a 
long and very narrow peritoneal tubule (fig. 3%, P’), with the main 
posterior peritoneal space. 

Following this narrow tube backwards from the liver-sae, we find 
that it runs externally to (on the right side of) the postcaval and 
vitelline (or portal) veins, and that it contains a minute forward 
continuation of the funnel of the oviduct, represented by a taised 
groove on the wall of this small space. As this tube of communi- 
cation is now so small, and has no apparent use, it is not surprising 
that it should be obliterated in the adult. 

In the figure (3) we see, cut through, a very small cavity, on the 
right side of the stomach, in the corner between it and the lung. 
This mtist be the remains of the ‘‘ omental space,” as to the persistence 
of which in the adult of this species I am not certain (see list). 

Lastly, as to the gastric space. This is also seen in section in 
fig. 38 (P’). Following the sections backwards, we find that it is 
still freely continuous with the posterior portion of the peritoneal 
cavity. 

Finally, at this stage, sections through the region of the pan+ 
creas show that the ventral ligamentous attachment of the alimen- 
tary canal to the adjacent body-wall becomes here very broad ; 
so that we can easily understand how, when the alimentary canal 
comes to be bent and folded on itself, as it here does later on, the 
gastric sac might become closed posteriorly, in somewhat the same 
way as did the left liver-sac. The permanent kidneys (which in 
the preceding stage were only just making their appearance, and 
then had the peritoneum extending as a backwardly directed pocket 
external to each and covering their mesial surface) are now fairly 
developed, and it is found that the posterior part of each lies 
completely outside the body-cavity. In the adult they come to lie 
entirely outside it. 


§ VIL. The Subdivisions of the Body-cavity in Snakes compared 
with those in other Sauropsida. 


[I here refer to the figures illustrating my previous paper (5). ] 


(i.) The posterior peritoneal space seems to have its ‘exact 
homologue in Crocodiles [(5) figs. 42, and 43, 3], and it is very 
similar to the posthepatic cavity in the Lizard Tupinambis[(5) fig. 31, 
3] or a Bird [(5) figs. 14-18, 3); but in the Bird there is on the left 
side and in Z'’spinambis on both sides [(5) fig. 32, 0, o’] a connection 
with the anterior part of the body-cavity. In fact :— 

(ii.) Snakes agree with Birds (e.g. Gallus, Anas), Crocodiles, and 
the Lizard Tupinambis in having a septum across the body-cavity 
behind the liver (posthepatic septum). In Birds and Tupinambis 
this septum is incomplete. 

(iii.) The gastric space seems to have an almost exact homologue 


1892.] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 495 


in Crocodiles [e/. (5) figs. 42 and 43, in which a small unpaired 
Space is seen in the region of the stomach *]. 

(iv.) The omental space is, as described above [§ IV. (iv.) note], 
well represented in all the other groups of Sauropsida. 

(v.) As to the fiver-sacs, the task of comparison is not so simple. 
The ventral liver-sacs of Crocodiles are no more comparable with 
those of Snakes than with those of Birds. We also soon see that 
there is a considerable difference between the body-cavity in the 
pulmohepatic region of Snakes and that in the corresponding region 
of the Bird. Thus, if we start froin the median ventral ligament 
of the liver and proceed outwards, we find in the case of the 
Fowl [(5) fig. 45] that the spaces 1, | are bounded laterally by 
the body-wall, or rather by the “ oblique septum”; but in Snakes 
(fig. 3°) we pass all round the liver and reach the median dorsal 
attachment of that organ. This difference is clearly correlated with 
the fact that while in Snakes the “ pulmohepatic recesses ”’ are totally 
or almost totally absent [see above, § VI. (i.)|, in Bitds they are 
remarkably well developed [(5) fig. 45, 2, 2’). 

In short, the “avian diaphragm” is developed out of fibrous 
tissue on the ventro-mesial face of the lungs, which tissue bounds 
these spaces (2, 2’) externally. But while the fibrous tissue, which 
forms a sort of diaphragm ventral to the lung in Snakes, and 
bounds the right liver-sac dorsally, appears to have a somewhat 
similar relation to the lung, its other relations are different. In fact, 
but for its adherence to the lung, one might, from its topographical 
relations, rather compare the diaphragmatic tissue in Snakes with 
that in Mammals. 

It would seem hardly more possible to closely homologize the 
“ diaphragm ” and liver-sacs of Snakes with those of Birds than the 
diaphragm of Mammals with that of Birds. In the case of animals 
which have descended from common ancestors along more or less 
divergent lines, we ought not of course to expect to be always able 
to compare directly correspouding parts, but rather to have to 
content ourselves sometimes with tracing the condition of things in 
each back to their common origin. 

It may be remarked that the lungs of Varanus (Monitor) are 
excluded from the peritoneal cavity by a sort of ‘‘ membranous 
diaphragm”, and this is less markedly the case with the lungs of 
certain Chelonia. It may well be, therefore, that the relations of the 
lung in Snakes can be explained by a reference to one or both of 
these groups; but this embryology alone can decide. 

1 Tt is marked in these figures with a number 1, like the paired ventral liver- 
sacs, because I was led to regard both the ventral part of the posthepatic septum 
(8) which closes the liver-sacs posteriorly, and the fibrous tissue (8) which 
closes this gastric sac posteriorly, as but lateral expansions of the median ventral 
attachment of the stomach and liver, from which point of view the sac in the 
region of the stomach and the paired ventral liver-sacs might be grouped 
together. The embryology of Snakes seems to be in favour of the essential 
similarity between the septa 3 (see § VI.) ; but as in Snakes this gastric space 
is so distinctly posterior to the two liver-sacs, it may with advantage be 
considered apart from them in both those animals and Crocodiles, 

2 Martin, P. Z.S. 1831, p. 138. See also P. Z.S. 1889, p. ane 

3 


496 MR. G. W. BUTLER ON THE (June 14, 


(vi.) Besides the definite subdivision of the body-cavity described 
above, there are found in Snakes a number of modifications which 
tend to obliterate the pleuroperitoneal cavity. 

Consideration, however, shows us that these modifications of the 
simple primitive condition (like those which lead to the definite sub- 
division of the body-cavity) take place along lines which are followed 
to a greater or less extent in other groups of Sauropsida. And 
Snakes differ in this respect, to some extent, among themselves. 

Thus, the obliteration of the pleural cavity may be compared 
with what we find in Birds (and possibly also in Monitor Lizards, if 
not in Chelonia). 

Again, the complete exclusion of the kidneys from the body- 
cavity, although the rule with the Snakes, is, we see, not. confined 
to this order. A partial exclusion is rather usual [ante § IV. (i.) 
and notes. | 

Thirdly, the remarkable development of extra-peritoneal lymph- 
cavities in Snakes, which still further reduces the space available 
for the body-cavity proper—is but an exaggeration of what we 
find in other Reptiles (e.g. Monitor and Amphisbenide) [ante 
§ IV. (0)}. 

Lastly, the relation of the alimentary canal to the peritoneum, so 
often described, certainly does appear to be a peculiarity of Snakes ; 
concerning this, Snakes differ among themselves, some departing less 
than others from the common type (in which the intestine hangs by 
a mesentery into the peritoneal cavity). The firm attachment of 
the stomach in Crocodiles seems essentially similiar to that in Snakes. 


§ VIII. Conclusions. 


(1) In Snakes, as in Crocodiles, the pleuroperitoneal cavity is, for 
great part of their embryonic period, very similar to that of adult 
Lizards ; and the same is true of the earlier stages of Birds and 
Mammals. 

(2) In Snakes the simple, primitive, lacertilian condition becomes 
during the later stages of development modified, in the following 
ways :— 


(a) The pleural part of the body-cavity becomes obliterated. 
(6) The peritoneal part of the body-cavity becomes subdivided 
into a definite number of closed spaces, viz. : 
(i.) A posterior, or intestino-genital space. 
(ii.) A gastric space on the left side. 
(iii.) An “ omental ”’ space. 
(iv.-) Two paired liver-sacs. 


(3) ‘An examination of representatives of nearly all types of 
Snake (see list) shows that however much they may differ, in actual 
size, in the proportion of their parts, in various anatomical characters, 
and in their habit of life, they all agree in the plan on which their 
peritoneal cavity is subdivided. 

(4) The subdivision of the body-cavity of Snakes proceeds in 


1892. ] BODY-CAVITY IN SNAKES. 497 


large measure along lines followed in effecting a similar subdivision 
in other groups of Sauropsida. Thus :— 

(i.) The omental space corresponds in all Sauropsida and it is a 
closed space, as in Snakes, in at any rate certain Birds, 
Crocodiles, and Chelonians. 

(ii.) We may find in Sauropsida either a complete (Snakes, 
Crocodiles) or partial (Birds and T'upinambis) posthepatic 
septum across the body-cavity behind the liver. 

(iii.) In Crocodiles, as well as in Snakes, we get the left, anterior, 
portion of the posthepatic peritoneal cavity shut off as a 
gastric space, leaving the remainder as a closed intestino- 

: genital space. 


As to each of the above-mentioned points, then, there seems to be 
a fairly close homology between Snakes and one or more of the 
other groups of Sauropsida. 

(5) On the other hand, while there are points about the oblitera- 
tion of the pleural cavity and the relations of the liver-sacs in Snakes 
which remind us of what occurs in Birds, there is perhaps no closer 
similarity in these respects between the two groups than between 
the ‘‘ diaphragm” of Mammals and that of Birds, 


§ IX.--EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. 


Os senndtadeeseaes ence see Dorsal aorta. 
CISL, MAG. sasceccacceceee Cisterna magna. 
TITRE GREE GRROeE eet oer Wolffian body. 
LE ORS ey Developing fat-body projecting into circumadiposal 
lymph-space. 
Op. ser og et Conn ERE Gall-bladder. 
ESOPTEIN Sea ahs «aes elo Cisophagus. 
VER sae -detiest ab ashe ce east Signifies a part of the pleuroperitoneal cavity, thus :— 
DDE aticlesinad! vane That part of peritoneal cavity which later forms the 
closed gastric space. 
IBY Siedass oetaseeaeal That part which will form a liver-sac. 
P.l-liver-sae ...... Ts the already closed left liver-sac. 
aa ears The pleural part of pleuroperitoneal cavity—destined 


to be obliterated. 

Narrow peritoneal tube connecting the right liver- 
sac and the posterior peritoneal cavity—destined 
to be obliterated. 

Umbilical stalk. 

Allantoic, or anterior abdominal vein, 

Vena cava posterior, 

Vitelline-portal vein. 

Connective tissue on free surface of lung. 


Fig. A. Embryo (¢) of Elaphis quadrilineatus, 11 cm. long. Nat. size. Out- 
line sketch, to show the relations and proportional development of 
the lung, liver, and other parts indicated. ['The embryos were curled 
round in the eggs, and at this stage it would probably not be possible 
to straighten one to this degree. ‘This is a rectified sketch of a 
partially straightened embryo. | 

Fig. B. Embryo (2) of Hlaphis quadrilineatus, 15 em. long. Nat. size. Out- 
line sketch of an artificially straightened embryo for comparison 
with A, 

Fig. 14, ‘Transverse section of Elaphis embryo, of the same size as fig. A, through 
the ventricle of the heart (x14). 


498 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [June 14, 


Fig. 24. Transverse section of same embryo, through anterior part of liver 
(x14). 

Fig. 84, Transverse section of same embryo, through the gall-bladder (x 14). 
Fig. 28. Transverse section of embryo of same stage as fig. B, through a region 
as nearly as may be corresponding to that in fig. 24 ( x 14). 

Fig. 33. Transverse section of same embryo, through a region as nearly as may 
be corresponding to that in fig. 34 (x 14). 


2. On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anguilla, 
West Indies. By P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
Secretary to the Society. 

[Received May 18, 1892.] ’ 


Mr. W. R. Elliott, one of the Collectors employed by the Com- 
mittee of the Royal Society and British Association for the exploration 
of the Lesser Antilles, paid a short visit to Anguilla * in March last, 
and made a small collection of birds, which I have now the pleasure 
of exhibiting. It contains 27 skins, which are referable to 16 
species. There is nothing new or even rare amongst them, but as, 
so far as I know, no ornithological collector has previously been in 
Anguilla, and its Ornis is entirely unknown, it will be of interest 
to record the names of the species represented in the Collection and 
to add a few remarks. 

Besides the species now mentioned Mr. Elliott writes that two 
other birds were seen—a ‘ Chicken-hawk ” (perhaps Falco colum- 
barius) and a Bittern (probably Butorides virescens). The former 
was common, but the latter “‘ rather scarce at this time of year.” 

Mr. Elliott was told that during the wet season a large number of 
other birds visit the island. When he was there in March, every 
thing was burned up by a three months’ drought. The birds obtained 
are therefore ‘‘ undoubtedly permanent inhabitants.’”’ Amongst the 
visitors during rainy season he hears of “ plovers, ducks, and snipes 
in large flocks.” 

In the following list I have given references to Mr. Cory’s most 
useful ‘ Birds of the West Indies’ (Boston, 1889), in which all the 
species are mentioned. 


]. Marearops ruscatus (Vieill.). 

Cichlerminia fuscata, Sharpe, Cat. B. vi. p. 329. 

Margarops fuscatus, Cory, B. of W. I. p. 28. 

A single male specimen. “ Thrush, scarce now, but as a rule 
common; seems to have left the island in search of food.””—W. R. E. 


1 « Anguilla, or Snake Island, the most northerly of the British Caribbee 
Islands, lies north of St. Martin’s, from which it is distant about 5 miles. It is 
about 20 miles long and 6 broad, but is so low and flat that it cannot be seen 
from a greater distance than 10 or 12 miles. The soil is calcareous and not, 
very productive. A little sugar, cotton, tobacco, and maize are grown on it, but 
it is deficient both in wood and water. In the centre of the island is a saline 
lake which yields a large quantity of salt, the greater part of which is exported 
to America, Theclimate is healthy. The chief occupations of the inhabitants 
are breeding cattle and gathering salt.” —Jmp. Gazetteer, i. p. 158. 


1892.] THE ISLAND OF ANGUILLA. 499 


2. DENDRG@CA RUFICAPILLA (Gm.). 

Dendreca ruficapilla, Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p. 275. 
Dendreea petechia ruficapilla, Cory, B. W. I. p. 45. 
A pair. “ Yellow Finch, common.” 


3. CERTHIOLA BARTOLEMICA (Sparrm.). 

Certhiola bartolemica, Scl. Cat. B. xi. p. 42; Cory, B, W. I. 
p- 64. 

A pair. ‘* Yellow-breast, fairly common.” 

This form is probably the same as that of the neighbouring island 
of St. Bartholomew, but there are no specimens available for com- 
parison. 


4. Loxie1Lua Noctis (Linn.). 

Lowigilla noctis, Sharpe, Cat. B. xii. p. 84; Cory, B. W. I. 
p. 91. 

A pair of this species. ‘* Red-breasted Sparrow, very scarce 
at this time of year.” 


5. PHONIPARA BICOLOR (Linn.). 


Phonipara bicolor, Sharpe, Cat. B. xii. p. 149. 
Euetheia bicolor, Cory, B. W. I. p. 96. 
One ex. ¢. ‘“* Green Sparrow, fairly common.” 


6. ELAINEA MARTINICA (Linn.). 

Elainea martinica, Scl. Cat. B. xiv. p. 141; Cory, B. W. I. 
p- 117. 

Two males. ‘‘ Whistler, scarce.” 


7. TYRANNUS ROSTRATUS, Scl. 
Tyrannus rostratus, Scl. Cat. B. xiv. p. 273; Cory, B. W. I. 
p. 129. 


Two males and a female. ‘‘ Chineherry, common.” 


8. EULAMPIS HOLOSERICEUS (Linn.). 
Eulampis holosericeus, Cory, B. W. I. p. 146. 
One male. ‘* Humming-bird, fairly common.” 


Y. ORTHORHYNCHUS EXILIS (Gm.). 
One female. “ Humming-bird, fairly common.” 


10, TINNUNCULUS CARIBBZARUM (Gm.). 


Tinnunculus earibbearum, Gurney, List of B. of Prey, p. 99. 
Falco caribbzarum, Cory, B. W. I. p. 204. 
A pair. “ Killy-killy, common.” 


11. ZenamDa MARTINICANA, Bp. 

Zenaida martinicana, Cory, B. W. I. p. 215. 

A female. ‘“‘ Turtle-dove, scarce now, said to be common in the 
rainy season.” 


500 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE GENUS ECHINOPS. [June 14, 


12. CHAM#PELIA PASSERINA (Linn.). 
Columbigallina passerina, Cory, B. W. I. p. 217. 
A pair. ‘* Ground-dove, common.” 


13. GALLINULA GALEATA (Licht.). 


Gallinula galeata, Cory, B. W. I. p. 257. 
A pair. ‘ Cooé, common near brackish ponds.’’ 


14. STREPSILAS INTERPRES (Linn.). 


Arenaria interpres, Cory, B. W. I. p. 231. 

A female, in immature plumage. “Very rarely seen—in fact 
never observed before. The Rev. Mr. Schouten, who takes great 
interest in Natural History, and has resided in Anguilla twenty-eight 
years, told me it was quite new to him.”—W. R. E. 


15. ToTaNUs FLAVIPES (Gm.). 


Totanus flavipes, Cory, B. W. I. p. 238. 
Two females. ‘ Yellow-legs, common near brackish ponds.’ 


16. PHatrHon &2THEREUvS, Linn. 


Phaithon eathereus, Cory, B. W. I. p. 275. 
Two males. “ Z'ropic-bird: nests in holes among the cliffs on the 
sea-side.”’ 


3. On the Insectivorous Genus Echinops, Martin, with Notes 
on the Dentition of the allied Genera. By Oxprre.p 


THOMAS. 
[Received June 3, 1892. ] 


At the Meeting of this Society on Feb. 13, 1838', Mr. W. Martin 
exhibited and described an Insectivore belonging to the group known 
as “ Madagascar hedgehogs,” but much smaller than the common 
Ericulus setosus, and gave it the new generic and specific name of 
Echinops telfairi, in honour of its donor, Mr. C. Telfair. A fuller 
description, with accurate figures both of the animal and its skull, 
was given by the same naturalist a little later’, and from these it 
might have been easily seen that the animal was fully adult. 
This specimen has remained unique almost up to the present time®, 
and on this account, the species not being known, the name 
Ericulus telfairi has been of late years wrongly assigned to Hriculus 
Ssetosus. 

The genus Echinops was properly reengnized by Wagner* (who 


1 P. Z.8. 1838, p. 17. 

2 Trans. Z.8. ii, p. 249, pl. 46 (1840). 

3 The young individual, 17 days old, also sent by Mr. Telfair, and mentioned 
P.Z.S. 1838, p. 81, proves on examination to be the ordinary larger form 
Ericulus setosus. 


+ Schreb. Saug. Suppl. ii. p. 29 (1840). 


1892.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE GENUS ECHINOPS. 501 


unnecessarily renamed it Echinogale), by Peters’, by Mivart”, and by 
Grandidier*; but unfortunately Dr. Jentink, in an exhaustive and 
otherwise most useful paper on the group, deceived by the small 
size of the type, put it down’ as a young specimen of Hriculus setosus, 
an example followed by Trouessart’ and Dobson®. The latter no 
doubt overlooked the type now in the British Museum, and the two 
former had not of course the opportunity of examining it. 

Of this type specimen the cranium, figured by Mr. Martin, was 
unfortunately lost before the Museum of the Zoological Society was 
transferred to the British Museum, but the skin, the lower jaw, and 
the bones of the trunk are still preserved. These confirm in every 
way the accuracy of Mr. Martin’s description and figures. 

The Museum has now received several specimens of this group 
collected by Mr. J. T. Last at Manumbu, 8. Madagascar, which 
clearly belong to two different species, a larger and a smaller, also 
differing from one another by the number of their teeth. 

The former of these is clearly Hriculus setosus, and the latter is 
by its dentition an Hchinops, a genus which I now propose to 
reinstate, but on the description of which by Martin and Mivart I shall 
not try to improve, except with regard to the homologies of its 
cheek-teeth, which will be referred to later. It may, however, be 
noted that, apart from the general size, not always easily deter- 
minable in these animals, the two forms may be readily distinguished 
externally by the great difference in the size of the claws, those of 
Friculus attaining a length in front of about 6 mm., and behind of 
about 7 mm., while those of Hehinops scarcely exceed 3 in front 
and 4 behind, with a proportionate reduction in thickness. 

As to the species to which Mr. Last’s Hehinops belongs I am 
more doubtful. Firstly, it appears to be smaller than Z. telfairi, 
and to have smaller teeth, but the difference is very slight. 
Secondly, the type of the older known species has the spines all quite 
black-tipped and becoming gradually paler to the roots. On the other 
hand, Mr. Last’s specimens, four in number, all have white-tipped 
spines, the white extending over the terminal 2 or 24 mm. of the 
spine?. In view of the great variability of Hriculus setosus in the 
colour of the spines, this character must be looked upon with great 
hesitation ; but at the same time the difference in appearance is so 
very great that I think it should be recognized by name, and I 
propose to call Mr. Last’s Echinops a new subspecies, giving it the 
name of LF, ¢elfairi pallescens. 

The following are the measurements of the typical skull of the 
new form, the largest of five :— 

Basal length 341; greatest breadth (between points of maxillary 


1 MB. Ak. Berl. 1865, p. 286. +N. L. M. i. p. 140 (1879). 
2 P.Z.8. 1871, p. 73. 5 Le Nat. 1880, p. 178. 
3 Rey. Mag. Zool. (2) xxi. p. 338 (1869). ° Mon. Insectiv. p. 70 (1882). 
7 M.Grandidier (/. ¢.) describes as “ E. mivarti” an animal which is “ noirAtre 
et plus foneé que £. teffairi”; but the latter being superficially quite black, it ig 
probable that he has mistaken the form to which the name F, telfairi belongs, 
and that his mivaréi is really telfairi, and his ¢elfairi the one now described, 


502 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE GENUS ECHINOPS. [June 14, 


zygomatic processes) 16°7; interorbital breadth 9-1 ; palate, length 
19-1, breadth outside p* 12°2, inside p* 4*7; length of lower jaw 
from condyle (bone only) 27 ; height from coronoid to angle 13°4. 

Of the five specimens examined, two others are of almost 
precisely the same size as the type, and two, of similar age, are 
rather smaller, the difference being, I presume, sexual. Unfortu- 
nately the skins and skulls are not identified with each other, so 
that I cannot say for certain whether in this form the male or the 
female is the larger. 

Now with regard to the homologies of the teeth of Echinops, the 
five cheek-teeth of which have been supposed to be two premolars and 
three molars, the reduction from the 3-3 of Hriculus being therefore 
in the premolars,—I find on comparison that this is not the case, but 
that the reduction is in the molars, of which there are only two, 
while the premolars number three. These three premolars all have 
milk predecessors, as is also the case in Centetes and Ericulus, and 
therefore the missing premolar of the full set of four may be pre- 
sumed to be p’, which is as yet not known to changein any member 
of the Linnean group of Ferz. The incisors are two, above and 
below, both in the permanent and milk series. 

The full dental formula of Echinops is therefore 


120 1 0234 1 2 
apie ta Co a ee es ee Oe ee 

¥ 72 1 as). 4 

120 1 0234 12 


Comparing this with the formulz of some of the allied genera, we 
find that Friculus is in all respects the same except that it has 


M. i the totals therefore being 24. 36. 

Two points about the milk-change of Hriculus may be specialiy 
noticed, both of them showing a very low and unspecialized 
eondition. The first is the extraordinary resemblance existing 
between the milk-teeth and their respective successors, a resem- 
blance so great that it is extremely difficult to say whether any 
given set of teeth belongs to the milk or permanent series. And 
this difficulty is increased by the second point, namely the fact that 
the molars come up with and stand perfectly in series with the milk 
premolars, the last molar being fully up and in use some time before 
these commence to fall. This fact, in so lowly an animal, is 
decidedly confirmatory of the recent suggestion that the molars even 
of the Placentals really belong to the milk rather than to the 
permanent series *. 


1 This ingenious method of so writing the dental formulz as to show clearly 
both the milk and permanent teeth and their relations to, one another is copied 
from Dr. Winge’s paper “Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte” (Vid. Medd. 1882, 
p. 15). The method is so clear that no explanation is needed. 

2 Cf. (for Marsupials) Kiikenthal, Anat, Anz, vi. pp. 369 & 658 (1891), and 
(for Placentals) Thomas, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) ix. p. 310 (1892), 


1892. | MR. O. THOMAS ON THE GENUS ECHINOPS. 503 


Passing now to the dentition of Centetes*, besides the known 
increase by one each in the number of the upper milk and the 
lower milk and permanent incisors, we find a most remarkable and 
noteworthy character in the number of the molars. 

When writing his invaluable Monograph of the Insectivora, 
Dr. Dobson stated* en passant, and merely as a question of specific 
difference or identity, that certain specimens of Centetes ecaudatus in 
the British Museum were much larger than usual, and had an 
additional upper molar. Now remembering the continual and 
unending discussion that the presence of four true molars in 
Otocyon has given rise to, it is evident that the occurrence of a 
fourth upper molar in Centetes is an exceedingly interesting fact, 
and one that deserves to be brought into much greater prominence. 

A renewed examination of the specimens shows that the presence 
of four molars is not a merely accidental variation in one or two 
individuals, but is a normal character of the species, although the 
fourth molar only comes up very late in life—so late, in fact, that 
the great majority of Museum specimens do not possess it. This is 
proved by my finding the minute calcified germ of m* behind the m* 
of what is, apart from the three unusually large individuals referred 
to by Dobson, the largest skull in the Museum collection, and one 
that, in the absence of these three, would have been put down as a 
remarkably fine and well-grown one. Judging, therefore, by the 
specimens in the Museum, it appears probable that the species seldom 
attains to the great age necessary to obtain the fourth molar, but 
that when it does, it normally has the additional tooth. 

Curiously, however, not only is m*, like our own “ wisdom tooth,” 
long behind m* in its date of appearance, but owing to the fact that 
it projects further into the mouth and is rather feebly attached, it is 
the first of the molars to disappear. For in one extremely aged 
specimen, in which the molars and premolars are worn down to 
the roots*, m* has again entirely disappeared, and has evidently been 


worn down and dropped out in the natural course of existence. 


1 Thanks to the kindness of Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, who has sent mea 
complete copy of the chapter referring to the Tanrecs in Geoffroy’s rare 
‘ Catalogue du Musée,’ I am most fortunately able to state that the name Setiger, 
Geoffr. (1803), need not displace Centetes, Ill. (1811), a change which appeared 
to be imperative on reading Trouessart’s paper, already quoted. 

In this paper, while stating that Se¢iger was absolutely synonymous with 
Centetes, the author exercised in favour of the latter that fancied right of 
selection which has been so disastrous throughout the history of zoological 
nomenclature. However, the copy now before me of Geoffroy’s words 
shows that the typical and first mentioned species of his genus “ Setiger” 
is “§. imauris,” whose characters are largely mixed up in the generic 
diagnosis; and this animal, as we know from p: 22 of Isidore Geoffroy’s 
paper on the group (Guérin, Mag. Zool. Mamm. (2) 1839, Art. 1), was neither 
more nor less than a common Hedgehog which had lost its ears. This being 
the case, Setiger becomes a synonym of Hrznaceus, Linn., and happily remains in 
its time-honoured obscurity, 

2 Mon. Insectiy. p. 69, pl. vii. fig. 7. 

° This specimen presents an example of that mechanical wearing down, 
and consequent increase in the number of ‘‘teeth,” on which Dr. Kiikenthal 
in the case of a Seal has laid such stress (¢. c. p. 367) ; for its p* has formed two, 
and its p® three minute “teeth,” these being of course merely the roots of 
the proper teeth (see my own remarks, ¢. ¢. p. 311). 


504 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE GENUS ECHINOPS. [June 14, 


None of the specimens show any trace of a lower m*. 

In these three genera of Centetide and, so far as I can make out 
from the published figures, in Potamogale, we have a premolar 
formula of 0 2 3 4; the p* (both milk and permanent) is abso- 

a! 3 


4 
lutely molariform, while p* (again both milk and permanent) is 
functionally a ‘carnassial”—characters all in contrast to those of 
Solenodon, on whose close relationship to the Centetide so much 
has been written. 

In this animal there are, it is true, three premolars as in Centetes 
and the others, but of these the first does not change, a fact which 
seems to show that it is homologous with the non-changing p’ of 
other Ferze, and not with the changing p’. If this be the case, and 
the two posterior changing premolars be still looked upon as p* and 
p', we get the formula P. {1 0 : = while as a further difference 


p’ is absolutely premolariform, and it is p* that is functionally 
“ carnassial’’ or semi-molariform, no premolar being truly molari- 
form ; and finally there is neither that striking resemblance between 
the milk and permanent teeth, nor the unusually early development 
of the true molars, characteristic of the Centetide. 

It appears to me therefore that not only was Dr. Dobson 
perfectly justified in separating the Solenodontide as a distinct 
family from the Centetide, with which Peters had placed them, but 
I would go further and suggest that their main connecting link— 
their common trituberculism—may be merely in each case a remnant 
of a time when, as the American zoologists have shown, trituberculism 
was afar more common character than at present, and that they 
have really no very close relationship to each other whatever. The 
proper solution of this problem will probably rest with the palee- 
ontologists of North America, on which continent the ancestors of 
Solenodon may be expected to have lived; and in consideration of 
its great general and geographical interest, I would specially com- 
mend it to the notice of any of them who may have the oppor- 
tunity of examining remains referable to early Insectivora. 

The following is a tabular arrangement of the formule above 
described, with the addition of that of Gymnura, put in for com- 
parison with the rest. Numbers in italics represent teeth which, 
although present, are minute and apparently functionless. No 
definite suggestions as to the serial homologies of p’ or of the molars 
are intended to be conveyed by the type in which their respective 
numbers are printed. 


I. C. P. M. 
260 1 0234 Lia QSie4 
amihouns 1 2g ig 
Centetes... é 
iat 1 paar ye 
Le2o 1 012, 3, 4 pages 
22-0 1 On Zoe, Ly Aeapl i 
2 iat 1 am oe Pa 
Kriculus. Sere ; rad 
120 pF 0234 Li2sg 


Boos) 1S D2 Te lenoone 


Peter Smit del. et lith. Mmtern Bros. imp. 


VARANUS HEIEROPHOLIS . 


P ZS 1892.PL XXX 


Peter Smit del. et lith Mmtern Bros. imp 
ERHACOPHORUS DULITENSIS 2.NECTOPHRYNE HOSITi 


1892.] ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 505 


120 1 0234 1 2 
2 0 1 Cae aoe 
Echinops.. . pee ; eT 
be de Mel 1 Woe 4 1 2 
23 1 O'S 4 Wad jes 
1 BOB 1 3 4 
Solenodon . . 3 
age sa 1 4 
Th 2A3 1 LO) 3t'4 P23 
1 3 1234 12 3 
vise in 1 23 4 
1 
Gymnura’.. eats ’ i thy 3g 
123 1 123 4 L243 


4. An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected 
by Mr. C. Hose on Mt. Dulit, Borneo. By G. A. 


BovuLEeNnceER. 
[Received June 7, 1892.] 


(Plates XXIX. & XXX.) 


Two small sets of Reptiles and Batrachians from Mt. Dulit *, 
Sarawak, have been received from Mr. Hose and are now incorporated 
in the British Museum collection. The first, received in August 1891, 
contained examples of a single new species (Rana hosii, Bouleng. 
Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] viii. 1891, p.290). The second, received a 
few days ago, is much more valuable, as it adds three new species to 
the fauna of Borneo, among which is a remarkable form of Varanus. 

I now proceed to give a complete list of the species represented 
in Mr. Hose’s collection. 


REPTILES. 
1. GyMNODACTYLUS MARMORATUS, Kuhl. 
2. GEecKo sTENTOR, Cantor. 
3. Gecko monarcuus, Schleg. 


4. PrycHozoon HORSFIELDII, Gray. 

Dr. F. Miiller will shortly show that this species, established and 
then withdrawn by Gray, is distinct from P. homalocephalum, Crev. 
A single specimen, a male, is in Mr. Hose’s collection. 


5. Draco QuinquEFAscIAtus, Gray. 

6. GONYOCEPHALUS GRANDIS, Gray. 

1 Hylomys is similar to Gymnura, except that mi? is absent and mp? is 
functional. : 


* For information as to the exact position of this mountain we refer the 
reader to p. 221 of the present volume. 


506 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 14, 


7. VARANUS HETEROPHOLIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX.) 


Teeth acute, compressed. Snout depressed, obtusely pointed, 
as long as the distance between the anterior cornet of the eye and 
the ear; canthus rostralis indistinct. Nostril an oblique slit, its 
distance from the end of the snout thrice as great as from the orbit. 
Digits rather elongate. Tail compressed, keeled above. Scales on 
head rather large, flat, polygonal, subequal; ten across the snout, 
from nostril to nostril, four across supraocular region and three 
across interorbital region ; the middle supraocular series somewhat 
enlarged transversely ; temporal scales very small. Nuchal scales 
very large, round, flat, mostly with a short faint keel, widely sepa- 
rated from each other by finely granular interspaces. Dorsal scales 
feebly keeled, of very unequal sizes, those on the middle line smallest, 
with two or three alternating series of very large oval ones on each 
side ; a series of slightly enlarged scales on each side. Ventral scales 
keeled, in about 80 transverse series. Caudal scales keeled, those 
on the lower half twice as large as the others; caudal keel with a 
very low doubly toothed crest. Dark brown above; a black 
streak along each side of the anterior half of the nape, followed by 
two crescentic black cross-bands on the nape and a thitd on the 
back between the foré limbs: feddish brown beneath, throat 
variegated with black. 

Total length 1040 millim. ; tail 510. 

A single specimen was received of this most remarkable new 
species, which, though nearly allied to V. dumeriliz, differs from all 
its congeners in the singular dorsal lepidosis, which somewhat recalls 
that of another Bornean Reptile, Lanthanotus borneensis, described 
some 15 years ago from a single specimen obtained at Sarawak, and 
as to the systematic position of which we are still much in the dark 
owing to the imperfection of Dr. Steindachner’s description. Some 
time ago I pointed out the singular fact that the Frog and the Toad 
with the longest legs known (Rana jerboa and Bufo jerboa) are both 
from Borneo. A parallel case of superficial resemblance is now 
offered by the similitude in scaling between Varanus heteropholis 
and Lanthanotus borneensis. 


8. VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur. 

9. TROPIDOPHORUS BROOKII, Gray. 
10. CyLInDROPHIS RUFUS, Laur. 
11. SrmorTEs OCTOLINEATUs, Schn. 


12, GONYOPHIS MARGARITATUS, Ptrs. 


A single young specimen, with 233 ventrals and 108 subcaudals. 
Three black streaks on the back of the head, one on éach side 
behind the eye, the third along the suture between the parietals. 


13. TROPIDONOTUS CONSPICILLATUS, Gthr. 


1892. | BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 507 


14. TrRopIpoNoTUS SARAVACENSIs, Gthr. 


One of the specimens is black, with bright orange spots on the 
anterior half of the body, which is chequered black and yellow below ; 
posterior half of body and tail, above and below, uniform black. 


15. TrRopipoNotTus CHRyYsARGUs, Boie. 
16. Troprponorus macutatus, Edling. 
17. TrRorpIpONOTUS RHODOMELAS, Boie. 
18. PsammopynasTEs pictus, Gthr. 
19. Dryoruis prasinus, Boie. 

20. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw. 


21. ADENIOPHIS INTESTINALIS, Daud., var. NIGROTHNIATUS, 
_ Peters. 
22. AMBLYCEPHALUS MALACCANUS, Peters. 


A single specimen, agreeing very closely with the one figured by 
van Lidth de Jeude (M. Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. i. pl. xv. figs. 4—6), 
and which is stated to have been compared with the type of Asteno- 
dipsas malaccana. Veutrals 169; subcaudals 55. 


23. ATROPOPHIS BORNEENSIS, Peters. 
24. TRIMERESURUS GRAMINEUS, Shaw. 


25. TRIMERESURUS SUBANNULATUS, Gray. 


BATRACHIANS. 
1. Rana mAcropon, Kuhl. 


2. Rana Hosil, Blgr. 


3. Rana sERBOA, Gthr. 


A single female specimen, measuring 85 millim. from snout to 
vent. Vomerine teeth in two short, straight, transverse series on a 
line with the posterior borders of the large choanze. Tibia three 
fourths length of head and body. 


4. Rana natatrix, Gthr. (guttata, Gthr.). 
5, RHACOPHORUS APPENDICULATUS, Gthr. 


6. RHACOPHORUS DULITENSIS, Sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.) 


Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique series touching the inner 
front edge of the choanze. Snout rounded, as long as the diameter 
of the orbit ; loreal region vertical, concave ; nostril slightly nearer 
the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space broader than the 
upper eyelid; tympanum elose to the eyeand three-fourthsits diameter. 


508 ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. [June 14, 


Fingers entirely webbed, the disks smaller than the tympanum; toes 
webbed to the disks, which are smaller than those of the fingers; 
subarticular tubercles feebly developed. Tibio-tarsal articulation 
reaching the tip of the snout. Skin smooth, feebly granulate on the 
belly ; a slight dermal fringe along forearm and tarsus; a dermal 
flap above anus and at heel. Yellowish, with a few purplish dots on 
head and back; a purplish line round the snout, from eye to eye, 
passing through the nostrils. 

From snout to vent 43 millim. 

A single specimen. 


7. IxaLus AuRiFascratus, Schleg. 
8. CALOPHRYNUS PLEUROSTIGMA, Tsch. 
9. CALLULA BALEATA, S. Mill. 


10. NecTropHRYNE HosII,sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.) 


Head broader than long ; snout short, obliquely truncate ; canthus 
rostralis strong; loreal region nearly vertical, concave; interorbital space 
broader than upper eyelid, slightly concave ; tympanum distinct, 
vertieally oval, half the diameter of the eye. Fore limb long and 


‘ strong; fingers webbed at the base, ending in rather large subtrian- 


gular expansions, first much shorter than second ; toes short, with 
small distal expansions, extensively webbed, but the three distal 
phalanges of the fourth toe free; subarticular tubercles well de- 
veloped ; two small, flat metatarsal tubercles ; a tarsal fold. Tarso- 
metatarsal articulation reaching between eye and end of snout. 
Above with small scattered warts, beneath finely granulate; a short 
and narrow, but very prominent parotoid gland. Brown; throat 
blackish. Male with an internal subgular vocal sac. 
From snout to vent 60 milli:n. 


A single male specimen. * 


11. Buro quapriporcatus, Blgr. 


12. Buro aspeR, Gravh. 


Besides several small and perfectly typical examples, the collec- 
tion contains a large female, measuring 215 millim. from snout to 
vent, which agrees in every respect with B. asper except in the much 
greater development of the parotoid glands, the length of which 
equals their distance from the end of the snout and twice and a 
half their width; they are disposed very obliquely, diverging behind. 
I have felt tempted to describe this specimen as a distinct species ; 
if I abstain from doing so it is because I can detect no other ground 
for such a separation than the size and form of the parotoids, a 
character which varies so much in certain other species of this 
genus—B. marinus, B. regularis, and B. viridis, for mstance. 


13. MeGaLopHrys NAsuTA, Schleg. 


14. IcoTHYOPHIS MONOCHROUS, Blkr. 


1892.] ON NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF DIPLOMMATINA. 509 


5. On new Species and Varieties of the Land-Molluscan 
Genus Diplommatina from the Garo, Naga, and Munipur 
Hill-ranges, Assam. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin- 
Austen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. 

[Received June 14, 1892.] 


The arrival of a large collection of Land-Shells sent me by 
Mr. T. H. Aldrich, of Cincinnati, U.S.A., and made by Mr. W. 
Doherty in 1889 in different parts of the Naga Hills and Munipur, 
has led me to take up and work out those belonging to the genus 
Diplommatina ; for I had also in my own collection a number of un- 
described species of the same genus which I had found when sur- 
veying that country in 1872. I had also specimens collected by the 
late Mr. Chennell in the Lhota Naga Hills and by Mr. Robert in 
Munipur and the Garo Hills, making up a fine series for exami- 
nation. Mr. Doherty made Kohimah in the Naga Hills his head- 
quarters, and was there during the summer months ; he also collected 
in the Eastern Naga Hills, south of Margarita, which is the terminus 
of the Railway from Debrughur to the coal-workings and about 
50 miles distant. In this neighbourhood he was, being in quite 
unexplored ground, very successful as regards novelties, while at the 
same time he extended the range of other species. Mr. Doherty 
collected the minute specimens himself, while his men were looking 
after Lepidoptera and Coleoptera; some of the larger shells were 
brought to him by the Nagas, but he could not get them to search 
for the small forms. 

Although I was in the Naga Hills in the winter and spring only, 
the driest time of the year, I got a fine series of the Land-Shells ; the 
season does not make much difference on the high peaks, which are so 
often covered with cloud for a part of the day, and the sun does not 
penetrate into the damp northern ravines, I trained several men of 
my party to collect, both Khasis and Ghoorkhas, and they became 
most expert in finding the minute forms in the decaying vegetation, 
and four annas for every new species or for a good number of specimens 
was quite sufficient as an inducement to work hard. I found them very 
keen of sight, and they very soon knew the different genera and those 
I most wanted. Mr. Doherty was far too liberal in giving the Nagas 
two rupees for shells. In the forests and noisome jungly ravines, 
at times swarming with leeches, this work is not over pleasant, and 
it is only the interest and excitement of finding some beautiful new 
form at any moment that leads one on this lowly chase, as it has 
me for many anhour. To the native collector it is far less exciting, 
and he credits his master with making some wonderful curative out 
of the animals. 

In 1875 I published descriptions of three new species of this 
genus in the J. A.S.B.; and under D. tumida, var., I then referred 
to the great differences to be noticed in the shells from different 
parts of the Burrail range, and urged that a careful examination 
should be made of them all. I have now been able to better 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XX XV. 35 


510 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 14, 


this, aided by the additional material sent me by Mr. Aldrich, to 
whom my very sincere thanks are due and also to Mr. Doherty who 
collected them. This gentleman has extended the area of country 
now collected in much farther to the east, up to Margarita, as I 
mentioned before ; and these Naga Hills, inhabited by the most 
Eastern representatives of this race, must not be confounded with 
the Naga Hills inhabited by the Anghamis, which are 150 miles to 
the westward. Thus one box containing a number of only partly 
sorted tubes sent me by Mr. Aldrich had simply Naga Hills attached 
toit. As Mr. Doherty’s letter, also enclosed, was dated from Kohima 
in the Anghami Naga Hills, I naturally at first concluded they were 
from that part. Fortunately, I afterwards found series of the same 
species in tubes in another box, marked ‘‘ Margarita.’ It shows 
how very carefully labelling should be done in the field. 

Looking over a large series of the species of this genus, it is 
of interest to note the much larger size of so many of the species 
from the Naga Hill-ranges, as compared with those in the Khasi and 
Garo Hills and the Himalayas. The change commences with 
the rise of the Burrail Tertiary range, near Asalu. None of the 
Khasi Hill species approach them in size. 

D. scalaria, from the Garo side, is one of the largest, and that is 
only 3°5 millim. in height of spire; while D. pachycheilus, 4°8, or say 
5 millim., is the single large species from Darjiling. At Asalu we find 
D. insignis 6°5 millim., D. tumida 5 millim., D. convoluta 6°25 millim., 
and, as will be seen in the new forms described in this paper, six are 
5 millim. in height and over, two of them reaching 6 millim. 

Of D. janitiaca, G.-A., one example was sent from Margarita. 


Constriction in front, above the peristome ; sculptured throughout. 


DIPLOMMATINA DECOROSA, 1. sp. 


Loc. Anghami, Naga Hills (W. Doherty, in coll. T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell elongately fusiform, not rimate; sculpture, fine, close, regular 
costulation on all the whorls; colour pale whitish horny; spire, 
sides somewhat flat, apex rather acuminate, rapidly diminishing ; 
suture moderately impressed ; whorls 8, sides flatly convex, penulti- 
mate and antepenultimate equal ; constriction above the aperture, 
towards the outer margin ; aperture ovate, rounded below ; peristome 
thickened ; columellar tooth small, in front. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°5; alt. axis 5:5 millim. 

There was one solitary specimen in my collection of this species 
from uorth of the-Burrail, and 6 specimens, but smaller in size (4:5 
millim. in height of spire), from the peak of Shiroifurar, in the 
Lahupa Naga Hills, north of Munipur. Mr. Aldrich’s collection 
contains a large number, and I have selected the type out of these. 

On the boss of trap rock near the village of Phunggam I found 
a number of a small variety, 4°5 millim. in height of spire, but 
differing in no respect, except in size, from the typical species, only 
that they are all of a pale sea-green tint. 

The same form occurred on Kopamedza Peak, with this difference, 


1892. ] SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF DIPLOMMATINA. 511 


that the constriction was more to the right, directly over the outer 
margin of the peristome. From Prowi, specimens were still smaller 
in size, 3°8 millim. 


Constriction in front, above the peristome ; last whorls smooth. 


DieLoMMATINA GAROENSIS, Nl. Sp. 


Loc. Garo Hills; exact locality unknown (W. Rodert). 

Shell dextral, globosely fusiform, solid ; sculpture, distant, very 
fine ribbing on the 3 apical whorls, the rest smooth and shiny ; 
colour pale ochraceous ; spire high, side very convex; apex acumi- 
nate, and when viewed from the side the axis is curved; suture 
impressed ; whorls 63, all tumid, the antepenultimate much swollen 
and by far the largest ; constriction above the aperture; aperture 
vertical, oval; peristome very much thickened and double ; colu- 
mellar tooth moderately large. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°3 ; alt. axis 3°5 millim. 

This species may be known by its very large antepenultimate 
whorl and the curved axis of the spire, and its strongly developed 
peristome and smooth lower whorls. It formed part of a collection 
of shells made by Mr. W. Robert, of the Khasi Hills Survey party, 
in the Garo Hills, during the military expedition into them in 1872— 
73. Ten specimens were found. 


DIPLOMMATINA ELONGATA, 0. Sp. 


The typical shells of my D. tumida (J. A. S. B. xxxix. pt. 2, 
p- 6, pl. ii. f. 2) came from Neuglo in the North Cachar Hills, 
not far from Asalu. As I collected eastward the form changed, so 
that in Munipur it does not correspond with the originaltype. Thus 
on Nougmaiching Peak, 5135 ft., which is a conspicuous point seen 
from Imphal, the capital of Munipur, and lying to the east of the 
valley, a small form occurred, with the peristome less circular, the 
form less tumid, and quite smooth on the last whorls. 

On Laisen Peak, 5173 ft., in the mountains to the north of 
Munipur, occurred another variety, which I describe below. 

At Kezakenomih I found examples of a species which I described 
and figured in 1875 (J. A. S. B. vol. xliv. pt. 2, pl. iv. fig. 7) as 
D. tumida, var. This, however, seems so very distinct, now that we 
have a much larger series to look over, that it must stand under 
another specific title, and I have named it D. ELONGATA, nD. sp.: 
this was the original description :— 

** Shell elongately fusiform, thin, pale yellowish green ; sculpture 
very faint above, quite smooth on the three last whorls; spire 
attenuate, sides flat; suture moderate; whorls 83 to 9, the ante- 
penultimate the largest ; constriction in front above the aperture ; 
last whorl ascends slightly ; aperture oval, vertical ; peristome double, 
thickened, slightly reflected; columellar tooth small and remote. 
Alt. 0°22; diam. 0°13 inch. 

“ Hab. Kézdkenomih, Naga Hills.”’ 


35* 


512 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 14, 


DIPLOMMATINA TUMIDA, var. 


Loc. Laisen Peak and Trigonometrical Station, Munipur. 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform, not rimate; sculpture, fine costu- 
lation on the 5 apical whorls, the last smooth ; colour pale greenish ; 
spire with convex sides, apex acuminate; suture well impressed ; 
whorls 74, penultimate and antepenultimate equal ; constriction above 
the aperture, but towards the right-hand side; aperture oval, vertical ; 
peristome thickened, double ; columellar margin straight and angu- 
late below, the tooth in front, moderately large. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°4; alt. axis 5:0. millim. 


DIPLOMMATINA CHENNELLI, Nl. Sp. 


Loc. Lhota Naga Hills (Chennell). 

Shell dextral, of solid form; sculpture, very fine, rather distinct 
ribbing, with scarcely any relief ; colour pale ochraceous and sienna- 
brown; spire flat-sided, apex acuminate; suture rather shallow ; 
whorls 83 to 9, sides flatly convex, constriction in front, the last 
two whorls equal in size ; aperture oval, vertical ; peristome thickened, 
strong; the columellar margin vertical and angulate below. 

Size: (1st sp.) maj. diam. 2°9 ; alt. axis 5-9 millim. 

Size: (2nd sp.) maj. diam. 2°9 ; alt. axis 5:0 millim. 

This has close affinities to D. labiosa from the Khasi and Garo 
Hills; but, although far larger (nearly double), the columellar tooth 
is much smaller, the spire more attenuate, and the general shape 
differs. I name it after the late Mr. A. Chennell, an Assistant in 
the Indian Survey Department. 


DIpLOMMATINA BUTLER], N. Sp. 


Loe. Laisen Peak, Munipur (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, tumidly fusiform ; sculpture, none on the last 3 whorls, 
very distant, strong costulation on all above ; colour pale sienna- 
brown, fresh shells glassy and polished ; spire conic, rapidly diminish- 
ing, apex small; suture well impressed ; whorls 73, penultimate and 
antepenultimate about equal, sides very convex, constriction above 
the aperture; aperture nearly circular, vertical ; peristome double, 
strong, continuous; columellar margin vertical, angulate below, 
the tooth large, in front. 

Size: maj. diam. 2:0; alt. axis 4:4 millim. 

Six specimens were obtained, together with those of D. tumida, var., 
previously alluded to. This well-marked species was also found by 
me at Prowi, in the Lahupa Naga Hills, at the head of the Lanier 
River, which drains into the Kyengdwen of Burmah, and was 
abundant there. I have also two specimens from Kezakenomih. 

Two specimens from Klang Sing, Naga Hills, are rather more 
tumid. 

I name this after Capt. John Butler, who was the Political Agent 
accompanying the Survey party on our exploring work, and who 
unfortunately lost his life in an ambuscade laid by a hostile clan, 
when the Survey work was again being prosecuted further east under 


1892.] SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF DIPLOMMATINA. 513 


Lt. Woodthorpe, R.E. Butler was a splendid officer for such a 
frontier, and the Survey owed much to his untiring aid and to the 
interest he took in its proper extension. 


D1PLOMMATINA AMBIGUA, 0. Sp. 


Loc. South of Burrail Range, Munipur (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, large, solid; sculpture fine, rather close costulation on 
all the whorls; colour horny white ; spire high, sides rather flat above, 
apex rather acuminate; suture impressed ; whorls 8, flatly convex ; 
constriction in front, above the aperture; aperture oval, vertical ; 
peristome strong, closely double, reflected; columellar tooth small 
for size of the shell, situated well in front and directed downwards. 

Size: maj. diam. 3-0; alt. axis 5-5 millim. 

This is one of the largest species from these mountains. I also 
got it at Kezakenomih; one specimen measuring 6°5 millim. in 
height of spire. 


DIPLOMMATINA COMMUTATA, 0. sp. 


Loc. Prowi, Lahupa Naga Hills (Godwin- Austen). 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform ; sculpture, 4 apical whorls finely 
costulated, the last whorls nearly smooth ; colour pale sienna ; spire 
with convex sides; suture moderately impressed ; whorls 73, sides 
convex, antepenultimate rather the largest ; constriction in front, 
above the aperture, but to the right side; aperture oval, vertical ; 
peristome double ; columellar tooth sharp, well developed, directed 
downwards and well in front. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°75; alt. axis 3:0 millim. 

A large form of this I found at Tellizo Peak, Anghami Naga 
Hills, on the North Munipur frontier line. 


Constriction on side, behind the peristome ; sculptured throughout. 


DIPLOMMATINA DOHERTYYI, 0. Sp. 


Loc. Margarita, Upper Assam (W. Doherty, in coll. T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell dextral, very tumidly fusiform, strong, not rimate ; sculpture 
fine rather distant costulation on all the whorls; colour very pale, 
with a pinkish tint or ochraceous; spire, sides flat, rapidly dimin- 
ishing, apex acuminate; suture impressed ; whorls 8, last 3 whorls 
with convex sides, the penultimate the largest ; constriction on side, 
well behind the aperture; the last whorl rises near peristome ; 
aperture nearly circular, subvertical, rounded below ; peristome 
double, outer somewhat reflected, and sinuous on margin ; columellar 
tooth small, blunt, situated within the aperture, in many specimens 
it is not seen when viewed directly in front. 

Size: maj. diam. 3:0; alt. axis 674 millim. 

This shell is from the Eastern Naga country ; there were two lots 
in Mr. Doherty’s collection—one with a few specimens labelled 
“ Margarita,” another, a numerous lot, marked only “ Naga.” 


514 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 14, 


DIPLOMMATINA THOMSONYT, 0. Sp. 


Loc. South Burrail (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform; sculpture, 3 apical whorls 
smooth, all the rest with very fine regular, rather close ribbing ; 
colour whitish ; spire rather high, sides flattened ; apex rather blunt; 
suture moderately impressed; whorls 74, sides convex, the ante- 
penultimate the largest, last whorl ascending near the aperture ; 
constriction lies directly behind and adjacent to the peristome ; 
aperture oval; columellar tooth small for size of shell and lying 
within the aperture ; peristome as usual. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°4; alt. axis 5-0 millim. 

I have named this species after Col. Mowbray Thomson, who, at 
the time it was collected, accompanied our camp in his eapacity of 
Political Agent of Munipur, while the boundary of that State was 
being surveyed by me in 1872-73; in carrying out this work he 
rendered us great assistance, although much thwarted by the un- 
friendly action of the Munipur Durbar. 

In general form this shell is like D. pachycheilus, Bs., a Darjiling 
species, but the columellar tooth is never so large as in that species. 


DIPLOMMATINA NENGLOENSIS, N. sp. 


Loc. Nenglo, North Cachar Hills (Godwin- Austen). 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform, large, solid; sculpture very 
fine, moderately distant ribbing ; colour pale ochraceous ; spire high, 
with flat sides, apex acuminate; suture shallow; whorls 84, sides 
flatly convex ; constriction some distance behind the aperture, on 
side ; aperture widely ovate, expanded towards the outer margin ; 
peristome double, not thickened; columellar margin subvertical, 
the tooth very small and remotely situated. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°9 ; alt. axis 5-0 millim. 

This is a very distinct shell; in its very ovate aperture and small 


columellar process or tooth it is unlike any other I have in my col- 
lection. 


DIPLOMMATINA DISTINCTA, 0. sp. 


Loc. North of Burrail Range, Naga Hills (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, small, rather depressedly fusiform ; sculpture very 
fine close ribbing; colour pale horny ; spire conoid; apex blunt; 
suture impressed ; whorls 7, sides convex, the antepenultimate the 
largest ; constriction on the side, well behind the aperture ; aperture 
vertical, irregularly ovate ; peristome thin; columellar tooth very 
large for size and in front, 

Size: maj. diam. 2-0; alt. axis 3-4 millim. 

There is only one specimen of this species, but it is very different 
from any of the smaller forms in having the constriction behind the 


aperture, and, for so small a shell, in having the columellar tooth so 
large. 


1892. ] SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF DIPLOMMATINA. 515 


Constriction on the side, behind the peristome ; last whorls smooth. 


DIPLOMMATINA KHUNHOENSIS, Ni. Sp. 


Loc. Khunho Peak and Trigonometrical Station, 8809 ft. above 
the Mao villages, Naga Hills (in coll. H. H. G.-A.). 

Shell dextral, ovately fusiform, not rimate ; sculpture, fine regular 
costulation onthe3rd, 4th, and 5th whorls, the 2 apical smooth, the last 
whorls polished and glassy ; colour pale sienna ; spire, side flattened 
near the apex, which is somewhat acuminate ; suture impressed ; 
whorls 8, the antepenultimate the largest ; constriction behind the 
aperture ou the penultimate whorl; aperture oval and vertical ; 
peristome double, strong, continuous; columellar tooth well developed, 
rather remote. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°2; alt. axis 4°8 to 5:2 millim. 

Six specimens were found. 

A form rather longer and less swollen occurs in the same range ; 
about 30 specimens were obtained at Gnameh Peak (5585 feet), near 
the Barak River. 

There is another form much smaller, being only 3°5 in length, 
with the same glassy last whorls and the constriction rather further 
back, behind the aperture. Examples of this were also found at 
Sikhamih, in the Lahupa Naga Hills. I distinguish this variety as 
khunhooensis, var. minor. 


DIPLOMMATINA LAPILLUS, Nn. Sp- 


Loc. Kopamedza Peak, Lahupa Naga Hills, 8375 ft.(Godw.-Aust.). 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform, tumid below, not rimate; 
sculpture fine, regular, close costulation, which is often much worn 
down ; colour (bleached) ; spire with sides flattened, apex acuminate ; 
suture shallow; whorls 8, sides flatly convex, the antepenultimate 
the largest; constriction of the penultimate whorl on the side, 
well behind the aperture; aperture oval, subvertical ; peristome 
thickened, double, rounded below ; columellar tooth small and far 
back within the aperture. 

Size: maj. diam. 3:0; alt. axis 6-0 millim. 

Three specimens, marked from the “north of the Burrail Range.” 
Two are from the typical locality given above. 


DIPLOMMATINA COMPACTA, Ni. Sp- 


Loc. South of Barak in Munipur (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, small, tumidly fusiform; sculpture, the two apical 
whorls smooth, two next with fine close ribbing, the last three 
whorls smooth or glassy ; colour pale ochraceous white ; spire, sides 
rather flat, apex moderately blunt ; suture slightly impressed ; 
_whorls 74, the antepenultimate the largest aud tumid ; constriction on 
the side, well behind the aperture, at about 1 millim. distant ; 
aperture oval, vertical ; peristome double; columellar tocth large 
in front, and directed downwards. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°8; alt. axis 3°5 millim. 


516 LIEUT.-COL, H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 14, 


A larger shell, with rather a different shaped spire 4 millim. in 
height, was found at Asalu, with the constriction in same position. 

It is an allied form of D. jatingana, from the North Cachar Hills, 
which is a larger, more tumid species with the constriction farther 
behind the aperture. 

A single specimen, only 3 millim. in height, was sorted out of the 
box containing D. chennelli, from the Lhota Naga Hills. 


Small species, with columellar process. 


DIPLOMMATINA UNICRENATA, 0. Sp. 


Loc. Eastern Naga Hills (W’. Doherty, in coll. T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell dextral, ovately fusiform, subrimate, rather thin; sculpture, 
distant strong costulation on ali the whorls; colour white, with a 
pale lemon-yellow tint in fresh shells; spire with sides convex, apex 
somewhat blunt; suture wellimpressed ; whorls 74, antepenultimate 
the largest, sides convex, the constriction above the aperture, in front ; 
aperture circular, vertical ; peristome double, outer wavy in outline, 
with one very marked and decided crenulation on the upper outer 
margin, and a slight sinuation on the left lower margin ; columellar 
tooth large and directed downwards. 

Size: alt. axis 4:0 millim. 

A very large number of this new shell are in Mr. Doherty’s collec- 
tion, four from Margarita in a tube, the remainder marked as from 
the Naga Hills. This is a very beautiful new species, the only shell 
approaching it that I know from this region being D. angulata of 
Moulmain. 


DIPLOMMATINA JAPVOENSIS, n. Sp. 


Loc. Japyo Peak, Anghami Naga Hills, 10,000 ft. (Godwin- 
Austen). 

Shell dextral, fusiform, thin texture ; sculpture, close rather fine 
ribbing ; colour pale ochraceous ; spire conic, apex blunt; suture 
moderately impressed ; whorls 73, sides convex, swollen below ; 
constriction in front, towards the outer margin of the peristome ; 
aperture oval, vertical; columellar tooth fairly developed, blunt ; 
peristome closely double, of weak structure. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°4 ; alt. axis 3°8 millim. 

This is larger than the other species from this peak and elevation; 
and is the species described as D. sherfaiensis, var., J. A. 8. B. 1875, 
p. 9, pl. iv. fig. 5; but as it is sufficiently distinct from the form found 
on Sherfaisip Peak, far to the west, and also from another found on 
Shiroifurar Peak, I think it better to give it a distinctive title. 


DIPLOMMATINA ANIMULA, 2. Sp. 


Loc. Prowi, Lahupa Naga Hills, Munipur (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, ovately fusiform, thin and delicate, and glassy 
texture; sculpture, rather distant well-marked costulation ; colour 
whitish grey; spire moderately high, sides convex, apex blunt ; 
suture impressed ; whorls 6, tumid, sides very convex, antepenultimate 


1892. ] SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF DIPLOMMATINA. 517 


the largest ; constriction in centre, above the aperture; aperture 
widely ovate, vertical, angulate on the lower margin of the columella ; 
the tooth large and well developed; peristome very strong. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°3; alt. axis 2:0 millim. 

This is another minute shell, differing from all others I have seen 
in the strong peristome and large columellar tooth. JD. delicata is 
its nearest ally. 


DIPLOMMATINA SUBRUBELLA, Nl. Sp. 


Loc. Japvyo Peak (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, small, fusiform ; sculpture, fine, regular, rather close 
costulation ; colour pale reddish; spire high, sides convex, apex 
blunt ; suture impressed ; whorls 64, sides convex, penultimate and 
antepenultimate equal ; constriction in front, above the peristome ; 
aperture circular, nearly vertical ; columellar tooth very small and 
internal ; peristome closely double, not thickened. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°4; alt. axis 2°6 millim. 

This is a close ally of D. sherfaiensis, but is much smaller and 
has a coarser sculpture. 


DIPLOMMATINA SUBTILIS, 0. sp. 


Loc. Margarita (W. Doherty, in coll. T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell dextral, elongately ovate, thickened ; sculpture, fine, close, 
regular costulation throughout; colour pale sienna-brown; spire 
with convex sides, apex blunt; suture impressed ; whorls 6, sides 
convex, penultimate slightly the largest, the last does not rise 
much upon the penultimate; constriction in front, but not well 
marked ; aperture circular, suboblique ; columellar tooth well 
developed for the size of the shell; peristome double, strong. 

Size: maj. diam. 1:0; alt. axis 1°5 millim. 

This is a good species, one of the smallest; its elongated form 
separates it at once from D. parvula, the finer costulation and larger 
size from D. minuta. 


DIPLOMMATINA DELICATA, 0. Sp. 


Loc. E. Naga Hills? (W. Doherty, in coll. T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell dextral, very small, tumidly fusiform ; sculpture, very distant, 
strong costulation ; colour pale horny ; spire rather depressed, sides 
convex, apex blunt ; suture well impressed ; whorls 6, sides convex, 
swollen, antepenultimate the largest ; constriction above the aperture ; 
aperture ovate, vertical; columellar tooth well marked ; peristome 
as usual. 

Size: alt. axis 1°75 millim. 

There are only two specimens in the collection among those merely 
labelled Naga Hills, but I have every reason to think they were from 
near Margarita. 


518 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON NEW [June 14, 


Small species, with very minute or no columellar process or tooth. 


These should eventually be brought into a subgenus of their own. 


DIPLOMMATINA MUNIPURENSIS, 0. Sp. 


Loc. South of the Barak River, between the Mao villages and 
Munipur (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform ; sculpture minute, close costu- 
lation ; colour very pale greenish grey; spire symmetrical, sides 
slightly convex ; suture well impressed; whorls 63, sides convex ; 
constriction in front and immediately above the aperture; no colu- 
mellar tooth, its position indicated by a slight sinuosity on the 
columellar margin ; aperture nearly circular, subvertical ; peristome 
closely double, very slight in form, the inner does not spread much 
upward on the penultimate whorl. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°5; alt. axis 2°7 millim. 

From the number of specimens found, this appears a very abundant 
species ; I never got anything like it in the Khasi Hills to the west. 


DIPLOMMATINA VENUSTULA, 1. sp- 


Loc. Japvo Peak, Anghami Naga Hills (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, elongately fusiform, thin; sculpture, fine, regular, 
close costulation throughout; colour pale amber ; spire high, sides 
flattish, apex acuminate; suture impressed; whorls 73, sides 
convex, the penultimate the largest ; constriction in front above the 
aperture ; aperture widely ovate, suboblique; peristome but slightly 
developed, varrowly double, expanded into a small wing on the 
upper and outer margin, giving it a very sinuated margin; no 
columellar tooth. 

Size: maj. diam. 2°1 ; alt. axis 4-0 millim. 

This species, of which I only obtained 3 specimens, is quite distinct, 
as shown in the form of the spire and particularly the expanded side 
of the peristome, which is an unusual character. 


DIPLOMMATINA DOMUNCULA, 0. sp. 


Loc. Margarita, Naga Hills (W. Doherty, in coll. T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell dextral, fusiform ; sculpture, strong, regular, distant costu- 
lation on all the whorls, much closer near the constriction, first two 
whorls smooth ; colour pale whitish with an ochraceous tint ; spire 
with convex sides, apex blunt; suture well impressed ; whorls 74, 
sides convex, antepenultimate the largest, last whorl does not rise 
upon the penultimate; constriction above the aperture ; aperture 
circular, subvertical, curvilinear as seen from the side; peristome 
double, not very much thickened; columellar tooth very minute, 
internal. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°3; alt. axis 3-0 millim. 

This is a very distinct form, quite new to me, and belonging to a 
group which is not represented, so far as I know, in the Khasi and 
Jaintia Hills. 


1892.] SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF DIPLOMMATINA. 519 


DrpLOMMATINA SUCCINEA, 0. sp. 


Loc. Anghami Naga Hills (Godwin-Austen). 

Shell dextral, tumidly fusiform, thin and delicate in texture ; 
sculpture, regular, rather close costulation ; colour very pale amber, 
with stronger coloration on the apex; spire somewhat depressed, 
suture impressed ; whorls 6, tumid, with convex sides; constriction 
above the aperture ; aperture oval, vertical; columellar tooth only 
indicated by a slight swelling; peristome double, strong. 

Size: maj. diam. 13; alt. axis 2°0 millim. 

This minute species may be compared with D. parvula from the 
N. Khasi Hills, from which it differs in being larger, and in having 
a greater number of whorls and a much more tumid shape. 


DIPpLOMMATINA CONCINNA, 0. Sp. 


Loe. Naga Hills, probably south of Margarita (Doherty, in coll. 
T. H. Aldrich). 

Shell dextral, solid, fusiform; sculpture, very strong, rather 
distant costulation ; spire tapering rapidly, apex acuminate; suture 
impressed ; whorls 7, sides convex, penultimate and antepenultimate 
about equal in size; constriction hardly apparent, just above the 
aperture; aperture circular, vertical;  columellar tooth quite 
minute, only an indication of it; peristome double, strongly deve- 
loped. 

Size: alt. axis 1°6 millim. 

This is very distinct from any of the minute species I have hitherto 
examined from this part of India; it is distinguished by its thick 
shell and strong costulation. 


Sinistral species. 
D1PLOMMATINA GIBBEROSA, D. sp. 


Loc. South of the Barak River between Munipur and Imphal 
(Godwin- Austen). 

Shell sinistral, ovately fusiform; sculpture, very distant fine 
costulation, 9 ribs on the antepenultimate whorl when viewed from 
the front ; colour very pale greenish ; spire low, sides rounded, apex 
blunt ; suture very impressed ; whorls 43, very swollen, sides very 
convex, penultimate much the largest; constriction on penultimate 
in centre above the aperture ; aperture oval, subvertical ; peristome 
double, strong ; columellar tooth small, internal. 

Size: maj. diam. 1°5 ; alt. axis 2°2 millim. 

The nearest ally of this species is D. jaintiaca, G.-A., figured in 
the J. A.S.B. vol. xxxviii. pl. iii.; it differs, however, much in form, 
particularly in the expanded penultimate whorl and in its very distant 
sculpture. A very large number of it were collected in the above- 
named locality, and a single example at Prowi in the Lahupa Naga 
country. 

In the collection sent me by Mr. Aldrich in a box marked Naga 
Hills were about 40 specimens of this shell. The exact locality 


520 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN AND [June 14, 


was not recorded, but I take it they were from some part of the 
Anghami Naga hills. 


List of New Species and Varieties. 


Constriction in front. | Small species, with columellar 
Seulptured throughout. tooth, 
D, decorosa, p. 510. D. unicrenata, p. a 
D. japvoensis, p. 516. 
Last whorls smooth. D. animula, p. 516. 
D. garoensis, p. 511. D. subrubella, p. 517. 
D. elongata, p. 511. D. subtilis, p. 517. 
D. tumida, var., p. 512. D. delicata, p. 517. 
D. chennelli, p. 512. 
D. butleri, p. 512. Small species, with very minute or 
D. ambigua, p. 513. no columellar process. 
D. commutata, p. 513. D. munipurensis, p. 518. 
Constriction behind the peristome. D. venustula, p. 518. 
Sculptured throughout. D. domuncula, p. 518. 
D. doheriyi, p. 513. 2. SUCCEED ae 
D. thomsoni, p. 514. sialic 4 sata. 
D. nengloensis, p. 514, «nistral ; 
D. distincta, p. 514. pasiral Species: 


D. gibb . 519. 
Last whorls smooth. Se hero 90 Py DE 


D. khunhoensis, p. 515. 
D. lapillus, p. 515. 
D. compacta, p. 515. 


6. On the Brain and Muscular Anatomy of Aulacodus. By 
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the 


Society. 
[Received May 3, 1892.] 


The visceral anatomy of this Rodent has been described in the 
‘ Proceedings’ of this Society’ by Mr. Garrod. The death of a 
specimen recently deposited in the Menagerie enables me to 
supplement that paper by a few notes upon the brain and the mus- 
culature which were uot investigated by my predecessor. 


I. Muscutar ANATOMY. 


The Pectoralis major may be said to be composed of four more 
or less distinct portions ; the attachments of these were at any rate 
separate: the first part of the complex muscle is inserted on to the 
deltoid ridge and is 16 mm. across at the insertion; immediately 
below this is a slip of the extensive Panniculus carnosus. Above 
this the second part of the pectoral is inserted on to the head of the 
humerus and for a certain distance down the shaft; the insertion 
is only slightly narrower than that of the first part, measuring 
15 mm.; two smaller slips are inserted just below the second part 


1 “On the Visceral Anatomy of the Ground-Rat (Auwlacodus swinderianus),” 
P. Z.S. 1873, pp. 786-789. 


1892.] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF AULACODUS. 521 


of the sterno-scapular; these may possibly be regarded as being 
collectively the equivalent of the pectoralis minor of other animals. 

Both Sterno-mastoid and Cleido-mastoid are present ; the latter is 
of about half the size of the former and arises from the middle of 
the clavicle. 

The Omohyoid is present and is large. 

The Levator clavicule is continuous with part of the panniculus 
carnosus. 

The Latissimus dorsi is a large muscle and gives off a good-sized 
dorso-epitrochlear slip to the elbow; the latter is 8 mm. across; 
the latissimus dorsi is inserted in common with the teres. 

The Trapezius is extensive; it is continuous with part of the 
panniculus, but its strong tendon can be seen to be separate. 

The Rhomboideus is attached along the whole length of the 
vertebral border of the scapula and also ventrally to the fascia 
covering the supra-spinatus and to the spine of the scapula itself, 
just at the point where the spine ends in the vertebral border of the 
scapula. 

The Sterno-scapular is in two parts: the shorter and narrower 
part arises from the sternum and from the cartilage of the first rib ; 
it is about 5 mm. across near to its origin; at the insertion it splits 
into two parts—one entirely muscular, the other nearly entirely 
tendinous ; the former joins the fourth part of the pectoralis, the 
latter becomes continuous with the second and larger half of the 
sterno-scapular. 

The Deltoid is a double muscle: one part arises from the clavicle, 
the other from the metacromion ; they are inserted together above and 
to the outside of the insertion of the pectoralis to the deltoid ridge. 

The Biceps is double-headed; the short head arises in common 
with the coraco-brachialis. 

The Coraco-brachialis is a single muscle; its insertion extends 
7 mm. beyond the insertion of the ¢eres. 

The Brachialis anticus has two heads of origin. 

The Triceps is, as usual, a very massive muscle; the scapular 
head is the largest, and arises also partly from the fascia covering 
the infra-spinatus. 

The Teres major ends in a flat tendon, 9 mm. across, which is, as 
has already been mentioned, inserted in common with the latissimus 
dorsi. 

The Suéscapularis commences about 12 mm. away from the 
vertebral border of the scapula. 

The Pronator radii teres is inserted on to the middle of the shaft 
of the radius; the half nearest to the insertion has a glistening 
tendinous surface. 

The Flexor carpi radialis arises from the flexor condyle of 
the humerus ; its tendon begins 30 mm. from the origin. 

The Flexor carpi ulnaris is a large muscle; the tendon, which is 
broad and strap-shaped, is the widest of all the flexor tendons. 

The Flexor sublimis arises from the flexor condyle and from the sep- 
tum between itself and the flecor profundus ; it receives an excessively 


522 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN AND [June 14, 


delicate tendon (18 mm. long) from the ulnar head of the flexor 
profundus ; it splits into three delicate nearly equi-sized tendons of 
insertion ; of these the two outer are the thickest. 

The Flexor profundus digitorum is composed of four parts: the 
largest arises from the flexor condyle; this gives off a branch about 
15 mm. from its origin, which ends in a thin tendon apparently in- 
serted into the palmar cartilage; the main muscle passes into a 
thick yellowish tendon which immediately joins that formed by the 
other divisions: the second head of the muscle arises from the 
middle of the shaft of the ulna; it becomes tendinous on the lower 
surface just before joining the others; there is also another smaller 
condylar head, which is soon joined by a head arising from the shaft 
of the radius; these divide into four tendons. 

The Extensores carpi radialis brevior and longior are precisely as 
described by Messrs. Murie and Mivart in the Agouti; so, too, the 
Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. 

There were no traces that I could discover of the Hxtensor primi 
or secundi internodii pollicis. 

The Pronator quadratus is extensive, occupying nearly the whole 
of the shaft of the arm-bones. 

The Extensor carpi ulnaris arises from the extensor condyle by a 
strong tendon on one surface and by a few fibres from the ulna; its 
strong tendon of insertion, which is 15 mm. long, is rounded. 

The Extensor indicis is a small muscle; it arises from the middle 
of the ulna, and then becomes fused with the extensor mass. 

The Extensor minimi digiti supplies digits IV. and V. 

The Extensor communis digitorum divides early into three 
muscular bellies: two of these pass into tendons, which supply 
digits IV. and V. respectively ; the tendon of the third splits into 
two, which go to digits II. and III. 

The outside of the thigh is covered by a thick muscular mass, 
composed of several elements which are not to be very easily dis- 
tinguished ; a tendinous line separates the Biceps from the rest ; the 
latter mass probably represents the Tensor vagine femoris, the 
Gluteus maximus, and the Sartorius. It is largely tendinous at its 
origin from the vertebral spines; the compound muscle is partly 
inserted on to the fascia covering the knee-joint ; it is also inserted 
by a strong tendon on to the lower margin of the femur, just in 
front of the insertion of the Gluteus medius: I consider that this 
part of the compound muscle is undoubtedly the Gluteus maximus. 

The Biceps is an enormous fleshy mass; it has the usual double 
origin and is inserted along the whole of the leg chiefly to the fascia 
covering the leg, but also in front by a short tendon to the patella. 

The Gracilis is a double muscle; the two parts run side by side, 
arising from the symphysis pubis close together; they are also 
inserted close together on to the fascia covering the leg. 

The Semimembranosus is composed of two distinct parts: the first 
part has a strong tendinous attachment to the inner condyle of the 
femur; the second part is a long thin muscle from the caudal 
vertebree and is inserted just between the two heads of the 


1892.] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF AULACODUS. 523 


Gastrocnemius by a muscular insertion ; it recalls the femoro-caudal 
of Birds. 

The Semitendinosus arises by two heads; its flat strap-shaped 
tendinous insertion on to the tibia commences just after that of the 
gracilis. 

The Gluteus medius is a powerful muscle hardly to be dis- 
tinguished at its origin from the Gluteus minimus; it is inserted 
along the lower margin of the femur in front of the great trochanter 
for a distance of 30 mm.; the insertion is partly muscular and 
partly tendinous ; the tendinous part of the insertion is divided up 
into a number of more or less distinct tendinous insertions. 

The Gluteus minimus is a powerful muscle difficult to distinguish 
from the last at its origin; it arises from the greater part of the 
ilium ; it becomes quite separate from the Gluteus medius a little 
before the insertion on to the great trochanter. 

There was no trace that I could discover of a Scansoriws, whose 
presence is mentioned in several Rodents. 

The Adductor magnus is not by any means a large muscle; it is 
quite distinct from the other adductors; it is long and thinnish, 
and arises from the symphysis pubis by a tendinous origin; the 
upper surface of the muscle is glistening for a considerable distance 
after the origin. 

The other two Adductors form a large fleshy mass and are not 
readily distinguishable from each other. 

_ The Iliacus is a large muscle divided into two portions; it is 
inserted together with the Psoas on to the lesser trochanter. 

The Psoas magnus is a large muscle, also divisible into two parts ; 
the part which arises most anteriorly becomes tendinous on one side 
a couple of inches from its insertion. 

The Pyriformis is present. 

Both Odturators were present. 

The Rectus femoris originates by two well-defined heads, which 
are tendinous, though overlaid by muscular fibres; the muscle is 
covered anteriorly by the Vastus externus. 

The Gastrocnemius has the usual two heads, which take origin 
from two sesamoids; the inner head is the smaller of the two. 

The Plantaris arises in common with the outer head of the last, 
and is fused with it for some way; it splits into three tendons on 
the sole of the foot. 

The Soleus is fleshy with a tendinous origin from the head of 
the fibula; its exposed surface is glistening; it is inserted on to 
the os calcis. 

The tendons of the Flewvores tibialis and fibularis joi before the 
latter splits into its four tendons of insertion: the tendon of the 
Flexor tibialis seems to be mainly concerned with the supply of the 
inner of the four tendons; the fourth of the four tendons of the 
Flexor fibularis is very much smaller than the rest, which is of 
course in relation to the comparatively rudimentary fifth toe; this 
tendon arises from the lower surface of the conjoined tendons and 
not from the outer edge. 


524 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN AND [June 14, 


The Tibialis posticus is covered by the Flexor tibialis; it 
becomes tendinous halfway down the leg. 

The Tibialis anticus appears to be quite normal in size and at- 
tachments. So, too, the Hwtensor digitorum longus and the Extensor 
hallucis (which is inserted on to the second digit, the first being 
absent). 

There are four Peroneal muscles; that supplying the fifth digit 
is very slender, both muscle and tendon, and is inserted on to the 
last phalanx. 

The Peroneus quarti digiti is the outermost of the peroneal 
muscles ; it is strong and has an insertion corresponding to the last 
muscle upon the fourth digit. 

The Peroneus brevis is inserted on to the outermost metatarsal. 

The Peroneus longus is the most superficial of the peroneals in 
origin; its tendon crosses the sole of the foot, as has often been 
described in Rodents. 


The musculature of this Rodent is clearly more like that of the 
Hystricine genera than other forms; the arrangement of the long 
flexor tendons of the foot conform to the type met with in the 
Porcupines, Chinchillas, &c., and differs from the arrangement 
characterizing the Sciuromorpha and Myomorpha’. As dulacodus is 
usually associated with Capromys it might be expected that the 
agreement in structure would be closer with that animal than with 
the Porcupines: I mention Capromys particularly since it is one of the 
few genera of the Octodontide of which the muscular anatomy 
has been described ; its anatomy has lately formed the subject of an 
article in these ‘Proceedings’ by Dr. G. E. Dobson*. There is, in fact, 
a close similarity between the Rodent which forms the subject of 
the present communication and Capromys; the principal differences 
appear to be the following :-— 

(1) The Deltoid in Capromys arises partly from the spine of the 

scapula. 

(2) The Latissimus dorsi has a double insertion, one part being 

connected with the Pectoralis. 

(3) There is no tendon(?) connecting the Flewor profundus 

digitorum with the Flexor sublimis. 

(4) The Gluteus medius is inserted by two thick tendons on to 

the great trochanter. 

(5) The Gluteus minimus is “a narrow long muscle”; its 

insertion is between the two tendons of the last. 

(6) The Obdturator internus is absent. 

(7) The Semimembranosus has only one part. 

In some of these points where Aulacodus differs from Capromys 
it agrees with Hrethizon®: the Deltoid is like that of Hrethizon ; 


1 “On the Homologies of the long Flexor Muscles, &c.,” Journ. Anat. 1888, 
142 
Pee On the Myology and Visceral Anatomy of Capromys melanurus, with a 


Description of the Species,” P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 233. 
3 Mivart, “Notes on the Anatomy of Erethizon dorsatus,” P, Z.8. 1882, p. 271. 


1892. ] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF AULACODUS. 525 


so, too, is the Semi-membranosus in having two distinct parts ; there 
is, however, too little known at present about the musculature of the 
Rodentia to allow of any detailed comparisons of Aulacodus with 
other types. I content myself therefore with pointing out the 
above-mentioned differences from its near ally Capromys. 


II. Viscerat ANATOMY. 

As I have already mentioned, Prof. Garrod has described the 
main points in the visceral anatomy of this Rodent ; I may, however, 
call attention to a few matters which he did not specially dwell 
upon. 

The accompanying drawing (fig. 1) illustrates the ridges upon 


Fig. 1. 


Palate of Aulacodus, to illustrate the ridges upon the hard palate. 


the hard palate ; these ridges, as will be seeu from the figure, are 
symmetrical, and at the same time few in number; they are for 
the most part in front of the molars. An inspection of the figure 
will save the necessity for any further description. 

The Spleen is of a triangular form; its longest diameter measures 
27 inches, the shorter diameter 1? inches. The C@cum has been 
very fully treated of by Garrod; but he was in error, as I have 
already pointed out in a previous paper, in ascribing a unique 
character to the structure of this part of the alimentary canal; in 
Dolichotis there are a series of folds in the interior of the caecum 
which bear not a little resemblance to those of Aulacodus. Garrod 
has also said nothing about the folds of mesentery which support 
the caecum ; near to the cecum the small intestine has a mesentery 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXXVI. 36 


526 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE BRAIN AND __ [June 14, 


on both sides; about half an inch away from the intestine a fold 
arises from the mesentery supporting the intestine, which crosses 
over the intestine itself and is attached to the cecum; a deep 
pocket is thus formed which is of course floored by the ceecum; on 
the opposite side there is a corresponding fold, arising, however, 
rather further away from the intestine ; this also crosses the intes- 
tine and becomes fused with the fold running directly from the 
intestine to the cecum. The cecum is thus supported by three 
distinct folds, of which the median one, that arising from the 
intestine, is practically anangious ; the two lateral folds which arise 
from the mesentery on the side furthest away from cecum bear 
blood-vessels. 


III. Brat. 


The brain showed, after preservation in alcohol, the following 
proportions :— : 
Total length (to end of cerebellum) 37 mm. 
Length of hemispheres 24 mm. 
Greatest breadth 24 mm. 
Vertical diameter 16 mm. 


The outline of the brain as seen from above is shown in the 
accompanying drawing (woodcut, fig. 2). The two hemispheres 


Brain of Aulacodus, viewed from above. 
Sy, Sylvian fissure; a, longitudinal furrow. 


are broader behind than in front; up to the Sylvian fissure the 
outer borders of the two hemispheres are approximately parallel to 
each other, though their outline is, of course, curved; from the 
Sylvian fissure to the anterior extremity of the brain these margins 
converge slightly, the diameter of the anterior extremity of the 
brain being 11 mm. The form of the hemispheres is in fact more 
like that of Octodon and Myopotamus among the immediate allies 
of Aulacodus: there is less similarity in the general shape of the 


1892.] MUSCULAR ANATOMY OF AULACODUS. 527 


hemispheres to Capromys; this latter Rodent has the peculiar 
rounded hemispheres that characterize the Porcupines. As in most 
Rodents (and many of the lower Mammalia) the optic lobes are 
largely exposed ; the degree to which the corpora quadrigemina are 
exposed in Awlacodus differs from that of any Rodent with which 
I have been able to compare its brain: the difference chiefly 
depends upon the form of the posterior margin of the hemispheres ; 
these are very closely approximated in the middle line, and diverge 
posteriorly at a very wide angle; the posterior boundaries of the 
hemispheres, indeed, meet almost in the same straight line ; there is no 
widening out of the median sulcus to form a triangular space, such 
as is evident, for example, in Dolichotis patagonica’ and all other 
Rodents whose brains I have examined. As, however, the hemi- 
spheres do not come into contact with the cerebellum in the middle 
part above, there is a space left which is occupied by the two 
posterior lobes of the corpora quadrigemina. These two only are 
visible and they are raised almost to the level of the hemispheres 
themselves. As arule, when the brain of a Rodent is viewed in 
profile, the corpora quadrigemina are seen upon the floor of a deep 
depression. Compare, for example, the accompanying drawing and 
fig. 4 A of my paper upon Dolichotis quoted below. 

The cerebral hemispheres of Aulacodus are but faintly fissured. 

The Sylvian fissure is, however, well marked, though short in 
extent ; it runs on each side almost vertically upwards, its direction 
being, indeed, rather forwards at first and then curving backwards. 
Just in front of the Sylvian fissure at its origin is a short backwardly- 
directed furrow, which joins the Sylvian fissure, thus cutting off a 
small triangular piece of brain about 2 mm. in length; this perhaps 
represents the Island of Reil. The Sylvian fissure of Aulacodus is 
much better marked than it is in either Myopotamus or Capromys, 
in both of which the fissure is barely discernible. 

The upper surface of the brain is but little marked by sulci; 
I have already pointed out that there is not an obvious relation 
between the size of the animal and the complexity of its brain- 
convolutions in the Rodentia. The Beaver with its nearly smooth 
brain is perhaps the most striking instance; and this example is 
additionally remarkable from the fact that aquatic mammalia seem, 
as a general rule, to have more richly convoluted brains than their 
purely terrestrial relations. The only fissure is the longitudinal 
fissure corresponding, I imagine, to that termed by Sir Richard Owen 
“lambdoidal” ; the only fissures upon the brains of Myopotamus 
and Capromys were the same, which is so strongly developed in 
Dolichotis, Celogenys, and Dasyprocta. In Aulacodus this fissure 
does not run, as it does in Dolichotis, continuously from one end of 
the hemisphere to the other. There is a short fissure on each side, 
7 mm. in length (a, in fig. 2); separated from this by a space 
of about 5 mm. is the anterior part of it, which is even less 
extensive. : 


1 “Notes on the Anatomy of Dolichotis patagonica,” P.Z.8. 1891, p. 226. 
36* 


528 MR. B. B. WOODWARD ON THE GROWTH AND [June 14, 


7. On the Mode of Growth and the Structure of the Shell m 
Velates conoideus, Lamk., and other Neritide. By B. B. 
Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.R.M.S. (Communicated by 
Prof. FLowrr, C.B., President.) 


(Received June 7, 1892.] 
(Plates XXXI. & XXXII.) 


At the June meeting of this Society in 1889 attention was drawn 
by the writer to the very peculiar method of growth of the shell which 
forms the principal subject of this communication, as was shown 
by sections of specimens then exhibited. Unfortunately a far too 
prevalent epidemic interfered for the time with further investigation, 
which on being resumed has lead to more extended inquiry than at 
first contemplated, with results, however, which it is hoped may 
prove to be of some interest. The species was then spoken of as 
Neritina schmideliana ; but on reference to the literature it appears 
that this name cannot stand, since Chemnitz’s description’ was pub- 
lished prior to the adoption, in the ‘Conchylien-Cabinet,’ of the 
binomial system of nomenclature. The next name in order of priority 
was that conferred by Gmelin in his edition of Linné’s ‘ Systema 
Nature’ *, where he quotes Chemnitz, and under the impression it 
was a sinistral species calls it Nerita perversa. This, however, is 
such a complete misnomer that it seems wiser to set it aside, as 
recommended in such cases by the British Association Rules, and to 
adopt the specific name of conoideus conferred on it by Lamarck*. The 
generic name of Velates proposed by Montfort” should also be adopted, 
since, judging from the evidence afforded by its shell, the animal 
must have differed in important respects from both of its nearest 
allies—Nerita and Neritina. Other conchologists have described 
and figured the shell, notably Deshayes, who also first figured the 
operculum ; but all save Schmidel’ seem to have confined their 
attention to its external aspect and to have overlooked its internal 
arrangement and its remarkable mode of growth after the earlier 
stages of its existence have passed. Before, however, this can be 
dealt with it is necessary, in the first instance, to briefly describe 
certain features in the internal structure of other members of the 
family to which it belongs. 

The Neritidee, it is well known, avail themselves largely of the 
mollusean faculty of removing portions of the shell that may be in 
the way of the animal in the course of its growth, and some of them 
in this manner convert the interior of their tenement into a single 
open chamber across which there projects from the side, immediately 


1 Mart. and Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ix. (1786) p. 180. 

Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. cura Gmelin (1789), tom. i. p. 3686. 

Nerita conotdea, Ann. Mus. Paris, v. (1804) p. 93. 

Conch, Syst. ii, (1810) pp. 354-6, fig. 

A list of the more important references is given at the end of this paper. 


ak oN 


PLZIS. Wo Oe Plex xa xale 


suture 
\r 


GM Woodward del. . 


STRUCTURE OF NERITINA, VELATES, ETC. 


4 2SOS. Piers 


Ay Nez ee 
yi \ Le ‘S 
pe vik XS 
J i PSS / 
PT AN Sy WS 
at . . i> K\\ 
c 


SAY 
SN \ 


SS 
SS 


UF 
Yip 
Ly 

Yy 
Wh 
fh 


ai 
Wk 
i 


SQ 


SS 


— 
cS 


—= 
= 
—_ 
= 


me 


== 
== 


— 


FE: 


| 
\\ 
WY 
a 


ZZ 


GM Woodward del. 
STRUCTURE OF NERITINA, VELATES, BEC 


1892.] sTRUCTURE OF THE SHELL IN VELATES CONOIDEUS. 529 


behind the posterior portion of the columellar lip, a septum that 
takes the place of the columella and serves as the point of attachment 
for the posterior retractor muscle. This structural alteration is 
effected not after the animal has completed growth, but proceeds 
pari passu with it. 

In Neritina a series of species may be selected which will exhibit 
stages in the degree of removal of the columella and inner walls of 
the whorls and in the development of the septum. 

Neritina cornea, Linn. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1), VV. gagates, Lamk. 
(fig. 2), and thin specimens of WN. zebra, Linn., and NV. dubia, Chem., 
show anearly stage. There is no true columella, and some portion of 
the columella-edge of the spiral party-wall (or pavies) separating the 
whorls has been removed. At the base of the columella-edge where 
the parietal wall joins the projecting columellar lip the angle is filled 
in with shelly matter strengthening the union between the two. A 
slight spur of the shelly deposit runs in some cases (NV. gagates and 
NV. zebra) up the columella-edge and supports it. The whole forms 
a myophore and serves as a point of attachment for the posterior 
retractor muscle, a slight salient point left in some species about 
halfway up on the columella-edge of the whorl wall marking the 
limit of its scar. In thick specimens of N. dubia (fig. 3), in N. 
smithii, Gray, and in N. bicolor, Récl. (figs. 4 and 4 a), there is a 
further thickening of the shelly deposit, which begins to spread over 
the remaining portion of the parietal wall in the direction of the 
apex. The columella-edge is additionally strengthened in J. virginea, 
Lamk., and the paries nearly concealed by the increased deposition ; 
whilst in WN. intermedia, Sow., and NV. punctulata, Lamk. (figs. 5 and 
5 a), this shelly deposit completely covers the parietal wall, stretches 
out from the columella-edge, and forms a veritable septum reaching 
one third of the way across the whorl, its free margin becoming 
thickened, pillar like, and firmly attached to the outer walls of the 
shell by its spreading ends. 

The next link in the series is supplied by that very peculiar species 
N. latissima, Brod. (fig. 6), in which the septum with its pillar-like 
margin stands away from the columella-edge, so that although united 
posteriorly the septum and the remaining portion of the paries 
project independently into the single chamber of the shell: the 
septum is now the myophore. JN. fluviatilis, Linn. (fig. 7), and an 
undetermined species (fig. 8) closely allied to N. canalis, exhibit a 
further stage in which these two partitions stand slightly apart ; and 
the distance between them is successively increased in N. canalis, 
Sow. (fig. 9), WN. granosa, Sow. (fig. 10), and N. ¢ahitiensis, Lesson. 
The parietal wall in adult specimens of the last-named disappears 
entirely: it also is completely removed in N. crepidularia, Lamk. 
(fig. 11). The Eocene form Tomostoma neritoides, Desh. (fig. 12), 
undoubtedly comes very close to the last-named; not only does it 
resemble it in its external characteristics, but also in the internal 
arrangement of the septum and the lack of all trace of the parietal 
wall. 

One or two other points about the septum are worthy of note. 


530 MR. B. B. WOODWARD ON THE GROWTH AND [June 14, 


Where the free edge is thickened and pillar-like, as in N. inter- 
media, N. punctulata, N. fluviatilis, and, to a lesser degree, in J. 
latissima, the angle it makes with the septiform columellar lip 
approaches the perpendicular ; where, however, the septum is widely 
separated from the paries, as in WV. canalis and the species that 
follow in the series quoted above, its free edge is thin, sharp, and 
inclined more out of the perpendicular, the whole septum sloping 
back from the aperture. 

Towards the middle in WV. canalis the free edge of the septum has 
a somewhat acuminate projection corresponding to that noted above 
on the columella-edge in N. cornea, &c. 

Viewed through the aperture of the shell only a very small portion | 
of the septum can in these latter cases be seen; in its earlier stages 
in the other species cited it is of course quite out of sight. The 
shifting of the septum away from the parietal wall is due toa purely 
mechanical cause. Just in proportion as the whorls of the shell 
increase more rapidly and the spire at the same time becomes more 
depressed, so the latter approximates the posterior angle of the 
aperture, and consequently the inner wall of the last whorl becomes 
smaller and smaller and less and less adapted to serve as a myophore. 
Moreover, as the shell becomes flattened and the septiform columellar 
lip extends further and further outwards from the axis, the angle at 
which the retractor muscle would have to act in order to withdraw 
the extended animal, were its fixed point still the remnant of the 
paries, would be one of great disadvantage from a mechanical point 
of view, and hence a fresh attachment, as near to and as much above 
the aperture as possible, becomes of great importance and is obtained 
by the forward movement of the septum already described. The 
manner of this forward growth will be best dealt with later on when 
the growth of the shell of Velates conoideus is under consideration. 

In all cases, too, the scars of the anterior and posterior retractor 
muscles are pronounced in proportion to the strength of the muscles 
that were attached thereto, and, in consequence, to the thickness of 
the shell and the septum. It must also be borne in mind that 
the flattened columellar lip characteristic of Neritina and Nerita 
is formed by the callus, as likewise is the “shelf” in Septaria 
[= Navicella]. 

In Nerita the myophore at first sight appears as if it were a 
remnant of the paries; but a closer inspection, if one may judge 
from such typical forms as N. peloronta, Linn. (fig. 14), N. polita, 
Linn., and NV. plewa, Chemn., reveals the fact that it is merely the 
septum, all trace of the inner walls and columella having been 
removed. 

Velates, so far as at present kuown, is represented by but two 
species—V’, conoideus, Lamk., and V. equinus, Bez., which occur 
together in the Lower and Middle Eocene of the Paris Basin. The 
Shell of the latter attains to close upon 4 whorls when full-grown, 
and at that age corresponds in size with specimens of V. conoideus 
that have only completed about 3 whorls. The internal construction 
of the two at these respective periods is so similar that the description 


1892.] STRUCTURE OF THE SHELL IN VELATES CONOIDEUS. 531 


of one of them is sufficient, and no further reference need be made to 
the growth of the shell in V. equinus since it is perfectly normal. 
During the early stages of its growth, i. e. up to about 3 or 32 
whorls, the myophore in the young Velates shell (fig. 16) is formed 
of the remnant of the parietal wall strengthened by shelly deposit 
much in the same way and degree as it is in Neritina virginea. 
No trace of a prominence is perceptible at first on the thin and sharp 
columella-edge, but by the time 34 whorls are finished it is plainly 
discernible, and with the completion of the fourth whorl it attains its 
maximum development (fig. 17d). The angle the columella-edge 
makes with the columellar lip scarcely if at all exceeds 45° and is 
less in the earlier stages, whilst the whole myophore rakes back from 
the aperture and is not visible from without. After the completion 
of the fourth whorl the growth of the septum is comparatively rapid 
and increase takes place especially along that portion of its free 
margin which is furthest from the callus. By the time 4} whorls 
are complete the free margin is almost perpendicular to the callus 
and has become thickened and pillar-like, a slight fold on it 
marking the position of the late prominence (fig. 18d). The ap- 
pearance of the septum at this stage is most like that of Neritina 
punctulata amongst recent species. Shortly after the completion of 
44 whorls (fig. 20d) the septum alone constitutes the myophore, 
the columella and paries having been absorbed, and occupies the 
relative position it retains throughout the remaining period of growth: 
its free and thickened edge is quite perpendicular to the callus, and 
the greater portion becomes visible through the aperture, although 
the whole septum curves inwards as it projects into the chamber of 
the shell. So far, therefore, as the myophore is concerned the shell 
of Velates conoideus offers in the growth of the individual a series of 
conditions which in the recent forms find their parallel in distinct 
species :—in its earlier stages the paries and the incipient septum go 
to form the myophore, as in the instances quoted; in the later 
period the septum alone plays that part, as in Neritina crepidularia. 

The scars of the retractor muscles, both anterior and posterior, 
become more marked as the individual grows, the former especially 
deepening with age, and there is a well-marked anterior palatal 
apophysis which gradually becomes fainter as the shell grows and 
finally almost entirely disappears. The callus which in the young 
shell does not extend very far over the adjacent portion of the body- 
whorl (fig. 15) gradually spreads further and further (figs. 16, 17), 
till by the time 43 whorls have been completed (fig. 18) it has covered 
nearly one half of the body-whorl and its line of demarcation is in 
one plane with that of the margin of the outer lip. The rate of 
increase of the third and following whorl is, moreover, proportion- 
ately greater than that of the preceding ones. 

It is at this point that the great change in the manner of growth 
of the shell begins. First of all the callus is greatly thickened till 
it becomes in proportion to the shell itself larger and thicker than at 
any subsequent period (fig. 19). In the next place, further increase 
of the shell begins to be effected by the addition of fresh material 


532 MR. B. B. WOODWARD ON THE GROWTH AND [June /4, 


not merely to the outer lip and columella alone as in normal growth, 
but all the way round in the plane of the outer lip, as first evinced 
by the deposition of periostracal layer along and over the outer 
margin of the enlarged callus (fig. 20), the lines of deposition, or 
growth, being continuous with those of the outer lip. In other 
words, were it not for the overlap of the callus the peristome would 
be complete, as in Neritina crepidularia and Tomostoma neritoides. 
Deposition also takes place over the whole surface of the callus. The 
direction of growth is in this manner completely changed. Instead 
of developing spirally, round an axis of which the protoconch forms 
the apex, the shell enlarges radially, the new axis being the pillar- 
like margin of the septum and its apex the point, on the exterior of 
the body-whorl, situated immediately over the junction of these two. 
In this new condition of affairs the callus, which is at right angles 
to the new axis, lies of course completely athwart the direction of 
growth and decidedly in the way of further extension, so that the 
animal must have found itself much in the same predicament that a 
limpet would do were it to be suddenly half-decked when its period 
of growth was still far from complete. 

A grave problem in its domestic architecture was thus raised, and 
the solution forms the most interesting feature in the life-history of 
this species; for layer by layer, as deposition of fresh shelly matter 
took place without, a corresponding amount of material was removed 
on the inner side of the callus, and the additional room required 
thus obtained. Put in homely phraseology, this mode of enlarging 
a tenement reminds one of nothing so much as of the Irishman, who 
raised his roof by digging out the floor of his cabin. 

The ultimate outcome of this novel mode of increase is that, in the 
adult Velates, that portion of the shell included between the margin 
of the outer lip and a line (A B, fig. 21) joining its extremities and 
passing round and a little below the apex on the further side is 
normal, whereas the remainder is formed out of callus past and 
present. This comes out very clearly in the various sections of the 
shell presently to be described. Of course the walls around the apex 
which require to be thickened as the shell increases in size, to make 
them as durable as the rest, are strengthened in the usual way 
by the deposition of fresh shelly matter within, so that, in an old 
shell, what was once the cavity inhabited by the young animal has 
become solid shell. 

The changes which take place in the external form of the test of 
Velates, as was to be expected, find their reflection in the intimate 
structure of the shell itself. An axial section whose plane passes 
close to and almost parallel with the edge of the columellar lip, but 
just misses the apex itself, has been made in each of three young 
shells of! different ages, and the sections stained with picro-carmine 
to bring out the structure more clearly. In the first, a specimen 
of about 3 whorls (Plate XXXII. fig. 22 a), the shell-wall near the 
apex shows three readily distinguishable layers :—the outermost, or 
periostracal layer, the crystalline, and the innermost layer, which in 
shis case consists of the material laid down not merely as a lining to 


1892.] sTRUCTURE OF THE SHELL IN VELATES CONOIDEUS. 533 


the shell, but to fill up the space no longer occupied by the animal 
and to thicken the shell where, having been formed when the animal 
was young, it was too thin for the present requirement of its occupant. 

The periostracal layer, which shows a tendency to divide into two 
zones (fig. 226), is translucent and presents to the eye a fibrous 
structure, the fibres being arranged at right angles to the surface in 
the region of the apex; but as the layer is followed down towards 
the anterior end of the columellar lip they change their direction 
gradually till they assume the feather-like appearance familiar in 
shell-structure and are arranged in a direction approximately 
parallel with the layer itself (fig. 22 ¢). 

The second principal layer also exhibits a fibrous appearance 
consequent on the arrangement of its crystalline plates, which near 
the apex are nearly but not quite at right angles to the surface. 
As the columellar lip is approached these become more inclined, till 
0% joining those of the columellar lip itself they unite with them and 
sweep through an are of more than a quarter of a circle (fig. 24 ¢). 

The layers of growth can in places be clearly seen (figs. 22 a, 6). 
The innermost deposit is confined to the neighbourhood of the apex 
and thins out as it recedes therefrom: it shows in section the cross- 
hatched structure so common in sections of shell and due to the 
especial arrangement of its component plates. 

That the myophore at this stage is still formed in its upper part 
of the parietal wall is evident from its structure and its continuity 
with the outer wall next the apex (fig. 22a). The middle portion 
of the myophore and the posterior wall have unfortunately been 
broken away in grinding this section. Nevertheless sufficient of 
the base of the former and of the callus out of which that base has 
been formed is left to show that even at this early age a considerable 
enlargement of the interior by absorption has taken place. 

In the next older specimen, one of about three and a half whorls 
(fig. 23 a), the remnant of the parietal wall can be traced, the section 
being perfect, for quite two-thirds of the length of the myophore, whilst 
in the outer wall on the posterior side of the section the remnant of 
another original wall is present. A portion of the periostracal layer, 
about halfway down that side, curves inwards, traverses the shell- 
wall, and abruptly terminates on the inner side (p!./!.): it is overlain 
by the edge of the callus which comes up to this point and which 
is in its turn covered by a fresh deposit of periostracal layer that 
joins on to the first one. This junction is not a true suture, since it 
does not mark the union of two whorls. ‘The extent to which the 
callus has been absorbed on its inner side is clearly shown, as also 
the vertical arrangement of its component plates. This structure, 
however, is still better seen in more advanced stages of growth. 

The third section (fig. 24 a) has been taken of the young shell at 
the stage when its four and a half whorls have been completed and 
the period of radial growth entered on, just at the time when the 
callus having attained its maximum development begins to be covered 
all round its margin by the periostracal layer. The myophore is 
still in part formed of an old outer wall of the test, but that portion 


534 MR. B. B. WOODWARD ON THE GROWTH AND [June 14, 


was callus (c’), as shown by the structure, and has been shaped to 
suit its present position, as the transverse direction of its lines of 
growth testify. The wall on the posterior side of the section is 
built up of an old whorl, of callus, and of infilling material. The 
absolute apex of each of these two last specimens appears in the 
succeeding section of the respective shells,and here may be seen the 
remains of the true spire, such as it is, and the overlapping sutures 
(fig. 24 0). 

These remnants exist in the adult shell, unless indeed it be a 
worn specimen ; all other traces of former walls have disappeared. 
A section taken through a full-grown specimen as nearly as possible 
in the plane of the septum (fig. 25), and stained with picro-carmine, 
clearly reveals the intimate relationship between the myophore and 
the neighbouring walls of the test and demonstrates beyond doubt 
the way in which they have been carved out of successive layers of 
callus, for the lines of growth can be traced right across the septum 
to its inner margin and reappear in the wall of the shell on the 
opposite side of the cavity (see also fig. 26). They may also be 
distinctly seen running round the walls on the interior surface of the 
shell *. 

The composition and intimate microscopical structure of the 
Velates shell likewise call for some remark, since further points of 
interest are presented by them. 

The term pertostracal layer has been employed throughout, 
instead of periostracum, for the external layer, the reason being that 
it differs so widely in its composition from the chitinous substance 
which coats most shells, and which usually is known by the latter 
term, that its application in this instance might have been misleading. 

This layer is remarkably hard and extremely difficult to cut 
through ; it does not stain like the rest of the shell, but remains 
translucent with a cloudy fibrous appearance when seen in the 
microsections already described. It retains probably to a very high 
degree (especially in the young shell) the coloration and mottled 
markings which adorned the shell when living. Its line of junction 
with the underlying crystalline layer in the young shell and that 
portion of the adult where the growth is normal is even; but 
where it overlies callus the several layers of the two inosculate and 
the line of junction is extremely ragged and irregular (figs. 24 and 
27). Inthe one case the mantle-edge that secreted it was advancing 
over a given area followed in regular order by the portion that 
furnished the material for the second layer ; in the other the mantle 
was retreating from the area of deposition as the shell increased in 
size and so gave rise to overlapping of the two series of deposits, 
the irregularities that thus arose being further complicated by the 
fluctuations in the growth of the animal and its shell. 

Under the delusion that this periostracal layer might, like the 
molluscan radula, prove to be very dense chitine, a portion was 
placed in Mr. G. T. Prior’s hands for examination. He most 
kindly made a careful investigation of it, with the result that it 

? These lines of growth were noted by Schmidel. 


1892.] sTRUCTURE OF THE SHELL IN VELATES CONOIDEUS. 535 


appears in the main to consist of calcic carbonate, since it dissolves 
with effervescence in dilute hydrochloric acid, leaving, however, an 
appreciable residue. ‘This residue subjected to the usual tests, both 
with acids and under the blowpipe, proved to consist of silica, having 
a specific gravity which is nearer that of the crystalline than the 
amorphous state. Naturally it was at first thought that this silica 
might be a product of fossilization, but since the callus, which was 
equally exposed to the same influence, yields no appreciable residue, 
this does not appear to be a tenable supposition ; at the same time 
without further and more extended inquiries one hardly likes to 
look upon it as an original product of the animal’. 

The crystalline layer which forms the principal thickness of the 
shell-wall is composed of a single stratum of laminz, the component 
fibres of which in each successive lamina run in a reverse direction 
to those of the preceding one, as originally described by Count 
Bournon* and subsequently by all writers on mollusean shell- 
structure. 

The direction these plates take, however, in the present example 
is peculiar. In that part where the growth is normal (see fig. 21) 
their direction coincides with that of the lines of growth, their planes 
being perpendicular to the outer surface of the shell, just as seem- 
ingly obtains in an ordinary Neritina (e. g. N. gagates). In the 
remaining portion of the shell-wall beneath the periostracal layer 
the plates follow the curve of the shell, their planes radiating from 
the new apex and consequently being approximately parallel with the 
outer surface—approximately, because the sections show that in each 
major group of layers they ‘feather’ somewhat (figs. 25, 26, 27). 

These walls being, as already mentioned, hewn out of successive 
margins of former callus, it follows naturally that in the outer 
margin of the callus itself the plates follow the same course—that is 
to say, are disposed in a crescent, at the extremities of which, their 
planes of inclination twisting to suit, they unite with those of the 
outer lip to form a continuous circle. Along the dentate columellar 
lip they also run parallel with the margin, and here, as elsewhere 
over the callus, their planes are at right angles to the exterior surface. 

On reaching the posterior angle of the aperture this series of 
lamelle (viewed from the exterior) abruptly bifureates, one set 
curving sharply towards the outer lip, the other in the opposite 
direction, and both commingling with, and becoming lost in, the 
marginal plates ; the point of junction of the two series thus forms 
a centre whence they stream off in three directions (fig. 28). 

At the anterior angle the whole series curves towards the outer 
lip, becoming lost, as before, in the marginal set. Across the central 
portion of the callus they run in an oblique direction, radiating from 


* Schmidel noted that this layer did not appear to be entirely composed of 
lime. 

* ‘Traité complet de la Chaux carbonatée,’ etc. tom. i. (1808) p. 310. See 
also Gray (J. E.), Phil. Trans. exxiv. (1833) p. 789; Bowerbank (J. 8.), Trans. 
Micro. Soe. i. (1844) p. 128, pl. xv. fig. 1; and Rose (G.), Abhandl. k. Akad, 
Wissensch. Berlin, 1858 (1859), p. 89. pl. iii. 


536 MR. B. B. WOODWARD ON THE GROWTH AND [June 14, 


a point situated a little way in from the posterior angle, their 
course as they approach the margin becoming uniformly deflected 
to the left, 7. e. in the direction of the anterior angle of the aperture. 
The nature of this arrangement is, however, more easily gathered 
from the figure than realized from a mere description. Seen from 
the inner aspect the relationship of the internal septum to this 
structure becomes apparent (fig. 29). The point by the posterior 
angle of the aperture whence the plates radiate in three directions 
marks the junction of the septum with the outer wall; the centre 
of radiation a little further in falls just beside the septum in the 
middle of its curved inner side, so that the direction of the plates in 
the septum itself very nearly corresponds with the curvature of its 
walls, or, to put it in another way, the ‘ graining’ of the septum is 
but slightly ‘on the cross.’ The whole system of construction of 
the callus, therefore, would appear to foreshadow the future 
requirements of the animal, and its component plates to be so 
arranged that when by erosion in the course of growth its unabsorbed 
portions form part and parcel of the walls and septum of the shell 
these plates shall be in the right position to impart the greatest 
strength and durability to the whole that is possible under the 
circumstances, for the lines of growth in the callus-formed 
portion are of necessity lines of weakness. 

Mr. H. A. Miers was so good as to investigate a portion of the 
crystalline layer from the callus, testing its specific gravity by means 
of density fluids. It floated in a liquid in which aragonite and 
tourmaline sank; but foundered in one which would support beryl 
and calcite. On account of its porous nature, the observed specific 
gravity of the material must in reality be too low and the crystalline 
callus is therefore more likely to be aragonite than calcite. 

Mr. Miers further reports :—“ By taking some of the very finest 
powder and examining it with a twelfth oil immersion, I am able 
to find some specks which are undoubtedly calcite (by cleavage and 
opt. char.). In section it is impossible to determine the substance— 
because the use of the same objective with polarized light shows 
that it consists of very minute overlapping fibres even where it 
appears homogeneous under the quarter. Some of the powder 
looks to me more like aragonite—little ragged fibres with straight 
extinction, no cleavage, and the double refraction of aragonite. 

“The final result is then—an extremely fine fibrous structure ; the 
presence of calcite proved; the presence of aragonite highly pro- 
bable.” 

The manner in which the myophore and the callus shift forward 
with the growth of the shell in Neritina can now be readily under- 
stood. Fresh shelly matter is added to the outer and a corresponding 
quantity removed from the inner side. No section can well be 
taken to prove this to demonstration in the majority of the species 
of the genus, but in N. crepidularia it can be shown that the callus 
does thus change its position aud move through a segment of a 
circle, keeping pace in this way with the growth of the rest of the 
shell (fig. 30); and the same is true of Septaria [=Navicella]. In 


1892.] STRUCTURE OF THE SHELL IN YELATES CONOIDEUS. 537 


both, however, there is no change in the direction of growth, and 
though the peristome is complete in the mature individual it does 
not increase equally all round as in Velates conoideus, but develops 
most rapidly at its peripheral point, the diametrically opposite edge 
of the callus scarcely being added to at all and thus constituting the 
axis on which the direction of growth pivots. A section taken in 
the plane of the direction of growth displays the successive layers 
of former callus spread out like a fan at this point (fig. 30). 
Judging from external appearances there are but three forms which 
at first sight would seem likely to exhibit the same structure and 
mode of growth as Velates conoideus, viz.: Tomostoma neritoides, 
Desh., from the Eocene, the Oolitic genus Pileolus, and Velatella 
carditoides trom the American Cretaceous : all three are, so to speak, 
like half-decked limpets in form and increase radially by the addition 
of fresh material to the continuous peristome; but in neither the 
first nor last-named, certainly, does the callus in any way overlap 
the lateral walls of the test, nor is there any but the slightest change 
in the direction of growth and that at a very early stage. A rough 
section of the first, however (fig. 31), shows that whilst the callus 
moves forward in the manner indicated above, the adjacent portion 
of the wall of the test though continuous with it is probably normal 
in its growth. Unfortunately the species is a small one and 
material is scarce, whilst the shell is so fragile that the micro- 
section which was being prepared crumbled in the final process, and 
Mr. Riley, to whose skilful manipulation is due the successful series 
of interesting sections on which this paper is'in part founded, was 
too disheartened by the failure to essay any further attempts. With 
regard to Pileolus it is much to be regretted that no definite opinion 
can be formed, since the specimens are so completely mineralized 
that all intimate structure is lost. Sowerby speaks of breaking 
open one and discovering its internal spire’; but though Dr. 
Woodward most kindly had two specimens cut, no such trace of 
auy spire is visible in them, the only peculiarity being a thickening 
of the columellar lip on its inner margin. It was impossible even 
to make out if there is a septum or not, and it is necessary to 
await the discovery of better preserved specimens before attempting 
to pronounce further upon this genus *. 

As for Vedatella, neither the original description * nor Tryon’s 
figure * enables one to form any conjecture as to its probable mode 
of growth. 


1 «Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells.’ 

* Since the foregoing paragraphs were written, Mr. W. H. Hudleston, F.R.S., 
the President of the Geological Society, has most obligingly lent me a section 
of Pileolus which he possesses and which comes from the Lower Oolite, It 
shows distinctly that in this genus there most clearly is a septum, as in Neritina 
crepidularia and Tomostoma. The Museum sections must have passed just 
through the spreading base of this septum at its inner margin where it joins the 
callus. There is no true internal spire as stated by Sowerby. The shell in 
this specimen was, as usual, far too altered to exhibit any trace of structure. 

* Ann, Rept. U.8. Geol. and Geog. Surv. 1872 (1878), p. 499. 

* Struct. and Syst. Conch, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 85. 


538 MR. B. B. WOODWARD ON THE GROWTH AND [June 14, 


So far, therefore, as our present knowledge extends Velates 
conoideus is absolutely unique in its method of building up its shell. 


In conclusion it is the writer’s pleasing task to tender his 
sincerest thanks to the many kind friends to whom he is indebted 
for assistance and advice in the course of the preparation of this 
paper. Beside those gentlemen already named he has to especially 
thank Mr. G. F. Harris for the loan of specimens, and his friend 
and colleague Mr. E. A. Smith for much assistance and advice. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY 
(limited to the more important references). 


1775. Waxcu (J. E. 1.). ‘Von einer seltenen Neritenart aus 
Courtagnon,”’ Der Naturforscher, vi. pp. 165-170. [P. 166: 
“ Es ist eine Schnecke, die zwischen den Patellen und den 
Neriten inne steht.” ] 

1778. Fortis (A.). Storia de’ fossili di Pesaro—Memoria oritto- 
graphica della valle vulcanico-marina di Ronca nel territorio 
Veronese. S8vo. Venezia. [P. 18: tab. 1. f. 2.] 

Beschreibung des Thales Ronca ... tbersetzt von 
F. A. Weber. 8vo. Heydelberg. 

[In anote: ‘ Helmintholithus neritis trochioidez, apertura 
complanata, spiris absconditis, mucrone subrecurvo.” PI. i. 
figs. li. a and 6.] 

1780. Hacauet (D.) &( ) Prof. Nachricht von Versteinerungen 
yon Schalthieren die sich in ausgebranaten feuerspeyenden 
Bergen finden. Zur Erliuterungen und Ergénzung der 
Abhandlung des Herrn Abt. Fortis iiber das Thal Ronca in 
Veronesischen Gebiete. Herausgegeben und mit Anmer- 
kungen vermehrt von J. S. Schréter. 8vo. Weimar. P.41— 
42, t.2. f.12. [Also in Journ. f. Liebhaber des Steinreichs, 
&e. vi. (1780) pp. 283-4, pl. ii. f. 12.) 

1780. Scumipet (C. C.).  Vorstellung einiger merkwirdigen 
Versteinerungen mit kurzen Anmerkungen. [Pt. ii.] p. 41, 
pl. xxiii. figs. 1-3. 

[This edition has not been seen by the writer: the 1793 
edition, however, contains at the same page the following :— 

«Da ich zwei dergleichen besitze, so habe ich eine darzu 
angewendet, sie Offnen zu lassen, um nicht nur die Beschaffen- 
heit der einzigen inneren Windung, als auch die Stiirke der 
Schaale, die aus vielen iiber einander gelegten Schichten 
besteht, und den Gipfel der Schnecke ganz allem macht, 
in der 3ten Figur vor Augen zu legen. Dass sie eine achtmal 
ausgezackte Lippe hat, und mit einer’ braunlichen, dem 
Ansehen noch nicht ganz verkalchten Schaale aussen versehen 
ist, wird durch diese Vorstellungen deutlich sein, ohne dass 
wir nothig haben, mit der weiteren Beschreibung aufzuhalten, 
die man am angefiihrten Orte nachsehen kann.’’ | 


1779. 


1892.] STRUCTURE OF THE SHELL IN VELATES CONOIDEUS. 539 


1786. Nerita schmideliana sinistrorsa, fossilis, CHEMNITZ: 
Mart. u. Chem. Conch.-Cab. ix. Abth. i. p. 130, pl. 114. 
ff. 975-6. 

[‘*. .. habe ich sie Neritam Schmidelianam genant.” ] 

1789. Nerita perversa, GMetin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. tom. i. 
p- 3686. 

1804. Nerita conoidea, LamMARcK: Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 
v. p. 93. 

——, De Roissy: Sonnini’s Suites 4 Buffon; Hist. 
Nat. Moll. v. p. 273, no. 9. 

1810. Velates conoideus, Montrort: Conch. Syst. ii. pp. 354-6, 
fig. 

1822. Neritina perversa, Lamarck: Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert. 
vi. pt. 2, p. 183. ; 

——. Neritina schmideliana, Sowersy: Genera of Shells. 

1824. Neritina conoidea, DesHayes : Descript. Coq. foss. Paris, ii. 
pp. 149-151, pl. xviii. [with fig. of operculum]. 

1825. Nerita perversa, Dre Buartnvitue: Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxiv. 
p. 477. 

1866. Neritina schmideliana, DesHayes: Anim. sans Vert. 
Bassin de Paris, iii. pp. 18-19. 


1805. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
(Unless otherwise stated the figures are of the natural size.) 


Pratzn XXXT. 


Figs. 1-10. A series of specimens of Neritina, with the outer wall of the body- 
whorl cut away to show the successive stages in the formation of the shelly 
septum (s), which ultimately supplants the inner wall of the whorl, or paries (w), 
in its function of myophore, and exhibiting their relation to each other and the 
callus (c). The approximate position of the apex is marked a. 


Fig. 1. Neritina cornea, Linn., in which there is only a small amount of shelly 
deposit at the junction of w with s, and possibly, very faintly, along 
the basal portion of the columella-edge of w. 
NV. gagates, Lamk., in which the shelly deposit is slightly more pro- 
nounced and begins to form a spur (s) up the columella-edge of w. 
. NV. dubia, Ohemn., exhibiting a further thickening of the shelly deposit 
and a strengthening of s. 

4. N. bicolor, Récl.: s is yet more developed and begins to project beyond w, 
and form a septum, as seen in 4a, which is a view taken more from 
the inner side. 

5. NV. punctulata, Lamk.: the septum s stands well away from w, and its 
free margin is seen to be greatly thickened when it is viewed from 
behind, as shown in 5a. 

6. NV. latissima, Brod.: s and w begin to separate. 

7. N. fwiatilis, Linn.: X 2, s and w stand apart. 

8 Herta ED sand w are successively more widely separated from 

10. granosa, Sow, | cach other, and ¢ more and more developed. 

11. WV. erepidularia, Lamk. Section in the plane of the direction of growth: 
w is entirely absorbed and s is placed near the margin of ¢, 

12. Tomostoma neritoides, Desh., X 3. Section as in fig. 11, with which it 
closely agrees. 

13. Pileolus plicatus, Sow., X 2. Section as in fig. 11. 

14. Nerita peloronta, Linn. Section to show septum s and total removal 


« 


go 


540 ON THE SHELL IN VELATES CONOIDEUS. [June 14, 


of w. The cayity extends behind s to the point marked +, and 
therefore far beyond the sutural line (sutwre) ; the outer wall at this 
point is very thin. 

Figs. 15-29. Velates conoideus, Lamk. a, apex; c, callus; s, myophore, which 
at first is formed by a portion of the paries, but subsequently consists 
solely of the septum. 

Fig. 15. brea of about 2 whorls, to show the small extent of the callus. 


Xo. 
“it Young shell of about 3} whorls | 
4 


18 id ‘ ora | Apical view, showing proportion 
19. B 5s 4t i of callus. 
20. “ oe Dee 43 » +6. Dorsal view. 


| c. Ventral view. 


” 
in which fresh periostracal | d. Section to show interior 
| 


layer begins to be deposited 
over the callus. : ) 
(Fig. 16d x 2; Fig. 17d x 2; Fig. 18d x 4.) 
21. Adult shell from the anterior side (2 nat. size), to show the relative 
proportion of shell in which the growth is normal to that formed of 
callus and excavated callus. 


Prats XXXII.! 


Fig. 22a, Axial section of young shell ‘of about 3 whorls: x8. p.l., peri- 
ostracal layer; m./., middle or crystalline layer; 7@./., infilling 
layer; ¢., callus. The portions of pre-existing layers belonging to 
the young shell and included in the present walls are marked by 
the same letters with the addition of accents. 

22.b. Portion of the anterior wall further magnified, to show the structure 
p.l. and the lines of growth in m./. 
22.c. Junction of the outer wall and callus on the anterior side of the 
same section. 

a. Axial section of a specimen of about 34 whorls: x6. 

236. Junction of the callus and outer wall on the anterior side, further 
magnified. 

24a. Axial section of a specimen of 44 whorls: x33. 

240. Following section of the same, showing actual apex. 

24¢. Junction of callus and outer wall on the anterior side, further 
magnified. 

25. Section through adult shell in the plane of the septum, to show the 
connection of the latter with the outer wall. 

26. Section parallel with the preceding a little further in from the aperture 
and viewed in the opposite direction. 

27. Radial section of an adult specimen taken on the side away from the 
aperture and showing the junction of the callus and the outer wall, 
which consists of layers of former callus. 

28, External ventral surface of adult specimen with the course of the 
component plates of the callus marked out. [From two specimens. | 

29. Internal ventral surface from a specimen in the British Museum 
(Natural History) [Reg. 31977], showing the course of the component 
plates and their relation to the septum. 

30. Section of a portion of Neritina crepidularia, Lamk., in the plane of 
the direction of growth, showing the junction of the callus and outer 
wall of the shell on the side furthest from the aperture (considerably 
enlarged). 

31. Similar section of Tomostoma neritoides, Desh. (considerably en- 
larged), 


1 The microstructure of the sections is filled in diagrammatically. 


ContTENTs (continued). 


June 14, 1892, 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1892 ........ 470 


~ Mr. Sclater. Remarks on interesting Animals observed during a visit to the Zoological 
Gardens of Rotterdam, the Hague, Amsterdam, and Antwerp .... 2. ..0s. eee ee eee 471 


te Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell; F.Z.S. Oommunication from, containing an account of. the 
oceurrence of a specimen of the Jacana (Jacana spinosa) in Jamaica ...... Sbie eee 472 


‘Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.ZS. Remarks on the occurrence of Spalax typhlus in Aftica .. 472 


- Prof. Romanes.. Remarks on some results recently obtained from the Cross-breeding of Rats 
MILE RAEDIG Cs. give o Uetahene lag gorcats Pipi grater Nia. tied oie bcos, cavalo « ai8¥ Oh 0,9 aratales atals 476 


Prof. Howes. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs, received from Prof. 
Parker, illustrative of Sea-Lions, Penguins, and Albatrosses in their native haunts .. 476 


‘Dr. Dawson. Remarks on the Fur-Seal of Alaska, and Exhibition of a Series of Photographs 
illustrating the attitudes and mode of life of these Animals .... +s. serene eevee ees 476 


| _ Mr, Sclater. Remarks upon the habits of a South-African Snake -(Dasypeltis scabra) ....++ 476 


Mie. Selater. Extracts from a letter from Mr. H. H. Johnston, announcing the despatch of 
: specimens from the Shiré Highlands.....60s se sige cet er ee sneer cence ee sean tees 477 


_ Mr, W. Saville Kent, F.Z.S, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some A ae of 
Podargus strigoides, showing the strange attitudes of these birds in a living state.... 477 


* ae J. W. Gregory, F.Z.S. An aécount of his researches on the British Paleogene Bryozoa. 477 


: 1.On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Snakes. By Gurarp W. Burier, B.A., F.Z.S. 
: GE eit ee Nek VLELS) i a ae wien oo ier nh bases PE ose se ale ate Fae re wee ke ae Relme appr nase 477 


% On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anguilla, West Indies. By P. L. Scrarzr, 
a M.A., Ph.D., F.B.S., Secretary to the Society ..--....++++.. 0, Bt Speen 498 


br 3. On. the Insectivorous Genus Echinops, Martin, with Notes on the Dentition of the allied 
; Genera, By OLprimid THOMAS... 5066.0 eee cece cer teen e et et ences © caer ages 500 


> 


4 An Account of the Reptiles ‘gid Batrachians collected by Mr. C. Hose on Mt, Dulit, 
a Borneo. By G. A. BouLENGER. Bowe MEE SG ROCK) = eaten eanig eae un Fee 505 


z ae On new Species and Varieties of the Land-Molluscan Genus Diplommatina from the 
Garo, Naga, and Munipur Hill-ranges, Assam. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin- 
Austen, F.R.S., F.ZS8., he... 0... NA ee tee eeneee Pe SS ALCO ES 509 


6 On the Brain Sad Museular Anatomy of Awlacodus.. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.ZS., 
= aaah to the Society ..4+-. sees ee eee tere ences biarcune tasarers rere: be itaats sehen 520 


q, “On the Mode of Growth ae the Structure of the Shell in Velates conoideus, Lamk., and ~ 
other Neritide, By B. B. Woopwarp, F.GS,,. F.R.M.S. (Communicated by Prof. 
Frownr, O. B., aoe ) (Plates XXXI, & XXXII. Neracokis ee Vas cuatro wegen ate ie 528 


LIST OF PLATES. 
1892. 
PART TH. 
Plate Pago 
SOG LYsnidian, Medison ot orc toes Sa ES ep ee oe 341. 
RXV, Bucloperca “marina 0 Sava ey cece gale Foss vie viaie'n Wnyed Dee ee 411 
XXVI-° Variations of Pontaster tenuispinis.....-.......... sees sees 430 
XXVII. Lycenide from the South Pacifie -......... eintn s BaD hee 434 - 
XXVIUL Body-cayity of Snakes -.5.-.0.2. 0.4. VR evs nte esas. peer: isk 
XXIX. Varanus heteropholis....... 64. ..6.0¢ +e eee seer de sete cess BOB 
“yey fig. 1. Rhacophorus dulitensis .0.. 6.262. cc eee eee ce bees am 
XXX.) Fig. 2. Nectophryne hosii....... he pit Sa oe ee ae 
XxxIT | Structure of Neritina, Velates, &e. FE RT hae EE ee ce 528° 


NOTICE. 
The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—_ 


Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. _ 


5 Hi pea » March and April, on August Ist. 
Ts Sth, 3» May and June, on October Ist. 5 
Ty. Ps ge ., November and December, on April Ist. 
nae . £ 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YHAR 


P mao MOSs. aes 
{2 fs > -> 
ie LEER 
Maas ear 
Rae nisi o- 


Q. 
Ain aS PART IV. 
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER. 


APRIL Ist, 1893, 


: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
- SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. ; 
LONDON : 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


 FPrice Twelve Shillings. 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART TV.—1892. 


November 1, 1892. 
: Page 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, 
and September, 1892 .......++.0+ees Syichee ayy ee AaP aay Reecreoy ere Oa tic ow Ate: 541 


Mr. E. Hartert. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two new Mammals from Dutch New 
Guinea, and a stuffed specimen of Apteryx MADINA. 6. 1s bawe ne eee eee ene tee 541 


Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.~ Letter from, on the breeding of Deniidoft’s Galago in captivity va ee B42 


Prof. F, Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.8. Remarks upon the occurrence of Bipalium kewense in one of the 
warm houses at Straffan House, Kildare 


Pee a ne Rp ra ety Ss Fees OOS 
Prof. Newton, M.A. Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. John Cordeaux, and remarks upon 
the skin ofan immature example of Sy/via nisoria, shot in Yorkshire .....+..% ~.+ 542 
Mr, F. Finn, F.Z.S. Remarks upon his recent zoological excursion to Zanzibar .. ....... 543 
Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.8. Notice of a Memoir entitled ‘Description of a remarkable new 
Cidaris froin, Mauritius,” vo 1 soc 8 ye 8b + ot ee Bet weve a tw uO vera ce teem se cee lt wine 
Sir Edward Newton, K.0.M.G., and Hans Gadow, Ph.D. Abstract of a Memoir on some 
bones of the Dodo and other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. 
Mheodore Sauzier. 20s ys weenie tse. ye eenes eee ny NAS Ea ys cee ect a 543 
1, Descriptions of two new Mammals from New Guinea. By the Hon. Wavrer Rornscutip, 
FEZ SS oie eas CEA RG ne tak PRE Le ine See LP wane grunTbraben aileig alone 0 Shere iam 
2. On Mammals from Nyassaland. By Oxprimip Tuomas, B.Z.8. 2... 6... 00.2 eee ee eee 546 ss 
3. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians transmitted by Mr. H. H. J ohnston, : 
C.B., from Nyassaland. By Dr. A. Géwrner, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plates XXXIIT- i 
XXXV.) SpA Sg Se batipe Sr Ne ati aate tte aan oe Sdn. Saeed to rR 555 
4, On Zeuglodont and other Cetacean Remains from the Tertiary of the Caucasus. By R. . 
Lyprcker, B.A,, F.Z.8. - (Plates XXXVI. RAVI. Ses (STS Pn Po pee eR ot 9 558 
5. Descriptions of some new Genera and new . ecies of Phytophagous Coleoptera. from 
Madagascar. By Martin Jacony, F.E.S. EA gD. @.@.4 BD. eee ere wane rin rs ++. 064 
November 15, 1892, 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October 1892, and 
description of a new Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus, (Plate XL.) ...,..++.+<: 579 


The Secretary. Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. Thomas Ground, and remarks upon’a’ ~~" 
specimen of the Siberian Pectoral Sandpiper, shot on Breydon mudflats, Norfolk .. 581>~ 


Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 


1892.] THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONSTO THE MENAGERIE. 541 


November 1, 1892. 


Sir W. H. Flower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made 
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, 
and September, 1892:— 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of June were 132, of which 49 were acquired by presenta- 
tion, 43 by purchase, 21 by birth, 9 were received in exchange, and 
10 on deposit. The number of departures during the same “period 
by death and removals was 90. 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of July were 165; of these 92 were acquired by presentation, 
27 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 34 by birth, and 10 were received 
on deposit. The number of departures during the same period by 
death and removals was 73. 

The most noticeable acquisition during the month was a young 
Gibbon from Hainan, South China, of a uniform black colour, 
belonging to the species recently described (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, ix. 
p- 145, 1892) by Mr. Oldfield Thomas as Hylobates hainanus. 
The Society are indebted to Mr. Julius Neumann, of Hoihow, 
Hainan, China, for this interesting animal, which is new to the 
Collection. 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of August were 151; of these 57 were acquired by presen- 
tation, 34 by purchase, 5 by birth, 8 by exchange, and 47 were 
received on deposit. The number of departures during the same 
period by death and removals was 71. 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of September were 99; of these 49 were acquired by presen- 
tation, 27 by purchase, 12 were bred in the Gardens, and 11 were 
received on deposit. The number of departures during the same 
period by death and removals was 108. 

The most noticeable addition during the month was a young male 
Malayan Tapir (Tapirus indicus) from Tavoy, Burmah, presented by 
Col. F. M. Jenkins. The general colour of this animal is that of 
the adult, but the spots of immaturity are still visible on the legs. 


Mr. E. Hartert exhibited examples of two new Mammals from 
Dutch New Guinea (Proechidna nigro-aculeata and Acrobates pul- 
chellus'), and a stuffed specimen of Apteryx maxima, belonging to 


the Tring Museum. 
1 See below, p. 545. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XX XVII. 37 


542 PROF. NEWTON ON SYLVIA NISORIA. [Nov. 1, 


The following letter, addressed to the Secretary by Lord Lilford, 
F.Z.S., was read :— 


“¢ Sir, 

I think that it may interest some Members of the Society to 
hear that a pair of Demidoff’s Galagos (Galago demidoffi), purchased 
bv me from Mr. A. E. Jamrach on October 9, 1891, produced a young 
one on April 28 ult., in a cage here. The infant was blind for several 
days: its fur was very short and of a lighter colour than that of its 
parents, which were both most careful and very jealous of their off- 
spring. Iam glad to be able to add that we have succeeded in keep- 
ing these three very interesting little animals alive and in excellent 
health to the date of this writing on a diet composed principally of 
cockroaches, mealworms, bread and milk, with occasionally a little fruit. 

“ T remain, 


“ Lilford Hall, Oundle, “Yours &e., : 
October 19, 1892.” “ LILFORD. 


Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell stated that Mr. Carruthers, Keeper of the 
Botanical Department of the British Museum, had handed him a 
fine specimen of Bipalium kewense, found in one of the warm houses 
at Straffan House, Kildare. So far as Prof. Bell knew, this was the 
first occasion on which this now widely-spread species had been 
recorded from Ireland. 


Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, on exhibiting (on 
bebalf of Mr. John Cordeaux) the skin of an immature Sylvia nisoria, 
shot at Easington, near Spurn Point in Yorkshire, on the 19th ult., 
remarked as follows :—‘* When on the 4th March, 1879 (Proc. Zool. 
Soe. 1879, p. 219), I had the privilege of calling the notice of the 
Society to what I believed to be the remains of the first example of 
Sylvia nisoria obtained in England, some of my friends thought me 
rather rash in placing confidence in a specimen which had remained 
unrecognized for about forty years, and had in the meanwhile changed 
owners more than once. My conduct on that occasion has been in 
some way justified by the recognition since that time of the occur- 
rence of this species in various parts of the United Kingdom, and I 
have now to lay before the Society an example which has been killed 
in Yorkshire within the last fortnight, and sent to me by Mr. 
Cordeaux for examination. The skin is that of a young bird of the 
present year, and I may add that no doubt can be entertained of its 
having been shot, as he informs me, at Easington, on the 19th 
October, 1892, by Mr. Jalland. 

**T have long wished to refer to this species the ‘ East Woodhay 
Warbler, Sylvia bidehensis, described and figured by the late Hon. 
and Rev. W. H. Herbert in the edition (published in 1833, anony- 
mously, but commonly associated with his name) of White’s 
‘ Natural History of Selborne’ (pp. 129, 130 note, and titlepage) ; 
and despite some manifest discrepancies, due perhaps to his having 
only seen and not procured the birds, I cannot but think that those 


1$92.] sik E. NEWTON AND DR. H.GADOW ON THE Dopo. 543 


which he observed, and possibly those seen by Mr. Sweet near 
Bristol, may have belonged to Sylvia nisoria—a species with which 
British ornithologists had at that time little or no acquaintance.” 


Mr. F. Finn, F.Z.S., gave an account of his recent zoological 
excursion to Zanzibar, and of the principal animals observed at 
Lamu, Zanzibar, and Mombasa. 


Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., read a description of a remarkable 
new Kchinoderm of the genus Cidaris from Mauritius, taken from 
a specimen recently transmitted to the British Museum by M. de 
Robillard. Prof. Bell proposed to call this species Cidaris curvati- 
spinis. 

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ 


A communication was read from Sir Edward Newton, K.C.M.G., 
C.M.Z.S., and Hans Gadow, Ph.D., M.A.,, F.R.S., F.Z.S., containing 
an account of some of the bones of the Dodo and other extinct 
birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. Theodore Sauzier, of 
which the following is av abstract :— 

In 1889 the Government of Mauritius appointed a Commission to 
enquire into the ‘‘ Souvenirs Historiques” of that island; and in 
furtherance of their object, at the instance of and under the able 
direction of their President, Mr. Theodore Sauzier, they continued 
the expleration of the Mare aux Songes—the marsh in which the 
late Mr. George Clark, upwards of five-and-twenty years ago, made 
the discovery of a vast deposit of bones of the Dodo’ and other 
animals, mostly now extinct, and the only locality in Mauritius, 
except Riche Mare, in the district of Flacq, where remains of the 
Dodo have been found ?. 

This exploration has been very successful, for not only have many 
Dodos’ bones, some of them new and others represented only by 
imperfect specimens, been recovered, but also a considerable number 
of the bones of other birds, materially adding to our knowledge of 
those that had been but partially described, and proving the former 
existence in Mauritius of species either vaguely indicated by old 
voyagers or wholly unsuspected to have been members of its fauna. 
Beside these there have been found many remains of the large 
extinct Lizard, Didosaurus mauritianus *, and several carapaces, plas- 
trons, and skulls, more or less entire, though none absolutely perfect, 
belonging to one or other of the extirpated Tortoises. 

Nearly the whole of these specimens have been sent by Mr. 
Sauzier, on behalf of the Commission over which he presided, to 
the Museum at Cambridge, with a view to their determination and 
to the description of such as are new, and this task has been under- 
taken by the present writers. 

Before preceeding to its execution, it may be as well to recall the 

1 This, 1866, pp. 141 et segg. 


> Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1890, pp. 402 et segg. 
° Giinther, Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology, xiii. pp. 322 e¢ seqq. 
37* 


544 sIR E. NEWTON AND DR. H. GADOw on THE Dopo. [Nov. 1, 


fact that up to the present time, beside bones of Didus ineptus, 
those of the following birds have been obtained from this marsh and 
described as under :— 
Lophopsittacus mauritianus Lower Jaw. Owen, Ibis, 1866, 
(Owen). pp- 168 et seqq. 
Tibia. A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Se. 
Nat. sér. 5, vi. pp. 88 ef seqq- 


(1866). 

Agtur, Bp; WIE so es es Metatarsus. Id. op. cit. xix. art. 3 
(1874). 

Ardea garzetta, Linneus. Tibia. Id. loc. cit. 

Aphanapterya broecki Lower Jaw, Tibia, Metatarsus. Id. 
(Schlegel). op. cit. x. pp. 325 et seqq. (1868). 
Fulica newtoni, A. Milne- Pelvis, Tibia, Metatarsus. Id. op. cit. 

Edwards. vill. pp. 195 et segg. (1867). 


All these are species which no longer occur in the island. 

Bones of a species of Phcenicopterus have also been found (G, Clark, 
Ibis, 1866, p. 144, and A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Se. Nat. sér. 5, 
xix. art. 3). 

Tie present collection contains not only bones of the above-named 
birds, but also those of a Finch (?), an Owl, four other species of 
Heron or Bittern, a Darter, a Gannet, a Goose, a Duck, a Grebe, two 
species of Pigeon, one of which is probably the extinct Muningus 
(Alectorenas) nitidissimus, a Waterhen, and two Petrels, of which we 
proceed to describe and characterize as new :— 

Strix (?) sauziert, 

Astur alphonst, 

Butorides mauritianus, 

Plotus nanus, 

Sarcidiornis mauritianus, and 
Anas theodori. 


In naming these species we wish by the first and last to com- 
memorate the services to science of Mr. Sauzier; while the Aséur, 
being in all probability identical with that recognized but left un- 
named by Professor Milne-Edwards, may be appropriately dedicated 
to him. 

Of birds previously distinguished we have now for the first time 
the following parts :— 

Didus ineptus——Atlas, Prepelvic or ‘‘ intermediate” (18th) Ver- 
tebra, complete Pubic Bones, and Metacarpals. 

Lophopsittacus mauritianus.—Sternum, Femur, Metatarsus, be- 
sides Lower Jaw far larger than that first described. 

Aphanapteryx broecki.—Skull with Upper Jaw, third Cervical 
Vertebra, Pelvis, Humerus, Femur’. 

Fulica newtoni.—Cervical Vertebre (third and ninth or tenth), 
Sternum, Sacrum, Humerus, Ulna, and Femur’. 

1 There is a large series of tibixz (39 right and 50 left), which must belong to 


one or the other of these two species, but except in a few cases it is impossible 
to distinguish between them. 


1892.] THE HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON TWO NEW MAMMALS. 545 


One specimen at least of each of the bones now first described 
has been kindly presented by Mr. Sauzier, on behalf of the Com- 
mission of which he is President, to the Museum of the University 
of Cambridge, as well as a series of other bones in proportion to 
the extent of the collection. ‘The remainder, including a magnificent 
skeleton, which has been mounted in that Museum and is doubtless 
the most complete in the world, of Didus ineptus, will be ultimately 
deposited in the Museum of Mauritius at Port Louis. 

This memoir will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Descriptions of two new Mammals from New Guinea. 
By the Hon. Watrer Roruscuixp, F.Z.8. 


[Received November 1, 1892.] 


In the face of the very exhaustive and explicit paper by Mr. 
Oldfield Thomas in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 
1885, I should not venture to lay before the Society a description 
of a new Monotreme of the subfamily Echidnide, if I were not 
backed up by such an eminent zoologist as Dr. Giinther. The latter 
agrees with me that, as we have so little real knowledge of the habits 
and distribution of the Monotremata, it is advisable to treat each 
form as a distinct geographical race until such time as we have 


a complete knowledge of all the forms and their exact geographical 
distribution. 


1. PROECHIDNA NIGRO-ACULEATA, Sp. NOv. 


From having had the specimen here described alive I was able 
to make a much more careful examination of it than if it had been 
a dried skin. 

It differs from Pr. bruijni in its much larger size, extremely 
robust limbs, and much shorter claws. Another great point of 
difference lies in the hair, for while Pr. druijni is covered with dense 
woolly brown hair, in which are imbedded the few and scattered 
spines, in the form before us the hair is long, bristly, and very 
sparingly sprinkled over the body, the legs being almost bare. In 
the new form the spines are almost as numerous as in Echidna 
aculeata, but are of great length and thickness and of a horny black 
colour ; while in Pr. druijni they are very few in number, short, 
thin, and of a pure white colour. 

In Pr. bruijni the claws are solid and much longer than in Pr, 
nigro-aculeata, the middle claw of the fore foot being 17 inch long, 
while that of Pr. nigro-aculeata measures only ? of an inch. 

In addition to this, all the claws of Pr. nigro-aculeata are much 
broader and considerably hollowed out on the under surface. Lastly, 
Pr. nigro-aculeata has a much longer and stouter tail than Pr. 
bruijni. 


546 MR.0O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. [Nov. 1, 


Total length of Pr. nigro-aculeata, measured in the flesh, 31 inches, 
while Gervais gives as the greatest length of Pr. bruijni 24 inches. 
Hab. Charles Louis Mountains, Dutch New Guinea. 


I append here for reference the habitats of the other two described 
forms of Proechidna :— 

Pr. bruijni and its varieties P. villosissima and P. leucocephala : 
Arfak Mountains, Dutch New Guinea. 


Pr. nove-guinee: Fiaisterre Mountains, German New Guinea. 


2. ACROBATES PULCHELLUS, Sp. nov. 


I venture to think that this discovery of the late A. Bruijn’s will 
prove of extreme interest to zoologists as adding a second species to 
a genus hitherto represented by a single form, and also as proving 
the much wider geographical distribution of a highly specialized 

enus. 
‘ This species differs from Acrobates pygmaeus of New South Wales 
in its more purplish-brown colour, its broader and more robust head, 
much shorter tail, and comparatively smaller body. On the ventral 
surface it is much whiter than 4. pygmevs, and the whole of the 
throat and sides of the lower jaw are pure white, while in 4. pygmaeus 
they are yellowish grey. Round the eyes and reaching almost to the 
nostrils is a blackish-brown patch. Ears rather smaller than in 
A. pygmaeus. Tail in A. pulchellus 2} inches long, while in A. 
pygmeus it is 34. 
Hab. One of the small islands in Northern Dutch New Guinea. 


2. On Mammals from Nyassaland. 
By Ouprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S. 


[Received August 20, 1892.] 


By the kindness of Mr. Sclater I have been entrusted with the 
examination of the fine series of Mammalia sent home to him by 
Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., F.Z.8., Consul-General of Mozambique 
and H.M. Commissioner for Nyassaland, under whose auspices they 
were collected by Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., a trained naturalist 
and collector on Mr. Johnston’s staff, who is engaged in investi- 
gating the fauna and flora of Nyassaland. It is impossible to speak 
too highly of the scientific energy and public spirit of Mr. Johnston 
in thus furthering our knowledge of the natural productions of the 
region which he is called upon to govern—conduct very greatly in 
contrast to that of many Englishmer in official positions, who, under 
the name of sport, exterminate the native fauna of many most in- 
teresting localities, without a thought either for the needs of science 
at large or for those of their own National Museum in particular. Of 
the specimens now sent home a full set is presented by Mr. Johnston 
to the Museum, as is also the case with the birds, reptiles, and 
animals of all classes, as well as with the plants which he has been 
instrumental in getting collected for the benefit of science. 


1892.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. 547 


Mr. Whyte, the actual collector, also deserves special mention 
for the energy with which he has carried out the work entrusted to 
him and for the care and attention which he has devoted to the 
preservation of the specimens. 

The region from which the present collection is derived is what 
is called the “Shiré Highlands,” some of the specimens coming 
from Zomba, where the British Consulate is, some 20 miles to the 
west of Jake Shirwa, at an elevation of 2971 feet above the sea- 
level; and others, in fact the majority, from the Milanji range 
of mountains, about the same distance to the south of the lake, 
and some 40 or 50 miles from Zomba. To this range Mr. Whyte 
made a special exploring expedition in October and November 
1891, and he has given a general account of the physical features 
of the range, and its fauna and flora, in the Parliamentary report 
quoted below’. 

As might be expected from a collector of Mr. Whyte’s experience, 
all the skins are carefully labelled with the exact locality, date, and 
altitude, and the same was the case with the spirit-specimens; but 
by an unfortunate accident, before these latter came into my hands, 
the labels became separated from the bottles, so that the exact 
details about them were lost. All, however, are either from Mt. 
Zomba or Mt. Milanji. 

The species are of course, as a whole, very similar to those obtained 
by Prof. Peters in his famous exploration of Mozambique, and 
described by him on his return to Berlin®. They are, however, by 
no means of less value on this account, for the more our knowledge 
of local variation extends, the more we need to have specimens 
obtained at or near the localities explored by the earlier collectors. 
Of actually new species there are none in the present instalment, 
but there is little doubt that, as Mr. Whyte’s knowledge of 
the locality increases, he will be able to obtain the rarer and 
more local species, and among these there are certain to be some 
novelties. One animal, however, in the present collection, the 
Pallah, is so different from the ordinary specimens as to need a new 
subspecific name, and the same may prove to be the case with some 
of the other antelopes of the highlands of Nyassaland. 


1. Feuis parpvus, L. 


a. Ad. sk. and skull. ¢. Milanji. 4/11/91. 

b. Ad. sk. and skull. @. Milanji. 4/11/91. 

e. Young skull. Milanji. - 1/92. ‘ Young leopard-cub about 
2 months old.” 


a. “ Male Leopard, full-grown adult, shot at the base of Milanji 
mountain, B.C.A., 4 days’ march from Zomba, on 4th November, 
1891. Dimensions: 6 ft. 10 in. long in flesh, not stretched, and 
2 ft. 7 in. at shoulder, and weighing 140 lbs. Colour normal-fulvous 
with black rosettes and spots. The occipital ridge for attachment 

1 Africa No. 5. Papers relative to the suppression of Slave-raiding in Nyassa- 


land, p. 15 (1892). See also ‘Nature,’ vol. xlvi. p. 482 (15th Sept. 1892). 
? Reise nach Mossambique, Saugethiere, 1852. 


548 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. [Nov. 1, 


of muscles of jaw is exceptionally prominent, I think—much more so 
than is usually the case. This animal killed a donkey (full-grown) 
by attacking it in the flank and disembowelling it. The head and 
neck did not have a single claw-mark on them. This is a most 
exceptional case, and I do not think I ever heard before of a Leopard 
killing its prey otherwise than by springing on the head and neck. 

«* Another most unusual occurrence in this case was that the Leo- 
pard returned to the carcass and was shot dead on the third night, 
after having been wounded on the chest the second night with a 
charge of small shot, which was afterwards found under its skin.’’— 
A, Whyte. 

The basal length of the skull of the old male is 207 mm., and 
its breadth 148 mm. The length of the cub’s skull is 87, and of 
its long. mp? 19 mm. 


2. Hyana crocura, Erxl. 


a. Ad. skull. Q. Milanji. 5/11/91. 

b. Imm. sk. and skull. Milanji. 5/11/91. 

a. “2 ft. 10 in. in height at shoulder and i150 Ibs. in weight. 
Mangy and sparsely covered with short hair; colours dull. Shot 
over carcass of donkey killed by Leopard two days previously.” 

b. “Three parts grown Spotted Hyzena, shot near same carcass. 
Same species as a, but with fine long hair, and colours well defined, 
looked quite a different species but proved only to differ in being 
younger and in finer felt.”—A. W. 

Skull a is 241 mm. in basal length, and 179 in breadth. 


3. PETRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Peters. 


a. Zomba. 1/9/91. 

6. Zomba. 

ce. Ad.al. o. 

4, VESPERUS MEGALURUS, Femm. 

a. Ad. sk. Milanji Plain, 4000 ft. 18/12/91. 


6, ec. Ad.sks. Zomba. 10/12/91 and 1/2/92. 

d-o. 3 ad. 2 and 9 young in al. Forearms of adults 47-3, 
47°5, and 48°5 mm. 

This rare species was unrepresented in the Museum collection 
when the Catalogue of Bats was published, but a single specimen of 
it procured by Dr. Dobson in the Drakenberg Range, Natal, was 
obtained from that gentleman in 1881. 


5. VESPERUGO NANUs, Peters. 
a. Ad.al. oC. 


6. ScrurUS MUTABILIS, Peters. 

a, b. Milanji Plateau, 6000 ft. 27/10 and 25/11/91. 

These two specimens are of considerable interest and value as 
helping to clear up the confusion which surrounds the relationship 
of S. shirensis, Gray *, to S. mutabilis. 

1 Ann, Mag. N. H. (3) xx, p. 827 (1867). 


1892.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. 549 


Firstly, they prove conclusively that the latter species has a 
seasonal change of colour, the two coats being the one a grizzled 
rufous and the other a grizzled grey. Peters’s type, as figured by 
him, was a changing specimen “with the anterior half of the body 
grey and the postericr rufous. Specimen @ is in very much the 
same state, and in my opinion unquestionably belongs to the same 
species. From the relative lengtis of the two sorts of fur, it is 
evidently changing from the rufous to the grey phase, and the 
latter is therefore obviously the summer form. In specimen 3, 
killed a month later, the change has gone a little further, the grey 
fur having become as long as tle rufous, while the latter has much 
decreased in area; the hairs on the centre of the back are deep 
black to their roots. 

Of the three co-types of S. shirensis, Gray, one, young, is in the 
rufous state, except that its extremities ere grey, but the two adults 
are both wholly in their grey coats. They are, however, quite 
uniform in colour, and have no black patches on their backs. All 
the specimens examined have one premolar only in the upper jaw, 
although Peters’s type was said to have two, and on this account 
S. mutabilis and S. shirensis were kept apart in Dr. Jentink’s 
monographs of the African Squirrels *. 

My own conclusion is that the new Nyassa specimens, with one 
premolar, are certainly S. mutadilis, a determination which destroys 
the importance of the presence or absence of the extra premolar in 
this form, and then, this character being gone, that there is nothing 
to separate the two forms but the black dorsal patches of mutabilis, 
and that as to these we must be content to wait until further 
specimens prove them to be due either to individual variation, to 
advanced age, or to genuine specific distinction. But the fact that 
the types of S. shirensis came, as their name implies, actually from 
the River Shiré is strongly in favour of their specific identity with 
Mr. Johnston’s Nyassa examples. 


7. SCIURUS PALLIATUS, Peters. 


a,b. $2. Milanji Plateau, 6000 ft. 29/10/91. 
ce. d. Milanji Plateau, 6000 ft. 2/11/91. 


8. Oromys 1rRORATUS, Brants. 


a. Ad.al. 9. 
Like specimens of this species collected by Mr. Jackson in 


Mianzini*, Masailand, this individual has a molar lamina-formula 
5 
Ose 


9. GerBiLuus (TATERA) AFER, Gray (!). 

a—d. 4 in al. 

The South African species of the subgenus TZatera are so little 
1 N. L. M. iv. p. 18 (1882). Dr. Jentink, however, implies that some doubt 


exists as to the skull in Peters’s type-skin really belonging to it. 
® See P. ZS. 1891, p. 184. 


550 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. ([Nov. 1, 


known, and show such extremely slight differential characters, that 
it is at present almost impossible to say whether G. afer, Gray, 
G. montanus, Smith, G. leucogaster, Peters, G. boehmi, Noack, and 
G. validus, Boc., are all or any of them worthy of specific distinction. 
Much larger series from different localities will be needed before it 
is possible accurately to work out this difficult group, and in the 
meanwhile I use the earliest name available. In any case these 
Nyassa specimens are so closely allied to the ordinary South African 
Gerbille that little doubt can exist as to their specific identity 
with it. 


10. CriceETOMys GAMBIANUS, Waterh. 
bre ye al wD 


11. Mus raAtrTus, var. 

a. Ad. sk. Milanji Plain, 4000 ft. 25/10/91. 

b-d. In al. 

One of the numerous brown tropical varieties of the common 
Mus rattus. 


12. Mus po.icuurRvs, Smuts. 

a,b. Ad. andimm. sk. Zomba. 8/8/91. 

These specimensrepresent, of course, Peters’s M. arborarius, which, 
as already mentioned’, I cannot distinguish specifically from 
M., dolichurus. As this long-tailed Tree-Mouse seems to be rare 
throughout its wide range, these examples are very welcome acces- 
sions to the Museum collection. 


13. Mus naTAuensis, A. Sm. 


a. Ad. sk. Zomba. 19/1/92. 

(2) 6. Zomba. 17/9/91. 

c-e. 3 in. al. 

This appears to be the Mus microdon of Peters. 


14. Mus muscuuus, L. 


a, 6. 2 in al. 

The fur of these specimens is rather crisp and spiny, and it may 
be that when the musculus group is worked out in detail the South 
African form will require a distinct name. One of Sir Andrew 
Smith’s specimens in the Museum is also similarly spiny, and belongs 
no doubt to the same race. All the essential characters, including 
the skull and teeth, are quite as in normal JZ. musculus. 


15. Mus (Leeeapa) minutorpes, A. Sm. 


a-e. 10 inal. 
These specimens represent, of course, Peters’s Mus minimus, 
synonymous, as I believe, with Smith’s previously described species. 


1 PZ. 8. 1891, p. 186. 


uo 
~~ 


1892.] MR.O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. 9 


16. Isomys porsa.is, A. Sm. 
a Adi allie. 


. It appears on the whole more convenient to recognize Isomys as 
a genus distinct from Jus, as it unquestionably is a natural group, 
and no species really intermediate between the two are known. 
Trouessart’s Lemniscomys I include, of course, with Isomys, as, apart 
from the small value of striation as a generic character, certain of 
the species (e. g. I. abyssinicus and I. variegatus) are quite inter- 
mediate even in this character. 


17. Isomys pumiLtio, Sparrm. 


a-e. 5 ad. sk. Milanji Plateau, 6000 ft. 27/10/—2/11/91. 

“The common Rat of the Milanji Plateau, 6000 feet; has a 
metallic chirp very similar to the Warblers or Tailor-birds of Ceylon, 
and I was sure at first that the noise came from a bird.” —A. Whyte. 

These specimens, although rather smaller and more brightly 
and definitely marked, may be fairly assigned to the typical Cape 
I. pumilio; but the same cannot be said of some other specimens 
hitherto referred to that form, which these beautiful specimens have 
enabled me more carefully to examine and compare, and which I 
now consider to represent two distinct subspecies, and may take this 
opportunity of describing. 

The first is a northern form, based on two specimens taken much 
further north than the species was otherwise known to occur, 
namely in Masailand, near Lake Naivasha. It may be called— 


Isomys pumilio diminutus, subsp. n. 


Size decidedly smaller, and tail shorter, than in typical Cape 
examples. Ground-colour of body strongly suffused with yellowish 
orange, especially on the rump. Inner surface of ear rich fulvons, 
and a tuft of similarly-coloured hairs at the anterior base ; anterior 
margin of outer surface shining black, as usual. Dorsal lines fairly 
distinct, the lighter ones pale greyish white, the median and the 
lateral of much the same tone. ‘Tail, as usual, blackish brown above, 
yellowish white on the sides and below. 

Dimensions of the typical skin.—Head and body 94 mm. ; tail 62 ; 
hind foot 20°2. 

Hab. Mianzini, just east of Lake Naivasha, Masailand. 

Coll. F. J. Jackson. August, 1889. 


The second subspecies is an inhabitant of Bechuanaland, Central 
South Africa, and its colour peculiarities are those characteristic 
of the desert representatives of striped forms in all parts of the 
world :— 


Isomys p. bechuane, subsp. n. 


Size large; feet and tail much elongated; the latter nearly twice 
as long as in J. p. diminutus. General colour sandy or fawn-grey, 


552 MR.0O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. [Nov. 1, 


the dorsal stripes nearly obsolete, only just distinguishable. Ears 
partaking of the general pallor, the anterior margin of their outer 
surface pale rufous instead of shining black, and their inner surfaces 
pale fawn. Upperside of tail scarcely darker than on the sides and 
below. 

Dimensions of the typical skin (approximate).—Head and body 
128 mm.; tail 118; hind foot 26°5. 

Hab. Bechuanaland. 


18. GoLuNDA FALLAX, Peters. 


a. Ad. al. o. 

This species bears such a close resemblance to the Indian G. 
ellioti, Gr., that it is very difficult to distinguish it. It appears, 
however, constantly to have only five posterior sole-pads as compared 
to six in its Asiatic ally. 


19. DeENDROMYS MESOMELAS, Bts. 
a-f. 6 in al. 


20. MyoscaLors ARGENTEO-CINEREUS, Peters. 


a. Ad. sk. Zomba 

b-e. 4 yg. sks. Milanji Plain, 4000 ft. 17-19/10/91. 

fun. 9 ad. & yg. al. 

While there cannot be the smallest doubt that these specimens 
really belong to Peters’s species, it is an extraordinary fact that not 
even the largest of them has more than four cheek-teeth in place, 
the number characteristic of Georychus rather than of Myoscalops, 
so that it is difficult to understand under what circumstances the 
extra teeth are produced. Whether they are only formed in some 
individuals and not in all, or, as is more probable, are only developed 
in extreme old age, I am at present unable to decide. Specimens 
abnormally larger than the general average should be sought for by 
those having the opportunity, so that this most interesting point 
may be settled. 

The colour of the fur in the adult, or at least nearly adult, skin 
6, confirms my doubtful identification’ of Emin Pasha’s Mandera 
specimens with Peters’s species, for while the present animal is 
unquestionably, from its locality, M. argenteo-cinereus, its colour 
agrees precisely in tone with that of Emin’s specimens, and it is 
equally different from that of Gray’s G. pallidus, the peculiar pale 
colour of which still remains to be explained. 

Little variation is presented by the different specimens except 
in the case of the frontal white spot, which varies from 4 
or 5 mm. in diameter to nil. |The young specimens are, as usval, 


nearly wholly slaty grey, the buff tips to the hairs being a later 
product. 


1 P.Z. 8. 1890, p. 448. 


1892.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. 593 


21. AULACODUS SWINDERENIANUS, Temm. 
a. Ad. sk. Milanji Plain, 4000 ft. 29/10/91. 


22. PRocaviA CAPENSIS, Pall. 


a. Imm. sk. Milanji Plain, 4000 ft... 27/10/91. 

The present is by far the most northern locality hitherto recorded 
for this species, as, so far as I know, it has not previously been 
described as occurring north of Natal. The specimen is unfortu- 
nately young, and therefore the determination is to some extent 
doubtful; but at the same time the rudiments of the dorsal spot, just 
appearing, are black, and the teeth are decidedly of the hypsodont 
nature characteristic of P. capensis and its allies. Adult specimens 
of this Nyassa Hyrax would be of value in order to prove whether 
there is or is not any geographical difference between it and its 
Cape ally. 


23. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI, Peters. 
a. Ad. sk. and skull. Zomba. 18/1/92. 


24. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR, Bodd. 


a. Imm. sk. J. Zomba Plateau, 5000 tt. 1/2/92. 
A remarkably brilliant yellow-coloured specimen. 


25. AXPYCEROS MELAMPUS JOHNSTONI, subsp. n. 


a. Ad. sk. andskull. ¢. Zomba. 15/1/92. Type of subspecies, 

6. Ad. sk. and skull. ¢. Zomba. 17/1/92. 

A local race of the common Pallah distinguished by its slenderer 
skull and much shorter horns. 

Height, judging from the length of the skull, probably nearly 
equal to that of the typical Pallah, but the build, judging from the 
form of the same part, probably much lighter and more slender. 

Colours apparently precisely as in typical South African Z. 
melampus ; no darker markings on face. 

Horns conspicuously shorter than in the typical race, but other- 
wise very similar to them in structure and curvature, and with about 
the same number and arrangement of the rings. The amount of 
the differences in size is brought out in the comparative table of 
measurements (see p. 554); from it will be seen that the extreme 
length of the horn in 4. m. johnstoni is barely more than once and 
a half the basal length of the skull (157 to 100), while in_Z. m. 
typicus the same dimension is considerably more than twice the 
skull length (219 to 100). 

Skull of about the same length as in the typical form, but 
decidedly narrower (see table), especially in the frontal region, and 
with the part just in front of the orbits more compressed at the 
sides, so that the transverse diameter at this point is decidedly 
less than on the muzzle above the molars, the two diameters being 
approximately equal in the ordinary race. Palate narrow. 


5514 MR.O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. [Nov. 1, 


Comparative dimensions of the typical skull and horns of the new 
race, and of a representative skull, of about the same age, of 
the true 2, melampus, collected by Burchell at Latakoo, 
Bechuanaland, in 1812. 

ZB. m. typicus. Al. m. johnstoni. 


Skull. mm. mm. 
Baanb Jenptli' y Glind esd ive. kiss 260 255 
Greatest breadth (at back of orbits) 127 113 
TInterorbital breadth ............ 87 74 
Least breadth of muzzle just anterior 
tony Oulaitah walle Mrsede tiers Biles acl dence 74 60 
Greatest breadth of muzzle just 
above the junction of m’and m*.. 75 69°5 
Palate, least breadth between alveoli 
of anterior premolars..... ftraseioiy BA 29 
Horns. mm. in. mm, in. 


Length round curves behind.... 569 = 22°5 402 = 15°9 
Length in a straight line from 
base to tip...... RAL pee. 
Greatest spread measured on the 
inner side of each horn...... 390 = 15:3 250 = 9°85 
Distance from tip to tip........ 3815 = 12°4 250 = 9°85 


The skull and horns of specimen 4, rather younger, with the horn- 
tips less worn, practically agree with the above-given measurements 
in every way. 

The discovery of this interesting animal is somewhat of a 
surprise, for as the true Pallah is found over nearly the whole of 
Africa south of the Equator, varying but very slightly in the size of 
its horns, one would hardly expect to find so distinct a race in- 
habiting Nyassaland, in the centre of the known range of the species. 
However, the marked difference in the size of the horns, which 
must result in a yery different general appearance, combined with 
the great slenderness of the head, appear certainly to necessitate the 
separation of the Nyassa Pallah as a distinct subspecies, if not as a 
distinct species, from the true one, and this conclusion is fortified 
by the entire agreement with each other of the two specimens sent. 
That chosen as the type is rather aged, with worn teeth and horn-tips, 
while the second, 4, although younger, has fully adult horns, as is 
shown by the character of their basal rings. 

I have connected with this beautiful Antelope the name of Consul- 
General H. H. Johnston, the Governor of the district, and the donor 
of the magnificent collection of Nyassa animals described in the 
present series of papers. 


477 = 18°9* 338 = 13°4 


26. CePHALOLOPHUS GRIMMI, L. 
a. Head. Zomba. 10/1/92. 


27. MANIS TEMMINCKI, Smuts. 
a. Imm. sk. Blantyre. 1/1/92. 


_ | What sportsmen term ‘‘ good heads” have this measurement 20 or 21 
inches (Selous and Willoughby). 


raryrr 
fabii. 


P. Smit del .et ith. Mintern Bros. ims. 


1.LYGODACTYLUS ANGULARIS. 2.CHAMA LEON ISABELLINUS. 


P.Z.S . 1892. Pi ea. 


P Smit del. et lith. Mimtern Bros. imp. 


2. RHAMPHOLEON BRACHYURUS. 


7 


1. RHAMPHOLEON PLATYCEPS. 


“SVTAVIGVA XWTAHAIONNYS< 


YH] CWO)’ Sougy sey UIT Ye" [ep JUUg usyeg 


ee 


; — my phi he 
ease, ° 
ral of I Nig ing 


Pt 


iz 


1892.] ON REPTILES ETC. FROM NYASSALAND. 535 


3. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians trans- 
mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from Nyassaland. 
By Dr. A. Gtntuer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. 


[Received November 1, 1892.] 
(Plates XXXIII.-XXXV.) 


Acting under instructions from Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., F.Z.S., 
Mr. Sclater has sent to the British Museum a series of specimens of 
Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., 
the naturalist attached to Mr. Johnston’s staff, in the Shiré High- 
lands south of Lake Nyassa, principally upon Mount Zomba and 
Mount Milanji. 

Mr. Johnston has directed that the first set of these specimens, 
after they are determined, shall be deposited in the National 
Collection. 

The present consignment consists of 90 specimens. These are re- 
ferable to 12 species of Lizarps, viz.: Mubouia varia, Ptrs. ; 
Mabouia quinqueteniata (Licht.) ; Sepsina tetradactyla (Ptrs.); 
Agama atricollis (Smith) ; Agama mossambica (Ptrs.) ; Agama 
hkirkit (Blgr.) ; Lygodactylus capensis (Smith); Lygodactylus an- 
gularis (sp. n.); Chameleon dilepis (var. Ch. parvilobus, Blgr.) ; 
Chameleon isabellinus (sp. n.); Rhampholeon platyceps (sp. n.) ; 
Rhampholeon brachyurus (sp. n.). 

Ten species of SNAKEs are represented, viz.: Typhlops obtusus 
(Ptrs.) ; Uriechis capensis (Smith), probably = U. nigriceps (Ptrs.) ; 
Psammophylax variabilis (sp. n.); Homalosoma lutrix (.); Ahe- 
tulla irregularis (Leach) ; Leptodirarufescens (Gm.); Lycophidium 
horstockii (Schleg.); Boodon lineatus (D. B.); Causus rostratus 
(Gthr.); Clotho arietans (Merr.). 

Five species of Barracutans are represented, viz. : Rana fasciata 
(Tschudi) ; Rana nyasse (sp. n.); Bufo regularis (Reuss); Bre- 
viceps mossambicus (Ptrs.) ; “Scolecomorphus kirkii (Blgr.). 

The majority of these Reptiles and Batrachians, although pre- 
viously known from other parts of Central and Eastern Africa, are 
new to our knowledge of the Reptilian Fauna of the Nyassa district. 
This knowledge is extremely scanty*, and embraces, even with the 
aid of the present consignment, only a small fraction of the actual 
number of species that must inhabit a district apparently so favour- 
able to the development of Reptilian life. As we may shortly 
expect further consignments, it would be premature to attempt a 
comparison of this fauna with those of other parts of Tropical Africa, 
and I proceed at once to the description of the new forms. 


Lycopactyius ancunaris. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 1.) 


Head, body, and particularly the tail depressed ; snout obtusely 


* As will appear from a perusal of three papers, two by the author in Proc. 
Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 303, and in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6. i. p. 322 (1888), and 
one by Mr. Boulenger in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1891, p- 305. 


556 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Nov. 1, 


narrowed in front, nearly twice as long as the eye, and longer than 
the distance between the eye and the small ear-opeuing. Rostral 
broad ; nostril opposite to the suture between the rostral and first 
labial ; upper labials seven or eight ; mental broad, but not extending 
backwards to the posterior margins of the first pair of lower labials, 
which are separated from each other by a pair of small scutes. 
Digits and toes very unequal, free ; the first digit and toe very 
short, but provided with a claw. Seven preanal pores disposed in 
a chevron-shaped line. Tail with a median series of enlarged scutes 
below. Brown, above marbled with darker; sides of the thorax 
with alternate yellow and black spots; white below, throat with 
three or four concentric Y-shaped blue lines, the angles being 
directed backwards. 


Length of body and head........ 38 millim. 
ae edd yesh ice tions eke Odes 


Tail mutilated. 
One specimen. 


CHAMZLEON ISABELLINUS. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2.) 


This species belongs to the di/epis-group of the genus, being 
distinguished by the large scutes of the occipital flaps and of the 
occiput. 

Casque slightly raised posteriorly ; parietal crest low, but distinct ; 
distance between the commissure of the mouth and the extremity of 
the casque considerably longer than the length of the mouth ; lateral 
crest very distinct. Interorbital space rather concave. Occipital 
lobes large, elongate, covered with flat scutes in three longitudinal 
series; also the scutes on the crown are flat, not tubercular. 
Granules of the body homogeneous; a dorsal and gular-veutral 
crest. Tail at least as long as the body. Of an isabelline colour, 
with a white straight band from the axil towards the groin, and 
with a similar shorter, interrupted band above it. 


Datallensthy a kcceecees s ac eave He 67 in. 
Bene tno tails’. teiiriaettes sis + ainhe 33 in. 
Distance of end of snout from end of 

parietal crest. ct emtin, |: heen 1 in. 
Width of interorbital space .......... 4} lines. 


RHAMPHOLEON PLATYCEPS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.) 


Beside the additional cusp on each claw, neither the fingers nor 
the toes are provided with a spine. Body finely granular, with 
scattered slightly enlarged tubercles. The upper side of the head 
and the interorbital space are flat, granular, with a transverse series 
of somewhat larger granules crossing the interorbital space, and 
anotuer crossing the temple; another starts from each side of the 
crown, and converging and meeting its fellow behind the occiput at 
a very acute angle is lost on the back ; pairs of very small tubercles 
are placed at regular distances along the vertebral line. Tail (lost 
by accident) was probably as long as or perhaps shorter than that of 


1892.] BATRACHIANS FROM NYASSALAND. 557 


Rh. kerstenii. Colour uniform greyish ; anterior half of the head 


black. 
One adult female specimen 2 inches long, without tail. 


RHAMPHOLEON BRACHYURUS. (Plate XXXIV, fig. 2.) 


Beside the additional cusp on each claw, neither the fingers nor 
the toes are provided with a spine. Body finely granular, with 
scattered, slightly enlarged tubercles. The interorbital space is 
rather deeply concave, without transverse series of tubercles ; crown 
of the head compressed, with a raised line on each side, the two 
lines converging, and meeting at a very acute angle in the vertebral 
line, where they are lost. A raised line or fold of the skin crosses 
the temple and is continued along the middle of the side of the 
body to the root of the tail. Tail very short, not prehensile, shorter 
than the lower leg with the toes. Light yellowish, with a straight 
brownish band running along the middle of the side below the raised 
line; two other, narrower and less dark bands run parallel to the 
former, above and below it. Upper edge of the tail sharp and of a 
yellow colour. 


Total lencth ..5....... 40 millim. 
pL die hi rar eens: iow’ pease 


Two female specimens, both young, the smaller only 28 millim. 
long. 

PsAMMOPHYLAX VARIABILIS. (Plate XXXV.) 

In general habit similar to Psammophylax rhombeatus, but with the 
coloration of a Psammophis. 

Vertical shield rather elongate, with slightly concave lateral 
margins, longer than the two frontals together and as long as the 
occipital. Rostral reaching to the upper surface of the head ; loreal 
square; anteocular single, large, extending to the upper surface of 
the head, but not, or but barely, reaching the vertical. Two post- 
oculars. Two pairs of chin-shields, the anterior in contact with 
five lower labials. Eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth entering 
the orbit. Temporals small, generally one in front and in contact 
with both postoculars, the succeeding temporals rather irregularly 
disposed. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 157 or 169; anal bifid; 
subcaudals 57 or 55. 

Ground-colour an olive-brown; body with straight bands pro- 
duced by a somewhat different shade of the ground-colour, and 
bordered by narrow black or white lines: one of these bands starts 
from the occiput and occupies the middle of the back, another from 
behind the eye and runs along the side of the body. The vertebral 
series of scales is black, each with a yellow central line; the fifth 
outer series of scales is likewise black, but the yellow line occupies 
the upper margin of each scale. A greenish-white line runs along 
the meeting edges of the two outermost series of scales. Upper 
part of the head uniform brown; upper labials greenish white ; 
lower parts greenish. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXXYVIIL. 38 


558 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON ZEUGLODONT [Nov. 1, 


This is the coloration of two specimens; a third is uniform 
greenish olive. This specimen has also two small temporals in front 
and in contact with the postoculars. Ventrals 163; subcaudals 60. 

Another variety, also represented by a single specimen, is uniform 
black above, lower parts dull greenish. Ventrals 162; subcaudals 
ca. 44 (tail slightly mutilated). 

Total length 242 in., of which the tail takes 5 and the head 7 in. 


RANA NYASS2E. 


Vomerine teeth in two nearly straight, or slightly oblique series 
between the hinder part of the small choane. Snout moderate, 
rather pointed; tympanum two thirds of the area of the eye. 
Fingers slender, the two inner ones subequal ; toes very slender, the 
fourth rather shorter than the distance between the vent and 
tympanum, two-thirds webbed. Subarticular tubercles almost 
absent ; inner metatarsal tubercle small, short, no outer one. If 
the hind limb be carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaches far beyond the snout. Skin of the back with 
numerous short, irregular, undulated folds, passing into small 
tubercles behind ; abdomens mooth. Upper parts uniform blackish 
brown; abdomen whitish, largely marbled with dark brown; throat 
nearly entirely dark brown. 


Tnenoth of body... ...-..++----+-- 27 lines. 
A hind limb aciet ies slelensaists\s Doves 
3 Fourth toes: « «cme irieiallew Le iss 


One specimen. 


4, On Zeuglodont and other Cetacean Remains from the 
Tertiary of the Caucasus. By R. Lypexxer, B.A., 


F.Z.8. 
[Received September 3, 1892.] _ 


(Plates XXXVI—XXXVIII.) 


The specimens forming the subject of the present communication 
were brought from Russia by my friend Mr. A. Smith Woodward, 
to whom they had been lent by Prof. H. Sjogren, of Upsala, for the 
purpose of examination and description. They were obtained from 
a Tertiary deposit, in company with a number of fish-remains, in 
the Caucasus. 

The bones are in a fine state of preservation, and before cleaning 
were coated with a clayey matrix, among which were numerous 
plates of selenite ; the nature of the matrix thus suggesting a deposit 
very similar in character to our own London Clay. The specimens 
comprise several fragments of jaws, numerous more or less imperfect 
vertebree, and a single humerus; all evidently belonging to Ce- 
taceans (assuming that the Zeuglodonts are rightly included in that 
group). The vertebra and jaws indicate that we have to do with 


{ C&GM Woodward del etlith 


tacean Remains from the Caucasus 


Ce 


EC&GM Woodward del etlith. 
Cetacean Remains from-the Caucasus 


West, Newman imp, 


HT. 


892.Plate KZ 


dl 


YQ 
N 


ip 


West Newman im 


E.C&GM Woodward del et Lith. 


GUCAaASUS. 


={ 


Cetacean Remains from the 


1892.] AND OTHER CETACEAN REMAINS. 559 


three distinct forms, one of which was a Zeuglodont, the second a 
more typical Cetacean of relatively small size, and the third a still 
smaller dolphin-like Cetacean. The Zeuglodont remains indicate 
a very small species. 

In regard to the probable age of the deposit, it may be observed 
that although Zeuglodonts occur in America in the Middle Eocene, 
and in England in the lower part of the Upper Eocene (Barton beds), 
in Malta they are found in the Miocene, where one of the forms is 
of very small size. Moreover, since, with the exception of Zeuglodon 
and Squalodon, together with the problematical Balenoptera (?) 
juddi, Whales are unknown in the Eocene, while we have two 
distinct forms in addition to the Zeuglodon from these deposits, 
it might seem that the age of the latter is Miocene rather than 
Eocene. So far as it goes, the evidence of the Zeuglodon might 
be in favour of the same view, since such a small form as the one 
before us might well be one of the last waning representatives of 
its race. 

With these preliminary remarks, I proceed to the consideration of 
the specimens themselves. 


I, ZEUGLODON CAUCASICUS, sp. nov. 


The Zeuglodont remains comprise the hinder part of a left 
mandibular ramus containing four teeth (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 1), 
another fragment of a jaw with five broken teeth, a left humerus 
(Pl. XXXVI. fig. 2), and an imperfect caudal vertebra (Pl. XXXVI. 
fig. 3). 

“The Zeuglodont nature of the figured jaw is shown by the teeth, 
in which the serrations are as fully developed on the anterior as on 
_the posterior border, thus differentiating the specimen from the 
Squalodonts. The jaw is relatively deeper than in the so-called 
Zeuglodon hydrarchus* of North America, but the chief peculiarity 
of the specimen is its small size, which at once distinguishes it from 
the American form. 

The humerus (Pl. XXXVi. fig. 2) agrees in relative size with the 
jaw, its total length being only 4°4 inches, whereas the corresponding 
bone of Z. hydrarchus preserved in the Museum at Haarlem measures 
8°6 inches *. In character both specimens agree very closely, although 
the European example is distinguished by the greater development 
of the deltoid crest (d), the more oblique form of the head (%), and 
the less upward extension of the great tuberosity (¢); the upward 
extension of this tuberosity in the Caucasian specimen is, however, 
at least partly due to the effect of crush. Both bones are distin- 
guished by the large size of the head, the compressed form of the 


1 Dames and Gaudry regard this form as the female of the larger Z. cetoides, 
but Cope (Amer. Nat. 1890, p. 602), who alludes to it as Z. brachyspondylus, 
considers that it may belong to a distinct genus—Doryodon. That genus is 
typically represented by the small Doryodon pygmeus, Leidy. 

* There is a cast of this bone in the British Museum. 


38* : 


560 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON ZEUGLODONT [Nov. I, 


shaft, and the circumstance that the radius and ulna articulated to the 
distal end by means of two slightly convex facets set obliquely to each 
other, the one being anterior and the other posterior. It is quite evident 
that there was but little, if any, movement between the humerus and 
the radius and ulna, and that the whole limb formed a paddle strictly 
comparable to that of modern Cetaceans, although probably somewhat 
less specialized. 

The peculiar structure of the humerus induces me to take this 
opportunity of making a few observations as to the systematic 
position of Zeuglodon. It will be remembered that in a recent 
memoir Prof. D’Arcy Thompson’ has endeavoured to show that 
these animals, in place of being Cetaceans, have ‘‘the closest 
possible relation with the Pinnipedes.”’ In that memoir the author 
has shown a wise discretion, from his point of view, in making no 
reference to the humerus. If that bone be compared with the 
humerus of a Seal it will be found that, beyond the fact that both 
have a strongly-developed deltoid crest, there is not the most remote 
resemblance between the two; the humerus of a Seal having 
condyles like those of any ordinary mammal. On the other hand, I 
submit, that between the Zeuglodont and Cetacean humerus there 
is a very pronounced general resemblance ; both having a very large 
head, directed outwardly in the natural position, a more or less 
flattened shaft, and the distal end terminating in fore-and-aft facets 
for the radius and ulna. It is true that in the Zeuglodonts the head 
is relatively smaller, the shaft longer and more flattened, and the 
distal facets more rounded than in modern Cetaceans; while the 
latter have lost the distinct deltoid crest of the Zeuglodonts, and the 
two tuberosities have become confluent. These differences appear, 
however, to me to be precisely those which weshould expect to meet 
with in a generalized form; and how it is possible to imagine that 
an animal with a humerus of this type, and a true paddle, in place 
of an ordinary fore limb, can have ‘‘the closest possible relation ” 
with the Seals, passes my comprehension. 

I do not propose to discuss all the points raised in Prof. Thompson’s 
memoir, but it appears to me that several of the characters he 
refers to as distinguishing the Zeuglodonts from typical Cetaceans 
and allying them to the Seals are likewise merely generalized 
features. For instance, the presence of a large spine and a small 
coracoid process in the Zeuglodont scapula appear clearly to come 
under this category, for I think few will deny that the enormous 
coracoid of the ordinary Cetacean is an acquired and not an inherited 
character, and the loss of the spine is assuredly so. Then, again, 
the cervical vertebree, with their elongated centra, small lateral 
canals, and approximated upper and lower transverse processes, 
although undoubtedly very like those of a Seal, appear to me to be 
merely another instance of the generalized characters of the 
Zeuglodonts. In confirmation of this I may mention that Prof. 
Cope * has recently figured the cervical vertebree of an undoubted 


1 Stud. Mus, Dundee, vol. i. art. 9 (1890). 
? Amer. Nat. 1890, p. 605, fig. 2. 


1892.] AND OTHER CETACEAN REMAINS. 561 


Cetacean (Priscodelphinus) from the American Miocene, in which 
the vertebre have much longer centra than ordinary, with the 
lateral canal small and nearly circular, and the roots of the transverse 
processes approximated. Indeed, Prof. Cope speaks of the Cetacean 
in question as having “a neck like that of a Seal in proportions.” 

I am therefore of opinion that, instead of being nearly allied to 
the Seals, Zeuglodon has much more the characters of a very 
generalized Cetacean ; and that, if it should be found impossible to 
ee it in the Cetacean order, it will have to form an order by 
itself. 

Reverting to the consideration of the specimens from the Caucasus, 
I have to mention that I have merely figured the imperfect caudal 
vertebra represented in Pl. XXXVI. fig. 3, which I believe to be 
referable to Zeuglodon, in order to show its marked difference from 
the caudal vertebra represented in Pl. XX XVII. fig. 2. 

With regard to the question of species, I have first of all to mention 
that the Caucasian Zeuglodont is certainly distinct from the larger 
American forms, and likewise from the Egyptian ones described by 
Prof. Dames *, which may be specifically identical with the former. 
The Malta Zeuglodon has received no distinct name. Of other 
named forms, 7. wanklyni, Seeley *, from the Barton beds, which is 
founded on an unfigured skull now not forthcoming, is sufficiently 
distinguished by its superior size—one of the teeth measuring 12 
inch in length. 72. vasconum, Delfortrie *, from the Eocene of France, 
is also a large species, founded upon the evidence of atooth. There 
are also Z. paulsoni, Brandt*, from the Eocene of Russia, and Z. 
puschii, Brandt *, from that of Poland; both these were founded 
upon vertebrze, and appear to have been large-sized species. The 
other European form is Z. vredense, Landois °, from the Hocene of 
Westphalia, but this is not sufficiently characterized to admit of its 
being at present regarded asa distinct species. Kokenodon onomata, 
Hector °, from the Eocene of New Zealand, and Zeuglodon harwoodi, 
Sawyer ’, from the Eocene of South Australia, are both large species 
of Zeuglodon. The reference to Doryodon pygmeus, Leidy, from 
the Eocene of South Carolina, which would appear from its name 
to be a very small Zeuglodont, 1 have not been able to find. 

Although I cannot be assured of the specific distinctness of the 
present form from the last-named species, yet, as it is inconvenient 
to allude to it without a separate name, I propose to call it pro- 
visionally Z. caucasicus, its distinctive character being its small size. 


1 Sitzber. Ak. Wiss. vol. vi. p. 180 (1883). 

? Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxii. p. 428 (1876). 

3 Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. ix. p. 115 (1878). 

4 Bull. Acad. St. Pétersbourg, vol. xix. column 246 (1874). 
° Corresp. Nat. Hist. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 1884, p. 49. 

® Trans, N. Zeal. Inst. vol. xiii. p. 435 (1881). 

7 Proc, Linn, Soc, N, 8. W. vol. v. p. 298 (1881). 


562 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON ZEUGLODONT [Nov. I, 


II. UnpETERMINED CETACEAN. 
(? Platanistide.) 


The second species in the collection is represented by an associated 
series of four cervical, and the first dorsal, a lumbar, and a caudal 
vertebra; one of the cervicals being represented in Pl. XX XVII. figs. 
1, 1a, anda caudal in figs. 2, 2aofthesame. The vertebree indicate 
a Whale of the approximate size of the existing Beluga, with the last 
four cervical vertebre free and of moderate length, and the lumbars 
and caudals likewise of medium elongation. The form of both the 
cervical and caudal vertebree shows that these specimens are not 
referable to Zeuglodon caucasicus. The cervical vertebre are 
represented by their centra, with the roots of the transverse pro- 
cesses attached ; the figured example having a width of 3:1 inches, 
a height of 2°2 inches, and an inferior length of 1 inch. The lumbar 
has a length of 2°3 inches, and a width of 2°6 inches across the 
anterior face of the centrum. 

With regard to their affinity, it is clear, in the first place, that, as 
they belong neither to Monodon or Delphinapterus, they cannot be 
referred to any other existing genera of Delphinide, in all of which 
the first two cervicals are united, and the remainder extremely short, 
and generally more or fewer of them anchylosed. Free cervicals 
occur in the existing Balenoptera, Megaptera, and Rhachianectes, 
and the extinct Cetotherium. The small size of the specimens 
renders it, however, somewhat improbable that they belong to the 
Balenide ; and to this it may be added that they differ in certain 
respects from those of Balenoptera. Moreover, we have no definite 
evidence of the occurrence of Baleen Whales in the Lower Miocene, 
to which it is quite probable that the Caucasian strata may belong. 

The existing Platanistide and the numerous fossil forms referred 
by Prof. Cope to that family all have free cervicals, and, from the 
resemblance of the presentspecimens to some of the Miocene American 
representatives of that group described by that writer, I am inclined 
to think that they should be referred to the same family. The 
resemblance appears to be closest with the series of vertebree figured ' 
as Ixacanthus, and I am by no means certain that the Caucasian 
specimens do not indicate a member of the same genus, of rather 
larger size than its typical representative. Still, however, I do not 
propose to make any definite determination, leaving the matter with 
the expression of my opinion that the specimens probably belong to 
the Platanistide. 


III. Intopsis cavcastca (n. g. et sp.). 


The third Caucasian Cetacean is indicated typically by the hinder 
portion of a cranium, and also by some fragments of jaws and several 
vertebree probably referable to the same form. It is much in- 
ferior in size to the preceding, and was of rather smaller dimensions 
than the existing Inia: that is to say, its total length was some six 
feet. 

1 Cope, Amer, Nat. 1890, p. 603, fig. 1. 


1892.] AND OTHER CETACEAN REMAINS. 563 


The portion of the cranium is represented from the upper surface 
in Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 2, and, although somewhat crushed, is in a fair 
state of preservation. Alongside the Caucasian specimen there is re- 
presented (fig. 1) the corresponding portion of the cranium of an ex- 
tinct Cetacean fromthe Tertiary of Argentina, described by Burmeister * 
under the name of Pontistes rectifrons (Bravard), which belongs to 
the Platanistide. A comparison of the figures will show the close 
relationship of the two forms at a glance. This is especially mani- 
fested by the form of the maxillary fossz lying on the two sides of 
the narial aperture. In both the fossils, as well as in the existing 
Stenodelphis* and Inia, these fosse are characterized by their depth 
and their squared posterior borders, which run close up to the 
parieto-occipital surface. On the other hand, in the Delphinide 
these fossee are shallower, and shelve upwards towards the occiput, 
where they terminate gradually in a curved border. 

The fragment of jaw represented in Pl. XX XVII. figs. 3, 3 ais one 
of a pair, and is, I think, a portion of the rostral region of the left 
maxilla. It contains 13 dental alveoli in the space of 5 inches, and 
is of a long and slender form. The alveoli are laterally compressed. 
These jaws have a great resemblance to those of the European 
Miocene Schizodelphis suleatus*, in which the dental alveoli have 
the same compressed form. If, however, as I think probable, they 
belong to the form under consideration, it is quite evident that they 
cannot be referred to Schizodelphis, that genus (although placed 
among the Platanistide) having the maxillary fossz of the ordinary 
Dolphin-like form. 

The vertebrz do not call for any notice beyond the bare mention 
that the centrum of a lumbar measures 1°3 inch in length and 1 
inch in width. 

Compared with Inia, the Caucasian cranium differs in the 
absence of the high prominence behind the nares, in the smaller 
development of the ridges bounding the maxillary fossee, and in the 
less-inclined occiput. Assuming that the lower jaw belongs to the 
same form, the teeth will also differ in their relatively smaller size 
and lateral compression. 

In many respects the fossil skull is more like Stenodelphis, but 
the maxillary fossze are deeper, with more prominent borders; while 
the recent form has not the large and well-defined square surface 
behind the nares between these fossee. The teeth of Stenodelphis 
are, moreover, cylindrical. 

In Pontistes the occipital surface is more inclined forwards than 
in the Caucasian fossil, and the space between the fossze behind the 
nares is also narrower. The dental alveoli are, however, elliptical 
in both. A much larger form has been described by Burmeister * 
from the Argentine Tertiary under the name of Saurodelphis argen- 


1 Ann. Mus. Buenos Ayres, vol. iii. p. 138, pl. ii. (1885). 

2 The name Pontoporia being preoccupied, it is necessary to adopt the later 
Stenodelphis. 

3 Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Frangaises, 2nd ed. pl. lxxxiii. 

4 Sci. An, Mur. Buenos Ayres, vol, iii. p. 451 (1891). 


564 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. I, 


tinus, characterized by the great length of the rostrum and the 
extreme compression of the dental alveoli. The occipital region is 
more like that of the Caucasian fossil than is Pontistes, but there is 
not the square flat surface behind the nostrils; while the dental 
alveoli are quite different from those referred to the Caucasian form. 

None of the other fossil forms referred to the Platanistide, of 
which the skulls are known, have the maxillary fosse of the Inia 
type; and I accordingly regard the Caucasian skull as indicating a 
new genus and species, for which I suggest the name JIniopsis 
caucasica. 

The evidence that the Platanistide are a very ancient type has 
been gradually accumulating; but the European Tertiary forms 
hitherto referred to that group have more Dolphin-like skulls. The 
occurrence of a form so closely allied to the South-American types 
in Russia is therefore a matter of considerable interest. Its associ- 
ation with the North-American Tertiary genus Zeuglodon is also 
significant, and suggests that both these groups of Cetaceans had 
originally a wide distribution. 

P.S.—Since this paper was in type I have received from Dr. Sjégren 
a copy of an article’in which the Cetacean-yielding strata of the 
Caucasus are assigned to the Eocene. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats XXXVI. 
Fig. 1. Inner side of hinder part of the left ramus of the mandible of 
Zeuglodon caucasicus. +. 
Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of left humerus of the same. 4h, head; ¢, greater tuber- 
osity ; d, deltoid ridge; 7, radial facet ; w, ulnar facet. +. 
Fig. 3. Inferior aspect of imperfect caudal vertebra. +. 
Pruate XXXVII. 


Figs. 1, 1 a. Anterior and right lateral aspect of centrum of posterior cervical 
vertebra of an undetermined Cetacean (? Platanistide), a, upper, 
6, lower transverse process. +. 
Figs. 2, 2. Anterior and inferior aspects of anterior caudal vertebra of the 
same. jf. 
Figs. 3, 3a. Fragment of jaw of (?) Iniopsis caucasica. }. 
Prate XXXVIII. 


Fig. 1. Frontal aspect of imperfect cranium of Pontistes rectifrons. 2. (After 
Burmeister. ) 
Fig. 2. Corresponding view of imperfect cranium of Iniopsis caucasica. 2. 


5. Descriptions of some new Genera and new Species of 
Phytophagous Coleoptera from Madagascar. By 
Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. 

[Received September 1, 1892.] 
(Plate XX XIX.) 
But little is known at present of'the Phytophagous Coleoptera of 


Madagascar, especially so far as the smaller species are concerned, 
and it is probable that many interesting forms will be found by a 


* Meddel. Upsala Uniy. Min.-Geol. Inst. vol. xiii. arts, 2, 3 (1891). 


Yo Pomass biti 


NEW PHYTOPHAG( 


1892.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR, 565 


careful explorer who does not devote his attention only to the larger 
and more showy species. The present descriptions are drawn from 
a small collection which I have lately received from Mr. Sikora, who 
makes the study of this large island his aim. All the types are 
contained in my collection. 


LEMA RUGICOLLIs, n. sp. 


Subeylindrical, entirely dark piceous; antenne short and robust ; 
thorax subcylindrical, coarsely punctured anteriorly ; elytra very 
closely and strongly punctate-striate, the interstices costate at the 
apex, the ninth row of punctures entire. 

Length 2 lines. 

Of parallel, subeylindrical shape ; nearly black, the head not con- 
stricted behind, the vertex very finely punctured; eyes moderately 
deeply notched, subocular.grooves not very deeply marked ; clypeus 
and labrum obscure fulvous ; antenne scarcely extending beyond 
the base of the thorax, black, the terminal joints gradually and 
strongly widened and thickened ; thorax longer than broad, sub- 
cylindrical, widened at the middle, without a basal sulcation, the 
surface coarsely punctured anteriorly, finely and closely towards the 
base, the middle of the disc with a longitudinal depression extending 
to the base, where it ends in a fovea; elytra with closely-approached 
rows of deep punctures, the latter also closely placed, the interstices 
at the sides and apex longitudinally costate ; underside very sparingly 
clothed with greyish pubescence ; posterior femora not extending to 
the end of the abdomen. 

The shape and structure of the thorax, the sculpturing, and the 
uniform dark colour of this species will distinguish it from any of 
its allies from the same locality. 


LEMA MADAGASCARIENSIS, n. sp. 


Obscure piceous, the base of the head obscure fulvous; antennze 
very short ; thorax nearly impunctate, trifoveolate ; elytra with basal 
depression, strongly and rather distantly punctate-striate, the inter- 
stices smooth, costate at the apex. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head elongate, finely rugose and pubescent, the vertex fulvous 
with a central longitudinal groove, the supraorbital grooves rather 
indistinct ; clypeus with a transverse row of punctures ; palpi fulvous; 
antennz very short, extending only to the base of the thorax; 
thorax subquadrate, rather broader than long, the anterior angles 
distinctly tuberculate, the disc extremely closely and finely punctured, 
the basal sulcus deep, the space behind it with a transverse ridge, 
the anterior portion with a very short transverse groove at the sides, 
the middle of the disc with two short elongate foveze, and another 
at the centre of the suleus; scutellum truncate at the apex ; elytra 
with a short depression below the base near the suture, brownish 
geneous, deeply and strongly punctate-striate, the punctures rather 
distantly placed, the 9th row entire; the interstices smooth, costate 
at the apex; underside very dark fulvo-piceous, thinly pubescent, 
legs more distinctly dark fulvous. 


566 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 1, 


Allied to Z.. enea, Lac., but of different coloration, and distin- 
guished by the very short antennze and the sculpture of the elytra. 


CRYPTOCEPHALUS SCUTELLATUS, 0. Sp- 


Robust, broad, black, above fulvous, head finely strigose, thorax 
impunctate, scutellum black; elytra strongly and regularly punctate- 
striate, a spot on the shoulder and the extreme basal and sutural 
margins black. 

Length 23-33 lines. 

Head finely strigose-punctate, fulvous ; the eyes large, but slightly 
indented ; the antennee two-thirds the length of the body, black, the 
lower four joints fulvous, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax 
proportionately long, strongly narrowed auteriorly, the sides nearly 
straight, strongly deflexed, the surface entirely impunctate, the 
posterior margin finely dentate, narrowly black, the median lobe 
toothed, bisinuate; scutellum one half longer than broad, black, 
shining, its apex broadly rounded; elytra not wider at the base 
than the thorax, fulvous, with deep and regular rows of punctures, 
of which the five inner ones do not extend to the base, the first 
and second rows are very short and joined at the apex, the sixth 
and seventh rows are also abbreviated at some distance before the 
apex; a small black spot is placed on the shoulders, the extreme 
basal and sutural margins are likewise of that colour; under- 
side and pygidium black, clothed with long yellowish pubescence ; 
the prosternum ends in a blunt projection in the male, but is 
broadly truncate in the female. 

Three specimens are contained in my collection. 


CRYPTOCEPHALUS DOHRNI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.) 


Black, thickly pubescent below, the thorax and legs fulvous, the 
former finely punctate; elytra metallic green, strongly punctate- 
striate, the interstices finely transversely rugose ; tarsi black. 

Length 23 lines. 

Rather broad and robust, the head closely punctured, greenish 
black, the space between the eyes clothed with greyish pubescence ; 
the antenne extending scarcely to half the length of the elytra, 
black, the basal joint fulvous, the sixth and following joints slightly 
widened ; thorax twice and a half broader than long, the sides 
rather strongly deflexed, the lateral margin slightly rounded, the 
surface opaque, fulvous, very minutely and closely punctured ; 
scutellum black, not longer than broad, its apex truncate, the base 
with a fovea; elytra parallel, pale green, distinctly punctate-striate, 
the interstices very finely transversely rugose and sparingly clothed 
with short silvery pubescence ; underside densely pubescent, black, 
as also the tarsi, the legs fulvous, the last abdominal segment with 
a deep round fovea; prosternum broad, flat, densely clothed with 
greyish pubescence. 

The elytra in this species, of which I received a single specimen, 
are but slightly metallic and have a silky appearance on account of 
the fine pubescence and rugose or finely wrinkled interstices. 


1892.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR. 567 


EULYCHIUS NIGRITARSIS, N. sp. 


Fulvous, the terminal joints of the antennz and the tarsi black ; 
thorax rather sparingly punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate ; 
femora dentate. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head finely and sparingly punctured, the vertex convex ; clypeus 
finely rugosely punctate, separated from the face by a transverse 
groove, eyes surrounded by a very narrow sulcus; antenne extending 
a little beyond the base of the elytra, fulvous, the apical five joints 
black, strongly dilated and transverse, the third, fourth, and fifth joints 
equal, the sixth shorter; thorax transverse, the sides rounded, the 
anterior angles rather acutely produced, the surface finely and not 
very closely punctured on the disc; elytra not depressed below the 
base, distinctly punctate-striate, the punctures much finer towards 
the apex; femora with a small tooth ; the extreme apex of the tibie 
and the tarsi black. 

This species, like EZ. dorsalis, Duv., differs from the type in having 
armed femora; the transverse apical joints of the antennz are, 
however, typical. The black tarsi and general system of coloration 
separate the present insect from the other two known species. 


PHELOTICUS BRUNNEUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2. 


Broadly ovate, robust, dark fulvous; the antenne (basal joints 
excepted), the knees, and the apex of the tibiee black; thorax 
subconical, very sparingly and finely punctured; elytra finely 
punctate-striate anteriorly only ; femora minutely toothed. 

Length 33 lines. 

Head impunctate, the eyes with a very narrow sulcus at their 
_ Inner margin, rather deeply notched, the epistome not separated 
from the face ; jaws black ; antennz slender, filiform, extending to 
nearly two-thirds the length of the elytra, black, the lower four 
joints fulvous, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax subconical, 
narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight; the disc about one 
half broader than long, with a few fine punctures at the sides; 
scutellum smooth, subpentagonal ; elytra much broader at the base 
than the thorax, convex, with a very shallow basal depression ; the 
shoulders prominent, bounded within by a longitudinal depression ; 
the dise with a few rows of fine punctures distinct only anteriorly, 
nearly obliterated below the middle; underside and legs fulvous, 
the apex of the femora and of the tibize as well as the claw-joint 
black ; femora with a small tooth; tibize not channelled, the four 
posterior ones deeply emarginate before the apex; claws appen- 
diculate, the inner division very short and pointed; prosternum 
slightly longer than broad, concave, deeply punctured, the thoracic 
episternum strongly convex. 

A rather aberrant species and not typical of Pheloticus or allied 
genera, apparently allied to P. ser¢punctatus, Fairm., but differing 
in the colour of the antenne and legs. 


568 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Noyv. l, 


Puetoricus (?) ZNEICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.) 


Below obscure seneous, the abdomen fulvous, the head and 
thorax greenish zeneous, nearly impunctate, antennz fulvous; elytra 
flavous, strongly punctate-striate, the sutural and lateral margin 
and a discoidal longitudinal stripe, not extending to the apex, 
greenish zeneous. 

Length 13 line. 

Head finely and distantly punctured, metallic eeneous; eyes rather 
broadly emarginate, surrounded by a very narrow sulcus which 
extends downwards to the epistome, which is separated from the 
face by another transverse groove; clypeus broadly subquadrate, 
impunctate, labrum fulvous ; antenne filiform, extending to about 
half the length of the elytra, pale fulvous, the apex of the terminal 
joint black, the third joint distinctly shorter than the fourth, the 
terminal joints slightly thicker ; thorax twice as broad as long, the 
sides rounded, narrowed towards the apex, narrowly margined, 
the anterior portion rather strongly deflexed, the surface very 
sparingly punctured, metallic greenish eeneous; scutellum tri- 
angular, fulvous, its apex zneous; elytra subcylindrical, slightly 
broader at the base than the thorax, with a shallow depression below 
the base, fulvous, strongly punctate-striate, the punctures nearly 
disappearing at the apex, the sutural margin narrowly, the lateral 
one more broadly greenish eeneous ; a longitudinal stripe, angulate at 
its middle, extends from the middle of the base to some distance 
before the apex, the inner margin of this stripe is deeply concave at 
the angulate portion; breast eneous ; abdomen more or less fulvous ; 
legs flavous, the femora with a very minute tooth, the claws appen- 
diculate, the inner division rather long and acute, the prosternum 
broadly subquadrate, the anterior thoracic episternum convex. 

This species, which I have only provisionally placed in Pheloticus, 
has the general appearance and shape of a species of Rhyparida and © 
does not quite agree with any genus described under the group of 
Typophorine, to which it undoubtedly belongs; the supra-ocular 
sulcus is very narrow and placed close tg the inner margin of the 
eyes, while the claws may almost be called bifid ; in one specimen, 
probably the female, the thorax is still broader and subangulate at 
the sides, and the femora and knees are stained with piceous. 


Puetoricus(?) BIFASCIATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.) 


Fulvous or obscure piceous, the head and thorax greenish, the 
latter remotely but strongly punctured ; elytra strongly puuctate- 
striate, fulvous; the suture narrowly, the lateral margin broadly, and 
a straight discoidal stripe abbreviated before the apex, metallic 
green. 

Length 1 line. 

Of the same shape as the preceding species and of similar structure ; 
the antennz entirely pale fulvous, the thorax distinctly but not 
closely punctured on the dise ; the elytra without a basal depression, 
and with a broad and regular-shaped discoidal stripe, pointed at its 


1892.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR. 569 


lower end and not extending to the apex, the lateral margins broadly 
metallic green as far as the middle of the elytra, the femora with a 
very minute tooth, slightly stained with piceous; everything else as 
in P. @neicollis. 


IvONGIUS NIGROMACULATUS, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 5.) 


Testaceous, the head and thorax impunctate; elytra finely punctate- 
striate, nearly impunctate near the apex, the extreme lateral margin 
and a small spot below the middle black ; femora unarmed. 

Length 1 line. 

Of convex and subcylindrical shape, the head impunctate, without 
any grooves or depressions, the clypeus not separated from the face, 
its anterior edge concave, the eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus ; 
the antennz quite extending to half the length of the elytra, flavous, 
the basal two joints thick and short, of equal length, the third and 
following joints more slender, the terminal ones distinctly incrassate; 
thorax nearly twice as broad as long, subcylindrical, the sides very 
strongly deflexed, straight; the anterior margin straight, the 
posterior one rounded and widened at the middle, the surface im- 
punctate ; elytra slightly widened posteriorly, strongly convex, with 
a very slight depression below the base, the shoulders prominent, 
the surface finely punctate-striate, the punctures nearly obsolete 
near the apex, the extreme lateral margin and a small spot placed 
near the latter below the middle black ; underside and legs flavous, 
the Jast tarsal joint and the claws stained with black; femora 
unarmed, claws bifid; prosternum widened posteriorly. 

This species resembles much in shape those of the genus Paria 
and also of Syagrus; on account of the unarmed femora and bifid 
claws, however, I have placed it in Ivongius ; in some specimens 
the lateral elytral margin is of the flavous or testaceous ground- 
colour. 


RHEMBASTUS DIMIDIATICORNIS, i. Sp. 


Fulvous, the sixth and seventh joints of the antennz black, thorax 
distinctly punctured on the disc; elytra violaceous blue, distinctly 
punctate-striate, the apex fulvous. 

Var. a. Elytra flavous, the base, suture, and an oblique band at the 
middle obscure fuscous. 

Var. 6. Elytra entirely fulvous. 

Length 1 line. 

Of convex, subcylindrical shape; the head nearly impunctate, 
fulvous; the clypeus not separated from the face; eyes emarginate, 
widely separated, sulcate above their inner margin; antennz 
scarcely extending to half the length of the elytra, fulvous, the 
sixth and seventh joints black, the terminal ones distinctly 
thickened, the first and second joints short, almost equal, the 
second and third joints thinner, equal; thorax about one half 
broader than long, narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, 
the surface finely and sparingly punctured on the disc only, fulvous ; 
scutellum fulvous; elytra broader at the base than the thorax, 


570 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 1, 


obsoletely depressed transversely below the base, rather strongly 
punctate-striate, the punctures much finer posteriorly, the dise 
violaceous, the extreme apex fulvous ; underside and legs fulvous ; 
femora unarmed; claws bifid; prosternum dilated posteriorly. 

This small species is principally distinguished by the colour of the 
antenne and that of the elytra; the varieties do not show any 
differences except in the colour of the upper surface; the unarmed 
femora do not agree with the definition of Rhembastus, but neither 
this genus nor Ivongius are well defined by the author, who has said 
nothing about the sulcus at the sides above the eyes, nor does 
M. Lefévre mention this character in his diagnosis of the genus. On 
the other hand, Ivongius, which agrees in the unarmed femora with 
the present species, is described by von Harold as having the clypeus 
separated from the face, which is not the casein the insect described 
here. Ivongius antennarius, Har., agrees very nearly with it (to judge 
from a three-line description), but is described with a smooth thorax. 
R. pusillus, Har., seems to be another closely allied species, but 
differs in the colour of the antennz and of the head and thorax. 


RHEMBASTUS ANTENNATUS, 1. Sp. 


Reddish fulvous; antennee flavous, the sixth, seventh, and apical two 
joints as well as the tarsi black ; thorax sparingly punctured ; elytra 
finely and distantly punctate-striate. 

Length 13 line. 

Head impunctate, the eyes surrounded with a distinct sulcus, the 
vertex with a longitudinal groove, clypeus not separated from the 
face ; jaws black ; antenne extending to half the length of the elytra, 
flavous, the third and fourth joints equal, the sixth and seventh and 
apical two joints black, the latter distinctly thickened ; thorax one 
half broader than long, the sides straight, the surface sparingly and 
finely punctured at the disc, the sides impunctate; elytra convex, 
without basal depression, finely punctate-striate, more distinctly 
anteriorly than posteriorly, the shoulders with a deep depression 
within ; femora dentate, tarsi black, claws bifid. 

Principally distinguished from other nearly similarly coloured 
species by the colour of the antennze. 


EURYDEMUS METALLICUS, 0. sp. 


Obscure piceous, the antennee and legs fulvous; above metallic 
greenish or cupreous ; the head and thorax nearly impunctate, the 
elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices more or less longitudin- 
ally convex, femora dentate. 

Length 13-2 lines. 

Of rather elongate and parallel shape ; the head metallic greenish, 
with a few punctures at the vertex ; the eyes large, rather closely 
approached, their inner margin sinuate ; clypeus transverse, fulvous, 
its surface rather depressed, its upper margin separated from the 
face by a narrow transverse groove; antennz long and slender, 
fulvous, the basal joint stained with piceous, the second joint half 


1892.] | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR. 57] 


the length of the third, the fourth slightly longer than the preceding 
joint ; thorax about one half broader than long, the sides nearly 
straight, the surface very little convex, impressed with a few very 
minute punctures, visible only under a strong lens; elytra much 
broader at the base than the thorax, metallic green or cupreous, the 
sutural and lateral margins sometimes fulvous, the punctures very 
deep and regular, the interstices rather convex, the apex much more 
finely and distantly punctured ; underside piceous, the breast with a 
metallic greenish hue, the legs fulvous; the femora with a distinct 
tooth; claws bifid; prosternum broadly transverse. 


RHYPARIDA STRIATICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 7.) 


Fulvous, the head and thorax piceous, the antennee fiavous ; the 
seventh joint black ; thorax transverse, longitudinally strigose on the 
disc; elytra fulvous, with basal depression, strongly punctured 
anteriorly, nearly impunctate below the middle. 

Length 17 line. 

Vertex of the head convex with a few fine punctures, dark fulvous ; 
eyes with a very narrow sulcus round their inner margin ; clypeus 
separated from the face by a deep transverse groove, rugosely 
punctured; antennee rather long, flavous, the seventh joint black, 
the third joint much shorter than the fourth, the terminal joints 
slightly thickened; thorax twice as broad as long, but slightly 
narrowed in front, the sides strongly rounded, the anterior angles 
rather prominent, the dise strongly and closely longitudinally strigose 
from the middle to the base, the anterior portion sparingly punc- 
tured, fulvo-piceous ; elytra with a deep depression below the base, 
strongly punctate-striate, the punctures nearly obsolete below the 
middle; underside fulvous; legs flavous; the femora with a very minute 
tooth, claws bifid; the anterior thoracic episternum slightly concave ; 
prosternum broadly subquadrate, strongly punctured. 

I cannot find any differences whatever in regard to structural 
characters to justify a separation of this species from Rhyparida, of 
which, until now, no true species have been known from Africa. 
The general shape and that of the thorax is the same, the thoracic 
episternum is not in the least convex, the four posterior tibiz are 
emarginate at the apex and the claws are bifid ; the peculiar striation 
of the thorax will distinguish this species at first sight. 


HEMYLOTICUS, D. gen. 


Body elongate ; antenne filiform; eyes deeply notched; thorax 
broader than long; elytra punctate-striate, the four posterior 
femora toothed, their tibie emarginate at the apex; claws bifid, 
the inner division very short ; prosternum bilobed ; mesosternum 
quadrate, its base raised, truncate; the anterior margin of the 
thoracic episternum convex. 

This genus will enter the section Typophoring, Chap., from all 
genera of which it differs in the bilobed posterior margin of the 
prosternum and in the structure of the mesosternum. 


572 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 1, 


HEMYLOTICUS GENICULATUS, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 6.) 


Reddish fulvous; the antenne (the basal joints excepted), the 
knees, apex of the tibiew, and the tarsi black ; thorax very sparingly 
punctured ; elytra finely punctate-striate. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head with a few fine punctures ; the epistome broad, subquadrate, 
scarcely separated from the front ; mandibles black; antennz 
slender, filiform, the lower three joints fulvous, the rest black, the 
fourth joint slightly longer than the third; thorax about one half 
broader than long, the sides rounded, the anterior margin straight, 
the surface rather convex, with a few fine punctures; elytra much 
broader at the base than the thorax, without basal depression, very 
finely punctate-striate, fulvous and shining like the rest of the upper 
surface; underside coloured as above; the knees, the apex of the 
tibiee, and the tarsi black. 

A single specimen is contained in my collection. 


NISOTRA NIGRITARSIS, 0. sp. 


Oblong-ovate, dark fulvous, the antenne (the basal three joints 
excepted) and the tarsi black; head and thorax nearly impunctate, 
the latter with four longitudinal grooves; elytra extremely finely 
and closely punctured. 

Length 23 lines. 

Head impunctate, transversely grooved betweenthe eyes, the frontal 
elevations but slightly raised; palpi slender; antenne extending 
a little beyond the base of the elytra, black, the basal three joints 
fulvous, the seeond and third joints of equal length; thorax twice 
as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles acute, the disc with 
a few scarcely perceptible punctures, the anterior and posterior 
margins with a short perpendicular groove at each side; elytra 
widened towards the middle, the shoulders slightly prominent, the 
surface extremely finely and closely punctured ; underside and legs 
fulvous, the tarsi black. 

This species seems allied to N. spadicea, Dalm., but differs in the 
extremely fine and not geminately-arranged punctation of the elytra 
and in the black tarsi and larger general size. 


NISOTRA KLUGII, 0. sp. 


Black; the head, thorax, the anterior legs, and the posterior 
tibiee fulvous ; elytra metallic green or purplish, very closely and 
finely punctured ; antennz fulvous or with the last three joints black. 

Length 22 lines. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles small, clypeus thickened ; 
the autenne extending a little beyond the base of the elytra, 
fulvous, the last three joints black, the third and fourth joints 
equal, the terminal ones thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, 
fulvous, the sides slightly rounded, the surface extremely finely and 
closely punctured, the anterior and posterior margins with a very 
short and indistinct longitudinal depression near the sides; scu- 


1892.] pPHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASGAR. 573 


tellum fulvous ; elytra slightly widened at the middle, very closely 
and more strongly punctured than the thorax, the interstices 
obsoletely longitudinally costate at the sides, the shoulders promi- 
nent; the breast and abdomen as well as the posterior femora 
black ; legs falvous. 

This species varies in having metallic green or purplish elytra; in 
two specimens the antennz have the last three joints black, in one 
they are entirely fulvous. 


ASPHERA MADAGASCARIENSIS, Nl. Sp. 


Fulvous, shining ; the antenne: (the basal two joints excepted), 
the apex of the femora, and the tibie and tarsi black; thorax im- 
punctate; elytra closely punctured and finely rugose. 

Length 4 lines. 

Head impunctate, deeply transversely grooved between the eyes ; 
frontal tubercles transverse, distinct ; clypeus swollen; palpi black ; 
antennz robust, black, the basal two joints fulvous, the terminal 
joints rather flattened ; thorax nearly three times as broad as long, 
the sides with a broad and reflexed margin, strongly rounded; the 
disc uneven, depressed at the sides and at the middle, impunctate, 
shining ; elytra closely punctured, the interstices everywhere finely 
wrinkled and rugose ; the apex of the femora and the tibiz and tarsi 
black, tibize deeply channelled ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as 
long as the following joints together, claws moderately swollen. 

Apparently allied to 4. melanarthra, Fairm., but differing in the 
colour of the legs and the wrinkled elytra, also in having but two 
joints of the antenne fulvous; M. Fairmaire describes his species 
as having fuscous legs (femora 3-4 excepted) (?), which is (probably 
through a misprint) unintelligible. 


ASPHERA BREVICORNIS, 0. sp. 


Flavous; the head, thorax, and legs pale fulvous; antenne (the 
basal four joints excepted) black, short; thorax impunctate; elytra 
very minutely and closely punctured. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles transverse, nearly con- 
tiguous ; clypeus raised, short and truncate at the raised portion ; 
labrum, jaws, and palpi fulvous ; antennz only extending to the base 
of the elytra, black, the basal four joints fulvous, the third joint 
slightly shorter than the fourth, terminal joints thickened ; thorax 
more than twice as broad as long, rather strongly narrowed in front, 
the sides slightly rounded, narrowly marginate, the anterior angles 
rather strongly produced and thickened, the surface impunctate, 
shining, fulvous, rather deeply longitudinally sulcate near the 
lateral margins; elytra pale flavous, very finely and closely 
punctured ; legs fulvous; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as 
long as the following joints together ; claws very slightly incrassate. 

This species has nearly simple, that is scarcely swollen, posterior 
claws, but agrees in all other respects with Asphera. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. XXXIX. 39 


574 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 1, 


CEDIONYCHIS CLYPEATA, 0. sp. 


Flavous; the antenne (the lower four joints excepted) and the 
tarsi black ; clypeus strongly produced ; thorax impunctate ; elytra 
scarcely perceptibly punctured, obscure fulvous. 

Length 23 lines. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles entirely absent, the space 
between the eyes deeply excavated ; the clypeus produced, flattened 
and truncate at the apex; the antenne extending to about half the 
length of the elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous, the basal 
joint widened, nearly subquadrate and short, the second one half the 
size, the third and fourth equal, the terminal joints slightly 
thickened; thorax strongly transverse, not narrowed in front, the 
sides rounded, with a distinct flattened margin, the anterior angles 
pointed, the disc unevenly raised at the sides, with several de- 
pressions, entirely impunctate ; elytra minutely punctured, darker 
than the thorax; legs flavous; the knees and the tarsi black ; 
posterior claw-joint strongly swollen, black. 

This differs from all the Madagascar species of Cdionychis 
described in the structure of the clypeus and head, ec. 


DipHAvuLAcosoMa, n. gen. (Halticine). 


Body ovate; palpi thickened; antennz robust and short, the 
terminal four joints dilated and compressed; thorax transverse, 
without depressions, the sides strongly dilated and widened at the 
middle, constricted at the base; scutellum subquadrate, its apex 
truncate; elytra narrowed and subacute at the apex, obsoletely 
punctured, their epipleurze extending below the middle; femora 
robust, the posterior ones thickened ; the tibice not channelled, the 
posterior ones with a spine; the first joint of the posterior tarsi 
as long as the following two joints together ; claws appendiculate ; 
prosternum narrow, convex; the anterior coxal cavities open. 

The genus here proposed is principally distinguished by the 
dilated terminal joints of the antennz and by the peculiar shape of 
the thorax, which is strongly widened and rounded at the middle, 
in connection with the open cavities. Spherophysa, Baly, also in- 
habiting Madagascar, has the antennz likewise dilated; but this 
dilatation is not confined to the terminal joints ; the body in Sphe- 
rophysa is also strongly rounded, not ovete, and the coxal cavities 
are closed. 


DIpHAULACOSOMA LEVIPENNE, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8.) 


Entirely fulvous, shining; terminal four joints of the antenne 
black ; thorax impunctate; elytra wider than the thorax, entirely 
impunctate ; tarsi fuscous. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impunctate ; the frontal tubercles oblique, distinct, bounded 
behind by a transverse groove; the clypeus with a short central 
ridge ; penultimate joint of the palpi thickened ; antenne only ex- 
tending a little beyond the base of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal 
four joints black ; thorax twice as broad as long, dilated at the sides, 


1892.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR. 575 


the latter strongly rounded at the middle, the posterior angles pro- 
duced into an acute tooth, the surface rather convex, transversely 
depressed at the base, entirely impunctate ; elytra strongly narrowed 
posteriorly, fulvous, shining, impunctate, or exceedingly finely and 
sparingly punctured, the interstices very finely wrinkled here and 
there. 

The shape of the thorax is peculiar in this species, and the 
posterior angles are distinctly dentate, the tooth being placed above 
the middle line of the posterior margin, the angles themselves 
being obliquely shaped. 


MALACOSOMA STKOR&, 0. Sp. 


Piceous ; the antenne and the labrum fulvous; thorax finely 
punctured ; elytra more closely punctate, the punctures arranged in 
closely approached rows. 

Length 2-23 lines. 

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles transversely oblique, the 
clypeus strongly triangularly raised ; labrum pale fulvous ; palpi 
slender, piceous; antennze extending to half the length of the 
elytra, pale fulvous, the joints very slender, the third and fourth 
equal ; thorax subquadrate, about one half broader than long, the 
sides nearly straight or slightly angulate before the middle (9 2), 
the anterior angles distinct, furnished with a single hair, the surface 
distinctly but not very closely punctured, piceous; elytra with a 
very slight depression below the base, closely and scarcely more 
strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in 
closely approached semi-regular rows; legs more or less fulvous ; 
tibie mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the 
three following joints together ; prosternum narrowly raised. 

The two specimens before me show some differences which are 
probably sexuel: in one the thorax is less transverse, with nearly 
straight lateral margins, and the elytra have a slight purplish gloss 
and are more irregularly punctured; in the other specimen the 
thorax is broader and the sides are distinctly subangulate before the 
middle, the elytra have no metallic gloss and are more regularly 
and less closely punctured in rows; both specimens, however, 
apparently represent the same species ; the last abdominal segmeut 
in both is simple. 


MALACOSOMA ATERRIMUM, 0D. Sp. 


Entirely black; the thorax but slightly broader than long, im- 
punctate ; elytra entirely impunctate. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head impuncetate, black, the frontal tubercles distinct, transverse ; 
palpi slender, the terminal joint acutely pointed ; the antenne ex- 
tending to half the length of the elytra, black, the third joint slightly 
longer than the second ; thorax subquadrate, about one half broader 
than long, the sides very slightly rounded, the anterior angles 
rather prominent, the surface entirely impunctate; elytra without 
basal depression, rather opaque, impunctate; tibize armed with a 
small spine, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long - the three 

39 


576 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. l, 


following joints together ; claws appendiculate ; the prosternum very 
narrow, convex between the cox ; the anterior coxal cavities open. 


MALAcosoMa FLAVICORNE, n. sp. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 12.) 


Flavous; the clypeus, thorax, the apex of the femora, and the 
abdomen black ; thorax closely punctured ; elytra flavous, punctured 
like the thorax. 

Length 23 lines. 

Head impunctate, pale fulvous, the frontal elevations narrowly 
transverse ; the clypeus black ; antennz fulvous, rather robust, the 
third joint one half longer than the second, the fourth as long as 
the preceding two joints together ; thorax about twice as broad as 
long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles slightly produced, the 
posterior ones rather obsolete, the surface rather strongly and closely 
punctured, black; elytra flavous, very closely punctured ; the apex 
of all the femora black ; tibie mucronate, the first joint of the pos- 
terior tarsi as long as the following two joints together; claws 
appendiculate ; abdomen black, pubescent ; prosternum very narrow 
but distinct, convex. 

A single specimen. 


ANTSIANAKA VIRIDIS, N. sp. 


Testaceous ; the antenne, the abdomen, and the tibie and tarsi 
black ; the head and thorax impunctate ; elytra metallic green, 
finely punctured and transversely rugose. 

Length 2 lines. 

Head with a more or less distinct depression at the vertex, the 
latter with a faint metallic hue, impunctate ; labrum black ; antennze 
as long as the body, very slender, black, all the joints with the ex- 
ception of the second very elongate ; thorax short, without a distinct 
lateral margin, the surface impunctate, with some shallow transverse 
depressions, testaceous ; scutellum black; elytra bright metallic 
green, finely transversely rugose, and closely punctured. 

Closely allied to A. pulchella, Duviv., but differing in the pale 
head, the absence of the green thoracic margin, the entirely green 
elytra, and the black abdomen. 


ANTSIANAKA LONGICORNIS, Duviv. 


I refer a single specimen to this species; my specimen differs, 
however, from the description in having an entirely testaceous head. 
M. Duvivier does not mention the colour of the antenne, which 
are fuscous in my specimen with the basal two joints black. 


ANTSIANAKA ELEGANTOLA, n. sp. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 10.) 


Pale flavous; antenne (the basal two joints excepted) black ; 
elytra metallic blue, narrowly margined with flavous, rather strongly 
punctured ; the interstices finely transversely rugose. 

Length 13 line. 

Smaller than any of its allies, the antenne extending beyond the 
elytra, entirely black, with the exception of the first two joints, 
which are flavous; the head swollen, impunctate; the thorax very 


1892.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR. 577 


short, transversely depressed above and impuactate. Elytra narrowly 
margined with flavous, much more distantly punctured than 4. 
pulchella, Duv., and the interstices much less strongly rugose, finely 
wrinkled transversely, and without traces of longitudinal cost. The 
thorax also is entirely flavous like the head. 


/ELIANUS, n. gen. (Galerucine.) 


Body elongate ; antennz rather robust, the second and third joints 
short, the following gradually elongate; thorax transverse, the anterior 
angles more or less produced; elytra irregularly punctured, their 
epipleurz narrow but continued below the middle ; tibize mucronate, 
the first joint of the posterior tarsi nearly as long as the following 
joints together ; claws appendiculate ; the anterior coxal cavities open ; 
prosternum not distinct. 

This genus approaches closely Malacosoma in general shape and 
structural characters, but differs in the longer first joint of the 
posterior tarsi and in the scarcely visible and not convex prosternum. 
The female insect differs rather considerably from the male, the 
antenne are shorter, the apical joints being much less elongate, and 
the anterior angles of the thorax are thickened and produced. 


ABLIANUS SCUTELLATUS, n. sp. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 9.) 

Obscure piceous ; the head, antennz, the scutellum, and the tarsi 
black ; above testaceous, thorax impunctate, spotted with black or 
without spots; elytra very minutely punctured; legs obscure 
fulvous, stained with picecus. 

Length 22 lines. 

6. Head shining, impunctate, black, the frontal elevations 
strongly raised, the clypeus with a distinct central ridge, obscure 
fulvous ; palpi slender, piceous; antennz extending to half the 
length of the elytra, black, the third joint slightly longer than the 
second, the following five joints equal, the others more elongate, the 
terminal joint half the length of the preceding one; thorax twice as 
broad as long, the sides nearly straight as well as the anterior margin, 
the posterior margin obliquely rounded at the sides; the anterior 
angles slightly thickened, the extreme lateral margin black ; the disc 
flavous or testaceous, impunctate, with four piceous spots placed 
transversely, the outer ones being the largest ; scutellum large, black, 
shining; elytra testaceous, the extreme sutural margin narrowly 
piceous, the disc finely and closely punctured, rather opaque ; 
underside and legs obscure fulvous or piceous, finely pubescent, the 
tarsi black ; the last abdominal segment deeply excavate, incised at 
the sides. 

Q. The antenne shorter, all the joints (the second one excepted) 
of nearly equal length, rather thickened; thorax with the anterior 
angles strongly thickened and produced outwards, the last abdominal 
segment simple. 


MrIMastTROIDES, n. gen. (Galerucine.) 
Body elongate; antennze filiform, the second joint short, the 


578 PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM MADAGASCAR. [Noy. 1, 


following elongate, gradually diminishing in length; thorax trans- 
verse, short, the sides nearly straight; elytra irregularly punctured, 
their epipleurze very narrow, entirely disappearing below the middle ; 
legs slender ; all the tibiz with a spine, the first joint of the pos- 
terior tarsi as long as the following three joints together; claws 
appendiculate ; prosternum invisible between the coxe, the anterior 
coxal cavities open. 

The insect for which this genus is proposed has the general 
appearance of the species forming the genus Mimastra, from which 
it is distinguished by the mucronate tibie; the narrow epipleura, 
invisible below the middle, and the spines on all the tibiz separate 
the genus from Luperus. 


MIMASTROIDES MADAGASCARIENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. 
fig. 11.) 

Obscure testaceous, the base of the head, the labrum, antenna, 
the upperside of the femora, and the tibiw and tarsi black ; thorax 
and elytra testaceous, closely semi-rugosely punctured. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head finely and sparingly punctured on the vertex, the basal 
portion blackish, the frontal elevations small but distinct, the clypeus 
triangular, raised, yellowish ; labrum and palpi black; eyes very 
large; antennz about half the length of the body, black, the first 
joint elongate, thickened at the apex, the second one short, the third 
and fourth slender, equal, the apical joints shorter ; thorax twice as 
broad as long, the sides straight, the anterior angles thickened and 
slightly oblique, the posterior angles in shape of a small tubercle, 
the surface flat, closely punctured, the interstices slightly rugose ; 
scutellum obscure piceous, broad ; elytra without basal depression, 
punctured like the thorax, obscure testaceous ; breast slightly darker, 
the upper portion of the femora, the tibiee, and tarsi black ; the apex 
of the last abdominal segment triangularly emarginate. 


GALERUSOMA, N. gen. 

Elongate, impubescent. Head produced, eyes entire; palpi slender ; 
antennee filiform, the first jomt very long and the longest; thorax 
subquadrate, scarcely broader than long, the surface flat without 
depression ; scutellum rather broad ; elytra wider at the base than 
the thorax, elongate, irregularly punctured, their epipleurz narrow, 
disappearing below the middle; legs slender; tibize unarmed, the 
first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following three joints 
together ; claws bifid ; the anterior coxal cavities closed. 

This genus, in its elongate and slender shape, resembles somewhat 
the genus Mimastra; its principal distinguishing characters are the 
very long and slender first joint of the antenne and the bifid claws, 
which separate the genus also from Mimastroides. 


GALERUSOMA APICICORNE, N. sp. 


Fulvous, the lower and the apical three joints of the antenne, the 
tibize, and tarsi black; thorax very minutely, elytra more strongly 
and very closely and irregularly punctured. 


1892.] THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TOTHE MENAGERIE. 579 


Length 22-3 lines. 

Head very elongate, the vertex impunctate, the frontal elevations 
moderately raised, broadly trigonate, bounded by a transverse groove 
behind ; the eyes large; clypeus broadly flattened ; labrum large; 
antennee extending below the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the lower 
three joints as well as the terminal three black, the first joint very 
long but slightly curved, the second less than half the length of 
the third, the following joints nearly equal, the apical two joints 
shorter ; thorax but slightly broader than long, the sides nearly 
straight and slightly rounded before the middle, the angles in shape 
of a small tubercle, the surface flattened, scarcely perceptibly punc- 
tured and minutely granulate, the middle of the disc with a very 
indistinct longitudinal depression near the base; elytra narrowly 
elongate, fulvous, very closely and more distinctly punctured than 
the thorax, the interstices slightly wrinkled; underside and the 
femora pale fulvous, tibie and tarsi black, clothed with yellowish 
pubescence ; prosternum invisible between the coxee. 

Three specimens are contained in my collection. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIXx, 


Fig. 1. Cryptocephalus dohrni, p. 566. 

2. Pheloticus brunneus, p. 567. 
bifasciatus, p. 568. 
eneicollis, p. 568. 

. Ivongius nigromaculatus, p. 569. 

. Hemyloticus geniculatus, p. 572. 

. Rhyparida striaticollis, p. 571. 

. Diphaulacosoma levipenne, p. 574. 

. Alianus scutellatus, p. 577. 

10. Antsianaka elegantula, p. 576. 

11. Mimastroides madagascariensis, p, 578. 
12. Malacosoma flavicorne, p. 576. 


OWI or Oo 


November 15, 1892. 
Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following report from the Secretary on the additions to the 
Menagerie during the month of October was read :— 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of October were 135 innumber. , Of these 104 were acquired 
by presentation, 14 by purchase, 1 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 15 
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period by death and removals was 121. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1, A very fine male Ostrich (Struthio camelus), presented by 
Her Majesty The Queen, and received October 7th. 

This is one of the largest Ostriches we have ever had. It 
measures 4 ft. 10in. in height at the back, and about 4 ft. 3 in. in 
total length, whereas the male now next to it in the Gardens, which 
we obtained from the Zoological Society of Antwerp in May last, 
measures only 3 ft. 8 in. in height and about 2 ft, 2 in. in length. 


580 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 15, 


The latter (originally received from Oran, Algeria) is no doubt of 
unusually small dimensions. 

The ‘‘Queen’s Ostrich” was procured by Mr. Williams, of 
Sierra Leone, during a recent expedition to the dominions of King 
Samory (or Samadou), about 700 miles in the interior from Free- 
town’, in the basin of the Upper Niger, for Mr. Alfred L. Jones of 
Oaklands, Aigburth (at whose expense the expedition was organized), 
and offered by Mr. Jones as a present to Her Majesty The Queen, 
who was graciously pleased to deposit it in the Society’s Gardens. 

The colour of the naked skin on the neck and legs of this bird is 
reddish. In the Somali bird (Struthio molybdophanes, Reichen.”) 
it will be recollected that these parts are bluish. But the various 
geographical subspecies of the Ostrich have not yet been properly 
discriminated. 

2. A specimen of what appears to be a new and undescribed 
Monkey of the genus Cercopithecus, obtained by Dr. Joseph A. 
Moloney at Chindi, on the Lower Zambesi, when returning to this 
country in company with Stairs’s expedition. It is at once 
recognizable, as will be seen from the coloured figure by Mr. P. Smit, 
which I exhibit, by the strongly marked chestnut-red patches above 
the ears. 

I propose to call it 


CERCOPITHECUS STAIRSI, sp. nov. (Plate XL.) 


Supra ochraceus, artubus extus cinereis; dorso summo et 
pileo cinereis, hoc lineis nigris variegato et flavicante lavato ; 
macula magna supra-auriculari utrinque castanea ; frontis pilis 
extantibus ; auribus nudis; facie nigricante; subtus lactes- 
centi-albus, cauda cinereo-nigricante, ad basin pallidiore, ad 
apicem obscuriore ; crassitie C. petauriste. 

Hab. ad ripas fl. Zambezi inf. 

Obs. Species C. albigulari frontis pilis erectis forsan affinis, sed 

macula auriculari castanea primo visu distinguenda. 

I propose to dedicate this distinct species to the memory of 
Lieut. W. Grant Stairs, of the Royal Engineers, who died at Chindi, 
at the mouth of the Zambesi, on June 9th, 1892, on his return from 
his expedition to Katanga. The typical specimen was obtained 
from the delta of the Zambesi by Mr. Hellier, the British Central- 
African Company’s Agent at Chindi, and given to Dr. J. A. Moloney, 
one of the surviving members of Stairs’s expedition, who brought it 
home and presented it to this Society. 

3. A large series of specimens of Mammals, Birds, and Reptiles, 
brought back by Mr. Frank Finn, F.Z.S., on his recent return from 
a zoological excursion to Zanzibar. These animals were given into 
Mr. Finn’s charge by General Mathews, C.M.G., Dr. W. H. B. 
MacDonald, Mr. R. MacAllister, Mr. F. Pordage, and other Corre- 
spondents of the Society at Zanzibar and Mombasa. Amongst 


1 For an account of Mr. Williams's expedition see Rey. Frang, et Expl. xvi. 


p. 395. 
2 J. f. O. 1883, p. 399. 


aU) 
™N 
Ww 
= 
Go 
co) 
ae) 
a 
& 
Ka 
Kost 
= 


“nce 
am 


J. Smit del.et lith. Mimtern Bros. imp, 


CERGCOPITHECUS STAIRSL. 


1892.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON TESTUDO GRANDIDIERI. 581 


them are examples of the Puisa Ichneumon (Bdeogale puisa), the 
Black Gallinule (Limnocorax niger), the Madagascar Pratincole 
(Glareola ocularis), Grant’s Francolin (Francolinus granti), and 
of other species new to the Society’s collection. 

4. Two Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha) from Brazil, pur- 
chased Oct. 24, new to the Society’s collection. 


The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Thomas Ground, a 
specimen of the Siberian Pectoral Sandpiper (Tringa acuminata), 
shot by that gentleman on Breydon mudflats, in Norfolk, in 
August last*, and read the following letter addressed to him on this 
subject :— 

“School Lane, Moseley, 
’ Birmingham, 
Noy. 14th, 1892. 
“ Dear Sir, 

“T have sent you to-day by L. & N. W. passenger train the 
specimen of Tringa acuminata for exhibition at the meeting of your 
Society tomorrow evening. 

“J shot the bird on the 29th August last on Breydon mudflats ; 
it was in company with a Ringed Plover and three or four Dunlins. 
The boatman picked it up and threw it into the punt, saying it was 
a Dunlin. On reaching home I examined the bird, and having 
never seen a Dunlin with so fine and short a bill, I took it to the 
stuffers and was agreeably surprised to find a few days afterwards 
that it had been pronounced to be an example of 7. acuminata. 

“Yours faithfully, 
“Tos. GrounD.” 


For the purpose of comparison with this specimen Mr. Thomas 
Southwell had, with the permission of the Trustees of the Norfolk 
and Norwich Museum, kindly sent up the specimen of Tringa 
acuminata purchased by the late J. H. Gurney in 1848, and at first 
referred to Tringa pectoralis”. 

Mr. Southwell wrote that since the specimen was recognized 
as Tringa acuminata it had been restuffed for the Museum by 
Mr. Roberts, who was decidedly of opinion that the specimen had 
been originally (that is when stuffed by Knights) set up from the 
flesh. It had been badly shot in the neck and legs. 


Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S., read a paper describing the remains 
of an extinct gigantic Tortoise from Madagascar (Testudo gran- 
didieri, Vaill.), based on specimens obtained in caves in South-west 
Madagascar by Mr. Last, and transmitted to the British Museum. 
The species was stated to be most nearly allied to Testudo gigantea 
of the Aldabra Islands. 

This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac- 
tions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1 See ‘Zoologist,’ 1892, p. 356 et p. 405. 
2 G&. ‘Zoologist,’ 1892, p. 405, 


582 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A NEW SEMNOPITHECUS. [Nov. 15, 


1. Description of a new Monkey of the Genus Semno- 
pithecus from Northern Borneo. By Oxpriretp THomas. 


[Received October 25, 1892.] 
(Plate XLI.) 


In 1889 I had the pleasure of describing before this Society’ a 
very beautiful species of Semnopithecus from the Baram district, 
North-eastern Sarawak, which was discovered by Mr. Charles Hose, 
and was named in his honour Semnopithecus hosei. Of this Monkey 
many specimens, all from much the same district, have come to 
Europe, and I have reason to believe that most of the European 
Museums are now supplied with examples of it, all obtained by the 
same energetic and successful collector. In our own Museum we 
have, besides the type, another adult male, two young specimens, 
and an adult skeleton. All these specimens, including young ones 
barely a foot in length, have shown the most striking uniformity in 
their coloration, there being in none of them the smallest deviation 
from the colour depicted in my illustration of the type (é. ¢. 
plate xvi.). 

Now, however, the Museum has received, first from Mr. A. 
Everett, who noticed the differences himself, one specimen, and then 
from Mr. Hose two more, of a Monkey undoubtedly closely allied 
to S. hoset, but yet all three so like each other and so different in 
markings from any specimen of that species which I have seen, that 
I feel unable to consider it to be S. hosez, and therefore must 
describe it as new. 

Mr. Everett’s specimen having been the first obtained, I propose 
to make it the type, and to name the species in honour of its 
discoverer, who, as already mentioned, had himself noticed its 
distinguishing characters. 


SEMNOPITHECUS EVERETTI, sp.n. (Plate XLI.) 


Size and proportions as in S. hosei. Colour of body, limbs, and 
tail as in that species except that the white is everywhere replaced 
by dull cream-colour, and this change produces a marked yellowish 
suffusion in the mixed grey of the back and tail; the shoulders and 
the centre of the back are also darker, a character still more marked 
in the two Dulit specimens than in the type. Belly and the light 
parts of the head pale yellowish or cream-colour, quite different 
from the snowy white of S. hosci. The chief difference, however, 
lies in the distribution of the colours of the head, for while in 
S. hosei only the centre of the crown and a narrow line down the 
nape are black, the rest, including the whole of the region round 
and above the ear, being pure white, in 8. everetti the whole of the 
forehead and top of head are black, the lower limit of the black 
passing across the middle of the ear, and the whole breadth of the 


1 P,Z. 8. 1889, p. 159. 


Je da Sie WSyay let OL 


J. Smit del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp. 


SVG PLE CUS. Ey BRE il, 


1892.] MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON A NEW BLENNIOID FISH. 9583 


back of the neck is also black. A spot in the exact centre of the 
forehead just above the meeting of the eyebrows is, however, pale 
yellowish white. The pale cheeks and the pale sides of the neck 
are in this species in just as striking contrast to the dark crown as 
in S. hosei, and distinguish it equally from its near ally S. chryso- 
melas. 

In the skull the differences are of course but slight, and many 
specimens of each would be needed before any of them could be 
claimed as genuinely differential characters. Comparing the type 
skull of S. everetéi with that of S. Aosei, the brain-case is longer 
and more flattened, the orbits are more circular in outline, and the 
length of the zygomata is decidedly greater. The development of 
the fifth cusp to the last lower molar is very much the same in 
both, i.e. much less than in S. cristatus and the majority of the 
species, but much greater than in S. chrysomelas, a species remark- 
able for the almost entire suppression of the cusp. 

Dimensions of the type, an adult female in skin :—Head and body 
(c.) 550 millim., tail 650. 

Skull—basal length 63:7, greatest length (gnathion to occiput) 
94, greatest breadth 70, combined length of upper premolars and 
molars 24, of molars only 16:2. 

The type specimen was obtained by Mr. Everett’s hunters at an 
altitude of about 3500 feet on Mount Kina-balu, in March 1892. 
Mr. Hose’s two specimens were killed at 3000 feet on Mount Dulit in 
June. The species is therefore no doubt a purely mountain one, 
and does not, like S. hosei, descend to the plains. This latter 
species, however, also occurs at considerable altitudes on Mount 
Dulit, but has not as yet been certainly found on Mount Kina-balu, 
the skull from that mountain doubtfully referred by me to it in 
1889 ' belonging very probably to S. everetti. 

Finally, I must of course admit the possibility of intermediate 
specimens between S. hosei and S. everetti occurring, and the con- 
sequent necessity for the reduction of the latter form to the rank of 
a subspecies; but in the absence of such intermediate forms and in 
view of the great constancy in the coloration of S. hoset already 
noted, it seems best to give a name to the striking variation from it 
now described. 


2. Description of a new Blennioid Fish from Kamtschatka. 
By G. A. BouLencer. 


[Received October 25, 1892.] 


BLENNIOPHIDIUM, g. 0. 


Body elongate, compressed, covered with very small cycloid 
scales. Mouth small, horizontal, protractile, with fleshy lips; 
small conical teeth in jaws and on palate. No opercular spine. 


1 Tic. p. 160. 


584 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW BLENNIOID Fisul. [Nov. 15, 


Gill-membranes broadly connected, but free from isthmus ; branchio- 
stegals four. Dorsal fin very long, extending from the nape to the 
caudal, with which it is subcontinuous ; a few of the posterior rays 
are stiff spines, the rest being soft, though not articulate; anal fin 
extending from the anus, which js a little nearer the anterior than 
the posterior extremity, to the caudal, formed exclusively of soft 
rays; caudal distinct, rounded. Pectorals well developed, with 21 
rays. No ventrals. No lateral line. No prominent anal papille. 
Pyloric appendages present. 

As the name I have chosen for this genus indicates, this is one of 
those numerous forms which might almost equally well be referred 
to the Blenniide or to the Ophidiide. The presence of pyloric 
appendages and the absence of prominent anal papillee might induce 
us to include it among the Gadoids, as defined by Giinther, whilst 


Blenniophidium petropauli. 3. 


the presence cf spines in the dorsal fin, together with the un- 
mistakable affinity it bears to Cebedichthys, indicate its correct place 
to be among the Blenniide. 


BLENNIOPHIDIUM PETROPAULI, Sp. ll. 


Depth of body 6 times in total length (without caudal); length 
of head same as depth of body. Diameter of eye equal to length of 
snout, + length of head, and a little more than interorbital width; 
maxillary extending to below anterior fourth of eye; some wide 
pores on the head; cheeks, opercles, and occiput closely scaled ; 
strips of small scales on the branchiostegal membrane, between the 
rays. Dorsal 41 XI, continuous and subequal in depth, about 3 as 
deep as the body. Anal 37. Pectoral 3 length of head, about as 
long as caudal. Anus twice as far from caudal as from base of 
pectoral. Yellowish brown, with ill-defined darker marblings; a 
crescentic black line on the top of the head, from eye to eye; a 
black line, obliquely directed forwards, below the eye, and another, 
in opposite direction, from the eye to the opercle; two dark brown 
streaks across the nape, the second crossing the origin of the dorsal 
fin and extending to the base of the pectoral; dorsal and caudal 
fins greyish olive, lighter at the base, the dorsal with five large black 
spots at regular intervals ; pectorals and anal colourless. 

Total length 140 millim. 

The single specimen, which is represented above, two thirds 


1892.] VARIATION IN SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. 585 


natural size, was obtained by Sir George Baden Powell in Petro- 
paulovski harbour, Kamtschatka, on Sept. 8, 1891. Before describing 
this fish as new I have satisfied myself, by a careful comparison 
with the original description, that it cannot by any means be 
referred to Ophidium ocellatum, Tilesius, which it strongly resembles 
in general appearance. Notwithstanding the several different names 
which have been bestowed upon it, this Ophidium ocellatum, ob- 
tained at Petropaulovski, has not been rediscovered since its descrip- 
tion in 1811, and its affinities are altogether uncertain. 


3. On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, 
statistically examined. By W. Baresson, M.A., Fellow 
of St. John’s College, Cambridge, and H. H. Brinpuey, 
M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge. 


[Received November 15, 1892.] 


It is a familiar fact that many insects are provided with long, 
chitinous horn-like processes of various shapes and forms. Such 
horns are sometimes present in both sexes, but more commonly 
they attain their chief development in the male only. Among 
beetles the most striking examples are found in the Lamellicorns, 
many of which have horns of great size on the head, or on the 
thorax, or on both. Analogous developments are seeu in the great 
mandibles of the males in some Lucanide, of which the Stag-beetle 
(Lucanus cervus) is a common representative. In the majority of 
these forms the similar parts of the females are either not produced 
at all or are much smaller. Now in many species having these 
curious horns in the male sex, it has long been observed that the 
males are not all alike in the degree to which the horns are devel- 
oped; but that, on the contrary, some of the males may bear 
massive horns of prodigious size, while other males of the same 
species have hardly any horns at all, being in fact very like females. 
The males with the great horns are in common parlance known as 
“‘high”’ males, those with the rudimentary horns being “ low ” 
males. A good series of figures illustrating the phenomenon is 
given by Darwin’, and examples of such Variation in Odontolabis 
&c. are exhibited in a show-case in the Natural History Museum 
at South Kensington. 

The phenomenon of great Variation in the development of horns 
present in the males as a secondary sexual character is not peculiar 
to beetles, though in them it perhaps reaches a climax. A similar 
case is presented for instance by the Common Earwiz (Forficula 
auricularia), in which the terminal foreeps are in some males no 
larger than those of the female, while in others they are three times 
the size. 


’ «Descent of Man, 1871, yol. i. pp. 368-375. 


586 MESSRS. BATESON AND BRINDLEY ON [Nov. 15, 


The investigation we proposed to ourselves was as follows. 
Taking a species in which the horns of the male are sometimes 
small and sometimes of great size, we wished to see if individuals 
having any one degree of development of horns are more frequent 
than those having other degrees of development. The high males 
are an extreme form, and the low males are again an extreme form: 
would it then be found, on inquiry, that the mean form between 
these two is the commonest ? 

To those who are acquainted with the statistics set forth by 
Galton in ‘Natural Inheritance’ and elsewhere, it will be well 
known that measurements of certain quantities, as, for example, 
those of the stature of Englishmen, group themselves around a 
mean form in such a way that the curve representing the frequency 
of occurrence of the several measurements has the form known as 
a curve of Frequency of Error. In other words, there is a mean 
stature for that group of persons, and variations from this mean are 
rarer in proportion as they depart from it. Persons of mean stature 
are common, while the tall and the short are rarer. This group of 
individuals may then be described as monomorphic in respect of 
stature. If, on the other hand, it were found that tall persons were 
common and short persons were common, but persons of middle 
height were rare, such a group might be called dimorphic in respect 
of stature, and the curve representing the frequency of their various 
statures would not form one Curve of Error with one peak, but would 
have ¢wo peaks. In two of the three examples about to be described, 
the statistics showed that such dimorphism does actually exist, and 
that it is not the mean form which is the commonest, but rather the 
moderately high and the moderately low. After these remarks we 
may now describe our observations. 


I. Forricuta auricutaria. (The Common Earwig.) 


In a visit to the Farne Islands off the coast of Northumberland it 
was noticed by one of us that these small rocks were inhabited by 
vast quantities of Earwigs. ‘The Farnes are a group of basaltic 
islands about 3-5 miles out to sea, few of them having human 
habitations. ‘They are a well known breeding-place for sea-birds of 
many kinds. Above high-water mark most of the rocks are covered 
with a deep, black vegetable mould in which Silene maritima grows 
luxuriantly, constituting the chief vegetation, and it is in this that 
the burrows of the Puftins are for the most part made. 

The abundance of Earwigs was most extraordinary. Under every 
stone or tussock there was an almost continuous sheet of Earwigs. 
This was the case not only among the sea-birds’ nests, but also 
round the light-keepers’ houses where no birds build. It did not 
seem, therefore, that the excessive quantity of Earwigs was necessarily 
connected with the presence of the nests. 

It was at once seen that amongst these Earwigs were many males 
with extremely long forceps, like that shown in fig. 1, Il. The 
usual form is seen in fig. 1, I, both figures being natural size. We 


1892.] VARIATION IN SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. 587 


shall refer to these two forms as “ high ” and “low? males respec- 
tively. 
It appears that the high male is known from many places in 


Forficula awricularia, the Common Earwig. 
I. Low male. II. High male. 


England and elsewhere, and that it was made into a distinct species 
by Stephens! under the name F. forcipata. This species has not 
been retained by later authorities (see Fischer? and Brunner von 
Wattenwyl’). After the visit to the Farnes, the high males were 
found on the mainland near Bamborough in fair quantity, though 
not so abundant as on the Farnes. We have received also a large 
sample of Earwigs collected in a Cambridge garden, containing 163 
males, of which 5 would come into the “thigh” class, A 
sample kindly collected for us by Dr. Norman, F.R.S., in his garden 
at Burnmoor, near Durham, contains no high male. The great 
abundance of high males at the Farnes seems to be quite excep- 
tional. 

With a view to determining the frequency of the high and low 
forms, 1000 of these Earwigs were collected for us by Miss A. 
Bateson on Sept. 12, 1892. The whole were taken in one day from 
three very small islands known as the Knocksies and Widerpern, 
which are joined to each other at low tide. 

Of the 1000 specimens 583 proved to be mature males. Before 
giving the results of the measurements, it is perhaps necessary to 
give the reasons upon which we believe these specimens to have been 
all adult. In this matter we rely partly on the judgment of 
Dr. Sharp, F.R.S., who has most kindly assisted us in many ways 
throughout this investigation, and was so good as to take part in 
the work of measurement. We are informed by Dr. Sharp that the 
full development of the elytra is only reached in the adult state in 
F, auricularia, and we have been careful to include no specimen 
having imperfect elytra. As may be seen in the figures, the develop- 
ment of the elytra in the high and low males is the same. Besides 


* ‘British Entomology,’ 1835, vi. p. 6, pl. xxviii. fig. 4. 
2 *Orthoptera Europea,’ 1853, p. 74. 
* «Prodr, d. europ. Orthop.,’ 1882, p. 12, 


588 MESSRS. BATESON AND BRINDLEY ON [ Nov. 15, 


this, it is to be remembered that in most localities the high male 
is either unknown or very scarce, and it cannot be doubted that in 
these places the low males are really mature. Lastly, we know by 
the analogous case of horned beetles that high males coexist with 
low males, both being in this case of course mature. We think, 
therefore, that we are justified in considering that the 583 males 
available for measurement were all adult. 

These specimens were laid out on squared millimetre paper 
covered with gum, and while the gum was still wet the posterior end 
of the forceps was brought up to one of the lines, and the length of 
the forceps was read to the nearest half millimetre, which is well 
within the limit of error. The results are set out in the accompany- 
ing curve (fig. 2), in which the figures on the ordinates denote 


Curve showing frequency of occurrence of forceps of various lengths in male 
Earwigs (Ff. auricularia). 


Ordinates give numbers of individuals; abscisse give length of forceps in mm. 


numbers of individuals, those on the abscissze denoting millimetres. 
The smallest length of forceps was 2°5 mm., and the greatest 9 mm, 
As the curve shows, the greatest frequency is grouped about 3°5 
mm. and 7 mm. respectively. The mean form, having forceps of 
moderate length, 4-6 mm., is comparatively rare. We consider that 
the number of cases is enough to justify the acceptance of these 
statistics, and it is unlikely that a greater number of cases would 


1892.] VARIATIONS IN SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. 589 


much alter the shape of the curve’. The size of the forceps in the 
females searcely varies at all, probably less than 1 mm. in the whole 
sample. 

It is perhaps unnecessary to say that this result is of considerable 
importance to an appreciation of the way in which Variation may 
occur. There is here a group of individuals living in close com- 
munion with each other, high and low, under the same stones. No 
external circumstance can be seen to divide them, and yet they are 
found to consist of two well marked groups, containing about equal 
numbers. To those who are acquainted with the chapter on Organic 
Stability in Galton’s ‘ Natural Inheritance,’ this will be recognized 
as an instance of Variation about two positions of stability, the 
intermediate position being one of less stability. In the common 
language of naturalists, the facts of this case suggest that there is, 
for some wholly unknown reason, a dimorphism among the males of 
these Earwigs, maintained though all live together. In cases of 
dimorphism some have thought fit to speculate on the possible 
utility of the phenomenon. We know no basis of fact from which 
these discussions may be properly attempted, and we leave these 
matters to those who are satisfied with such methods of biological 
inquiry and have leisure and ingenuity to pursue them. 

For the present we are content to recognize that in this case of 
the Earwig there is evidence of a definite and partially discontinuous 
Variation, in respect of a secondary sexual character. 


II. XyLorTrvuPeEs GIDEON. 


We are indebted to Baron A. von Hiigel for a large supply of 
this species. They were collected by him at a height of 4000-5000 
feet in the Willis Mountains, Kediri, Java, in February to April, 1878. 
In fig. 3 (p. 590) the males of this species are represented. As there 
seen, in this sex two horns are present, the one produced from the 
head, the other from the thorax. The two horns lie in the same 
vertical plane, and each ends ina smallfork. Taken together, these 
two horns thus constitute a pair of forceps, which can be opened by 
depressing the head. The points of the forceps do not exactly 
meet, but the point of the cephalic horn in high males is overlapped 
by that of the thoracic horn. As the figures show, there is very 
great variation in the degree to which these horns are developed in 
the male, the three drawings representing “ high,” ‘‘medium,”’ and 
“low” males respectively. In the female neither horn is developed, 
but there is considerable variation in total length. As may also be 
seen in the figures, those males which have very large horns are 


1 In most insects having high and low males, the high males are large in 
every way, while the low males are small. That this is so, generally speaking, 
in these Harwigs was clear, but it is not possible to get reliable measurements of 
total length, owing to the fact that the abdominal segments “ telescope ” into 
each other. Hence no examination of the correlation between total length and 
the length of the forceps could be attempted. There is nevertheless no doubt 
that the ratio of the length of the forceps to the total length is higher in high 
males than in the low. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XL. 40 


590 MESSRS. BATESON AND BRINDLEY ON [Nov. 15, 


also in other ways large individuals, while the males with small 
horns are small individuals. But though there is some correlation 
between absolute size and the degree to which the horns are devel- 
oped, our measurements have shown that this correlation is not 
perfect. It is of course clear that the ratio of length of the horns 
to that of the body is greater in the high males than in the low. 
Baron von Hiigel gave us some interesting particulars as to the 
natural history of these beetles. They were collected in the height 
of the breeding-season, perhaps the greater number being found 
coupled. It was noticed that large males were often attached to 


Fig. 3. 


TAL 
Cp.h 


Diagrams of Xylotrupes gideon, 3, seen from side. Legs not shown. 
I, High male. II. Medium male. III. Low male. 
T.h., thoracic horn; Cp.h., cephalic horn. 


small females and the reverse, but there appeared to be no regularity 
in this. In view of the circumstance that there are scarcely any 
observations as to the functions of the horns of beetles, the following 
statements of Baron von Hiigel are especially noteworthy. He says 
that the animals were caught by himself and by natives, and were 
tied up with pieces of bast. When they were brought home and 
untied, the males immediately sought out the females, and seizing 
them transversely, carried them about, held between the two horns, 
with evident satisfaction. He tells us that this was observed again 
and again, and was clearly a definite habit. The males with small 
horns, though unable to lift the females, nevertheless made ludi- 
crous efforts to do so. In answer to the question whether it was 
observed that these small males did not succeed in obtaining females 


1892.] VARIATION IN SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. 591 


in the state of nature, Baron von Hiigel tells us that he has no 
reliable recollection on this point. 

The habit described above is not confined to X. gideon, for 
Baron von Hiigel observed it also on one occasion in the case of 
Chalcosoma atlas, the well-known Atlas-beetle. A pair of this 
species from Java were presented by him to the Cambridge Museum, 
which were thus found, the female being carried between the horns 
of the male. In view, therefore, of the fact that the horns of many 
species are in various ways disposed as a pair of forceps, it is possible 
that this may be a habit widely spread; but that such a function 
cannot be attributed to all the cases of horns is shown by the fact 
that in many species the horns do not form a pair of forceps. 

In 342 males of this beetle the cephalic horn was measured with 
compasses from the angle of the terminal fork to the edge of the ridge 
into which the horn is proximally and ventrally reflected, just in front 
of the eyes. The results obtained are tabulated in fig. 4, according 


Fig. 4. 
M’ 


| 
| 


. 
. 
. e 
. * * . ° 
e« ° . . . 
eee ° . @e « 
eee e > . ee e 
eee - ove 7. . 
eee . =ee se . 
ece . ees oe2@oe 
eeoese . ie eee eete 
eoce e . 2 ogee ea@e 
oeee e s oece ee eed 
eenve e . eeee eorece 
eoeve e . erse se e@ea0 
esreee e s eeoeae e@eeeove 
e@eee s . i ae eeeseeceee © 
ovees e . s ese eseveeoevesn 
2 Zz a 7 & 10 un 


Diagram showing frequency of various lengths of the cephalic horns 
in Xylotrupes gideon, 3g. 


M, mean case; M’, mean value. Ordinates show number of cases; abscissex 
show lengths four times nat. size. The numbers give the lengths in lines. 


to the common system. Lach dot represents a case, and the ordin- 

ates thus give the numbers of cases, while the abscissee show the 

lengths of the horns ; for clearness these measurements are shown four 

times the natural size. The shortest cephalic horn was 0°4 cm., 

while the longest was 2°4 em. As the diagram shows, in the neigh- 

bourhood of the mean value-(M') for the length of horn the 
40* 


592 MESSRS. BATESON AND BRINDLEY ON [Nov. 15, 


specimens were few, while the moderately high and moderately low 
males are common, the two groups being about equ: lly numerous. 

Measurements of the thoracic horn showed a similar dimorphism ; 
but, for the reason that it is not possible to measure this horn apart 
from the thorax, these measurements are not so satisfactory. 

The length of the elytra was also measured, and it may perhaps be 
taken as a measure of the body-length. For various reasons it is 
hard to obtain any more satisfactory measurement of the body-length. 
Such a measurement must either include the variable horns or else 
must depend on the degree of flexion of head or thorax. The result 
of the measurement of the elytra is perhaps unexpected in view of 
the knowledge that there is dimorphism in respect of the cephalie 
horn. Fig. 5 shows the result of grouping the statistics as to the 


Fie. b, 


Xylotrupes gideon, S. Table of frequency of elytra of various lengths. 
Ordinates show number of eases ; abscissee show lengths of elytra in em. 


frequency of the various lengths of elytra, and it is hence clear that 
the mean form is the commonest, just as it is in the case of the 
stature ofa given human community. Though dimorphic in respect 
of the length of the horns, these males are thus monomorphic as 
regards the elytra. There is of course nothing really contrary to 


1892.] | VARIATION IN SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS. 593 


expectation in the fact that a race is dimorphic in respect of one 
character while in respect of another it is monomorphic. 


III. Lucanus cervus. (The Stag-beetle.) 


Of this insect we have no quantity of males sufficient to justify 
a statement that in respect of the development of the mandibles it is 
monomorphic or dimorphic. It is well known that very striking 
differences are found between high and low males in this species. 

Males to the number of 115 obtained at Woking in 1891 and 1892 
have been measured. The lengths of the mandibles from the apex 
to the internal angle between the base and the head were taken with 
compasses, and the result is exhibited in fig. 6. The fact that this 


Table of frequency of various lengths of mandible in Lueanus cervus, ¢. 
Ordinates show number of cases; abscissz give lengths of mandibles in cm. 


sample is monomorphic is quite clear, for the numbers are plainly 
grouped round the middlemost value. But in this case there is 
serious reason to doubt whether the sample examined contains really 
low males. In our experience of the Earwig’s forceps and the 
Xylotrupes horns, the low males are almost like the females; but in 
the case of the Stag-beetle the mandible of the lowest male seen 
was much greater than that of the females. It seems possible that 
in the Stag-beetle the truly low male is either very rare or does not 
occur, and that the existing individuals belong to a group answering 
to those which were found in Xylotrupes above the middlemost 
value. There is in fact a possibility that we have in the Stag-beetle 
a case which is the converse of that of the Earwig. In most places 
the low male Earwig is to be found, the high male being absent or 


594 DR. S.J. HICKSON ON ALCYONARIA STOLONIFERA. [Dec. 6, 


very scarce, but in the Stag-beetle it is the high male that is 
common while in most places the low male is absent or scarce. 

In this case, and in that of X. gideon also, the ratio of the man- 
dibles or horns to the total length is higher in the high males than 
in the low males; or, in other words, though the body of a high 
male is larger than that of a low male, the horns of the high male 
are still larger in proportion to the body than those of the low male. 

In conclusion we would call attention to the fact that fantastic 
secondary sexual horns present one of the most difficult problems in 
Evolution, for as to their modes of origin even guesses can scarcely 
be made. To their production a considerable expenditure of energy 
is clearly needed, and yet in many cases they have no obvious func- 
tion. They are, further, notoriously variable. Darwin on the whole 
was disposed to regard them as ornaments. The knowledge there- 
fore that variation in the degree of development of these structures 
may be discontinuous is a material assistance to the formation of 
any conception as to the manner of their origin. The question may 
be asked, does the dimorphism of which cases have now been given 
represent the beginning of a division into two species, or rather a 
division which might be accentuated so as to lead to such division ? 
To this question we have no answer to make, but such a possibility 
may well be remembered. 

We must express our thanks to Messrs Macmillan for their 
kindness in allowing us to use the drawings of figs. 1-4, which have 
been prepared by them in illustration of a forthcoming book by one 
of us on the subject of Variation. 


December 6, 1892. 
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1892 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of November were 144, of which 94 were by 
presentation, 7 by birth, 39 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 2 on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, 
by death and removals, was 82. 


Dr. S. J. Hickson, F.Z.S., read a paper entitled ‘A Revision of 
the Genera of the Alcyonaria Stolonifera, with a Description of one 
new Genus and several new Species,” of which the following is an 
abstract :— 

In a communication made to the Royal Society in 1883, the 
author proposed to separate those Alcyonarians in which the polyps 
spring independently from a creeping stolon into a suborder, the 
Stolonifera. 

The author’s views have not been accepted by von Koch, Viguie, 


1892.] DR. S.J. HICKSON ON ALCYONARIA STOLONIFERA. 5Y5 


Perceval Wright, aud Studer, but a renewed investigation of the 
genera belonging to the suborder has convinced him that the pro- 
posed classification is perfectly justified. The suborder Stolonifera 
may be defined as follows :— 

Colonial Alcyonaria with a membranous or ribbon-like stolon. 
Mesogloea poorly developed. Polyps either entirely free from one 
another except at their bases, or connected by horizontal platforms 
(Tubipora) or connecting tubes (Clavularia viridis and the fossil 
Syringopora). Skeleton composed of calcareous spicules which may 
be joined together to form firm tubes, or free from one another, or 
absent. In some cases the body-walls supported by a horny 
secretion. 

The suborder Stolonifera contains two families: Tubiporide and 
Clavulariidee. 

The family Tubiporide contains one genus: Zubipora. 

The family Clavulariide contains four genera: Clavularia, 
Cornularia, Stereosoma, and Sympodium, and probably Syringopora. 

The genus Cornularia may be defined as follows :-— 

Clavulariidee without spicules. Stolons with a simple cavity. 
Polyps retractile. The basal parts of the polyps and stolon protected 
by a horny secretion. 

The genus Clavularia may be defined as follows :— 

Clavulariide with a membranous or retiform creeping stolon 
into which the polyps cannot be completely retracted. Spicules 
usually present. No horny secretion of the ectoderm formed. 

The genus Sympodium may be defined as follows :— 

Clavulariidee with a thick plate-like stolon into which the polyps 
may be completely retracted. 

The genus Stereosoma may be defined as follows :— 

Clavulariide forming small colonies, consisting of stiff non- 
retractile polyps situated at considerable intervals from one another 
on a thick plate-like stolon. Tentacles non-retractile. Pinne few 
and widely separated from one another. Spicules absent. 

Rhizowenia, Sarcodictyon, Anthelia, Gymnosarca, Cyathopodium, 
and Cornulariella can no longer be retained as separate genera, as it is 
impossible to separate them from the genus Clavularia. The species 
of these genera therefore become species of Clavularia. 

The following new species of Stolonifera are described :— 


Stereosoma celebense, from the shore reefs of Talisse Island, 
North Celebes. 

Clavularia garcie, from Diego Garcia, shallow water. 

Clavularia reptans, 5-20 fathoms off Talisse Island, N. Celebes. 

Clavularia celebensis, shallow water, Talisse Island, N. Celebes. 


The following species previously named by the author in the 
Proc. Royal Society of Victoria are described in detail for the first 
time :— 

Clavularia australiensis, varieties A & B. 
Clavularia ramosa. 
Clavularia flava. 


596 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 6, 


An account of the anatomy of Clavularia viridis of Quoy and 
Gaimard is also given. 
This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Convolutions of the Cerebral Hemispheres in 
certain Rodents. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., 
Prosector to the Society. 


[Received December 6, 1892.] 


The Rodents are for the most part smooth-brained animals ; there 
are, however, several exceptions to the universal applicability of this 
statement, which have been to some extent dealt with by previous 
writers, including myself. The Rodent brain has not, however, 
been subjected to that careful study to which the Ungulate and 
Carnivorous brains have in the hands of Dr. Krueg and Prof. Mivart. 
The only paper dealing with the Rodent brain in general known to me 
is by Dareste (1) ; but this article does not include a full description of 
the convolutions in any type except in the Capybara, though incidental 
references are made to other types in the author’s general survey of 
the characters of the cerebral hemispheres in the group. Having 
formed a collection of Rodents’ brains during the last year or two 
from material that came to hand at the Society’s Gardens, I think 
it will perhaps be worth while to again call the attention of anato- 
mists and systematists to the structure of the cerebral convolutions 
in this group of Mammalia. I have examined specimens of the 
following species, the brains of which show, at any rate, traces of 
convolutions :— 
Celogenys paca. 
Dasyprocta azare. 
Lagostomus trichodactylus. 
Capromys pilorides. 
Hydrocherus capybara. 
Hystrix cristata. 
Sphingurus prehensilis. 

villosus. 

Castor canadensis. 

Cavia porcellus. 

Octodon cummingi. 

Myopotamus coypu. 

Lepus cuniculus. 

Aulacodus swindernianus. 

Dolichotis patachonica. 


The last two I have lately described in papers dealing with the 
general anatomy of the Rodents in question (3, 4). Several of 
these animals have been studied by previous observers; I shall 
refer to them in the following descriptive part of the present paper. 


1892. | CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 597 


§ 1. Description of the Cerebral Hemispheres in certain Genera. 


Castor canadensis’.—Total length 54 mm., breadth 41 mm., 
height 25 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres trend away from each other posteriorly, 
permitting the corpora quadrigemina to be seen; they are closely 
applied anteriorly. The length of each hemisphere is 38 mm.; the 
hemispheres are wider behind than in front; the width gradually 
increases up to a point a little in front of the middle of the hemi- 
sphere ; thence the two margins are approximately parallel to each 
other. 

The upper surface of the cerebral hemispheres is nearly completely 
smooth ; at about the end of the first half of the hemisphere is a 
short fissure shaped like the Greek letter y; behind this, separated 
from it by a considerable interval and further from the middle line, 
is a very short (3 mm. long) longitudinal fissure. These two 
fissures are indicated by Leuret and Gratiolet as forming one 
continuous fissure. On the under surface of the brain no trace was 
apparent of the Sylvian fissure. The rbinal fissure is by no means 
clearly marked ; it is only obvious anteriorly and again just before 
the posterior margin of the hemispheres; it ends at a distance of 
15 mm. from the upper surface of the hemispheres. The olfactory 
bulbs are large. 


Capromys pilorides.—Length 38 mm., breadth 26 mm., height 
16 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres (fig. 1, p. 593) show the same rounded 
oval contour that distinguishes the brains of the Porcupines. The 
extreme diameter of the hemispheres is reached a very short distance 
behind the anterior end of the brain. The posterior divergence of 
the two hemispheres partly displays the corpora quadrigemina. 
Each hemisphere measures 25 mm. in length. The surface is faintly 
marked by a few furrows. A longitudinal furrow (see woodcut, 
fig. 1) on each side starts from the inner angle of the hemisphere ; 
it is altogether 9 millimetres long; it passes at first forwards and 
outwards, and then at the middle of its length changes its direction 
and runs straight forwards parallel to the long axis of the brain; a 
very short branch is given off at this point which continues the 
straight line of the first part of the furrow; another short branch 
parallel to this is given off on the side just before the end of the 
furrow. These furrows are more strongly marked on the right 
half of the brain. In front of this posterior longitudinal furrow 
is a short C-shaped furrow not connected with it; the concavity of 
this furrow is directed inwards. There are indications of a very 
faint transverse furrow at a distance of 10 mm. from the intercerebral 
sulcus and about 4 mm. from the posterior margin of the brain. A 
diagonal furrow about 8 mm. in length is partly visible on the 
sides of the hemispheres when the brain is viewed from above; it 


1 Figured by Lenret and Gratiolet (8, plate i‘i. fig. 1). 


598 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 6, 


occupies the middle of the length of the hemisphere and runs from 
above downwards; on the left side of the brain this furrow gives 
off a faint branch which seems to be the Sylvian fissure—otherwise 
hardly marked. 

On the inferior surface of the brain the rhinal fissure is seen to be 


oN 
Brain of Capromys pilorides. 


A, from above; B, from the side. 


perfectly continuous and quite well marked froin end to end. As 
already mentioned, I found the greatest difficulty in discovering any 
traces of the Sylvian fissure excepting in the lateral region of the 
hemispheres, where it is present. 


Myopotamus coypu.—Total length 39 mm., breadth 28 mm., 
height 14 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres are nearly but not quite smooth ; there 
being indications of furrows which are more strongly marked in 
other genera. The extreme length of each hemisphere is 28 mm. 
They diverge posteriorly so as to display a portion of the corpora 
quadrigemina—both nates and testes; the latter are, however, 
partly concealed by a projection of the cerebellum. Anteriorly the 
two hemispheres become very narrow and diverge in a marked way 
from each other ; passing back, the hemispheres rapidly increase in 


1892.] CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 599 


breadth until about the middle point, when the margins are nearly 
parallel, converging slightly posteriorly. The rhinal fissure is quite 
continuous ; the Sylvian fissure is represented by the merest trace. 
On the upper surface of the brain there are two short furrows on 
each side, one in front of and to the outside of the other. 


Lagostomus trichodactylus—Total length 43 mm., breadth 
35 mm., height 18 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres diverge posteriorly so as to display the 
corpora quadrigemina ; they do not diverge at all anteriorly. The 
extreme length of each hemisphere is 31 mm. ‘The hemispheres 


Brain of Lagostomus trichodactylus. 


A, from above; B, from the side: a, 0, c, longitudinal fissures ; 
S, Sylvian fissure. See p. 607. 


are wider behind than in front ; the breadth increases very gradually 
up to the Sylvian fissure ; at this point the brain suddenly becomes 
wider. 

The brain (fig. 2) is marked by several fairly deep furrows and 
by other slighter ones. These are perfectly symmetrical. On 
either side of the intercerebral fissure is a furrow 9 mm. long which 


600 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


commences about 5 mm. from the posterior end of the brain 
and at about the same distance from the interhemispheral 
fissure ; this furrow is slightly oblique in direction, the anterior 
end being nearer to the middle line than the posterior. In 
front of this is another furrow, rather deeper but about the 
same length; this furrow is twice the distance from the median 
furrow, that is the last described furrow, and shows a tendency (on 
one side) to bifurcate anteriorly. If the anterior end of the pos- 
terior furrow were bent away from the middle line of the brain, it 
would come to be continuous with the anterior longitudinal furrow ; 
as it is a space of 3 mm. separates the two. Parallel with the 
posterior longitudinal furrow are two less conspicuous fissures ; they 
run at about equal distances from each other and from the furrow 
first described: the inner of the two is only just visible; it is very 
short and very plainly marked: the outer is 10 mm. in length; it 
starts from tke posterior border of the hemisphere ; but the posterior 
part of this fissure is much shallower than the anterior half, and 
is indeed only plainly recognizable on the right hemisphere. The 
Sylvian fissure is very deep on the upper surface of the brain 
though shallow at its commencement; its direction is on the whole 
at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the brain; it is, how- 
ever, curved, the convexity of the curve being forwards; at about 
the middle of its course it gives off a short forwardly running 
branch, the direction of which is also slightly downwards. 

On the under surface of the brain the only distinct fissure (apart 
from the Sylvian) to be seen is the rhinal fissure. This is quite 
obvious from end to end. This fissure can be traced back on 
the posterior aspect of the hemispheres up to within 6 or 7 mm. of 
the upper surface of the brain. 


Hystrix cristata‘.—Total length 45 mm., breadth 36 mm., 
height 20 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres are very broad and together have an 
almost circular contour. They diverge posteriorly so as to reveal 
the corpora quadrigemina. The upper surface is furrowed to some 
extent, though not to so marked a degree as in some other genera. 
The length of each hemisphere is 30 mm. 

A longitudinal furrow about 10 mm. long runs on either side of 
the median furrow on the posterior half of the hemisphere ; rather 
in front of the middle of each hemisphere, this furrow is very 
nearly continuous with a much deeper furrow passing obliquely 
outwards at an angle of about 30° with the transverse axis; this 
furrow, which is about 13 mm. long, is restricted to the dorsal 
surface of the brain. The remaining furrows are decidedly asym- 
metrical in their arrangement. 

On the left half of the brain there are two downwardly directed 
fissures running parallel with the Sylvian fissure. On the right 


? Figured by Leuret and Gratiolet (8, plate iii.). 


1892. ] CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 601 


hemisphere I could only recognize one of these. On the right half 
of the brain there is a marked indentation to the outside of the 
posterior extremity of the longitudinal furrow. 

On the under surface of the brain the rhinal fissure is seen to be 
very distinct and complete. The Sylvian fissure is not so distinct 
where it joins the rhinal fissure as it is laterally; just in front of 
the Sylvian fissure is a small fissure arising from the rbinal fissure, 
which appears to be the termination of the anterior transverse 
fissure of the dorsal surface of the brain. 


Sphingurus prehensilis—Total length 36 mm., breadth 27 mm., 
height 19 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres show the same peculiar shape that is 
seen in Aystriz; their contour is almost circular ; the posterior 
divergence of the two hemispheres is so nearly filled by the projecting 
cerebellum that the merest peep at the corpora quadrigemina is 
alone possible. 

Each hemisphere measures 24 mm. in length; the upper surface 
is smooth, but not so smooth as in the Beaver; it is marked by a 
good many meandering lines which are for the most part directed 
downwards. I do not describe these particularly as they do not 
appear to me to be of any morphological importance. In addition 
to these there are two dents on the upper surface of the brain. 
The posterior of these is placed at a distance of about 6 mm. from 
the hinder margin of the brain; the anterior mark is about the 
same distance in front. 

The rhinal fissure is not well marked, but it is complete. The 
Sylvian fissure was hardly apparent. 


Sphingurus villosus.—Total length 36 mm., breadth 30 mm., 
height 20 mm. 

This brain is almost exactly identical in size with that of the last 
species; nor is there any occasion to describe the general shape 
and the proportions of its various regions, for they are precisely 
as in Sphingurus prehensilis. 

On the other hand, the brain is deeply furrowed in comparison 
with that of the other Sphingurus. It appears to me to be a very 
remarkable fact there should be this difference in the brain-surface of 
two animals of the same size and belonging to the same genus. The 
rhinal fissure is quite deep and perfectly complete. The Sylvian 
fossa is much deeper than in Sphingurus prehensilis. The Sylvian 
fissure is also quite conspicuous and passes on to the dorsal side of 
the brain, where it is deeper than at its origin; this region of the 
Sylvian fissure is represented by the posterior of the two dents upon 
the surface of the brain of Sphingurus prehensilis. In front of this 
fissure are two others equidistant from it and from each other, 
which run in a similar direction; besides these principal fissures 
are numerous smaller ones which are principally branches of them. 
There was no longitudinal fissure. 


602 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 6, 


Dasyprocta azare.—Total length 46 mm., breadth 30 mm., 
height 20 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres are very closely applied along nearly 
their whole lengih ; the divergence posteriorly only permits a portion 
of the anterior pair of corpora quadrigemina to be seen when the 
brain is viewed from above. Each hemisphere measures 30 mm. in 
length and is furrowed. The general contour of the hemispheres 
does not differ from that of the last animal. 

The principal furrow (fig. 3) runs longitudinally at a distance 


Brain of Dasyprocta azare. 


A, from above ; B, from the side: d, anterior transversely running furrow ; 
S, Sylvian fissure ; a,b, c, longitudinal fissures. See p. 607. 


of about 5 mm. from the interhemispheral sulcus. It com- 
mences close to the posterior margin of the brain and passes 
nearly as far as the anterior end; at the end of the first third of 
the total length of the hemisphere this furrow gives off a branch 
which runs forwards and outwards, joining the rhinal furrow below ; 
8 mm. behind this point (on the left half of the brain), or 11 mm. 


1892. ] CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 603 


(on the right half), the Sylvian fissure also joins this longitudinally 
running furrow. 

A. second longitudinal furrow, at about the same distance from the 
first described longitudinal furrow as the latter is from the median 
interhemispheral furrow, and commencing about 5 mm. from the 
posterior margin of the brain, has a course of 4 or 5 mm.; this 
furrow is rather more strongly marked on the right half of the brain. 
Again, to the outside of this is a longer furrow but less strongly 
marked, which commences at the very margin of the brain just 
opposite to the point where the rhinal furrow is lost beneath the 
corpora quadrigemina; this furrow is situated about twice as far 
from the second longitudinal furrow as that furrow is from the first. 
Its length is about 12 mm. 

On the under surface of the brain the hippocampal gyrus is seen 
to be very prominent in the temporal region, and when the brain is 
viewed laterally this convex projection is very apparent. The rhinal 
fissure is complete and anteriorly appears to give off a short 
forwardly running branch such as I have described in Ccelogenys. 
The Sylvian fissure is very slightly marked where it joins the rhinal 
fissure. 

The olfactory bulbs are large. 

Leuret and Gratiolet’s figure (8, pl. iii.), though in my opinion 
better than that of Owen, is not so clear as the drawing which I 
exhibit. 


Celogenys paca.—Total length 53 mm., breadth 42 mm., height 
23 mm. 

The cerebral hemispheres diverge posteriorly so as to display 
the corpora quadrigemina ; there is no divergence anteriorly. Hach 
hemisphere measures 34 mm. in length and is considerably wider 
behind than in front, the diameter increases more rapidly after the 
Sylvian fissure. 

The surface of the hemispheres (fig. 4, p. 604) is indented by 
a few very deep furrows, which are quite symmetrically arranged. 
A furrow 10 mm. long lies posteriorly at a distance of 7 mm. from 
the interhemispheral sulcus ; anteriorly there is a shorter furrow 
which suddenly bends outwards posteriorly and runs almost parallel 
with the margin of the hemisphere. The posterior furrow is con- 
tinued forward by a very faintly marked furrow which approaches 
the middle line and then turns outwards, joining or running just 
behind the end of the anterior furrow. On the right side of the 
body there is a small but deep indentation on the inner side of the 
posterior furrow, between it and the interhemispheral furrow ; there 
is also (on both sides of the brain) another dint—it is hardly long 
enough to be called a furrow—on a level with the hind extremity 
of the posterior furrow and about as far from it as that furrow is 
from the median interhemispheral sulcus. 

Outside this again is a shallow furrow which begins at the 
posterior margin of the hemisphere, just on a level with the end of 


604 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 6, 


the rhinal furrow (on the right side); its course is longitudinal, but 
at an angle of about 30° with the longitudinal axis. 

On the under surface the rhinal fissure is complete and very deep 
and wide ; on the hinder aspect of the brain it is seen to reach to 
within about 12 mm. of the inner corner of the hemisphere ; 


Brain of Celogenys puca. 


A, from above; B, from the side: S, Sylvian fissure ; a, 0, c, longitudinal 
fissures. 


anteriorly the under surface of the pallium is marked by a short but 
deepish fissure which appears to become continuous with the rhinal 
fissure, but is really, in all probability, a distinct longitudinal groove 
upon the lower surface of the pallium. The hippocampal lohe is 
marked by an indentation just on a level with the Sylvian fissure ; 
there are also faint transverse lines in front of this. The Sylvian 
fissure is represented by a mere notch, more emphasized on the right 
half of the brain than on the left. 
The olfactory bulbs are large. 


1892. ] CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 605 


The brain of this animal is also figured by Leuret and Gratiolet 
(8, pl. iii.). The furrows are not, however, sufficiently marked 
in their drawing. 


Cavia porcellus.—Length 28 mm., breadth 20 mm., height 
12 mm. 

The description of this brain need not occupy us long, since the 
convolutions upon the cerebral hemispheres are very greatly reduced 
as compared with allied forms. The outline of each hemisphere, 
which measures 20 mm. in extreme length, is roughly triangular ; 
the widest point is not far in front of the posterior margin of the 
hemispheres ; thence the opposite margins converge to the anterior 
end of the brain, which is of slight diameter. The hemispheres are 
divaricated behind so as to display the corpora quadrigemina. 

On the under surface the rhinal fissure is well marked, entirely 
separating the rhinencephalon from the pallium ; this fissure is 
considerably deeper behind than in front. In the temporal region 
the rhinencephalon is very convex, a more or less strongly marked 
fissure (the Sylvian fossa) separating the convex posterior from the 
more flattened anterior part of the rhinencephalon. The rhinence- 
phalon is visible when the brain is viewed laterally. On the left 
side there is a distinct Sylvian fissure, which extends for a distance 
of about 6 mm.; its direction is almost vertical, but it slopes back- 
wards alittle. On the right side of the brain there was no trace 
that I could see of this fissure. 

The upper surface of the brain is but little fissured. On each 
hemisphere is a short fissure about 5 mm. long commencing a little 
way in front of the posterior margin of the brain and situated 3 mm. 
from the median interhemispheral fissure; in addition to this 
another longitudinal fissure is present on each side 5 mm. away 
from the last, longer and commencing at the posterior margin. 
This fissure is, however, even shallower than the last, but in spite 
of this is perfectly evident. 


It is generally stated that the convolutions of the hemispheres 
bear some relation to the size of the animal; thus in relation to 
the Cervide Sir W. H. Flower has pointed out’ ‘ how closely the 
amount of convolution bears relation to the bulk of the hemisphere, 
the primitive pattern being exactly the same in all.” Again, among 
the Primates the Marmoset has the tiniest brain, and this brain is 
guite smooth. Broadly speaking the rodents form no exception to 
this generalization; its truth becomes more apparent when the 
comparisons of extent of complication of brain-surface are restricted 
to a family rather than when applied to the whole group. 

Otherwise the brain of the Beaver forms a marked exception ; it 
is as large as any rodent brain excepting Hydrocherus and is nearly 
perfectly smooth, while considerably smaller brains, such as Lago- 
_-stomus, are decidedly convoluted. 

The above-given account of the various brains which I have been 


14, p. 174. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLI. 4] 


606 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


able to examine leads me to disagree with some of the statements in 
Dareste’s paper (1). After describing the convolutions of the 
Capybara he remarks :—“ II n’existe point dans les autres Rongeurs 
de véritables cireonvolutions ; mais les anfractuosités et les depres- 
sions que l’on observe 4 la surface du cerveau de leurs grandes espéces 
sont manifestement, dans leur disposition, )ébauche et comme 
Vindication des circonvolutions si développées et si nettement des- 
sinées du Cabiai.” Sir William Turner also, in his interesting 
survey of the Mammalian brain (2), says upon the same subject :— 
“‘The Rodentia are almost universally smooth-brained. But in 
some genera traces of shallow fissures may occasionally be seen on 
the surface which indicate an early stage in the formation of 
convolutions.” It appears to me that both these statements under- 
estimate the actual development of fissures and convolutions * upon 
the brain of the larger Rodents. I do not, I confess, see any reason 
for M. Dareste’s distinction between the “ circonvolutions” of the 
brain of Hydrocherus and the “anfractuosités” of the brains of 
some other forms; perhaps, however, Dareste had not in his hands 
such well-preserved brains as I-have been able, thanks to the skill 
of my assistant Mr. Ockenden, to examine. Judging from a 
specimen of the brain of Hydrochwrus which I have seen by the 
kindness of Mr. Charles Stewart in the Museum of the Royal 
College of Surgeons, the fissures in this rodent are not more marked 
than they are in, for example, Lagostomus ; but the latter is one of 
the best developed brains in this respect, and it is one of the types 
which M. Dareste did not examine or refer to; I should, however, 
dispute his statement even when applied to the Agouti; I think 
that a comparison of my figure of the brain of this rodent with 
M. Dareste’s figures of the brain of Hydrocherus will bear out my 
remarks. 

Another point in which I find myself in disagreement with 
M. Dareste concerns the Sylvian fissure. He remarks, and judging 
from his figure with perfect truth, that the Capybara has no fissure 
in its brain which can be compared to this universally present 
fissure ; it is, however, a little rash to found upon the examination of 
a single type (he says nothing in this matter of the other Rodents’ 
brains) a generalization of so much importance as that which 
Dareste proceeds to formulate, viz.:—‘‘ Le cerveau des Rongeurs 
nous présente, selon toute apparence, un type distinct de celui des 
Primates, des Carnivores et des Ruminants; type principalement 
caracterisée par l’absence de la scissure de Sylvius, et par suite par 
Vabsence de la division du cerveau des deux lobes, un antérieur, 
Yautre postérieur 4 la scissure.’ Sir W. Turner also remarks 
that ‘‘ The Sylvian fissure . . . is not seen . . . in the lissencephalous 
Rodents.” The Sylvian fissure is undoubtedly feebly developed in 
the majority of those Rodents * the brains of which I have personally 

1 Leuret and Gratiolet head plate iii., on which Rodents’ brains are figured, 
with the title “Encéphale des Mammiféres dont les lobes cérébraux sont 
dépourvus de circonyolutions.” 


* The Sylvian fissure also exists in a few perfectly smooth-brained Rodents 
for instance in the following :—Sciurus, Dipus, Gerbillus, Chinchilla. 


1892. | CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 607 


studied; but it is quite impossible to characterize the group by 
the absence of this fissure; for instance, there is a distinct trace 
of this fissure in Celogenys and in Capromys; Dasyprocta has quite 
a respectable Sylvian fissure, though, as I have already pointed out, 
it is not thoroughly certain which of the two fissures to be 
found in this neighbourhood is to be compared with the Sylvian 
fissure of other Mammals; but the best exception to M. Dareste’s 
unfortunate generalization is shown by the genus Lagostomus, 
where the Sylvian fissure is so deep and extensive that it could 
not possibly be overlooked, and moreover appears on the dorsal 
aspect of the brain, as shown in the drawing which I have already 
exhibited (fig. 2, p. 599). I do not think it worth while to follow 
M. Dareste into his comparison of the Rodent brain with that of 
the Marsupials and more particularly of the Kangaroo; he chiefly 
bases this comparison upon the supposed absence of the Sylvian 
fissure in the latter animal, a supposition which is not true (see for 
example the woodcut (fig. ii.) illustrating Sir William Turner’s 
paper upon the mammalian brain). 


§ 2. Comparison of the Brains of the Genera described inter se. 


The convolutions of the Rodent’s brain can be satisfactorily 
compared; but unfortunately most genera have small brains which 
either show no traces of any furrows or only traces. The furrows 
are, however, well developed in Celogenys, Dasyprocta, Dolichotis, 
Lagostomus, and Hystriz; traces of the more important furrows 
can be recognized in Castor, Aulacodus, Capromys, Sphingurus, 
Myopotamus, Lepus, Cavia, and Octodon; the brains of Sciurus, 
Dipus, Gerbillus, and Cricetus are quite smooth. 

The brain of Dasyprocta is a convenient starting-point; I shall 
therefore briefly recur to the furrows which mark the cerebral 
hemispheres of this Rodent. I do not propose to call these furrows 
by any names, for that would imply a direct comparison with the 
similarly named furrows in the brains of other Mammalia; I doubt 
very much how far such comparisons can be safely made. Each 
hemisphere has five furrows (apart from the ‘“rhinal” furrow, 
which I leave aside for the present), three of which run parallel with 
the long axis of the brain and two somewhat transversely to that axis. 

The most important of these furrows (a, see figs. 2, 3, & 4, 
pp- 599, 602, 604) runs at a distance of about 5 mm. from 
the interhemispheral suleus nearly from end to end of the 
brain. The second longitudinal furrow (4) is very short, about 5 
mm. long, and about 5 mm. distance from a. The third longi- 
tudinal furrow (c) is about twice the length of the last, and is 
situated about midway between the dorsal and ventral surfaces of 
the brain when the brain is seen in profile. At the end of the first 
third of the hemisphere the furrow @ gives off a transverse furrow 
(d), which joins the rhinal fissure ; behind this, at the end of the 
second third, is a second transverse fissure which as @ on one 

41 


608 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 6, 


side only, and separates the temporal from the frontal lobe; I 
have no hesitation in terming this the Sylvian fissure. 

In the brain of Lagostomus (fig. 2, p. 599) the same fissures are 
present, but differently developed; @ is broken into two separate 
fissures on each side, 6 has almost disappeared, c is also rudimentary ; 
between 6 aud cis a short fissure 6’ which seems to be unrepresented 
in Dasyprocta ; of the transverse furrows d is only just indicated 
at its junction with a, while the Sylvian fissure is very deep and 
does not nearly reach a. 

In Dolichotis (fig. 5) a is even longer and stronger than in 


Fig. 5. 


cal) 


me MAN 
C= SY 
: = 


Brain of Dolichotis patagonica. 
A, from the side; B, from above: S, Sylvian fissure; R, rhinal fissure. 


Dasyprocta ; 6 is not parallel to a, but converges towards it anteriorly ; 
b is well developed and consists of two separated portions; c is fully 
developed ; the only trace of dis a bend in the furrow a at the 


1892.] CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. 609 


point where d would join it were that furrow present ; the Sylvian 
fissure is deep and bifurcate at the upper end, nearly joining a. 

Celogenys (fig. 4, p. 604) has aless convoluted brain. The fissure a 
is divided into two quite separate portions, which occupy the first 
and last thirds of the hemisphere; 4 is merely a deep dent which is 
rather transverse in direction, running towards e: neither d nor the 
Sylvian fissure was well developed ; on one side, however, the latter 
could be made out, and there were indications of d as a deepish 
depression connected by a shallow furrow with the end of the first 
part of a. 

In Hystrix a is not extensive; fissures which possibly correspond 
to 6 and ¢ are present but run obliquely outwards; ¢ and d are well 
developed, so that altogether the furrows have a markedly oblique 
disposition. 

In the smaller brains a is, as in the larger brains, the most 
important fissure upon the upper side of the brain. It is the only 
one present in Octodon and Myopotamus. 


§ 3. The Structure of the Hemispheres and the Classification 
of the Rodentia. 


It is not my object here to enter into any detailed account of the 
various ways in which this group of Mammals has been arranged 
by various authorities; I shall only point out how far the results 
which I have been able to get together affect the scheme of classifi- 
cation propounded by the late Mr. Alston. This naturalist divided, 
it will be recollected, the Order Rodentia into three groups:— 
(1) Hepepentati ; (2) Simpyicrpentati1; (3) DupticipENTaTI. 
We are here only concerned with the last of the three groups, which 
are separated by Alston into a number of families. 

The following are the families of which I have personally exam- 
ined brains, with the genera which I have examined :— 


(1) ScturoMoRPHA. 
Sciurus. 
Castor. 

(2) MyomorpuHa. 
Gerbillus. 
Cricetus. 
Dipus. 

(3) HysrricomorPua. 

a. Octodontide. 
Octodon. 
Myopotamus. 
Capromys. 
Aulacodus. 

6. Hystricide. 
Hystrixz. 
Sphingurus. 

e. Chinchillide, 
Lagostomus. 
Chinchilla, 


610 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Dee. 6, 


d. Dasyproctidee. 
Dasyprocta, 
Ceelogenys. 

e. Caviidee. 

Cavia. 
Dolichotis. 
Hydrocherus. 


It will be noticed at once that the convoluted brains belong to the 
last of the three divisions of the Simplicidentati; the obscure dints 
upon the upper surface of the cerebrum of the Beaver are apparently 
the only apology for convolutions possessed by either the Sciuro- 
morpha or the Myomorpha. In point of size there is every reason 
why some of the members of these two groups should have 
recognizable convolutions ; apart from the Beaver, which is one of 
the largest of the Rodentia, there is the Common Squirrel, whose 
brain is distinctly bigger than that of Octodon, in which genus there 
are decided traces of convolutions ; it seems to me therefore that— 
for the present at least—we may regard these two groups of the 
Simplicidentati as being characterized by the entire absence of 
convolutions. It is quite otherwise with the Hystricomorpha; the 
larger members of this group show convolutions which can be 
reduced to a common plan. But there are differences among the 
genera which permit of an arrangement in accordance with the 
varying condition of the convolutions. The Hystricide form a 
perfectly natural family. Their brain is characterized by its peculiar 
shape, rounded in front, and by the fact that the convolutions for 
the most part are transverse and not longitudinal in direction. Only 
in Hystrix itself is the principal longitudinal furrow a, which occurs 
in all other Rodents whose brains show any convolutions at all, 
represented to any extent. In relation to this fact it may be 
pointed out that we may fairly regard Hystrix as the least special- 
ized of the Rodents whose brains are treated of here. The only 
animal whose brain approaches that of the Porcupines is, as I have 
already pointed out, Capromys ; the brain of this Rodent is rounded 
off in the same way anteriorly. The convolutions are so feebly 
developed that the comparison can perhaps hardly be pushed any 
further. It may, however, be worth remarking that a lateral furrow, 
which I regard as being a part of the Sylvian fissure, is well marked 
both in Capromys and in the Porcupine. This latter furrow is also not 
inconspicuous in Aulacodus (fig. 6, p. 611), the relationships of which 
to Capromys are apparent from a comparison of their brains. Even in 
Myopotamus, where the shape of the brain is very different from that of 
other Octodontide, thereis a distinct trace of the lateral oblique furrow 
which is so well marked in both Aulacodus and Capromys. In any 
case, therefore, the naturalism of the family Octodontide is shown by 
a comparison of their brains, We next come to the Dasyproctide, 
represented by the two genera Dasyprocta and Calogenys. Of these 
two brains Celogenys is the larger, and yet it has the fewest furrows ; 


1892.] CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS, 611 


these furrows are, however, deeper than in Dasyprocta. The chief 
point of agreement between them, and that which causes them to differ 
from the two remaining families, is the absence of the Sylvian fissure; 
this brings Hydrocherus into relation rather with the Dasyproctidee 
than the Caviidee, where it is placed by Alston. Judging also from 
Dareste’s figure, the general outline of the brain of Hydrocherus is 
like that of Calogenys, but also of Lagostomus. In all these three 
genera the principal longitudinal fissure, which I have called “a,” 
is divided into two portions, one anterior and one posterior. Apart 


Brain of Aulacodus, viewed from above. 
Sy, Sylvian fissure ; @, longitudinal furrow. 


from this the brain of Zagostomus appears to be nearer to that of 
Dolichotis. They have both of them a deep Sylvian fissure, and the 
furrows 4 and ¢ tend to converge towards the middle line; finally, 
the rhinal fissure in both genera is deeper behind than in front. I 
have not ventured to treat at length of the evidences of affinity 
afforded by the convolutions, since the illustrations are before the 
reader, who can form his own opinions. 


List of Papers and Books referred to. 


(1) Darestr, C.—“ Note sur le Cerveau des Rongeurs et particu- 
litrement sur le Cerveau du Cabiai,” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 4, 
vol. iii. (1855), p. 355, pl. xi. 

(2) Turner, Sir W.—“ The Convolutions of the Brain: A Study 
in Comparative Anatomy,” J. Anat. Phys. vol. xxv. pp. 105 
-153 (1891). 

(3) Bepparp, F, E.—* Notes on the Anatomy of Dolichotis 
patagonica,” P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 236. 

(4) Bepparp, F. E.—‘‘On the Brain and Muscular Anatomy of 
Aulacodus,”’ P. Z.S. 1892, p. 520. 

(5) Mrvart, Sr. Grorce.—* Notes on the Anatomy of Erithizon 
dorsatus,” P.Z.S. 1882, p. 271. 


612 ON THE CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES OF RODENTS. [Dec. 6, 


(6) Owen, Sir R.—‘ Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of 
Vertebrates.’ 

(7) Firower, Sir W. H.—“ On the Structure and Affinities of the 
Musk-Deer (Moschus moschiferus, Linn.),”’ P. Z. 8S. 1875, 

. 159. 

(8) lites F., & Gratrotetr, P.—‘ Anatomie comparée du 
Systeme nerveux.’ Paris, 1839-1857. 

(9) Ausron, E. R.—‘ On the Classification of the Order Glires,” 
P.Z. 8. 1876, p. 61. 


P.S. (December 29th, 1892).—I am indebted to the kindness 
of Prof. Howes for the opportunity of figuring (fig. 7) and 
describing a most remarkable Rabbit’s brain. The animal was 


Brain of Rabbit, showing abnormal development of convolutions. 


a domesticated Rabbit, and was dissected in the laboratory of the 
Royal College of Science by one of Prof. Howes’s students. Ordi- 
narily the brain of this Rodent has but one slightly marked furrow 
upon the upper surface of each hemisphere, which corresponds to 
that lettered @ in the series of woodcuts which illustrate this paper. 
In the brain before me this furrow is present, but it is continuous 
from one end of the brain to the other, having a somewhat zigzag 
course ; at the angles formed by the zigzags of furrow a a number 
of transverse furrows are given off, which for the most part reach 
the under surface of the cerebrum joining the rhinal fissure. In 
addition to these (of which one seems to correspond to the Sylvian 


pa nbpemiede =. 


me 


J. Smit del. et ith 


So 


SEMNOPIT 


1892.] ON A NEW MONKEY FROM SUMATRA. 613 


fissure) there are numerous connecting furrows; the whole surface 
of the brain is indeed divided up by a network of furrows with a 
development far in excess of anything met with in any other 
Rodent known tome. The very number and variety in direction 
and extent of these furrows make it quite easy to select some which 
can be identified with those upon the cerebral hemispheres of other 
Rodents. It is of course difficult, if not impossible, to come to any 
definite opinion as to the significance of the furrows upon this 
particular brain ; if they are an accidental expression of the possi- 
bilities of modification in the brain-surface, it is noteworthy that 
the Rabbit departs very widely from the Simplicidentati. In the 
latter group the tendency upon the whole appears to be a stronger 
development of longitudinal furrows, thus resembling the Ungulata. 


2. On a new Monkey from North-east Sumatra. 
By R. Cotterr, C.M.Z.8. 


[Received November 8, 1892.] 
(Plate XLII.) 


During the years 1888 and 1889, Herr Iversen, one of the pre- 
parators of the University Zoological Museum of Christiania, resided 
on the north-east side of Sumatra in order to collect specimens for 
the museum. 

Through the kindness of two young Norwegians, the Messrs, 
Kamstrup, who are established there, one in the district of Langkat, 
the other in that of Deli, Herr Iversen, by living in turns on their 
estates, has been enabled to make a very important collection of the 
vertebrated animals of those districts. As the collection of Ver- 
tebrates is not yet completed, but is being steadily increased by 
Messrs. Kamstrup themselves, I intend, at a later opportunity, to 
give a general account of the whole of the materials furnished from 
these parts. On the present occasion, however, I wish to give a short 
diagnosis of a Semnopithecus which does not appear to have been 
previously described, and to which I have great pleasure in attaching 
my friend Mr. Oldfield Thomas’s name. 


SEMNOPITHECUS THOMASI, sp. n. (Plate XLII.) 


Diagnosis.—A central occipital crest sloping at first backwards, 
but reversed on the occiput; a lower (indistinct) crest on each side 
of the forehead. Colour above dark grev, white underneath; hands 
and feet black. The cheeks, front, and forehead are white; a black 
stripe from the upper jaw to the ear, and a black central stripe on 
the forehead ; the very old male darker, with the upper part of the 
head brownish black, front whitish. 

Locality.—Langkat, N.E. Sumatra (7 specimens procured ; Uni- 
versity Museum, Christiania). 

In form and general appearance this Monkey resembles the group 


614 PROF. R. COLLETT ON A [ Dec. 6, 


to which 8. femoralis and S. obscurus belong, and appears to be 
closely related to S. hosei from North-west Borneo’, described in 
1889 by Mr. Thomas. The distribution of the colouring is in several 
respects identical with that of the latter, but there is a characteristic 
difference in the colouring of the cheeks, which do not, as in S. hosei, 
form a connected white area with the white forehead, but the area 
is broken by a black band from the edge of the mouth to the ear 
(in the young male and the female); in the old male the upper 
parts of the cheeks are nearly entirely black. The crest likewise 
does not slope evenly backwards as in S. hosei, but is reversed on 
the back of the head and runs upwards towards the centre of the 
crown. 

From S. femoralis, to which especially the old male seems to be 
nearly related, it is distinguished by the white forehead and the 
wholly white under surface, both of head, body, and tail. 

Size.—The fully developed male is about 620 miilim. in length (head 
and body); the length of the tail is about 810 millim. 

The fully developed female is somewhat smaller. The length of 
the body (head included) is about 600 millim. The length of the 
tail varies, but is about 650 millim. ; in one specimen it was only 
590 millim., whilst in another specimen of equal size it was 710 
millim. : 

The hair-covering of the head.—The greatest height of the longi- 
tudinal crest on the crown is about 75 millim. in the old male, while 
in the female it is shorter, or from 42 to 58 millim. It juts out 
from the centre of the forehead at a short distance from the eye- 
brows. On the front of the head the crest slopes backwards ; but 
on the back of the head it is directed forwards, there being a hair 
spiral behind each ear. The hairs on the crown thus converge and 
form a high point on the occiput. On the neck the hairs of the 
crest again slope backwards. On the sides of the forehead the hairs 
have likewise (especially in the females) a disposition to form a low 
crest which runs parallel to the central crest; the hairs here run 
together to a projecting point, where they meet the spiral behind the 
ear. There is scarcely any trace of a chin-tuft, as seen in S. hosez 
and other species. 

Colouring.—The upper part of the body is of exactly the same 
shade as in S. hosei, being a uniform grey colour owing to each hair 
being black and white in turn (without, however, having the rings 
sharply defined). On the sides of the body and the hinder parts of 
the thighs the grey colouring shows a tendency to form a darker line 
in the transition to the white, especially in the older specimens. 

The crest on the crown is black; the occiput is partly whitish. 
The forehead is white, and divided in the middle by a black stripe, 
which joins the crest. The side crest, which extends from behind 
the side of the eye to the ear, is black and encloses in front (behind 
the eye) a whitish space. The lower part of the cheeks and the 
underside of the head arealso white, but a black stripe which stretches 
backwards to a pointed whisker always runs from the upper jaw 


1 Proce, Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 159, pl. xvi. 


1892.] NEW MONKEY FROM SUMATRA. 615 


down to the underside of the ear. The undersides of the head 
(lips included) and the whole of the underside of the body are white 
or whitish. The limbs are coloured on their outer sides as on the 
back; the hands and feet are black. The inner sides of the limbs 
are white like the belly. The upperside of the tail is grey, like the 
back, the underside white; only the extreme point is greyish brown 
both above and below. 

The iris is brown. 

The old male is slightly darker than the younger male and the 
females; the top of the head, and the sides from the eyebrows down 
to about the angle of the mouth, are black or blackish. The forehead 
is whitish. The limbs are also darker downwards ; the lower part 
of the hind Jimb is mostly black. 

The young one, in silky dress, is whitish. The head is almost 
entirely white, and likewise the hind limbs; the hands and feet are 
whitish; the back, shoulders, and uppersides of the fore limbs, as 
well as the upperside of the tail, are greyish (almost like the old 
ones) ; in the centre of the back there is a whitish patch. 

The crest on the crown already forms a distinct point on the 
occiput, whilst the side crests and whiskers are barely discernible. 
Along the neck runs a black central stripe. 

The distal portion of the tail is somewhat more hairy than the 
proximal. 


The Skull, 
Old male, Old female. 
millim. millim. 
Greatest length .....ceesseeee ee eees 104 97 * 
Zygomatic breadth ...-..-... 2.00005 80 74 
Distance from i. to anterior margin of 
foramen MAGNUM . 2... cere erences 73 63 © 
Intertemporal constriction ............ 46 46 
Breadth across face’... ...05 002 60 de ce es 64°5 65 
Breadth of brain-case ..........-++05- 69 63 
Interorbital breadth... 20.00.02. 000665 8 8 
Brendtlnoef oxbite: Ave) 20. 8 26 25 
fieieht of Orlit: <\5'..ee eelees OM eae 23 21 
Breadth of nasal opening ..........4. 11 10 
Height of nasal opening .............- 18 17 
Length’ of nasal bone. !.0. 668 a 12 10°5 
Wenethvof palate l4 Gs eto) JI DO 34 30 
Breadth of palate inside m-* .......... 22 20 
Combined length of upper pp. and mm. . 27 27 
Combined length of upper molars ...... 18 18 
Height of upper canine .............. 20 Oo 


The zygomatic arch is prominent and strong. The breadth 
across the zygomata is equal in the female to the distance from the 
posterior margin of foramen magnum to the base of i’; in the male 


* Approximate length, the os occtpitale being broken, 
+ Very much worn. 


616 ON A NEW MONKEY FROM SUMATRA. [ Dec. 6, 


(in which the snout is proportionally longer) to the centre of the 
Soramen incisivum. 

Intertemporal constriction strong ; it equals the distance from the 
foramen magnum to the centre or hinder edge of m. 

The nasals are slender and straight, or even somewhat concave ; 
above them the interorbital space is sunk inwards. 

The bulle are low, almost flattened in the female, but rather 
more elevated in the old male, 

The canines in the male are particularly long. 

The lower jaw is almost uniformly high throughout its length 
from p-* to m.°, 

The occipital is strongly rounded behind, and does not show a 
trace of any transverse crest. 

The orbits are wide, with a distinct angle above on the outer side ; 
their height is less than their breadth. 

In the young one the peculiarities of the skull are still but little 
prominent. The dulle are proportionally more swollen than in the 
old ones. 

Hatits.—These Monkeys were only met with by Herr Iversen in 
the Langkat district, and were not observed in Deli. They were 
fairly numerous on several of the estates, especially at Glen Bervie 
and Bekri. Their haunts were in the highest trees, and they never 
descended of their own accord to the ground or visited the rice- 
fields. Herr Iversen saw, however, one wounded individual take to 
flight on the ground. They always live in companies, and inhabit 
the dry spots in the thickest parts of the forests. They appear 
to be non-migratory, and may be met with at all times of the year 
in almost the same parts of the forest. ‘They hardly ever visited the 
more open places, but kept to the highest tree-tops, where they 
moved about with the greatest ease, and made the most astonishing 
leaps through the branches. They were on the whole excessively 
shy; if they found themselves noticed, they endeavoured at once to 
hide themselves, and the mothers would leave their young sitting 
on the branches whilst they themselves sought shelter in the tree- 
tops. When hunted, they all took to flight in the same direction, 
so that the companies were not dispersed. 

The companies appeared to consist chiefly of full-grown indivi- 
duals, and young ones were but seldom seen. An occasional half- 
grown individual, however, might be noticed following the old ones ; 
babies were not often seen, but these are, on the whole, more difficult 
to observe, as they are carried by the mother under her belly. 

The young one brought home was noticed through the mother 
deserting it, after which it began to shriek. They have a very 
penetrating cry, which they generally utter in chorus after one has 
given the note. In the individuals which have been examined no 
foetus has ever been found. Possibly the pregnant females and the 
younger ones hide themselves more closely. 

They were seen in activity only in the daytime, and were not heard 
to cry at night. They lived, it appeared, only on fruits. In their 
stomachs was chiefly found the soft pulp of a fruit belonging 


New Asiatic Butterfhes. 


H.Kmght del. et hth. West, Newman, chromo. 


P Z.S.1892, Plate XLIV 


New Asiatic Butterflies 


H Knight del et lth. West, Newman chromo. 


1892.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE NAGA HILLS, ETC. 617 


to a foliated tree, having a stony kernel. They were often observed 
foraging in company with Hylobates syndactylus, but with this excep- 
tion they were never seen along with other Monkeys. 

One individual, which was taken alive, proved to be wild and 
untamable. 


3. On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga 
and Karen Hills and in Perak.—Part II." By Hzunry 
J. Eiwes, F.Z.S. 


[Received December 5, 1892. ] 
(Plates XLIII. & XLIV.) 


Fam. Lycaz NID&4. 
GrRYDUS SYMETHUS. 


Pap. symethus, Cram. Pap. Ex. ii. t. exlix. B, C (1777). 

Gerydus symethus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 22. 

Symetha pandu, Horsf. Cat. E. I. C. ii. 2 a, 6 (1828). 

? Miletus zinckeni, Feld. Reise Noy. p. 284, t. 35. fig. 34. 

Specimens from Perak, as well as others from Pulo Laut, Borneo, 
have a bluish tinge, which is not evident in Javan examples, and 
both sexes are much darker on the wings than specimens from 
Nias, which may be a local race, though they agree on the underside. 

I cannot see how to distinguish M. zinckeni, Feld., from Java. 


GERYDUS BIGGSII. 


? Gerydus biggsii, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 206, t. xxii. 12 2 (1884); 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 24. 

_ UGerydus gopara, de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 25 ¢ (1890) ; 
id. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. v. p. 208. n. 8, pl. E. figs. 1 
3,2 2 (1890). 

Several specimens from Perak agree with others from Sumatra, 
Nias, and Pulo Laut, one of which is marked biggsii 2 by Doherty. 
I have little doubt that these are the same species as de Nicéville 
described from Perak, which he distinguishes from diggsii (of which 
he had not seen the type) by the distinctness of the markings below. 
Neither Distant’s figure nor his description is clear enough to identify 
his species, which came from Malacca; and there is some variation 
in the markings of both the upper and underside among my 
specimens. 


GERYDUS HERACLEON. 


Gerydus heracleon, Doh. J. A. 8. B. Ix. pt. ii.no. 1, p. 36 (1891). 


The type of this species, from Perak, is like the last but larger, 
and with the markings below more like those of G. symethus. 


1 For Part I. see P. ZS. 1891, p. 249. 


618 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


It does not appear to me to be sufficiently distinct to be de- 
scribed from a single specimen, and the band is not appreciably 
broader than in G. biggsii (gopara), as Doherty says it is. Judging 
from the figure, it is also very close to Miletus melanion, Feld., 
from Luzon. 


GERYDUS CROTON. 


Gerydus craton, Doh. J. A.S. B. lviii. pt. ii. p. 439, t. xxiii. 9 ; 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 25. 

Four males and two females from Thandaung in East Pegu at 
4000 feet elevation. The type was from the Tenasserim valley. 
The plate does not agree with the underside of my specimens 
(named by Doherty), which are of a more rusty colour and have 
broken markings on the hind wing. It seems, however, a very 
distinct species. 


GERYDUS IRRORATUS, Druce, var. ASSAMENSIS. 


Gerydus irroratus, var. assamensis, Doh. J. A.S. B. 1x. pt. ii. 
no. Ly post. 17 ds 

The type of this is from the Dhansiri valley in Assam, and a 
female from Perak is marked by Doherty with a’. - 

This species seems identical with one of which I have several 
pairs from Pulo Laut, and differs from all the preceding in having 
a pale sexual patch in the cell of the fore wing of the male as in 
Paragerydus horsfieldi. 


GERYDUS BOISDUVALI. 


Miletus boisduvali, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 19, t. la. fig. 1 Q 
(1857). 

Gerydus boisduvali, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 24. 

Specimens from Margharita agree with those from Sikkim and 
from the Shan Hills. 

I have one pair from Sikkim which differ considerably in the 
colour and pattern of the underside, having a dark transverse band 
on the hind wing below, and also in having the tuft of bristles at 
the base of the anal claspers in the male black instead of grey. 

If these differences should prove to be constant, it seems to me 
that it could be separated specifically; but the group is a very 
difficult one and the anatomy requires more study than I am now 
able to give it. 


PARAGERYDUS HORSFIELDI. 


Miletus horsfieldi, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 19, t. 1a. fig. 2 3 (1857). 

Paragerydus horsfieldi, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 26; Doh. J.A.S. B. 
1889, pt. i. p. 437. 

Specimens from East Pegu, Momeit, and Perak agree with 
others from Sumatra and Pulo Laut. I have another form from 
Perak which is smaller and differs in the colour of the underside, 


1892.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 619 


agreeing in this respect with three from Pulo Laut ; but there are 
also three other forms from Pulo Laut, and one from Nias (apocha, 
Kheil), which differ again in their markings below, and make me 
think that the species is either a very variable one, or that there are 
several species not yet distinguished, and which can only be identified 
with certainty by a study of their anal organs. 


PARAGERYDUS TARAS. 


Paragerydus taras, Doh. J. A.S. B. lviii. pt. ii. p. 437, t. xxiii. 
10; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 27. 

Two specimens from the Karen Hills, so named by Doherty, are 
much damaged and have lost their abdomens, but agree on the 
underside with the figure. The species is well described and figured 
by Doherty, who says that its prehensores are obviously different 
from those of P. horsfieldi. 

He also thinks that the genus Paragerydus of Distant is not 
distinct from Allotinus, Felder. 


ALLOTINUS MULTISTRIGATUS. 


Allotinus multistrigatus, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. lv. pt. ii. p. 253, 
t. xi. 11 ¢, 12 9; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 29. 

A female from the Naga Hills agrees with specimens taken by 
myself at Cherrapunji in the Khasia Hills. 


ALLOTINUS ALKAMAB. 


? Allotinus alkamah, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 452, t. xliv. 3g (1886). 

? Allotinus subviolaceus, Feld. Reise Nov. t. 35. figs. 27, 28 
(1865). 

I have no Burmese specimens of this, but two females from Pulo 
Laut, which agree with Felder’s plate of A. subviolaceus from Java, 
also agree with Distant’s figure, and make me think that the character 
mentioned by him, viz. the larger violaceous area of the fore wing, 
is inconstant. 


ALLOTINUS PANORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIII. figs. 8 ¢, 9 2.) 

Allotinus panormis, Doh. MSS. 

A single female of this distinct species was so labelled, but 1 can 
find no description published by Doherty. It came from Petichaung 
at the foot of the Karen Hills. He also sent a female from Perak 
which appears to be the same species, though the markings of the 
underside are not quite identical. 

36 & @. Above dark brown, below milk-white, with numerous 
pale brown strigz on both wings, which coalesce into an irregular 
bar beyond the middle of the wings and in the female form a line 
of lunules across hind wing; a row of white dots margined with 
black along the border, which with the apical area is darker brown; 
fringes paler. 

Expanse, ¢ 30 mm., 2 38 mm. 


620 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM { Dec. 6, 


ALLOTINUS NIVALIS. 


Miletus nivalis, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 348. 

Allotinus nivalis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 30, t. xxvi. 159 Q. 

Logania substrigosa, Moore, J. A.S. B. liii. pt. ii. p. 22 (1884). 

Specimens from East Pegu and Perak agree with others from 
Nias. 


LoGANIA MARMORATA. 


Logania marmorata, Moore, J. A.S. B. liii. pt. ii. p. 22 (1884); 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 39, t. 3. fig. 7; Butt. Ind. ii. 33, 
front. fig. 128. 

Specimens from Perak of both sexes agree with the plate of the 
type from Mergui and with others from Pulo Laut. 


LoGANIA MASALIA. 

Logania masalia, Doh. J. A. S. B. Ix. pt. ii. p. 37, t. 1. 8 9 
(1891). 

The type, from Margharita, is the only specimen of this species 
and is in my collection. As it is not in fresh condition I cannot see 
whether the non-undulated appearance of the margin by which 
Doherty separates it from L. marmorata is a good character, but the 
Perak specimens, which he speaks of as nearest to it, agree both 
with Moore’s and de Nicéville’s plates of L. marmorata ; and I have a 
specimen from Moné in the Shan States, taken by Dr. Manders, 
which is also very near to if not identical with L. marmorata and 
shows that the species extends to the mainland north of Mergui. I 
have other specimens from Pulo Laut and Nias (Miletus lahomius, 
Kheil) which are closely allied, but a larger series is necessary to 
decide their specific distinctness. 

Logania malayica, Dist., from the Malay Peninsula, of which I 
have several specimens from Pulo Laut, is easily distinguished by 
the shape of the wings, and is, moreover, much paler. 


LOoGANIA SRIWA. 

Logania sriwa, Dist. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1886, xvii. p. 531; Rhop. 
Mal. p. 452, t. xliv. 16; Butt. Ind. iii. 33, note. 

Two specimens from Perak and one from Pulo Laut, Borneo. 


ZARONA JASODA. 

Zarona jasoda, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. lvii. pt. ii. p. 280, t. xiv. 5 o ; 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 34, t. xxv. fig. 144 ¢. 

Two specimens from the low country at the foot of the Karen 
Hills. 

PorRITIA PLEURATA. 

Poritia pleurata, Wew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 346; Il. Di. 
Lep. Lye. p. 215, t. 88. 3,4, ¢; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 40, t. xxvi. 
160 ©. 

Four males and two females from the low country at foot of the 


+ 


1892. | THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 621 


Karen Hills agree well with the figures referred to. Hewitson’s plate 
of the female is, as de Nicéville remarks, quite different. 

With the above came two other females which are quite different 
in colour above, having large orange patches, and agree nearly with 
Hewitson’s plate of P. phraatica. They are, however, not the same 
as what I take to be the male of P. phraatica from Tavoy, as figured 
by Distant, and may be one of those cases of female dimorphism of 
which we have very similar instances among the J apanese Theclas, 
where orange and blue females occur at. the same time and place. 

It may be, however, that these belong to a different male which 
Doherty did not take. 


PITHECOPS HYLAX. 

Pap. hylaz, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 526. 

Pithecops hylax, Butt. Ind. iu. p. 49, t. xxvi. 161. 

Occurs in the Naga Hills at 3000 ft., but not so commonly as Neo- 
pithecops zaimora, Butler. 


PITHECOPS FULGENS. 

Pithecops fulgens, Doh. J. A.S. B. vol. lviii. pt. ii. p. 127, te x. 
635; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 50. 

Occurs commonly at Margharita,-but taken nowhere else. A 
very distinct and pretty species. I have not recognized the female, 
which is described as wanting the blue of the male. 


NEOPITHECOPS ZALMORA. 

Pithecops zalmora, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 161 (1869). 

Neopithecops zalmora, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 53, t. xxvi. 
162 

Sent by Doherty only from the Naga Hills, where it seems common 
at about 2000 ft. 


TARAKA HAMADA, 


Miletus hamada, Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 361 (1875); Elwes, 
P. Z. S. 1881, p. 882. 

Taraka hamada, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 5, t. xxvi. 164 Ou 

Tam still unable to separate the Indian from the Japanese form, 
which occurs also in China, though I have seen none from the 
Indian region without some white on the fore wing, which in Japan 
is black. Doherty sent it from Margharita, Bernardmyo, and the 
Naga and Karen Hills, but itseems nowhere common. He describes in 
MSS. (copied by de Nicéville on p. 59 of Butt. Ind. vol. iii.) 
another species, 7. mahanetra, from Perak, which by the description 
seems distinct, but the only specimens taken are said to be lost. 


MEGISBA MALAYA. 
Lycena malaya, Horsf. Cat. E. I. C. p. 70 (1828). 
Megisba malaya, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 61, t. xxvi. 165 . 
Sent from the Naga and Karen Hills, 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLII. 42 


622 MR. H. J, ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


CYANIRIS MARGINATA. 

Cyaniris marginata, de Nicév. J. A. 8. B. 1883, pt. ii. p. 70, t. 1. 
9 $; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 96. 

Sent from the Karen Hills and Bernardmyo. Agrees well with 
Sikkim specimens of the spring brood, whilst those taken in the 
Naga Hills in August and September have all the differences of the 
rainy season form described by de Nicéville, namely, a much broader 
black border above in both sexes, and larger and darker markings 
below. 


CYANIRIS MELENA. 

Cyaniris melena, Doh. J. A. 8. B. 1889, pt. ii. p. 434, t. xxiii. 
fig. 13g ; Butt. Ind. iu. p. 97. 

Cyaniris zynteana, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 452, t. xliv. fig. 6, nec 
de Nicéy. 


Several males of this distinct species were sent from Perak, but 
the female is still undiscovered. 


CYANIRIS ALBOCERULEUS. 
Polyommatus alboceruleus,’ Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 139. 


Cyaniris alboceruleus, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1883, pt. ii. p. 71, t. 1. 
figs. 4g¢,4a 9; Butt. Ind. iu. p. 98. 


Sent from the Naga Hills and Bernardmyo. 


CYANIRIS TRANSPECTUS. 

Polyommatus transpectus, Moore, |. c.; de Nicév. J. A. S. B. vol. lii. 
pt. i. p. 70, t. i. figs. 6 ¢, 6a 9 (1883); Butt. Ind. ii. p. 99, 
t. xxvi. figs. 170 3 wet-season form, 171 ¢ dry-season form. 

A single male of the dry-season form from the Karen Hills. 


CYANIRIS LAMBI. 

Cyaniris lambi, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 211, t. xxi. fig. 22 ¢. 

Three males from Perak, though nearly allied to C. puspa, seem 
to be distinguishable from it by the brighter blue of the wings, in 
which they resemble C. puspinus, Kheil, from Nias; they are quite 
distinct from C. lavendularis, Moore, from Ceylon, with which Distant 
compares them, and which I do not see how to distinguish from 
C. puspa. 

CYANIRIS PUSPA. 

Polyommatus puspa, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. p. 67 (1828). 

Cyaniris puspa, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 100. 

Sent from the Naga Hills, Margharita, and Karen Hills. 


CYANIRIS DILECTUS. 


Polyommatus dilectus, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 136. 
Cyaniris dilectus, de Nicév. J. A. S.B. lii. pt. ii, p. 68, t. i. fig. 5 
& (1883); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 107. 


From the Naga Hills only. 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 623 


CYANIRIS PLACIDA. 


Cyaniris placida, de Nicév.1.c. t.i. fig. 8 ¢ ; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 103. 
From the Naga Hills only. 


CYANIRIS JYNTEANA. 

Cyaniris jynteana, de Nicév. 1. c. p. 69, t. i. figs 7 bd, 7a 2 
(1883) ; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 104. 

Seems as common in the Naga Hills as I found it in the Khasias. 


CYANIRIS CHENELLI. 

Cyaniris chennellii, de Nicév. 1. c. p. 72, t. i. fig. 10 ¢ (1883) ; 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 102. 

Also common in the Naga Hills. 


ZIZERA MAHA. 

Iycena maha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv. pt. 2, p. 422 
(1848). 

Zizera maha, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 112, t. xxvi. fig. 172 3. 


A few sent from Margharita, the Naga and Karen Hills, and 
Bernardmyo. 


ZIZERA OTIS. 


Papilio otis, Fabr. Mant. Ins. vol. ii. p. 73. n. 689 (1787). 

? Papilio lysimon, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. vol. i. t. cv. figs. 534, 
535 ¢ (1798-1803) ; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 116. 

Zizera otis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 119. 

A specimen from Bernardmyo and one from Margharita which seem 
to belong to this species ; but I do not at present see how to distinguish 
it from P. lysimon, whilst its identification with P. otis, Fabr., in 
which I follow de Nicéville, must be doubtful. 


LYCZNESTHES EMOLUS. 

Polyommatus emolus, Godart, Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 656 (1823). 
Lycenesthes emolus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 128. 

Included in all the collections sent me by Doherty. 


LYCHZNESTHES LYCENINA. 

Lycenesthes lycenina, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 
vol. xviii. p. 281 (1868); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 130. 

A pair were sent from the Naga Hills. 


NIPHANDA TESSELLATA. 


Niphanda tessellata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 572, t. Ixvi. 
fig. 6 2 ; Butt. Ind. i. p. 133 (mote). 

Four males from Bernardmyo and a single female from Perak. 
Both sexes are easily distinguished from N., eyméza, and the males 
have the cilia black and white. ie 


624 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


TALICADA NYSEUS. 


Polyommatus nyseus, Guérin, Delessert’s Souv. d’un Voy. dans 
Inde, p. 78, t. xxii. figs. 1, 1 a (1843). 

Talicada nyseus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 135, t. xxvi. fig. 179 9. 

Common at low elevations in the Naga Hills. 


EVERES ARGIADES. 


Papilio argiades, Pallas, Reise, vol. i. App. p. 472 (1771). 

Everes argiades, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 137, t. xxvi. fig. 180 ¢. 

Small dark specimens from the Naga Hills, where the tails usually 
found in this species seem to be wanting. A large and brilliantly 
coloured pair from Perak, which I should call parrhasius if I knew 
how to define that variety or species, which represents Z. argiades 
in the tropical parts of India. 


EVERES KALA. 


Everes kala, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 139, t. xxvi. fig. 181. 


Three males and a female of this from the Naga Hills at 5500 feet 
agree with de Nicéville’s plate ; thetype came from the Khasia Hillis. 
It is perfectly distinct from Lyccena fischeri by the much darker 
colour and more distinct spots of the underside, and even more so 
from the form or species which occurs in China, and which has 
been referred to L. fischeri by Leech, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 455. 

Of this latter I have three males and two females from Ningpo, 
and one male from Kiukiang; one of the females bears a label in 
the late Mr. Pryer’s writing, “ L. filicaudis, Ningpo,”’ but this name 
is, I think, a MS. one only. All of these agree in having two ad- 
ditional spots on the fore wing below near the base, which I do not 
find in any of my 13 specimens of LZ. fischeri, which come from 
Orenburg, Amurland, Askold, the Alatau mountains, Corea, and 
Shanghai; but I have one male from Staudinger, marked West 
Siberia, which has them ; therefore I do not know at present whether 
to treat L. filicaudis as a local race of L. fischeri or not. 


EvEeRrES UMBRIEL. 


Everes umbriel, Doh. J. A. 8. B. 1889, pt. ii. p. 433, t. xxiii. 
1 ¢ (issued Dec. 30, fide de Nicéville). 


Six specimens of this interesting species from the Karen Hills at 
about 4500 feet elevation. I cannot be certain, but think that two 
of them are females, in which case there is no difference in colour 
or markings between the sexes. I cannot distinguish the species 
from Lycena potanini, Alph. Mém. sur les Lép. v. p. 104, t. v. 
fig. 4, described from Mongolia, and of which I have four specimens 
taken in the province of Szechuen by Pratt. It is doubtful which 
name has priority, but I think that the fifth volume of the ‘ Mémoires ’ 
was not issued till 1890. 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 625 


NACADUBA MACROPHTHALMA. 

Lycena macrophthalma, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 
vol. xii. p. 483 (1862). 

Nacaduba macrophthalma, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 143. 

Taken in the Naga and Karen Hills. 


NACADUBA KERRIANA. 

Nacaduba kerriana, Distant, Ann. N. H. (5) vol. xvii. p. 253 
Cath id. Rhop. Mal. p. 455, t. xlii. fig. 12 ¢; Butt. Ind. iii. 
p-. 146. 

A pair of this species from Perak: the female differs from the 
male exactly as do the females of N. macrophthalma and N. atrata, 
which last it closely resembles, from their respective males. I also 
have two specimens from the Karen Hills, which have the centre of 
both wings above pale bluish white, and the underside pale with the 
markings very indistinct, except the black marginal spots and anal 
ocellus ; these agree exactly with NV. kerriana and appear to me to be 
probably a dry-season form of it. 


NaCADUBA VIOLA}. 

Lampides viola, Moore, Aun. N. H. (4) vol. xx. p. 340 (1877). 
Nacaduba viola, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 146. 

Four males and two females from the Naga Hills. 


NACADUBA ATRATA. 

Iycena atrata, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. p. 78 (1828). 
Nacaduba atrata, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 148. 

Sent from all the localities visited by Doherty except Bernardmyo. 


NACADUBA C@LESTIS. 

Nacaduba ceelestis, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. vol. lv. pt. ii. p. 366, t. xvii. 
fig. 11 ¢ (1886); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 151, t. xxvil. fig. 184 3. 

A few males from Margharita and the Naga Hills and one from 
Momeit ; the female remains unknown to me. 


NACADUBA ARDATES. 

Lycena ardates, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 574, t. Ixvii. fig. 1. 

Nacaduba ardates, Butt, Ind. iii. p. 153, t. xxvil. fig. 185 ¢ 
(tailless form). 

Both forms were taken in the Karen Hills, but only the tailed 
form was sent from the Nagas. 


NACADUBA BHUTEA. 

Nacaduba bhutea, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. vol. lii. pt. ii. p. 72, t. 1. 
fig. 13 $ (1883); Butt. Ind. in. p. 152. 

Males only from the Naga Hills, agreeing exactly with those from 
Sikkim. Although the female remains unknown to me, I have no 
doubt it is a perfectly distinct species. 


1 Mr, de Nicéville informs me that this is the same as WV, hermes, Feld., of 
which he has seen the type. 


626 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


NACADUBA ABERRANS, h. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 6, 3.) 

A single male specimen was sent from East Pegu, with the 
following note by Mr. Doherty: ‘ Nacaduba sp., in appearance a 
Catochrysops. Petichaung low country.” 

It may be described as follows :— 

Size, shape, and colour above of a small specimen of UN. atrata, 
Horsf. Below paler, the two inner bands of the fore wing short, 
the outer bands more lunulate, the anal ocellus nearly as large as 
the one above it and showing plainly on the upper surface ; tails as 
in atrata. It is unlike any other species known to me or mentioned 
in the ‘ Butterflies of India.’ I have also four males, all taken by 
Doherty in Car-Nicobar Island some years ago, which agree with the 
type exactly, though the blue of the upperside is somewhat faded. 

JAMIDES BOCHUS. 

Papilio bochus, Cram. Pap. Ex. ix. p. 210, t. ceexci. figs. C, D 
3 (1782). 

Jamides bochus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 157. 

Sent from the Naga and Karen Hills and Perak. 


LaMPIDES ELPIS. 

Polyommatus elpis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 654 (1823). 
Lampides elpis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 161. 

Naga Hills and Perak. 


LAMPIDES KANKENA. 
eee kankena, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 481 

862). 

: at kankena, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 174. 

Specimens from Perak agree with those from the Andamans 
which pass under this name, and are hardly separable, as far as I 
can see, from L. elpis, though usually much smaller and having the 
black border of the fore wing in the male very narrow. 


LAMPIDES CORUSCANS. 


Lampides coruscans, Moore, Ann, N. H. (4) xx. p. 341 (1877); 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 163. 

Specimens from Perak, 7 males and 3 females, are constant in their 
deep blue colour, and seem to be quite easy to separate from all 
forms of L. elpis, though the markings of the underside agree. 


LAMPIDES CELENO. 


pee celeno, Cramer, Pap. Ex. vol. i. pl. xxxi. figs. C, D, 3 
1775). ; 3 

Papilio alexis, Stoll (nee Scopoli), Suppl. Cramer’s Pap. Ex. 
vol. v. pl. xxxviii. figs. 3, 3C, ¢ (1790). 

Hesperia elianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. i. p. 280, 
n. 79 (1793). 

Lampides zethus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 70. n. 684 
(1816). 


1892. | THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 627 


Cupido agnata, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 106. n. 4, 
pl. xvi. figs. 2,4 9,39. 

Lampides conferenda, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th series, 
vol. xviii. p. 185. n. 25 (1886). 

Plebeius malaccanus, Rober, Iris, vol. i. p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 3 3 
(1886). 

In adopting the name of celeno for this species I follow Mr. 
Salvin, who has pointed out to me that Cramer’s plate exactly agrees 
with what is usually known as P. alevis and H. elianus; for though 
Cramer says it comes from Surinam, his plate is unmistakable. For 
the synonymy I am indebted to Mr. de Nicéville. 

It is the type of a group in which the Ist and 2nd bars of the 
fore wing below reach the costa though broken at the top, whilst 
the 3rd band extends to the hind margin and the 4th to the 2nd 
median nervule. A specimen of the wet-season form was sent from 
Perak, and some of the dry-season form from the Karen Hills. 


LAMPIDES PURA. 


Lampides pura, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. xxi. 41 
(1886); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 170, front. fig. 132 2 dry-season form. 

This species, which I distinguish from the last by the very 
narrow, usually obsolete black border-of the fore wing in the male, 
occurs in Perak, and Doherty took both the wet- and dry-season 
forms in the Karen Hills. 


LAMPIDES OSIAS. 


Plebejus osias, Rober, Iris, i. (1886, March), p. 56, t. v. fig. 17. 

Lycena osias, Staudinger, Iris, ii. (1889), p. 164, t.i. fig. 4 2. 

? Lampides subdita, Moore, |. c.; Butt. Ind. ili. p. 166. 

This species I distinguish by the deep blue colour of the wings 
above, and dark grey ground of the underside, in which it agrees 
with LZ. optimus, Kheil, from Nias. The latter, however, is quite 
distinct by the pale colour of both sexes above, and double border 
of the fore wings in the female. Specimens from Perak agree with 
some from Sumatra which, I think, are Z. saturata of Snellen. 


CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO. 

Hesperia strabo, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ili. pt. i. p. 287 (1793). 

Catochrysops strabo, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 177. 

Lampides lithargyria, Moore, Ann. N. H. (4) xx. p. 340 ; Butt. 
Ind. iii. p. 178. 

Sent from Margharita and the Karen and Naga Hills. 

I cannot see how to separate C. lithargyria, which seems to occur 
in the same places as C. strabo, though not so abundantly. 


CATOCHRYSOPS PANDAVA. 


Lycena pandava, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. p. 84 (1828). 
Catochrysops pandava, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 183. 


Doherty sent this from Bernardmyo and Momeit only. 


628 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


TARUCUS PLINIUS. 

Hesperia plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. vol. iii. pt. i. p. 284 (1793). 

Tarucus plinius, Butt. Ind. iti. p. 194. 

Taken in the Karen Hills and at Bernardmyo. 

CASTALIUS ROSIMON. 

Papilio rosimon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 523 (1775). 

Castalius rosimon, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 197. 

Occurs in all the collections sent by Doherty. 

CASTALIUS ETHION. 

Lycena ethion, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Di. Lep. vol. ii. 490, t. Ixxvi. 
fig. 3 3. 

” Castalius ethion, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 198. 

A single specimen from the Dhansiri valley, another from the 
Karen Hills. 

CasTALIUS ROXUS. 

Polyommatus rowus, Godart, Ene. Méth. vol. ix. p. 659 (1823). 

Castalius roxus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 199. 

Sent from the Karen Hills and Perak. 


CaASTALIUS ELNA. 

Lycena elna, Hew. Ex. Butt. vol. v. Lycena, t. i. fig. 8 2 (1876). 
Castalius elna, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 201. 

Sent from Margharita and the Naga Hills. 


AMBLYPODIA ANITA. 

Amblypodia anita, Hew. Cat. Lyc. B. M. p. 14, t. viii. 90, 91 3; 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 1919. 

Males only of this species from Bernardmyo. 


ITRAOTA TIMOLEON. 

Papilio timoleon, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Ex. v. t. xxxii. 4, 4D 
1791): 
“ee. mecenas, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 271 (1793). 

Traota timoleon, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 215. 

A single specimen from East Pegu. 

I agree with de Nicéville that P. dimoleon and H. mecenas are the 
same species, as there are specimens intermediate between the two. 


SURENDRA QUERCETORUM. 


Amblypodia quercetorum, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 42, t.i. a. 73. 
Surendra quercetorum, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 220, t. xxvii. 194 g,1959. 
Sent from Margharita and the Naga Hills. 


ARHOPALA CAMDEO, var. ? 


Arhopala camdeo, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 41, t. 1. a. 6. 


Among some specimens sent me by Doherty later than the rest 
were a few which he had kept to study with other new and rare 


1892.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 629 


Iycenide. The localities of these do not seem in all cases to be 
quite certain, but I find two males and two females of a species 
which seems like a var. of A. camdeo, though the females are of a much 
darker blue than Khasia specimens, and both sexes have the spots 
below nearly of the grey ground-colour of the wing, and not black 
or almost black as in A. camdeo. One is marked “ Tenasserim, 
Camdeo,” by Doherty, and another “ Thandaung.” 


ARHOPALA CENTAURUS. 

Pap. centaurus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 520 (1775). 
Arhopala centaurus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 234. 

Naga Hills, Bernardmyo, and Perak. 


ARHOPALA AGNIS. 

Arhopala agnis, Feld. Reise Nov. ii. p. 228 ; Butt. Ind. iii. p- 236. 

Two males from Perak, and a female, agreeing perfectly on the 
underside, from the Tenasserim valley. The latter is of a paler blue 
above than a female from Nias, which I take to be A. agnis. 


? ARHOPALA AMANTES. 

Amblypodia amantes, Hew. Cat. Lyc. B. M. p. 4, t. ii. figs. 2,3 d, 
19 (1862). 

A male in bad condition from Margharita, marked by Doherty 
Arhopala amantes, var. 


ARHOPALA ATOSIA. 

Amblypodia atosia, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 9, t. ii. 8,9 2. 

Arhopala atosia, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 24, front. fig. 138 ¢. 

A pair from Perak and three from East Pegu, which agree with the 
figures above referred to, and very nearly with the type from 
Sumatra in Hewitson’s collection. 


ARHOPALA AMATRIX. 

Arhopala amatrix, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, 
p- 370, t. G. 23 ¢, 249. 

Two males and a female from Bernardmyo, which I was about to 
describe as distinct from Arhopala amantes when Mr. de Nicéville’s 
paper arrived. 


ARHOPALA ABSEUS. 

Amblypodia abseus, Hew. Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 9, t. v. figs. 51, 52. 

Arhopala abseus, Butt. Ind. ili. p. 242. 

Several specimens from East Pegu and one from Perak. Both 
males and females are duller in colour than the Sikkim specimens I 
have, and there is more difference in the breadth of band in the 
sexes. 


630 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


ARHOPALA AMMON. 


Amblypodia ammon, Hew. Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 9, t. v. figs. 49, 
50 2 (1862). 

Arhopala ammon, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 243. 

A single specimen from Perak, which differs from the next species 
in the points mentioned by Doherty. 


ARHOPALA AMMONIDES. (Plate XLIV. fig. 7, 3.) 
Acesina ammonides, Doh. J. A. S. B. Ix. pt. ii. p. 34 (1891). 


Two specimens from Tenasserim, which form the types of this 
species. 


ARHOPALA AGABA. 

Amblypodia agaba, Hew. l.c. p. 8, t. iv. figs. 39, 40 2. 
Arhopala agaba, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 244. 

Seems common in the Karen Hills. 


ARHOPALA ATRAX. 

Amblypodia atraz, Hew. 1. c. p. 13, t. vil. figs. 80, 82°92. 

Arhopala atrax, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 246. . 

Seems common at Bernardmyo, and agrees with Bengal and 
Sikkim examples. 


ARHOPALA KHAMTI. 

Arhopala khamti, Doh. J. A.S. B. Ix. pt. ii» 189}, p. 32, t. i. 
fig. 5. 

The type from Margharita was the only specimen sent of this. new 
species. 


ARHOPALA BAZALUS, 

Amblypodia bazalus, Hew. |. c. p. 8, t. iv. figs. 37, 38 2. 
Arhopala bazalus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 249. 

Common in the Naga Hills and a few sent from East Pegu. 


ARHOPALA SINGLA. 

Satadra singla, de Nicév. J. A.S. B. liv. pt. ii. p. 119, t. il. figs. 
8 5,7 2 (1885). 

Arhopala singla, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 250. 

Two pairs from the Naga Hills, which are somewhat brighter and 
have more green above the tails than a Sikkim specimen. 


ARHOPALA TEESTA. 

Satadra teesta, de Nicév. J. A.S. B. lv. pt. ii. p. 253, t. xi. fig. 3 g 
(1886). 

Arhopala teesta, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 250, t. xxvil. fig. 197 3. 

A few from the Naga Hills and Margharita, which agree with 
Sikkim specimens, 


1892. | THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 631 


ARHOPALA APIDANUS. 

Papilio apidanus, Cram. Pap. Ex. ii. t. exxxvii. F, G. 

Flos ahamus, Doh. J. A. 8. B. 1x. pt. ii. 1891, p. 33, t. 1.6 9. 

I cannot separate the type of Flos ahamus, which Doherty sent 
me from Margharita, from Bornean specimens of what I believe to 
be the species figured by Cramer, which he says, by mistake, was 
from Surinam. Doherty sent two similar females from the Naga 
Hills marked in his own writing ‘‘ near apidanus,’ but makes no 
allusion to this species in his description of Flos ahamus. 


ARHOPALA ARTEGAL. 

Flos artegal, Doh. J. A. 8. B. lviii. pt. ii. p. 423, t. xxiii. fig. 5 
(1889). 

Arhopala artegal, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 255, 

A good species, of which I have the type, which is marked “ Myitta, 
Tenasserim,’’ and another female from the Karen Hills. 


ARHOPALA DIARDI. 

Amblypodia diardi, Hew. 1. c. p. 9, t. v. figs. 51, 52 ¢ (or 41, 
42 MS.). 

Arhopala diardi, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 256. 

Several males from the Naga and Karen Hills, but only one 
female. 


ARHOPALA ANTHELUS. 

Amblypodia anthelus, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Di. Lep. ii. p. 478, 
t. Ixxiv. fig. 6 ¢ (1852). 

Arhopala anthelus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 259. 

A male of this beautiful species from Perak agreeing with others 
from Tenasserim taken by Doherty. 


ARHOPALA ANARTE, 

Amblypodia anarte, Hew. |. c. p. 5, t. iii. figs. 16, 17 ¢. 

Arhopala anarte, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 260. 

A male of this distinct and handsome species from Perak, and a 
female in rather bad condition of which the locality is uncertain. 


ARHOPALA ALBIPUNCTATA. 

Amblypodia albipunctata, Hew. Ul. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, t. tii. b. 
fies. 43, 44 ¢ (1869). 

Arhopala albipunctata, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 261. 

This lovely and distinct species seems not uncommon in the Karen 
Hills. 


ARHOPALA EUMOLPHUS. 

Papilio eumolphus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iv. p. 19, t. ceexcix. G, H. 

Arhopala eumolphus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 263. 

A. farquhari, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 264, t. xxiii. fig. 3; Butt. Ind. 
iil. p. 264. 

A male and several females from East Pegu and Momeit, and two 


632 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


males from Tenasserim, which are what Doherty calls 4. far- 
quhari, Dist., but which I cannot see my way to distinguish from 
eumolphus which I have from Java, Sikkim, and the Khasia Hills, 
though the underside is certainly darker. 


ARHOPALA HELLENORE. 


A. hellenore, Doh. J. A. S. B. lviii. pt. ii. p. 422, t. xxiii. fig. 7 
3 (1889). 

A. viridissima, Swinh. Aun. N. H. (6) vol. v. p. 449 (1889). 

The type from Mergui agrees precisely with one given me by 
Col. Swinhoe as A. viridissima from Mandalay, except that there is 
rather more gold in the green of the centre of the fore wing. 

They differ from A. ewmolphus in having the black border of the 
costa very narrow, of the outer margin very narrow at the apex, so 
that the green almost reaches the apex ina point, and the border of 
the hind wings also narrower. Below it is paler than most speci- 
mens of A. eumolphus. I do not know whether the female of this 
species can be distinguished from A. eumolphus. 


ARHOPALA MOLLERI. 


Nilasera? moelleri, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. lii. pt. ii. p. 80, t. ix. 
figs. 4 ¢,4a 2 (1883). 
Arhopala moelleri, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 266. 


A female from Margharita and another from Bernardmyo. 


ARHOPALA PARAMUTA. 


Panchala paramuta, de Nicév. 1. c. p. 81, t. ix. figs. 7 3, 7a 2 
(1883). 
Arhopala paramuta, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 268. 


One male from the Karen Hills, another from Margharita. 


ARHOPALA PERIMUTA. 


Amblypodia perimuta, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat, Lep. Mus. 
E. I. C. i. p. 42 (1857). 
Arhopala perimuta, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 270. 


Sent from the Naga Hills and from Margharita. 


ARHOPALA BELPH@BE. 
A. belphebe, Doh. J. A. 8. B. viii. pt. il. p. 421, t. xxiii. fig. 18 
(1889) ; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 272. 


A single male from Margharita agrees with the type from Tavoy, 
also sent me by Doherty. 


ARHOPALA AGRATA. 

Arhopala agrata, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 251 note, front. 
fig. 137 3 (1890). 

Seems to be one of the commonest, species in East Pegu and 


agrees perfectly with a pair from Singapore sent me by de Nicéville ; 
other specimens from Perak are of a duller colour above. 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 633 


ARHOPALA BUXTONI. 


Amblypodia buxtoni, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. Suppl. p. 22, t. viii. 
figs. 68, 69 Q (1878). 

Arhopala buxtoni, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 262. 

Specimens from Perak agree with the type from Sumatra in 
Hewitson’s collection. 


ARHOPALA PASTORELLA. 


A. pastorella, Doh. J. A. S. B. viii. pt. ii. p. 418, t. xxiii. 
fig. 12 ¢ (1889); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 274. 

? A, moolaiana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 835; Butt. Ind. iii. 
p- 274, 

Also abundant in East Pegu, but rather smaller than the type 
from Tavoy and Tenasserim sent me by Doherty. I have a pair 
from Beeling, Tenasserim, taken by Lieut. Watson, which he calls 
A, moolaiana, Moore, and which are identical ; if these are correctly 
named, the name of moolaiana has priority. 


ARHOPALA AMPHIMUTA. 


? A. amphimuta, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 396 (1860); id. 
Reise Nov. p. 232, t. xxix. fig. 8 (1865); Butt. Ind. ii. p. 277, 
note. 

2A. hypomuta, Hew. Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 11, t. vi. 64 o 
(1862); Butt. Ind. iil. p. 276. 

An abundant species at Perak. I believe the above-given names 
both represent this species; but now that the Felderian types have been 
aequired by Mr. Rothschild, it may be possible to make sure of 


identifications which have hitherto been in such genera as this very 
doubtful. 


ARHOPALA PERISSA. 


A. perissa, Doh. 1. c. p. 419, t. xxiii. fig. 11 ¢ (1889); Butt. 
Ind. iii. p. 278. 

This pretty species seems very common in East Pegu, and agrees 
with the type sent by Mr. Doherty from Tavoy. 


ARHOPALA DAVISONI. 


Narathura metamuta (part.), Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 267, t. xxiii. 
fig. 18 ¢ (1885), nec Hewitson. 

Arhopala davisoni, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 280, front. fig. 135, ¢. 

Common at Perak, and agrees with specimens sent me by de Nicé- 
ville from Singapore. I have others from Borneo which agree on 
the underside, but there seems to be considerable variation in the 
breadth of the border, and I expect to find that this species has an 
older name. In the Hewitson collection it stands as A. inornata, 
Feld., but the figure of that species is not good enough to make out 
what it is. 


634 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dee. 6. 


ACESINA ZEPHYRETTA. (Plate XLIV. fig. 8, ¢.) 
A. zephyretta, Doh. J. A. 8. B. Ix. pt. ii. p. 33 (1891). 
Four males, which are the types, of this species from Margharita. 


They closely resemble 4. paraganeesa, but have no blue on the hind 
wing above and have darker ground-cclour below. 


ACESINA ARIEL. (Plate XLIV. fig. 9, 3.) 
A. ariel, Doh. 1. c. p. 33. 


The type of this species from Margharita is a male, and is quite 
distinct from any known to me. 


ACESINA ABERRANS. 

A, aberrans, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 281, t. xxv. 142 3, 
143 2. 

A single male from the Karen Hills. 


I have also a female taken by Dr. Manders at Fort Stedman in 
the Shan States. 


MAHATHALA AMERIA. 

Amblypodia ameria, Hew. Cat. Lyc. B. M. p. 14, t. viii. figs. 85, 
86, 2 (1862). 

Mahathala ameria, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 283, t. xxvii. fig. 200 9. 


Common in East Pegu, and a single specimen from the Dhansiri 
valley, Assam. 


CuRETIS THETIS. 

Papilio thetis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 16, t. ix. fig. 3,4, 2 
(1773). 

C. thetis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 287. 

Only sent from Perak, but I have specimens from Akyab also. 


CuRETIS BULIS. 


Anops bulis, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Di. Lep. ii. p. 473, t. xxv. 
fig. 5 3 (1852). 

C. bulis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 293. 

I agree with de Nicéville in thinking that only two species of this 
genus can be defined in India. 

The form of C. bulis sent from the Naga Hills has a white female 
and resembles the commonest Sikkim form in both sexes. In the 
Karen Hills the males usually have more black on the hind wing, 
and the females are like them in colour, but paler. From Perak I 
received a pair of smaller specimens of which the female is as deep- 
coloured as the male, but with more black on both wings. 


ZEPHYRUS DUMA. 


Dipsas duma, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. Suppl. p. 15, t. vi. fig. 15 ¢ 
(1869). 
Zephyrus duma, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 304. 


A single much-worn male, which appears to belong to this 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 635 


species, was taken on the summit of Mt. Japvo, 9890 feet, the 
highest point in the Naga Hills. 


ZEPHYRUS PAVO. 


Z. pavo, de Nicéy. P. Z. S. 1887, p- 460, t. xl. fig. 11 9; Butt. 
Ind. iii. p. 309. 

A single female from Margharita. I cannot be absolutely certain 
(as the abdomens of both this and of the type in Mr. Knyvett’s col- 
lection now before me are somewhat damaged), but have little doubt, 

- notwithstanding Doherty’s remarks, ef. J. A. S. B. lviii. pt. ii. p- 130, 
that both specimens are females, and their coloration alone would 
make it almost certain. 

It is curious that no species of this genus has yet been taken in 
the hills of Burmah, as its distribution would certainly lead one to 
expect it to occur there. 


ILERDA EPICLES. 


Polyommatus epicles, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 646 (1823). 

I. epicles, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 325. 

Occurs at Margharita, also in the Naga and Karen Hills, and at 
Momeit, extending in all cases to a lower level than the other species 
of Ilerda. In Chittagong, Doherty has taken it at sea-level. 


ILERDA ANDROCLES. 


Thecla androcles, Westw. Gen. Di. Lep. ii. p. 487. 
I. androeles, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 328. 


Very abundant in the Naga Hills, as it is in the Khasias, at 
5000-6000 feet. 


ILERDA VIRIDIPUNCTATA. 


I. viridipunctata, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 329, t. xxviii. 207 3. 
I. androcles, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p- 400. 
I. hewitsoni, Moore, MSS. 


This is the green species common in Sikkim from 5000 to 7000 feet 
which I supposed to be J. androcles. I have it from Kulu and 
Nepal; numerous specimens were taken in the Naga Hills not below 
6000 feet. These differ from the Sikkim specimens in having the 
wings in some cases almost without the green shining scales which 
cover a large part of the wings in Sikkim, and these scales seem 
of a purer green without any blue tinge; but I cannot see my 
way to distinguish them, as the amount as well as the tinge of 
the green scales varies. I have two specimens from Western China, 
taken by Pratt at 5000-6000 feet, which agree with the Naga 
males. I cannot distinguish the females from those of I. brahma, 
with which this form may possibly interbreed, as the two species 
occur together in Sikkim, though both here and in the Nagas the 
range of I. brahma seems to be rather lower. 


636 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


ILERDA BRAHMA. 


I. brahma, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. 
p- 29, t.i.a. fig. 4 g§ (1857); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 330. 

Common in the Naga Hills and occurs at Bernardmyo and 
Momeit. 


DACALANA VIDURA. 


Dacalana vidura, Horsf. Cat. E. I. C. p. 113, t. i. figs. 6, 6a 
(1829). 

Dacalana burmana, Moore, J. A. 8S. B. liii. pt. ii. p. 36 (1884); 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 335. 

Two males and two females from the Karen Hills which agree 
with a female named ‘“? burmana”’ by Moore from Akyab, and also 
with four males and a female from S.E. Borneo and Pulo Laut ; there 
is no appreciable difference in the colour of the underside. All these 
three females have the same venation as the male of Arrhenothrix, 
of which the female remains unknown, and want the fourth branch 
of the subcostal. 


ARRHENOTHRIX PENICILLIGERA. 

A. pencilligera, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. iii. p. 337, t. xxviii. fig. 214 
3 (1890). 

A male from Margharita agrees with one from the Khasias. I am 
able to distinguish these specimens from D. vidura only by the 
difference in venation pointed out by de Nicéville. 


CAMENA CIPPUS. 

Hesperia cippus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. v. Suppl. p. 429 (1798). 

Camena cippus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 340. 

Two males from East Pegu agree with one from the Shan States 
taken by Dr. Manders, and one from the Garo Hills obtained by 
Mr. Hamilton’s native collectors. 


CAMENA ICETAS. 

Tolaus wcetas, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 44, t. xviii. figs. 6,7 3 
(1865). 

Camena icetas, Butt. Ind. iu. p. 342. 


Four males and a female from East Pegu agree with specimens 
from the N.W. Himalayas, and I have one from Ichang in Central 
China which I believe to be the same. 


CAMENA COTYS. 


Iolaus cotys, Hewitson, |. c. p. 43, t. xix. figs. 19, 20 ¢. 
Camena cotys, Butt. Ind. ili. p. 342. 


A male from East Pegu agreeing with Sikkim specimens. 


CAMENA ICETOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3, ¢.) 


do. Like C. icetas, Hew., but wants the short transverse bars at 
end of cell in both wings below, and has the blue extending further 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 637 


towards the apex of fore wing above. On the hind wing there is a 
well-defined dull patch at the base quite free from blue scales, and 
the tuft of hairs at the base of the hind margin below, which is 
present in all the other Camenas I know except C. cotys, is absent or 
very much reduced. The venation agrees with that of C. icetas. 

Described from a single male taken on the Karen Hills at 4000- 
5000 feet. 


CaMENA CLEOBOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. figs. 4 g,5 2.) 

Most like C. cleobis, Godt., but differs in having in the male a 
large round velvet patch free from blue scales in the cell of the fore 
wing and with raised androconia. It is smaller in size and has the 
transverse band on the underside nearer the base and directed more 
inwards from the hind margin. The band is pale yellow and there is 
more yellow at the anal angle than in C. cleodis. The shining patch 
at the base of hind margin of fore wing below, seen in C. cleobis, is 
wanting, and there is no trace of the tuft of black hairs in the same 
place. 

@. Similar, but of a duller paler blue asin C. cleobis, and without 
the velvety patch on fore wing. 

Described from four males and two females taken in the Karen 
Hills. This species is allied to Zolaus iseus, Hew., from Sarawak, 
of which Tajuria relata, Dist., is the female. I have this latter from 
Nias Island in both sexes and a single worn male from Perak. 

The venation of C. eleoboides differs from that of C. cleobis and 
C. relata in having only two branches to the subcostal, and it may 
perhaps on this account, and owing to the well-marked patch on the 
male, form a new subgenus. 


Mora MAssyLa. 

Myrina massyla, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. Supp. p. 7, t. iii. figs. 87, 
88 ¢ (1869). 

Mota massyla, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 345, t. xxviii. fig. 210 92. 

A female from Margharita agreeing with Khasia specimens, but 
larger and with longer tails. 


APHNEUS VULCANUS, var. MAXIMUS, n. var. (Plate XLIII. fig. 5, 
2.) 

Papilio vulcanus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 579. 

A. vulcanus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 349. 

A male and two females from the Karen Hills are unlike any 
other form of this genus in my collection, and do not agree with any 
of those described in the ‘ Butterflies of India ;? but I am unable to 
separate them specifically on account of the great amount of varia- 
tion which prevails in this genus, in which I think too many species 
have already been made. 

Above they resemble A. vulcanus in colour, having a slight tinge of 
blue at the base of the hind wing and a few blue scales at base of 
fore wing in both sexes. Below they resemble what de Nicéville 
calls elima, Hew., and uniformis, Moore, from Kashmir, in the dull 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLIII. 43 


638 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


brown of their ground-colour and indistinctness of their markings. 
They are larger than any other Aphneus I have seen, the male 
measuring 27, the female 34 mm. in expanse. 


APHNEUS SYAMA. 

Amblypodia syama, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 107 (1829). 

Aph. syama, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 355. 

Aph. himalayanus, Moore, J. A. S. B. liii. pt. ii, p. 26; Butt. 
Ind. iii. p. 358 note. 

I received from Margharita, the Naga and Karen Hills, Momeit, 
and Perak specimens which vary considerably, but are no doubt all 
forms of what de Nicéville calls A. syama and A. lohita. He separates 
these by the shape of the mark at base of fore wing below, which 
is entire and clavate in A.syama, and T-shaped, hook-shaped, or absent 
in A. lohita, I found, however, in a series of Sikkim specimens, this 
character too variable to be used as a distinguishing feature ; and 
though the males are distinguished by the bright dark purple of 
their upperside, yet one from Momeit is entirely without a trace of 
this, as the females usually are, though agreeing below with the rest *. 


APHNEUS SANI, var.? (Plate XLIII. fig. 6, 2.) 

A. sani, de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. lvii. pt. ii. p. 282, t. xiv. 7 Q ; 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 307. 

Three females from the Karen Hills most resemble the female of 
A. sani from Sikkim, having the same grey-blue on both wings, but 
the orange patch in the fore wing is entirely wanting. Below they 
also resemble A. sani, but are lighter in colour. It is impossible to 
separate them without a larger series and comparison of both sexes. 


TAJURIA JANGALA. 

Amblypodia jangala, Horsf. Cat. Lep. BE. 1. C. p. 113, 2 (1829). 
T’. jangala, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 380. 

A few from the Karen Hills. 


SUASA LISIDEs. 

Myrina lisides, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 33, t. xiv. figs. 28, 29 3 
(1863). 

S. lisides, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 386, t. xxviii. fig. 220 3. 

A single male from Perak. 


THAMALA MINIATA. 

I’. miniata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 834, t. lii. fig. 6 ¢ ; Butt. 
Ind. iii. p. 388, t. xxviii. figs. 212 ¢, 213 9. 

? T. marciana, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 34, t. xvi. fig. 44 ¢, t. xii. 
figs. 12, 13 2 (1863). 

Five males and two females from the Karen Hills. 

I have no doubt that this species is, as de Nicéville says, very near 


1 Mr. de Nicéville, in a letter, maintains the distinctness of 4. syama and 
A, lohita, which were defined by Horsfield ; and as his material is far larger 
than my own in this genus, and has been most carefully studied by him, I am 
not disposed to dispute his opinions. 


1892. | THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK, 639 


to, and perhaps identical with, 7’. marciuna of Hew. ; but, judging 
from the single specimen I have of the latter from Pulo Laut, 
it can be separated by the much greater amount of black at base of 
fore wings, on inner margin of hind wings, and on the central stripe 
of the fore wing, which in my males of 7’. miniata is a line on the 
vein only. 


HyPoLyc#Na ERYLUS. 
Polyommatus erylus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 633 (1823). 
H. erylus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 390. 


A few from Margharita, Bernardmyo, the Karen Hills, and 
Perak. 


CHLIARIA OTHONA. 

Hypolycena othona, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 50, t. xxii. figs. 17, 
18 g (1865). 

CO. othona, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 395. 

One from Margharita and two from East Pegu. 


CHLIARIA KINA. 

Hypolycena kina, Hew. Il. Di. Lep. Suppl. p. 13, t. v. figs. 32.3, 
33, 34 9 (1869). 

C. kina, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 396, t. xxviii. fig. 211 3. 

Very common in the Naga Hills and occurs at Bernardmyo, but 
only males were taken. 


CHLIARIA TORA. 
Hypolycena tora, Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 31, t. v. fig. 40 (1884). 
A single male from Perak agrees with one from the island of Nias 


so well that I cannot separate them, though the Perak specimen has 
rather more black on the fore wing. 


CHLIARIA MERGUIA. 

C. merguia, Doh. J. A. S. B. lviii. pt. i, p. 427, t. xxiii. fig. 2 g 
(1889); Butt. Ind. iii. p. 397. 

A single male from Perak. 


ZELTUS ETOLUS. 

Papilio etolus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 66 (1787). 

Z. etolus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 400. 

Sent from Margharita, the Naga and Karen Hills, and Perak. 


CHERITRELLA TRUNCIPENNIS. 

C. truncipennis, de Nicév. P. Z. S. 1887, p- 456, t. xxxix. 
figs. 4 ¢,3 2; Butt. Ind. iii. p. 404. ’ 

Not uncommon in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000 feet, and agrees 


with a Sikkim specimen in Knyvett’s collection. 
43* 


640 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


NEOMYRINA HYEMALIS. 

Myrina hiemalis, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 640, t. x 
figs. 5,6 ¢. 

N. hiemalis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 406. 

Two males of this beautiful species from Perak. 


TICHERRA ACTE. 

Myrina acte, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.i. p. 47 
Q (1857). 

T.. acte, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 407, t. xxviii. fig. 225 ¢, wet-season 
form. 

Sent from Margharita, the Naga and Karen Hills. 


CHERITRA FREJA. 

Hesperia freja, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1, p. 263 (1793). 
C. freja, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 409. 

Sent from the Karen Hills and Perak. 


NEOCHERITRA AMRITA, 


Myrina amrita, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 395 (1860). 
N. amrita, Butt. Ind. iil. p. 402 note. 


A single female from Thandaung in the Karen Hills, taken at 
4500 feet. 


PuRLISA GIGANTEA. 


Tolaus (Purlisa) giganteus, Distant, Ent. Mo. Mag. xvii. p. 245 
(1881). 

P. gigantea, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 385. 

A perfect male from Perak, taken at 1000 feet. 


HoraGa Onyx. 


Thecla onyx, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 30 
(1857). 

H. onyx, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 416. 

A single specimen from the Karen Hills which agrees with 
others from Sikkim, as does one from the Shan Hills taken by 
Dr. Manders. 


CATAPG@CILMA SUBOCHREA, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 10, 3.) 


Two males of this lovely species were taken by Doherty at 
Thandaung in the Karen Hills at about 4500 feet elevation in April 
1890. They appear to be quite distinct from C. elegans, which was 
found in the same locality, and may be distinguished best by the 
colour and arrangement of the beautiful markings of the underside, 
which are easier to figure than to describe. On the upperside the 
colour is a little brighter than in C. elegans, the black border of the 

_ fore wing not broader at the apex. From C. dubases, Hew., it is 
distinguished by the absence of a costal border on the fore wing, 
its smaller size, and the different markings below. 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 641 


CaTAP@CILMA ELEGANS. 

Hypochrysops elegans, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 350, t. Xxxil. 
fig. 12°92. 

C. elegans, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 421, t. xxix. fig. 228 9. 

Taken by Doherty at same time and place as the last. 

It is perhaps rather larger and paler on the underside than Sikkim 
specimens, and the female differs from the Sikkim female in having 
the hind wing without any dark border except a small patch at the 
outer angle. In this respect a female from the Nilgiri Hills is 
intermediate between the Burmese and Sikkim specimens. 


BIDUANDA THESMIA. 


Myrina thesmia, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 32, t. xiv. figs. 25, 27 ¢, 
26 2 (1863). 

B, thesmia, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 426, t. xxix. fig. 229 ¢. 

Seems abundant at Perak. 


BIDUANDA SCZVA. 


Myrina sceva, Hew. |. c. p. 30, t. xv. figs. 39, 40 ¢ (1863). 
B. sceva, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 428 note. 


Three males of this delicate insect from Perak. 


DRvUPADIA BOISDUVALII. 

D. boisduvalii, Moore, Journ. A. S. B. liii. pt. ii. p. 31 (1884) ; 
Butt. Ind. iii. p. 430, t. xxix. fig. 230 ¢. 

Two males from the Karen Hills. 


DRvUPADIA MOOREI. 

Sithon moore, Distant, Ann. N. H. (5) x. p. 246 (1882). 
D. moorei, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 431 note. 

Seems to be common at Perak. 


EooxyLIDES THARIS. 

Oxylides tharis, Hibner, Zutr. ex. Schmett. figs. 883, 884 
(1837). 

E. tharis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 433, t. xxix. fig. 231 3. 

A few specimens from Perak. 


LoxuRA ATYMNUS. 

Papilio atymnus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iv. p. 82, t. ecexxxi. figs. D, E 
(1780). 

L. atymnus, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 436, t. xxix. fig. 232 ¢. 


Naga and Karen Hills. 


YASODA TRIPUNCTATA. 


Lozura tripunctata, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 26 (1863). 
Y. tripunctata, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 439, t. xxix. figs. 233, 234 2. 
A single male from Momeit and a female from the Naga Hills. 


642 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


DRINA DONINA. 


Myrina donina, Hew. 1. c. p. 39, t. xvii. figs. 61, 62 2 (1865). 

D. donina, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 442, t. xxix. fig. 235 2. 

Quite abundant in East Pegu, judging from the number taken by 
Doherty. I do not see the least variation or difference between the 
sexes. 


ARAOTES LAPITHIS. 


Myrina lapithis, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. 
i. p. 48 (1857). 

A. lapithis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 446, t. xxix. fig. 237 ¢. 

A male from the Karen Hills and a female from Perak. 


DEUDORIX EPIJARBAS. 


Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. 
p. 32 (1857). 

Deudorix epijarbas, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 449, t. xxix. fig. 238 ¢. 

Naga Hills and Margharita. 


ZINASPA DISTORTA. 


Rapala distorta, de Nicév. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 461, t. xl. fig. 6 Q. 
Z. distorta, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 452, t. xxix. fig. 239 3. 


A pair from Petichaung in East Pegu at about 500 feet elevation. 


RAPALA ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2, 3.) 


Three males were sent from the Karen Hills, one of which was 
marked by Doherty ‘‘ Rapala sp., possibly an abnormal schistacea.” 
As, however, all three agree perfectly in the very peculiar markings 
of the underside, and there were no examples of R. schistacea in 
the collection, I think this must be a new species, of which I 
am, however, unfortunately only able to describe the male as 
follows :— 

6. Above same size and colour and blue gloss as R. schistacea, 
but darker. Below chalky white with yellow tinge, with a large 
lead-coloured patch in the centre of fore and hind wings ; a broad 
transverse submarginal band of similar colour on both wings from 
costa to inner margin ; a narrower and paler marginal band. A tinge 
of fulvous at aval angle; the lobe black, with indistinct pale fringe 
extending above the tail, which is black with white tip. 


RAPALA ORSBIS. 
Deudoria orseis, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 23 (1863). 
R. orseis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 461. 


Sent from Margharita, the Karen Hills, and one male from Perak, 
which I think must be referred to R. orseis. 


1892. | THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 643 


RAPALA NISSA. 

Thecla nissa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. pt. 2, p. 412, t. iv. 
figs. 3, 4 (1848). 

R. nissa, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 463. 

Only sent from the Naga Hills, where it does not seem to be 
so common as it is in the Khasias. 


RaPaLA PETOSIRIS. 

Deudorix petosiris, Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. p. 22, t. ix. figs. 30, 31 ¢ 
(1863). 

R. petosiris, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 465. 

Margharita and the Karen Hills. 


RAPALA SUFFUSA. 

Deudorix suffusa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 834, t. lii. fig. 8 3. 

R. suffusa, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 466. 

Deudorix barthema, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 280 (1885); Butt. 
Ind. iii. p. 450; Doh. J. A. S. B. lv. pt. ii. p. 260 (1886). 

Mr. de Nicéville’s supposition that these names would prove 
synonyms is correct, as I have a male from Perak named by himself, 
together with two females from East Pegu, which agree with it in 
the yellow colour of the underside, and with a female from Barakhal, 
Chittagong, taken by Doherty and alluded to by him in writing of 
D. barthema. Rapala suffusa is a perfectly good species, and the 
female may be known from the female of F. xenophon by the pale 
yellow of the underside. 

1 have another species with pale yellow underside in both sexes 
from the Khasia Hills which is a Deudorix, having no sexual mark in 
the male, and is larger than R. suffusa, but though I cannot discover 
a name for it the specimens are not good enough to describe. 


RAPALA JARBAS. 

Papilio iarbas, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 68 (1787). 
R. jarbas, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 468. 

Sent from Bernardmyo and Perak. 


Rapala HYPARGYRIA, 0. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig. 7, 3.) 

Doherty sends five specimens of this very distinct species from the 
Karen Hills, all of which appear to be males. Above they are most 
like R. wenophon, but of a more orange tint, with a broad black 
border on both fore and hind wings, the latter fringed towards the 
anal angle, and more conspicuously on the inner margin, with white ; 
a dark streak runs from the base of the tail parallel to the inner 
margin. Beneath, the fore wing is dull silvery white, tinged with 
brown towards the costa and outer margin. Hind wing the same, 
with an obscure row of spots towards the anal angle. The anal lobe 
and a large round spot above the base of the tail black, a short 
broken line from near this towards the inner margin. 

Frons, palpi, and breast white; abdomen fulvous. Head and 
thorax black. 

Expanse 30-38 mm. 


644 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


RaPaLa SuBGUTTATA, n. Sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 1, ¢.) 


Above, both wings dull purple, darkening towards apex and outer 
margin, which are nearly black. 

Below dull vinous brown, with a short double bar at the end of 
cellin both wings; a single basal spot and cluster of three other spots 
beyond the bar on hind wing ; a double streak from near these towards 
inner margin. On one side there is an additional spot beyond the 
bar on the fore wing, on the other a similar one near the costa of 
hind wing. Frons and underside of body and abdomen whitish ; 
above black. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Described from a single male taken in the Karen Hills at 4000- 
50006 feet. 

The peculiar spotting of the underside makes this very distinct 
from any species in the genus known to me. 


RAPALA SEQUEIRA. 

? Deudorix sequeira, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 278, t. xxiii. 21 9. 

R. sequeira, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 466 note. 

A single specimen without head, body, or anal lobe from Perak 
agrees best with the figure above cited, but seems by the shape of 
the wings and absence of any sexual mark to be a female, whilst 
Distant’s plate would give one the idea of a male. 


RAPALA UTIMUTIS. 

Deudorix utimutis, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 279, t. xxiii. 22 ¢. 

R. utimutis, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 466 note. 

A single male from Perak agrees with Distant’s description and 
figure better than with Hewitson’s description of D. pheretima. It 
has the antenne black ringed with white, and a broad white band 
just below the rufous tip. 


BINDAHARA PHOCIDES. 
Hesperia phocides, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1, p. 282 9 (1793). 
B. phocides, Butt. Ind. iti. p. 473. 


A single large male from the Naga Hills, another from the Dhansiri 
Valley, and two from East Pegu. 


SINTHUSA NASAKA. 


Thecla nasaka, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. p. 91 (1829). 
S. nasaka, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 484. 


Two males from Margharita and one from Momeit. 


SINTHUSA AMBA. 


? Hypolycena amba, Kirby in Hew. Ill. Di. Lep. Suppl. p. 32, 
t. v. &. figs. 44, 46 ¢, 45 2 (1878). 

S. amba, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 485; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 461, t. xliv. 
12 3,19 9. 

A male from East Pegu and another from Perak agree perfectly 


1892.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 645 


with Distant’s good illustration and with a single pair from Pulo Laut, 
Borneo, which I think are the true S. amba. There is, however, a 
nearly allied but, as I think, distinct species, which also occurs in Pulo 
Laut, and may be Hypolycena amba, Kirby, of which neither Hewit- 
son’s nor Distant’s figures are clear in the distinctive points. In this 
the male has the costa of hind wing broadly black, the purple on fore 
wings more diffused, the markings of the underside more broken, 
and the colour of the base much paler; the tails and hind wings 
with broad white fringes. If this proves constant, as it is in four 
specimens I have, the Pegu and Perak forms may be called 
S. amboides. 


SINTHUSA CHANDRANA. 


Hypolycena chandrana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 249, t. xi, 
figs. 2,2a 3. 

S. chandrana, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 486. 

Two pairs from the Karen Hills and Momeit. 


SINTHUSA VIRGO. 

Hypolycena virgo, Elwes, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 446. 

S. virgo, Butt. Ind. iii. p. 488, front. fig. 134 ¢. 

One female from the Naga Hills and another from Bernardmyo 
agree perfectly with the type. It is very strange that in these places, 
as in Sikkim, the male of this species seems so difficult to procure, 


whilst in many of the allied species the females are taken very 
rarely. 


Fam. HESPERIID&. 
UNKANA BATARA. 


U. batara, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 370, t. xxxiv. 11. 
Two males from Perak. 


UNKANA ELIA. 

Hesp. elia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866, p. 489. 

Unkana elia, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 370, t. xxxiv. 25. 

A single male from Perak agrees with the type in coll. Hewitson 
from Borneo and with Distant’s plate. 

UNKANA ATTINA. 

Hesp. attina, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866, p. 489. 

Unkana attina, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 371, t. xxxiv. 

I am indebted to Major Adamson fora female of this species from 
Moulmein, this being, I think, its first certainly recorded occurrence 
in British India. 

BapAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS. 

Pap. exclamationis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 530. 


Doherty took examples of this species at Margharita and in the 
Karen Hills. 


646 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


CALLIANA PIERIDOIDES. 

C. pieridoides, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 687, t. xlv.2 ¢. 

C. pieridoides, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe. vol. vi. no. 3 
(1891), p. 377, t. G. fig. 25 2. 

Two males of this remarkable insect from Margharita. The 
female, which has been described and figured by de Nicéville, is 
very unlike the male. 


CHOASPES BENJAMINI, var. 

Thymele benjamini, Guér. Del. Voy. Inde, ii. p. 79, t. 22. 2, 2a 
(1843). 

There are two forms of this which may be distinct, but I have a 
series of them only from Sikkim. The one I take to be the typical 
form is of a greenish shade, but not constant, some specimens being 
lighter and some darker ; and this I have from the N.W. Himalaya, 
Sikkim, the Khasias, Nilgiri Hills, and Japan, and Moupin in East 
Tibet. Another is metallic bluish on the thorax and base of both 
wings, sometimes with a tinge of green, and the rest of the wings, 
except anal area and fringe, black. This I have from Sikkim and 
the Naga Hills. These differences may be sexual; but it is very 
difficult to be sure of the sex in this genus. 


CHOASPES HARISA. 

Ismene harisa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 783. 

Ohoaspes harisa, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 439. 

A single female from the Naga Hills agrees with the Sikkim 
females described by me. 


CHOASPES AMARA. 

Ismene amara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 783. 

Two from the Naga Hills, which have rather less yellow at base 
of costa than Sikkim specimens. 

CHOASPES VASUTANA. 


Ismene vasutana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 782. 
A single male from the Naga Hills. 


CHOASPES CHUZA. 
Ismene chuza, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Ism. t. 14. 
Choaspes chuza, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 373, t. xxxiv. 27. 


A single specimen from the Ruby-mine District at 2000 feet and 
another from the Naga Hills agree with Bornean examples. 


CHOASPES CRAWFURDI. 
Ismene crawfurdi, Dist. Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 247 (1882). 
Choaspes crawfurdi, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 372, t. xxxiv. 26. 


A specimen from Perak agrees with one from Province Wellesley 
in my collection, identified by Distant, and with two others from 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 647 


Pulo Laut, Borneo. The Perak specimen is darker than the other 
three, showing the same tendency to vary as C’. benjamini, to which 
it is closely allied. It may, however, be distinguished by the greater 
extent and paler colour of the yellow border and larger yellow lobe 
of the hind wing, and also by the difference in the black markings 
on the yellow beneath. 

Ismene subcaudata, Feld. Reise Nov. t. lxxii. figs. 20, 21, from 
Java, which [ only know from the figure, is evidently a near ally, 
but may be distinguished by the black spots showing on the yellow 
of the hind wing above. 


PADUKA LEBADEA. 


Hesperia lebadea, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. t. iii. 22, 23 (1868). 

Matapa subfasciata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 164, t. lxiv. 
3, 3a o (1881). 

Paduka glandulosa, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 376, t. xxxv.5 ¢ (1886). 

Ismene lebudea, var. andamanica, Wood-Mason & de Nicév. J. A. 
S. B. vol. 1. pt. ii. p. 254 (1881). 

A single male from Perak agrees with Distant’s plate and with a 
male from Pulo Laut, Borneo, in my collection. 


ISMENE MAHINTHA. 
Ismene mahintha, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 575, t. lxvii. 4, 


A single male from Bernardmyo, which differs from Moore’s 
description in wanting the yellow discal spot above, though it shows 
below. The shape of the hind wing is different from his figure, 
being more lobed, but not so much so as in Choaspes benjamini. 


ISMENE @DIPODEA. 


I. edipodea, Swains. Zool. Ill. i. t. 16 (1820). 
A single male from the Karen Hills. 


IsMENE JAINA. 


I. jaina, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 782. 

A pair from the foot of the Karen Hills. The absence of the 
red costal streak is not a mark of the female, as Moore says; both 
in the Karen Hills specimen and in Ismene fergusoniz, de Nicév., from 
South India, this streak is quite conspicuous; but according to 
de Nicéville it is highly deciduous in all species of Ismene. 


PIRDANA HYELA. 


Hesp. hyela, Hew. Desc. Hesp. p. 23 (1867). 

Pirdana hyela, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 376, t. xxxv. 6 9. 

A male from Perak and another from Tenasserim agree with 
Distant’s plate and with specimens from Pulo Laut, Borneo. The 
sexes differ as in the next species, the female being shot with blue 
on both wings. 


648 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


? PIRDANA RUDOLPHEI. 

? P. rudolphei, Elwes & de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1886, pt. ii. p. 438, 
t. xx.6 ¢. 

A male from the Karen Hills and a much larger specimen, which 
I take to be the female, from Perak. The latter has the base of 
fore wing and great part of the hind wing shot with steely purple or 
green as in P. hyela; but the underside, which agrees precisely with 
that of the male, is free from the striation which is seen in P. hyela 
and to some extent in the type of P. rudolphei. I am not at all sure 
whether P. rudolphei is a good species, the extent of yellow in the 
fringes and hind wing being variable in P. hyela, with which it other- 
wise agrees. If the underside is constant, what I have here called 
P. rudolphei would be a new species, but the material existing is not 
sufficient to decide the point. 


PIsOLA ZENNARA. 

P. zennara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 786, t. xlii. 4. 

Of this species, which I recently supposed to be confined to 
Sikkim, Doherty has sent two males from the Naga Hills, and two 
females from the Karen Hills; but the fore wing in these latter is 
much more rectangular than in the Sikkim female, and the vitreous 
band of a glassy white without yellow tinge as in that from Sikkim. 


CaPILA JAYADEVA. 

C. jayadeva, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 785, t. xlii. 3. 

A single male from the Naga Hills and a female recorded from 
Margharita by Doherty. 


ZEA MYTHECA. 

Hesp. mytheca, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 81 (1877). 

Yea (vel Zea) mytheca, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 377, t. xxxv. 7 9. 

A single specimen (which looks like a male, though the abdomen 
is damaged) from Perak agrees with the figure cited. 


PaRATA ALEXIS. 

? Pap. alewis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 533. 

Hasora alexis, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 441. 

Parata chromus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 284, E. 

Sent from Bernardmyo and the Karen Hills. I still fail to see 
how to separate P. alexis and P. chromus. 


BrpasIS SENA. 


Goniloba sena, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 245 (1857). 
A single male from the Naga Hills. 


MartaPA ARIA. 

Ismene aria, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 784. 
Matapa aria, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 378, t. xxxv. 8. 
A pair from the foot of the Karen Hills. 


1892.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 649 


MarTApPA SHALGRAMA. 
M. shalgrama, de Nicév. J. A. §. B. 1883, p. 85. 
A male from the Karen Hills agreeing with Sikkim specimens. 


MATAPA SASIVARNA. 
Ismene? sasivarna, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 784. 
Several males and a female from the Karen Hills. 


MaTAPA DRUNA. 
Ismene druna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784. 
A female from the Karen Hills. 


PITHAURIA MURDAVA. 

Ismene murdava, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 784. 

P. murdava, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 378, t. xxxv. 9 ¢. 
A male from the Naga Hills. 


PITHAURIA STRAMINEIPENNIS. 

P. stramineipennis, Wood-Mason & de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. 1886, 
p- 388, t. xv. 5 d. 

A male from Momeit. 


CHAPRA PROMINENS. 
Chapra prominens, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 261. 
Sent from the Naga Hills. 


CHAPRA MATHIAS. 
Hesp. mathias, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433. 
Karen Hills. 


Baoris OCEIA. 
Hesperia oceia, Hew. Descr. Hesp. 1868, p. 31. 
A female from the Naga Hills. 


PARNARA TOONA. 

Hesperia toona, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 689 3. 

Parnara toona, Wood-Mason & de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1886, 
p. 383 2. 

Common in the Naga and Karen Hills, as it seems to be in most 
places. 


PARNARA ELTOLA. 

Pamphila eltola, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Hesp. t. iv. 40 (1869). 
Parnara eltola, Wood-Mason & de Nicév. /. ec. t. xviii. 6, 6 a. 
Common in the Naga and Karen Hills. 


PARNARA WATSONI. 
P. watsoni, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 222. 


I have a pair of this from the Karen Hills, and one, taken by 
Dr. Manders, from Fort Stedman in the Shan States. 


650 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


PARNARA SEMAMORA. 
Hesperia semamora, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 791. 
A pair from the Karen Hills agreeing with Sikkim specimens. 


PARNARA MOOLATA. 
? Hesperia moolata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 843. 
Baoris moolata, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 379, t. xxxiv. 10 ¢. 


Two males from Perak, which agree with Distant’s figure and with 
specimens from Pulo Laut, Borneo. I have not, however, been able 
to compare them with specimens from Tenasserim, whence the type 
came. The species seems nearest to P. austeni, but may be distin- 
guished from that, and from all other species in my collection, by 
the dark chocolate colour of the underside. 


PARNARA PAGANA. 


P. pagana, de Nicév. P. Z.S. 1887, p. 465, t. xl. 7. 

Doherty sent specimens from the Karen Hills which agree with 
Sikkim examples of P. pagana, except that there are only two instead 
of three apical spots. ‘They also agree with some Andaman specimens 
which I have as P. cahira, Moore. I am not at all sure whether 
the two are distinct, as I have others from Perak, Caleutta, and 
Moulmein, which all seem to belong to the same species. 


PARNARA MIOSTICTA. 


P. miosticta, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe. vol. vi. no. 3 
(1891), p. 385, t. G. fig. 31 ¢. 


A single specimen from Perak, which has been described and 
figured by de Nicéville as above. 
PARNARA GUTTATA. 


Eudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. Nord]. China’s, p. 10 
(1853). 

Pamphila mangala, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 792. 

Specimens from the Naga Hills agree with those from Sikkim. 


PARNARA BEVANI. 


Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688. 
Parnara bevant, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 447. 2. 
Occurs in the Naga Hills. 


PARNARA PUGNANS. 


P. pugnans, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 384, 
t. G. 30 2. 


Taken at Perak, where it seems to be not uncommon. 
PARNARA PLEBEIA. 
P. plebeta, de Nicév. P. Z. S. 1887, p. 466, t. xl. 2 ¢. 


A single male from Karen Hills, which agrees with Sikkim ex- 
amples in my collection. 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 651 


SUASTUS ADITUS. 


S. aditus, Moore, J. A. S. B. 1884, p. 49. 
A single specimen from the Karen Hills agrees with Sikkim 
examples. 


TELICOTA AUGIAS. 

? Pap. augias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 794 (1767). 

Telicota augias, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, J. A. S. B. vol. lv. 
pt. ii. p. 384, no. 224, t. xvii. fig. 1 g (1886). 

?T. bambuse, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 691, t. xlv. 11, 12. 

Specimens from the Naga Hills and Perak, which I am still unable 
to compare with Javan specimens, from which Moore separated 
T.bambuse. Whether the typical T. augias is distinct from what is 
so called in India I therefore cannot say ; but I am unable to separate 
two species among my large series by the characters given by Moore 
or by Wood-Mason and de Nicéyille *. 


TELICOTA SIVA. 

Pamphila siva, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 692. 

Common in the Karen Hills and also sent from Bernardmyo. 
The female differs from the male in being somewhat darker and has 
no sexual brand, which is conspicuous in the male, and by the form 
of which I distinguish this species from 7. brahma, Moore, found 
in the N.W. Himalayas, In two of the males from Bernardmyo 
the spots on the hind wing are somewhat differently placed and the 
general colour darker. These may be of a distinct species, but the 
material is insufficient to enable me to describe it. 


PADRAONA DARA. 


Hesperia dara, Koll. Hiigel’s Kaschm. iv. p. 455 (1848). 

Pamphila mesa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 509, t. xxv. 9. 

Sent from the Naga and Karen Hills, but does not seem to be 
abundant. 


PADRAONA MZSOIDES. 


Pamphila mesoides, Butl. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. 
1879, p. 554. 

Padraona mesoides, Doh. J. A. S. B. 1886, p. 139. 

? P. sunias, Feld. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. xl. p- 462 
(1862). 

Naga Hills, Burmah, and Perak. 

I have a large series of specimens from different parts of India, 
as well as from the Andamans, Nias, Hongkong, Java, Borneo, and 
the Philippines, which seem to belong to one species, though there 
is considerable variation amongst them ; and it is possible that there 
may be anatomical differences which I have not detected. 


' Mr. de Nicéville, who has numerous examples from Jaya, since assures me 
Pate they are distinct and that he has specimens of both species from Central 
ndia. 


652 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


PADRAONA GOLA. 

Padraona gola, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, t. lviii. 9 ¢. 

A single specimen from Perak ; I have it also from the Andamans, 
Nias, and Borneo. 


PADRAONA PALMARUM. 
Pamphila palmarum, Moore, P. Z. S 1878, p. 690, t. xlv. 6, 7. 
Sent from Margharita, the Karen Hills, and Perak. 


CuPITHA PURREA. 

Pamphila purrea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 594, t. lvui. 10. 

Cupitha tympanifera, Moore, J. A. S. B. 1881, p. 261. 

Two males and a female from the Karen Hills are somewhat smaller 
than Sikkim specimens, whilst the other differences by which Moore 
attempts to separate O. tympanifera, which was from Pegu, are not 
visible. 

HYAROTIS ADRASTUS. 

Hesp. adrastus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iv. t. 319, F, G. 

A specimen from the Karen Hills. 


SARANGESA DASAHARA. 
Nisoniades dasahara, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787. 
Sent from the Naga and Karen Hills and Momeit. 


IsMA INAREME. 

I. inareme, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 391, 
tA 3O! Oi 

A single specimen, the type, from Perak. 


AEROMACHUS KALI. 

Thanaos kali, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1885, p. 123, t. 11. 3. 

Aeromachus kali, de Nicévy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, 
p- 217. 

Seems to be common in the Naga Hills, at about 3000-5000 feet. 

The female, which I have not seen before, differs from the male in 
the rounder shape of both wings. 


AEROMACHUS JHORA. 

Thanaos jhora, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1885, p. 122, t. 11, 12. 

Aeromachus jhora, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, 
p- 216. 

Two females from Bernardmyo. 


AEROMACHUS STIGMATA. 

Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 694. 

Aeromachus stigmata, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, 
p- 216. 

Sent from the Naga Hills only. 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 653 


CyYCLOPIDES SUBVITTATUS. 
C. subvittatus, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 692. 
Common in the Naga Hills. 


Hare Fusca,n. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1, ¢.) 


A single specimen was sent from Bernardmyo, which may be 
briefly described as like Halpe gupta, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1886, 
p. 255, t. xi. 1, but rather larger, with plain fringes of paler colour 
than the wings, and not spotted white as they are in H. gupta. 

The double sexual brand is the same, but the spots above it are 
wanting, as is also sometimes the case in H. gupta, and the apical spot 
is double and not triple as inall my specimens of H. gupta. Below, 
the brown is paler than above, with the same spots on the fore wing, 
and the hind wing sprinkled with paler hairs, 


HALPE sIKKIMA. 
H. sikkima, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 407. 
Naga and Karen Hills. 


HALPE SEPARATA. 
H. separata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 407. 
Sent from the Naga Hills ouly. 


HALPE ZEMA. 
Hesperia zema, Hew. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xix. p. 77. 
A single specimen from the Naga Hills. 


HALPeE DOLopia. 
Hesperia dolopia, Hew. Ex. Butt. v. t. lv. 60, 61 (1873). 
Sent from the Naga and Karen Hills. 


HALPE HYRIE. 


H. hyrie, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 388, 
EG. 34.9). 

Several males of this new species (from one of which it has been 
described by de Nicéville) were taken at 5000-6000 feet in the 
Naga Hills. 


ISOTEINON ATKINSONI. 


I. atkinsoni, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 693, t. xlv. 10. 

I. subtestaceus, Moore, |. c. p. 844; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1888, t. xi. 9. 

I. atkinsoni was taken in the Naga Hills in July and August, whilst 
I. subtestaceus was obtained in the Karen Hills in March and April. 
This agrees with Watson’s experience, and goes to strengthen 
Moller’s opinion that the two are seasonal forms of one species. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLIV. dt 


654 MR. H. Je ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [ Dec. 6, 


IsOTEINON PANDITA. 
I. pandita, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1885, p. 121, xi. 14 Co. 


Appears to be abundant in the Naga Hills at 5000-6000 feet in 
Aug.—Sept. 


ISOTEINON SATWA. 
I. satwa, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1883, p. 86, t. x. 15. 
A pair from the Karen Hills. 


IsOTEINON CEPBALA. 

Hesperia cephala, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 152. 

Tsoteinon cephala, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 456, t. xi. 10. 
A single female from the Karen Hills. 


IsOTEINON CEPHALOIDES. 
I. cephaloides, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1888, p. 288, t. xiii. 4 o. 


A male from the Naga Hills, and a female which agrees with it 
from Bernardmyo. 


IsOTEINON IAPIS. 
I. iapis, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 313, 
t.E.9 ¢. 


A single specimen from Perak. 


SATARUPA PHISARA, var.? 

S. phisara, Moore, J. A. 8. B. 1884, pt. ii. p. 35; Elwes, Trans. 
Ent. Soe. 1888, p. 457. 

Four males from Bernardmyo differ from all my Sikkim specimens 
in having the band of the fore wing distinct on the hind margin, 
while in those from Sikkim it is faint or wanting ; also in having two 
glassy spots above the large one in the middle of the fore wing, instead 
of one small one. The apical spots are also larger and better marked, 
agreeing in this respect with one female from Sikkim. As, however, 
there is some variation in all these points in Sikkim specimens, I do 
not think there is enough difference between the two forms to justify 
their separation. 


SATARUPA BHAGAVA. 

S. bhagava, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 781. 

? S. narada, Moore, J. A. S. B. 1884, pt. ii. p. 35. 

A single male from the Karen Hills which is intermediate between 
Sikkim specimens which I had referred to two supposed species. I 
am now, however, inclined to think that they are the same and that 
it is a variable one. 


TAGIADES RAVI. 
Goniloba ravi, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 246. 
7’. khasiana, Moore, J. A. 8. B. 1884, p. 51. 


Naga and Karen Hills, where it seems common. I do not see how 
to distinguish 7’. khasiana from T. ravi. 


1892.1] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 655 


TAGIADES OBSCURUS. 
? T. obscurus, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1876, p- 274. 


A pair from Perak which seem to come nearest to this species, and 
are identical with specimens from Pulo Laut. 


TAGIADES DECORATUS. 


Eudamus decoratus, Hew. Descr. Hesp. p. 17 (1867). 

Pterygospidea decoratus, Hew. Ex. Butt. v. Pterygospidea, fig. 2 
(1873). 

Five males of this beautiful and distinct species were taken at 
the foot of the Karen Hills. I am not sure that it will come into 
this genus, though it seems best placed here at present. 


TAGIADES TRICHONEURA. 

Pterygospidea trichoneura, Feld. Reise Nov. t. 73. 14, 15. 

Several specimens of this species from the Karen Hills and Perak. 
The white colour of the underside distinguishes it perfectly from 
T. pralaya, Moore. 


TAGIADES ATTICUS. 


? Hesp. atticus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii 1, p. 339. 

Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 778. 

There seem to be three forms of this common butterfly, but 
I think they run into each other and are hardly separable. The 
first has two black spots within the white field of the hind wing and 
large marginal oblong dashes ; I have it from the N.W. Himalaya, 
Nepal, and Sikkim, and one from the Naga Hills. The second 
has no spots within the field, and occurs in Sikkim, Bhutan, the 
Naga Hills, and Tenasserim. The third, of which I have a 
female marked 7. menaka by Moore, I have only from the Karen 
Hills. It has the spot in the white field, but the marginal spots 
small, round, and separate, not united into a band as in the other two. 
From Malabar I have only one specimen, which combines the 
characters of the last two. From Pulo Laut I have two specimens, 
of which one is like 7’. menaka, and the other has the marginal spots 
of the hind wing almost absent. 


UDASPES FOLUS. 
Pap. folus, Cram. Pap. Ex. i. t. lxxiv. 7. 


A single male from the Karen Hills has the white markings very 
large, especially in the hind wing. 


TAGIADES DEALBATA. 
T. dealbata, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 388, t. xxxv. 21 ¢. 


Four specimens from Perak and one from Margharita have the 
white outer band of the fore wing spotless as figured by Distant, 
whilst two from Perak, one from the Karen Hills, and one from 
Burmah have two black spots on the white. There is also some 

44* 


656 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


variation in the spots of the fore wing, in the marking of the under- 
side, but all seem to me to belong to one species, as I have the two 
forms also from Pulo Laut. 


TAGIADES TRIPURA. 


T. tripura, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1891, p. 392, 
t. G. 39 9. 

A single specimen of this small species from Perak (the type 
specimen), which agrees with several from Pulo Laut, also sent 
by Doherty. 


ABARATHA SYRICTHUS, var. (Plate XLIII. fig. 2, var., ¢.) 


Pterygospidea syricthus, Feld. Reise Nov. iii. p. 530, t. Ixxii. 22, 
23. 

Four specimens from Bernardmyo are so very small that they 
might be supposed to be another species, especially as the white 
marks at the base of the hind wing above are almost obsolete ; but 
the identity of the position of all the spots and the peculiar shaped 
hind wing incline me to believe that they are only a form of 
A, syricthus, which I also have from Bhamo, the Shan Hills, and Java. 


ABARATHA PYGELA. 

Pterygospidea pygela, Hew. Descr. Hesp. p. 53 (1868); Ex. Butt. 
v. t. 1. fig, 3 (1873): 

A. pygela, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 390, t. xxxiv. fig. 18. 


Of this remarkable species only two specimens were received, one 
from the Karen Hills and one from Perak. 


CrENOPTILIUM MULTIGUTTATUM. 


C. multiguttata, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v. p. 221, 
t. E. 10 3 (1890). 


A specimen from Akyab, taken by Major Adamson in April, 
1883. 


CTENOPTILIUM VASAVA. 


Achlyodes vasava, Moore, P. Z.S. 1845, p. 786. 
Ctenoptilium vasava, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. v. 
(1890) p. 221. 


Common in the Karen Hills. 


ERIONOTA THRAX. 


Pap. thrax, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. p. 794 (1767). 
Erionota thrax, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 393, t. xxxiv. 17. 
Sent from East Pegu by Doherty and taken at Akyab by Major 


Adamson. Specimens from Java, Borneo, and the Andamans 
agree, 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 657 


CasyYAPA PHAN ZEUS. 


C. phaneus, Hew. Descr. Hesp. p. 14 (1867); Dist. Rhop. Mal. 
p. 386, t. xxxv. 18. 

There are two forms of this species which seem very distinct, if their 
colour only is regarded; but I cannot see any difference in the 
markings by which to separatethem. The one figured by Distant is 
bright orange-brown ; of this form I have two pairs from Kast Pegu 
sent by Doherty, which agree with his type of C. Jalita in my col- 
lection, taken in the Chittagong Hills. 

Of the other form, which is of a much darker, more chocolate- 
brown, I have two females from Perak which agree with Hewitson’s 
type from Borneo, and two males from Pulo Laut, Borneo. Celenor- 
rhinus omeia, Leech, from West China, is nearly allied, but is olive- 
brown and shows no black spots on the hind wing. 


Hrparti IRAvA. 

Hesperia irava, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. vol. i. p. 254 (1857). 
Hidari irava, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 395, t. xxxiv. 15 2. 

Several specimens from Perak. 


HipDARI STAUDINGERI. 
H. staudingeri, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 395, t. xxxv. 25. 
A single male from Perak which agrees with Distant’s plate. 


PLASTINGIA CALLINEURA. 

Hesperia callineura, Feld. Reise Nov. iii. p. 513, t. 719. 10 
(1866). 

? Hesperia latoia, Hew. Ex. Butt. Hesp. t. 6. 62, 63 (1868). 

? Plastingia helena, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 511. 

Doherty sent two large males from Perak which agree with 
Felder’s plate. Also a smaller specimen which may belong to a 
distinct species, and if so will bear the name H. Jatoia, Hew., or 
P. helena, Butl., as it agrees with the type of that species from 
Sarawak and with others from Pulo Laut, Borneo. 

There appears to be much variation in this genus, and I can see 
no characters which seem sufficiently constant to separate these 
forms. 


Var. MARGHERITA. 

Plastingia margherita, Doh. J. A. S. B. 1889, p. 131, t. x. 5. 

I have the type of this species together with another from the 
Naga Hills and three from the Karen Hills. On the Naga specimen 
is a ticket in Doherty’s handwriting, “probably not distinct from 
H. latoia, Hew.” I may say, however, that though I cannot follow 
the characters given by Doherty in separating P. margherita from 
P. callineura, I can distinguish all these five specimens from any I 
have from Perak or Borneo by the colour and pattern of the under- 
side, though none of them are quite fresh specimens, and I believe 
it will be found that this form is constant as a local race, if not as 
a species. 


658 MR. H. J, ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Deec. 6, 


PLASTINGIA NOEMI. 


P. noemi, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1885, pt. ii. p. 120, t. xi. 
15 ¢g. ‘ 
A single male from the Karen Hills agrees with the plate, and 


seems quite distinct. I have a very closely allied if not identical 
species from Pulo Laut, Borneo. 


PLASTINGIA NAGA. 


Hesperia? naga, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1883, p. 89, t.x.2 9. 

A single specimen from the Karen Hills, which I believe to be a 
male, agrees with the plate except that the discal and apical spots of 
the fore wing are double. I have the same species from Pulo Laut. 
According to de Nicéville this species is the same as P. tessel/ata, Hew., 
which name has priority. 


NoToCcRYPTA FICULNEA. 


Hesperia ficulnea, Hew. Descr. Hesp. p. 37 (1868). 

Plesioneura signata, Druce, P. Z. 8.1873, p. 360, t. xxxiii. 8. 

Notocrypta signata, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 
vol. vi. p. 380. n. 26 (1891). 

Four specimens from Perak which agree with Hewitson’s type 
from Borneo and also with Druce’s description; they are not unlike 
the spotless var. of NV. alysos, but have no apical spot on fore wing, 
the transparent band shorter, and are of a deeper brown, almost pure 
black, with bluish instead of yellowish tinge in the band. 


NotTocryPTa ALYSOS. 


Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 789. 

Notocrypta alysos, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. iv. 
p- 189 (1889). 

Most of the specimens from Perak which I refer to this species 
have no spot beyond the band, and would by some be considered 
another species. I have, however, similar ones from Sikkim, and one 
Perak female has a single spot as usual in NV. alysos, another having 
the additional spots which are found in P. paralysos, Moore. An 
allied species has been described as P. monteithi by Wood-Mason and 
de Nicéville in J. A. S. B. iv. p. 391, t. xviii. 3, 3a 9; another as 
P. albifascia, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 843, t. lili. 3; in neither 
of which can I discover any characters justifying their separation. 


NoOTOCRYPTA NERA. 


Notocrypta neera, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. vi. 
1891, p..379, t..G: 27 9. 

A single female from Perak was described by Mr. de Nicéville, 
who has others also from Perak in his collection. I have also a 
small worn male from the Karen Hills which agrees with a specimen 
from Singapore unnamed in the Hewitson collection. 


1892.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 659 


CoLADENIA INDRANI. 
Plesioneura indrani, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 789. 


Some specimens from Bernardmyo have the ground-colour 
brighter yellow than those from Sikkim and Tenasserim. 


CoLADENIA DAN. 


Pap. dan, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 88. 

Hesperia fateh, Koll. Hiigel’s Kaschm. p. 454, t. xviii. 5, 6. 

I am unable to define two forms of this insect, though there 
appear to be two races—one small and dark, which occurs in Perak, 
Burmah, and the Karen Hills; the other, from the North-west 
Himalayas and Sikkim, is larger and brighter. Intermediate forms, 
however, are common in Sikkim ; and the Javan variety has the band 
of spots much more golden, and seems more distinct than either of 
the others. 


TAPENA AGNI. 


Plesioneura agni, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1883, pt. ii. p. 87, t. x. 
49. 

A specimen from the Naga Hills is darker than the type, as are 
others from the Karen Hills. 


TaPENA THWAITESI. 
Tapena thwaitesi, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 181, t. 67. 2, 2 a 
Two males from Bernardmyo and one from Perak. 


TAPENA LAXMI. 

Plesioneura laxmi, de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. 1888, p. 290, t. xiii. 
ay 

A single male of this species was sent from Perak and was described 
by de Nicéville as the type of this sex, his original specimen being 
a female and not, as described, a male. 


CELZNORRHINUS PULOMAYA. 


Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 787. 

Celenorrhinus pulomaya, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 
iv. p. 180 (1889). 

? C. pyrrha, de Nicév. 1. c. p. 181, t. B. 11 9. 

What I take to be a var. of this species was taken in the Naga 
Hills by Doherty at 6000-7000 feet. It has the two spots nearest 
the hind margin of the fore wing larger and paler in colour, the outer 
one being whitish as in C. maculosa, Feld. The markings of the 
underside are also clearer and paler than in P. pulomaya, but one 
specimen of the latter from the Naga Hills is like the Sikkim form. 
I remain in doubt as to whether this is only a variety of P. pulomaya, 
or whether it is C. pyrrha, of which de Nicéville figures only the 
female, and this is more like what I call C. sumitra. 


660 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


CELZNORRHINUS SUMITRA. 

Plesioneura sumitra, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 787; Elwes, Trans. 
Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 463. 

Celenorrhinus sumitra, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 
iy. p. 184 (1889). 

? C. plagifera, de Nicéy. 1. c. p. 182, t. B. 13 Q. 

? C. patula, de Nicév. 1. ¢c. t. B. 4 2. 

I cannot follow de Nicéville in his descriptions of these species. 
Perhaps what I call C. sumitra is one or other of them ; but he says he 
knows C. sumitra from the description only. My C. sumitra occurs also 
in the Naga Hills, and is distinguished from the last by the partially 
white club and shafts of the antennze, and by the absence of the yellow 
spot near the base of the fore wing. I have a female from Ber- 
nardmyo which nearly agrees with the figure of C. patula, but unless 
Iam mistaken these species are more variable than de Nicéville 
supposes. 


CELZNORRHINUS PERO. 

’ C. pero, de Nicév. 1. c. p. 183, t. B. 12 ¢. 

This seems a good and distinct species, but I cannot be sure that it 
is C. pero. I have two fresh males from the Naga Hills and a female 
which may belong to C. sumitra; they agree fairly with the plate and 
better with the description of C. pero; but some of the points touched 
on by de Nicéville for distinguishing the species seem inconstant, 
and it is impossible to decide without a large number of specimens 
from different localities. 


CELZNORRHINUS CLITUS. 

O. clitus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe. vol. vi. no. 3 
(1891), p. 378, t. G. fig. 26 ¢. 

3. Above black, with olive hairs at base and on hind margin 
of fore wing, and longer olive hairs on inner half of hind wing. 
Spots glassy white on fore wing, bright yellow on hind wing, 
constant in colour and position as figured in three specimens. Cilia 
of fore wing and of hind wing as far as second median vein con- 
colorous with the wings, on the rest of the hind wing they are 
yellow with a trace of brown at the end of the veins. 

Below the same as above. Antenne black, mixed with yellow 
above. Palpi and breast beneath pale yellow. Thorax clothed with 
olive hairs. Abdomen black, ringed yellow. 

Expanse 52 mm. 

Described from three specimens taken at Bernardmyo in May by 
Doherty. 

After what I have just said of the variability of the species of this 
genus, it may be thought unwise to describe another, but this is so 
distinct from any in my collection that I have no doubt of its being 
a good one. The fringes of the hind wings, like those of maculata, 
from which it differs in its larger size and much longer, more 
pointed wings, will distinguish it from any Indian species’. 

* Since this was written I find that the species has been already described 
by de Nicéyille, so I adopt his name, 


1892. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 661 


CELZNORRHINUS LEUCOCIRCA. 


Hesperia leucocirea, Koll. in Hiigel’s Kaschm. p. 454, xviii. 3, 4. 
Celenorrhinus leucocirca, de Nicéy. 1. c. p. 184. 


Of this wide-ranging and variable species I have specimens from 
the Karen Hills and Momeit. 


CELZNORRHINUS PINWILLI. 


Plesioneura pinwilli, Butl. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. 
p- 556, t. Ixvili. 4 ¢. 

Celenorrhinus pinwilli, de Nicév. 1. ce. p. 187. 

A single specimen of this beautiful species from Perak. 


CELZNORRHINUS NIGRICANS. 

Plesioneura nigricans, de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. liv. pt. ii. p. 123, 
ie Wl es 

piney nigricans, de Nicév. l. c. p. 186. 

Three specimens of this from the Karen Hills, though agreeing 
with one named C. nigricans by de Nicéville from Sikkim, are very 
near what I suppose to be P. chamunda, Moore, from the N.W. 
Himalayas and Sikkim. 


CELZNORRHINUS CHAMUNDA. 


Plesioneura chamunda, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 788. 
Celenorrhinus chamunda, de Nicév. 1. c. p. 185. 


A single specimen from the Naga Hills. 


CELZNORRHINUS CACUS. 


C. cacus, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v. p. 223, 
t. E. 11 ¢ (1890). 

A pair from the foot of the Karen Hills, which agree with the 
figure and description except in having three apical dots joined 
together on the fore wing, instead of two as in the type from Rangoon. 
The female does not differ from the male except in the slightly 
broader wings, and has the fringes concolorous with the wings, and 
the antennze without white on shafts or club; the palpi are white 
below. 


ASTICTOPTERUS SALSALA. 


Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 786. 
A, salsala, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 401, t. xxxiv. 21. 


ASTICTOPTERUS XANITES. 

A, wanites, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 510; Dist. Rhop. 
Mal. p. 402, t. xxxiv. 28. 

Seems common at Perak; I have it also from East Pegu, Ten- 
asserim, and Tavoy. It is variable in size and in the length and 
breadth of the yellow band of the fore wing, but seems to be 
distinguished from the next species by the deeper black of both 
wings, and the narrower band and the absence of the gem-like spots 


662 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Dec. 6, 


on the underside of hind wings, which are visible when carefully 
examined. 


ASTICTOPTERUS GEMMIFER. 

A. gemmifer, Butl. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. p. 555 (1877). 

Kerana gemmifer, Dist. Rhop. Mal. i. p. 403, t. xxxiv. 29. 

I have this also from Perak, where it seems not uncommon. It 
agrees with specimens from Pulo Laut, Borneo. I cannot follow 
Distant in his generic separation of this species from the last. 


ASTICTOPTERUS LADANA. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4, 3.) 
Carystus ladana, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 502. 


Three specimens from Perak agree with the type from Borneo 
in the British Museum. Above they are very like A. gemmifer, but 
are easily distinguished by the yellow colour of the legs, palpi, and 
abdomen below, and by the orange tinge on the inner margin of the 
hind wings below. I do not know in what genus to put this species. 
Carystus is a name of Hiibner’s adopted by Butler, who puts in the 
genus four South-American species. 


ASTICTOPTERUS SINDU. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3, ¢.) 

A. sindu, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860). 

A single specimen of this small species from Perak has the band 
of the fore wing less developed than in specimens from Borneo. It 
is distinguished by the colour of the hind wing below, which is 
sprinkled with yellow scales, from A. zanites or A. gemmifer. 


ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS. 


A, olivascens, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 692. 

A, olivascens, Wood-Mason & de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1886, pt. ii. 
p- 381, t. xviii. 2, 2a 9. 

I believe there are two species confused under this name, of which 
one may be the A. jama of Felder; but what Distant calls A. jama, 
Rhop. Mal. p. 401, may be 4. subfasciatus. The one is in the 
male sex plain unspotted black on both surfaces, with some green 
scales on the hind wing below; the female has two spots at the 
apex of the fore wing. I have it from Sikkim, Bhutan, the 
Khasia and Naga Hills, Margharita, the Shan Hills, Perak, and 
West Java. 

The other has the underside dull brown with some darker 
markings on the hind wing below, two or three glossy spots in both 
sexes near the apex and another below it beyond the cell. 

This I have from Burmah, the Karen and Shan Hills. 


ASTICTOPTERUS BUTLERI. 


A. butleri, Wood-Mason & de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1883, pt. ii, 
p- 98, .x.3 d. 


Two males from Margharita, 


1892.] _ THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 663 


KeEeraNA ARMATA. 


Astictopterus armatus, Druce, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 359, t. xxxiil. 7. 

Kerana armata, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 402, t. xxxv. 31. 

This fine species seems not uncommon at Perak, and according to 
a note of Doherty’s the male gives out a pleasant aromatic smell. 
The female differs in being of a paler brown colour. 


KERANA DIOCLES. 

Nisoniades diocles, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 787. 

Kerana diocles, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 403, t. xxxiv. 8. 

Common at Perak. The female here differs from the male in 


being of a paler brown, which does not seem to be the case in my 
Sikkim specimens. 


KERANA AURIVITTATA. 


Plesioneura aurivittata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 483. 

One specimen from the Karen Hills, one from the Naga Hills, and 
several from near Bernardmyo seem to belong to this species, which is 
distinguished from P. cameroni, not by the shape of the band, but by 
its colour, which is pale golden like that of P. dhanada, Moore, from 
which it is distinguished by the larger size and different shape. 


? KmrRaNA CAMERONI. 


? Plesioneura cameroni, Dist. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.5,x. p.248(1882). 
Kerana aurivittata, var. cameroni, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 403, 
t. xxxiv. 19. 


Five specimens from Perak are easily distinguished from the last 
by the smaller size, different shape, and by the band being of a 
much deeper golden colour. The band is also wider, which makes 
the spots at the apex look nearer to it than in K. aurivittata. The 
fringe of both wings also is plain and unspotted, whilst in the latter 
a small part of the fringe of the fore wing opposite the end of the 
band is pale as in K. dhanada. 


Kerana? DHANADA. 

Plesioneura dhanada, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 789. 

Three specimens from the Karen Hills which agree with one from 
Tenasserim and one from Khasia, in my collection. This species 
was incorrectly identified in my list of the Sikkim butterflies; where 
I put it with a? as a synonym of C. dan, but I have one specimen 
sent me by Médller from thence which differs in the band being 
much shorter outwardly and narrower on the costa. The underside, 
with the fringe of the hind wings, easily distinguishes this from 
either of the last two species. 


SANCUS SUBFASCIATUS. 
Astictopterus subfasciatus, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 842; Wood- 


Mason & de Nicév. J. A. S. B. 1886, pt. ii. p. 380, t. xviii. 1 ¢. 


Sancus subfasciatus, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 
vol. vi. p. 396. n. 38 (1891). 


664 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE NAGA HILLS, ETC. [Dec. 6, 


Three males from Perak and one from the Karen Hills. What I 
have under this name is plain dull black above like 4. butleri, which 
it resembles in shape, but differs in having no brush of hairs on the 
hind wing below, and in having pale obscure spots on the underside, 
of which six are near the apex of fore wing and five or six on the 
hind wing; there are also two purplish-grey bands, sometimes very 
faintly marked, across the hind wing below. I have the same species 
from Akyab, Moulmein, Borneo, and the Nilgiri Hills. 


LOBOCLA LILIANA. 


Plesioneura liliana, Atk. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 216, t. xii. 2. 

Abundant in the Karen Hills at 4000 feet. 

This is nearly allied to and perhaps only a local race of L. bifasciatus, 
Brem. & Grey, of Northern and Central China, with which I think 
Lobocla casyapa, Moore, is synonymous ; but as all my specimens are 
separated by the larger size, blacker colour, broader white band, 
and more apical spots, I keep it as a distinct species. These two 
species, together with Hudamus germanus and E. nepos, Oberthiir, 
and E. simplex, Leech, all from China, form a group which seems to 
have much affinity if not to be congeneric with the N. American 
Eudamus, which Moore in describing Lodocla does not mention. This 
genus and Erynnis, Schrank, are the only two that I know of in India 
which have the costa of the fore wing in the male folded over on to 
the upperside of the wing. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puats XLII. 


Fig. 1. Halpe fusca, nu. sp., 3, p. 653. 

. Abaratha syricthus, var., 3, p. 656. 

. Astictopterus sindu, Feld., 3, p. 662. 

ladana, Butl., 3, p. 662. 

. Aphneus vulcanus, var. noy. maximus, 2, p. 687. 
sani, de Nicév., var.?, 2, p. 638. 

. Rapala hypargyria, nu. sp., 3, p. 643. 

. Allotinus panormis, Doh., 3, p. 619. 


? 


5 


CO WD I. SVB Oe BO 


Prats XLIV. 


Rapala subguitata, nu. sp., 3, p. 644. 
abnormis, n. sp.. 6, p. 642. 

Camena icetoides, nu. sp., 3, p. 636. 

— cleoboides, n. sp., 3, p. 637. 


Fig. 


up oF bor 


. Nacaduba aberrans, nu. sp. 8, p. 626. 

. Arhopala ammonides, Doh., 3, p. 630. 

. Acesina zephyretta, Doh., 3, p. 634. 
ariel, Doh., 3, p. 634. 

. Catapecilna subochrea, n. sp., 3, p. 640. 


— 
SOMND 


1892.] DR. H. GADOW ON GIGANTIC LAND-TORTOISES. 665 


December 20, 1892. 
Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


A letter addressed to the Secretary by Dr. A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S., 
dated “Royal Zoological, Anthropological, and Ethnographical 
Museum, Dresden, December 8th, 1892,’’ was read. 

Dr. Meyer said :—“ Not being aware that Semnopithecus nemeus 
has been recorded from the island of Hainan, but only from Cochin 
China, I beg to state that the Dresden Museum has recently re- 
ceived a male specimen of this Monkey together with other objects 
from there. I cannot perceive any differences in this specimen from 
the descriptions and figures of the continental animal, but may 
remark that the specimen is in a bad state and that the hair of the 
head is partly torn out.” 


A communication was read from the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, 
entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of nine new Species of Amphipodous Crus- 
taceans from the tropical Atlantic.” This communication contained 
descriptions and figures of some Hyperidean Amphipoda collected 
by Mr. John Rattray when on board the ‘ Buccaneer’ at the beginning 
of 1886. The specimens had been taken in the tropical Atlantic 
off the west coast of Africa, by a series of ‘“ tow-nettings”’ carried out 
at the expense of Dr. John Murray and Mr. J. Y. Buchanan. 

In the genus Scina, Prestandrea, seven new species were instituted, 
which were named respectively: acanthodes, stenopus, cedicarpus, 
concors, rattrayi, similis, and uncipes. Of these S. acanthodes was 
remarkable among the Hyperidea for the spine-like processes along 
the back, while S. stenopus was distinguished for a slenderness of 
the body and appendages unusual in the genus. The earliest example 
of Scina known to science had been obtained by Banks and Solander 
on Captain Cook’s first voyage round the world and had been figured 
at the time by their ill-fated ‘natural history painter ’ Sydney 
Parkinson. Since then the genus had yielded few specimens but 
many species, the distinctive characters depending chiefly on certain 
parts of the organization which appeared to be uncommonly variable. 

In the genus Rhabdosoma, Adams and White, two new species 
were established, named respectively pirata and brachyteles. The 
generic name Rhabdosoma was upheld against Ayphicéphale and 
Xiphocephalus, and it was argued that the family name Xiphoce- 
phalidze, referring to the sword-like head, should consequently give 
place to the equally appropriate name Rhabdosomida, referring to 
the rod-like body. 


This paper will be published entire in {the Society’s ‘ Transac- 
tions.’ 


Dr. Hans Gadow, F.R.S., gave an account of the remains of 
some gigantic Land-Tortoises recently discovered in Mauritius, 
along with the bones of the Dodo described in a previous com- 


munication by Sir Edward Newton and himself. The remains 


MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


666 
of the Tortoises were referred to Yestudo indica, T. triserrata, 
T. inepta, and to two new forms proposed to be called 7. sauziert 
and 7’. soumeiret, the latter being possibly related to the gigantic 
Tortoises of Aldabra. Along with these Tortoises were found 
numerous bones of the extinct Lizard, Didosaurus mauritianus, of 
which an account was also given. 

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac- 
tions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On some new Species of Earthworms from various parts 
of the World. By Franx E. Brepparp, M.A., F.R.S., 
F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society. 


[Received December 2, 1892. ] 
(Plates XLV. & XLVI.) 


ConrtTvENTS. 


III. Genus Prrionyx, p. 684. 
10. Perionyx excavatus, Perrier, 


I, Family Acanruopriipa, p. 667. 
1. Octochetus thomast (sp. et gen. 
noy.), p. 671. 


2. Octochetus huttoni, n. 8p., ile Perionyx intermedius, n. Sp., 
a : 


p. 689. 
12. Perionyx macintoshii, F.E.B., 


p. 674. 

. Acanthodrilus smithi, n. sp., | 
. 675. 

. Acanthodrilus paludosus, n.sp.. | 


. 677. 

. Acanthodrilus falclandicus, 

n.sp., p- 678. 

. Acanthodrilus aquarum-dul- 
cium, 0. 8p., p. 680. 

. Benhamia whytei, n.sp., p. 680. 

. Benhamia crassa, n. sp., p. 681. 


Cn. 9 St wb. 


II. Family Oryrropriuip2, p. 683. 


9. Microdrilus saliens (sp. et gen. 
noy.), p. 683. 


p. 689 
IV. Genus Moniiieastsr, p. 690. 
13. Moniligaster bahamensis, 
n. sp., p. 690. 
V. Family Evprinipa, p. 696. 
14. Eudriloides durbanensis, n. sp., 
p- 696 
VI. Family Groscouxcipa, p. 701. 
15. Trichocheia barbadensis, 
n.sp., p. 701. 
16. Llyogenia africana (sp. et 
gen, nov.), p. 703. 
VII. Expranation oF THE PLArTEs, 
p. 705 


In the present paper I desire to offer to the Society some notes 
upon sixteen species of Earthworms, for the most part undescribed, 
which have come into my hands during the last year or two through 
the kindness of friends resident abroad, and from the Royal Gardens 
at Kew, through the kindness of Mr. Thiselton Dyer. The latter 
were received by me alive, and were carefully preserved for section- 
cutting ; the specimens sent from abroad were, however, in most 
cases also well preserved. 


PZ. cpalacie Pee 


a SEIU - 


glandillar Masses 
sv -_- — 


£.E.B del. P. Smit lith. Mintern Bros . imp. 


NEW SPECIES OF FARTH WORMS. 
MONILIGASTER. 


M1. 


a 


EN Zjo leo areeds, 


~ 
S 

Oy 

= =) 

SU S 5 
fe 8 ze $3 
Sipe aay wl e SS && 
& cS) & =o 


el 


s 


d ves. 


loo 


B 


MTL 


7 


oo ef 
oe Soe woke © 
AD ean) =) 
Bp'os000 wees 9 
Co042 Woo “2 
S588 OPS » 
Ody wOM ae - 
POPOL ER So 
|Hesssco2 0: x 
Woy 28 0n oO” ov 
Oo ANRc Oo. La 
oe Con a 
S02 Fy O8" ed 
woetea® is 
250 \ 


o™ 


glaiud 


=. SeptuM 


1 Calerfervus 


esophagus 


#£.E.B.del. P Smit ith, 


HWeSPE CIES Ob BARI VWiOEWiS 
BENHAMIA _, ACANTHODRILUS ,MICRODRILUS ,EUDRILOIDES., 


N 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 667 


I. Family ACANTHODRILIDE. 


The majority of the new species of Acanthodrilide which I describe 
in the present paper are from New Zealand ; I owe these specimens 
to the great kindness of Prof. T. J. Parker, F.R.S., and of Mr. W. 
W. Smith, of Ashburton. 

The species of Acanthodrilidee found in New Zealand have been 
hitherto referred to three genera; six years ago I described, under 
the name of Neodrilus monocystis*, an Acanthodrilid differing from 
the typical forms (included within the genus Acanthodrilus) by the 
presence of but a single pair of atria and spermatothece ; this worm 
has been lately re-investigated by Dr. Benham?, who has confirmed 
and extended my original account. I may add that I have within 
the last few months received some more examples of the same worm ; 
there is accordingly no longer any doubt as to the characters of this 
species; it is not, as I at first thought it might be, a mere abnor- 
mality of such a species as Acanthodrilus dissimilis. Whether this 
Earthworm should be really referred to a distinct genus is another 
matter. I prefer, however, to leave the question alone for the present. 
In any case there can be no doubt whatever about the generic 
distinctness of Deinodrilus and the recently described Plagiocheta’*. 
This latter may conceivably be identical with Hutton’s Megascolex 
sylvestris*; at any rate that species is stated and figured by Hutton 
to possess numerous setee arranged in couples, which is the principal 
external character of Benham’s Plagiocheta. 

The remaining Acanthodrilidee have been all referred by me’ to 
the genus Acanthodrilus. This genus comprises altogether some 
40 species, of which 8 are inhabitants of New Zealand. Forty species 
are not, perhaps, an unwieldy number for a single genus: it has never- 
theless been divided into two genera, Acanthodrilus and Benhamia, 
by Michaelsen ; Benhamia, it should be remarked, includes Benham’s 
Trigaster. In distinguishing the two genera Michaelsen has not 
considered the characters of the New Zealand Acanthodrilidze. 
Benhamia is the name applied to those Acanthodrilidee with a 
“ diffuse” nephridial system—that is, in which the nephridia are not 
paired, but open on to the exterior by numerous pores; added to 
this character, Michaelsen originally called attention to the fact 
that the species with a diffuse nephridial system possess a pair of 
gizzards, or, as in Trigaster, three gizzards; later he was led, by a 
consideration of the species Acanthodrilus schlegelii, to reconsider the 
definition of the genus and to use, as part of the generic diagnosis, 


1 “ Observations on the Structural Characters of certain new or little-known 
EHarthworms,” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1887, p. 157. 

2 « Notes on two Acanthodrilid Harthworms from New Zealand,” Q. J. M. 8S. 
vol. xxiii. p. 289. 

3 Benham, loc. cit. p. 294. 

* «On the New Zealand Earthworms in the Otago Museum,” Tr. New Zeal. 
Inst. vol. ix. p, 352, pl. xv. fig. H. 

> “On the Specific Characters &c. of New Zealand Harthworms,” P. Z.S. 
1885, p. 810. “On the Oligochztous Fauna of New Zealand,” P.Z. S. 1889, 


p. 877. ‘On the Structure of three new Species of Harthworms &c.,” Q.J.M.8. 
vol, xxix. p. 102. 


668 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


the phrase “as a rule more than one gizzard.” According to this 
definition my Acanthodrilus multiporus should be referred to the 
genus Benhamia ; and yet it differs from the African species (Africa 
is at present the headquarters of the genus) in a number of cha- 
racters: there are no penial setz; the calciferous glands are limited 
to a single pair ; the dorsal vessel is double ; the sete are not strictly 
paired, but separated by alittle distance. There are two other species 
described in the present paper which agree with 4. multiporus in 
these points; a fourth species, Acanthodrilus antarcticus, agrees 
with A. multiporus in most of these characters, but not in all. 

It has penial setee; the two pairs of calciferous glands are in 
segments xv., Xvi., and there is a smaller gland in xiv.; only the single 
gizzard and the distant sete distinguish this species from the majority 
of those assigned by Michaelsen and others to the genus Benhamia. 
In spite, however, of the near resemblance of this particular 
Acanthodrilid to Benhamia, I am not inclined to refer it to that 
genus. In the first place it is possible that Benhamia schlegelit, which 
is stated to have but one gizzard, has really two; the two gizzards 
in this genus are often so close together that it is not a little difficult 
to make out that they are really two; the interval of soft-walled 
cesophagus between them is reduced to the lowest terms in many 
eases. In the second place, Acanthodrilus antarcticus is so like 
A. multiporus in other particulars that it would be doing violence 
to their obvious relationship to separate them*. Taking into account 
also the distribution of these species it seems reasonable, now that 
the old genus Acanthodrilus is being broken up, to associate the 
New Zealand species here referred to into a geuus distinct from 
Benhamia, which may be termed Octochetus. It will be thus 
defined :— 


Octochetus, nov. gen. 


Prostomium not continued by grooves on to buccal segment ; clitel- 
lum siti.—vix. (wx.) ; male pores on prominent papille ; sete distant ; 
ventral sete present on segment xviii. ; a single gizzard in vi., or v. 
and vi., or v.; calciferous glands one or two pairs, in xvit., xviii., or 
xv. and xvi. ; typhlosole well developed ; nephridia diffuse, a mucous 
gland present ; dorsal vessel double from seventh segment onwards ; 
diverticula of spermatothece very minute.—Distribution: New 
Zealand. 

There is another character to which comparatively little attention 
has been paid, which may prove to distinguish the genera Benhamia 
and Acanthodrilus. In the two species of Benhamia described in 
the present paper, as well as in B. stuhlmanni (for an opportunity 
of examining which I am indebted to Dr. Michaelsen), there are 
no sete upon the xviiith segment where the ventral pair should 


1 Tt may turn out that the position of the gizzard distinguishes my genus 
Octochetus from Benhamia; I am aware that Rosa speaks of the gizzards of 
B. scioana as occupying segments y, and vi.; this is at present the only excep- 
tion to the rule that in Benhkamia the gizzards are a segment or two further 
back. 


1892] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 669 


be (woodcut, fig. 1); these setae are also absent from the xviith and 
from the xixth segments, or rather they are there replaced by the 
penial setee. In all the species of Acanthodrilus, on the other hand, 
which I have been able to examine, the ventral sete are not missing 
from the xviiith segment, though they are not present on the xviith 


Segments bearing atrial and sperm-duct pores in a number of Acanthodrilids. 
A. Octochetus antarcticus; B. Acanthodrilus capensis ; C. Benhamia (any 
species); D. Acanthodrilus smithi; B. Acanthodrilus nove-zelandie. 


At. atrial pores ; J, sperm-duct pores; the groove connecting the atrial pores 
and the sets is indicated ; penial sete are omitted in D and BE. The 
segments are numbered. 


and xixth segments, being there replaced by the penial setze; this 
is also the case with the genus Octochetus; in two of the species 
of that genus at any rate, viz. O. multiporus and O. antarcticus 
(woodcut, fig. 1), the ventral pair of sete of segment xviii. are 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLV. 45 


670 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


present and quite normal; on segments xvii. and xix. the ventral- 
most seta is present and unmodified. Octochetus antarcticus is 
furthermore remarkable for the fact that the sete of the xviith and 
xixth segments appear at first sight to be present and normal; as 
a matter of fact, the outer seta of the ventral pair is replaced by the 
penial sete, which occur exceptionally in this species: these sete 
are very much smaller than in Acanthodrilus dissimilis for example, 
and can hardly be seen until they are examined microscopically, but 
they are undoubtedly there. The ventralmost seta of the ventral 
pair is not absent from these segments as it usually is, but is quite 
recognizable; this species is therefore in a less modified condition 
than is any other of the species of Octochetus, or Acanthodrilus, 
or Benhamia. In A. annectens and A. paludosus, described in the 
present paper, there is, as in Octochetus, a single seta ventrad of 
the atrial pores. 

In all the species of Benhamia which I have dissected, the calci- 
ferous glands are different from those of Acanthodrilus or Octochetus. 
These glands are (in Benhamia) reniform pouches attached to the 
sides of the cesophagus; in Acanthodrilus and Octochetus these 
glands present the appearance of swellings upon the course of the 
cesophagus. Moreover, in Benhamia there appear to be always 
three pairs of calciferous glands which may, perhaps, prove to be 
always in segments xv., xvi., and xvii.; they have been for the 
most part described as in these segments, and it is possible that in 
those cases (e.g., B. biittikoferi, Horst) where they are stated to 
occupy the xivth, xvth, and xvith segments, a mistake of one segment 
may have been made; anyhow the three pairs seem to be cha- 
racteristic, and nearly, if not quite, universal. 

In the two species of Benhamia which I describe in the present 
communication, the spermatothece have a peculiar form, which is 
indicated in the accompanying drawing (Plate XLVI. fig. 7); the 
pouch is constricted in the middle, the constriction not coinciding with 
the attachment of the single diverticulum. Michaelsen has figured the 
spermatotheca of Benhamia stuhlmanni*, which shows precisely the 
same structure, but does not remark upon it in the text of his paper. 
This peculiar form of spermatotheca is not, however, found in all the 
members of the genus Benhamia, for Horst figures the spermatothecze 
of Benhamia beddardi as like those of the genus Acanthodrilus’. 

. For the purpose of comparison I subjoin a definition of Ben- 
amia:— 


Benhamia, Michaelsen. 


Prostomium sometimes continued by grooves on to buccal segment ; 
clitellum xiii. (wiv.)—wix. (aaii.); sete strictly paired ; two gizzards 
in Vi., vil., or vit., viii. ; calciferous glands three pairs in xiv.-xvi. or 
xv.—axvir. ; nephridia diffuse ; dorsal vessel single ; penial sete nearly 

1 “ Beschreibung der von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann im Miindungsgebiet des 
Sambesi gesammelten Terricolen,” JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. vii. Taf. i. fig. 8 


* “Descriptions of Earthworms.—IV. <Acanthodrilus beddardi, n. sp., a 
remarkable Earthworm from Liberia,” Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. x, pl, vi. fig. 1. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 671 


always present ; no ventral sete upon xviii— Distribution : Tropical 
Africa, Tropical America, and India. 

The species Acanthodrilus nove-zelandie, A. dissimilis, A, rose, 
and .A. smithi (to be described in the present paper) I refer to the 
genus Acanthodrilus sensu stricto. I am doubtful about Acan- 
thodrilus annectens, a species which I described some years since’. 
In possessing paired nephridia it agrees with Acanthodrilus (s.8.), 
but it has the “ mucous gland” of Octochetus, and the gonads are 
placed in contact with the funnels of their ducts, as is the case with 
three of the species which I refer to this genus, Octochetus ; it has 
the further peculiarity that the sperm-ducts run in the thickness 
of the body-wall, a peculiarity which it apparently shares with the 
genus Octochetus, but which, among other Oligocheeta, is rare, and 
only found, so far as I am aware, in Diplocardia communis and 
in the not nearly allied form Siphonogaster. The absence of cal- 
ciferous glands is occasionally met with in Acanthodrilus. The 
existence of this species serves to indicate how closely allied are the 
forms which do, and the forms which do not, possess a diffuse 
nephridial system. Another instance of the same approximation of 
species to each other which differ in their excretory system is afforded 
by Benhamia beddardi and Acanthodrilus ungulatus; in both of 
these there is an elaborate arrangement of modified setee and glands 
appended in the neighbourhood of the spermatothecee. These facts 
possibly indicate that the passage from the diffuse to the paired 
nephridia may occur more than once in a genus, and of course dis- 
count the value of the modifications of the nephridial system in 
classification. 


I shall now describe two apparently new species which I refer 
to my genus Octochetus :— 


1. Octochetus thomasi, n. sp. 

I have received on various occasions during the last few years 
examples of a small-sized Acanthodrilid from New Zealand, which I 
have hitherto confounded with O. multiporus. I regarded these 
individuals merely as small specimens of that species. A full-sized 
specimen of O. multiporus is a very large worm, measuring, even 
in a contracted condition, some 14 inches in length by half an inch 
or so in breadth. On the other hand, the worms which I now 
consider to represent a new species of this genus are of a much more 
slender build. Unfortunately, I am not in a position to give any 
exact measurements; the specimens which I possess are none of 
them intact. An individual measuring 144 mm. is, I fancy, nearly 
complete; the diameter of this worm is not more than 5 mm., and 
the body consisted of 230 segments. : 

The external characters of the species recall O. multiporus; the 
prosiomium is not continued by grooves on to the buccal segment, 
That segment and the two following are not annulate; segments 

1 «Qn the Structure of three new Species of Earthworms &c.,” Q. J. M. S. 


vol, xxix. p. 102. 
2 Named after Prof. A. P. Thomas, of Auckland, New Zealand, . 
45 


672 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW (Dec. 20, 


iv., v., Vi. are triannulate, the middle annulus being much the 
narrowest ; segments vii., vili., ix. are very much wider (antero- 
posteriorly), but still triannulate; so, too, are the segments which 
immediately follow, though much narrower. After the clitellum 
the segments continue to be triannulate. 

The clitellum extends from segments xiii.—xix. ; it is at first com- 
plete, extending right round the body; but on segments xvi.—xix. 
there is a ventral median area without any glandular modification. 

The atrial pores are upon very conspicuous papille; the two of 
each side of the body are connected by a longitudinal groove, which 
is not straight but has a semicircular outline, the convexity being 
dorsal. The oviducal pores are just in front of the ventralmost seta. 
The sete are rather distant from each other; a somewhat greater 
distance separates the two lateral sete. 

I have not seen any dorsal pores. 

The pharynx occupies the first four segments of the body; the 
gizzard is very elongated, with parallel margins ; it measures 6°5 mm. 
in length; the gizzard occupies two complete segments, the fifth and 
the sixth. The cesophagus bears in segment xvii. the single pair of 
calciferous glands, which present the appearance of an oval swelling of 
the cesophagus itself. The intestine commences in the xixth segment. 

The septa of some of the anterior segments are, as is so constantly 
the case with Earthworms, strengthened and bound together with 
thin muscular strips which occasionally pass through one septum 
to reach another lying behind it; the number and appearance of 
these septa is illustrated in the accompanying drawing (woodcut, 
fig. 2, p. 673). The first septum, which is thin and transparent, 
divides segments iv./v.; it is traversed by a large number of muscular 
threads which bind the pharynx to the parietes: the next septum is 
also thin and delicate in texture ; it is attached at the end of the first 
third of the gizzard; a good number of the threads which bind the 
pharynx to the parietes pass through it. The following seven septa 
are thickened; the last of them therefore bounds the thirteenth 
segment anteriorly. 

The dorsal vessel is completely double; the two tubes of which 
it is composed retain their individuality where they pass through 
the intersegmental septa. The dorsal vessel is, however, at first 
a single tube; it is not until the seventh segment that it becomes 
double. In this segment commences the supra-intestinal vessel, 
which is large and very conspicuous. In segments x., Xi., Xii., xiii. 
are the four pairs of dilated hearts; in a few segments, anterior to 
the tenth, are more delicate peri-cesophageal vessels. 

There are, as in Octochetus multiporus, a pair of large nephridia 
lying close against (in front of) the first septum; from each of 
these a slender duct was traced forwards which opens, it may be 
inferred, into the buccal cavity; I did not, however, succeed in 
seeing the actual orifice. In the rest of the body the nephridia are 
also constructed upon the plan which is characteristic of Octochetus 
multiporus ; the tufts appear to be massed chiefly round the setz. 

Both testes and ovaries occupy the usual segments, but the gonads 


-1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 673 


are attached to the posterior wall of their respective segments, as 
they are in Acanthodrilus annectens and in Octochetus multiporus. 
The racemose sperm-sacs are in Xi., xii. 
The spermatothecxe are elongated pouches in viii. and ix.; they 


Fig. 2. 


Octochetus thomasi, dissected to show the principal organs. 


G, gizzard ; D.v, dorsal vessel; L.v, lateral vesset ; Hi, hearts ; 
Sp.s, sperm-sacs; Ca, calciferous gland; At, atria. 


appear to have numerous minute diverticula crowded round the 
duct near to its external opening. 

The atria do not extend beyond their proper segments. A number 
of strong muscular bands, such as occur in Octochetus multiporus, 
pass from the lateral to the ventral walls of segments, and serve, no 


674 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


doubt, to extrude the papillee already spoken of, on to which the 
atrial pores open. ‘There are no penial sete. 

This species is clearly most intimately related to Octochetus 
multiporus ; indeed it is not a little difficult to separate the two; 
the difficulty, too, is increased by the variability of the larger species. 
This difference of size is the most obvious difference; and it is, I 
think, a difference that must be allowed. The variability of Octo- 
chetus multiporus unfortunately concerns those very organs upon 
which I had at first attempted to lay stress as distinguishing the two. 
In some individuals of Octochetus multiporus the gizzard is limited 
to the sixth segment, the second septum lying just in front of it, 
attached therefore to the cesophagus; but in other specimens this 
septum is inserted on to the gizzard itself, which thus occupies two 
segments, as in Octochetus thomasi. In two individuals the single 
pair of calciferous glands are in segment xviii.; but in others, as 
is the case with Octochetus thomasi, in the xviith. Another 
possible distinction between the small and the large species concerns 
the dorsal vessel ; in O. thomas, as already mentioned, this vessel 
is single until the seventh segment. Ina specimen of Octochetus 
multiporus the dorsal vessel was single until the commencement of 
the sixth segment only; in this segment it became double; in 
another the single dorsal vessel became double at the septum 
separating v./vi., but immediately after the two halves became fused, 
to again divide at about the middle of the seement. The shape of 
the gizzard and its relative length in the two species does appear 
to differ; in the smaller species it is proportionately longer and 
narrower than in the large species. 


The next new species cannot by any possibility be confounded 
with the foregoing; I name it after Capt. Hutton, who has done 
so much in describing the fauna of New Zealand. 


2. Octochetus huttoni, n. sp. 


I had a number of examples of this species sent to me by 
Mr. W. W. Smith; they were all of approximately the same size; 
an individual selected for accurate measurement was 130 mm. in 
length by 7 mm. in breadth at the clitellum. It consisted of 233 
segments. 

The colour during life was pink, the clitellum being white; this 
colour is due to the fact that the species, like O. multiporus, had 
no pigment in the skin. 

The anterior segments are much annulated. After the clitellum 
there is also, though to a less extent, an annulation of the segments. 

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xix. (xx.). 

The atrial pores are borne upon a very prominent fold over- 
hanging on each side the ventral surface, which in this region 
appears in consequence as if hollowed out. The two pores of each 
side are connected by a longitudinal furrow. 

The prostomium is short and wide, and is not continued by grooves 
on to the buccal segment, which is marked by numerous furrows, 

The sets are in pairs not closely approximated, 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 675 


The dorsal pores commence between xi./xii. 

The gizzard measures 8 mm. in length, and appears at first sight 
to occupy about four or five segments; it really corresponds to 
segment y., which is increased in size at the expense of neighbouring 
segments for its reception. The calciferous glands are in xv. and 
xvi.; they have the appearance of being merely dilatations upon 
the course of the cesophagus, which is the case with the other 
species of this genus. 

The intestine begins in xviii., but the typhlosole (which is very 
prominent) does not begin before segment xx.; it ends at about 60 
segments before the end of the body. 

The first septum is in front of the gizzard. After the gizzard are 
six stout septa, and, following these, are two which are rather more 
developed than the rest, but not as strong as those which precede 
them. The nephridia are diffuse, and there is a particularly dense 
mass of tubes in the anterior segments, which seem to represent the 
mucous gland of Octochelus multiporus’*. 

The dorsal vessel is double, and there are three pairs of hearts 
in X.—xii. 

All the gonads are attached to the front wall of their segments. 

The spermatothecee (in viii., ix.) have a minute clump of diver- 
ticula, presenting the appearance of a solid body, about the size of a 
pin’s head. 

There are no penial sete. 

Hab. New Zealand. 

This species is evidently perfectly distinct from the last ; it is, 
however, clearly referable to the same genus, if this genus be 
admitted. The diffuse nephridia, double dorsal vessel, separate 
setee, absence of penial sete, and anterior position of gizzard cause 
it to resemble the three other species which I refer to the genus 
Octochetus. It differs from O. multiporus and from O. thomasi in 
the following points :— 

(1) The prominence of the atrial pores as seen from the outside. 

(2) The position of the gizzard in segment v., and its limitation 
to this segment. 

(3) The presence of two pairs of calciferous glands in xv., xvi. ; 
in this the present species resembles O. antarcticus. 

(4) The existence of only three pairs of hearts instead of four. 

(5) Six thickened septa instead of seven. 

(6) The attachment of the gonads to the front wall of their 
segments; in this character 0. huttoni resembles O. antarcticus. 


The next species which I describe ig referable to the genus 
Acanthodrilus (s.8.). 

3. Acanthodrilus smithi, n. sp. 

I have been able to examine, though the kindness of Mr. W. W. 
Smith, some seven examples of this new species of Acanthodrilus ; 
the general appearance of the worm is very different from that of 


1 T did not ascertain whether these opened into the buccal cavity as in 
O. multiporus. 


676 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dee. 20, 


the other New Zealand Acanthodrilide which I have so far had 
the opportunity of studying—so different that it was unnecessary 
to dissect the species in order to ascertain its distinctness. All the 
New Zealand Acanthodrilide, with the exception of the present 
species, are either devoid of pigment in the skin, or, if pigment is 
present, the worms are of a brownish colour. Acanthodrilus 
smithi is (after preservation in alcohol) of a violet colour, the 
clitellum being whitish yellow; the ventral surface of the body is 
the same colour as the clitellum. 

The worms are slender, measuring up to 75 mm. in length with a 
diameter of 3 mm. at the widest part of the body. An individual 
of this size consisted of 114 segments. 

The prostomium completely divides the buccal segment, as it does 
in the New Zealand species Acanthodrilus nove-zelandie &e. 

The setee are paired and the pairs are equidistant, the body being 
thus divided into four equal areas. There is no difference in size 
between the setee of different segments. 

The clitellum occupies segments xiii.—xix.; it is saddle-shaped, 
and is not developed ventrally beyond the outermost of the two ventral 
sete. 

I could find no dorsal pores. 

The nephridiopores are very evident; they alternate in position 
from segment to segment, as is the case also with other species of 
Acanthodrilus from New Zealand. They sometimes lie in front of 
the dorsal, sometimes in front of the ventral setee.. When they open 
in front of the ventral setee they appear to be particularly related to 
the outer of the two setee; when, on the other hand, they open in 
front of the dorsal setze, the orifice is in front of the innermost of 
the two setee which constitute the pair. 

The spermatothecal pores lie on the border-line between segments 
vii./viii. and viii./ix. They lie in front of and to the outside of the 
ventral pair of sete. 

The atrial pores (see fig. 1, p. 669) are upon segments xvii. 
and xix. ; their position corresponds exactly with that of the ventral 
pair of setee, which are absent from these segments. The ventral 
setee are, on the other hand, present upon the xviith segment; and 
the sperm-duct pores lie a little to the outside of and in front of these 
sete ; their position therefore corresponds more accurately to that of 
the spermatothecal pores than do those of the atria. 

The internal structure does not present any special points of 
interest, being on the whole very similar to that of the other New 
Zealand Acanthodrili. 

The nephridia are alternate in position, as in A. dissimilis; this 
peculiarity is confined, ‘as regards the genus Acanthodrilus, to the 
New Zealand species. 

The dorsal blood-vessel is single ; there are four pairs of dilated 
hearts, the last of which is in segment xiii. 

The alimentary canal is furnished with arudimentary gizzard, which 
needs a microscopical examination for its demonstration ; such as it 
is, it lies in segment y, There are no conspicuous calciferous glands, 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 677 


but in segments xiv. and xv. the cesophagus becomes wider, and its 
lining membrane much folded and very vascular. This region 
evidently corresponds to the calciferous glands of other Earthworms : 
all doubt upon the matter appears to be removed by the discovery 
of crystals exactly similar to those which occur in the calciferous 
glands of other Oligochzeta. The vascularity of the cesophagus is 
not limited to these two segments; from the tenth segment onwards 
its walls are vascular, though not so folded as in the two segments 
xiv. and xv. The intestine commences in the xviiith segment. 

The gonads occupy the usual position; the sperm-sacs are in 
segments ix., x., xi., xii. The atria are like those of other Acantho- 
drilide, and each is provided with a bundle of penial sete. These 
sete (Plate XLVI. figs. 9 and 10) are recurved at the extreme end; 
the extremity has two delicate wing-like proccsses which, when the 
seta is viewed from above, give to the end an oval contour; the tip of 
the seta in this aspect is seen to be bifid. The absence of any orna- 
mentation upon the set appears to distinguish the New Zealand 
Acanthodrilide with the exception of Octochetus antarcticus, where 
it is only very slight. 

The spermatothece are, as is nearly universally the case with the 
Acanthodrilidee (Acanthodrilus [ Diplocardia| communis is, so far as 
I am aware, the only exception), two pairs situated in segments viii. 
and ix. Each pouch has three small diverticula, one of which is 
constantly in front of the septum. 


4. Acanthodrilus paludosus, n. sp. 


This is a small and slender worm, but I have not preserved any 
accurate notes of its dimensions ; it was about an inch in length and 
something like 1 mm. in diameter. It was found in a marsh in 
New Zealand by Mr. W. W. Smith, to whom I am indebted for the 
specimen. 

This species is a near ally of Acanthodrilus annectens, which I 
have already referred to as possibly worthy of generic separation 
from the Acanthodrilidee with paired nephridia. 

The present species has the same arrangement of the setee, which 
are not modified upon any of the segments of the body. I did not 
describe, in my account of Acanthodrilus annectens’, the fact that 
only one of the two ventral sete is missing on the segments which 
bear the atrial pores, i. e. xvii. and xix. ; the apertures take the place 
of the missing outer seta of the ventral couple; on the xviiith seg- 
ment both setz of the ventral pair are present ; the pore itself lies 
to the outside of the pair. Acanthodrilus paludosus shows exactly 
the same arrangement, and both species therefore differ from Acan- 
thodrilus smithi and from the other New Zealand species of Acan- 
thodrilus in this matter: in them the ventral sete are entirely 
absent from the xviith and xixth segments. 

The clitellum was not developed, though in other respects the 
* worm appeared to be fully mature. 


? “On the Structure of three new Species of Earthworms &.,” Q. J. M.S, 
vol, xxix, p. 102, 


678 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


The gizzard lies in segments vy. and vi., but only one-fourth of the 
organ lies in the anterior segment. Calciferous glands are, as in 
A. annectens, totally absent ; the intestine begins in the twentieth 
segment. Some of the septa are thickened. 

There is a mucous gland, and the nephridia are paired. 

The gonads are normal in position; they are not situated on the 
posterior face of their segments as is the case with A. annectens. 
Opposite to them are the funnels of the ducts, which are like those 
of other species and occupy the same segments. The sperm-ducts, 
however, agree with those of A. annectens to differ from those of 
most other Earthworms, in running within the thickness of the body- 
wall ; they retain their individuality until just before the external 
aperture. 

The atria have no peculiarities of structure; there are no penial 
setze ; strong muscular bands run from the lateral to the ventral 
parietes in the neighbourhood of the atria, a character which unites 
this species and Acanthodrilus annectens to the genus Octochetus: 
the presence of these muscular strands is perhaps to make up for 
the absence of penial sete; the atrial papilla can possibly be 
considerably protruded by their means, and as they (the extruded 
papillz) are tapered at the extremity, they can, it is likely, be actually 
inserted in the spermatothecal orifice and convey the sperm direct. 

The oviducal pores are placed just in front of the ventralmost sete. 

The oviducts have no egg-sacs attached to them. 

The sperm-sacs are in segments ix., xi., xii.; I could not find 
any sac in the intervening segment. 

The spermatothecz are, as in all the Acanthodrilide (excepting 
only 4. communis), two pairs and lie in the usual segments, i.e. viii., 
ix.; each pouch has, as in Acanthodrilus annectens, more than one 
diverticulum ; in the present species there are two, one of which is 
rather the larger. 

Closely allied to Acanthodrilus annectens as this species un- 
doubtedly is, there will be no difficulty in distinguishing it. The 
chief points of difference are :—(1) position of gizzard; (2) normal 
position of gonads; (3) form of spermatothece. 


5. Acanthodrilus falclandicus, n. sp. 


Some time since I added* some anatomical details to Michaelsen’s 
account of Acanthodrilus georgianus’, which had been derived from 
the study of what I believed to be an identical form. More re- 
cently Michaelsen* gave reasons for regarding the species described 
by myself as not identical with that named by him <Acanthodrilus 
georgianus. Dr. Michaelsen has been so good as to send me two 
specimens of his A. georgianus, and I have therefore been able to 
follow the account which he has given regarding the species. 

1 « Contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms, with descriptions of some 
new Species,” Q. J. M.S. vol. xxx. p. 421. 


* “ Die Oligochaeten yon Siid-Georgien &c.,” JB, Hamb. wiss. Anst., Bd. v, 
p. 68. 


* “Oligochaeten des Hamburger naturhistorischen Museums, iii.,” JB. Hamb, 
wiss, Anst, vii. p. 7. 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 679 


The differences between the two forms may be stated in a tabular 
form as follows :— 


Sete.—In A. georgianus the distance separating the two sets of the 
lateral couple is hardly greater than that which separates 
the ventral couple. 

In my species, which I propose to call A. falclandicus, the 
distance between the lateral sete is markedly greater than 
that between the ventral sete. 

Nephridiopores.—In A. georgianus these are placed in front of and 

below the third seta. 
In A. falelandicus these pores are directly in 
front of the third seta of each segment. 

Gizzard.—Totally absent in A. georgianus. 

Rudimentary in A. falclandicus. 

Penial sete.—In A. georgianus these have fewer tubercles upon the 

extremity and these tubercles have no serrations. 


Michaelsen goes on to suggest that my species is possibly identical 
with Rosa’s Acanthodrilus bovei. I am not able, however, to adopt 
this suggestion, and for the following reasons. 

In the first place Acanthodrilus bovei is a much smaller species 
than the one named by myself Acanthodrilus falclandicus ; the 
measurements of A, bovei are 35 mm. in length by 3 mm. in 
diameter ; A. falclandicus measures 60 mm. in length and upwards. 

Of A. dovei the prostomium is said by Rosa to extend on to the 
buccal segment for about two-thirds of the length of the latter ; the 
prostomium is less extensive in A. falclandicus. 

The clitellam in A, falclandicus is quite complete, extending 
right round the body ; in the species with which it is sought to 
identify my A. falelandicus there is a non-glandular triangular area 
reaching as far forwards as the xvth segment. 

Acanthodrilus falclandicus possesses a pair of papillee upon the 
xth segment which lie behind the ventral setee—exactly behind 
them. In A. georgianus Michaelsen has described a similar pair of 
papillee upon the tenth segment, but not anything is stated with 
regard to their position upon the segment except that they lie upon 
the seta-line 2. In A. bovei there are such papille, but they lie 
between the ventral setze on segments x. and xi.; Rosa also speaks 
of an oval area occupying a median position upon the ninth segment. 

These differences are, I think, sufficient to distinguish my species 
from Rosa’s Acanthodrilus bovei*, though doubtless the two are very 
nearly related. In my paper upon the anatomy of this form I 
referred to its occurrence in fresh water as well as upon the land; I 
have since re-examined more carefully the specimens which occurred 
in water, and IJ find that they are really different from A. falclandicus, 
though very nearly related ; indeed the differences between all of 
these Patagonian Acanthodrilide are not very large. 


1 “JT Lombrichi della spedizione antarctica italiana del 1882,” Ann. Mus, 
Ciy. Genova, ser, 24, vol. vii. p. 143. 


680 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [ Dee. 20, 


I name the species 


6. Acanthodrilus aquarum-dulcium, n. sp. 


I need not trouble to give a detailed description of this species, 
but will merely indicate the differences which it shows from A. fale- 
landicus. It is in the first place a much smaller species; the 
measurements of a full-sized specimen are as follows:—Length 
47 mm. ; breadth 3 mm.; number of segments 90. 

The species is altogether of a more slender build than A. falclan- 
dicus and has thinner body-wall. The two atrial pores of each side 
are connected by a groove in which lies the pore of the sperm-duct ; 
this latter pore, as in A. falelandicus, is just outside the ventral sete 
which are present upon the xviiith segment, though of course 
absent or perhaps rather replaced by the penial sete on segments 
xvii. and xix. Between the ventral setze on the xviiith and on the 
xxth segments are a pair of small papilla. I did not find any 
papillze in the neighbourhood of the spermatothecal orifices. 

The internal anatomy hardly differs from that of A. falclandicus ; 
there are, however, no thickened septa; the sperm-sacs may be 
different, but I was not able to make out their arrangement accurately. 
I observed egg-sacs in segment xiv. The principal difference 
between this species and A. falclandicus concerns the penial sete. 
In the present species they have only a very faint ornamentation at 
some little distance from the free extremity. The large tubercles 
characteristic of A. falclundicus are entirely absent ; there are merely 
a series of minute spines with their apices directed downwards. 


7. Benhamia whytei, n. sp. 


Among a large quantity of insects and other invertebrates collected, 
for Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., by Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., in 
Nyassaland was a single example of an Earthworm evidently belong- 
ing to the genus Benhamia, which I cannot identify with any of the 
African forms described by Michaelsen. The specimen was unfor- 
tunately not in a sufficiently good state of preservation to admit of 
an exhaustive account of its structure; but I have been able to 
ascertain some of the principal characters which serve to discrimi- 
nate it from the other African species of the genus. 

The specimen is 23 inches long and is of a dark brown colour. 

The prostomium is not prolonged over the buccal segment; the 
dorsal pores commence very early between segments iii./iv. 

The clitellum occupies segments xiiixix.; on the ventral side 
the male pores are surrounded by a circumscribed area, as in other 
species of the genus; within this area there is no development of 
glandular tissue. 

The apertures of the atria are as usual upon segments xvii., xix. ; 
the orifices are circular and each is surrounded by a circular rim ; 
the two apertures of each side are connected by a groove; the 
ventral sets of the three segments xvii., xviii, xix. are absent. 
Their place is taken on the xviith and the xixth segments by the 
penial setze. 


1892. | SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 681 


The sete are strictly paired and are on the ventral surface. 

There are two gizzards, whose exact position I am not able to state. 

The calciferous glands are kidney-shaped; there are three pairs 
of them, in segments xv., xvi., xvii. The intestine commences in the 
middle of segment xviii. 

The dorsal blood-vessel is single; there are three pairs of hearts, 
in segments x., Xi., xil. 

Six septa following the gizzard are thickened, but their increase 
in thickness is not so well marked as it often is in Earthworms. 

The internal anatomy of this species is precisely like that of 
Benhamia crassa above described ; the form of the penial setee, which 
are the only structures by which some of these Benhamie can be 
distinguished, were hardly different from those of Benhamia crassa ; 
in the specimen from Dominica they were even twisted into a spiral 
at the extremity, there were possibly rather more denticulations 
on the end; in the same way the end of the two vasa deferentia of 
each side were enclosed in a common muscular sheath. 

It may be that the glandular caecum of the buccal cavity will 
prove to be a character of generic value. I followed out the ducts 
of the mucous gland, and find that each gland opens into the 
pharynx by a wide aperture, which has, however, a shorter duct than 
in Octochetus multiporus ; the opening is also situated further back 
than in that genus; besides the opening into the buccal cavity, the 
mass of nephridial tubules, which I have called the mucous gland, 
also open on to the exterior by numerous openings. 

1 should mention that in this species, as in B. crassa, the last pair 
of hearts is in segment xii. 


8. Benhamia crassa, n. sp. 


Among a number of living Earthworms lately received from Kew, 
whither they had been accidentally transported from Lagos, West 
Africa, were two very small individuals, measuring about an inch in 
length after preservation, which apparently belong to two distinct 
species. Their appearance while alive was so very similar that I 
regarded them as of the same species, and proceeded therefore to 
examine one by means of a series of longitudinal sections, while the 
other was cut into two halves and the viscera teased out. I had 
hoped in this way to supplement by one method of study the results 
obtained by the other. The two individuals, however, turned out to 
differ in a slight degree, the difference being possibly of specific 
value ; the difference mainly concerned the extent of the clitellum ; 
in other points they appeared to agree. 

The prostomium is imbedded in the buccal segment, but it is not 
continued by grooves over any part of this segment. 

The dorsal pores begin between segments v./vi. if not earlier. 

The clitellum commences in the hinder half of segment xiii., and 
extends until the xxist segment ; only on the thirteenth segment is 
it developed over the ventral as well as the dorsal and lateral surfaces; 
in the remaining segments there is an area, occupying the whele of 


682 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


the space between the ventral pairs of sete, where there is no develop- 
ment of the clitellum at all. 

The sete are strictly paired and are all ventral in position; the 
distance between the two ventral pairs is about half again as great as 
that between a ventral and a lateral pair; there is no specialization 
of the sete anywhere except upon the xviith, xviiith, and xixth 
segments ; the ventral pairs of setee are absent from all of these 
segments; on segments xvil. and xix. their place is taken by the 
penial sete. I have already commented upon the apparently 
universal absence of the ventral setze of segment xviii. in the genus 
Benhamia. 

Between segments viii./ix. and ix./x. there is a single oval papilla 
lying in a position which corresponds to the interval between the 
two ventral pairs of sete. 

The oviducal pores lie in front of the cuter of the two ventral 
sete on each side. 

The alimentary canal has two gizzards ; there are the usual three 
pairs of calciferous glands in segments xv., xvi., xvii. ; that section of 
the cesophagus from which they arise is of a very narrow calibre ; but 
from the xviiith segment the alimentary canal widens out very greatly 
and forms a dilated and thin-walled region without any typhlosole, 
which should perhaps be reckoned as belonging to the cesophagus. 
The intestine proper begins in segment xxii.; the buccal cavity is 
remarkable for the fact that it has a short cecum on the dorsal 
surface, which differs from the rest of the buccal cavity in the 
character of its lining epithelium; the cells which constitute the 
innermost layer of this czecum are like those of the epidermic layer; 
the cells are of two kinds, there being among them cells with clear 
contents and not staining deeply with borax carmine, which are 
exceedingly like the gland-cells of the integument. I comment later 
upon the similarity which this worm shows in the said particular 
to a representative of a totally distinct genus (Microdrilus ex fam. 
Cryptodrilide). 

The nephridia in the posterior part of the body, that is to 
say behind the clitellum, are enveloped in a thick mass of vesicular 
cells, a condition which is very common among tropical Earth- 
worms; the nephridia are of course “ diffuse,” and there is a mucous 
gland. 

The reproductive organs show one peculiarity not common among 
Earthworms—the terminal part of the vas deferens is ensheathed in 
a muscular coat of some thickness ; it is only from the xvith segment 
to the opening of the tube that this muscular coat is to be seen; the 
penial setz are wavy at the extremity, being bent into a spiral with 
not very close coils; on the last bit of the seta are a very few 
denticulations with their apices directed forwards. 

From Lagos I have also received examples of what I believe to be 
Michaelsen’s Benhamia bolavi ; this same species has also turned up 
from Dominica, Trinidad, Jamaica, St. Vincent, and, more remark- 
ably still, from Seebpore, near Calcutta. I cannot distinguish 
any of these individuals from Benhamia bolavi as described by 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 683 


Michaelsen’. All of my specimens are excessively small, not 
measuring much more than an inch in length; this is about 
the size given by Michaelsen. They all have the single median 
oviducal pore, which not only distinguishes the species from the one 
just defined, but also from every other Benhamia except B. gracilis. 
This pore lies between the ventral sete of segment xiv. I found the 
extent of the clitellum to vary somewhat ; Michaelsen gives segments 
xili.-xx. This was the case with the worms from Jamaica and with 
the single specimen from Seebpore ; in the individual from Dominica 
the clitellum extended as far as the xxist segment, commencing with 
the xiiith ; in the specimen from Lagos, on the other hand, the clitel- 
lum was less extensive, viz. Xiv.—xviii. 


II. Family Cryproprinip2. 


9. Microdrilus saliens (sp. et gen. nov.). 


I have had about a dozen specimens of this small Earthworm for 
examination; they were picked out from earth that arrived at 
Kew Gardens from Singapore ; another individual turned up from 
Java and others from Penang. The small size of the species 
suggested the generic name; the largest individuals are in alcohol 
hardly more than an inch in length. During life the species is, like 
Pericheta, remarkable for its extreme agility ; when touched they 
twist themselves violently from side to side and can often spring for 
a short distance above the table. The worms were preserved in 
corrosive sublimate and acetic acid, followed by increasing strengths 
of alcohol, and were investigated by transverse and longitudinal 
sections. The genus belongs to the family Cryptodrilide as defined 
by myself*. Though I have examined a considerable number of 
individuals, the presence of sand in the intestines spoilt a good 
many of the sections; hence my account of the anatomy of what is 
in all probability a new genus in less than it should be. As, how- 
ever, the worm shows one feature of some little interest, I have 
thought it worth while to add to the present paper such notes as I 
am able to give. 

There are two gizzards, which follow each other almost immediately 
and are only separated by the slightest constriction. In segments 
XV., Xvi., and xvii. lie the calciferous glands; these have the usual 
structure and contain large rhomboidal crystals. Their connexion 
with the cesophagus is interesting; each pouch does not, as is 
generally the case, open into the gut; there is only one duct on 
each side communicating with the cesophagus. It lies just behind 
the septum separating segments xv./xvi.; the two remaining pouches 
of each side communicate with the middle pouch, which alone has 


1 “Oligochaeten des Hamburger naturhistorischen Museums, iv.,” JB, Hamb, 
wiss. Anst., Bd. viii. 

“ Terricolen der Berliner zoologischen Sammlung,” Arch. f, Nat., Bd. 1892. 

2 «The Classification and Distribution of Earthworms,” Proc. Roy. Phys. 
Soc. Edinb. 1890, i. p. 236. 


684 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


an opening into the gut. This arrangement, however, occurs in 
Lumbricus, where it was first, I believe, accurately described by 
Messrs. Marshall and Hurst in their ‘ Practical Zoology’; but it 
has not been described in any other genera, and most certainly does 
not exist in many Earthworms, e.g. Pontoscolex (= Urocheta), 
where each gland opens by its own duct into the cesophagus. The 
calciferous gland of the xvth segment has a rather smaller develop- 
ment of the internal folds; the duct leading to the cesophagus is 
ciliated. The intestine begins in the xviiith segment. 

Another feature of interest in this genus concerns the male efferent 
apparatus, which differs in detail from that of many other Earth- 
worms ; the male pores are upon segment xvii. within the ventral 
pair of sete; each aperture is really double, though this point is not 
recognizable without having recourse to section-cutting. The two 
apertures of each side are enclosed by the swollen epidermis, of which 
the cells are very elongated and at the same time narrow; one 
aperture lies in front of the other; the anterior of the two is 
connected with the atrium, and through it project a few penial setz 
which are enclosed in a muscular sac; these penial setz have the 
form illustrated in Plate XLVI. fig. 13. The atrium is not in any way 
remarkable; it belongs to the tubular type and is divided, as in 
Acanthodrilus, &c., into a granular and a muscular portion. The vas 
deferens near to its external opening, in fact from segment xv. 
onwards, is enveloped by a thick muscular coat which is fully as 
thick as is that of the atrium. I have already described in Pyg- 
meéodrilus a similar muscular investment of the terminal region of 
the sperm-duct ; and I have met with the same thing in two species 
of Benhamia described above. 

The nephridia of this worm are diffuse. The position of the 
male pores distinguishes the genus from Digaster, in which the male 
pores are upon segment xviii. On the other hand, it is quite possible 
that it is congeneric with Dichogaster as extended by Michaelsen to 
include his new species D. minus and D. hupferi. The particular 
points referred to in the above description are not mentioned by 
Michaelsen ; accordingly it is uncertain how far I am justified in 
creating a new genus. 


III. Genus Perionyx. 


This genus was founded by Perrier’ for a worm closely related to 
Pericheta, but differing from that genus by ‘‘the development of 
the clitellum, the arrangement of the male orifices, the position of 
the spermatothece, and finally the clearness of the segmental 
organs.” Although the investigations of Pericheta which have 
been carried out since Perrier’s paper was published have led to a 
necessary alteration of the wording of the above quoted phrase, there 
is every reason to agree with Perrier in holding the genus Perionyzx 
as distinct from Pericheta. There is at present no reason for 


1 “Recherches pour servir 4 lhistoire des Lombriciens, &c.,” Nouv. Arch, 
du Muséum, t. viii. p. 126. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 685 


uniting, as Perrier thought might be eventually necessary, the two 
genera Perionyw and Pericheta. Vaillant in thus uniting these 
genera errs, in my opinion, as much on the one side as does 
Benham’ on the other, when he relegates the two to different 
families. 

I have recently studied four species of Pertonye—one of which I 
referred to some years since in connexion with the remarkable 
variations in structure exhibited by individuals ; the second species, of 
which I owe examples to the kindness of Dr. Michaelsen, has been 
lately described by that naturalist* as Perzonya gruenewaldi. The 
specimens of the two remaining species were sent to me some time 
since by the kindness of Dr. King; they are from Seebpore. Putting 
together what we know from Perrier’s investigations, from my own **, 
from those of Michaelsen*, Rosa °, and Bourne’, and what I have to 
say here with regard to this genus, we may thus define it :— 


Genus Perionyx, Perrier. 
Perionyx, E. Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viii. p. 126. 


Sete forming complete circles, present as such upon all the 
segments of the clitellum; male pores close together upon a depressed 
area on segment xviii., with a group of modified sete in some species 
near to each orifice; atria lobate ; spermatothece two (or three) 
pairs in (vit.) viii. i., with or without diverticula; nephridia 
paired ; no specially thickened septa; no ceca. 

The above definition of the genus may now be supplemented by a 
few remarks. These remarks will chiefly concern the species of the 
genus ; the type species, P. ewcavatus, has been described by Rosa 
as well as by Perrier, and to a more limited extent by myself. But 
I am not quite certain, after comparing two out of the three species 
described here in addition to Michaelsen’s P. gruenewaldi, as to 
which of them is really Perrier’s P. ewcavatus. 

The worms from Manila agree very closely with Michaelsen’s 
P. gruenewaldi. Michaelsen distinguishes his species from that of 
Perrier on the following grounds :—The pigmentation is so marked 
that, if P. excavatus were of the same dark violet colour above, 
Perrier would hardly have omitted to notice the fact: secondly, the 
penial set of P. gruenewaldi appear to distinguish it from P. 
excavatus: thirdly, the position of the gizzard; this organ is fixed 
by Perrier in the twelfth segment ; Michaelsen, on the other hand, 


1 « An Attempt to Classify Earthworms,” Q.J.M. 8. vol. xxxi. p. 247. 

2 “Oligochaeten des Hamburger naturhist. Mus. iv.,” JB, Hamb. wiss. Anst. 
Vili. p. 33. 

S sohiacétiptions of some new or little-known Earthworms, &c.,” P. ZS. 
1886, p. 308. 

4 “Note on some Harthworms from India,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
xii. p. 217 (1883). 

5 Beschreibung der von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar, &.,” JB. 
Hamb. wiss. Anst. 1x. 

6 “ Perichetidi di Birmania,” Ann, Mus. Ciy. Genoya, ser. 2 a, vol. vi. p. 157. 

7 “On Indian Earthworms,” P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 662. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLVI. 46 


686 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


finds that in his species the gizzard is a mere rudiment in the four- 
teenth segment, in front of which (in segment xiii.) are a pair of 
calciferous glands not refered to by Perrier. 

In all these points, with one exception, my “ Perionya excavatus” 
agrees with Michaelsen’s species; I can distinguish no marked 
difference of any kind between these worms, except in size, and the 
size is after all not so marked as to lead to the opinion that it is an 
index of specific distinction—110 mm. as compared to 85 mm. In 
the more detailed description which follows of the male pores there 
may indeed appear to be a little difference, but I am uncertain how 
far to refer this to defective preservation of the P. gruenewaldi. The 
exception to which I have referred concerns the gizzard; this organ 
in the worms examined by myself and referred to Perrier’s P. ez- 
cavatus is rudimentary indeed, but such as it is it appears to lie in 
the sixth segment, as it does in the two other species to be described 
presently. 

Rosa gives some account of a worm from Burmah' which he 
identifies with Perionyx excavatus of Perrier; he points out that 
the gizzard is situated anteriorly, and not, as Perrier stated, in the 
xiith segment ; Rosa, however, makes no mention of the calciferous 
glands, nor of the genital sete. The description of the male pores 
agrees with Perrier’s description and with the appearance of these 
pores in the worms which I am disposed to identify with Perrier’s 
Periony« excavatus. A very characteristic feature of the latter was 
the absence of any diverticulum of the spermatotheca; with regard 
to Perionyx excavatus Perrier remarks (Joc. cit. p. 129), ‘les poches 
copulatrices sont situées dans les anneaux sept et huit; elles m’ont 
paru formées d’un simple sac piriforme.” I take it that this 
sentence implies the absence of any diverticula. On the other 
hand, Michaelsen refers to diverticula in his Perionya gruenewaldi 
and P. sansibaricus. This seems, at any rate, to be a good distinction 
between the two species. 

I have received from Seebpore examples of a species of Perionyx 
which appears to be different from Perionyx excavatus ; it is certainly 
different from the worms identified as such by myself ; but as Perrier’s 
account is incomplete in one or two points, it is a little difficult to 
be absolutely certain. These examples were rather stouter in build 
than the Manila worms, and the coloration was a little less marked ; 
this, however, may be the effect of the corrosive sublimate used in 
the preparation of them. In the internal anatomy this species is to 
be distinguished by five differences from the Manila species ; these 
are as follows .— 

The gizzard is fairly well marked and lies in the vith segment ; 
there are no calciferous glands at all, though the cesophagus is 
somewhat folded and vascular posteriorly. The last pair of hearts 
he in the xiiith segment; in the form from Manila the twelfth 
segment is the last which contains a pair of hearts; nothing is said 
upon this point by either Perrier or Rosa. The spermatothece are, 
as in the other species (excepting P. sansibaricus), two pairs and they 

* Loe. eit. 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 687 


occupy the same segments, but each has a small irregularly shaped 
diverticulum sessile upon the duct of the spermatotheca. Finally, 
the atria are much larger than they are described in Perionyx 
excavatus or than they are in the species which I here identify with 
Perrier’s Perionyx exeavatus ; they are much broken up into lobes 
and extend through three segments; the duct, too, is longer and 
is contorted ; these glands in fact resemble very closely those of a 
typical Pericheta. 

Some years ago I briefly described a species of Perionyx from 
Akyab* to which I gave the name of Perionyx macintoshii; this 
species is admitted by Vaillant*, but not very heartily allowed by 
Rosa’. 

I have got two individuals of a large Perionyx which I believe 
are referable to the same species; if so it is certainly a “* good 
species.” 

My observations upon Perionyx macintoshii were made upon a 
single, not sexually mature, example; they were therefore not quite 
conclusive as to the distinctness of the species, though the large size 
alone is, as it proves, a sufficient index of the species, when com- 
pared with the three others described here. 

The internal anatomy is more like that of the first species from 
Seebpore, which I propose to term Pertonyx intermedius ; the last 
pair of commissural vessels are in the xtiith segment; the atria, 
however, are limited to a single segment, and the spermatothecze 
have no appendix. The principal differences concern the external 
characters ; this species has a more extensive clitellum, it reaches 
from the xilith to the xixth segment, being thus longer by two 
segments than in the other species; the male pores bave not, as I 
pointed out in my earlier description of the species, the characteristic 
appearance of those of Perionyx excavatus; they are placed in a 
ventral area, but the two pores are uot upon separate papille. The 
four species of Perionyx referred to in this paper show certain very 
characteristic differences in the condition of the male pores and of 
the setz in their immediate neighbourhood, of which the following 
is an account. 

In Perionyx gruenewaldi the area upon which the atrial pores are 
borne is not, owing to the small size of the worm, very well marked 
when looked at through a lens. When this part of the body is 
submitted to a microscopic examination, the area is seen to be 
bounded by an obvious groove. ‘The ordinary setze of this segment 
(the xviith) do not extend on to this area except on one side of the 
body, where a single seta is inserted on to the outer edge of the area; 
as, however, a groove cuts off the tract of integument which bears 
this seta from the genital area, it might be held that the line between 
the genital area and the surrounding integument was indicated by 
this groove. There are four genital setze on each side which, although 


1 “Note on some Harthworms from India,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 5. 
xii. p. 217 (1883), 
2 Annelés in ‘Suites 4 Buffon,’ p. 86. 
4 Perichetidi di Birmania,” Ann, Mus. Oiv. Genova, ser. 2 a, per vi, p. 157. 
46 


688 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


close together, are really in a line which is in the same direction as 
the circle of setee of the segment; there is, however, a gap between 
the last seta of the ring of unmodified sete and the first of the 
genital setee. The atrial pores are just in front and to the outside 
of the groups of the genital setee. The setze themselves have been 
figured by Michaelsen. 

In Perionyx excavatus the male genital apertures are each 
placed upon a semicircular elevation, the two being in close contact. 
These flat papille are both depressed below the surface of the 
surrounding integument; this depressed area appears to be only 
sharply marked off anteriorly and posteriorly by grooves ; laterally 
there is no sharp demarcation, the papille gradually rising until 
they attain the level of the surrounding integument. Each papilla 
has 5 or 6 genital sete of a precisely similar appearance to those of 
Perionyx gruenewaldi just described ; they are arranged in the same 
way, being continuous with the line of sete of the segment and 
are separated from them by a space. These genital sete are also 
longer than the ordinary sete of the body, but the latter show a 
certain amount of ornamentation, which was specially marked in the 
case of the ventral set of segment xix. 

In Periony« macintoshii the ventral area which bears the atrial pores 
forms a sucker-like structure completely sunk below the level of the 
surrounding epidermis ; it measured in one individual 3 mm. across. 
This difference from the other two species may possibly be correlated 
with the fact that in Perionyx gigas the clitellum extends beyond 
the male apertures. 

In Perionyx intermedius the arrangement is rather different from 
that which obtains in the two species just described. The xviiith 
segment is widened in the middle ventral line; the integument 
has a tumid swollen appearance, and there is a transverse groove 
into which open the atrial pores. The row of setz of this segment 
are not continued over the median area, but in one specimen I 
observed two sete, one on each side at the bottom of the groove 
already referred to. As the extremities of these were unfortunately 
broken off Iam not able to say whether they showed any more 
marked ornamentation than the other sete of the body ; in any 
case they were not different in form. 

It will be seen from the above details that the genus, as we at 
present know it, falls into two subdivisions. In Perionyx macin- 
toshii and P. intermedius there are no specially modified sete in the 
neigubourhocd of the male pores, and the latter are placed upon a 
median area which is not divided by a cross furrow into two areas, 
one for each pore. 

In Perionyw ewcavatus and P. gruenewaldi there is a group of 
specially modified setze near to each male pore, and these pores are 
placed each upon a separate papilla, both papille being enclosed 
within an area marked off from the surrounding integument. 

It appears to me that in this genus we have an early stage in the 
evolution of the penial sete of other types—e.g., the genus Mega- 
scolex ; if the modified sete of Perionyx excavatus were withdrawn 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 689 


from the exterior of the body and lodged in a sac formed by their 
withdrawal, we should have the sac of penial sete such as occurs in 
so many Earthworms. Perionyx macintoshii is in an earlier stage still ; 
the setz in the neighbourhood of the male pores are not modified, 
but appear to resemble those of other segments. Finally the four 
species may be thus briefly defined. (I have not included Bourne’s 
Perionyx saltans pending further details, or Michaelsen’s P. sansi- 
baricus, which seems to resemble it in the alternation of the nephridia 
and may be identical.) 


10. Perionyx excavatus, E. P. 


P. excavatus, E. Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viii. 

P. excavatus, F. E. Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 308. 

Megascolex excavatus, L. Vaillant, Annelés, t. iii. p. 69. 

Length 110 mm.; breadth 4 mm. ; number of segments 165. 

Colour (in spirit) purplish on the dorsal surface, yellow beneath ; 
clitellum yellowish brown. 

Clitellum occupying segments xiii. (xiv.)—xvii. 

Sete: on either side of male pores about 5 longer sete with 
strong ridges at free extremity ; these lie within the area surrounding 
the male pores. 

Dorsal pores commence y./vi. 

Gizzard very slight in xii. ; a single pair of calciferous glands in 
xiil. ; intestine begins in xvii.; cesophagus widens out in xii., but 
becomes narrow again in xiv. 

Last pair of hearts in xii. 

Sperm-sacs very extensive, x.—xiii. 

11. Perionyx intermedius, n. sp. 

Length 105 mm.; breadth 5 mm.; number of segments 117. 

Colour (in spirit) with a faint purple tinge dorsally, not nearly 
so marked as in preceding species. 

Clitellum xiii.—xvii. 

The pit on segment xviii. bearing the atrial pores is shallow and 
not very marked; the two pores lie in a transversely running groove 
and the integument is thrown into a series of folds on either side of 


the groove. 
Gizzard in vi., not at all prominent. No calciferous glands. 


Intestine begins in xviii. 
Last pair of hearts in xiii. 
Spermatothecz in viii., ix., each with a small globular diverticulum 


sessile upon the duct. 

Atria very large and of a loose consistency, extending through 
three segments, xvii.—xix. Duct comparatively long and coiled. 

12. Perionyx macintoshii, F. E. B. 

2 P. macintoshit, F. E. Beddard, Aun, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
xil. p. 217. 

Length 249 mm. ; breadth 9 mm.; number of segments 261’. 


+ 320 mm. in length ; 244 segments in another specimen, 


690 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


Colour (in spirit, and after corrosive sublimate) purplish on the 
dorsal surface and yellow beneath ; clitellum yellow. 

Clitellum xiii.—xix. 

On segment xviii. an oval depression 3 mm. wide round the male 
pores which lie behind the sete ; the latter are less modified than in 
P. excavatus. 

Oviducal pore single and median, in front of sete of segment xiv. 

Dorsal pores commence v./vi. 

Gizzard in vi.; intestine commences in xix. No septa very much 
thickened. 

The last pair of hearts is in segnent xiii.; the first pair of com- 
missural vessels in vi. 

Sperm-sacs in x.—xii. 

Nephridia commence in segment iii. 


IV. Genus MoniuicAster. 


13. Moniligaster bahamensis. 


This genus and the closely allied Desmogaster of Rosa have been 
hitherto only discovered in the tropics of the Old World; India, 
Burma, Japan, and the islands of Luzon, Ceylon, and Sumatra have 
yielded all the known species. In the present paper I describe a 
form which I received alive together with a number of other species 
from Kew, whither it had been imported accidentally with plants 
from the Bahamas. 

The worm is small and slender, measuring about 25 mm. in length. 
Although this interesting genus has been now so frequently studied, 
there yet remain a few points upon which further information is 
desirable : some of the hitherto missing information I am able to 
supply in the present paper. The genus is chiefly interesting on 
account of the fact that it upsets in so many points the old distinc- 
tion between ‘ Terricole ” and “ Limicole.” Though terrestrial in 
habit and in general appearance the anatomical structure is in many 
respects that of certain aquatic Oligocheeta. Our present information 
upon the genus is derived from the following memoirs :— 


(1) F. E. Bepparp.—“ Note on some Earthworms from Ceylon 
and the Philippine Islands.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
xvii. p. 89 (1886). 

(2) F. E. Bepparp.—“ Note on the Reproductive Organs of 
Moniligaster.” Zool. Anz. Bd. x. p. 678. 

(3) F. E. Bepparp.—* On the Structure of three new Species of 
Earthworms, with Remarks on certain points in the Morphology 
of the Oligocheta.” Q. J. M.S. vol. xxix. p. 119. 

(4) F. E. Bepparp.—* Preliminary Notes on Oliogocheta. (3) 
Note on Moniligaster.” Zool. Anz. Bd. xii. p. 533. 

(5) F. E. Bepparp.—“ Observations upon the Structure of a Genus 
of Oligochzta belonging to the Limicoline Section.” Tr. R. 
Soe. Ed. vol. xxxvi. pt. i. no. 1. 

(6) A. G. Bourne,—“ On Indian Earthworms: Pt. I., Prelim- 


1892. | SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 691 


inary Notice of Earthworms from the Nilgiris and Shevaroys.” 
P. Z. S. 1886, p. 670. 

(7) R. Horst.—“ Descriptions of Earthworms.—I. Moniligaster 
houteniz, n. sp., a gigantic Earthworm from Sumatra.’ Notes 
Leyd. Mus. vol. ix. p. 97. 

(8) E. Perrimr.—“ Recherches pour servir 4 l’histoire des Lombri- 
ciens terrestres.” Nouy. Arch. Mus. vol. viii. p. 130. 

(9) D. Rosa.—* Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e Regioni 
vicine: xxv. Moniligastridi, Geoscolecidi ed Eudrilidi.” Ann. 
Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2 a, vol. ix. p. 368. 

(10) W. Micuartsen.—‘“ Terricolen der Berliner Zoologischen 
Sammlung.” Arch. f. Nat. 1892, p- 209. 


In this list, it should be mentioned, I have only included 
papers containing new facts with reference to the genus; other 
papers which refer to it will be quoted in their place in the course 
of the following pages. 


External Characters. 


In the present species, which I name Moniligaster bahamensis, 
the clitellum was fortunately developed ; it was not, however, visible 
until the worm was examined by means of sections, and was then 
found to occupy four segments, viz. x.-xiii. It will be remem- 
bered that Perrier created a special group, the Aelitelliens, for 
Moniligaster, since it appeared to possess no clitellum; the anterior 
segments were, however, described as resembling in certain particu- 
lars the clitellum of other worms and as probably representing that 
organ ; but it is not necessary to remark that frequently the anterior 
segments of Earthworms, especially of the smaller species, are con- 
siderably thicker, and also appear more opaque owing to the 
enclosed viscera. The first to describe the clitellum was Prof. 
Bourne ; he wrote that it occupied segments x.—xiii.; but there 
are no details given as to whether the clitellum was visible without 
first having recourse to section-cutting ; it certainly is not in the 
present species. The clitellum begins and ends sharp at the margins 
of the segments which it occupies. The resemblance which the 
forward position of the clitellum in Moniligaster gives this genus 
to the Lumbriculidee need not be again emphasized ; I have already 
sufficiently dwelt upon the matter. 

Ihave, however, now to refer to an interesting point with regard 
to the clitellum which has not yet been described: the minute 
structure of the clitellum differs from that of all other Earthworms 
and agrees with that of all ‘“ Water-worms” in being composed 
of a single layer of cells only. This appears to me to be a point 
of great importance ; coupled with the position of the clitellum it 
gets even greater importance than it would otherwise have. Rosa 
has sought to minimize the significance of the anterior position of 
the clitellum ; but I do not think that anyone will deny that the 
resemblance in structure which it shows to the lower Oligocheta 
cannot be explained away ; there is, moreover, no resemblance in 


692 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


habit which might perhaps discount the value of the characters 
afforded by the clitellar epithelium. Although the clitellar epithe- 
lium is only one cell thick, it is made up of cells of two kinds: 
there are large non-staining cells, imbedded among smaller cells loaded 
with darkly staining granules. Plate XLV. fig. 5 illustrates the 
structure of the clitellum, which, as will be seen, is not very much 
thicker than the epidermic tissue of adjacent segments not nodified. 

The setze, as in other species, are strictly paired; I could find no 
setee upon the second segment of the body: I have already men- 
tioned that in MW. barweili these setee are very small and easy to be 
overlooked ; I could not find the least trace of them in the present 
species. 

The muscular layers of the body-wall are remarkable in certain 
points. The circular layer, as is shown in fig. 5, does not extend quite 
up to the longitudinal layer: between the two is a space occupied by 
a delicate connective tissue with interspersed nuclei; in this layer 
run the nerves, of which there are three main trunks in each seg- 
ment. The muscle-fibres, when seen in transverse section, show the 
characteristic appearance of the muscular fibres of the Leech in a 
more distinct way than I have ever noticed in any Oligochetous 
worm: the layer of muscular substance in each fibre is very narrow 
as compared to the central cavity, which is filled by a faintly granu- 
lar matter; this is not stained ; the fibres differ greatly in diameter, 
the smaller ones being nearest to the epidermis. One might 
perhaps speak of the layer which lies between the circular and 
longitudinal muscles as a “‘ nervous layer”? ; it contains many small 
nerve-twigs besides the main trunks already referred to. The 
longitudinal muscular layer is, comparatively speaking, narrow ; its 
fibres tend to be arranged in the bipinnate fashion which is so com- 
mon, though not universal, among the higher Oligocheta. Here 
also it was easy to see that each fibre has a central soft core. On 
the whole the structure of the body-wall of the Annelid, with the 
exception of course of the clitellum, is like that of Earthworms 
rather than the aquatic genera; but Phreoryctes, which Claparéde 
ranged among his “ Limicolz,’’ has a body-wall which is also like 
that of the higher Oligocheta ; so that this point of resemblance 
is not conclusive as to the affinities of Moniligaster. 


Internal Anatomy. 


The internal structure of this new species of Moniligaster is not 
widely different from that of Moniligaster barwelli; there are four 
thickened septa which divide segments v./ix. Probably the exis- 
tence of this number of septa is a character of generic importance, 
as they seem to occur in M. beddardi as well as in the two species 
referred to. The alimentary canal, again, presents no differences 
from that of other species ; there are no calciferous glands, and there 
appears to be no vascular tract of the cesophagus which in so many 
Oligocheeta: replaces functionally these glands; the usual three 
gizzards are present, commencing in the xilith segment. The 
nephridia have a large cecum as in other species; I observed the 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 693 


funnel of the nephridia, which lies in the segment in front of that 
which contains the rest of the nephridia. The structure of the 
nephridia is not that of the aquatic Oligochzeta; they recall those of 
the Geoscolecidx. It is of course the reproductive organs which are 
so different from those of the higher Oligocheta. 

The testes, as in the other species of the genus, are placed within 
the sperm-sacs attached to the front wall of segment x.; they are 
also in contact with the ciliated rosettes, which open likewise into 
the interior of the sperm-sacs. In Moniligaster barwelli 1 figured 
and described the ciliated rosettes as lying in the same segment as 
that upon which the atria open on to the exterior; this-is also the 
ease with I. beddardi and with the species described in the 
present paper; in those two Moniligasters the sperm-duct is very 
short and hes entirely within the xth segment. In M. bahamensis 
the sperm-ducts are remarkably long and much convoluted, re- 
calling the sperm-ducts of such genera as Pachydrilus; they do 
not lie entirely within the xth segment but extend forwards into 
the segment in front. It is quite possible that the difference 
is merely one of maturity in the various individuals. The 
arrangement of the sperm-ducts is, curiously, the reverse of the 
arrangement characteristic of the posterior sperm-duct of the 
Lumbriculide ; in these worms the sperm-ducts in question traverse 
the septum lying behind the male pore, and then bend back to 
traverse the same septum again. This is exactly what occurs in 
Moniligaster bahamensis, only that it is the segment in front of that 
which bears the male pores which is twice perforated by the sperm- 
ducts. I do not, of course, intend a serious comparison between the 
two forms in this matter; but at any rate the disposition of the 
sperm-ducts in Moniligaster is exceedingly different from anything 
that occurs in the remaining genera of Karthworms. 

The sperm-sacs in the present species are restricted to the xth 
segment; this was the case at any rate with one of the two species 
which I studied by means of longitudinal sections; the segment in 
which they lie is the xth; as in the other species of the genus, 
their cavity is undivided by trabecule, but filled with developing 
sperm. 

The orifices between segments x./xi. lead into a pair of muscular 
sacs; each sac has a narrow lumen bordered by a single layer of 
low columnar cells covered with a moderately thick chitinous layer ; 
outside the epithelium is a mass of muscles which are somewhat 
loosely arranged, and in the interstices of which lie groups of glan- 
dular cells. The sac is oval in form and at the distal end the lining 
epithelium is reflected back over a conical process which contains 
the duct of the atrium proper ; the terminal sac with this evidently 
protrusible structure has clearly the closest possible resemblance to 
the penis and penis-sheath of the Tubificide. Vejdovsky has 
figured’ a protrusible penis in the Lumbriculid Stylodrilus—a family 
which is in some respects nearer to Moniligaster than are the 
Tubificide. Among Earthworms the nearest approach to the penis 

‘ System, u. Morph, Oligochaeten, pl, xi, figs, 11-16, 


694 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


of the aquatic Oligocheta and of Montligaster is to be seen in the 
genus Eudrilus. But Moniligaster obviously comes much closer to 
the aquatic Oligochata than does Hudrilus in this particular. 

Communicating with this muscular penis is the atrium. I have 
already described and figured the structure of the atrium in Monili- 
gaster barwelli, and have pointed out its close similarity to the 
atrium of the Lumbriculide; the Tubificid Branchiura has an 
atrium which is also constructed upon the same plan. In Monil- 
gaster bahamensis we have the same low and darkly staining 
columnar epithelium lining the lumen; this is surrounded also by 
the same comparatively thick circular muscular layer; in M. baha-— 
mensis, as in M. barwelli, the outermost covering of the atrium is 
formed by oval groups of pear-shaped cells. I find, however, that 
in the species of Moniligaster with which the present paper deals, 
the ducts of these cells, which are simply filiform prolongations of 
their substance, pierce the muscular layer in bundles and evidently 
pour their secretion into the lumen of the atrium. These ducts 
were exceedingly conspicuous owing to their dark staining, an effect 
possibly due to the presence of abundant secreted granules. They 
were probably overlooked in Moniligaster barwelli, owing to their 
not being stained. I could find no peritoneal layer even of the 
thinnest round the atrium. 

Rosa has described a somewhat different structure for the 
“prostates ” (atria) of Desmogaster. He has above all insisted upon 
the presence of a peritoneal layer investing the organ superficially. 
The minute structure is described in the following words :— 
“T] lume interno é piccolissimo, appena 5 del diametro; esso é 
tappezzato da un epitelid cilindrico. Hsternamente a questo la 
massa delle pareti é prevalentemente muscolare; nella parte pid 
centrale le fibre sono annulari; in tutto il resto sono longitudinali, 
disposte in fasci raggianti. Nella regione piu esterna questi fasci 
divergendo racchiudono fra di loro delle ghiandole pluricellulari 
piriformi che per lunghi condotti vanno a raggiungere il lume 
interno, ma queste ghiandole non arrivano alla parete esterna deila 
prostata perche i fasci muscolari, benche ridotti a sottili strischie, 
passano fra una ghiandola e | alta e si ricongiungono fra loro, formando 
spesso solo un sottile rivestimento attorno alla base diesse. HE inoltre 
ben evidente un rivestimento esterno peritoneale che spesso nelle 
sezioni si vede staccato. La superficie delle prostate non e racemosa 
como nei Moniligaster, wa liscia 0 appena ondulata, ed ha lo stesso 
aspetto sericeo delle prostate degli Hudrilus.’ ‘This description and 
the illustrative figure are suggestive rather of the penis than the 
atrium of Moniligaster, particularly with regard to the gland-cells 
imbedded among the muscles. It appears to me to be possible that 
Desmogaster differs from Moniligaster in that the atrium is not 
specialized into two regions. 

The ovaries are in the xith segment, attached to the front wall 
of that segment, as is so usual; the oviducal funnels open opposite 
to them and appear to be particularly large; but the most remark- 
able feature of the female reproductive organs of this Annelid are 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 695 


the large egg-sacs. Even Rosa, who is so anxious to minimize the 
affinities of the Moniligastride to the lower Oligocheta, admits 
that the size of the eggs-sacs is unknown in the Terricole, though 
it is, he remarked, going rather too far to exclude Moniligaster 
from the Terricolz on these grounds. In Moniligaster beddardi no 
egg-sacs were found by Rosa; but I do not think that this failure 
to find the structure in question is tantamount to a proof that they 
are non-existent in that species, as Rosa seems to imply. Anyhow 
they are large in the present species, and occupy at least three 
segments. Bourne, the first to discover these bodies, stated that 
they occupy in Monilgaster minutus segments xil.-xy. As to the 
ova of Moniligaster, Bourne says nothing about them save that 
there ave ova in these sacs; the eggs in Moniligaster beddardi are, 
according to Rosa, very minute. In the species here under consider- 
ation the ova present a very remarkable character, unique among 
Earthworms: they are not particularly large, though, perhaps, 
larger than in many Earthworms; the remarkable fact about them 
is that they are crowded with yolk-particles: to so great an extent 
is the yolk developed that the nucleus is by no means always 
apparent ; the yolk-particles are moreover, as is shown in the accom- 
panying figure (Plate XLV. fig. 1), of considerable size, quite as 
large as they are in eggs of a much greater size. This fact about 
the ova of Moniligaster bahamensis is of considerable interest. I 
pointed out some time since* that the only distinguishing characters 
between the Megadrili and the Microdrili of Benham ®, not alluded 
to by Benhain himself, are the three following :— 


(1) Large size of ova. 
(2) Clitellum consisting of only a single layer of cells. 
(3) Sexual maturity at a fixed period. 


In the three points mentioned the Microdrili(= Limicole of 
Claparéde minus Naids and Holosoma) differ from all the Megadrili or 
Earthworms. Now I have just pointed out that the ova of Monili- 
gaster, although not so large as they are in the Microdrili, agree 
with them in having a great quantity of yolk, a character not found 
in any other Earthworm ; this is, at any rate, an indication of a step 
in the direction of the Microdrili, even if it be not held to bea 
point of close affinity with them. On a previous page I have pointed 
out that the structure of the clitellum is quite like that of the lower 
Oligochzta in being made up of asingle layer of epithelium only ; it 
may be added that in all possibility the sexual maturity is at a fixed 
period ; this would account for the failure of so many investigators 
to find the clitellum; Prof. Bourne tells me that he expects that 
the clitellum will be found at the proper season in all Moniligasters. 

It is difficult therefore to see on what grounds Moniligaster is to 
be referred to the Earthworms as opposed to various groups of the 
ayuatic Oligocheta. Rosa justly points out that Yetragonurus 


1 «On the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus (Hisen),’ Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdinb. yol. 
XXXVi. 
2 « An Attempt to Classify Harthworms,” Q. J. M. 8. vol, xxi. 


696 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


probably, and Adlurus certainly, have the male pores situated very 
far forwards, nearly as far forwards as in Moniligaster ; this he 
holds renders it unnecessary to lay any particular stress upon the 
forward position of the pores in question, in Moniligaster, as an 
indication of affinity with the lower Oligocheta. Granting this 
for the moment, it seems a little unfair that Rosa should use precisely 
the same character as an indication of affinity with the Lumbricide, 
especially with the two genera just mentioned. On p. 386 of his 
memoir, however, he states, as a feature of resemblance between 
Moniligaster and these genera, the fact that in both the male pores 
are in front of the oviducai pores. 

As to the forward position of the clitellum in Moniligaster, Rosa 
quotes the instance of Buchholzia appendiculata, where the organs 
of the body are two segments in front of the usual position which 
they oceupy in allied species. I do not think from what we now 
know that it will prove to be the case that in any species of Monili- 
gaster the clitellum is so far back as segments xii.—xv., a position 
which, as Rosa justly points out, is after all not so very different 
from what we find in other undoubted Earthworms. The new facts 
contained in the present paper do not furnish any material for a 
renewed discussion as to what group of Earthworms comes nearest 
to the Moniligastridze: the only pronounced feature in which they 
resemble any Earthworms is the presence of several gizzards lying 
at the end of the esophagus; but we now know that this character 
is found in several genera belonging to at auy rate three families, 
viz., Pleionogaster, Bilimba, and the three Eudrilids Hyperiodrilus, 
Heliodrilus, and Libyodrilus. This character, therefore, must be 
neglected as a mark of affinity. 


V. Family Evprivipz. 


14, Eudriloides durbanensis. 


The division of the Eudrilide into genera requires some further 
consideration ; we are at present but imperfectly acquainted with a 
large proportion of the many forms recently described from tropical 
Africa by Dr. Michaelsen ; and as there are doubtless a large number 
of forms awaiting discovery, it is also premature to attempt any 
systematic revision of the family. I therefore refer provisionally the 
species, which I describe in the present paper, to the genus Ludri- 
lotdes, without pretending that it may not ultimately be transferred to 
some other genus; I give at the end of the description my reasons 
for this course. 

The worms which I describe here were obtained from Kew 
Gardens ; they had reached those gardens from Durban, Natal; I 
preserved them in alcohol after killing them in weak spirit. There 
were five specimens, of which two were studied by longitudinal 
sections, the others examined in glycerine. The species is a small 
one; the length is about two inches by a breadth of not more than 
two millimetres ; the worms are therefore long and slender. During 
life the colour was red—a colour owing, of course, to the absence of 


1892. | SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 697 


integumental pigment and to the consequent visibility of the blood- 
vessels through the skin. 

The setz are strictly paired. The clitellum is not developed 
ventrally, it extends dorsally over four segments, viz. xiv.—xvii; the 
male pore is single and median upon segment xvii. near to the poste- 
rior end of that segment; the spermatothecal orifice is also single 
and upon the xiiith segment. 

There are a few papille present; on the eleventh segment are a 
pair on each side of the median ventral line; on the fifteenth seg- 
ment are another pair occupying a corresponding position ; finally 
there are two pairs on segment xiii., one pair in front of and one 
behind the spermatothecal orifice ; in sections these papill are seen 
to be slight depressions of the integument, and the epithelium is 
deeper than that which covers the body generally ; it is also composed 
of large clear cells which have a glandular appearance. It is pos- 
sible that the papille are adhesive disks, and not, as they seem 
frequently to be in some other Oligochzta, sense-organs. 

A very marked peculiarity of the family Eudrilidz is the presence 
in the skin of those peculiar sense-bodies which were first described 
by myself in Eudrilus, and have since been found in a few other genera 
of the family ; they are, however, by no means universal, but have 
never been met with in any worm not belonging tothe family Eudrilide: 
they occur in the species under consideration. I only observed then: 
in the clitellar region; this was perhaps due to the fact that else- 
where they were not so readily visible owing to the thinness of the 
epidermic layer ; they lie in the clitellum beneath the epidermis, 
and are placed longitudinally with reference to the long axis of the 
body. 

The muscular layers are not very thick; but there are no note- 
worthy points to comment upon. 

With regard to the internal anatomy, the alimentary tract shows 
a peculiarity not hitherto described in any Eudrilid: in many 
genera of this family there are calciferous glands of two kinds— 
paired organs in segment xiii., and ventral unpaired pouches in seg- 
ments ix., x.,xi. The present species has neither of these two kinds 
of appendages ; but it is not, as are many forms (e. g. Libyodrilus), 
entirely without glands appended to the cesophagus. 

In segments vi.—x. there are pairs of whitish-coloured glands which 
have a remarkable structure, quite unusual and unparalleled in the 
group Oligocheta (see, however, the following description of Tricho- 
cheta barbadensis). One of these glands is illustrated in fig. 11 of 
Plate XLVI.; the gland is of an oval or sometimes a more irregular 
shape ; it is bounded externally by a thin layer which stains darkly 
with borax carmine, and which is perhaps to be regarded as the 
peritoneal layer investing the gland externally ; within this there 
is a mass of tissue consisting of innumerable spherules like the yolk- 
spherules of an ovum, and, like them, not stained by the reagent. 
Here and there among the mass of spherules are scattered nuclei, 
evident on account of their staining very deeply with the reagent 
that produces no effect upon the surrounding granules ; there were 


698 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


no cell-outlines visible, but nevertheless I cannot but regard the 
mass as being composed of cells with perhaps very thin boundary 
lines. In the centre of each of these glands was a darkly staining 
rod of tissue which appears to be a blood-vessel ; at the apex these 
glands opened into the lumen of the cesophagus by an exceedingly 
natrow diverticulum of the cesophagus; this tube soon ends, 
leaving the greater bulk of the calciferous gland composed of the 
peculiar tissue that I have already described. 

The only other Oligocheets in which calciferous glands at all com- 
parable to these exist are the genera Gordiodrilus and Trichocheta. 
I have lately * described the principal anatomical characters of the 
former new genus, which is mainly found in tropical Africa, though 
also extending its range to the New World. Inall the species of that 
genus there is a single unpaired median pouch in the ninth segment 
which in certain particulars resembles the calciferous glands of 
Eudriloides durbanensis ; the resemblance consists in the tissue which 
builds up the greater part of the gland and which is apparently 
identical with that which builds up a greater proportion of the glands 
in Eudriloides. The peculiar kind of tissue which characterizes 
the calciferous glands of these two genera of Oligocheta is, however, 
not unknown in the group; in several aquatic Oligocheta, for 
example in some Naids and in many Lumbriculide such as Sutroa’, 
the nephridium, just after traversing the septum, is swollen out into 
an oval tract which shows precisely the same structure as that of 
the glands already described. I have figured this tissue in the 
American Lumbriculid Suéroa, and suggested that it might possibly 
serve as a filtering tissue. The oval swelling is permeated by fine 
canaliculi which are not always apparent; in the same way the 
similar tissue in the calciferous glands of Eudriloides and of Gordio- 
drilus seems to be traversed by fine canaliculi (shown in the case 
of Gordiodrilus in fig. 8 of plate vii. of my memoir already quoted 
dealing with the anatomy of that worm). It is quite possible, 
therefore, that Michaelsen’s notion that these glands serve as organs 
of assimilation, rather than as organs of secretion, may prove to be 
correct in the two Annelids which possess this peculiar form of 
calciferous gland ; although, as I have pointed out, there can be no 
doubt that the ventral pouches of Hudrilus do not, at any rate, 
entirely serve such a purpose, for I found particles of calcareous 
secreted matter in the lumina of the said pouches; furthermore the 
resemblance of this tissue to that found in the nephridia is worthy of 
note in relation to the fact that in Gordiodrilus there appears to be a 
communication between the ventral pouches and the nephridia. I 
do not, however, wish to insist upon more than the actual structural 
likeness between the tissue in the two series of organs ; this is 
indeed very striking. It may be that this resemblance between the 
calciferous pouches of Hudriloides and Gordiodrilus is some evidence 


“On a new Genus of Oligocheta &c,,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6, x. 
p. 74 (1892). 
__ “A Contribution to the Anatomy of Sutroa,” Tr. Roy. Soc, Edinb. (to appear 
immediately). 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 699 


of their affinity ; Gordiodrilus is clearly a rather degencrate form, 
with no marked affinities to any other genera except to Ocnero- 
drilus and Pygmeodrilus—an affinity which may be merely due to 
the fact that they are all degenerate forms, and thus not a real 
affinity. In any case it is remarkable that this curious form of 
glandular tissue should be limited to the calciferous glands of the 
two genera Hudriloides and Gordiodrilus. 

As regards the rest of the alimentary canal, there are not many 
points which require notice ; there is a gizzard in the fifth segment, 
well developed and by no means rudimentary. 

The first septum lies just in front of the gizzard and thus separates 
segments iv./v.; the four septa which follow the gizzard are thicker 
than the rest. The nephridia are of course paired, and the first 
pair appear to belong to the fourth segment. 

There is only a single pair of testes, which lie in the xith segment, 
attached to the front wall of that segment; opposite to them are 
the funnels of the sperm-ducts, these are very large and much folded. 
The sperm-duct has no swelling at its origin from the funnel; it is 
a narrow tube, much narrower than the oviduct; it opens into the 
atrium a little way before the opening of the latter into the terminal 
copulatory apparatus. The atria are two closely applied tubes 
contained within one sheath, so that on a dissection the atrium 
would no doubt appear to be single. Whether the division of the 
atrium is an indication of its beg the result of the fusion of two 
separate atria is not obvious; at first sight it does appear to be 
obvious, but it will be remembered that in Hudrilus each atrium 
is similarly divided into two completely separated tubes within a 
common sheath. This atrium consists entirely of a layer of gland- 
ular cells ensheathed in a very thin peritoneal layer ; the terminal 
apparatus is a muscular diverticulum of the body-wall, with which 
are also connected a pair of sacs each containing a single penial seta, 
whose shape I am unable to describe. 

The spermatotheca is unpaired, it opens on to the exterior in 
segment xiii. ; the aperture leads into a thick-walled sac from which 
arises a thinner-walled sac extending backwards into the next 
segment ; this latter is lined by cells which appear to be similar to 
those found in the corresponding organ of other Eudrilide, and 
suggest that in this species as in others the spermatotliecz are 
developed from the ccelom, and are therefore not homologous with 
the spermatothecee of other Earthworms. The terminal sac of the 
spermatotheca is lined by an epithelium which has preserved the 
characters of the epidermis whence it is derived; the cells are of 
two kinds, the usual glandular and the interstitial cells. 

To the spermatotheca on each side is attached a receptaculum 
ovorum ; these sacs, although attached to the spermatotheca, are not 
really connected with it, that is to say they do not open on to the 
spermatotheca; the egg-sacs are not in any way unusual in their 
structure, their cavity is divided up into numerous compartments by 
trabecule. In the compartments are lodged the ova: the ova in 
the egg-sacs are not accompanied by masses of developing ova or by 


700 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


cells serving as nutritive cells to the developing ova; the oviducts 
are peculiar in that they perforate the septum dividing segments 
xlii./xiv. ¢wice. The funnel opens freely into the interior of segment 
xiii. right opposite the ovary and also into the interior of the egg- 
sac; it then passes into the cavity of the thirteenth segment and 
bending back runs straight along the body-wall up to its point of 
opening on to the exterior, The oviduct has thus an unusually long 
course, which is further increased by the fact that the pore is 
situated near to the hinder end of the fourteenth segment; the 
calibre of the oviduct is considerably greater than that of the sperm- 
duct ; the two can be easily compared in this respect, as the sperm- 
duct passes close to the oviduct ; the oviduct is not ensheathed in 
a muscular coat; the ciliated epithelium is only covered by a delicate 
peritoneal layer. 

The ovaries lie in the thirteenth segment, attached, as is usual, to 
the front wall of that segment. The septum dividing segments 
xti./xiiil. joins that which follows, and a sac is thus formed which 
encloses the ovaries and the terminal bulbus of the spermatotheca. 
Centrally this sac is almost filled by the bulbus, but laterally there 
is plenty of room, and the spacious cavity thus formed is oceupied 
not only by the ovaries and detached ova, but also by an immense 
quantity of small nucleated, often fusiform corpuscles; similar 
corpuscles are also found in great abundance in the xith segment. 
I am doubtful whether to regard these as slightly metamorphosed 
cells of the ovary and testis respectively or merely as perivisceral 
corpuscles, which happen to have been aggregated together in 
greater numbers in the two segments referred to than elsewhere. 

The ripe ova (from the egg-sac) have no striated membrane such 
as is found in certain other Eudrilids. 

This worm evidently belongs to one of the more simply organized 
of the Eudrilide ; for the fusion of the female organs is incomplete. 
It must therefore be referred to one of the following genera, viz. 
Eudriloides, Platydrilus, Megacheta, Reithrodrilus, or Notykus. 

As to external characters it agrees with Platydrilus in having a 
saddle-shaped clitellum, and also in the extent of the clitellum. 

The internal anatomy is in some respects unlike any of these 
genera; for instance, the peculiar form of the calciferous glands 
marks out the present species from all Eudrilide including those 
mentioned, in none of which are there calciferous glands at all. 

In possessing one pair of testes and in the corresponding single 
funnels &c. the worm resembles Notykus, Eudriloides, Megacheta? ; 
but this is not of course an important difference from Platydrilus &e. 
The complete fusion of the two atriais peculiar to the worm, though 
a commencing fusion occurs in Hudriloides, from which, however, 
the species described here differs in the shortness of the atria and in 
the absence of a muscular tunic. The principal reason which leads 
me to refer the worm to the genus Hudriloides is the structure of 
the female organs. 1 have described the modification of the septum 
dividing segments xili./xiv., which forms a sac enclosing the terminal 
part of the spermatothecal sac and the ovaries and oviducal funnels: 


1892.] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 701 


though this seems to be perfectly similar to the arrangement 
figured by Michaelsen* for Notykus emini, 1 am inclined to think 
that in the latter there is a distinct sac independent of the septa. 


VI. Family GroscoLecip&. 
15. Trichocheta barbadensis, n. sp. 


I have examined a single specimen of this species which I received 
alive from Kew; it is a native of Barbadoes. 

The worm was 24 mm. long and consisted of 84 segments; the 
colour-during life was red, the skin containing no pigment. 

The sete are paired, their shape is precisely that of Trichocheta 
hesperidum, a new genus and species of Earthworms which I have 
recently * described from the island of Jamaica. On the clitellum 
the sete appeared to be rather larger than those upon the other 
segments of the body, and the ornamentation at the tip a little more 
pronounced. Although the sete in the present species show no 
trace of the characteristic irregularity of Trichocheta hesperidum, 
I do not hesitate to place them in the same genus on account of 
the peculiar form of the sete, which is unmatched in any other 
Oligochet. At first one would be inclined to regard the irregularity 
of the setee as a mark of generic distinction; but it must be borne 
in mind that in Pontoscolex, as was first pointed out by Fritz 
Miller *, and I have been able to confirm his discovery, the set 
are occasionally regular and paired. 

The clitellum, exceptionally for the family Geoscolecide, is 
complete; that is to say, there is no ventral tract free from 
glandular tissue. Rosa has used the saddle-shaped clitellum as one 
of the characters of the Geoscolecide ; the present species shows 
that this character can be no longer used. The clitellum extends 
from the xiiith segment to the xxiind. 

The prostomium appeared, before the worm was examined by 
means of sections, to resemble that of Rhinodrilus or Trichocheta 
hesperidum, that is to say it lay apparently in the mouth instead of 
projecting above it. In longitudinal section, however, this appear- 
ance is seen to be largely due to the retraction of the prostomium, 
which is perhaps facilitated by the division of the first segment 
into two annuli by a groove. 

The nephridia are paired, the first pair being rather larger than 
those which follow: the large size of the first pair of nephridia is 
commonly found to be a character of the Geoscolecide ; it is hardly 
so pronounced in the present species as in Pontoscolex for example. 
The duct of this nephridium is long and appears to open on to the 
exterior on the third segment. 

As to the vascular system, the only point that I particularly note 
is the presence of a pair of large hearts in each of segments x., xl. 

1 “ Beschreibung der yon Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar &e.,” JB. 
Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix. 

2 Q. J. M. 8. Jan. 1893, p. 252. 


3 « Description of anew Species of Harthworm,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 
yol. xx. p. 13 (translated from a paper in the Arch. f, Naturg.). 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XLVII. 47 


702 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


Separate calciferous glands like those of Pontoscolex do not exist 
in the present species, though it is very possible that three pairs of 
cesophageal ceca, the structure of which will be described presently, 
are the homologues of those glands. The calciferous glands are, 
however, functionally represented, as is so generally the case with 
Earthworms in which no separate czeca exist, by a tract of cesophagus 
with much folded walls ; numerous crystals lying in the interstices 
of the folds appear to be the product of their epithelium, and are 
apparently similar to the crystals met with in true calciferous glands. 
This tract of cesophagus extends through about three segments, 
commencing with the tenth. It closely resembles the corresponding 
structure in the nearly allied form Onychocheta’. 

In segments Vii., vili., ix. are three pairs of very small cesophageal 
ceeca; their calibre in transverse section is about the same as that 
of the dorsal vessel, but as they are very short and narrower at 
both extremities, they only possess eveu this small diameter for a 
limited distance. Each cecum is lined by a layer of low cubical 
epithelium which does not appear to be ciliated; between this 
epithelium and the peritoneum is a plexus of blood-vessels which 
are very large in proportion to the cxcum itself, and protrude into the 
lumen, reducing it very greatly and causing it to assume here and 
there a star-shaped contour. It will be noticed that these ceeca occupy 
the same segments as do the calciferous glands of Pontoscolex, and 
they may probably be safely regarded as the degenerate represen- 
tatives of the latter. 

The gizzard is large and extends apparently through a considerable 
number of segments; defining its limits by the septum which 
bounds it posteriorly, it would seem to lie in the sixth segment, but 
the anterior septa are not sufficiently clear to permit of fixing its 
anterior limits. 

There are, as in some other Geoscolecidz, only a single pair of 
testes. These belong to the xith segment, and are attached to the 
front wall of that segment. They are, together with the funnel of 
the vas deferens, enclosed in a sac, which extends back for some 
segments (to about the xviith) and is the sperm-sac ; the sperm-sacs, 
however, although the worm was fully mature, contained no sperm, 
and were of a very narrow calibre as in Trichocheta hesperidum. 

The funnel of the sperm-duct is very large and folded; the 
funnel extends below the testes and nearly reaches the septum to 
which the testis is attached ; the posterior limit of the funnel, still 
of course enclosed within the sperm-sacs, is in the septum bounding 
segments xiii./xiv.; but they lie close to the ovary. The sperm- 
duct itself opens on to the exterior on or beyond the xviith segment ; 
I only traced it as far as the latter, but did not observe the actual 
opening. The ovaries are in xii. and opposite to them are the 
funnels of the oviducts; the oviducal pores are just in the groove 
between the xivth and xvthsegments. The spermatothecee are three 
pairs of simple sacs like those of Pontoscolex inix., x., xi.; the last 
pair open on to the boundary line of segments xi./xil. 

1 Q. J. M.S. vol. xxi. p. 159. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 703 


16. Ilyogenia africana, nov. gen., n. sp. 


Among the specimens of Eudriloides durbanensis was an example 
of a totally different species—a fact which I only recognized after 
examining longitudinal sections of the head end of the worm; the 
smallness of size, absence of pigment, and similarity in the position 
of the clitellum prevented me from distinguishing them when alive. 
They belong, however, to totally different families; the species now 
to be described is a Geoscolecid. 

It has paired setee which show no recognizable ornamentation. 
I did not observe whether those upon the clitellum were in any way 
different from the rest. 

The clitellum commences in the xiith segment and ends in the 
xixth ; itis a little difficult to be precise about the actual beginning 
and ending. If we reckon as clitellum only that tract of epidermis 
where the “untere” and “ obere Saiilenregion ” of Claparéde can 
be recognized, then the clitellum begins at the commencement of 
segment xii. ; but the epidermis covering segment xii. dorsally differs 
from that lying in front by the fact that the glands are elongated 
and very darkly stained; they are indeed the exact counterpart of 
the clitellar gland-cells in many aquatic Oligochzeta which I have 
examined when prepared in a similar fashion. These deeply 
Staining cells contrast in that very particular with the clear and ver 
faintly stained gland-cells of the segment in front. The clitellumis 
*saddle-shaped.” The nephridia are paired structures; the first 
pair are situated in segment iii. ‘The funnels have the usual position 
and are not large. The nephridia themselves are without the 
terminal muscular duct ; I observed the plexus formed by the “fine 
tubes” of the nephridium to which Benham has called attention in 
Microcheta. The external orifice of the nephridium is in front of 
the ventral sete; those belonging to segment ix. open just behind 
but quite independently of the spermatothece. From the eighth 
segment, but more distinctly from the niuth, the nephridia are 
invested by a thick sheath of clear pyriform cells with deeply 
staining nuclei; the cells themselves are not much stained. These 
cells, which cover the nephridia, are sometimes quite clear but more 
often have a vacuolate appearance. 

The alimentary canal presents the usual divisions ; there is, 
however, no trace at all of a gizzard—not even the slightly thickened 
tract of muscle which marks a portion of the cesophagus in Ponto- 
drilus. The pharynx commences in the second segment, the brain 
lying rather behind the transverse furrow which separates it from 
the buccal cavity, and therefore near to the posterior boundary of 
segment ii. The pharynx appears to occupy the third segment 
and a part of the fourth; as usual, numerous retractor muscles are 
inserted into its dorsal wall. Masses of septal glands occupy the 
fourth to the seventh segment ; those of the last segment are very 
much smaller; the masses of unicellular glands of successive seg- 
ments are connected by fibrous strands which pass through the 
septa. The cesophagus passes straight back to the twelfth segment, 
where it opens into the intestine. It is nowhere ee ee just 

7 


704 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NEW [Dec. 20, 


where it passes into the intestine ; the latter tube is ciliated through- 
out. In the ixth segment a pair of ventrally situated calciferous 
glands arise from the cesophagus. The lumen of these is much 
divided ; they are very vascular. 

The circulatory system consists only of two longitudinal trunks—the 
dorsal and ventral vessels ; I could find neither supra-intestinal nor 
subnervian. Another pair of longitudinal vessels exist in the anterior 
region of the body; these arise one on each side from the free 
extremity of the calciferous glands, and pass forwards through the 
septal glands. The last pair of hearts are in segment xi. ; in front 
of these are two pairs which are equally large. 

The two pair of testes are in x. and xi.; corresponding to them 
are two pairs of ciliated rosettes ; the single sperm-duct of each side 
opens on to the xviith segment, and there are no glands of any kind 
or penial setz associated with these orifices. One pair of sperma- 
tothece open on to the anterior boundary of segment ix.; they are 
simple oval pouches without diverticula and were full of sperm. 

The sperm-sacs have an arrangement which is unusual among 
Earthworms in general and hitherto unknown in this particular 
family ; they lie in segments ix. and xii., the intermediate segments 
being occupied by masses of developing sperm unenclosed by any 
membrane. The sperm-sacs of segments ix. and xii. are attached 
to the posterior and anterior septa respectively of their segments 
respectively and are racemose in form. 

The ovaries lie in segment xiii. attached, as usual, to the front 
septum of the segment ; they lie just above the nerve-cord, but below 
the ventral blood-vessel, and in the middle line are squeezed almost 
flat between the blood-vessel and the nerve-cord. In a continuous 
series of longitudinal sections the ovary of one side is seen to pass 
into that of the opposite side without any break, though the middle 
partis rather thinner. This is one of the very few Oligocheta with 
an unpaired ovary ; olosoma is another instance, but in that 
Annelid the ovary is not plainly made up of two fused halves as it is 
in the species here described. Quite recently Schneider’ has de- 
scribed a Rhinodrilus with a single ovary in segment xvii.: in 
view of the constancy in the position of the ovary, this statement in 
my opinion requires verification. The ripe ova are invariably sur- 
rounded by a follicle of relatively considerable thickness; this follicle 
has a fibrillated appearance, and there are numerous interspersed 
nuclei. There were ova, free from the follicle, within the mouth of 
the oviduct. The oviducts open on to the exterior part in front of 
the ventral sete. There are no egg-sacs. 

It is clear that this worm should be referred to the family 
Geoscolecidz, but it is not clear as to which genus of that family 
it most nearly approaches: in the first place, it should be noted 
that Ilyogenia is in certain respects a somewhat degenerate form 
when compared with other Geoscolecide ; this would in any case 
render the decision as to its affinities a matter of difficulty. The 


* “Ueber eine neue Regenwurm Art auf Trinidad,” Dorpat Naturf. Ges. 
Jhrg. 18, p. 42. 


1892. ] SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS, 705 


genus is so far degenerated that it possesses no gizzard, not even the 
faintest vestige of one; the nephridia, which in other Geosco- 
lecidz have a large terminal end sac, very often with a capacious 
cecum attached, are totally without anything of the kind. Another 
indication of a low position among the terricolous Oligocheta is 
perhaps the opening of the sperm-ducts upon the xviith segment ; 
we find that this segment is the one which bears the pores in question 
in the genus Ocnerodrilus and also in Microdrilus and Microscolex. 
It is a coincidence, though probably no more, that there is but one 
pair of calciferous glands and that these are in the ninth segment; in 
three low forms of terrestrial Oligocheta we meet with exactly the 
same condition of the calciferous glands, viz., in Ocnerodrilus*, Gor- 
diodrilus *, and in the Acanthodrilid Kerria.2 As, however, there are 
Geoscolecids (such as Microcheéa) in which the calciferous glands are 
similarly reduced to one pair, but which are evidently not degenerate 
forms, too much stress cannot be prudently laid upon the point of 
similarity to the three genera aforementioned. 

Rosa* and I° have independently pointed out that the family 
Geoscolecidz can be most conveniently divided into two subfamilies, 
confined respectively (with the exception only of Pontoscolex, which 
is cosmopolitan) to the Old and to the New World; I need not 
again go into the matter here, as the reasons which led me to this 
conclusion have been fully given in the paper quoted below. The 
present genus iuterferes with the symmetry of this proposed 
arrangement ; it evidently belongs in structure to the New World 
section of the family, but lives in the Old World. The spermato- 
thecz lie in front of the testes and the other reproductive organs, 
and there are no copulatory papillz. 

The genus I/yogenia agrees with no other genus in every point: 
the form and position of the sperm-sacs are unique in the family ; 
the ventral position of the nephridiopores is characteristic of the 
genus Geoscolex, with which, however, I/yogenia has no other marked 
points of resemblance. It comes nearest, perhaps, to Anteus and 
Rhinodrilus ; but differs from both of these genera in a number of 
small differences, which are, in my opinion, collectively at least, of 
sufficient importance to justify its distinction by a separate generic 
name. 


VII. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLV. & XLVI. 


Fig. 1. Part of an egg-sac of Moniligaster bahamensis, showing ripe ova. 
2. Spermatotheca of Moniligaster bahamensis: a, transverse section. 
3. Ventral view of anterior segments of same; the segments are numbered, 
4, Male genital apparatus of the same worm; the figure is reconstructed 
from a series of sections. 


1 “On the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus,” Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb, vol, xxxvi. no. 21, 

2 “On a new Genus of Oligocheta, &e.,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1892. 

3 P.Z.S. 1892, p. 355. j 

4 Kynotus michaelsenii,n. sp. ‘“ Contributo alla morfologia dei Geoscolecidi,” 
Boll. Mus, Zool, vol. vii. no. 119, 

> Q.J. M.S. vol. xxxiy. p. 258. 


706 MR. R. H. BURNE ON MYXINE GLUTINOSA. [ Dec. 20, 


Fig. 5. Transverse section through the clitellum of the same, to show the 
unicellular layer of the epidermis and the hollow fibres of the trans- 
verse muscular coat. 

6. Ventral view of the genital segments of Benhamia crassa; the clitellum 
is shaded and the groove connecting the atrial pores is shown. 
7. Spermatotheca of the same. 
8. Calciferous glands of Microdrilus asiaticus. 
9, 10. Genital setze of Acanthodrilus smithi, in lateral and ventral view. 
11. A rudimentary calciferous gland of Eudriloides durbanensis. 
12, A spermatotheca of Acanthodrilus smithii. 
13. A penial seta of Microdrilus asiaticus. 
14, Genital organs of Evdriloides durbanensis; the segments are numbered. 


2. On the Presence of a Branchial Basket in Myzine 
glutinosa. By R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S., Anatomical 
Assistant at the Royal College of Surgeons of England. 


[Received December 6, 1892.] 
(Plate XLVII.) 


One would expect the branchial basket, which forms such a large 
and striking part of the skeleton of the Lampreys, to be present, at 
least to some extent, in their nearest allies, the Hags; and, in fact, 
such is the case, for in 1835 Johannes Miiller, in his work upon the 
Myxinoids*, described and figured a small triradiate piece of cartilage 
supporting the anterior and dorsal faces of the cutaneo-cesophageal 
duct of Bdellostoma, which cartilagéno doubt is the homologue of 
a branchial basket. Again, in 1883 Parker ® mentioned this carti- 
laginous support to the cutaneo-cesophageal duct of Bdellostoma, 
representing it as an irregular plate having the same position as 
Miiller’s triradiate cartilage. 

Manifestly, as far as Bdellostoma is concerned, there is a branchial 
skeleton which, although present on one side only, cannot well be 
anything but a branchial basket in a very much reduced condition. 
This being the case, one would naturally expect to find some such 
supporting structure to the gill-tubes of Myzine glutinosa, but 
neither Miiller, Parker, nor, as far as I can discover, any other 
observer has found anything answering to it; I fancy, however, that 
Miller implies in a passage which I quote below * that he believed 
that some such branchial skeleton was present, although he was 
unable to actually demonstrate it. 

While lately preparing a series of Marsipobranch skeletons for 
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, I naturally was on 
the look-out for this cartilage both in Bdellostoma and Myzine. 


? J. Miler, ‘Vergleichende Anatomie der Myxinoiden’ (Berlin, 1835), p. 122. 

° W. K. Parker, “On the Skeleton of the Marsipobranch Fishes-—Pt. I. 
Myxinoids,” Phil. Trans. 1883. 

° L. ¢. p. 122. “ Dieser Knorpel (in Bdelostoma) ist sehr zart und diinn, und 
ce bei Myzxine, wegen der Feinheit der Theile, nicht mehr nachgewiesen 
werden,” 


dur Wewimapy “3s aM. : ALS St Aes 


TINTX 72Tq 2681S 2d 


i} 


is 
ay Pes de ee OS ee | ae oe 
ema! i _ 


1892. ] MR. R. H. BURNE ON MYXINE GLUTINOSA. 707 


In Bdellostoma I found that in the main it answered very well to 
Miiller’s figure and description, although it is apparently liable to 
vary in shape, as will be seen by referring to my drawings (see Plate 
XLVII. figs. 5 and 6, which represent the cartilage as present in the 
two specimens I dissected). Fig. 6 corresponds very much to Miiller’s 
drawing ; fig. 5, however, although constructed on the same triradiate 
plan, is a good deal more complicated by means of angles and 
processes ; this variation in shape is still more marked in Parker’s 
figure ‘. None of the true gill-tubes on either side had any supporting 
skeleton. We may say, then, with regard to Bdellostoma, that the 
branchial basket is represented upon the left side only by a small 
plate of cartilage, usually more or less triradiate, supporting the 
anterior dorsal wall of the cutaneo-cesophageal duct. 

Let us now consider the branchial basket in Mywine glutinosa. 
Upon removing the body-wall on the left side and clearing the gill- 
tubes of fat, a small piece of cartilage (fig.1, A, Plate XLVII.) can be 
seen lying on the lateral wall of the cutaneo-cesophageal duct ; it may 
be said to consist of a rectangular rod-like body produced at each 
corner into a ray ; of these the two dorsal and the posterior ventral 
seem to answer to the three rays of the branchial basket of Bdello- 
stoma; the relations of the fourth ray (figs. 1 & 3, B), however, point 
it out as being something different, for, leaving the cutaneo-ceso- 
phageal duct, it runs forward as a fine bar of cartilage, which bends 
beneath the confluent gill-tubes, spreading out as it does so into a thin 
sheet, to form, as it were, a sling for the support of the gill-tubes. 

On the right side of the animal the structural conditions are con- 
siderably simpler, owing chiefly to the absence of a cutaneo- 
cesophageal duct: the branchial basket here is represented merely by 
a cartilaginous ring (figs. 2 & 4, C) which surrounds the fused gill- 
tubes and supports them much in the same way as on the opposite 
side, the anterior part of the ring being broadened out into a sling- 
like plate, the posterior being thin and rod-like. 

The branchial basket of Myzine can be conveniently divided up 
into two parts: the one, unpaired, related to the cutaneo-cesophageal 
duct and comparable to the triradiate cartilage of Bdellostoma ; the 
other paired, and acting as a support to the true gill-tubes. 

Owing to the small size of this branchial skeleton in Mywine, it 
is impossible without the microscope to determine whether it ig 
composed of cartilage or no. To be certain upon this point I had 
some sections of it cut, which upon examination showed precisely the 
same structure as the cartilage of the branchial basket of Petromyzon 
fluviatilis ; that is to say, a feeble soft form of cartilage, the cells large 
and varying greatly in size and shape, the cement-substance between 
them thin—in fact, much the same as the cartilage at the sides of the 
notochord of the Lamprey described by Gegenbaur *. 

Although some sort of branchial basket was to be expected in 
Myzine, yet this, I think, is specially interesting in that, besides 


1 Zc. pl. 16. fig. 7.” 


? Gegenbaur, Jenaische Zeitschrift, v. 1870, p. 49. 


708 MR. R. H. BURNE ON MYXINE GLUTINOSA. ([Dec. 20. 


the support to the cutaneo-cesophageal duct, there is also present a 
skeleton to the true gill-tubes on both sides, thus to a certain very 
slight extent bridging over the gap between the small unpaired 
basket of Bdellostoma on the one hand and the enormous com- 
plex branchial basket of the Lamprey on the other. It is worthy of 
note that in Bdellostoma, a creature which approaches the Lamprey 
very nearly in the structure and general form of its gills, the gill- 
skeleton is reduced to a minimum, whereas Myzine, with its highly 
specialized gills, in its gill-skeleton inclines towards the perfection of 
the Lamprey. 

In conclusion I wish to thank Professor Stewart for the kind way 
in which, by criticism and suggestions, he has allowed me to profit by 
his experience. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII. 
Fig. 1. Myxine glutinosa dissected from the left, showing gills and gill-skeleton 


xX 43. 

2. Myxine glutinosa dissected from the right, showing gills and gill- 
skeleton. (Xx 24.) 

3. Left half of the branchial basket of Mywxine glutinosa isolated. 


(X 23.) 

4, Right half of the branchial basket of Mywxine glutinosa isolated. 
¢ x 9. re 

5, Cutaneo-cesophageal duct and branchial basket of Bdellostoma cir- 
rhatum. (Nat. size.) 

6. Branchial basket of Bdellostoma cirrhatum. (Nat. size.) 


Reference letters :—A, Cutaneo-cesophageal branchial basket. B. The por- 
tion of the branchial basket in Myxine which supports the true gill-tubes on 
the left side. ©. Branchial basket of the right side. O.ceD. Cutaneo- 
cesophageal duct, G'-G®°, Gills. @, Cisophagus. TT. Tongue. 


LIST 


—_ 


APPENDIX. 


OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE 
DURING THE YEAR 


1892. 


. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by 


Mrs. Robert Godfrey, 
4 Gouldian Gyrass-Finches (Poéphila gouldie). Received in 


Exchange. 

2 Crimson Finches (Zstrelda phaéton), $2. Received in 
Exchange. 

2 White-breasted Finches (Donacola pectoralis), Received in 
Exchange. 


+ Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississipiensis). Presented by 
Mr. W. 8. Copleston. 


. 1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), 2. Presented by John 


Bell, Esq. 


q 
_ 1 White-tailed Sea-Hagle (Haliaétus albicilla), From Asia 


16. 


Minor. Presented by Sir H. F. de Trafford, Bart., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Presented by R. 


J. White, Esq, 


. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre- 


sented by J. Buckingham, Esq. 


. 2 Virginian Opossums (Didelphys virginiana), 2¢. Presented 


by John Brinsmead, Esq., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Charles 


Faulkner, Esq. 


. 1 Bonham’s Partridge (Ammoperdix bonhami). From Aden. 


Presented by Lieut. H. H. Barnes, Aden. 


. 1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 3. Presented by 


Alfred Lloyd, Esq. 

1 Great Titmouse (Parus major). Presented by Capt. Salvin. 

1 Coal Titmouse (Parus ater). Presented by Capt. Salvin. 

1 Blue Titmouse (Parus ceruleus). Presented by Capt. Salvin. 

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera), 9. Purchased. 

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 9. Presented by 
Canon Taylor Smith. 

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Presented by 
Canon Taylor Smith, 


Feb. 


co 


or 


APPENDIX. 


. 1 Long-eared Fox (Otocyon megalotis). From Damaraland, 
S. Africa. Presented by E. Aubrey Hart, Esq. 


. 2 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by 


the Misses Heinekey. 


22. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Alfred J. 


Hayward, Esq. 


. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by 


Mr. E. Day. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 6. Presented by 
B. H. Heald, Esq. 

2 Common Squirrels (Sezwrus vulgaris). Presented by Master 
Fred. Corfield. 


. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 2. 


Deposited. 


. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), ¢. Presented by R. 


Meinertzhagen, Esq. 


. 2 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis), § Q. Purchased. 


1 Yellow Bunting (Emberiza citrinella). Purchased. 
2 Reed-Buntings (Emberiza scheniclus), ¢ 9. Purchased. 


. 7 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie. 


. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by 
Harley M. Usill, Esq. 
6 Dingos (Canis dingo). Born in the Menagerie. 


. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), g. Presented by 


M. E. Tandy, Esq. 
1 Tabuan Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis tabuensis). Purchased. 
1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Capt. 
J. C. Robinson. 
. 2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by T, A. Cotton, 
Ksq., F.Z.S. 
. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla), Presented by Mrs. 
Hennah. 
1 Grey Parrot (Pstttacus erithacus). Presented by Mrs. Hennah. 
1 Cape Dove (na capensis), 3. Presented by the Rev. Geo. 
Smith. 


. 1 Red-winged Parrakeet (Aprosmictus erythropterus), $. Pre- 


sented by Lieut.-Col. R. J. H. Parker, R.E. 


. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus), Presented by T, A. Cotton, 
Ksq., F.Z.S, 

6 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by T. A. Cotton, 
Esq., F.Z.S. 


5 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus), Presented by T. A. 
Cotton, Esq., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Sociable Marsh-Hawk (Zostrhamus sociabilis), Purchased. 


1 Azara’s Agouti (Dasyprocta azare). Purchased. 

1 Sulphury Tyrant (Pitangus sulphuratus). Purchased. 

2 Short-winged Tyrants (Machetornis rivosa). Purchased. See 
P.Z.S. 1892, p. 174. 

6 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca), 36, 392. Pur- 
chased. 

1 Brown Milvago (Milwago chimango). Purchased. 

1 Strickland’s Coot (Fulica leucoptera). Purchased. 

1 Cayenne Lapwing (Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased. 

2 Yaks (Poéphagus grunniens), 6 2. Deposited. 

1 bg Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 9. Presented by 

r. G. N. Wylie. 


Feb. 16. 


17. 


18. 
19. 


be 
aC 


25, 
27, 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 711 


1 Hybrid Goose (between Anser cinereus and A. brachyrhyn- 
chus). Captured in Holland. Presented by F. E. Blaauw, 
Ksq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Gould’s Monitor (Varanus gouldi). Presented by T. Hellberg, 
Esq. 

1 Stun tailed Lizard (Trachydosaurus rugosus). Presented by 
T. Hellberg, Esq. 

1 Chub (Leuciseus cephalus). Presented by H. E. Young, Esq. 

1 Goshawk (Astur palumbarius). Presented by Capt. Noble. 

3 Gigantic Salamanders (Megalobatrachus maximus).  De- 
posited. 

1 ae Bison (Bison americanus), G. Received in Ex- 
change. 

1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Beatrix Antelope (Oryx beatriz), 2. From Arabia. Presented 
by Lieut.-Col. Talbot. See P. Z.S. 1892, p. 174. 

1 Indian Gazelle (Gazella bennetti?), 2. From the Island 
of Bahrein, Persian Gulf. Presented by Liet.-Col. Talbot. 

1 Common Quail ( Coturniz communis), §. Presented by W. 
K. Purnell, Esq. 

1 Spotted Owl (Athene brama). Purchased. 

1 Horsfield’s Scops-Owl (Scops horsfieldi). Purchased. 


. 1 Green Toad (Bufo viridis). Purchased. 


3 Moorish Toads (Bufo mauritanica). Purchased. 

1 Hybrid Fire-bellied Toad (Bombinator igneus x B. pachypus). 
Purchased. 

6 Painted Frogs (Discoglossus pictus). Purchased. 


. 4 Coqui Francolins (Francolinus coqgui),2 3,22. Presented by 


the Hon. F. Erskine. 

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 6. Presented by 
G. W. Bowles, Esq. 

2 Alpine Accentors (Accentor collaris). Presented by Lord 
Lilford, F.Z.S. 

1 Bauer’s Parrakeet (Platycercus zonarius). Presented by Ed- 
ward F, Baillon, Esq. 

1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus). Presented by Arthur 
Wallis, Esq. 


. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), §. Deposited. 


1 Brazilian Tapir (Tapirus americanus), 2. Purchased. 

1 Blue-and-Black Tanager (Tanagrella cyanomelena). Pur- 
chased. 

1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craz alberti), 9. Purchased. 


4 Scarlet Ibises (Hudocimus ruber). Purchased. 
4 Hairy-rumped A goutis (Dasyprocta prymnolopha). Purchased. 
1 Mexican Agouti (Dasyprocta mexicana). Purchased. 


. 2 Silver-backed Foxes (Canis chama). Presented by C. Holmes, 


Esq. 
2 Leopard Tortoises (Testudo pardalis). Presented by C. Holmes, 
Es 


1 Valpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), ¢. Presented by 
W. J.C. P. Macey, Esq. 

1 Milky Eagle-Owl (Budo lacteus). From Mashonaland, S, 
Africa. Presented by E. A. Maund, Esq. 


. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by Miss M. Tew. 


1 Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris), 2. Presented by Mrs, Edith 
Hilder, 


712 


Mar, 3. 
A, 


14, 


25. 


26. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). From Havana. 
Presented by Arthur Morris, Esq. 

4 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus), Presented by Mrs. Kate 
Taylor. 

1 ee Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus). Presented by 
Mrs. Kate Taylor. 

2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Mrs. 
Kate Taylor. 

1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Presented by Mrs. Kate Taylor. 

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mrs. Kate 
Taylor. 

1 Gaaiecatieeied Waxhbill (Zstrelda melpoda). Presented by 
Mrs. Kate Taylor. 

1 Indian Silver-bill (Munia malabarica). Presented by Mrs. 
Kate Taylor. 

12 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by Mrs. 
Kate Taylor. 

2 Hooded Finches (Spermestes cucullata). Presented by Mrs. 
Kate Taylor. 

7 Common Squirrel (Sciwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. 
Crick. 

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), $. Deposited. 

1 Merlin (Falco e@salon). Presented by T. A. Cotton, Hsq., 
E.Z.5 


. 1 Rook (Corvus Srugilegus). Purchased. 
. 16 Puff-Adders (Vipera arietans). Born in the Menagerie. 


1 Blue Titmouse (Parus ceruleus). Presented by Capt. Salvin. 
1 Red-bellied Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter rufiventris),  Pur- 
chased. 


. 4 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Ziothrix luteus). Received in Ex- 


change. 

2 Blossom-headed Parrakeets (Paleornis cyanocephalus), 3 2. 
Presented by La Comtesse Cottrell. 

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palzornis torquatus), 3. Presented 
by George H. Whitaker, Esq. 

1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Golborhynchus monachus). Presented 
by Miss Mildred 8. Whitaker. 


. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by J. 8. 


Gibbons, Esq. 


. 1 Nutmeg Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga bicolor). Presented by 


Mrs. Fitzgerald. 
1 Mantchurian Crane (Grus viridirostris). Purchased. 


. 1 Mantchurian Crossoptilon (Crossoptilon mantchuricum), 9. 


Deposited. 
2 Pike (Eso luctus). Presented by P. F. Coggin, Esq. 


. 1 Brush Bronze-wing Pigeon (Phaps elegans), 9. Presented 


by H. H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
Mr. F. D. Lyon. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by J. G. 
Wythe, Esq. 

2 Red Kangaroos (Macropus rufus),2 92. Presented by the 
Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8. 

2 Great American Egrets (Ardea egretta). Purchased. 

2 Snowy Egrets (Ardea candidissima). Purchased. 

2 Buff-backed Egrets (Ardea russata). Purchased. 

1 Eland (Oreas cana), 3. Born in the Menagerie, 


Mar, 28. 


29, 


30. 


9, 


10. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 713 


1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx), 9. From British 
East Africa. Presented by Keith Anstruther, Esq. 

1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus). From British East 
Africa, Presented by Keith Anstruther, Esq. 

1 Puff-Adder, jr. (Vipera arietans), From British East 
Africa, Presented by Keith Anstruther, Esq. 

1 Puff-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by D. Wilson, Esq. 

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audav), Presented by Miss 
Carr. 

2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B. 
Pain, Esq. 

1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), §. Purchased. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 29. Presented by Sir Douglas 
Brooke, Bart. 

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco), Presented by E. A. Rocheda, 
sq. 


4 
4 Topela Finches (Munia topela). Purchased. 
1 Shielded Eryx (Aryw thebaicus), From Egypt. Deposited. 


. 2 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor), Purchased. 


2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by T. A. Cotton, 
Esq., F.Z.8, 


. 1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica), Deposited. 


1 Green Conure (Conurus pavua). Presented by Mrs. Hill. 


. 1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), $. Presented by 


Dr. William Kames, R.N., and Dr. Earle, R.N. 


. 1 Mantchurian Crossoptilon (Crossoptilon mantchuricum), 9 


Deposited. 

1 Finely-marked Owl (Psewdoscops grammicus). From Jamaica 
Presented by the Jamaica Institute. See P.Z. 8. 1892, p. 299 

2 Sharp-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus acutus), From Jamaica. 
Presented by Sir Henry Arthur Blake, K.C.M.G. 

2 Bar-breasted Finches (Munia nisoriz), Purchased. 

1 Angora Goat (Capra hireus, var.), 2. Born in the Mena- 

erie. 

2 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Deposited. 

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Purchased. 

4 Spiny-tailed Mastigures (UVromastix acanthinurus). Deposited. 


. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 8. Presented 


by Miss G. A. Vicars. 
1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre- 
sented by Mrs. Kate Taylor. 


. 1 Wonga-Wonga Pigeon (Leucosarcia picata), 9. Deposited. 
. 1 Leopard (Felis purdus), g. Presented by Marcus W. Millet, 


Esq. 
1 Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis nove-hollandie). Deposited. 


. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita).  Pre- 


sented by Karle Whitcombe, Hsq. 


. 1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), §. Born in the Menagerie. 
. 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Born in the Menagerie. 
. 1 Cheer Pheasant (Phasianus walhehn), $. Purchased. 


1 Swinhoe’s Pheasant (Zuplocamus swinhowt), 2. Purchased. 

1 Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus), 9. Purchased. 

2 Chinese White-eyes (Zosterops simplex), Deposited. 

2 Orinoco Geese (Chenalopexr jubata). From British Guiana. 
Presented by Hverard F. Im Thura, Esq., C.M.Z.S, 

2 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor). Presented by Mrs. Melville. 


714 
April 21. 


22. 


6 


(2 eS 


APPENDIX, 


1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), @. Presented by W. 
P. Hewby, Esq. 

1 Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex egyptiaca), 8. Received in 
Exchange. 

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss Lota 
Bowen. 

6 Wigeons (Mareca penelope),6 2. Purchased. 

12 Common Teal (Querguedula crecea),6 ¢,6 9. Purchased. 


23. 1 Black Wallaby (Halmaturus ualabatus), g. Received in 


Exchange. 

1 Rufous-necked Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis textor), g. Pur- 
chased. 

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus). Presented by Mrs. 
Frazer. 

1 Purple Heron (Ardea purpurea). Presented by Capt. 
Woodward. 


. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Miss B. 


Raymond. 

1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus). From South Africa, 
Presented by Capt. Webster. 

1 Tawny Eagle (Aguila nevioides). From South Africa. Pre- 
sented by Capt. Webster. 


. 7 Striped Snakes (TZropidonotus sirtalis). Born in the Mena- 


gerie. 
1 Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by F. J. Stokes, Esq. 
1 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa). Presented by E. H. Banfather, Esq. 


. 7 Common ie (Vipera berus). Presented by T. A. Cotton, 


Esq, F.Z.S. 


1 English Wild Bull (Bos tawrus, vav.). Born in the Mena- 
gerie, 


. 1 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 


1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Presented by 
Herbert E. Swayne, Esq. 


. 1 White-faced Heron (Ardea nove-hollandie). Purchased. 
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by C. C. 


Drew, Esq. 

1 Song-Thrush (Zurdus musicus). Presented by Baldwin M. 
Smith, Hsq., F.Z.S. 

1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alexandri), §. Presented 
by E. Bond, Esq. 

8 Rutts (Machetes pugnar), 43,42. Purchased. 

1 Guinea Baboon ( Cynocephalus sphinu), 2. Deposited. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 5. Deposited. 

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Deposited. 

1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 2. Presented 
by Geo. Conquest, Esq. 

i Commas Fox (Canis vulpes), 9. Presented by Miss Norah 

unn. 

2 Punctated Agoutis (Dasyprocta punctata). Purchased. 

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased. 

1 White-eyebrowed Guan (Penelope superciliaris). Purchased. 


. 2 Cerastes Vipers (Vipera cerastes). Presented by Col. Holled 


Smith, C.B. 


. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by J. E, 


Barber, Esq. 
2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Mrs. 
H, M, Stanley, 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 715 


May 9. 2 Grey Coly-Shrikes (Hypocolius ampelinus), 6 2. From Fao, 


10. 
if le 


15. 


14. 


15, 


23. 


Persian Gulf. Presented by W. D. Cumming, Esq. See 
P. Z.S. 1892, p. 470. 

1 Brown-throated Conure (Conurus eruginosus). Deposited. 

2 Palm-Squirrels (Sciurus palmarum). Presented by Lord 
Dormer, F.Z.8. 

1 Palm-Squirrel (Sezwrus palmarum). Deposited. 

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus ae From Egypt. Presented 
by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.5S. 

1 Hairy-footed Jerboa (Dipus hir tipes). From Egypt. Pre- 
sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

6 Smaller Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus ey ype) From Egypt. 
Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

2 Larger Egyptian Gerbilles (Ger illus pyr epee From 
Egypt. Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

2 Fat Sand-Rats (Psammomys obesus). From Egypt. Pre- 
sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.5. 

1 Egyptian Ichneumon ( Herpestes ichnewmon). Presented by 
Mons. de Rodakowski. 

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa), §. From Maceio, Brazil. 
Presented by J. EH. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S, 

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudir olvulus). From Maceio, Brazil. 
Presented by J. EH. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Blue-bearded Jay (Cyanocorax cyanopogon). From Maceio, 
Brazil. Presented by J. E. Wolfe, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

2 Ravens (Corvus corax). Presented by Gregory Haines, Esq. 

1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Deposited. 

1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephalus).  Pur- 
chased. 

1 Crowned Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum). Pre- 
sented by R. Thorn Annan, Esq. 

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Born in the Mena- 


gerie. 
1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), g. Born in the 
Menagerie. 


. 2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus). Bred in the 


Menagerie. 


. 4 Hybrid Greenfinches (between Ligurinus chloris g and 


L. kawarahii 2), Bred in the Menagerie. 
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Q. Presented by M. 
McPherson, Esq. 


. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), 2. Bred in the 


Menagerie. 
2 Black Bears (Ursus americanus) Deposited. 


. 4 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the 


Menagerie. 


. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), §. Born in the Menagerie. 


1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Presented by J. 
Blellock, Esq. 


. 1 Common ’Peafowl (Pavo eristata), 2. Presented by Col. 


Bagot-Chester. 


. 2 Yellow-bellied Toads (Bombinator bombinus), Presented by 


A.M. Amsler, Esq. 
1 Chinese Goose (Aznser cygnoides), G. Presented by Miss 
Hill. 


2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by C. Browne, 
Esq. 


716 
May 23. 


24, 


26. 


21. 


30. 


June 1. 


APPENDIX. 


4Common Snakes (TZripodonotus natriv). Presen ed by C. 

Browne, Esq. 
1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by C. Browne, Esq. 

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristata), 3. Presented by Col. 
Bagot-Chester. 

ih ils. Vulture (Vultur monachus). Presented by W. H. 

1 
ele nage Lories (Lorius domicella). Deposited. 

3 Se i cliceanted Parrakeets (Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus). 
Deposited. 

1 Angora Goat (Capra hircus, var.), §. Born in the Mena- 

erie. 

2 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). From Egypt. Pre- 
sented by James Kerr, Esq. 

4 Shaw's Gerbilles (Gerbillus ‘shawi), From Egypt. Pre- 
sented by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus eg yyptius). ’ Fiom Egypt. Presented 
by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S, 

6 Leith’ s Tortoises (Testudo leithti). From Egypt. Presented 
by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.8. 

5 Common Skinks (Seincus officinalis). From Egypt. Pre- 
sented by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

1 Egyptian Eryx (Bryx seme From Egypt Presented b 
De J. Anderson, F.R.S., ta 7 

1 Schneider's Skink (Eumeces sina), From Egypt. Pre- 
sented by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

2 Clifford’s Snakes (Zamenis cliffor ai). a Egypt. Pre- 
sented by Dr. J. Anderson, F’.R.S., 

1 Hissing Sand-Snake (Psammophis Pn From Egypt. 
Presented by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

1 Mocassin Snake (Zvopidonotus fasciatus). Presented by 
Master Denny Stradling. 

2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by Master 
Logan. 

2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria). Presented by 
Lady McKenna. 


. 4Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna vulpanser),2 3, 29. Pur- 


chased. 
4 Ring-Doves (Columba palumbus), 2 3,2 2. Purchased. 


. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Born in the 


Menagerie. 
1 Yellow-legged Herring-Gull (Larus cachinnans). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 
1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys europea). Presented by Miss 
Lilian Powell. 
1 Moloch Lizard (Moloch horridus), Presented by John 
McLey, Esq. 
1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), §. Pre- 
sented by W. J. Sinclair, Esq., C.S. 
1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), 2. Pre- 
sented by W. Wells Willis, Es 


. 1 Black-necked Hare (Lepus nigricollis). Presented by J. C. 


Kellock, Esq. 


1 Common Squirrel (Scirus vulgaris). Presented by Miss 
Ruxton. 


. 1 Common Crowned Pigeon (Goura coronata), §. Purchased. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIEe rE 


June 2, 2 Bichon Crowned Pigeons (Goura victorie), ¢Q. Pur- 
chased. 
2 Narrow-barred Pigeons (Macropygia leptogrammica). Pur- 
chased. 
2 Pale-headed Parrakeets (Platycercus pallidiceps). Purchased. 
2 Vociferous Sea-Eagles (Haliaétus vocifer, jr.). Purchased. 
2 Roseate Spoonbills (Platalea ajaja). Purchased. 
1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus), ¢. Purchased. 
1 One-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculatus). Pur- 
chased. 
2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis, jr.). Presented by R. 
W hite, Esq. 
1 Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Presented by A 
B. Holdsworth, Esq. 
3. 1 Booted Eagle (Msaétus pennatus), Presented by Lieut. 
J. E. Rhodes. 
1 Kestrel (Zinnunculus alaudarius), Presented by Frank 
Allen, Esq. 
1 Llama (Lama peruaua), 3. Purchased. 
4, 1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), 3. Presented by Frank Parish, 
Ksq., F.Z.8. 
bo LT aoe Deer (Cervus sika), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 
7. 3 Little Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps chi -ysochlora) 9265 
Toy Deposited. 
1 Magellanic Goose (Bernicla mugellanica), 2. Presented by 
the Rev. J. Chaloner. 
8. 6 Common Lizards (Lacerta vivipara). Presented by Mr, Perey 
W. Farnborough, F.Z.S. 
1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis), Presented by Mr. Percy W. 
Farnborough, F.Z.8, 
1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), 2. Pre- 
sented by Haji Bakir Faki. 
1 Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), 2. Presented 
by Shekh Burhan ud din Khot. 
9. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Oswald 
Norman, Esq. 
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by Mr. Onslow 
Wakeford. 
1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), $. Born in the 
Menagerie. 
10, 2 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotes). Received in Exchange. 
1 Punctulated Tree-Snake (Dendrophis punctulata). Received 
in Exchange. 
1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Deposited. 
1 Burton’s Lizard (Lialis burton). Deposited. 
1 N. Australian Banded Snake (Pseudonaia nuchalis), Pur- 
chased. 
3 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus maugei). Received in Ex- 
change. 
14, 2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Presented by Lady Wm. 


Osborne Elphinstone, F.Z.S. 

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre- 
sented by F. E. Brown, Esq. 

2 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), § 2. Born in the Mena- 
gerie, 

4 Temminck’s Tragopans (Certornis temmincki), Bred in the 
Menagerie, 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. XLVIII. 48 


16. 


25. 
26. 


bo 
ba | 


APPENDIX. 


1 Himalayan Monaul (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 


. 2 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata), 6 2. Pur- 


chased. 

1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca). Purchased. 

20 Common Teal (Querquedula erecca), 105,109. Purchased. 

1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Dendrocopus major). Presented 
by Lieut.-Gen. Sir H. B. Lumsden, K.C.S.1, F.ZS. 

2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Presented by 
Lieut.-Gen. Sir H. B. Lumsden, K.C.S.L, F.Z.8. 

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 3. Presented by Edward 
Solomon, Esq. 

1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), 5. Born in the Menagerie. 


. 1 Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus eralebeni), §. Purchased. 
_ 1 Victoria Crowned Pigeon (Goura victorie), 9. Purchased. 

. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica). Born in the Menagerie. 

. 2 Small Hill Mynahs (Gracula religiosa). Presented by Lieut.- 


Col. W. 8S. Hore. 


. 1 Chough (Pyrrochorax graculus). Presented by Miss Balfour. 
. 2 Axoloils (Siredon mexicanus). Purchased. 


1 Cayenne Lapwing (Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased. 


. 2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢ 2. From North 


Borneo. Presented by the Rev. Augustus D. Beaufort. 

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica). Born in the Menagerie. 

4 Hybrid Greenfinches (between Ligurinus chloris and L. kawa- 
rahibi). Bred in the Menagerie. 


. 4 Scemmerring’s Pheasants (Phasianus semmerringi), 23,29. 


From Japan. Presented by Frank Walkinshaw, Esq., 
F.Z.8. 

1 Ruddy-headed Goose (Bernicla rubidiceps), 9. Received in 
Exchange. 

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 3. Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 

1B) apanese Deer (Cervus sika), 3. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Asculapian Snake (Coluber esculapii). Presented by Alfred 
Scrivener, Esq. 

1 Vivacious Snuke (Tachymenis vivar). Presented by Alfred 
Scrivener, Esq. 


. 1 Tuberculated Tortoise (Homopus femoralis). From Craddock, 


Cape tol, Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, 

C.M.Z.S. 

1 Tent Tortoise (Testudo tentoria). From Cape Colony. 
Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S, 

2 Fisk’s Tortoises (Zestudo fiski). From Cape Colony. Pre- 
sented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8. 

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by 
the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.ZS. 

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by the Rev. F. 
W. Haines. 

3 Viperine Snakes (Zropidonotus viperinus). Presented by the 
Rey. F. W. Haines. 


28. 2 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis),2 2. Born in the Mena- 


30. 


gerie. 

2 Asiatic Wild Asses (Equus onager), 6 Q. Received in Ex- 
change. 

1 Libyan Zoriila (Ictonyx lybica). From Egypt. Presented by 
Dr. J. Andersen, F.Z.S. 


June 30, 


July 1. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 719 


1 Grey Monitor (Vuranus griseus), From Egypt. Presented 
by Dr. J. Anderson, F.Z.S. 

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Stanley Parrakeet (Platycercus icterotis). Deposited. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Samuel L. Bensusan, Esq. 

1 Water-Viper (Cenchris piscivora). Presented by Ernest 
Brewerton, Esq. 


1 Palm-Squirrel (Sciurus palmarum). Presented by Miss Daisy 
Fox. 


1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), $. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Common Roe (Capreolus caprea), 3. Presented by C. J. H. 
Tower, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), $. Born in the 
Menagerie. 


. 1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Leigh Robinson 
Es 


1 rama Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga enea). Presented by J. L 
Shand, Esq. 

2 European Pond-Tortoises (Emys europea). Presented by 
Miss Chidley. 


- 1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by A. E. Oakes, 


Esq, 


Be! Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius), §. Born in the 


Zoological Gardens, Antwerp, September 6, 1891. Pur- 
chased. 


» 2 Mountain Ka-Kas, or Keas (Nestor nolabilis). From New 


Zealand. Presented by the Earl of Onslow, K.C.M.G. 

1 Chilian Sea-Eagle (Geranoaétus melanoleucus). Presented by 
Edward Jewell, Esq. 

1 Broad-fronted Crocodile (Crocodilus frontatus). From Lagos, 
W. Africa, Presented by G. T. Carter, Esq., C.M.G., 
C.M.ZS. 


- 16 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased. 
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited. 


1 Tiger (Felis tigris, jr.), ¢. From Amoy, China. Presented 
by Robert Bruce, Esq. 


. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited. 
10, 


dl 


1 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac), g. Born in the Mena- 


gerie. 
2 Red-handed Tamarins (Midas rufimanus). Presented by J. J. 
Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 
6 Mandarin Ducks (4x galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie. 
5 Summer Ducks (4x sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie, 
7 Chilian Pintails (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Menagerie. 
6 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa), Bred in the 
Menagerie. 
4 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica). Bred in the Menagerie, 
1 Variegated Sheldrake (Zadorna variegata). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 
1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 
1 Cheer Pheasant (Phasianus wallichii). Bred in the Mena- 
erie. 
2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mr. 
E. Wingate. 
48* 


720 


July 12. 


15. 
14. 


15. 


16. 


17. 
18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


26. 


APPENDIX. 


2Green Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Count 
Povoleri, F.Z.S. 

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Count Povoleri, 
F.Z.8. 

1 Rough-eyed Cayman (Alligator sclerops). Presented by Dr. 
Rudyard. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Q. From Baram 
River, Sarawak, Borneo. Pale variety. Deposited. 

2 Scemmerring’s Gazelles (Gazella semmerringi), $2. From 
Suakim. Presented by Col. Holled Smith, C.B. 

2 Speke’s Gazelles (Gazella spekii), ¢ 2. From Suakin. Pre- 
sented by Col. Holled Smith, C.B. 

1 Dorcas Gazelle (Gazella dorcas), 2. From Suakin, Presented 
by Col. Holled Smith, C.B. 

3 White-shafted Francolins (Francolinus leucoscepus). From 
Suakin. Presented by Col. Holled Smith, C.B. 

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenuirostris). Presented by 
Miss Duppa. 

1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Conrad 
Kelsall, Esq. 

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Received in Exchange. 

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Presented by J. Newton 
Hayley, Esq. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Mr. J. Cornwall. 

6 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 6 9. 
Purchased. 

1 Large Brown Flying-Squirrel (Pteromys oral). Shevaroy 
Hills, South India. Presented by W. L. Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S. 
Deposited. 

2 Rufous-necked Wood-Doves (Haplopelia larvata). Presented 
by W. H. Wormald, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Grand EKclectus (£electus roratus), Presented by Messrs. Chas. 
and Walter Seton. 

1 Common Gull (Zarus canus). Purchased. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Master 8. E. Thorns. 

1 Mongoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz). Purchased. 

1 Pine-Marten (Mustela martes). Presented by Harold 
Hanauer, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Barraband’s Parrakeet (Polytelis barrabandi). Deposited. 

2 Red-crested Cardinals (Paroaria cucullata). Presented by 
Miss Edith M. Fox. 

1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 9. Received in Exchange. 

1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Gerald 
F. Youll, Esq., R.N. 

1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). From Ibea or British 
East Africa. Presented by F. Pordage, Esq. 

1 White-tailed Ichneumon (Herpestes albicauda). From Ibea. 
Presented by F. Pordage, Esq. 

2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), 2 2. From Ibea. Presented 
by F. Pordage, Esq. 

3 North-American Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo). Presented 
by Col. H. W. Feilden, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by 
Count Povoleri, F.Z.S. i 

1 Hainan Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus). From Hainan. Pre- 
sented by Julius Neumann, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1892, p. 541. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 721. 


July 26. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettit), g. Presented by 


97, 


~ 


28. 


29, 


Capt. E. A. Findlay, Lieut. R.N.R. 

1 Short-toed Eagle (Cir caétus gallicus). Presented by B. 
Vincent, Esq. 

4 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by Count 
Povoleri, F.Z.S. 

1 Red Lory ‘(Eos rubra). Deposited. 

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by 
Mrs. E. Phillips. 

1 Slender-billed Contain (Licmetis tenuirostris). Presented by 
Mrs. E. Phillips. 

1 Blackbird (Turdus merula). Presented by Mr. L. Cossavella, 

1 Rock-Thrush (Monticola savatilis), Presented by Mr. L, 


Cossayvella. 

2 Solitary Thrushes (Monticola cyanus). Presented by Mr, L. 
Cossavella. 

1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia). Presented by Mr. L. 
Cossayella. 

1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Mr. L, 
Cossavella. 

1 Ortolan Bunting (Emberiza hortulana). Presented by Mr. L. 
Cossavella. 

1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by G. B. 
Coleman, Hq, 


3 Sand-Lizards ‘oes agilis). Presented by G. Coleman, 
Esq. 
1 Natter ie Toad (Bufo calamita). Presented by G. B. Cole- 


man, 
2 Giana 4 oads (Bufo vulgaris). Presented by G. B. Cole- 


man, Esq. 

5 Yellow bellied Toads (Bombinator bombinus). Presented by 
G. B. Coleman, Esq. 

1 Edible Frog (Rana esculenta). Presented by G. B. Coleman, 


Esq. 
G Crested Newts (Molge cristata). Presented by G. B. Coleman, 


3 Palmated Newts (Molge palmata). Presented by G. B. Cole- 
man, Esq. 

1 Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldti). Presented by 
Charles Clifton Dicconson, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). From Nyassaland. 
Presented by Commander H. J. Keene, R.N. 

2 Common Squirrels (Scezwus vulgaris). Deposited. 

1 Red Howler (Myeetes seniculus). From Trinidad, Presented 
by John F. Chittenden, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Barbary Wild Sheep ( Ovis tragelaphus), 3. Deposited. 

2 Black Apes (Cynopithecus niger). Purchased. 

2 Tarantula Spiders (Mygale, vs inc.). From Trinidad. Pre- 
sented by J. Terry, Hsq., C.C., F.R.G.S. 


. 1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by A. C. Cooke, 


Esq. 


. 1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Deposited. 
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), . Presented by H. 


8. Wilson, Esq., Lieut. R.N.R. 
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
Mrs. Dunnington Jefferson, 


722 


‘APPENDIX. 


Aug, 3. 4 Scarlet Ibises (Zudocimus ruber), Purchased. 


1 Testaceous Snake (Ptyas testacea). Received in Exchange. 
3 Spiny-tailed Mastigures (Uromastix acanthinurus). Pre- 
sented by Lady Sebright. 


. 3 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps), 1 3, 2 Q. 


Purchased. 

1 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). Presented by Dr. Ferrier. 

1 Egyptian Vulture (Neophron perenopterus). Presented by 
Dr. Ferrier. 

1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). _ From 
Trinidad. Presented by Messrs. W. F. Urich and R. R. 
Mole. 

1 Yellow-tailed Rat-Snake (Spilotes corias). From Trinidad. 
Presented by Messrs. W. F. Urich and R. R. Mole. 

1 Boddaert’s Snake (Coluber boddaerti), From Trinidad. Pre- 
sented by Messrs. W. F. Urich and R. R. Mole. 

1 Royal Snake (Liophis reging). From Trinidad. Presented 
by Messrs. W. F. Urich and R. R. Mole. 

2 Black-backed Snakes (Liophis melanotus). From Trinidad. 
Presented by Messrs. W. F. Urich and R. R. Mole. 

1 Crowned Snake (Seytale coronatum). From Trinidad. Pre- 
sented by Messrs. W. F. Urich and R. R. Mole. 


. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus), §. Purchased. 


1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by C. Carrington, 
E 


Sq. 
. 1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), Q. Pur- 


chased. 


. 1 Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna), 2. Deposited. 


3 Martineta Tinamous (Caledromas elegans). rom Bahia 
Blanca, Argentina. Presented by T. W. Horn, Esq. 


. 1 Indian Oriole (Oriolus kundoo). Purchased. 
. 1 Puma (Felis concolor). From Maceio, Brazil. Presented 


IF 


12. 


16 


by J. E. Wolfe, Esq. 

1 Tayra (Galictis barbara), From Maceio, Brazil. Presented 
by J. E. Wolfe, Esq. 

5 Black-necked Tanagers (Euphonia nigricollis), 5 g.  Pur- 
chased. 

1 Violet Tanager (Euphonia violacea), §. Purchased. 

6 Thick-billed Tanagers (Euphonia laniirostris), 6 Q. Pur- 
chased. 

1 Greenish Tanager (Euphonia chlorotica), ¢. Purchased. 

1 so la ear Tanager (Hypophea chalybea), S. Pur- 
chased. 

1 Migellasie Goose (Bernicla magellanica). Received in Ex- 
change. 

6 Garganeys (Querquedula circia). Received in Exchange, 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mr. 
H. D. Bowditch. 


. 1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenuirostris). Presented by 


Dr. J. G. Victor Sapp. 

2 Himalayan Tree4Pies (Dendrocitta himalayensis). Purchased. 

1 Japanese Ape (Macacus speciosus), g. Presented by H. H. 
Jacobs, Esq. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by R. 
Dodman, Esq. 

1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Presented by 
Capt. Salvin. 


Aug. 16. 
17 


18. 
19; 
20. 


21. 
22. 


23. 


24, 


25. 
26. 


29, 


30. 
31. 


Sept. 1. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 723 


2 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina lathami). Purchased. 


. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), g. Presented by C. W. 


Emlyn, Esq. 

2 Crowned Lemurs (Lemur coronatus). Purchased. 

3 Hardwicke’s Mastigures (Uromastix hardwickii). Purchased. 

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited. 

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by 
Miss M. Rutherford. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Mr. R. Rocca. 

25 Cambayan Turtle-Doves (Turtur senegalensis). Deposited. 

2 Tambourine Pigeons (Tympanistria bicolor). From British 
East Africa. Presented by General Mathews. 

1 Emerald Dove (Chalcopelia afra), From British East Africa. 
Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Nilotie Monitor (Varanus niloticus). From British East 
Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Nilotic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). From British East 
Africa. Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S. 

2 Smooth Clawed Frogs (Xenopus levis). From British East 
Africa. Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor), Presented by Messrs. F. 
Sander & Co. 

4 Indian Wild Swine (Sus cristatus). Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Fringed Chameleons (Chameleon teniobronchus). Presented 
by Charles W. Heaton, Esq. 

1 Lobed Chameleon (Chameleon parvilobus). Presented by 
Charles W. Heaton, Esq. 

4 Virginian Foxes ( Canis virginianus). From Mount Hamilton, 
California. Presented by Edward Chauvenet Holden, Esq. 

1 Ruffed Lemur (Lemur varius), Deposited. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Presented by J. Hall 
Brown, Esq. 

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by R. 
Larchin, Esq. 

6 African Scorpions (Scorpio, sp. inc.). Presented by J. F. 
Hawtayne, Esq. 

2 Ogilby’s Rat-Kangaroos (Hypsiprymnus ogilby:). Presented 
by John D. Roche, Esq. 

1 Black Iguana (Metopoceras cornutus). Purchased. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 92. Presented by Mr. 
Rivers. 

2 Ravens (Corvus corax). Deposited. 

1 Black-shouldered Kite (Elanus earuleus). Presented by J. 
Waison, Esq. 

1 Faleated Teal (Querquedula falcata), §. Presented by A. C. 
Moule, Esq. 

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Bred in the 
Menagerie. 

1 American Black Snake (Coluber guttatus). Deposited. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), G. Presented by 
Gerald E. Bridge, Esq. 


1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Ateles geoffroyi). Presented 
by F. Vyner, Esq. 

1 Cambayan Turtle-Dove (Turtur senegalensis). Bred im the 
Menagerie. 


138. 


14, 


16, 
17. 


20. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis). Bred in the Menagerie. 


. 2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), 2 2. Born in the Menagerie. 
. 2 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Ziothria luteus). Presented by 


J. Holmes, Esq. 

4 Poé Honey-eaters (Prosthemadera nove-cealandia). Pre- 
sented by Capt. Edgar J. Evans, R.M.S. ‘ Tainui.’ 

1 Little Grebe (Tachybaptes fluviatilis). Presented by Mr. 
Thomas Riley. 


. 1 Hoopoe (Upupa epops). Purchased. 


1 Greater-spotted Woodpecker (Dendrocopus major). Pur- 
chased. 


. 12 Fire-bellied Toads (Bombinator igneus), Purchased. 
. 2 Philantomba Antelopes (Cephalophus maxwell). Presented 


by P. Lemberg, Esq. 


. 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona) 2. Presented by Col. 


Makins. 

1 Vulpine Squirrel (Sciwrus vulpinus), $. Presented by the 
Hon. G, Carew. 

1 Great Eagle-Owl {Bubo maximus). Presented by Mr. Stuart, 
of Braila, 

1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). De- 

osited. 

1 Mica Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
Mrs, Palmer. 

1 Black-crested Cardinal (Gubernatrix cristatella). Presented 
by the Rey, W. B. K. Frances. 

1 Adorned Terrapin (Clemmys ornata). Deposited. 

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Purchased. 

1 Malayan Tapir (Tapirus indicus), Q. From Tavoy, Burmah. 
Presented by Col. F. M. Jenkins. See P. Z. S. 1892, p. 541. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), ¢. Deposited. 

1 Black-fronted Weaver-bird (Hypotriorchis velatus). Bred in 
the Menagerie. 

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 2. Bornin the Menagerie. 

2 Leopard Tortoises (Zestudo pardalis). From British East 
Africa. Presented by D. Wilson, Esq. 

5 Bell’s Cinixys (Ciniays belliana). From British East Africa. 
Presented by D. Wilson, Esq. 

1 Puff-Adder (Vipera arietans). From British East Africa. 
Presented by D. Wilson, Esq. 

1 Sharp-snouted Snake (Ramphiophis oxyrhynchus). From 
British Kast Africa. Presented by D. Wilson, Esq. 

1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented 
by Capt. F. G. Dunbar, R.N. 

1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by George 
Grigs, Esq. 


. 1 Three-striped Paradoxure (Paradoxurus trivirgatus). Pre- 


sented by Mr. Douce. 

1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Presented by Lieut.-Col. R. F. 
Daryall, F.Z.8. 

1 Shag (Phalacrocorax graculus). Purchased. 

1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Presented by Arthur H. 
Cullingford, Esq., F.Z.8. 

1 Indian Rat-Snake (Ptyas mucosa), Presented by Arthur H. 
Cullingford, Esq., F.Z.S, 

2 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 6. Presented by Mrs. 
Trafford Rawson. 


Sept. 20. 


Oct. 


21, 


29. 
30. 


NO oo 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 725 


1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), Presented by Lucius Fitz- 
Gerald, Esq. 

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor), From St. Lucia, W. I. 
Presented by H.E. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutchinson, 
K.C.M.G. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Miss Withers. 

1 Duyker Bok (Cephalophus mergens), 3. Deposited. 

4 Kmus (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Deposited. 

1 Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna), 2. Purchased. 

2 Violet Tanagers (Huphonia violacea). Presented by Alfred 
Petre, Esq. 


. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Presented by 


A. de Turckheim, Esq. 

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 2. Deposited. 

2 Tarantula Spiders (Mygale, sp. inc.). Presented by H. Strong, 
Isq. 


.1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Hugo 


Marshall, Esq. 


. 2 Tigers (Felis tigris), 6 2. Presented by the Maharana of 


Oodeypore. 
3 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa). Born in the Menagerie. 


. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by H. H. John- 


son, lisq. 


. 1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Capt. 


G. Eriksen. 


. 3 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa). Born in the Menagerie. 


2 Common Kestrels (7innunculus alaudarius). Presented by 
Mr, L. Bergasse. 

1 Sweet-voiced Lark (Alauda celivor), 9. Presented by 
Gervase F, Mathew, Esq., R.N., F.Z.8. 

6 American Green Frogs (Jana halecina). Purchased. 

4 Noisy Frogs (Rana clamata). Purchased. 

1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 9. Presented 
by W. Howard, Esq. 


. 4 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. Penton. 


1 Concave-casqued Hornbill (Dichoceros bicornis). Received in 
Exchange. 


. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), §. Presented by 


Master H. H. Barrett. 

1 Canarian Laurel Pigeon (Colwmba laurivora), §. Deposited. 
From the Island of Gomera, Canary Islands. 

2 Nicobar Pigeons (Calenas nicobarica). Deposited. 

3 Ringed Plovers (Agialitis hiaticula). Purchased. 

2 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Purchased. 


. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Miss 


EK. A. Hill. 


. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs. 


Wyndham Bewes. 


. 1 Indian Muntijac (Cervulus muntjac), 2. Purchased. 
. 2 Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Presented by Capt. Sharp. 


1 White Stork (Ciconia alba). Presented by Sir H, Rae-Reid, 
Bart., F.ZS8. 

3 Negro Tamarins (Midas ursulus). Deposited. 

1 Stanleyan Chevrotain (Tragulus stanleyanus). Presented by 
Charles J. Noble, Esq. 


10. 


11, 


12. 


APPENDIX. 


. 1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus), 3. From West Africa. Pre- 


sented by H.M. The Queen. See P. Z.S. 1892, p. 579. 

1 Ringed Plover (Aigialitis hiaticula). Purchased. 

1 Chameleon( Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. Davidson. 

1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 9. Presented 
by the Rey. J. W. Scarlett. 

1 Bengal Fox (Canis bengalensis). Presented by the Rey. J. 
W. Scarlett. 

1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Presented by I. Hamil- 
ton Benn, Esq. 

1 Stairs’s Monkey (Cercopithecus stairsi). From the Lower 
Zambesi. Presented by Dr. Joseph A. Moloney. See P. Z.S. 
1892, p. 580, pl. xl. 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by the 
Rey. Sidney Vatcher. 

1 White Stork (Ciconia alba). Presented by the Rev. Sidney 
Vatcher. 

1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). Presented by R. B. © 
Shipway, Esq. 

1 Puisa Ichneumon (Bdeogale puisa). From British East Africa. 
Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Green-necked Touracou (Corythaix chlorochlamys). From 
British East Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

2 Black Gallinules (Zimnocorax niger). From British East 
Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Tambourine Pigeon (Tympanistria bicolor). From British 
East Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Bronze-spotted Dove (Chalcopelia chalcospilos). From British 
Kast Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

4 Half-collared Doves (Turtw: semitorquatus). From British 
East Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Delalande’s Fruit-Pigeon ( Vinago delalandi). From British 
East Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

4 Spotted Tree-Frogs (Hylambates maculatus). From British 
Kast Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

7 Smooth Clawed-Frogs (Xenopus levis). From British East 
Africa. Presented by General Mathews, C.M.G. 

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). From British East 
Africa. Presented by Thos. E. C. Remington, Esq. 

3 Mitred Guinea-fowls (Nwmida mitrata). From British East 
Africa. Presented by W. Hall Buxton MacDonald, Esq., 
M.D. 

1 Varied Bush-Snake (Philothamnus semivariegatus). From 
British East Africa, Presented by W. Hall Buxton Mac- 
Donald, Esq., M.D. 

1 Madagascar Pratincole (Glareola ocularis). From British 
East Africa. Presented by R, MacAllister, Esq. 

1 Half-collared Dove (Turtur semitorquatus). From British 
East Africa. Presented by R. MacAllister, Esq. 

1 Nilotic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). From British East 
Africa. Presented by R. MacAllister, Esq. 

2 Grant’s Francolins (Francolinus granti), § 9. From British 
East Africa. Presented by F. Pordage, Esq. 

1 Senegal Coucal (Centropus senegalensis). From British East 
Africa. Presented by F. Pordage, Esq. 

5 Half-collared Doves (Turtw semitorquatus). From British 
East Africa. Presented by F. Pordage, Esq. 


Oct, 12. 


13. 


14, 


15. 


17. 


18. 
19 


21. 


22. 
24, 


26. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. Pa] 


1 Black-tailed Hawfinch (Coccothraustes melanurus), 2. Pre- 
sented by F. Pordage, Esq. 

1 Flap-necked Chameleon (Chameleon dilepis), From British 
East Africa. Presented by E. Millar, sq. 

2 Square-marked Toads (Bufo regularis). From British Kast 
Africa. Presented by E. Millar, Esq. 

1 Half-collared Dove (Turtur semitorquatus), From British 
East Africa. Presented by Mr. Galbraith. 

1 Galeated Pentonyx (Pelomedusa galeata). From British 
East Africa. Presented by Frank Finn, Ksq., F.Z.8. 

2 Greater Skinks (Gerrhosaurus major). From British Hast 
Africa. Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S. 

5 East-African Geckos (Hemidactylus mabouia). From British 
East Africa. Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.S 

8 Striated Lizards (Mabuia striata). From British East Africa. 
Presented by Frank Finn, Esq., F°.Z.S. 

2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). From Trinidad. Presented 
by Messrs. Mole and Urich. 

1 Yellow-tailed Rat-Snake (Spilotes corais). Deposited. 

1 Common Quail (Cotwnix communis). Presented by Mr. A. 


Torrie. 
1 African Wild Ass (Zguus teniopus), 2. Born in the 
Menagerie. 


1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Presented by Miss 


Synge. 

1 Common Badger (Meles tarus). Presented by Mr. W. 
Butler. 

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 2. Deposited. 

1 Honey-Buzzard (Pernis apivorus). Presented by Mons. P. 
A. Pichot, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Mrs. 
Addiscott. 

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), Q. Presented by 
Mrs. Addiscott. 

1 Buffon’s Touracou (Corythaix buffoni). Presented by A. L. 
Jones, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by 
W. F. Faulding, Esq. 

2 Double-banded Sand-Grouse (Pterocles bicinctus), § 9. Pre- 
sented by H. H. Sharland, Hsq., F.Z.S. 

2 Thick-billed Seed-Finches (Oryzoborus crasswostris). Depo- 
sited. 

1 Tropical Seed-Finch (Oryzoborus torridus). Deposited. 

1 Bluish Finch (Spermophila cerulescens). Deposited. 

1 Saffron Finch (Sycalts flaveola). Deposited. 

4 Alligators (Alhigator mississippiensis). Presented by John 
Terry, Esq. 

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by Dr. Davis. 

1 Thick-tailed Opossum (Didelphys crassicaudata). Purchased. 

1 Garden’s Night-Heron (Nycticorax garden). Purchased. 

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Purchased. 

1 Martial Hawk-Eagle (Spizaetus bellicosus). Presented by 
T. White, Esq. 

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maawelli). From Sierra 
Leone. Presented by C. B. Mitford, Esq. 

3 Gambian Pouched Rats (Cricetomys gambianus). From Sierra 
Leone. Presented by C. B. Mitford, Esq. 


Nov. 


27. 


or 


14. 


APPENDIX. 


. 1 Ground-Rat (Awlacodus swindernianus). From Sierra Leone. 


Presented by C. B. Mitford, Esq. 

1 White-faced Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna viduata), From 
Sierra Leone. Presented by C. B. Mitford, Esq. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Pascoe 
Grenfell, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciuwrea). Deposited. 

2 Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis, sp. inc.). Presented by Mr. A. 
W. Arrowsmith. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Miss Kate Higgins. 

2 Silver Pheasants (Euplocamus nycthemerus), 2 3. Presented 
by E. Mitchener, Esq. 

2 American Darters (Plotus anhinga). Purchased. 

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased. 


8 Verticillated Geckos (Gecco verticillatus). From Burmah. 
Presented by W. G. Bligh, Esq. 


. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by J. W. 


Hornsby, Esq. 


. 1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétos). From Labrador. Pre- 


sented by J. C. Baxter, Esq. 
1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Presented by the Rey. H. W. 
Reynolds. 


. 6 Short-tailed Voles (Arvicola agrestis). Presented by J. E. 


Harting, Esq., F.Z.8. 
4 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesi), 2¢, 22. Pur- 
chased. 


. 1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), 2. Pre- 


sented by Mrs. Elgee. 


. 1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 2. Presented by Major 


W. H. Cunliffe. 

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by the Rev. 
Sidney Vatcher. 

18 Filfola Lizards (Lacerta muralis filfolensis). From the 
Island of Filfola, Mediterranean. Presented by Capt. Robt. 
A. Threshie. 

18 Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis tiliguerta). From Malta. 
Presented by Capt. Robt. A. Threshie. 

1 Ocellated Sand-Skink (Seps ocellatus). From Malta. Pre- 
sented by Capt. Robt. A. Threshie. 

1 Moorish Gecko (Tarentola mauritanica). From Malta. Pre- 
sented by Capt. Robt. A. Threshie. 

1 Turkish Gecko (Hemidactylus turcicus). From Malta. Pre- 
sented by Capt. Robt. A. Threshie. 


. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothriv sciurea). Presented by Mrs. 


K. Betts. 


. 1 Common Kite (Milvus ictinus). Received in Exchange. 
. 5 Dingos (Canis dingo). Born in the Menagerie. 
. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Presented by Miss 


L. Blackburn. 
1 Goshawk (Astur palumbarius). Presented by Capt. F. Manley. 


. 1 Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus). From Portugal. 


Presented by J. L. Teage, Esq. 

2 Sahara Buntings (Fringillaria sahare). Presented by Lord 
Lilford, F.Z.S. 

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited. 


Nov. 15. 


Dec. 


16. 


17. 
19. 


21, 


“I 


ve) 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 


I 
bo 
oO 


12 Snow-Burtings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased. 

4 Lapland Buntings (Calcarius lapponicus). Purchased. 

1 Common. Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Mr. J. Pettitt. 

18 Deadly Snakes (Trigonocephalus atroz, jr.). From British 
Guiana. Presented by J. J. Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

6 Cirl Buntings (Emberiza cirlus), 3 §,3 2. Purchased. 

2 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholi), Presented by Luscombe 
Searelle, Esq. 

1 Tigrine Genet ( Genetta tigrina). From Matabeleland, S. Africa. 
Presented by B. B. Weil, Esq. 

1 White-eared Scops Owl (Scops leucotis). From Matabeleland, 
S. Africa. Presented by B. B. Weil, Esq. 

1 Tawny Eagle (Aguila nevioides), From Matabeleland,S. Africa. 
Presented by B. B. Weil, Esq. 

2 Jackdaws (Corvus monedula, albino). Presented by Harding 
Cox, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas, jr.). Presented by 
Miss Thornton. 

2 Shaw’s Gerbilles (Gerbillus shaw). Born in the Menagerie. 

. 1 Common Jackal (Canis awreus),2. From Fao, Persian Gulf. 
Presented by D. W. Cumming, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

2 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps),g 9. Presented 
by Capt. S. M. Orr. 


. 1 Nilotie Monitor (Varanus niloticus), Received in Exchange. 
. 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs. 


Comolli. 
1 Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by Fred. Collier, Esq. 
6 Crab-eating Opossums (Didelphys canerivorus), Q et 5 jr. 
Purchased. 
4 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Purchased. 
. 1 Lemur (Lemur, sp. inc.). Purchased. 
1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigenalis). Purchased. 
1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Purchased. 
. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
Miss Truefitt. 


. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 2. Deposited. 


. 2 Great Kangaroos (Macropus giganteus),2 2, Presented by 


Sir Francis Wyatt Truscott, J.P., F.Z.S. 

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3. 
Presented by W. H. Henniker, Esq. 

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Deposited. 

1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), 9. Presented by 
M. C. Parker, Esq. 

1 Large-eared Fox (Otocyon megalotis). From Mashonaland, 
S. Africa. Presented by B. B. Weil, Esq. 

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeater’), Presented by 
Lieut.-Col. Wharton. 

4 Pileated Song-Sparrows (Zonotrichia pileata). Received in 
Exchange. 


, 2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by Capt. 


Ralph H. Carr-Ellison. 


. 1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), 2. Presented by Miss Morgan 


1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Presented by Earle 
Tudor Johnson, Esq. 
. 1 Alpine Chough (Pyrrhocorax alpinus). Purchased. 


730 


Dec. 13. 


16. 
19. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Presented by the Rey. 
T. N. Talfourd Major. 

2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalia picta),2 2. Purchased. 

3 Sulphury Tyrants (Pitangus sulphuratus). Purchased. 

2 Pintailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata), ¢ 2. Purchased. 


. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Deposited. 


1 Chestnut-bellied Squirrel (Sctwrus castaneiventris). From 
Hainan. Presented by Julius Neumann, Esq. 

1 Crowned Hawk-Kagle (Spizaétus coronatus). Presented by 
T. H. Mills, Esq. 


. 6 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope), 3 $,3 Q. Purchased. 


4 Common Pintail (Dajila acuta), 2 3,2 2. Purchased. 


. 1 Common Snipe (Gallinago celestis). Purchased. 
. 1 Bittern (Botaurus stellaris). Presented by Lord LIlchester 
a 


F.Z 


. 2 Hamsters (Cricetus frumentarius). Presented by Miss Pugh. 


2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis), Presented by Master 
Williams, 


INDEX. 


Abaratha Acesina Adlullia 
pygela, 656. paraganeesa, 634. n. sp., 123. 
syricthus, 656, 664. zephyretta, 634, 664. guttulata, 123, 
Acanthodactylus Achea AAgialitis 
boskianus, 14. JSasciculipes, 128. nivosa, 399, 406, 
pardalis, 14, 15. Acheena 408. 
—, var. bedriage, 15. purpuretlinea, 127. semipalmata, 395, 406, 
pardasis, var, deserti, | Achetulla 408, 
D: irreqularis, 555. Agocera 
scutellatus, 14, 15. Achatina tripartita, 188, 189. 
vulgaris, 15. veru, 269. Aéjianus, gen. nov., 577. 
Acanthodrilus Achlyodes scutellatus, 577, 579. 
annectens, 670, 671, vasava, 656. AXolosoma 
673, 677, 678. Acicula headleyi, 352. 
antarcticus, 668. veru, 259, hemprichii, 352. 
aquarum-dulcium, 666, | <Acidalia lacteum, 352. 
580. destituta, 132. leidyi, 353. 
beddardi, 670. Aclytia nivewm, 3801, 352, 
bovet, 679. hecale, 277. 353. 
capensis, 669. petra, 276. quaternarium, 302, 
dalei, 358. Acontias 353. 
dissimilis, 667, 670, meleagris, 481, 490. tenebrarum, 353. 
671, 676. monodactyla, 481, 490. variegatum, 352, 353. 
falclandicus, 666, 678, | Acrobates Aapyceros 
679, 680. pulchellus, 541, 546. melampus, 553. 
georgianus, 678, 679. pygmeus, 546. — johnstont, 558, 554. 
multiporus, 356, 668. Acropteris — typicus, 554, 
nove-zelandie, 669, leptaliata, 133. ZEpyornis 
671, 676. Aecrydium medius, 299, 
paludosus, 666, 670, e@neo-oculatum, 209, Aeromachus 
677: punctatum, 208. Jhora, 652. 
ros@, 671. sanguinipes, 209. kali, 652. 
schlegelii, 667. Actias stigmata, 652. 
schmarde, 358. luna, 194. Agama 
smithi, 666, 669, 671, selene, 193. atricollis, 555. 
675, 676, 677, 706. Actitis inermis, 11. 
stagnalis, 358. macularia, 395, 408. Agarea 
ungulatus, 671. Actiturus minuta, 288. 
(Diplocardia)  com- bartramius, 395. Agelzeus 
munis, 677. Adelocephala thilius, 405. 
Acesina invalida, 289. Ageronia 
aberrans, 634. Adeniophis amphinome, 190. 
ammonides, 630. intestinalis, var. nigro- arethusa, 190, 191, 
ariel, 634, 664. teniatus, 507. 193. 


732 


Ageronia 
feronia, 190, 193. 
fornax, 190. 


Agnidra 
carnea, 125, 133. 
Agriornis 
maritima, 404. 
Allolobophora 
sp. inc. 184, 187, 
188. 


complanata, 29. 
fetida, 146, 156. 
Allotinus 
alkamah, 619. 
multistrigatus, 619, 
nivalis, 620. 
panorinis, 619, 664. 
subviolaceus, 619. 
Alyczus 
broti, 469. 
caroli, 469, 
celebensis, 469. 
everetti, 469. 
excisus, 461. 
galbanus, 469, 
globosus, 469. 
hochstetteri, 469. 
hosei, 469. 
jagori, 469. 
longituba, 469. 
specus, 469, 
spiracellum, 469, 
tomotrema, 469, 
Amathusia 
phidippus, 120. 
Amaurocichla, gen. noy., 
228. 
bocagii, 228. 
Amaxia 
hebe, 278. 
pyga, 279. 
Amazilia 
amazilia, 384, 403. 
leucophea, 403. 
pristina, 384, 
Amblycephalus 
malaccanus, 507. 
Amblygoes 
otleusalis, 129, 
Amblypodia 
absens, 629. 
agaba, 630, 
albipunctata, 631. 
ameria, 634. 
ammon, 630. 
anarte, 631. 
anita, 628. 
anthelus, 631. 
atosia, 629. 
atraz, 630. 
bazalus, 630. 


INDEX. 


Amblypodia 
buxtoni, 633. 
diardi, 631. 
Jangala, 638. 
perimuta, 632. 
quercetorum, 628. 
syama, 638. 

Ameles 
byblis, 279. 

Amesia 
striata, 121. 


| Ammalo 


thrailkilli, 280. 
Ammodoreas 
clarkei, 101, 118, 305, 
308. 


Amphidromus 
adamsii, 461, 468. 
anne, 468. 
appressus, 468. 
batavie, 468. 
beccarii, 468. 
chloris, 468. 
contrarius, 461. 
emaciatus, 468. 
entobaptus, 461, 468, 

462. 


Silozonatus, 468. 
Surcillatus, 468. 
galericulum, 468. 
interruptus, 468. 
inversus, 468. 
Jayanus, 459, 468. 
leucoxanthus, 468. 
loricatus, 468. 
maculiferus, 460. 
melanomma, 468. 
palaceus, 468. 
perversus, 468. 
porcellanus, 468. 
purus, 468, 
quadrasa, 462, 468. 
sinistralis, 468. 
sultanus, 468. 
sumatranus, 468. 
winteri, 468. 
Amphigonia 
comprimens, 128, 
Amphisbena 
alba, 485. 
darwinii, 485. 
Amphissa 
vacillans, 122, 


| Amphisternus 


armatus, 86, 90. 

auriculatus, 86. 

spinicollis, 86. 
Amydona 

sericea, 324, 
Aneretes 

albocristatus, 380. 


Anzretes 
reguloides, 380, 404, 
409. 


Anaptycta 
bipunctulata, 199, 202, 
220. 


Anas 
theodori, 544. 
Anaulacomera 
laticauda, 200, 211. 
Anguis 
Sragilis, 
90. 
Anisodera 
sp. n., 84. 
Anisodes 
ovisignata, 132. 
Anisolabis 
janeirensis, 198, 199, 
201 


480, 481, 


maritima, 199, 201. 
Anisota 
stigma, 194, 
Anops 
bulis, 634. 
Antenor 
unicinctus, 888, 408. 
Antherza 
mylitta, 193. 
Anthocharis 
cardamines, 194, 
eupheno, 194. 
Anthus 
peruvianus, 374, 404, 
409. 
rufus, 374. 
Antilope 
albifrons, 428. 
burchellii, 428. 
cerulea, 427. 
doria, 424. 
SFrederici, 425. 
madoka, 428. 
madoqua, 428, 
monticola, 427. 
nictitans, 428. 
ocularis, 428. 
ogilbyi, 422. 
ptoox, 428. 
quadriscopa, 414, 
saltiana, 428. 
sylvicultrix, 416, 417. 
vardoni, 98. 
zebra, 424. 
(Cephalophus) cerulea, 
427, 


(—) doria, 424. 

(—) maxwelli, 425. 

(—) platous, 428. 

(Cervicapra) mergens, 
428, 


Antsianaka 

elegantula, 576, 579. 

longicornis, 576. 

pulchella, 576. 

viridis, 576. 
Anurogryllus 

muticus, 200, 217. 
Apaie 

sp. ine., 90. 

productus, 90. 

terebrans, 90. 
Aphanapteryx 

broecki, 544, 
Apbneus 

elima, 637. 

himalayanus, 638. 

lohita, 638. 

sant, 638, 664. 

syama, 638. 

uniformis, 637. 

vulcanus, 637. 

—, var. maximus, 637, 

664. 

Apistosia 

terminalis, 278. 
Apteryx 

ee. 541. 
Aramides 

ruficollis, 399, 408, 

409. 

ypecaha, 581. 
Araotes 

lapithis, 642. 
Archaster 

tenuispinus, 430, 433. 
Archylus 

mexicana, 288. 

vesta, 289. 


Ardea 
egretta, 372, 389, 
408. 
garzetta, 544. 
Ardetta 


exilis, 372, 389, 406, 
408. 
sinensis, 471. 
Ardonea 
metallica, 284. 
Arenaria 
interpres, 395, 406, 
408, 500. 
Argiva 
hieroglyphica, 192. 
Argynnis 
aglaia, 194. 
Argyroeides 
magon, 276. 
Arhopala 
absens, 629, 
agaba, 630. 
agnis, 629. 


INDEX, 


Arhopala 
agrata, 632. 
albipunctata, 631. 
amantes, 629. 
amatriz, 629. 
amon, 630. 
ammonides, 630, 664. 
amphimuta, 623. 
anarte, 631. 
anthelus, 631. 
apidanus, 631, 
artegal, 631. 
atosia, 629. 
atrax, 630. 
bazalus, 630. 
belpheba, 632. 
buxtoni, 633. 
camdeo, 628, 629. 
centaurus, 629. 
davisoni, 633. 
diardi, 631. 
eumolphus, 631, 632. 
Sfarquhari, 631, 632. 
hellenore, 632. 
hypomuta, 633. 
tnornata, 633. 
khamti, 630. 
méolleri, 682. 
moolaiana, 633. 
paramuta, 632. 
pastorella, 633. 
peramuta, 632. 
perissa, 633. 
singla, 630. 
teesta, 630. 
viridissima, 682. 
Ariophanta 
regalis, 461. 
Arotros 
striata, 326. 
Arrhenothrix 
penicilligera, 636. 
Artace 
albicans, 320. 
anula, 319. 
meridionalis, 319. 
Arthroschista 
hilaralis, 129. 
Ascotis 
selenaria, 131. 
Asio 
clamator, 372, 387, 
408, 409. 
Asmonax, gen. nov., 85. 
whiteheadi, 85, 90. 
Asphera 
brevicornis, 573. 
madagascariensis, 573. 
melanarthra, 573. 
Aspidomorpha 
sp-, 94. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. XLIX. 


733 


Aspidomorpha 
aruwimiensis, 94. 
quadrimaculata, 93. 
spectabilis, 93. 
stolata, 93. 
tigrina, 93. 
togata, 94. 
westermanni, 93. 

Aspidura 
trachyprocta, 481. 

Astenodipsas 
malaccana, 507. 

Astictopterus 
armata, 663. 
butleri, 662, 664. 
gemmifer, 662. 
gama, 662. 
laduna, 662, 664. 
olivascens, 662. 
salsala, 661. 
sindu, 120, 662, 664. 
subfasciatus, 662. 
xanites, 661, 662. 

Astropecten 
tenuispinus, 430, 433. 

Astur 
alphonsi, 544. 

Ateles 
marginatus, 113, 

Athyma 
nefte, 120. 

Atropophis 
borneensis, 507. 

Attacus 
atlas, 198. 
cynthia, 193. 
pernyi, 193. 

Attagis 
gay?, 402. 

Atticora 
cyanoleuca, 374. 
— montana, 374. 

Aulacodus 
swindernianus, 520, 

552, 596. 

Aulacospira 
azpettie, 463. 

Automeris 
macareis, 290. 
nopaltzin, 290. 
rubicunda, 290. 
rubrescens, 290. 
tamphilus, 291. 

Automolis 
élissa, 277. 

Axina 
carbonaria, 449. 
cumingi, 449. 
garibaldiana, 449, 
kobelti, 449. 
magistra, 449. 

49 


734 


Axina 
moreleti, 449. 
phloiodes, 449. 
schadenhergi, 449. 
pe aha ee 449. 
zebuensis, 


Babirusa 
alfurus, 315. 
Bacteria 
bicornis, 207. 
cyphus, pe 208. 
gracilis, 208. 
linearis, 199, 208. 
Badamia 
exclamationis, 645. 
Balznoptera 
juddi, 559. 
Baoris 
moolata, 630. 
oceia, 649. 
Bartramia 
longicauda, 395, 408. 
Bdellostoma 
cirrhatum, 708. 
Bdeogale 
puisa, 580. 
Benhamia 
beddardi, 670, 671. 
bolavi, 682. 
biittikoferi, 670. 
cohytei, 666, 680. 


crassa, 666, 680, 681, 


706. 
gracilis, 683. 
schlegelii, 668. 
scioana, 668. 


stuhklmanni, 668, 670. 


Bernicla 
peliocephala, 472. 
rubidiceps, 472. 

Bibasis 
sena, 648. 

Biduanda 
sceva, 641. 
thesmia, 641. 

Bindahara 
phocides, 644. 

Bipalium 
kewense, 258, 542. 

Bison 
americanus, 76. 

Blatta 
madere, 205. 
surinamensis, 205. 

Blenniophidium, gen, 

nov., 583. 
petropauli, 584. 

Blera 
apella, 333. 
bianca, 333. 


INDEX, 


Blera 
causia, 332. 
sida, 333. 
Bliastes 
striolatus, 200, 212 
221. 
superbus, 200, 211, 
221. 


Boa 


constrictor, 479, 481, 


485. 
Bolborhynchus 
andicola, 402. 
aurifrons, 387, 404, 


Bonesia 
murrayt, 92. 
serricornis, 92. 
Boodon 
lineatus, 555. 
Botys 
iopasalis, 129. 
pandamalis, 129. 
Box 
lineatus, 134. 
salpoides, 134. 
vulgaris, 134. 
Brachydesmus 
insculptus, 24, 27. 
proximus, 28, 
Brachyteles 
hemidactylus, 108. 
Bradypus 
cuculliger, 314, 
Branchiostoma 
spinicauda, 26. 


| Breviceps 


mossambicus, 555. 
Brycea 

peruviana, 283. 
Buarremon 

nationi, 402. 


| Bubalis 


albifrons, 471. 
caama, 99, 258. 
cokit, 99, 100, 118. 
lichtensteini, 553. 


swaynei, 98, 99, 100, 


118, 257, 258, 303. 

tora, 99, 100, 118. 
Bubo 

clamator, 387. 

virginianus, 387. 
Buchholzia 

appendiculata, 696. 
Buto 

aadersoni, 347. 

asper, 508. 

beddomii, 348. 

hololius, 348. 

Jerboa, 506, 507. 


Bufo 
macrotis, 348. 
marinus, 508. 
mauritanicus, 23. 
olivaceus, 348. 
parietalis, 347. 
penangensis, 348. 
pulcher, 348. 
quadriporcatus, 508. 
regularis, 508, 555. 
stomaticus, 347. 
viridis, 23, 508. 
vulgaris, 2A. 

Bulimulus 
blofeldi, 265, 270. 
costatus, 267. 
da-coste, 297, 299. 
exulatus, 266, 270. 
fossilis, 266. 
glandiniformis, 297, 

299. 
helena, 266, 270. 
Koppeli, 297, 299. 
melanioides, 267, 270. 
neglectus, 267. 
proteus, 266. 
sealeianus, 266. 
subplicatus, 266, 270. 
subtruncatus, 266, 
270, 


turtoni, 266, 267, 270. 
virgulatus, 266. 
Bulimus 
auris-vulpina, 259, 
265, 270. 
bilabiatus, 265. 
cardinalis, 296. 
compressilabris, 269. 
darwinianus, 265. 
guentheri, 296, 299. 
kochii, 466. 
melanostoma, 26d. 
oblongus, 271. 
succinoides, 297. 
trailli, 459. 
Buteo 
abbreviatus, 397. 
Buthus 
europeus, 25. 
leptochelys, 25. 
Butorides 
mauritianus, 544. 
virescens, 498, 


Cabarda 
bizonoides, 122. 
molliculana, 122. 

Cz cilioides 
gundlachi, 269. 

Cairina 


moschata, 399, 408. 


Caletes 


apterus, 199, 210, 221. 


Calidris 


arenaria, 400, 406, 408. 


Callamesia 
striata, 121. 
submaculans, 121, 
Calliana 
preridoides, 646. 


Calliplea 
mazares, 120. 
Callula 


baleata, 508. 
guttulata, 3A8. 
macrodactyla, 348. 
variegata, 348. 
Callyrhynchus 


peruvianus, 376, 396. 


Calocochlea 
caillaudi, 450. 
calobapta, 456. 
chlorochroa, 450. 
chrysochila, 450. 


cineracea, 450, 451. - 


circe, 450. 
cocomelos, 450. 
coronadoi, 450. 
eretata, 450, 451. 
eryptica, 450, 451. 
damahoyi, 450. 
dataensis, 450. 
depressa, 450. 
dimera, 450. 
dubiosa, 450. 
erythrospira, 450. 
Sestiva, 450. 
fragilis, 450. 
latitans, 450, 451. 
lignicolor, 450. 
melanochila, 450. 
mindanaensis, 450. 
norrisit, 450. 
pan, 450. 


panaensis, 450, 451. 


ponderosa, 450. 
pulcherrima, 450. 
retusa, 450. 


roissyanda, 450, 456. 


samarensis, 450. 

speciosa, 450. 

spherion, 450, 456. 

zonifera, 450,451. 
Calcenas 

nicobarica, 77. 
Calophrynus 

pleurostigma, 508. 
Calyptomena 

hosei, 221. 

whiteheadi, 221. 
Camena 

palawanica, 459. 


INDEX. 


Camena 
trailli, 459. 
Camarhynchus 
leucopterus, 397. 
Camelus 
bactrianus, 371. 
dromedarius, 371. 
Camena 
cippus, 636. 
cleobis, 637. 
cleoboides, 637, 664. 
cotys, 636, 637. 
icetas, 636, 637. 
icetoides, 636, 664. 
Campylopterus 
largipennis, 401. 
obscurus, 401, 
Campylorbynchus 
balteatus, 398, 404, 
408. 
JSasciatus, 404. 
Canis 
azare, 109, 110. 
cancrivorus, 106. 
mesomelas, 109, 
Canistrum 
balanoides, 448, 452. 
belcheri, 448. 
breviculus, 448. 
cinerosa, 448. 
dilatata, 448. 
euryzona, 448. 
luzonica, 448. 
ovoidea, 448, 452. 
satyrus, 448. 
stabilis, 448, 452. 
Capila 
jayadeva, 648. 
Capnodes 
maculicosta, 128. 
Capra 
grimmia, 428. 
sylvestris africana, 
428, 
Caprimulgus 
equicaudatus, 385. 
decussatus, 385. 
pruinosus, 384. 
Capromys 
melanurus, 524. 
pilorides, 596, 597, 
598. 
Carales 
celer, 282. 
Caranx 
lioglossus, 135. 
rottleri, 135. 


Carcharias 


acutidens, 186. 
acutus, 135. 
elliott, 135. 


735 


| Carcharias 


lamia, 136. 
murrayt, 135. 
Carea 
sp. inc., 124, 
Cariacus 
paludosus, 175. 
stmplicicornis, 175. 
Carystus 
ladana, 662. 
Cassida 
bonnyana, 9A. 
Suscopunctata, 95. 
hepatica, 94. 
pallidula, 95. 
signatipennis, 94. 
strigosa, 95. 
Castalius 
elna, 628. 
ethion, 628. 
rosimon, 628, 
roxus, 628, 
Castor 
canadensis, 596, 597. 
Casuarius 
uniappendiculatus, 
471. 
Casyapa 
lalita, 657. 
phaneus, 657. 
Catamenia 
analis, 376, 403. 
analoides, 376, 403, 
407, 408. 
inornata, 402. 
Catapecilma 
bubases, 640. 
elegans, 640, 641. 
subochrea, 640, 664. 
Catharistes 
atratus, 388, 408. 
aura, 396. 
— perniger, 388, 408. 
perniger, 389. 
urubu, 396. 
Catochrysops 
enejus, 435, 444. 
pandava, 627. 
patala, 444. 
platissa, 435, 444, 445. 
strabo, 444, 627. 
vitiensis, 437. 
Causus 
rostratus, 555. 
Cavia 
capensis, 60. 
porcelius, 596, 605, 
Celznorrhinus 
cacus, 661. 
chamunda, 661. 
clitus, 660. 
49* 


736 


Celznorrhinus 
leucocirea, 661. 
maculosa, 659. 
nigricans, 661. 
omeia, 657. 
patula, 660. 
pero, 660. 
pinwilli, 661. 
plagifera, 660. 
pulomaya, 659. 
pyrrha, 659. 
sumitra, 659, 660. 
Celeia 
sp. inc., 124. 
Centetes 
ecaudatus, 503. 
Cephalolophus 
abyssinicus, 415, 427, 
429. 
anchiete, 426. 
aureus, 419, 420. 
badius, 420, 422, 471. 
bicolor, 427. 
breviceps, 420, 422. 
callipygus, 415, 422. 
campbellie, 428. 
coronatus, 415, 
427, 429. 
dorie, 414, 415, 424. 
dorsalis, 415, 420, 
422. 
— castaneus, 420, 421. 
— typicus, 420, 421. 
grimmii, 414, 415, 425, 
427, 428, 429, 554. 


424, 


gentinki, 415, 417, 421. | 


leucogaster, 415, 420, 
422. 


longiceps, 416, 417, 
418. 

maxrwelli, 415, 424, 
26, 427, 429. 

melanoprymnus, 416, 
417, 418. 


melanorheus, 415, 426, 
427. 

monticola, 415. 

natalensis, 415, 419. 

niger, 415, 425. 

nigrifrons, 415, 419, 
471. 

ogilbyi, 415. 

pluto, 425. 

punctulatus, 425. 

rujicrista, 414. 

rufilatus, 415, 425. 

spadiax, 415, 418. 

sylvicultor, 414, 415, 
416, 417, 418, 7421, 
471. 

whitfieldi, 425. 


INDEX, 


Cephalophus, see Cepha- 
lolophus. 
Cerastes 
vipera, 23. 
Cerchneis 
cinnamomina, 388. 
Cercopithecus 
pluto, 97. 
stairsi, 580. 


| Cerochroa 


maculicollis, 92. 


| Certhiola 


bartolemica, 499. 
Cervulus 
muntjac, 227. 


| Cervus 


affinis, 117. 
cashmirianus, 117. 
elaphus, 117. 
maral, 117. 
pergracilis, 311. 
perpusillus, 311. 
yarkandensis, 117. 
Ceryle 
americana, 406. 


— cabanisi, 386, 405, 


406. 

cabanisi, 386. 

torquata, 399, 408. 
Cheetostomus 

cirrhosus, 310. 
Chalcides 

boulengeri, 17, 20. 

mionecton, 18, 481, 

490. 

ocellatus, 16, 17, 18. 

—, var. tiligugu, 17. 

sepoides, 6, 17, 18, 24. 

sphenopsiformis, 18. 
Chalcosia 

indistincta, 121. 
Chalcosoma 

atlas, 591. 
Chaleostigma 

olivaceum, 402. 
Chamzleon 

dilepis, 555. 

isahellinus, 555, 556. 

parvilobus, 555, 

vulgaris, 18. 
Chamzpelia 

anais, 394. 

cruziana, 394. 

griseola, 394. 

passerina, 500. 
Chapra 

mathias, 649. 

prominens, 649. 
Charadrius 

dominicus, 399, 408. 

virginicus, 399. 


Charidea 
inachia, 277. 
Cheritra 
Sreja, 640. 
Cheritrella 
truncipennis, 639. 
Chilomenes 
lunata, 96. 
Chliaria 
kina, 639. 
merguia, 639. 
othona, 639. 
tora, 639. 
Chlorea 
amena, 449. 
antonii, 449. 
benguetensis, 449. 
constricta, 449. 
dryope, 449. 
fibula, 449. 
geotrochus, 449. 
gmeliniana, 449. 
hanleyi, 449. 

- hiigeli, 449. 
pelewana, 449. 
sirena, 449. 
thersites, 449. 

Chlorites 
brevidens, 465. 
caliginesa, 465. 
philippinensis, 465. 
quieta, 465. 
sanziana, 460, 461, 
465. 
saulie, 465. 
spinosissima, 465. 
Choaspes 
amara, 646. 
benjamini, 
647. 
chuza, 646. 
crawfurdi, 646. 
harisa, 646. 
vasutana, 646. 
Chordeiles 
acutipennis, 406. 
— pruinosus, 384, 404, 
406, 409. 
peruvianus, 384. 
Chrysalis 
antonii, 453. 
aspersa, 453. 
chrysalidiformis, 453. 
electrica, 453. 
mindoroensis, 453. 
Chrysochloris 
aurea, 314, 316. 


646, 


| Chrysocraspeda 


vinosa, 132. 
Chrysomela 
opulenta, 92. 


Chrysomitris 
capitalis, 377, 403, 407. 
icterica, 377. 
siemiradzkii, 403. 
uropygialis, 598, 405, 
409. 


Chrysopelea 
ornata, 507. 
Chrysoptilus 
atricollis, 
403, 406. 
chrysonotus, 386. 
peruvianus, 385, 403, 
406 


385, 386, 


Cichlerminia 
Fuscata, 498. 
Ciconia 
nigra, 471, 
Cidaris 
cur vatispinis, 543. 
Cillurus 
nigrofumosus, 381. 
Cinclodes 
fuscus, 398, 408. 
nigrifumosus, 382, 383, 
403. 
rivularis, 398. 
taczanowskii, 372, 381, 
383, 403, 409. 
Cisthene 
petrovna, 283. 
Clausilia 
alticola, 468. 
bornensis, 468. 
cornea, 468. 
corticina, 468. 
cumingiana, 468. 
dohertyi, 468. 
epistomium, 298. 
excurrens, 468, 
heldii, 468. 
javana, 468. 
junghuhni, 468. 
magistra, 298, 299. 
moluccensis, 468. 
moritzii, 468. 
obesa, 468. 
orientalis, 468. 
salacana, 468. 
schwaneri, 468. 
sumatrana, 468. 
Clavularia 
australiensis, 595. 
celebensis, 595. 
flava, 595. 
garcia, 595. 
ramosa, 595. 
reptans, 595. 
viridis, 595, 596. 
Clemmys 
leprosa, 11. 


| 


INDEX. 


Clitellio 

arenarius, 354. 
Clotho 

arietans, 555. 
Cobarda 

sequens, 122. 
Cobus 

sp. ine., 118. 

defassa, 471. 

ellipsiprymnus, 471. 

sing-sing, 471. 

vardoni, 98. 
Coceyzus 

melanocoryphus, 386, 

408, 409. 

Cochlicopa 

terebellum, 266. 
Cochlodryas 

Slorida, 451. 

polychroa, 451, 
Cochlostyla 

Sischeri, 464. 

graelisi, 462. 

indusiata, 467. 

lais, 460, 467. 

librosa, 462. 

palavanensis, 462. 

physalis, 467. 

pulcherrima, 450. 

rustica, 452. 

satyrus, 462. 

—, var. graellsi, 462. 

speciosa, 466. 

thomsoni, 467. 

tukanensis, 467. 

viridis, 452. 

zamboange, 460. 
Ceelodasys 

pegasis, 331. 

tonac, 330. 
Celogenys 

paca, 596, 603, 604, 
Ceelopeltis 

lacertina, 20, 482, 485, 

486 


producta, 20. 
Coladenia 

dan, 659. 

indrani, 659. 
Colaptes 

puna, 402. 
Colasposoma 

sp., 91. 

aruwimiense, 91. 

Sairmairei, 91, 
Colobus 

angolensis, 97. 

palliatus, 97. 
Columbigallina 

cruziana, 394, 407. 

griseola, 394, 408, 409. 


Columbigallina - 
passerina, 500. 
Comibzna 
megaspilaria, 133. 
Compsosoma 
melanurum, 481, 485. 
Conirostrum 
cinereum, 374, 404. 
Conocephalus 
Frater, 200, 215. 
guttatus, 200, 214. 
heteropus, 200, 215. 
infuscatus, 201), 214. 
macropterus, 200, 215, 
maxillosus, 200, 214. 
muticus, 200, 214. 
punctipes, 200, 215. 
surinamensis, 200, 215. 
Conurus 
JFrontatus, 399, 407, 
409. 
Cophophryne 
sikkimensis, 348. 
Copiophora 
brevicornis, 200, 214. 
Coptochilus 
altum, 469. 
anostoma, 469. 
dorie, 469. 
quadrasi, 464. 
sectilabrum, 469. 
sumatranum, 469. 
Corasia 
egrota, 450. 
eruginosa, 450. 
albaiensis, 449. 
aurata, 449. 
broderipii, 450. 
cerulea, 449. 
cromyodes, 450. 
elisabethe, 449. 
erubescens, 449. 
Jilaris, 450. 
halichlora, 449. 
intorta, 450. 
irosinensis, 449. 
lais, 450. 
leucophthalma, 466. 
limansanensis, 450. 
livido-cincta, 449. 
magtanensis, £50. 
papyracea, 450. 
psittacina, 449. 
pudibunda, 449. 
puella, 450. 
regine, 450. 
valenciensti, 450. 
virgo, 450. 
zamboange, 450, 457. 
Corycia 
magica, 128. 


738 


Corydia ° 
collaris, 205. 
Corynodes 
bonnyi, 91. 
compressicornis, 91, 
cyaneus, 91. 
Cosmosoma 
harpalyce, 275. 
Cossula 
notodontoides, 328, 
preclava, 328. 
Cossus 
horrifer, 327. 
parilis, 327, 
Costria 
abnoba, 327. 
Cotuza 
drepanoides, 128. 
Cricetomys 
gambianus, 550. 
Cricula 
trifenestrata, 193, 194, 
Criodrilus 
lacuum, 145. 
Crocidura 
sp., 315. 
aranea, 9. 
Crotalus 
durissus, 482, 484, 485, 
487. 
Crotophaga 
ani, 406. 
casasii, 396, 
sulcirostris, 386, 405, 
406. 
Cryptocephalus 
dohrni, 566, 579, 
scutellatus, 566. 
Cryptonychus 
murrayi, 93. 
Cryptops 
oF plank 26. 
numidicus, 26. 
punctatus, 26. 
Ctenodactylus 
gundi, 10. 
Ctenoptilium 
multiguttata, 656. 
vasava, 656. 
Ctenucha 
zteca, 278, 
Cuculus 
canorus, 2, 
Culicivora 
regulotdes, 380. 
Cupido 
agnata, 627. 
Cupipes 
gervaisianus, 26. 
Cupitha 
purred, 652. 


INDEX, 


Cupitha 
tympanifera, 652. 
Curetis 
bulis, 634. 
thetis, 634. 
Cyaniris 
alboceruleus, 622. 
chenelli, 623. 
dilectus, 622. 
Jynteana, 622, 623. 
lambi, 622. 
lavendularis, 622. 
marginata, 622. 
melena, 622. 
placida, 623. 
puspa, 622. 
puspinus, 622. 
transpectus, 622. 
Cyanotis 
rubrigastra, 398, 408, 
409. 
Cyathopoma 
aries, 467. 
cornu, 467. 
meridionale, 467. 
Cyclophorus 
acutimarginatus, 463. 
plateni, 463. 
quadrati, 463. 
sericatus, 466. 
smithi, 464. 
tenebricosus, 461. 
triliratus, 462. 
woodianus, 463. 
Cyclopides 
subvittatus, 653. 
Cyclosia 
Jicta, 121. 
Cyclotus 
angulatus, 467. 
blanchetianus, 299. 
euzonus, 462, 
Silo-liratus, 
299. 
sordidus, 462. 
suluanus, 461. 
Cylidrus 
JSasciatus, 90. 
— spinole, 90. 
Cylindrophis 
rufa, 481, 482, 
506. 
Cynopterus 
spadiceus, 227. 
Cypselus 
andecola, 384. 
Cyrtophyllus 
concavus, 214. 
crepitans, 198, 200, 
213, 221. 
perspicillatus, 214, 


298, 


Cyrtoxiphus 
gundlachi, 200, 220. 
vittatus, 200, 220. 

Cyrtoxypha 
gundlachi, 220. 

Cystophora 
cristata, 106. 


Dacalana 

burmana, 636, 

vidura, 636. 
Dalaca 

mummia, 330. 

oreas, 330. 

prytanes, 329. 

terea, 330. 
Dalcera 

tiyucana, 322. 
Daption 

capensis, 401. 
Darna 

inca, 286. 
Dasypeltis 

scabra, 476. 
Dasyprocta 

azare, 596, 602. 
Dasyurus 

maculatus, 110, 

ursinus, 369. 
Deilephila | 

alecto, 194. 

euphorbie, 194. 

galii, 194. 

nicea, 194. 
Dendrocygna 

viduata, 399, 408. 
Dendreeca 

petechia ruficapilla, 

499, 

ruficapilla, 499, 
Dendrogale 

Frenata, 225. 

murina, 225, 
Dendrohyrax 

arborea, 72, 74, 7d. 

bakeri, 70. 

blainvillei, 70. 

dorsalis, 72, 75. 

emini, 73. 

grayi, 52, 56, 72. 

validus, 74. 
Dendroica 

aureola peruviana, 398, 


404, 408. 


Dendromys 
mesomelas, 5D2. 
Dendrophis 
picta, 482. 
Dero 


digitata, 349, 
furcata, 349, 


Dero 
limosa, 349. 
obtusa, 349. 
perrieri, 349. 
Desmia 
illectalis, 129. 
Deudorix 
barthema, 643. 
epijarbas, 446, 642. 
mathew, 435, 446, 
orseis, 642. 
petosiris, 643, 
pheretima, 644. 
sequeira, 644. 
suffusa, 643. 
utimutis, 644. 
Diacantha 
beninensis, 92. 
Diaphanes 
apicalis, 89, 90. 
Diapherodes 
gigas, 198, 199, 208. 
Dichocrocis 
pandamalis, 129. 
Dichogaster 
hupferi, 684. 
minus, 684. 
Dicotyles 
labiatus, 175. 
torquatus, 175. 
Didelphys 
brevicaudata, 314, 316. 
dorsigera, 316. 
murina, 314, 316. 
philander, 314, 316. 
Didosaurus 
mauritianus, 545, 666. 
Didus 
ineptus, 544, 545. 
Diomedea 
irrorata, 401. 
Diphaulacosoma, 
noy., 574. 
levipenne, 574, 579. 
Diplocardia 
communis, 671. 
Diplommatina 
ambigua, 513, 520. 
angulata, 516. 
animula, 516, 520. 
butleri, 512, 520. 
chennelli, 512, 516, 
520. 
commutata, 513, 520, 
compacta, 515, 520. 
concinna, 519, 520. 
convoluta, 510. 
decorosa, 510, 520. 
delicata, 517, 520. 
distincta, 514, 520. 
dohertyi, 518, 520. 


gen. 


INDEX. 


Diplommatina 
domuncula, 518, 520. 
elongata, 511, 520. 
garoensis, 511, 520. 
gibberosa, 519, 520. 
insignis, 510, 
Janitiaca, 510, 519. 
Japroensis, 516, 520. 
jatingana, 516. 
khunhoensis, 515, 520. 
—, var. minor, 515, 
labiosa, 512. 
lapillus, 515, 520. 
minuta, 517. 
munipurensis, 518, 520. 
nengloensis, 514, 520. 
pachycheilus, 510, 514. 
parvula, 517, 519, 
roebelini, 461. 
scalaria, 510. 
sherfaiensis, 516, 517. 
subrubella, 517, 520. 
subtilis, 517. 
succinea, 519, 520. 
thomsoni, 514, 520. 
tumida, 509, 510, 511, 

512, 520. 
unicrenata, 516, 520. 
venustula, 518, 520, 

Dipsas 
ceylonensis, 482. 
duma, 634. 
epijarbas, 642. 

he 

artipes, 10, 

Discoglossus 
pictus, 24. 

Discognathus 
lamta, 135. 

Ditropis 
cebuana, 467. 
mira, 467. 
quadrasi, 467. 

Diuca 
speculifera, 402. 

Dives 
kalinowskii, 372, 378, 

379, 403. 
warszewiczi, 378, 379, 
403. 

Dolecta 
invenusta, 328, 
juturna, 328. 
macrochir, 328, 

Dolichonyx 
oryzivorus, 372, 378, 

406, 408. 

Dolichotis 

patachonica, 596, 608, 
611 


patagonica, 27. 


Dolistenus 

savit, 28. 
Doritis 

apollinus, 194. 
Doryodon 

pygmeus, 559, 561. 
Draco 

quinquefasciatus, 505. 
Drapetodes 

nummularia, 124. 
Drina 

donina, 642. 
Drupadia 

boisduvalii, 641. 

moorei, 641. 
Dryophis 

prasina, 482, 507. 
Durdara 

Jenestrina, 129, 130. 

hoch 129, 133: 

lagifera, 129. 

eke 130. 
Dycladia 

broteas, 276. 

catherina, 275. 

correbioides, 273. 

epimetheus, 275. 

felderi, 275. 

rogenhoferi, 275. 
Dysgonia 

fulvotenia, 128, 


Eacles 
tmperialis, 194, 195. 
regalis, 194, 195. 


Echedorus 
argentina, 321, 
Echinops 


mivarti, 501, 
telfairi, 500, 501, 
Ecpantheria 
pellucida, 282. 
Ectatoderus 
antillarum, 200, 218, 
22), 
varicolor, 218. 
Edema 
matheis, 332, 
tlotzin, 332. 
Elainea 
albiceps, 380. 
— modesta, 380, 405, 
409. 
martinica, 499, 


Elaphis 
quadrilineatus, 481, 
488, 492, 497. 
Elaps 
Sulvius, 482. 
Elater 
cecus, 96, 


740 


Elphos 
iene 131, 
Elymnias 
penanga, 120. 
Encaustes 
marginalis, 85. 
opaca, 86. 
Endacustes 
dispar, 200, 219, 
221. 
arrorata, 219. 
Endodonta 
philippinensis, 467. 
Ennea 
(Diaphora) 
dorffi, 463. 
(—) morleti, 463. 
Enygrus 
carinatus, 481. 
Eooxylides 
tharis, 641. 
Epilachna 
hirta 96. 
14-signata, 96. 
reticulata, 96. 
Epilampra 
brevis, 199, 208, 
220. 
Episcapha 
ceca, 96. 
Episcaphula 
interrupta, 96. 
obliquata, 96. 
Equus 
asinus 
195. 
burchelli, 471. 
chapmanni, 471. 
zebra, 471. 
Eremias 
guttulata, 15. 
Erethizon 
dorsatus, 524, 611. 
Ericulus 
setosus, 500, 501. 
Erinaceus 
sp., 315. 
europeus, 815. 
Hrionota 
thrax, 656. 
Ernolatia 
signata, 125. 
Eryx 
gohnii, 481. 
Etobesa 
tizoc, 339. 
Eucereon 
ladas, 278. 
Eudamus 
decoratus, 655. 
germanus, 664, 


mollen- 


somalicus, 


INDEX. 


Eudamus 
guttatus, 650. 
nepos, 664. 
simplex, 664. 

Eudoxus 
egle, 451. 
bustoi, 451. 
chloroleuca, 451. 
cumingi, 451. 
leopardus, 451, 
oviformis, 451. 
paradoxa, 451. 
smaragdina, 451, 

457. 
straminea, 451. 

Eudoxyla 
strigillata, 329. 

Eudriloides 
durbanensis, 666, 696, 

698, 703, 706. 

Eudrilus 
dubius, 36. 

Eudule 
aurata, 284. 
citrosa, 284. 
venata, 284. 

Huetheia 
bicolor, 499. 

Euhyrax 
abyssinicus, 61. 

Eulampis 
holosericeus, 499. 

Eulimacodes 
distincta, 325. 
moschleri, 324. 

Eulotella 
fodiens, 462, 464. 
inquieta, 462. 

Eulychius 
dorsalis, 567. 
nigritarsis, 567. 

Eumeces 
schneideri, 16. 

Eumelea 
ludovicata, 133. 

Eumorphus 
costatus, 87. 
guerini, 87, 88. 
lucidus, 87, 90. 
marginatus, 87. 
quadrinotatus, 87. 
tumescens, 86, 90. 
turritus, 87. 

Eunectes 
murinus, 310. 

Eunica 
margarita, 190. 

Euplecta 
cebuensis, 462. 

Euproctis 
guttulata, 128. 


Eupyra 
aurata, 273. 
bacchans, 274. 
consors, 278. 
psittacus, 273. 
Eurydemus 
metallicus, 570. 
Hurytela 
castlenaui, 120. 
Euschema 
doubledayi, 132. 
Eutelia 
consentanea, 125. 
Euthalia 
dunya, 120. 
Everes 
argiades, 624. 
kala, 624. 
parrhasius, 624. 
wmbriel, 624. 


Falco 
caribbearum, 499. 
cassini, 388, 405, 
409. 
columbarius, 498. 
Felis 
badia, 227. 
bengalensis, 227. 
domestica, 109. 
Sontanieri, 106. 
minuta, 227. 
pardus, 547. 
planiceps, 227. 
tigrina, 315. 
Flavinia 
approximans, 286. 
chibcha, 287. 
darna, 286. 
dubia, 286. 
isis, 287. 
Janeira, 286. 
quicha, 286. 
Flos 
ahamus, 631. 
artegal, 631. 
Forficula 
auricularia, 585, 586, 
587, 588. 
Soreipata, 587. 
maritima, 201. 
pulchella, 201. 
Forsinella 
Janeirensis, 201, 
Fulica 
ardesiaca, 399, 408. 
newtont, 544, 
Fuligula 
nation?, 3897, 899, 
403. 


Funingus 
(Alectorcenas) nitidis- 
simus, 544. 


Galago 
demidoffi, 542, 
Galeodes 
olivieri, 25. 
Galerusoma, gen. noy., 
578. 
apicicorne, 578. 
Galethalea 
peruvianda, 277. 
Gallinula 
galeata, 399, 408, 500. 
orientalis, 471. 
Gangamela 
aymara, 285. 
Gazella 
bennetti, 306. 
dama, 471. 
pelzelni, 100, 118, 306. 
semmerring?, 100, 118, 
305. 
spekii, 100, 118, 306. 
Gecko 
monarchus, 505, 
stentor, 505. 
Gegenophis 
carnosus, 348. 
Genetta 
tigrina, 97. 
Geometra 
cincta, 133. 
selenaria, 131. 
submonstrans, 133. 
Geophaps 
scripta, 76, 77. 
Geophilus 
Serrugineus, 27. 
pusillus, 26. 
Georychus 
pallidus, 552. 
Geositta 
crassirostris, 398, 403. 
cunicularia, 405. 
maritima, 398, 404, 
409. 
peruviand, 381, 396, 
403, 406, 409. 
Geothlypis 
auricularis, 374, 403, 
408. 
Geotrochus 
bantamensis, 464. 
niahensis, 464. 
Geranoaétus 
melanoleucus, 
408. 
Gerhillus 
afer, 550. 


388, 


INDEX. 


Gerbillus 
boehmi, 550. 
campestris, 9. 
leucogaster, 550. 
montanus, 550. 
shawi, 10. 
validus, 550. 
(Tatera) afer, 549. 
Geronticus 
albicollis, 393. 
melanopis, 391, 
(Theristicus) caudatus, 


(—) melanopis, 391. 
Gerydus 

biggsit, 617, 618. 

boisduvali, 618, 

croton, 618. 

gopara, 617. 

heracleon, 617. 

irroratus, var. assamen- 

sis, 618. 

symethus, 617. 
Ginza 

removens, 128. 
Girira 

philomela, 329. 

tecmessa, 329. 
Glareola 

ocularis, 581. 
GJaucidium 

Serox, 388. 

phalenoides, 

408. 

Glessula 

cornea, 469. 

javanica, 469. 

philippinensis, 469. 

sumatrana, 469. 

wallacei, 469. 
Glomeris 

connexa, 27. 

conspersa, 27. 

flavo-maculata, 27. 

fusco-marmorata, 27. 
Glossina 

divitalis, 129. 
Glyphoglossus 

molossus, 348. 
Golunda 

ellioti, 552. 

fallax, 552. 
Goniloba 

ravi, 654, 

sena, 648. 
Gonomita 

postica, 194. 
Gonyocephalus 

grandis, 505. 
Gonyophis 

margaritatus, 506. 


388, 


741 


Gordiodrilus 
tenuis, 359. 
Goura 
victoria, 471. 
Grimmia 
grimmii, 414. 
wrorata, 428. 
splendidula, 428. 
Grus 
viridirostris, 472. 
Gryllodes 
guyannensis, 217. 
la-plate, 217. 
rufipes, 200, 217, 221. 
Gryllotalpa 
didactylus, 216. 
hexadactyla, 200, 216. 
Gryllus 
assimilis, 200, 217. 
columbinus, 210. 
gryllodes, 220. 
muticus, 217. 
pallens, 210. 
Gymnelia 
serra, 274, 
Gymnodactylus 
marmoratus, 505. 
Gymnopelia 
erythrothorax, 399, 407, 
409. 


yps 
rueppelli, 471. 


Hadeva 
littoralis, 125, 

Hadra 
agnochetlus, 465. 
dorie, 462, 465. 
lacteolota, 465. 
lagune, 462. 
monochroa, 462. 
palawanica, 462, 464, 
palumba, 462. 
plurizonata, 465. 
polychroa,463, 464, 465, 
trailli, 462, 464. 

Hematopus 
ater, 400. 

Hemophila 
pulchra, 398, 402, 

Halisidota 
oruba, 280. 

Haliaetus ; 
branickit, 173, 174. 
pelagicus, 173, 174, 

Halitherium 
angustitrons, 78. 
bellunense, 78. 
curvidens, 78. 
schinzi, 78, 81, 82, 83. 
veronense, 78, 83. 


742 


Halodroma 
berardi, 401. 
garnoti, 401. 

Halpe 
dolopia, 653. 
Fusca, 653, 664. 
gupta, 653. 
hyrie, 653. 
separata, 653. 
sikkima, 653. 
zemda, 693. 

Hapigia 
accipiter, 340. 
apulus, 340. 
phocus, 340. 
xolotl, 339. 

Haplocerus 


Sulviceps, 398, 404, 408. 


Harpactes 
dulitensis, 221. 
oreskios, 221. 

Harpyia 
tenuis, 336. 

Harrisina 
dantast, 272. 
eminens, 272. 
jancira, 272. 

Hasora 
alexis, 648. 

Hazis 
doubledayi, 132. 

Hecatesia 
Senestrata, 190, 

Heleotragus 
vardont, 98. 

Helicina 


martensis, 461, 463. 


Helicostyla 
annulata, 451. 
balteata, 451. 
bembicodes, 451. 
boettgeriana, 451. 


bruguieriana, 451. 


collodes, 451. 
crossei, 451. 
curta, 451. 
effusa, 451. 
fenestrata, 451. 
Fulgens, 451. 
fumigata, 451. 
hydrophana, 451. 
ignobilis, 451. 
libata, 451. 
metaformis, 451. 
mirabilis, 451. 
montana, 451. 
monticula, 451. 
orbitula, 451. 
spherica, 451. 
tenera, 451. 
turbo, 451. 


INDEX, 


| Helix 


alexandri, 263. 

antiqua, 465. 

aspersa, 259, 

bacca, 466. 

batanica, 466. 

codonodes, 465. 

damahoyi, 466. 

JSormosensis, 466. 

helenensis, 263, 264. 

peliomphala, 466. 

physalis, 466. 

polyodon, 263, 

pulchella, 259. 

volubilis, 466. 
Hemidactylus 

turcicus, 11. 
Hemiderma 

brevicaudatum, 315. 
Hemigale 

hardwickei, 222, 223, 

227. 

hosei, 222, 223, 227. 
Hemiplecta 

schumacheriana, 462. 
Hemiprocne 

zonaris, 398, 408, 409. 
Hemitrichia 

platent, 462. 
Hemyloticus, gen. noyv., 

571. 

geniculatus, 572, 579. 
Herminia 

oileusalis, 129. 
Herpestes 

albicauda, 97. 

brachyurus, 227. 

gracilis, 109. 

griseus, 314. 

orientalis, 109. 


semitorquatus, 223, 227. 


Hesperia 
adrastus, 652. 
elianus, 626. 
atticus, 655, 
attina, 645. 
bevani, 650. 
callineura, 657. 
cephala, 654. 
cippus, 636, 
enejus, 444, 
dara, 651. 
dolopia, 653. 
elia, 645. 
fateh, 659. 
Jiculnea, 658. 
freja, 640. 
hyela, 647. 
trava, 657. 
latoia, 657. 
leucocirca, 661. 


| 


Hesperia 
mecenas, 628. 
mathias, 649. 
mytheca, 648. 
moolata, 650. 
nagra, 658. 
oceia, 649. 
phocides, 644. 
plinius, 442, 628. 
semamora, 650. 
strabo, 627, 
toona, 649. 
zema, 653. 
Heterocampa 
atrar, 335. 
epond, 335. 
hertha, 334. 
leca, 333. 
limosa, 334. 
perilleus, 335. 
virgea, 304. 
Heterodon 
@orhignii, 481, 484. 
Heterohyrax 
bocagei, 69. 
Hidara 
trava, 657. 
staudingeri, 657. 
Himantarium 
mediterraneum, 26. 
rugulosum, 26. 
Hipposiderus 
cervinus, 227. 
Hippotragus 
equinus, 471. 
niger, 471. 
Hirundo 
erythrogastra, 374, 
408. 
gutturalis, 374. 
tytleri, 398, 406, 408. 
Hispopria 
grandis, 84. 
Histiopterus 
typus, 154. 
Holocompsa 
collaris, 199, 205, 220. 
Homalopteryx 
laminata, 199, 204, 220. 
Homalosoma 
lutrix, 555. 
Homoptera 
cruegeri, 127. 
Horaga 
onyx, 640. 
Hormogaster 
redii, 151. 
Hyena 
crocuta, 548. 
Hyalinia 
gomezi, 298, 299, 


Hyarotis 
adrastus, 652. 
Hyblena 
constellata, 133. 
Hydrias 
bochica, 320 
braganza, 320. 
lacrimosa, 320. 
sordida, 321. 
theresa, 320. 
Hydrochcerus 
capybara, 596. 
Hydrophis 
fasciata, 482. 
Hygrochroa 
limosa, 325. 
Hyla 
annectens, 348. 
arborea, 24. 
—, var. meridionalis, 
24. 
Hylobates | 
hainanus, 541. 
leuciscus, 227. 
miilleri, 227. 
syndactylus, 617. 
Hylorana 
granulosa, 346. 
leptoglossa, 346. 
pipiens, 346. 
tytlert, 345. 
Hyperacantha 
: 92. 
hypomelena, 92. 
Hypochera 
to, 194. 
Hypochroma 
nelearia, 131. 
netunaria, 131. 
vitticosta, 131. 
Hypochrysops 
elegans, 641, 
Hypocolius 
ampelinus, 470. 
Hypolimnas 
wallaceana, 121. 
Hypolycena 
iba, 644. 
chandrana, 645. 
erylus, 639. 
kina, 639. 
othona, 639. 
tora, 639. 
virgo, 645. 
Hypselostoma 
philippinicum, 467. 
Hypselostyla 
boholensis, 453. 
camelopardalis, 448, 
453. 
dactylus, 453. 


INDEX. 


Hypselostyla 
Sulgetrum, 453. 
nobilis, 453. 
nympha, 448, 453, 
pictor, 453, 
quieta, 457. 
sanziana, 457. 
satyrus, 453. 
spinosissima, 457. 
Hyrax 
abyssinica, 62, 64, 66. 
alpini, 64, 
arboreus, 68, 74. 
bocagei, 69, 72. 
brucet, 62, 65, 70, 74. 
burtoni, 94. 69. 
capensis, 39, 49. 
dongolanus, 6A. 
dorsalis, 75. 
Serrugineus, 64, 65, 70. 
habessinicus, 61, 62, 64. 
trroratus, 65, 70. 
—, var. luteogaster, 65. 
mossambicus, 70. 
nigricans, 60, 
ruficeps, 63, 64. 
scioanus, 61. 
semicircularis, 60. 
sinaiticus, 62, 64. 
stampflii, 75, 76. 
sylvestris, 75. 
syriacus, 62, 64. 
welwitschii, 68. 
Hystrix 
cristata, 596, 600, 


Ibis 
alba, 393. 
albicollis, 391, 892. 
caudata, 391, 393. 
melanopis, 391, 393. 
(Theristicus) caudatus, 
391. 
Ichthyophis 
monochrous, 508, 
Ichthyosoma 
cassiope, 341. 
Tlerda 
androcles, 635. 
brahina, 635, 636. 
epicles, 635. 
hewitsoni, 635. 
viridipunctata, 635, 
Tlyogenia 
africana, 666, 703. 
Tniopsis 
caucasicus, 562, 564. 
Tolaus 
cotys, 636. 
icetas, 636. 
iseus 637, 


i 


743 


Tolaus 

(Purlisa) giganteus,640. 
Traota 

timoleon, 628. 


Tridornis 


analis, 398, 406, 409. 
Isanthrene 
gaza, 274, 
Isma 
inareme, 652. 
TIsmene 
amara, 646. 
aria, 648. 
chuza, 646. 
crawfurdi, 646. 
druna, 649. 
fergusonii, 647. 
harisa, 646. 
Jaina, 647. 
lebadea, var. 
manica, 647. 
mahintha, 647. 
edipodea, 647. 
sasivarna, 649. 
subcaudata, 647. 
vasutana, 646. 
Tsomys 
abyssinicus, 551, 
dorsalis, 551. 
pumilio, 551. 
— bechuane, 551. 
— diminutus, 551. 
variegatus, 51. 
Isoteinon 
atkinsoni, 653. 
cephala, 654. 
cephaloides, 654. 
tapis, 654. 
pandita, 654, 
satwa, 654. 
subtestaceus, 653. 
Tulus 
distinctus, 28. 
fusco-unilineatus, 28. 
Tyongius 
antennarius, 570. 
nigromaculatus, 
579. 
Txalus 
adspersus, 848. 
asper, 347. 
aurifasciatus, 508. 
beddomii, 348. 
cinerascens, 347, 348, 
Semoralis, 348. 
glandulosus, 347. 
hypomelas, 347, 348, 
ortus, 279. 
punctatus, 347. 
schmardanus, 348, 
vittatus, 348, 


anda- 


569, 


744 


Txodes 
lavipes, 7. 
vespertilionis, 7. 


Jacana 
spinosa, 472. 
Jamides 


astraptes, 441, 
bochus, 626. 
campanulata, 442, 


candrena, 435, 437, 
441, 

carissima, 435, 443, 
444, 446. 


goodenovti, 435, 442. 

kava, 435, 443, 446. 

lobelia, 442. 

morphoides, 435, 442, 
443. 

petunia, 435, 442. 

pulcherrima, 435, 441, 
442, 446. 

walkeri, 435, 443, 
446. 

woodfordi, 435, 
442, 443. 


441, 


Kaliella 

doliolum, 468, 468. 

Jjavana, 468. 

luzonica, 468. 

pseudositala, 468, 

pulvisculum, 468. 

pusilla, 468. 

stenopleuris, 468. 
Katha 

sp. inc., 122. 

intermiata, 122. 
Kerana 

armata, 663. 

aurivittata, 663. 

cameroni, 663. 

dhanada, 663. 

diocles, 663, 664. 

gemmifer, 662. 
Kerivoula 

picta, 315, 316. 
Kerria 

halophila, 357, 860. 
Ketupa 

javanensis, 471, 
‘Kokenodon 

onomata, 561. 
Kynotus 

longus, 149, 150, 151. 

madagascariensis, 145, 

149, 150, 151. 
michaelsenii, 705. 


Labia 
arcuata, 199, 200. 


INDEX. 


Labia 
brunnea, 199, 201. 
pulchella, 199, 201. 
rotundata, 199, 201. 
Laccoptera 
intricata, 94. 
Lacerta 
ocellata, 12. 
—, var. pater, 12, 13. 
—, var. tangitana, 5, 
12, 13. 
muralis, 13. 
perspicillata, 13. 
viridis, 12, 13. 
—, var. schreibert, 13. 
Lactarius 
delicatulus, 135. 
Lagochilus 
bellum, 469. 
boettgeri, 469. 
ciliferum, 469. 
ciliocinctum, 469. 
dido, 469. 
garreli, 469. 
grande, 469. 
grandipilum, 469, 
keppeli, 469. 
mucronatum, 469. 
mundyanum, 469. 
omphalotropis, 469. 
parvum, 469. 
quadrasi, 469. 
quingueliratus, 461. 
stenomphalus, 469. 
subcarinatum, 469. 
tigrinulum, 469. 
triliratum, 469. 
trochulus, 469. 
Lagoptera 
honesta, 128. 
magica, 128. 
Lagostomus 
trichodactylus, 
599. 
Lampides 
argentina, 439. 
armillata, 440. 
candrena, 441, 442. 
carissima, 443. 
celeno, 626, 627. 
conferenda, 627. 
coruscans, 626. 
deplorans, 440. 
dyopa, 437. 
elpis, 626. 
evanescens, 435, 444. 
florinda, 438. 
goodenovit, 442. 
kankena, 626, 
lithargyria, 627. 
optimus, 627. 


596, 


Lampides 
osias, 627. 
’ perasia, 439. 
phaseli, 443. 
pura, 627. 
saturata, 627. 
subdita, 627. 
taitensis, 445, 
viola, 625. 
zethus, 626. 
Lamprocystis 
glaberrima, 463. 
globulus, 463. 
goniogyra, 462, 463. 
myops, 462, 463. 
succinea, 462. 
Lamprophis 
rufescens, 482. 
Langsdorfia 
Sorreri, 329. 
polybia, 329. 
Lanthanotus, 
borneensis, 506. 
Larandus 
marmoratus, 200, 218, 
221, 
rogenhoferi, 219, 
Larus 
belcheri, 400. 
cirrhocephalus, 400. 
dominicanus, 400. 
Jtranklini, 400, 406, 
408. 
modestus, 400, 
serranus, 400, 408, 
Lebadea 
padaka, 120. 
Lebeda 
doeri, 319. 
Lema 
ened, 566. 
madagascariensis, 
565. 
rugicollis, 565. 
Lepidosternon 
scutigerum, 485. 
Leptasthenura 
egithaloides, 405. 
pileata, 402. 
Leptobrachium 
carinense, 347, 348. 
See, 348. 
monticola, 347. 
Leptodira 
rufescens, 482, 555, 
Leptopoma 
acuminatum, 463. 
atricapillum, 463. 
distinguendum, 463. 
insigne, 462, 463. 
luteostoma, 463. 


Leptopoma 
maculatum, 462. 
superbum, 463. 
vitreum, 461, 462, 463. 

Leptosoma 
integrum, 123. 
regulare, 123. 

Lepus 
cuniculus, 88, 46, 49, 

596. 

Leucophxa 
madere, 199, 205. 
surinamensis, 199, 205. 

Leucosarcia 
picata, 77. 

Limax 
gagates, 259. 

Limenitis 
disippus, 194. 

Limnocorax 
niger, 581. 

Limnodytes 
nigrovittatus, 346. 

Linaria 
analoides, 396. 

Linodesmus 
cecus, 96. 

Lioglossus 
carangoides, 135. 

Liophis 
meremii, 481, 484, 487. 

Lithobius 
castaneus, 25. 
impressus, 25. 

Lithocranius 
walleri, 101, 118, 805. 

Lobocla 
bifasciatus, 664. 
casyapa, 664, 
liliana, 664. 

Locusta 
laurifolia, 211. 
maxillosa, 214. 

Logania 
lahomius, 620. 
malayica, 620. 
marmorata, 620. 
masalia, 620. 
sriwa, 620. 
substrigosa, 620. 

Lonomia 
carnica, 318. 

Lophopsittacus 
mauritianus, 544. 

Loxigilla 
noctis, 499. 

Loxura 
atymnus, 641. 
tripunctata, 641. 

Lucanus 
cervus, 585, 593. 


INDEX, 


Lucioperca 
canadensis, 411, 412, 
413. 
marina, 411, 412, 418. 
sandra, 411, 412. 
vitrea, 412, 4138. 
volgensis, 412. 
Lumbricus 
complanatus, 29. 
herculeus, 146, 187. 
microcheta, 141. 
purpureus, 184, 187. 
terrestris, 146, 187. 
turgidus, 184. 
tumidus, 187. 
Lutra 
brasiliensis, 313, 315. 
paranensis, 1795. 
Lycena 
alsulus, 435, 436. 
ardates, 625, 
atrata, 625. 
biocellata, 440. 
bochus, 441. 
caduca, 435, 436. 
caledonica, 441. 
candrena, 441. 
catochloris, 440. 
communis, 435, 436. 
conjungens, 436, 
corydon, 194. 
dyopa, 437. 
elna, 628. 
ethion, 628. 
Jilicaudis, 624. 
Jischeri, 624. 
gaika, 436. 
tolas, 194. 
kandarpa, var. cale- 
donica, 444. 
kankena, 441, 626. 
lulu, 436. 
macrophthalma, 625. 
maha, 623. 
malaya, 621. 
mangoensis, 435, 436. 
nemea, 441, 
osias, 627. 
pandava, 627. 
perasia, 439. 
phoebe, 435, 436. 
platissa, 444. 
potanini, 624. 
pygmea, 436. 
samoa, 444. 
taitensis, 445. 


| Lycenesthes 


emolus, 623. 

lycenina, 623. 
Lyces 

macra, 285. 


~I 
x 
Or 


Lyclene 
bizonoides, 122. 
Lycophidium 
horstockii, 555. 
Lygniodes 
endoleuca, 127. 
maurus, 127. 
Lygodactylus 
angularis, 555. 
capensis, 555, 
Lymnodytes 
macularius, 845. 
Lyropzeus 
n. sp., 88. 


Mabouia 
quingueteniata, 65d. 
varia, 5d. 

Mabuia 
vittata, 16. 

Macacus 
ocreatus, 471. 
speciosus, 471. 

Macaria 
divisaria, 132. 

Machetornis 
rivosa, 174. 

Macrochlamys 
angulata, 461. 
crebristriata, 460. 
gemma, 463. 

Macroprotodon 
cucullatus, 19. 

Macroscelides 
rozeti, 7, 9. 

Macrospira 
aperta, 269. 

Madopa 
quadristrigata, 129. 

Mahathala 
ameria, 634. 

Malacosoma 
aterrimum, 575. 
flavicorne, 576, 579. 
sikore, 57d. 

Mantis . 
angulata, 208. 
linearis, 208. 
temminckit, 554. 

Maresia 
binotata, 132. 
undifasciata, 132, 133. 

Margaronia 
hilaralis, 129. 

Margarops 
fuscatus, 498. 

Marthula 
nova, d41. 
pleione, 341. 

Matapa 
druna, 649. 


746 


Matapa 

sasivarna, 649. 

shalgrama, 649. 

subfasciata, 647, 
Megalodacne 

Jurcata, 96. 
Megalophrys 

montana, 847. 

nasuta, 508. 
Megalopyge 

acca, 322. 

radiata, 322. 
Megascolex 

ceruleus, 154, 155, 160. 

diffringens, 155, 

excavatus, 689. 

sumatrana, 155. 

sylvestris, 667. 
Megisba 

malaya, 621. 
Melanargia 

galathea, 194. 
Melanchroia 

braganza, 288. 

circe, 288. 

palmeira, 288, 
Melania 

soolooensis, 461. 
Melipotis 

cyllaria, 127. 

cyllota, 127, 

signivitta, 127. 
Melitzea 

cinxia, 194. 
Melopelia 

meloda, 394, 405. 
Mennis 

cytherea, 287. 

sceata, 287. 

una, 287. 
Meriones 

shawi, 10. 
Merula 

chiguanco, 373. 
Merycopotamus 

dissimilis, 79. 
Mesanchyla 

illectalis, 129. 
Mesostrophe 

ovisignata, 182. 
Metallura 

opaca, 402. 
Metapa 

aria, 648. 
Methorasia 

latreillei, 126. 
Metriopelia 

melanoptera, 

407. 

Metriophyla 

lena, 277. 


394, 


INDEX, 


Metriorrhynchus 
sp. inc., 88. 
cinnabarinus, 88. 
geometricus, 88. 
infuscata, 88. 
sericeus, 88. 


Metrypus 
luridus, 200, 220. 
Micrixalus 


opisthorkodus, 348. 
sarasinorum, 348. 
Microcentrum 
pallidum, 200, 211. 
Microcheeta 
beddardi, 141, 142. 148, 
146, 147, 148, 152. 
belli, 1386, 142, 147, 
151, 152. 
benhami, 141, 145, 147, 
148. 


papillata, 136, 141, 
142, 145, 146, 147, 
148, 152. 

rappt, 141,142,143, 146, 
147, 148, 149, 150. 

Microcystis 
excrescens, 298, 
myops, 460. 

Microdrilus 
asiaticus, 706. 
saliens, 666, 683. 

Microhyla 
achatina, 347. 
berdmorii, 348. 

Micronia 
leptaliata, 188. 

Micropalama 
himantopus, 400, 408. 

Micropus 

andecola, 384, 407. 

— parvulus, 384. 

montivagus, 399, 407. 

Microsea 
plagifera, 129. 

Microscolex 

algeriensis, 29, 30, 31, 
32, 35, 36, 37. 

dubius, 30, 35, 36, 37. 

modestus, 29, 30, 35, 
36, 37. 

poultoni, 32, 838, 34, 

Miletus 
boisduvali, 618. 
hamada, 621. 

horsfieldi, 618. 

nivalis, 620. 

zinckeni, 617, 

Milleria 
Jicte, 121, 
pontioides, 121, 


Mimastroides, gen. nov., 
madagascariensis, 578, 
579. 


Mimus 
leucospilos, 3738. 
longicaudatus, 378, 

403. 
nigriloris, 373. 

Miniopterus 
schreibersi, 7. 

Molothrus 
bonariensis, 878. 
occidentalis, 372, 378, 

404, 406, 408. 
purpurascens, 372, 378. 

Moniligaster 

bahamensis, 666, 690, 
691, 695, 694, 695, 
705. 

barwelli, 692, 693, 694. 


beddardii, 692, 693, 
695. 

houtenii, 691. 

minutus, 695. 
Moschus 

moschiferus, 612. 
Mota 

massyla, 637. 

urena 

afra, 185 

us 


sp. ine., 227. 
arborarius, 550. 
coxingti, 227. 
dolichurus, 550. 
longipes, 311. 
minimus, 550. 
musculus, 10, 117, 550. 
natalensis, 550. 
rattus, 550. 
(Leggada) minutoides, 
550. 


Muscicapa 
coronata, 396. 
Muscigralla 
brevicauda, 379, 405. 
Muscisaxicola 
mentalis, 395, 405, 
409. 


Musonia 

surinama, 199, 206. 
Mycetes 

caraya, 174. 
Mydrodoxa 

semperi, 122. 
Mydrothauma, gen. noy., 

121. 


ada, 122, 133. 
Myiobius 
nationi, 381. 


Myiobius 

rufescens, 380, 381, 

405. 

Myopotamus 

coypu, 596, 598. 
Myoscalops 

argenteo-cinereus, 532. 
Myrina 

acte, 640. 

amrita, 640. 

donina, 642. 

hiemalis, 640. 

lapithis, 642. 

lisides, 638. 

massyla, 637. 

sceva, 641. 

thesmia, 641. 
Myrmecobius 

fasciatus, 108, 366. 
Myrtis 

fannye, 384, 407, 409. 
Myxine 

glutinosa, 706, 707, 

708. 


Nacaduba 
aberrans, 626, 664. 
ardates, 444, 625. 
atrata, 625, 626. 
bhutea, 625. 
biocellata, 434, 440. 
catochloris, 435, 440. 
celestis, 625. 
deplorans, 435, 440. 
dion, 43%, 439. 
dyopa, 434, 437. 
euretes, 439. 
florinda, 434, 438, 446. 
gemmata, 437. 
hermes, 625. 
keiria, 440. 
kerriana, 625. 
macrophthalma, 625. 
mullicollo, 434, 439, 
446. 
nebulosa, 434, 440, 
446 


nove-hebridensis, 434, 
438, 446. 
samoensis, 434, 437, 
446. 
viola, 625. 
vitiensis, 434, 437, 438, 
446. 
Nenia 
inca, 400. 
Naidium 
luteum, 351. 
Nannophrys 
ceylonensis, 348. 
guentheri, 348. 


INDEX. 


Nanotragus 
pygmeus, 318. 
saltianus, 428. 
Narathura 
achelous, 120. 
amphimuta, 121. 
metamuta, 633. 
pryeri, 121. 
Nasua 
rufa, 314. 
Naxa 
textilis, 131. 
Nectophryne 
hosii, 508. 
tuberculosa, 348. 
Nectris 
amaurosoma, 401. 
Nelo 
caullama, 288. 
lippa, 287. 
Neocheritra 
amrita, 640. 
Neodrilus 
monocystis, 667. 
Neomiresa 
copac, 324, 
Neomyrina 
hyemalis, 640. 
Neopithecops 
zalmora, 621. 
Neorbynchus 
nasesus, 316, 396, 397, 
404, 408. 
peruvianus, 376, 396. 
Neotragus 
saltianus, 
307. 
Neptis 
thamala, 120. 
Nerita 
conoidea, 528, 539. 
perversa, 528, 539. 
plera, 530. 
polita, 530. 
schmideliana sinist- 
rorsa, 539. 
Neritina 
sp., 539. 
bicolor, 529, 539. 
canalis, 529, 530, 539. 
crepidularia, 529, 531, 
532, 536, 537, 539, 
540. 
conoidea, 539. 
cornea, 529, 530, 539. 
dubia, 529, 539. 
fluviatilis, 529, 530, 
oo eee, 629, 685, 589 
ates, 529, 535, i 
cn, 529, 539. 
intermedia, 529, 530. 


100, 118, 


747 


Neritina 
latissima, 529, 530, 
539. 
peloronta, 530, 539. 
perversa, 539. 
punctulata, 529, 530, 
531, 539. 
schmideliana, 
539. 
smithii, 529. 
tahitiensis, 529. 
virginea, 529, 531. 
zebra, 529. 
Nesites 
attenuata, 85. 
Nilasera 
moelleri, 632. 
Niphanda 
tessellata, 623. 
Nisoniades 
dasahara, 652. 
diocles, 663. 
salsala, 661. 
Nisotra 
klugii, 572. 
nigritarsis, 572. 
spadicea, 572. 
Noctilio 
leporinus, 315, 316. 
Noctua 
libata, 128. 
Notocrypta 
alysos, 698. 
Jiculnea, 658. 
neera, 658. 
signata, 638. 


528, 


| Notoryctes 


typhlops, 23, 61. 
Numenius 
americanus minor, 392. 
hudsonicus, 372, 395, 
408. 
Nyctea 
nivea, 471. 
Nyctemera 
integra, 123. 
Nyctibatrachus 
pygmeus, 348. 
Nyctipithecus 
trivirgatus, 174. 
Nyssia 
sulla, 324. 


Obba 
linneana, 466. 
Obbina 
bigonia, 461. 
rota, 460. 
Ochthoéca 
leucometopa, 402. 


748 


Ocinara 
lida, 125. 
Ocnerodrilus 
eisent, 355, 
Octochetus 
antarcticus, 669, 670, 
675, 677. 
huttoni, 666, 674, 675. 
multiporus, 669, 671, 
672, 673, 674, 675, 
681 


thomasi, 666, 671, 672, 
673, 675. 

Octodon 

cummingi, 596. 
Ocyphaps 

lophotes, 77. 
Cidemasia 

guarana, 331. 

inca, 332. 

maxtla, 331. 

terrena, 331. 
Cidienemus 

superciliaris, 395, 405. 
Cidionychus 

clypeata, 574. 

nops 

pernigra, 388. 
Cstrelata 

defilippiana, 401. 
Oides 

typographica, 92. 
Olceclosteria 

mayar, 326. 

microps, 326. 

mutusca, 326. 
Oligostigma 

sexpunctalis, 129. 
Ommatophoca 

rosit, 106, 107, 108, 

114. 


Onotragus 

vardontt 98. 
Opharus ‘ 

lugubris, 282. 

morosus, 282. 
Ophideres 

aurantia, 127. 

Sullonica, 127. 
Ophidium 

ocellatum, 585. 
Ophiobyrsa 

hystricus, 175, 183. 
Ophiodes 

disjungens, 128, 
Ophiomaza 

obscura, 175, 182, 183. 
Ophiomyxa 

flaccida, 180. 

pentagona, 180. 

vivipara, 180. 


INDEX. 


Ophioteresis 
elegans, 175, 179, 183. 
Ophisma 
inversa, 128. 
Ophistoporus 
biciliatus, 469, 
birostris, 469. 
corniculum, 469. 
euryomphalus, 469. 
javanus, 469. 
latistrigus, 469. 
pertusus, 469. 
pterocycloides, 469. 
quadrasi, 462, 469, 
rostellatus, 469. 
sumatranus, 469. 
Ophiusa 
fulvotenia, 128. 
Oreotragus 
saltator, 100, 118, 308, 
553. 


Ormiscodes 
opis, 318. 
Ornithion 
imberbe sclateri, 380, 
404, 406, 409. 
sclateri, 380. 
Ornithognathus 
generosus, 93, 
Ornithospila 
cincta, 133. 
submonstrans, 133. 
Orocharis 
gryllodes, 200, 220. 
Orphula 
punctata, 198,199, 208. 
Orthorhynchus 
amazilia, 896. 
cora, 396. 
exilis, 499. 
Orthostylus 
amalia, 452. 
bicolorata, 452. 
codonensis, 452. 
concinna, 45%. 
daphnis, 448, 452. 
Jaunus, 452. 
flammula, 452. 
grandis, 452. 
imperator, 452. 
Juglans, 452. 
leucophea, 452. 
lignaria, 452. 
macrostoma, 452. 
marinduquensis, 452. 
monozona, 452. 
nux, 452. 
philippinensis, 452. 
pictor, 448, 
pithogaster, 452. 
polillensis, 452. 


Orthostylus 
porteri, 452. 
rufogaster, 448, 452. 
sarcinosa, 452. 
supra-badia, 452. 
ticaonica, 452. 
turbinoides, 452. 
turgens, 452, 
turris, 452, 
vidali, 452. 
woodiana, 452, 

Orya 
barbarica, 26. 

Or 
beatriz, 174. 
beisa, 102, 118, 195, 

196, 300. 
callotis, 195, 196. 
gazella, 196. 

Otaria 
cinerea, 109. 
ursina, 108. 

Othorene 
arpi, 289. 
Janeira, 289. 

Othria 
meridionalis, 272. 

Otomys 
irroratus, 549. 

Otostigma 
deserti, 26. 
spinicauda, 26. 

tus 
mexicanus, 387. 

Oxylides 

tharis, 641. 


Pachycalamus 
brevis, 485. 
Pachydasys,gen. noy.,125. 
consentanea, 125, 133. 
Pachytoma 
gigantea, 93. 
obscura, 93. 
Padraona 
dara, 651. 
gola, 652. 
mesoides, 651, 
palmarum, 652. 
suntas, 651, 
Paduka 
glandulosa, 647. 
lebadea, 647. 
Palzolybas 
dorsalis, 96. 
Pamphila 
eltola, 649. 
mesa, 651. 
mesoides, 651. 
mangala, 650. 
palmarum, 652. 


Pamphila 
siva, 691. 
Panzethia 
georgiata, 131. 
Panchala 
paramuta, 632. 
Panchlora 
madere, 205. 
surinamensis, 205. 
viridis, 199, 205. 
Papilio 
agamemnon, 120. 
ajax, 194. 

_ dlexanor, 194. 
alexis, 626, 648. 
apidanus, 631. 
argiades, 624. 
arycles, 120. 
asterias, 194. 
atymnus, 641, 
augias, 691. 
beticus, 445. 
bathycles, 120. 
bochus, 626. 
celeno, 626. 
centaurus, 629. 
cresphontes, 194. 
dan, 6399. 
etolus, 639. 
ewmolphus, 631. 
evemon, 120. 
exclamationis, 645. 
folus, 659. 
hylax, 621. 
jarbas, 643. 
lysimon, 623. 
maackiz, 194. 
machaon, 194. 
otis, 625. 
podalirius, 194. 
prexaspes, 120. 
rosimon, 628. 
symethus, 617. 
telephus, 120. 
thetis, 634. 
thrax, 656. 
timoleon, 628. 
vuleanus, 637. 

Paragerydus 
horsfieldi, 618. 
taras, 619. 
Parasa 
minima, 322. 
Paraspheria 
nigra, 199, 206, 220. 
Parastagmatoptera 
flavoguttata, 2U7. 
lobipes, 199, 206, 220. 
Parata 
alexis, 648. 
chromus, 648. 


INDEX. 


Parnara ! 

austent, 650. 

bevani, 650. 

cahira, 650. 

eltola, 649. 

guttata, 650. 

miosticta, 650. 

moolata, 650. 

pagana, 650. 

plebeia, 650. 

pugnans, 650. 

semamora, 650, 

toona, 649. 

watsont, 649. 
Parnassius 

apollo, 194. 
Parra 

gymnostoma, 472. 
Partula 

newcombiana, 466. 
Patula 

acuticostata, 260. 

aperta, 463. 

bilamellata, 262, 269. 

biplicata, 262. 

cutteri, 263. 

diane, 261, 269. 

letissima, 261, 269. 

leptalea, 264, 269. 

macrops, 192, 193. 

minutissima, 264, 269. 

multilamellata, 260. 

persoluta, 261, 269. 

polyodon,263,264, 269. 

pseustes, 262, 269. 

pusilla, 259. 

quinquelirata, 260. 

radiella, 260. 

spurca, 260, 269. 

unilamellata, 262. 

vernont, 262, 269. 
Pelamis 

bicolor, 482. 
Pelecanus 

gaimardi, 396. 

moline, 399. 

manillensis, 1. 

rufescens, 1. 
Peplonyssus 

cruciplica, 7. 
Peragalea 

(Macrotis) Jagotis, 369. 
Perca 

labrax, 411. 
Pericheta 

affinis, 162, 163. 

aspergillum, 161, 162. 

barbadensis, 167, 169, 

172. 
bermudensis, 160, 161, 
162, 166, 170. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. L. 


749 


Perichzxta 
canaliculata, 163. 
ceylonensis, 172. 
ceylonica, 164, 165. 
cingulata, 163, 164. 
darnleiensis, 153. 
dyeri, 157, 160, 172. 
elongata, 164. 
Sorbesi, 155. 
hesperidum, 169. 
houlleti, 153, 154, 156, 
161. 
indica, 155, 156, 163, 
mauritiana, 170, 172. 
mauritit, 170. 
modiglhanti, 158. 
morrist, 166, 171, 
172. 
peregrina, 170. 
posthuma, 159, 163. 
quadragenaria, 164. 
queenslandica, 158, 
165. 
robusta, 170. 
sangirensis, 164. 
sinensis, 155, 158, 159, 
166, 172. 
sumatrana, 155, 156, 
172. 
taprobane, 154, 155, 
163, 164, 165. 
Pericopis 
humeralis, 283. 
montezuma, 283. 
Perionyx 
excavatus, 186, 666, 
685, 686, 687, 688, 
689, 690. 
gruenewaldi, 685, 686, 
687, 688. 
intermedius, 666, 687, 
688, 689. 
macintoshiz, 666, 687, 
689. 
saltans, 689, 
sansibaricus, 686, 689. 
Perophora 
acuta, 327. 
corcovada, 326. 
Petrochelidon 
ruficollaris, 374, 403. 
Petrodromus 
tetradactylus, 548. 
Pfeifferia 
micans, 453. 
Phegoptera 
granifera, 281, 
notata, 281. 
proba, 281. 
schéfferi, 280. 
ursind, 281. 


50 


750 


Phaéthon 

ethereus, 399, 500. 
Phaéthornis 

griseigularis, 401. 

malaris, 401. 

superciliosus, 401. 
Phalacrocorax 

bougainvillet, 399, 409. 

brasilianus, 399, 408. 

cristatus, 295. 

gaimardi, 399, 409. 
Phalena 

(Noctua) eyllaria, 127. 

(—) fullonica, 127. 

(—) wmminea, 128. 
Phalanger 

orientalis, 108, 109. 
Phalaropus 

lobatus, 400, 406, 408. 
Phanocles 

curvipes, 199, 207, 220. 
Phaps 

chalcoptera, 77. 
Pharambara 

vinosa, 130, 133. 
Phascolomys 

platyrhinus, 862. 
Phasianus 

klossovuskii, 270. 

mongolicus, 270. 

persicus, 270. 

principalis, 270, 271. 

tarnovskii, 271. 

zerafshanicus, 270. 
Phassus 

absyrtus, 330. 
Pheloticus 

éneicollis, 568, 569, 579. 

bifasciatus, 568, 579. 

brunneus, 567, 579. 

sertpunctatus, 567. 
Phengus 

cincinniformis, 452. 

concinna, 452, 

cossmanniand, 452. 

eburnea, 452. 

mollendorffi, 452. 

opalina, 452. 

quadrasi, 452. 

romblonensis, 452. 

simplex, 452. 

subcarinata, 452. 
Pherterus 

cubensis, 200, 216. 
Pheucticus 

chrysogaster, 398, 407. 
Phissama 

vacillans, 122. 
Phleeoeryptes 

melanops, 


409. 


383, 408, 


) 


INDEX. 


| Phlogcenas 


crinigera, 77. 
Phoca 
grenlandica, 107, 108, 
109. 


| Pheenicobius 


bintuanensis, 464. 

campanula, 464. 

concisa, 465. 

mamilla, 465. 

papilla, 465. 

quoyi, 465. 
Pholeoptynx 

cunicularia, 387. 
Phonipara 

bicolor, 499. 
Phorodesma 

megaspilaria, 133. 
Phreoryctes 

smithii, 355. 
Phrygilus 

alaudinus, 377, 407. 

Sruticeti, 402. 

gayi punensis, 402. 

plebejus, 398, 407, 409. 
Phya 

psamathe, 339. 


Phyllodromia 
adspersicollis, 199, 
202. 
delicatula, 199, 202. 
Phylloptera 


laurifolia, 211. 

marginella, 211. 

thoracica, 211. 
Picus 

kalinowskii, 195. 

richardsi, 195. 
Pileolus 

plicatus, 539. 
Pimelepterus 

Suscus, 134. 
Pinconia 

coa, 322. 
Pindara 

allibata, 128. 
Pipilo 

mystacalis, 402. 
Pirdana 

hyela, 647, 648. 

rudolphei, 648. 
Pisola 

zennara, 648. 
Pithauria 

murdava, 649. 

stramineipennis, 649. 
Pithechir 

melanurus, 2. 
Pithecops 

Julgens, 621, 

hylax, 621. 


Pithecops 
zalmora, 621. 
Pituophis 
catenifer, 481. 
Pitylus 
olivaceus, 375, 396. 
puteus, 375, 396. 
Plastingia 
callinewra, 657. 
helena, 657. 
margherita, 657. 
naga, 698. 
noemt, 658. 
tessellata, 658. 
Platydasys, gen. nov., 
126. 


pryeri, 126, 133. 


| Platyja 


ummined, 128, 
Plebeius 
malaccanus, 627. 
osias, 627. 
Piecotus 
auritus, 5, 6. 
Plectopylis 
polyptychia, 467. 
trochospira, 467. 
Plectotropis 
squamulifera, 461. 
sguamulosa, 469. 
sumatrana, 469. 
visayana, 469. 
winteriana, 469. 
Plesioneura 
agni, 659. 
albifasciata, 658. 
alysos, 658. 
aurivittata, 663. 
cameroni, 663. 
chamunda, 661. 
dhanada, 662, 663. 
indrant, 659. 
laxmi, 659. 
liliana, 664. 
monteithi, 658. 
nigricans, 661. 
paralysos, 658. 
pinwilli, 661. 
pulomaya, 659. 
signata, 658. 
sumitra, 660. 
Plotus 
anhinga, 291, 292, 295, 
296, 471. 
levaillanti, 291. 
melanogaster, 291, 292, 
295, 296. 
nanus, 544. 
Plutellus 
heteroporus, 137, 188, 
139, 140, 141. 


Plutellus 
perriert, 186, 138, 14i, 
151. 
Plutodes 
eyclaria, 132. 
Podargus 
strigoides, 477. 
Pecilogramma, gen. 
noy., 126. 
picata, 126, 183. 
Peecilomorpha 
murrayt, 91. 
Polydesmus 
complanatus, 28. 
Polyommatus 
alboceruleus, 622. 
beticus, 435, 445. 
dilectus, 622. 
dion, 439. 
elpis, 626. 
emolus, 623. 
epicles, 635. 
erylus, 639. 
labradus, 435, 
nyseus, O24. 
puspa, 622. 
roxus, 628. 
transpectus, 622. 
Polyonymus 
carol, 397, 402. 
Pontaster 
hebitus, 433. 
limbatus, 432, 433. 
platynotos, 430. 
tenuispinis, 430, 431, 
432, 433. 
—, var. platynota, 
433. 
Pontistes 
rectifrons, 563, 564. 
Poospiza 
bonapartei, 377, 403, 
408. 
hispaniolensis, 377. 
Poritia 
phraatica, 621. 
pleurata, 620. 
Porzana 
erythrops, 395, 403. 
Jjamaicensis, 394, 406, 
408. 
Potamophora 
manlia, 127. 
Potamotragus 
sylvicultor, 414. 
Preptos 
oropus, 319. 
Prionispa 
pulchra, 84, 90. 
Prionurus 
australis, 25, 


INDEX, 


Pristina 
breviseta, 351. 
equiseta, 351. 
longiseta, 350, 351. 
Procayia 
abyssinica, 51, 52, 53, 
55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 
60, 64, 67, 68, 70, 
71; 722. 
— typica, 66, 67. 
—, var. minor, 58, 59, 
60, 66, 68. 
arborea, 52, 54, 56, 57, 
58, 59, 60, 73, 74. 
bocagei, 52, 55, 56, 57, 
58, 59, 60, 69, 72, 
73. 
brucei, 52, 54, 55, 56, 
57, 58, 59, 60, 68, 
69) 10341, 72; 73, 
75. 
— somalica, 58, 59, 60, 
67, tl w2: 
— typica, 71. 
capensis, 52, 53, 54, 
56, 57, 58, 59; 60, 
61, 62, 68, 553. 
dorsalis, 51, 52, 54, 55, 
56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 
73, '74, 75, 76. 
emini, 52, 58, 59, 
73. 
grayi, 50, 59, 60, 72, 
73. 


latastei, 50, 52, 55, 57, 
58, 59, 60, 69, 70, 
pallida, 52, 57, 58, 59, 

60, 64, 66, 67. 
ruficeps, 52, 57, 58, 59, 
60, 62, 63, 64, 67. 
shoana, 52, 54, 57, 58, 

59, 60, 61, 64, 65, 
67, 72, 73, 75. 
syriaca, 50, 52, 57, 58, 
59, 60, 62, 63, 64, 
68. 
— jayakari, 58, 59, 
— typica, 63. 
alice: 57, 58, 59, 60, 
74. 
welwitschii, 50, 52, 57, 
58, 59, 60, 68. 
(Hyrax) capensis, 38. 
Procellaria 
urinatriz, 396. 
Prochilus 
calobapta, 453. 
euyoensis, 453. 
dryas, 453. 
fietilis, 453, 


751 


Prochilus 
larvata, 453. 
porracea, 453. 
sylvanoides, 453. 
virgata, 453. 
Procyon 
cancrivorus, 314. 
Prodenia 
littoralis, 125. 
Proechidna 
leucocephala, 546. 
nigro-aculeata, 
545, 546. 
nove-guinee, 546, 
villosissima, 546. 
Progne 
JSurcata, 374. 
purpurea, 372, 374, 
408. 


541, 


Prorastoma 
veronense, 79, 81, 
Prorastomus 
strenoides, 82, 83. 
Proserpina 
swifti, 298. 
Psammodromus 
algirus, 14, 
Psammodynastes 
pictus, 507. 
Psammophis 
sibilans, 19. 
Psammophylax 
rhombeatus, 557. 
variabilis, 555, 557. 
Pseudochloris 
lutea, 398, 402, 407, 
409. 
Pseudomicronia 
celata, 133. 
Pseudomya 
museca, 275. 
pellucida, 274, 
tiyuca, 275. 
Pseudophyllodromia 
semivitrea, 199, 203, 
220. 
Pseudoscops 
grammicus, 299, 
Psittacus 
aurifrons, 396. 
Pteropus 
edulis, 315, 316. 
morsus, 1. 
vampyrus, 315, 316. 
Pterygospidea 
menaka, 650. 
pygela, 656. 
syricthus, 656. 
trichoneura, 655. 


752 


Ptychostyla 

cepoides, 453. 
Ptychozoon 

homalocephalum, 505. 

horsfieldii, 505. 
Puffinus 

cinereus, 396, 401. 

griseus, 401. 
Pupa 

helenensis, 259. 

obliquicostulata, 268, 

270. 

pediculus, 467. 

solitaria, 268. 

turtoni, 268, 270. 

umbilicata, 259. 
Pupina 

ottonis, 460, 461. 
Purlisa 

gigantea, 640. 
Pyranga 

azar@, 375. 

testacea, 406. 


— putea, 379. 
— tschudii, 372, 575, 
396, 408. 
Pyrocephalus 
obscurus, 881, 3896, 
404, 409. 


rubineus coronatus, 381, 


— heterurus, 372, 381, 
405, 406. 
— obscurus, 381. 
Pyrocelia 


7 lage 89, 90. 

fumigata, 89. 

opaca, 89. 

terminata, 89. 
Pyrrhula 

telasco, 396. 
Python 

bivittatus, 480, 486. 

molurus, 481. 


Quadrasia 
hidalgoi, 462. 
Querquedula 
cyanoptera, 399, 408. 


Rahinda 
peraka, 120. 
sandaka, 120. 

Rallus 
cesius, 394. 
rythirhynchus, 394, 

08. 
virginianus, 899, 408. 

Rana 
andersonii, 348, 348. 
assamensis, 348, 3848. 
corrugata, 342, 348. 


INDEX. 


| Rana 


diplosticta, 348. 
dobsonii, 348. 
dorie, 344. 
erythrea, 345, 346. 
esculenta, 25. 
—, var. ridibunda, 
be 


fasciata, 555. 
fee, 343. 
formosa, 348. 
gracilis, 345, 
—, var. pulla, 344. 
granulosa, 346, 348. 
guttata, S07. 
hascheana, 344, 348, 
348. 
hosii, 505, 507. 
humeralis, 343. 
Jerboa, 506. 
khasiana, 348. 
lateralis, 348. 
leithiz, 348. 
leptodactyla, 345, 
liebigii, 342, 343. 
limborgi, 344, 348. 
macrodon, 507. 
malabarica, 345. 
margariana, 348, 
monticola, 348. 
natatrix, 5U7. 
nicobariensis, 348. 
een 345, 346, 
348. 


nyasse, 5a, 558. 
phrynoderma, 348. 
plicatella, 348. 
rufescens, 344, 
sternosiqnata, 348. 
strachani, 348. 
tenasserimensis, 345, 
348 
tigrina, 344. 
tytlert, 345, 346. 
vicina, 342, 348. 
Rapala 
abnormis, 642, 
distorta, 642. 
hypargyria, 643, 664. 
Jarbas, 643. 
nissa, 643. 
orseis, 642. 
petosiris, 643. 
schistacea, 642. 
sequeira, 644. 
subguttata, 644, 664. 
suffuse 643. 
utimutis, 644. 
xenophon, 643. 
Rhabdosoma 
brachyteles, 665. 


664. 


Rhabdosoma 
pirata, 665. 
Rhacophorus 
appendiculatus, 507. 
cavirostris, 346. 
cruciger, 348. 
dubius, 348. 
dulitensis, 507. 
Sergusoni, 348. 
Jjerdoni, 348. 
lateralis, 346. 
maculatus, 348. 
nasutus, 348. 
reticulatus, 348. 
tuberculatus, 348. 
Rhampholeon 
brachyurus, 555, 557 
kerstenti, 557. 
platyceps, 555, 556. 
Rhaphidophorus 
cubensis, 216. 
Rhea 
americana, 472. 
darwini, 472. 
Rheithrosciurus 
macrotis, 227. 
Rhembastus 
antennatus, 570. 
dimidiaticornis, 569. 
Rhinolophus 
curiae! 6. 
luctus, 223, 227. 
Rhinophis 
blythii, 481. 
Rhinoptera 
sp. ine., 112. 
javanica, 112. 
Jussieut, 113. 
polyodon, 113. 
Rhodopis 
vesper, 384, 404, 409. 
Rhuda 
endymion, 340. 
Rhynchobatus 
ancylostomus, 136. 
Rhynchops 
melanura, 400. 
Rhyparida 
striaticollis, 571, 579. 
Rhysota 
semiglobosa, 460. 
Rifargia 
cloelia, 338. 
gelduba, 339, 
Rosema 
excavata, 337. 
incita, 338. 
languida, 338. 
lappa, 337, 338. 
luna, 337. 
unda, 338. 


Ruticilla 
phenicurus, 471. 
titys, 471. 


Salpinx 

kadu, 120, 
Saltator 

albicollis, 375. 

immaculatus, 372, 375, 

396, 403, 408. 

similis, 375. 

superciliaris, 375. 
Samia 

cecropia, 194. 
Sancus 

subfasciatus, 663. 
Sarangesa 

dasahara, 652. 
Sarcidiornis 

mauritianus, 544. 
Sarcorhamphus 

gryphus, 389, 408. 
Satadra 

singla, 630. 

teesta, 630. 
Satarupa 

bhagava, 654. 

narada, 604. 

phisara, 654. 
Saturnia 

carpini, 194, 

pyri, 194. 
Saurodelphis 

argentinus, 563. 
Scapteriscus 


solaris, 285. 
Schistocerca 
columbina, 199, 210, 
pallens, 199, 210. 
peregrina, 198. 
Schizodelphis 
sulcatus, 563. 
Scizena 
sina, 13d. 
Scina 
acanthodes, 665. 
concors, 665. 
edicarpus, 665. 
rattrayi, 665. 
similis, 665. 
stenopus, 665, 
uncipes, 665. 
Scincus 
officinalis, 16. 
Sciuropterus 
davisont, 227. 
horsfieldi, 227. 


INDEX, 


Sciuropterus 
lepidus, 227. 
pulverulentus, 227. 
sagiita, 227. 
volucella, 314. 
Sciurus 
bicolor ephippium, 225. 
brookei, 225, 226. 
chinensis, 226. 
everetti, 226. 
Jentinki, 226. 
lokriah, 225, 226. 
lokrioides, 226. 
lowii, 226, 227. 
melanotis, 226. 
modestus, 226. 
mutabilis, 97, 548, 
549. 
notatus, 225, 
palliatus, 549. 
philippinensis, 226. 
prevostit, 225, 227, 
rufigenis, 226. 
shirensis, 548, 549. 
tenuis, 225, 226, 227. 
whiteheadi, 226. 
Scvlecomorphus 
kirkii, 555. 
Scolitantides 
excellens, 437. 


Scolopax 
caudatus, 390, 392. 
Scolopendra 


algerina, 25. 
dalmatica, 25, 26. 
morsitans, 25. 
oraniensis, 25, 26. 
scopoliana, 25. 
Scopellodes 
aurogrisea, 123. 
venosa, 123. 
Scutigera 
coleoptrata, 25. 
Semnopithecus 
chrysomelas, 227, 583, 
cristatus, 227, 583. 
everetti, 582, 583. 
Jemoralis, 614. 
hosei, 227, 582, 583, 
614. 
nemeus, 665, 
obscurus, 614. 
pruinosus, 471. 
rubicundus, 227. 
thomasi, 613. 
Semyra 
stramined, 324, 
Sepsina 
tetradactyla, 555. 
Sericinus 
telamon, 194. 


753 


Sermyla 

morta, 282. 
Serphophaga 

cinerea, 379, 407, 

408. 

Serranus 

hoevenii, 134. 
Serrodes 

campana, 128. 
Setiger 


inauris, 503. 
Siglophora, gen. noy., 
123 


bella, 124, 133. 
Simia 

satyrus, 120. 
Simotes 

octolineatus, 506. 
Sinthusa 

amba, 644, 

amboides, 645. 

chandrana, 645. 

nasaka, 644, 

virgo, 645. 
Sitala 

angulata, 468. 

bandongensis, 468. 

everetti, 4638. 

kusana, 468. 

lineolata, 468. 

orchis, 468. 

philippinarwm, 468. 

singularis, 468. 
Sithon 

moorei, 641. 
Smerinthus 

ocellatus, 194. 

populi, 194. 

tili@, 194. 
Sorex 

vulgaris, 315. 
Spalax 

typhlus, 472. 
Speotyto 

cunicularia, 387, 408. 

— nanodes, 388. 

hypogea, 387. 
Spermophila 

simplex, 376, 397. 

telasco, 376, 396. 
Sphingurus 

prehensilis, 596, 601. 

villosus, 596, 601. 
Sphinx 

ligustri, 194, 
Sporophila 

simplex, 376, 397, 404, 

408. 


telasco, 376, 405. 
Squatarola 
helvetica, 471. 


754 


Stenogyra 
ascendens, 269. 
compressilabris, 259, 
panayensis, 460. 
Stenopsis 
equicaudata, 385. 
bifasciata, 385. 


decussata, 3885, 407, 
409. 
Stercorarius 
chilensis, 400. 


crepidatus, 400, 408. 

pomarinus, 400, 408. 
Stereosoma 

celebensis, 595. 
Stericta 

divitalis, 129. 
Sterna 

elegans, 400, 406, 408. 

exilis, 400. 

hirundinacea, 400. 

inca, 396, 
Stilopyga 

antillarum, 199, 204, 

220. 

Stilpnochlora 

marginella, 200, 211. 
Strepsiceros 

imberbis, 102, 118, 3802. 

kudu, 102, 118, 3801. 
Strepsilas 

interpres, 3895, 500. 
Striglina 

myrt@a, 129. 
Strix 

jlammea perlata, 399, 

408. 

mexicana, 387. 

sauziert, 544. 
Strongylosoma 

guerinit, 28. 

pallipes, 28, 
Struthio 

camelus, 579. 

molybdophanes, 580. 
Stylopyga 

orientalis, 204. 
Suasa 

lisides, 638. 
Suastus 

aditus, 651. 
Succinea 

bensoniana, 269. 

picta, 269. 

sancte-helene, 269. 
Sula 

variegata, 399. 
Surendra 

quercetorwm, 628. 
Sus 

barbatus, 227. 


iy 
' 


INDEX. 
Sutroa 
rostrata, 355. 
Sycalis 


arvensis, 377. 


— luteiventris, 377, 407. 


chloris, 398. 
luteiventris, 377. 
raimondi, 397. 
Sychesia 
hartmanni, 280. 
Janeira, 280. 
Sylepta 
iopasalis, 129, 
Sylvia 
bidehensis, 542. 
cinerea, 471. 
curruca, 471. 
nisoria, 542, 548. 
Sylvicapra 
grimmi, 414, 
Symetha 
pandu, 617. 
Symmerista 
dentata, 335. 
MYCONOS, 336. 
procne, 336. 
tethys, 336. 
Sympis 
subunita, 128. 
Synallaxis 
modesta, 405. 
pudibunda, 402. 
Syngonorthus, gen. nov., 
130. 
subpunctatus, 130, 
133. 
Syntrichura 
doeri, 276. 
Syssphinx 
basirei, 289. 


Tachytriorchis 

abbreviatus, 399, 408, 
409. 

Teeniura 
melanospila, 136. 

Tagiades 
atticus, 655. 
dealbata, 65d. 
decoratus, 655. 
khasiana, 654. 
obscurus, 655. 
pralaya, 655. 
ravi, 654. 
trichoneura, 655. 
tripura, 656. 

Taguria 
relata, 637. 

Tajuria 


jangala, 638. 


Talanga 

sexpunctalis, 129. 
Talicada 

arruanda, 436. 

cleotas, 436, 437. 

excellens, 434, 436, 

437. 

mindora, 436. 

nyseus, 436, 624. 
Talima 

carmen, 321. 
Talpa 

europed, 314. 
Tamias 

asiaticus, 315. 

striatus, 315. 
Tamphana 

marmorea, 325. 
Tanagra 

cyanocephala, 398, 407, 

409 


darwini, 375, 407. 

rubra, 396. 
Tantalus 

albicollis, 392. 

griseus, 392. 

melanopis, 390, 391. 

melanops, 391. 
Tapena 

agni, 659. 

laxmi, 659. 

thwaitesi, 659. 
Tapirus . 

americanus, 174. 

indicus, 541. 
Taraka 

hamada, 621. 

mahanetra, 621. 
Tarasides 

pictus, 96. 
Tarchon 

minois, 325. 
Tarentola 

mauritanica, 11. 

—, var. deserti, 11. 
Tarucus 

plinius, 

628. 

pseudocassius, 445. 
Tatusia 

peba, 362. 
Telea 

polyphemus, 194, 

promethea, 194. 
Telephorus 

viridanus, 88. 
Telicota 

augias, 651. 

bambuse, 651. 

brahma, 651. 

siva, 651. 


435, 445, 


Terpnidia 
nelearia, 131. 
Terpone 
sylvicultor, 414. 
Testudo 
gigantea, 581. 
grandidieri, 581. 
abera, 11. 
indica, 666. 
inepta, 666. 
sauzieri, 666. 
soumetret, 666. 
triserrata, 666. 
Tetralanguria 
splendens, 84. 
Tettix 
JSemoratus, 209. 
quadriundulatus, 199, 
208, 221. 
Thais 
cerisyt, var. deyrollei, 
194. 
polyxena, 194. 
Thalassceca 
glacialoides, 401. 
Thamala 
marcianda, 638, 639. 
miniata, 638, 639. 
Thanaos 
Jhora, 652. 
kali, 652. 
stigmata, 652. 
Thaumastura 
cora, 384, 397, 405. 
Theages 
vestalis, 278. 
Thecla 
androcles, 635. 
nasaka, 644. 
nissa, 648. 
onyx, 640. 
Theristicus 
albicollis, 390, 398. 
caudatus, 3889, 391, 
392, 393. 
melanopis, 372, 390, 
391, 405. 
melanops, 389, 392, 
3938, 409. 
Thespis 
surinama, 206. 
Thinocorus 
rumicivorus, 
405. 
Thyas 
honesta, 128. 
Thynnus 
albacora, 135. 
macropterus, 135. 
Thysonotis 
caledonica, 435, 441. 


400, 


INDEX, 


Thysonotis 
cepheis, 441. 
schaeffera, 441. 
Ticherra 
acte, 640, 
Tinnunculus 
caribbearum, 499. 
Sparverius  cinnamo- 
minus, 388, 408. 
Titya 
argentata, 322. 
Sumida, 321, 


Tomigerus 
perexilis, 267, 270. 
Tomostoma 


neritoides, 529, 582, 
537, 539, 540, 
Tornatellina 
manillensis, 467. 
ringens, 467. 
Totanus 
flavipes, 400, 408, 
500, 
melanoleucus, 399, 
408. 
solitarius, 400, 408. 
Trabala 
brumalis, 323. 
cebrenis, 323, 
cicur, 323. 
drucet, 323. 
Trachia 
malbatensis, 463. 
Tragelaphus 
angasi, 98. ~ 
gratus, 471. ~ 
Tragulus 
napu, 227. 
Tricena 
maxima, 194 
Trichocheta 
barbadensis, 666, 697, 
701. 
hesperidum, 701, 702. 
Trichoglossus 
Sorsteni, 471. 
Trichomelia 
celenna, 283. 
Trichura 
cyanea, 276. 
Trichys 
guentheri, 227. 
Tridactylus 
minutus, 200, 216. 
Trimeresurus 
gramineus, 507. 
subannulatus, 507. 
Tringa 
acuminata, 581. 
bairdi, 400, 408. 
fuscicollis, 400, 408. 


759 


Tringa 
maculata, 400, 408. 
minutella, 400, 406, 
408. 
pectoralis, 581. 
Tringoides 
macularius, 372. 
Triplatoma 
attenuata, 85. 
ceca, 96. 
gestrot, 85. 
Trochomorpha 
bintuanensis, 463. 
crossei, 463. 
loocensis, 462. 
metcalfer, 460, 461, 
462, 463. 
splendens, 462. 
Trochomorphoides 
Sernandezi, 463. 
planasi, 463. 
Trochonanina 
conicoides, 461, 462. 
labuanensis, 462. 
Troglodytes 
audax, 373. 
calvus, 118, 119. 
murinus, 373. 
musculus, 373, 408. 
niger, 119, 120. 
tschego, 119. 
Trogonophis 
wiegmannt, 12. 
Tropidonotus 
cegsingee 507. 
conspicillatus, 506. 
maculatus, 507. 
natrix, 481, 482, 486, 
49). 
rhodomelas, 507. 
saravacensis, 507. 
viperinus, 19. 


Tropidophorus 

brookii, 506. 
Trupialis 

bellicosa, 378, 407. 
Trygodes 

divisaria, 132. 
Trygon 

sephen, 136. 
Tupaia 


dorsalis, 227. 

ferruginea, 223, 224, 
227. 

javanica, 224. 

melanura, 224, 225, 
227. 

minor, 224, 225. 

montana, 223, 224. 

picta, 224, 227. 

tana, 223. 


756 


Turdinus 

moloneyanus, 228. 
Turdus 

chiguanco, 373, 407. 
Turtur 

risorius, T7. 
Tylototriton 

verrucosus, 848. 
Typhlops 

lumbricalis, 481, 488. 

obtusus, 555. 
Tyrannulus 

albocristatus, 380. 
Tyrannus 


melancholicus, 381, 408, 


409. 
pipiri, 381. 
rostratus, 499. 
tyrannus, 372,381, 408. 


Udaspes 

Solus, 655. 
Unkana 

attina, 645. 

batara, 645. 

elia, 645. 
Uretyphlus 

malabaricus, 348. 
Uriechis 

capensis, 555. 

nigriceps, 555. 
Urochexta 

corethrura, 170. 
Uromastix 

acanthinurus, 12. 
Urubitinga 

unicincta, 388. 


Vanessa 
io, 194. 
levana, 194. 
polychlorus, 194. 
urtice, 194. 
Varanus 
dumerilii, 506. 
griseus, 12. 
heteropholis, 506. 
salvator, 506. 


Velatella 

carditoides, 537. 
Velates 

conoideus, 528, 530, 


531, 537, 538, 539, 
540. 
equinus, 530, 531. 
Vespertilio 
vampyrus, 316. 


INDEX. 


Vesperugo 
kuhli, 6. 
nanus, 548. 
Vesperus 
megalurus, 548. 
Vesta 
aurantiaca, 89, 90. 
urens, 89. 
Vilerna 
enco-oculata, 199, 
209. 
Vipera 
arietans, 482, 484, 
487. 
aspis, 482, 490, 491. 
berus, 482, 487, 491. 
lebetina, 6, 20, 22, 23, 
24. 
—, var. deserti, 20, 21, 
22, 24, 
mauritanica, 20, 22. 
nasicornis, 482, 484, 
487. 
Vipsania 
anticlea, 323. 
frigida, 323. 
Virbia 
brevilinea, 284. 
minuta, 285. 
parva, 285. 
varians, 284. 


ison 

horsfieldii, 109. 
Vitrea 

alliaria, 259. 

cellaria, 259. 

mellisstt, 260. 
Viverra 

civetta, 97. 
Volatinia 

Jjacarina, 376, 408. 


Xema 
sabinet, 400, 406, 408. 
Xenopeltis 
wnicolor, 481. 
Xenospingus 
concolor, 372, 376, 404, 
409. 
Xesta 
mindanaensis, 
461. 
Xiphidium 
propinguum, 200, 216. 
saltator, 200, 215. 
Xylobanus 
reticulatus, 88, 90. 


460, 


Xylotrupes 
gideon, 589, 590, 591, 
592, 594, 


Yasoda 
tripunctata, 641. 


Zamarada 
n. sp., 133 
Zamenis 
algirus, 18. 
diadema, 19. 
gemonensis, 481, 486, 
490 


hippocrepis, 19. 

Zarona 
jasoda, 620. 

Zea 

mytheca, 648. 

Zeltus 
etolus, 639. 

Zenaida 
maculata, 394, 408. 
martinicana, 499. 

Zephyrus 
duma, 634. 
pavo, 639. 

Zeuglodon 
brachyspondylus, 559. 
caucasicus, 559, 561 

562, 564. 
cetoides, 559. 
harwoodi, 561. 
hydrarchus, 559. 
paulsoni, 561. 
puschii, 561. 
vasconum, 561. 
vredense, 561. 
wanklynt, 561. 

Zeuzera 
ramosa, 329. 

Zinaspa 
distorta, 642. 

Zizera 
gaika, 434, 435, 436. 
labradus, 434, 435, 

446 


lulu, 434, 435, 486, 
446. 

maha, 623. 

otis, 623. 

phebe, 435. 
Zonotrichia 

capensis, 377. 

pileata, 377, 408. 
Zootoca 

deserti, 15. 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London 
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo 
form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the ‘ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings ”’ by 
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured 
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of 
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- 
able species of animals described in them. Amongst such 
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a 
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, 
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and 
April, the part published in April completing the volume for 
the preceding year. 

The ‘ Transactions ”’ contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per 
‘cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A 
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of 
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of 
five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of 
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at 
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. 
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), 
or through any bookseller. 

[June, 1892. } 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 12 vols. and 4 Parts. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public, 

XY sd. ee a: 

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 3 13 6 vies <4 18: OF 

Vol. IL, 9 Fie ees (1835-40). es 40 SOO 5 6 6% 

Vol. III., of G3) Gel fon te (IG82-4D) |... 1S) Sh tore 411 OF 

Vol. iv 35 Tipe: nopeeeClGol-O2) os. OpmmanUn. 8 2 6 
Vol. V., eS G70 RA ee ees (1 S62=66)".... 30 naam 619 0O 
Vol. VI., es GOTT hic uGl@oo-O9)) cass Ue oneOr. 15, 2Ona0 
Vol. VIL., 9 FN tae (LSO9=/2)-. «o> LO ae Ole: 1312 0 
Vol. VIII, 5, Somes Sm LSZe—74) sacs. 9 iSmmoie 12 e vO 
Vol. IX., a ORE en TIS ZO=Asoicoss.s, LS, BRIG. 14620 
Vol. D. oF 95 ” eevee (1877-79) eee 10 0 3 5 13 Hf 0 
Index, Vols, IL. is AS ec HHO Ae (SoS —=79)) Sees Ola aome 010 0 
Vol. XI., containing AI Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 1216 0 
Vol. XII, 99 > «» (1886-90) . 5) 8s Ore 74,20 
Vol. XII, Pte lee, er ay utaras, (Qo aaT. 1891)... OOS 79). Le G) 
“H Be ed ie) oa Oates CplalSol)... Ona 9). pew 
= ih, Pie. ss De as he (Ors MEDD Nereis Bie 0) e 140 
: Pt. 455 ee ee Gkplh 1892). OMe Ge. 0 6 0 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND 
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. 
Part: 1.01 830-31 Al -woln8vo.. ies osu vc.cte als 4s.6d. .. 6s.T 
30 Le 18322 Pain Wee ahs seksaciois iets crs hous nisie 48. 6d, 0, 165. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part L. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.¢ | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
f II. 1834. 7 4s. 6d. .. 6s. a X. 1842. of 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
eo  jorisas. Sf aaa nee. wy) X1843.. 44,0) 4a. Ge eo serh 
» IV. 1836 aS 4s, 6d. .. 6s. » XIE. 1844. a 4s. 6d... 6s. 
ce Netz s, .. 4a: Bae Ge, 1 MKIL. 1845;. <5: 4s, Geena tiss 
SeaVA ASe Bt d....48. Gd Ge: » XIV. 1846. 45) - 1945; Bae, Gat 
Peuval, ie 6 4a. Gd. Get XV. 1847.1" (6, Wag Rae ae 
y VIII. 1840. = 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Tiidiée 1830-1847. ‘3 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 


8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress only. With Plates coloured. 
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, 
SNe £ s. d. 
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol.8vo.4s.6d. .. 6s. ........ 1 0+ (8-25 Re) 65 
»  AVIT. 1849. a ASR Gd | phat GSa LS Teh 1 0 8 7 6 
» XVIII. 1850. - ASG) chs, | MOS sons.) attele I 86 118 OF 
= XIX. 1851. * A's STOU Sa ict ie dO S Gara > Gisvoes Secs O15..9 LT 1 OF 
is XX. 1852. 3 AGAGd ests PLOSS. Lots ict Sicte O 5. ose EA .0F; 
op XXI. 1853. ee SOs aia eOSS tots cea te 018 O 1 4 OF 
i XS 1854. 7. BeGde | “ES Gs. ah ae 019 6 1=-6 O07 
>» AXITI. 1855. a AsnGt. (REN Os. 5 Sie ae R816 118 Of 
XR TV. 1856; 3 As (Gae "3, 2AGsde es eek 1 0 8 kL 7- 67 
=  XXV. 1857. rH ASG. > eater, SOSH OOS he stele 130.8 L 27. Gt 
Peso VI. 1858. 6 Agi Gd.) + \-as. \WlOSst Gisiectawte 111 6 242 OF 
Fe VT. 1859, ce Ag= OM och LNOSSN ios cleveleteless 111 6 2) 72 OF 
» XXVIII. 1860. AGMOG: Mate Lee USE a asl vests 111 6 220 


Index 1848-1860. ,, 48.60. .. 6s, 
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30vols. and 3 Indices. 


Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured. 

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public, 
MSE ePAS IO. 12.00. OSs cere isle 6 9s. How LS he cure (OOS. DUR EA Se 
WSO ASHGEL io ch OS) be-s dietels 9s. es ap OS. we ea SOR OO ae Eee 
WeGers 1749. Gd. 2/020 OS: secs es 9s. Racca LOS on reac OOS Oso aA lyr 
MOS es AS, Csiro... O8:Fs cn oo 9s. ee ORO ST a: oas, 9d. 2... 45s 
MSO, AS. Os ate OS eeie's 9s. ae Sess kere 33s. 9d, .... 45s. 
HSGG0... 49: Gade 2:0 see OB: cee e 9s. seen Mose ats 7 Se: Go 
HOG s sr, NS coats 9s. E MiP LeSie ee tae 33s. 9d. .... 45s. 
STO oe se catats ea teeder cheetahs 9s, stiuseh Looe Syn ited GOS Aen eens 
Lis G1) Sena agra Mr Pinel Hey a eran 9s, eer MASSo nates 3ds. 9d. .... 45s. 
SAMs. ci oer Paette wate teclaree ne os: piers ose Arena COSA OMS aia ose 
Inidex, 1861=1S 70) seed oc ae." AG. Gd. 5.<c5, OS, 
ECAR ieee en Ae ere Rai) ey 9s. aysteie: BASIE eleyevet OGM OU td ne es 
LS V2) AR SES Satire xn <i a a 9s. lead MOS ee Mae OOS IAA Reta ne: 
OG co ertrc stereo rere eet cee oz 9s. selon ASE tera OOS OO ene. Abs 
Beers diets alee etc iotenes sive ate olane 9s. ieee (LOLs meter Gite wees, “A0Sut 
MeO Mareva eiarstetsrsherers colores wratersie ets 9s. Berta |b Pee 36s. qa oss 
BS AOC araisee auc mvavelore aicie ie oases 9s. spies LOEW ine cto oOse sie¥oi 40S: 
HR 7 teenie ost tote ciare dasctaate ciara ena. § 9s, raids MOSH oe SOS cn Ages 
WAS ab arate. darecosanaiavetctlet ees eens 9s, Pala MES ae. SOUS ee aes 
BV ercte’ a iteveinorere casei acneanere. € 9s. Le DRIER. ehGes teins A885 
SBOE score ca ctetecretee sae tele 9s. suteash ese detaev nous ete 488) 
Index; 187 L=TS80 css... ccsteie'e ASS 60s) wae ei OS 
SSM e st. tkecttten,. foes lee wet Ds: are els iaterdle Ne) OS wees AGS. 
BON RIN cas cieiars gherceecthceiseeo eof 9s. Base eee 36s. sya ale ASS 
LICK TS gels Oc Citi cat CEI ete cee 9s. eae LOS lille OOS! a RO aBS: 
PES ee tesa sees a eeinsaseieleveuiia wlorcre 9s, spt LOS ek ave OOS! spe AOS 
OS esaricd ced cee cle ee oatene os Siatote LSGot a steve ote ROUS: wees 408: 
TSIEN SG Stok ERIC I RCEORIN CREII ace 9s. Det I 2Sece rene Oss ate «AOS: 
EC iarette ei cieie aicreio.sin Biel sierareaidets 9s. 4 Rie oitpl OSs thot encase dana 488; 
PL Saucier ciahely 0: chose wdesonaneseletererd ¢ 9s. lag hl 2S: Bale etete OSE seer 485, 
[NEG SS es ee napayem Oss saab los Went ee OSs vetoes (405: 
SS Dae a ic ie yatestaye ls ‘ove ze/o: efereva.dheareyeye 9s. ah do maser ve ishte 36s. doc ti tehe 
Index, 1881-1890 ............ Ag:!Ods:s\< 3.5 pe 08, 

* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print. 


PROCEEDINGS or true GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC 
BUSINESS or raz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. 
Mg reraperssel acho -afVor aaastalcpola-c,esdtet sana tevehel aa steve, van Nr eee 36s. .... 48s. 
S92, pantilam. SaeKebs) °c jsantreree se cores scion: Osh alos 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 


4 


Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 
8vo. 1872. Price 2s. 

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 18738, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price ls. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth, 
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d. 


Tue Zootocicat RecorD. 


The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two 
volumes. Price £5 10s. 
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E, 
Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1887 ; being Volume the Twenty-fourth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature, Edited by Frank E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s. 


The Zoological Record for 1890, being Volume the Twenty-seventh 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s, 


Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrzry’s Orrice 
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.), or through any bookseller, 


THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


Turs Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir 
Houmenrey Davy, Bart., Sir Stramrorp Rarries, and other eminent 
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, 
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Anima] 


Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. 


Patroness. 
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. 


GiceAPatron. 
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, KG. 


COUNCIL. 

PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President. 
Witt1am Bateson, Ese., M.A. || Dr. Enwarp Hamirron. 
WutmMm T. Brayrorp, Ese., | E. W. H. Horpsworrn, Esa. 

F.RS. | Cor. Leonarp H. Irsy. 


| 
Cranes T. Booxzanp, Esa. | Lr.-Gey. Sm H. B. Loumspen, 
Henry E. Dresser, Esa. | KOSI 


Cartes Drummonp, Esa. 
: ; Dr, Sr. Gzorcr Mrvarr, F.RB.S., 


Treasurer. 
| Vice-P, : ? 
Sie Josepo Farrer, K.C.S.L., / tee-President 
F.R.S., Vice-President. _ Prorzssor Arrrep Newron,M.A., 
Tue Hon. J.S. Garnorne-Harpy, || BLRS., Vice-President. 
M.P. Ossert Satviy, Ese, F.R.S., 
F. DuCanz Gopman, Ese.,F.R.S.,|  7#e-President. 
Vice-President. Howarp Saunpzrs, Ese. 


Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwin-Austey,| Pamie Louriey Sctarer, Ese., 
F.R.S. M.A, Pa.D.,F.R.S., Secretary. 

Dr. Atsert Ginruer, F.R.S.,|| Heyry Szesonm, Esa. 
Vice-President. 


2 


The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and 
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws. 


The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m. 
till Sunset. 


The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications 
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur- 
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m. 


The Library (38 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of 
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M. ; 


on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September. 


The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the 
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every 
mouth of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m. 


The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice 
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and 
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m. 


The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m. 


TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. 
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri- 
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance, 


or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment, 
including the Admission Fee, being £35. 


Frtiows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for 
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected. 


PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. 


Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two 


Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the 
entrance gate. 


Frttows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of 
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on 


3 


each Saturday and fwo on each Sunday in the year. But the 
Saturday Orders are not available if the Fetiow uses his privilege 
of personally introducing two companions on the same day. 


Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday 
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of 
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a 
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only 
one person, whether child or adult. 


Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid 
for the admission of one adult any day of the week including 
Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in leu of Green 
Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult's. 
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available 
for following years. 


The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fzttows 
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the Ist 
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this 
purpose are supplied on application. 


The Wire of a Fettow can exercise all these privileges in his 
absence. 


Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the 
Society's Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of 
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of 
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary 
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxrttows are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the 
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. 
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases 
of Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five 
pounds. 


Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual 
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the 
1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the 
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following. 


4 


FetLows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually, 
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme- 
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens 
with One Companion daily. 


They may also obtain a TransreraBLe Ivory Ticker admitting 
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, 
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum, A second similar ticket 
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds. 


Any Frtrow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom 
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the 
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the 
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of 
his annual contribution during such absence. 


Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to 
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary. 


Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested 
to communicate with the undersigned. 


PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Px.D., F.R.S., 


Secretary. 
3 Hanover Square, W., 
August 1st, 1892, 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London 
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo 
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings ” by 
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured 
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of 
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- 
able species of animals described in them. Amongst such 
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a 
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. 

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, 
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and 
April, the part published in April completing the volume for 
the preceding year. 

The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per 
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A 
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of 
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of 
five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of 
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at 
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. 
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), 
or through any bookseller. 

[ August, 1892. | 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 12 vols. and 4 Parts. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. 

5. e. £ sd. 

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 0* 

Vol. IL, 33 Vil ara LSOD=AaL tenes <4.¢0. 20Re 5 6 6# 

Vol. IIl., c GB oe er LOT Ea) alseie, Oto unten 411 O* 

Vol. Iv. 5 ie make pecs ee GL GON=O2). vicraie'g (Omens ples 8 2 6* 
Vol. V., af BTR bed ko b02-00)) . 22k ODL Ia okie 619 0 
Vol. VI., a OF eM i ectaren(( SOO OG )iveie's's, ck bn DO) dee ae 
Vol. VIL., ey Roars Wan elOGo 72). soe LO eae On. 13 120 0 
Vol Ville”) -5, Soyer tes LS —1s)) vee ONS sane 12%, 0 
Vol. IX., % OOP ae Les. OL OMe ccm Le) Lee 16 327,00 
Vol. X., =" ORs) Ieee (USiisse) «+... LO On Sek vom 
Index, Vols. =. Chee See Cec (1833=79) cn Ole7 36h. 010 0 
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0 
Vol. XII, PeiGD mise io) (lScG-90) i. Fac Simn Ose 1. 4a0 
Vol. XIIl., Pt. 1.3, 65 on san. 1991).. O15 291" LO 
” oy) Pt.2 ” 6 ” .. (Apl. 1891).. 0 15 9 26 ] 1 0 
= Se IPtiss Gomer ee2 UOeistR91), <: O18 0" ieay 0 
5 cot pats Ar vis 1 ae CAplN892)/.c2q O44 Gee OFG+0 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND 
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. 


Price to Price to the 


Fellows. Public. 
Bartok. 218303): I voli Svosenen creas ccs sices ests 4s. 6d; «2 6837; 
ee So2. A er Re eee tea ae 4s-iGd. & oss 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d... 6s.f | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
+ II. 1834. a 4s. 6d... 6s. | - X. 1842. a 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
BP TUL, BSB! 155, 48: Sd y (G8. | oy.) KL 184B. yyy) ty Aeon 
BMV eth 5... 4a Od... bs. » XE 1844-—,, 4a, Goer Ge: 
“ V. 1837. as 4s. 6d. .. 6s. y, XIII. 1845. En 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
» VI. 1838. ey 4s. 6d. .. 6s. >» XLV. 1846. ag 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
= Vil. 1839. 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Sie ea 847/2 3 4s. 6d. .. 68.t 
5, VIII. 1840. 3% 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. a5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 


8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress only. With Plates coloured. 
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
£4 sid. is. d. 
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol.8vo.4s.6d. .. 68. ........ 105 8 a 2> G6T 
» XVII. 1849. Re AS Cdigin ant OSea) ete core TOES Ly 7! 67; 
» XAVIII. 1850. Ss AS Otlist. stig OSs nicest ate 1 66 1, 18) <0F 
. XIX. 1851. Bs gO No ere OSs: yenitinces 015 9 Lily OF 
- XX. 1852. ay ASHGG Stee OSS Lon chia cs 015 9 | Mims) Gea by 
<5 XXI. 1853. a ASO eee OS ITt rae oilers 018 0 i Se; 
» XXII. 1854. by As Gell) 9% BOSs p53 ne bite O19. I Gi Or: 
» AXIII. 1855. iM (SA See, SU oy aense L856 118 Of 
» XXIV. 1856. es SMO ines chy OSs sg clats kociees 1 BC ag 23 1 fa Oi 
wee eV. 1857. t AeOds) oh OBS, prcstia cone oe Ors Le 7a sOt 
ee Oe, 1858. a A¢°'60:- "55 | OSN)S etaetener 111 6 2225 07; 
> XXVIII. 1859. “ BgMGd, pie) 1OSe  s .e ateleare Tele 26 2 ‘25067 
>, SXVIII. 1860. Ash Gd Ra (GSX. “sreisiofe tite LOUL NG 2 “25/6: 


Index 1848-1860. ,, 48.60. .. 6s. 
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30vols. and 3 Indices. 


Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured. 
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. ublie. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, 

Serer 4S. Gd; ceed OSs rec 35% 9s. bas 2s as eet SOOST Sele ed a 
Bia 4S. OU er a OSe ee oe 2 9s. antes 3as. 9d. 23, 45s: 
1863 ASN OG as eed Ot ia oo 9s. 125 33s. 9d 45s. 
1864 As- tds. 5 ROS eee. ss 9s. a DP ae a 308) do 2%... 458: 
1865 AS Ga 25 Sse oe se Ds: SOs ae SOS) Dass AS 
1866 ASS OGL Asn ah OS, se 9s. UE pane ae 30s, 9d. 2.2. . 45s: 
MES 6 Jake iataz oh ero lanclotaen etree oe aie 9s. DDS EF Te, Soc: gas. 9d an. 45s 
PB OG emit elcbive Ae Sees cie'e « 9s 12s . 33s. Od. 45s 
Listes beet Sys 5 hens ne ae 9s 12s . dds. 9d. .... 45s 
A Oise iciace sree cisions. «| 9s. 5, Stein Lo Maatceeetete ie Se ee 45s. 
Index, 1861-1870). ee we es ASJO0s\ «aay. SOB: 
Y/R In TO nie ROS. fe ost 9s; Son, Les See AS 3sn Ogee sh eAbes 
MOC cae ect! anit og Cee coe 9s. to SDs) Ss Ok ee ede 
SVG} Ae 50 al tee a) 9s. is alos: Sas: 9do Ss... 45s. 
Agate oP Glee cia ered 2 he 9s. Rie ents 36s. . 48s. 
LECTED ele ae er es ty Oe ee 9s. | eRe ee 36s. . 48s. 
SUA sa ditasaote ahs as cratepoutaroha se taess 9s. sire see 36s. . 48s 
WSCA Eh cine es she ciel ayem e wears e 9s. 19s. . 36s . 48s 
1 Oy el EGR CROIe CAL IOI oat eiGr eae 9s 12s. . 36s 48s 
SOR S ia tees Sec sisteeatis.s 9s 12s. . 36s 48s 

RE es oo Ue Bee ae 9s 12s. . 36s 48s 
Index: 1871-1880... )20-..--=- 4s. 6d. .... 6s. 
TIZISTICE DAS SS aga Bape i ye 9s 12s. a OUS. 48s 
ES ete aes a siaeeior cast oncietoiore.e noe «is 9s 19s: . 36s. 48s 
MSS een silk ee eiethetey.a sie 25 9s 12s. 36s 48s 
ER AMNE = Oe see, Aste eA a 8scie a svépanc. 9s Deh a 36s 48s 
ESR eer teins active catia st. 9s 12s. 36s 48s. 
PS eRe ots aieke-e icharcietsrainatn one 9s. 12s: 36s 48s 
ASS ce ts seis ined daaiet deren 9s 12s. 36s. 48s 
SEIT oe oy See SING? pote te ee aoe 9s. Reece ACh ee eee Ae 36s. un 2, 408: 
OMe ee. cl gi ecaeiee cohen © 9s. 2 Se ee ree. coms aun ASS: 
ESE) Me csae ete reper choteeier she ccsravene 9s. Pen Le eRe tS (1 2 aise ASS! 
Endex. (861-1890) Foe. ee Asi'Gd. aces, NOR: 

* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print. 


PROCEEDINGS or tae GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC 
BUSINESS or raz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public, 


MS Vie Sek, Se 52 has sph das, cueerevahe, aueroseeman! et ke ea Me Nese: tee SOS2i 202 ASS: 
Pou pare (dare So Meta) te sti ote eee eens vee Os) 2. ADs: 
NSO2S) see (Mars Sa Apr.) Poe Sea es 1 eee ha ene 9s). nos: 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London, (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 


4 


Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 
8vo. 1872. Price 2s. 

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price 1s. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth, 
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d. 


Tue ZootocicaL Record. 


The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two 
volumes. Price £5 10s. 
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparb, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s. 


The Zoological Record for 1890, being Volume the Twenty-seventh 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frayx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s. 


Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFrrice 
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir 
Houmenrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrizs, and other eminent 
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, 
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal 
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. 


Patroness. 
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. 


Gice-Patron. 
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINOE OF WALES, K.G. 


COUNCIL. 

SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President, 
Witr1am Bateson, Ese., M.A. } Dr. Epwarp Hamttton. 
Wuimeu T. Branrorp, Ese., || E,W. H. Horpsworra, Esa. 

F.RS. || Cox. Leonarp H. Insy. 
ee at eet ee Lr-Gen. Sr H. B, Loepen, 
Henry E. Dresser, Esa. K.GS8.1 

_ gre C.S.1. 
Spa sae eat s Dr. St. Gzorex Mrvarz, F.R.S., 
reasurer. 
Vice-President. 
Sir JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.L., testa 

F.BS., Vice-President. Proresson AtrnepNewron,M.A., 
Tue Hon. J.S8. Garnorne-Harpy, F.RS., Vice-President. 

MP. Ossert Satvin, Ese., F.BS., 
F. DuCanz Gopman, Esa., F.R.S., Vice-President. 

Vice-President. Howarp Saunpers, Esa. 
Lz.-Con. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten, || Pair Lourizy Scrarer, Ese., 

F.B.S. M.A., Pu.D.,F.R.S., Secretary. 


Dr. Atsert GintHer, F.R.S., || Henry Szzzonm, Ese. 
Vice-President. 


2 


The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and 
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws. 


The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine‘o’clock a.m. 
till Sunset. 


The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications 
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur- 
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m. 


The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of 
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.; 


on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September. 


The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the 
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every 
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m. 


The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice 
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and 
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m. 


The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m. 


TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. 
Frntows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri- 
bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance, 
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment, 
including the Admission Fee, being £35. 


Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for 
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected. 


PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. 


Fexttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two 
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the 
entrance gate. 


Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of 
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on 


3 


each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the 
Saturday Orders are not available if the Fztzow uses his privilege 
of personally introducing two companions on the same day. 


Frttows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday 
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of 
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a 
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only 
one person, whether child or adult. 


Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid 
for the admission of one adult any day of the week including 
Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green 
Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult’s. 
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available 
for following years. 


The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Frttows 
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the Ist 
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this 
purpose are supplied on application. 


The Wire of a Fentow can exercise all these privileges in his 
absence. 


Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the 
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of 
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of 
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary 
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxxiows are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the 
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. 
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases 
of Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five 
pounds, 


Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual 
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the 
1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the 
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following, 


4 


Fetnows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually, 
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme- 
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens 
with One Companion daily. 


They may also obtain a TRANsFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting 
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, 
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket 
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds. 


Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom 
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the 
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the 
“‘ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of 
his annual contribution during such absence. 


Any Ferttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to 
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary. 


Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested 
to communicate with the undersigned. 


PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., 


Secretary. 
3 Hanover Square, London, W., 
October 1st, 1892. 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London 
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo 
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings ” by 
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured 
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of 
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- 
able species of animals described in them. Amongst such 
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a 
living state for the Society’s Gardens ar¢ often given. 

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, 
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and 
April, the part published in April completing the volume for 
the preceding year. 

The ‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 
They are issued at irregular intervals. 

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of 
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- 
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise 
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per 
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A 
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of 
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of 
five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of 
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at 
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. 
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), 
or through any bookseller. 

| October, 1892. | . 


2 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
4to. 12 vols. and 4 Parts. 


Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public, 

es. Gd: £8 d. 

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 0* 

Vol. IL, 33 ais et aw... \(1S80-41)) cn. : 4 OO ONe 5 6 6* 

Vol. Iil., s G3o- os Wks h acc L642 49) oes 1 oRo wom 411 O* 

Vol. IV., 5 TY | ore ate Ool=O2)..<.5 ¢ Oeie, Ope 8 2 6* 
Vol. V., a 67°. 7 ted 862-66) 222. 2684S ere ae 
Vol. VI., Bs G2 enh. ce eG SO0-09): 51s VE o1a0's 15 0 0 
Vols Ville, 2; Tae Wea LSO9—72) «. a0 10-4705. 1312-0 
Vol. VIIL, ,, SF anasto eye 47) note aes) hee 1210 
Vol. IX., = Oe aye nO (aid) eee. ken On 16 2 0 
Vol. X., ie oo wees OL Sid a29). acres LOO Se 1S 7n0 
Index, Wighna LRT Set We. vais (1833-79) 23. 10007 OR 010 0 
Vol. XI., containing A Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0 
Vol. XIL., a » +. (1886-90) . 5D Bl sci 10 
Vol. XIIL., Pt lag, "6 4 2.2) (0a; 1891) .. O15 59°: TepenO 
t. sa, Rte ess G ar (ADL pel). OT Ao * LO 
e ao MiP EAs, Gee Me(Oct B91). TOrIse Or 14) “0 
3 SRP E Age: ae (Apis 892) cosh, 9/01, 4a) Gi 0 6 0 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND 
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. 


Price to Price to the 


Fellows. Public. 
Part 1s, ol SS 02305 be WOMB V0: sei elie. s,ecu sire 4s.6d. .. 6s.7 
Pe Bei sye eo SSG che Rea GaSe 46. 16d. .0 (G8: 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.t | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 68.7 
> II. 1834. *3 4s. 6d. .. 6s. = X. 1842. ~ 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
EET ABB yop. on 8 Be 1G: a) XL, 1843... | op) pete 
5) |) LY, J856 > 4s, 6d. .. 6s. Sy. | Bulle’ © e > 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
+ V. 1837. se 4s. 6d. .. 6s. », XIII. 1845. + 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 
PV ie soo. x 4s. 6d. .. 6s. > AXI1V. 1846. a 4s, 6d. .. 68.7 
7 ABBY): 4s. 6d. .. 6s.7 XV. 1847. bs 4s. 6d. .. 68.4 


, VIII. 1840. a 4s. 6d. .. 6s.T Index 1830-1847. + 4s. 6d... 6s. 
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


see gl only. With Plates coloured. 
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 
s. d. £s. d. 
Part XVI. 1848.1 vol.8vo.4s.6d. .. 68. ........ 1:10)8: Seay Gi 
» XVII. 1849. fs Ag Gd: ob cr) OSs Vee? hae Lit0... 8 i 7 Gi 
ss GV ELE. 1850; ~ And pret kK OSs oc 80 cs hea ece 1 8 6 118 OF 
= XIX. 1851. Ps AS Gis! (48 "GS: &s fed cst OSS 1 | OF 
= XX. 1852. 55 2 CAL) ee REL Eo 015 9 ti OF 
- XXI. 1853. oa AS aGde ne LI GS A A. 2s 5 Stee 018 0 1 4 OF 
>» XXII. 1854. a8 4sgun © ., bAGSal ease tee 019 6 1 6 OF 
>» XXIII. 1855. = AS CGdS wee). fOS4Ne ae 18126 118 OF 
» XXIV. 1856. = ee Olive. ce» OER” eiereineiy oe LO 8 La S65 
5 MEX V~ 1857; = RSS ~ evtety OSs, Wrote cle erate 1 0 8 Ll 6a 
» XVI. 1858. a 4s..6d5. «.<,, (GER oat 111 6 2-2. OF 
> XXVIIk 1859. is Ase Ode. ise ae OSs) o6\senie ind P1bsK6 2-2. OF 
» SXVIII. 1860. 5 Awd tic). Se! Velev sterorers 1 ad Bi tee gy 2 2 05 
Index 1848-1860. - 45/60, se. GS. 


* No perfect copies in stock, t Out of print. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices. 


Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured. 
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, 
Poel 4s. GH |... 35, OSs antec ss 9s. ERT De di teaky: Sas 90s aan AUS 
Rae 4s) G0. 0... OSs «aes s 9s. Pete OSE teats 338. 9d. 2... 458: 
BGS. 45. Gd: oi. oe. Osho tater 9s. be ls aes 2 aos Ods a Aa os 
iseao../45:)\6ds- 0.02. GSEs ices 9s. fda ALB E oN a Sa8: 90.0.0. 408 
estes 8 457 Go. 2 ost OS, a Ose 9s. Se be CL ee, SAS 90s) aelcl AOS 
ISG6,|.. 49. Gd: ix. ai. iT eens 9s. Fe ey LE On We aac B38: Dds i AOR 
MAG Ae cles < aseccyiapeaeaes oteterate bane os» 9s. My, eg leet. oe GOSS OU wane a Se 
MSGS. un louis canes s aisle 9s. Fe Ae Me Suia ston ete BOS. 90. ae AUSe 
iat ea er, hey. OL At 9s. a Ieee Wie ate cats JS: TGs aio) 40S 
Bara ee AB Aaa oreideke 9s 32 90 MBs eee y, BasnGdi oad bs 
Indes, TS6)2S1S 70 es vs ote at es AsiGde. 2327 GK 
7} UGA AS Nein eae Beer aaeee 9s. A926 Me See. SSI eT cage Chie 
ao AON hey CEE ER ASCARI IO 9s. age Det Beta SOSH. etn, 208s 
VAT SPAS AA mee Hee me eec en Paes 9s. Blair eae eareciar WB GE. 4h hess 4S: 
[NS7a! Dea ee Sea Oo e 9s. See ees Tem oals 36s. Foc tts Far 
lu Ee red Teac ever e.5 cielo aretha ors 9s. fe dity LeSoiecris oes 36s. waists Aes 
EG. . ABs Be Ree er one 9s. Beery! Mag aeane ae 36s. ons 408, 
WEVH/ cay RRO ICRC Bon 9s. ict SS oo orate HOOS iets ASS 
PU eich a enh giatirk operas stchateve 9s. re ten eee 36s. ais a sees 
LCT) AAs dees: CAPE bale CD OOce wae per (2k a te 36s. eielets, ABS: 
Riess 2 Ne Pi a/ai tee alae oes 9s. eNalet Laeon cheeses 36s. Sic AOS 
Index, 1871-1880 ............ 45: Gd: 3... Gs. 
12S] sade hen eG. Cee 9s. cae Ss ee ee 36s. Br ABet 
TEI 8 Bae Satie ei ainO chor oot 9s. se ott PDS. Gametente 36s. byte Aon: 
MR 8 fe tars tectole eid alars «1 ae ie's 9s. seielee LDse eAlerts 36s. OR: iscP 
NRSIAUEES CAA Heo ehcte cxsicysieuc'yo! acnfeic 9s. Emer Neel WaPo Neceges 36s. ieee 485% 
TRE er San Oi Aen 9s. OS sth At oe: pens 408: 
TRIE S238 8 OaGU Senne BOGE noe 9s. herent OTS, Sel eee 36s. a's se A885 
JSF) BI Oe SR oe aor cb craic in Ape) OE nae Bec 36s. Shan ahekp 
[HET oR tae Re a 9s. bibs oy oka relas tare 36s. Fee pose 
Wei Rare Wain cn rc terc accra Perevatehe: 6c 9s, bps WE ete 36s. biactel 408; 
STE iets a trefat tas, 6 al charatareatsyaye < 9s. SS oat Leavis: bias 36s. BB ort: tsi 
re WRS1=18908 2 eee ae os Ass Gdate se 308 
* No perfect copies in stock. t+ Out of print. 


PROCEEDINGS or toe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC 
BUSINESS or tHe ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Price to Price to the 
Public. 


Fellows. 
SOD ets sain teres porate etree picts eisinutioreas mareys: ora fotees 36s. .... 48s. 
B92, pare LG dan ise oMebn) eee earned Mae annie, ale wea ie wie Eaves SL Oe 
Wagp:. | Df Mare Sc Apeyivieehs. ~ Gartamtastertc date « wisjaee Os Fito LOS, 
> oy SRO MEay Oe Avimie )igie Ai ape ania ote nian Sen «ais ote ee fae .e LOS 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. 
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 


4 


Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 
8vo. 1872. Price 2s. 

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price 1s. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth. 
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- 
taining Additions received in1879. 8yo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. 

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth, 
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d. 


Tue ZootocicaL RecorpD. 


The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two 
volumes. Price £5 10s. 
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
BepparD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frayx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. 
Price 10s., Net. 
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s. 


The Zoological Record for 1890, being Volume the Twenty-seventh 
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. 
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the 
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s. 


Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. 
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s. 


These publications may be obtained at the Society’s Orrice 
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, 
E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


0 


; ae ConTENTs (continued). 


a: a November 15, 1892 (continued). 
: Page 


Mr, G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.8. Notice of a Memoir describing the remains of an extinct 
~ gigantic Tortoise from Miata ag Can mae ooo <'s nas cisie ais Fao op Sey noweleae bincw cise fakes 581 


: 1, Maeericiion of anew Monkey of the Genus Semnovithecus from Northern Borneo. By 
_ OupriELp Tuomas, PO sals eset 2G eLearn Peete Re rr th Sees ee 582 


2, Description of a new Blennioid Fish from Kamtschatka,- By G. A. Bounenamr ........ 583 


“8. On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, statistically examined. By 
W. Bareson, M.A,, Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, and H. H. Brinpiezy, 
M.A., St. John’s College, CS yrds 4s yee Pe ao ea ts tat aaa Nee ran aad tot ae eee 585 


December 6, 1892. 
~The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1892 .... 594 


<2 De, 8. J, Hickson, F.Z.8. Abstract of a Memoir entitled “ A Revision of the Genera of the 
feet Aleyonaria Stolonifera, with Description of one new Genus and several new Species ” 594 


= ft. On the Conyolutions of the Cerebral Hemispheres in certain Rodents. By Franx E. 
Bevparp, M.A., F.R.S., F'.Z.8., Prosector to the Society ssress sees wees eee eesees 596 


2. On a new Monkey from North-east Sumatra, By R. Cotterr, C.M.Z.8. (Plate XLII.). 613 


. 8, On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doberty in the Naga and Karen Hills and in Perak,— 
ie Part II. By Henry J. Exwus, F.Z.8. (Plates XLII. & XLIV.) ..... Wad pie hs cule 617 


December 20, 1892. 


De. A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S. Letter from containing remarks upon a Specimen of Semno- 
oe pithecus nemeus from Hainan se eer eis ce cee ce ett ee eeneeee Pe Pe Bae 665. 


#e; aay. T. R. R. Stebbing, - Abstract. of a Memoir entitled “ Descriptions of nine new Species 
-. of Amphipodous Crustaceans from the tropical Atlantic” ............64.. e+e scent 665 


“Hans Gadow, F.R.S. Abstract of a Memoir on the Remains of some gigantic Land- 
_--Portoises, and of Didosaurus, recently discovered in Mauritius .......5......+0s0% 665 


De 


1. On some new Species of Harthworms from yarious parts of the World. By Franz H, 
__-Bupparp, M.A,, F.RB.S., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society. (Plates XLV. & XLVI.) . 

2 On the Presence of a Branchial Basket in Myxine glutinosa. By RB. H- Buryg, BA, 
_.__ F-ZS., Anatomical Assistant at the Royal cole of Surgeons of England. (Plate 
Bos". _ XLV ) Race Geet Am fe tc decks a EEN r ate Beem Hs Seah oe PRE 706 


LIST OF PLATES, 


1892. 
rs 
PART=-1V: . 
Plate SS Page 
Fig. 1. Lygodactyl ul : 
XXXL { 8- yeodactylus angularis. «....2.+ reeset eves ne 
Fig. 2. Chameleon isabellinns «++. se. e ene ee settee AN ae 
Fig. 1, Rhamphol Lat 55 
XxX) g. ampholeon platyceps ...++.++* Sova ae aes 555 
ae {mie 2 i Geeky SSA re (ioe ah eee 
XXXV. Psammophylax variabilis........--++- atiseeca ee Ne erage 
XXXVI. . ; ; 
XXXVIL. + Cetacean Remains from the Caucastis. ....ccedeae- aed Fe POO eam 
XXXVIII. ge 
XXXIX. New Phytophagous Coleoptera from Madagascar «+-+-++: 564 
XL. Cercopithecus stairsi....+++-+- nea a gee Us eee 2os enele e 
XLI. Semnopithecus everetti.......- OES Sates RASEE eae oR 682 
XLII. Semnopithecus thomasi ...-.---+++- eit Soh anaes Oia 
XLII. re fe 
pea } New Asiatic Butterflies .-.--<or-0+ Se ey 
XLY. New Species of Earthworms. —Moniligaster ..++-+2+05-- 
XLVI New Species of Earthworms.—Benhamia, Acsncode 666 
: Microdvilus, Eudriloides .....-. Omg ba tes ee ; 
XLVII. Structure of Myxine glutinosa <0... .. eee eae rere sees 706 
NOTICE. 


The ‘Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts, as followa:— 


Part I. containing papers read in January and February; on Tune Ist, 


I. a i> » March and April, on August 1st. 
ED os Sa ,», _ May and June, on October Ist. 


IV. < iS = November and December, on April, Ist? 


evr 


ruiger aio” ae 


= 
-— ee 


ibn Ae, 
ni | o, ' iF 
he , hy 

4 | 


PA han 


Per A d, 


I yeh 
ale 


ve) 


446 


sy 
: 
: 


— 


= 


Girl 


¢ 
i 
i
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the general meetings for scientific business of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats
